Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 7, 2013

Registration No. 333-            

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
Under
The Securities Act of 1933



PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)



Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  6162
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  80-0882793
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)



6101 Condor Drive
Moorpark, CA 93021
Phone: (818) 224-7442

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)



Jeffrey P. Grogin
Chief Administrative and Legal Officer and Secretary
Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC
6101 Condor Drive
Moorpark, CA 93021
Phone: (818) 224-7442
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



Please send copies of all communications to:

Richard J. Welch
Timothy R. Rupp
Bingham McCutchen LLP
355 South Grand Avenue, Suite 4400
Los Angeles, CA 90071
(213) 680-6400

 

Laura Hodges Taylor
Bradley C. Weber
Goodwin Procter LLP
135 Commonwealth Drive
Menlo Park, CA 94025
(650) 752-3100

Approximate date of commencement of the proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

          If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box.  o

          If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o



CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

       
 
Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered
  Proposed Maximum Aggregate
Offering Price(1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee

 

Class A Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share

  $287,500,000.00   $39,215.00

 

(1)
Includes additional shares of Class A common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

(2)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

           The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED FEBRUARY 7, 2013

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS    

LOGO

                   Shares

PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.

Class A Common Stock
$            per share



        This is the initial public offering of our Class A common stock. We are selling                        shares of our Class A common stock. We currently expect the initial public offering price to be between $            and $            per share of Class A common stock.

        We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to                        additional shares of Class A common stock.

        We intend to apply to have the Class A common stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "            ."

        Immediately following this offering, the holders of our Class A common stock will collectively own 100% of the economic interests in PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and have        % of the voting power of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., and indirectly own        % of the economic interests of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, our principal operating subsidiary. The holders of our Class B common stock will have the remaining        % of the voting power of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and will directly own the remaining        % of the economic interests of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC.

         We are an "emerging growth company" as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, and therefore have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements.



         Investing in our common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 17.

        Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.



 
  Per Share   Total
Public Offering Price   $             $          
Underwriting Discount   $             $          
Proceeds to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. (before expenses)   $             $          

        The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on or about                                    , 2013 through the book-entry facilities of The Depository Trust Company.



Citigroup   BofA Merrill Lynch   Credit Suisse   Goldman, Sachs & Co.

   

                        , 2013


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page

Summary

  1

Risk Factors

  17

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

  48

Market Data

  49

Organizational Structure

  50

Use of Proceeds

  55

Dividend Policy

  56

Capitalization

  57

Dilution

  58

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information

  60

Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data

  64

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

  67

Industry

  102

Business

  111

Management

  135

Executive and Director Compensation

  141

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

  151

Principal Stockholders

  169

Pricing Sensitivity Analysis

  171

Description of Capital Stock

  173

Material United States Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of our Class A Common Stock

  178

Shares Eligible For Future Sale

  183

Underwriting

  186

Legal Matters

  193

Experts

  193

Where You Can Find More Information

  193

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-1

        Unless the context requires otherwise, references in this prospectus to "PennyMac," the "Company," "we," "us" and "our" refer (1) prior to the consummation of the Offering Transactions described under "Organizational Structure—Recapitalization," to Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries and (2) after the consummation of the Offering Transactions described under "Organizational Structure—Recapitalization," to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

        In this prospectus, we refer to our subsidiary PNMAC Capital Management, LLC as "PCM" and our subsidiary PennyMac Loan Services, LLC as "PLS." We refer to BlackRock Mortgage Ventures, LLC, together with its affiliates, as "BlackRock," and HC Partners LLC, formerly known as Highfields Capital Investments LLC, together with its affiliates, as "Highfields." We refer to BlackRock, Highfields and the other owners of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC prior to the Offering Transactions, collectively, as our "existing owners."

        Unless the context requires otherwise, references in this prospectus to "PMT" collectively refer to PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, a mortgage "real estate investment trust" managed by PCM, and its operating subsidiaries.

        You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or contained in any free writing prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with additional information or information different from that

i


Table of Contents

contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, our Class A common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus, or of any sale of our Class A common stock.

         Through and including                                    , 2013 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

        For investors outside the United States: Neither we nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

ii


Table of Contents


SUMMARY

         This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our Class A common stock, you should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the sections entitled "Risk Factors" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes.


Business Overview

Our Company

        We are a specialty financial services firm with a comprehensive mortgage platform and integrated business focused on the production and servicing of U.S. residential mortgage loans and the management of investments related to the U.S. residential mortgage market. We believe that our operating capabilities, specialized expertise, access to long-term investment capital, and our management's deep experience across all aspects of the mortgage business will allow us to profitably grow these activities and capitalize on other related opportunities as they arise in the future.

        We were founded in 2008 by members of our executive leadership team and two strategic partners, BlackRock and Highfields. Since our founding we have pursued opportunities to acquire and manage residential mortgage loans and established what we believe to be a best-in-class mortgage platform. We have relied on the know-how of our management team and built a de novo operating platform to our specifications using industry-leading technology, processes and procedures to address the stringent requirements of residential mortgage lending and servicing in the post-financial crisis market. We believe that this approach has resulted in a specialized mortgage platform that is "legacy-free" and highly scalable to support the continued growth of our business.

        We conduct our business in two segments: mortgage banking and investment management. Our principal mortgage banking subsidiary, PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, or PLS, is a leading non-bank producer and servicer of mortgage loans in the United States. PLS is a seller/servicer for the Federal National Mortgage Association, or Fannie Mae, and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, or Freddie Mac, each of which is a government-sponsored entity, or GSE. It is also an approved issuer of securities guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association, or Ginnie Mae, a lender of the Federal Housing Administration, or FHA, a lender/servicer of the Veterans Administration, or VA, and a servicer for the Home Affordable Modification Program, or HAMP. We refer to each of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, Ginnie Mae, FHA and VA as an "Agency." PLS is licensed (or exempt or otherwise not required to be licensed) to originate residential mortgage loans in 45 states and the District of Columbia and to service loans in 49 states, the District of Columbia and the U.S. Virgin Islands.

        Our principal investment management subsidiary, PNMAC Capital Management, LLC, or PCM, is an SEC registered investment adviser. It manages PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, or PMT, a mortgage "real estate investment trust," or REIT, listed on the New York Stock Exchange. PCM also manages PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, LLC and PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, LP, both registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, an affiliate of these funds and PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund Investors, LLC. We refer to these funds collectively as our "Investment Funds" and, together with PMT, as our "Advised Entities." Our Advised Entities have been some of the leading non-bank investors in distressed mortgage loans since 2008, investing in loans with over $5.9 billion of unpaid principal balances, or UPB. As of September 30, 2012, our Advised Entities had combined net assets of approximately $1.8 billion.

        We conduct some of our activities for our own account and some for our Advised Entities. We earn significant fee income and carried interest from the activities we conduct for our Advised Entities; such fees include investment management fees, incentive fees, subservicing fees for servicing loan

 

1


Table of Contents

portfolios and fulfillment fees for mortgage banking services provided to PMT in connection with our correspondent lending program. Our relationships with our Advised Entities also allow us to pursue some market opportunities with reduced capital intensity, with PLS and PCM providing operational expertise and our Advised Entities providing investment capital for mortgage-related assets.

        Our systems and processes have been designed to be highly scalable to accommodate the continued rapid growth of our businesses. To date our growth has been organic, drawing upon experienced personnel known to us in the mortgage industry, which has allowed us to be methodical and consistent in our operations and to establish and maintain a disciplined corporate culture that is focused on excellence.

Our Company Structure

GRAPHIC

Mortgage Banking Segment

        As summarized below, our mortgage banking segment is comprised of three primary businesses: correspondent lending, retail lending, and loan servicing.

    Correspondent Lending

        Our correspondent lending business manages, on behalf of PMT and for our own account, the acquisition of newly originated, prime credit quality, first-lien residential mortgage loans that have been underwritten to investor guidelines. PMT acquires, from approved correspondent sellers, newly originated loans, primarily "conventional" residential mortgage loans guaranteed by the GSEs and "government-insured" residential mortgage loans insured or guaranteed primarily by the FHA or the VA.

        For conventional loans, we perform fulfillment activities for PMT and earn a fee for each loan acquired by PMT. Fulfillment activities include reviews of loan data, documentation and appraisals to assess loan quality and risk, correspondent seller performance and credit monitoring procedures, and the subsequent sale and securitization of loans through secondary mortgage markets on behalf of PMT. PMT earns interest income and gains or losses during the holding period and upon the sale or

 

2


Table of Contents

securitization of these conventional loans and retains the associated mortgage servicing rights, or MSRs. PLS provides loan subservicing for PMT's retained MSRs and earns a subservicing fee.

        In the case of government-insured loans, we purchase them from PMT at PMT's cost plus a sourcing fee. We fulfill the government loans for our own account. We typically pool the federally insured or guaranteed loans together into a mortgage-backed security, or MBS, which Ginnie Mae guarantees. We earn interest income and gains or losses during the holding period and upon the sale of these securities, and we retain the associated MSRs.

        We have grown our correspondent lending business through purchases from approved mortgage originators that meet specific criteria related to management experience, financial strength, risk management controls and loan quality. Our management team has prior experience with the majority of these mortgage originators. As of December 31, 2012, we had approved 140 sellers on PMT's behalf, primarily independent mortgage originators and small banks located across the United States. PMT purchased approximately $21.5 billion of loans in 2012, including $13.0 billion of conventional loans and $8.4 billion of government-insured loans. In the third quarter of 2012, with $6.3 billion in production, PMT was the fifth largest correspondent lender in the United States as ranked by Inside Mortgage Finance.

    Retail Lending

        Our retail lending business originates new prime credit quality, first-lien residential conventional and government-insured mortgage loans on a national basis to allow customers to purchase or refinance their homes. We conduct this business through a consumer direct model, which relies on the Internet and call center-based staff, rather than a traditional branch network, to acquire and interact with customers across the country. Effective marketing, call center staff, procedures, training and technology are all important to growing our retail lending business. We use sophisticated telephony and lead-management software to improve conversion rates, deliver outstanding customer service, and lower costs. In 2012, we originated $534 million of residential mortgage loans in our retail lending business, a 259% growth rate compared to 2011.

        Our existing servicing portfolio is our main source of leads for new originations. These portfolio-based originations include: refinancing loans to proactively protect our servicing portfolio from run-off, which we refer to as "recapture;" refinancing loans from the restructure of distressed loans acquired by our Advised Entities; and purchasing loans to facilitate the sale of real estate owned, or REO, properties held by our Advised Entities. In addition, we are growing our non-portfolio originations by sourcing prospective customers through consumer marketing and community and professional relationships.

        For loans originated via our retail lending business, we conduct our own fulfillment, earn interest income and gains or losses during the holding period and upon the sale or securitization of these loans, and retain the associated MSRs (subject to sharing 30% of such MSRs with PMT in the case of retail originated loans that refinance a loan for which the related MSR was held by PMT).

    Loan Servicing

        Our loan servicing business performs loan administration, collection, and default activities, including the collection and remittance of loan payments, responding to customer inquiries, accounting for principal and interest, holding custodial (impound) funds for the payment of property taxes and insurance premiums, counseling delinquent mortgagors, modifying loans and supervising foreclosures and our property dispositions.

        We service loans for which we own the MSRs and we service loans on behalf of other MSR or mortgage owners which we refer to as "subservicing." The owner of MSRs acts on behalf of mortgage

 

3


Table of Contents

loan owners and has the contractual right to receive a stream of cash flows (expressed as a percentage of UPB) in exchange for performing specified mortgage servicing functions and temporarily advancing funds to cover payments on delinquent and defaulted mortgages. As a subservicer, we earn a contractual fee on a per-loan basis and the right to any ancillary fees, and we are reimbursed for any servicing advances we make on delinquent or defaulted mortgages. We presently subservice only for our Advised Entities.

        We characterize our servicing business as either "Prime Servicing" or "Special Servicing."

    Prime Servicing.     Our prime servicing includes servicing or subservicing activities for loans that are prime credit quality and generally exhibit low delinquency and default rates. This portfolio includes conventional and government-insured loans. Prime servicing generally tends to be lower cost and benefits from significant economies of scale. As of December 31, 2012, our prime servicing portfolio comprised over 100,000 loans, most of which are recent originations, with an aggregate UPB of approximately $23.3 billion. We own the MSRs to over 50,000 of these loans (or approximately 45% of our total prime portfolio as measured by UPB), most of which are serviced for Ginnie Mae securitizations and were produced by us through our correspondent and retail lending businesses. In addition, we subservice approximately 50,000 conventional loans (or approximately 55% of our total prime portfolio as measured by UPB), the MSRs to which are owned by PMT.

    Special Servicing.     Our special servicing includes servicing activities for distressed whole loans that have been acquired as investments by our Advised Entities, as well as for loans in "private-label" MBS securities, which are securities that are not guaranteed by or otherwise affiliated with any government agency. Special servicing utilizes a "high-touch" model to establish and maintain borrower contact and facilitate loss mitigation strategies. Our general strategy is to try to keep defaulted borrowers in their homes. Under certain circumstances, we offer loss mitigation options that include loan modification through the use of federally sponsored loan modification programs (such as HAMP) or otherwise to reflect both the borrowers' current financial condition and the value of their homes. When loan modifications and other efforts are unable to cure a default, we seek to avoid foreclosure and timely acquire and/or liquidate the property securing the mortgage loan where possible and pursue alternative property resolutions including "short sales," in which the borrower agrees to sell the property for less than the loan balance and the difference is forgiven, and deeds-in-lieu of foreclosure, in which the borrower agrees to convey the property deed outside of foreclosure proceedings. As of December 31, 2012, we provided special servicing to approximately 16,000 distressed whole loans with an aggregate UPB of approximately $3.6 billion and approximately 7,000 loans in "private-label" securities with an aggregate UPB of approximately $1.3 billion. Our special servicing fees typically include a base servicing fee and activity-based fees for the successful completion of default-related services.

        We have grown our mortgage servicing portfolio primarily through organic mortgage loan production in our correspondent lending and retail lending businesses, supplemented by the opportunistic acquisition by our Advised Entities of distressed pools of residential whole loans which we subservice, and our own MSR acquisitions. As of December 31, 2012, we serviced or subserviced approximately 123,000 loans with an aggregate UPB of approximately $28.2 billion. The majority of these loans are serviced for Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae securitizations.

Investment Management Segment

        We are an investment manager through our wholly-owned subsidiary PCM. PCM currently manages PMT and the Investment Funds, which had combined net assets of approximately $1.8 billion as of September 30, 2012. For these activities, we earn management fees as a percentage of net assets and incentive compensation based on investment performance. The Investment Funds are limited-life

 

4


Table of Contents

private funds established in August 2008, whose commitment periods ended in 2011. As of September 30, 2012, these funds had aggregate equity value of $576 million and had generated total returns of 39%, net of all fees, expenses and carried interest, since their inception. The term of each of these funds ends in December 2016 with the possibility of three one-year extensions. Subject to contractual restrictions with PMT, we may establish additional private investment vehicles to invest in distressed loans or pursue related mortgage strategies, for which we would provide investment management services as well.

        PMT was formed as a Maryland real estate investment trust in May 2009 and consummated an initial public offering in August 2009. PMT's shareholders' equity has grown through a combination of retained earnings and new equity raised through follow-on public offerings and other sales of its common stock. Since its initial public offering, PMT has raised new equity of approximately $200 million in 2011 and approximately $600 million in 2012. As of September 30, 2012, PMT had shareholders' equity of $1,184 million. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011, and the nine months ended September 30, 2012, PMT reported returns on average shareholders' equity of 8%, 13% and 16%, respectively. Our relationship with PMT provides a partner with long-term investment capital and enhances our ability to both support our existing business and to pursue potential growth initiatives.


Market Opportunity

        The U.S. residential mortgage industry is one of the largest financial markets in the world, with approximately $10 trillion of outstanding debt and average annual origination volume of $1.7 trillion for the five years ending December 31, 2012. Dislocations from the financial crisis have led many of the largest financial institutions to reduce their participation in the mortgage market through asset sales and by exiting businesses, and the industry remains in a period of significant transformation. In addition, increasing capital requirements for banks have resulted in competitive advantages for non-bank participants relative to the banks that have traditionally held the majority of the market share in mortgage originations and servicing.

        The residential mortgage industry is characterized by high barriers to entry, including: the necessity for approvals required to sell loans to and service loans for the GSEs and Ginnie Mae; state licensing requirements; sophisticated infrastructure, technology, and processes required for successful operations; and financial capital requirements. We believe that we are one of the few new enterprises well positioned to lead in the rapidly evolving mortgage industry.


Our Competitive Strengths

Leading Non-bank Residential Mortgage Specialist with Integrated, Complementary Capabilities

        We are a leading non-bank residential mortgage specialist that has developed highly complementary capabilities in residential mortgage production, servicing and investment management. In 2012, we produced $22.0 billion of mortgage loans, including $6.3 billion acquired by PMT through correspondent lending in the third quarter during which it ranked among the top five correspondent lenders nationwide. In loan servicing, we provide prime and special servicing, with strong expertise in distressed assets that require high levels of borrower contact and specialized operations and technology focused on loss mitigation and default related processes. As of December 31, 2012, we serviced approximately 123,000 loans with an aggregate UPB of approximately $28.2 billion. In addition, our Advised Entities are leading non-bank investors in distressed mortgage loans.

        We believe that we are one of the few non-bank market participants with such a broad range of capabilities. Our leading industry position and synergistic businesses position us favorably in the rapidly evolving mortgage industry. For example, our loan production businesses and investment management activities result in the growth of our servicing business, our special servicing capabilities enhance

 

5


Table of Contents

investment management performance through execution of loss mitigation programs and our origination platform mitigates run-off of our servicing portfolios through refinance recapture.

Profitable Businesses with Significant Growth Potential

        We have been profitable every year except for our first year of operations and have a track record of generating meaningful returns on equity for our equityholders. Since our inception, we have made substantial investments in infrastructure, technology, and operations that have subsequently facilitated significant growth in our business volumes and profits. For the nine months ended September 30, 2012, our net income grew 427% to $60.5 million as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2011, resulting in a return on average equity of 49.5%, which was largely driven by growth in our correspondent lending production. During 2012, our correspondent lending production totaled $21.5 billion, a 1,587% increase versus 2011, and our servicing portfolio totaled approximately $28.2 billion in UPB as of December 31, 2012, a 264% increase versus a year earlier. We believe that there is significant growth potential yet to be tapped within our existing businesses and also through our expansion into adjacent related businesses as described in "Our Growth Strategies." Our historical profitability has generated internal cash flows that can be used to fund additional growth in our operations.

Legacy-free, Specialized and Scalable Operating Platform

        We believe we have a superior mortgage banking platform. Since our formation in 2008, we have utilized state-of-the-art technology combined with best-in-class processes to address the complexity of conducting mortgage banking activities in the post-crisis environment. Unlike many other competing platforms in the market, our platform is not overburdened by "legacy" portfolios which are either distressed or have potentially significant repurchase obligations to the GSEs or liability to other non-Agency investors in connection with loans originated prior to the recent financial crisis that fail to meet required underwriting standards; nor is it constrained by the inherent limitation of old existing systems and operations that are not able to accommodate large numbers of delinquent loans. Instead, our operating platform is legacy-free, highly scalable and specifically designed to address the needs of our businesses. It provides centralized and streamlined processes and infrastructure across all of the critical areas for mortgage management, including correspondent and retail lending, underwriting, quality control, secondary marketing and capital markets, portfolio strategy, servicing, finance and other supporting functions. Many of these functions are proprietary, including our loan-level analytics platform for distressed loan management, which we call "LENE SM " (Loan Enhancement Normalization Engine).

        Our primary operations center is located in southern California, home to thousands of experienced and qualified mortgage professionals. We have been able to grow our platform in part due to our ability to hire many high-quality employees affected by dislocations in the mortgage market. In 2012, we opened new operations centers in Pasadena, California and Tampa, Florida, an area that also has a deep base of experienced mortgage professionals, to support the growth of our retail lending and correspondent lending businesses, respectively. We believe that our platform enables us to scale our business quickly with cost efficiency and systems integrity, adapt to the latest regulatory changes, and maintain a competitive advantage in meeting the needs of the mortgage market.

Seasoned Management with Deep Industry Experience and Aligned Interests

        Our management team has extensive experience managing all aspects of the residential mortgage business through a variety of credit cycles and market conditions. Stanford L. Kurland, our chairman and chief executive officer, is an accomplished financial services executive with more than 36 years of experience in mortgage banking and was a former president and chief operating officer of Countrywide Financial Corporation until September 2006. Our 47 senior-most executives have on average 23 years of

 

6


Table of Contents

relevant industry experience. Many of them have experience in managing other public companies and have also worked together for over a decade. In addition, our management owns approximately one-third of our equity prior to this offering and will own        % of the new class of units of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, which we refer to as "New Holdings Units," outstanding immediately following this offering, creating a significant alignment of interests between our management and stockholders. Such a deep, extensive and interest-aligned management team has delivered a successful execution of our strategy, demonstrated by our profitable growth in a relatively short period of time. We also believe that our seasoned, experienced management team is a significant competitive advantage for us as the mortgage industry continues its transformation and enters new market cycles.

Long-standing Relationships with Critical Institutional Partners

        The mortgage industry is characterized by high barriers to entry, including extensive institutional relationships needed to conduct and grow business. Our senior management and business development teams have long-standing relationships with our critical institutional partners. These partners include: the GSEs to whom we sell and for whom we service loans; leading banks and broker-dealers who provide us with financing and mortgage-related assets for acquisition by our Advised Entities; and leading independent mortgage originators who sell loans to PMT through our correspondent lending business. We have successfully turned such relationships into our competitive advantage over other new entrants in our businesses.

Synergistic Partnership with PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

        We have established a synergistic partnership with PMT, the public REIT that is externally managed by our investment management subsidiary, PCM, and whose mortgage assets are serviced by our mortgage banking subsidiary, PLS. PMT is intended to be a tax-efficient vehicle for investing in mortgages and mortgage-related assets and has a track record of raising new capital in a cost-effective manner. As we provide mortgage banking related operational, infrastructure and risk management services and investment management expertise to PMT, PMT as a long-term investment vehicle provides us with efficient access to the capital markets and helps reduce balance sheet constraints as we grow our business. For example, in our correspondent lending business for conventional loans, PMT funds the loans until their sale or securitization, for which we perform fulfillment activities before and after the acquisition of the loans, and retains the resulting MSR assets, for which we provide subservicing. This mutually beneficial partnership facilitates our activities across the residential mortgage market, particularly given the capital-intensive nature of mortgage origination, servicing and investment.


Our Growth Strategies

        Since our establishment during the financial crisis, we have demonstrated our ability to apply our residential mortgage expertise and operating capabilities to multiple business opportunities. In the initial years of our operation, for example, we identified distressed investing as an attractive opportunity and we raised and deployed capital through a series of successful transactions. As the mortgage market presented opportunities in new loan production and servicing, we expanded our management and capabilities to profitably capitalize on these businesses as well.

        As a non-bank mortgage company, we believe that we are well positioned to continue to take advantage of future industry changes as the market shifts away from the large banks to specialized firms. For example, we are not subject to stringent regulatory capital constraints on retaining certain mortgage-related assets that could prove beneficial as the residential mortgage market develops following the recent financial crisis. Examples of industry changes that may create future business

 

7


Table of Contents

opportunities for us include, among others, GSE reform and the re-emergence of a robust jumbo mortgage loan market for loans in amounts above conventional conforming loan limits.

        We expect to drive near-term growth in the following ways:

Grow our Servicing Portfolio Organically and through Opportunistic Acquisitions

        We expect to grow our servicing portfolio primarily on an organic basis, as our correspondent government-insured lending and retail lending production adds new prime servicing for owned MSRs, and correspondent conventional lending adds new subservicing. Our correspondent and retail loan production in the fourth quarter of 2012 was $41.0 billion in UPB on an annualized basis, significantly larger than our outstanding servicing portfolio which totaled $28.2 billion in UPB as of December 31, 2012. We will supplement our organic growth by adding new special servicing through continued distressed loan acquisitions by our Advised Entities. We may also opportunistically pursue the acquisition of third-party residential mortgage servicing portfolios. These acquisitions may be pursued in partnership with PMT, which may co-invest in the MSRs through the purchase of a portion of the servicing fee cash flows.

Grow Correspondent Lending through Expanding Seller Relationships

        We expect to grow our correspondent lending business by selectively increasing the number of sellers from which we purchase loans and cautiously increasing the volume of loans that we purchase from our existing sellers as we continue to increase the breadth of approved loan products that we offer and expand into additional geographic markets in the United States. Over the past few years, a number of large banks have exited or reduced the size of their correspondent lending businesses, creating an opportunity for non-bank entities to gain market share. We believe that we are well positioned to take advantage of this opportunity based on our management expertise in the correspondent lending business, our relationships with correspondent sellers, and our supporting systems and processes.

Grow Retail Lending through Portfolio Refinance and Non-Portfolio Originations

        We expect to grow our retail lending business by leveraging our growing servicing portfolio through refinance activities as well as increasing our non-portfolio originations. As our servicing portfolio grows, we will have a greater number of leads to pursue, which we believe will lead to greater recapture activity. At the same time, we are making significant investments in technology, personnel and marketing to increase our non-portfolio originations. We believe that our national call center model and our technology will enable us to drive origination process efficiencies and best-in-class customer service.


Risks Affecting Us

        Our mortgage banking and investment management businesses are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section titled "Risk Factors" immediately following the prospectus summary. Some of these risks are:

    The continually changing federal, state and local laws and regulations applicable to the highly regulated industry in which we operate;

    Lawsuits or governmental actions if we do not comply with the laws and regulations applicable to our businesses;

    The creation of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, or CFPB, its recently issued and future rules and the enforcement thereof by the CFPB;

 

8


Table of Contents

    Changes in existing U.S. government-sponsored entities, their current roles or their guarantees or guidelines;

    Changes to government mortgage modification programs;

    The licensing and operational requirements of states and other jurisdictions applicable to our businesses, to which our bank competitors are not subject;

    Foreclosure delays and changes in foreclosure practices;

    Changes in macroeconomic and U.S. residential real estate market conditions;

    Difficulties inherent in growing loan production volume;

    Changes in prevailing interest rates;

    Increases in loan delinquencies and defaults;

    Our reliance on PMT as a significant source of financing for, and revenue related to, our correspondent lending business;

    Any required additional capital and liquidity to support business growth that may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all;

    Our obligation to indemnify third-party purchasers or repurchase loans if loans that we originate, acquire or assist in the fulfillment of, fail to meet certain criteria or characteristics or under other circumstances;

    Our obligation to indemnify PMT and the Investment Funds if our services fail to meet certain criteria or characteristics or under other circumstances;

    Decreases in the historical returns on the assets that we select and manage for our clients, and our resulting management and incentive fees;

    The extensive amount of regulation applicable to our investment management segment;

    Conflicts of interest in allocating our services and investment opportunities among ourselves and our Advised Entities; and

    Our recent rapid growth.


Our Structure

        Following this offering PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. will be a holding company and its sole asset will be an equity interest in Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC. PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. will operate and control all of the business and affairs and consolidate the financial results of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC and its subsidiaries. Prior to the completion of this offering, the limited liability company agreement of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC will be amended and restated to, among other things, modify its capital structure by converting the different classes of interests currently held by our existing owners into New Holdings Units. We and our existing owners will also enter into an exchange agreement under which (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) they will have the right to exchange their New Holdings Units for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. See "Organizational Structure."

 

9


Table of Contents


Corporate and Other Information

        Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC was formed in Delaware in January 2008. PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. was formed in Delaware in December 2012. Our principal executive offices are located at 6101 Condor Drive in Moorpark, California and our telephone number is (818) 224-7442. Our website address is www.pennymacfinancial.com. We do not incorporate the information contained on, or accessible through, our corporate website into this prospectus, and you should not consider it part of this prospectus.

        The trademark PennyMac®, and its corresponding logos appearing in this prospectus, are owned by us or one of our subsidiaries. All other trademarks, service marks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

        We are an "emerging growth company" as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our Class A common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period. We refer to the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 in this prospectus as the "JOBS Act," and references in this prospectus to "emerging growth company" shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the JOBS Act.

 

10


Table of Contents


THE OFFERING

Class A common stock we are offering

                           shares.

Underwriters' option to purchase additional shares

 

                         shares.

Class A common stock outstanding after giving effect to this offering

 

                         shares (or                         shares if all outstanding New Holdings Units held by our existing owners were exchanged for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis).

Class B common stock outstanding after giving effect to this offering

 

                        shares, or one share for each holder of New Holdings Units.

Voting power held by holders of Class A common stock after giving effect to this offering

 

        % (or 100% if all outstanding New Holdings Units held by our existing owners were exchanged for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis).

Voting power held by holders of Class B common stock after giving effect to this offering

 

        % (or 0% if all outstanding New Holdings Units held by our existing owners were exchanged for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis). A holder of Class B common stock will be entitled, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held, to a number of votes on matters presented to the stockholders of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. that is equal to the aggregate number of New Holdings Units of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC held by such holder.

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of the shares of our Class A common stock offered by us will be approximately $             million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. If the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares in this offering is exercised in full, we estimate that our net proceeds will be approximately $             million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

11


Table of Contents

 

We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering to purchase newly-issued New Holdings Units from Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, as described under "Organizational Structure—Recapitalization." Accordingly, we will not retain any of these proceeds. We intend to cause Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC to use these proceeds primarily to provide capital to grow our mortgage banking business and for general corporate purposes. Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC will also use these proceeds to pay the expenses of this offering, which we estimate will be approximately $             million.

 

Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC will have broad discretion over the uses of such proceeds.

Voting rights

 

Each share of our Class A common stock entitles its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally.

 

Following the Offering Transactions described under "Organizational Structure—Recapitalization," each existing owner of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC will hold one share of Class B common stock. The shares of Class B common stock have no economic rights but entitle the holder, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held, to a number of votes on matters presented to stockholders of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. that is equal to the aggregate number of New Holdings Units of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company,  LLC held by such holder. See "Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock—Class B Common Stock."

 

Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law.

Dividend policy

 

Any future determination to pay dividends on our common stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon many factors, including our financial position, results of operations, liquidity and legal requirements. See "Dividend Policy."

 

12


Table of Contents

Exchange rights of holders of New Holdings Units

 

Prior to this offering we will enter into an exchange agreement with our existing owners so that they may (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) exchange their New Holdings Units for shares of Class A common stock of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. As our existing owners exchange New Holdings Units for shares of Class A common stock, the voting power afforded to them by their shares of Class B common stock will be automatically and correspondingly reduced.

 

We will also enter into a tax receivable agreement with our existing owners that will provide for the payment by PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. to the existing owners of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC of 85% of the tax benefits, if any, that PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. is deemed to realize under certain circumstances as a result of (i) increases in tax basis resulting from exchanges of New Holdings Units, (ii) certain allocations as a result of the application of the principles of Section 704(c) of the Code to take into account the difference between the fair market value and the adjusted tax basis of certain assets of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC on the date of the offering, and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement.

Risk factors

 

See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 17 and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our Class A common stock.

Proposed listing and symbol

 

We intend to apply to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, under the symbol "            ."

        In this prospectus, unless otherwise indicated, the number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding and the other information based thereon does not reflect:

    shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us;

    shares of Class A common stock that may be granted under the PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, or our "2013 Equity Incentive Plan," which number represents the total number of shares initially issuable under this plan less the number of shares issuable under this plan in exchange for New Holdings Units held by our existing owners immediately following this offering pursuant to the exchange agreement; or

    shares of Class A common stock issuable (under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan or otherwise) upon the exchange of                        New Holdings Units that will be held by our existing owners immediately following this offering pursuant to the exchange agreement.

 

13


Table of Contents

 


SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

        The following table sets forth our summary historical consolidated financial and other data as of the dates and for the periods indicated. PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. is a recently-formed holding company which has not engaged in any business or other activities except in connection with its formation and the Offering Transactions described elsewhere in this prospectus. Accordingly, for the purposes of this prospectus, all financial and other information herein relating to periods prior to the completion of the Offering Transactions is that of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC. The summary historical consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and the summary historical consolidated statement of operations data for each of the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 have been derived from Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC's audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2012 and the summary historical consolidated statement of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 have been derived from Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC's unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        The summary historical consolidated financial and other data presented below is not indicative of our results for any future periods. You should read the information in the table below in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information," our historical audited financial statements and the accompanying notes and our interim financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

14


Table of Contents

 
   
  Year ended
December 31,
  Pro Forma
Nine months
ended
September 30,
2012
  Nine months
ended
September 30,
 
 
  Pro Forma
Year ended
December 31,
2011(1)
 
 
  2011   2010   2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands, except per unit data)
 

Statement of Operations Data—Consolidated

                                     

Revenue

                                     

Net servicing income:

                                     

Loan servicing fees

                                     

From PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

        $ 13,204   $ 2,989         $ 13,163   $ 9,152  

From Investment Funds

          14,523     9,474           9,130     10,990  

Mortgage servicing rebate (to) from Investment Funds

          (2,772 )   1,162           (407 )   (569 )

From non-affiliates

          11,493     11,431           10,824     8,513  

Ancillary fees

          1,657     1,345           1,613     1,224  
                           

Total

          38,105     26,401           34,323     29,310  

Amortization, impairment and change in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights

          (9,438 )   (400 )         (8,977 )   (6,400 )
                           

Net servicing income

          28,667     26,001           25,346     22,910  

Net gain on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

          13,029     2,008           68,487     3,895  

Management fees:

                                     

From PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

          8,456     5,484           9,847     7,043  

From Investment Funds

          9,943     9,943           7,199     7,457  

Carried Interest from Investment Funds

          12,596     24,654           7,254     10,348  

Fulfillment fees from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

          1,744               31,097     358  

Other income

          2,224     1,139           8,110     978  
                           

Total revenue

          76,659     69,229           157,340     52,989  
                           

Expenses

                                     

Compensation

          47,479     25,412           77,756     31,316  

Other expenses

          14,481     10,775           19,135     10,193  
                           

Total expenses

          61,960     36,187           96,891     41,509  
                           

Net income

        $ 14,699   $ 33,042         $ 60,449   $ 11,480  

Net income attributable to preferred unit holders

        $ 14,507   $ 29,014         $ 52,482   $ 11,364  

Net income attributable to non-vested common unit awards outstanding

        $ 152   $ 3,837         $ 5,094   $ 84  

Net income attributable to common unit holders

        $ 40   $ 191         $ 2,873   $ 32  

Pro forma information (unaudited):

                                     

Historical net income before taxes

        $ 14,699   $ 33,042         $ 60,449   $ 11,480  

Pro forma adjustment for taxes(2)

                                     

Pro forma net income

                                     

Earnings per unit:

                                     

Preferred units

        $ 237.82   $ 645.30         $ 542.83   $ 221.72  

Common units:

                                     

Basic

        $ 11.63   $ 555.59         $ 466.97   $ 11.05  

Diluted

        $ 3.88   $ 40.72         $ 192.41   $ 3.58  

Weighted average units outstanding:

                                     

Preferred units

          61,003     44,962           96,682     51,256  

Common units:

                                     

Basic

          3,470     345           6,153     2,913  

Diluted

          10,410     4,704           14,933     8,997  

(1)
As described in "Organizational Structure," PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. will become the sole managing member of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC. PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. will initially own less than 100% of the economic interest in Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC but will have 100% of the voting power and control its management immediately following this offering.

(2)
Following the Recapitalization and the Offering Transactions, PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. will be subject to U.S. federal income taxes, in addition to state, local and international taxes, with respect to its allocable share of any net taxable income of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, which will result in higher income taxes. As a result, the pro forma statements of income reflect an adjustment to our provision for corporate income taxes to reflect an effective rate of      %, which includes provision for U.S. federal income taxes and assumes the highest statutory rates apportioned to each state, local and/or foreign jurisdiction.

 

15


Table of Contents

 
  December 31,
2011
  December 31,
2010
  September 30,
2012
  September 30,
2012
 
 
  (in thousands)
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
   
   
  (actual)
  (as adjusted)(1)
 

Balance Sheet Data—Consolidated

                         

ASSETS

                         

Cash and short-term investment, at fair value

 
$

32,506
 
$

15,241
 
$

31,150
       

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    89,857     14,720     410,071        

Servicing advances

    63,565     22,811     76,554        

Receivable from Advised Entities

    19,864     13,687     13,917        

Carried interest due from Investment Funds

    37,250     24,654     44,504        

Mortgage servicing rights

    32,124     31,957     74,154        

Other

    14,115     5,332     52,349        
                   

Total assets

  $ 289,281   $ 128,402   $ 702,699        
                   

LIABILITIES

                         

Loans sold under agreements to repurchase

 
$

77,700
 
$

13,289
 
$

361,478
       

Note payable

    18,602     3,499     34,035        

Derivative liability

            3,356        

Payable to PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    25,595     2,842     35,920        

Payable to Investment Funds

    29,622     13,262     34,443        

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    13,398     5,352     29,235        

Liability for losses under representations and warranties

    449     189     2,305        
                   

Total liabilities

    165,366     38,433     500,772        

MEMBERS' EQUITY

   
123,915
   
89,969
   
201,927
       
                   

Total liabilities and members' equity

  $ 289,281   $ 128,402   $ 702,699        
                   

(1)
The column gives effect to the transactions described under "Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information," including the application of the proceeds from this offering as described in "Use of Proceeds."

 

16


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

         Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before deciding whether to purchase shares of our Class A common stock. If any of the following risks are realized, our business, operating results and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the price of our Class A common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Risks Related to Our Mortgage Banking Segment

    Regulatory Risks

We operate in a highly regulated industry and the continually changing federal, state and local laws and regulation could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Due to the highly regulated nature of the residential mortgage industry, we are required to comply with a wide array of federal, state and local laws and regulations that regulate, among other things, the manner in which we conduct our loan production and servicing businesses and the fees that we may charge. These regulations directly impact our business and require constant compliance, monitoring and internal and external audits. A material failure to comply with any of these laws or regulations could subject us to lawsuits or governmental actions and damage our reputation, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Federal, state and local governments have recently proposed or enacted numerous new laws, regulations and rules related to mortgage loans. Laws, regulations, rules and judicial and administrative decisions relating to mortgage loans include those pertaining to real estate settlement procedures, equal credit opportunity, fair lending, fair credit reporting, truth in lending, fair debt collection practices, service members protections, compliance with net worth and financial statement delivery requirements, compliance with federal and state disclosure and licensing requirements, the establishment of maximum interest rates, finance charges and other charges, qualified mortgages, licensing of loan officers, loan officer compensation, secured transactions, payment processing, escrow, loss mitigation, collection, foreclosure, repossession and claims-handling procedures, and other trade practices and privacy regulations providing for the use and safeguarding of non-public personal financial information of borrowers. Service providers we use must also comply with these legal requirements, including outside foreclosure counsel retained to process foreclosures.

        In particular, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, or Dodd-Frank Act, represents a comprehensive overhaul of the financial services industry in the United States and includes, among other things (i) the creation of a Financial Stability Oversight Council to identify emerging systemic risks posed by financial firms, activities and practices, and to improve cooperation among federal agencies, (ii) the creation of the CFPB authorized to promulgate and enforce consumer protection regulations relating to financial products and services, including mortgage lending and servicing, (iii) the establishment of strengthened capital and prudential standards for banks and bank holding companies, (iv) enhanced regulation of financial markets, including the derivatives and securitization markets, and (v) amendments to the Truth in Lending Act, or TILA, aimed at improving consumer protections with respect to mortgage originations, including disclosures, originator compensation, minimum repayment standards, prepayment considerations appraisals and servicing requirements.

        Our failure to comply with these laws, regulations and rules may result in reduced payments by borrowers, modification of the original terms of mortgage loans, permanent forgiveness of debt, delays in the foreclosure process, increased servicing advances, litigation, enforcement actions, and repurchase

17


Table of Contents

and indemnification obligations. Our failure to adequately supervise service providers, including outside foreclosure counsel, may also have these negative results.

        In addition, although they have not yet been enacted, the Federal Housing Finance Agency, or FHFA, proposed changes to mortgage servicing compensation structures in 2011 for servicing with GSEs, including reducing servicing fees and channeling funds toward reserve accounts for delinquent loans. Also, there continue to be changes in legislation, rulemaking and licensing in an effort to simplify the consumer mortgage experience which requires technology changes and additional implementation costs for loan originators. We expect that legislative and regulatory changes will continue in the foreseeable future, which may increase our operating expenses.

        Any of these, or other, changes in laws or regulations could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The creation of the CFPB and its recently issued rules will likely increase our regulatory compliance burden and associated costs, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        On July 21, 2011, the CFPB obtained rulemaking and enforcement authority pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act and began official operations. We are subject to examination by the CFPB. The CFPB has broad enforcement powers over mortgage participants, including originators and servicers, and can order, among other things, rescission or reformation of contracts, the refund of moneys or the return of real property, restitution, disgorgement or compensation for unjust enrichment, the payment of damages or other monetary relief, public notifications regarding violations, limits on activities or functions, and civil money penalties. The CFPB has been active in investigations and enforcement actions, and issued large civil money penalties in 2012.

        In addition to its regulatory authority, the CFPB has examination authority over all federal and state non-depository lending and servicing institutions, including mortgage brokers, lenders and servicers. Such examinations, as well as regulations that the CFPB might issue in the future, could ultimately increase our administrative burdens and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        In October 2011, January 2012 and October 2012, the CFPB issued guidelines governing, among other things, examination procedures for bank and non-bank mortgage servicers and originators and its procedures for supervising mortgage transactions. In January 2013, the CFPB issued its final rules relating to, among other things, its "Ability to Repay" rule under TILA's implementing Regulation Z, mortgage escrow account requirements and mortgage servicing requirements. For further discussion on the details of the CFPB's final rules, see "Business—Compliance and Regulatory."

        Similar to other mortgage servicers of our size, we received a general request for information from the CFPB on September 24, 2012. We responded in a timely fashion to the CFPB by providing the requested information.

        The CFPB's recently enacted rules will likely increase our administrative and compliance costs. They could also greatly influence the availability and cost of residential mortgage credit, and increase servicing costs and risks. In addition, the effective dates for these new rules are aggressive in some cases and it may be difficult for us to implement the procedures necessary to comply with these new rules by the dates on which they are to become effective. These increased costs of compliance, the effect of these rules on the mortgage industry and mortgage servicing and any failure in our ability to comply with these new rules by their effective dates, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations.

18


Table of Contents

We are highly dependent on U.S. government-sponsored entities, and any changes in these entities or their current roles could materially and adversely affect our business, liquidity, financial position and results of operations.

        Our ability to generate revenues through mortgage loan sales depends to a significant degree on programs administered by government-sponsored entities, or GSEs, such as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, government agencies, including Ginnie Mae, and others that facilitate the issuance of mortgage-backed securities, or MBS, in the secondary market. These GSEs and Agencies play a critical role in the residential mortgage industry and we have significant business relationships with many of them. Presently, almost all of the newly originated conforming loans that we originate directly with borrowers or assist PMT in acquiring from mortgage lenders through our correspondent lending program qualify under existing standards for inclusion in mortgage securities backed by the GSEs or Ginnie Mae. We also derive other material financial benefits from these relationships, including the assumption of credit risk by these GSEs on loans included in such mortgage securities in exchange for our payment of guarantee fees and the ability to avoid certain loan inventory finance costs through streamlined loan funding and sale procedures.

        There is significant uncertainty regarding the future of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, including with respect to how long they will continue to be in existence, the extent of their roles in the market and what forms they will have. Although the U.S. Treasury has committed capital to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac since they were placed into conservatorship, there can be no assurance that additional funding will be provided within the required time periods or that the actions of the U.S. Treasury will be adequate for their needs. If such funding is not provided as required, the FHFA would be obligated to place Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac into receivership. Further, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac could be placed into receivership at the discretion of the FHFA at any time under certain circumstances. If the actions of the U.S. Treasury are inadequate or pending repurchase requests by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to lenders prove unsuccessful, or if Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are adversely affected by events such as ratings downgrades, foreclosure problems and delays and problems with mortgage insurers, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac could continue to suffer losses and could fail to honor their guarantees and other obligations. In addition, the future roles of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac remain uncertain. Their roles could be significantly reduced or eliminated and the nature of the guarantees could be considerably limited relative to historical measurements. Solvency concerns have also recently been raised regarding the FHA, which we rely on for the insurance of a significant portion of the government-insured loans that we produce. The elimination of the traditional roles of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or the FHA could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

        Our ability to generate revenues from newly originated loans that we assist PMT in acquiring from mortgage lenders through our correspondent lending program is highly dependent on the fact that the GSEs have not historically acquired such loans directly from mortgage lenders, but have instead relied on banks and non-bank service providers such as us to acquire, aggregate and securitize or otherwise sell such loans to investors in the secondary market. If one or more of the GSEs were to start making these purchases and sales for their own accounts, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.

        Any discontinuation of, or significant reduction in, the operation of these GSEs or any significant adverse change in the level of activity of these GSEs in the primary or secondary mortgage markets or in the underwriting criteria of these GSEs could materially and adversely affect our business, liquidity, financial position and results of operations.

19


Table of Contents

Changes in GSE guidelines or guarantees could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        We are required to follow specific guidelines that impact the way that we service and originate GSE loans, including guidelines with respect to:

    credit standards for mortgage loans;

    our staffing levels and other servicing practices;

    the servicing and ancillary fees that we may charge;

    our modification standards and procedures; and

    the amount of non-reimbursable advances.

        In particular, the FHFA has directed the GSEs to align their guidelines for servicing delinquent mortgages that they own or that back securities which they guarantee, which can result in monetary incentives for servicers that perform well and penalties for those that do not. In addition, the FHFA has directed Fannie Mae to assess compensatory penalties against servicers in connection with the failure to meet specified timelines relating to delinquent loans and foreclosure proceedings, and other breaches of servicing obligations.

        We cannot negotiate these terms with the GSEs and they are subject to change at any time. A significant change in these guidelines that has the effect of decreasing the fees we charge or requires us to expend additional resources in providing mortgage services could decrease our revenues or increase our costs, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        In addition, changes in the nature or extent of the guarantees provided by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac or the insurance provided by the FHA could also have broad adverse market implications. The guarantee fees that we are required to pay to the GSEs for these guarantees have increased significantly over time and any future increases in these fees would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Fannie Mae has indicated that it may impose annual delivery volume limits on all of its approved seller/servicers. Fannie Mae has not yet determined or announced the criteria for how these potential delivery limits may be calculated, or when they may be imposed. If a delivery limitation is imposed on PMT by Fannie Mae, it could result in a shift of business market share to Freddie Mac, and could adversely impact our gain on sale income to the extent that Freddie Mac price execution may be worse than that of Fannie Mae. Freddie Mac has indicated that it does not have any plans to establish delivery volume limits for its seller/servicers.

Changes to government mortgage modification and refinance programs could adversely affect our future revenues and costs.

        Under HAMP and similar government programs, a participating servicer may be entitled to receive financial incentives in connection with any modification plans that it enters into with eligible borrowers and subsequent success fees to the extent that a borrower remains current in any agreed upon loan modification. While we participate in and dedicate numerous resources to HAMP, changes in legislation or regulation regarding HAMP or any other government mortgage modification program or changes in the requirements necessary to qualify for refinancing mortgage loans may impact the extent to which we participate in and receive financial benefits from such programs, or may increase our operating costs and the expense of our participation in such programs.

        On October 24, 2011, the FHFA announced changes to the existing Home Affordable Refinance Program, or HARP, for certain loans sold to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac prior to May 31, 2009. The changes to HARP are designed to increase the number of mortgage loans eligible for refinancing under

20


Table of Contents

the program and have meaningfully increased industry-wide loan production volumes. These changes and any additional changes that may be enacted to increase refinancing eligibility under this program will likely increase mortgage loan prepayment speeds, which would have an unfavorable impact on the valuation of our MSRs. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk."

        HAMP and HARP are each currently scheduled to expire on December 31, 2013. If HAMP and HARP are not extended, this could decrease our revenues, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Under the Making Home Affordable plan, or MHA, a participating servicer may receive a financial incentive to modify qualifying loans, in accordance with the plan's guidelines and requirements. HARP also allows us to refinance loans with an LTV of up to 125%. This program, and the FHA's negative equity refinance program, allow us to refinance loans to existing borrowers who have little or negative equity in their homes. The FHA's negative equity refinance program is scheduled to expire on December 31, 2014, and the expiration of that program or changes in legislation or regulations regarding that program or the MHA could reduce our volume of refinancing originations to borrowers with little or negative equity in their homes.

        Changes to HAMP, HARP, the MHA and other similar programs could adversely affect our future revenues and costs.

Unlike competitors that are banks, we are subject to the licensing and operational requirements of states and other jurisdictions that result in substantial compliance costs, and our business would be adversely affected if we lose our licenses.

        Because we are not a depository institution, we do not benefit from exemptions to state mortgage banking, loan servicing or debt collection licensing and regulatory requirements. We must comply with state licensing requirements and varying compliance requirements in all fifty states, the District of Columbia and the Virgin Islands, and we are sensitive to regulatory changes that may increase our costs through stricter licensing laws, disclosure laws or increased fees or that may impose conditions to licensing that we or our personnel are unable to meet. Currently we are able to service loans in 49 states, the District of Columbia and the Virgin Islands and originate loans in 45 states and the District of Columbia, either because we are properly licensed in a particular jurisdiction or we are exempt or otherwise not required to be licensed in that jurisdiction.

        In most states in which we operate, a regulatory agency or agencies regulate and enforce laws relating to mortgage servicers and mortgage originators. These rules and regulations generally provide for licensing as a mortgage servicer, mortgage originator, loan modification processor/underwriter, or third-party debt default specialist (or a combination thereof), requirements as to the form and content of contracts and other documentation, licensing of our employees and independent contractors with whom we contract, and employee hiring background checks. They also set forth restrictions on collection practices and disclosure and record-keeping requirements, and they establish a variety of borrowers' rights. Future state legislation and changes in existing regulation may significantly increase our compliance costs or reduce the amount of ancillary fees, including late fees, that we may charge to borrowers. This could make our business cost-prohibitive in the affected state or states and could materially affect our business.

        In addition, we are subject to periodic examinations by state and other regulators, which can result in increases in our administrative costs and refunds to borrowers of certain fees earned by us, and we may be required to pay substantial penalties imposed by these regulators due to compliance errors, or we may lose our license. Fines and penalties incurred in one jurisdiction may cause investigations or other actions by regulators in other jurisdictions.

21


Table of Contents

        We may not be able to maintain all currently requisite licenses and permits. In addition, the states that currently do not provide extensive regulation of our business may later choose to do so, and if such states so act, we may not be able to obtain or maintain all requisite licenses and permits. The failure to satisfy those and other regulatory requirements could result in a default under our servicing agreements and credit facilities and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Agency inquiries into foreclosure practices and foreclosure delays in certain states could result in additional compliance costs on our servicing business, and may adversely impact our results of operations, financial condition and business.

        In connection with allegations of irregularities in foreclosure processes, including so-called "robo-signing" by mortgage loan servicers, certain state Attorneys General, court administrators and government agencies, as well as representatives of the federal government, have issued letters of inquiry to mortgage servicers, requesting written responses to questions regarding policies and procedures, especially with respect to notarization and affidavit procedures. If initiated against us, these requests or any subsequent administrative, judicial or legislative actions taken by these regulators, court administrators or other government entities may subject us to fines and other sanctions, including a foreclosure moratorium or suspension. In addition to these inquiries, several state Attorneys General have requested that certain mortgage servicers suspend foreclosure proceedings pending internal review to ensure compliance with applicable law. Such inquiries, if initiated against us, as well as continued court backlog and emerging court processes, may cause an extended delay in the foreclosure process in certain states.

        Also, on February 9, 2012, federal and state agencies announced a $25 billion settlement with the five largest banks that resulted from investigations of foreclosure practices, which is referred to as the "Joint Federal-State Mortgage Servicing Settlement." As part of the settlement, the banks agreed to comply with various servicing standards relating to foreclosure and bankruptcy proceedings, documentation of borrowers' account balances, chain of title, and evaluation of borrowers for loan modifications and short sales as well as servicing fees and the use of force-placed insurance.

        Although we are not a party to the above enforcement consent orders and settlements, we could be required to comply with certain requirements and terms set forth in the consent orders and settlements if (i) we subservice loans in certain circumstances for the mortgage servicers that are parties to the enforcement consent orders and settlements, (ii) the agencies begin to enforce the consent orders and settlements by looking downstream to our arrangement with certain mortgage servicers, (iii) the MSR owners for whom we subservice loans request that we comply with certain aspects of the consent orders and settlements, or (iv) we otherwise find it prudent to comply with certain aspects of the consent orders and settlements. In addition, the practices set forth in such consent orders and settlements may be adopted by the industry as a whole, forcing us to comply with them in order to follow standard industry practices, or may become required by our servicing agreements. While we have made and continue to make changes to our operating policies and procedures in light of the consent orders and settlements, further changes could be required and changes to our servicing practices may increase compliance and operating costs for our servicing business, which could materially and adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

We may be subject to liability for potential violations of predatory lending laws, which could adversely impact our results of operations, financial condition and business.

        Various U.S. federal, state and local laws have been enacted that are designed to discourage predatory lending practices. The U.S. federal Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act of 1994, or HOEPA, prohibits inclusion of certain provisions in residential mortgage loans that have mortgage rates or origination costs in excess of prescribed levels and requires that borrowers be given certain

22


Table of Contents

disclosures prior to origination. Some states have enacted, or may enact, similar laws or regulations, which in some cases impose restrictions and requirements greater than those in HOEPA. In addition, under the anti-predatory lending laws of some states, the origination of certain residential mortgage loans, including loans that are not classified as "high-cost" loans under applicable law, must satisfy a net tangible benefits test with respect to the related borrower. This test may be highly subjective and open to interpretation. As a result, a court may determine that a residential mortgage loan, for example, does not meet the test even if the related originator reasonably believed that the test was satisfied. If any of our production loans are found to have been originated in violation of predatory or abusive lending laws, we could incur losses, which could adversely impact our results of operations, financial condition and business.

    Market Risks

Our mortgage banking revenues are highly dependent on macroeconomic and United States residential real estate market conditions.

        Continuing concerns over factors including inflation, deflation, unemployment, personal and business income taxes, energy costs, geopolitical issues and the availability and cost of credit have contributed to increased volatility and unclear expectations for the economy in general and the residential real estate and mortgage markets in particular going forward. According to the S&P/Case-Shiller Home Price Index, since 2006, United States residential housing values have declined by approximately 30% and the volume of newly originated mortgages has decreased by 50%. While national housing values have increased in the last 12 months, there is no assurance that these conditions have stabilized or that they will not worsen. A destabilization of the residential real estate and mortgage markets or deterioration in these markets may reduce our loan production volume, reduce the profitability of servicing mortgages or adversely affect our ability to sell mortgage loans that we originate or acquire, either at a profit or at all. Any of the foregoing could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to continue to grow our loan production volume, which could negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Our loan production operations consist of our retail originations program, in which we originate mortgage loans directly with borrowers through telephone call centers or the Internet, and our correspondent lending program, in which we facilitate, in exchange for a fulfillment fee, the acquisition by PMT from correspondent sellers of newly originated mortgage loans that have been underwritten to our standards. In certain cases, we subsequently acquire those loans from PMT.

        Our correspondent lending program is relationship driven. We currently work with 140 approved mortgage lenders, but these lenders are not contractually obligated to do business with us or PMT, and our competitors also have relationships with these lenders and actively compete with us in our efforts to expand PMT's network of approved mortgage lenders. In order to increase our loan production volume, we will need to not only maintain PMT's existing relationships, but also develop PMT's relationships with additional mortgage lenders. To date, we have grown our loan production volumes with mortgage lenders by providing customer service and turn-around times in the execution of our fulfillment functions in accordance with the expectations of the mortgage lenders. If we are not able to consistently maintain this level of execution, our reputation and existing relationships with mortgage lenders could be damaged. We also plan to introduce new mortgage loan products such as Freddie Mac's Loan Prospector loans and enhanced jumbo loan products to mortgage lenders. There can be no assurance that we will maintain PMT's existing relationships or develop new relationships with mortgage lenders or that our new mortgage products will gain widespread acceptance.

23


Table of Contents

        Our current volume of retail originations, which is based in large part on the refinancing of existing mortgage loans that we service, is highly dependent on interest rates and government mortgage modification programs and may decline if interest rates increase or these programs are terminated. Our retail originations platform may not succeed because of the referral-driven nature of our industry. For example, the origination of purchase money mortgage loans is greatly influenced by traditional business clients in the home buying process such as real estate agents and builders. As a result, our ability to secure relationships with such traditional business clients will influence our ability to grow our purchase money mortgage loan volume and, thus, our retail originations business, and there can be no assurance that we will succeed in establishing such relationships. In addition, to grow our retail originations business, we will need to convert leads regarding prospective borrowers into funded loans and that depends on the pricing that we will be able to offer relative to the pricing of our competitors and our operational ability to process, underwrite and close loans. Institutions that compete with us in this regard may have significantly greater access to capital or resources than we do, which may give them the benefit of a lower cost of operations.

Our earnings may decrease because of changes in prevailing interest rates.

        Our profitability is directly affected by changes in prevailing interest rates. The following are the material risks we face related to changes in prevailing interest rates:

    an increase in prevailing interest rates could adversely affect our loan production volume because refinancing an existing loan would be less attractive for homeowners and qualifying for a loan may be more difficult for consumers;

    an increase in prevailing interest rates would increase the cost of servicing our outstanding debt, including debt related to servicing advances and loan production;

    a decrease in prevailing interest rates may cause more borrowers to refinance existing loans that we service or may cause the expected volume of refinancings to increase, which would require us to record a higher level of amortization, impairment or both on our MSRs;

    a decrease in prevailing interest rates could reduce our earnings from our custodial deposit accounts; and

    an increase in prevailing interest rates could increase payments for servicing customers with adjustable rate mortgages and generate an increase in delinquency, default and foreclosure rates, resulting in an increase in our loan servicing expenses.

        Any adverse effect to our business, financial condition or results of operations as a result of changes in prevailing interest rates would be beyond our control.

We may be unable to obtain sufficient capital and liquidity to meet the financing requirements of our business.

        We will require new and continued debt financing to facilitate our anticipated growth. Accordingly, our ability to finance our operations and repay maturing obligations rests in large part on our ability to borrow money. We are generally required to renew our financing arrangements each year, which exposes us to refinancing and interest rate risks. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources." Our ability to refinance existing debt and borrow additional funds is affected by a variety of factors including:

    limitations imposed on us under our financing agreements that contain restrictive covenants and borrowing conditions, which may limit our ability to raise additional debt;

    any decrease in liquidity in the credit markets;

    prevailing interest rates;

24


Table of Contents

    the strength of the lenders from which we borrow, and the regulatory environment in which they operate, including proposed capital strengthening requirements;

    limitations on borrowings on credit facilities imposed by the amount of eligible collateral pledged, which may be less than the borrowing capacity of the credit facility; and

    accounting changes that may impact calculations of covenants in our debt agreements.

        If we are unable to obtain sufficient capital to meet the financing requirements of our business, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially adversely affected.

We leverage our operations, which may materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

        We currently leverage and, to the extent available, we intend to continue to leverage our retail lending operations and our acquisitions of government-insured loans from PMT through borrowings under repurchase agreements. When we enter into repurchase agreements, we sell mortgage loans to lenders, which are the repurchase agreement counterparties, and receive cash from the lenders. The lenders are obligated to resell the same assets back to us at the end of the term of the transaction. The cash that we receive from a lender when we initially sell the assets to that lender is less than the value of those assets (this difference is referred to as the haircut), so if the lender defaults on its obligation to resell the same assets back to us we could incur a loss on the transaction equal to the amount of the haircut (assuming that there was no change in the value of the assets). In addition, repurchase agreements generally allow the counterparties, to varying degrees, to determine a new market value of the collateral to reflect current market conditions. If a counterparty lender determines that the value of the collateral has decreased, it may initiate a margin call and require us to either post additional collateral to cover such decrease or repay a portion of the outstanding borrowing. Should this occur, in order to obtain cash to satisfy a margin call, we may be required to liquidate assets at a disadvantageous time, which could cause us to incur further losses. If we are unable to satisfy a margin call, our counterparty may sell the collateral, which may result in significant losses to us.

        Unlike banks, we are not subject to regulatory restrictions on the amount of our leverage. Our total borrowings are only restricted by covenants in our repurchase agreements and market conditions, and our board of directors may change our target borrowing levels at any time without the approval of our stockholders. Incurring substantial debt subjects us to the risk that our cash flow from operations may be insufficient to repurchase the assets that we have sold to the lenders under our repurchase agreements.

        Our existing repurchase agreements also impose financial and non-financial covenants and restrictions on us that limit the amount of indebtedness that we may incur, impact our liquidity through minimum cash reserve requirements, and impact our flexibility to determine our operating policies and investment strategies. If we default on one of our obligations under a repurchase agreement, the lender may be able to terminate the transaction, accelerate any amounts outstanding and cease entering into any other repurchase transactions with us. Because our repurchase agreements typically contain cross-default provisions, a default that occurs under any one agreement could allow the lenders under our other agreements to also declare a default. Additional repurchase agreements or other bank credit facilities that we may enter into in the future may contain additional covenants and restrictions. If we fail to meet or satisfy any of these covenants, we would be in default under these agreements, and our lenders could elect to declare outstanding amounts due and payable, terminate their commitments, require the posting of additional collateral and enforce their interests against existing collateral. Any losses that we incur on our repurchase agreements could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

25


Table of Contents

Hedging against interest rate exposure may materially and adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows.

        We pursue hedging strategies to reduce our exposure to adverse changes in interest rates. Our hedging activity will vary in scope based on the risks hedged, the level of interest rates, the type of investments held, and other changing market conditions. Hedging instruments involve risk because they often are not traded on regulated exchanges, guaranteed by an exchange or its clearing house, or regulated by any U.S. or foreign governmental authorities, and our interest rate hedging may fail to protect or could adversely affect us because, among other things:

    interest rate hedging can be expensive, particularly during periods of rising and volatile interest rates;

    available interest rate hedging may not correspond directly with the interest rate risk for which protection is sought;

    the duration of the hedge may not match the duration of the related liability or asset;

    the credit quality of the hedging counterparty owing money on the hedge may be downgraded to such an extent that it impairs our ability to sell or assign our side of the hedging transaction; and

    the hedging counterparty owing the money in the hedging transaction may default on its obligation to pay.

        In addition, we may fail to recalculate, re-adjust and execute hedges in an efficient manner.

        Any hedging activity, which is intended to limit losses, may materially and adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows. Therefore, while we may enter into such transactions seeking to reduce interest rate risk, unanticipated changes in interest rates may result in worse overall investment performance than if we had not engaged in any such hedging transactions. No assurance can be given that a liquid secondary market will exist for a hedging instrument purchased or sold, and we may be required to maintain a position until exercise or expiration, which could result in significant losses. In addition, the degree of correlation between price movements of the instruments used in hedging strategies and price movements in the portfolio positions or liabilities being hedged may vary materially. Moreover, for a variety of reasons, we may not seek to establish a perfect correlation between such hedging instruments and the portfolio positions or liabilities being hedged. Any such imperfect correlation may prevent us from achieving the intended hedge and expose us to risk of loss. Numerous regulations currently apply to hedging and any new regulations or changes in existing regulations may significantly increase our administrative or compliance costs. Our hedging agreements generally provide for the daily mark to market of our hedge exposures. If a hedge counterparty determines that its exposure to us exceeds its exposure threshold, it may initiate a margin call and require us to post collateral. If we are unable to satisfy a margin call, we would be in default of our agreement, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our MSRs are highly volatile assets with continually changing values, and these changes in value, or inaccuracies in our estimates of their value, could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

        The value of our MSRs is based on the cash flows projected to result from the servicing of the related mortgage loans and continually fluctuates due to a number of factors. These factors include changes in interest rates and other market conditions, which affect the number of loans that are refinanced and thus no longer result in cash flows, and the number of loans that become delinquent.

26


Table of Contents

        We use internal financial models that utilize market participant data to value our MSRs for purposes of financial reporting and for purposes of determining the price that we pay to acquire loans for which we will retain MSRs. These models are complex and use asset-specific collateral data and market inputs for interest and discount rates. In addition, the modeling requirements of MSRs are complex because of the high number of variables that drive cash flows associated with MSRs. Even if the general accuracy of our valuation models is validated, valuations are highly dependent upon the reasonableness of our assumptions and the results of the models.

        If loan delinquencies or prepayment speeds are higher than anticipated or other factors perform worse than modeled, the recorded value of certain of our MSRs may decrease, which would adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Increases in delinquencies and defaults may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Falling home prices across the United States have resulted in higher loan-to-value ratios, or LTVs, lower recoveries in foreclosure and an increase in loss severities above those that would have been realized had property values remained the same or continued to increase. Though housing values have stabilized in some markets, many borrowers do not have sufficient equity in their homes to permit them to refinance their existing loans, which may reduce the volume or growth of our loan production business. This may also provide borrowers with an incentive to default on their mortgage loans even if they have the ability to make principal and interest payments. Further, interest rates have remained at historical lows for an extended period of time. Borrowers with adjustable rate mortgage loans must make larger monthly payments when the interest rates on those mortgage loans adjust upward from their initial fixed rates or low introductory rates to the rates computed in accordance with the applicable index and margin. Increases in monthly payments may increase the delinquencies, defaults and foreclosures on a significant number of the loans that we service.

        Increased mortgage delinquencies, defaults and foreclosures may result in lower revenue for loans that we service for the GSEs, such as Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, because we only collect servicing fees from GSEs for performing loans. Additionally, while increased delinquencies generate higher ancillary fees, including late fees, these fees are not likely to be recoverable in the event that the related loan is liquidated. In addition, an increase in delinquencies lowers the interest income that we receive on cash held in collection and other accounts because there is less cash in those accounts. Also, increased mortgage defaults may ultimately reduce the number of mortgages that we service.

        Increased mortgage delinquencies, defaults and foreclosures will also result in a higher cost to service those loans due to the increased time and effort required to collect payments from delinquent borrowers and to liquidate properties or otherwise resolve loan defaults if payment collection is unsuccessful, and only a portion of these increased costs are recoverable under our servicing agreements. Increased mortgage delinquencies, defaults and foreclosures may also result in an increase in our interest expense and affect our liquidity as a result of borrowing under our credit facilities to fund an increase in our advancing obligations.

A disruption in the MBS market could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        During 2012, approximately 60% of the loans that we produced were delivered to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac to be pooled into Agency MBS securities and 39% of our loans were originated to FHA guidelines and pooled into Ginnie Mae MBS securities. Disruptions in the general MBS market have occurred in the past. Any significant disruption or period of illiquidity in the general MBS market would directly affect our own liquidity and the liquidity of PMT because no existing alternative secondary market would likely be able to accommodate on a timely basis the volume of loans that we

27


Table of Contents

typically sell in any given period. Accordingly, if the MBS market experiences a period of illiquidity, we might be prevented from selling the loans that we produce into the secondary market in a timely manner or at favorable prices, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The geographic concentration of our servicing portfolio may decrease the value of our MSRs and adversely affect our retail lending business, which would adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

        As of December 31, 2012, approximately 38%, 5% and 5% of the aggregate outstanding loan balance in our servicing portfolio was secured by properties located in California, Florida and Colorado, respectively. These states have experienced severe declines in property values and are experiencing a disproportionately high rate of delinquencies and foreclosures relative to other states. To the extent that these states continue to experience weaker economic conditions or greater rates of decline in real estate values than the United States generally, the concentration of loans that we service in those regions may decrease the value of our MSRs and adversely affect our retail lending business. The impact of property value declines may increase in magnitude and it may continue for a long period of time. Additionally, if states in which we have greater concentrations of business were to change their licensing or other regulatory requirements to make our business cost-prohibitive, we may be required to stop doing business in those states or may be subject to higher cost of doing business in those states, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

    Related Party Risks

We rely on PMT as a significant source of financing for, and revenue related to, our correspondent lending business, and the termination of, or material adverse change in, the terms of this relationship, or a material adverse change to PMT or its operations, would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        PMT is the counterparty that currently acquires all of the newly originated mortgage loans in connection with our correspondent lending businesses. A significant portion of our income is derived from a fulfillment fee earned in connection with PMT's acquisition of conventional loans. We are able to conduct our correspondent lending business without having to incur the significant additional debt financing that would be required for us to purchase those loans from the originating lender. In the case of government-insured loans, we purchase them from PMT at PMT's cost plus a sourcing fee and fulfill them for our own account, typically by pooling the federally insured or guaranteed loans together into an MBS which Ginnie Mae guarantees. We earn interest income and gains or losses during the holding period and upon the sale of these securities, and we retain the MSRs with respect to the loans. If this relationship with PMT was terminated by PMT or PMT reduced the volume of these loans that it acquires for any reason, we would have to acquire these loans from the correspondent sellers for our own account, something that we may be unable to do, or enter into another similar counterparty arrangement with a third party, which we may not be able to enter into on terms that are as favorable to us, or at all. Also, the management agreement, the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement and certain of the other agreements that we have entered into with PMT contain cross-termination provisions that allow PMT to terminate all of those agreements in the event that we default on our obligations under one of our agreements with PMT. Accordingly, the termination of this relationship with PMT, or a material change in the terms thereof that is adverse to us, would likely adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        We expect that PMT will continue to qualify as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, it is possible that PMT may not meet the requirements for qualification as a REIT. If PMT were to lose its REIT status, corporate-level income tax, including any applicable alternative minimum tax, would apply to PMT's taxable income at regular corporate rates, thereby potentially impairing

28


Table of Contents

PMT's financial position and its ability to raise capital. Consequently, PMT's failure to qualify as a REIT could impair PMT's ability to continue to acquire loans from correspondent sellers.

A significant portion of our loan servicing operations are conducted pursuant to subservicing contracts with PMT, and any termination by PMT of these contracts, or a material change in the terms thereof that is adverse to us, would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        PMT, as the owner of a substantial number of all of the MSRs or whole loans that we subservice, may, under certain circumstances, terminate our subservicing contract with or without cause, in some instances with little notice and little to no compensation. Upon any such termination, it would be difficult to replace such a large volume of subservicing in a short period of time, or perhaps at all. Accordingly, we may not generate as much revenue from subservicing for other third parties. If we were to have our subservicing terminated by PMT, or if there was a change in the terms under which we perform subservicing for PMT that was materially adverse to us, this would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

PMT has an exclusive right to acquire the loans that are produced through our correspondent lending program, which may limit the revenues that we could otherwise earn in respect of those loans.

        Our mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement with PMT requires PLS to provide fulfillment services for correspondent lending activities exclusively to PMT as long as PMT has the legal and financial capacity to purchase correspondent loans. As a result, unless PMT sells some of these loans back to us, the revenue that we earn with respect to these loans will be limited to the fulfillment fees that we earn in connection with the production of these loans, which may be less than the revenues that we might otherwise be able to realize by acquiring these loans ourselves and selling them in the secondary loan market.

    Other Risks

We may be required to indemnify the purchasers of loans that we originate, acquire or assist in the fulfillment of, or repurchase those loans, if those loans fail to meet certain criteria or characteristics or under other circumstances.

        Our contracts with purchasers of newly originated loans that we fund through our retail lending program or acquire from PMT contain provisions that require us to indemnify the purchaser of the related loans or repurchase those loans under certain circumstances. In addition, our contracts with PMT and the Investment Funds require us to indemnify those entities with respect to loans for which we provide fulfillment services or repurchase those loans in certain instances. While our contracts vary, they generally contain provisions that require us to indemnify these parties, or repurchase these loans, if:

    our representations and warranties concerning loan quality and loan characteristics are inaccurate; or

    the loans fail to comply with underwriting or regulatory requirements in the current dynamic regulatory environment.

        We believe that, as a result of the current market environment, many purchasers of residential mortgage loans are particularly aware of the conditions under which loan originators or sellers must indemnify them against losses related to purchased loans, or repurchase those loans, and would benefit from enforcing any repurchase remedies they may have. Repurchased loans typically can only be financed at a steep discount to their repurchase price, if at all. They are also typically sold at a significant discount to the unpaid principal balance. In certain cases, we would have contractual rights to recover from the mortgage lenders from whom loans were acquired through our correspondent

29


Table of Contents

lending program some or all of the amount paid by us in connection with this indemnification, or contractual rights to cause these mortgage lenders to repurchase these loans from us, but there can be no assurance that such recovery would actually be obtained. To recognize these potential indemnification and repurchase losses, we have recorded a reserve of $2.3 million as of September 30, 2012. Because of the increase in our loan originations since 2010, we expect that indemnification and repurchase requests are likely to increase. Should home values decrease, our realized loan losses from loan indemnifications and repurchases may increase as well. As such, our indemnification and repurchase costs may increase beyond our current expectations. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Gain on Mortgage Loans Held for Sale." If we are required to indemnify PMT, the Investment Funds or other purchasers against loans, or repurchase loans, that result in losses that exceed our reserve, this could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about borrowers and counterparties and any misrepresented information could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        In deciding whether to approve loans or to enter into other transactions with borrowers and counterparties in our retail lending and correspondent lending businesses, we may rely on information furnished to us by or on behalf of borrowers and counterparties, including financial statements and other financial information. We also may rely on representations of borrowers and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, on reports of independent auditors. If any of this information is intentionally or negligently misrepresented and such misrepresentation is not detected prior to loan funding, the value of the loan may be significantly lower than expected. Whether a misrepresentation is made by the loan applicant, another third party or one of our employees, we generally bear the risk of loss associated with the misrepresentation. Our controls and processes may not have detected or may not detect all misrepresented information in our loan originations or from our business clients. Any such misrepresented information could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The industry in which we operate is highly competitive, and is likely to become more competitive, and our inability to compete successfully or decreased margins resulting from increased competition could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        We operate in a highly competitive industry that could become even more competitive as a result of economic, legislative, regulatory and technological changes. With respect to mortgage loan production, we face competition in such areas as mortgage loan offerings, rates, fees and customer service. With respect to servicing, we face competition in areas such as fees, performance in reducing delinquencies and entering into successful modifications.

        Competition in servicing mortgage loans and in originating or acquiring newly originated mortgage loans comes from large commercial banks and savings institutions and other independent mortgage servicers and originators. Many of these institutions generally have significantly greater resources and access to capital than we do, which gives them the benefit of a lower cost of funds. Additionally, our existing and potential competitors may decide to modify their business models to compete more directly with our loan production and servicing models. For example, other non-bank loan servicers may try to leverage their servicing relationships and expertise to develop or expand a loan origination business. Since the withdrawal of a number of large participants from these markets following the financial crisis in 2008, there have been relatively few large non-bank participants. As more non-bank entities enter these markets, our mortgage banking businesses may generate lower margins in order to effectively compete.

30


Table of Contents

        In addition, technological advances and heightened e-commerce activities have increased consumers' accessibility to products and services. This has intensified competition among banks and non-banks in offering mortgage loans. We may be unable to compete successfully in our industries and this could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are required to make servicing advances that can be subject to delays in recovery or may not be recoverable in certain circumstances, which could adversely affect our liquidity, business, financial condition and results of operations.

        During any period in which a borrower is not making payments, we are required under most of our servicing agreements in respect of our MSRs to advance our own funds to meet contractual principal and interest remittance requirements for investors, pay property taxes and insurance premiums, legal expenses and other protective advances. We also advance funds under these agreements to maintain, repair and market real estate properties on behalf of investors. As home values change, we may have to reconsider certain of the assumptions underlying our decisions to make advances and, in certain situations, our contractual obligations may require us to make advances for which we may not be reimbursed. In addition, if a mortgage loan serviced by us is in default or becomes delinquent, the repayment to us of the advance may be delayed until the mortgage loan is repaid or refinanced or a liquidation occurs. If we receive requests for advances in excess of amounts that we are able to secure from our advance credit facility or, in the case of loans that we subservice, from the owner of the MSRs and loans, we may not be able to fund these advance requests, which could materially and adversely affect our loan servicing business. A delay in our ability to collect an advance may adversely affect our liquidity, and our inability to be reimbursed for an advance could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our counterparties may terminate our servicing rights, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        The owners of the loans that we service may terminate our MSRs if we fail to comply with applicable servicing guidelines. As is standard in the industry, under the terms of our master servicing agreements with the Agencies in respect of MSRs that we retain in connection with our retail loan originations, the Agencies have the right to terminate us as servicer of the loans we service on their behalf at any time (and, in certain instances, without the payment of any termination fee) and also have the right to cause us to sell the MSRs to a third party. In addition, the failure to comply with servicing standards could result in termination of our agreements with the Agencies with little or no notice and without any compensation. If the servicing rights were terminated on a material portion of our servicing portfolio, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Negative public opinion could damage our reputation and adversely affect our earnings.

        Reputation risk, or the risk to our business, earnings and capital from negative public opinion, is inherent in our business. Negative public opinion can result from our actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including lending and debt collection practices, corporate governance, and actions taken by government regulators and community organizations in response to those activities. Negative public opinion can also result from media coverage, whether accurate or not. Negative public opinion can adversely affect our ability to attract and retain customers, trading counterparties and employees and can expose us to litigation and regulatory action.

        Certain of our officers, including Stanford L. Kurland, our chairman and chief executive officer, are former employees of Countrywide Financial Corporation, which has been the subject of various investigations and lawsuits and ongoing negative publicity. We cannot assure you that any existing or

31


Table of Contents

future investigations, litigation or negative publicity involving Countrywide Financial Corporation will not generate negative publicity or media attention for us or adversely impact us.

Challenges to the MERS® System could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

        MERSCORP, Inc. is a privately held company that maintains an electronic registry, referred to as the MERS System that tracks servicing rights and ownership of loans in the United States. Mortgage Electronic Registration Systems, Inc., or MERS, a wholly-owned subsidiary of MERSCORP, Inc., can serve as a nominee for the owner of a mortgage loan and in that role initiate foreclosures or become the mortgagee of record for the loan in local land records. We may choose to use MERS as a nominee. The MERS System is widely used by participants in the mortgage finance industry.

        Several legal challenges in the courts and by governmental authorities have been made disputing MERS's legal standing to initiate foreclosures or act as nominee for lenders in mortgages and deeds of trust recorded in local land records. These challenges have focused public attention on MERS and on how loans are recorded in local land records. Although most legal decisions have accepted MERS as mortgagee, these challenges could result in delays and additional costs in commencing, prosecuting and completing foreclosure proceedings, conducting foreclosure sales of mortgaged properties, and submitting proofs of claim in borrower bankruptcy cases.

We may not realize all of the anticipated benefits of potential future acquisitions of MSRs, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Our ability to realize the anticipated benefits of potential future acquisitions of servicing portfolios will depend, in part, on our ability to scale up to appropriately service any such assets. The process of acquiring these assets may disrupt our business and may not result in the full benefits expected. The risks associated with these acquisitions include, among others, unanticipated issues in integrating information regarding the new loans to be serviced into our information technology systems, and the diversion of management's attention from other ongoing business concerns. Moreover, if we inappropriately value the assets that we acquire or the value of the assets that we acquire declines after we acquire them, the resulting charges may negatively affect the carrying value of the assets on our balance sheet and our earnings. See "—Our MSRs are highly volatile assets with continually changing values, and these changes in value, or inaccuracies in our estimates of their value, could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations." If our estimates or assumptions prove to be incorrect, we may be required to record impairment charges, which could adversely affect our earnings. Furthermore, if we incur additional indebtedness to finance an acquisition, the acquired servicing portfolio may not be able to generate sufficient cash flow to service that additional indebtedness. Unsuitable or unsuccessful acquisitions could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

    Risks Related to our Investment Management Segment

Market conditions could reduce the value of the assets that we manage, which would reduce our management and incentive fees.

        Volatile market conditions could adversely affect our investment management segment in many ways, including by reducing the value of our assets under management, which could materially reduce our management fee and incentive fee revenues and adversely affect our financial condition. A significant portion of the fees that we earn under our investment management agreements with clients are based on the value of the assets that we manage. The prices of the securities and other assets held in the portfolios that we manage and, therefore, our assets under management may decline due to any number of factors beyond our control, including, among others, a declining housing, stock or bond market, a general economic downturn, political uncertainty or acts of terrorism. The economic outlook

32


Table of Contents

remains uncertain and we continue to operate in a challenging business environment. If market conditions cause a decline in the value of the assets that we manage, that decline in value would result in lower management fees and potentially lower incentive fees resulting from reduced performance under our management contracts with our Advised Entities. If our revenues decline without a commensurate reduction in our expenses, our net income will be reduced and our business will be negatively affected.

The historical returns on the assets that we select and manage for our clients, and our resulting management and incentive fees, may not be indicative of future results.

        The historical returns of the assets that we manage should not be considered indicative of the future returns on those assets or future returns on other assets that we may select for investment by our Advised Entities. The investment performance that is achieved for the assets that we manage varies over time and the variance can be wide. Accordingly, the management and incentive fees that we have earned in the past based on those returns should not be considered indicative of the management or incentive fees that we may earn in the future from managing those same assets or from managing other assets for our Advised Entities. A decline in the investment performance of our managed assets will also adversely affect our ability to attract and retain clients.

We currently, and in the future may, manage assets for a small number of clients, the loss of any one of which could significantly reduce our management and incentive fees and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

        We currently manage the assets of only the Advised Entities, and the majority of our management and incentive fees result from our management of PMT. Although the management contract that we have entered into with PMT cannot be terminated without cause, other than pursuant to cross-termination provisions contained in other agreements that we have entered into with PMT, prior to February 1, 2017 without the payment of a termination fee, the termination of such contract and the loss of PMT as a client would significantly affect our investment management segment and negatively impact our management fees, and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Also, because the management agreements we have entered into with the Investment Funds were negotiated between related parties without the benefit of the type of negotiations normally conducted with unaffiliated third parties, the terms of these agreements, including the fees payable to us, may prove to be more favorable to us than they would be if these agreements had been negotiated with unaffiliated third parties. Accordingly, we may not generate as much revenue from management agreements that we enter into with other third parties. In addition, the Investment Funds are limited-life funds that were established in 2008 with commitment periods that ended in 2011 and terms that end in December 2016 with the possibility of three one-year extensions. Accordingly, fees generated by the Investment Funds will continue to decline as the assets under management run-off.

        In addition, because PCM is registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, which we refer to as the "Advisers Act," the management agreements between us and the Advised Entities would be terminated upon an "assignment" of these agreements without consent, which assignment may be deemed to occur in the event that PCM was to experience a direct or indirect change of control. We cannot be certain that consents required to assignments of our investment management agreements will be obtained if a change of control occurs. "Assignment" of these agreements without consent could cause us to lose the management and incentive fees we earn from such Advised Entities.

33


Table of Contents

Our failure to comply with the extensive amount of regulation applicable to our investment management segment could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Our investment management segment is subject to extensive regulation in the United States, primarily at the federal level, including regulation by the SEC under the Advisers Act and regulation of PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund LLC, and PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, LP under the Investment Company Act of 1940, which we refer to as the "Investment Company Act." The requirements imposed by our regulators are designed primarily to ensure the integrity of the financial markets and to protect investors in our Advised Entities and are not designed to protect our stockholders. Consequently, these regulations often serve to limit our activities.

        These requirements relate to, among other things, fiduciary duties to clients, maintaining an effective compliance program, solicitation agreements, conflicts of interest, recordkeeping and reporting requirements, disclosure requirements, limitations on agency cross and principal transactions between an adviser and advisory clients and general anti-fraud prohibitions. Similar requirements apply to registered investment companies and to PCM's management of those companies under the Investment Company Act which, among other things, regulates the relationship between a registered investment company and its investment adviser and prohibits or severely restricts principal transactions and joint transactions. Registered investment advisers and registered investment companies are also subject to routine periodic examinations by the staff of the SEC.

        We also regularly rely on exemptions from various requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which we refer to as the "Securities Act," the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which we refer to as the "Exchange Act," the Investment Company Act and ERISA. These exemptions are sometimes highly complex and may in certain circumstances depend on compliance by third parties and service providers whom we do not control. If for any reason these exemptions were to be revoked or challenged or otherwise become unavailable to us, we could be subject to regulatory action or third-party claims, and our business could be materially and adversely affected.

        Our business combines the production and servicing of loans and investment management, which presents particular compliance challenges. For example, regulations applicable to our investment management business that are easily applied to traditional investments, such as stocks and bonds, may be more difficult to apply to a portfolio of loans, and the regulations applicable to our investment management business can require procedures that are uncommon, impractical or difficult in our loan production and servicing business.

        The failure by us to comply with applicable laws or regulations could result in fines, suspensions of individual employees or other sanctions, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Even if an investigation or proceeding did not result in a fine or sanction or the fine or sanction imposed against us or our employees by a regulator were small in monetary amount, the adverse publicity relating to an investigation, proceeding or imposition of these fines or sanctions could harm our reputation and cause us to lose existing clients.

Changes in regulations applicable to our investment management segment could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        The legislative and regulatory environment in which we operate has undergone significant changes in the recent past. We believe that significant regulatory changes in the investment management industry are likely to continue, which is likely to subject industry participants to additional, more costly and generally more detailed regulation. New laws or regulations, or changes in the enforcement of existing laws or regulations, applicable to us and our clients may adversely affect our business. Our ability to function in this environment will depend on our ability to monitor and promptly react to legislative and regulatory changes.

34


Table of Contents

        Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will, and other provisions may, increase regulatory burdens and reporting and related compliance costs on our investment management segment. The scope of many provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act is being determined by implementing regulations, some of which will require lengthy proposal and promulgation periods. Moreover, the Dodd-Frank Act mandates many regulatory studies, some of which pertain directly to the investment management industry, which could lead to additional legislation or regulation. The SEC requires investment advisers such as us that are registered with the SEC and advise one or more private funds to provide certain information on Form PF about their funds and assets under management, including the amount of borrowings, concentration of ownership and other performance information. The Dodd-Frank Act will affect a broad range of market participants with whom we interact or may interact, including banks, non-bank financial institutions, rating agencies, mortgage brokers, credit unions, insurance companies and broker-dealers, and may cause us to become subject to further regulation by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. Regulatory changes that will affect other market participants are likely to change the way in which we conduct business with our counterparties. The uncertainty regarding the continued implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act and its impact on the investment management industry and us cannot be predicted at this time but will continue to be a risk for our business.

        In addition, as a result of the recent economic downturn, acts of serious fraud in the investment management industry and perceived lapses in regulatory oversight, U.S. and non-U.S. governmental and regulatory authorities may increase regulatory oversight of our investment management segment. We may be adversely affected as a result of new or revised legislation or regulations imposed by the SEC, other U.S. or non-U.S. governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations that supervise the financial markets. We also may be adversely affected by changes in the interpretation or enforcement of existing laws and rules by these governmental authorities and self-regulatory organizations, as well as by U.S. and non-U.S. courts. It is impossible to determine the extent of the impact of any new laws, regulations or initiatives that may be proposed on us or the markets in which we trade, or whether any of the proposals will become law. Compliance with any new laws or regulations could add to our compliance burden and costs and adversely affect the manner in which we conduct business, as well as our financial condition and results of operations.

We may encounter conflicts of interest in trying to appropriately allocate our time and services between our own activities and the accounts that we manage, or in trying to appropriately allocate investment opportunities among ourselves and the accounts that we manage.

        Pursuant to our management agreements with PMT and the Investment Funds, we are obligated to provide PMT and the Investment Funds with the services of our senior management team, and the members of that team are required to devote such time to us as is necessary and appropriate, commensurate with the level of activity of PMT and the Investment Funds. The members of our senior management team may have conflicts in allocating their time and services between our operations and the activities of PMT, the Investment Funds and other entities or accounts managed by us now or in the future.

        Certain of the funds that we currently advise have, and certain of the funds that we may in the future advise may have, overlapping investment objectives, including funds which have different fee structures, and potential conflicts may arise with respect to our decisions regarding how to allocate investment opportunities among those funds. In addition, we and the other entities or accounts that we manage now or in the future may participate in some of PMT's investments, which may not be the result of arm's length negotiations and may involve or later result in potential conflicts between our interests in the investments and those of PMT or such other entities.

35


Table of Contents

Our failure to deal appropriately with conflicts of interest could damage our reputation and adversely affect our business.

        As we have expanded the scope of our businesses, we increasingly confront potential conflicts of interest relating to the investment activities that we manage for our clients. In addition, investors in our clients may perceive conflicts of interest regarding investment decisions for funds in which our executive officers, who have made and may continue to make personal investments, are personally invested. Similarly, conflicts of interest may exist regarding decisions about the allocation of specific investment opportunities between funds in which we receive an allocation of profits as the general partner and funds in which we do not.

        The SEC and other regulators have increased their scrutiny of potential conflicts of interest, and as we expand the scope of our business and our client base, we must continue to monitor and address any conflicts between our interests and those of our clients. We have implemented procedures and controls to be followed when real or potential conflicts of interest arise, but it is possible that potential or perceived conflicts could give rise to the dissatisfaction of, or litigation by, investors in our client entities or regulatory enforcement actions. Appropriately dealing with conflicts of interest is complex and difficult and our reputation could be damaged if we fail, or appear to fail, to deal appropriately with one or more potential or actual conflicts of interest. Regulatory scrutiny, litigation or reputational risk incurred in connection with conflicts of interest would adversely affect our business in a number of ways, including a reluctance of counterparties to do business with us, and may adversely affect our results of operations.

The investment management industry is intensely competitive.

        The investment management industry is intensely competitive, with competition based on a variety of factors, including investment performance, management fee rates, continuity of the management team and client relationships, reputation and the continuity of buying and selling arrangements with intermediaries. A number of factors, including the following, serve to increase our competitive risks:

    a number of our competitors have greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources, more comprehensive name recognition and more personnel than we do;

    potential competitors have a relatively low cost of entering the investment management industry;

    some investors may prefer to invest with a manager that is not publicly traded based on the perception that a publicly traded investment manager may focus on the manager's own growth to the detriment of asset performance for clients;

    other industry participants, hedge funds and alternative investment managers may seek to recruit our investment professionals; and

    some competitors charge lower fees for their investment services than we do.

If we are unable to compete effectively, our results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

We are subject to third-party litigation risk, which could result in significant liabilities and reputational harm to us.

        In general, we will be exposed to the risk of litigation by investors in our client funds if our management of or advice to any Advised Entity is alleged to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct. Investors could sue us to recover amounts lost by those entities due to our alleged misconduct, up to the entire amount of loss. Further, we may be subject to litigation arising from investor dissatisfaction with the performance of entities that we manage or from allegations that we improperly exercised control or influence over those entities. In addition, we are exposed to risks of litigation or investigation relating to transactions which presented conflicts of interest that were not

36


Table of Contents

properly addressed. In such actions we would be obligated to bear legal, settlement and other costs (which may be in excess of available insurance coverage). In addition, although we are generally indemnified by the entities that we manage, our rights to indemnification may be challenged. If we are required to incur all or a portion of the costs arising out of litigation or investigations as a result of inadequate insurance proceeds or failure to obtain indemnification from the entities that we manage, our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity would be materially adversely affected.

    Risks Relating to Our Business in General

We have experienced rapid growth, which may be difficult to sustain and which may place significant demands on our administrative, operational and financial resources.

        Our servicing portfolio, measured in UPB, and monthly loan production have grown from approximately $5.4 billion and $17.8 million, respectively, for the month ended December 31, 2010 to $28.2 billion and $3.4 billion, respectively, for the month ended December 31, 2012. Our rapid growth has caused, and if it continues will continue to cause, significant demands on our legal, accounting and operational infrastructure, and increased expenses. In addition, we are required to continuously develop our systems and infrastructure in response to the increasing sophistication of the investment management and mortgage lending markets and legal, accounting and regulatory developments relating to all of our business activities. Our future growth will depend, among other things, on our ability to maintain an operating platform and management system sufficient to address our growth and will require us to incur significant additional expenses and to commit additional senior management and operational resources. As a result, we face significant challenges in:

    maintaining adequate financial and business controls,

    implementing new or updated information and financial systems and procedures, and

    training, managing and appropriately sizing our work force and other components of our business on a timely and cost-effective basis.

        There can be no assurance that we will be able to manage our expanding operations effectively or that we will be able to continue to grow, and any failure to do so could adversely affect our ability to generate revenue and control our expenses.

Accounting rules for certain of our transactions are highly complex and involve significant judgment and assumptions. Changes in accounting interpretations or assumptions could impact our financial statements.

        Accounting rules for mortgage loan sales and securitizations, valuations of financial instruments and MSRs, investment consolidations and other aspects of our operations are highly complex and involve significant judgment and assumptions. These complexities could lead to a delay in preparation of financial information and the delivery of this information to our stockholders and also increase the risk of errors and restatements, as well as the cost of compliance. Changes in accounting interpretations or assumptions could impact our financial statements and our ability to timely prepare our financial statements. Although we are an emerging growth company, we are electing to comply with new public company accounting standards. Our inability to timely prepare our financial statements in the future would likely adversely affect our share price significantly.

37


Table of Contents

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to accurately determine our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, our stockholders could lose confidence in our financial results, which could harm our business and the market value of our common shares.

        Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and effectively prevent fraud. We may in the future discover areas of our internal controls that need improvement. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 will require us to continue to evaluate and to report on our internal controls over financial reporting. We cannot be certain that we will be successful in continuing to maintain adequate control over our financial reporting and financial processes. Furthermore, as we rapidly grow our business, our internal controls will become more complex, and we will require significantly more resources to ensure our internal controls remain effective. If we or our independent auditors discover a material weakness, the disclosure of that fact, even if quickly remedied, could reduce the market value of shares of our Class A common stock. Additionally, the existence of any material weakness or significant deficiency would require management to devote significant time and incur significant expense to remediate any such material weaknesses or significant deficiencies and management may not be able to remediate any such material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in a timely manner.

The loss of the services of our senior managers could adversely affect our business.

        The experience of our senior managers is a valuable asset to us. Our management team has significant experience in the residential mortgage loan production and servicing industry and the investment management industry. We do not maintain key life insurance policies relating to our senior managers. The loss of the services of our senior managers for any reason could adversely affect our business.

Our business could suffer if we fail to attract and retain a highly skilled workforce.

        Our future success will depend on our ability to identify, hire, develop, motivate and retain highly qualified personnel for all areas of our organization, in particular skilled managers, loan officers, underwriters, loan servicers and debt default specialists. Trained and experienced personnel are in high demand and may be in short supply in some areas. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced employees have greater resources than we have and may be able to offer more attractive terms of employment. In addition, we invest significant time and expense in training our employees, which increases their value to competitors who may seek to recruit them. We may not be able to attract, develop and maintain an adequate skilled workforce necessary to operate our businesses and labor expenses may increase as a result of a shortage in the supply of qualified personnel. If we are unable to attract and retain such personnel, we may not be able to take advantage of acquisitions and other growth opportunities that may be presented to us and this could materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be subject to certain banking regulations that may limit our business activities.

        As of September 30, 2012, The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. ("PNC") owned approximately 21% of the outstanding voting common shares of BlackRock Inc. Based on PNC's interests in and relationships with BlackRock, Inc., BlackRock, Inc. is deemed to be a non-bank subsidiary of PNC. BlackRock, Inc. is an affiliate of BlackRock Mortgage Ventures, LLC, or BlackRock, which is one of our largest equity holders and which owns approximately one-third of our equity interests prior to this offering. Due to these relationships, we are deemed to be a non-bank subsidiary of PNC, which is regulated as a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. As a non-bank subsidiary of PNC, we may be subject to certain banking regulations, including the supervision and regulation of the Federal Reserve. Such banking regulations could limit the activities and the types of businesses that we may conduct. The Federal Reserve has broad enforcement authority

38


Table of Contents

over financial holding companies and their subsidiaries. The Federal Reserve could exercise its power to restrict PNC from having a non-bank subsidiary that is engaged in any activity that, in the Federal Reserve's opinion, is unauthorized or constitutes an unsafe or unsound business practice, and could exercise its power to restrict us from engaging in any such activity. The Federal Reserve may also impose substantial fines and other penalties for violations that we may commit. To the extent that we are subject to banking regulation, we could be at a competitive disadvantage because some of our competitors are not subject to these limitations.

The success and growth of our business will depend upon our ability to adapt to and implement technological changes.

        Our mortgage loan production business is currently dependent upon our ability to effectively interface with our borrowers, mortgage lenders and other third parties and to efficiently process loan applications and closings. The retail and correspondent lending processes are becoming more dependent upon technological advancement, such as our continued ability to process applications over the Internet, accept electronic signatures, provide process status updates instantly and other borrower- or counterparty-expected conveniences. Maintaining and improving this new technology and becoming proficient with it may also require significant capital expenditures. As these requirements increase in the future, we will have to fully develop these technological capabilities to remain competitive and any failure to do so could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Technology failures could damage our business operations and increase our costs, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        The financial services industry as a whole is characterized by rapidly changing technologies, and system disruptions and failures caused by fire, power loss, telecommunications failures, unauthorized intrusion, computer viruses and disabling devices, natural disasters and other similar events may interrupt or delay our ability to provide services to our customers. Security breaches, acts of vandalism and developments in computer capabilities could result in a compromise or breach of the technology that we use to protect our customers' personal information and transaction data. Despite our efforts to ensure the integrity of our systems, it is possible that we may not be able to anticipate or implement effective preventive measures against all security breaches, especially because the methods of attack change frequently or are not recognized until launched, and because security attacks can originate from a wide variety of sources, including third parties such as persons involved with organized crime or associated with external service providers. Those parties may also attempt to fraudulently induce employees, customers or other users of our systems to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to our data or that of our customers or clients. These risks may increase in the future as we continue to increase our reliance on the Internet and use of web-based product offerings.

        A successful penetration or circumvention of the security of our systems or a defect in the integrity of our systems or cyber security could cause serious negative consequences for our business, including significant disruption of our operations, misappropriation of our confidential information or that of our customers, or damage to our computers or operating systems and to those of our customers and counterparties. Any of the foregoing events could result in violations of applicable privacy and other laws, financial loss to us or to our customers, loss of confidence in our security measures, customer dissatisfaction, significant litigation exposure and harm to our reputation, all of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Terrorist attacks and other acts of violence or war may affect the real estate industry generally and our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        The terrorist attacks on September 11, 2001 disrupted the U.S. financial markets, including the real estate capital markets, and negatively impacted the U.S. economy in general. Any future terrorist

39


Table of Contents

attacks, the anticipation of any such attacks, the consequences of any military or other response by the United States and its allies, and other armed conflicts could cause consumer confidence and spending to decrease or result in increased volatility in the United States and worldwide financial markets and economy. The economic impact of these events could also adversely affect the credit quality of some of our loans and investments and the properties underlying our interests.

        We may suffer losses as a result of the adverse impact of any future attacks and these losses may adversely impact our performance and may cause the market value of our common shares to decline or be more volatile. A prolonged economic slowdown, recession or declining real estate values could impair the performance of our investments and harm our financial condition and results of operations, increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. We cannot predict the severity of the effect that potential future armed conflicts and terrorist attacks would have on us. Losses resulting from these types of events may not be fully insurable.

    Risks Related to Our Organizational Structure

PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.'s only material asset after completion of this offering will be its interest in Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC and its subsidiaries, and it is accordingly dependent upon distributions from Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC and its subsidiaries to pay taxes, make payments under the tax receivable agreement or pay dividends.

        PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. will be a holding company and will have no material assets other than its ownership of New Holdings Units. PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. has no independent means of generating revenue. PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. will be required to pay tax on its allocable share of the taxable income of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC without regard to whether Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC distributes any cash or other property to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. intends to cause Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC to make distributions to its unit holders in an amount sufficient to cover all applicable taxes at assumed tax rates, payments under the tax receivable agreement and dividends, if any, declared by it. To the extent that PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. needs funds, and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC is restricted from making such distributions under applicable law or regulation or under the terms of our financing arrangements, or is otherwise unable to provide such funds, it could materially adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition.

We will be required to pay our existing owners for certain tax benefits that we may claim arising in connection with this offering and related transactions, and the amounts we may pay could be significant.

        As described in "Organizational Structure—Recapitalization," we intend to use all of the proceeds from this offering to purchase New Holdings Units. We will enter into a tax receivable agreement with our existing owners that will provide for the payment by PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. to the existing owners of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC of 85% of the tax benefits, if any, that PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. is deemed to realize under certain circumstances as a result of (i) increases in tax basis resulting from exchanges of New Holdings Units, (ii) certain allocations as a result of the application of the principles of Section 704(c) of the Code to take into account the difference between the fair market value and the adjusted tax basis of certain assets of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC on the date of the offering, and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement."

40


Table of Contents

        We expect that the payments that we may make under the tax receivable agreement will be substantial. It is possible that future transactions or events could increase or decrease the actual tax benefits realized and the corresponding tax receivable agreement payments. There may be a material negative effect on our liquidity if, as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise, the payments under the tax receivable agreement exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement and/or distributions to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. by Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC are not sufficient to permit PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. to make payments under the tax receivable agreement after it has paid taxes. The payments under the tax receivable agreement are not conditioned upon our existing owners' continued ownership of us.

In certain cases, payments under the tax receivable agreement to our existing owners may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement.

        The tax receivable agreement provides that upon certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control, or if, at any time, we elect an early termination of the tax receivable agreement, the corporate taxpayer's (or its successor's) obligations with respect to exchanged or acquired New Holdings Units (whether exchanged or acquired before or after such transaction) would be based on certain assumptions, including that the corporate taxpayer would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the increased tax deductions and tax basis and other benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement. As a result, (i) we could be required to make payments under the tax receivable agreement that are greater than or less than the percentage specified in the tax receivable agreement of the actual benefits that we realize in respect of the tax attributes that are subject to the tax receivable agreement and (ii) if we elect to terminate the tax receivable agreement early, we would be required to make an immediate payment equal to the present value of the anticipated future tax benefits, which upfront payment may be made years in advance of the actual realization of such future benefits (if any). In these situations, our obligations under the tax receivable agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity. There can be no assurance that we will be able to finance our obligations under the tax receivable agreement.

        Payments under the tax receivable agreement will be based on the tax reporting positions that we determine. Although we are not aware of any issue that would cause the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, to challenge a tax basis increase, PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. will not be reimbursed for any payments previously made under the tax receivable agreement. As a result, in certain circumstances, payments could be made under the tax receivable agreement in excess of the benefits that the corporate taxpayer actually realizes in respect of (i) increases in tax basis resulting from exchanges of New Holdings Units, (ii) certain allocations as a result of the application of the principles of Section 704(c) of the Code to take into account the difference between the fair market value and the adjusted tax basis of certain assets of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC on the date of the offering, and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement.

Our existing owners will initially be able to significantly influence the outcome of votes of the outstanding shares of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., and their interests may differ from those of our public stockholders.

        Pursuant to separate stockholder agreements with BlackRock and Highfields, each of BlackRock and Highfields will have the right to nominate one or two individuals for election to our board of directors, depending on the percentage of the voting power of our outstanding shares of stock that it holds, and we are obligated to use our best efforts to cause the election of those nominees. As a result,

41


Table of Contents

each of BlackRock and Highfields may be able to significantly influence our management and affairs. In addition, as a result of the size of their individual equity holding they will initially be able to significantly influence the outcome of all matters requiring stockholder approval, including mergers and other material transactions, and may be able to cause or prevent a change in the composition of our board of directors or a change in control of our company that could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their Class A common stock as part of a sale of our company and might ultimately affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

        In addition, because they hold their ownership interest in our business through Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, rather than through the public company, these existing owners may have conflicting interests with holders of shares of our Class A common stock. For example, our existing owners may have different tax positions from us which could influence their decisions regarding whether and when to dispose of assets, whether and when to incur new or refinance existing indebtedness, especially in light of the existence of the tax receivable agreement that we will enter in connection with this offering, and whether and when PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. should terminate the tax receivable agreement and accelerate its obligations thereunder. In addition, the structuring of future transactions may take into consideration these existing owners' tax or other considerations even where no similar benefit would accrue to us. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement."

We may not pay dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.

        PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. will receive a pro rata portion of the tax distributions made by Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC following this offering. The cash received from such distributions will first be used to satisfy any tax liability of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and then to make any payments under the tax receivable agreement with our existing owners. The declaration, amount and payment of any dividends on shares of Class A common stock with respect to any remaining excess cash will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors. Our board of directors may take into account general and economic conditions, our financial condition and operating results, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions and implications on the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiaries to us, and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant. We may also enter into credit agreements or other borrowing arrangements in the future that restrict or limit our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will pay any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. See "Dividend Policy."

Our certificate of incorporation contains provisions renouncing our interest and expectancy in certain corporate opportunities identified by or presented to BlackRock and Highfields.

        BlackRock, Highfields and their respective affiliates are in the business of providing capital to growing companies, and may acquire interests in businesses that directly or indirectly compete with certain portions of our business. Our certificate of incorporation, in the amended and restated form that will be in effect upon the completion of the offering, provides that neither BlackRock nor Highfields nor their respective affiliates has any duty to refrain from (i) engaging, directly or indirectly, in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business in which we now engage or propose to engage, or (ii) doing business with any of our clients, customers or vendors. In the event that either of BlackRock or Highfields acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for itself or its affiliates and for us or our affiliates, then neither BlackRock nor Highfields has any duty to communicate or offer such transaction or business opportunity to us and may take any such opportunity for themselves or offer it to another person or entity. Neither BlackRock nor Highfields nor any officer, director or employee thereof, shall be liable

42


Table of Contents

to us or to any of our stockholders (or any affiliates thereof) for breach of any fiduciary or other duty by engaging in any such activity and we waive and renounce any claim based on such activity. This provision applies even if the business opportunity is one that we might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that any amendment or repeal of the provisions related to corporate opportunities described above requires the consent of each of BlackRock and Highfields as long as it holds any equity interest in us. These potential conflicts of interest could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects if attractive corporate opportunities are allocated by BlackRock or Highfields to themselves or their other affiliates instead of to us. The terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation are more fully described in "Description of Capital Stock—Corporate Opportunity."

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law might discourage or delay acquisition attempts for us that you might consider favorable.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, in the amended and restated form that will be in effect upon the completion of the offering, contain provisions that may make the acquisition of our company more difficult without the approval of our board of directors. Among other things, these provisions:

    authorize the issuance of undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and the shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval, and which may include super voting, special approval, dividend, or other rights or preferences superior to the rights of the holders of Class A common stock;

    prohibit stockholder action by written consent unless the matter as to which action is being taken has been approved by our board of directors, which requires all stockholder actions regarding matters not approved by our board of directors to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

    provide that our board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, or repeal our amended and restated bylaws, provided that, if that action adversely affects BlackRock or Highfields when that entity holds at least 5% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock, such action is approved by that entity;

    establish advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our board or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings; and

    prevent us from selling substantially all of our assets or completing a merger or other business combination that constitutes a change of control without the approval of a majority of those of our directors who are not also our officers.

        These anti-takeover provisions and other provisions under Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our company, including actions that our stockholders may deem advantageous, or negatively affect the trading price of our Class A common stock. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and to cause us to take other corporate actions you desire.

    Risks Related to this Offering

An active trading market for our Class A common stock may never develop or be sustained.

        Although we intend to apply to list our Class A common stock on the NYSE, even if such application is approved an active trading market for our Class A common stock may not develop on

43


Table of Contents

that exchange or elsewhere or, if developed, that market may not be sustained. Accordingly, if an active trading market for our Class A common stock does not develop or is not maintained, the liquidity of our Class A common stock, your ability to sell your shares of Class A common stock when desired and the prices that you may obtain for your shares of Class A common stock will be adversely affected.

We are an "emerging growth company" and as a result of the reduced disclosure and governance requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, our common stock may be less attractive to investors.

        We are an "emerging growth company" as defined in the JOBS Act, and we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile. We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our Class A common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

        Under Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

The market price and trading volume of our Class A common stock may be volatile, which could result in rapid and substantial losses for our stockholders.

        Even if an active trading market develops, the market price of our Class A common stock may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations. In addition, the trading volume in our Class A common stock may fluctuate and cause significant price variations to occur. The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock will be determined by negotiation between us and the representatives of the underwriters based on a number of factors and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following completion of this offering. If the market price of our Class A common stock declines significantly, you may be unable to resell your shares at or above your purchase price, if at all. The market price of our Class A common stock may fluctuate or decline significantly in the future. Some of the factors that could negatively affect our share price or result in fluctuations in the price or trading volume of our Class A common stock include:

    variations in our quarterly or annual operating results;

    changes in our earnings estimates (if provided) or differences between our actual financial and operating results and those expected by investors and analysts;

    the contents of published research reports about us or our industry or the failure of securities analysts to cover our Class A common stock after this offering;

44


Table of Contents

    additions or departures of key management personnel;

    any increased indebtedness we may incur in the future;

    announcements by us or others and developments affecting us;

    actions by institutional stockholders;

    litigation and governmental investigations;

    changes in market valuations of similar companies;

    speculation or reports by the press or investment community with respect to us or our industry in general;

    increases in market interest rates that may lead purchasers of our shares to demand a higher yield;

    announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, dispositions, strategic relationships, joint ventures or capital commitments; and

    general market, political and economic conditions, including any such conditions and local conditions in the markets in which our customers are located.

        These broad market and industry factors may decrease the market price of our Class A common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. The stock market in general has from time to time experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations, including in recent months. In addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a company's securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management's attention and resources.

Future offerings of debt or equity securities by us may adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

        In the future, we may attempt to obtain financing or to further increase our capital resources by issuing additional shares of our Class A common stock or offering debt or other equity securities, including commercial paper, medium-term notes, senior or subordinated notes, debt securities convertible into equity or shares of preferred stock. In particular, we intend to seek opportunities to acquire loan servicing portfolios. Future acquisitions could require substantial additional capital in excess of cash from operations. We would expect to obtain the capital required for acquisitions through a combination of additional issuances of equity, corporate indebtedness, asset-backed acquisition financing and/or cash from operations.

        Issuing additional shares of our Class A common stock or other equity securities or securities convertible into equity may dilute the economic and voting rights of our existing stockholders or reduce the market price of our Class A common stock or both. Upon liquidation, holders of such debt securities and preferred shares, if issued, and lenders with respect to other borrowings would receive a distribution of our available assets prior to the holders of our Class A common stock. Debt securities convertible into equity could be subject to adjustments in the conversion ratio pursuant to which certain events may increase the number of equity securities issuable upon conversion. Preferred shares, if issued, could have a preference with respect to liquidating distributions or a preference with respect to dividend payments that could limit our ability to pay dividends to the holders of our Class A common stock. Our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, which may adversely affect the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. In addition, the limited liability company agreement of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC provides that new classes of units or other equity interests of Private

45


Table of Contents

National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC may be issued to third parties other than PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. following the completion of this offering only with the approval of all members that hold more than 5% of the then outstanding New Holdings Units and, as long as they hold any New Holding Units, BlackRock and Highfields. Any such issuance will dilute the ownership of holders of our Class A common stock in substantially all of our operating assets. Thus, holders of our Class A common stock bear the risk that our future offerings, including any future offerings by Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, may reduce the market price of our Class A common stock and dilute their stockholdings in us. See "Description of Capital Stock."

The market price of our Class A common stock could be negatively affected by sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public markets.

        After this offering, there will initially be                         shares of Class A common stock outstanding or             shares outstanding if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full. Of our issued and outstanding shares, all the Class A common stock sold in this offering will be freely transferable, except for any shares held by our "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. We will enter into an exchange agreement with the existing owners of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, under which each existing owner (and certain permitted transferees thereof) may, from and after the closing of this offering (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement), exchange their New Holdings Units for shares of Class A common stock of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. on a one-for-one basis. If all New Holdings Units were exchanged pursuant to this agreement immediately following the closing of this offering, an additional                        shares of Class A common stock would be outstanding.

        All of the existing holders of New Holdings Units have agreed with the underwriters that, subject to customary exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, they will not directly or indirectly sell any Class A common stock, options or warrants to acquire shares of our Class A common stock, or any related security or instrument (including without limitation any New Holdings Units and any shares of Class B common stock) or cause a registration statement covering any Class A common stock to be filed, without the prior written consent of each of Citigroup Global Markets, Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. and certain of our existing holders will be further restricted from selling shares of Class A common stock that they may acquire pursuant to the exchange agreement due to their status as our "affiliates." The market price of our Class A common stock may decline significantly when these restrictions on the sale of Class A common stock by our existing stockholders lapse due to the actual or publicly anticipated sale of this stock into the public market. A decline in the price of our Class A common stock might impede our ability to raise capital through the issuance of additional Class A common stock or other equity securities.

The future issuance of additional Class A common stock in connection with our incentive plans, acquisitions or otherwise will dilute all other stockholdings.

        After this offering, assuming the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, we will have an aggregate of                         shares of Class A common stock authorized but unissued and not reserved for issuance under our incentive plans. We may issue all of these shares of Class A common stock without any action or approval by our stockholders, subject to certain exceptions. We also intend to continue to evaluate acquisition opportunities and may issue Class A common stock in connection with these acquisitions. Any Class A common stock issued in connection with our incentive plans, acquisitions, the exercise of outstanding stock options or otherwise would dilute the percentage ownership held by the investors who purchase Class A common stock in this offering.

46


Table of Contents

Investors in this offering will suffer immediate and substantial dilution.

        The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock will be substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share issued and outstanding immediately after this offering. Our net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2012 was approximately $            and represents the amount of book value of our total tangible assets minus the book value of our total liabilities, divided by the number of our shares of Class A common stock then issued and outstanding (assuming that all of our existing owners exchanged their New Holdings Units for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis). Investors who purchase Class A common stock in this offering will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock. If you purchase shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $            in the net tangible book value per share, based upon the initial public offering price of $            per share (the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus). Investors that purchase Class A common stock in this offering will have purchased        % of the shares issued and outstanding immediately after the offering (assuming that all of our existing owners exchanged their New Holdings Units for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis), but will have paid        % of the total consideration for those shares.

Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC will have broad discretion in the use of a significant part of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

        We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering to purchase newly-issued New Holdings Units from Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC. We intend to cause Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC to use the net proceeds from this offering in the manner described in "Use of Proceeds" and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC will have broad discretion in the application of a significant part of the net proceeds from this offering. The failure by Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC to apply these funds effectively could affect our ability to operate and grow our business.

As a public company, we will incur additional costs and face increased demands on our management.

        As a public company with shares listed on a U.S. exchange, we will need to comply with an extensive body of regulations that did not apply to us previously, including provisions of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, or SOX, regulations of the SEC and requirements of the NYSE. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly, particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company. For example, as a result of becoming a public company, we intend to add independent directors, create additional board committees and adopt certain policies regarding internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures. In addition, we will incur additional costs associated with our public company reporting requirements and maintaining directors' and officers' liability insurance. We are currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to these rules, which may impose additional costs on us and materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

47


Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus contains forward-looking statements, which reflect our current views with respect to, among other things, our operations and financial performance. You can identify these forward-looking statements by the use of words such as "outlook," "believes," "expects," "potential," "continues," "may," "will," "should," "seeks," "approximately," "predicts," "intends," "plans," "estimates," "anticipates" or the negative version of these words or other comparable words. Such forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, there are or will be important factors that could cause actual outcomes or results to differ materially from those indicated in these statements. We believe these factors include but are not limited to those described under "Risk Factors" and include, among other things:

    The continually changing federal, state and local laws and regulations applicable to the highly regulated industry in which we operate;

    Lawsuits or governmental actions if we do not comply with the laws and regulations applicable to our businesses;

    The creation of the CFPB, its recently issued and future rules and the enforcement thereof by the CFPB;

    Changes in existing U.S. government-sponsored entities, their current roles or their guarantees or guidelines;

    Changes to government mortgage modification programs;

    The licensing and operational requirements of states and other jurisdictions applicable to our businesses, to which our bank competitors are not subject;

    Foreclosure delays and changes in foreclosure practices;

    Changes in macroeconomic and U.S. residential real estate market conditions;

    Difficulties inherent in growing loan production volume;

    Changes in prevailing interest rates;

    Increases in loan delinquencies and defaults;

    Our reliance on PMT as a significant source of financing for, and revenue related to, our correspondent lending business;

    Any required additional capital and liquidity to support business growth that may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all;

    Our obligation to indemnify third-party purchasers or repurchase loans if loans that we originate, acquire or assist in the fulfillment of, fail to meet certain criteria or characteristics or under other circumstances;

    Our obligation to indemnify PMT and the Investment Funds if our services fail to meet certain criteria or characteristics or under other circumstances;

    Decreases in the historical returns on the assets that we select and manage for our clients, and our resulting management and incentive fees;

    The extensive amount of regulation applicable to our investment management segment;

    Conflicts of interest in allocating our services and investment opportunities among ourselves and our Advised Entities; and

    Our recent rapid growth.

48


Table of Contents

        These factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read in conjunction with the other cautionary statements that are included in this prospectus. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise.


MARKET DATA

        This prospectus includes market and industry data and forecasts that we have derived from independent consultant reports, publicly available information, various industry publications, other published industry sources and our internal data and estimates. Independent consultant reports, industry publications and other published industry sources generally indicate that the information contained therein was obtained from sources believed to be reliable.

        Our internal data and estimates are based upon information obtained from trade and business organizations and other contacts in the markets in which we operate and our management's understanding of industry conditions. Although we believe that such information is reliable, we have not had this information verified by any independent sources.

49


Table of Contents


ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

        The diagram below depicts our organizational structure immediately following this offering.

GRAPHIC

Recapitalization

        Currently, the capital structure of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC consists of four different classes of limited liability company units (common units, Class B common units, Class C common units and preferred units). Each of these classes (other than the preferred units) has different amounts of aggregate distributions above which its holders share in future distributions. Prior to the completion of this offering, the limited liability company agreement of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC will be amended and restated to, among other things, modify its capital structure by converting all existing classes of limited liability company units into New Holdings

50


Table of Contents

Units. The amendment and restatement of the limited liability company agreement of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, including the recapitalization of the outstanding units to be effected thereby, requires the approval of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, BlackRock, Highfields and each other holder of preferred units of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC.

        The allocation of New Holdings Units among our existing owners will be determined pursuant to the distribution provisions of the existing limited liability company agreement of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC based upon the liquidation value of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, assuming it was liquidated at the time of this offering with a value implied by the initial public offering price of the shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering. Immediately following this recapitalization but prior to the "Offering Transactions" described below, there will be                        New Holdings Units issued and outstanding. The New Holdings Units received by our officers and employees in respect of units that are subject to service-based vesting requirements will remain subject to such service-based vesting requirements. New Holdings Units received by our officers and employees in respect of units that are currently vested will be vested. See "Executive and Director Compensation."

        We refer to the foregoing transactions, collectively, as the "Recapitalization."

Incorporation of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.

        PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on December 31, 2012. PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. has not engaged in any business or other activities except in connection with its formation. The amended and restated certificate of incorporation of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. authorizes two classes of common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock, each having the terms described in "Description of Capital Stock."

        Prior to the completion of this offering, shares of Class B common stock of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. will be issued to Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, which will, in turn, distribute one share of that Class B common stock to each of our existing owners, each of which provides its owner with no economic rights but entitles the holder, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by such holder, to one vote on matters presented to stockholders of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. for each New Holdings Unit held by such holder, as described in "Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock—Class B Common Stock." Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law.

        We and our existing owners will enter into an exchange agreement under which, subject to the terms of the exchange agreement, they (or certain permitted transferees thereof) will have the right or, under certain circumstances, the obligation to exchange their New Holdings Units for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Exchange Agreement."

Offering Transactions

        At the time of this offering, PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. intends to purchase New Holdings Units from Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC at a purchase price per unit equal to the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock in this offering less the underwriting discount per share. Regardless of the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock in this offering, PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. will purchase a number of newly-issued New Holdings Units from Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC equal to the number of shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering using the entire amount of proceeds that it receives from

51


Table of Contents

this offering. Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC will bear all of the expenses of this offering, including underwriting discounts.

        Accordingly, at the time of this offering PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. will purchase from Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company,  LLC                         newly-issued New Holdings Units for an aggregate of $             million (or                        New Holdings Units for an aggregate of $             million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock).

        The unit holders of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (other than PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.) may (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) exchange their New Holdings Units for shares of Class A common stock of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. on a one-for-one basis. These exchanges are expected to result in increases in the tax basis of the assets of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC that otherwise would not have been available. These increases in tax basis may reduce the amount of tax that PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. would otherwise be required to pay in the future. These increases in tax basis may also decrease gains (or increase losses) on future dispositions of certain capital assets to the extent tax basis is allocated to those capital assets. We will enter into a tax receivable agreement with our existing owners that will provide for the payment by PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. to our existing owners of 85% of the amount of the benefits, if any, that PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. is deemed to realize as a result of (i) increases in tax basis resulting from exchanges of New Holdings Units, (ii) certain allocations as a result of the application of the principles of Section 704(c) of the Code to take into account the difference between the fair market value and the adjusted tax basis of certain assets of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC on the date of the offering, and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. These payment obligations are obligations of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and not of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement."

        In connection with its acquisition of New Holdings Units, PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. will become the sole managing member of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC and, through Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC and its subsidiaries, operate our business. Accordingly, although PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. will initially have a minority economic interest in Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. will have 100% of the voting power and control the management of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, subject to certain exceptions. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC Limited Liability Company Agreement."

        We refer to the foregoing transactions as the "Offering Transactions."

        As a result of the transactions described above:

    the investors in this offering will collectively own                   shares of our Class A common stock (or                    shares of Class A common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) and PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. will hold                  New Holdings Units (or                  New Holdings Units if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock);

    our existing owners will hold                        New Holdings Units;

    the investors in this offering will collectively have        % of the voting power in PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. (or        % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock); and

52


Table of Contents

    our existing owners, through their holdings of our Class B common stock, will have        % of the voting power in PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. (or        % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock).

        Our post-offering organizational structure will allow our existing owners to retain their equity ownership in Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, an entity that is intended to be classified as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes (and not as an association, taxable mortgage pool or publicly traded partnership, each of which could be taxable as a corporation), in the form of New Holdings Units. Investors in this offering will, by contrast, hold their equity ownership in PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation that is a domestic corporation for United States federal income tax purposes, in the form of shares of Class A common stock. We believe that our existing owners generally find it advantageous to hold their equity interests in an entity that is not taxable as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes. Our existing owners and, following the offering, PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., will incur U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on their proportionate share of any taxable income of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC. We do not believe that our organizational structure gives rise to any significant benefit or detriment to our business or operations. Under the tax receivable agreement, PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and its stockholders will retain approximately 15% of the marginal tax benefits that PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. is deemed to realize as a result of (i) increases in tax basis resulting from exchanges of New Holdings Units, (ii) certain allocations as a result of the application of the principles of Section 704(c) of the Code to take into account the difference between the fair market value and the adjusted tax basis of certain assets of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC on the date of the offering, and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement.

        As noted above, we will enter into an exchange agreement with our existing owners that will entitle them to exchange their New Holdings Units for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments. Our existing owners will be able to exercise their exchange rights at any time following our initial public offering. In addition, we can require our existing owners to exercise their exchange rights (i) in connection with a change of control of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. or (ii) if no holder of New Holdings Units (other than PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.) holds 3% or more of all New Holdings Units, in each case unless the cash that they would receive in connection with such exchange (including the after-tax value of amounts received pursuant to the tax receivable agreement) would not be sufficient to cover the taxes that our existing owners would become liable for as a result of such exchange. We can also require an existing owner who is an officer or employee to exercise his or her exchange rights, upon the termination of his or her employment. The exchange agreement provides, however, that voluntary exchanges must be for the lesser of a stated minimum number of New Holdings Units or all of the vested New Holdings Units held by such existing owner. The exchange agreement also provides that an existing owner will not have the right to exchange New Holdings Units if PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. determines that such exchange would be prohibited by law or regulation or would violate other agreements with Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC to which the existing owner may be subject. PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. may impose additional restrictions on exchanges that it determines to be necessary or advisable so that Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC is not treated as a "publicly traded partnership" for United States federal income tax purposes. All shares of Class A common stock issued upon exchange of New Holdings Units will also be subject to contractual lock-up agreements with the underwriters of this offering. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-Up Agreements."

        Our existing owners will also hold shares of Class B common stock of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. Although these shares have no economic rights, they will allow our existing owners to

53


Table of Contents

exercise voting power at PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., the managing member of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, at a level that is consistent with their overall equity ownership of our business. Under the amended and restated certificate of incorporation of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., each holder of Class B common stock shall be entitled, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by such holder, to one vote for each New Holdings Unit held by such holder. Accordingly, as our existing owners exchange New Holdings Units for shares of Class A common stock of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. pursuant to the exchange agreement, the voting power afforded to them by their shares of Class B common stock is automatically and correspondingly reduced.

Holding Company Structure

        PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. will be a holding company, and its sole material asset will be an equity interest in Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC. As the sole managing member of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. will operate and control all of the business and affairs of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC and, through Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC and its subsidiaries, conduct our business.

        PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. will consolidate the financial results of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC and its subsidiaries, and the ownership interest of the other members of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC will be reflected as a non-controlling interest in PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.'s consolidated financial statements.

        Pursuant to the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. will have the right to determine when distributions will be made to the members of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC and the amount of any such distributions, other than with respect to tax distributions as described below. If PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. authorizes a distribution, such distribution will be made to the members of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective limited liability company interests.

        The holders of limited liability company interests in Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, including PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., will incur U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on their proportionate share of any taxable income of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC. Except as otherwise required by Section 704(c) of the Code to account for the difference between the fair market value and the adjusted tax basis of the assets of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC on the date of this offering, net profits and net losses of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC will generally be allocated to its members (including PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.) pro rata in accordance with their respective limited liability company interests. The limited liability company agreement provides for quarterly cash distributions to the holders of limited liability company interests of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC if PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. determines that the taxable income of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC will give rise to taxable income for its members. In accordance with the limited liability company agreement, we are required to cause Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC to make quarterly cash distributions to the holders of limited liability company interests of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC for purposes of funding their tax obligations in respect of the income of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC that is allocated to them. Generally, these tax distributions will be computed based on the taxable income of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC multiplied by an assumed tax rate determined by us.

        See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC Limited Liability Company Agreement."

54


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of the shares of our Class A common stock offered by us will be approximately $             million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. If the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares in this offering is exercised in full, we estimate that our net proceeds will be approximately $             million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions.

        A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of one million shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions.

        We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering to purchase newly-issued New Holdings Units from Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, as described under "Organizational Structure—Recapitalization." Accordingly, we will not retain any of these proceeds. We intend to cause Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC to use these proceeds primarily to provide capital to grow our mortgage banking business and for general corporate purposes. Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC will also use these proceeds to pay the expenses of this offering, which we estimate will be approximately $       million. Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC will have broad discretion over the uses of such proceeds.

55


Table of Contents


DIVIDEND POLICY

        Other than tax-related distributions, Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC has not made any distributions to our existing owners during 2011, 2012 or to date during 2013. Tax-related distributions aggregated $15.0 million in 2011, and $11.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. will receive a pro rata portion of the tax distributions made by Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC following this offering. The cash received from such distributions will first be used to satisfy any tax liability of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and then to make any payments under the tax receivable agreement with our existing owners.

        The declaration, amount and payment of any dividends on shares of Class A common stock with respect to any remaining excess cash will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors. Our board of directors may take into account general and economic conditions, our financial condition and operating results, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions and implications on the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiaries to us, and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant. We may also enter into credit agreements or other borrowing arrangements in the future that restrict or limit our ability to pay cash dividends on our Class A common stock.

        PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. is a holding company and has no material assets other than its ownership of New Holdings Units in Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC. We intend to cause Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC to make distributions to us in an amount sufficient to cover cash dividends, if any, declared by us. If Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC makes such distributions to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., the other holders of New Holdings Units will be entitled to receive equivalent distributions.

56


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth our cash and capitalization as of September 30, 2012 on:

    a historical basis for Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC; and

    a pro forma basis for PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. giving effect to the transactions described under "Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information," including the application of the proceeds from this offering as described in "Use of Proceeds."

        You should read this table together with the information contained in this prospectus, including "Organizational Structure," "Use of Proceeds," "Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the historical financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of September 30, 2012  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma  
 
  (Dollar amounts in thousands except share and per share data)
 

Cash and short term investments, at fair value

  $ 31,150   $    

Loans sold under agreements to repurchase

    361,478        

Note payable

    34,035        

Members' capital(1)

    96,884        

Members' equity attributable to common units from equity incentive plan

    16,107        

Stock subscription receivable

    (4,842 )      

Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share,        shares authorized on a pro forma basis;        shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis

           

Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share,        shares authorized on a pro forma basis;        shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis

           

Additional paid-in capital

             

Retained earnings

    93,778        
           

Total members'/stockholders' equity

    201,927        
           

Total capitalization

  $ 628,590   $    
           

(1)
Represents the investment of existing unit holders in Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC.

        See "Pricing Sensitivity Analysis" to see how the information presented above would be affected by an initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock at the low-, mid- and high-points of the price range indicated on the front cover of this prospectus or if the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock is exercised in full.

57


Table of Contents


DILUTION

        If you invest in shares of our Class A common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the per share offering price of the shares of Class A common stock is substantially in excess of the pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to our existing owners.

        Our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2012 was approximately $             million, or $            per share of Class A common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value represents the amount of total tangible assets less total liabilities, and pro forma net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock represents pro forma net tangible book value divided by the number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding, in each case after giving effect to the Recapitalization and assuming that all of the holders of New Holdings Units in Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (other than PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.) exchanged their New Holdings Units for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis.

        After giving effect to the transactions described under "Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information," including the application of the proceeds from this offering as described in "Use of Proceeds," our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2012 would have been $             million, or $            per share of Class A common stock. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $            per share of Class A common stock to our existing owners and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $            per share of Class A common stock to investors in this offering.

        The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share of Class A common stock basis assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2012

  $    

Increase per share attributable to this offering

       
         

Pro forma net tangible book value per share, as adjusted to give effect to this offering

       
         

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering

      $
         

        Because our existing owners do not own any Class A common stock or other economic interests in PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., we have presented dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock to investors in this offering assuming that all of the holders of New Holdings Units in Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (other than PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.) exchanged their New Holdings Units for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis in order to more meaningfully present the dilutive impact on the investors in this offering.

        See "Pricing Sensitivity Analysis" to see how some of the information presented above would be affected by an initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock at the low-, mid- and high-points of the price range indicated on the front cover of this prospectus or if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock.

        The following table summarizes, on the same pro forma basis as of September 30, 2012, the total number of shares of Class A common stock purchased from us, the total cash consideration paid to us and the average price per share of Class A common stock paid by our existing owners and by new

58


Table of Contents

investors purchasing shares of Class A common stock in this offering, assuming that all of the holders of New Holdings Units in Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (other than PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.) exchanged their New Holdings Units for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis.

 
  Shares of Class A Common Stock Purchased    
   
  Average Price Per Share of Class A Common Stock  
 
  Total Consideration  
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  

Existing owners

          % $       % $    

Investors in this offering

                           
                         

Total

        100.0 % $     100.0 %      
                         

59


Table of Contents


UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

        The unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of income for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 present our consolidated results of operations giving pro forma effect to the Recapitalization and Offering Transactions described under "Organizational Structure" and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described under "Use of Proceeds," as if such transactions occurred on January 1, 2011. The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2012 presents our consolidated financial position giving pro forma effect to the Recapitalization and Offering Transactions described under "Organizational Structure" and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described under "Use of Proceeds," as if such transactions occurred on September 30, 2012. The pro forma adjustments are based on available information and upon assumptions that our management believes are reasonable in order to reflect, on a pro forma basis, the impact of these transactions on the historical financial information of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC.

        The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information should be read together with "Organizational Structure," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the historical financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information is included for informational purposes only and does not purport to reflect the results of operations or financial position of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. that would have occurred had we operated as a public company during the periods presented. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information should not be relied upon as being indicative of our results of operations or financial position had the Recapitalization and Offering Transactions described under "Organizational Structure" and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described under "Use of Proceeds" occurred on the dates assumed. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information also does not project our results of operations or financial position for any future period or date.

        The pro forma adjustments principally give effect to:

    the purchase by PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. of                        New Holdings Units of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC with the proceeds of this offering and the related effects of the tax receivable agreement as described in "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement;" and

    in the case of the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of income, a provision for corporate income taxes on the income attributable to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. at an effective rate of        %, which includes a provision for U.S. federal income taxes and assumes the highest statutory rates apportioned to each state, local and/or foreign jurisdiction.

        The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information presented assumes no exercise by the underwriters of the option to purchase up to an additional            shares of Class A common stock from us and that the shares of Class A common stock to be sold in this offering are sold at $            per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the price range indicated on the front cover of this prospectus. See "Pricing Sensitivity Analysis" to see how certain aspects of the Offering Transactions would be affected by an initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock at the low-, mid- and high-points of the price range indicated on the front cover of this prospectus or if the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock is exercised in full.

60


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011

 
  Private National
Mortgage Acceptance
Company, LLC
Actual
  Pro Forma
Adjustments(1)
  PennyMac
Financial
Services, Inc.
Pro Forma
 
 
  (in thousands, except per unit data)
 

Revenue

                   

Net servicing income:

                   

Loan servicing fees:

                   

From PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

  $ 13,204              

From Investment Funds

    14,523              

Mortgage servicing rebate (to) from Investment Funds

    (2,772 )            

From non-affiliates

    11,493              

Ancillary fees

    1,657              
                   

Total

    38,105              

Amortization, impairment and change in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights

    (9,438 )            
               

Net servicing income

    28,667              

Net gain on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    13,029              

Management fees:

                   

From PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    8,456              

From Investment Funds

    9,943              

Carried Interest from Investment Funds

    12,596              

Fulfillment fees from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    1,744              

Other

    2,224              
               

Total revenue

    76,659              
               

Expenses

                   

Compensation

    47,479              

Other

    14,481              
               

Total expenses

    61,960              
               

Net income

  $ 14,699              
               

Net income attributable to preferred unit holders

  $ 14,507              

Net income attributable to common unit awards outstanding

  $ 152              

Net income attributable to common unit holders

  $ 40              

Pro forma information (unaudited):

                   

Historical net income before taxes

  $ 14,699              

Pro forma adjustment for taxes(2)

                   

Pro forma net income

                   

Earnings per unit:

                   

Preferred units

  $ 237.82              

Common units:

                   

Basic

  $ 11.63              

Diluted

  $ 3.88              

Weighted average units outstanding:

                   

Preferred units

    61,003              

Common units:

                   

Basic

    3,470              

Diluted

    10,410              

(1)
As described in "Organizational Structure," PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. will become the sole managing member of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC. PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. will initially own less than 100% of the economic interest in Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC but will have 100% of the voting power and control its management immediately following this offering.

(2)
Following the Recapitalization and the Offering Transactions, PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. will be subject to U.S. federal income taxes, in addition to state, local and international taxes, with respect to its allocable share of any net taxable income of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, which will result in higher income taxes. As a result, the pro forma statements of income reflect an adjustment to our provision for corporate income taxes to reflect an effective rate of      %, which includes provision for U.S. federal income taxes and assumes the highest statutory rates apportioned to each state, local and/or foreign jurisdiction.

61


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2012

 
  Private National
Mortgage Acceptance
Company, LLC
Actual
  Pro Forma
Adjustments(1)
  PennyMac
Financial
Services, Inc.
Pro Forma
 
 
  (in thousands, except per unit data)
 

Revenue

                   

Net servicing income:

                   

Loan servicing fees:

                   

From PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

  $ 13,163              

From Investment Funds, net

    9,130              

Mortgage servicing rebate (to) from Investment Funds

    (407 )            

From non-affiliates

    10,824              

Ancillary fees

    1,613              
               

Total

    34,323              

Amortization, impairment and change in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights

    (8,977 )            
               

Net servicing income

    25,346              

Net gain on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    68,487              

Management fees:

                   

From PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    9,847              

From Investment Funds

    7,199              

Carried Interest from Investment Funds

    7,254              

Fulfillment fees from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    31,097              

Other

    8,110              
               

Total revenue

    157,340              
               

Expenses

                   

Compensation

    77,756              

Other

    19,135              
               

Total expenses

    96,891              
               

Net income

  $ 60,449              
               

Net income attributable to preferred unit holders

  $ 52,482              

Net income attributable to common unit awards outstanding

  $ 5,094              

Net income attributable to common unit holders

  $ 2,873              

Pro forma information (unaudited):

                   

Historical net income before taxes

  $ 60,449              

Pro forma adjustment for taxes(2)

                   

Pro forma net income

                   

Earnings per unit:

                   

Preferred units

  $ 542.83              

Common units:

                   

Basic units

  $ 466.97              

Diluted

  $ 192.41              

Weighted average units outstanding:

                   

Preferred units

    96,682              

Common units:

                   

Basic

    6,153              

Diluted

    14,933              

(1)
As described in "Organizational Structure," PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. will become the sole managing member of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC. PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. will initially own less than 100% of the economic interest in Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC but will have 100% of the voting power and control its management immediately following this offering.

(2)
Following the Recapitalization and the Offering Transactions, PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. will be subject to U.S. federal income taxes, in addition to state, local and international taxes, with respect to its allocable share of any net taxable income of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, which will result in higher income taxes. As a result, the pro forma statements of income reflect an adjustment to our provision for corporate income taxes to reflect an effective rate of      %, which includes provision for U.S. federal income taxes and assumes the highest statutory rates apportioned to each state, local and/or foreign jurisdiction.

62


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2012

 
  Private National
Mortgage Acceptance
Company, LLC
Actual
  Pro Forma
Adjustments(1)
  PennyMac
Financial
Services, Inc.
Pro Forma
 
 
   
  (in thousands,
except unit data)

   
 

ASSETS

                   

Cash

 
$

27,734
             

Short-term investment, at fair value

    3,416              

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    410,071              

Servicing advances

    76,554              

Receivable from Investment Funds

    4,183              

Receivable from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    9,734              

Derivative assets

    39,793              

Carried Interest due from Investment Funds

    44,504              

Investment in PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, at fair value

    1,753              

Mortgage servicing rights, at fair value

    21,240              

Mortgage servicing rights, at lower of amortized cost or fair value

    52,914              

Furniture, fixtures, equipment and building improvements, net

    4,466              

Capitalized software, net

    751              

Other

    5,586              
                   

Total assets

  $ 702,699              
                   

LIABILITIES

                   

Loans sold under agreements to repurchase

 
$

361,478
             

Note payable

    34,035              

Derivative liability

    3,356              

Payable to PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    35,920              

Payable to Investment Funds

    34,443              

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    29,235              

Liability for losses under representations and warranties

    2,305              
                   

Total liabilities

    500,772              
                   

MEMBERS' EQUITY

                   

Preferred units, 96,682 units authorized, subscribed, issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2012

   
96,884
             

Members' equity attributable to common units from equity compensation plan

    16,107              

Stock subscription receivable

    (4,842 )            

Retained earnings

    93,778              
                   

Total members' equity

    201,927              
                   

Total liabilities and members' equity

  $ 702,699              
                   

(1)
As described in "Organizational Structure," PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. will become the sole managing member of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC. PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. will initially own less than 100% of the economic interest in Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC but will have 100% of the voting power and control its management immediately following this offering.

63


Table of Contents


SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following selected historical consolidated financial data of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC should be read together with "Organizational Structure," "Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the historical financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC will be considered our predecessor for accounting purposes, and its consolidated financial statements will be our historical consolidated financial statements following this offering.

        We derived the selected historical consolidated statement of income data of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 and the selected historical consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 from the audited consolidated financial statements of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of income data for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2012 have been derived from unaudited consolidated financial statements of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC have been prepared on substantially the same basis as the audited financial statements and include all adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our consolidated financial position and results of operations for all periods presented.

64


Table of Contents

 
  Year ended
December 31,
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2011   2010   2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands, except per unit data)
 

Statement of Operations Data—Consolidated

                         

Revenue

                         

Net servicing income:

                         

Loan servicing fees

                         

From PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

  $ 13,204   $ 2,989   $ 13,163   $ 9,152  

From Investment Funds, net

    14,523     9,474     9,130     10,990  

Mortgage servicing rebate (to) from Investment Funds

    (2,772 )   1,162     (407 )   (569 )

From non-affiliates

    11,493     11,431     10,824     8,513  

Ancillary fees

    1,657     1,345     1,613     1,224  
                   

Total

    38,105     26,401     34,323     29,310  

Amortization, impairment and change in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights

    (9,438 )   (400 )   (8,977 )   (6,400 )
                   

Net servicing income

    28,667     26,001     25,346     22,910  

Net gain on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    13,029     2,008     68,487     3,895  

Management fees:

                         

From PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    8,456     5,484     9,847     7,043  

From Investment Funds

    9,943     9,943     7,199     7,457  

Carried Interest from Investment Funds

    12,596     24,654     7,254     10,348  

Fulfillment fees from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    1,744         31,097     358  

Other

    2,224     1,139     8,110     978  
                   

Total revenue

    76,659     69,229     157,340     52,989  
                   

Expenses

                         

Compensation

    47,479     25,412     77,756     31,316  

Other

    14,481     10,775     19,135     10,193  
                   

Total expenses

    61,960     36,187     96,891     41,509  
                   

Net income

  $ 14,699   $ 33,042   $ 60,449   $ 11,480  
                   

Net income attributable to preferred unit holders

  $ 14,507   $ 29,014   $ 52,482   $ 11,364  

Net income attributable to non-vested common unit awards outstanding

  $ 152   $ 3,837   $ 5,094   $ 84  

Net income attributable to common unit holders

  $ 40   $ 191   $ 2,873   $ 32  

Pro forma information (unaudited):

                         

Historical net income before taxes

  $ 14,699   $ 33,042   $ 60,449   $ 11,480  

Pro forma adjustment for taxes

                         

Pro forma net income

                         

Earnings per unit:

                         

Preferred units

  $ 237.82   $ 645.30   $ 542.83   $ 221.72  

Common units:

                         

Basic

  $ 11.63   $ 555.59   $ 466.97   $ 11.05  

Diluted

  $ 3.88   $ 40.72   $ 192.41   $ 3.58  

Weighted average units outstanding:

                         

Preferred units

    61,003     44,962     96,682     51,256  

Common units:

                         

Basic

    3,470     345     6,153     2,913  

Diluted

    10,410     4,704     14,933     8,997  

65


Table of Contents


 
  December 31,
2011
  December 31,
2010
  September 30,
2012
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance Sheet Data—Consolidated

                   

ASSETS

                   

Cash and short-term investment, at fair value

 
$

32,506
 
$

15,241
 
$

31,150
 

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    89,857     14,720     410,071  

Servicing advances

    63,565     22,811     76,554  

Receivable from Advised Entities

    19,864     13,687     13,917  

Carried interest due from Investment Funds

    37,250     24,654     44,504  

Mortgage servicing rights

    32,124     31,957     74,154  

Other

    14,115     5,332     52,349  
               

Total assets

  $ 289,281   $ 128,402   $ 702,699  
               

LIABILITIES

                   

Loans sold under agreements to repurchase

 
$

77,700
 
$

13,289
 
$

361,478
 

Note payable

    18,602     3,499     34,035  

Derivative liability

            3,356  

Payable to PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    25,595     2,842     35,920  

Payable to Investment Funds

    29,622     13,262     34,443  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    13,398     5,352     29,235  

Liability for losses under representations and warranties

    449     189     2,305  
               

Total liabilities

    165,366     38,433     500,772  

MEMBERS' EQUITY

   
123,915
   
89,969
   
201,927
 
               

Total liabilities and members' equity

  $ 289,281   $ 128,402   $ 702,699  
               

OPERATING METRICS

                   

Net assets under management of the Advised Entities

 
$

1,166,095
 
$

883,338
 
$

1,760,053
 

Mortgage loans serviced (unpaid balance)

  $ 7,736,608   $ 5,358,819   $ 18,599,954  

Number of mortgage loans serviced

    36,395     26,022     83,449  

66


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         You should read this discussion together with the consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included in this prospectus. The following discussion may contain predictions, estimates and other forward-looking statements that involve a number of risks and uncertainties, including those discussed under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. These risks could cause our actual results to differ materially from any future performance suggested below. Accordingly, you should read "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" and "Risk Factors."

Overview

        We are a specialty financial services firm that operates in two segments: mortgage banking and investment management.

    Mortgage Banking

        Our mortgage banking segment is comprised of three primary businesses: correspondent lending, retail lending, and loan servicing.

    Correspondent Lending.   Our correspondent lending business manages, on behalf of PMT and for our own account, the acquisition of newly originated, prime credit quality, first-lien residential mortgage loans that have been underwritten to investor guidelines. PMT acquires, from approved correspondent sellers, newly originated loans, primarily "conventional" residential mortgage loans guaranteed by the GSEs and "government-insured" residential mortgage loans insured or guaranteed by the FHA or the VA and eligible to back securities guaranteed by Ginnie Mae. For conventional loans, we perform fulfillment activities for PMT and earn a fee for each loan sold by PMT. In the case of government-insured loans, we purchase them from PMT at PMT's cost plus a sourcing fee and fulfill them for our own account.

    Retail Lending.   Our retail lending business originates new prime credit quality, first-lien residential conventional and government-insured mortgage loans on a national basis to allow customers to purchase or refinance their homes. We conduct this business through a consumer direct model, which relies on the Internet and call center-based staff to acquire and interact with customers across the country. We do not have a "brick and mortar" branch network and have been developing our consumer direct operations with call centers strategically positioned across the United States. We use sophisticated telephony and lead-management software to improve conversion rates, deliver outstanding customer service, manufacture high-quality loans and lower costs.

    Loan Servicing.   Our loan servicing business performs loan administration, collection, and default activities, including the collection and remittance of loan payments; response to customer inquiries; accounting for principal and interest; holding custodial (impound) funds for the payment of property taxes and insurance premiums; counseling delinquent mortgagors; and supervising foreclosures and property dispositions. We service a diverse portfolio of loans both as the owner of MSRs and on behalf of other MSR or mortgage owners. We provide prime servicing for prime loans, conventional and government-insured loans, as well as special servicing for distressed whole loans that have been acquired as investments by our Advised Entities, and loans in "private-label" MBS securities, which are securities issued by institutions that are not affiliated with any Agency.

        During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, we managed PMT's acquisition of approximately $11.5 billion of newly originated, prime credit quality, first-lien residential mortgage loans, of which we purchased approximately $4.8 billion of government-insured loans from PMT for our

67


Table of Contents

own account. We also originated $302.8 million of residential mortgage loans through our retail channel during the nine months ended September 30, 2012. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, we increased our portfolio of loans that we serviced or subserviced from approximately $7.7 billion to approximately $18.6 billion.

        During the year ended December 31, 2011, we managed PMT's acquisition of approximately $1.3 billion of newly originated, prime credit quality, first-lien residential mortgage loans, of which we purchased $548.6 million of government-insured loans from PMT for our own account. We also originated $148.8 million of residential mortgage loans through our retail channel during the year ended December 31, 2011. During the year ended December 31, 2011, we increased our portfolio of loans that we serviced or subserviced from approximately $5.4 billion to $7.7 billion.

    Investment Management

        We are an investment manager through our wholly-owned subsidiary, PCM. PCM currently manages PMT and the Investment Funds, which had combined net assets of approximately $1.8 billion as of September 30, 2012. For these activities, we earn management fees as a percentage of net assets and incentive compensation based on investment performance. To date, we have achieved strong investment performance in all Advised Entities largely through the successful execution of PCM's strategy of investing in distressed mortgage loans.

Observations on Current Market Opportunities

        Our businesses are affected by macroeconomic conditions in the United States, including economic growth, unemployment rates, the residential housing market and interest rate levels and expectations. The U.S. economy continues its pattern of modest growth as reflected in recent economic data. According to the Department of Commerce, real U.S. gross domestic product expanded at a revised annual rate of 3.1% during the third quarter of 2012, compared to a revised 1.3% annual rate for the second quarter of 2012 and a revised 2.0% annual rate for the third quarter of 2011. Modest economic growth and pressure on state and federal government spending continued to affect unemployment rates during 2012. According to the Bureau of Labor Statistics, the national unemployment rate was 7.8% at September 30, 2012, the first time the rate was below 8% since January 2009 and compares to a revised seasonally adjusted rate of 9.0% at September 30, 2011 and 8.5% at December 31, 2011. Declining unemployment is partially reflective of a declining workforce labor participation rate. Delinquency rates on single-family residential mortgage loans linger at historically high rates. According to the Federal Reserve's Charge-Off and Delinquency Rates on Loans and Leases at Commercial Banks, delinquency rates during the second quarter of 2012 were 10.6%, a slight reduction from the cyclical high of 11.2% during the first quarter of 2010.

        Residential real estate activity appears to be modestly improving. According to the National Association of Realtors®, the seasonally adjusted annual rate of existing home sales for December 2012 was 12.8% higher than for December 2011 and the national median existing home price for all housing types was $180,800, an 11.5% increase from December 2011. On a national level, foreclosure filings during the third quarter of 2012 decreased 5% as compared to the second quarter of 2012 and 13% as compared to the third quarter of 2011, representing the ninth consecutive quarter with an annual decrease in foreclosure activity.

        According to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation's Weekly Primary Mortgage Market Survey, thirty-year fixed rate mortgage interest rates ranged from a high of 3.66% to a low of 3.40% during the third quarter of 2012 with the low of 3.40% representing an all-time record low for the thirty-year fixed rate mortgage. During the first nine months of 2012, mortgage interest rates have ranged from a high of 4.08% to the all-time record low of 3.40%. Mortgage interest rates during the third quarter were relatively unchanged until the Federal Reserve began its purchases of mortgage

68


Table of Contents

securities pursuant to a third round of quantitative easing. During the first nine months of 2011, thirty-year fixed rate mortgage interest rates ranged from a high of 5.05% to a low of 4.01%.

        We believe that the shifting investment and operational priorities of banks and other traditional mortgage lenders have created additional opportunities for our business and the business of PMT. Under current market conditions, these opportunities include the purchase from mortgage lenders of newly originated mortgage loans that are eligible for sale and/or securitization through an Agency.

        In our capacity as an investment manager, we continue to see substantial volumes of distressed residential mortgage loan sales by a limited number of sellers, which remain primarily sales of nonperforming loan pools, with a small but increasing number of sales of troubled but performing loans. During the third quarter of 2012, we reviewed 23 mortgage loan pools on behalf of PMT with unpaid principal balances totaling approximately $3.8 billion for potential purchase. This compares to our review for potential purchase on behalf of PMT and the Investment Funds of 20 mortgage loan pools with unpaid principal balances totaling approximately $3.6 billion during the third quarter of 2011. We managed the acquisition on behalf of PMT of distressed mortgage loans with fair values totaling $150.5 million during the third quarter of 2012, all of which were acquired from or through one or more subsidiaries of Citigroup, Inc.

        During 2011, we reviewed on behalf of PMT and the Investment Funds 88 mortgage loan pools with unpaid principal balances totaling approximately $13.6 billion for potential purchase. During 2011, we managed the acquisitions on behalf of PMT and the Investment Funds of distressed mortgage loans with unpaid principal balances totaling $2.0 billion, of which $1.7 billion was acquired from or through one or more subsidiaries of Citigroup Inc.

    Reporting Metrics and Prospective Trends

        We expect our results of operations to be affected by various factors, many of which are beyond our control. Our primary sources of income are from:

    net servicing income;

    gains on mortgage loans held for sale, including commitments to purchase or originate mortgage loans and the related hedging instruments;

    management fees from PMT and the Investment Funds and carried interest from the Investment Funds; and

    fulfillment fees from PMT.

    Net Servicing Income

        We service loans either through subservicing arrangements with PMT and the Investment Funds or for our own account as a result of our purchase of MSRs and our retention of MSRs associated with the loans that we originate or purchase for sale. Net servicing income includes the fees that we earn as well as the amortization, impairment and changes in fair value that we recognize from holding MSRs. A significant component of our net servicing income is driven by the changes in the fair value of the MSRs that we hold. Changes in the fair value of MSRs are significantly influenced by prepayment expectations and actual prepayments relating to the underlying loans that are, in turn, primarily influenced by mortgage interest rate levels and expectations.

    Loans Serviced for PMT

        Under the terms of our prior loan servicing agreement with PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P., the operating partnership subsidiary of PMT, servicing fee rates for the historical periods presented in the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus were based on the risk characteristics

69


Table of Contents

of the mortgage loans serviced and total servicing compensation was established at levels that management believed was competitive with those charged by other servicers or special servicers, as applicable.

    Subservicing fee rates for distressed loans owned by PMT ranged between 30 and 100 basis points per year of the unpaid principal balance of such loans we subserviced for PMT for all periods prior to February 1, 2013. We were also entitled to certain customary market-based fees and charges, including boarding and deboarding fees, ancillary fees, activity fees, liquidation and disposition fees, assumption, modification fees and late charges, as well as interest on funds on deposit in custodial accounts. In the event we either effected a refinancing of a loan on PMT's behalf and not through a third-party lender and the resulting loan was readily saleable, or originated a loan to facilitate the disposition of real estate that PMT had acquired in settlement of a loan, we were entitled to receive market-based fees and compensation from PMT.

    Subservicing fee rates for mortgage loans acquired by PMT through our correspondent lending business and in respect of which PMT retains the MSRs ranged between 4 and 20 basis points per year of the unpaid principal balance of such loans for all periods prior to February 1, 2013. We were also entitled to other customary market-based fees and charges.

        Effective February 1, 2013, we amended our loan servicing agreement with PMT and established servicing fees at fixed per-loan monthly amounts based on the delinquency, bankruptcy and foreclosure status of the serviced loan or the real estate acquired in settlement of a loan. Amounts for the historical periods presented in the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus do not reflect the amended agreement, as it was not in effect during the historical periods presented. However, we do not expect the amendment to have a significant effect on the level of fees that we record for loans serviced for PMT. See the description of the new terms of the loan servicing agreement under "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Servicing Agreements."

    Loans Serviced for Investment Funds

        Our servicing agreements with the Investment Funds generally provide for fee revenue of between 45 and 100 basis points of unpaid principal balance per year, which varies depending on the type and quality of the loans being serviced. We are also entitled to certain customary market-based fees and charges.

        Under the servicing agreements between us and the Investment Funds, on December 31, 2011 and at the end of every calendar year thereafter, we will also rebate to the Investment Funds an amount equal to the cumulative profit, if any, of the servicing operations attributable to the Investment Funds' assets, and, conversely, charge the Investment Funds if a loss has been incurred in order to effect overall "at cost" pricing with respect to loan servicing activities for such assets.

        Under the agreements, we will also rebate to the Investment Funds 50% of any profit generated from loan originations resulting from the refinancing of, or modification activities with respect to, loans that we subservice on behalf of the Investment Funds. This arrangement was changed effective January 1, 2012 with respect to one of the Investment Funds, whereby we settled our accrued servicing fee rebate with the fund and amended the related servicing agreement to charge scheduled servicing fees in place of the previous "at cost" servicing arrangement. We record the net rebate amounts as earned or incurred.

        On our account, as well as on behalf of PMT and the Investment Funds, we participate in HAMP (and other similar mortgage loan modification programs). HAMP establishes standard loan modification guidelines for "at risk" homeowners and provides incentive payments to certain participants, including loan servicers, for achieving modifications and successfully remaining in the program. Our loan servicing agreements entitle us to retain any incentive payments that we receive and

70


Table of Contents

to which we are entitled under HAMP; provided, however, that with respect to any such incentive payments paid to us under HAMP in connection with a mortgage loan modification for which we previously were paid an incentive fee by PMT or the Investment Funds, we will reimburse PMT or the Investment Fund an amount equal to the lesser of such modification fee or such incentive payments.

    Loans Serviced for Non-affiliates

        Our servicing agreements with non-affiliates were initially primarily special servicing arrangements with non-affiliated entities in support of mortgage securitizations and provided for servicing fees of approximately 50 basis points per year of the UPB of the loans. Beginning late in 2011, as our correspondent lending activities began to grow, the primary composition of our servicing for non-affiliates began to shift from special servicing to prime servicing—primarily of government-insured or guaranteed loans included in pools of loans securing Ginnie Mae-guaranteed securities that we originated through our correspondent lending activities and sold to third parties on a servicing-retained basis. Such loans have contractual servicing fee rates ranging from 19 to 44 basis points net of guarantee fees. As with other servicing arrangements, we are also entitled to ancillary fees such as late charges and other fees allowable for government-insured or guaranteed loans.

    Valuation, Amortization, Impairment and Change in Estimated Fair Value of Mortgage Servicing Rights

        MSRs represent the value of a contract that obligates us to service the mortgage loans on behalf of the owner of the loan in exchange for servicing fees and the right to collect certain ancillary income from the borrower. We recognize MSRs at our estimate of the fair value of the contract to service the loans.

        How much of the MSR we realize in cash depends upon how our initial estimates of the future cash flows accruing to the MSRs are realized. As economic fundamentals influencing the loans change, our estimate of the fair value of the related MSR we retain will also change. As a result, we will record changes in fair value as a component of net servicing income for the MSRs we carry at fair value, and we may recognize changes in fair value relating to our MSRs carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value depending on the relationship of the asset's fair value to its amortized cost at the measurement date. See "Note 8—Fair Value" in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 for key assumptions used in determining the fair value of MSRs at the time of the initial recognition and at period end for the periods covered by our financial statements.

        After the initial recognition of MSRs, we account for such assets based on the initial interest rates of the mortgage loans underlying the respective MSRs. We account for MSRs differently based on whether the interest rates of the mortgage loans underlying such assets are above 4.5% because we have concluded that mortgage loans with initial interest rates of 4.5% or less present different risks to us than MSRs relating to mortgage loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5% and, therefore, require a different risk management approach. Our risk management efforts relating to MSRs relating to mortgage loans with initial interest rates of 4.5% or less are aimed at moderating the effects of non-interest rate risks on fair value, such as the effect of changes in home prices on the assets' values. Our risk management efforts in connection with MSRs relating to mortgage loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5% are aimed at moderating the effects of changes in interest rates on the assets' values.

        We account for MSRs relating to mortgage loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5% at fair value. Changes in the fair value of MSRs carried at fair value are included in current period results of operations as a component of net servicing income.

        We account for MSRs relating to mortgage loans with initial interest rates of less than or equal to 4.5% using the amortization method. Under the amortization method, we amortize the cost of MSRs in

71


Table of Contents

proportion to, and over the period of, net servicing income for the mortgage loans underlying the respective assets.

        We also evaluate MSRs accounted for using the amortization method for impairment with reference to the assets' fair value at the measurement date. Impairment occurs when the current fair value of the MSR falls below the asset's carrying value (carrying value is the amortized cost reduced by any related valuation allowance). If MSRs are impaired, the impairment is recognized in current period earnings and the carrying value of the MSRs is adjusted through a valuation allowance. If the value of impaired MSRs subsequently increases, we recognize the increase in value in current period earnings and, through a reduction in the valuation allowance, adjust the carrying value of the MSRs to a level not in excess of amortized cost.

        When evaluating MSRs for impairment, we stratify the assets by predominant risk characteristic including loan type (fixed-rate or adjustable-rate) and note rate. We stratify fixed-rate loans into note rate pools of 50 basis points for note rates between 3.0% and 4.5% and a single pool for note rates below 3%. We evaluate adjustable-rate mortgage loans with initial interest rates of 4.5% or less in a single pool.

        We periodically review the various impairment strata to determine whether the value of the impaired MSRs in a given stratum is likely to recover. When we deem recovery of the value to be unlikely in the foreseeable future, a write-down of the cost of the MSRs for that stratum to its estimated recoverable value is charged to the valuation allowance.

        Amortization and impairment of MSRs accounted for using the amortization method are included in current period results of operations as a component of net servicing income.

        For more information on the key assumptions used in determining the fair value of MSRs at the time of initial recognition for the historical periods presented in the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus, see "Note 8—Fair Value—Mortgage Servicing Rights" in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and "Note 7—Fair Value—Mortgage Servicing Rights" in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012.

    Gain on Mortgage Loans Held for Sale

        When we sell our mortgage loans, we record a gain or loss which is determined by the nature and terms of the transaction. The gain or loss that we realize on the sale of loans acquired through our mortgage lending activities is primarily determined by the price paid for purchased loans or the terms of originated loans, the effect of any hedging and other risk management activities that we undertake, the sales price of the loan and the value of any MSRs received in the transaction. Gain on mortgage loans held for sale is significantly influenced by mortgage loan prepayment activity which is, in turn, significantly influenced by the level and direction of mortgage interest rates. Certain of these factors are beyond our control.

        Our gain on mortgage loans held for sale includes both cash and non-cash elements. We receive proceeds on sale that include both cash and our estimate of the value of MSRs. We also provide an estimate of our losses relating to representations and warranties that we make to the investors.

        We recognize the fair value of loan commitments we make to borrowers and commitments to PMT to purchase government-insured loans. We refer to these commitments as interest rate lock commitments, or IRLCs. We recognize the value of these commitments upon their issuance, which is generally before we purchase the mortgage loans subject to the commitment. We presently issue interest rate lock commitments with commitment periods ranging to sixty days. The value that we assign to an IRLC is estimated based on our estimated gain on sale of a mortgage loan funded under the commitment, adjusted for the probability that the loan will fund or be purchased within the terms

72


Table of Contents

of the IRLC. The IRLC is subject to changes in fair value as the loan approaches funding, as market interest rates for similar loans change and as our assessment of the probability of the funding of mortgage loans at similar points in the origination process changes. The value of an IRLC can be either positive or negative, depending on the relationship of the mortgage loan's interest rates to current market rates for similar mortgage loans.

        The primary factor influencing the probability that the loan will fund within the terms of the IRLC is the change, if any, in mortgage interest rates subsequent to the commitment date. In general, the probability of funding increases if current rates rise and decreases if current rates fall. This is due primarily to the relative attractiveness of current mortgage interest rates compared to the applicant's committed rate. The probability that a loan will fund within the terms of the IRLC is also influenced by the source of the application, age of the application, purpose of the loan (purchase or refinance) and the application approval rate. We have developed closing ratio estimates using empirical data that take into account all of these variables, as well as renegotiations of rate and point commitments that tend to occur when mortgage interest rates fall. These closing ratio estimates are used to calculate the aggregate balance of loans that we expect to fund within the terms of the IRLCs.

        We manage the risk created by IRLCs relating to mortgage loans and by our inventory of mortgage loans held for sale by entering into forward sale agreements to sell the mortgage loans and by the purchase and sale of MBS options and futures. Such agreements are accounted for as derivative instruments.

        We account for our derivative financial instruments as free-standing derivatives. We do not designate our forward sale agreements or options and futures for hedge accounting. We recognize all of our derivative financial instruments on the balance sheet at fair value with changes in the fair value being reported in current period income as a component of net gain on mortgage loans held for sale.

        We also provide for our estimate of the fair value of future losses that we may be required to incur as a result of our breach of representations and warranties provided to the purchasers of the loans we have sold. The representations and warranties require adherence to investor or insurer origination and underwriting guidelines, including but not limited to the validity of the lien securing the loan, property eligibility, borrower credit, income and asset requirements, and compliance with applicable federal, state and local law.

        In the event of a breach of our representations and warranties, we may be required to either repurchase the mortgage loans with the identified defects or indemnify the investor or insurer from its related losses. In such cases, we bear any subsequent credit loss on the mortgage loans. Our losses from representations and warranties may be reduced by any recourse that we have to correspondent lenders that, in turn, had sold such mortgage loans to us through PMT and breached similar or other representations and warranties. In such event, we generally have the right to seek a repurchase or indemnity from that originator through PMT.

        We record a provision for losses relating to such representations and warranties as part of our loan sale transactions. The method we use to estimate the liability for representations and warranties is a function of the representations and warranties given and considers a combination of factors, including, but not limited to, estimated future defaults and loan repurchase rates, the potential severity of loss in the event of defaults and the probability of reimbursement by the correspondent loan seller. We establish a liability at the time loans are sold and continually update our liability estimate.

        The level of the liability for losses from representations and warranties is difficult to estimate and requires considerable management judgment. The level of mortgage loan repurchase losses is dependent on economic factors, investor repurchase demand strategies, and other external conditions that may change over the lives of the underlying loans. Our representations and warranties are generally not subject to stated limits of exposure. However, we believe that the current unpaid principal

73


Table of Contents

balance of loans that we have sold to date represents the maximum exposure to repurchases related to representations and warranties.

        We evaluate the adequacy of our liability for losses from representations and warranties based on our loss experience and our assessment of future losses to be incurred relating to loans that we have previously sold and which remain outstanding at the balance sheet date. As our portfolio of loans sold subject to representations and warranties grows and as economic fundamentals change, such adjustments can be material. However, we believe that our current estimates adequately approximate the future losses to be incurred on our servicing portfolio of mortgage loans sold subject to such representations and warranties.

        For more information on our estimates of our liability for representations and warranties for the historical periods presented in the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus, see "Note 16—Liability for Representations and Warranties" in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and "Note 15—Liability for Representations and Warranties" in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012.

    Management Fees and Carried Interest

        In our investment management activities, we earn management fees from PMT and we earn management fees and carried interest from the Investment Funds.

        The management fees that we are entitled to receive from PMT have two components: a base component and a performance incentive component. Under our prior management agreement with PMT, which was effective during the historical periods presented in the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus, the terms of the two components were as follows:

    Base component.   The base component was calculated at the annual rate of 1.5% of shareholders' equity (as defined in the management agreement). Effective May 16, 2012, we amended our management agreement with PMT to change the way that shareholders' equity was measured for purposes of calculating the base component of our management fee. Previously, the measure of PMT's shareholders' equity excluded unrealized gains, losses or other non-cash items reflected in PMT's financial statements. To better align the base component of our management fee with PMT's investment strategy, we amended the management agreement to base the management fee on shareholders' equity computed using United States generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP. The effect of this modification had been to increase the base management fee that we received from PMT since the agreement was amended.

    Performance incentive component.   The performance incentive fee was calculated at 20% per year of the amount by which "core earnings" (as defined in the management agreement, "core earnings" generally represented PMT's net income, adjusted for the effects of unrealized gains and losses recognized in earnings), on a rolling four-quarter basis and before the incentive fee, exceeded an 8% "hurdle rate." PMT's "core earnings" (as defined) did not exceed the 8% hurdle rate and we therefore did not recognize the incentive component of our management fees.

        Effective February 1, 2013 we amended the terms of our management agreement with PMT. The amendment reduced the annual rate of the base component of the management fee applicable to shareholders' equity in excess of $2.0 billion and it changed the basis on which the performance incentive portion of our management fee is calculated from "core earnings," as defined under the prior agreement, to earnings as determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP. As a result of this change, we expect to recognize the performance incentive portion of our management fee on a go-forward basis

74


Table of Contents

which we had previously not recognized. See the new terms of this agreement at "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Management Agreements."

        For periods through December 31, 2011, the management fees that we received from the Investment Funds were based on the respective funds' capital commitments. For subsequent periods, the management fees have been based on the lesser of the funds' net asset values or aggregate capital contributions. The base management fees accrue at annual rates ranging from 1.5% to 2.0% of the applicable amounts on which they are based.

        The carried interest that we recognize from the Investment Funds is determined by the Investment Funds' performance and our contractual rights to share in the Investments Funds' returns in excess of the preferred returns accruing to the investors, if any. We recognize carried interest as a participation in the profits in the Investment Funds after the investors in the Investment Funds have achieved a preferred return as defined in the fund agreements. After the investors have achieved the preferred returns specified in the respective fund agreements, a "catch up" return accrues to us until we receive a specified percentage of the preferred return. Thereafter, we participate in future returns in excess of the preferred return at the rates specified in the fund agreements.

        The investment period for the Investment Funds ended on December 31, 2011. The amount of the carried interest that we will receive depends on the Investment Funds' future performance. As a result, the amount of carried interest recorded by us at period end is subject to adjustment based on future results of the Investment Funds. We expect to collect the carried interest when the Investment Funds liquidate. The Investment Funds will continue in existence through December 31, 2016, subject to three one-year extensions by PCM at its discretion, in accordance with the terms of the agreements that govern the Investment Funds.

    Fulfillment Fees from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

        In connection with our correspondent lending business, we provide certain mortgage banking services to PMT, including fulfillment and disposition-related services, for a fulfillment fee based on a percentage of the UPB of the mortgage loans sold to non-affiliates. In general, the fulfillment fee for such services is based on the type of mortgage loan acquired by PMT and equal to a percentage of the unpaid balance of such mortgage loan.

        Effective February 1, 2013, we terminated our prior amended and restated mortgage banking services agreement with PMT and entered into a new mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement. The new agreement provides for the reimbursement of a portion of the fulfillment fee applicable to PMT's acquisition of mortgage loans in excess of specified monthly thresholds. In the event that PMT acquires mortgage loans with an aggregate UPB in any month greater than $2.5 billion but less than or equal to $5 billion, we have agreed to discount the amount of such fulfillment fees by reimbursing PMT in an amount equal to the product of (i) .025%, (ii) the amount of unpaid principal balance in excess of $2.5 billion, and (iii) the percentage of the aggregate unpaid principal balance relating to mortgage loans for which we collected fulfillment fees in such month. In the event that PMT acquires mortgage loans in any month with an aggregate UPB greater than $5 billion, we have agreed to discount the amount of such fulfillment fees by reimbursing PMT in an amount equal to the product of (i) .05%, (ii) the amount of unpaid principal balance in excess of $5.0 billion, and (iii) the percentage of the aggregate unpaid principal balance relating to mortgage loans for which we collected fulfillment fees in such month. See a further description of the terms of this agreement under "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Mortgage Banking and Warehouse Services Agreements and MSR Recapture Agreement."

75


Table of Contents

    Expenses

        We incur compensation and overhead expenses necessary to run our business. The level of these expenses depends, in part, on the nature and amount of assets that we manage for our investment management clients, the volume of mortgage loans and mix of such loans between performing and distressed mortgage loans that we service, and the level of loan origination and purchase activity that we manage and conduct for our own account. Many of these expenses (such as certain technology costs and the cost of experienced specialized managers and staff necessary to manage and execute the specialized activities in which we engage) are fixed and require us to operate at an adequate level of activity to operate profitably.

        The following is a summary of the composition of expenses included in the various expense line items:

    Compensation includes salaries, incentive awards, employee benefits and non-cash equity-based compensation that we award certain members of our management.

    Professional services includes expenses that we incur in our loan servicing and origination quality control functions (such as property valuation reviews and third-party underwriting reviews), legal fees and fees we pay for accounting and auditing services.

    Occupancy includes our lease costs, utilities, maintenance and security expenses related to the operation of our facilities.

    Technology includes software licenses and data service subscriptions and telephone and data communications costs.

    Interest includes the expense that we incur in financing our inventory of mortgage loans held for sale and our loan servicing advances.

    Servicing includes expenses related to customer mailings, unreimbursed direct servicing expenses, tax service expenses, document imaging and other expenses directly related to our servicing of mortgage loans.

    Loan origination includes the unreimbursed portion of direct out-of-pocket expenses that we incur in the loan origination process, including collateral review expenses, credit reports and other expenses paid to non-affiliates.

        Our management agreement with PMT provides us with the right to allocate a portion of certain overhead charges to PMT based on PMT's assets as a percentage of the total assets we manage. For the actual expenses allocated to PMT in the historical periods presented in the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus, refer to the discussion and tables under "—Results of Operations—Expenses Allocated to PMT."

Other Factors Influencing Our Results

        Prepayment Speeds.     Prepayment speeds, as reflected by the constant prepayment rate, vary according to interest rates, the type of investment, conditions in the housing and financial markets, competition and other factors, none of which can be predicted with any certainty. In general, when interest rates rise, it is relatively less attractive for borrowers to refinance their mortgage loans and, as a result, prepayment speeds tend to decrease. This can extend the period over which we earn servicing income but reduce the demand for new mortgage loans. When interest rates fall, prepayment speeds tend to increase, thereby decreasing the value of MSRs and shortening the period over which we earn servicing income but increasing the demand for new mortgage loans.

        Changing Interest Rate Environment.     Generally, when interest rates rise, the value of mortgage loans and interest rate lock commitments decrease while the value of hedging instruments related to

76


Table of Contents

such loans and commitments increases. When interest rates fall, the value of mortgage loans and interest rate lock commitments increases and the value of hedging instruments related to such loans and commitments decrease. Decreasing interest rates also precipitate increased loan refinancing activity by borrowers seeking to benefit from lower mortgage interest rates.

        Changing Home Prices Affect REO Property Disposition Proceeds.     The state of the real estate market and home prices at the time of sale will determine proceeds from the sale of REO properties. Generally, rising home prices are expected to positively affect our results from REO properties for loans serviced under agreements whereby we retain some risk on REO sales. Conversely, declining real estate prices are expected to negatively affect our results from REO properties. We cannot predict future home prices with any certainty.

        Risk Management Effectiveness—Credit Risk.     We are subject to the risk of potential credit losses on all of the residential mortgage loans that we hold for sale or investment as well as for losses incurred by investors in mortgage loans that we sell to them as a result of breaches of representations and warranties we make as part of the loan sales. The representations and warranties require adherence to investor or guarantor origination and underwriting guidelines, including but not limited to the validity of the lien securing the loan, property eligibility, borrower credit, income and asset requirements, and compliance with applicable federal, state and local law. The level of mortgage loan repurchase losses is dependent on economic factors, investor repurchase demand strategies, and other external conditions that may change over the lives of the underlying loans.

        Risk Management Effectiveness—Interest Rate Risk.     Because changes in interest rates may significantly affect our activities, our operating results will depend, in large part, upon our ability to effectively manage interest rate risks and prepayment risks, including risk arising from the change in value of our inventory of mortgage loans held for sale and commitments to fund mortgage loans and related hedging derivative instruments, as well the effects of changes in interest rates on the value of our investment in MSRs. See "—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk" for a discussion on the effects of changes in interest rates on the recorded value of our MSRs.

        Liquidity.     Our ability to operate profitably is dependent on both our access to capital to finance our assets and our ability to profitably sell and service mortgage loans. An important source of capital for the residential mortgage industry is warehouse financing facilities. These facilities provide funding to mortgage loan producers until the loans are sold to investors or securitized in the secondary mortgage loan market. Our ability to hold loans pending sale and/or securitization depends, in part, on the availability to us of adequate financing lines of credit at suitable interest rates. During any period in which a borrower is not making payments, if we own the MSR then we may be required to advance our own funds to meet contractual principal and interest remittance requirements for investors and advance costs of protecting the property securing the investors' loan and the investors' interest in the property. We finance a portion of these advances under bank lines of credit. The ability to obtain capital to finance our servicing advances at appropriate interest rates influences our ability to profitably service delinquent loans. See "—Liquidity and Capital Resources" and "—Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations—Debt Obligations."

        Servicing Effectiveness.     In cases where we own the MSR, our servicing fee rates for loans serviced for non-affiliates are generally at specified servicing rates that do not change with a loan's performance status. As a mortgage loan becomes delinquent and moves through the delinquency process to settlement through acquisition of the property or partial payoff, the loan requires greater effort on our part to service. Increased mortgage delinquencies, defaults and foreclosures will therefore result in a higher cost to service those loans due to the increased time and effort required to collect payments from delinquent borrowers. Therefore, how efficiently we are able to maintain the credit quality of our portfolio of serviced mortgage loans and address the mortgage loans where the borrower has defaulted influences the level of expenses that we incur in the mortgage loan servicing process.

77


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies

        We have identified the following to be our most critical accounting policies:

    Valuation of Financial Instruments

        We have elected to record our non-cash financial assets at fair value and group them in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value. These levels are:

    Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

    Level 2—Prices determined using other significant observable inputs. Observable inputs are inputs that other market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability and are developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of us. These may include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, interest rates, prepayment speeds, credit risk and others.

    Level 3—Prices determined using significant unobservable inputs. In situations where quoted prices or observable inputs are unavailable (for example, when there is little or no market activity for an investment at the end of the period), unobservable inputs may be used. Unobservable inputs reflect our assumptions about the factors that market participants use in pricing an asset or liability, and are based on the best information available under the circumstances.

        The valuation method used to estimate fair value may produce a fair value measurement that may not be indicative of ultimate realizable value. Furthermore, while we believe our valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with those used by other market participants, the use of different methods or assumptions to estimate the fair value of certain financial statement items could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date. Those estimated values may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market for such items existed, or had such items been liquidated, and those differences could be material to the financial statements.

    Mortgage Loans Held for Sale and Related Derivative Financial Instruments

        Mortgage loans held for sale are carried at their estimated fair values. Changes in the estimated fair value of mortgage loans are recognized in current period income. All changes in fair value are recognized as a component of gain on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value. Fair value of mortgage loans is estimated based on whether the mortgage loans are saleable into active markets with established counterparties and transparent pricing.

    Mortgage loans that are saleable into active markets are categorized as "Level 2" fair value financial statement items and their fair values are estimated using their quoted market price or market price equivalent.

    Loans that are not saleable into active markets are categorized as "Level 3" fair value financial statement items, and their fair values are estimated using a discounted cash flow valuation model. Inputs to the model include current interest rates, loan amount, payment status and property type, and forecasts of future interest rates, home prices, prepayment speeds, defaults and loss severities. The estimates of value are made by our financial analysis and valuation group and reviewed and approved by our senior management valuation committee.

        Our interest rate lock commitments are categorized as a "Level 3" fair value financial statement item. Inputs to the estimation of the fair value of interest rate lock commitments include the pull-through rate and MSR value, which we classify as "Level 3" inputs. Changes in the value of interest rate lock commitments are included in gain on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value.

78


Table of Contents

        The derivative financial instruments that we acquire to manage the price risk arising from making interest rate lock commitments and holding mortgage loans held for sale at fair value are categorized as "Level 2" financial statement items and their fair values are estimated using quoted market prices or market price equivalents. Changes in the fair value of derivatives used to manage price risk are included in gain on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value.

    Mortgage Servicing Rights

        We recognize MSRs initially at their estimated fair values, either from sales of mortgage loans where we retain the right to service the loan in the sale transaction, or from the purchase of MSRs. MSRs arise from contractual agreements between us and the investors (or their agents) in mortgage securities and mortgage loans. Under these contracts, we are responsible for loan servicing functions in exchange for fees and other remuneration. The servicing functions typically performed include, among other responsibilities, collecting and remitting loan payments; responding to borrower inquiries; accounting for principal and interest; holding custodial (impound) funds for payment of property taxes and insurance premiums; counseling delinquent mortgagors; and supervising the acquisition of real estate collateralizing the mortgage loans in settlement thereof and property dispositions.

        The value of MSRs is derived from the net positive cash flows associated with the servicing contracts. We receive a servicing fee generally of 0.25% annually on the remaining outstanding principal balances of the loans subject to the servicing contracts. The servicing fees are collected from the monthly payments made by the mortgagors. We generally receive other remuneration including rights to various mortgagor-contracted fees such as late charges, collateral reconveyance charges and loan prepayment penalties, and we are generally entitled to retain the interest earned on funds held pending remittance for mortgagor payments.

        The precise fair value of MSRs cannot be readily determined because MSRs are not actively traded in stand-alone markets. Considerable judgment is required to estimate the fair values of these assets and the exercise of such judgment can significantly affect our earnings. MSR values are estimated by our financial analysis and valuation group and are reviewed and approved by our senior management valuation committee. Therefore, we classify our MSRs as "Level 3" fair value financial statement items.

        We use a discounted cash flow approach to estimate the fair value of MSRs. This approach consists of projecting servicing cash flows discounted at a rate that we assume market participants would use in their determinations of value. The cash flow and prepayment assumptions used in our discounted cash flow model are based on market factors which we believe are consistent with assumptions and data used by market participants valuing similar MSRs.

        The key assumptions used in the valuation of MSRs include mortgage prepayment speeds, cost to service the loans and discount rates. These variables can, and generally do, change from period to period as market conditions change.

        Our subsequent accounting for MSRs is based on the class of MSRs. We have identified two classes of MSRs: MSRs backed by mortgage loans with initial interest rates of less than or equal to 4.5% and MSRs backed by mortgage loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5%. MSRs backed by mortgage loans with initial interest rates of less than or equal to 4.5% are accounted for using the amortization method. MSRs backed by loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5% are accounted for at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in current period income. We distinguish between these classes of MSRs due to their differing sensitivities to changes in value as a result of changes in interest rates.

79


Table of Contents

    MSRs Accounted for Using the MSR Amortization Method

        We amortize MSRs accounted for using the amortization method. MSR amortization is determined by applying the ratio of the net MSR cash flows projected for the current period to the estimated total remaining net MSR cash flows. The estimated total net MSR cash flows are determined at the beginning of each month using prepayment assumptions applicable at that time.

        We assess MSRs accounted for using the amortization method for impairment monthly. Impairment occurs when the current fair value of the MSR falls below the asset's carrying value (carrying value is the amortized cost reduced by any related valuation allowance). If MSRs are impaired, we recognize the impairment in current-period earnings and adjust the carrying value of the MSRs through a valuation allowance. If the value of impaired MSRs subsequently increases, we recognize the increase in value in current-period earnings and we adjust the carrying value of the MSRs through a reduction in the valuation allowance. Carrying value is not increased above amortized cost.

        We stratify our MSRs by predominant risk characteristic when evaluating for impairment. For purposes of performing our MSR impairment evaluation, we stratify our servicing portfolio on the basis of certain risk characteristics, including loan type (fixed-rate or adjustable-rate) and note rate. We stratify fixed-rate loans into note rate pools of 50 basis points for note rates between 3.0% and 4.5% and a single pool for note rates below 3%. If the fair value of MSRs in any of the note rate pools is below the carrying value of the MSRs for that pool, we recognize impairment to the extent of the difference between the estimated fair value and the existing valuation allowance for that pool.

        We periodically review the various impairment strata to determine whether the value of the impaired MSRs in a given stratum is likely to recover. When we deem recovery of the value to be unlikely in the foreseeable future, a write-down of the cost of the MSRs for that stratum to its estimated recoverable value is charged to the valuation allowance.

        Amortization and impairment of MSRs are included in current period results of operations as a component of net servicing income.

    MSRs Accounted for at Fair Value

        Changes in fair value of MSRs accounted for at fair value are recognized in current period results of operations as a component of net servicing income.

    Carried Interest Due from Investment Funds

        We may earn carried interest from each of the Investment Funds in which we have a general partnership interest or other carried interest arrangement. See "—Reporting Metrics and Prospective Trends—Net Servicing Income" and "—Reporting Metrics and Prospective Trends—Management Fees and Carried Interest." We determine the amount of carried interest to be recorded each period based on the cash flows that would be produced assuming termination of the Investment Funds' agreements at each period end.

        The amount of the carried interest received by us depends on the Investment Funds' future performance. As a result, the amount of carried interest recorded by us at period end is subject to adjustment based on future results of the Investment Funds and may be reduced as a result of subsequent performance. However, we are not required to pay guaranteed returns to the Investment Funds and the amount of carried interest will only be reversed to the extent of amounts previously recognized.

80


Table of Contents

    Stock-Based Compensation

        We have historically had three formal equity compensation plans:

    A common equity compensation plan under which up to 15% of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC's total equity may be issued to key members of management in the form of common units. Common units are subordinate to our preferred units. The common units vest over a three-or four-year period. Vesting of four-year awards starts on the grantees' date of hire. Vesting of three-year awards begins on the award date. Several of our key management members have received common units.

    A Class C common equity plan that provides for awards of up to 3% of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC's total equity to key management members in our correspondent lending business. Class C common units vest over four years and upon the satisfaction of certain performance thresholds.

    The 2011 Equity Incentive Plan under which we will grant common equity units of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC to key employees. These common units are fully vested upon their grant date, which occurs following a period of service to the Company. The first units earned under the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan will be issued in 2013 and effective as of January 1, 2013.

        In addition, we have allowed certain of our employees to purchase preferred units of equity, which are subject to repurchase rights upon a termination of employment, but were not issued under one of the plans listed above.

        No further awards will be made under these plans following the consummation of this offering. We recognize compensation expense relating to our common equity compensation plans with reference to the fair value of the common units we award. The fair value of the common units is estimated by discounting forecasted cash flows (dividends and value from a hypothetical sale of the Company) to the holders of the units. We use assumptions that we believe would be used by market participants when valuing our Company. The assumptions we use to forecast the cash flows include: our short and long-term growth rates, discount rate, and the percentage of our income that we distribute.

        We estimate the fair value of awards under the Class C common equity plan and the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan using an option pricing approach. Under this approach, our various classes of units are valued as call options based on their respective claims on our assets. The characteristics of the unit classes, as determined by the unit agreements and our limited liability company agreement, determine the respective units' claims on our assets relative to each other and the other components of our capital structure. We perform periodic valuations to establish the fair value of awards under the Class C common equity plan and the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.

        We amortize the fair value of share-based awards to compensation expense using a graded vesting method. Under the graded vesting calculation, compensation expense is recognized over the requisite service period for each separate vesting of a previously granted award.

        We have elected to opt out of the extended transition period for an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act to comply with new or revised accounting standards pursuant to Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act. This election is irrevocable.

81


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

        Set forth below is a summary of our results of operations for the periods indicated.

 
  Year ended
December 31,
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2011   2010   2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenue

                         

Net servicing income:

                         

Loan servicing fees:

                         

From PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

  $ 13,204   $ 2,989   $ 13,163   $ 9,152  

From Investment Funds

    14,523     9,474     9,130     10,990  

Mortgage servicing rebate (to) from Investment Funds

    (2,772 )   1,162     (407 )   (569 )

From non-affiliates

    11,493     11,431     10,824     8,513  

From borrowers—ancillary fees

    1,657     1,345     1,613     1,224  
                   

Total

    38,105     26,401     34,323     29,310  

Amortization, impairment and change in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights

    (9,438 )   (400 )   (8,977 )   (6,400 )
                   

Net servicing income

    28,667     26,001     25,346     22,910  

Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    13,029     2,008     68,487     3,895  

Loan origination fees

    669     734     5,439     461  

Management fees:

                         

From PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    8,456     5,484     9,847     7,043  

From Investment Funds

    9,943     9,943     7,199     7,457  

Carried interest from Investment Funds

    12,596     24,654     7,254     10,348  

Fulfillment fees from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    1,744         31,097     358  

Interest

    1,532     195     2,039     584  

Other

    23     210     632     (67 )
                   

Total revenue

    76,659     69,229     157,340     52,989  
                   

Expenses

                         

Compensation

    47,479     25,412     77,756     31,316  

Professional services

    3,867     2,244     3,538     2,604  

Occupancy

    1,985     938     1,078     1,788  

Technology

    1,979     1,959     3,161     1,529  

Interest

    1,875     790     4,227     806  

Servicing

    2,344     2,167     2,438     1,619  

Loan origination

    185     150     1,803     404  

Other

    2,246     2,527     2,890     1,443  
                   

Total expenses

    61,960     36,187     96,891     41,509  
                   

Net income

  $ 14,699   $ 33,042   $ 60,449   $ 11,480  
                   

    Comparison of the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012 (dollar amounts under this caption are in thousands)

        Total loan servicing fees increased $5,013 from $29,310 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 to $34,323 for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The increase was due to an increase of $4,011 in loan servicing fees from PMT due to growth in the volume of loans we subservice for PMT, an increase of $2,311 in loan servicing fees from non-affiliates due to growth in our portfolio of loans serviced as a result of our increasing sales of mortgage loans with servicing rights retained and an

82


Table of Contents

increase of $389 in ancillary fees due to growth in the portfolio of mortgage loans serviced, partially offset by a decrease in loan servicing fees from Investment Funds of $1,860. This decrease was due to the decrease in the principal balance in the Investment Funds' mortgage loan portfolios as these portfolios liquidate following the end of the related commitment periods on December 31, 2011.

        Set forth below is information about our loan servicing portfolio as of September 30, 2011 and 2012.

 
  As of September 30,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Loans serviced at period end (unpaid balance):

             

Prime servicing:

             

Subserviced for our Advised Entities—Originated

  $ 6,875,026   $ 79,587  

Owned MSRs—Originated

    5,876,517     428,420  

Owned MSRS—Acquisitions

    1,087,385     1,501,846  
           

Total Prime servicing

    13,838,928     2,009,853  

Special servicing:

             

Subserviced for our Advised Entities—Acquisitions

    3,438,853     3,322,581  

Owned MSRS—Acquisitions

    1,322,173     1,535,259  
           

Total Special servicing

    4,761,026     4,857,840  
           

Total loans serviced

  $ 18,599,954   $ 6,867,693  
           

        Mortgage servicing rebate to Investment Funds decreased $162 from $(569) for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 to $(407) for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The decrease was due to decreases in our per-loan servicing costs as a result of scaling efficiencies that we are realizing through the growth in our mortgage servicing operations.

        Amortization, impairment and change in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights increased $2,577 from $6,400 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 to $8,977 for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The increase was due to growth in our investment in MSRs which increases the level of assets subject to amortization, compounded by decreases in prevailing mortgage interest rates during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2011. This decrease in mortgage interest rates caused decreases in the fair value of our investment in MSRs and we recognized impairment resulting from this decrease in fair value.

        Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value increased $64,592 from $3,895 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 to $68,487 for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The increase was due to growth in the volume of mortgage loans that we sold during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2011. The net gain for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 included $3,193 in fair value of MSRs received as part of proceeds on sales. The net gain for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 included $51,006 in fair value of MSRs received as part of proceeds on sales.

83


Table of Contents

        We recognized gains on mortgage loans held for sale as summarized below.

 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash gain (loss) on sale:

             

Loan proceeds

  $ 49,695   $ 4,536  

Hedging activities

    (40,276 )   (2,998 )
           

    9,419     1,538  
           

Non-cash gains (losses):

             

Mortgage servicing rights received as proceeds on sale

    51,006     3,193  

Provision for representations and warranties on loans sold

    (1,856 )   (124 )

Change in fair value of commitments to fund mortgage loans

    25,527     1,099  

Change in fair value relating to loans and hedging instruments held for sale at year-end:

             

Loans

    8,637     577  

Hedging activities

    (24,246 )   (2,388 )
           

Total non-cash changes in fair value relating to loans and hedging instruments held at year-end

    (15,609 )   (1,811 )
           

Total non-cash changes in fair value

    59,068     2,357  
           

Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

  $ 68,487   $ 3,895  
           

Fair value of loans sold during the period

  $ 5,144,533   $ 238,694  
           

At period end:

             

Fair value of mortgage loans held for sale

  $ 410,071        
             

Commitments to fund and purchase mortgage loans

  $ 1,470,590        
             

        Loan origination fees increased $4,978 from $461 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 to $5,439 for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The increase was due to growth in the volume of loans originated in our retail lending business.

        Management fees from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust increased $2,804 from $7,043 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 to $9,847 for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The increase was due to increases in PMT's shareholders' equity upon which the management fee is based. Management fees from Investment Funds decreased $258 from $7,457 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 to $7,199 for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The decrease was due to decreases in the Investment Funds' net asset values as a result of the end of the Investment Funds' commitment periods at December 31, 2011 as well as subsequent distributions to the funds' investors, which together reduced the investment base on which the management fees are based.

        Carried interest from Investment Funds decreased $3,093 from $10,348 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 to $7,254 for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The decrease was due to the close of the Investment Funds' commitment periods.

        Fulfillment fees from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust increased $30,739 from $358 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 to $31,097 for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The increase was due to growth in the volume of loans for which we provided fulfillment services to PMT.

84


Table of Contents

        Interest income increased $1,455 from $584 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 to $2,039 for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The increase was due to the increase in our average inventory of mortgage loans held for sale as a result of the growth in our loan production activities, and primarily relates to the interest that we earned on mortgage loans during the period for which we held the loans pending sale.

        Other income increased $699 from $(67) for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 to $632 for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The increase was primarily due to appreciation in the value of our investment in common shares of PMT. As of both September 30, 2011 and September 30, 2012, we held 75,000 common shares of PMT.

        Compensation expense increased $46,440 from $31,316 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 to $77,756 for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The increase was due to the development of and growth in our mortgage banking segment as well as growth in the level of assets serviced for PMT and the Investment Funds. Below is a summary of our headcount as of the respective period ends:

 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2012   2011  

Average headcount (including temporary and contract personnel)

    620     285  
           

Period-end headcount

    834     364  
           

        Professional services expense increased $934 from $2,604 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 to $3,538 for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The increase was due to growth in the size of our operations.

        Occupancy expense decreased $710 from $1,788 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 to $1,078 for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The decrease was due to the non-recurrence of a lease abandonment charge of $1,155 we recorded during the nine months ended September 30, 2011. We incurred this charge due to our relocation from our previous corporate facility, which we had outgrown.

        Technology expense increased $1,632 from $1,529 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 to $3,161 for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The increase was due to growth in the size of our operations.

        Interest expense increased $3,421 from $806 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 to $4,227 for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The increase in interest expense reflects increases in borrowings incurred to finance the growth of our loan production activities and, to a lesser extent, to finance our servicing advances and a portion of our own MSRs.

        Servicing expense increased $819 from $1,619 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 to $2,438 for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The increase was due to growth in our mortgage servicing portfolio.

        Loan origination expense increased $1,399 from $404 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 to $1,803 for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The increase was due to growth in our loan origination volume.

        Other expense increased $1,447 from $1,443 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 to $2,890 for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The increase was due to growth in the size of our operations.

85


Table of Contents

    Expenses Allocated to PMT

        Expense amounts allocated to PMT during the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2012 are summarized below:

 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Occupancy

  $ 897   $ 650  

Technology

    568     656  

Depreciation and amortization

    365     210  

Other

    645     896  
           

Total expenses

  $ 2,475   $ 2,412  
           

        The amount of total expenses that we allocated to PMT increased $63 from $2,412 in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 to $2,475 in the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The increase was due to growth in our overhead expenses, partly offset by a reduction of PMT's assets in relation to the total assets that we manage, resulting in a smaller portion of our overhead expenses being allocated to PMT.

    Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 (dollar amounts under this caption are in thousands)

        Total loan servicing fees increased $11,704 from $26,401 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $38,105 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was due to an increase of $10,215 in loan servicing fees from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust due to growth in the volume of loans we subservice for PMT, an increase of $5,049 in loan servicing fees from Investment Funds due to growth, both in the volume of mortgage loans we serviced on behalf of the Investment Funds and to growth in activity-based fees we receive from the funds for successful completion of workouts and liquidations of distressed mortgage loans, an increase of $62 in loan servicing fees from non-affiliates due to growth in our portfolio of mortgage loans serviced for non-affiliates, and an increase of $312 in ancillary fees due to growth in the size of our mortgage servicing portfolio.

        Set forth below is information about our loan servicing portfolio as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011.

 
  As of December 31,  
 
  2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Loans serviced at period end (unpaid balance):

             

Prime servicing:

             

Subserviced for our Advised Entities—Originated

  $ 496,404   $ 3,865  

Owned MSRs—Originated

    968,406     158,353  

Owned MSRS—Acquisitions

    1,402,676     1,428,970  
           

Total Prime servicing

    2,867,486     1,591,188  

Special servicing:

             

Subserviced for our Advised Entities—Acquisitions

    3,382,205     2,097,141  

Owned MSRS—Acquisitions

    1,486,917     1,670,490  
           

Total Special servicing

    4,869,122     3,767,631  
           

Total loans serviced

  $ 7,736,608   $ 5,358,819  
           

86


Table of Contents

        Mortgage servicing rebate from Investment Funds decreased $3,934 from $1,162 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $(2,772) for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease was due to decreases in our per-loan servicing costs as a result of scaling efficiencies we are realizing through the growth in our mortgage servicing operations.

        Amortization, impairment and change in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights increased $9,038 from $(400) for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $(9,438) for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was due to growth in our investment in MSRs which increases the level of assets subject to amortization, compounded by decreases in prevailing mortgage interest rates during 2011 as compared to 2010. This decrease in mortgage interest rates caused decreases in the fair value of our investment in MSRs, and we recognized the resulting decrease in fair value.

        Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value increased $11,021 from $2,008 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $13,029 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was due to growth in the volume of mortgage loans we sold during 2011 as compared to 2010. The net gain for the year ended December 31, 2010 included approximately $1,174 in fair value of MSRs received as part of the proceeds on sales. The net gain for the year ended December 31, 2011 included approximately $8,253 in fair value of MSRs received as part of the proceeds on sales. We recognized gains on mortgage loans held for sale as summarized below:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash gain (loss) on sale:

             

Loan proceeds

  $ 182   $ (221 )

Hedging activities

    (8,578 )   (315 )
           

    (8,396 )   (536 )
           

Non-cash changes in fair value:

             

Mortgage servicing rights received as proceeds on sale

    8,253     1,174  

Provision for representations and warranties on loans sold

    (259 )   (51 )

Change in fair value of commitments to fund mortgage loans

    7,919     (24 )

Change in fair value relating to loans and hedging instruments held for sale at year-end:

             

Loans

    393     1,099  

Hedging activities

    5,119     346  
           

Total non-cash changes in fair value relating to loans and hedging instruments held at year-end

    5,512     1,445  
           

Total non-cash changes in fair value

    21,425     2,544  
           

Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

  $ 13,029   $ 2,008  
           

Fair value of loans sold during the period

  $ 655,853   $ 56,494  
           

At period end:

             

Fair value of mortgage loans held for sale

  $ 89,857   $ 14,720  
           

Commitments to fund and purchase mortgage loans

  $ 325,752   $ 16,922  
           

        Loan origination fees decreased $65 from $734 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $669 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease was due to decreases in the level of activity in one of our initial loan origination programs that had significant origination fees, partially offset by increased levels of originations in other loan programs.

87


Table of Contents

        Management fees from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust increased $2,972 from $5,484 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $8,456 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was due to increases in PMT's shareholders' equity upon which the management fee is based. Management fees from Investment Funds remained even at $9,943 for both the year ended December 31, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2011.

        Carried interest from Investment Funds decreased $12,058 from $24,654 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $12,596 for the year ended December 31, 2011. We began recording carried interest during the year ended December 31, 2010. During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Investment Funds realized strong performance and we recognized the "catch up" component of our carried interest. Our carried interest in the year ended December 31, 2010 includes both the "catch up" component, totaling approximately $7.8 million and our ratable sharing of the return to the funds in excess of the preferred returns to the funds. Our carried interest income decreased during the year ended December 31, 2011 due in part to the absence of the "catch up" component.

        Fulfillment fees from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust increased $1,744 from $0 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $1,744 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was due to growth in the volume of loans for which we provide fulfillment services to PMT.

        Interest income increased $1,337 from $195 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $1,532 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was due to the increase in our average inventory of mortgage loans held for sale as a result of the growth in our loan production activities, and primarily relates to the interest that we earned on mortgage loans during the period for which we held the loans pending sale.

        Other income decreased $187 from $210 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $23 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease was due to a decrease in the value of our holdings of common shares of PMT at December 31, 2011 as compared to December 31, 2010. As of both December 31, 2011 and September 31, 2010, we held 75,000 common shares of PMT.

        Compensation expense increased $22,067 from $25,412 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $47,479 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was due to the development of and growth in our mortgage banking segment as well as growth in the level of assets serviced for PMT and the Investment Funds. Below is a summary of our headcount as of the respective period ends:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2011   2010  

Average headcount (including temporary and contract personnel)

    318     191  
           

Period-end headcount

    447     244  
           

        Professional services expense increased $1,623 from $2,244 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $3,867 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was due to growth in the size of our operations and the portfolio we service and manage.

        Occupancy expense increased $1,047 from $938 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $1,985 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was due to growth in the size of our operations.

        Technology expense increased $20 from $1,959 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $1,979 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was due to growth in the size of our operations.

        Interest expense increased $1,085 from $790 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $1,875 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in interest expense was due to an increase in borrowing incurred to finance the growth in our loan production activities and, to a lesser extent, to finance our servicing advances and a portion of our MSRs.

88


Table of Contents

        Servicing expense increased $177 from $2,167 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $2,344 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was due to growth in the size of our mortgage servicing portfolio.

        Loan origination expense increased $35 from $150 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $185 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was due to growth in the volume of mortgage loans we originated or purchased during 2011 as compared to 2010.

        Other expense decreased $281 from $2,527 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $2,246 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease was due to increases in the amount of other expense we allocate to PMT in excess of growth in other expense during the year ended December 31, 2011.

    Expenses Allocated to PMT

        Expense amounts allocated to PMT during the year ended December 31, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2011 are summarized below:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Occupancy

  $ 1,091   $ 401  

Technology

    1,094     474  

Other

    1,796     543  
           

Total expenses

  $ 3,981   $ 1,418  
           

        The amount of total expenses that we allocated to PMT increased $2,563 from $1,418 in the year ended December 31, 2010 to $3,981 in the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was due to growth in our overhead expenses, growth of PMT's assets in relation to the total assets that we manage, resulting in a larger portion of our overhead expenses being allocated to PMT, and the non-recurrence of a waiver by us of our right to recover allocated expenses from PMT for a portion of 2010. During PMT's startup period and through March 31, 2010, we did not charge PMT for its allocated expenses. Such waived expenses totaled approximately $500 for the year ended December 31, 2010. We did not waive any other charges during PMT's startup period and through March 31, 2010 or thereafter. We do not intend to waive the recovery of allocated expenses in the future.

89


Table of Contents

Other Operating Metrics (dollar amounts under this caption are in thousands)

        Set forth below is a summary of other operating metrics as of and for the dates indicated.

 
  Year ended
December 31,
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2011   2010   2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Operating Metrics

                         

Net assets under management:

                         

PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

  $ 546,017   $ 319,913   $ 1,184,203   $ 530,663  

Investment Funds

    620,078     597,248     575,850     608,742  
                   

Total net assets under management

  $ 1,166,095   $ 917,161   $ 1,760,053   $ 1,139,405  
                   

Mortgage loans serviced (unpaid balance):

                         

Servicing rights owned by PLS

  $ 3,649,502   $ 3,242,579   $ 8,058,823   $ 3,446,845  

Subservicing

    4,002,722     2,101,450     10,164,416     3,363,624  

Mortgage loans held for sale

    84,384     14,790     376,215     57,224  
                   

Total mortgage loans serviced

  $ 7,736,608   $ 5,358,819   $ 18,599,954   $ 6,867,693  
                   

Mortgage loan production (unpaid balance):

                         

Government-insured or guaranteed loans acquired from PMT

  $ 548,589   $ 3,268   $ 4,824,972   $ 175,156  

Retail production

    148,812     65,919     302,806     96,811  
                   

Total mortgage loan production

  $ 697,401   $ 69,187   $ 5,127,778   $ 271,967  
                   

Mortgage loan fulfillment volume (unpaid balance)

  $ 505,317   $ 24,067   $ 12,422,435   $ 6,064,165  
                   

    Comparison of operating metrics as of September 30, 2011 and 2012

        Net assets under management for PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust increased $653,540 from $530,663 as of September 30, 2011 to $1,184,203 as of September 30, 2012. The increase was due to increases in PMT's shareholders' equity as a result of share offerings by PMT, supplemented by PMT's retained earnings.

        Net assets under management for Investment Funds decreased $32,892 from $608,742 as of September 30, 2011 to $575,850 as of September 30, 2012. The decrease was due to distributions made by the funds to their investors during the period, following the end of the Investment Funds' commitment periods at December 31, 2011.

        Mortgage loans serviced (unpaid balance) under servicing rights owned by PLS increased $4,611,978 from $3,446,845 as of September 30, 2011 to $8,058,823 as of September 30, 2012. The increase was due to growth in our portfolio of loans serviced as a result of our sales of mortgage loans with servicing rights retained during the period between September 30, 2011 and September 30, 2012.

        Mortgage loans serviced (unpaid balance) under subservicing arrangements increased $6,800,792 from $3,363,624 as of September 30, 2011 to $10,164,416 as of September 30, 2012. The increase was due to growth in the volume of loans we subservice for PMT as the result of growth of PMT's servicing portfolio arising from the correspondent lending operations we manage on its behalf.

        Mortgage loans held for sale (unpaid balance) increased $319,491 from $57,224 as of September 30, 2011 to $376,715 as of September 30, 2012. The increase was due to growth in the volume of mortgage loans we originated or purchased, resulting in an increased inventory of mortgage loans at period end.

90


Table of Contents

        Mortgage loan production (government-insured or guaranteed loans acquired from PMT) increased $4,649,816 from $175,156 as of September 30, 2011 to $4,824,972 as of September 30, 2012. The increase was due to growth in the volume of mortgage loans we purchased from PMT through our correspondent activities.

        Mortgage loan retail production increased $205,995 from $96,811 as of September 30, 2011 to $302,806 as of September 30, 2012. The increase was primarily due to growth in our portfolio of loans serviced and the resulting growth in our recapture refinance activity.

    Comparison of operating metrics as of December 31, 2010 and 2011

        Net assets under management for PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust increased $226,104 from $319,913 as of December 31, 2010 to $546,017 as of December 31, 2011. The increase was due to increases in PMT's shareholders' equity as a result of share offerings by PMT supplemented by PMT's retained earnings.

        Net assets under management for Investment Funds increased $22,830 from $597,248 as of December 31, 2010 to $620,078 as of December 31, 2011. The increase was due to growth in the investment net asset values primarily as a result of their profitable operations.

        Mortgage loans serviced (unpaid balance) under servicing rights owned by PLS increased $406,923 from $3,242,579 as of December 31, 2010 to $3,649,502 as of December 31, 2011. The increase was due to growth in our portfolio of loans serviced as a result of our sales of mortgage loans with servicing rights retained.

        Mortgage loans serviced (unpaid balance) under subservicing arrangements increased $1,901,272 from $2,101,450 as of December 31, 2010 to $4,002,722 as of December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily due to growth in the volume of loans we subservice for PMT as the result of growth of PMT's servicing portfolio arising from the correspondent lending operations we manage on its behalf.

        Mortgage loans held for sale increased $69,594 from $14,790 as of December 31, 2010 to $84,384 as of December 31, 2011. The increase was due to growth in the volume of mortgage loans we originated or purchased, resulting in an increased inventory of mortgage loans at period end.

        Mortgage loan production (government-insured or guaranteed loans acquired from PMT) increased $545,321 from $3,268 as of December 31, 2010 to $548,589 as of December 31, 2011. The increase was due to growth in the volume of mortgage loans we purchased from PMT through our correspondent activities.

        Mortgage loan retail production increased $82,893 from $65,919 as of December 31, 2010 to $148,812 as of December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily due to growth in our portfolio of loans serviced and the resulting growth in our recapture refinance activity.

91


Table of Contents

Balance Sheet Analysis (dollar amounts under this caption are in thousands)

        Following is a summary of key balance sheet items as of the dates presented:

 
  December 31,
2011
  December 31,
2010
  September 30,
2012
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

ASSETS

                   

Cash and short-term investments

  $ 32,506   $ 15,241   $ 31,150  

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    89,857     14,720     410,071  

Servicing advances

    63,565     22,811     76,554  

Receivables from affiliates

    19,864     13,687     13,917  

Carried Interest due from Investment Funds

    37,250     24,654     44,504  

Mortgage servicing rights

    32,124     31,957     74,154  

Other assets

    14,115     5,332     52,349  
               

Total assets

  $ 289,281   $ 128,402   $ 702,699  
               

LIABILITIES

                   

Borrowings

  $ 96,302   $ 16,788   $ 395,513  

Other liabilities

    69,064     21,645     105,259  
               

Total liabilities

    165,366     38,433     500,772  
               

MEMBERS' EQUITY

    123,915     89,969     201,927  
               

Total liabilities and members' equity

  $ 289,281   $ 128,402   $ 702,699  
               

    Comparison of balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012

        Total assets increased $413,418 from $289,281 at December 31, 2011 to $702,699 at September 30, 2012. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $320,214 in mortgage loans held for sale at fair value due to growth in the volume of mortgage loans that we originated or purchased, resulting in an increased inventory of mortgage loans at period end, an increase of $42,030 in mortgage servicing rights due to growth in the volume of mortgage loans that we sold with servicing rights retained, resulting in an increase in our investment in MSRs, and an increase of $38,234 in other assets due to growth in the size of our operations, partially offset by a $5,947 decrease in receivables from affiliates due to settlements of amounts outstanding at period end.

        Total liabilities increased by $335,406 from $165,366 as of December 31, 2011 to $500,772 as of September 30, 2012. The increase was due to additional borrowings of $299,211 to finance our asset growth.

    Comparison of balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 and 2011

        Total assets increased $160,879 from $128,402 as of December 31, 2010 to $289,281 as of December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $17,265 in cash and short-term investments due to growth in the size of our operations, an increase of $75,137 in mortgage loans held for sale at fair value due to growth in the volume of mortgage loans that we originated or purchased during 2011 as compared to 2010, and an increase of $40,754 in servicing advances due to growth in the size of our mortgage servicing portfolio.

        Total liabilities increased by $126,933 from $38,433 as of December 31, 2010 to $165,366 as of December 31, 2011. The increase was due, in part, to additional borrowings of $79,514 and capital contributions from the issuance of additional preferred units of $15,100 to finance our asset growth.

92


Table of Contents

Cash Flows (dollar amounts under this caption are in thousands)

    Comparison of Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011 and 2012

        Our cash flows resulted in a net increase in cash of $11,269 during the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The positive cash flows arose primarily due to growth in our operations. Cash used in operating activities totaled $273,853 during the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The decrease in cash flows was primarily due to the growth in our mortgage loan inventory as originations and purchases of loans exceeded proceeds from loan sales by $303,057.

        Net cash used by investing activities was $17,773 for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. This use of cash reflects the growth of our investment portfolio and a $27,524 increase in margin deposits resulting from a decline in the value of our hedging instruments due to a decline in interest rates. Offsetting this use of cash was $12,625 in proceeds from short-term investments.

        Net cash provided by financing activities was $302,895 for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. Cash provided by financing activities was primarily due to the sale of loans under agreements to repurchase exceeding repurchases of loans sold under agreements to repurchase by $283,778 in order to finance our growth of our mortgage loan inventory.

        Cash used in operating activities totaled $209,512 during the nine months ended September 30, 2011. This decrease in cash flows was primarily due to the growth in our mortgage loan inventory as originations and purchases of loans exceeded loan sales by $206,487.

        Net cash used by investing activities was $5,662 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. This use of cash reflects $3,289 in cash outflows for short-term investments and $1,353 in purchases of mortgage servicing rights.

        Net cash provided by financing activities was $217,176 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. Cash provided by financing activities was primarily due to proceeds from sale of loans under agreements to repurchase totaling $165,044 and issuance of the note payable which resulted in cash inflows of $52,729.

    Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2011

        Our cash flows resulted in a net increase in cash of $10,538 during 2011. The positive cash flows arose primarily due to growth in our operations. Cash used in operating activities totaled $74,718 during 2011. This use was primarily due to originations and purchases of mortgage loans held for sale exceeding proceeds from loan sales by $75,417. Cash used by operating activities during 2010 totaled $12,647, and also reflects the effects of growth in our mortgage loan inventory.

        Net cash used by investing activities was $12,389 for 2011. This use of cash reflects the growth of our investment portfolio. We used cash to purchase short-term investments, resulting in a $6,727 increase in balance during 2011. This contrasts with cash used by investing activities totaling $7,176 during 2010, primarily resulting from the purchase of $11,974 in mortgage servicing rights.

        Net cash provided by financing activities was $97,645 for 2011. Cash provided by financing activities was primarily due to proceeds from sale of loans under agreements to repurchases exceeding repurchase of loans sold under agreements to repurchase by $77,700 in order to finance our growth of our mortgage loan inventory, increases in the note payable of $15,103 and $18,908 in capital contributions from the payment of preferred unit subscriptions during the year ended December 31, 2011.

        Our cash flows resulted in a net increase in cash of $2,987 for 2010. The positive cash flows arose primarily due to cash provided by financing activities exceeding cash used by investing and operating activities. Cash used by operating activities totaled $12,647 during 2010. This use of cash was primarily

93


Table of Contents

due to the cash requirements related to the growth in our balance sheet accounts relating to our operations.

        Net cash used by investing activities was $7,176 for the year ended December 31, 2010. This use of cash primarily reflects the purchase of mortgage servicing rights, offset by reductions in the level of our short-term investments of $5,630 as we converted this asset to operating assets.

        Net cash provided by financing activities was $22,810 for 2010. These funds were primarily the result of $16,074 in borrowing under agreements to repurchase and $8,967 in capital contributions resulting from the issuance of preferred units.

Liquidity and Capital Resources (dollar amounts under this caption are in thousands)

        Our liquidity reflects our ability to meet our current obligations (including our operating expenses and, when applicable, the retirement of, and margin calls relating to, our debt, and margin calls relating to hedges on our commitments to purchase or originate mortgage loans), fund new originations and purchases, and make investments as we identify them. We expect our primary sources of liquidity to be through cash flows from business activities, earnings on our investments and proceeds from borrowings and/or additional equity offerings. Assuming that we are able to renew or increase our warehouse facilities and credit financing in the ordinary course of business, we believe that our current liquidity is sufficient to meet our liquidity needs for at least the next twelve months. However, no assurance can be given that we will be able to do so.

        Our current leverage strategy is to finance our assets where we believe such borrowing is prudent and appropriate. Our borrowing activities are in the form of sales of mortgage loans under agreements to repurchase, and a note payable secured by mortgage servicing rights and servicing advances.

        Our repurchase agreements represent the sales of mortgage loans together with agreements for us to buy back the mortgage loans at a later date. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the average balance outstanding under agreements to repurchase mortgage loans totaled $146,425, and the maximum daily amount outstanding under such agreements totaled $361,588. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the average balance outstanding under agreements to repurchase mortgage loans totaled $24,905, and the maximum daily amount outstanding under such agreements totaled $127,593.

        The difference between the maximum and average daily amounts outstanding was due to increases in the sizes and utilization of our existing facilities and our entry into a new credit facility during the quarter ended June 30, 2012, all in support of the growth in our mortgage loan production, investments and correspondent lending activities.

        All of our borrowings discussed above have short-term maturities. The transactions relating to mortgage loans under agreements to repurchase mature between June 25, 2013 and January 2, 2014 and provide for the repurchase from major financial institution counterparties based on the estimated fair value of the mortgage loans sold. Our note payable secured by mortgage servicing rights and loan servicing advances at fair value matures on March 26, 2013.

        Our debt financing agreements require us to comply with various financial covenants. The most significant covenants currently include the following:

    profitability during each calendar quarter;

    a minimum of $10 million in unrestricted cash and cash equivalents;

    a minimum tangible net worth of $90 million;

    a maximum ratio of total liabilities to tangible net worth of less than 10:1; and

    at least one other warehouse or repurchase facility that finances amounts and assets similar to those being financed under our existing debt financing agreements.

94


Table of Contents

        Although these financial covenants limit the amount of indebtedness that we may incur and impact our liquidity through minimum cash reserve requirements, we believe that these covenants currently provide us with sufficient flexibility to successfully operate our business and obtain the financing necessary to achieve that purpose.

        With respect to our role as subservicer for the Advised Entities, we are also subject to certain covenants under their respective debt agreements. These covenants are similar to those above, with the additional covenant that we must maintain a minimum servicing portfolio of $5 billion in UPB.

        Our debt financing agreements also contain margin call provisions that, upon notice from the applicable lender at its option, require us to transfer cash or, in some instances, additional assets in an amount sufficient to eliminate any margin deficit. A margin deficit will generally result from any decline in the market value (as determined by the applicable lender) of the assets subject to the related financing agreement. Upon notice from the applicable lender, we will generally be required to satisfy the margin call on the day of such notice or within one business day thereafter, depending on the timing of the notice.

        We continue to explore a variety of additional means of financing our continued growth, including debt financing through bank warehouse lines of credit and additional repurchase agreements. However, there can be no assurance as to how much additional financing capacity such efforts will produce, what form the financing will take or whether such efforts will be successful.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations

    Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Guarantees

        As of September 30, 2012, we have not entered into any off-balance sheet arrangements or guarantees.

    Contractual Obligations

        As of September 30, 2012, we had on-balance sheet contractual obligations of $361.5 million to finance assets under agreements to repurchase with maturities between November 5, 2012 and September 23, 2013, and a contractual obligation of $34.4 million relating to a note payable secured by mortgage servicing rights and loan servicing advances at fair value and with a maturity of March 26, 2013. All agreements to repurchase that matured between September 30, 2012 and the date of this prospectus have been renewed or extended. We also lease our primary office facilities under an agreement that expires on February 28, 2017 and we license certain software to support our loan servicing operations.

        Payments under these agreements are summarized below:

 
  Payments due by period  
Contractual Obligations
  Total   Less than
1 year
  1 - 3
years
  3 - 5
years
  More than
5 years
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Software licenses(1)

  $ 5,478   $ 1,992   $ 3,486   $   $  

Office lease

    11,538     2,633     5,069     3,836      

Loans sold under agreements to repurchase

    361,478     361,478              

Note payable

    34,035     34,035              
                       

Total

  $ 412,529   $ 400,138   $ 8,555   $ 3,836   $  
                       

(1)
Software licenses include both volume and activity-based fees that are dependent on the number of loans serviced during each period and include a base fee of approximately $452,000 per year. Estimated payments for

95


Table of Contents

    software licenses above are based on the number of loans currently serviced by us, which totaled approximately 81,000 at September 30, 2012. Future amounts due may significantly fluctuate based on changes in the number of loans serviced by us. For the nine months ended September 30, 2012, software license fees totaled $1.5 million. All figures contained in this footnote are in actual amounts and not in thousands (in contrast to the table above).

            The amount at risk (the fair value of the assets pledged plus the related margin deposit, less the amount advanced by the counterparty and accrued interest) relating to our assets sold under agreements to repurchase is summarized by counterparty below as of September 30, 2012:

Counterparty
  Amount at risk  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Citibank, N.A. 

  $ 21,637  

Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC

    11,774  

Bank of America, N.A. 

    14,997  
       

Total

  $ 48,408  
       

    Debt Obligations

        As described further above in "Liquidity and Capital Resources," we currently finance certain of our assets through borrowings with major financial institution counterparties in the form of sales of mortgage loans under agreements to repurchase, and a note payable secured by mortgage servicing rights and loan servicing advances at fair value. The borrower under each of these facilities is PLS, and all obligations thereunder are guaranteed by Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC.

        Under the terms of these agreements, PLS is required to comply with certain financial covenants, as described further above in "Liquidity and Capital Resources," and various non-financial covenants customary for transactions of this nature. As of December 31, 2012, we were in compliance in all material respects with these covenants.

        The agreements also contain margin call provisions that, upon notice from the applicable lender, require us to transfer cash or, in some instances, additional assets in an amount sufficient to eliminate any margin deficit. Upon notice from the applicable lender, we will generally be required to satisfy the margin call on the day of such notice or within one business day thereafter, depending on the timing of the notice.

        In addition, the agreements contain events of default (subject to certain materiality thresholds and grace periods), including payment defaults, breaches of covenants and/or certain representations and warranties, cross-defaults, guarantor defaults, servicer termination events and defaults, material adverse changes, bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings and other events of default customary for these types of transactions. The remedies for such events of default are also customary for these types of transactions and include the acceleration of the principal amount outstanding under the agreements and the liquidation by our lenders of the mortgage loans or other collateral then subject to the agreements.

96


Table of Contents

        All of PLS's borrowings discussed above have short-term maturities that expire as follows:

Counterparty(1)
  Outstanding
Indebtedness(2)
  Committed
Amount
  Maturity Date  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Bank of America, N.A. 

  $ 111,143   $ 150,000     January 2, 2014  

Citibank, N.A. 

  $ 160,161   $ 150,000     June 25, 2013  

Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC

  $ 90,174   $ 150,000     September 23, 2013  

Credit Suisse AG, New York Branch

  $ 34,035   $ 117,000     March 26, 2013  

(1)
The borrowings with Bank of America, N.A., Citibank, N.A. and Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC are in the form of sales of mortgage loans under agreements to repurchase. The borrowing with Credit Suisse AG, New York Branch is in the form of a note payable secured by mortgage servicing rights and servicing advances.

(2)
Represents outstanding indebtedness as of September 30, 2012.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

        Market risk is the exposure to loss resulting from changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices, real estate values and other market-based risks. The primary market risks to which we are exposed are credit risk, interest rate risk, prepayment risk, inflation risk and market value risk.

    Credit Risk

        We are subject to credit risk in connection with our loan sales activities. Our loan sales are generally made with contractual representations and warranties, which, if breached, can require us to repurchase the mortgage loan or reimburse the investor for any losses incurred because of that breach. These breaches are generally evidenced when the borrower defaults on a loan. The amount of our liability for losses due to representations and warranties to the loans' investors is not limited. We include a provision for potential losses due to recourse as part of our recognition of loan sales, based initially on our estimate of the fair value of such obligation. We review our loss experience relating to representations and warranties and adjust our liability estimate when necessary. We believe that residual loan credit quality is primarily determined by the borrowers' credit profiles and loan characteristics.

        In the event of a significant rising interest rate environment or economic downturn, defaults could increase and result in credit losses arising from claims under our representations and warranties, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

    Interest Rate Risk

        Interest rate risk is highly sensitive to many factors, including governmental monetary and tax policies, domestic and international economic and political considerations, and other factors beyond our control. Changes in interest rates affect both the fair value of, and interest income we earn from, our mortgage-related investments. This effect is most pronounced with fixed-rate mortgage assets. In general, rising interest rates negatively affect the fair value of our interest rate lock agreements and inventory of mortgage loans held for sale.

        Our operating results will depend, in part, on differences between the income from our investments and our financing costs. Presently our debt financing is based on a floating rate of interest

97


Table of Contents

calculated on a fixed spread over the relevant index, as determined by the particular financing arrangement.

        We engage in interest rate risk management activities in an effort to reduce the variability of earnings caused by changes in interest rates. To manage this price risk resulting from interest rate risk, we use derivative financial instruments acquired with the intention of moderating the risk that changes in market interest rates will result in unfavorable changes in the value of our interest rate lock commitments and inventory of mortgage loans held for sale. We do not use derivative financial instruments for purposes other than in support of our risk management activities.

    Prepayment Risk

        To the extent that the actual prepayment rate on the mortgage loans underlying our MSRs differs from what we projected when we initially recognized the MSRs and when we measured fair value as of the end of each reporting period, the carrying value of our investment in MSRs will be affected. In general, an increase in prepayment expectations will accelerate the amortization of our MSRs accounted for using the amortization method and decrease our estimates of the fair value of both the MSRs accounted for using the amortization method and those accounted for using the fair value method, thereby reducing net servicing income.

    Inflation Risk

        Virtually all of our assets and liabilities are interest rate sensitive in nature. As a result, interest rates and other factors will influence our performance more than inflation. Changes in interest rates do not necessarily correlate with inflation rates or changes in inflation rates. Furthermore, our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP and any distributions that Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC may make to its members will be determined by us as the managing member of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC based primarily on our taxable income and, in each case, our activities and balance sheet are measured with reference to historical cost and/or fair value without considering inflation.

    Market Value Risk

        Our mortgage loans held for sale are reported at their estimated fair values. The fair value of these assets fluctuates primarily due to changes in interest rates.

        The following sensitivity analyses are limited in that they were (i) performed at a particular point in time, (ii) only contemplate certain movements in interest rates, (iii) do not incorporate changes in interest rate volatility or changes in the relationship of one interest rate index to another, (iv) are subject to the accuracy of various models and assumptions used, including prepayment forecasts and discount rates, and (v) do not incorporate other factors that would affect our overall financial performance in such scenarios, including operational adjustments made by management to account for changing circumstances. For these reasons, the following estimates should not be viewed as an earnings forecast.

98


Table of Contents

    Mortgage Servicing Rights

        The following tables summarize the estimated change in fair value of MSRs accounted for using the amortization method as of September 30, 2012, given several shifts in pricing spreads, prepayment speed and annual per-loan cost of servicing:

Pricing spread rate shift in %
  -20%   -10%   -5%   +5%   +10%   +20%  
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)
 

Fair value

  $ 58,478   $ 55,847   $ 54,609   $ 52,273   $ 51,170   $ 49,374  

Change in fair value:

                                     

$

  $ 5,059   $ 2,429   $ 1,191   $ (1,146 ) $ (2,248 ) $ (4,044 )

%

    9.47 %   4.55 %   2.23 %   -2.14 %   -4.21 %   -7.57 %

 

Prepayment speed shift in %
  -20%   -10%   -5%   +5%   +10%   +20%  
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)
 

Fair value

  $ 57,847   $ 55,556   $ 54,469   $ 52,403   $ 51,420   $ 49,548  

Change in fair value:

                                     

$

  $ 4,428   $ 2,138   $ 1,051   $ (1,016 ) $ (1,999 ) $ (3,870 )

%

    8.29 %   4.00 %   1.97 %   -1.90 %   -3.74 %   -7.25 %

 

Per-loan servicing cost shift in %
  -20%   -10%   -5%   +5%   +10%   +20%  
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)
 

Fair value

  $ 55,752   $ 54,585   $ 54,002   $ 52,835   $ 52,252   $ 51,085  

Change in fair value:

                                     

$

  $ 2,334   $ 1,167   $ 583   $ (583 ) $ (1,167 ) $ (2,334 )

%

    4.37 %   2.18 %   1.09 %   -1.09 %   -2.18 %   -4.37 %

        The following tables summarize the estimated change in fair value of MSRs accounted for using the fair value method as of September 30, 2012, given several shifts in pricing spreads, prepayment speed and annual per-loan cost of servicing:

Pricing spread rate shift in %
  -20%   -10%   -5%   +5%   +10%   +20%  
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)
 

Fair value

  $ 8,704   $ 8,400   $ 8,255   $ 7,979   $ 7,848   $ 7,606  

Change in fair value:

                                     

$

  $ 589   $ 285   $ 140   $ (136 ) $ (267 ) $ (509 )

%

    7.26 %   3.51 %   1.73 %   -1.67 %   -3.29 %   -6.27 %

 

Prepayment speed shift in %
  -20%   -10%   -5%   +5%   +10%   +20%  
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)
 

Fair value

  $ 9,307   $ 8,675   $ 8,386   $ 7,858   $ 7,616   $ 7,170  

Change in fair value:

                                     

$

  $ 1,192   $ 560   $ 272   $ (256 ) $ (498 ) $ (944 )

%

    14.69 %   6.90 %   3.35 %   -3.16 %   -6.14 %   -11.64 %

 

Per-loan servicing cost shift in %
  -20%   -10%   -5%   +5%   +10%   +20%  
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)
 

Fair value

  $ 8,444   $ 8,279   $ 8,197   $ 8,032   $ 7,950   $ 7,786  

Change in fair value:

                                     

$

  $ 329   $ 165   $ 82   $ (82 ) $ (165 ) $ (329 )

%

    4.06 %   2.03 %   1.01 %   -1.01 %   -2.03 %   -4.06 %

99


Table of Contents

        The following tables summarize the estimated change in fair value of purchased MSRs backed by distressed mortgage loans accounted for using the fair value method as of September 30, 2012, given several shifts in pricing spreads, prepayment speed and annual per-loan cost of servicing:

Pricing spread rate shift in %
  -20%   -10%   -5%   +5%   +10%   +20%  
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)
 

Fair value

  $ 14,437   $ 13,752   $ 13,432   $ 12,832   $ 12,550   $ 12,019  

Change in fair value:

                                     

$

  $ 1,239   $ 610   $ 301   $ (293 ) $ (576 ) $ (1,125 )

%

    9.99 %   4.77 %   2.34 %   -2.24 %   -4.39 %   -8.43 %

 

Prepayment speed shift in %
  -20%   -10%   -5%   +5%   +10%   +20%  
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)
 

Fair value

  $ 14,364   $ 13,736   $ 13,427   $ 12,832   $ 12,550   $ 12,001  

Change in fair value:

                                     

$

  $ 1,239   $ 610   $ 301   $ (293 ) $ (576 ) $ (1,125 )

%

    9.44 %   4.65 %   2.30 %   -2.23 %   -4.39 %   -8.57 %

 

Per-loan servicing cost shift in %
  -20%   -10%   -5%   +5%   +10%   +20%  
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)
 

Fair value

  $ 13,621   $ 13,373   $ 13,249   $ 13,002   $ 12,878   $ 12,630  

Change in fair value:

                                     

$

  $ 495   $ 248   $ 124   $ (124 ) $ (248 ) $ (495 )

%

    3.77 %   1.89 %   0.94 %   -0.94 %   -1.89 %   -3.77 %

        The following tables summarize the estimated change in fair value of MSRs accounted for using the amortization method as of December 31, 2011, given several shifts in pricing spreads, prepayment speed and annual per-loan cost of servicing:

Pricing spread rate shift in %
  -20%   -10%   -5%   +5%   +10%   +20%  
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)
 

Fair value

  $ 6,902   $ 7,168   $ 7,309   $ 7,607   $ 7,764   $ 8,098  

Change in fair value:

                                     

$

  $ 553   $ 287   $ 146   $ (152 ) $ (309 ) $ (643 )

%

    7.42 %   3.85 %   1.96 %   -2.03 %   -4.15 %   -8.63 %

 

Prepayment speed shift in %
  -20%   -10%   -5%   +5%   +10%   +20%  
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)
 

Fair value

  $ 7,013   $ 7,227   $ 7,339   $ 7,575   $ 7,699   $ 7,958  

Change in fair value:

                                     

$

  $ 442   $ 228   $ 116   $ (120 ) $ (243 ) $ (503 )

%

    5.93 %   3.06 %   1.55 %   -1.60 %   -3.26 %   -6.75 %

 

Per-loan servicing cost shift in %
  -20%   -10%   -5%   +5%   +10%   +20%  
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)
 

Fair value

  $ 7,189   $ 7,316   $ 7,386   $ 7,525   $ 7,595   $ 7,721  

Change in fair value:

                                     

$

  $ 266   $ 139   $ 70   $ (70 ) $ (139 ) $ (266 )

%

    3.57 %   1.87 %   0.93 %   -0.93 %   -1.87 %   -3.57 %

100


Table of Contents

        The following tables summarize the estimated change in fair value of MSRs accounted for using the fair value method as of December 31, 2011, given several shifts in pricing spreads, prepayment speed and annual per-loan cost of servicing:

Pricing spread rate shift in %
  -20%   -10%   -5%   +5%   +10%   +20%  
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)
 

Fair value

  $ 10,139   $ 10,451   $ 10,614   $ 10,956   $ 11,136   $ 11,515  

Change in fair value:

                                     

$

  $ 643   $ 332   $ 168   $ (174 ) $ (354 ) $ (733 )

%

    5.96 %   3.08 %   1.56 %   -1.61 %   -3.28 %   -6.80 %

 

Prepayment speed shift in %
  -20%   -10%   -5%   +5%   +10%   +20%  
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)
 

Fair value

  $ 9,645   $ 10,185   $ 10,476   $ 11,106   $ 11,448   $ 12,193  

Change in fair value:

                                     

$

  $ 1,137   $ 598   $ 307   $ (324 ) $ (666 ) $ (1,410 )

%

    10.54 %   5.54 %   2.84 %   -3.00 %   -6.17 %   -13.08 %

 

Per-loan servicing cost shift in %
  -20%   -10%   -5%   +5%   +10%   +20%  
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)
 

Fair value

  $ 10,459   $ 10,582   $ 10,682   $ 10,882   $ 10,982   $ 11,106  

Change in fair value:

                                     

$

  $ 323   $ 200   $ 100   $ (100 ) $ (200 ) $ (323 )

%

    3.00 %   1.86 %   0.93 %   -0.93 %   -1.86 %   -3.00 %

        The following tables summarize the estimated change in fair value of purchased MSRs backed by distressed mortgage loans accounted for using the fair value method as of December 31, 2011, given several shifts in pricing spreads, prepayment speed and annual per-loan cost of servicing:

Pricing spread rate shift in %
  -20%   -10%   -5%   +5%   +10%   +20%  
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)
 

Fair value

  $ 12,557   $ 13,224   $ 13,582   $ 14,351   $ 14,765   $ 15,661  

Change in fair value:

                                     

$

  $ 1,400   $ 733   $ 375   $ (394 ) $ (808 ) $ (1,704 )

%

    10.03 %   5.25 %   2.69 %   -2.82 %   -5.79 %   -12.21 %

 

Prepayment speed shift in %
  -20%   -10%   -5%   +5%   +10%   +20%  
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)
 

Fair value

  $ 13,030   $ 13,488   $ 13,713   $ 14,200   $ 14,442   $ 14,939  

Change in fair value:

                                     

$

  $ 927   $ 469   $ 244   $ (243 ) $ (485 ) $ (982 )

%

    6.64 %   3.36 %   1.75 %   -1.74 %   -3.48 %   -7.04 %

 

Per-loan servicing cost shift in %
  -20%   -10%   -5%   +5%   +10%   +20%  
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)
 

Fair value

  $ 13,430   $ 13,693   $ 13,825   $ 14,089   $ 14,221   $ 14,484  

Change in fair value:

                                     

$

  $ 527   $ 264   $ 132   $ (132 ) $ (264 ) $ (527 )

%

    3.78 %   1.89 %   0.94 %   -0.94 %   -1.89 %   -3.78 %

101


Table of Contents


INDUSTRY

        We conduct our business in the residential mortgage industry in the United States. We participate directly in two distinct, but related, sectors of the mortgage industry: residential mortgage loan production and residential mortgage loan servicing, which includes being the owner of the MSR and subservicing on behalf of other MSR or mortgage owners. We also provide investment management services to entities that have been organized to invest in residential mortgages and related assets.

Originations Industry Overview

        Residential mortgage originations in 2012 have been increasing due to, among other things, government quantitative easing programs that have helped drive primary mortgage interest rates to historic lows, government refinance programs such as HARP, and a recovering housing market. However, despite this recent growth, origination volumes remain well below pre-recession levels (high of $3.8 trillion in 2003). According to the Mortgage Bankers Association, total residential mortgage originations in the United States were expected to reach $1.8 trillion in 2012, 71% of which were expected to be refinancings. This represents an increase of 22% over the originations in 2011. The refinance-driven origination growth is expected to change in the next two years as refinance volume drops and purchase volume gradually recovers.

    Purchase vs. Refinance Mortgage Originations ($bn)

    GRAPHIC


Source: Mortgage Bankers Association.

        In recent years, mortgages guaranteed by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, or insured by Agencies such as the FHA and the VA, have comprised a substantial majority of mortgage originations. As a percentage of the overall market, these Agency originations have increased from 36% in 2006 to 89% in the first six months of 2012. We anticipate the eventual reduction of the Agencies' market share and the recovery of non-Agency production, specifically in the prime jumbo product.

        The U.S. residential mortgage market consists of a primary mortgage market that links borrowers and lenders and a secondary mortgage market that links lenders and investors. In the primary mortgage market, residential mortgage lenders such as mortgage banking companies, commercial banks, savings institutions, credit unions and other financial institutions originate or provide mortgages to borrowers. Lenders obtain liquidity for originations in a variety of ways, including by selling mortgages or mortgage-related securities into the secondary mortgage market. Banks that originate mortgage loans also have access to customer deposits to fund loan originations. The secondary mortgage market consists of institutions engaged in buying and selling mortgages in the form of whole loans, which

102


Table of Contents

represent mortgages that have not been securitized, and mortgage-related securities. The GSEs and a government agency, Ginnie Mae, participate in the secondary mortgage market by purchasing mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities for investment (in the case of the GSEs) and by issuing (directly or through approved issuers) guaranteed mortgage-related securities.

        The mortgage industry experienced significant consolidation in the years leading up to and during the financial crisis with large banks holding the majority of origination and servicing market share. Recently, however, the top five originators (all commercial banks) have come under significant pressure to reduce their exposure to the residential mortgage business as a result of regulatory scrutiny, punitive capital treatment of MSRs and headline risks associated with the industry. Consequently, their market share has diminished, which has created significant opportunities for non-bank participants such as us.

    Loan Originations Process

        Residential mortgage loans are generally originated through a retail lending network or wholesale mortgage brokers, and may be subsequently sold to a correspondent mortgage aggregator. A retail lending network consists of a centralized retail platform and/or distributed retail branches. A centralized retail platform is a telephone and/or electronic platform with multiple loan officers in one location. Typical loan origination sources for a retail lending network include real estate agents, homebuilders, credit unions, banks, the Internet and refinancings from existing servicing portfolios. In a retail lending network, the lender controls all loan origination processes, including sourcing the borrower, taking the application and setting the interest rate, ordering the appraisal and underwriting, processing, closing and funding the loan. In an integrated mortgage banking business, retail originations can help maximize the return from a lender's servicing portfolio. When the lender refinances a loan in its servicing portfolio, it replaces the old MSR with a new one and extends the life of the servicing cash flows associated with that loan.

        Loans sourced by mortgage brokers are funded by a lender partner and generally closed in the lender's name. The mortgage broker's role is to identify the applicant, assist in completing the loan application, gather necessary information and documents and serve as the liaison to the borrower through the lending process. The lender reviews and underwrites the application submitted by the mortgage broker, approves or denies the application, sets the interest rate and other terms of the loan and, upon acceptance by the borrower and satisfaction of all conditions required by the lender, funds the loan. Mortgage brokers conduct their own marketing, employ their own personnel to complete the loan applications and maintain contact with the borrowers.

        Correspondent mortgage aggregators acquire loans from retail or wholesale mortgage originators and in turn sell them on the secondary market. For example, in our business PMT and (in the case of government loans) PLS act as correspondent aggregators. Correspondent loans can be sold individually or in pools to the correspondent aggregators. The loans are underwritten and funded by the mortgage originator, but the loan programs are usually based on terms approved by the correspondent aggregator. Mortgage originators may offer an array of products for multiple correspondent aggregators, and act as an extension for those aggregators.

        The length of time from the origination or purchase of a mortgage loan to its sale or securitization generally ranges from 7 to 60 days, depending on a variety of factors including loan volume, product type, interest rates and capital markets conditions. An important source of capital for the residential mortgage industry is warehouse lending typically in the form of a credit facility provided by a bank or broker-dealer. These facilities provide funding to mortgage loan originators and aggregators until the loans are sold to investors in the secondary mortgage loan market.

103


Table of Contents

    Types of Mortgage Loans

        Mortgage loans generally fall into one of the following three categories: prime conforming mortgage loans, government-insured residential mortgage loans and non-conforming mortgage loans.

        Prime Conforming Mortgage Loans:     These are prime credit quality first-lien mortgage loans (such as mortgage loans that, in the event of default, have priority over all other liens or claims) secured by single-family residences that meet or "conform" to the underwriting standards established by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac for inclusion in their guaranteed mortgage securities programs.

        Government-Insured Residential Mortgage Loans:     These are first-lien mortgage loans secured by single-family residences that are insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA and securitized into Ginnie Mae securities.

        Non-Conforming Mortgage Loans:     Non-conforming mortgage loans include both prime non-conforming mortgage loans and non-prime mortgage loans. Prime non-conforming mortgage loans are prime credit quality first-lien mortgage loans secured by single-family residences that either (i) do not conform to the underwriting standards established by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, because they have original principal amounts exceeding Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac limits, which are commonly referred to as jumbo mortgage loans, or (ii) have alternative documentation requirements and property or credit-related features (such as higher loan-to-value or debt-to-income ratios) but are otherwise considered prime credit quality due to other compensating factors. Non-prime mortgage loans are first-lien and certain junior lien mortgage loans secured by single-family residences, made to individuals with credit profiles that do not qualify for a prime loan, have credit-related features that fall outside the parameters of traditional prime mortgage loans or have performance characteristics that otherwise expose lenders to comparatively higher risk of loss.

    Securitization

        Over the last few decades, the complexity of the market for residential mortgage loans in the United States has dramatically increased. In the past, a borrower seeking credit for a home purchase would typically have obtained financing from a financial institution, such as a bank, savings association or credit union. These institutions would generally have held a majority of their originated mortgage loans as interest-earning assets on their balance sheets and would have performed all activities associated with servicing the loans.

        Now, institutions that originate mortgage loans generally hold a smaller portion of such loans as assets on their balance sheets and instead sell a significant portion of the loans that they originate to third parties. Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are currently the largest purchasers of home mortgage loans. Under a process known as securitization, the GSEs and financial institutions typically package residential mortgage loans into pools that are sold to securitization trusts. These securitization trusts fund the acquisition of mortgage loans by issuing securities, known as mortgage-backed securities, which entitle the owner of such securities to receive a portion of the interest and principal collected on the mortgage loans in the pool. The purchasers of the mortgage-backed securities are typically large institutions, such as pension funds, mutual funds and insurance companies. The packaging of mortgage loans into a pool, the servicing of such mortgage loans and the terms of the mortgage-backed securities issued by the securitization trust are governed by the applicable GSE's Seller/Servicer Guide.

Servicing Industry Overview

        According to the Federal Reserve, there were approximately $10.0 trillion in residential mortgage loans outstanding in the United States as of September 30, 2012. Each mortgage loan must be serviced by a loan servicer. Owners of MSRs generally earn a contractual per-loan fee of 25 to 50 basis points per annum on the UPB of loans serviced, as well as incentive fees and associated ancillary fees, such as

104


Table of Contents

late fees. Subservicers service loans on behalf of other MSR or mortgage owners, and generally receive a contractual monthly fee on a per-loan basis. A loan servicer can create value for both itself and the mortgage owner and, in the case of a subservicing arrangement, for the owner of the MSRs, by increasing the number of borrowers that remain current in their repayment obligations. Loan owners may include a lender, third-party investor or, in the case of a securitized pool of mortgages, a residential MBS trust.

        Loan servicing predominantly involves loan administration, collection and default activities, including the collection and remittance of loan payments, response to customer inquiries, accounting for principal and interest, holding custodial (impound) funds for the payment of property taxes and insurance premiums, counseling delinquent mortgagors and supervising foreclosures and property dispositions.

        Generally speaking, in a weak economic and credit environment with elevated delinquencies and defaults, servicing is operationally more challenging and more capital-intensive as servicers need to add and train staff to manage the increase in delinquent borrowers. In addition, servicers are generally required to make advances on delinquent mortgage loans for principal and interest payments, taxes, insurance, legal fees and property maintenance fees, all of which are typically recovered upon foreclosure or liquidation. Based on information from the Mortgage Bankers Association, as of September 30, 2012, approximately 7.0% of mortgages in the United States were in the process of foreclosure or were 90 or more days delinquent. As an example of more normalized levels, this rate was 1.8% in the third quarter of 2005.

    Loan Servicing Landscape

        The majority of loan servicing in the United States is performed by the nation's money center banks such as Bank of America, Wells Fargo, JPMorgan Chase and Citigroup, which together serviced almost 49% of all outstanding mortgage loans on one-to-four-family residences as of September 30, 2012. These traditional bank servicers primarily service conventional, performing (non-delinquent) mortgages and are most effective at routine account management of portfolios with low delinquencies that require limited interaction with the borrowers. In the current environment of elevated delinquencies, foreclosures, liquidation proceedings and REO activity, however, traditional servicers are experiencing higher operating costs, and their performance metrics are declining.

        In contrast to the traditional bank servicing model, the special servicing model emphasizes increased borrower contact in an effort to improve loan performance and reduce loan defaults and foreclosures, thereby minimizing credit losses and maximizing cash flows. The special servicing model functions well in environments characterized by elevated delinquencies, foreclosures, liquidation proceedings and REO activity. We believe there are a limited number of servicers such as us that are able to operate both traditional and special servicing activities effectively in a variety of market environments. We believe that having a comprehensive set of servicing capabilities enables us to address a broader range of market opportunities and deliver superior servicing results for assets that we manage on behalf of our investment management clients, as well as for our own account.

    Advances

        In the course of servicing delinquent loans, servicers are required to make advances that are reimbursable from collections on the related mortgage loan, or in the event of a non-recoverable advance, from collections on other mortgage loans in the related mortgage pool. In the case of subservicing, the advances are typically required on an intra-month basis and the subservicer is entitled to reimbursement from the owner of the MSRs.

        There are generally three types of advances, as defined below: P&I Advances, T&I Advances and Corporate Advances.

105


Table of Contents

        P&I Advances:     Advances to cover scheduled payments of principal and interest that have not been timely paid by borrowers. P&I Advances serve to smooth the cash flows paid to holders of securities issued by the residential MBS trust.

        T&I Advances:     Advances to pay specified expenses associated with the preservation of a mortgaged property or the liquidation of defaulted mortgage loans, including, but not limited to, property taxes, insurance premiums or other property related expenses that have not been timely paid by borrowers.

        Corporate Advances:     Advances to pay costs and expenses incurred in loan foreclosure and REO preservation and sale, including attorneys' and other professional fees and expenses incurred in connection with foreclosure and liquidation or other legal proceedings arising in the course of servicing mortgage loans.

        A servicer may decide to stop making P&I Advances prior to a liquidation of the mortgage loan if the servicer deems future P&I Advances to be non-recoverable. In this circumstance, T&I Advances and Corporate Advances will likely continue in order to preserve the existing value of the mortgage loan and complete the foreclosure and REO sale process.

        Servicers of GSE securities are reimbursed by the GSE for their advances upon completion of the foreclosure sale at which point the mortgage loan is repurchased out of the MBS trust by the GSE. Servicers of GSE securities are not responsible for managing REO properties. Conversely, servicers of non-Agency MBS are obligated under the servicing agreement to make advances through liquidation of the related REO properties.

        Advances are non-interest bearing assets. Non-bank servicers typically utilize securitizations or match funded liabilities to finance their advances. The securitizations are generally non-recourse to the servicer, and the advances are financed at a discount to par value accounting for the non-interest bearing nature of the asset.

    The Foreclosure Process

        If a borrower defaults on a mortgage loan, the owner of the mortgage loan, or the servicer on its behalf, is entitled to foreclose on the property in order to sell it to repay the loan. The foreclosure process is generally initiated when the loan becomes 90 days or more delinquent.

        State foreclosure laws establish certain procedures that servicers must follow in conducting foreclosures and establish minimum time periods for various aspects of the foreclosure process. These laws and their associated timelines vary widely by state. States generally follow one of two methods for their foreclosure process: judicial, with a judge presiding over the process in a court proceeding; or statutory, with the process being conducted outside the courtroom in accordance with state law. Foreclosure proceedings generally take longer and are more costly to complete in states that follow the judicial foreclosure process, primarily because of the additional legal work involved.

        Foreclosure timelines increase as the number of delinquent mortgage loans increase. In addition, various state banking regulators and attorneys general have publicly announced that they have initiated inquiries into banks and servicers regarding compliance with legal procedures in connection with mortgage foreclosures and, in the case of the Joint Federal-State Mortgage Servicing Settlement, have entered into a settlement in connection with mortgage foreclosure issues. These activities raise the possibility that governmental authorities, including regulators and judicial bodies, could implement further measures, including foreclosure moratoria that could further increase foreclosure timelines. All else being equal, an increase in foreclosure timelines would adversely affect servicers by lengthening the amount of time that servicing advances are outstanding and, consequentially, increasing the financing costs related to those servicing advances.

106


Table of Contents

        Servicing standards for the foreclosure process continue to develop. The servicing rules issued by the CFPB on January 17, 2013 prohibit a servicer from initiating a foreclosure action or proceeding to a foreclosure judgment or sale in a pending action where the borrower has submitted a completed loss mitigation application to the servicer. Moreover, a number of states, including California, Massachusetts and Washington, have revised their foreclosure laws to require the suspension of a foreclosure action until all of the loss mitigation options are exhausted. New state laws are also addressing "robo-signing" concerns by creating new requirements to validate the evidence of the right to foreclose and the accuracy of the foreclosure documents. We believe that additional states will adopt similar requirements.

    Foreclosure Alternatives

        The owner of a mortgage loan, or the servicer acting on its behalf, may elect to remediate borrower delinquencies through loss mitigation and home retention strategies that rely on alternatives to foreclosure. Under the terms of many pooling and servicing agreements mortgage servicers are permitted, on behalf of the owner of the mortgage loan, to negotiate with a borrower to modify the terms of the loan. These modifications can include principal forgiveness, maturity extensions, delinquent interest capitalization and changes to contractual interest rates. In addition, a servicer can agree to the liquidation of a loan, commonly known as a short sale, where a portion of the outstanding principal of the loan is forgiven as part of a sale of the underlying property to a third party, or the owner of the mortgage loan can take title to and possession of the underlying property and cancel the foreclosure with the consent of the borrower, a process commonly known as a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure. Certain governmental and Agency-sponsored programs also provide economic incentives for servicers to implement strategies to avoid or delay foreclosures.

        In response to the rising level of foreclosures, in February 2009 the U.S. Department of the Treasury established the Making Home Affordable plan, or MHA. Several programs designed to keep borrowers in their homes have been implemented under MHA, including the Home Affordable Modification Program, or HAMP, and the Home Affordable Refinance Program, or HARP. HAMP provides financial incentives to loan servicers and borrowers to successfully modify qualifying residential mortgages. Under HAMP, servicers receive an up-front fee of $1,000 for each completed modification and an additional $500 if the loan is current but is at risk of imminent default while the borrower is in the HAMP trial period, typically a three-month period in which no foreclosure sales can occur and the borrower's ability to meet the modified loan's terms and conditions is gauged. Servicers also receive success fees of as much as $1,000 each year for up to three years, which accrue monthly and are paid annually on the anniversary of the month in which the trial period plan was executed. The annual incentives are predicated on the borrower remaining in good standing, meaning that the borrower must not be more than two months delinquent at any time during the year.

        Effective June 1, 2012, HAMP was extended through December 2013 and expanded to include "Tier 2" loan modifications which cover: homeowners who are applying for a modification on a home that is not their primary residence, but the property is rented or intended for rental; homeowners who previously did not qualify for HAMP because their debt-to-income ratio was 31% or lower; homeowners who previously received a HAMP trial period plan, but defaulted in their payments; and homeowners who previously received a HAMP permanent modification, but defaulted in their payments. This extension and expansion of HAMP, known as HAMP 2, expands the pool of loans eligible for loan modification.

        On October 24, 2011, the FHFA announced changes to HARP for certain loans sold to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. The changes to HARP are designed to increase the number of mortgage loans eligible for refinancing under the program. Specifically, these changes eliminate the maximum loan-to-value ratio and appraisal requirements and reduce risk-based pricing and other fees to borrowers. The FHFA further announced that it is waiving certain lender representations and

107


Table of Contents

warranties for loans refinanced under the program. To be eligible for refinance under these changes to HARP, the loan must have been sold to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac prior to May 31, 2009, and the loan must be current at the time of refinance with no late payments in the past six months and no more than one late payment in the past twelve months. In addition to these changes, the FHFA announced that HARP will continue through December 31, 2013. These changes are expected to increase mortgage loan prepayment speeds, which would likely have an unfavorable impact on the valuation of our mortgage servicing rights; however, increased prepayment speeds will allow for an increase in loan origination volumes.

        Servicing standards for the loss mitigation process continue to develop. As part of the CFPB's servicing rules issued on January 17, 2013, servicers are required to make good faith efforts to establish contact with borrowers by the 36th day of delinquency to discuss the availability of the foreclosure prevention options. The rules also require continuity of contact between servicers and delinquent borrowers to advise and assist with the loss mitigation and foreclosure processes. Upon receipt of a timely and completed application, servicers are required to consider the borrower for all foreclosure prevention options and advise the borrower of its decisions relating to these options before proceeding to a foreclosure sale. Similar laws are developing in states such as California, Massachusetts and Washington to establish foreclosure prevention requirements, including the requirements discussed above.

Regulatory and Legislative Factors

        We believe that many banks are currently under tremendous pressure to exit, or reduce their exposure to, the mortgage banking business as a result of increased regulatory scrutiny and capital requirements, headline risk associated with sizeable legal settlements and potentially significant earnings volatility. As a result of the severe dislocation in the U.S. housing market and the related fallout, regulatory and legislative attention on the mortgage industry has increased. Numerous legislative and regulatory actions have been proposed, including the following:

Increased Capital Requirements  

Pending Basel III standards impose material capital charges for banks holding mortgage servicing assets, including substantially higher risk weightings for lower quality mortgage assets and increased MSR risk weightings of 250%, with limitations on capital qualification

Dodd-Frank

 

Requires any "securitizer" to retain a minimum 5% unhedged piece of the credit risk unless loans meet the "Qualified Residential Mortgage" definition, adds certain blackout periods to customer access when outsourcing fulfillment functions and creates the CFPB

 

The Qualified Mortgage rule safe harbor limits mortgage loans to 43% DTI, loans' annual percentage rates, or APRs, below the "higher-priced" threshold of 150 basis points over the Average Prime Offer Rate, or APOR, 3% fees and costs cap, and eligibility for purchase by the GSEs or Agencies

SAFE Act

 

Mandates a nationwide licensing and registration system for residential mortgage loan originators

108


Table of Contents

Joint Federal-State Mortgage Servicing Settlement

 

$25 billion settlement between Bank of America, JPMorgan Chase, Wells Fargo, Citigroup and Ally and 49 state Attorneys General and the HUD regarding servicing and foreclosure practices including monetary penalties and requires changes in servicing practices

New CFPB Servicer Rules

 

Requires servicers to provide monthly mortgage statements with a detailed breakdown of payments, interest rate adjustment notices, prompt crediting of payments and payoff statements, force placed insurance requirements, error resolution and information requests from borrowers, policy and procedure requirements, early notices about foreclosure prevention options, continuity of contact for troubled borrowers, and loss mitigation procedures

Consent Orders

 

Requires servicers to implement a single point of contact, or SPOC, for delinquent borrowers, stronger vendor management controls, procedures governing the parallel use of loss mitigation and foreclosure practices, as well as staffing levels and training

Regulatory Scrutiny & Headline Risk

 

Mortgage settlements with residential MBS holders

"Robo-signing" headlines

Robust loan put-back from GSEs

Servicing requirements regarding delinquent mortgages

Modification of servicing compensation related to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac loans

New regulations from the recently formed CFPB

Additional litigation brought by Attorneys General of nonparticipating states

Forced place insurance risk

        We believe the aforementioned factors will disproportionately adversely affect the largest bank originators and servicers. Additionally, we believe there is a limited number of non-bank mortgage companies such as us who are positioned to capitalize upon these opportunities by providing a high level of service with sufficient scale to comply with the new regulatory and legislative standards.

    Reform of GSEs

        On September 7, 2008, the FHFA placed Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac into conservatorship and, together with the U.S. Treasury, established a program designed to boost investor confidence in their respective debt and MBS. The U.S. government has expressed interest in reforming and significantly reducing the participation of the GSEs in the residential mortgage market. We believe that a reduction in the GSEs' participation will create opportunities for private capital in the non-Agency loan market and that we are well positioned to take advantage of such opportunities.

        At the direction of the Federal Housing Finance Agency, or FHFA, Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae have jointly modified their representation and warranty frameworks with respect to all loans with settlement dates of January 1, 2013 or later. Under the new selling representation and warranty frameworks, once a mortgage has established an acceptable payment history (generally 36 months) and if it meets certain eligibility criteria, these GSEs will not exercise their remedies, including the issuance of a repurchase request, in connection with a seller/servicer's breaches of certain selling representations and warranties.

109


Table of Contents

        In addition to the market opportunities that we have identified and that we believe will continue to present themselves, numerous government programs and initiatives, such as HARP and HAMP, continue to provide advantages for integrated mortgage originators and servicers with specialized expertise.

Investment Management Industry Overview

        Investment management is the professional management of securities and other assets on behalf of individual and institutional investors. Traditional investment managers, such as separate account and mutual fund managers, generally engage in managing and advising investment portfolios of equity and fixed income securities. The investment objectives of these portfolios include maximizing total return, capital appreciation and current income or tracking the performance of a particular index. Performance is typically evaluated over various time periods based on investment returns relative to the appropriate market index or peer group. Managers are generally compensated based on a percentage of assets under management. Investors generally have unrestricted access to their capital through market transactions in the case of closed-end funds and exchange-traded funds, or through withdrawals in the case of separate accounts and mutual funds, or open-end funds.

        Alternative investment managers such as managers of hedge funds, private equity funds, venture capital funds, real estate funds, mezzanine funds and distressed funds, utilize a variety of investment strategies to achieve returns within certain stipulated risk parameters and investment criteria. These returns are typically evaluated on an absolute basis, rather than benchmarked in relation to an index. The compensation structure for alternative investment managers may include investment management fees on committed or contributed capital, transaction and advisory fees as capital is invested (typically for private equity funds) and carried interest or performance fees tied to achieving certain absolute return hurdles. Unlike traditional investment managers, alternative investment managers may limit investors' access to funds once committed or invested for fixed periods or until the investments have been realized. Many of these funds are limited-life vehicles similar to our Investment Funds.

        Externally-managed mortgage REITs such as PMT are alternative investment vehicles with permanent capital that are specifically designed to invest in mortgage-related assets on a tax-efficient basis. REITs generally are not subject to U.S. federal income taxes to the extent that they distribute annually at least 90% of their REIT taxable income to their stockholders. The manager of a mortgage REIT receives a base management fee that is typically a percentage of the stockholders' equity of the REIT and is a stable income stream since the invested capital is not subject to outflows. The manager may also receive an incentive fee which entitles it to share the excess profit above a certain hurdle rate with the stockholders of the REIT. The revenue streams of the manager are often protected by a management contract with a high barrier to exit in the form of a termination fee, typically defined as a multiple of the average annual management fee earned by the manager over a period prior to the termination.

        The mortgage REIT sector has benefited in recent years from significant inflows of new capital driven by investor demand for yield product in an environment of historically low interest rates. According to Dealogic, over the three-year period starting January 1, 2010 and ending December 31, 2012, residential mortgage REITs have raised approximately $30 billion in initial public offerings and follow-on offerings of common stock. Companies in the sector have grown through frequent incremental equity raises. PMT has been a beneficiary of these favorable capital-raising trends, which has allowed us to grow net assets under management and fee revenues in our Investment Management segment.

110


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Our Company

        We are a specialty financial services firm with a comprehensive mortgage platform and integrated business focused on the production and servicing of U.S. residential mortgage loans and the management of investments related to the U.S. residential mortgage market. We believe that our operating capabilities, specialized expertise, access to long-term investment capital, and our management's deep experience across all aspects of the mortgage business will allow us to profitably grow these activities and capitalize on other related opportunities as they arise in the future.

        We were founded in 2008 by members of our executive leadership team and two strategic partners, BlackRock and Highfields. Since our founding we have pursued opportunities to acquire and manage residential mortgage loans and established what we believe to be a best-in-class mortgage platform. We have relied on the know-how of our management team and built a de novo operating platform to our specifications using industry-leading technology, processes and procedures to address the stringent requirements of residential mortgage lending and servicing in the post-financial crisis market. We believe that this approach has resulted in a specialized mortgage platform that is "legacy-free" and highly scalable (that is, it can be expanded on a cost efficient basis within a time frame that meets the demands of our business) to support the continued growth of our business.

        We conduct our business in two segments: mortgage banking and investment management. Our principal mortgage banking subsidiary, PLS, is a leading non-bank producer and servicer of mortgage loans in the United States. PLS is a seller/servicer for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, each of which is a GSE. It is also an approved issuer of securities guaranteed by Ginnie Mae, a lender of the FHA, a lender/servicer of the VA, and a servicer for HAMP. PLS is licensed (or exempt or otherwise not required to be licensed) to originate residential mortgage loans in 45 states and the District of Columbia and to service loans in 49 states, the District of Columbia and the U.S. Virgin Islands.

        Our principal investment management subsidiary, PCM, is an SEC registered investment adviser. It manages PMT, a mortgage REIT listed on the NYSE. PCM also manages our Investment Funds. Our Advised Entities have been some of the leading non-bank investors in distressed mortgage loans since 2008, investing in loans with over $5.5 billion of unpaid principal balances, or UPB. As of September 30, 2012, our Advised Entities had combined net assets of approximately $1.8 billion.

        We conduct some of our activities for our own account and some for our Advised Entities. We earn significant fee income and carried interest from the activities we conduct for our Advised Entities; such fees include investment management fees, incentive fees, subservicing fees for servicing loan portfolios and fulfillment fees for mortgage banking services provided to PMT in connection with our correspondent lending program. Our relationships with our Advised Entities also allow us to pursue some market opportunities with reduced capital intensity, with PLS and PCM providing operational expertise and our Advised Entities providing investment capital for mortgage-related assets.

        Our systems and processes have been designed to be highly scalable to accommodate the continued rapid growth of our businesses. To date our growth has been organic, drawing upon experienced personnel known to us in the mortgage industry, which has allowed us to be methodical and consistent in our operations and to establish and maintain a disciplined corporate culture that is focused on excellence.

111


Table of Contents

Our Company Structure

GRAPHIC

Mortgage Banking Segment

        As summarized below, our mortgage banking segment is comprised of three primary businesses: correspondent lending, retail lending, and loan servicing.

    Correspondent Lending

        Our correspondent lending business manages, on behalf of PMT and for our own account, the acquisition of newly originated, prime credit quality, first-lien residential mortgage loans that have been underwritten to investor guidelines. PMT acquires, from approved correspondent sellers, newly originated loans, primarily "conventional" residential mortgage loans guaranteed by the GSEs and "government-insured" residential mortgage loans insured or guaranteed primarily by the FHA or the VA.

        For conventional loans, we perform fulfillment activities for PMT and earn a fee for each loan acquired by PMT. Fulfillment activities include reviews of loan data, documentation and appraisals to assess loan quality and risk, correspondent seller performance and credit monitoring procedures, and the subsequent sale and securitization of loans through secondary mortgage markets on behalf of PMT. PMT earns interest income and gains or losses during the holding period and upon the sale or securitization of these conventional loans and retains the associated mortgage servicing rights, or MSRs. PLS provides loan subservicing for PMT's retained MSRs and earns a subservicing fee.

112


Table of Contents

Correspondent Conventional Lending

GRAPHIC

        In the case of government-insured loans, we purchase them from PMT at PMT's cost plus a sourcing fee. We fulfill the government loans for our own account. We typically pool the federally insured or guaranteed loans together into a mortgage-backed security, or MBS, which Ginnie Mae guarantees. We earn interest income and gains or losses during the holding period and upon the sale of these securities, and we retain the associated MSRs.

Correspondent Government Lending

GRAPHIC

        We have grown our correspondent lending business through purchases from approved mortgage originators that meet specific criteria related to management experience, financial strength, risk management controls and loan quality. Our management team has prior experience with the majority of these mortgage originators. As of December 31, 2012, we had approved 140 sellers on PMT's behalf, primarily independent mortgage originators and small banks located across the United States. PMT purchased approximately $21.5 billion of loans in 2012, including $13.0 billion of conventional loans and $8.4 billion of government-insured loans. In the third quarter of 2012, with $6.3 billion in production, PMT was the fifth largest correspondent lender in the United States as ranked by Inside Mortgage Finance.

    Retail Lending

        Our retail lending business originates new prime credit quality, first-lien residential conventional and government-insured mortgage loans on a national basis to allow customers to purchase or refinance their homes. We conduct this business through a consumer direct model, which relies on the Internet and call center-based staff, rather than a traditional branch network, to acquire and interact with customers across the country. Effective marketing, call center staff, procedures, training and technology are all important to growing our retail lending business. We use sophisticated telephony and lead-management software to improve conversion rates, deliver outstanding customer service, and lower costs. In 2012, we originated $534 million of residential mortgage loans in our retail lending business, a 259% growth rate compared to 2011.

113


Table of Contents

        Our existing servicing portfolio is our main source of leads for new originations. These portfolio-based originations include: refinancing loans to proactively protect our servicing portfolio from run-off, which we refer to as "recapture;" refinancing loans from the restructure of distressed loans acquired by our Advised Entities; and purchasing loans to facilitate the sale of REO properties held by our Advised Entities. In addition, we are growing our non-portfolio originations by sourcing prospective customers through consumer marketing and community and professional relationships.

Retail Lending

GRAPHIC

        For loans originated via our retail lending business, we conduct our own fulfillment, earn interest income and gains or losses during the holding period and upon the sale or securitization of these loans, and retain the associated MSRs (subject to sharing 30% of such MSRs with PMT in the case of retail originated loans that refinance a loan for which the related MSR was held by PMT).

    Loan Servicing

        Our loan servicing business performs loan administration, collection, and default activities, including the collection and remittance of loan payments, responding to customer inquiries, accounting for principal and interest, holding custodial (impound) funds for the payment of property taxes and insurance premiums, counseling delinquent mortgagors, modifying loans and supervising foreclosures and our property dispositions.

        We service loans for which we own the MSRs and we service loans on behalf of other MSR or mortgage owners which we refer to as "subservicing." The owner of MSRs acts on behalf of mortgage loan owners and has the contractual right to receive a stream of cash flows (expressed as a percentage of UPB) in exchange for performing specified mortgage servicing functions and temporarily advancing funds to cover payments on delinquent and defaulted mortgages. As a subservicer, we earn a contractual fee on a per-loan basis and the right to any ancillary fees, and we are reimbursed for any servicing advances we make on delinquent or defaulted mortgages. We presently subservice only for our Advised Entities.

        We characterize our servicing business as either "Prime Servicing" or "Special Servicing."

    Prime Servicing.     Our prime servicing includes servicing or subservicing activities for loans that are prime credit quality and generally exhibit low delinquency and default rates. This portfolio includes conventional and government-insured loans. Prime servicing generally tends to be lower cost and benefits from significant economies of scale. As of December 31, 2012, our prime servicing portfolio comprised over 100,000 loans, most of which are recent originations, with an aggregate UPB of approximately $23.3 billion. We own the MSRs to over 50,000 of these loans (or approximately 45% of our total prime portfolio as measured by UPB), most of which are serviced

114


Table of Contents

    for Ginnie Mae securitizations and were produced by us through our correspondent and retail lending businesses. In addition, we subservice approximately 50,000 conventional loans (or approximately 55% of our total prime portfolio as measured by UPB), the MSRs to which are owned by PMT.

    Special Servicing.     Our special servicing includes servicing activities for distressed whole loans that have been acquired as investments by our Advised Entities, as well as for loans in "private-label" MBS securities, which are securities that are not guaranteed by or otherwise affiliated with any government agency. Special servicing utilizes a "high-touch" model to establish and maintain borrower contact and facilitate loss mitigation strategies. Our general strategy is to try to keep defaulted borrowers in their homes. Under certain circumstances, we offer loss mitigation options that include loan modification through the use of federally sponsored loan modification programs (such as HAMP) or otherwise to reflect both the borrowers' current financial condition and the value of their homes. When loan modifications and other efforts are unable to cure a default, we seek to avoid foreclosure and timely acquire and/or liquidate the property securing the mortgage loan where possible and pursue alternative property resolutions including "short sales," in which the borrower agrees to sell the property for less than the loan balance and the difference is forgiven, and deeds-in-lieu of foreclosure, in which the borrower agrees to convey the property deed outside of foreclosure proceedings. As of December 31, 2012, we provided special servicing to approximately 16,000 distressed whole loans with an aggregate UPB of approximately $3.6 billion and approximately 7,000 loans in "private-label" securities with an aggregate UPB of approximately $1.3 billion. Our special servicing fees typically include a base servicing fee and activity-based fees for the successful completion of default-related services.

115


Table of Contents

        The following table shows the UPB and other information for certain categories of loans within our servicing portfolio:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  

Prime Servicing Portfolio

                   

Subserviced for our Advised Entities—Originated

                   

Unpaid Principal Balance (in millions)

  $ 12,920   $ 496   $ 4  

Loan count

    50,327     1,905     22  

Avg. loan balance (in thousands)

  $ 257   $ 261   $ 176  

Avg. coupon

    3.70 %   4.23 %   4.76 %

Avg. FICO credit score

    763     770     714  

30+ days delinquent (% of loans)

    0.37 %   0.26 %   0.00 %

Owned MSRs—Originated

                   

Unpaid Principal Balance (in millions)

  $ 9,410   $ 968   $ 158  

Loan count

    44,393     4,480     599  

Avg. loan balance (in thousands)

  $ 212   $ 216   $ 264  

Avg. coupon

    3.68 %   4.38 %   4.86 %

Avg. FICO credit score

    711     728     755  

30+ days delinquent (% of loans)

    1.55 %   1.00 %   1.00 %

Owned MSRs—MSR Acquisitions

                   

Unpaid Principal Balance (in millions)

  $ 990   $ 1,403   $ 1,429  

Loan count

    5,984     7,966     7,474  

Avg. loan balance (in thousands)

  $ 166   $ 176   $ 191  

Avg. coupon

    5.32 %   5.34 %   5.41 %

Avg. FICO credit score

    729     732     744  

30+ days delinquent (% of loans)

    5.53 %   4.77 %   3.73 %

Total Prime Servicing Portfolio

                   

Unpaid Principal Balance (in millions)

  $ 23,320   $ 2,867   $ 1,591  

Loan count

    100,704     14,351     8,095  

Special Servicing Portfolio

                   

Subserviced for our Advised Entities

                   

Unpaid Principal Balance (in millions)

  $ 3,560   $ 3,382   $ 2,097  

Loan count

    15,590     13,894     8,956  

Avg. loan balance (in thousands)

  $ 228   $ 243   $ 234  

Avg. coupon

    6.24 %   6.58 %   7.10 %

Avg. FICO credit score

    637     640     638  

30+ days delinquent (% of loans)

    73.33 %   77.17 %   76.30 %

Owned MSRs—MSR Acquisitions

                   

Unpaid Principal Balance (in millions)

  $ 1,272   $ 1,487   $ 1,671  

Loan count

    7,159     8,150     8,971  

Avg. loan balance (in thousands)

  $ 178   $ 182   $ 186  

Avg. coupon

    6.21 %   6.29 %   6.38 %

Avg. FICO credit score

    696     697     698  

30+ days delinquent (% of loans)

    19.60 %   19.50 %   17.25 %

Total Special Servicing Portfolio

                   

Unpaid Principal Balance (in millions)

  $ 4,832   $ 4,869   $ 3,768  

Loan count

    22,749     22,044     17,927  

Total Servicing Portfolio

                   

Unpaid Principal Balance (in millions)

  $ 28,152   $ 7,737   $ 5,359  
               

Loan count

    123,453     36,395     26,022  
               

116


Table of Contents

        We have grown our mortgage servicing portfolio primarily through organic mortgage loan production in our correspondent lending and retail lending businesses, supplemented by the opportunistic acquisition by our Advised Entities of distressed pools of residential whole loans, which we subservice, and our own MSR acquisitions. As of December 31, 2012, we serviced or subserviced approximately 123,000 loans with an aggregate UPB of approximately $28.2 billion. The majority of these loans are serviced for Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae securitizations.

        The following charts detail the percentages of the aggregate UPB in our prime and special servicing and prime subservicing portfolios, and our total servicing portfolio by investor as of December 31, 2012:

Total Servicing Portfolio
Total = $28.2 billion in UPB
  Total Servicing Portfolio by Investor
Total = $28.2 billion in UPB


GRAPHIC

 


GRAPHIC

        The following charts detail the percentages of the aggregate UPB in our prime and special servicing portfolios by product type as of December 31, 2012:

Prime Servicing Portfolio by Product Type
Total = $23.3 billion in UPB
  Special Servicing Portfolio by Product Type
Total = $4.8 billion in UPB


GRAPHIC

 


GRAPHIC

117


Table of Contents

        The following charts detail the percentages of the aggregate UPB in our prime and special servicing portfolios by geography as of December 31, 2012:

Prime Servicing Portfolio by State
Total = $23.3 billion in UPB
  Special Servicing Portfolio by State
Total = $4.8 billion in UPB


GRAPHIC

 


GRAPHIC

Investment Management Segment

        We are an investment manager through our wholly-owned subsidiary PCM. PCM currently manages PMT and the Investment Funds, which had combined net assets of approximately $1.8 billion as of September 30, 2012. For these activities, we earn management fees as a percentage of net assets and incentive compensation based on investment performance. The Investment Funds are limited-life private funds established in August 2008, whose commitment periods ended in 2011. As of September 30, 2012, these funds had aggregate equity value of $576 million and had generated total returns of 39%, net of all fees, expenses and carried interest, since their inception. The term of each of these funds ends in December 2016 with the possibility of three one-year extensions. Subject to contractual restrictions with PMT, we may establish additional private investment vehicles to invest in distressed loans or pursue related mortgage strategies, for which we would provide investment management services as well.

        PMT was formed as a Maryland real estate investment trust in May 2009 and consummated an initial public offering in August 2009. PMT's shareholders' equity has grown through a combination of retained earnings and new equity raised through follow-on public offerings and other sales of its common stock. Since its initial public offering, PMT has raised new equity of approximately $200 million in 2011 and approximately $600 million in 2012. As of September 30, 2012, PMT had shareholders' equity of $1,184 million. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011, and the nine months ended September 30, 2012, PMT reported returns on average shareholders' equity of 8%, 13% and 16%, respectively. Our relationship with PMT provides a partner with long-term investment capital and enhances our ability to both support our existing business and to pursue potential growth initiatives.

118


Table of Contents

Market Opportunity

        The U.S. residential mortgage industry is one of the largest financial markets in the world, with approximately $10 trillion of outstanding debt and average annual origination volume of $1.7 trillion for the five years ending December 31, 2012. Dislocations from the financial crisis have led many of the largest financial institutions to reduce their participation in the mortgage market through asset sales and by exiting businesses, and the industry remains in a period of significant transformation. In addition, increasing capital requirements for banks have resulted in competitive advantages for non-bank participants relative to the banks that have traditionally held the majority of the market share in mortgage originations and servicing.

        The residential mortgage industry is characterized by high barriers to entry, including: the necessity for approvals required to sell loans to and service loans for the GSEs and Ginnie Mae; state licensing requirements; sophisticated infrastructure, technology, and processes required for successful operations; and financial capital requirements. We believe that we are one of the few new enterprises well positioned to lead in the rapidly evolving mortgage industry.

Our Competitive Strengths

    Leading Non-bank Residential Mortgage Specialist with Integrated, Complementary Capabilities

        We are a leading non-bank residential mortgage specialist that has developed highly complementary capabilities in residential mortgage production, servicing and investment management. In 2012, we produced $22.0 billion of mortgage loans, including $6.3 billion acquired by PMT through correspondent lending in the third quarter during which it ranked among the top five correspondent lenders nationwide. In loan servicing, we provide prime and special servicing, with strong expertise in distressed assets that require high levels of borrower contact and specialized operations and technology focused on loss mitigation and default related processes. As of December 31, 2012, we serviced approximately 123,000 loans with an aggregate UPB of approximately $28.2 billion. In addition, our Advised Entities are leading non-bank investors in distressed mortgage loans.

        We believe that we are one of the few non-bank market participants with such a broad range of capabilities. Our leading industry position and synergistic businesses position us favorably in the rapidly evolving mortgage industry. For example, our loan production businesses and investment management activities result in the growth of our servicing business, our special servicing capabilities enhance investment management performance through execution of loss mitigation programs and our origination platform mitigates run-off of our servicing portfolios through refinance recapture.

    Profitable Businesses with Significant Growth Potential

        We have been profitable every year except for our first year of operations and have a track record of generating meaningful returns on equity for our equityholders. Since our inception, we have made substantial investments in infrastructure, technology, and operations that have subsequently facilitated significant growth in our business volumes and profits. For the nine months ended September 30, 2012, our net income grew 427% to $60.5 million as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2011 resulting in a return on average equity of 49.5%, which was largely driven by growth in our correspondent lending production. During 2012, our correspondent lending production totaled $21.5 billion, a 1,587% increase versus 2011, and our servicing portfolio totaled approximately $28.2 billion in UPB as of December 31, 2012, a 264% increase versus a year earlier. We believe that there is significant growth potential yet to be tapped within our existing businesses and also through our expansion into adjacent related businesses as described in "—Our Growth Strategies." Our historical profitability has generated internal cash flows that can be used to fund additional growth in our operations.

119


Table of Contents

    Legacy-free, Specialized and Scalable Operating Platform

        We believe we have a superior mortgage banking platform. Since our formation in 2008, we have utilized state-of-the-art technology combined with best-in-class processes to address the complexity of conducting mortgage banking activities in the post-crisis environment. Unlike many other competing platforms in the market, our platform is not overburdened by "legacy" portfolios which are either distressed or have potentially significant repurchase obligations to the GSEs or liability to other non-Agency investors in connection with loans originated prior to the recent financial crisis that fail to meet required underwriting standards; nor is it constrained by the inherent limitation of old existing systems and operations that are not able to accommodate large numbers of delinquent loans. Instead, our operating platform is legacy-free, highly scalable and specifically designed to address the needs of our businesses. It provides centralized and streamlined processes and infrastructure across all of the critical areas for mortgage management, including correspondent and retail lending, underwriting, quality control, secondary marketing and capital markets, portfolio strategy, servicing, finance and other supporting functions. Many of these functions are proprietary, including our loan-level analytics platform for distressed loan management which we call "LENE SM " (Loan Enhancement Normalization Engine).

        Our primary operations center is located in southern California, home to thousands of experienced and qualified mortgage professionals. We have been able to grow our platform in part due to our ability to hire many high-quality employees affected by dislocations in the mortgage market. In 2012, we opened new operations centers in Pasadena, California and Tampa, Florida, an area that also has a deep base of experienced mortgage professionals, to support the growth of our retail lending and correspondent lending businesses, respectively. We believe that our platform enables us to scale our business quickly with cost efficiency and systems integrity, adapt to the latest regulatory changes, and maintain a competitive advantage in meeting the needs of the mortgage market.

    Seasoned Management with Deep Industry Experience and Aligned Interests

        Our management team has extensive experience managing all aspects of the residential mortgage business through a variety of credit cycles and market conditions. Stanford L. Kurland, our chairman and chief executive officer, is an accomplished financial services executive with more than 36 years of experience in mortgage banking and was a former president and chief operating officer of Countrywide Financial Corporation until September 2006. Our 47 senior-most executives have on average 23 years of relevant industry experience. Many of them have experience in managing other public companies and have also worked together for over a decade. In addition, our management owns approximately one-third of our equity prior to this offering and will own        % of the New Holdings Units outstanding immediately following this offering, creating a significant alignment of interests between our management and stockholders. Such a deep, extensive and interest-aligned management team has delivered a successful execution of our strategy, demonstrated by our profitable growth in a relatively short period of time. We also believe that our seasoned, experienced management team is a significant competitive advantage for us as the mortgage industry continues its transformation and enters new market cycles.

    Long-standing Relationships with Critical Institutional Partners

        The mortgage industry is characterized by high barriers to entry, including extensive institutional relationships needed to conduct and grow business. Our senior management and business development teams have long-standing relationships with our critical institutional partners. These partners include: the GSEs to whom we sell and for whom we service loans; leading banks and broker-dealers who provide us with financing and mortgage-related assets for acquisition by our Advised Entities; and leading independent mortgage originators who sell loans to PMT through our correspondent lending

120


Table of Contents

business. We have successfully turned such relationships into our competitive advantage over other new entrants in our businesses.

    Synergistic Partnership with PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

        We have established a synergistic partnership with PMT, the public REIT that is externally managed by our investment management subsidiary, PCM, and whose mortgage assets are serviced by our mortgage banking subsidiary, PLS. PMT is intended to be a tax-efficient vehicle for investing in mortgages and mortgage-related assets and has a track record of raising new capital in a cost-effective manner. As we provide mortgage banking related operational, infrastructure and risk management services and investment management expertise to PMT, PMT as a long-term investment vehicle provides us with efficient access to the capital markets and helps reduce balance sheet constraints as we grow our business. For example, in our correspondent lending business for conventional loans, PMT funds the loans until their sale or securitization, for which we perform fulfillment activities before and after the acquisition of the loans, and retains the resulting MSR assets, for which we provide subservicing. This mutually beneficial partnership facilitates our activities across the residential mortgage market, particularly given the capital-intensive nature of mortgage origination, servicing and investment.

Our Growth Strategies

        Since our establishment during the financial crisis, we have demonstrated our ability to apply our residential mortgage expertise and operating capabilities to multiple business opportunities. In the initial years of our operation, for example, we identified distressed investing as an attractive opportunity and we raised and deployed capital through a series of successful transactions. As the mortgage market presented opportunities in new loan production and servicing, we expanded our management and capabilities to profitably capitalize on these businesses as well.

        As a non-bank mortgage company, we believe that we are well positioned to continue to take advantage of future industry changes as the market shifts away from the large banks to specialized firms. For example, we are not subject to stringent regulatory capital constraints on retaining certain mortgage-related assets that could prove beneficial as the residential mortgage market develops following the recent financial crisis. Examples of industry changes that may create future business opportunities for us include, among others, GSE reform and the re-emergence of a robust jumbo mortgage loan market for loans in amounts above conventional conforming loan limits.

        We expect to drive near-term growth in the following ways:

    Grow our Servicing Portfolio Organically and through Opportunistic Acquisitions

        We expect to grow our servicing portfolio primarily on an organic basis, as our correspondent government-insured lending and retail lending production adds new prime servicing for owned MSRs, and correspondent conventional lending adds new subservicing. Our correspondent and retail loan production in the fourth quarter of 2012 was $41.0 billion in UPB on an annualized basis, significantly larger than our outstanding servicing portfolio which totaled $28.2 billion in UPB as of December 31, 2012. We will supplement our organic growth by adding new special servicing through continued distressed loan acquisitions by our Advised Entities. We may also opportunistically pursue the acquisition of third-party residential mortgage servicing portfolios. These acquisitions may be pursued in partnership with PMT, which may co-invest in the MSRs through the purchase of a portion of the servicing fee cash flows.

121


Table of Contents

    Grow Correspondent Lending through Expanding Seller Relationships

        We expect to grow our correspondent lending business by selectively increasing the number of sellers from which we purchase loans and cautiously increasing the volume of loans that we purchase from our existing sellers as we continue to increase the breadth of approved loan products that we offer and expand into additional geographic markets in the United States. Over the past few years, a number of large banks have exited or reduced the size of their correspondent lending businesses, creating an opportunity for non-bank entities to gain market share. We believe that we are well positioned to take advantage of this opportunity based on our management expertise in the correspondent lending business, our relationships with correspondent sellers, and our supporting systems and processes.

    Grow Retail Lending through Portfolio Refinance and Non-Portfolio Originations

        We expect to grow our retail lending business by leveraging our growing servicing portfolio through refinance activities as well as increasing our non-portfolio originations. As our servicing portfolio grows, we will have a greater number of leads to pursue, which we believe will lead to greater recapture activity. At the same time, we are making significant investments in technology, personnel and marketing to increase our non-portfolio originations. We believe that our national call center model and our technology will enable us to drive origination process efficiencies and best-in-class customer service.

Our Platform

        We believe that we have a unique operating platform comprised of industry-leading functional capabilities that support the multiple businesses we presently operate in and position us favorably to take advantage of future opportunities in the U.S. residential mortgage markets. These functions include: correspondent and retail loan production; capital markets and secondary marketing; centralized credit activities, including product development and credit policy, underwriting and appraisals, and quality control activities; portfolio strategy; loan servicing; information technology; compliance and regulatory; and other supporting functions.

Loan Production

        Although our loan production activities are specialized for the particular needs of our correspondent and retail lending businesses, these businesses share a common, company-wide approach to loan manufacturing, and rely on centralized functions including credit and secondary marketing to provide critical capabilities. For example, product development is coordinated by our central credit function and pricing is coordinated by our secondary marketing function, working in close collaboration with our correspondent and retail units. Underwriting and appraisal review activities are conducted by our central credit function. As a result, the key capabilities in the correspondent and retail production units are the processes and systems to successfully acquire and manage customers, acquire new loans, and fulfill the loans to our standards for eventual sale or securitization.

    Correspondent Lending

        Our loan production capabilities for correspondent lending are focused in three major areas: client approval, monitoring, and management; products and pricing; and loan fulfillment.

        Client selection is a key component of our correspondent lending business model. Clients consist of independent mortgage companies, financial institutions, and home builders. Clients share our core values of manufacturing quality, mutual profitability, responsible lending and regulatory compliance. The approval process includes a review of information such as the correspondent originator's legal structure, organizational structure, resumes of key managers, policies and procedures for key areas,

122


Table of Contents

quality control results, and investor scorecards. Applicants must meet minimum eligibility requirements including financial requirements, state licensing, agency approvals, and acceptable background checks. We negotiate and execute a loan purchase agreement for each approved client. Ongoing client monitoring activities include regular reviews of government insuring, accounts receivables, outbound repurchase activity, client scorecards, and client-specific metrics such as run-off. Clients who exceed or fall below certain thresholds are subject to further review and a remediation plan. In addition, we require officer compliance certifications on a quarterly basis, and re-certifications on an annual basis, for each client, including financial statements, quality control reports, and production volume reports.

        Counterparty management activities are governed by a policy established by our central credit function. Under the policy, a client approval committee approves the criteria related to client approvals, monitoring and re-certifications. The committee meets on a quarterly basis to review new approvals, terminations and decisions made as a result of the monitoring activities.

        Pricing activities are coordinated by a products and pricing group that is responsible for all pricing-related activities including margin management, product development, transaction management, sales support, vendor management, web site enhancement and maintenance, and reporting and system development. The correspondent lending unit distributes pricing each day to its clients, utilizing a break-even loan price determined by our central secondary marketing function and building in appropriate margins. Pricing and margin management is a shared responsibility of the products and pricing group and correspondent sales team. Pricing policies and procedures are developed, maintained, and monitored by products and pricing, while many of the customer-level pricing decisions are set by the sales team. We use a variety of tools that allow our sales team to determine pricing for each seller independently. We monitor interest-rate lock volumes (with associated revenue at the loan level) in real time throughout each business day in order to optimize volume and revenue opportunities. We offer a full suite of conventional and government-insured products to our approved clients, with periodic rollouts of new products and enhancements to the base offerings from the GSEs, FHA and VA. Correspondent sellers deliver loans to PMT through "best efforts" transactions, in which PMT bears the risk that the seller is unable to close, fund and deliver the loan, and through "mandatory" transactions, in which the seller commits to deliver a funded loan to PMT. In 2013, we expect to introduce an assignment of trade process, or AOT, in which a seller fills a forward MBS trade it has previously entered into with a third-party broker-dealer by delivering loans to PMT.

        We provide sales support through a pricing help desk and a customer care email function, which are staffed and trained to respond to all pricing, commitment, or product related questions. The GoPennyMac.com website operates as a communication tool with our clients, as well as a means to lock single loans and upload files. Our transaction management team is responsible for all commitment-related activities, from initial lock through acquisition and potential post-closing reconciliation.

        The loan acquisition process is conducted by a loan fulfillment group that is responsible for ensuring all required loan data is available in our electronic systems, validating that the data is supported by underlying documents in the loan file, evaluating key areas of credit, risk and adherence to consumer and regulatory compliance, and escalating loans for additional review according to our credit policy. In addition, the loan fulfillment group validates that the loan collateral is received through a third-party document custodian as well as confirms wire details for final funding of loans.

        The loan fulfillment group works closely with our central credit function to ensure that the loans acquired meet investor guidelines and state and federal regulations, and that we meet our clients' expectations for service. We have successfully scaled the fulfillment operations to support the growth of our correspondent lending business and are positioned for further growth through our bi-coastal operating centers located in Tampa, Florida and Moorpark, California.

123


Table of Contents

    Retail Lending

        Our loan production capabilities for retail lending focus on our call center operations and industry-leading technology designed to maximize the effectiveness of our operations. Our retail unit consists of multiple call centers staffed with loan officers and processors who interact with consumers across the United States. We utilize a technology-focused approach in sophisticated telephony systems, lead-management connectivity, automated pricing, paperless workflow, lending compliance and state-based routing, which is a system that automatically routes calls identified as originating from a specific state to one of our mortgage originators licensed in that state. We believe that these systems allow us to improve conversion rates, deliver quality customer service, manufacture high-quality loans, and lower costs.

        In order to maximize our ability to capture servicing portfolio-based originations, our retail unit has instituted disciplined operational processes to capitalize on the referrals generated by our servicing unit. For refinance opportunities, these processes focus on achieving high contact rates and optimizing the customer experience to maximize the recapture rate. For purchase loans to facilitate the sale of REO properties and short sales, our retail unit includes a dedicated sales team to prequalify and provide financing to high-quality buyers.

        The retail unit also works in partnership with our portfolio strategy function in several important ways. The retail business originates refinance loans from the restructure of distressed loans acquired by our Advised Entities, which is an effective strategy pursued by our portfolio strategy group in distressed loan management. In sourcing leads for non-portfolio originations, the retail unit relies on a data-driven analytical approach to consumer marketing overseen by our portfolio strategy group.

Capital Markets and Secondary Marketing

        Capital markets and secondary marketing is a critical capability that spans our mortgage banking and investment management businesses. The capital markets unit is responsible for the overall investment activities conducted by us and for our Advised Entities. Potential investment assets include Agency mortgage loans and MBS, non-Agency loans and asset-backed securities, or ABS, mortgage servicing rights, and distressed whole loans. In our loan production activities, our secondary marketing group is responsible for maximizing proceeds through sale or securitization of the loans that we produce.

        All of these activities are managed using industry-leading financial analytics and valuation models. In addition, we have a dedicated analysis and valuation group focused on valuing and forecasting the performance of financial instruments that we own, manage, or evaluate for purchase. We use specialized valuation and forecast models, both proprietary and third-party, for different mortgage-related assets such as performing residential mortgage loans, distressed and non-performing residential mortgage loans, mortgage servicing rights, and residential mortgage-backed securities. We continuously update, calibrate and validate our models using a combination of data from internal sources as well as market information and external data providers. In addition to valuation and forecasting, we utilize these analytical tools to identify trends and monitor the performance of our investments owned by us and our Advised Entities.

    Capital Markets

        Our capital markets unit is organized into four major disciplines:

    Trading —responsible for the acquisition of whole loans for the related investment strategy, and securitization execution for MBS and ABS.

124


Table of Contents

    Risk Management —responsible for our overall market and interest rate risk, which includes our mortgage pipeline and inventory, MSRs, held loan portfolios, and hedging strategies and counterparty exposure.

    Operations —responsible for our warehouse line management and funding process, the pooling of Agency eligible loans with the delivery of required loan data, and settlement and trade verification processes.

    Transaction Management —responsible for the negotiation and settlement of all non-Agency acquisitions, acquisition due diligence, and trade agreements.

        Our investment activities are governed by our investment committee, which meets on an as-needed basis to review contemplated purchases and sales of whole loan portfolios, securities, and MSR portfolios. The investment committee includes members of our executive management and senior capital markets and investment professionals with substantial expertise in pricing and trading mortgages and mortgage-related assets. Our investment process is focused on meeting the investment objectives of the Company and our Advised Entities while maintaining adequate balance between risk and return.

    Secondary Marketing

        The key capabilities that comprise secondary marketing include pricing, pooling and delivery, counterparty risk management, interest rate risk management, best execution analysis, forward instrument eligibility, data validation and system interface.

        We use a formulaic approach to determine loan pricing: revenues minus our expenses minus our required profit margin equals the loan price. Our revenue consists of the proceeds that we can obtain upon the sale of the loan, origination fees, and the value that we attribute to the mortgage servicing rights. Our primary expenses include hedging costs, origination expenses, overhead expenses, interest expense, and reserves established for potential repurchase claims. Our secondary marketing group calculates loan pricing each day and disseminates it to the correspondent and retail loan origination systems. The production units take the price provided by our secondary marketing group and adjust it to account for adjustments set by the GSEs, such as Fannie Mae's 0.25% adverse market delivery charge and loan-level price adjustments that are assessed based on loan-specific attributes such as loan-to-value ratio and the credit score of the borrower.

        We utilize our models to group, or pool, loans according to the best price execution for a given loan, with similar loans pooled together to form an Agency security. We use the GSEs' systems to securely transmit loan-level data, and mortgage notes are shipped directly to a third-party document custodian for safekeeping. Our document custodian reviews all of the loan documents for accuracy and completeness and certifies the loans or pool of loans. We seek to pool, securitize and settle our loans in an operationally efficient manner in order to minimize the aging of loans.

        When we enter into an interest rate lock, we assume interest rate risk for the duration of the lock period. In order to manage the interest rate risk, we have a policy that governs allowable lock periods, lock expirations, lock extensions, renegotiations and cancellations. We utilize hedging to reduce the interest rate risk embedded in our loan origination pipeline; we do not enter into speculative interest rate trades. We continuously monitor our interest rate positions and make hedging decisions subject to senior management review.

Credit

        Our credit function is focused on managing credit exposures across the company, with an emphasis on loan production. It is managed centrally and is comprised of product development and credit policy; underwriting and appraisal; and quality control functions.

125


Table of Contents

    Product Development and Credit Policy

        We carefully construct our product menu to manage our credit exposure. In our correspondent and retail lending businesses, we primarily produce standard conventional conforming loans, Desktop Underwriter Refi Plus loans, FHA Section 203b loans and FHA Streamline Refinances, in accordance with Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and FHA guidelines, as applicable. During 2012, approximately 60% of the loans that we produced were delivered to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac and 39% of our loans were originated to FHA guidelines and pooled into Ginnie Mae securities. We also intend to increase our production of jumbo mortgage loans, which are loans with an initial principal balance greater than the conventional conforming loan limits. These loans would likely be securitized.

        We utilize our credit policies to manage our credit exposure, primarily by setting minimum guidelines for credit scores and debt-to-income ratios for both conventional and FHA loans.

    Underwriting and Appraisal

        The underwriting and appraisal activities for correspondent and retail lending are managed by our Chief Underwriter, who reports to the Chief Credit Officer. For those loan programs where an automated underwriting decision is applicable, such as through Desktop Underwriter, or DU, Fannie Mae's automated underwriting system, we require an "Accept/Eligible" response, the most favorable approval decision. For those loan programs where a decision from DU is not applicable, loans are underwritten according to the applicable GSE Seller Guide or the applicable FHA Mortgagee Letters.

        In retail lending, all loans are underwritten by underwriters who are directly employed by us. All appraisals are obtained from appraisal management companies and all appraisals are reviewed by licensed appraisers who are directly employed by us.

        In correspondent lending, all loans are audited by auditors who are directly employed by us and samples of loans are selected for more detailed pre-purchase underwriting reviews and pre-purchase appraisal reviews. Not all pre-purchase underwriting reviews or pre-purchase appraisal reviews are completed by individuals who are employees of ours. When a pre-purchase underwriting review is outsourced, the review is completed by a nationally recognized contract underwriting firm whose work is re-reviewed by one of our underwriters before a final decision on the loan is made. We also rely on additional controls in correspondent lending including the loan purchase agreement between us and the correspondent seller, the seller approval process and the seller monitoring process.

    Quality Control

        We maintain a staff of quality control underwriters and processors to manage our underwriting quality control activities. These activities comply with Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and FHA standards and are generally reviewed by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac on an annual basis. Loans produced through our correspondent and retail lending businesses are reviewed as part of random, discretionary and targeted quality control samples. The scope of the quality control review validates all of the activities performed by the underwriter and also requires a new credit report, re-verifications of income and assets and a re-validation of the appraised value on 10% of the quality control sample. The result of the quality control review is a rating which assesses the overall compliance with the applicable underwriting guidelines. The most negative ranking is "Unsatisfactory." Unsatisfactory loans generally have significant underwriting defects and have a high probability of resulting in an investor repurchase request. During 2012, the percentage of loans rated Unsatisfactory has remained less than 1%.

Portfolio Strategy

        Portfolio strategy is a dedicated function that we have developed which is responsible for maximizing the value of mortgage assets once they have been acquired by us or our Advised Entities.

126


Table of Contents

In this role, our portfolio strategy group has a particular focus on the distressed mortgage loans that we manage for our Advised Entities and designs and implements strategies including loan restructures, modifications, and alternatives to foreclosures that are executed in our special servicing business. Our portfolio strategy group is also responsible for the data-driven analytical approach to consumer marketing which is utilized by our retail lending business.

        A core element of our distressed loan management strategy is to work with borrowers to avoid foreclosure where possible, cure loan defaults and prevent future defaults. Where prudent, we strive to restructure existing mortgage loans on terms that allow the borrower to retain ownership and remain in his or her home by performing on the modified mortgage loan terms. We use proprietary loan-level models and tools, with appropriate consideration of the borrowers' specific economic situation and the requirements of the loan owner, to modify loans and enable the borrowers to continue to make payments on the modified mortgage loan. Moreover, we solicit delinquent and non-delinquent borrowers for refinance programs, which include options for debt forgiveness.

        Upon acquiring a distressed loan, our portfolio strategy team coordinates an attempt by the servicing unit to open a line of communication with the borrower and to conduct an initial interview. We use PLS's call center along with strategic marketing campaigns and partnerships with real estate agents to establish contact with borrowers. In 2012, we were successful 62% of the time in making contact and conducting an initial interview. The results of the initial interview generally provide us with additional information on the borrower's financial condition, an understanding of the borrower's reason or reasons for delinquency or hardship and additional information regarding the borrower's property condition. Based on the information acquired during the initial interview, information from property assessments and portfolio and loan modification guidelines established by us or the mortgage loan investor, we select from among a range of appropriate resolution options as directed by our proprietary loan-level tools. The standardization of our portfolio strategy through the use of proprietary technology is designed to ensure that modifications or other approaches improve economic value relative to foreclosure, mitigate the risk of disparate impacts and create an improved customer experience. The range of options includes structured repayment plans, special forbearance of defaults, payoffs, deeds in lieu of foreclosure, foreclosures, principal payment deferments or interest payment deferments, changes in the interest rate, forgiveness of principal and other loan modifications through a variety of structures, including refinancing. Specifically, we offer the FHA "negative equity" refinance program to both performing and non-performing borrowers, which provides principal reduction and fixed 30-year mortgages at prevailing market interest rates. In such a refinance, the borrower owed more on the old loan than the current property value and the excess unpaid principal amount is typically forgiven.

        Portfolio strategy and marketing are also critical capabilities in the pursuit of new loan originations and refinancings through our retail lending business. We use proprietary models to identify refinance-eligible borrowers from our servicing portfolio, and we solicit these borrowers using a combination of approaches including direct-mail, email, and our website. We regularly analyze and review lead and application trends in order to optimize recapture rates from our servicing portfolio. Customer retention and acquisition activities are supported by industry-leading technology which provides lead management and lead distribution capabilities to our retail call center, as well as analytical tools to increase the efficiency of marketing expenditures.

Loan Servicing

        We have developed sophisticated capabilities to service both performing and delinquent loans through our servicing subsidiary, PLS. These capabilities are critical for both the Prime Servicing and Special Servicing categories of our servicing business and allow us to deliver strong performance to support our loan production businesses and enhance investment performance for our Advised Entities.

127


Table of Contents

    Non-Default Servicing

        Non-default servicing is comprised of all activities related to the servicing of performing loans. These activities include the entry of a loan into our servicing system, which we refer to as "loan boarding," escrow administration, special loans, document control, customer communications, payoffs, lien release, tax services and the customer call center. Loans are boarded through an electronic loan interface, or ELI, application. The process and controls built into ELI allow us to board servicing transfers of various sizes, from fewer than 100 loans to over 10,000. Our loan boarding team has quality control checks in place to ensure boarding accuracy and to identify data anomalies and illogical conditions. All loan file documentation, outbound communications, and inbound correspondence are stored in our imaging system and are available for viewing on demand. All correspondence is tracked from receipt to completion through a workflow tracking system. Escalated issues are also tracked and reported each month allowing us to identify drivers, trends and training opportunities. Tax servicing is primarily conducted by our staff, with limited geographies addressed by a third-party vendor. We believe that in-house tax servicing affords us greater control over the tax bill payment process while reducing costs through increased efficiency.

        Our call center serves as a primary contact point for our non-defaulted customers. Our inbound call center technology allows for the automated routing of calls based on loan status or customer selection. We have established specialty queues which improve efficiency and the customer experience by allowing the customer to interact with a representative most skilled at a particular type of inquiry. The call center uses a portal screen to log each inquiry and the disposition of each call. This proprietary system which we call the Loan Administration Mortgage Portal, or LAMP, also provides nearly complete loan servicing information without the need to navigate a number of different systems screens. If an inquiry requires assistance from another area, another proprietary system, the Loan Administration Follow-Up Application, or LAFA, is used to track that item through to completion. We continue to expand our offerings on our interactive voice response, or IVR, system and website, to provide more options to those customers who prefer automated service. We strongly emphasize call quality in the call center, and all customer calls are recorded. Recorded calls are used to identify procedural and training opportunities. Calls are reviewed as part of a quality monitoring program which requires a minimum number of monitoring for every representative each month based on performance. Feedback from these reviews, both positive and constructive, is provided to the representatives.

    Default Servicing

        Default servicing focuses on servicing delinquent loans. It is more personnel intensive than non-default servicing as it requires more frequent and lengthier borrower communications as well as additional work related to potential solutions for resolving the delinquent loan. Our default group works in close partnership with our portfolio strategy function and retail production unit in refinancing distressed loans. Our default group is comprised of several operational areas including collections, loan modifications, short sales and deeds-in-lieu of foreclosure, bankruptcy, foreclosure and REO.

        Collections efforts are structured to notify borrowers of their delinquency and collect payments to bring loans current when possible. We utilize proprietary systems designed to determine the appropriate resolution strategy based on borrower-provided information for those who are unable to make their delinquent payments. We also employ calling campaigns designed by a dedicated group of our analysts to target borrowers in early-stage delinquency. These campaigns are monitored daily to ensure compliance with collections regulations and to assess their effectiveness.

        When a borrower is unable to make payments on a loan, we seek to restructure the loan through modification, which includes the use of federally sponsored loan modification programs such as HAMP. Through modification, the borrower keeps the same loan, but under restructured terms that improve either the ability or willingness to pay. In 2012, we were successful at converting HAMP trial

128


Table of Contents

modifications to permanent modifications 97.5% of the time, one of the highest conversion rates among all HAMP servicers as published in the most recent MHA Performance Report. We also had a recidivism rate of 6% at year-end, well below the industry average, for loans that re-defaulted within six months of their permanent conversion. In certain instances, we are able to offer borrowers an FHA "negative equity" refinance, where the borrower is offered a new loan at market rates. As of November 30, 2012, PLS was the third largest originator of these loans in the country.

        When loan resolution through home retention is not an option and the current property value is less than the amount owed, we seek to offer loss mitigation resolutions such as short sales or deeds-in-lieu of foreclosure, which help the borrower avoid foreclosure. In a short sale, the borrower agrees to sell the home to a third-party buyer at current market value while the investor agrees to forgive the remaining UPB. In a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure, the borrower agrees to transfer the deed and clean title of the home to the investor outside of the foreclosure process. The ultimate resolution of the asset is then handled by our REO group. Both short sales and deeds-in-lieu of foreclosure are typically preferable to the foreclosure process, which can be costly and time-consuming.

        We have developed short sale and modification processing systems, including proprietary systems, that provide workflow and management tools which allow us to make decisions regarding individual cases quickly and within the appropriate guidelines. In the case of short sales, a borrower portal allows both borrowers and real estate agents the ability to directly upload documents to our system for review. This allows our reviewer to instantly access documents as they are submitted, provides the customer with assurance that the documentation was received, and facilitates a self-service view of the short sale decision process.

        In late-stage delinquencies (that is, for borrowers more than 90 days past due), we will initiate foreclosure proceedings in accordance with state foreclosure guidelines. We work with licensed state attorneys and trustees on a vendor-managed platform to manage the foreclosure process for individual loans. In the event that a borrower chooses to file bankruptcy, the borrower is assigned to a bankruptcy specialist who will administer the bankruptcy plan proceedings in accordance with applicable law and in conjunction with an outsourcing firm.

        Our REO group manages properties in the servicing portfolio that have completed the foreclosure or the deed-in-lieu of foreclosure process. We use both internal and external resources to manage the disposition of the REO properties. The primary goal of the REO team is to liquidate the properties at fair value within an acceptable timeframe, securing the lowest possible loss. Our REO group currently realizes net proceeds upon liquidation that average approximately 96% of the property's fair market value.

    Servicing Administration

        Our servicing unit includes a group dedicated to compliance-related functions including federal, state, and investor compliance, policies and procedures, and audit management. This servicing administration group focuses on identifying all upcoming changes to regulations or policies, documenting these changes and then working with each function impacted across the servicing unit to make sure that all processes, communications, and controls are updated to account for the changes. We conduct post-implementation testing to ensure that all the changes are effective. In addition, we monitor all internal and external audits to ensure that timely and consistent documentation is provided to all parties. Any findings or observations are monitored by this group for prompt remediation. We believe that the dedicated focus and attention on compliance and audits results in a better controlled environment.

129


Table of Contents

Information Technology

        Our information technology, or IT, function is centralized, with dedicated resources assigned to each of our major organizational units. This structure ensures the consistent use of similar technologies and solutions across the Company. As a legacy-free platform that is not based on old existing IT systems, we have designed our IT systems to take advantage of some of the latest technologies at low cost. We utilize technology, from call center routing systems to comprehensive valuation tools, to enhance the efficiency and effectiveness of our business operations.

        We maintain two high-availability (Tier 3) SAS-70 Type II certified data centers located in Los Angeles, California and Chandler, Arizona. We have a 100% virtualized server environment coupled with extensive use of virtual desktop and thin-client technologies that we believe provides us with efficiency, agility, and fault tolerance at a low cost. Our data networks provide fast and reliable service by using enterprise-grade components and top-tier communications carriers with redundancy. To reduce costs and shorten application development time, we generally begin by purchasing off-the-shelf software solutions and also utilizing open-source solutions whenever possible. When off-the-shelf solutions do not meet our needs, we utilize an agile development approach for proprietary applications which results in frequent value-added updates or system enhancements and reduces the risk associated with longer-term or large-scale projects. Across our infrastructure, we believe that we have implemented a comprehensive set of security controls and defensive capabilities to prevent, detect and manage security incidents. Our IT staff has extensive experience in the mortgage industry, which we believe enables rapid and cost-effective design, development and implementation of IT solutions that meet our business needs.

Compliance and Regulatory

        Our business is subject to extensive federal, state and local regulation. Our loan production and loan servicing operations are primarily regulated at the state level by state licensing authorities and administrative agencies, with additional oversight from the CFPB. We, along with certain of our employees who engage in regulated activities, must apply for licensing as a mortgage banker or lender, loan servicer and debt collector pursuant to applicable state law. These state licensing requirements typically require an application process, fulfillment fees, background checks and administrative review. Our servicing operations are licensed (or exempt or otherwise not required to be licensed) to service mortgage loans in 49 states, the District of Columbia and the U.S. Virgin Islands. Our retail lending business is licensed to originate loans in 45 states and the District of Columbia. From time to time, we receive requests from states and other agencies for records, documents and information regarding our policies, procedures and practices regarding our loan production and loan servicing business activities, and undergo periodic examinations by state regulatory agencies. We incur significant ongoing costs to comply with these licensing and examination requirements.

        While the U.S. federal government does not primarily regulate loan production, the federal Secure and Fair Enforcement for Mortgage Licensing Act of 2008 requires all states to enact laws that require all individuals acting in the United States as mortgage loan originators be individually licensed or registered if they intend to offer mortgage loan products. These licensing requirements include enrollment in the Nationwide Mortgage Licensing System, application to state regulators for individual licenses, a minimum of 20 hours of pre-licensing education, an annual minimum of eight hours of continuing education and the successful completion of both national and state exams.

        In addition to licensing requirements, we must comply with a number of federal consumer protection laws, including, among others:

    the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, which provides, among other things, interest and foreclosure protections for service members on active duty;

130


Table of Contents

    the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and Regulation P thereunder, which require us to maintain privacy with respect to certain consumer data in our possession and to periodically communicate with consumers on privacy matters;

    the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, which regulates the timing and content of debt collection communications;

    the Truth in Lending Act, or TILA, and Regulation Z thereunder, which require certain disclosures to mortgagors regarding the terms of their mortgage loans;

    the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and Regulation X thereunder, which requires certain disclosures to mortgagors regarding the costs of mortgage loans, the administration of tax and insurance escrows, the transferring of mortgage loans, the response to consumer complaints, and payments between lenders and vendors of certain settlement services;

    the Fair Credit Reporting Act and Regulation V thereunder, which regulate the use and reporting of information related to the credit history of consumers;

    the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and Regulation B thereunder, which prohibit discrimination on the basis of age, race and certain other characteristics, in the extension of credit;

    the Homeowners Protection Act, which requires the cancellation of private mortgage insurance once certain equity levels are reached, sets disclosure and notification requirements, and requires the return of unearned premiums;

    the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act and Regulation C thereunder, which require financial institutions to report certain public loan data;

    The National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994, which provides for lenders to require from borrowers or to purchase flood insurance on behalf of borrower/owners of properties in special flood hazard area.

    the Fair Housing Act, which prohibits discrimination in housing on the basis of race, sex, national origin, and certain other characteristics; and

    Regulation AB under the Securities Act, which requires certain registration, disclosure and reporting for MBS.

        Many of these laws are further impacted by the SAFE Act and implementation of new rules by the CFPB under the Dodd-Frank Act. On January 10, 2013, the CFPB issued its final "Ability to Repay" rule under TILA's implementing Regulation Z, which will require lenders to verify a consumer's ability to repay a mortgage loan. The rule will become effective on January 10, 2014, and creates a "Qualified Mortgage," or QM, using as its criteria (i) a debt-to-income, or DTI, ratio not to exceed 43%, (ii) points and fees paid by the borrower generally may not exceed 3% of the amount borrowed, and (iii) no loan features such as negative amortization, interest-only payments, terms exceeding 30 years, or balloon payments. In addition, "no-doc" loans, where the lender does not verify income or assets, cannot be QMs. Under a temporary exception, loans eligible to be purchased, guaranteed or insured by the Agencies will be QMs even if they do not meet the QM criteria. This exception will phase out as the Agencies issue their own QM rules, if the GSEs exit conservatorship, and in any event after seven years. The rule provides a "safe harbor" for QM loans, meaning that borrowers whose loans meet the QM standards will not be able to bring lawsuits against lenders or holders of MBS involving "ability to repay" claims.

        Also on January 10, 2013, the CFPB issued its final mortgage escrow account rule relating to the establishment of mandatory escrow accounts on higher-priced mortgage loans. The final rule is effective June 1, 2013. This rule implements changes to earlier regulations and lengthens the time that mandatory escrow accounts must be maintained on higher-priced mortgage loans from one year to five

131


Table of Contents

years and exempts certain types of transactions from the escrow requirement. A creditor or servicer may not cancel escrow accounts required under the rule except upon either the termination of the loan or receipt of a consumer's request to cancel the escrow account no earlier than five years after consummation, whichever happens first. The creditor or servicer may not cancel the escrow account unless the unpaid principal balance is less than 80% of the security property's original value and the consumer is not delinquent or in default on the loan at the time of the request.

        Also on January 10, 2013, the CFPB issued its final rule increasing protections for consumers who take out high-cost mortgages. The rule expands the official definition of high-cost mortgages, and becomes effective on January 10, 2014. Under this rule, a mortgage will be considered high-cost if it is (i) a first mortgage with an APR that is more than 6.5 percentage points higher than the average prime offer rate, (ii) a second mortgage with an APR more than 8.5 percentage points higher than the average prime offer rate for a similar second mortgage, (iii) a loan of less than $20,000 with borrower-paid points and fees that exceed the lesser of 8% of the loan amount or $1,000, or (iv) a loan of $20,000 or more with points and fees that exceed 5% of the loan amount. This rule also bans certain features from high-cost mortgages, such as prepayment penalties, loan modification fees, and most fees charged to a borrower who requests a payoff statement. Balloon payments would also be banned, except in special circumstances.

        On January 17, 2013, the CFPB issued its final rules relating to mortgage servicing, which will become effective on January 10, 2014. These rules address the following nine major servicing topics: (i) periodic billing statements with timing, form and content requirements; (ii) interest rate adjustment notices for ARM loans that must be provided to consumers prior to payment changes from rate changes; (iii) prompt crediting of payments and timing requirements for payoff statements; (iv) force placed insurance notice, coverage and cancellation requirements; (v) procedural requirements for error resolution and information requests from consumers; (vi) policy and procedure requirements for servicing functions and document management; (vii) early intervention notice requirements with delinquent borrowers about loss mitigation options; (viii) continuity of contact between servicer personnel and delinquent borrowers throughout the loss mitigation process; and (ix) loss mitigation procedures and restrictions on "dual tracking" of foreclosure alternatives with the foreclosure process.

        On January 18, 2013, the CFPB issued final rules related to appraisals for higher-priced mortgage loans and consumer access to appraisals. These rules are effective January 18, 2014. The rule on appraisals for higher-price mortgages prohibits creditors from making such mortgage loans unless certain conditions are met, including obtaining a written appraisal based on a full interior appraisal. The rule on appraisal access requires creditors to notify consumers within a certain time period of their right to receive a copy of the appraisal and requires creditors to provide copies of the appraisal and other written valuation.

        On January 20, 2013, the CFPB issued is final loan originator compensation rules which, among other things, create compensation restrictions and qualifications for loan originators. Under the rule, loan originators are prohibited from basing their compensation on "any transaction's terms or conditions" and dual compensation is generally prohibited. The rule mandates certain qualifications for loan originators, such as licensing, and requires loan originator organizations to ensure compliance with the Secure and Fair Enforcement for Mortgage Licensing Act, where applicable. The rule also prohibits the use of mandatory arbitration clauses in both mortgage and home equity loan agreements. The financing of single premiums or fees for credit insurance in connection with a consumer credit transaction secured by a dwelling is prohibited by the rule. The provisions of the rule prohibiting mandatory arbitration clauses and financing of single-premium credit insurance are effective June 1, 2013, and all other provisions of the rule are effective January 10, 2014.

132


Table of Contents

        The CFPB also plans to finalize or introduce other mortgage-related rules in 2013, including its proposal to combine certain disclosures that consumers receive in connection with applying for, and closing on, a mortgage loan under TILA and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act.

        We are committed to complying with all applicable laws, regulations and contractual agreements. We believe that compliance is best managed by integrating responsibility within each department's activities to promote management and employee ownership. Accordingly, we have implemented a matrixed approach to the integration of our Compliance Program that utilizes expertise within the organization and defines clear responsibilities for the Program; specifically, business units are responsible for defining and managing compliance performance through process-based controls/risk remediation and reporting. Centralized monitoring and independent review, control testing/validation and regulation interpretation is performed by our Corporate Quality Control, Enterprise Risk Management & Regulatory Compliance, Internal Audit and Legal groups.

        We have established a Compliance Committee to oversee the Compliance Program, engender a culture conducive to ethical conduct and compliance throughout the Company, proactively identify and respond to changes in our risk profile and regulatory environment, and establish compliance program standards, articulated in compliance policies. The Committee has identified Compliance Officers throughout the organization to oversee specific areas of compliance. Committee membership includes senior management from all divisions and meets monthly to remain updated on recurring and rotational topics.

        We administer a role-centric Compliance Training Program to promote a shared and contemporary understanding of compliance issues and regulations affecting the mortgage industry among our workforce. Compliance awareness is introduced with on-boarding training and reinforced through mandatory coursework.

        During 2012, our loan origination and servicing operations were reviewed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the FDIC and by many of the states where we are licensed. There were no significant findings of violations of law from any of these reviews.

Intellectual Property

        We hold registered trademarks with respect to the name PennyMac®, the swirl design appearing in certain PennyMac drawings and logos and various additional designs and word marks relating to the PennyMac name. We do not otherwise rely on any copyright, patent or other form of registration to protect our rights in our intellectual property. Our other intellectual property includes proprietary know-how and technological innovations, such as our proprietary loan-level analytics "LENE SM " (Loan Enhancement Normalization Engine) for distressed loan management, and other trade secrets that we have developed to maintain our competitive position.

Competition

        Given the diverse and specialized nature of our businesses, we do not believe we have a direct competitor for the totality of our business. We compete with a number of nationally-focused companies in each of our businesses.

        In our mortgage banking segment, we compete with large financial institutions and with other independent residential mortgage loan producers and servicers, such as Wells Fargo, JP Morgan Chase, Bank of America, Citigroup, U.S. Bank, Quicken Loans, Nationstar Mortgage, Ocwen Financial Corporation and Walter Investment Management Corp. In our correspondent and retail lending businesses, we compete on the basis of product offerings, technical knowledge, manufacturing quality, speed of execution, rate and fees. In our servicing business, we compete on the basis of experience in

133


Table of Contents

the residential loan servicing business, quality of high-touch special servicing and historical servicing performance.

        In our investment management segment, we compete for capital with both traditional and alternative investment managers. We compete on the basis of historical track record of risk-adjusted returns, experience of investment management team, the return profile of prospective investment opportunities and on the level of fees and expenses.

Facilities

        Our corporate offices are located at 6101 Condor Drive, Moorpark, California 93021, in a 142,000 square foot leased facility. This location, along with an adjacent property located at 5898 Condor Drive, Moorpark, California 93021, house our primary mortgage banking and investment management operations as well as our administrative offices.

        We lease six additional locations throughout the country generally housing loan production activities. Our retail lending business occupies 20,000 square feet in Pasadena, CA for telemarketing and loan processing. We also have four branches located in Egan, MN, Sacramento, CA, Henderson, NV and Honolulu, HI devoted to loan production. These average 1,800 square feet and have lease terms between one and three years. We also lease 10,000 square feet in Tampa, FL devoted to our correspondent lending business.

        None of our leases extend beyond five years and the financial commitments are immaterial to the scope of our operations.

Employees

        As of December 31, 2012, we had 907 full-time and three part-time employees, all of whom are based in the United States. We also employ 101 full-time contractors. None of our employees is represented by a labor union and we consider our employee relations to be good.

Legal Proceedings

        From time to time, we may be exposed to litigation relating to our products and operations. We are not currently engaged in any legal proceedings that are expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on our financial conditions or results of operations.

134


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

        The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of the directors and executive officers of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.:

Name
  Age   Position(s)
Stanford Kurland     60   Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer
David Spector     49   President and Chief Operating Officer and Director
Steve Bailey     51   Chief Servicing Officer
Andrew Chang     35   Chief Business Development Officer
Vandad Fartaj     38   Chief Capital Markets Officer
Jeffrey Grogin     52   Chief Administrative and Legal Officer and Secretary
Douglas Jones     56   Chief Correspondent Lending Officer
Anne McCallion     58   Chief Financial Officer
David Walker     57   Chief Credit Officer
Matthew Botein     39   Director
Joseph Mazzella     60   Director
Farhad Nanji     34   Director
Mark Wiedman     42   Director

    Executive Officers

        Stanford Kurland.     Mr. Kurland has been the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. since its formation and has been the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC since its formation in January 2008. In addition, Mr. Kurland has been the Chairman of the Board of Trustees of PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust since July 2009, the Chairman of PNMAC Capital Management, LLC since March 2008, and the Chairman of PennyMac Loan Services, LLC since its formation in February 2008. Before founding the Company, from January 1979 to September 2006, Mr. Kurland served as a director and held several executive positions, including president, chief financial officer and chief operating officer, at Countrywide Financial Corporation, a diversified financial services company. Mr. Kurland holds a B.S. from California State University, Northridge. We believe Mr. Kurland is qualified to serve on our board of directors because he is our Chief Executive Officer and an accomplished financial services executive with more than 30 years of experience in the mortgage banking arena.

        David Spector.     Mr. Spector has been the President and Chief Operating Officer of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. since its formation and has been President and Chief Investment Officer of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC since January 2008. In addition, Mr. Spector has been a member of the board of trustees of PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust since May 2009, a member of the board of directors of PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, LP since May 2008, and a member of the board of directors of PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, LLC since May 2008. Before joining the Company, Mr. Spector was co-head of global residential mortgages for Morgan Stanley, a global financial services firm, based in London. Before joining Morgan Stanley in September 2006, Mr. Spector was the senior managing director, secondary marketing, at Countrywide Financial Corporation, where he was employed from May 1990 to August 2006. Mr. Spector has also been a member of the board of directors of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. since its formation. Mr. Spector holds a B.A. from the University of California, Los Angeles. We believe Mr. Spector is qualified to serve on our board of directors because he is our President and Chief Operating Officer and an experienced executive with broad mortgage banking expertise in portfolio investments, interest rate and credit risk management, and capital markets activity that includes pricing, trading and hedging.

135


Table of Contents

        Steve Bailey.     Mr. Bailey has been the Chief Servicing Officer of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. since its formation and has been the Chief Servicing Officer of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC since April 2010. Mr. Bailey is responsible for directing our loan servicing and retail origination operation, including the implementation of the methods and programs directed at improving the value of acquired loans, as well as setting and managing performance goals for all aspects of the servicing and loan administration functions. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Bailey served as a mortgage servicing executive at Countrywide Financial Corporation (and Bank of America Corporation, as its successor) from November 2004 until February 2010. Prior to this role, Mr. Bailey served as Chief Executive Officer of Loan Administration for Countrywide Home Loans following a progressive career in a variety of management and leadership positions in servicing operations from May 1985 until June 2008. Mr. Bailey holds a B.M. from the University of Southern California.

        Andrew Chang.     Mr. Chang has been the Chief Business Development Officer of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. since its formation and has been the Chief Business Development Officer of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC since May 2009. Mr. Chang was formerly the Chief Fund Administration Officer of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC from January 2008 to May 2009. Mr. Chang is responsible for sourcing investment opportunities and overseeing our corporate development activities. From June 2005 to May 2008, Mr. Chang was a director at BlackRock, Inc., a global investment manager, and a senior member in its advisory services practice, specializing in financial strategy and risk management for banks and mortgage companies. Before joining BlackRock, Mr. Chang was a management consultant and engagement manager at McKinsey & Company, a global consulting firm, from September 1999 to May 2005, advising large global financial institutions in the areas of strategy, operational performance and organization. Mr. Chang holds an A.B. from Harvard University.

        Vandad Fartaj.     Mr. Fartaj has been the Chief Capital Markets Officer of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. since its formation. In addition, Mr. Fartaj has been the Chief Capital Markets Officer of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC since March 2010. He previously served as Managing Director, Capital Markets at Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC from April 2008 to March 2010. Mr. Fartaj is responsible for all capital markets and investment activities, including asset valuation, trading, hedging, secondary marketing, and risk management. Prior to joining the Company, he was employed in a variety of positions, including vice president, whole loan trading, at Countrywide Securities Corporation, a broker-dealer, where he was employed from November 1999 to April 2008. Mr. Fartaj holds a B.A. from the University of California, Los Angeles.

        Jeffrey Grogin.     Mr. Grogin has been the Chief Administrative and Legal Officer and Secretary of PennyMac Financial Services,  Inc. since its formation and has been the Chief Administrative and Legal Officer and Secretary of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC since its formation in January 2008. Mr. Grogin is responsible for overseeing our legal management and affairs, administration and human resources. Mr. Grogin began his legal career in 1987 as an associate with Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher where he worked on mergers and acquisitions, securities and mortgage banking related matters. Thereafter, from 1991 to 2002 he was a founding and managing partner of Samaha Grogin, LLP, a niche law firm representing local, national, and international clients in specialized litigation and complex transactional matters. In 2000, Mr. Grogin became chief executive officer and general counsel for Snood, LLC, a software game publisher. Mr. Grogin holds a B.S. from the University of Florida and a J.D. from Loyola Law School.

        Douglas Jones.     Mr. Jones has been the Chief Correspondent Lending Officer of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. since its formation and has been the Chief Correspondent Lending Officer of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC since June 2011. Mr. Jones is responsible for all business activities and production within our correspondent lending business. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Jones was the senior managing director, correspondent lending at Countrywide Home

136


Table of Contents

Loans, Inc. (and Bank of America Corporation, as its successor) from July 1997 until May 2011, where he was responsible for managing and overseeing the company's correspondent and warehouse lending operations. Mr. Jones holds a B.A. from California State University, Sacramento.

        Anne McCallion.     Ms. McCallion has been the Chief Financial Officer of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. since its formation and has been the Chief Financial Officer of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC since May 2009. Ms. McCallion is responsible for overseeing our financial management, reporting and controls, compliance, and tax management. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. McCallion was employed by Countrywide Financial Corporation (and Bank of America Corporation, as its successor), where she worked in a variety of executive positions, including deputy chief financial officer and senior managing director, finance, from July 1991 to December 2008. From January 2009 to March 2009, Ms. McCallion was an independent financial consultant. Ms. McCallion holds a B.S. from Gannon University and an M.B.A. from Ashland University.

        David Walker.     Mr. Walker has been the Chief Credit Officer of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. since its formation and has been the Chief Credit Officer of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC since its formation in January 2008 and its Chief Operating Officer since June 2011. Mr. Walker is responsible for credit, new loan underwriting and modification standards, portfolio management and technology. Prior to this role, Mr. Walker served as chief credit officer at New World Financial, a mortgage lender, from April 2007 to January 2008. From 1992 to 2007, Mr. Walker was employed in a variety of executive positions at Countrywide Bank, N.A. and its subsidiaries, including chief credit officer for Countrywide Home Loans, Inc. and chief lending officer for Countrywide Bank, N.A., where he was responsible for the bank's lending, credit and portfolio management activities. Mr. Walker holds a B.A. from California State University, Fullerton and an M.B.A. from the University of Southern California.

    Directors

        Biographical information for Mr. Kurland and Mr. Spector is provided above under "Executive Officers." Certain biographical information for our other directors is set forth below.

        Matthew Botein.     Mr. Botein has been a member of the board of directors of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. since its formation and has been the Vice Chairman of the board of directors of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC since 2009. In addition, Mr. Botein has been a member of the board of trustees of PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust since July 2009. Since November 2009, Mr. Botein has been employed at BlackRock, Inc., a global investment manager, where he currently holds the position of managing director and head of BlackRock Alternative Investors. He previously served as chairman of Botein & Co., LLC, a private investment and advisory firm, from July 2009 through November 2009 and as a managing director of Highfields Capital Management LP, an investment management firm, where he worked from April 2003 through July 2009. He also currently serves on the board of Northeast Bancorp, a bank holding company. He previously served on the board of directors of Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited, First American Corporation and CoreLogic, Inc. Mr. Botein holds an A.B. from Harvard College and an M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School. We believe Mr. Botein is qualified to serve on our board of directors as a result of his considerable experience in the financial services industry, where he has managed portfolio investments in the banking, insurance, asset management, capital markets, and financial processing sectors.

        Joseph Mazzella.     Mr. Mazzella has been a member of the board of directors of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. since its formation and has been a member of the board of directors of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC since May 2008. Mr. Mazzella is a Managing Director and the General Counsel of Highfields Capital Management LP, an investment management firm, which he joined in 2002. Prior to joining Highfields, Mr. Mazzella was a partner at the law firm of Nutter, McClennen & Fish, L.L.P., in Boston, Massachusetts. Prior to private practice, he was an

137


Table of Contents

attorney at the Securities & Exchange Commission from 1978 to 1980, and before that served as a clerk in the Superior Court of the District of Columbia. Mr. Mazzella has served on multiple public company boards of directors, including Alliant Techsystems, Inc. and Data Transmission Networks Corporation, and he served as Chairman of the Board of Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. Mr. Mazzella received a B.A. from City College of New York and a J.D. from Rutgers University School of Law. We believe Mr. Mazzella is qualified to serve on our board of directors because he is an experienced executive and director with strong business and legal backgrounds in the financial services industry.

        Farhad Nanji.     Mr. Nanji has been a member of the board of directors of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. since its formation and has been a member of the board of directors of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC since January 2010. Mr. Nanji is a Managing Director of Highfields Capital Management LP, an investment management firm, which he joined in 2006 where he focuses on portfolio investments in distressed securities, restructurings, structured credit and global financial services. Prior to joining Highfields, Mr. Nanji was an associate with HighVista Strategies, an investment management firm. Before that, he served as an engagement manager in the financial institutions group at McKinsey & Company. Mr. Nanji received an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School and a B.Com. degree from McGill University. We believe Mr. Nanji is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his valuable expertise in the mortgage and financial services businesses.

        Mark Wiedman.     Mr. Wiedman has been a member of the board of directors of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. since its formation and has been a member of the board of directors of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC since May 2008. Mr. Wiedman has been the global head of BlackRock, Inc.'s iShares business since September 2011 and is a member of BlackRock's Global Operating Committee. Previously, Mr. Wiedman was the head of Corporate Strategy for BlackRock and led the clients and advisory team within the Financial Markets Advisory Group in BlackRock Solutions, a group which advises financial institutions and governments on managing their capital markets exposures and businesses. Prior to joining BlackRock in 2004, Mr. Wiedman, as executive director, led the global product development and strategy group at Morgan Stanley Investment Management. He previously was a management consultant at McKinsey & Company, a global consulting firm, advising financial institutions in the United States, Europe and Japan. He also served as senior advisor and chief of staff for the Under Secretary for Domestic Finance at the US Treasury Department. Mr. Wiedman previously served on the board of trustees of PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust. He has taught as an adjunct associate professor of law at Fordham University in New York and Renmin University in Beijing. Mr. Wiedman earned an A.B. degree from Harvard College and a J.D. degree from Yale Law School. We believe Mr. Wiedman is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his numerous years of experience in the financial industry and deep understanding of our business.

Composition of the Board of Directors after this Offering

        Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that our board of directors will consist of the number of directors that our board of directors may determine from time to time. Our separate stockholders agreements with BlackRock and Highfields will provide that our board of directors will consist of no more than nine directors as long as those entities and their affiliates hold at least 10% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock. Those agreements will also provide that each of BlackRock and Highfields will have the right to nominate two individuals for election to our board of directors as long as it, together with its affiliates, holds at least 15% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock, and the right to nominate one individual for election to our board of directors as long as it, together with its affiliates, holds at least 10% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock. We, in turn, are obligated to use our best efforts to ensure that these nominees are elected. Our board of directors currently consists of six directors. Prior to the closing of this offering, we intend to increase the size of our board by one additional director.

138


Table of Contents

Immediately upon the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will consist of (i) two directors originally designated by BlackRock who will be continuing as directors following the offering, (ii) two directors originally designated by Highfields who will be continuing as directors following the offering, (iii) one additional independent director, (iv) our president and chief operating officer and (v) our chief executive officer. Our board of directors has determined that Messrs. Botein, Wiedman, Mazzella and Nanji are independent for the purpose of serving on our board of directors under the independence standards promulgated by the NYSE.

Board Committees

        Following the Recapitalization and prior to the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will establish the following committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee, a governance and nominating committee and a related-party matters committee. The initial composition and responsibilities of each committee are described below. Our separate stockholder agreements with Blackrock and Highfields will provide that each of Blackrock and Highfields, as long as it holds at least 10% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock, will have the right to nominate one member of each committee of our board of directors. Pursuant to those agreements, as long as those nominees meet the independence standards applicable to those committees, we will appoint them as members of those committees. Members will serve on these committees until their resignation or, subject to the terms of the stockholder agreements, until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

    Audit Committee

        Our audit committee will provide oversight of our accounting and financial reporting process, the audit of our financial statements and our internal control function. Among other matters, the audit committee will be responsible for the following: assisting the board of directors in oversight of the independent auditors' qualifications, independence and performance; the engagement, retention and compensation of the independent auditors; reviewing the scope of the annual audit; reviewing and discussing with management and the independent auditors the results of the annual audit and the review of our quarterly consolidated financial statements including the disclosures in our annual and quarterly reports filed with the SEC; reviewing our risk assessment and risk management processes; establishing procedures for receiving, retaining and investigating complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or audit matters; and approving audit and permissible non-audit services provided by our independent auditor. In addition, our audit committee will oversee our internal audit function.

        The initial members of our audit committee will be                                    , who will be the chair of the committee,                                     and                                     . All members of our audit committee will meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the NYSE. Our board of directors has determined that Mr.                         is an audit committee financial expert as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC and have the requisite financial sophistication as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the NYSE. All of the members of our audit committee will be independent directors as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the NYSE.

    Compensation Committee

        Our compensation committee will adopt and administer the compensation policies, plans and benefit programs for our executive officers and all other members of our executive team. Our compensation committee will also be responsible for making recommendations regarding non-employee director compensation to the full board of directors. In addition, among other things, our compensation committee will evaluate annually, in consultation with the board of directors, the performance of our

139


Table of Contents

chief executive officer, review and approve corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our chief executive officer and other executives and evaluate the performance of these executives in light of those goals and objectives. Our compensation committee will also adopt and administer our equity compensation plans. The initial members of our compensation committee will be                                     , who will be the chair of the committee,                                     and                                     . All of the members of our compensation committee will be independent under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the NYSE, and Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, or the Code.

    Governance and Nominating Committee

        Our governance and nominating committee will be responsible for, among other things, making recommendations regarding corporate governance, the composition of our board of directors, identification, evaluation and nomination of director candidates and the structure and composition of committees of our board of directors. In addition, our governance and nominating committee will oversee our corporate governance guidelines, approve our committee charters, oversee compliance with our code of business conduct and ethics, contribute to succession planning, review actual and potential conflicts of interest of our directors and officers other than related party transactions reviewed by the related-party matters committee and oversee the board self-evaluation process. The initial members of our governance and nominating committee will be                                    , who will be the chair of the committee,                                     and                                     . All of the members of our governance and nominating committee will be independent under the applicable rules and regulations of the NYSE.

    Related-Party Matters Committee

        Our related-party matters committee will review and approve certain transactions, and resolve other potential conflicts of interest, between us or any of our subsidiaries, on the one hand, and PMT, the Investment Funds and any other non-wholly-owned entity that we manage or over which we have control (whether through ownership, voting power, contract or otherwise), on the other hand. Among other matters, the related-party matters committee will review and approve any amendments of or extensions to our agreements with PMT. The initial members of our related-party matters committee will be                                    , who will be the chair of the committee,                                     and                                     . All of the members of our related-party matters committee will be independent under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the NYSE.

    Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        None of the members of our compensation committee is or has at any time during the past year been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves or in the past year has served as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

        We plan to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that will apply to all of our employees, including our executive officers and directors, and those employees responsible for financial reporting. The code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website. We expect that, to the extent required by law, any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website.

140


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

        The following table presents compensation awarded in 2012 to our principal executive officer and our two other most highly compensated persons serving as executive officers as of December 31, 2012 or paid to or accrued for those executive officers for services rendered during 2012. We refer to these executive officers as our "named executive officers."

Name & Principal Position
  Year   Salary
($)
  Bonus
($)(1)
  Equity
Awards
($)(2)
  All Other
Compensation
($)(3)
  Total
($)
 

Stanford L. Kurland

    2012     950,000     1,500,000     354,257     43,797     2,634,150  

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

                                     

David A. Spector

    2012     500,000     1,000,000     0     37,272     1,537,272  

President and Chief Operating Officer

                                     

Douglas Jones

    2012     300,000     450,000     0     231,871     981,871  

Chief Correspondent Lending Officer

                                     

(1)
Each amount shown represents a portion of the total amount of the bonus earned by the named executive officer during 2012, whether or not paid in 2012. The remaining portion of the bonus earned during 2012, if any, cannot be calculated at this time because the final bonus amount will not be determined until after a final review of both our financial performance and the individual performance of the named executive officer during 2012.

(2)
The amount shown represents the full grant date fair value, as determined in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation ("FASB ASC TOPIC 718"), of $140,353 with respect to 324.14 common units granted to Mr. Kurland by Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC on January 1, 2012 and $213,904 with respect to 35.55 preferred units purchased by Mr. Kurland for $35,550 on November 1, 2012. Following the Recapitalization, each of these common units will be converted into            New Holdings Units.

(3)
All Other Compensation for all three named executive officers consists of health insurance premiums and gross-up payments for the payment of self-employment taxes by each named executive officer. The Company paid gross-up payments to the named executive officers in the following amounts: $20,397 for Mr. Kurland, $13,872 for Mr. Spector, and $25,894 for Mr. Jones. Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC paid health insurance premiums to the named executive officers in the following amounts: $23,400 for Mr. Kurland, $23,400 for Mr. Spector, and $13,427 for Mr. Jones.


With respect to Mr. Jones, All Other Compensation also includes a $10,000 contribution paid by Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC to his 401(k) plan and 15,000 restricted share units awarded to Mr. Jones by PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust and recorded by Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC as a portion of its compensation expense and PCM's management fees. The restricted share units were granted on May 16, 2012 and have a full grant date fair value of $182,550 as determined in accordance with FASB ASC TOPIC 718. The restricted share units vest ratably over a four-year period beginning on the one-year anniversary of the grant date and entitle Mr. Jones to receive dividend equivalents during the vesting period.


In addition to the amounts shown in All Other Compensation, restricted share units were awarded to Mr. Kurland and Mr. Spector by PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust. The restricted share units were granted on May 16, 2012 and have full grant date fair values, as determined in accordance with FASB ASC TOPIC 718, of $1,867,000 and $1,250,890 for Mr. Kurland and Mr. Spector, respectively. The restricted share units vest ratably over a four-year period beginning on the one-year anniversary of the grant date and entitle each named executive officer to receive dividend equivalents during the vesting period.

141


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

        The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2012.

Name
  Number of
securities that
have not vested(1)
  Market value of
securities that
have not vested(2)
  Other
Awards
 

Stanford L. Kurland

    4,750.78   $ 28,404,914        

David A. Spector

    1,027.04     6,140,672        

Douglas Jones

    1,539.06     8,489,476        

(1)
With respect to Mr. Kurland, the amount shown represents 4,750.78 common units granted to Mr. Kurland that vest as follows: 511.35 units granted on September 22, 2009, all of which vest on September 22, 2013; 1,022.72 units granted on June 1, 2010, 340.91 of which vest on June 1, 2013 and 681.81 of which vest on June 1, 2014; 957.48 units granted on August 18, 2010, 319.16 of which vest on August 18, 2013 and 638.32 of which vest on August 18, 2014; 14.65 units granted on September 30, 2011, 6.89 of which vest on September 30, 2013 and 7.76 of which vest on September 30, 2014; 1,920.44 units granted on October 17, 2011, 902.91 of which vest on October 17, 2013 and 1,017.53 of which vest on October 17, 2014; and 324.14 units granted on January 1, 2012, 81.04 of which vest on January 1, 2014, 81.04 of which vest on January 1, 2015, and 162.07 of which vest on January 1, 2016. Following the Recapitalization, these common units will be converted in the aggregate into            New Holdings Units with identical vesting schedules.

With respect to Mr. Spector, the amount shown represents 1,027.04 common units granted to Mr. Spector that vest as follows: 102.25 units granted on September 22, 2009, all of which vest on September 22, 2013; 204.53 units granted on June 1, 2010, 68.18 of which vest on June 1, 2013 and 136.35 of which vest on June 1, 2014; 331.22 units granted on August 18, 2010, 110.41 of which vest on August 18, 2013 and 220.81 of which vest on August 18, 2014; 3.91 units granted on September 30, 2011, 1.72 of which vest on September 30, 2013 and 2.19 of which vest on September 30, 2014; and 385.14 units granted on October 17, 2011, 169.53 of which vest on October 17, 2013 and 215.61 of which vest on October 17, 2014. Following the Recapitalization, these common units will be converted in the aggregate into            New Holdings Units with identical vesting schedules.

With respect to Mr. Jones, the amount shown represents 1,319.19 Class C common units granted to Mr. Jones on June 1, 2011, 219.86 of which vest on June 1, 2013, 439.73 of which vest on June 1, 2014, and 879.46 of which vest on June 1, 2015. Following the Recapitalization, these common units will be converted in the aggregate into             New Holdings Units with identical vesting schedules.

(2)
With respect to Messrs. Kurland and Spector, the amounts shown represent the market value of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC common units on December 31, 2012, or $5,979 per unit, multiplied by the applicable number of unvested common units held by each such named executive officer on such date. With respect to Mr. Jones, the amount shown represents the market value of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC Class C common units on December 31, 2012, or $5,516 per unit, multiplied by the number of unvested Class C common units held by Mr. Jones on such date.

Bonuses

        We do not have a formal written bonus policy, and bonuses are not determined based upon the achievement of specified performance goals. Instead, our board of directors relies primarily on the judgment of its members in making bonus determinations after reviewing our performance and financial condition for the year and carefully evaluating an executive officer's performance during the year. In addition, our board of directors considers an executive officer's leadership qualities, business responsibilities and length of career with us in determining an appropriate bonus amount. In 2012, our board of directors also undertook a formal review of relevant market compensation data before determining bonus amounts. To date, bonuses for our executive officers have been approved by our board of directors on a discretionary basis in those instances where it desires to reward outstanding performance during the fiscal year by our executive officers.

142


Table of Contents

Pension Benefits

        We do not offer any defined benefit pension plans.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

        We do not offer any nonqualified deferred compensation plans.

Employment Agreements

        We are not party to employment agreements or severance arrangements with our named executive officers, either directly or through our subsidiaries.

Employee Benefit and Stock Plans

    Existing Equity Incentive Plans

        All of the common units of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC outstanding as of the date of this prospectus were issued under our initial Equity Incentive Plan. Under the terms of this plan and related award agreements that have been entered into with recipients, these common units generally either vest over a three-year period beginning on the date of issuance or over a four-year period beginning on the date on which we hired the recipient, in either case as long as the recipient remains employed by us. These common units issued under this plan and related award agreements will remain outstanding following the offering and continue to vest pursuant to the applicable vesting schedule. We do not intend to issue any additional common units under this plan.

        All of the outstanding Class C common units are subject to terms set forth in an exhibit to the limited liability company agreement of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, which terms effectively constitute a separate equity incentive plan with respect to our Class C common units. In general, 12.5% of a recipient's Class C common units vest on each of the first and second anniversaries of the date of issuance, and 25% and 50% of the units vest on the third anniversary and fourth anniversary, respectively, of the date of issuance.

        Prior to the completion of this offering, additional common units will be issued under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan to members of our management. Discretionary awards of common units are granted under this plan based on the Company's performance and the performance of the participating individuals, in each case in accordance with parameters set forth in the plan. This plan provides that all common units issued will be vested in full upon issuance.

        Each of the three plans described above provides that all units held by a recipient under that plan shall be forfeited and canceled following the termination of the employment of that recipient for "Cause," as defined in the limited liability company agreement of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC. Each of these plans also provides that Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC will have the right to repurchase vested units issued under that plan for a price representing the fair market value, as defined in the limited liability company agreement of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, of those units following the termination of the employment of the holder of those units for any reason other than "Cause." All unvested units issued under any plan are forfeited upon the termination of the recipient's employment for any reason.

        No additional common units, Class C common units or other units of equity interest in Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC will be issuable under any of these plans following the amendment and restatement of the limited liability company agreement of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC prior to the completion of this offering. In addition, that amendment and restatement will eliminate all of our existing repurchase rights with respect to vested units issued under these plans upon their conversion into New Holdings Units. The forfeiture and vesting provisions

143


Table of Contents

described above with respect to unvested units issued under these plans will remain in effect following the completion of this offering with respect to the New Holdings Units into which those units have been converted. No vesting of any units will be accelerated in connection with the Recapitalization or this offering.

        We have also allowed certain of our employees to purchase preferred units of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC from time to time under terms set forth in its limited liability company agreement. To facilitate some of these purchases, we extended loans to certain of these employees on terms set forth in that limited liability company agreement. All of these preferred units were fully vested upon issuance, but remain subject to repurchase rights upon a termination of the holder's employment with us. If that termination is for "Cause," as defined in the limited liability company agreement of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, then we have the right to repurchase that holder's preferred units for a price equal to the lesser of (i) the unreturned face amount, which equals the consideration paid for the preferred unit less the amount of distributions previously made in respect of the preferred units, and (ii) the current fair value, as defined in that limited liability company agreement.

        Following a termination by us of a holder's employment for any reason other than for "Cause" or a termination of employment by the holder for "Good Reason," we have a repurchase right for which the repurchase price is the unreturned face value of the preferred units if the holder was employed with us for less than two years, and is the current fair value of the preferred units if the holder was employed by us for four years or more. If such termination occurs after the holder has been employed by us for two years or more, but less than three years, then the repurchase price for 75% of the preferred units held by the terminated employee is the unreturned face amount and the repurchase price for the other 25% of the preferred units is the current fair value. If such termination occurs after the holder has been employed by us for three years or more, but less than four years, then the repurchase price for 50% of the preferred units held by the terminated employee is the unreturned face amount and the repurchase price for the other 50% of the preferred units is the current fair value.

        The amendment and restatement of the limited liability company agreement of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC prior to the completion of this offering will eliminate all of our existing repurchase rights with respect to preferred units, other than those in connection with a termination for "Cause," upon their conversion into New Holdings Units. In addition, all loans extended to an employee in connection with the purchase of preferred units will be effectively paid off and eliminated as part of the Recapitalization by reducing the number of New Holdings Units into which that employee's preferred units are converted by the number of New Holdings Units that together have a value equal to the current outstanding principal balance of, and unpaid interest accrued on, those loans. Any such loans made to executive officers have been repaid prior to the initial filing of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

    2013 Equity Incentive Plan

        The following is a summary of the material terms of the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, which will be in effect upon the completion of this offering. It does not purport to be complete and is qualified by reference to the full text of the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, which we will file as an exhibit to our registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

        The 2013 Equity Incentive Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock option and nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and stock unit awards, performance units, stock grants and qualified performance-based awards, which we collectively refer to as "awards" in connection with the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. Directors, officers and other employees of the Company and our subsidiaries, as well as others performing consulting or advisory services for us, are eligible for grants under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. The purpose of the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan

144


Table of Contents

is to provide incentives that will attract, retain and motivate highly competent officers, directors, employees and consultants to promote the success of our business.

    Administration

        Under its terms, the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan is administered by the compensation committee of the board of directors. The board of directors itself may also exercise any of the powers and responsibilities under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. Subject to the terms of the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, the plan administrator (the board or its compensation committee) will select the recipients of awards and determine, among other things, the:

    number of shares of common stock covered by the awards and the dates upon which such awards become exercisable or any restrictions lapse, as applicable;

    type of award and the exercise or purchase price and method of payment for each such award;

    vesting period for awards, risks of forfeiture and any potential acceleration of vesting or lapses in risks of forfeiture; and

    duration of awards.

        All decisions, determinations and interpretations by the compensation committee with respect to the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and the terms and conditions of or operation of any award are final and binding on all participants, beneficiaries, heirs, assigns or other persons holding or claiming rights under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan or any award.

    Available Shares

        The aggregate number of shares of our common stock which may be issued or used for reference purposes under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan or with respect to which awards may be granted, subject to the automatic increase provisions described below, may not exceed                        shares, which may be either authorized and unissued shares of our common stock or shares of common stock held in or acquired for our treasury. In general, if awards under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan are for any reason cancelled, or expire or terminate unexercised, the number of shares covered by such awards will again be available for the grant of awards under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. In addition, (i) shares used to pay the exercise price of a stock option and (ii) shares delivered to or withheld by us to pay the withholding taxes related to an award do not count as shares issued under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

        The number of shares of common stock authorized under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan also will be increased each January 1 starting in 2014 by an amount equal to the lesser of (i)         % of our outstanding common stock on a fully diluted basis as of the end of our immediately preceding fiscal year, (ii)                          shares, and (iii) any lower amount determined by our board.

    Eligibility for Participation

        Members of our board of directors, as well as employees of, and consultants to, us or any of our subsidiaries and affiliates are eligible to receive awards under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. The selection of participants is within the sole discretion of the compensation committee.

    Incentive Stock Options

        Incentive stock options are intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code and will be granted pursuant to incentive stock option agreements. The plan administrator will determine the exercise price for an incentive stock option, which may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the stock underlying the option determined on the date of grant. In addition, incentive

145


Table of Contents

options granted to employees who own, or are deemed to own, more than 10% of our voting stock, must have an exercise price not less than 110% of the fair market value of the stock underlying the option determined on the date of grant.

    Nonstatutory Stock Options

        Nonstatutory stock options are not intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code and will be granted pursuant to nonstatutory stock option agreements. The plan administrator will determine the exercise price for a nonstatutory stock option, which may not be less than the fair market value of the stock underlying the option determined on the date of grant.

    Stock Appreciation Rights

        A stock appreciation right, or a SAR, entitles a participant to receive a payment equal in value to the difference between the fair market value of a share of stock on the date of exercise of the SAR over the grant price of the SAR. SARs may be granted in tandem with a stock option, such that the recipient has the opportunity to exercise either the stock option or the SAR, but not both. The base exercise price (above which any appreciation is measured) will not be less than 50% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant of the SAR or, in the case of an SAR granted in tandem with a stock option, the exercise price of the related stock option. The administrator may pay that amount in cash, in shares of our common stock, or a combination. The terms, methods of exercise, methods of settlement, form of consideration payable in settlement, and any other terms and conditions of any SAR will be determined by the administrator at the time of the grant of award and will be reflected in the award agreement.

    Restricted Stock and Stock Units

        A restricted stock award or restricted stock unit award is the grant of shares of our common stock either currently (in the case of restricted stock) or at a future date (in the case of restricted stock units) at a price determined by the administrator (including zero), that is nontransferable and is subject to substantial risk of forfeiture until specific conditions or goals are met. Conditions are typically based on continuing employment. During the period of restriction, participants holding shares of restricted stock shall, except as otherwise provided in an individual award agreement, have full voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares. Participants holding restricted stock units may be entitled to receive payments equivalent to any dividends declared with respect to the common stock referenced in the grant of the restricted stock units, but only following the close of the applicable restriction period and then only if the underlying common stock has been earned. The restrictions will lapse in accordance with a schedule or other conditions determined by the administrator.

    Performance Units

        A performance unit award is a contingent right to receive predetermined shares of our common stock if certain performance goals are met. The value of performance units will depend on the degree to which the specified performance goals are achieved but are generally based on the value of our common stock. The administrator may, in its discretion, pay earned performance shares in cash, or stock, or a combination of both. Furthermore, based on the level of performance, the number of shares issued upon achievement of specified levels of performance could be up to        % of the number of performance units.

        The Compensation Committee has discretion to select the length of any applicable restriction or performance period, the kind and/or level of the applicable performance goal, and whether the performance goal is to apply to us, one of our subsidiaries or any division or business unit, or to the recipient, provided that any performance goals be objective and otherwise meet the requirements of

146


Table of Contents

Section 162(m) of the Code. Generally, a recipient will be eligible to receive payment under a qualified performance-based award only if the applicable performance goal or goals are achieved within the applicable performance period, as determined by the Committee.

    Stock Grants

        A stock grant is an award of shares of common stock without restriction. Stock grants may only be made in limited circumstances, such as in lieu of other earned compensation. Stock grants are made without any forfeiture conditions.

    Qualified Performance-Based Awards

        Qualified performance-based awards include performance criteria intended to satisfy Section 162(m) of the Code. Section 162(m) of the Code limits our federal income tax deduction for compensation to certain specified senior executives to $1 million dollars, but excludes from that limit "performance-based compensation." Any form of award permitted under the 2013 Plan, other than restricted stock, restricted stock units and stock grants, may be granted as a qualified performance-based award, but in each case will be subject to satisfaction of performance goals or (in the case of stock options) based on continued service. The performance criteria used to establish performance goals are limited to the following: (i) cash flow (before or after dividends), (ii) earnings per share (including, without limitation, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization), (iii) stock price, (iv) return on equity, (v) stockholder return or total stockholder return, (vi) return on capital (including, without limitation, return on total capital or return on invested capital), (vii) return on investment, (viii) return on assets or net assets, (ix) market capitalization, (x) economic value added, (xi) debt leverage (debt to capital), (xii) revenue, (xiii) sales or net sales, (xiv) backlog, (xv) income, pre-tax income or net income, (xvi) operating income or pre-tax profit, (xvii) operating profit, net operating profit or economic profit, (xviii) gross margin, operating margin or profit margin, (xix) return on operating revenue or return on operating assets, (xx) cash from operations, (xxi) operating ratio, (xxii) operating revenue, (xxiii) market share improvement, (xxiv) general and administrative expenses and (xxv) customer service.

    Transferability

        Awards granted under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan are generally nontransferable (other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution), except that the compensation committee may provide for the transferability of nonstatutory stock options at the time of grant or thereafter to certain family members.

    Adjustment for Corporate Actions

        In the event of any change in the outstanding shares of common stock as a result of a reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar distribution with respect to the shares of common stock, an appropriate and proportionate adjustment will be made in (i) the maximum numbers and kinds of shares subject to the 2013 Plan, (ii) the numbers and kinds of shares or other securities subject to then outstanding awards, (iii) the exercise price for each share or other unit of any other securities subject to then outstanding stock options or SARs (without change in the aggregate purchase price as to which such stock options or SARs remain exercisable), and (iv) the repurchase price of each share of restricted stock then subject to a risk of forfeiture in the form of a Company repurchase right. Any such adjustment in awards will be determined and made by the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion.

147


Table of Contents

    Transactions

        In the event of a transaction, including (i) any merger or consolidation of the Company, (ii) any sale or exchange of all of the common stock of the Company, (iii) any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company's assets, or (iv) any liquidation or dissolution of the Company, the compensation committee may, with respect to all or any outstanding stock options and SARS, (1) provide that such awards will be assumed, or substantially equivalent rights shall be provided in substitution therefore, (2) provide that the recipient's unexercised awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction unless exercised within a specified period following written notice to the recipient, (3) provide that outstanding awards shall become exercisable in whole or in part prior to or upon the transaction, (4) provide for cash payments, net of applicable tax withholdings, to be made to the recipients, (5) provide that, in connection with a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, awards shall convert into the right to receive liquidation proceeds net of the exercise price of the awards and any applicable tax withholdings, or (6) any combination of the foregoing. With respect to outstanding awards other than stock options or SARs, upon the occurrence of a transaction other than a liquidation or dissolution of the Company which is not part of another form of transaction, the repurchase and other rights of the Company under each such award will transfer to the Company's successor. Upon the occurrence of such a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, all risks of forfeiture and performance goals applicable to such other awards will automatically be deemed terminated or satisfied, unless specifically provided to the contrary in the award. Any determinations required to carry out any of the foregoing will be made by the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion.

    Change of Control

        Upon the occurrence of a change of control, all outstanding stock options and SARs will accelerate with respect to such percentage of the shares not then exercisable as is determined by the Committee, the risk of forfeiture applicable to all outstanding restricted stock and restricted stock units not based on achievement of performance goals will lapse with respect to such percentage of the restricted stock and restricted stock units still subject to such risk of forfeiture as is determined by the Committee, and such percentage of any outstanding awards of performance units will be deemed to have been satisfied as is determined by the Committee. In each case, a pro rata portion of each unvested award will be vested.

        A change of control is defined as the occurrence of any of the following: (1) a transaction, as described above, unless securities possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the resulting entity or ultimate parent entity are held by a person who held securities possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Company immediately prior to the transaction; (2) any person or group of persons, excluding the Company and certain other related entities, directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership of securities possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Company, unless pursuant to a tender or exchange offer that the Company's board of directors recommends stockholders accept; (3) over a period of no more than 24 consecutive months there is a change in the composition of the Company's board such that a majority of the board members ceases to be composed of individuals who either (i) have been board members continuously since the beginning of that period, or (ii) have been elected or nominated for election as board members during such period by at least a majority of the remaining board members who have been board members continuously since the beginning of that period.

    Amendment and Termination

        Our board of directors may at any time amend any or all of the provisions of the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, or suspend or terminate it entirely, retroactively or otherwise. Unless otherwise required by law or specifically provided in the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, the rights of a participant under

148


Table of Contents

awards granted prior to any amendment, suspension or termination may not be adversely affected without the consent of the participant. The 2013 Equity Incentive Plan expires after ten years.

    Allocation of Awards; Plan Benefits.

        It is not presently possible to determine the dollar value of award payments that may be made or the number of options, shares of restricted stock, restricted stock units, or other awards that may be granted under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan in the future, or the individuals who may be selected for such awards because awards under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan are granted at the discretion of the Compensation Committee.

    401(k) Plan

        Following the offering, Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC will continue to maintain a tax-qualified 401(k) retirement plan for all employees who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. Under our 401(k) plan, employees may elect to defer a portion of their eligible compensation subject to applicable annual Code limits. Under the 401(k) plan, Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC makes matching contributions to participants equal to 100% of the participant's elective deferrals, up to a maximum of 4% of the participant's annual compensation. We intend for the 401(k) plan to qualify under Section 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code so that contributions by employees to the 401(k) plan, and income earned on those contributions, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from the 401(k) plan.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters

        Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a corporation's board of directors to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors, and other corporate agents.

        As permitted by Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, no director will be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Pursuant to Delaware law such protection would be not available for liability:

    for any breach of a duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

    for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    for any transaction from which the director derived an improper benefit; or

    for an act or omission for which the liability of a director is expressly provided by an applicable statute, including unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that if Delaware law is amended after the approval by our stockholders of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

        Our amended and restated bylaws further provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws also authorize us to indemnify any of our employees or agents and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or agent for any liability arising out of his or her action in that capacity, whether or not Delaware law would otherwise permit indemnification.

149


Table of Contents

        In addition, our amended and restated bylaws also provide that we are required to advance expenses to our directors and officers as incurred in connection with legal proceedings against them for which they may be indemnified and that the rights conferred in the amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive.

        The amended and restated limited liability company agreement of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC also provides that Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC indemnify its officers, members, managers and other affiliates to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, and advance expenses to its officers, members, managers and other affiliates as incurred in connection with legal proceedings against them for which they may be indemnified. The rights conferred in the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC are not exclusive.

        We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, would require us to indemnify each director and officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, for expenses such as, among other things, attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, and settlement amounts incurred by the director or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action by or in our right, arising out of the person's services as our director or executive officer or as the director or executive officer of any subsidiary of ours or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request. We also maintain directors' and officers' liability insurance.

        The SEC has taken the position that personal liability of directors for violation of the federal securities laws cannot be limited and that indemnification by us for any such violation is unenforceable. The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder's investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

        No compensation was paid to or earned by our non-employee directors during our 2012 fiscal year. Following the closing of this offering, we intend to consider and adopt a compensation policy for non-employee directors.

150


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        Other than compensation arrangements, we describe below transactions and series of similar transactions, during our last three fiscal years, to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:

    the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

    any of the directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of the membership interests of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, or any member of the immediate family of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

        Compensation arrangements for our directors and named executive officers are described elsewhere in this prospectus.

Recapitalization Transactions

        Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will consummate the Recapitalization transactions described under "Organizational Structure" pursuant to the agreements filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Exchange Agreement

        We will enter into an exchange agreement with the existing owners of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC. Under the exchange agreement, each existing owner (and certain permitted transferees thereof) may (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement), exchange their New Holdings Units for shares of Class A common stock of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. As a holder exchanges its New Holdings Units, PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.'s interest in Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC will be correspondingly increased. See "Organizational Structure—Recapitalization."

Stockholder Agreements

        We will enter into separate stockholders agreements with BlackRock and Highfields which will provide that our board of directors will consist of no more than nine directors as long as those entities and their affiliates hold at least 10% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock. Those agreements will also provide that each of BlackRock and Highfields will have the right to nominate two individuals for election to our board of directors as long it, together with its affiliates, holds at least 15% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock, and the right to nominate one individual for election to our board of directors as long as it, together with its affiliates, holds at least 10% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock. We, in turn, are obligated to use our best efforts to ensure that these nominees are elected. In addition, those agreements will provide that each of BlackRock and Highfields, as long as it holds at least 10% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock, will have the right to nominate one member of each committee of our board of directors. As long as those nominees meet the independence standards applicable to those committees, we will appoint them as members of those committees.

Registration Rights Agreement

        We will enter into a registration rights agreement with BlackRock, Highfields and our other existing owners pursuant to which BlackRock, Highfields and certain permitted transferees will have the right, under certain circumstances and subject to certain restrictions, to require us to register for resale the shares of our Class A common stock delivered in exchange for New Holdings Units held by them. Any such securities registered under any registration statement will be available for sale in the open market unless restrictions apply.

151


Table of Contents

        Demand Registration Rights.     BlackRock and Highfields and certain permitted transferees will each have the right to demand that we register their Class A common stock for resale, subject to the conditions set forth in the registration rights agreement, no more than three times in any twelve month period. Six months after the closing of this offering, BlackRock and Highfields and certain permitted transferees will have the right under the registration rights agreement to require that we register their Class A common stock for resale. Such registration demand must reasonably be expected to result in aggregate gross cash proceeds to such demanding stockholder in excess of $25 million. Each of BlackRock and Highfields and certain permitted transferees will have the right to participate in any such demand registrations. We will not be obligated to effect a demand registration within 120 days of the effective date of a registration statement filed by us. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement for up to 60 days once in any 12-month period if our board of directors determines in good faith that the filing would reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect any material financing or acquisition of ours or require premature disclosure of information that would reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to us. The underwriters of any underwritten offering have the right to limit the number of shares to be included in a registration statement filed in response to the exercise of these demand registration rights. We must pay all expenses, except for underwriters' discounts and commissions, incurred in connection with these demand registration rights.

        Piggyback Registration Rights.     BlackRock, Highfields, certain of their permitted transferees and the minority stockholders which are parties to the agreement will each have the right to "piggyback" on any registration statements that we file on an unlimited basis, subject to the conditions set forth in the registration rights agreement. If we register any securities for public sale, stockholders with piggyback registration rights under the registration rights agreement have the right to include their shares in the registration for resale by them, subject to specified limitations and exceptions.

        S-3 Registration Rights.     If we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, the stockholders with S-3 registration rights under the registration rights agreement and certain permitted transferees can request that we register their shares for resale. Any registration must be reasonably expected by the demanding stockholder to result in aggregate gross cash proceeds to such demanding stockholder in excess of $10 million, and no more than three demands for an S-3 registration may be made in any 12-month period. We may postpone the filing of a Form S-3 registration statement for up to 60 days once in any 12-month period if our board of directors determines in good faith that the filing would reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect any material financing or acquisition of ours or require premature disclosure of information that would reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to us. If we are eligible as a Well Known Seasoned Issuer, or WKSI, the requesting stockholders may request that the shelf registration statement utilize the automatic shelf registration process under Rule 415 and Rule 462 promulgated under the Securities Act. If we are not eligible as a WKSI or are otherwise ineligible to utilize the automatic shelf registration process, then we are required to use our reasonable efforts to have the shelf registration statement declared effective.

Tax Receivable Agreement

        As described above, the unit holders of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (other than PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.) may (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) exchange their New Holdings Units for shares of Class A common stock of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., initially on a one-for-one basis. Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC intends to have in effect an election under Section 754 of the Code effective for each taxable year in which an exchange of New Holdings Units for shares of Class A common stock occurs, which may result in a special adjustment for PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. with respect to the tax basis of the assets of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC at the time of an exchange of New Holdings Units, which adjustment affects only PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., which we refer to as the "corporate taxpayer." The subsequent exchanges are expected to result in special increases for the

152


Table of Contents

corporate taxpayer in the tax basis of the assets of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC that otherwise would not have been available. These increases in tax basis may reduce the amount of tax that the corporate taxpayer would otherwise be required to pay in the future. These increases in tax basis may also decrease gains (or increase losses) on future dispositions of certain capital assets to the extent tax basis is allocated to those capital assets. The IRS may challenge all or part of the existing tax basis, tax basis increase and increased deductions, and a court could sustain such a challenge.

        We will enter into a tax receivable agreement with our existing owners that will provide for the payment from time to time by the corporate taxpayer to our existing owners of 85% of the amount of the net tax benefits, if any, that the corporate taxpayer is deemed to realize under certain circumstances as a result of (i) increases in tax basis resulting from exchanges of New Holdings Units, (ii) certain allocations as a result of the application of the principles of Section 704(c) of the Code to take into account the difference between the fair market value and the adjusted tax basis of certain assets of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC on the date of the offering, and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. These payment obligations are obligations of the corporate taxpayer and not of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC. For purposes of the tax receivable agreement, the tax benefit deemed realized by the corporate taxpayer will be computed by comparing the actual income tax liability of the corporate taxpayer (calculated with certain assumptions) to the taxes that the corporate taxpayer would have been required to pay had there been no increase to the tax basis of the assets of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC as a result of the exchanges, had there been no tax benefit to the corporate taxpayer by application of the principles of Section 704(c) of the Code to take into account the difference between the fair market value and the adjusted tax basis of the assets of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC on the date of this offering and had the corporate taxpayer not entered into the tax receivable agreement. The term of the tax receivable agreement will continue until all such tax benefits have been utilized or expired, unless (i) the corporate taxpayer exercises its right to terminate the tax receivable agreement in exchange for an early termination payment in an amount based on the present value of the anticipated future tax benefits (calculated with certain assumptions) or (ii) the corporate taxpayer breaches any of its material obligations under the tax receivable agreement in which case all obligations will generally be accelerated and due as if the corporate taxpayer had exercised its right to terminate the agreement. Estimating the amount of payments that may be made under the tax receivable agreement is by its nature imprecise, insofar as the calculation of amounts payable depends on a variety of factors. The actual increase in tax basis, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the tax receivable agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including:

    the timing of exchanges—for instance, the increase in any tax deductions will vary depending on the fair value, which may fluctuate over time, of the depreciable or amortizable assets of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC at the time of each exchange;

    the price of shares of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange—the tax basis increase in assets of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC for the corporate taxpayer, as well as any related increase in allocations of tax deductions to the corporate taxpayer, is directly proportional to the price of shares of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange;

    the extent to which such exchanges are taxable—if an exchange is not taxable for any reason, increased deductions will not be available; and

    the amount and timing of our income—the corporate taxpayer will be required to pay 85% of the net tax benefits as and when those benefits are treated as realized under the terms of the tax

153


Table of Contents

      receivable agreement. If the corporate taxpayer does not have taxable income, the corporate taxpayer generally is not required (absent a change of control or circumstances requiring an early termination payment) to make payments under the tax receivable agreement for that taxable year because no benefit will have been actually realized. However, any tax benefits that do not result in realized benefits in a given tax year will likely generate tax attributes that may be utilized to generate benefits in previous or future tax years. The utilization of such tax attributes will result in payments under the tax receivable agreement.

        We expect that the payments that we may make under the tax receivable agreement will be substantial. There may be a material negative effect on our liquidity if, as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise, the payments under the tax receivable agreement exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement and/or distributions to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. by Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC are not sufficient to permit PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. to make payments under the tax receivable agreement after it has paid taxes. The payments under the tax receivable agreement are not conditioned upon our existing owners' continued ownership of us.

        In addition, the tax receivable agreement provides that upon certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control, the corporate taxpayer's (or its successor's) obligations with respect to exchanged or acquired New Holdings Units (whether exchanged or acquired before or after such transaction) would be based on certain assumptions, including that the corporate taxpayer would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the increased tax deductions and tax basis and other benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement. As a result, (i) we could be required to make payments under the tax receivable agreement that are greater than or less than the specified percentage of the actual net tax benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement and (ii) if we elect to terminate the tax receivable agreement early, we would be required to make an immediate payment equal to the present value of the anticipated future net tax benefits, which upfront payment may be made years in advance of the actual realization of such future benefits. In these situations, our obligations under the tax receivable agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity.

        Decisions made by our existing owners in the course of running our business, such as with respect to mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes in control, may influence the timing and amount of payments that are received by an exchanging or selling existing owner under the tax receivable agreement. For example, the earlier disposition of assets following an exchange or acquisition transaction will generally accelerate payments under the tax receivable agreement and increase the present value of such payments.

        Payments are generally due under the tax receivable agreement within a specified period of time following the filing of our tax return for the taxable year with respect to which the payment obligation arises, although interest on such payments will begin to accrue at a rate of LIBOR plus 100 basis points from the due date (without extensions) of such tax return. Payments not made when due under the tax receivable agreement would accrue interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 500 basis points.

        Payments under the tax receivable agreement will be based on the tax reporting positions that we will determine. Although we are not aware of any issue that would cause the IRS to challenge a tax basis increase, the corporate taxpayer will not be reimbursed for any payments previously made under the tax receivable agreement (except to the extent such amounts can be applied against future amounts that would otherwise be due under the tax receivable agreement). As a result, in certain circumstances, payments could be made under the tax receivable agreement in excess of the benefits that the corporate taxpayer actually realizes in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement.

154


Table of Contents

Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC Limited Liability Company Agreement

        As a result of the Recapitalization and Offering Transactions, PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. will hold New Holdings Units in Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC and will be the sole managing member of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC. Accordingly, PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. will operate and control all of the business and affairs of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC and, through Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC and its operating entity subsidiaries, conduct our business.

        Pursuant to the limited liability company agreement of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC as it will be in effect at the time of this offering, PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. has the right to determine when distributions will be made to unit holders of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC and the amount of any such distributions, other than with respect to tax distributions as described below. If a distribution is authorized, such distribution will be made to the unit holders of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective limited liability company interests.

        The unit holders of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, including PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., will incur U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on their proportionate share of any taxable income of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC. Except as otherwise required under Section 704(c) of the Code, net profits and net losses of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC will generally be allocated to its unit holders (including PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.) pro rata in accordance with their respective limited liability company interests. The limited liability company agreement of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC will provide for quarterly cash distributions, which we refer to as "tax distributions," to the holders of the New Holdings Units if PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., as the sole managing member of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, determines that the taxable income of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC gives rise to taxable income for such holders. Generally, these quarterly tax distributions will be computed based on the taxable income of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC multiplied by an assumed tax rate determined by us. Tax distributions will be made only to the extent that all distributions from Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC for the relevant year were insufficient to cover such tax liabilities.

        The limited liability company agreement of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC will also provide that substantially all expenses incurred by or attributable to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. (such as expenses incurred in connection with this offering), but not including obligations incurred under the tax receivable agreement by PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and income tax expenses of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., will be borne by Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC.

        The limited liability company agreement of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC will generally provide that at any time we issue a share of our Class A common stock or any other equity security, the net proceeds received by us with respect to such share, if any, shall be concurrently transferred to Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC will issue to us one New Holdings Unit with respect to such issuance of Class A common stock (or another equity interest in Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC with respect to other equity issuances by us), subject to any change in the initial exchange rate provided for in the exchange agreement. Conversely, if at any time, any shares of our Class A common stock are redeemed by us for cash, Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC shall, immediately prior to such redemption of our Class A common stock, redeem an equal number of New Holdings Units held by us, upon the same terms and for the same price, as the shares of our Class A common stock are redeemed, subject to any change in the initial exchange rate provided for in the exchange agreement.

155


Table of Contents

        Other than PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., in its capacity as managing member, holders of the New Holdings Units will have no voting rights with respect to Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, except that (i) the managing member shall not create additional classes of units or securities for issuance to any party other than PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and (ii) the managing member and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC shall take no action or enter into any agreement that would limit the ability of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC to make tax distributions or the ability of the managing member to make payments under the tax receivable agreement, provided that the managing member and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC may enter into credit, financing or warehousing or similar agreements that limit or prohibit the making of tax distributions or payments under the tax receivable agreement if there is a default or event of default or if such distributions could result in a default or event of default thereunder, in each case without the consent of all members having voting rights which hold more than 5% of the then outstanding New Holdings Units, and the consent of each of BlackRock and Highfields, as long as it, together with its affiliates, holds any New Holdings Units.

        Holders of New Holdings Units will also have consent rights for amendments to the limited liability company agreement of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC that materially and adversely affect the rights or duties of a holder on a discriminatory and non-pro rata basis. In addition, so long as either BlackRock or Highfields continues to own, together with its affiliates, a number of New Holdings Units representing more than 10% of the New Holdings Units outstanding immediately after this offering, its consent will be required for any amendment to the limited liability company agreement of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC. The consent of BlackRock and Highfields will also be required to any amendment that reduces such holder's tax distributions on a non-pro rata basis, limits such holder's ability to exercise its rights under the exchange agreement, requires such holder to make a capital contribution, materially increases such holder's obligations or permits the appointment of a new managing member other than a successor to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. permitted under the limited liability company agreement of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC. In addition, the consent of BlackRock and Highfields will be required to convert the legal form of Private National Mortgage Association Company, LLC into a corporation, or treat it as other than a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes.

Management Agreements

        Our subsidiary, PCM, enters into investment management agreements with investment companies or funds that invest in residential mortgage assets. Presently, PCM is party to management agreements with the Investment Funds and with PMT.

        These management agreements require us to oversee the business affairs of the Investment Funds and PMT in conformity with the investment policies that are approved and monitored by such client's board or management. We are responsible for the client's day-to-day management and perform such services and activities related to the client's assets and operations as may be appropriate.

        PMT Management Agreement.     Effective February 1, 2013, we renewed our management agreement with PMT and PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. through February 1, 2017 and amended and restated its terms in order to better align the base and performance incentive components of our management fee with PMT's investment strategy. Pursuant to the terms of the amended and restated management agreement between PCM and PMT, PCM collects a base management fee and may collect a performance incentive fee, both payable quarterly and in arrears. The initial term of this management agreement expires, on February 1, 2017, subject to automatic renewal for additional 18-month periods, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the terms of the agreement.

156


Table of Contents

        The base management fee is calculated at a defined annualized percentage of "shareholder's equity." "Shareholders' equity" is defined as the sum of the net proceeds from any issuances of PMT's equity securities since its inception (weighted for the time outstanding during the measurement period); plus PMT's retained earnings at the end of the quarter; less any amount that PMT pays for repurchases of its common shares (weighted for the time held during the measurement period); and excluding one-time events pursuant to changes in GAAP and certain other non-cash charges after discussions between PCM and PMT's independent trustees and approval by a majority of PMT's independent trustees.

        The base management fee is equal to the sum of (i) 1.5% per annum of shareholders' equity up to $2 billion, (ii) 1.375% per annum of shareholders' equity in excess of $2 billion and up to $5 billion, and (iii) 1.25% per annum of shareholders' equity in excess of $5 billion. The base management fee is paid in cash.

        The performance incentive fee is calculated at a defined annualized percentage of the amount by which "net income," on a rolling four-quarter basis and before the incentive fee, exceeds certain levels of return on "equity." "Net income," for purposes of determining the amount of the performance incentive fee, is defined as net income or loss computed in accordance with GAAP and certain other non-cash charges determined after discussions between PCM and PMT's independent trustees and approval by a majority of PMT's independent trustees. "Equity" is the weighted average of the issue price per common share of all of PMT's public offerings, multiplied by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding (including restricted share units) in the four-quarter period.

        The performance incentive fee is calculated quarterly and escalates as net income (stated as a percentage return on equity) increases over certain thresholds. On each calculation date, the threshold amounts represent a stated return on equity, plus or minus a "high watermark" adjustment. The performance fee payable for any quarter is equal to: (a) 10% of the amount by which net income for the quarter exceeds (i) an 8% return on equity plus the high watermark, up to (ii) a 12% return on equity; plus (b) 15% of the amount by which net income for the quarter exceeds (i) a 12% return on equity plus the high watermark, up to (ii) a 16% return on equity; plus (c) 20% of the amount by which net income for the quarter exceeds a 16% return on equity plus the high watermark.

        The high watermark starts at zero and is adjusted quarterly. The quarterly adjustment reflects the amount by which the net income in that quarter exceeds or falls short of the lesser of 8% and the 30-year Fannie Mae current coupon MBS Yield (the target yield) for such quarter. If the net income is lower than the target yield, the high watermark is increased by the difference. If the net income is higher than the target yield, the high watermark is reduced by the difference. Each time a performance incentive fee is earned, the high watermark returns to zero. As a result, the threshold amounts required for PCM to earn a performance incentive fee are adjusted cumulatively based on the performance of PMT's net income over (or under) the target yield, until the net income in excess of the target yield exceeds the then-current cumulative high watermark amount, and a performance incentive fee is earned. The performance incentive fee may be paid in cash or in common shares of PMT (subject to a limit of no more than 50% paid in common shares), at PMT's option.

        Under this management agreement, PCM is entitled to reimbursement of its organizational and operating expenses, including third-party expenses, incurred on PMT's behalf.

157


Table of Contents

        In general, the parties to this management agreement have agreed to negotiate in good faith to amend the provisions thereof relating to the compensation of PCM in order to cause such compensation to be materially consistent with market rates of compensation for services comparable to those provided under this management agreement if (a) PMT or PCM requests such negotiation after a determination by PMT or PCM that the rates of compensation payable to PCM differ materially from such market rates of compensation and (b) various conditions relating to the timing and frequency of such requests are satisfied, including the condition that no request be made before the second anniversary of the execution of this management agreement. If the parties are unable to reach agreement on the terms of a fee amendment within thirty days of the delivery of the relevant fee negotiation request, the terms of such fee amendment will be determined by final and binding arbitration procedures set forth in this management agreement.

        Under this management agreement, PCM may be entitled to a termination fee under certain circumstances. Specifically, the termination fee is payable for (1) PMT's termination of the management agreement without cause, (2) PCM's termination of the management agreement upon a default by PMT in the performance of any material term of the management agreement that has continued uncured for a period of 30 days after receipt of written notice thereof or (3) PCM's termination of the management agreement after PMT's termination without cause (excluding a non-renewal) of the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement, the MSR recapture agreement, or the amended and restated flow servicing agreement, each of which is described below. The termination fee is equal to three times the sum of (a) the average annual base management fee, and (b) the average annual (or, if the period is less than 24 months, annualized) performance incentive fee earned by PCM, in each case during the 24-month period before termination.

        PMT may terminate this management agreement without the payment of any termination fee under certain circumstances, including, among other circumstances, in the event of uncured material breaches by PCM of this management agreement, upon a change in control of PCM (defined to include a 50% change in the shareholding of PCM in a single transaction or related series of transactions or Stanford L. Kurland's failure to continue as chief executive officer of PCM to the extent his suitable replacement (in PMT's discretion) has not been retained by PCM within six months thereof) or upon the termination of the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement or the MSR recapture agreement by PLS without cause.

        This management agreement also provides that, prior to the undertaking by PCM or its affiliates of any new investment opportunity or any other business opportunity requiring a source of capital with respect to which PCM or its affiliates will earn a management, advisory, consulting or similar fee, PCM will present to PMT that new opportunity and the material terms on which PCM proposes to provide services before pursuing that opportunity with third parties.

        We earned approximately $             million, $8.5 million and $5.5 million in base management fees, and no performance incentive fees, in fiscal years 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, under our management agreements with PMT.

        Investment Funds Management Agreements.     We have investment management agreements with the Investment Funds pursuant to which we receive management fees consisting of base management fees and carried interest. The Investment Funds' management fees were based on the capital commitments of the respective funds from their inception through December 31, 2011, at which time the commitment period for each of the Investment Funds ended. Since the end of the commitment periods, the base management fees are based on the lesser of the funds' net asset values or aggregate capital contributions. The base management fees accrue at annual rates ranging from one and one-half percent (1.5%) to two percent (2.0%) of the applicable amounts on which they are based.

        We also recognize carried interest as a participation in the profits of the Investment Funds after their investors have achieved a preferred return of eight percent (8.0%), compounded annually and as defined in the management agreements. After the investors have achieved such preferred return, a

158


Table of Contents

"catch up" return accrues to us until we receive a specified percentage of such preferred return, taken together with our portion thereof. Thereafter, we participate in future returns in excess of the preferred return rate at the rate of twenty percent (20.0%).

        The amount of the carried interest that we will receive depends on the Investment Funds' future performance. As a result, the amount of carried interest recorded by us at period end is subject to adjustment based on future results of the Investment Funds. We expect to collect the carried interest when the Investment Funds liquidate. The Investment Funds will continue in existence through December 31, 2016, subject to three one-year extensions by PCM at its discretion, in accordance with the terms of the limited liability company and limited partnership agreements that govern the Investment Funds.

        We earned from the Investment Funds approximately $             million, $9.9 million and $9.9 million in base management fees, and approximately $             million, $12.6 million and $24.7 in carried interest, in fiscal years 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, under our management agreements with the Investment Funds. We did not earn any performance incentive fees during these periods under these management agreements.

Servicing Agreements

        Our subsidiary, PLS, enters into servicing agreements with investment companies or funds that invest in residential mortgage loans pursuant to which we provide servicing for our clients' portfolio of residential mortgage loans. Presently, PLS is party to servicing agreements with the Investment Funds and PMT.

        The loan servicing to be provided by us under the servicing agreements includes collecting principal, interest and escrow account payments, if any, with respect to mortgage loans, as well as managing loss mitigation, which may include, among other things, collection activities, loan workouts, modifications, foreclosures and short sales. We may also engage in certain loan origination activities that include refinancing mortgage loans and arranging financings that facilitate sales of REO properties.

        PMT Loan Servicing Agreement.     Effective February 1, 2013, we amended our loan servicing agreement with PMT and established servicing fees that change the nature of the fees that we earn to fixed per-loan monthly amounts based on the delinquency, bankruptcy and foreclosure status of the serviced loan or the real estate acquired in settlement of a loan. The initial term of this servicing agreement expires on February 1, 2017, subject to automatic renewal for additional 18-month periods, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the terms of the agreement.

        The base servicing fees for distressed whole loans are calculated based on a monthly per-loan dollar amount, with the actual dollar amount for each loan based on the delinquency, bankruptcy and/or foreclosure status of such loan or the related underlying real estate. Presently, the base servicing fees for distressed whole loans range from $30 per month for current loans up to $125 per month for loans that are severely delinquent and in foreclosure.

        The base servicing fees for loans subserviced on behalf of PMT are also calculated through a monthly per-loan dollar amount, with the actual dollar amount for each loan based on whether the mortgage loan is a fixed-rate or adjustable-rate loan. Presently, the base servicing fees for loans subserviced on behalf of PMT are $7.50 per month for fixed-rate loans and $8.50 per month for adjustable-rate mortgage loans. To the extent that these loans become delinquent, PLS is entitled to an additional servicing fee per loan falling within a range of $10 to $75 per month and based on the delinquency, bankruptcy and foreclosure status of the loan or the related underlying real estate.

        PLS is also entitled to customary ancillary income and certain market-based fees and charges, including boarding and deboarding fees, liquidation and disposition fees, and assumption, modification and origination fees.

159


Table of Contents

        Except as otherwise provided in the MSR Recapture Agreement, when PLS effects a refinancing of a loan on PMT's behalf and not through a third-party lender and the resulting loan is readily saleable, or PLS originates a loan to facilitate the disposition of the real estate acquired by PMT in settlement of a loan, PLS is entitled to receive from PMT market-based fees and compensation consistent with pricing and terms PLS offers unaffiliated third parties on a retail basis.

        To the extent that PLS participates in HAMP (or other similar mortgage loan modification programs), PLS is entitled to retain any incentive payments made to it and to which it is entitled under HAMP, provided that with respect to any incentive payments paid to PLS in connection with a mortgage loan modification for which PMT previously paid PLS a modification fee, PLS is required to reimburse PMT an amount equal to the incentive payments.

        In addition, because PMT does not have any employees or infrastructure, PLS is required to provide a range of services and activities significantly greater in scope than the services provided in connection with a customary servicing arrangement. For these services, PLS receives from PMT a supplemental fee of $25 per month for each distressed whole loan and $3.25 per month for each other subserviced loan.

        In general, the parties to this servicing agreement have agreed to negotiate in good faith to amend the provisions thereof relating to the compensation of PLS in order to cause such compensation to be materially consistent with market rates of compensation for services comparable to those provided under this servicing agreement if (a) either party requests such negotiation after a determination by either party that the rates of compensation payable to PLS differ materially from such market rates of compensation and (b) various conditions relating to the timing and frequency of such requests are satisfied, including the condition that no request be made before the second anniversary of the execution of this servicing agreement. If the parties are unable to reach agreement on the terms of a fee amendment within thirty days of the delivery of the relevant fee negotiation request, the terms of that fee amendment will be determined by final and binding arbitration procedures set forth in this servicing agreement.

        No automatic renewal of this servicing agreement will occur upon the conclusion of the initial term or any renewal period if PMT or PLS delivers to the other party a notice of nonrenewal at least 180 days in advance. In addition, (i) PLS has the right to terminate this servicing agreement without cause if either of the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement or the MSR recapture agreement is terminated by PMT without cause as provided in each such agreement or the management agreement is terminated by PMT without cause as provided in such agreement and (ii) PMT has the right to terminate the servicing agreement without cause if either of the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement or the MSR recapture agreement is terminated by PLS without cause or the management agreement is terminated by PCM as provided in such agreement. This servicing agreement is further subject to termination under other circumstances, generally including (a) in whole, at the election of either party following a specified default or other for-cause event on the part of the other, (b) in part with respect to one or more individual loans, at the election of PMT in connection with a sale of such loan(s) or if such loan(s) become seriously delinquent or the real estate is acquired on behalf of the lender, and (c) in whole at the election of PLS or PMT if PMT or PLS, respectively, defaults in its obligations under the MSR recapture agreement. PMT is required to pay release fees to PLS in connection with certain terminations.

        Under this loan servicing agreement, PLS is entitled to reimbursement for all customary, bona fide reasonable and necessary out of pocket expenses incurred by PLS in connection with the performance of its servicing obligations.

        Investment Funds Loan Servicing Agreements.     Our servicing agreements with the Investment Funds generally provide for fee revenue of between 50 and 100 basis points of unpaid principal balance per year, the amount of which varies depending on the type and quality of the loans being serviced. We are also entitled to certain customary market-based fees and charges. Under the servicing agreements

160


Table of Contents

between us and the Investment Funds, on December 31, 2011 and the end of every calendar year thereafter, we are required to rebate to the Investment Funds an amount equal to the cumulative profit, if any, of the servicing operations attributable to the Investment Funds' assets, and, conversely, charge the Investment Funds if a loss has been incurred in order to effect overall "at cost" pricing with respect to loan servicing activities for those assets. Under these agreements, we also will rebate to the Investment Funds 50% of any profit generated from loan origination and modification activities. We record the net rebate amounts as earned or incurred.

        This arrangement was modified, effective January 1, 2012, with respect to one of the Investment Funds. At that time, we settled our accrued servicing fee rebate and amended our servicing agreement with such fund to charge scheduled servicing fees in place of the previous "at cost" servicing arrangement.

        We earned approximately $             million, $25.0 million and $13.6 million in loan servicing fees in fiscal years 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, in connection with work performed for PMT and the Investment Funds.

Other Agreements with PMT

        PMT Mortgage Banking and Warehouse Services Agreement.     Pursuant to the terms of the current mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement, PLS provides PMT with certain mortgage banking services, including fulfillment and disposition-related services, with respect to loans acquired by PMT from correspondent lenders, and certain warehouse lending services, including fulfillment and administrative services, with respect to loans financed by PMT for its warehouse lending clients. Pursuant to the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement, PLS has agreed to provide such services exclusively for PMT's benefit, and PLS and its affiliates are prohibited from providing such services for any other third party. However, such exclusivity and prohibition shall not apply, and certain other duties instead will be imposed upon PLS, if PMT is unable to purchase or finance mortgage loans as contemplated under the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement for any reason. The initial term of the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement expires on February 1, 2017, subject to automatic renewal for additional 18-month periods, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the terms of the agreement.

        In consideration for the mortgage banking services provided by PLS with respect to PMT's acquisition of mortgage loans, PLS is entitled to a fulfillment fee based on the type of mortgage loan acquired by PMT and equal to a percentage of the unpaid principal balance of such mortgage loan. Presently, the applicable percentages are (i) .50% for conventional mortgage loans, (ii) .88% for loans underwritten in accordance with the Ginnie Mae Mortgage-Backed Securities Guide, (iii) .80% for HARP mortgage loans with a loan-to-value ratio of 105% or less, and (iv) 1.20% for HARP mortgage loans with a loan-to-value ratio of greater than 105%. Presently, PMT does not hold the Ginnie Mae approval required to issue Ginnie Mae MBS and act as a servicer. Accordingly, under the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement we currently purchase loans underwritten in accordance with the Ginnie Mae Mortgage-Backed Securities Guide "as is" and without recourse of any kind from PMT at its cost less an administrative fee plus accrued interest and a sourcing fee of three basis points.

        In the event PMT acquires mortgage loans with an aggregate UPB in any month greater than $2.5 billion and less than or equal to $5 billion, PLS has agreed to discount the amount of such fulfillment fees by reimbursing PMT in an amount equal to the product of (i) .025%, (ii) the amount of unpaid principal balance in excess of $2.5 billion, and (iii) the percentage of the aggregate unpaid principal balance relating to mortgage loans for which we collected fulfillment fees in such month. In the event that PMT acquires mortgage loans in any month with an aggregate UPB greater than $5 billion, we have agreed to discount the amount of such fulfillment fees by reimbursing PMT in an amount equal to the product of (i) .05%, (ii) the amount of unpaid principal balance in excess of

161


Table of Contents

$5.0 billion, and (iii) the percentage of the aggregate unpaid principal balance relating to mortgage loans for which we collected fulfillment fees in such month.

        In consideration for the mortgage banking services provided by PLS with respect to PMT's acquisition of mortgage loans under its early purchase program, PLS is entitled to fees accruing at a rate per annum equal to (i) $25,000, plus (ii) $50 for each mortgage loan that PMT acquires.

        In consideration for the warehouse services provided by PLS with respect to mortgage loans financed by PMT for its warehouse lending clients, with respect to each facility, PLS is entitled to fees that accrue at a rate per annum equal to (i) $25,000, plus (ii) $50 for each mortgage loan.

        Notwithstanding any provision of the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement to the contrary, if it becomes reasonably necessary or advisable for PLS to engage in additional services in connection with post-breach or post-default resolution activities for the purposes of a correspondent lending agreement, a warehouse agreement or a re-warehouse agreement, then PMT has generally agreed with PLS to negotiate in good faith for additional compensation and reimbursement of expenses to be paid to PLS for the performance of such additional services.

        In general, the parties to the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement have agreed to negotiate in good faith to amend the provisions of the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement relating to the compensation of PLS in order to cause such compensation to be materially consistent with market rates of compensation for services comparable to those provided under the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement if (a) either party requests such negotiation after a determination by either party that the rates of compensation payable to PLS differ materially from such market rates of compensation and (b) various conditions relating to the timing and frequency of such requests are satisfied, including the condition that no request be made before the second anniversary of the execution of the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement. If the parties are unable to reach agreement on the terms of a fee amendment within thirty days of the delivery of the relevant fee negotiation request, the terms of that fee amendment will be determined by final and binding arbitration procedures set forth in the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement.

        No automatic renewal of the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement will occur upon the conclusion of the initial term or any renewal period if PMT or PLS delivers to the other party a notice of nonrenewal at least 180 days in advance. In addition, (i) PLS has the right to terminate the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement without cause if the MSR recapture agreement is terminated by PMT without cause as provided in such agreement, the servicing agreement is terminated by PMT without cause as provided in such agreement or the management agreement is terminated by us without cause as provided in such agreement, and (ii) PMT has the right to terminate the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement without cause if the MSR recapture agreement or the servicing agreement is terminated by PLS without cause as provided in each such agreement or the management agreement is terminated by PCM without cause as provided in such agreement. The mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement is further subject to termination under other circumstances, generally including at the election of either party following a specified default or other for-cause event on the part of the other. In the case of a non-renewal or termination of the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement, PMT will be entitled under certain circumstances to require that PLS continue to provide correspondent lending services for a specified number of months following the scheduled expiration or termination, in which case the then current fee structure and exclusivity obligations applicable to such services would remain in effect.

        In connection with the execution of the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement, PMT and PLS entered into an agreement terminating, effective on February 1, 2013, the amended and restated mortgage banking services agreement, dated as of November 1, 2010 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified), between PMT and PLS and mutually waived any and all notice and timing requirements applicable to such termination.

162


Table of Contents

        We earned approximately $             million, $1.7 million and $0 in fulfillment fees in fiscal years 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, under our mortgage banking and warehouse services agreements with PMT, and we paid to PMT approximately $             million, $0.2 million and $0 in sourcing fees in fiscal years 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

        MSR Recapture Agreement.     PLS has also entered into an MSR recapture agreement with PMT. Pursuant to the terms of the MSR recapture agreement, if PLS refinances via its retail lending business loans for which PMT previously held the MSRs, PLS is generally required to transfer and convey to PMT, without cost to PMT, the MSRs with respect to new mortgage loans originated in those refinancings (or, under certain circumstances, other mortgage loans) that have an aggregate unpaid principal balance that is not less than 30% of the aggregate unpaid principal balance of all the loans so originated. The initial term of the MSR recapture agreement expires, on February 1, 2017, subject to automatic renewal for additional 18-month periods, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the terms of the agreement.

        In general, the parties to the MSR recapture agreement have agreed to negotiate in good faith to amend the provisions thereof relating to the compensation of PLS in order to cause such compensation to be materially consistent with market rates of compensation for services comparable to those provided under the MSR recapture agreement if (a) either party requests such negotiation after a determination by either party that the rates of compensation payable to PLS differ materially from such market rates of compensation and (b) various conditions relating to the timing and frequency of such requests are satisfied, including the condition that no request be made before the second anniversary of the execution of the MSR recapture agreement. If the parties are unable to reach agreement on the terms of a fee amendment within thirty days of the delivery of the relevant fee negotiation request, the terms of such fee amendment will be determined by final and binding arbitration procedures set forth in the MSR recapture agreement.

        No automatic renewal of the MSR recapture agreement will occur upon the conclusion of the initial term or any renewal period if PMT or PLS delivers to the other party a notice of nonrenewal at least 180 days in advance. In addition, (i) PLS has the right to terminate the MSR recapture agreement without cause if the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement is terminated by PMT without cause as provided in such agreement, the servicing agreement is terminated by PMT without cause as provided in such agreement or the management agreement is terminated by us without cause as provided in such agreement, and (ii) PMT has the right to terminate the MSR recapture agreement without cause if the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement or the servicing agreement is terminated by PLS without cause as provided in each such agreement or the management agreement is terminated by PCM without cause as provided in such agreement. In addition, if PMT exercises its right to terminate the servicing agreement without cause in connection with sales of one or more mortgage loans serviced thereunder, PLS will be entitled to terminate the MSR recapture agreement solely with respect to such mortgage loans. Following any termination of the MSR recapture agreement, PLS is prohibited from taking action with respect to the refinancing of the mortgage loans involved in the termination, subject to various exceptions, including an exception with respect to generalized advertising not targeted exclusively to the borrowers under such mortgage loans.

        Spread Acquisition and MSR Servicing Agreement.     Pursuant to a spread acquisition and MSR servicing agreement entered into by PLS and PMT on February 1, 2013, PMT may acquire from PLS the rights to receive certain excess servicing spread arising from mortgage servicing rights acquired by PLS, in which case PLS generally would be required to service or subservice the related mortgage loans. The terms of each transaction under this spread acquisition and MSR servicing agreement will be subject to the terms of such agreement as modified and supplemented by the terms of a confirmation executed in connection with such transaction. As of the date hereof, no acquisition has occurred, and no confirmation has been executed, under this spread acquisition and MSR servicing agreement.

163


Table of Contents

        Reimbursement Agreement.     In connection with the initial public offering of common shares of PMT, on August 4, 2009 our subsidiary, PCM, entered into an agreement with PMT pursuant to which PMT agreed to reimburse PCM for the $2.9 million payment that PCM made to the underwriters for PMT's initial public offering if PMT satisfied certain performance measures over a specified period of time. We refer to this as the "Conditional Reimbursement." The reimbursement agreement provides for the reimbursement of PCM of the Conditional Reimbursement if PMT is required to pay PCM performance incentive fees under the amended and restated management agreement described above, at a rate of $10 in reimbursement for every $100 of performance incentive fees earned. The reimbursement of the Conditional Reimbursement is subject to a maximum reimbursement in any particular 12 month period of $980,422 and the maximum amount that may be reimbursed under the agreement is $2.9 million. In the event that the termination fee is payable to PCM under the amended and restated management agreement and PCM has not received the full amount of the reimbursements and payments under the reimbursement agreement, this amount will be paid in full. The term of the reimbursement agreement expires on February 1, 2019.

        Confidentiality Agreement.     Pursuant to the Confidentiality Agreement, we agreed to standard confidentiality obligations with PMT and agreed that we and certain of our affiliates shall be prohibited from pursuing an acquisition of PMT, and PMT shall be prohibited from pursuing an acquisition of us, except through negotiations with our respective boards, for a period of three years.

Our Investment in PMT

        We received dividends of $            , $138,000 and $58,000 in fiscal years 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, as a result of our investment in common shares of PMT.

Management Investments in Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC

        Certain executive officers have been provided with the opportunity to purchase units in Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC. The numbers of units offered for purchase to such executive officers were determined based upon the recommendation of our Chief Executive Officer and approval by the board of directors of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC based upon the individual's position and other relevant factors.

        We previously extended loans to certain of our executive officers to facilitate the acquisitions of such units. In addition, in 2010 advances against future distributions were made to certain members of our management in lieu of cash bonuses relating to 2009. All such loans and advances made to our executive officers have been repaid prior to the initial filing of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

164


Table of Contents

        The following table sets forth the aggregate number and dollar amount of preferred units in Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC purchased by our executive officers, and the aggregate dollar amount of loans or advances made by us to our executive officers, in the last three years, in each case where the aggregate amount of all such purchases, loans or advances exceeded $120,000 in any year:

 
  2012   2011   2010  

Stanford Kurland

                   

Number of preferred units purchased

    1,599.53     2,813.98     750.00  

Aggregate purchase price

  $ 1,599,530   $ 2,813,980   $ 750,000  

Purchase loans

             

Other loans and advances

             

David Spector

                   

Number of preferred units purchased

    248.05     446.29     118.95  

Aggregate purchase price

  $ 248,045   $ 446,295   $ 118,950  

Purchase loans

  $ 248,045   $ 350,045      

Other loans and advances

          $ 400,000  

Steve Bailey

                   

Number of preferred units purchased

    106.35     191.35     255.00  

Aggregate purchase price

  $ 106,350   $ 191,350   $ 255,000  

Purchase loans

  $ 106,350   $ 106,350   $ 255,000  

Other loans and advances

  $ 75,000   $ 75,000   $ 37,500  

Andrew Chang

                   

Number of preferred units purchased

    171.41     308.41     82.20  

Aggregate purchase price

  $ 171,410   $ 308,410   $ 82,200  

Purchase loans

  $ 171,410   $ 234,910      

Other loans and advances

          $ 200,000  

Vandad Fartaj

                   

Number of preferred units purchased

    159.84     287.59     273.45  

Aggregate purchase price

  $ 159,840   $ 287,590   $ 273,450  

Purchase loans

  $ 159,840   $ 212,040   $ 196,800  

Other loans and advances

          $ 200,000  

Jeffrey Grogin

                   

Number of preferred units purchased

    91.10     233.81     29.70  

Aggregate purchase price

  $ 91,095   $ 233,805   $ 29,700  

Purchase loans

  $ 91,095   $ 214,905      

Other loans and advances

          $ 200,000  

Anne McCallion

                   

Number of preferred units purchased

    138.01     318.22     52.20  

Aggregate purchase price

  $ 138,010   $ 318,220   $ 52,200  

Purchase loans

             

Other loans and advances

          $ 200,000  

David Walker

                   

Number of preferred units purchased

    205.51     369.76     163.95  

Aggregate purchase price

  $ 205,505   $ 369,755   $ 163,950  

Purchase loans

  $ 205,505   $ 205,505   $ 65,400  

Other loans and advances

          $ 200,000  

165


Table of Contents

Other Transactions With Related Persons

    Related Party Employment Relationships

        Presently, we employ Mr. Kurland's brother-in-law, Robert Schreibman. We established Mr. Schreibman's compensation in accordance with our employment and compensation practices applicable to employees with equivalent qualifications and responsibilities holding similar positions. None of the executive officers has a material interest in this employment relationship nor do any of them share a home with Mr. Schreibman. Mr. Schreibman does not report directly to any of our executive officers.

        We have employed Mr. Schreibman since 2008, as a Director, Asset Management, for the following approximate amounts: in 2012, $242,280 in base salary and bonus; in 2011, $206,684 in base salary and bonus; and in 2010, $212,520 in base salary and bonus. In addition, on October 17, 2011, Mr. Schreibman purchased from us pursuant to a company loan 116.36 of our preferred units, with a market value of $1,068 per unit, at a purchase price of $1,000 per unit, and we granted Mr. Schreibman 63.98 common units with a market value of $68 per unit. Mr. Schreibman has also been entitled to receive employee benefits generally available to all employees.

        Presently, we also employ Mr. Vandad Fartaj's brother, Vala Fartaj. We established Mr. Vala Fartaj's compensation in accordance with our employment and compensation practices applicable to employees with equivalent qualifications and responsibilities holding similar positions. None of the executive officers has a material interest in this employment relationship nor do any of them share a home with Mr. Vala Fartaj. Mr. Vala Fartaj does not report directly to any of our executive officers.

        We have employed Mr. Vala Fartaj since 2008, as a Director, Mortgage Trading, for the following approximate amounts: in 2012, $229,698 in base salary and bonus and a gross-up payment for the payment of self-employment taxes in the amount of $1,608; in 2011, $220,802 in base salary and bonus and a gross-up payment for the payment of self-employment taxes in the amount of $2,631.78; and in 2010, $175,000 in base salary and bonus. In addition, on October 25, 2010, we granted Mr. Vala Fartaj 85.32 common units with a market value of $279 per unit and, on October 17, 2011, we granted Mr. Vala Fartaj 63.89 common units with a market value of $68 per unit. Mr. Vala Fartaj has also been entitled to receive employee benefits generally available to all employees.

    PNMAC Foodservice Agreement with Me N U Kitchen, LLC

        In August 2011, we entered into a foodservice agreement with Me N U Kitchen, LLC, or MNU. MNU is a limited liability company, the membership and percentage interests of which are held equally in fifty percent increments by Ashley Rubinstein, a daughter of Mr. Kurland, and Marci Grogin, the wife of Mr. Grogin.

        Pursuant to the terms of the foodservice agreement, MNU provides onsite foodservice (including cafeteria and catering services) to us and our employees on a contract basis. For these services, we pay MNU a monthly management fee equal to the greater of (a) $15,000 (or, during months in which our headcount is less than 600, $10,000), or (b) one-half of an adjusted profit that is calculated based on the fair value of food served by MNU without charge or at a standard discount, in either case to our officers, employees or business partners.

        For its services in 2012 and 2011 we paid MNU management fees of $60,000 and $152,500, respectively. Ms. Rubinstein also received payments of $19,870 in 2012 and $3,500 in 2011 (for the period between August 2011 and year end), and Mrs. Grogin received payments of $3,500 in 2012 and $5,500 in 2011 (for the period between August 2011 and year end).

        In addition, we do not charge MNU rent, its portion of utilities (including telephone and internet availability) or maintenance charges for the equipment it uses in connection with its use of the cafeteria and kitchen facilities, and we are required to bear certain other defined costs and expenses associated

166


Table of Contents

with MNU's operation of its foodservice business. The aggregate amount of such costs and expenses was $148,522 in 2012 and $83,190 in 2011 (for the period between August 2011 and year end). We also purchased an off-the-shelf "Point of Sale" system for $32,163 and pay on MNU's behalf a monthly hosting and maintenance charge of $370.

    Other Agreements and Arrangements

        PCM paid approximately $            , $124,000 and $123,000 in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, to BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., an affiliate of BlackRock, as a fee for use of the BlackRock Solutions AnSer and Market Data analytics software.

Related Party Transactions Policy

        In connection with this offering, we are adopting a policy that will specifically govern related party transactions. The policy will generally prohibit any related party transaction unless it is approved by our related-party matters committee in accordance with the policy. With certain exceptions, a related party transaction is a transaction, arrangement or relationship (or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. (including any of its subsidiaries) were, are or will be a participant and the amount involved exceeds $120,000 in the aggregate in any calendar year, and in which any related party has, had or will have a direct or indirect interest. A related party is any person who is, or at any time since the beginning of our last fiscal year was one of our directors or executive officers or a nominee to become one of our directors; any person who is known to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities; and any immediate family member of any of the foregoing persons (which means any child, stepchild, parent, stepparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law of any of the foregoing persons); and any firm, corporation or other entity in which any of the foregoing persons is employed or is a general partner or principal or in a similar position or in which such person has a 5% or greater beneficial ownership interest.

        The related party transactions policy will govern the process for identifying potential related party transactions and seeking review, approval or ratification of such transactions. In addition, each of our directors and executive officers will be required to complete an annual disclosure questionnaire and report all transactions with us in which they and their immediate family members had or will have a direct or indirect material interest with respect to us. We will review these questionnaires and, if we determine that it is necessary, discuss any reported transactions with our entire board of directors in accordance with the related party transactions policy.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

        Our amended and restated bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our directors will not be liable for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty.

        In addition, prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors. The indemnification agreements will provide the executive officers and directors with contractual rights to indemnification, expense advancement and reimbursement, to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL.

        The amended and restated limited liability company agreement of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC also provides that Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC indemnify its officers, members, managers and other affiliates to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, and advance expenses to its officers, members, managers and other affiliates as incurred in connection with legal proceedings against them for which they may be indemnified. The rights

167


Table of Contents

conferred in the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC are not exclusive.

        There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers to which indemnification is being sought, and we are not aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

168


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of New Holdings Units by (1) each person known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of the outstanding membership interests of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, (2) each of our directors and named executive officers and (3) all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

        Approximately one-third of the total equity interest in Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC is currently held by BlackRock and the remaining equity interest is held by our employees, our directors and Highfields. The number of New Holdings Units outstanding and the percentage of beneficial ownership before the Offering Transactions set forth below is based on the number of New Holdings Units to be issued and outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of this offering after giving effect to the Recapitalization. No shares of our Class A common stock will be issued and outstanding at that time. The number of New Holdings Units and the percentage of beneficial ownership after the Offering Transactions set forth below is based on shares of our Class A common stock and of New Holdings Units to be issued and outstanding immediately after the Offering Transactions. Beneficial ownership reflected in the table below includes the total New Holdings Units held by the individual and his or her personal planning vehicles. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC.

 
  New Holdings Units Beneficially Owned(1)    
 
 
  Prior to the Offering   After the Offering   % of Total
Voting Power
After the
Offering(2)(3)
 
Beneficial Owner
  Number   Percent   Number   Percent  

5% Stockholders:

                               

BlackRock Mortgage Ventures, LLC

            %           %     %

HC Partners LLC

            %           %     %

Kurland Family Investments, LLC

            %           %     %

Directors and Named Executive Officers:

                               

Stanford Kurland

            %           %     %

David Spector

            %           %     %

Douglas Jones

            %           %     %

Matthew Botein

            %           %     %

Joseph Mazzella

            %           %     %

Farhad Nanji

            %           %     %

Mark Wiedman

            %           %     %

Executive officers and directors as a group (13 persons)

            %           %     %

*
Represents less than 1%.

(1)
Subject to the terms of the exchange agreement, the New Holdings Units are exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis from and after the closing of this offering. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Exchange Agreement." Beneficial ownership of New Holdings Units reflected in this table also represents beneficial ownership of an equivalent number of shares of our Class A common stock for which such units may be exchanged. The percentage of New Holdings Units after the Offering Transactions treats New Holdings Units held by PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. as outstanding.

(2)
Represents the percentage of voting power of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. voting together as a single class. See "Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock."

(3)
Our existing owners will hold shares of our Class B common stock. Each holder of Class B common stock shall be entitled, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by such holder, to

169


Table of Contents

    one vote for each New Holdings Unit held by such holder. Accordingly, our existing owners collectively have a number of votes in PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. that is equal to the aggregate number of New Holdings Units that they hold. See "Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock—Class B Common Stock."

            As discussed under "Organizational Structure—Recapitalization," the allocation of New Holdings Units among our existing owners will be determined pursuant to the distribution provisions of the existing limited liability company agreement of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC based upon the liquidation value of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, assuming it was liquidated at the time of this offering with a value implied by the initial public offering price of the shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering. The foregoing table assumes that the shares of Class A common stock to be sold in this offering are sold at $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range indicated on the front cover of this prospectus. Accordingly, the precise holdings of New Holdings Units by particular existing owners could differ from that presented in the table above. For example, if the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock in this offering is $            , which is the mid-point of the price range indicated on the front cover of this prospectus, the parties shown in the table will collectively hold                        New Holdings Units after giving effect to the Recapitalization but prior to the Offering Transactions,                        New Holdings Units (or        %) immediately following the Offering Transactions assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock and                        New Holdings Units (or        %) immediately following the Offering Transactions assuming full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock. However, if the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock in this offering is $            , which is the low-point of the price range indicated on the front cover of this prospectus, the parties shown in the table will collectively hold                        New Holdings Units after giving effect to the Recapitalization but prior to the Offering Transactions,                        New Holdings Units (or        %) immediately following the Offering Transactions assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock and                        New Holdings Units (or        %) immediately following the Offering Transactions assuming full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock. Conversely, if the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock in this offering is $            , which is the high-point of the price range indicated on the front cover of this prospectus, the parties shown in the table will collectively hold                        New Holdings Units after giving effect to the Recapitalization but prior to the Offering Transactions,                         New Holdings Units (or        %) immediately following the Offering Transactions assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock and                        New Holdings Units (or        %) immediately following the Offering Transactions assuming full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock.

170


Table of Contents


PRICING SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS

        Throughout this prospectus we provide information assuming that the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock in this offering is $            , which is the midpoint of the price range indicated on the front cover of this prospectus. However, some of this information will be affected if the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock in this offering is different from the midpoint of the price range. The following table presents how some of the information set forth in this prospectus would be affected by an initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock at the low-, mid- and high-points of the price range indicated on the front cover of this prospectus, assuming that the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock is not exercised.

 
  Initial Public Offering Price
per Share of Class A
Common Stock
 
 
  $.00   $.00   $.00  
 
  (Dollar amounts in thousands, except per unit data)
 

Use of Proceeds

                   

Proceeds from offering used by PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. to purchase newly-issued New Holdings Units from Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC

 
$
 
$
 
$
 
               

Pro Forma Cash and Capitalization

                   

Cash and short term investments, at fair value

  $     $     $    
               

Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share,             shares authorized on a pro forma basis;             shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis

                   

Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share,             shares authorized on a pro forma basis;             shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis

             

Additional paid-in capital

                   

Retained earnings

    (     )   (     )   (     )
               

Total members'/stockholders' equity

                   
               

Total capitalization

  $     $     $    
               

Dilution

                   

Pro forma net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock after the offering

  $ (0.   ) $ (0.   ) $ (0.   )

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock to investors in this offering

                   

Tax Receivable Agreement

                   

Increase in deferred tax assets

  $     $     $    

Increase in liability to existing owners

  $     $     $    

        In addition, throughout this prospectus we provide information assuming that the underwriters' option to purchase an additional                        shares of Class A common stock from us is not exercised. However, some of this information will be affected if the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock is exercised. The following table presents how some of the information set forth in this prospectus would be affected if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock where the initial public offering price

171


Table of Contents

per share of Class A common stock is at the low-, mid- and high-points of the price range indicated on the front cover of this prospectus.

 
  Initial Public Offering Price
per Share of Class A
Common Stock
 
 
  $.00   $.00   $.00  
 
  (Dollar amounts in thousands, except per unit data)
 

Use of Proceeds

                   

Proceeds from offering used by PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. to purchase newly-issued New Holdings Units from Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC

 
$
 
$
 
$
 
               

Pro Forma Cash and Capitalization

                   

Cash and short term investments, at fair value

  $     $     $    
               

Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share,             shares authorized on a pro forma basis;             shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis

                   

Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share,             shares authorized on a pro forma basis;             shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis

             

Additional paid-in capital

                   

Retained earnings

    (   )   (     )   (     )
               

Total members'/stockholders' equity

                   
               

Total capitalization

  $     $     $    
               

Dilution

                   

Pro forma net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock after the offering

  $ (0.   ) $ (0.   ) $ (0.   )

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock to investors in this offering

                   

Tax Receivable Agreement

                   

Increase in deferred tax assets

  $     $     $    

Increase in liability to existing owners

  $     $     $    

172


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

        The following description of our capital stock as it will be in effect upon the consummation of this offering is a summary and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, the forms of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and by applicable law.

        Upon consummation of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of                        shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share,                         shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and                        shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. Unless our board of directors determines otherwise, we will issue all shares of our capital stock in uncertificated form.

Common Stock

    Class A Common Stock

        Holders of shares of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders.

        Holders of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law.

        Holders of shares of our Class A common stock are entitled to receive dividends when and if declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and to any restrictions on the payment of dividends imposed by the terms of any outstanding preferred stock.

        Upon our dissolution or liquidation or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of shares of our Class A common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata our remaining assets available for distribution.

        Holders of shares of our Class A common stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights.

    Class B Common Stock

        Each holder of Class B common stock shall be entitled, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by such holder, to one vote for each New Holdings Unit in Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC held by such holder. Accordingly, the unit holders of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC collectively have a number of votes in PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. that is equal to the aggregate number of New Holdings Units that they hold.

        Holders of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law.

        Holders of our Class B common stock do not have any right to receive dividends or to receive a distribution upon a liquidation or winding up of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.

        As our existing owners exchange New Holdings Units for shares of Class A common stock, the voting power afforded to them by their shares of Class B common stock is automatically and correspondingly reduced.

173


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock (including convertible preferred stock). Unless required by law or by any stock exchange, the authorized shares of preferred stock will be available for issuance without further action by our stockholders. Our board of directors is able to determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the terms and rights of that series, including:

    the designation of the series;

    the number of shares of the series, which our board may, except where otherwise provided in the preferred stock designation, increase or decrease, but not below the number of shares then outstanding;

    the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series;

    whether dividends, if any, will be cumulative or non-cumulative and the dividend rate of the series;

    the dates at which dividends, if any, will be payable;

    the rights of priority and amounts payable, if any, on shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the affairs of our company;

    the redemption rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series;

    the terms of any purchase, retirement or sinking fund, if any, provided for shares of the series;

    the terms, if any, upon which the shares of the series will be convertible into or exchangeable for shares of any other class, classes or series, or other securities, whether or not issued by our company or any other entity;

    restrictions, if any, upon issuance of indebtedness of our company so long as any shares of the series are outstanding; and

    restrictions, if any, on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class or series.

        We could issue a series of preferred stock that could, depending on the terms of the series, impede or discourage an acquisition attempt or other transaction that some, or a majority, of our stockholders might believe to be in their best interests or in which our stockholders might receive a premium for their shares of Class A common stock over the market price of the shares of Class A common stock.

Authorized but Unissued Capital Stock

        The General Corporation Law of Delaware does not require stockholder approval for any issuance of authorized shares. However, the listing requirements of the NYSE, which would apply so long as the Class A common stock remains listed on the NYSE, require stockholder approval of certain issuances equal to or exceeding 20% of the then outstanding voting power or then outstanding number of shares of Class A common stock. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings, to raise additional capital or to facilitate acquisitions.

        One of the effects of the existence of unissued and unreserved common stock or preferred stock may be to enable our board of directors to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, which issuance could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of our company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, and thereby protect the continuity of our management and possibly deprive our stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices.

174


Table of Contents

Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Delaware Law and Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

    Undesignated Preferred Stock

        The ability to authorize undesignated preferred stock will make it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with super voting, special approval, dividend or other rights or preferences on a discriminatory basis that could impede the success of any attempt to acquire us or otherwise effect a change in control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of our company.

    Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Meetings, Nominations and Proposals

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by or at the direction of our board of directors, two or more of our directors, the chairman of our board, our chief executive officer or one or more holders of at least a minimum percentage of the voting power of the outstanding shares of our capital stock. This minimum will initially be 25% and will automatically increase to 51% on the first date on which the holders of outstanding shares of our Class A common stock hold more than 51% of the voting power of all outstanding shares of our capital stock. Our amended and restated bylaws prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of our company.

        Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made pursuant to our stockholders agreements with BlackRock and Highfields or by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors. In order for any matter to be "properly brought" before a meeting, a stockholder will have to comply with advance notice requirements and provide us with certain information. Additionally, vacancies and newly created directorships may be filled only by a vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum, and not by the stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws will allow the presiding officer at a meeting of the stockholders to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings which may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed. These provisions may also defer, delay or discourage a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer's own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, or repeal our amended and restated bylaws provided that, if that action, amends the specific rights of BlackRock or Highfields in an adverse manner when that entity holds at least 5% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock, such action is approved by that entity.

    No Cumulative Voting

        The DGCL provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not expressly provide for cumulative voting.

    Amendments to Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

        The DGCL provides that, unless a corporation's certificate of incorporation provides otherwise, the affirmative vote of holders of shares constituting a majority of the votes of all shares entitled to vote may approve amendments to the certificate of incorporation. In addition to the stockholder approval required by the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that it may not be amended in any manner that is adverse to BlackRock or Highfields without the consent of

175


Table of Contents

BlackRock or Highfields, as applicable, as long as such stockholder, together with its affiliates, holds more than 5% of the voting power of all of our outstanding shares of capital stock.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize our board of directors, as well as our stockholders, to amend or repeal our amended and restated bylaws, provided that, if that action by either our board of directors or our stockholders amends the bylaws in a manner adverse to Blackrock or Highfields when that entity holds at least 5% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock, such action is approved by that entity.

    Stockholder Action by Written Consent

        Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, unless the company's amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated bylaws will prohibit the taking of any action of our stockholders by written consent without a meeting unless that action is taken with regard to a matter that has been approved by our board of directors or requires the approval only of certain classes or series of our stock.

    Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

        We have not opted out of, and therefore are subject to, Section 203 of the DGCL. Section 203 provides that, subject to certain exceptions specified in the law, a publicly-held Delaware corporation shall not engage in certain "business combinations" with any "interested stockholder" for a three-year period after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder. These provisions generally prohibit or delay the accomplishment of mergers, assets or stock sales or other takeover or change-in-control attempts that are not approved by a company's board of directors.

        In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder unless:

    prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

    upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding (1) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

    On or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

        Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation's outstanding voting stock. If Section 203 were to apply to us, we expect that it would have an anti-takeover effect with respect to

176


Table of Contents

transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. In such event, we would also anticipate that Section 203 could discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

        Under certain circumstances, Section 203 makes it more difficult for a person who would be an "interested stockholder" to effect various business combinations with a corporation for a three-year period. The provisions of Section 203 may encourage companies interested in acquiring our company to negotiate in advance with our board of directors because the stockholder approval requirement would be avoided if our board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction that results in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. These provisions also may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Corporate Opportunity

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that neither BlackRock nor Highfields or their respective affiliates has any duty to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business in which we now engage or propose to engage. In addition, in the event that either of BlackRock or Highfields acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business or employee thereof, they shall not be liable to us nor to any of our stockholders (or any affiliates thereof) for breach of any fiduciary or other duty by engaging in any such activity and we waive and renounce any claim based on such activity. This provision applies even if the business opportunity is one that we might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that any amendment or repeal of the provisions related to corporate opportunities described above requires the consent of each of BlackRock and Highfields as long as they hold any equity interest in us.

Options

        See "Executive and Director Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans" for a discussion of the terms of our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

Registration Rights

        The following are entitled to rights with respect to the registration under the Securities Act of the shares of Class A common stock for which their New Holdings Units may be exchanged:

    BlackRock, holder of                        New Holdings Units initially exchangeable for                        shares of our Class A common stock;

    Highfields, holder of                        New Holdings Units initially exchangeable for                        shares of our Class A common stock; and

    , other holders collectively owning                        New Holdings Units initially exchangeable for                        shares of our Class A common stock.

        These registration rights are contained in our registration rights agreement, which is described under "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement" above and a copy of which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification

        See "Executive and Director Compensation—Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters."

Market Listing

        We will apply for listing our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol "            ."

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be                        .

177


Table of Contents


MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO
NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK

        The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of our Class A common stock to a non-U.S. holder that purchases shares of our Class A common stock for cash in this offering. For purposes of this summary, a "non-U.S. holder" means a beneficial owner of our Class A common stock that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

    a nonresident alien individual;

    a foreign corporation (or an entity treated as a foreign corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes);

    a foreign estate; or

    a foreign trust.

        In the case of a holder that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the tax treatment of a partner in that partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partner and the partnership.

        This summary is based upon the provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which we refer to as the Code, the U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative procedures of the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, all as in effect as of the date hereof. These authorities are subject to change and to differing interpretations, possibly with retroactive effect, which could result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those summarized below. No ruling has been or will be sought from the IRS with respect to the matters summarized below, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a contrary position regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership, or disposition of our Class A common stock, or that any such contrary position would not be sustained by a court.

        This summary is not a complete analysis of all of the potential U.S. federal income tax consequences relating to the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of our Class A common stock by non-U.S. holders, nor does it address any U.S. federal estate or gift tax consequences, any tax consequences arising under any state, local, or foreign tax laws, any consequences under the unearned income Medicare contribution tax pursuant to the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, or any consequences under other U.S. federal tax laws. In addition, this discussion does not address tax consequences resulting from a non-U.S. holder's particular circumstances or to non-U.S. holders that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

    partnerships, other pass-through entities, or beneficial owners of interests in those entities;

    foreign governments or entities they control;

    "controlled foreign corporations" and their shareholders;

    "passive foreign investment companies" and their shareholders;

    corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

    U.S. expatriates or former long-term residents of the U.S.;

    banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

    persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

    tax-exempt pension funds or other tax-exempt organizations;

178


Table of Contents

    tax-qualified retirement plans;

    traders, brokers, or dealers in securities, commodities, or currencies;

    persons that own or have owned, or are deemed to own or have owned, more than five percent of our Class A common stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

    persons who hold our Class A common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, "straddle," "conversion transaction" or other risk reduction transaction;

    persons who do not hold our Class A common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, for investment purposes); or

    persons deemed to sell our Class A common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.

        Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences to them of acquiring, owning, and disposing of our Class A common stock, as well as any tax consequences arising under any state, local, or foreign tax laws and any other U.S. federal tax laws. Prospective investors should also consult their tax advisors regarding the potential impact of any applicable income tax treaty.

Distributions on Class A Common Stock

        If we make a distribution of cash or property (other than certain stock distributions) with respect to our Class A common stock, or effect one of certain redemptions that are treated as distributions with respect to our Class A common stock, any such distributions or redemptions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, such excess will be allocated ratably among the shares of Class A common stock with respect to which the distribution is made, will constitute a return of capital, and will first be applied against and reduce the non-U.S. holder's adjusted tax basis in those shares of Class A common stock, but not below zero. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits and in excess of a non-U.S. holder's tax basis in that non-U.S. holder's shares of Class A common stock then will be treated as gain from the sale of that Class A common stock, subject to the tax treatment described below under "Gain on Disposition of Class A Common Stock." A non-U.S. holder's adjusted tax basis in a share of Class A common stock is generally the purchase price of the share, reduced by the amount of any distributions constituting a return of capital with respect to that share.

        Any dividend paid to a non-U.S. holder of our Class A common stock generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If a non-U.S. holder is eligible for benefits under an income tax treaty and wishes to claim a reduced rate of withholding, the non-U.S. holder generally will be required to provide us or our paying agent with a properly completed IRS Form W-8BEN (or other applicable form) certifying under penalties of perjury the non-U.S. holder's qualification for the reduced rate. This certification must be provided to us or our paying agent prior to the payment of the dividend and may be required to be updated periodically. Special certification requirements apply to non-U.S. holders that hold Class A common stock through certain foreign intermediaries. Non-U.S. holders that do not timely provide the required certifications, but that qualify for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If we are not able to determine whether or not a distribution will exceed current and accumulated earnings and profits at the time the distribution is made, we may withhold tax on the entire amount of any distribution at the same rate as we would

179


Table of Contents

withhold on a dividend. However, a non-U.S. holder may obtain a refund of amounts that we withhold to the extent the distribution in fact exceeded our current and accumulated earnings and profits.

        If a non-U.S. holder holds our Class A common stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business in the U.S., and dividends paid on the Class A common stock are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder's U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the U.S., as defined under the applicable treaty), the non-U.S. holder will be exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax on the dividends. To claim the exemption, the non-U.S. holder must furnish a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or other applicable form) prior to the payment of the dividends. Any dividends paid on our Class A common stock that are effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder's U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the U.S., as defined under the applicable treaty) generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates generally applicable to U.S. persons or at such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. A non-U.S. holder that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate as is specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of a portion of its earnings and profits for the taxable year that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business, as adjusted for certain items.

Gain on Disposition of Class A Common Stock

        Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding and foreign accounts, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock unless:

    the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder's conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the U.S.), in which case the non-U.S. holder will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition (net of certain deductions or credits) under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates generally applicable to U.S. persons or at such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, and in the case of a non-U.S. holder that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such non-U.S. holder may be subject to a branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty;

    the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the U.S. for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the taxable year in which the sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met, in which case the non-U.S. holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a flat 30% rate (or such lower rate as is specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the gain derived from the sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition, which gain may be offset by U.S. source capital losses (even though the non-U.S. holder is not considered a resident of the U.S.) provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns reporting those losses; or

    our Class A common stock constitutes a "United States real property interest" by reason of (i) our having a status as a "United States real property holding corporation," or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or the non-U.S. holder's holding period for our Class A common stock, and, (ii) in the case where shares of our Class A common stock are regularly traded on an established securities market, the non-U.S. holder having owned, directly or indirectly, more

180


Table of Contents

      than 5% of our Class A common stock at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or the non-U.S. holder's holding period for our Class A common stock. In that case, the non-U.S. holder will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition (net of certain deductions or credits) under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates generally applicable to U.S. persons or at such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, and the gross proceeds from the applicable transaction may be subject to a 10% withholding tax, which the non-U.S. holder may claim as a credit against the non-U.S. holder's U.S. federal income tax liability. There can be no assurance that our Class A common stock will be treated as regularly traded on an established securities market for this purpose. We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Generally, we would be a USRPHC if the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests were to equal or exceed fifty percent of the sum of the fair market values of our worldwide real property interests and other assets used or held for use in a trade or business, all as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

        Generally, we must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends and other distributions paid to the non-U.S. holder and the amount of tax, if any withheld with respect to those distributions. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in the non-U.S. holder's country of residence.

        In addition, a non-U.S. holder may be subject to information reporting requirements and backup withholding with respect to dividends paid on, and the proceeds of disposition of, shares of our Class A common stock, unless, generally, the non-U.S. holder certifies under penalties of perjury (usually on IRS Form W-8BEN) that the non-U.S. holder is not a U.S. person or otherwise establishes an exemption. The backup withholding rate is 28%. Additional rules relating to information reporting requirements and backup withholding with respect to payments of the proceeds from the disposition of shares of our common stock are as follows:

    If the proceeds are paid to or through the U.S. office of a broker, the proceeds generally will be subject to backup withholding and information reporting, unless the non-U.S. holder certifies under penalties of perjury (usually on IRS Form W-8BEN) that the non-U.S. holder is not a U.S. person or otherwise establishes an exemption.

    If the proceeds are paid to or through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is not a U.S. person and is not a foreign person with certain specified U.S. connections, which we refer to below as a "U.S.-related person," information reporting and backup withholding generally will not apply.

    If the proceeds are paid to or through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is a U.S. person or a U.S.-related person, the proceeds generally will be subject to information reporting (but not to backup withholding), unless the non-U.S. holder certifies under penalties of perjury (usually on IRS Form W-8BEN) that the non-U.S. holder is not a U.S. person.

        Backup withholding is not a tax. Any amounts withheld from a non-U.S. holder under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against the non-U.S. holder's U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that the non-U.S. holder timely furnishes the required information to the IRS.

181


Table of Contents

Foreign Accounts

        Legislation enacted in 2010 will impose withholding taxes on certain types of payments made to "foreign financial institutions" and other non-U.S. entities after December 31, 2013 (or, in certain cases, after later dates) unless those institutions and entities meet additional certification, information reporting and other requirements. The legislation will generally impose a 30% withholding tax on dividends on, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our Class A common stock paid to a foreign financial institution unless the foreign financial institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury to, among other things, (i) undertake to identify accounts held by certain U.S. persons (including certain equity and debt holders of such institution) or by U.S.-owned foreign entities, (ii) annually report certain information about such accounts, and (iii) withhold 30% on payments to account holders whose actions prevent it from complying with these reporting and other requirements. In addition, subject to certain exceptions, the legislation will impose a 30% withholding tax on the same types of payments to a foreign entity that is not a foreign financial institution unless the entity certifies that it does not have any substantial U.S. owners (which generally include any U.S. persons who directly or indirectly own more than 10% of the entity) or furnishes identifying information regarding each such substantial U.S. owner. These withholding taxes would be imposed on dividends paid on our Class A common stock after December 31, 2013 (or, in certain cases, after later dates), and on gross proceeds from sales or other dispositions of our Class A common stock after December 31, 2016. A non-U.S. holder may be exempt from the withholding described in this paragraph under an applicable intergovernmental agreement between the U.S. and a foreign government, provided that the non-U.S. holder and the applicable foreign government comply with the terms of the agreement. We will not pay any additional amounts to non-U.S. holders in respect of any amounts withheld. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding this legislation.

182


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our Class A common stock. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that future sales of shares of Class A common stock, or the availability for future sale of shares of Class A common stock, will have on the market price of shares of our Class A common stock prevailing from time to time. The sale of substantial amounts of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of shares of our Class A common stock.

        Currently, no shares our Class A common stock are outstanding and                        shares of our Class B common stock are outstanding, all of which are owned by Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC. We intend to cause Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC to distribute one share of Class B common stock to each holder of New Holdings Units prior to the purchase by PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. of New Holdings Units with the proceeds of this offering. There are currently 37 unit holders of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC.

        Upon completion of this offering, we will have a total of                        shares of our Class A common stock outstanding (or                        shares of Class A common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock). All of these shares of Class A common stock will have been sold in this offering and will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act by persons other than our "affiliates." Under the Securities Act, an "affiliate" of an issuer is a person who directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with that issuer.

        In addition, subject to certain limitations and exceptions, pursuant to the terms of an exchange agreement we will enter into with our existing owners, unit holders of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC may (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) exchange New Holdings Units for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. Upon consummation of this offering, our existing owners will hold                        New Holdings Units (or                        New Holdings Units if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock), all of which will be exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock. The shares of Class A common stock that we issue upon such exchanges would be "restricted securities" as defined in Rule 144 unless we register such issuances. However, we will enter into one or more registration rights agreements with BlackRock, Highfields and our other existing owners that will require us, under certain circumstances, to register under the Securities Act the resale of these shares of Class A common stock. See "—Registration Rights" and "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement."

        In addition,                        shares of Class A common stock may be granted under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. See "Executive and Director Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans—2013 Equity Incentive Plan." We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock issued under or covered by our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. Any such Form S-8 registration statements will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares of Class A common stock registered under such registration statements will be available for sale in the open market. We expect that the initial registration statement on Form S-8 will cover                        shares of Class A common stock.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue additional shares of Class A common stock and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to Class A common stock for the consideration and on the terms and conditions established by our board of directors in its sole discretion. In accordance with the DGCL and the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we may also issue preferred stock that has designations,

183


Table of Contents

preferences, rights, powers and duties that are different from, and may be senior to, those applicable to shares of Class A common stock. See "Description of Capital Stock."

Registration Rights

        We will enter into a registration rights agreement with BlackRock, Highfields and our other existing owners pursuant to which we will be required to register under the Securities Act, under certain circumstances and subject to certain restrictions, shares of our Class A common stock delivered in exchange for New Holdings Units held by our existing owners. In addition, BlackRock and Highfields will have the right, under certain circumstances and subject to certain restrictions, to require us to register for resale the shares of our Class A common stock delivered in exchange for New Holdings Units held by them. Any such securities registered under any registration statement will be available for sale in the open market unless restrictions apply.

Lock-Up Agreements

        We and each of our directors, officers and all of our existing owners have agreed to certain restrictions on our ability to sell additional shares of our Class A common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. We have agreed not to directly or indirectly offer for sale, sell, contract to sell, grant any option for the sale of, or otherwise issue or dispose of, any shares of our Class A common stock, options or warrants to acquire shares of our Class A common stock, or any related security or instrument (including without limitation any New Holdings Units and any shares of our Class B common stock), without the prior written consent of each of Citigroup Global Markets, Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. The agreements provide exceptions for (a) sales to the underwriters in connection with this offering, (b) our sales in connection with existing incentive plans and (c) customary other exceptions.

Rule 144

        In general, under Rule 144 a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who may be deemed our affiliate is entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of restricted securities that does not exceed the greater of 1% of the then outstanding shares of Class A common stock and the average weekly trading volume during the four calendar weeks preceding each such sale, provided that at least six months has elapsed since such shares of Class A common stock were acquired from us or any affiliate of ours and certain manner of sale, notice requirements and requirements as to availability of current public information about us are satisfied. Any person who is deemed to be our affiliate must also comply with such provisions of Rule 144 (other than the six-month holding period requirement) in order to sell shares of Class A common stock which are not restricted securities (such as shares of Class A common stock acquired by affiliates through purchases in the open market following this offering). A person who is not our affiliate, and who has not been our affiliate at any time during the 90 days preceding any sale, is entitled to sell shares of Class A common stock (i) subject only to the requirements as to availability of current public information about us, provided that a period of at least six months has elapsed since the shares of Class A common stock were acquired from us or any affiliate of ours, and (ii) without regard to the requirements as to availability of current public information about us or any other requirement of Rule 144, provided that at least one year has elapsed since the shares of Class A common stock were acquired from us or any affiliate of ours.

Stock Options and Restricted Stock

        As soon as practicable after the completion of this offering, we intend to file a Form S-8 registration statement under the Securities Act to register shares of our common stock subject to

184


Table of Contents

options outstanding or reserved for issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. This registration statement will become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by this registration statement will thereupon be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, the lock-up agreements described above and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates. For a more complete discussion of our stock plans, see "Executive and Director Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans."

185


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

        Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions stated in the underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, each underwriter named below has severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to that underwriter, the number of shares of Class A common stock set forth opposite the underwriter's name.

Underwriter
  Number
of Shares
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.     
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
                      Incorporated
   
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC.     
Goldman, Sachs & Co.     
     

Total

   
     

        The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to purchase the shares of Class A common stock included in this offering are subject to approval of legal matters by counsel and to other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares of Class A common stock (other than those covered by the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares described below) if they purchase any of the shares of Class A common stock.

        Shares of Class A common stock sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares of Class A common stock sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount from the initial public offering price not to exceed $ per share. If all the shares of Class A common stock are not sold at the initial offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters' right to reject any order in whole or in part. The representatives have advised us that the underwriters do not intend to make sales to discretionary accounts.

        If the underwriters sell more shares of Class A common stock than the total number set forth in the table above, we have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to                        additional shares of Class A common stock at the public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter must purchase a number of additional shares of Class A common stock approximately proportionate to that underwriter's initial purchase commitment. Any shares of Class A common stock issued or sold under the option will be issued and sold on the same terms and conditions as the other shares of Class A common stock that are the subject of this offering.

        We, our officers and directors, and all of our existing owners have agreed that, subject to customary exceptions, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of each of the representatives, dispose of or hedge any shares of Class A common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our Class A common stock or any related security or instrument (including without limitation any New Holdings Units and any shares of our Class B common stock). The representatives, in their sole discretion, may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time, which, in the case of officers and directors, shall be with notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during any period in which we are not an "emerging growth company" under Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, if (i) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to our company occurs; or (ii) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce

186


Table of Contents

that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day restricted period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our shares of Class A common stock. Consequently, the initial public offering price for the shares of Class A common stock was determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were our results of operations, our current financial condition, our future prospects, our markets, the economic conditions in and future prospects for the industry in which we compete, our management, and currently prevailing general conditions in the equity securities markets, including current market valuations of publicly traded companies considered comparable to our company. We cannot assure you, however, that the price at which the shares of Class A common stock will sell in the public market after this offering will not be lower than the initial public offering price or that an active trading market in our shares of Class A common stock will develop and continue after this offering.

        We have applied to have our shares of Class A common stock listed on the NYSE under the symbol "            ."

        The following table shows the underwriting discounts and commissions that we are to pay to the underwriters in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares.

 
  Paid by the Company  
 
  No Exercise   Full Exercise  

Per share

  $     $    

Total

  $     $    

        We estimate that our portion of the total expenses of this offering will be $            .

        In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of Class A common stock in the open market. Purchases and sales in the open market may include short sales, purchases to cover short positions, which may include purchases pursuant to the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares, and stabilizing purchases.

    Short sales involve secondary market sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering.

    "Covered" short sales are sales of shares in an amount up to the number of shares represented by the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares.

    "Naked" short sales are sales of shares in an amount in excess of the number of shares represented by the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares.

    Covering transactions involve purchases of shares either pursuant to the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares or in the open market in order to cover short positions.

    To close a naked short position, the underwriters must purchase shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

    To close a covered short position, the underwriters must purchase shares in the open market or must exercise the option to purchase additional shares. In determining the source of shares to close the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other

187


Table of Contents

        things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares.

    Stabilizing transactions involve bids to purchase shares so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

        Purchases to cover short positions and stabilizing purchases, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the shares of Class A common stock. They may also cause the price of the shares of Class A common stock to be higher than the price that would otherwise exist in the open market in the absence of these transactions. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise. If the underwriters commence any of these transactions, they may discontinue them at any time.

Other Relationships

        The underwriters are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. The underwriters and their respective affiliates have in the past performed commercial banking, investment banking and advisory services for us from time to time for which they have received customary fees and reimbursement of expenses and may, from time to time, engage in transactions with and perform services for us in the ordinary course of their business for which they may receive customary fees and reimbursement of expenses. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (which may include bank loans and/or credit default swaps) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates.

        The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

        Citibank, N.A., an affiliate of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., one of the underwriters of this offering, is a lender under a $150 million master repurchase agreement with PLS and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, as guarantor dated as of June 26, 2012. In addition, from time to time, we have facilitated the purchase of distressed whole loans from one or more affiliates of Citibank, N.A. for the investment portfolio of PMT and the Investment Funds. For example, in 2011 we managed the acquisition by PMT and the Investment Funds of $1.7 billion in distressed mortgage loans from or through one or more affiliates of Citibank, N.A. and in the third quarter of 2012 we managed the acquisition by PMT of $357 million in distressed mortgage loans from or through one or more affiliates of Citibank, N.A.

        Bank of America, N.A., an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, one of the underwriters of this offering, is a lender under a $150 million master repurchase agreement with PLS and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, as guarantor, dated as of March 17, 2011.

        Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, an affiliate of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, one of the underwriters of this offering, is a lender under a $150 million master repurchase agreement with PLS and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, as

188


Table of Contents

guarantor, dated as of August 14, 2009. In addition, Credit Suisse AG, New York Branch, also an affiliate of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, is a lender under a $117 million amended and restated loan and security agreement with PLS and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, as guarantor, dated as of March 27, 2012.

        Citibank, N.A., Bank of America, N.A., Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC and Credit Suisse AG each receives customary fees and commissions for these financing transactions. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations—Debt Obligations."

        From time to time, we may make purchases of mortgage loans or servicing rights from, and sell loans that we have originated to, third parties in the future, which could include our underwriters or their affiliates.

        We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make because of any of those liabilities.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

        In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a relevant member state), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that relevant member state (the relevant implementation date), an offer of shares described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that relevant member state other than:

    to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

    to fewer than 100 or, if the relevant member state has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the relevant Dealer or Dealers nominated by us for any such offer; or

    in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of shares shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

        For purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer of securities to the public" in any relevant member state means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the shares, as the expression may be varied in that member state by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that member state, and the expression "Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the relevant member state) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the relevant member state. The expression 2010 PD Amending Directive means Directive 2010/73/EU.

        The sellers of the shares of Class A Common Stock have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any offer of shares of Class A Common Stock through any financial intermediary on their behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters with a view to the final placement of the shares of Class A Common Stock as contemplated in this prospectus. Accordingly, no purchaser of the shares, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of the shares on behalf of the sellers or the underwriters.

189


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

        This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive that are also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the "Order") or (ii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (each such person being referred to as a "relevant person"). This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

Notice to Prospective Investors in France

        Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the shares of Class A common stock described in this prospectus has been submitted to the clearance procedures of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers or of the competent authority of another member state of the European Economic Area and notified to the Autorité des Marchés Financiers. The shares of Class A common stock have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the shares of Class A common stock has been or will be:

    released, issued, distributed or caused to be released, issued or distributed to the public in France; or

    used in connection with any offer for subscription or sale of the shares of Class A common stock to the public in France.

        Such offers, sales and distributions will be made in France only:

    to qualified investors ( investisseurs qualifiés ) and/or to a restricted circle of investors ( cercle restreint d'investisseurs ), in each case investing for their own account, all as defined in, and in accordance with articles L.411-2, D.411-1, D.411-2, D.734-1, D.744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the French Code monétaire et financier ;

    to investment services providers authorized to engage in portfolio management on behalf of third parties; or

    in a transaction that, in accordance with article L.411-2-II-1°-or-2°-or 3° of the French Code monétaire et financier and article 211-2 of the General Regulations ( Règlement Général ) of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers , does not constitute a public offer ( appel public à l'épargne ).

        The shares of Class A common stock may be resold directly or indirectly, only in compliance with articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 through L.621-8-3 of the French Code monétaire et financier .

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

        The shares of Class A common stock may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong) and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares of Class A common stock may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in

190


Table of Contents

Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares of Class A common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

        The shares of Class A common stock offered in this prospectus have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan. The shares of Class A common stock have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the account of any resident of Japan (including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), except (i) pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and (ii) in compliance with any other applicable requirements of Japanese law.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

        This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares of Class A common stock may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares of Class A common stock be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the "SFA"), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to compliance with conditions set forth in the SFA.

        Where the shares of Class A common stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

    a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

    a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

    to an institutional investor (for corporations, under Section 274 of the SFA) or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person pursuant to an offer that is made on terms that such shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or such rights and interest in that trust are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets, and further for corporations, in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA;

    where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; or

    where the transfer is by operation of law.

191


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

        The shares of Class A common stock may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares of Class A common stock or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

        Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, or the shares of Class A common stock have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares of Class A common stock has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes ("CISA"). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares of Class A common stock.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

        This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority ("DFSA"). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with the Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares of Class A common stock to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares of Class A common stock offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

192


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Bingham McCutchen LLP. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Goodwin Procter LLP.


EXPERTS

        The balance sheet of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. as of December 31, 2012, included in this prospectus has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such financial statement has been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

        The consolidated financial statements of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC and subsidiaries, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and for each of the two years ended December 31, 2011, included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein, which report expresses an unqualified opinion on the consolidated financial statements and includes an explanatory paragraph referring to a restatement. Such consolidated financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 (including exhibits, schedules, and amendments) under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement. For further information about us and the shares of Class A common stock to be sold in this offering, you should refer to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus relating to the contents of any contract, agreement or other document are not necessarily complete and are qualified in all respects by the complete text of the applicable contract, agreement or other document, a copy of which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Whenever this prospectus refers to any contract, agreement, or other document, you should refer to the exhibits that are a part of the registration statement for a copy of the contract, agreement, or document.

        You may read and copy all or any portion of the registration statement or any other information we file at the SEC's public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You can request copies of these documents, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the operation of the public reference rooms. Our SEC filings, including the registration statement, are also available to you on the SEC's Website ( http://www.sec.gov ).

        Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. Under the Exchange Act, we will file annual, quarterly and current reports, as well as proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC's Public Reference Room and the website of the SEC referred to above.

193


Table of Contents


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.
  Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-2

Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2012

  F-3

Notes to Balance Sheet

  F-4

Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC

 

Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-5

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010

  F-6

Consolidated Statements of Income for Each of the Two Fiscal Years in the Period Ended December 31, 2011

  F-7

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members' Equity for Each of the Two Fiscal Years in the Period Ended December 31, 2011

  F-8

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for Each of the Two Fiscal Years in the Period Ended December 31, 2011

  F-9

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-10

Unaudited Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2012 and 2011

  F-61

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Income for the Nine Month Periods Ended September 30, 2012 and 2011

  F-62

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members' Equity for the Nine Month Periods Ended September 30, 2012 and 2011

  F-63

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Nine Month Periods Ended September 30, 2012 and 2011

  F-64

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-65

F-1


Table of Contents


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors
PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.
6101 Condor Drive
Moorpark, CA 93021

        We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. (the "Company") as of December 31, 2012. This financial statement is the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the balance sheet is free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the balance sheet, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall balance sheet presentation. We believe that our audit of the balance sheet provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, such balance sheet presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2012, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Los Angeles, California
February 7, 2013

F-2


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

BALANCE SHEET

 
  December 31,
2012
 

ASSETS

       

Cash

 
$

 
       

Total assets

  $  
       

LIABILITIES

       

Total liabilities

 
$

 
       

Commitments and contingencies

  $  
       

STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY

       

Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 9,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding

   
 

Class B Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 1,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding

     
       

Total stockholder's equity

  $  
       

Total liabilities and stockholder's equity

  $  
       

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this financial statement.

F-3


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO BALANCE SHEET

Note 1—Organization

        PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. (the "Company") was formed as a Delaware corporation on December 31, 2012. Pursuant to a reorganization into a holding corporation structure, the Company will become a holding corporation and its sole assets are expected to be an equity interest in Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC. The Company will be the managing member of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC and will operate and control all of the businesses and affairs of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC subject to the consent rights of other members under certain circumstances and, through Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC and its subsidiaries, continue to conduct the business now conducted by these subsidiaries.

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

        Basis of Accounting —The balance sheet has been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Separate statements of income, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows have not been presented in the financial statements because there have been no activities of this entity.

        Underwriting Commissions and Offering Costs —Underwriting commissions and offering costs to be incurred in connection with the Company's common share offerings will be reflected as a reduction of additional paid-in capital. Underwriting commissions and offering costs are not recorded in the Company's consolidated balance sheet because such costs are not the Company's liability until the Company completes a successful initial public offering.

        Organizational Costs —Organizational costs are not recorded in the Company's consolidated balance sheet because such costs are not the Company's liability until the Company completes a successful initial public offering. Thereafter, costs incurred to organize the Company will be expensed as incurred.

Note 3—Stockholder's Equity

        The Company is authorized to issue 9,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share ("Class A Common Stock"), and 1,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share ("Class B Common Stock"). Under the Company's certificate of incorporation as in effect as of December 31, 2012, all shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are identical.

Note 4—Subsequent Events

        Management has evaluated all events as of February 7, 2013, which represents the date of issuance of these financial statements.

        As of February 7, 2013, offering costs of approximately $2.7 million have been incurred by Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC.

        As of February 7, 2013, organizational costs of $2,000 have been incurred. These organizational costs will be paid by Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC.

F-4


Table of Contents


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Members of
Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC
6101 Condor Drive
Moorpark, CA 93021

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (the "Company") as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in members' equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2011. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

        As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the accompanying 2011 and 2010 consolidated financial statements have been restated.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Los Angeles, California
February 7, 2013

F-5


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 
  December 31,  
 
  2011   2010  
 
  (as restated, note 3)
 
 
  (in thousands except unit data)
 

ASSETS

             

Cash

 
$

16,465
 
$

5,927
 

Short-term investment, at fair value

    16,041     9,314  

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    89,857     14,720  

Servicing advances

    63,565     22,811  

Receivable from Investment Funds

    8,264     9,392  

Receivable from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    11,600     4,295  

Derivative financial instruments

    5,460     342  

Carried interest due from Investment Funds

    37,250     24,654  

Investment in PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, at fair value

    1,247     1,361  

Mortgage servicing rights, at fair value

    25,698     31,957  

Mortgage servicing rights, at lower of amortized cost or fair value

    6,426      

Margin deposits

    2,148      

Furniture, fixtures, equipment and building improvements, net

    2,541     991  

Capitalized software, net

    556     682  

Other

    2,163     1,956  
           

Total assets

  $ 289,281   $ 128,402  
           

LIABILITIES

             

Loans sold under agreements to repurchase

 
$

77,700
 
$

 

Loans sold under agreements to repurchase, at fair value

        13,289  

Note payable

    18,602     3,499  

Payable to Investment Funds

    29,622     13,262  

Payable to PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    25,595     2,842  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    13,398     5,352  

Liability for losses under representations and warranties

    449     189  
           

Total liabilities

    165,366     38,433  
           

Commitments and contingencies

             

MEMBERS' EQUITY

             

Preferred units, 96,682 and 60,468 units authorized and subscribed, 96,682 and 45,371 units issued and outstanding as of 2011 and 2010, respectively

   
96,374
   
44,482
 

Common units, 20,556 and 10,665 units authorized; 4,564 and 715 units issued and outstanding as of 2011 and 2010, respectively

         

Members' equity attributable to common units from equity compensation plan

    2,737     1,736  

Stock subscription receivable

    (19,918 )   (1,414 )

Retained earnings

    44,722     45,165  
           

Total members' equity

    123,915     89,969  
           

Total liabilities and members' equity

  $ 289,281   $ 128,402  
           

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands,
except per unit data)

 

Revenue

             

Net servicing income:

             

Loan servicing fees:

             

From PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

  $ 13,204   $ 2,989  

From Investment Funds

    14,523     9,474  

Mortgage servicing rebate (to) from Investment Funds

    (2,772 )   1,162  

From non-affiliates

    11,493     11,431  

From borrowers—ancillary fees

    1,657     1,345  
           

    38,105     26,401  

Amortization, impairment and change in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights

   
(9,438

)
 
(400

)
           

Net servicing income

    28,667     26,001  

Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    13,029     2,008  

Loan origination fees

    669     734  

Management fees:

             

From PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    8,456     5,484  

From Investment Funds

    9,943     9,943  

Carried interest from Investment Funds

    12,596     24,654  

Fulfillment fees from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    1,744      

Change in fair value of investment in and dividends received from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    23     130  

Interest

    1,532     195  

Other

        80  
           

Total net revenue

    76,659     69,229  
           

Expenses

             

Compensation

    47,479     25,412  

Professional services

    3,867     2,244  

Occupancy

    1,985     938  

Technology

    1,979     1,959  

Interest

    1,875     790  

Servicing

    2,344     2,167  

Loan origination

    185     150  

Other

    2,246     2,527  
           

Total expenses

    61,960     36,187  
           

Net income

  $ 14,699   $ 33,042  
           

Net income attributable to preferred units

 
$

14,507
 
$

29,014
 

Net income attributable to non-vested common unit awards outstanding

  $ 152   $ 3,837  

Net income attributable to common units

  $ 40   $ 191  

Earnings per unit

             

Preferred units

  $ 237.82   $ 645.30  

Common units

             

Basic

  $ 11.63   $ 555.59  

Diluted

  $ 3.88   $ 40.72  

Weighted average units outstanding

             

Preferred units

    61,003     44,962  

Common units

             

Basic

    3,470     345  

Diluted

    10,410     4,704  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-7


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN MEMBERS' EQUITY

 
  Preferred Units   Common Units    
   
   
 
 
  Subscriptions
receivable
  Retained earnings    
 
 
  Units   Amounts   Units   Amounts   Total  
 
  (as restated,
note 3)

  (as restated,
note 3)

   
   
  (as restated,
note 3)

   
   
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Balance at December 31, 2009

    35,920   $ 35,960       $ 445   $ (1,661 ) $ 14,156   $ 48,900  

Capital:

                                           

Contributions

    9,953     8,949             18         8,967  

Advances to unit holders

                        (2,027 )   (2,027 )

Redemptions

    (542 )   (427 )           209     (6 )   (224 )

Unit-based compensation expense

    40         715     1,291     20         1,311  

Net income

                        33,042     33,042  
                               

Balance at December 31, 2010

    45,371     44,482     715     1,736     (1,414 )   45,165     89,969  

Capital:

                                           

Contributions

    35,265     35,196             (16,288 )       18,908  

Contributions and concurrent distributions

    14,999     14,968                 (14,968 )    

Subscriptions

    1,709     1,709             (1,709 )        

Advances to unit holders

        543             (543 )        

Redemptions

    (662 )   (273 )           61     81     (131 )

Draws

        (331 )           (25 )   (290 )   (646 )

Unit-based compensation expense

        80     3,849     1,001         35     1,116  

Net income

                        14,699     14,699  
                               

Balance at December 31, 2011

    96,682   $ 96,374     4,564   $ 2,737   $ (19,918 ) $ 44,722   $ 123,915  
                               

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-8


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2010  
 
  (as restated,
note 3)

   
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash flow from operating activities:

             

Net income

  $ 14,699   $ 33,042  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

             

Accrual of servicing rebate to (from) Investment Funds

    2,772     (1,162 )

Amortization, impairment and change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights

    9,438     227  

Net gain on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    (13,029 )   (2,318 )

Carried interest income

    (12,596 )   (24,654 )

Change in fair value of investment in PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    114     (73 )

Accrual of stock-based compensation

    1,116     1,292  

Amortization of commitment fees relating to financing facilities

    1,028     675  

Depreciation and amortization

    251     365  

Originations of mortgage loans held for sale

    (149,393 )   (69,331 )

Purchase from affiliate of mortgage loans held for sale

    (575,649 )    

Sale and principal payments of mortgage loans held for sale

    649,625     56,257  

Increase in servicing advances

    (40,754 )   (19,968 )

Increase in receivable from Investment Funds

    (1,644 )   (587 )

(Increase) decrease in due from affiliates

    (5,675 )   2,785  

Increase in other assets

    (451 )   (1,603 )

Increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses

    8,596     1,661  

Increase in payable to affiliates

    21,447      

Increase in payable to Investment Funds

    16,359     10,745  

Decrease in other liabilities

    (350 )    

Decrease in other receivables

    350      

Increase in prepaid expenses

    (972 )    
           

Net cash used in operating activities

    (74,718 )   (12,647 )
           

Cash flow from investing activities:

             

Net (increase) decrease in short-term investment

    (6,727 )   5,630  

Purchase of furniture, fixtures, equipment and building improvements

    (1,888 )   (686 )

Acquisition of capitalized software

    (112 )   (146 )

Increase in margin deposit and restricted cash

    (2,310 )    

Purchase of mortgage servicing rights

    (1,352 )   (11,974 )
           

Net cash used in investing activities

    (12,389 )   (7,176 )
           

Cash flow from financing activities:

             

Sale of loans under agreements to repurchase at fair value

    120,897     16,074  

Repurchase of loans sold under agreements to repurchase at fair value

    (134,186 )    

Sale of loans under agreements to repurchase

    535,845      

Repurchase of loans sold under agreements to repurchase

    (458,145 )    

Increase in note payable

    15,103      

Capital contributions

    18,908     8,967  

Capital redemptions

    (131 )   (204 )

Advances to unit holders

    (646 )   (2,027 )
           

Net cash provided by financing activities

    97,645     22,810  
           

Net increase in cash

   
10,538
   
2,987
 

Cash at beginning of year

    5,927     2,940  
           

Cash at end of year

  $ 16,465   $ 5,927  
           

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-9


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1—Organization and Operations

        Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC ("PennyMac") is a Delaware limited liability company which, through its subsidiaries (collectively, the "Company"), engages in mortgage banking and investment management activities. Its mortgage banking activities consist of residential mortgage lending (including correspondent lending and retail lending) and loan servicing. The investment management activities and a portion of the loan servicing activities are conducted on behalf of investment vehicles that invest in residential mortgage loans and related assets. PennyMac's primary wholly-owned subsidiaries are:

    PennyMac Loan Services, LLC ("PLS")—a Delaware limited liability company that services portfolios of residential mortgage loans on behalf of companies or funds managed by the Company, modifies or restructures loans and engages in mortgage banking activities for its own account.

    PLS is approved by the Federal National Mortgage Association ("Fannie Mae"), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("Freddie Mac") and the Government National Mortgage Association ("Ginnie Mae") as a seller/servicer of mortgage loans and is a licensed FHA Nonsupervised Title II Lender with the Department of Housing and Urban Development ("HUD") (each an "Agency" and collectively the "Agencies").

    PNMAC Capital Management, LLC ("PCM")—a Delaware limited liability company registered as an investment advisor under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. PCM enters into investment management agreements with entities that invest in residential mortgage loans.

    Presently, PCM has management agreements with PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, LLC and PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, LP, (the "Master Fund"), both registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940; PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund Investors, LLC (collectively, the "Investment Funds") and with PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, a publicly held mortgage real estate investment trust ("PMT").

    PNMAC Opportunity Fund Associates, LLC ("PMOFA")—a Delaware limited liability company. PMOFA is the general partner of the Master Fund. PMOFA is entitled to incentive fees representing allocations of profits (the "carried interest") from the Master Fund.

Note 2—Concentration of Risk

        A substantial portion of the Company's activities relate to the Investment Funds that it manages and PMT. Fees charged to these entities (comprised of management fees, loan servicing fees and loan servicing rebates, carried interest income and fulfillment fees from PMT) totaled 75% and 78% of total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. A portion of these fees are received pursuant to the management agreements between the Company and PMT and the Investment Funds. These agreements provide for a substantial payment to the Company if they are terminated without cause before December 31, 2016, in the case of the agreements with the Investment Funds, and before February 1, 2017, in the case of the agreement with PMT.

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies

        A description of the Company's significant accounting policies applied in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements follows.

F-10


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements are prepared on the accrual basis, which is in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("U.S. GAAP") as codified in the Financial Accounting Standards Board's Accounting Standards Codification (the "Codification").

    Restatement of Previously Reported Amounts

        After the issuance of the 2011 consolidated financial statements, management determined that the 2011 and 2010 consolidated financial statements contained certain errors. As a result, the balance sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2011 and statements of changes in members' equity for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 have been restated from the amounts previously reported to correct these errors, as follows:

        Debt incurred by the Company in connection with the purchase of mortgage loans from an affiliate was incorrectly presented on a net basis in the statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2011. This error has been corrected as follows:

Statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2011 (in '000s)
  As previously
reported
  Adjustments   As restated  

Purchase from affiliate of mortgage loans held for sale

  $ (54,621 ) $ (521,028 ) $ (575,649 )

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ 446,310   $ (521,028 ) $ (74,718 )

Sale of loans under agreements to repurchase at fair value

  $ 57,908   $ 62,989   $ 120,897  

Sale of loans under agreements to repurchase

  $ 77,806   $ 458,039   $ 535,845  

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

  $ (423,383 ) $ 521,028   $ 97,645  

        The following components of the balance sheets and statements of members' equity as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 have been corrected as follows:

 
  Preferred Units   Subscriptions Receivable  
Statement of Changes in Members' Equity—
For the year ended December 31, 2011 (in '000s)
  As previously
reported
  Adjustments   As restated   As previously
reported
  Adjustments   As restated  

Contributions—2011

  $ 37,055   $ (1,859 ) $ 35,196   $ (18,147 ) $ 1,859   $ (16,288 )

Balance at December 31, 2011*

  $ 98,233   $ (1,859 ) $ 96,374   $ (21,777 ) $ 1,859   $ (19,918 )

F-11


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

 
  Preferred Units  
Statement of Changes in Members' Equity—
For the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 (in '000s)
  As previously
reported
  Adjustments   As Restated  

Balance at December 31, 2009

    47,920     (12,000 )   35,920  

Contributions (2010)

    12,390     (2,437 )   9,953  

Balance at December 31, 2010

    59,808     (14,437 )   45,371  

Contributions (2011)

    37,536     (2,271 )   35,265  

Contributions and concurrent distribution

        14,999     14,999  

Subscriptions (2011)

        1,709     1,709  

*
Also, presented previously on the consolidated balance sheet.

        The following amounts were previously presented in error within Note 22—Supplemental Cash Flow Information for the year ended December 31, 2011. This error has been corrected in the notes to the consolidated financial statements presented.

Note 22—Supplemental Cash Flow Information—
Year Ended December 31, 2011 (in '000s)
  As previously
reported
  Adjustments   As restated  

Non-cash financing activity:

                   

Subscriptions receivable

  $ 18,147   $ (1,859 ) $ 16,288  

        Within Note 8, the presentation of Derivative Financial Instruments has been restated to correct the misclassification of $7,905,000 of Interest Rate Lock Commitments to present these Derivative Financial Instruments as Level 3 measurements due to the significance of the use of unobservable inputs used in estimating fair value, as compared to their previously reported presentation as Level 2 measurements.

    Principles of Consolidation

        The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of PennyMac and all wholly-owned subsidiaries. The Company has whole ownership of all of its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

    Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results will likely differ from those estimates.

    Fair Value

        The Company groups its assets and liabilities at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value. These levels are:

    Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

F-12


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Level 2—Prices determined using other significant observable inputs. Observable inputs are inputs that other market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability and are developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. These may include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities, interest rates, prepayment speeds, credit risk and others.

    Level 3—Prices determined using significant unobservable inputs. In situations where quoted prices or observable inputs are unavailable (for example, when there is little or no market activity for an investment at the end of the period), unobservable inputs may be used. Unobservable inputs reflect the Company's own assumptions about the factors that market participants use in pricing an asset or liability, and are based on the best information available in the circumstances.

    While management believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with those used by other market participants, the use of different methods or assumptions to estimate the fair value of certain financial statement items could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date. Those estimated values may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market for such items existed, or had such items been liquidated, and those differences could be material to the financial statements.

        Management incorporates lack of liquidity into its fair value estimates based on the type of asset or liability measured and the valuation method used. The Company uses discounted cash flow techniques to estimate fair value. These techniques incorporate forecasting of expected cash flows discounted at appropriate market discount rates that are intended to reflect the lack of liquidity in the market.

    Short Term Investment

        Short-term investment, which represents an investment in an institutional liquidity management (money market) fund, is carried at fair value. Changes in fair value are recognized in current period income. The Company classifies its short term investment as a "Level 1" fair value financial statement item.

    Mortgage Loans Held for Sale at Fair Value

        Mortgage loans held for sale are carried at their estimated fair values. Changes in the estimated fair value of mortgage loans are recognized in current period income. All changes in fair value, including changes arising from the passage of time, are recognized as a component of Change in fair value of mortgage loans held for sale at fair value . The Company classifies mortgage loans held for sale at fair value as "Level 2" fair value financial statement items.

        The Company recognizes transfers of mortgage loans as sales when it surrenders control over the mortgage loans. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (i) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (ii) the transferee has the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (iii) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through either (a) an agreement that entitles and obligates the Company to repurchase or redeem them before their maturity or (b) the ability to unilaterally cause the holder to return specific assets.

F-13


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Interest Income

        Interest income on mortgage loans is recognized over the life of the loans using their contractual interest rates. Income recognition is suspended for loans when they become 90 days delinquent, or when, in management's opinion, a full recovery of income and principal becomes doubtful. Income recognition is resumed when the loan becomes contractually current.

    Derivative Financial Instruments

        In its loan origination activities, the Company makes contractual commitments to loan applicants to originate mortgages at specified interest rates ("interest rate lock commitments"). These commitments are accounted for as derivative financial instruments. The Company manages the risk created by interest rate lock commitments relating to the origination or purchase of mortgage loans held for sale at fair value by entering into forward sale agreements to sell the mortgage loans and by the purchase and sale of mortgage-backed securities ("MBS") options and futures. Such agreements are also accounted for as derivative financial instruments. The Company classifies its derivative financial instruments as "Level 3" fair value financial statement items.

        The Company accounts for its derivative financial instruments as free-standing derivatives. The Company does not designate its forward sale agreements or options and futures for hedge accounting. All derivative financial instruments are recognized on the balance sheet at fair value with changes in the fair values being reported in current period income. Changes in fair value are included in Change in fair value of mortgage loans held for sale in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income.

        When the Company has multiple derivative instruments with the same counterparty under a master netting arrangement, it offsets the amounts recorded as assets and liabilities and amounts recognized for the right to reclaim cash collateral it has deposited with the counterparty or the obligation to return cash collateral it has collected from the counterparty arising from the same master netting arrangement. Such offset amounts are presented as either a net asset or liability by counterparty on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets.

    Servicing Advances

        Servicing advances represent escrow and corporate advances made on behalf of borrowers and the loans' investors to fund delinquent balances for property tax and insurance premiums and out of pocket expenses (e.g., preservation and restoration of mortgaged or real estate owned property, legal fees, appraisals and insurance premiums). Servicing advances are made in accordance with the Company's servicing agreements and are deemed recoverable at the time of liquidation. These advances are periodically reviewed for collectability. Uncollectible amounts are written off when they are deemed uncollectible.

    Carried Interest due from Investment Funds

        The Company has a general partnership interest or other carried interest arrangement with the Investment Funds, and earns carried interest thereunder. Carried interest, in general terms, is the share of any profits that the general partners receive as compensation. The Company determines the amount of carried interest to be recorded each period based on the cash flows that would be produced assuming termination of the Investment Funds agreements at each period end. The allocation of profits

F-14


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

between the Investment Funds and the Company is described under the Significant Accounting Policies caption Management Fees and Carried Interest, following.

    Investment in PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

        Common shares of beneficial interest in PMT are carried at their fair value with changes in fair value recognized in current period results of operations. Fair value for purposes of the Company's holdings in PMT is based on the published closing price of the shares as of period end. The Company classifies its investment in common shares of PMT as a "Level 1" fair value financial statement item.

    Mortgage Servicing Rights ("MSRs")

        MSRs arise from contractual agreements between the Company and investors (or their agents) in mortgage securities and mortgage loans. Under these contracts, the Company performs loan servicing functions in exchange for fees and other remuneration. The servicing functions typically performed include, among other responsibilities, collecting and remitting loan payments; responding to borrower inquiries; accounting for principal and interest; holding custodial (impound) funds for payment of property taxes and insurance premiums; counseling delinquent mortgagors; supervising the acquisition of real estate collateralizing the mortgage loans in settlement thereof and property dispositions.

        The value of MSRs is derived from the net positive cash flows associated with the servicing contracts. The Company receives a servicing fee ranging generally from 0.25% to 0.38% annually on the remaining outstanding principal balances of the loans. The servicing fees are collected from the monthly payments made by the mortgagors. The Company is contractually entitled to receive other remuneration including rights to various mortgagor-contracted fees such as late charges, collateral reconveyance charges and loan prepayment penalties, and the Company is generally entitled to retain the interest earned on funds held pending remittance related to its collection of mortgagor payments. The Company also generally has the right to solicit the mortgagors for other products and services as well as for new mortgages for those considering refinancing or purchasing a new home.

        The Company recognizes MSRs initially at their estimated fair value, either as proceeds from sales of mortgage loans where the Company assumes the obligation to service the loan in the sale transaction, or from the purchase of MSRs. The Company's subsequent accounting for MSRs is based on the class of MSRs. The Company has identified two classes of MSRs: MSRs backed by mortgage loans with initial interest rates of less than or equal to 4.5% and MSRs backed by mortgage loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5%. The Company distinguishes between these classes of MSRs due to their differing sensitivities to change in value as the result of the effect that changes in market interest rates have on mortgage prepayment speeds within the servicing portfolio. MSRs backed by mortgage loans with initial interest rates of less than or equal to 4.5% are accounted for using the amortization method. MSRs backed by loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5% are accounted for at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in current period earnings.

        The precise fair value of MSRs cannot be readily determined because MSRs are not actively traded in standalone markets. Considerable judgment is required to estimate the fair values of MSRs and the exercise of such judgment can significantly affect the Company's earnings. PCM's Valuation Committee reviews and approves the fair value estimates of MSRs. Therefore, the Company classifies its MSRs as "Level 3" fair value financial statement items.

F-15


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The Company uses a discounted cash flow approach to estimate the fair value of MSRs. This approach consists of projecting servicing cash flows discounted at a rate that management assumes market participants would use in their determinations of fair value. The cash flow and prepayment assumptions used in the Company's discounted cash flow model are based on market factors which management believes are consistent with assumptions and data used by market participants valuing similar MSRs.

        The key assumptions used in the valuation of MSRs include mortgage prepayment speeds, cost to service the loans and discount rates. These variables can, and generally do, change from period to period as market conditions change.

        MSRs are generally subject to a loss in value when mortgage interest rates decline. The fair value of MSRs is based on the present value of cash flows that are closely related to the expected life of the underlying loans. Declining mortgage interest rates generally encourage increased mortgage refinancing activity, which decreases the expected life of the underlying loans, thereby decreasing the fair value of the MSRs.

    MSRs Accounted for Using the Amortization Method

        The Company amortizes MSRs that are accounted for using the amortization method. MSR amortization is determined by applying the ratio of the net MSR cash flows projected for the current period to the estimated total remaining net MSR cash flows. The estimated total net MSR cash flows are determined at the beginning of each month using prepayment assumptions applicable at that time.

        MSRs accounted for using the amortization method are periodically evaluated for impairment. Impairment occurs when the current fair value of the MSRs decreases below the asset's carrying value (carrying value is the amortized cost reduced by any related valuation allowance). If MSRs are impaired, the impairment is recognized in current-period earnings and the carrying value of the MSRs is adjusted through a valuation allowance. If the value of impaired MSRs subsequently increases, the increase in value is recognized in current-period earnings and the valuation allowance is adjusted to bring the carrying value of the MSRs to a level not in excess of the asset's amortized cost.

        The Company stratifies its MSRs by predominant risk characteristic when evaluating for impairment. For purposes of performing its MSR impairment evaluation, the Company stratifies its servicing portfolio on the basis of certain risk characteristics including loan type (fixed-rate or adjustable-rate) and note rate. Fixed-rate loans are stratified into note rate pools of 50 basis points for note rates between 3.0% and 4.5% and a single pool for note rates below 3%. If the fair value of MSRs in any of the note rate pools is below the carrying value of the MSRs for that pool, impairment is recognized to the extent of the difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying value, including the existing valuation allowance for that pool.

        Management periodically reviews the various impairment strata to determine whether the value of the impaired MSRs in a given stratum is likely to recover. When management deems recovery of the value to be unlikely in the foreseeable future, a write-down of the cost of the MSRs for that stratum to its estimated recoverable value is charged to the valuation allowance.

        Both amortization and changes in the amount of impairment of MSRs are recorded in current period results of operations in Amortization, impairment and change in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

F-16


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    MSRs Accounted for at Fair Value

        Changes in fair value of MSRs accounted for at fair value are recognized in current period results of operations in Amortization, impairment and change in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

    Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment

        Furniture, fixtures and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the various classes of assets, which range from five to seven years.

    Capitalized Software

        The Company capitalizes certain consulting, payroll, and payroll-related costs related to computer software for internal use, and subsequently amortizes such costs over a period of five years using the straight-line method.

        The Company also periodically assesses long-lived assets including capitalized software for recoverability when events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. If management identifies an indicator of impairment, it assesses recoverability by comparing the carrying amount of the asset to the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and the eventual disposal of the asset. An impairment loss is recognized when the carrying amount is not recoverable and is measured as the excess of carrying value over fair value. No such impairment was recorded during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

    Restricted Cash

        Restricted cash represents deposits that serve as collateral for various agreements the Company has entered into, such as derivative margin account agreements. Restricted cash is included in Other assets in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets.

    Loans Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

        Loans sold under agreements to repurchase are measured based on whether management has designated the agreements to be accounted for under the fair value option or at historical cost. Under both options, the carrying value of loans and securities sold under agreements to repurchase is based on the accrued cost of the agreements, which approximates fair value, due to the agreements' variable interests rates and short maturities.

        Management classifies loans sold under agreements to repurchase as "Level 3" fair value financial statement items. When loans and securities sold under agreements to repurchase are carried at their estimated fair values, the costs of creating the facilities underlying the agreements are expensed as incurred. When loans and securities sold under agreements to repurchase are carried at historical cost, the costs of creating the facilities underlying the agreements are recognized as deferred charges in Other assets and amortized to Interest expense over the term of the borrowing facility.

F-17


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Liability for Losses under Representations and Warranties

        The Company originates and sells mortgage loans into the secondary mortgage market. The Company's mortgage loan sales are presently structured without recourse to the Company. However, the Company's loan sales are generally made with contractual representations and warranties, which, if breached, can require the Company to repurchase the mortgage loan or to reimburse the investor for any losses incurred because of that breach. The Company has also sold loans on behalf of PMT in prior periods. As part of those loan sales, the Company assumed the recourse obligation related to PMT's loan sales in exchange for payment by PMT of the estimated recourse obligation.

        The amount of the Company's liability for losses due to representations and warranties to the loans' investors is not limited. Management includes a provision for potential losses due to recourse as part of its recognition of loan sales, based initially on management's estimate of the fair value of such obligation. Management reviews its loss experience relating to representations and warranties and adjusts its liability estimate when necessary.

    Management Fees and Carried Interest

        Management fee income includes investment advisory and stockholder services fees earned from the Investment Funds and management fees from PMT.

        Pursuant to the investment management agreements between the Investment Funds and the Company, the Investment Funds paid total management fees (including stockholder services fees) equal to an annual rate of 2% on capital commitments until December 31, 2011. Thereafter, the Company earned a fee equal to an annual rate of 2% of the net asset values of the Funds so long as the fee did not exceed 2% of the aggregate capital contributions to the Funds. The management fee is accrued monthly and paid quarterly.

        The Company may earn carried interest from each of the Investment Funds in which the Company has a general partnership interest or other carried interest arrangement. At the end of each reporting period, the Investment Fund administrator calculates the carried interest that would be due to the Company for each fund as specified in the fund agreements, as if the fair value of the underlying investments were realized as of such date, regardless of whether such amounts have been realized. The Company records carried interest income for the increase or decrease in the amount of carried interest that would be due to the Company at the end of the reporting period. The Investment Funds' agreements do not obligate the Company to pay guaranteed returns or hurdles to the owners of the Investment Fund, and therefore, the Company will not record negative carried interest over the life of an Investment Fund.

        Profit distributions from the Investment Funds are made in accordance with the following distribution priorities, but such distributions may be recalled by the Investment Funds for purposes of making new investments until December 31, 2011:

    1.
    First, 100% to Investment Fund investors until investors have received 100% of their capital contributions;

    2.
    Second, 100% to Investment Fund investors, until investors have received a preferred return on the amounts described in (1) above calculated at a rate of 8%, compounded annually;

F-18


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    3.
    Third, 100% to the Company until the Company has received an amount equal to 20% of the sum of (a) the profits distributed to the Investment Fund investors pursuant to (2) above and (b) the amount paid to the Company pursuant to this item (3) (the "catch-up" provision); and

    4.
    Thereafter, (i) 80% to the Investment Fund investors and (ii) 20% to the Company.

        During 2011, the Company amended its agreements with the Investment Funds, relating to the "catch-up" provision included in the profit distribution. The approved amendments resulted in an additional accrual of carried interest from the funds of $3,321,000 recorded during the year ended December 31, 2011.

        The Company's management fees relating to PMT for the periods presented were calculated on a quarterly basis and included a base management fee and a performance incentive. The base management fee was calculated at the annual rate of 1.5% of PMT's shareholders' equity, adjusted to exclude the effect of unrealized gains and losses and other non-cash items and one-time adjustments as agreed to between the Company and PMT's independent trustees. The performance incentive fee was calculated at 20% per year of the amount by which "core earnings," on a rolling four-quarter basis and before the incentive fee, exceeded an 8% "hurdle rate."

    "Core earnings," for purposes of determining the amount of the performance incentive fee, was defined as GAAP net income (loss) adjusted to exclude non-cash equity compensation expense, unrealized gains and losses or other non-cash items recognized during the period, any conditional payment amounts relating to PMT's initial public offering paid to the Company and the underwriters of that offering, and any one-time events pursuant to changes in GAAP and certain other non-cash charges after discussions between the Company and PMT's independent trustees and approval by a majority of PMT's independent trustees.

    The "hurdle rate" was calculated as the product of (1) the weighted average of the issue price per share of all of PMT's public offerings multiplied by the weighted average number of PMT's shares outstanding in the four quarter period and (2) 8%.

    Loan Servicing Fee Income

        Loan servicing fees are received by the Company for servicing residential mortgage for others, including the Investment Funds and PMT. Loan servicing fees are recognized as earned.

    Loan Servicing Rebate

        Under the servicing agreements between the Company and the Investment Funds, on December 31, 2011 and the end of every calendar year thereafter, the Company will rebate to the Investment Funds an amount equal to the cumulative profit, if any, of the servicing operations attributable to the Investment Funds' assets, and, conversely, charge the Investment Funds if a loss has been incurred in order to effect overall "at cost" pricing with respect to loan servicing activities for such assets. Under the agreements, the Company will rebate to the Investment Funds 50% of any profit generated from loan origination and modification activities. The Company records the net rebate amounts as earned or incurred. Effective December 31, 2011, the Company amended its servicing agreement with one of the Investment Funds to exit the loan servicing rebate arrangement and be charged set servicing fee rates beginning January 1, 2012.

F-19


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Stock-Based Compensation

        The Company has three formal equity compensation plans:

    A common equity compensation plan by which it may award up to 15% of its total equity in the form of Common units to key members of the Company's management. Common units are subordinate to the Company's preferred units. The common units vest over a three- or four-year period. Vesting of four-year awards starts on the grantees' date of hire. Vesting of three-year awards begins on the award date. Several key management members of the Company have received common units.

    A Class C common equity plan by which it may award up to 3% of its total equity to key members of the management of its correspondent lending group. Class C common units are subordinate to the Company's preferred and common units and vest over 4 years and upon the satisfaction of certain performance thresholds; and

    The 2011 Equity Incentive Plan by which it may grant common units to key employees that vest immediately. The first units earned under the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan will not be issued until 2013.

        The Company recognizes compensation expense relating to its stock-based compensation with reference to the fair value of the common units it awards. The fair value the common units is estimated by discounting forecasted cash flows, dividends and terminal value from a hypothetical sale of the Company to the holders of the common units. Management uses assumptions that it believes would be used by market participants when valuing the Company. Assumptions used to forecast the cash flows include: short and long-term growth rates of the company, discount rate, and percent of income distributed.

        The Company amortizes the fair value of previously granted share based awards to Compensation expense using the graded vesting method. Under the graded vesting method, compensation expense is recognized over the requisite service period for each separate vesting of the award.

    Income Taxes

        The Company intends to be treated as a partnership for Federal income tax purposes. Each partner is responsible for the tax liability or benefit relating to such partner's distributive share of taxable income or loss. Accordingly, no provision for Federal income taxes is reflected in the accompanying financial statements.

        Management's assessment of the requirement to provide for income taxes also includes an assessment of the liability arising from uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken by the Company. Management has concluded that the Company does not have any unrecognized tax benefits that would affect the Company's financial position. If applicable, the Company will recognize interest accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in "interest expense" and penalties in "other expenses" on the consolidated statements of income.

        The periods that are open for examination by a relevant income taxing authority are the tax periods ending December 31, 2008, 2009, 2010, and 2011. As of December 31, 2011, the Company has no federal or state examination in progress.

F-20


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Earnings Per Common Unit

        Basic earnings per common unit is determined using net income available to common unit holders divided by the weighted-average common units outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per common unit is computed by dividing net income available to common unit holders by the weighted-average common units outstanding, assuming all potentially dilutive common units were issued. In periods in which the Company records a loss, potentially dilutive common units are excluded from the diluted loss per common unit calculation, as their effect on loss per common unit is anti-dilutive.

        Basic earnings or loss per common unit is calculated using the two class method, which requires the Company to reduce basic earnings available to common units by the amount of income allocable to participating units. The Company has preferred units, and Class C units that participate directly with the common units in net income and loss allocations after the preferred units have received their 8% per annum preferred returns and the preferred and common units have received allocations of a priority operating return. Non-vested common units also participate in distributions made to satisfy the unit holders' income tax liabilities arising from taxable income allocated to the non-vested units. These classes of equity are considered participating securities for accounting purposes. Allocations of net income or loss to each class of participating unit holders are made under the assumption of a hypothetical liquidation of the Company as specified in the Company's limited liability company agreement.

    Variable Interest Held in Unconsolidated Variable Interest Entities

        PMOFA is a general partner in the Master Fund. The Master Fund wholly owns PennyMac Mortgage Co. Funding, LLC ("Funding, LLC"), PennyMac Mortgage Co. Funding II, LLC ("Funding II, LLC), and PennyMac Mortgage Co, LLC ("Mortgage Co"). Funding LLC and Funding II, LLC, are each the majority interest holder in PennyMac Loan Trust 2010-NPL1, PennyMac Loan Trust 2011_NPL1 and PennyMac REO 2011 NPL1 (the "Trusts") which in the case of the first entity hold the mortgage loans for Funding LLC, and in the case of the latter two entities hold the mortgage loans for Funding II, LLC. PLS provides loan servicing to the Trusts as well as to Mortgage Co. The related party group constituting the Company and its affiliates (including PMOFA) has equity interest in the Master Fund, the ultimate Parent of the Trusts, Mortgage Co, Funding, LLC and Funding II, LLC. The direct equity holder in the Trusts and Mortgage Co, Funding, LLC and Funding II, LLC however, do not have power to direct operations of the respective entities and as such, both the Trust and Mortgage Co are considered to be a variable interest entities ("VIEs") as defined in the Consolidations topic of the Codification.

        The Company is not the primary beneficiary in these VIEs, given it does not represent the enterprise within the related party group that is most closely associated with these VIEs and, as such, the Company does not consolidate these VIEs. Exposure of loss to the related party group from the unconsolidated VIEs is limited to the contributed capital of the related party group in the Master Fund totaling $1,436,000 which represents the general partnership interest held by PMOFA in the Master Fund.

    Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In May 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued an Accounting Standards Update ("ASU"), ASU 2011-04 to the Fair Value Measurements topic of the Accounting Standards Codification

F-21


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

("ASC"). ASU 2011-04 eliminates unnecessary wording differences between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards, expands the disclosure requirements of the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosure topic of the ASC for fair value measurements and makes other amendments, including:

    limiting the highest-and-best-use valuation premise concepts only to measuring the fair value of nonfinancial assets;

    permitting an exception to fair value measurement principles for financial assets and financial liabilities (and derivatives) with offsetting positions in market risks or counterparty credit risk when several criteria are met. When the criteria are met, an entity can measure the fair value of the net risk position;

    clarifying that premiums or discounts that reflect size as a characteristic of the reporting entity's holding rather than as a characteristic of the asset or liability (for example, a control premium when measuring the fair value of a controlling interest) are not permitted in a fair value measurement; and

    prescribing a model for measuring the fair value of an instrument classified in shareholders' equity; this model is consistent with the guidance on measuring the fair value of liabilities.

        ASU 2011-04 expands the Fair Value Measurements topic's disclosure requirements, particularly for fair value measurements categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy: (1) a quantitative disclosure of the unobservable inputs and assumptions used in the measurement, (2) a description of the valuation processes in place (e.g., how the entity decides its valuation policies and procedures, as well as changes in its analyses of fair value measurements, from period to period), and (3) a narrative description of the sensitivity of the fair value to changes in unobservable inputs and interrelationships between those inputs.

        ASU 2011-04 is applicable to the Company for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of ASU 2011-04 is not expected to have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

        In December 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued ASU 2011-11 that requires disclosure of information about offsetting and related arrangements to enable users of financial statements to understand the effect of these arrangements on its financial condition.

        ASU 2011-11 is applicable to the Company for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. The adoption of ASU 2011-11 is not expected to have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

F-22


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 4—Transactions with Affiliates

    Investment Funds

        Amounts due from the Investment Funds are summarized below for the dates presented:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Receivable from Investment Funds:

             

Loan servicing rebate

  $ 3,139   $ 5,910  

Loan servicing fees

    2,601     831  

Management fees

    2,486     2,486  

Expense reimbursements

    38     165  
           

    8,264     9,392  
           

Carried interest due from Investment Funds:

             

PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, LLC

    24,473     17,689  

PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund Investors, LLC

    12,777     6,965  
           

    37,250     24,654  
           

  $ 45,514   $ 34,046  
           

        In accordance with the servicing agreements between the Company and the Investment Funds, certain monies are advanced to the Company by the Investment Funds for servicing advances relating to loans serviced by PLS on the Investment Funds' behalf. The Company reimburses such advances upon collection of funds from borrowers for mortgage loans serviced or upon liquidation of real estate acquired in settlement of loans. Amounts due to the Investment Funds totaling $29,622,000 and $13,262,000 represent amounts advanced by the Investment Funds to fund servicing advances made by the Company as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

    PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

        Amounts due from PMT are summarized below for the dates presented:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Servicing fees and allocated expenses

  $ 6,173   $ 126  

Management fees

    2,486     1,228  

Contingent underwriting fees

    2,941     2,941  
           

  $ 11,600   $ 4,295  
           

        Certain of the underwriting costs incurred in PMT's initial public offering were paid on PMT's behalf by the Company. Reimbursement to the Company is contingent on PMT's performance as follows: PMT will reimburse the Company if, during any full four calendar quarter period during the 24 full calendar quarters after the date of the completion of its initial public offering, August 4, 2009, PMT's "core earnings" for such four quarter period and before the incentive portion of the Company's management fee equals or exceeds an 8% incentive fee "hurdle rate." If this requirement is not

F-23


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 4—Transactions with Affiliates (Continued)

satisfied by the end of such 24 calendar quarter period, PMT's obligation to reimburse the Company and make the conditional payment of the underwriting discount will terminate. Management has concluded that this contingency is probable of being met during the 24-quarter period and has recognized a receivable for reimbursement of the payment made on behalf of PMT.

        Amounts due to PMT are summarized below:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Expense reimbursements

  $ 7,557   $ 815  

Servicing advances

    18,038     2,027  
           

  $ 25,595   $ 2,842  
           

        In accordance with the servicing agreements between the Company and PMT, certain monies are advanced to the Company by an affiliate for servicing advances relating to loans serviced by PLS on PMT's behalf. The Company reimburses such advances upon collection of funds from borrowers for mortgage loans serviced or upon liquidation of real estate acquired in settlement of loans.

        Expenses allocated to PMT during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 are detailed below:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
Income Statement Caption
  2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Occupancy

  $ 1,091   $ 401  

Technology

    1,094     474  

Depreciation and amortization

    324     115  

Other

    1,472     428  
           

Total expenses

  $ 3,981   $ 1,418  
           

        During PMT's startup period and through March 31, 2010, the Company waived its right to reimbursement from PMT for PMT's proportionate share of common overhead expenses. Such expenses totaling approximately $500,000 have been permanently waived for the year ended December 31, 2010. The Company did not waive any other charges during PMT's startup period and through March 31, 2010. Management does not intend to waive recovery of common overhead costs in the future.

        The Company also holds an investment in PMT in the form of 75,000 common shares of beneficial interest as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. The shares had fair values of $1,247,000 and $1,361,000 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

        The Company's short-term investments include investments in an institutional liquidity management (money market) fund managed by an affiliate, BlackRock, Inc. Investments in the fund are not insured. The fund invests exclusively in first-tier securities as rated by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization. The fund's investments are comprised primarily of domestic commercial

F-24


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 4—Transactions with Affiliates (Continued)

paper, securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies, obligations of U.S. banks and foreign banks with U.S. operations, fully collateralized repurchase agreements and variable and floating rate demand notes.

        In connection with PMT's correspondent lending business, PLS also provides certain mortgage banking services, including fulfillment and disposition-related services, to PMT for a fulfillment fee based on a percentage of the unpaid principal balance of the mortgage loans. The fulfillment fee for such services during the periods presented was 50 basis points. Beginning November 1, 2010, the Company began transferring the interest income and paying a sourcing fee of three basis points for each mortgage loan it bought from PMT for ultimate disposition to a third-party where the Company was approved or licensed to sell to such third-party and PMT was not. During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company received fulfillment fees from PMT totaling approximately $1,744,000 and $103,000, respectively, and paid sourcing fees totaling approximately $165,000 and $103,000, respectively, to PMT.

Note 5—Earnings Per Unit

        Earnings per unit is calculated using the two-class method. The Company allocates net income or loss to each class of participating unit holders as specified in the Company's limited liability company agreement, which requires the allocation of distributions among the units under the assumption of a hypothetical liquidation of the Company as follows:

    First to the preferred member units until the aggregate unpaid preferred distributions, (the 8% annual compounded preferred return), have been paid.

    Second, to the preferred member units until all of the initial paid-in capital has been returned.

    Third, distributions will be made to the extent that prior period undistributed net income has not been distributed to any member (preferred or common). This represents previous undistributed amounts applicable to the remaining tiers (i.e. the tier four, five and six that follow).

    Fourth, distributions will be made to the preferred and common units on a pro-rata basis to each outstanding unit. This distribution is referred to as the priority operating profit allocation to preferred and common units receiving an 8% compounded annual priority return beginning June 1, 2011. The amounts eligible to earn the priority operating profit can range between $435,246,000 and $135,246,000 depending on the level of newly originated loan acquisitions achieved by the correspondent lending group after June 1, 2011. Before June 1, 2011 there were no allocations of income required for this fourth tier distribution. (If unpaid amounts exist at a period end they are paid out of the following year or in a liquidation event under tier three above).

    Fifth, distributions will be made under the priority capital appreciation allocation to preferred and common units on a pro-rata basis to each unit outstanding. The priority capital appreciation would require total distributions in this tier of up to $300,000,000 prior to June 1, 2011. After June 1, 2011, the amount distributable under this tier can range between $300,000,000 and $0 depending on the level of newly originated loan acquisitions achieved by the correspondent lending group.

F-25


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 5—Earnings Per Unit (Continued)

    Sixth, and finally, a sharing of the remaining distributions between all members (including the preferred, common, and Class C unit holders), on a pro-rata basis to each unit outstanding with allocations up to the strike price of vested and unvested unit awards being paid back first, as a priority allocation, to the preferred and common unit holders that did not receive such units as stock based compensation awards.

        The following is a reconciliation of net income to net income attributable to common unit holders and a table summarizing the basic and diluted earnings per unit calculations for the periods presented:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands,
except unit amounts)

 

Earnings per preferred unit:

             

Net income

  $ 14,699   $ 33,042  
           

Net income attributable to preferred units

             

Distributed priority return

  $ 12,062   $  

Undistributed priority return

        6,981  

Undistributed earnings

    2,445     22,033  
           

Net income attributable to preferred units

  $ 14,507   $ 29,014  
           

Weighted-average preferred units outstanding

    61,003     44,962  
           

Earnings per preferred unit

  $ 237.82   $ 645.30  
           

Earnings per common unit:

             

Net income attributable to common members

  $ 191   $ 4,028  

Less:  Distributions to non-vested common unit awards outstanding

    55     95  

           Undistributed earnings attributable to non-vested common unit awards outstanding

    96     3,742  
           

Net income attributable to common units

  $ 40   $ 191  
           

Basic earnings per common unit:

             

Weighted-average common units outstanding

    3,470     345  
           

Basic earnings per common unit

  $ 11.63   $ 555.59  
           

Diluted earnings per common unit:

             

Net income available to common units

  $ 40   $ 191  
           

Weighted-average common units outstanding

    3,470     345  

Dilutive potential common units—units issuable under equity-based compensation plan

    6,940     4,359  
           

Diluted weighted-average number of common units outstanding

    10,410     4,704  
           

Diluted earnings per common units

  $ 3.88   $ 40.72  
           

F-26


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 6—Loan Sales

        The Company purchases and sells mortgage loans to the secondary mortgage market without recourse for credit losses. However the Company maintains continuing involvement with the loans in the form of servicing arrangements and the liability under representations and warranties it makes to purchasers and insurers of the loans.

        The following table summarizes cash flows between the Company and transferees upon sale of mortgage loan in transactions where the Company maintains continuing involvement with the mortgage loan (primarily the obligation to service the loan on behalf of the loan's owner or owner's agent):

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash flows:

             

Proceeds from sales

  $ 655,724   $ 56,332  

Service fees received

  $ 11,485   $ 10,334  

Net servicing advances

  $ 11,252   $ 19,968  

Year-end information:

             

Unpaid principal balance of loans outstanding at period-end

  $ 696,521   $ 83,757  

Loans delinquent 30-89 days

  $ 5,272   $ 521  

Loans delinquent 90 or more days or in foreclosure or bankruptcy

  $ 813   $  

F-27


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 7—Loan Servicing Activities

        The Company's mortgage servicing portfolio is summarized as follows at year end:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Agencies

  $ 2,547,679   $ 1,512,727  

Affiliated entities

    3,533,529     2,101,450  

Private investors

    1,571,016     1,730,178  

Mortgage loans held for sale

    84,384     14,464  
           

  $ 7,736,608   $ 5,358,819  
           

Amount subserviced for the Company

  $ 445,874   $ 477,263  
           

Delinquent mortgage loans:

             

30 days

  $ 267,723   $ 225,189  

60 days

    165,497     124,772  

90 days or more

    796,160     747,790  
           

    1,229,380     1,097,751  

Loans pending foreclosure

    1,504,992     715,550  
           

  $ 2,734,372   $ 1,813,301  
           

Custodial funds managed by the Company(1)

  $ 77,315   $ 80,946  
           

(1)
Custodial funds managed by the Company relate to loans serviced under servicing agreements and are not recorded on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company earns interest on Custodial funds, which is recorded as part of Interest income on the Company's Consolidated Income Statements.

        Following is a summary of the geographical distribution of loans included in the Company's servicing portfolio for the top five states as measured by the total unpaid principal balance as of the dates presented:

 
  December 31,  
State
  2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

California

  $ 2,617,167   $ 1,696,794  

Florida

    622,387     448,541  

Oregon

    448,358     457,769  

New York

    403,904     235,786  

Illinois

    262,433     194,269  

All other states

    3,382,359     2,325,660  
           

  $ 7,736,608   $ 5,358,819  
           

        Certain of the loans serviced by the Company are subserviced on the Company's behalf by other mortgage loan servicers. Loans are subserviced for the Company when the loans are secured by properties in states where the Company does not have a license to service the loan, or on a transitional

F-28


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 7—Loan Servicing Activities (Continued)

basis for loans where the Company has obtained the rights to service the loans but servicing of the loans has not yet transferred to the Company's servicing system.

Note 8—Fair Value

        The Company's consolidated financial statements include assets and liabilities that are measured based on their estimated fair values. The application of fair value estimates may be on a recurring or nonrecurring basis depending on the accounting principles applicable to the specific asset or liability and whether management has elected to carry the item at its estimated fair value as discussed in the following paragraphs.

    Fair Value Accounting Elections

        Management identified all of its non-cash financial assets, its MSRs relating to loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5%, and its loans sold under agreements to repurchase on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, to be accounted for at estimated fair value so such changes in fair value will be reflected in results of operations as they occur and more timely reflect the results of the Company's performance. The Company's financial assets subject to this election include the short-term investment and mortgage loans held for sale. Management has a identified MSRs relating to loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5%, to be accounted for at estimated fair value so such changes in fair value will also be reflected in results of operations.

        For MSRs relating to mortgage loans with initial interest rates of less than or equal to 4.5%, management has concluded that such assets present different risks to the Company than MSRs relating to mortgage loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5% and therefore require a different risk management approach. Management's risk management efforts relating to these assets are aimed at moderating the effects of non-interest rate risks on fair value, such as the effect of changes in home prices on the assets' values. Management has identified these assets for accounting using the amortization method. Management's risk management efforts in connection with MSRs relating to mortgage loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5% are aimed at moderating the effects of changes in interest rates on the assets' values.

        For loans sold under agreements to repurchase subject to agreements made beginning in December 2010, management has determined that historical cost accounting is more appropriate because under this method debt issuance costs are amortized over the term of the debt and not expensed as incurred, thereby reflecting the debt issuance expense over the periods benefiting from the usage of the debt.

F-29


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

    Financial Statement Items Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

        Following is a summary of financial statement items that are measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis as of the dates presented:

 
  December 31, 2011  
 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Assets:

                         

Short-term investment

  $ 16,041   $ 16,041   $   $  

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    89,857         89,857      

Investment in PMT

    1,247     1,247          

Mortgage servicing rights, at fair value

    25,698             25,698  

Derivative financial instruments

    5,460         (2,445 )   7,905  
                   

  $ 138,303   $ 17,288   $ 87,412   $ 33,603  
                   

 

 
  December 31, 2010  
 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Assets:

                         

Short-term investment

  $ 9,314   $ 9,314   $   $  

Mortgage loans held for sale

    14,720         14,720      

Investment in PMT

    1,361     1,361          

Mortgage servicing rights at fair value

    31,957             31,957  

Derivative financial instruments

    342         355     (13 )
                   

  $ 57,694   $ 10,675   $ 15,075   $ 31,944  
                   

Liabilities:

                         

Loans sold under agreement to repurchase, at fair value

  $ 13,289   $   $   $ 13,289  
                   

  $ 13,289   $   $   $ 13,289  
                   

        As shown above, mortgage servicing rights at fair value, interest rate lock commitments, and loans sold under agreements to repurchase at fair value are measured using Level 3 inputs. Following is a

F-30


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

roll forward of these items for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 where Level 3 inputs were used on a recurring basis:

 
  Year ended December 31, 2011  
 
  Mortgage
servicing
rights
  Interest
rate lock
commitments
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Assets:

                   

Balance, December 31, 2010

  $ 31,957   $ (13 ) $ 31,944  

Purchases

    1,352         1,352  

Interest rate lock commitments issued, net

        18,436     18,436  

Servicing received as proceeds from sales of mortgage loans

    1,696         1,696  

Changes in fair value included in income

    (9,307 )       (9,307 )

             

Transfers to mortgage loans held for sale

        (10,518 )   (10,518 )
               

Balance, December 31, 2011

  $ 25,698   $ 7,905   $ 33,603  
               

Changes in fair value recognized during the period relating to assets still held at December 31, 2011

  $ (9,307 ) $ 7,905        
                 

Accumulated changes in fair value relating to assets still held at December 31, 2011

        $ 7,905        
                   

 

 
  Year Ended
December 31, 2011
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Liabilities:

       

Mortgage loans sold under agreements to repurchase at fair value:

       

Balance, December 31, 2010

  $ 13,289  

Changes in estimated fair value included in income

     

Sales

    57,908  

Assumption of agreements pursuant purchase from affiliate of mortgage loans subject to agreements to repurchase

    62,989  

Repurchases

    (134,186 )
       

Balance, December 31, 2011

  $  
       

Changes in unrealized losses relating to assets still held at December 31, 2011

  $  
       

F-31


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

 

 
  Year ended December 31, 2010  
 
  Mortgage
servicing
rights
  Interest
rate lock
commitments
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Assets:

                   

Balance, December 31, 2009

  $ 19,024   $ 11   $ 19,035  

Purchases

    11,974         11,974  

Interest rate lock commitments issued, net

        816     816  

Servicing received as proceeds from sales of mortgage loans

    1,185         1,185  

Changes in fair value included in income

    (226 )       (226 )

Transfers to mortgage loans held for sale

        (840 )   (840 )
               

Balance, December 31, 2010

  $ 31,957   $ (13 ) $ 31,944  
               

Changes in fair value recognized during the period relating to assets still held at December 31, 2010

  $ (226 ) $ (13 )      
                 

Accumulated changes in fair value relating to assets still held at December 31, 2010

        $ (13 )      
                   

 

 
  Year ended
December 31, 2010
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Liabilities:

       

Mortgage loans sold under agreements to repurchase at fair value:

       

Balance, December 31, 2009

  $ 713  

Changes in estimated fair value included in income

     

Sales

    63,696  

Assumption of agreements pursuant purchase from affiliate of mortgage loans subject to agreements to repurchase

     

Repurchases

    (51,120 )
       

Balance, December 31, 2010

  $ 13,289  
       

Changes in unrealized losses relating to assets still held at December 31, 2010

  $  
       

        The information used in the preceding roll forwards represents activity for any financial statement items identified as using Level 3 inputs at either the beginning or the end of the current fiscal period. Transfer in or out of Level 3 represents either the beginning value (for transfer in), or the ending value (for transfer out) of any investments where a change in the pricing level occurred from the beginning to the end of the period.

F-32


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

        Gains (losses) from changes in estimated fair values included in earnings for financial statement items carried at estimated fair value pursuant to the fair value option are summarized below:

 
  Changes in fair value included in current year income year ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2010  
 
  Change in fair value
of mortgage loans
held for sale at
fair value
  Net
servicing
income
  Total   Change in fair value
of mortgage loans
held for sale at
fair value
  Net
servicing
income
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Assets:

                                     

Short-term investments

  $   $   $   $   $   $  

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    13,029         13,029     2,008         2,008  

Mortgage servicing rights at fair value

        (9,438 )   (9,438 )       400     400  
                           

  $ 13,029   $ (9,438 ) $ 3,591   $ 2,008   $ 400   $ 2,408  
                           

Liabilities:

                                     

Loans sold under agreements to repurchase at fair value

                    $   $   $  
                                 

                    $   $   $  
                                 

        Following are the fair value and related principal amounts due upon maturity of assets and liabilities accounted for under the fair value option as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 
  December 31, 2011  
 
  Fair value   Principal amount
due upon maturity
  Difference  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Mortgage loans held for sale:

                   

Current through 89 days delinquent

  $ 89,857   $ 84,384   $ 5,473  

90 or more days delinquent

             
               

  $ 89,857   $ 84,384   $ 5,473  
               

F-33


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

 

 
  December 31, 2010  
 
  Fair Value   Principal Amount
Due Upon Maturity
  Difference  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Assets:

                   

Mortgage loans held for sale:

                   

Current through 89 days delinquent

  $ 14,720   $ 14,790   $ (70 )

90 or more days delinquent

             
               

  $ 14,720   $ 14,790   $ (70 )
               

Liabilities:

                   

Loans sold under agreements to repurchase

  $ 13,289   $ 13,289   $  
               

    Financial Statement Items Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

        Following is a summary of financial statement items that are measured at estimated fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of the dates presented:

 
  December 31, 2011  
 
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Mortgage servicing assets at lower of amortized cost or fair value

  $   $   $ 6,426   $ 6,426  
                   

 

 
  December 31, 2010  
 
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Mortgage servicing assets at lower of amortized cost or fair value

  $   $   $   $  
                   

        The following table summarizes the net gains (losses) on assets measured at estimated fair values on a nonrecurring basis for the periods indicated:

 
  Net gains (losses) recognized
during the period
 
 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Mortgage servicing assets at lower of amortized cost or fair value

  $ (70 ) $  
           

        The Company evaluates its MSRs at lower of amortized cost or fair value for impairment with reference to the assets' fair value. For purposes of performing its MSR impairment evaluation, the Company stratifies its MSRs at lower of amortized cost or fair value based on the interest rates borne by the mortgage loans underlying the MSRs. Mortgage loans are grouped into note rate pools of 50

F-34


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

basis points for fixed-rate mortgage loans with note rates between 3% and 4.5% and a single pool for mortgage loans with note rates below 3%. MSRs relating to adjustable rate mortgage loans with initial interest rates of 4.5% or less are evaluated in a single pool. If the fair value of MSRs in any of the note rate pools is below the carrying value of the MSRs for that pool reduced by any existing valuation allowance, those MSRs are impaired.

        When MSRs are impaired, the impairment is recognized in current-period earnings and the carrying value of the MSRs is adjusted using a valuation allowance. If the value of the MSRs subsequently increases, the restoration of value is recognized in current period earnings only to the extent of the valuation allowance.

        Management periodically reviews the various impairment strata to determine whether the value of the impaired MSRs in a given stratum is likely to recover. When management deems recovery of the value to be unlikely in the foreseeable future, a write-down of the cost of the MSRs for that stratum to its estimated fair value is charged to the valuation allowance.

    Fair Value of Financial Instruments Carried at Amortized Cost

        The Company's cash balances as well as its carried interest due from Investment Funds, amounts receivable from and payable to Investment Funds and PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust Loans sold under agreements to repurchase, and note payable are carried at amortized costs.

        Management has concluded that the carrying value of the carried interest due from Investment Funds approximates its fair value as the balance represents the amount distributable to the Company at the balance sheet date assuming liquidation of the Investment Funds. Management has concluded that the estimated fair value of the note payable approximates the agreements' carrying value due to the agreements' short terms and variable interest rates.

        The Company also carries the receivable from and payable to Investment Funds and PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust at cost. Management has concluded that the estimated fair value of such balances cannot be approximated due to the related party nature of such transactions.

        Cash is measured using Level 1 Inputs. The Company's borrowings carried at amortized cost do not have active markets or observable inputs and the fair value is measured using management's best estimate of fair value, where the inputs into the determination of fair value require significant management judgment or estimation. The Company has classified these financial instruments as Level 3 as of December 31, 2011 due to the lack of current market activity and the Company's reliance on unobservable inputs to estimate the fair value.

    Valuation Process, Techniques and Assumptions

        Most of the Company's financial assets are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in current period results of operations. A substantial portion of those assets are "Level 3" financial statement items which require the use of significant unobservable inputs in the estimation of the assets' values. Unobservable inputs reflect the Company's own assumptions about the factors that market participants use in pricing an asset or liability, and are based on the best information available under the circumstances.

F-35


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

        The Company has assigned the responsibility for estimating the fair values of "Level 3" financial statement items to a specialized valuation group and has developed procedures and controls governing the valuation process relating to these assets. The estimation of fair values of the Company's financial assets are assigned to its Financial Analysis and Valuation group (the "FAV group"), which is responsible for valuing and monitoring the Company's investment portfolios and maintenance of its valuation policies and procedures.

        The FAV group reports to the Company's senior management valuation committee, which oversees and approves the valuations. The valuation committee includes the Company's chief executive, financial, investment and credit officers. The FAV group monitors the models used for valuation of the Company's "Level 3" financial statement items, including the models' performance versus actual results and reports those results to the valuation committee. The results developed in the FAV group's monitoring activities are used to calibrate subsequent projections used for valuation.

        The FAV group is responsible for reporting to the valuation committee on a monthly basis on the changes in the valuation of the portfolio, including major drivers affecting the valuation and any changes in model methods and assumptions. To assess the reasonableness of its valuations, the FAV group presents an analysis of the effect on the valuation of each of the changes to the significant inputs to the models.

        The following describes the methods used in estimating the fair values of Level 2 and Level 3 fair value financial statement items:

    Mortgage Loans

        The Company's mortgage loans held for sale at fair value, are saleable into active markets and are therefore categorized as "Level 2" fair value financial statement items and their fair values are estimated using their quoted market or contracted price or market price equivalent. Changes in fair value attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit risk are measured by the change in the respective loan's delinquency status at period-end from the later of the beginning of the period or acquisition date.

    Derivative Financial Instruments

        The Company estimates the fair value of an interest rate lock commitment based on quoted Agency MBS prices, its estimate of the fair value of the MSRs it expects to receive in the sale of the loans and the probability that the mortgage loan will fund within the terms of the interest rate lock commitment.

        The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company's interest rate lock commitments are the pull-through rate—the percentage of loans that the Company ultimately funds as a percentage of the commitments it has made—and the MSR component of the Company's estimate of the value of the mortgage loans it has committed to purchase. Significant changes in any of those inputs, in isolation, could result in a significant change in fair value measurement. Changes in these assumptions are generally inversely correlated as increasing interest rates have a negative effect on the fair value of mortgage loans and a positive effect on the fair value of MSRs that are created in the sale of such mortgage loans.

F-36


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

        Following is a quantitative summary of key unobservable inputs used in the valuation of interest rate lock commitments:

 
  December 31, 2011   December 31, 2010
Key Inputs
  Range
(Weighted average)

Pull-through rate

  55.0%-100.0%   52.0%-93.8%

  (91.8%)   (73.6%)

MSR value expressed as:

       

Servicing fee multiple

  2.10%-5.68%   2.1%-4.84%

  (4.80%)   (4.75%)

        The Company estimates the fair value of commitments to sell loans based on quoted MBS prices. The Company estimates the fair value of the MBS options and futures it purchases and sells based on observed interest rate volatilities in the MBS market. The Company estimates the fair value of its MBS interest rate swaptions based on quoted market prices.

    Mortgage Servicing Rights

        MSRs are categorized as "Level 3" fair value financial statement items. The Company uses a discounted cash flow approach to estimate the fair value of MSRs. This approach consists of projecting servicing cash flows discounted at a rate that management believes market participants would use in their determinations of value. The key assumptions used in the estimation of the fair value of MSRs include prepayment and default rates of the underlying loans, the applicable discount rate, and cost to service loans. The results of the estimates of fair value of MSRs are reported to PCM's Valuation Committee as part of their review and approval of monthly valuation results. Changes in the fair value of MSRs are included in the consolidated statements of income under the caption Net servicing income .

F-37


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

        Key assumptions used in determining the fair value of MSRs at the time of initial recognition are as follows:

 
  Year ended December 31,
 
  2011   2010
 
  Range
(Weighted average)
 
  Amortized
cost
  Fair value   Amortized
cost
  Fair value
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)

Pricing spread(1)

  9.3%-12.6%   8.3%-14.0%     10.0%-18.3%

  (9.7%)   (11.7%)       (14.9%)

Annual total prepayment speed(2)

  5.6%-7.9%   6.3%-8.9%     6.6%-24.9%

  (6.8%)   (8.2%)       (13.1%)

Life (in years)

  5.2-8.0   6.5-8.1     2.8-7.7

  (7.3)   (7.0)       (5.4)

Cost of servicing

  $61-$98   $64-$98     $53-$117

  ($96)   ($88)       ($56)

(1)
Pricing spread represents a margin that is applied to a reference interest rate's forward curve to develop periodic discount rates. The Company applies a pricing spread to the 10-year United States Treasury security curve for purposes of discounting cash flows relating to MSRs acquired as proceeds from the sale of loans and purchased MSRs not backed by pools of distressed mortgage loans.

(2)
Prepayment speed is measured using Constant Prepayment Rate, or CPR. CPR represents the percentage of the remaining UPB that is expected to be prepaid in excess of the scheduled amortization of principal.

F-38


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

        Following is a quantitative summary of key inputs used in the valuation of the Company's MSRs at year end and the effect on the estimated fair value from adverse changes in those assumptions (weighted averages are based upon unpaid principal balance):

    Purchased MSRs backed by distressed mortgage loans

 
  December 31,  
 
  2011   2010  
 
  Range
(Weighted average)
 
Key Inputs
  Fair value   Amortized
cost
  Fair value   Amortized
cost
 
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)
 

Discount rate

  19.0%-19.0%
(19.0%)
      19.0%-19.0%
(19.0%)
     

Effect on value of 5% adverse change

 

($375)

   
 

($580)

   
 

Effect on value of 10% adverse change

  ($733)       ($1,130)      

Effect on value of 20% adverse change

  ($1,400)       ($2,145)      

Average life (in years)

  4.9         6.3        

Prepayment speed(1)

  10.2%-10.2%
(10.2%)
      6.9%-6.9%
(6.9)
     

Effect on value of 5% adverse change

 

($244)

   
 

($203)

   
 

Effect on value of 10% adverse change

  ($469)       ($435)      

Effect on value of 20% adverse change

  ($927)       ($848)      

Cost of servicing

  $136-$136
($136)
        $132-$132
($132)
       

Effect on value of 5% adverse change

 

($132)

   
 

($157)

   
 

Effect on value of 10% adverse change

  ($264)       ($314)      

Effect on value of 20% adverse change

  ($527)       ($628)      

(1)
Prepayment speed is measured using CPR. CPR represents the percentage of the remaining UPB that is expected to be prepaid in excess of the scheduled amortization of principal.

F-39


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

    All other MSRs

 
  December 31,
 
  2011   2010
 
  Range
(Weighted average)
Key Inputs
  Fair value   Amortized
cost
  Fair value   Amortized
cost
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)

Pricing spread(1)

  7.5%-19.5%
(10.4%)
  7.5%-17.0%
(9.8%)
  9.5%-14.0%
(11.1%)
 

Effect on value of 5% adverse change

 

($168)

 

($146)

 

($271)

 

Effect on value of 10% adverse change

  ($332)   ($287)   ($532)  

Effect on value of 20% adverse change

  ($643)   ($553)   ($1,023)  

Average life (in years)

  4.7   6.2   6.5  

Prepayment speed(2)

  8.1%-75.7%
(17.7%)
  6.7%-21.2%
(9.1%)
  5.79%-64.4%
(11.0%)
 

Effect on value of 5% adverse change

 

($307)

 

($116)

 

($292)

 

Effect on value of 10% adverse change

  ($598)   ($228)   ($573)  

Effect on value of 20% adverse change

  ($1,137)   ($442)   ($1,106)  

Cost of servicing

  $68-$140
($76)
  $68-$140
($94)
  $53-$125
($57)
 

Effect on value of 5% adverse change

 

($100)

 

($70)

 

($81)

 

Effect on value of 10% adverse change

  ($200)   ($139)   ($162)  

Effect on value of 20% adverse change

  ($323)   ($266)   ($325)  

(1)
Pricing spread represents a margin that is applied to a reference interest rate's forward curve to develop periodic discount rates. The Company applies a pricing spread to the 10-year United States Treasury security curve for purposes of discounting cash flows relating to MSRs acquired as proceeds from the sale of loans and purchased MSRs not backed by pools of distressed mortgage loans.

(2)
Prepayment speed is measured using CPR. CPR represents the percentage of the remaining UPB that is expected to be prepaid in excess of the scheduled amortization of principal.

        The preceding sensitivity analyses are limited in that they were performed at a particular point in time; only contemplate the movements in the indicated variables; do not incorporate changes in the variables in relation to other variables; are subject to the accuracy of various models and assumptions used; and do not incorporate other factors that would affect the Company's overall financial performance in such scenarios, including operational adjustments made by management to account for changing circumstances. For these reasons, the preceding estimates should not be viewed as an earnings forecast.

F-40


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 9—Mortgage Loans Held for Sale at Fair Value

        Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value include the following:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Conforming

  $ 19,860   $ 13,918  

Government-insured or guaranteed

    69,997     802  
           

  $ 89,857   $ 14,720  
           

        At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had pledged $86,787,000 and $14,720,000, respectively, in fair value of mortgage loans held for sale to secure loans sold under agreements to repurchase.

Note 10—Mortgage Servicing Rights

    Carried at Fair Value:

        The activity in MSRs carried at fair value is as follows:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance at beginning of year

  $ 31,957   $ 19,024  

Additions:

             

Purchases

    1,352     11,974  

MSRs received as advisory fee income

         

Servicing resulting from loan sales

    1,696     1,185  
           

Total additions

    3,048     13,159  
           

Change in fair value:

             

Due to changes in valuation inputs or assumptions used in valuation model(1)

    (5,323 )   4,612  

Other changes in fair value(2)

    (3,984 )   (4,838 )
           

Balance at end of year

  $ 25,698   $ 31,957  
           

(1)
Principally reflects changes in discount rates and prepayment speed assumptions, primarily due to changes in interest rates.

(2)
Represents changes due to realization of cash flows.

F-41


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 10—Mortgage Servicing Rights (Continued)

    Carried at Amortized Cost:

        The activity in MSRs carried at amortized cost is summarized below for the years presented:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Mortgage Servicing Rights:

             

Balance at beginning of year

  $   $  

Additions

    6,557      

Amortization

    (61 )    

Application of valuation allowance to write down MSRs with other-than temporary impairment

         
           

Balance before valuation allowance at end of year

    6,496      
           

Valuation Allowance for Impairment of Mortgage Servicing Rights:

             

Balance at beginning of year

  $   $  

Additions (reductions)

    (70 )    

Application of valuation allowance to write down MSRs with other-than temporary impairment

         
           

Balance at end of year

    (70 )    
           

Mortgage Servicing Rights, net

  $ 6,426   $  
           

Estimated Fair Value of MSRs at Year End

  $ 6,465   $  
           

        The following table summarizes the Company's estimate of amortization of its existing MSRs. This projection was developed using the assumptions made by management in its December 31, 2011 valuation of MSRs. The assumptions underlying the following estimate will change as market conditions and portfolio composition and behavior change, causing both actual and projected amortization levels to change over time. Therefore, the following estimates will change in a manner and amount not presently determinable by management.

Year ending December 31,
  Estimated
amortization
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

2012

  $ 668  

2013

    659  

2014

    614  

2015

    567  

2016

    523  

Thereafter

    3,465  
       

Total

  $ 6,496  
       

F-42


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 11—Carried Interest due from Investment Funds

        The activity in the Company's carried interest is summarized as follows:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance at beginning of year

  $ 24,654   $  

Carried Interest recognized during the year:

             

Recognition of Carried Interest earned during the period

    9,275     24,654  

Adjustment recognized pursuant to amendment of Management Agreement

    3,321      
           

    12,596     24,654  

Proceeds received during the year

         
           

Balance at end of year

  $ 37,250   $ 24,654  
           

        The amount of the carried interest received by the Company depends on the Investment Funds' future performance. As a result, the amount of carried interest recorded by the Company at period end is subject to adjustment based on future results of the Investment Funds and may be reduced as a result of subsequent performance. However, the Company is not required to pay guaranteed returns to the Investment Funds and the amount of carried interest will only be reversed to the extent of amounts previously recognized. Management expects the carried interest to be collected by the Company when the Investment Funds liquidate.

        The investment period for the Investment Funds ended on December 31, 2011. The Investment Funds will continue in existence through December 31, 2016, subject to three one-year extensions by PCM at its discretion, in accordance with the terms of the limited liability company and limited partnership agreements that govern the Investment Funds.

Note 12—Investment in PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust at Fair Value

        The Company recorded dividends from its investment in common shares of PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust totaling $138,000 and $58,000 during 2011 and 2010, respectively. The dividends were included in Change in fair value of investment in and dividends received from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income.

Note 13—Furniture, Fixtures, Equipment and Building Improvements

        Furniture, fixtures, equipment and building improvements is summarized below:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Equipment and building improvements

  $ 3,146   $ 1,265  

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (605 )   (274 )
           

  $ 2,541   $ 991  
           

F-43


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 13—Furniture, Fixtures, Equipment and Building Improvements (Continued)

        Depreciation and amortization expense totaled $337,000 and $154,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Note 14—Capitalized Software

        Capitalized software is summarized below:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cost

  $ 1,248   $ 1,138  

Less: accumulated amortization

    (692 )   (456 )
           

  $ 556   $ 682  
           

        Software amortization expense totaled $238,000 and $211,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Note 15—Borrowings

        The Company maintains three borrowing facilities: two facilities that provide for sales of mortgage loans under agreements to repurchase; and one note payable secured by mortgage servicing rights and servicing advances made on loans in the Company's loan servicing portfolio.

    Loans Sold Under Agreement to Repurchase

        The borrowing facilities secured by mortgage loans held for sale are in the form of loan sale and repurchase agreements. Eligible loans are sold under advance rates based on the loan type. Interest is charged at a rate based on the buyer's overnight cost-of funds rate for one agreement and based on the London Interbank Offered Rate for the other agreement. Loans sold under these agreements may be re-pledged by the lenders.

F-44


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 15—Borrowings (Continued)

        Financial data pertaining to loans sold under agreements to repurchase were as follows:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2011   2010  
 
  (dollar amounts
in thousands)

 

Period end:

             

Balance

  $ 77,700   $ 13,289  

Unused amount(1)

  $ 22,300   $ 36,711  

Weighted-average interest rate(2)

    2.39 %   2.60 %

Fair value of loans securing agreements to repurchase

  $ 86,787   $ 14,721  

During the period:

             

Average balance of loans sold under agreements to repurchase

  $ 24,905   $ 4,399  

Weighted-average interest rate(1)

    2.66 %   2.61 %

Total interest expense

  $ 1,874   $ 790  

Maximum daily amount outstanding

  $ 127,593   $ 14,502  

(1)
The amount the Company is able to borrow under loan repurchase agreements is tied to the fair value of unencumbered mortgage loans eligible to secure those agreements and the Company's ability to fund the agreements' margin requirements relating to the collateral sold.

(2)
Excludes the effect of commitment fee of $1,028,000 and $675,000 for December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

        Following is a summary of maturities of repurchase agreements by maturity date:

Remaining Maturity at December 31, 2011
  Balance  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Within 30 days

  $  

Over 30 to 90 days

    30,627  

Over 90 days to 180 days

     

Over 180 days to 1 year

    47,073  
       

  $ 77,700  
       

Weighted-average maturity (in months)

    5.4  

        The amount at risk (the fair value of the assets pledged plus the related margin deposit, less the amount advanced by the counterparty and accrued interest) relating to the Company's mortgage loans held for sale sold under agreements to repurchase is summarized by counterparty below as of December 31, 2011:

Counterparty
  Amount at risk   Weighted-average
repurchase agreement
maturity
 
  (in thousands)
   

Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC

  $ 5,958   August 10, 2012

Bank of America, N.A. 

  $ 3,153   March 8, 2012

F-45


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 15—Borrowings (Continued)

        The Company is subject to margin calls during the period the agreements are outstanding and therefore may be required to repay a portion of the borrowings before the respective agreements mature if the value (as determined by the applicable lender) of the mortgage loans securing those agreements decreases. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had $162,000 on deposit with its loan repurchase agreement counterparties.

    Note Payable

        The note payable is summarized below:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Sublimits:

             

Servicing advances

  $ 4,186   $ 3,499  

MSRs

    14,416      
           

  $ 18,602   $ 3,499  
           

Servicing advances pledged to secure note payable

  $ 6,593   $ 5,037  

MSRs pledged to secure note payable

  $ 20,861   $  

        The note payable matures on March 26, 2013. Interest is charged at a rate based on the lender's overnight cost of funds. The note payable secured by servicing advances and MSRs relating to certain loans in the Company's servicing portfolio provide for advance rates ranging from 50% to 85% of the amount of the servicing advances or the carrying value of the MSR pledged, up to a maximum of $17 million in the case of the note payable secured by servicing advances and $15 million in the case of the note payable secured by mortgage servicing rights.

        The borrowing facilities contain various covenants, including financial covenants governing the Company's net worth, debt-to equity ratio, profitability and liquidity. Management believes the Company was in compliance with these requirements as of December 31, 2011.

Note 16—Liability for Representations and Warranties

        The Company's agreements with the Agencies include representations and warranties related to the loans the Company sells to the Agencies. The representations and warranties require adherence to Agency origination and underwriting guidelines, including but not limited to the validity of the lien securing the loan, property eligibility, borrower credit, income and asset requirements, and compliance with applicable federal, state and local law.

        In the event of a breach of its representations and warranties, the Company may be required to either repurchase the mortgage loans with the identified defects or indemnify the investor or insurer. In such cases, the Company bears any subsequent credit loss on the mortgage loans. The Company's representations and warranties are generally not subject to stated limits of exposure. The Company's credit loss may be reduced by any recourse it has to correspondent lenders that, in turn, had sold such mortgage loans to the Company and breached similar or other representations and warranties. In such event, the Company has the right to seek a recovery of related repurchase losses from that correspondent lender.

F-46


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 16—Liability for Representations and Warranties (Continued)

        The Company records a provision for losses relating to the representations and warranties it makes as part of its loan sale transactions. The method used to estimate the liability for representations and warranties is a function of the representations and warranties given and considers a combination of factors, including, but not limited to, estimated future defaults and loan repurchase rates and the potential severity of loss in the event of defaults and the probability of reimbursement by the correspondent loan seller. The Company continually updates its liability estimate.

        Following is a summary of the Company's liability for representations and warranties for the periods presented:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance, beginning of the year

  $ 189   $ 34  

Provisions for losses on loans sold

    283     120  

Obligation assumed from affiliate

    (23 )   35  
           

Balance, end of year

  $ 449   $ 189  
           

        Following is a summary of the repurchase activity at and for the periods presented:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

During the period:

             

Unpaid balance of mortgage loans repurchased

  $   $  

Incurred losses on repurchased loans

  $   $  

At period end:

             

Unpaid balance of mortgage loans subject to pending claims for repurchase

  $ 9,774   $  

        The level of the liability for representations and warranties is difficult to estimate and requires considerable management judgment. The level of mortgage loan repurchase losses is dependent on economic factors, investor demand strategies, and other external conditions that may change over the lives of the underlying loans, However, management believes the amount and range of reasonably possible losses in relation to the recorded liability is not material to the Company's financial condition or results of operations. The current unpaid principal balance of loans sold by the Company to date represents the maximum exposure to repurchases related to representations and warranties.

F-47


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 17—Derivative Instruments

        The Company had the following derivative financial instruments recorded on its Consolidated Balance Sheets as of the dates presented:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2011   2010  
Instrument
  Notional
amount
  Fair value   Notional
amount
  Fair value  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Interest rate lock commitments

  $ 325,091   $ 7,905   $ 14,922   $ (13 )

MBS forward purchase contracts

  $ 130,900     2   $ 2,908     (2 )

MBS forward sales contracts

  $ 510,569     (2,531 ) $ 27,700     357  

MBS option purchase contracts

  $ 32,000     84   $ 2,000      
                       

        $ 5,460         $ 342  
                       

        The following table summarizes the activity for derivative contracts used to hedge the Company's interest rate lock commitments and inventory of mortgage loans at notional value:

 
  Balance,
beginning of year
  Additions   Dispositions/
expirations
  Balance,
end of year
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Year ended December 31, 2011

                         

MBS forward sales contracts

  $ 27,700   $ 1,975,563   $ (1,492,694 ) $ 510,569  

MBS forward purchase contracts

  $ 2,908   $ 978,395   $ (850,402 ) $ 130,900  

MBS option purchase contracts

  $ 2,000   $ 105,500   $ (75,500 ) $ 32,000  

Year ended December 31, 2010

                         

MBS forward sales contracts

  $   $ 195,719   $ (168,019 ) $ 27,700  

MBS forward purchase contracts

  $   $ 98,149   $ (95,241 ) $ 2,908  

MBS purchase contracts

  $   $ 27,000   $ (25,000 ) $ 2,000  

        The Company recorded net gains on derivative financial instruments totaling $4,400,000 and $310,000 and for the years ending December 31, 2011 and 2010. Derivative gains and losses are included in Change in fair value of mortgage loans held for sale at fair value in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income.

Note 18—Members' Equity

        During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company's limited liability company agreement was amended to issue additional preferred units and raise approximately $36 million from the preferred members, to issue additional common units to common members, to adopt the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, and to provide for Class C common units.

        Subscriptions receivable are amounts due from certain members who are holders of preferred units, and earn interest at rates of between 4% and 8% annually. Interest is collectible from the distribution of the preferred return and receivables will be satisfied no later than at the time of income distribution to the members, in accordance with the limited liability company agreement.

        Only the preferred units have voting rights. Each preferred unit entitles the holder to one (1) vote per preferred unit on any matters to be decided by a vote of the members. No other member and no

F-48


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 18—Members' Equity (Continued)

other class of units have voting rights. Preferred unit holders are entitled to a preferred return of 8% per year on their capital contributions. In the event of liquidation, preferred unit holders are entitled to their accumulated unpaid return plus return of the face amount of their contributions before any distributions are made to common or Class C common unit holders. Preferred and common unit holders are also entitled to a priority operating return before any income is allocated to Class C common unit holders. In the event of a liquidation, preferred and common unit holders are entitled to their accumulated priority operating return before any distributions are made to Class C common unit holders.

Note 19—Mortgage Servicing Rebate (to) from Funds

        The Company provided a waiver to the Investment Funds relating to the "at cost" servicing fee amounting to approximately $2,462,000, which reduced the servicing rebate receivable to approximately $3,139,000 as of December 31, 2011.

Note 20—Net Gain on Mortgage Loans Held for Sale

        Net gain on mortgage loans held for sale is summarized below for the years presented:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash gain (loss) on sale:

             

Loan proceeds

  $ 182   $ (221 )

Hedging activities

    (8,578 )   (315 )
           

    (8,396 )   (536 )
           

Non-cash changes in fair value:

             

Mortgage servicing rights received as proceeds on sale

    8,253     1,174  

Provision for representations and warranties on loans sold

    (259 )   (51 )

Change in fair value of commitments to fund mortgage loans

    7,919     (24 )

Change in fair value relating to loans and hedging instruments held for sale at year-end:

             

Loans

    393     1,099  

Hedging activities

    5,119     346  
           

Total non-cash changes in fair value relating to loans and hedging instruments held at year-end

    5,512     1,445  
           

Total non-cash changes in fair value

    21,425     2,544  
           

  $ 13,029   $ 2,008  
           

F-49


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 21—Stock-Based Compensation

        The Company has three formal equity based compensation plans:

    A common equity compensation plan by which it may award up to 15% of its total equity in the form of common units to key members of the Company's management. Common units are subordinate to the Company's preferred units. The common units vest over a three-or four-year period. Vesting of four-year awards starts on the grantees' date of hire and are 25% vested on the second anniversary, and 50% and 100% vested in the total award on the third and fourth anniversaries, respectively. Vesting of three-year awards begins on the award date. The common units have a strike price equal to zero on the date of grant. Several key management members of the Company have received common units. Unvested common units under this plan have the rights to participate in distributed and undistributed earnings. However, undistributed earnings allocable to these unvested common units are forfeitable.

    A Class C common equity plan by which it may award up to 3% of its total equity to key members of the management of its correspondent lending group. Class C common units vest over 4 years. Vesting occurs 12.5%, 12.5%, 25% and 50% on each successive year anniversary of the award date. The Class C common units have a strike price equal to zero on the date of grant. Unvested common units under this plan have the rights to participate in distributed and undistributed earnings. However, undistributed earnings allocable to these unvested common units are forfeitable; and

    The 2011 Equity Incentive Plan by which it may grant common units to key employees that vest immediately. The first units earned under the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan will not be issued until 2013. Common units granted under the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan participate in the Company's profits and losses after the grant date. The equity incentive plan common units have a strike price equal to zero on the date of grant.

F-50


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 21—Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        The table below summarizes common unit activity under the common equity compensation plans and compensation expense for the years presented:

 
  As of and for the year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2011   2010  
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands,
except for per unit data)

 

Number of units

             

Outstanding at beginning of year

    9,588     6,348  

Granted

    6,933     4,667  

Vested

    (3,849 )   (715 )

Canceled

    (498 )   (712 )
           

Outstanding at end of year

    12,174     9,588  
           

Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value:

             

Outstanding at beginning of year

  $ 393   $ 313  

Granted

  $ 411   $ 500  

Vested

  $ 408   $ 338  

Expired or canceled

  $ 447   $ 318  

Outstanding at end of year

  $ 398   $ 393  

Units available for future awards

 
$

311
 
$

311
 

Compensation expense recorded during the year

  $ 1,160   $ 1,292  

Unamortized costs at year end

  $ 1,189   $ 2,067  

        As of December 31, 2011, the weighted-average remaining vesting term of unvested units was approximately 8 months.

    Class C Awards

        The Company issued Class C common units during November 2011 as awards to employees of the Company's correspondent lending group. The Class C units are subject to the participation preferences and other rights of the preferred units and common units as described in Note 18. No Class C units have vested, or been cancelled or forfeited as of December 31, 2011. The Company is recording expense relating to the grant date fair values of the Class C units awarded over the vesting periods.

        The following is the activity for the Class C Units during the year ended December 31, 2011:

 
  Number of
units
 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2010

     

Units awarded

    2,932  
       

Units outstanding as of December 31, 2011

    2,932  
       

F-51


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 21—Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

 

Weighted average grant date fair value:

       

Outstanding at beginning of year

  $ 0  

Granted

  $ 196  

Vested

     

Expired or canceled

     
       

Outstanding at end of year

  $ 196  
       

Units available for future awards

   
610
 

Compensation expense recorded during the period

  $ 19,000  

Unamortized costs at period end

  $ 575,000  

    2011 Equity Incentive Plan

        The Company did not award any common units under the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan during the year ended December 31, 2011.

        The Class C and Common Unit awards contain certain repurchase provisions which could result in an award being settled in cash at the option of the Company, in the event of certain types of termination scenarios. The Company established a policy that settlement will not occur until the point in time where the unit holder has borne sufficient risks and rewards of equity ownership, assumed as six months and one day post vesting.

    Valuation of Unit-Based Compensation Awards in 2011

        The valuation of unit-based awards during 2011 was estimated using a combination of the income and market approaches to estimate the fair value of the Company, and the options pricing model to estimate the fair value of the Unit awards. Under this approach, the Company's various classes of units' are valued as call options based on their respective claims on the assets of the Company. The characteristics of the unit classes, as determined by the Company's limited liability company agreement, determine respective units' claims on the Company's assets relative to each other and the other components of the Company's capital structure. Periodic valuations are performed in order to properly recognize equity-based compensation expense.

        The valuation of unit-based awards was developed using the income approach, specifically a discounted cash flow analysis, and the market approach to determine the value of the Company. The discounted cash flow analysis was developed based on the Company's forecasts. The market approach was developed by applying market multiples of comparable peer companies in the Company's industry or similar lines of business. The values determined by the income and the market approach were combined by weighting the income and market approaches equally. The primary assumptions used in the determination of the fair value of the Company using the discounted cash flows method were the discount rate, terminal capitalization rate, and growth rate assumptions.

F-52


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 21—Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        The aggregate value was then allocated to each class of units utilizing the option pricing model using the following assumptions:

Assumption
  November 1,
2011
  October 1,
2011
 

Time to liquidity event

    1.17 years     1.25 years  

Risk-free rate

    0.15 %   0.16 %

Dividend yield

    0.00 %   0.00 %

Volatility

    40.0 %   40.0 %

        The value derived from the option pricing model was reduced by the following in the determination of fair values of the awards at each of the following dates:

Assumption
  November 1,
2011
  October 1,
2011
 

Lack of marketability discount

    25% to 30%     20 %

Lack of control discount

    17%     17 %

        The following weighted-average assumptions were used in the Company's valuation of the fair value of the common unit awards in 2010:

Return on members' equity

    30 %

Discount rate

    50 %

Exit multiple

    6.94  

Vesting rate

    100 %

Note 22—Supplemental Cash Flow Information

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash paid for interest

  $ 858   $  

Non-cash investing activity:

             

Receipt of MSRs created in loan sales activities

  $ 8,253   $ 1,174  

Non-cash financing activity:

             

Cancellation of stock subscription

  $ 61   $ 209  

Stock subscription

  $ 1,709   $  

Contributions and concurrent distributions

  $ 14,968   $  

Subscriptions receivable

  $ 16,288   $  

Note 23—Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements

        The Company, through PLS, is required to maintain specified levels of equity to remain a seller/servicer in good standing by the Agencies. Such equity requirements generally are tied to the size of the Company's loan servicing portfolio or loan origination volume.

F-53


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 23—Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements (Continued)

        The Agencies' capital requirements, the calculations of which are specified by each Agency, are summarized below:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2011   2010  
Agency
  Net worth(1)   Required   Net worth(1)   Required  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Fannie Mae—PLS

  $ 67,796   $ 7,122   $ 45,673   $ 6,208  

Freddie Mac—PLS

  $ 68,107   $ 2,000   $ 46,117   $ 250  

Government National Mortgage Association:

                         

Issuer—PLS

  $ 50,626   $ 2,490   $   $  

Issuer's parent—PNMAC

  $ 91,677   $ 2,739   $   $  

HUD—PLS

  $ 50,626   $ 1,000   $ 36,310   $ 287  

(1)
Calculated in compliance with the respective Agency's requirements

        Management believes that the Company had Agency capital in excess of these requirements at both December 31, 2011 and 2010.

        Noncompliance with the respective agencies' capital requirements can result in the respective Agency taking various remedial actions up to and including removing the Company's ability to sell loans to and service loans on behalf of the respective Agency.

Note 24—Commitments and Contingencies

    Commitments to Fund and Sell Mortgage Loans

 
  December 31,
2011
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Commitments to purchase mortgage loans from PennyMac Corp. 

  $ 282,579  

Commitments to fund mortgage loans

    42,273  
       

  $ 324,852  
       

Commitments to sell mortgage loans

  $ 381,069  
       

F-54


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 24—Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

    Other Contractual Commitments

        The Company leases its primary office facilities under an agreement that expires on Feb 28, 2017. The Company also licenses certain software to support its loan servicing operations. Payments under these agreements are summarized below:

Year
  Software
licenses
  Office
lease
  Less: office
sublease
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

2012

  $ 452   $ 2,128   $ 462   $ 2,118  

2013

    452     1,812     252     2,012  

2014

    452     1,828         2,280  

2015

    339     2,011         2,350  

2016

        2,062         2,062  

Thereafter

        173         173  
                   

  $ 1,695   $ 10,014   $ 714   $ 10,995  
                   

        During 2011, the Company entered into a leasing arrangement to relocate its corporate offices. As a result of that agreement, PNMAC subleased its existing facilities and included a loss relating to the sublease of $1,155,000 in occupancy expense for the year ended December 31, 2011. Office lease expense (including the provision for losses on the sublease rents net of sublease income) totaled $2,962,000 and $1,335,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

    Litigation

        The business of the Company involves the collection of numerous accounts as well as the validity of liens and compliance with various state and federal lending and servicing laws; as such the Company is subject to various legal proceedings in the normal course of business. As of December 31, 2011, there were no material current or pending claims against the Company.

Note 25—Segments and Related Information

        The Company has two business segments: mortgage banking and investment management.

        The investment management segment represents the activities of the Company's investment manager, which include sourcing, valuation, performing due diligence, bidding and completion of asset acquisitions and managing the acquired assets for the Investment Funds and PMT.

        The investment management segment presently focuses on investments in distressed mortgage assets, which include mortgage loans that are either in default or are perceived to be at higher risk of default. The investment management segment then seeks to maximize the value of the mortgage loans through the direction of effective "high touch" servicing by the mortgage banking segment. "High touch" servicing is based on significant levels of borrower outreach and contact, and the ability to implement long-term, sustainable loan modification and restructuring programs that address borrowers' ability and willingness to pay their mortgage loans. Where this is not possible, the investment management segment seeks to effect property resolution in a timely, orderly and economically efficient manner for the investor. The investment management segment also manages MSRs, mortgage loans held for sale, and other assets for PMT.

F-55


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 25—Segments and Related Information (Continued)

        The mortgage banking segment represents the Company's operations aimed at servicing mortgage loans managed by the investment management segment, including servicing or subservicing loans and MSRs owned by PMT and the Investment Funds, executing the loan resolution strategy identified by the investment management segment, and originating, purchasing, selling and servicing newly originated mortgage loans.

        Financial highlights by operating segment for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

Year ended December 31, 2011
  Investment
management
  Mortgage
banking
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenues:

                   

External:

                   

Net servicing income

  $   $ 28,667   $ 28,667  

Gain on mortgage loans held for sale

        13,029     13,029  

Fulfillment fees from PMT

        1,744     1,744  

Management fees

    18,399         18,399  

Carried Interest from Investment Funds

    12,596         12,596  

Interest

    4     1,528     1,532  

Other

    23     669     692  

Intersegment

             
               

    31,022     45,637     76,659  
               

Expenses:

                   

Interest

        1,875     1,875  

Other

    12,181     47,904     60,085  
               

    12,181     49,779     61,960  
               

Net income (loss)

  $ 18,841   $ (4,142 ) $ 14 ,699  
               

Segment assets at period end

  $ 46,319   $ 242,962   $ 289,281  
               

F-56


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 25—Segments and Related Information (Continued)

 

Year ended December 31, 2010
  Investment
management
  Mortgage
banking
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenues:

                   

External:

                   

Net servicing income

  $   $ 26,001   $ 26,001  

Gain on mortgage loans held for sale

        2,008     2,008  

Fulfillment fees from PMT

             

Management fees

    15,427         15,427  

Carried interest from Investment Funds

    24,654         24,654  

Advisory income

             

Interest

    19     176     195  

Other

    130     814     944  

Intersegment

             
               

    40,230     28,999     69,229  
               

Expenses:

                   

Interest

        790     790  

Other

    9,576     25,821     35,397  
               

    9,576     26,611     36,187  
               

Net income

  $ 30,654   $ 2,388   $ 33,042  
               

Segment assets at period end

  $ 35,558   $ 92,844   $ 128,402  
               

        The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in Note 3— Significant Accounting Policies .

F-57


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 26—Selected Quarterly Results (Unaudited)

        Following is a presentation of selected quarterly financial data for each full quarterly period of 2011 and 2010:

 
  Quarter ended  
 
  2011   2010  
 
  Dec. 31   Sept. 30   June 30   Mar. 31   Dec. 31   Sept. 30   June 30   Mar. 31  
 
  (amounts in thousands)
 

For the quarter ended:

                                                 

Net servicing income(1)

  $ 5,756   $ 5,666   $ 9,586   $ 7,659   $ 9,799   $ 4,784   $ 5,628   $ 5,790  

Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    9,133     2,343     753     800     1,080     731     71     126  

Fulfillment fees

    1,386     263     61     34                  

Management fees and carried interest(2)

    6,147     8,233     9,763     6,852     8,233     6,569     21,389     3,890  

Other income

    1,248     409     171     396     405     524     188     22  
                                   

    23,670     16,914     20,334     15,741     19,517     12,608     27,276     9,828  

Expenses

    20,451     16,825     13,479     11,205     11,255     9,005     7,972     7,955  
                                   

Net income

  $ 3,219   $ 89   $ 6,855   $ 4,536   $ 8,262   $ 3,603   $ 19,304   $ 1,873  
                                   

At period end:

                                                 

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

  $ 89,857   $ 61,284   $ 11,067   $ 11,411   $ 14,720   $ 7,474   $ 2,020   $ 1,244  

MSRs

    32,124     29,860     33,408     32,158     31,957     30,137     32,436     20,690  

Carried interest

    37,250     35,002     31,890     26,917     24,654     20,251     17,443      

Mortgage servicing advances

    63,565     36,515     29,718     28,025     22,811     12,023     7,015     4,962  

Other assets

    66,485     49,656     39,911     39,413     34,260     33,591     34,526     38,755  
                                   

Total assets

  $ 289,281   $ 212,317   $ 145,994   $ 137,924   $ 128,402   $ 103,476   $ 93,440   $ 65,651  
                                   

Borrowings

  $ 96,302   $ 69,517   $ 13,640   $ 14,087   $ 16,788   $ 9,063   $ 3,176   $ 936  

Other liabilities

    69,064     40,975     30,441     28,948     21,645     13,607     12,340     15,128  
                                   

Total liabilities

    165,366     110,492     44,081     43,035     38,433     22,670     15,516     16,064  

Members' equity

    123,915     101,825     101,913     94,889     89,969     80,806     77,924     49,587  
                                   

Total liabilities and members' equity

  $ 289,281   $ 212,317   $ 145,994   $ 137,924   $ 128,402   $ 103,476   $ 93,440   $ 65,651  
                                   

(1)
As discussed in Note 18—Mortgage Servicing Rebate (to) from Funds, the Company provided a waiver of a portion of the servicing rebate owed from the Investment Funds which reduced net servicing fees by approximately $2.5 million during the quarter ended December 31, 2011.

(2)
As discussed in Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies—Carried Interest due from Investment Funds, the Company amended its agreement with the Investment Funds resulting in additional carried interest income of $3.3 million during the quarter ended June 30, 2011.

Note 27—Subsequent Events

        Management has evaluated all events or transactions through February 7, 2013, the date the Company issued these financial statements. During this period:

        On February 2, 2012, PLS amended its master repurchase agreement, dated as of August 14, 2009, by and among Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, PLS and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, to increase the aggregate principal amount of borrowings available thereunder from $50 million to $100 million. This repurchase agreement, which is used to fund newly originated mortgage loans, was subsequently amended on September 21, 2012, to increase the aggregate

F-58


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 27—Subsequent Events (Continued)

principal amount of borrowings available thereunder from $100 million to $150 million and to extend the maturity date to September 23, 2013.

        On March 23, 2012, PLS amended its master repurchase agreement, dated as of March 17, 2011, by and among Bank of America, N.A., PLS and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, to increase the aggregate principal amount of borrowings available thereunder from $50 million to $150 million and extend the maturity date to November 5, 2012. This repurchase agreement, which is used to fund newly originated mortgage loans, was subsequently renewed and it now matures on January 2, 2014.

        On March 27, 2012, PLS entered into a second amended and restated loan and security agreement with Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, pursuant to which PLS may finance mortgage servicing rights and servicing advances in an aggregate amount not to exceed $57 million. The loan and security agreement was amended, on December 12, 2012, to increase the maximum credit limit to $117 million. The loan and security agreement matures on March 26, 2013.

        On June 26, 2012, PLS entered into a master repurchase agreement with Citibank, N.A., pursuant to which PLS may sell, and later repurchase, newly originated mortgage loans in an aggregate principal amount of up to $200 million, $150 million of which is committed. This repurchase agreement, which is used to fund newly originated mortgage loans, matures on June 25, 2013.

        The Company made tax distributions of $15.8 million and $9.4 million to our unit holders in 2012 and January 2013, respectively.

        On February 1, 2013, the Company entered into the following agreements with PMT and its subsidiaries: Amended and Restated Management Agreement (the "Management Agreement"), by and among PMT, PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P., a wholly-owned subsidiary of PMT (the "Operating Partnership") and PCM; Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement (the "Servicing Agreement"), between the Operating Partnership and PLS; Mortgage Banking and Warehouse Services Agreement ("MBWS Agreement"), between PLS and PennyMac Corp., a wholly-owned, indirect subsidiary of PMT; MSR Recapture Agreement ("MSR Recapture Agreement"), between PLS and PennyMac Corp.; Master Spread Acquisition and MSR Servicing Agreement ("Spread Acquisition and MSR Servicing Agreement"), between PLS and the Operating Partnership; and Amended and Restated Underwriting Fee Reimbursement Agreement ("Reimbursement Agreement"), by and among PMT, the Operating Partnership and PCM. The initial term of all of the agreements other than the Reimbursement Agreement expires on February 1, 2017, subject to automatic renewal for additional 18-month periods, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the terms of the respective agreements. The Reimbursement Agreement expires on February 1, 2019.

        The Management Agreement was amended to provide for the payment to PCM of a base management fee and a performance incentive fee, both payable quarterly and in arrears. The base management fee is equal to the sum of (i) 1.5% per annum of shareholders' equity up to $2 billion, (ii) 1.375% per annum of shareholders' equity in excess of $2 billion and up to $5 billion, and (iii) 1.25% per annum of shareholders' equity in excess of $5 billion. The performance incentive fee is calculated at a defined annualized percentage of the amount by which "net income," on a rolling four-quarter basis and before the incentive fee, exceeds certain levels of return on "equity." "Net

F-59


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 27—Subsequent Events (Continued)

income," for purposes of determining the amount of the performance incentive fee, is defined as net income or loss computed in accordance with GAAP and adjusted for certain non cash charges.

        The Servicing Agreement was amended to provide for servicing fees payable to PLS that changed from a percentage of the loan's UPB to fixed per-loan monthly amounts based on the delinquency, bankruptcy and/or foreclosure status of the serviced loan or the real estate acquired in settlement of a loan.

        The MBWS Agreement provides for a fulfillment fee paid to PLS based on the type of mortgage loan that PMT acquires. The fulfillment fee is equal to a percentage of the unpaid principal balance of such mortgage loan. The terms of the MBWS agreement are similar to the prior MBWS agreement, with the addition of potential fee rate discounts applicable to PMT's monthly purchase volume in excess of designated thresholds. The Company has also agreed to provide such services exclusively for PMT's benefit, and PLS and its affiliates are prohibited from providing such services for any other third party.

        Pursuant to the terms of the MSR Recapture Agreement, if PLS refinances via its retail lending business loans for which PMT previously held the MSRs, PLS is generally required to transfer and convey to PennyMac Corp., without cost to PennyMac Corp., the MSRs with respect to new mortgage loans originated in those refinancings (or, under certain circumstances, other mortgage loans) that have an aggregate unpaid principal balance that is not less than 30% of the aggregate unpaid principal balance of all the loans so originated.

        Pursuant to the Spread Acquisition and MSR Servicing Agreement, PMT may acquire from PLS the rights to receive certain excess servicing spread arising from mortgage servicing rights acquired by PLS, in which case PLS generally would be required to service or subservice the related mortgage loans. The terms of each transaction under the Spread Acquisition and MSR Servicing Agreement will be subject to the terms of such agreement as modified and supplemented by the terms of a confirmation executed in connection with such transaction.

        Pursuant to the Reimbursement Agreement, the Company may be entitled to reimbursement of certain payments. In connection with the initial public offering of PMT's common shares, on August 4, 2009, PCM entered into an agreement with PMT pursuant to which PMT agreed to reimburse PCM for a $2.9 million payment that it made to the underwriters of the IPO if PMT satisfied certain performance measures over a specified period of time. Such reimbursements are contingent on earning a performance incentive fee under the Management Agreement and are subject to specified maximum payments in any 12-month period.

        The Company made distributions of $5.8 million to unit holders on February 6, 2013. These distributions were used to repay loans and advances that had been made to facilitate the acquisition of preferred units of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC.

F-60


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

(Unaudited)

 
  September 30,
2012
  December 31,
2011
 
 
   
  (as restated,
note 1)

 
 
  (in thousands, except unit data)
 

ASSETS

             

Cash

 
$

27,734
 
$

16,465
 

Short-term investment, at fair value

    3,416     16,041  

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    410,071     89,857  

Servicing advances

    76,554     63,565  

Receivable from Investment Funds

    4,183     8,264  

Receivable from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    9,734     11,600  

Derivative Assets

    39,793     5,460  

Carried Interest due from Investment Funds

    44,504     37,250  

Investment in PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, at fair value

    1,753     1,247  

Mortgage servicing rights, at fair value

    21,240     25,698  

Mortgage servicing rights, at lower of amortized cost or fair value

    52,914     6,426  

Margin deposits

        2,148  

Furniture, fixtures, equipment and building improvements, net

    4,466     2,541  

Capitalized software, net

    751     556  

Other

    5,586     2,163  
           

Total assets

  $ 702,699   $ 289,281  
           

LIABILITIES

             

Loans sold under agreements to repurchase

 
$

361,478
 
$

77,700
 

Note payable

    34,035     18,602  

Derivative liabilities

    3,356      

Payable to PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    35,920     25,595  

Payable to Investment Funds

    34,443     29,622  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    29,235     13,398  

Liability for losses under representations and warranties

    2,305     449  
           

Total liabilities

    500,772     165,366  
           

Commitments and contingencies

             

MEMBERS' EQUITY

             

Preferred units, 96,682 units authorized and subscribed, 96,682 units issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively

   
96,884
   
96,374
 

Common units, 20,556 and 10,665 units authorized; 9,914 and 4,564 units issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively

         

Members' equity attributable to common units from equity compensation plan

    16,107     2,737  

Stock subscription receivable

    (4,842 )   (19,918 )

Retained earnings

    93,778     44,722  
           

Total members' equity

    201,927     123,915  
           

Total liabilities and members' equity

  $ 702,699   $ 289,281  
           

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-61


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(Unaudited)

 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands, except unit data)
 

Revenue

             

Net servicing income:

             

Loan servicing fees

             

From PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

  $ 13,163   $ 9,152  

From Investment Funds

    9,130     10,990  

Mortgage servicing rebate to Investment Funds

    (407 )   (569 )

From non-affiliates

    10,824     8,513  

From borrowers—ancillary fees

    1,613     1,224  
           

    34,323     29,310  

Amortization, impairment and change in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights

    (8,977 )   (6,400 )
           

Net servicing income

    25,346     22,910  

Net gain on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    68,487     3,895  

Loan origination fees

    5,439     461  

Management fees:

             

From PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    9,847     7,043  

From Investment Funds

    7,199     7,457  

Carried interest from Investment Funds

    7,254     10,348  

Net gain (loss) on investments

    506     (169 )

Fulfillment fees from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    31,097     358  

Interest

    2,039     584  

Other

    126     102  
           

Total net revenue

    157,340     52,989  
           

Expenses

             

Compensation

    77,756     31,316  

Professional services

    3,538     2,604  

Occupancy

    1,078     1,788  

Technology

    3,161     1,529  

Interest

    4,227     806  

Servicing

    2,438     1,619  

Loan origination

    1,803     404  

Other

    2,890     1,443  
           

Total expenses

    96,891     41,509  
           

Net income

  $ 60,449   $ 11,480  
           

Net income attributable to preferred units

  $ 52,482   $ 11,364  

Net income attributable to non-vested common unit awards outstanding

  $ 5,094   $ 84  

Net income attributable to common units

  $ 2,873   $ 32  

Earnings per unit

             

Preferred units

  $ 542.83   $ 221.72  

Common units:

             

Basic

  $ 466.97   $ 11.05  

Diluted

    192.41   $ 3.58  

Weighted average units outstanding

             

Preferred units

    96,682     51,256  

Common units:

             

Basic

    6,153     2,913  

Diluted

    14,933     8,997  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-62


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN MEMBERS' EQUITY

(Unaudited)

 
  Preferred units   Common units    
   
   
 
 
  Subscriptions
receivable
  Retained
earnings
   
 
 
  Units   Amounts   Units   Amounts   Total  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Balance at December 31, 2010 (as restated, note 1)

    45,371   $ 44,482     715   $ 1,736   $ (1,414 ) $ 45,165   $ 89,969  

Capital:

                                           

Contributions and concurrent distributions

    14,999     14,968                 (14,968 )    

Subscriptions

    543     517             (517 )        

Redemptions

    (526 )   (271 )           61         (210 )

Distributions

                        (386 )   (386 )

Unit-based compensation expense

            3,849     972             972  

Net income

                        11,480     11,480  
                               

Balance at September 30, 2011

    60,387   $ 59,696     4,564   $ 2,708   $ (1,870 ) $ 41,291   $ 101,825  
                               

Balance at December 31, 2011 (as restated, note 1)

    96,682   $ 96,374     4,564   $ 2,737   $ (19,918 ) $ 44,722   $ 123,915  

Capital:

                                           

Contributions

                    15,058         15,058  

Redemptions

    (125 )   (125 )           143     (24 )   (6 )

Distributions

                        (11,369 )   (11,369 )

Unit-based compensation expense

    125     635     5,350     13,370     (125 )       13,880  

Net income

                        60,449     60,449  
                               

Balance at September 30, 2012

    96,682   $ 96,884     9,914   $ 16,107   $ (4,842 ) $ 93,778   $ 201,927  
                               

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-63


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Unaudited)

 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash flow from operating activities:

             

Net income

  $ 60,449   $ 11,480  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

             

Accrual of servicing rebate to Investment Funds

    407     569  

Amortization, impairment and change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights

    8,977     6,400  

Change in fair value of mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    (68,487 )   (3,895 )

Carried interest income

    (7,255 )   (10,348 )

Change in fair value of investment in PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    (506 )   169  

Accrual of stock-based compensation

    13,880     972  

Amortization of commitment fees relating to financing facilities

    1,261     505  

Depreciation and amortization

    389     180  

Originations of mortgage loans held for sale

    (304,402 )   (281,215 )

Purchase from affiliate of mortgage loans held for sale

    (5,111,185 )   (165,044 )

Proceeds from sales and principal repayments of mortgage loans held for sale

    5,112,530     239,773  

Increase in servicing advances

    (12,989 )   (13,704 )

Decrease in receivable from Investment Funds

    3,674     413  

Decrease in due from affiliates

    2,528     907  

Increase in other assets

    (508 )   (1,261 )

Increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses

    15,695     5,182  

Decrease in payable to affiliates

    10,325      

Increase in payable to Investment Funds

    4,821     3,946  

Increase in other liabilities

        653  

Increase in other receivables

        (4,562 )

Increase in prepaid expenses

    (3,457 )   (632 )
           

Net cash used in operating activities

    (273,853 )   (209,512 )
           

Cash flow from investing activities:

             

Net decrease (increase) in short-term investment

    12,625     (3,289 )

Purchase of furniture, fixtures, equipment and building improvements

    (2,495 )   (944 )

Acquisition of capitalized software

    (379 )   (76 )

Increase in margin deposit

    (27,524 )    

Purchase of mortgage servicing rights

        (1,353 )
           

Net cash used in investing activities

    (17,773 )   (5,662 )
           

Cash flow from financing activities:

             

Sale of loans under agreements to repurchase

    4,924,895     165,044  

Repurchase of loans sold under agreements to repurchase

    (4,641,117 )    

Increase in note payable

    15,433     52,729  

Capital contributions

    15,058      

Capital redemptions

    (6 )    

Advances to unit holders

    (11,368 )   (597 )
           

Net cash provided by financing activities

    302,895     217,176  
           

Net increase in cash

    11,269     2,002  

Cash at beginning of period

    16,465     5,927  
           

Cash at end of period

  $ 27,734   $ 7,929  
           

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-64


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

Note 1—Organization and Operations

        Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC ("PennyMac") is a Delaware limited liability company which, through its subsidiaries (collectively, the "Company"), engages in mortgage banking and investment management activities. Its mortgage banking activities consist of residential mortgage lending and servicing. The investment management and portion of the loan servicing activities are conducted on behalf of investment vehicles that invest in residential mortgage loans and related assets. PennyMac's primary wholly-owned subsidiaries are:

    PennyMac Loan Services, LLC ("PLS")—a Delaware limited liability company that services portfolios of residential mortgage loans on behalf of companies or funds managed by the Company, modifies or restructures loans and engages in mortgage banking activities for its own account.

    PLS is approved by the Federal National Mortgage Association ("Fannie Mae"), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("Freddie Mac") and the Government National Mortgage Association ("Ginnie Mae") as a seller/servicer of mortgage loans and is a licensed FHA Nonsupervised Title II Lender with the Department of Housing and Urban Development ("HUD") (each an "Agency" and collectively the "Agencies").

    PNMAC Capital Management, LLC ("PCM")—a Delaware limited liability company registered as an investment advisor under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. PCM enters into investment management agreements with entities that invest in residential mortgage loans.

    Presently, PCM has management agreements with PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, LLC and PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, LP, (the "Master Fund"), both registered under the Investment Companies Act of 1940; PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund Investors, LLC (collectively, the "Investment Funds") and with PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, a publicly held mortgage real estate investment trust ("PMT").

    PNMAC Opportunity Fund Associates, LLC ("PMOFA")—a Delaware limited liability company. PMOFA is the general partner of the Master Fund. PMOFA is entitled to incentive fees representing allocations of profits (the carried interest) from the Master Fund.

    Restatement of Previously Reported Amounts

        After the issuance of the 2011 consolidated financial statements, management determined that the 2011and 2010 consolidated financial statements contained certain errors. As a result, the balance sheets as of December 31, 2011 and statements of changes in members' equity for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 have been restated from the amounts previously reported to correct these errors, as follows:

        The following components of the balance sheets and statements of members' equity as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 have been corrected as follows:

 
  Preferred units   Preferred units—amounts   Subscriptions receivable  
Statement of Changes in Members' Equity—(in '000s)
  As
previously
reported
  Adjustments   As
restated
  As
previously
reported
  Adjustments   As
restated
  As
previously
reported
  Adjustments   As
restated
 

Balance at December 31, 2010*

    59,808     14,437     45,371                                      

Balance at December 31, 2011*

                    $ 98,233   $ (1,859 ) $ 96,374   $ (21,777 ) $ 1,859   $ (19,918 )

*
Also, presented previously on the consolidated balance sheet.

F-65


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 2—Concentration of Risk

        A substantial portion of the Company's activities are performed for the Investment Funds and PMT. Fees charged to these entities (comprised of management fees, loan servicing fees and loan servicing rebates, carried interest income and fulfillment fees from PMT) totaled 49% and 85% of revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively. A portion of these fees are received pursuant to the management agreements between the Company and PMT and the Investment Funds. These agreements provide for a substantial payment to the Company if they are terminated without cause before December 31, 2016, in the case of the agreements with the Investment Funds, and before February 1, 2017, in the case of the agreement with PMT.

Note 3—Transactions with Affiliates

    Investment Funds

        Amounts receivable from and payable to the Investment Funds are summarized below for the dates presented:

 
  September 30,
2012
  December 31,
2011
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Receivable from Investment Funds:

             

Loan servicing rebate

  $ 404   $ 3,139  

Management fees

    2,416     2,601  

Loan servicing fees

    1,002     2,486  

Expense reimbursements

    361     38  
           

    4,183     8,264  
           

Carried interest due from Investment Funds:

             

PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, LLC

    27,733     24,473  

PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund Investors, LLC

    16,771     12,777  
           

    44,504     37,250  
           

  $ 48,687   $ 45,514  
           

Payable to Investment Funds:

             

Loan servicing advances

  $ 34,443   $ 29,622  
           

        In accordance with the servicing agreements between the Company and the Investment Funds, certain monies are advanced to the Company by an affiliate for servicing advances relating to loans serviced by PLS on the affiliates" behalf. The Company reimburses such advances upon collection of funds from borrowers for mortgage loans serviced or upon liquidation of real estate acquired in settlement of loans.

F-66


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 3—Transactions with Affiliates (Continued)

    PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

        Amounts receivable from and payable to PMT are summarized below for the dates presented:

 
  September 30,
2012
  December 31,
2011
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Receivable from PMT:

             

Servicing fees and allocated expenses

  $ 3,121   $ 6,173  

Management fees

    3,672     2,486  

Contingent underwriting fees

    2,941     2,941  
           

  $ 9,734   $ 11,600  
           

Payable to PMT:

             

Servicing advances and expense reimbursements

  $ 35,920   $ 25,595  
           

  $ 35,920   $ 25,595  
           

        Certain of the underwriting costs incurred in PMT's initial public offering were paid on PMT's behalf by the Company. Reimbursement to the Company is contingent on PMT's performance as follows: PMT will reimburse the Company if, during any full four calendar quarter period during the 24 full calendar quarters after the date of the completion of its initial public offering, August 4, 2009, PMT's "core earnings" for such four quarter period and before the incentive portion of the Company's management fee equals or exceeds an 8% incentive fee "hurdle rate." If this requirement is not satisfied by the end of such 24 calendar quarter period, PMT's obligation to reimburse the Company and make the conditional payment of the underwriting discount will terminate. Management has concluded that this contingency is probable of being met during the 24-quarter period and has recognized a receivable for reimbursement of the payment made on behalf of PMT.

        In accordance with the servicing agreements between the Company and PMT, certain monies are advanced to the Company by PMT to fund servicing advances made by PLS relating to loans serviced by PLS on PMT's behalf. The Company reimburses such advances upon collection of funds from borrowers for mortgage loans serviced or upon liquidation of real estate acquired in settlement of loans.

F-67


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 3—Transactions with Affiliates (Continued)

        Expenses allocated to PMT during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 are detailed below:

 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
Income statement caption
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Occupancy

  $ 897   $ 650  

Technology

    568     656  

Depreciation and amortization

    365     210  

Other

    645     896  
           

Total expenses

  $ 2,475   $ 2,412  
           

        The Company holds an investment in PMT in the form of 75,000 common shares of beneficial interest as of September 30, 2012 and 2011. The shares had fair values of $1,753,000 and $1,193,000 as of September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

        In connection with PMT's correspondent lending business, PLS also provides certain mortgage banking services, including fulfillment and disposition-related services, to PMT for a fulfillment fee based on a percentage of the unpaid principal balance of the mortgage loans. The fulfillment fee for such services is currently 50 basis points. The Company transfers the interest income and pays a sourcing fee of three basis points for each mortgage loan it buys from PMT for ultimate disposition to a third-party where the Company is approved or licensed to sell to such third-party and PMT is not. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, the Company received fulfillment fees from PMT totaling approximately $31,097,000 and $358,000, respectively, and paid sourcing fees totaling approximately $1,448,000 and $52,000, respectively, to PMT.

        The Company's short-term investments include investments in an institutional liquidity management (money market) fund managed by an affiliate, BlackRock, Inc. Investments in the fund are not insured. The fund invests exclusively in first-tier securities as rated by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization. The fund's investments are comprised primarily of domestic commercial paper, securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies, obligations of U.S. banks and foreign banks with U.S. operations, fully collateralized repurchase agreements and variable and floating rate demand notes.

Note 4—Earnings Per Unit

        Earnings per unit is calculated using the two-class method. The Company allocates net income or loss to each class of participating unit holders as specified in the Company's limited liability company agreement, which requires the allocation of distributions among the units under the assumption of a hypothetical liquidation of the Company as follows:

    First to the preferred member units until the aggregate unpaid preferred distributions, (the 8% annual compounded preferred return), have been paid.

    Second, to the preferred member units until all of the initial paid-in capital has been returned.

F-68


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 4—Earnings Per Unit (Continued)

    Third, distributions will be made to the extent that prior period undistributed net income has not been distributed to any member (preferred or common). This represents previous undistributed amounts applicable to the remaining tiers (i.e. the tier four, five and six that follow).

    Fourth, distributions will be made to the preferred and common units on a pro-rata basis to each outstanding unit. This distribution is referred to as the priority operating profit allocation to preferred and common units receiving an 8% compounded annual priority return beginning June 1, 2011. The amounts eligible to earn the priority operating profit can range between $435,246,000 and $135,246,000 depending on the level of newly originated loan acquisitions achieved by the correspondent lending group after June 1, 2011. Before June 1, 2011 there were no allocations of income required for this fourth tier distribution. (If unpaid amounts exist at a period end they are paid out of the following year or in a liquidation event under tier three above).

    Fifth, distributions will be made under the priority capital appreciation allocation to preferred and common units on a pro-rata basis to each unit outstanding. The priority capital appreciation would require total distributions in this tier of up to $300,000,000 prior to June 1, 2011. After June 1, 2011, the amount distributable under this tier can range between $300,000,000 and $0 depending on the level of newly originated loan acquisitions achieved by the correspondent lending group.

    Sixth, and finally, a sharing of the remaining distributions between all members (including the preferred, common, and Class C unit holders) on a pro-rata basis to each unit outstanding with allocations up to the strike price of vested and unvested unit awards being paid back first, as a priority allocation, to the preferred and common unit holders that did not receive such units as stock based compensation awards.

F-69


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 4—Earnings Per Unit (Continued)

        The following is a reconciliation of Net Income Attributable to Common Unit Holders and a table summarizing the basic and diluted earnings per unit calculations for the periods presented:

 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands,
except for unit amounts)

 

Net income

  $ 60,449   $ 11,480  
           

Earnings per preferred unit:

             

Net income attributable to preferred units:

             

Distributed priority return

  $ 2,905   $ 10,443  

Undistributed priority return

    2,842      

Undistributed earnings

    46,735     921  
           

  $ 52,482   $ 11,364  
           

Weighted-average preferred units outstanding

    96,682     51,256  
           

Earnings per preferred unit

  $ 542.83   $ 221.72  
           

Earnings per common unit:

             

Net income attributable to common members

  $ 7,967   $ 116  

Less:  Distributions to common unit awards outstanding

        0  

           Undistributed earnings attributable to common unit awards outstanding

    5,094     84  
           

Net Income attributable to common units

  $ 2,873   $ 32  
           

Basic earnings per common unit:

             

Weighted-average common units outstanding

    6,153     2,913  
           

Basic earnings per common unit

  $ 466.97   $ 11.05  
           

Net income attributable to common units

  $ 2,873   $ 32  
           

Weighted-average common units outstanding

    6,153     2,913  

Dilutive potential common units—units issuable under unit-based compensation plans

    8,780     6,084  
           

Diluted common units outstanding

    14,933     8,997  
           

Diluted earnings per common unit

  $ 192.41   $ 3.58  
           

Note 5—Loan Sales

        The Company purchases and sells mortgage loans to the secondary mortgage market without recourse for credit losses. However the Company maintains continuing involvement with the loans in the form of servicing arrangements and the liability under representations and warranties it makes to purchasers and insurers of the loans.

F-70


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 5—Loan Sales (Continued)

        The following table summarizes cash flows between the Company and transferees upon sale of mortgage loan in transactions where the Company maintains continuing involvement with the mortgage loan (primarily the obligation to service the loan on behalf of the loan's owner or owner's agent):

 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash flows:

             

Proceeds from sales

  $ 5,150,708   $ 239,773  

Service fees received

  $ 12,592   $ 8,552  

Net servicing advances

  $ 12,387   $ 13,704  

Period-end information:

             

Unpaid principal balance of loans outstanding at period-end

  $ 6,444,618   $ 1,852,982  

Loans delinquent 30-89 days

  $ 93,069   $ 35,820  

Loans delinquent 90 or more days or in foreclosure or bankruptcy

  $ 39,950   $ 31,936  

Note 6—Loan Servicing Activities

        The Company's mortgage servicing portfolio is summarized as follows at period end:

 
  September 30, 2012  
 
  Servicing
rights owned
  Subserviced
for affiliates
  Total loans
serviced
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Affiliated entities

  $   $ 10,404,861   $ 10,404,861  

Agencies

    6,444,618         6,444,618  

Private investors

    1,373,758         1,373,758  

Mortgage loans held for sale

    376,717         376,717  
               

  $ 8,195,093   $ 10,404,861   $ 18,599,954  
               

Amount subserviced for the Company

  $ 48,874   $ 441,474   $ 490,348  
               

Delinquent mortgage loans:

                   

30 days 30 days

  $ 169,968   $ 178,109   $ 348,077  

60 days 60 days

    59,504     109,609     169,113  

90 days or more 90 days or more

    105,153     672,496     777,649  
               

    334,625     960,214     1,294,839  

Loans pending foreclosure

    71,709     1,358,665     1,430,374  
               

  $ 406,334   $ 2,318,879   $ 2,725,213  
               

Custodial funds managed by the Company

  $ 192,693   $ 95,959   $ 288,652  
               

F-71


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 6—Loan Servicing Activities (Continued)


 
  December 31, 2011  
 
  Servicing
rights owned
  Subserviced
for affiliates
  Total loans
serviced
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Affiliated entities

  $   $ 3,533,529   $ 3,533,529  

Agencies

    2,547,679         2,547,679  

Private investors

    1,571,016         1,571,016  

Mortgage loans held for sale

    84,384         84,384  
               

  $ 4,203,079   $ 3,533,529   $ 7,736,608  
               

Amount subserviced for the Company

  $ 95,243   $ 350,631   $ 445,874  
               

Delinquent mortgage loans:

                   

30 days

  $ 132,035   $ 135,688   $ 267,723  

60 days

    60,241     105,256     165,497  

90 days

    88,407     707,753     796,160  
               

    280,683     948,697     1,229,380  

Loans pending foreclosure

    99,859     1,405,133     1,504,992  
               

  $ 380,542   $ 2,353,830   $ 2,734,372  
               

Custodial funds managed by the Company

  $ 74,912   $ 2,403   $ 77,315  
               

        Following is a summary of the geographical distribution of loans included in the Company's servicing portfolio (including loans subserviced for affiliates) for the top five states as measured by the total unpaid principal balance as of the dates presented:

State
  September 30,
2012
  December 31,
2011
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

California

  $ 7,124,337   $ 2,617,167  

Florida

    1,005,531     622,387  

Oregon

    776,515     448,358  

New York

    774,413     403,904  

Illinois

    774,305     262,433  

All other states

    8,144,853     3,382,359  
           

  $ 18,599,954   $ 7,736,608  
           

        Certain of the loans serviced by the Company are subserviced on the Company's behalf by other mortgage loan servicers. Loans are subserviced for the Company when the loans are secured by properties in states where the Company does not have a license to service the loan, or on a transitional basis for loans where the Company has obtained the rights to service the loans but servicing of the loans has not yet transferred to the Company's servicing system.

        Borrower and investor custodial cash accounts relate to loans serviced under servicing agreements and are not recorded on the Company's balance sheet. The Company earns interest on custodial funds

F-72


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 6—Loan Servicing Activities (Continued)

it manages on behalf of the loans' investors, which is recorded as part of Interest income in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income.

Note 7—Fair Value

        The Company's consolidated financial statements include assets and liabilities that are measured based on their estimated fair values. The application of fair value estimates may be on a recurring or nonrecurring basis depending on the accounting principles applicable to the specific asset or liability and whether management has elected to carry the item at its estimated fair value as discussed in the following paragraphs.

    Fair Value Accounting Elections

        Management identified all of its non-cash financial assets, its MSRs relating to loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5%, and its loans sold under agreements to repurchase on the consolidated balance sheet, to be accounted for at estimated fair value so such changes in fair value will be reflected in results of operations as they occur and more timely reflect the results of the Company's performance. The Company's financial assets subject to this election include the short-term investment and mortgage loans held for sale. Management has a identified MSRs relating to loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5%, to be accounted for at estimated fair value so such changes in fair value will also be reflected in results of operations.

        For MSRs relating to mortgage loans with initial interest rates of less than or equal to 4.5%, management has concluded that such assets present different risks to the Company than MSRs relating to mortgage loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5% and therefore require a different risk management approach. Management's risk management efforts relating to these assets are aimed at moderating the effects of non-interest rate risks on fair value, such as the effect of changes in home prices on the assets' values. Management has identified these assets for accounting using the amortization method. Management's risk management efforts in connection with MSRs relating to mortgage loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5% are aimed at moderating the effects of changes in interest rates on the assets' values.

F-73


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 7—Fair Value (Continued)

    Financial Statement Items Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

        Following is a summary of financial statement items that are measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis as of the dates presented:

 
  September 30, 2012  
 
  Total   Netting   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Assets:

                               

Short-term investment

  $ 3,416       $ 3,416   $   $  

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    410,071             410,071      

Investment in PMT

    1,753         1,753          

Mortgage servicing rights, at fair value

    21,240                 21,240  

Derivative assets

                       

Interest rate lock commitments

    33,433                 33,433  

MBS forward purchase contracts

    12,527             12,527      

MBS forward sales contracts

    1,038             1,038      

MBS option purchase contracts

    355             355      

Total derivative assets before netting adjustment

    47,353             13,920     33,433  
                       

Netting(1)

    (7,560 )   (7,560 )            

Total derivative assets

    39,793     (7,560 )       13,920     33,433  
                       

  $ 476,273   $ (7,560 ) $ 5,169   $ 423,991   $ 54,673  
                       

Liabilities:

                               

Derivative Liabilities

                               

MBS forward purchase contracts

  $ 281   $   $   $ 281   $  

MBS forward sales contracts

    38,749             38,749      

Total derivative liabilities before netting adjustment

    39,030             39,030      
                       

Netting(1)

    (35,674 )   (35,674 )            
                       

Total derivative liabilities

  $ 3,356   $ (35,674 ) $   $ 39,030   $  
                       

(1)
Derivatives are reported net of cash collateral received and paid and, to the extent that the criteria of the accounting guidance covering the offsetting of amounts related to certain contracts are met, positions with the same counterparty are netted as part of a legally enforceable master netting agreement.

F-74


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 7—Fair Value (Continued)

 
  December 31, 2011  
 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Assets:

                         

Short-term investment

  $ 16,041   $ 16,041   $   $  

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    89,857         89,857      

Investment in PMT

    1,247     1,247          

Mortgage servicing rights, at fair value

    25,698             25,698  

Derivative financial instruments

    5,460         (2,445 )   7,905  
                   

  $ 138,303   $ 17,288   $ 87,412   $ 33,603  
                   

        As shown above, mortgage servicing rights at fair value and loans sold under agreements to repurchase at fair value and interest rate lock commitments are measured using Level 3 inputs. Following is a roll forward of these items for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 where Level 3 inputs were used on a recurring basis:

 
  Nine months ended
September 30, 2012
 
 
  Mortgage
servicing
rights
  Interest
rate lock
commitments
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Assets:

                   

Balance, December 31, 2011

  $ 25,698   $ 7,905   $ 33,603  

Interest rate lock commitments issued, net

        63,652     63,652  

Servicing received as proceeds from sales of mortgage loans

    773         773  

Changes in fair value included in income

    (5,231 )       (5,231 )

Transfers to mortgage loans acquired for sale

        (38,124 )   (38,124 )
               

Balance, September 30, 2012

  $ 21,240   $ 33,433   $ 54,673  
               

Changes in fair value recognized during the period relating to assets still held at September 30, 2012

  $ (5,231 ) $ 33,433        
                 

Accumulated changes in fair value relating to assets still held at September 30, 2012

        $ 33,433        
                   

F-75


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 7—Fair Value (Continued)


 
  Nine months ended
September 30, 2011
 
 
  Mortgage
servicing
rights
  Interest
rate lock
commitments
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Assets:

                   

Balance, December 31, 2011

  $ 31,957   $ (13 ) $ 31,944  

Purchases

    1,352         1,352  

Interest rate lock commitments issued, net

        5,283     5,283  

Servicing received as proceeds from sales of mortgage loans

    2,951         2,951  

Changes in fair value included in income

    (6,400 )       (6,400 )

Transfers to mortgage loans acquired for sale

        (3,941 )   (3,941 )
               

Balance, September 30, 2012

  $ 29,860   $ 1,329   $ 31,189  
               

Changes in fair value recognized during the period relating to assets still held at September 30, 2012

  $ (6,400 ) $ 1,329        
                 

Accumulated changes in fair value relating to assets still held at September 30, 2012

        $ 1,329        
                   

        The information used in the preceding roll forwards represents activity for any financial statement items identified as using Level 3 inputs at either the beginning or the end of the current fiscal period. Transfer in or out of Level 3 represents either the beginning value (for transfer in), or the ending value (for transfer out) of any investments where a change in the pricing level occurred from the beginning to the end of the period.

F-76


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 7—Fair Value (Continued)

        Gains (losses) from changes in estimated fair values included in earnings for financial statement items carried at estimated fair value pursuant to the fair value option are summarized below:

 
  Changes in fair value included in current period income  
 
  Nine month period ended September 30,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  Change in fair value
of mortgage loans
held for sale at
fair value
  Net
servicing
income
  Total   Change in fair value
of mortgage loans
held for sale at
fair value
  Net
servicing
income
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Assets:

                                     

Short-term investments

  $   $   $   $   $   $  

Mortgage loans acquired for sale at fair value

    68,487         68,487     3,895         3,895  

Mortgage servicing rights at fair value

        (5,231 )   (5,231 )       (6,400 )   (6,400 )
                           

  $ 68,487     (5,231 )   63,256   $ 3,895   $ (6,400 ) $ (2,505 )
                           

Liabilities:

                                     

Loans sold under agreements to repurchase at fair value

                    $   $   $  
                                 

                    $   $   $  
                                 

        Following are the fair value and related principal amounts due upon maturity of assets and liabilities accounted for under the fair value option as of September 30, 2012:

 
  September 30, 2012  
 
  Fair Value   Principal amount
due upon maturity
  Difference  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Mortgage loans held for sale:

                   

Current through 89 days delinquent

  $ 410,071   $ 376,715   $ 33,356  

90 or more days delinquent

             
               

  $ 410,071   $ 376,715   $ 33,356  
               

F-77


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 7—Fair Value (Continued)


 
  December 31, 2011  
 
  Fair Value   Principal amount
due upon maturity
  Difference  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Mortgage loans held for sale:

                   

Current through 89 days delinquent

  $ 89,857   $ 84,384   $ 5,473  

90 or more days delinquent

             
               

  $ 89,857   $ 84,384   $ 5,473  
               

    Financial Statement Items Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

        Following is a summary of financial statement items that are measured at estimated fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of the dates presented:

 
  September 30, 2012  
 
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Mortgage servicing assets at lower of amortized cost or fair value

  $   $   $ 42,581   $ 42,581  
                   

 

 
  December 31, 2011  
 
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Mortgage servicing assets at lower of amortized cost or fair value

  $   $   $   $  
                   

        The following table summarizes the total gains (losses) on assets measured at estimated fair values on a nonrecurring basis for the periods indicated:

 
  Net gains (losses) recognized
during the nine months
ended September 30,
 
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Mortgage servicing assets at lower of amortized cost or fair value

  $ (1,784 )    
           

        The Company evaluates its MSRs at lower of amortized cost or fair value for impairment with reference to the assets' fair value. For purposes of performing its MSR impairment evaluation, the Company stratifies its MSRs at lower of amortized cost or fair value based on the interest rates borne by the mortgage loans underlying the MSRs. Mortgage loans are grouped into note rate pools of 50 basis points for fixed-rate mortgage loans with note rates between 3% and 4.5% and a single pool for mortgage loans with note rates below 3%. MSRs relating to adjustable rate mortgage loans with initial interest rates of 4.5% or less are evaluated in a single pool. If the fair value of MSRs in any of the

F-78


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 7—Fair Value (Continued)

note rate pools is below the carrying value of the MSRs for that pool reduced by any existing valuation allowance, those MSRs are impaired.

        When MSRs are impaired, the impairment is recognized in current-period earnings and the carrying value of the MSRs is adjusted using a valuation allowance. If the value of the MSRs subsequently increases, the restoration of value is recognized in current period earnings only to the extent of the valuation allowance.

        Management periodically reviews the various impairment strata to determine whether the value of the impaired MSRs in a given stratum is likely to recover. When management deems recovery of the value to be unlikely in the foreseeable future, a write-down of the cost of the MSRs for that stratum to its estimated fair value is charged to the valuation allowance.

    Valuation Process, Techniques and Assumptions

        Most of the Company's financial assets are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in current period results of operations. A substantial portion of those assets are "Level 3" financial statement items which require the use of significant unobservable inputs in the estimation of the assets' values. Unobservable inputs reflect the Company's own assumptions about the factors that market participants use in pricing an asset or liability, and are based on the best information available under the circumstances.

        The Company has assigned the responsibility for estimating the fair values of "Level 3" financial statement items to a specialized valuation group and has developed procedures and controls governing the valuation process relating to these assets. The estimation of fair values of the Company's financial assets are assigned to its Financial Analysis and Valuation group (the "FAV group"), which is responsible for valuing and monitoring the Company's investment portfolios and maintenance of its valuation policies and procedures.

        The FAV group reports to the Company's senior management valuation committee, which oversees and approves the valuations. The valuation committee includes the Company's chief executive, financial, investment and credit officers. The FAV group monitors the models used for valuation of the Company's "Level 3" financial statement items, including the models' performance versus actual results and reports those results to the valuation committee. The results developed in the FAV group's monitoring activities are used to calibrate subsequent projections used for valuation.

        The FAV group is responsible for reporting to the valuation committee on a monthly basis on the changes in the valuation of the portfolio, including major drivers affecting the valuation and any changes in model methods and assumptions. To assess the reasonableness of its valuations, the FAV group presents an analysis of the effect on the valuation of each of the changes to the significant inputs to the models.

F-79


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 7—Fair Value (Continued)

        The following describes the methods used in estimating the fair values of Level 2 and Level 3 fair value financial statement items:

    Mortgage Loans

        The Company's mortgage loans acquired for sale at fair value, are saleable into active markets and are therefore categorized as "Level 2" fair value financial statement items and their fair values are estimated using their quoted market or contracted price or market price equivalent. Changes in fair value attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit risk are measured by the change in the respective loan's delinquency status at period-end from the later of the beginning of the period or acquisition date.

    Derivative Financial Instruments

        The Company estimates the fair value of an interest rate lock commitment based on quoted Agency MBS prices, its estimate of the fair value of the MSRs it expects to receive in the sale of the loans and the probability that the mortgage loan will fund within the terms of the interest rate lock commitment.

        The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company's interest rate lock commitments are the pull-through rate—the percentage of loans that the Company ultimately funds as a percentage of the commitments it has made—and the MSR component of the Company's estimate of the value of the mortgage loans it has committed to purchase. Significant changes in any of those inputs, in isolation, could result in a significant change in fair value measurement. Changes in these assumptions are generally inversely correlated as increasing interest rates have a negative effect on the fair value of mortgage loans and a positive effect on the fair value of MSRs that are created in the sale of such mortgage loans.

        Following is a quantitative summary of key unobservable inputs used in the valuation of interest rate lock commitments:

 
  September 30,
2012
  December 31,
2011
Key Inputs
  Range
(Weighted average)

Pull-through rate

  46.2%-100.0%
(86.3%)
  55%-100%
(91.8%)

MSR value expressed as:

       

Servicing fee multiple

  1.75%-4.35%
(3.81%)
  2.10%-5.68%
(4.80%)

Percentage of unpaid principal balance

  0.19%-0.57%
(0.25%)
  0.19%-0.57%
(0.33%)

        The Company estimates the fair value of commitments to sell loans based on quoted MBS prices. The Company estimates the fair value of the MBS options and futures it purchases and sells based on observed interest rate volatilities in the MBS market.

F-80


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 7—Fair Value (Continued)

    Mortgage Servicing Rights

        MSRs are categorized as "Level 3" fair value financial statement items. The Company uses a discounted cash flow approach to estimate the fair value of MSRs. This approach consists of projecting servicing cash flows discounted at a rate that management believes market participants would use in their determinations of value. The key assumptions used in the estimation of the fair value of MSRs include prepayment and default rates of the underlying loans, the applicable discount rate, and cost to service loans. The results of the estimates of fair value of MSRs are reported to PCM's Valuation Committee as part of their review and approval of monthly valuation results. Changes in the fair value of MSRs are included in the Consolidated Statements of Income under the caption Net servicing income .

        Key assumptions used in determining the fair value of MSRs at the time of initial recognition are as follows:

 
  Nine months ended September 30,
 
  2012   2011
 
  Range
(Weighted average)
 
  Amortized
cost
  Fair value   Amortized
cost
  Fair value
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)

Pricing spread(1)

  7.5%-9.9%
(9.8%)
  7.5%-9.9%
(8.4%)
  9.3%-12.6%
(9.8%)
  9.2%-14.0%
(11.9%)

Annual total prepayment speed(2)

  7.8%-9.5%
(8.3%)
  7.8%-9.5%
(8.6%)
  6.0%-7.7%
(6.2%)
  6.3%-8.8%
(8.2%)

Life (in years)

  5.9-6.9
(6.7)
  5.9-6.9
(6.4)
  5.2-7.9
(7.6)
  6.5-8.1
(7.0)

Cost of servicing

  $68-$100
$99
  $68-$100
($77)
  $61-$98
($89)
  $64-$98
($88)

(1)
Pricing spread represents a margin that is applied to a reference interest rate's forward curve to develop periodic discount rates. The Company applies a pricing spread to the 10-year United States Treasury security curve for purposes of discounting cash flows relating to MSRs acquired as proceeds from the sale of loans and purchased MSRs not backed by pools of distressed mortgage loans.

(2)
Prepayment speed is measured using CPR. CPR represents the percentage of the remaining UPB that is expected to be prepaid in excess of the scheduled amortization of principal.

F-81


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 7—Fair Value (Continued)

        Following is a quantitative summary of key inputs used in the valuation of the Company's MSRs at year end and the effect on the estimated fair value from adverse changes in those assumptions (weighted averages are based upon unpaid principal balance):

    Purchased MSRs backed by distressed mortgage loans

 
  September 30, 2012   December 31, 2011
 
  Range
(Weighted average)
Key Inputs
  Fair value   Amortized
cost
  Fair value   Amortized
cost
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)

Discount rate

  15.0%-15.0%
(15.0%)
    19.0%-19.0%
(19.0%)
 

Effect on value of 5% adverse change

  ($293)     ($375)  

Effect on value of 10% adverse change

  ($575)     ($733)  

Effect on value of 20% adverse change

  ($1,106)     ($1,400)  

Average life (in years)

  4.5       4.9    

Prepayment speed(1)

  11.4%-11.4%
(11.4%)
    10.2%-10.2%
(10.2%)
 

Effect on value of 5% adverse change

  ($398)     ($244)  

Effect on value of 10% adverse change

  ($685)     ($469)  

Effect on value of 20% adverse change

  ($1,235)     ($927)  

Cost of servicing

  $133-$133
($133)
    $136-$136
($136)
 

Effect on value of 5% adverse change

  ($123)     ($132)  

Effect on value of 10% adverse change

  ($247)     ($264)  

Effect on value of 20% adverse change

  ($495)     ($527)  

(1)
Prepayment speed is measured using CPR. CPR represents the percentage of the remaining UPB that is expected to be prepaid in excess of the scheduled amortization of principal.

F-82


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 7—Fair Value (Continued)

    All other MSRs

 
  September 30, 2012   December 31, 2011
 
  Range
(Weighted average)
Key Inputs
  Fair value   Amortized
cost
  Fair value   Amortized
cost
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)

Pricing spread(1)

  7.5%-19.5%
(10.7%)
  7.5%-16.5%
(9.8%)
  7.5%-19.5%
(10.4%)
  7.5%-17.0%
(9.8%)

Effect on value of 5% adverse change

  ($136)   ($1,146)   ($168)   ($146)

Effect on value of 10% adverse change

  ($267)   ($2,249)   ($332)   ($287)

Effect on value of 20% adverse change

  ($509)   ($4,045)   ($643)   ($553)

Average life (in years)

  4.8   6.6   4.7   6.2

Prepayment speed(2)

  9.0%-84.1%
(20.1%)
  8.4%-23.5%
(9.2%)
  8.1%-75.7%
(17.7%)
  6.7%-21.2%
(9.1%)

Effect on value of 5% adverse change

  ($257)   ($1,016)   ($307)   ($116)

Effect on value of 10% adverse change

  ($499)   ($1,999)   ($598)   ($228)

Effect on value of 20% adverse change

  ($945)   ($3,871)   ($1,137)   ($442)

Cost of servicing

  $68-$140
($77)
  $68-$140
($99)
  $68-$140
($76)
  $68-$140
($94)

Effect on value of 5% adverse change

  ($83)   ($584)   ($100)   ($70)

Effect on value of 10% adverse change

  ($165)   ($1,167)   ($200)   ($139)

Effect on value of 20% adverse change

  ($329)   ($2,334)   ($323)   ($266)

(1)
Pricing spread represents a margin that is applied to a reference interest rate's forward curve to develop periodic discount rates. The Company applies a pricing spread to the 10-year United States Treasury security curve for purposes of discounting cash flows relating to MSRs acquired as proceeds from the sale of loans and purchased MSRs not backed by pools of distressed mortgage loans.

(2)
Prepayment speed is measured using CPR. CPR represents the percentage of the remaining UPB that is expected to be prepaid in excess of the scheduled amortization of principal.

        The preceding sensitivity analyses are limited in that they were performed at a particular point in time; only contemplate the movements in the indicated variables; do not incorporate changes in the variables in relation to other variables; are subject to the accuracy of various models and assumptions used; and do not incorporate other factors that would affect the Company's overall financial performance in such scenarios, including operational adjustments made by management to account for changing circumstances. For these reasons, the preceding estimates should not be viewed as an earnings forecast.

    Fair Value of Financial Instruments Carried at Amortized Cost

        The Company's cash balances as well as its carried interest due from Investment Funds, amounts receivable from and payable to Investment Funds and PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust Loans sold under agreements to repurchase and the note payable are carried at amortized costs.

F-83


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 7—Fair Value (Continued)

        Management has concluded that the carrying value of the carried interest due from Investment Funds approximates its fair value as the balance represents the amount distributable to the Company at the balance sheet date assuming liquidation of the Investment Funds. Management has concluded that the estimated fair value of the note payable approximates the agreements' carrying value due to the agreements' short terms and variable interest rates.

        The Company also carries the receivable from and payable to Investment Funds and PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust at cost. Management has concluded that the estimated fair value of such balances cannot be approximated due to the related party nature of such transactions.

        Cash is measured using Level 1 Inputs. The Company's borrowings carried at amortized cost do not have active markets or observable inputs and the fair value is measured using management's best estimate of fair value, where the inputs into the determination of fair value require significant management judgment or estimation. The Company has classified these financial instruments as Level 3 as of September 30, 2012 due to the lack of current market activity and the Company's reliance on unobservable inputs to estimate the fair value.

Note 8—Mortgage Loans Held for Sale at Fair Value

        Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value include the following:

 
  September 30,
2012
  December 31,
2011
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Conforming

  $ 29,403   $ 19,860  

Government-insured or guaranteed

    380,668     69,997  
           

  $ 410,071   $ 89,857  
           

        At September 30, 2012, the Company had pledged $408,415,000 in fair value of mortgage loans held for sale to secure loans sold under agreements to repurchase.

F-84


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 9—Mortgage Servicing Rights

    Carried at Fair Value:

        The activity in MSRs carried at fair value is as follows:

 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance at beginning of period

  $ 25,698   $ 31,957  

Additions:

             

Purchases

        1,352  

Servicing resulting from loan sales

    773     2,951  
           

Total additions

    26,471     36,260  
           

Change in fair value:

             

Due to changes in valuation inputs or assumptions used in valuation model(1)

    (4,013 )   (2,495 )

Other changes in fair value(2)

    (1,218 )   (3,905 )
           

Balance at end of period

  $ 21,240   $ 29,860  
           

(1)
Principally reflects changes in discount rates and prepayment speed assumptions, primarily due to changes in interest rates.

(2)
Represents changes due to realization of expected cash flows.

F-85


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 9—Mortgage Servicing Rights (Continued)

    Carried at Amortized Cost:

        The activity in MSRs carried at amortized cost is summarized below for the periods presented:

 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Mortgage Servicing Rights:

             

Balance at beginning of year

  $ 6,496   $  

Additions

    50,234      

Amortization

    (1,962 )    

Application of valuation allowance to write down MSRs with other-than temporary impairment

         
           

Balance before valuation allowance at end of period

  $ 54,768      
           

Valuation Allowance for Impairment of Mortgage Servicing Rights:

             

Balance at beginning of year

  $ (70 ) $  

Additions (reductions)

    (1,784 )    

Application of valuation allowance to write down MSRs with other-than temporary impairment

         
           

Balance at end of period

    (1,854 )    
           

Mortgage Servicing Rights, net

  $ 52,914      
           

Estimated Fair Value of MSRs at end of period

  $ 53,419   $  
           

        The following table summarizes the Company's estimate of amortization of its existing MSRs. This projection was developed using the assumptions made by management in its September 30, 2012 valuation of MSRs. The assumptions underlying the following estimate will change as market conditions and portfolio composition and behavior change, causing both actual and projected amortization levels to change over time. Therefore, the following estimates will change in a manner and amount not presently determinable by management.

12-month period ending September 30,
  Estimated
amortization
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

2013

  $ 6,230  

2014

    5,619  

2015

    5,097  

2016

    4,676  

2017

    4,343  

Thereafter

    28,803  
       

Total

  $ 54,768  
       

F-86


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 10—Carried Interest due from Investment Funds

        The activity in the Company's carried interest is summarized as follows:

 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance at beginning of period

  $ 37,250   $ 24,654  

Carried Interest recognized during the year

    7,254     10,348  
           

Balance at end of period

  $ 44,504   $ 35,002  
           

        The amount of the carried interest received by the Company depends on the Investment Funds' future performance. As a result, the amount of carried interest recorded by the Company at period end is subject to adjustment based on future results of the Investment Funds and may be reduced as a result of subsequent performance. However, the Company is not required to pay guaranteed returns to the Investment Funds and the amount of carried interest will only be reversed to the extent of amounts previously recognized. We expect the carried interest to be collected by The Company when the Investment Funds liquidate.

        The investment period for the Investment Funds ended on December 31, 2011. The Investment Funds will continue in existence through December 31, 2016, subject to three one-year extensions by PCM at its discretion, in accordance with the terms of the limited partnership agreements that govern the Investment Funds.

Note 11—Investment in PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust at Fair Value

        The Company recorded dividends from its investment in common shares of PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust totaling $124,000 and $101,000 for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The dividends were included in Other income in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income.

Note 12—Furniture, Fixtures, Equipment and Building Improvements

        Furniture, fixtures, equipment and building improvements is summarized below:

 
  September 30,
2012
  December 31,
2011
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Equipment and building improvements

  $ 5,618   $ 3,146  

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (1,152 )   (605 )
           

  $ 4,466   $ 2,541  
           

        Depreciation and amortization expense totaled $570,000 and $215,000 for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

F-87


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 13—Capitalized Software

        Capitalized software is summarized below:

 
  September 30,
2012
  December 31,
2011
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cost

  $ 1,547   $ 1,248  

Less: accumulated amortization

    (796 )   (692 )
           

  $ 751   $ 556  
           

        Software amortization expense totaled $184,000 and $175,000 for the periods ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Note 14—Borrowings

        The Company maintains four borrowing facilities: three facilities that provide for sales of mortgage loans under agreements to repurchase; and one note payable secured by mortgage servicing rights and servicing advances made on loans in the Company's loan servicing portfolio.

    Loans Sold Under Agreement to Repurchase

        The borrowing facilities secured by mortgage loans held for sale are in the form of loan sale and repurchase agreements. The agreements provide for sales under agreements to repurchase loans eligible for sale under the agreements up to an aggregate combined capacity of $450,000,000. Eligible loans are sold under advance rates based on the loan type. Interest is charged at a rate based on the buyer's overnight cost-of-funds rate for one agreement and based on the London Interbank Offered Rate for the other agreement. Loans sold under these agreements may be re-pledged by the lenders.

F-88


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 14—Borrowings (Continued)

        Financial data pertaining to loans sold under agreements to repurchase were as follows:

 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)
 

Period end:

             

Balance

  $ 361,478   $ 50,618  

Unused amount(1)

    88,522     (618 )

Weighted-average interest rate

    2.38 %   2.59 %

Fair value of loans securing agreements to repurchase at period-end

  $ 408,415   $ 58,153  

During the period:

             

Maximum daily amount outstanding

  $ 361,588   $ 50,618  

Average balance of loans sold under agreements to repurchase

  $ 146,425   $ 12,375  

Weighted-average interest rate during the period (2)

    2.18 %   2.52 %

Total interest expense

  $ 3,572   $ 582  

(1)
The amount the Company is able to borrow under loan repurchase agreements is tied to the fair value of unencumbered mortgage loans eligible to secure those agreements and the Company's ability to fund the agreements' margin requirements relating to the collateral sold.

(2)
Excludes the effect of commitment fee of $1,147,000 and $346,000 for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

        Following is a summary of maturities of repurchase agreements by maturity date:

Remaining Maturity at September 30, 2012
  Balance  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Within 30 days

  $  

Over 30 to 90 days

    111,143  

Over 90 days to 180 days

     

Over 180 days to 1 year

    250,335  
       

  $ 361,478  
       

Weighted-average maturity (in months)

    7.3  

        The amount at risk (the fair value of the assets pledged plus the related margin deposit, less the amount advanced by the counterparty and accrued interest) relating to the Company's mortgage loans

F-89


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 14—Borrowings (Continued)

acquired for sale sold under agreements to repurchase is summarized by counterparty below as of September 30, 2012:

Counterparty
  Amount at risk   Weighted-average
repurchase agreement
maturity
 
  (in thousands)
   

Citibank, N.A. 

  $ 21,637   June 25, 2013

Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC

  $ 11,774   September 23, 2013

Bank of America, N.A. 

  $ 14,997   November 5, 2012

        The Company is subject to margin calls during the period the agreements are outstanding and therefore may be required to repay a portion of the borrowings before the respective agreements mature if the value (as determined by the applicable lender) of the mortgage loans securing those agreements decreases. As of September 30, 2012, the Company had $1.7 million on deposit with its loan repurchase agreement counterparties. Margin deposits are included in Other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Note Payable

        The note payable is summarized below:

 
  September 30,
2012
  December 31,
2011
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Sublimits:

             

Servicing advances

  $ 4,763   $ 4,186  

MSR

    29,272     14,416  
           

  $ 34,035   $ 18,602  
           

Servicing advances pledged to secure note payable

  $ 6,923   $ 6,593  

MSRs pledged to secure note payable

  $ 65,109   $ 20,861  

        The note payable matures on March 26, 2013. Interest is charged at a rate based on the lender's overnight cost of funds. The note payable secured by servicing advances and MSRs relating to certain loans in the Company's servicing portfolio provide for advance rates ranging from 50% to 85% of the amount of the servicing advances or the carrying value of the MSR pledged, up to a maximum of $17,000 in the case of the note payable secured by servicing advances and $100,000 in the case of the note payable secured by mortgage servicing rights.

        The borrowing facilities contain various covenants, including financial covenants governing the Company's net worth, debt-to equity ratio, profitability and liquidity. Management believes the Company was in compliance with these requirements as of September 30, 2012.

F-90


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 15—Liability for Representations and Warranties

        The Company's agreements with the Agencies include representations and warranties related to the loans the Company sells to the Agencies. The representations and warranties require adherence to Agency origination and underwriting guidelines, including but not limited to the validity of the lien securing the loan, property eligibility, borrower credit, income and asset requirements, and compliance with applicable federal, state and local law.

        In the event of a breach of its representations and warranties, the Company may be required to either repurchase the mortgage loans with the identified defects or indemnify the investor or insurer. In such cases, the Company bears any subsequent credit loss on the mortgage loans. The Company's representations and warranties are generally not subject to stated limits of exposure. The Company's credit loss may be reduced by any recourse it has to correspondent lenders that, in turn, had sold such mortgage loans PMT, and breached similar or other representations and warranties. PMT subsequently sold such loans to the Company without providing its own representations and warranties to PNMAC. In such event, the Company has the right to seek a recovery of related repurchase losses from that originator.

        The Company records a provision for losses relating to such representations and warranties as part of its loan sale transactions. The method used to estimate the liability for representations and warranties is a function of the representations and warranties given and considers a combination of factors, including, but not limited to, estimated future defaults and loan repurchase rates and the potential severity of loss in the event of defaults and the probability of reimbursement by the correspondent loan seller. The Company continually updates its liability estimate.

        Following is a summary of the Company's liability for representations and warranties for the periods presented:

 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance, beginning of the period

  $ 449   $ 189  

Provisions for losses on loans sold

    1,856     124  

Obligation assumed from affiliate

        (22 )
           

Balance, end of period

  $ 2,305   $ 291  
           

F-91


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 15—Liability for Representations and Warranties (Continued)

        Following is a summary of the repurchase activity at and for the periods presented:

 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

During the period:

             

Unpaid balance of mortgage loans repurchased

  $   $  

Incurred losses on repurchased loans

  $   $  

At period end:

             

Unpaid balance of mortgage loans subject to pending claims for repurchase

  $ 5,038   $  

        The level of the liability for representations and warranties is difficult to estimate and requires considerable management judgment. The level of mortgage loan repurchase losses is dependent on economic factors, investor demand strategies, and other external conditions that may change over the lives of the underlying loans, However, management believes the amount and range of reasonably possible losses in relation to the recorded liability is not material to the Company's financial condition or results of operations. The current unpaid principal balance of loans sold by the Company to date represents the maximum exposure to repurchases related to representations and warranties.

Note 16—Derivative Instruments

        The Company had the following derivative financial instruments recorded as of the dates presented:

 
  September 30, 2012   December 31, 2011  
 
   
  Fair value    
   
 
Instrument
  Notional
amount
  Derivative
assets
  Derivative
liabilities
  Notional
amount
  Fair value  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

                               

Free-standing derivatives (economic) hedges:

                               

Interest rate lock commitments

  $ 1,470,590   $ 33,433   $   $ 325,091   $ 7,905  

MBS forward purchase contracts

  $ 901,200     12,527     281   $ 130,900     2  

MBS forward sales contracts

  $ 2,511,188     1,038     38,749   $ 510,569     (2,531 )

MBS option purchase contracts

  $ 335,000     355       $ 32,000     84  
                           

Total derivatives before netting

          47,353     39,030           5,460  

Netting(1)

          (7,560 )   (35,674 )          
                           

Total

        $ 39,793   $ 3,356         $ 5,460  
                           

(1)
Represents netting of derivative asset and liability balances, and related cash collateral, with the same counterparty subject to master netting arrangements. The amount of cash collateral netted against derivative liabilities was $28,115 at September 30, 2012.

F-92


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 16—Derivative Instruments (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the activity for derivative contracts used to hedge the Company's interest rate lock commitments and inventory of mortgage loans at notional value:

 
  Balance,
Beginning of period
  Additions   Dispositions/
expirations
  Balance,
end of period
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Nine months ended September 30, 2012

                         

MBS forward sales contracts

  $ 510,569   $ 16,424,121   $ (14,423,502 ) $ 2,511,188  

MBS forward purchase contracts

  $ 130,900   $ 10,197,428   $ (9,427,128 ) $ 901,200  

MBS option purchase contracts

  $ 32,000   $ 1,053,000   $ (750,000 ) $ 335,000  

Nine months ended September 30, 2011

                         

MBS forward sales contracts

  $ 27,700   $ 684,525   $ (473,153 ) $ 239,072  

MBS forward purchase contracts

  $ 2,908   $ 262,361   $ (246,068 ) $ 19,201  

MBS option purchase contracts

  $ 2,000   $ 61,500   $ (22,500 ) $ 41,000  

        The Company recorded net gains or (loss) on derivative financial instruments totaling $(324,000) and $1,038,000 for the nine month periods ending September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Derivative gains and losses are included in Change in fair value of mortgage loans held for sale at fair value in the Company's consolidated statements of income.

Note 17—Members' Equity

        During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company's limited liability company agreement was amended to issue additional preferred units and raise approximately $36 million from the preferred members, to issue additional common units to common members, to adopt the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, and to provide for Class C common units.

        Subscriptions receivable are amounts due from certain members who are holders of preferred units, and earn interest at rates of between 4% and 8% annually. Interest is collectible from the distribution of the preferred return and receivables will be satisfied no later than at the time of income distribution to the members, in accordance with the limited liability company agreement.

        Only the preferred units have voting rights. Each preferred unit entitles the holder to one vote per preferred unit on any matters to be decided by a vote of the members. No other member and no other class of units have voting rights. Preferred unit holders are entitled to a preferred return of 8% per year on their capital contributions. In the event of liquidation, preferred unit holders are entitled to their accumulated unpaid return plus return of the face amount of their contributions before any distributions are made to any other class of unit holders, including common unit holders.

Note 18—Mortgage Servicing Rebate (to) from Funds

        The Company provided a waiver to the Investment Funds relating to the "at cost" servicing fee amounting to approximately $2,462,000, which reduced the servicing rebate receivable to approximately $3,139,000 as of December 31, 2011.

F-93


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 19—Change in Fair Value of Mortgage Loans Held for Sale at Fair Value

        Change in fair value of mortgage loans held for sale is summarized below for the years presented:

 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash gain (loss) on sale:

             

Loan proceeds

  $ 49,695   $ 4,536  

Hedging activities

    (40,276 )   (2,998 )
           

    9,419     1,538  
           

Non-cash changes in fair value:

             

Mortgage servicing rights received as proceeds on sale

    51,006     3,193  

Provision for representations and warranties on loans sold

    (1,856 )   (124 )

Change in fair value of commitments to fund mortgage loans

    25,527     1,099  

Change in fair value relating to loans and hedging instruments acquired for sale at year-end:

             

Loans

    8,637     577  

Hedging activities

    (24,246 )   (2,388 )
           

Total non-cash changes in fair value relating to loans and hedging instruments held at year-end

    (15,609 )   (1,811 )
           

Total non-cash changes in fair value

    59,068     2,357  
           

  $ 68,487   $ 3,895  
           

Note 20—Stock-Based Compensation

        The Company has three formal equity based compensation plans:

    A Common Equity Compensation Plan by which it may award up to 15% of its total equity in the form of Common units to key members of the Company's management. Common units are subordinate to the Company's preferred units. The common units vest over a three-or four-year period. Vesting of four-year awards starts on the grantees' date of hire and are 25% vested on the second anniversary, and 50% and 100% vested in the total award on the third and fourth anniversaries, respectively. Vesting of three-year awards begins on the award date. The Common units have a strike price equal to zero on the date of grant. Several key management members of the Company have received common units. Unvested Common Units under this plan have the rights to participate in distributed earnings, undistributed earnings allocable to these Unvested Common Units are forfeitable.

    A Class C common equity plan by which it may award up to 3% of its total equity to key members of the management of its correspondent lending group. Class C common units vest over 4 years. Vesting occurs 12.5%, 12.5%, 25% and 50% on each successive year anniversary of the award date. The Class C units have a strike price equal to zero on the date of grant. Unvested Common Units under this plan have the rights to participate in distributed and undistributed earnings; and

F-94


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 20—Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

    The 2011 Equity Incentive Plan by which it may grant common units to key employees that vest immediately. The first units earned under the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan will not be issued until 2013. The Equity Incentive Plan Common units have a strike price equal to zero on the date of grant.

        The awards contain certain repurchase provisions which could result in an award being settled in cash at the option of the Company, in the event of certain types of termination scenarios. The Company established a policy that settlement will not occur until the point in time where the unit holder has borne sufficient risks and rewards of equity ownership, assumed as six months and one day post vesting.

    Common Unit Incentive Plan

        The table below summarizes common unit activity and compensation expense under the common unit incentive plan for the years presented:

 
  As of and for the nine months
ended September 30,
 
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands
except for per unit data)

 

Number of units:

             

Outstanding at beginning of period

    12,174     9,588  

Granted

    324     6,933  

Vested

    (5,350 )   (3,849 )

Canceled

        (498 )
           

Outstanding at end of period

    7,148     12,174  
           

Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value:

             

Outstanding at beginning of period

  $ 393   $ 393  

Granted

         

Vested

    416     408  

Expired or canceled

        447  
           

Outstanding at end of period

  $ 398   $ 398  
           

Units available for future awards

        311  

Units vested and expected to vest

             

Compensation expense recorded during the period

  $ 966   $ 1,019  

Unamortized costs at period end

  $ 357   $ 1,080  

        As of September 30, 2012, the weighted-average remaining vesting term of unvested units was approximately 4 months.

    Class C Awards

        The Company issued Class C units initially during November 2011 and periodically during 2012 as awards to employees of the Company's correspondent lending group. The Class C units are subject to

F-95


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 20—Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

the participation preferences and other rights of the preferred units and common units as described above. No Class C units have vested, cancelled or forfeited as of September 30, 2012.

        The Company is recording expense relating to the grant date fair values of the Class C units awarded over the vesting periods. The Class C units vest over four years from their award dates as follows: 12.5%, 12.5%, 25% and 50%, respectively. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012 $288,000 was recognized as compensation expense related to the Class C unit awards. The fair value of unvested Class C unit awards at September 30, 2012 was $994,000. The unamortized compensation cost related to the Class C unit awards at September 30, 2012 was $706,000.

        The following is the activity for the Class C Units during the period from January 1 to September 30, 2012:

 
  Number of
Awards
 

Units outstanding as of December 31, 2011

    2,932  

Units awarded, nine months ended September 30, 2012

    495  
       

Units outstanding as of September 30, 2012

    3,427  
       

Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value:

       

Outstanding at beginning of year

  $ 196  

Granted

  $ 805  

Vested

     

Expired or canceled

     
       

Outstanding at end of year

  $ 288  
       

Units available for future awards

    901  

Compensation expense recorded during the period

  $ 288,000  

Unamortized costs at period end

  $ 706,000  

    2011 Incentive Plan

        The Company has 2011 Incentive Plan Common Unit awards (2011 unit awards) where the terms and conditions were communicated to employees and key members of management of the Company during 2012. The 2011 unit awards are subject to the participation preferences and other rights of the Preferred Units and Common Units as described in note 4 along with performance metrics established for the 2012 vesting period in accordance with the 2011 Incentive Plan agreement. The service period for these awards precedes the Grant date which is expected to be established on January 1, 2013. At each reporting period, the Partnership assesses the probability of the likelihood that the performance metrics will be achieved and the 2011 unit awards will become eligible to vest. These performance metrics became probable of being achieved during 2012 and the Company is recording expense relating to the estimated fair values of the unit awards over the service period. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, $12,115,000 was recognized as compensation expense related to the 2011 unit awards. The fair value of unvested 2011 unit awards at September 30, 2012 was $16,154,000. The unamortized compensation expense related to the 2011 unit awards at September 30, 2012 was $4,038,000.

F-96


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 20—Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        The following is the activity for the 2011 unit awards during the period from January 1 to September 30, 2012:

 
  Estimated number
of awards
 

As of December 31, 2011

     

Estimated number of Unit Awards

    3,545  
       

As of September 30, 2012

    3,545  
       

Weighted Average Service Period Fair Value:

       

Outstanding at beginning of year

  $  

Estimated number of Unit Awards

  $ 4,557  

Vested

     

Expired or canceled

     
       

Outstanding at end of year

  $ 4,557  
       

Units available for future awards

    2,525  

Compensation expense recorded during the period

  $ 12,115,000  

Unamortized costs at period end

  $ 4,038,000  

        The Class C Unit and Common Unit awards contain certain repurchase provisions which could result in an award being settled in cash at the option of the Company alone, in the event of certain types of termination scenarios. The Company established a policy that settlement will not occur until the point in time where the unit holder has borne sufficient risks and rewards of equity ownership, assumed as six months and one day post vesting.

    Valuation of Stock Based Compensation Awards

        The valuation of Stock Based Compensation Awards during 2011 and 2012 was estimated using a combination of the income and market approaches to estimate the fair value of the Company, and the options pricing model to estimate the fair value of the Unit awards. Under this approach, the Company's various classes of units' are valued as call options based on their respective claims on the assets of the Company. The characteristics of the unit classes, as determined by the Company's limited liability company agreement, determine respective units' claims on the Company's assets relative to each other and the other components of the Company's capital structure. Periodic valuations are performed in order to properly recognize equity-based compensation expense.

        The valuations of our Stock based compensation awards was developed using the income approach, specifically a discounted cash flow analysis, and the market approach to determine the value of the Company. The discounted cash flow analysis was developed based on our forecasts. The market approach was developed by applying market multiples of comparable peer companies in our industry or similar lines of business. The values determined by the income and the market approach were combined by weighting the income and market approaches equally. The primary assumptions used in the determination of the fair value of the Company using the discounted cash flow method were the discount rate, terminal capitalization rate, and growth rate assumptions.

F-97


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 20—Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        The aggregate value was then allocated to each class of units utilizing the options pricing model using the following assumptions:

Assumption
  May 1,
2012
  January 1,
2012
  November 1,
2011
  October 1,
2011
 

Time to liquidity event

    .67 years     1.00 years     1.17 years     1.25 years  

Risk-free rate

    0.08 %   0.15 %   0.15 %   0.16 %

Dividend Yield

    0.00 %   0.00 %   0.00 %   0.00 %

Volatility

    40.00 %   40.00 %   40.00 %   40.00 %

        The value derived from the options pricing model was reduced by the following in the determination of fair values of the awards at each of the following dates:

Assumption
  May 1,
2012
  January 1,
2012
  November 1,
2011
  October 1,
2011
 

Lack of Marketability Discount

    20 %   20% to 25%     25% to 30%     20 %

Lack of Control Discount

    17 %   17%     17%     17 %

Note 21—Supplemental Cash Flow Information

 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash paid for interest

  $ 4,227   $ 805  

Non-cash investing activity:

             

Receipt of MSRs created in loan sales activities

  $ 51,006   $ 2,951  

Non-cash financing activity:

             

Cancellation of stock subscription

  $ 143   $ 61  

Stock subscription

  $ 125   $ 517  

Concurrent contribution and distribution

      $ 14,968  

Note 22—Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements

        The Company, through PLS, is required to maintain specified levels of equity to remain a seller/servicer in good standing by the Agencies. Such equity requirements generally are tied to the size of the Company's loan servicing portfolio or loan origination volume.

F-98


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 22—Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements (Continued)

        The Agencies' capital requirements, the calculations of which are specified by each Agency, are summarized below:

 
  September 30, 2012   December 31, 2011  
Agency
  Net worth(1)   Required   Net worth(1)   Required  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Fannie Mae—PLS

  $ 134,276   $ 21,208   $ 67,796   $ 7,122  

Freddie Mac—PLS

  $ 134,708   $ 18,985   $ 68,107   $ 2,000  

Government National Mortgage Association:

                         

Issuer—PLS

  $ 65,480   $ 14,849   $ 50,626   $ 2,490  

Issuer's parent—PNMAC

  $ 110,499   $ 16,334   $ 91,677   $ 2,739  

HUD—PLS

  $ 65,480   $ 1,000   $ 50,626   $ 1,000  

(1)
Calculated in compliance with the respective Agency's requirements

        Management believes that the Company had Agency capital in excess of these requirements at September 30, 2012.

        Noncompliance with the respective agencies' capital requirements can result in the respective Agency taking various remedial actions up to and including removing the Company's ability to sell loans to and service loans on behalf of the respective Agency.

Note 23—Commitments and Contingencies

    Commitments to Fund and Sell Mortgage Loans

 
  September 30,
2012
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Commitments to purchase mortgage loans from PMT

  $ 1,264,054  

Commitments to fund mortgage loans

    206,536  
       

  $ 1,470,590  
       

Commitments to sell mortgage loans

  $ 2,511,188  
       

F-99


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 23—Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

    Other Contractual Commitments

        The Company leases its primary office facilities under an agreement that expires on February 28, 2017. The Company also licenses certain software to support its loan servicing operations. Commitments for payments under these agreements are summarized below:

September 30,
  Software
licenses(1)
  Office
lease
  Less: office
sublease
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

2013

  $ 1,992   $ 2,633   $ 336   $ 4,289  

2014

    1,992     2,354         4,346  

2015

    1,494     2,715         4,209  

2016

        2,679         2,679  

2017

        1,157         1,157  

Thereafter

                 
                   

  $ 5,478   $ 11,538   $ 336   $ 16,680  
                   

(1)
Software licenses include both volume and activity-based fees that are dependent on the number of loans serviced during each period and include a base fee of approximately $452,000 per year. Estimated payments for software licenses above are based on the number of loans currently serviced by the Company, which totaled approximately 81,000 at September 30, 2012. Future amounts due may significantly fluctuate based on changes in the number of loans serviced by the Company. For the nine months ended September 30, 2012, software license fees totaled $1.5 million.

        During 2011, the Company entered into a leasing arrangement to relocate its corporate offices. As a result of that agreement, PNMAC subleased its existing facilities and included a loss relating to the sublease of $1,155,000 in occupancy expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. Office lease expense (including the provision for losses on the sublease rents and sublease income) totaled $1,201,000 and $2,366,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

    Examination of Federal Income Tax Filings

        As of September 30, 2012, the Internal Revenue Service was conducting an examination of the Company's federal income tax filings for the year ended December 31, 2010. No other federal or state examination was in progress as of September 30, 2012.

    Litigation

        The business of the Company involves the collection of numerous accounts as well as the validity of liens and compliance with various state and federal lending and servicing laws; as such the Company is subject to various legal proceedings in the normal course of business. As of September 30, 2012, there were no material current or pending claims against the Company.

Note 24—Segments and Related Information

        The Company has two business segments: mortgage banking and investment management.

F-100


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 24—Segments and Related Information (Continued)

        The investment management segment represents the activities of the Company's investment manager, which include sourcing, performing diligence, bidding and completion of asset acquisitions and managing the acquired assets for the Investment Funds and PMT.

        The investment management segment presently focuses on investments in distressed mortgage assets, which include mortgage loans that are either in default or are perceived to be at higher risk of default. The investment management segment then seeks to maximize the value of the mortgage loans through the direction of effective "high touch" servicing by the mortgage banking segment. "High touch" servicing is based on significant levels of borrower outreach and contact, and the ability to implement long-term, sustainable loan modification and restructuring programs that address borrowers' ability and willingness to pay their mortgage loans. Where this is not possible, the investment management segment seeks to effect property resolution in a timely, orderly and economically efficient manner for the investor.

        The mortgage banking segment represents the Company's operations aimed at servicing mortgage loans managed by the investment management segment, including executing the loan resolution strategy identified by the investment management segment, and originating, purchasing, selling and servicing newly originated mortgage loans.

        Financial highlights by operating segment for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

Nine months ended September 30, 2012
  Investment
management
  Mortgage
banking
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenues:

                   

External

                   

Net servicing income

  $   $ 25,346   $ 25,346  

Gain on mortgage loans held for sale

        68,487     68,487  

Fulfillment fees from PMT

        31,097     31,097  

Management fees

    17,046         17,046  

Carried Interest from Investment Funds

    7,255         7,255  

Interest

    3     2,036     2,039  

Other income

    506     5,564     6,070  

Intersegment

             
               

    24,810     132,530     157,340  
               

Expenses:

                   

Interest

        4,227     4,227  

Other

    7,069     73,243     80,312  
               

    7,069     77,470     84,539  
               

Net income

  $ 17,741   $ 55,060   $ 72,801  
               

Segment assets at period end

  $ 60,883   $ 641,816   $ 702,699  
               

F-101


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 24—Segments and Related Information (Continued)


Nine months ended September 30, 2011
  Investment
management
  Mortgage
banking
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenues:

                   

External

                   

Net servicing income

  $   $ 22,910   $ 22,910  

Gain on mortgage loans held for sale

        3,895     3,895  

Fulfillment fees from PMT

        358     358  

Management fees

    14,500         14,500  

Carried Interest from Investment Funds

    10,348         10,348  

Interest

    3     581     584  

Other

    (169 )   563     394  

Intersegment

             
               

    24,682     28,307     52,989  
               

Expenses:

                   

Interest

        806     806  

Other

    6,078     34,625     40,703  
               

    6,078     35,431     41,509  
               

Net income (loss)

  $ 18,604   $ (7,124 ) $ 11,480  
               

Segment assets at period end

  $ 44,417   $ 167,900   $ 212,317  
               

        The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in Note 3— Significant Accounting Policies .

Note 25—Subsequent Events

        Management has evaluated all events or transactions through February 7, 2013, the date the Company issued these financial statements. During this period:

        The Company made tax distributions of $4.5 million and $9.4 million to our unit holders in December 2012 and January 2013, respectively.

        On February 1, 2013, the Company entered into the following agreements with PMT and its subsidiaries: Amended and Restated Management Agreement (the "Management Agreement"), by and among PMT, PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P., a wholly-owned subsidiary of PMT (the "Operating Partnership") and PCM; Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement (the "Servicing Agreement"), between the Operating Partnership and PLS; Mortgage Banking and Warehouse Services Agreement ("MBWS Agreement"), between PLS and PennyMac Corp., a wholly-owned, indirect subsidiary of PMT; MSR Recapture Agreement ("MSR Recapture Agreement"), between PLS and PennyMac Corp.; Master Spread Acquisition and MSR Servicing Agreement ("Spread Acquisition and MSR Servicing Agreement"), between PLS and the Operating Partnership; and Amended and Restated Underwriting Fee Reimbursement Agreement ("Reimbursement Agreement"), by and among PMT, the Operating Partnership and PCM. The initial term of all of the agreements other than the Reimbursement Agreement expires on February 1, 2017, subject to automatic renewal for additional

F-102


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 25—Subsequent Events (Continued)

18-month periods, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the terms of the respective agreements. The Reimbursement Agreement expires on February 1, 2019.

        The Management Agreement was amended to provide for the payment to PCM of a base management fee and a performance incentive fee, both payable quarterly and in arrears. The base management fee is equal to the sum of (i) 1.5% per annum of shareholders' equity up to $2 billion, (ii) 1.375% per annum of shareholders' equity in excess of $2 billion and up to $5 billion, and (iii) 1.25% per annum of shareholders' equity in excess of $5 billion. The performance incentive fee is calculated at a defined annualized percentage of the amount by which "net income," on a rolling four-quarter basis and before the incentive fee, exceeds certain levels of return on "equity." "Net income," for purposes of determining the amount of the performance incentive fee, is defined as net income or loss computed in accordance with GAAP and adjusted for certain non cash charges.

        The Servicing Agreement was amended to provide for servicing fees payable to PLS that changed from a percentage of the loan's UPB to fixed per-loan monthly amounts based on the delinquency, bankruptcy and/or foreclosure status of the serviced loan or the real estate acquired in settlement of a loan.

        The MBWS Agreement provides for a fulfillment fee paid to PLS based on the type of mortgage loan that PMT acquires. The fulfillment fee is equal to a percentage of the unpaid principal balance of such mortgage loan. The terms of the MBWS agreement are similar to the prior MBWS agreement, with the addition of potential fee rate discounts applicable to PMT's monthly purchase volume in excess of designated thresholds. The Company has also agreed to provide such services exclusively for PMT's benefit, and PLS and its affiliates are prohibited from providing such services for any other third party.

        Pursuant to the terms of the MSR Recapture Agreement, if PLS refinances via its retail lending business loans for which PMT previously held the MSRs, PLS is generally required to transfer and convey to PennyMac Corp., without cost to PennyMac Corp., the MSRs with respect to new mortgage loans originated in those refinancings (or, under certain circumstances, other mortgage loans) that have an aggregate unpaid principal balance that is not less than 30% of the aggregate unpaid principal balance of all the loans so originated.

        Pursuant to the Spread Acquisition and MSR Servicing Agreement, PMT may acquire from PLS the rights to receive certain excess servicing spread arising from mortgage servicing rights acquired by PLS, in which case PLS generally would be required to service or subservice the related mortgage loans. The terms of each transaction under the Spread Acquisition and MSR Servicing Agreement will be subject to the terms of such agreement as modified and supplemented by the terms of a confirmation executed in connection with such transaction.

        Pursuant to the Reimbursement Agreement, the Company may be entitled to reimbursement of certain payments. In connection with the initial public offering of PMT's common shares, on August 4, 2009, PCM entered into an agreement with PMT pursuant to which PMT agreed to reimburse PCM for a $2.9 million payment that it made to the underwriters of the IPO if PMT satisfied certain performance measures over a specified period of time. Such reimbursements are contingent on earning a performance incentive fee under the Management Agreement and are subject to specified maximum payments in any 12-month period.

F-103


Table of Contents


PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 25—Subsequent Events (Continued)

        The Company made distributions of $5.8 million to unit holders on February 6, 2013. These distributions were used to repay loans and advances that had been made to facilitate the acquisition of preferred units of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC.

F-104


Table of Contents

                Shares

PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.

Class A Common Stock

GRAPHIC




PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

                        , 2013


Citigroup   BofA Merrill Lynch   Credit Suisse   Goldman, Sachs & Co.

        Until                                     , 2013 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect buy, sell or trade shares of our Class A common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriter and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

   


Table of Contents


PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

        The following table sets forth the fees and expenses in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered (excluding the underwriting discount). Except for the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, filing fee, all amounts are estimates.

 
  Amount Paid
or to be Paid
 

SEC registration fee

  $ 39,215  

FINRA filing fee

    43,625  

NYSE listing fee

       

Legal fees and expenses

       

Accounting fees and expenses

       

Printing expenses

       

Transfer and registrar fee

       

Miscellaneous

       
       

Total

       
       

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

        Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a corporation's board of directors to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors, and other corporate agents.

        As permitted by Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation, which will be amended and restated and in effect upon the completion of the offering, provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, no director will be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Pursuant to Delaware law such protection would be not available for liability:

    for any breach of a duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

    for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    for any transaction from which the director derived an improper benefit; or

    for an act or omission for which the liability of a director is expressly provided by an applicable statute, including unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that if Delaware law is amended after the approval by our stockholders of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

        Our bylaws, which will be amended and restated and in effect upon the completion of the offering, further provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. The amended and restated bylaws also authorize us to indemnify any of our employees or agents and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or agent for

II-1


Table of Contents

any liability arising out of his or her action in that capacity, whether or not Delaware law would otherwise permit indemnification.

        In addition, our amended and restated bylaws provide that we are required to advance expenses to our directors and officers as incurred in connection with legal proceedings against them for which they may be indemnified and that the rights conferred in the amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive.

        At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

        We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, would require us to indemnify each director and officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, for expenses such as, among other things, attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, and settlement amounts incurred by the director or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action by or in our right, arising out of the person's services as our director or executive officer or as the director or executive officer of any subsidiary of ours or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request. We also maintain directors' and officers' liability insurance.

        The SEC has taken the position that personal liability of directors for violation of the federal securities laws cannot be limited and that indemnification by us for any such violation is unenforceable. The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder's investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions.

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)
Exhibits

Number   Description
  1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1 * Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant
  3.2 * Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant
  4.1 * Specimen Class A Common Stock Certificate
  5.1 * Opinion of Bingham McCutchen LLP
  10.1 * Form of Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC
  10.2 * Form of Tax Receivable Agreement
  10.3 * Form of Exchange Agreement
  10.4 * Form of Registration Rights Agreement
  10.5 *† PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the "2013 Plan")
  10.6 *† Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2013 Plan
  10.7 *† Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the 2013 Plan
  10.8 *† Form of Director Indemnification Agreement
  10.9   Mortgage Banking and Warehouse Services Agreement, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and PennyMac Corp., effective as of February 1, 2013
  10.10   Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P., dated as of February 1, 2013

II-2


Table of Contents

Number   Description
  10.11   MSR Recapture Agreement, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and PennyMac Corp., effective as of February 1, 2013
  10.12   Amended and Restated Management Agreement, by and among PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. and PNMAC Capital Management, LLC, dated as of February 1, 2013
  10.13   Amended and Restated Underwriting Fee Reimbursement Agreement, by and among PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. and PNMAC Capital Management, LLC, dated as of February 1, 2013
  10.14 * Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement, by and between PNMAC Mortgage Co., LLC and PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, dated August 1, 2010
  10.15   Second Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement, by and between PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund Investors, LLC and PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, dated August 1, 2008, as amended effective as of January 1, 2012
  10.16   Investment Management Agreement, by and between PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, L.P. and PNMAC Capital Management, LLC, as amended and restated May 26, 2011
  10.17   Investment Management Agreement between PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund Investors, LLC and PNMAC Capital Management, LLC dated August 1, 2008
  10.18   Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of March 17, 2011, by and among Bank of America, N.A., PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC
  10.19   Amendment No. 1 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of July 21, 2011, Amendment No. 2 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of March 23, 2012, Amendment No. 3 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of August 28, 2012 and Amendment No. 4 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of January 3, 2013, in each case, by and among Bank of America, N.A., PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC
  10.20   Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of June 26, 2012, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Citibank, N.A.
  10.21   Amendment Number One to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2012, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Citibank, N.A.
  10.22   Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 27, 2012, between Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC
  10.23   Amendment No. 1 to Second Amended and Restated Loan Security Agreement, dated as of December 12, 2012, among Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC
  10.24 Master Repurchase Agreement, by and among Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, dated as of August 14, 2009

II-3


Table of Contents

Number   Description
  10.25 Amendment No. 1 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of November 20, 2009, Amendment No. 2 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of May 6, 2010, Amendment No. 3 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of July 14, 2010, Amendment No. 4 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of August 10, 2010, Amendment No. 5 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of August 10, 2011, Amendment No. 6 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2011, Amendment No. 7 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2011, Amendment No. 8 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of February 2, 2012, Amendment No. 9 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of March 6, 2012, Amendment No. 10 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of August 6, 2012, Amendment No. 11 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of September 10, 2012, Amendment No. 12 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of September 18, 2012, Amendment No. 13 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of September 21, 2012 and Amendment No. 14 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of December 12, 2012, in each case, by and among Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC
  10.26   Master Spread Acquisition and MSR Servicing Agreement, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P., dated as of February 1, 2013
  10.27 * Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement, by and between PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, LP and PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, dated as of August 1, 2010
  10.28   Confidentiality Agreement, by and between PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust and PNMAC Capital Management, LLC, dated as of February 6, 2013
  14.1 * Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
  21.1 * Subsidiaries of the Registrant
  23.1 * Consent of Bingham McCutchen LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
  23.2   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
  24.1   Power of Attorney (on signature page)

*
To be filed by amendment

Indicates management contract or compensation plan

Indicates confidential treatment has been requested with respect to specific portions of this exhibit. Omitted portions have been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(b)
Financial Statement Schedules

        All schedules have been omitted because they are not required or because the required information is given in the financial statements or notes to those statements.

Item 17.    Undertakings.

        The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director,

II-4


Table of Contents

officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

    (1)
    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

    (2)
    For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-5


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Moorpark, State of California, on February 7, 2013.

    PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ STANFORD KURLAND

Stanford Kurland
Chief Executive Officer


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Stanford L. Kurland and Jeffrey P. Grogin his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by the registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming that all said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ STANFORD KURLAND

Stanford Kurland
  Chief Executive Officer and Director
(principal executive officer)
  February 7, 2013

/s/ ANNE MCCALLION

Anne McCallion

 

Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)

 

February 7, 2013

/s/ DAVID SPECTOR

David Spector

 

Director

 

February 7, 2013

/s/ MATTHEW BOTEIN

Matthew Botein

 

Director

 

February 7, 2013

/s/ JOSEPH MAZZELLA

Joseph Mazzella

 

Director

 

February 7, 2013

/s/ FARHAD NANJI

Farhad Nanji

 

Director

 

February 7, 2013

/s/ MARK WIEDMAN

Mark Wiedman

 

Director

 

February 7, 2013

II-6


Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

Number   Description
  1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1 * Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant
  3.2 * Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant
  4.1 * Specimen Class A Common Stock Certificate
  5.1 * Opinion of Bingham McCutchen LLP
  10.1 * Form of Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC
  10.2 * Form of Tax Receivable Agreement
  10.3 * Form of Exchange Agreement
  10.4 * Form of Registration Rights Agreement
  10.5 *† PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the "2013 Plan")
  10.6 *† Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2013 Plan
  10.7 *† Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the 2013 Plan
  10.8 *† Form of Director Indemnification Agreement
  10.9   Mortgage Banking and Warehouse Services Agreement, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and PennyMac Corp., effective as of February 1, 2013
  10.10   Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P., dated as of February 1, 2013
  10.11   MSR Recapture Agreement, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and PennyMac Corp., effective as of February 1, 2013
  10.12   Amended and Restated Management Agreement, by and among PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. and PNMAC Capital Management, LLC, dated as of February 1, 2013
  10.13   Amended and Restated Underwriting Fee Reimbursement Agreement, by and among PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. and PNMAC Capital Management, LLC, dated as of February 1, 2013
  10.14 * Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement, by and between PNMAC Mortgage Co., LLC and PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, dated August 1, 2010
  10.15   Second Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement, by and between PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund Investors, LLC and PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, dated August 1, 2008, as amended effective as of January 1, 2012
  10.16   Investment Management Agreement, by and between PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, L.P. and PNMAC Capital Management, LLC, as amended and restated May 26, 2011
  10.17   Investment Management Agreement between PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund Investors, LLC and PNMAC Capital Management, LLC dated August 1, 2008
  10.18   Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of March 17, 2011, by and among Bank of America, N.A., PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC
  10.19   Amendment No. 1 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of July 21, 2011, Amendment No. 2 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of March 23, 2012, Amendment No. 3 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of August 28, 2012 and Amendment No. 4 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of January 3, 2013, in each case, by and among Bank of America, N.A., PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC
  10.20   Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of June 26, 2012, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Citibank, N.A.
  10.21   Amendment Number One to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2012, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Citibank, N.A.

II-7


Table of Contents

Number   Description
  10.22   Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 27, 2012, between Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC
  10.23   Amendment No. 1 to Second Amended and Restated Loan Security Agreement, dated as of December 12, 2012, among Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC
  10.24 Master Repurchase Agreement, by and among Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, dated as of August 14, 2009
  10.25 Amendment No. 1 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of November 20, 2009, Amendment No. 2 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of May 6, 2010, Amendment No. 3 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of July 14, 2010, Amendment No. 4 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of August 10, 2010, Amendment No. 5 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of August 10, 2011, Amendment No. 6 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2011, Amendment No. 7 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2011, Amendment No. 8 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of February 2, 2012, Amendment No. 9 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of March 6, 2012, Amendment No. 10 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of August 6, 2012, Amendment No. 11 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of September 10, 2012, Amendment No. 12 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of September 18, 2012, Amendment No. 13 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of September 21, 2012 and Amendment No. 14 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of December 12, 2012, in each case, by and among Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC
  10.26   Master Spread Acquisition and MSR Servicing Agreement, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P., dated as of February 1, 2013
  10.27 * Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement, by and between PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, LP and PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, dated as of August 1, 2010
  10.28   Confidentiality Agreement, by and between PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust and PNMAC Capital Management, LLC, dated as of February 6, 2013
  14.1 * Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
  21.1 * Subsidiaries of the Registrant
  23.1 * Consent of Bingham McCutchen LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
  23.2   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
  24.1   Power of Attorney (on signature page)

*
To be filed by amendment

Indicates management contract or compensation plan

Indicates confidential treatment has been requested with respect to specific portions of this exhibit. Omitted portions have been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

II-8




Exhibit 10.9

 

Execution Version

 

MORTGAGE BANKING AND

WAREHOUSE SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

This Mortgage Banking and Warehouse Services Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, for and on behalf of itself and its Affiliates (collectively, the “ Service Provider ”), and PennyMac Corp., a Delaware corporation, for and on behalf of itself and its Affiliates (collectively, the “ Company ”), and is effective as of February 1, 2013.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company engages in the business of purchasing conventional, government and jumbo residential mortgage loans from originators under the correspondent lending program established by the Company;

 

WHEREAS, the Company may establish repurchase facilities and credit agreements to provide warehouse financing for originators of conventional, government and jumbo residential mortgage loans;

 

WHEREAS, the Service Provider provides mortgage banking and warehouse services relating to the acquisition, financing and disposition of residential mortgage loans; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Service Provider desire to set forth the terms of such services and the compensation to which the Service Provider shall be entitled for performing such services;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and agreements set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and the sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.01                              Definitions .  For purposes of this Agreement, the following capitalized terms, unless the context otherwise requires, shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person controlling or controlled by or under common control with such specified Person.  For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by management contract or otherwise and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing; provided , however , that Affiliates of the Company shall include only PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust and its wholly-owned subsidiaries.

 


 

Business Day ” means any day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, or (ii) a day on which banking and savings and loan institutions in the States of California or New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to be closed.

 

Correspondent ” means a lender that originates conventional, government and/or jumbo residential mortgage loans under the correspondent lending program established by the Company and its Affiliates.

 

Customer Information ” means any personally identifiable information or records in any form (written, electronic, or otherwise) relating to a mortgagor, including, but not limited to, a mortgagor’s name, address, telephone number, loan number, loan payment history, delinquency status, insurance carrier or payment information, tax amount or payment information; the fact that the mortgagor has a relationship with the lender; and any other mortgagor financial information.

 

Early Purchase Program ” means a purchase program offered by the Company to certain of its Correspondents that provides for the early purchase and sale of Mortgage Loans by a Correspondent to the Company.  Such purchase and sale is subject to the Company’s holdback of a percentage of the related purchase price while the Company, through the Service Provider, completes its due diligence and ensures that such Mortgage Loans meet the eligibility requirements of the Company’s correspondent lending program.

 

Facility ” means the repurchase facility or warehouse line of credit established under a Facility Agreement.

 

Facility Agreement ” means the repurchase agreement between the Company and a Transaction Counterparty, the applicable custodial agreement and all documents ancillary thereto pursuant to which the Company has committed, subject to terms and conditions, to enter into Transactions with a Transaction Counterparty, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

Facility Documents ” means the Facility Agreement, pricing letter, the applicable custodial agreement, the applicable electronic tracking agreement, confirmations and all documents ancillary thereto that evidence a Transaction and any material modifications thereto.

 

Fannie Mae ” means the Federal National Mortgage Association, or any successor thereto.

 

Fannie Mae Guide ” means, collectively, the Fannie Mae Selling Guide and Servicing Guide, as such Guides may be amended from time to time hereafter.

 

Fannie Mae Mortgage Loan ” means a Mortgage Loan underwritten in accordance with the guidelines of Fannie Mae described in the Fannie Mae Guide.

 

Freddie Mac ” means the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, or any successor thereto.

 

2



 

Freddie Mac Guide ” means the Freddie Mac Single-Family Seller/Servicer Guide, as such Guide may be amended from time to time hereafter.

 

Freddie Mac Mortgage Loan ” means a mortgage loan underwritten in accordance with the guidelines of Freddie Mac described in the Freddie Mac Guide.

 

Fulfillment Fees ” means the fees set forth on Exhibit A that are payable by the Company to the Service Provider in partial consideration for the services provided by the Service Provider.

 

Ginnie Mae ” means the Government National Mortgage Association, or any successor thereto.

 

Ginnie Mae Guide ” means the Ginnie Mae Mortgage-Backed Securities Guide, as such Guide may be amended from time to time hereafter.

 

Ginnie Mae Mortgage Loan ” means a Mortgage Loan underwritten in accordance with the guidelines of Ginnie Mae described in the Ginnie Mae Guide.

 

Guide ” means the Fannie Mae Guide, the Freddie Mac Guide, the Ginnie Mae Guide or the PennyMac Guide, as applicable.

 

HARP Mortgage Loan ” means a Mortgage Loan eligible under the Home Affordable Refinance Program of the Departments of the Treasury and Housing and Urban Development.

 

HUD ” means the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development, or any successor thereto.

 

Loan Commitment ” means a loan commitment or confirmation issued by the Company to a Correspondent that evidences the intent of the Company to purchase, and the Correspondent to sell, a Mortgage Loan.

 

Loan Commitment Price ” means the percentage of Par at which the Company has agreed to purchase, and a Correspondent has agreed to sell, the Mortgage Loan relating to a Loan Commitment.

 

LTV ” or “ Loan-to-Value Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the fraction, expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is the principal balance of the related Mortgage Loan at such date and the denominator of which is the lesser of (a) the appraised value of the underlying property at the origination of such Mortgage Loan, and (b) if the underlying property was purchased within twelve (12) months of the origination of the Mortgage Loan, the purchase price of such property.

 

MERS ” means Mortgage Electronic Registration Systems, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, or any successor thereto.

 

MERS Identification Number ” means the mortgage identification number for any Mortgage Loan registered with MERS on the MERS® System.

 

3



 

MERS® System ” means the system of recording transfers of mortgages electronically maintained by MERS.

 

Monthly Payment ” means the scheduled monthly payment of principal and interest on a Mortgage Loan.

 

Mortgage File ” means, with respect to a Mortgage Loan, the documents and instruments relating to such Mortgage Loan that are required to be delivered under the terms of the Facility and/or the PennyMac Guide, as applicable.

 

Mortgage Loan ” means a one-to-four family residential loan that is secured by a mortgage, deed of trust or other similar security instrument and originated by a Correspondent or a Transaction Counterparty. A Mortgage Loan includes the Mortgage Loan Documents, the Mortgage File, the monthly payments, any principal payments or prepayments, any related escrow accounts, the mortgage servicing rights and all other rights, benefits, proceeds and obligations arising from or in connection with such Mortgage Loan.

 

Mortgage Loan Documents ” means, with respect to a mortgage loan, the mortgage, deed of trust or other similar security instrument, the promissory note, any assignments and an electronic record or copy of the mortgage loan application.

 

Par ” means the principal balance of a Mortgage Loan.

 

PennyMac Guide ” means the PennyMac Seller’s Guide, as amended and supplemented from time to time.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

Purchase Date ” means the date on which the Service Provider purchases a Mortgage Loan from the Company.

 

Purchase Price ” means, with respect to each Mortgage Loan, a dollar amount equal to the sum of (a) Par multiplied by the sum of (i) the Loan Commitment Price and (ii) three (3) basis points, or .03%, plus (b) accrued interest on Par from and including the date on which the Company purchases the Mortgage Loan from a Correspondent to but excluding the Purchase Date, less (c) any loan administrative fee paid by the Correspondent to the Company in connection with its purchase of such Mortgage Loan.

 

Servicing Rights ” means, with respect to each Mortgage Loan, the right to do any and all of the following:  (a) service and administer such Mortgage Loan; (b) collect any payments or monies payable or received for servicing such Mortgage Loan; (c) collect any late fees, assumption fees, penalties or similar payments with respect to such Mortgage Loan; (d) enforce the provisions of all agreements or documents creating, defining or evidencing any such servicing rights and all rights of the servicer thereunder, including, but not limited to, any clean-up calls and termination options; (e) collect and apply any escrow payments or other similar payments with respect to such Mortgage Loan; (f) control and maintain all accounts and other

 

4



 

rights to payments related to any of the property described in the other clauses of this definition; (g) possess and use any and all documents, files, records, servicing files, servicing documents, servicing records, data tapes, computer records, or other information pertaining to such Mortgage Loan or pertaining to the past, present or prospective servicing of such Mortgage Loan; and (h) enforce any and all rights, powers and privileges incident to any of the foregoing.

 

Transaction ” means a transaction under a Facility Agreement between the Company and a Transaction Counterparty in which the Transaction Counterparty sells one or more Mortgage Loans to the Company against the transfer of funds by the Company, with the simultaneous agreement by the Company to transfer to such Transaction Counterparty such Mortgage Loans at a date certain against the transfer of funds by such Transaction Counterparty.

 

Transaction Counterparty ” means a lender that is a party to a Facility Agreement that has sold or may sell one or more Mortgage Loans to the Company pursuant to a Transaction.

 

Section 1.02                              General Interpretive Principles .  For purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)                                  The terms defined in this Agreement have the meanings assigned to them in this Agreement and include the plural as well as the singular, and the use of any gender herein shall be deemed to include the other gender;

 

(b)                                  Accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)                                   References herein to “Articles,” “Sections,” “Subsections,” “Paragraphs,” and other subdivisions without reference to a document are to designated Articles, Sections, Subsections, Paragraphs and other subdivisions of this Agreement;

 

(d)                                  A reference to a Subsection without further reference to a Section is a reference to such Subsection as contained in the same Section in which the reference appears, and this rule shall also apply to Paragraphs and other subdivisions;

 

(e)                                   The words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision; and

 

(f)                                    The term “include” or “including” shall mean without limitation by reason of enumeration.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Section 2.01                              Representations, Warranties and Agreements of the Service Provider .  The Service Provider hereby makes to the Company, as of the date hereof and as of the date of each Transaction, the representations and warranties set forth on Exhibit B .

 

5



 

Section 2.02                              Representations, Warranties and Agreements of the Company .  The Company hereby makes to the Service Provider, as of the date hereof and as of the date of each Transaction, the representations and warranties set forth on Exhibit C .

 

ARTICLE 3

 

TERM, ACQUISITIONS AND SERVICES

 

Section 3.01                              Term of Agreement .  This Agreement shall have an initial term of four years from the date hereof (the “ Initial Term ”) unless earlier terminated in accordance with this Section or Section 5.01 .  After the Initial Term, this Agreement shall be deemed renewed automatically every 18 months for an additional 18 month period (an “ Automatic Renewal Term ”) unless the Company or the Service Provider terminates this Agreement upon the expiration of the Initial Term or any Automatic Renewal Term and upon at least 180 days’ prior written notice to the Company or the Service Provider, as applicable.    Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) the MSR Recapture Agreement, between the Company and the Service Provider, dated as of February 1, 2013 (the “ MSR Recapture Agreement ”)  is terminated by the Company without cause as provided in such agreement, (ii) the Flow Servicing Agreement is terminated by PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. without cause as provided in such agreement or (iii) if the Amended and Restated Management Agreement, between PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. and PNMAC Capital Management, LLC, dated as of February 1, 2013 (the “ Management Agreement ”), is terminated by PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust without cause as provided in such agreement, the Service Provider shall have the right to terminate this Agreement without cause upon notice to the Company.  In addition, if (i) either of the MSR Recapture Agreement or the Flow Servicing Agreement is terminated by PennyMac Loan Services without cause as provided in each such agreement or (ii) the Management Agreement is terminated by PNMAC Capital Management, LLC without cause as provided in such agreement, the Company shall have the right to terminate this Agreement without cause upon notice to the Service Provider.  In the case of a non-renewal or termination of this Agreement by the Company for any reason, (i) the Company may require that the Service Provider continue to provide correspondent lending services for up to 6 months following the date of expiration or termination of this Agreement, and under such circumstances the then current fee structure and exclusivity obligations applicable to such services shall remain in effect, and (ii) the Company shall not, and shall not encourage any Affiliate or non-affiliated third party to, solicit for employment or retain in any capacity key employees of the Service Provider or its Affiliates (including any person who served as a key employee of the Service Provider or its Affiliates during the one year period prior to such notice), following notice of termination or non-renewal and for one year after expiration or termination of this Agreement, provided that the Company and its representatives may engage in general solicitations for employees (including through any recruiting firm that has not been directed to target employees of the Service Provider or its Affiliates) and employ, and/or encourage others to employ, any person who contacts the Company on his or her own initiative, without any solicitation by the Company, or as a result of such general advertisements for employment.  In the case of a non-renewal or termination of this Agreement by the Service Provider (other than pursuant to the final sentence of Section 5.01 hereof), the Company may require that the Service Provider continue to provide correspondent lending services for up to 12 months following the date of expiration or termination of this

 

6



 

Agreement, and under such circumstances the then current fee structure and exclusivity obligations applicable to such services shall remain in effect.

 

Section 3.02                              Exclusivity in Favor of Company .   During the term of this Agreement, as between the Company and the Service Provider, (i) the Service Provider shall perform the services identified in Section 3.03 and Section 3.04 exclusively for the benefit of the Company and (ii) the Service Provider and its Affiliates shall be prohibited from providing such services for any other third party; provided , however , if the Company is unable to purchase or finance Mortgage Loans as contemplated hereunder for any reason, including, without limitation, a lack of capacity, an inability to comply with applicable law or an inability to satisfy any income or asset tests applicable to real estate investment trusts under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, then such exclusivity and prohibition shall not apply and the Service Provider shall either purchase such Mortgage Loan from the Company for a cash purchase price equal to the Purchase Price, and on an “as is” basis and without recourse of any kind, or use commercially reasonable efforts to facilitate the sale of such Mortgage Loan on market terms and conditions as determined by the Service Provider in its sole discretion exercised in good faith.

 

Section 3.03                              Mortgage Banking Services .  During the term of this Agreement, the Service Provider shall provide the mortgage banking services set forth below:

 

(a)                                  The Service Provider shall provide fulfillment services in connection with each Mortgage Loan to be purchased or acquired by the Company under its correspondent lending program, as follows:

 

(i)                                      reviewing the Mortgage File to determine whether it contains all applicable Mortgage Loan Documents and contacting Correspondents to obtain missing documentation or the correction of inaccurate documentation;

 

(ii)                                   reviewing the Mortgage File and Mortgage Loan Documents to confirm generally that such Mortgage Loan is being originated and delivered in accordance with the applicable Guide;

 

(iii)                                reviewing such Mortgage Loan and assessing its marketability for sale and/or securitization into the secondary mortgage market;

 

(iv)                               retrieving data from the Mortgage File that is required in order for such Mortgage Loan to be properly serviced or as may be necessary or advisable in connection with a sale, pledge or repurchase transaction;

 

(v)                                  confirming that the Mortgage Loan is registered with the MERS® System and has a MERS Identification Number;

 

(vi)                               comparing borrower names to the U.S. Office of Foreign Assets Control database and, if so, notifying the Company and the Correspondent;

 

(vii)                            calculating the final purchase price for such Mortgage Loan based on its review of the Mortgage Loan Documents and then requesting funds and directing payment to the appropriate party;

 

7



 

(viii)                         causing the appointment of the Service Provider as servicer to service such Mortgage Loan under and in accordance with the Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, as servicer, and PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P., as owner (the “ Flow Servicing Agreement ”), or causing the appointment of a sub-servicer to the extent otherwise required;

 

(ix)                               to the extent the Company is not an approved Ginnie Mae issuer or servicer, purchasing from the Company at the Purchase Price, on an “as is” basis and without recourse of any kind, any Ginnie Mae Mortgage Loan purchased by the Company from a Correspondent pursuant to the related Loan Commitment; and

 

(x)                                  providing such other services as may be reasonably requested by the Company or otherwise required in connection with the processing of such Mortgage Loan from time to time.

 

(b)                                  From time to time, the Service Provider shall provide general services as reasonably required by the Company, as follows:

 

(i)                                      re-reviewing selected mortgage loans for consistency with the applicable Guide;

 

(ii)                                   reviewing underwriting, fulfillment, compliance and servicing activities for compliance with the applicable Guide;

 

(iii)                                coordinating investor, capital provider and regulatory audit activities;

 

(iv)                               negotiating with Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae with respect to fees and securities stipulations;

 

(v)                                  reviewing correspondent lenders or prospective correspondent lenders for consistency with the applicable Guide;

 

(vi)                               reviewing and analyzing correspondent lender financial statements and pool performance statistics;

 

(vii)                            negotiating loan purchase agreements, including any amendments or extensions thereto, and any applicable Early Purchase Program documentation between the Company and the Correspondents, administering such agreements, and monitoring compliance therewith;

 

(viii)                         negotiating and establishing repurchase facilities or other warehouse lines of credit to be provided by third parties in favor of the Company and its affiliates;

 

8



 

(ix)                               determining the repurchase facilities or other warehouse lines of credit to be drawn or used by the Company and its affiliates in connection with purchases or other acquisitions of Mortgage Loans and monitoring the duration of such draws or usage;

 

(x)                                  performing quarterly certification and annual recertifications reviews in light of the requirements of the applicable Guide;

 

(xi)                               developing and maintaining models for pricing loans and mortgage servicing rights;

 

(xii)                            generating daily rate sheets for correspondent lenders;

 

(xiii)                         reviewing daily interest rate lock commitments;

 

(xiv)                        monitoring market pricing trends;

 

(xv)                           developing and maintaining models for the management of interest rate and other risks;

 

(xvi)                        developing and maintaining hedging strategies and models for interest rate and risk management;

 

(xvii)                     establish hedging instruments and executing hedge transactions;

 

(xviii)                  developing and maintaining execution models;

 

(xix)                        forming pools to back securities and entering into pooling transactions;

 

(xx)                           using reasonable efforts to resolve issues related to delivery of Mortgage Loan Documents to or at direction of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae;

 

(xxi)                        monitoring delivery of post-closing documentation, such as final title policies and recorded mortgages;

 

(xxii)                     with respect to Mortgage Loans insured by the Federal Housing Administration, monitoring post-closing insurance status and timely issuance of evidence of insurance;

 

(xxiii)                  reviewing post-closing adjustments to pricing and confirming accurate disbursements to Correspondents;

 

(xxiv)                 obtaining and maintaining information technology systems, including those for secondary marketing, appraisals, data warehouse and accounts receivable;

 

9



 

(xxv)                    complying with reporting requirements imposed on the Company by Correspondents and other parties under applicable Guides and agreements (insofar as neither Service Provider nor any other Person is required to perform such reporting on behalf of the Company under another agreement); and

 

(xxvi)                 other similar mortgage banking-related activities.

 

Section 3.04                              Warehouse Services .  The Service Provider, as an independent contractor, agrees to perform the services set forth below for the benefit of the Company from time to time. The duties of the Service Provider with respect to each Facility shall commence upon the Company’s delivery of a copy of the executed Facility Documents to the Service Provider.

 

(a)                                  In connection with each Transaction under each Facility, the Service Provider shall:

 

(i)                                      if such Transaction is the initial Transaction under such Facility, assist the Company in negotiating the Facility Documents between the Company and the Transaction Counterparty and collecting and receiving insurance certificates, organizational documents, incumbency certificates, opinions of counsel and other documents and instruments the delivery of which are conditions precedent to such initial Transaction;

 

(ii)                                   whether or not such Transaction is the initial Transaction under such Facility:

 

(A)                                review the request for a Transaction, request for custodial certification (if applicable) and mortgage loan schedule submitted by the Transaction Counterparty;

 

(B)                                if the mortgage loan schedule contains erroneous computer data, is not formatted properly or computer fields are otherwise improperly aligned, notify the Transaction Counterparty and request appropriate corrections;

 

(C)                                review the mortgage loan schedule to assess the compliance of the Mortgage Loans with the eligibility criteria set forth in the Facility Agreement;

 

(D)                                based on the mortgage loan schedule, determine the market values of the Mortgage Loans and calculate the purchase price for each Mortgage Loan that satisfies the eligibility criteria set forth in the Facility Agreement;

 

(E)                                 if the Mortgage Loan would otherwise fail to satisfy the eligibility criteria set forth in the Facility Agreement, determine whether to purchase the Mortgage Loan on behalf of the Company, prepare a proposed purchase confirmation setting forth the purchase price, pricing rate, market value, repurchase date and other terms of such Transaction;

 

10


 

(F)                                  calculate whether the aggregate purchase price for the Mortgage Loans to become subject to such Transaction, together with the aggregate purchase price of all Mortgage Loans already subject to a Transaction, would exceed the aggregate commitment amount or any sub-limits set forth in the Facility Documents;

 

(G)                                with respect to each Mortgage Loan to be purchased, review the trust receipts delivered by the related custodian to confirm the custodian’s possession of the Mortgage File without material exception or, if the Mortgage Loan Documents were delivered to the Company or the Service Provider, review the Mortgage File to confirm the presence of all required Mortgage Loan Documents, and, if applicable, confirm the presence of evidence of the delivery of an escrow instruction letter to the settlement agent;

 

(H)                               retrieve specific data from the Mortgage Files for the Mortgage Loans to be purchased to the extent that such data is required in order for such Mortgage Loans to be properly serviced;

 

(I)                                    with respect to the Mortgage Loans to be purchased by the Company under such Transaction, calculate the final purchase prices, request funds and direct payment to the appropriate party on the applicable purchase date;

 

(J)                                    prepare directions to Transaction Counterparties or to the servicer under the Facility with respect to the remittance of prepayments in full of Mortgage Loans;

 

(K)                               with respect to the Mortgage Loans purchased by the Company and to be repurchased by the Transaction Counterparty under such Transaction, calculate the repurchase prices and deliver instructions for the receipt of payment of the repurchase prices on the applicable repurchase date;

 

(iii)                                if the Company desires to re-warehouse any Mortgage Loans to be purchased in such Transaction and whether or not such Transaction is the initial Transaction under such Facility:

 

(A)                                assist the Company in determining the appropriate re-warehouse facility as between or among the Company’s re-warehouse facility providers;

 

(B)                                prepare and deliver to the re-warehouse provider a request for a re-warehouse transaction and deliver the request for custodial certification (if applicable) and mortgage loan schedule submitted by the Transaction Counterparty;

 

11



 

(C)                                with respect to the Mortgage Loans to be purchased by the Company under such Transaction and further sold to the applicable re-warehouse provider, verify the final re-warehouse purchase prices, request funds and direct payment to the appropriate party on the applicable purchase date;

 

(D)                                deliver instructions to the Company with respect to the settlement of margin calls made by the re-warehouse provider;

 

(E)                                 deliver instructions to the re-warehouse provider with respect to the settlement of margin calls made by the re-warehouse provider; and

 

(F)                                  provide all other services set forth in Section 3.04(a)(ii) to the extent that such activities are within the power of the Company as the borrower or seller under such re-warehouse facility and are applicable to the Company as a borrower or seller in such a re-warehousing transaction.

 

(b)                                  In connection with each Facility during any period when one or more Transactions are outstanding, the Service Provider shall, from time to time:

 

(i)                                      perform calculations of pricing differentials in accordance with the Facility Documents, deliver notices of pricing differentials and required pricing differential payments to the Transaction Counterparty and assist the Company in settling pricing differential payments with the Transaction Counterparty;

 

(ii)                                   monitor the duration of draws by Transaction Counterparties on the Facilities and monitoring the duration of such draws or usage;

 

(iii)                                assist the Company as requested in determining asset values and, on the basis of such asset values, calculate any margin deficits in accordance with the Facility Documents, prepare margin call notices and assist the Company in settling the receipt of any cash, property or other assets to be transferred by the Transaction Counterparty to cure a margin deficit; and

 

(iv)                               review financial statements and certifications delivered by the Transaction Counterparty or any guarantor and determine, solely on the basis thereof, whether the Transaction Counterparty is in compliance with net worth, liquidity, leverage, profitability or other financial covenants set forth in the Facility Documents.

 

Section 3.05                              Accepted Warehouse Service Providing Practices . The Service Provider shall perform all services contemplated to be performed by it under this Agreement in accordance with each of those practices (including collection procedures, if and as applicable, but subject to Section 3.06(c)) of prudent warehouse administration institutions generally which provide similar services with respect to loans similar to the Mortgage Loans, which practices (i) are in compliance with all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations, (ii) are in accordance with the terms of the related Mortgage Loan Documents, and (iii) are at a minimum

 

12



 

based on the applicable requirements, if any, with respect to such services set forth in any re-warehousing transaction.

 

Section 3.06                              Compensation; Expenses .

 

(a)                                  In consideration for the services provided to the Company by the Service Provider under this Agreement, the Company shall pay to the Service Provider the applicable Fulfillment Fees, Early Purchase Program Fees and Warehouse Fees set forth on Exhibit A .

 

(b)                                  The Service Provider shall be required to pay all expenses incurred by it in connection with the services it provides hereunder and shall not be entitled to reimbursement therefor except as otherwise provided in this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if it becomes reasonably necessary or advisable for the Service Provider to engage in additional services in connection with the occurrence of any breach by a Correspondent of any terms or conditions to which such Correspondent is subject under its agreement with the Company under the Company’s correspondent lending program, or any default or event of default under any Facility or Transaction, or initiate and pursue legal proceeding against a Correspondent or a Transaction Counterparty or guarantor thereof, or appear on behalf of the Company in any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar proceeding involving a Correspondent or a Transaction Counterparty or any guarantor thereof or otherwise engage in post-breach or post-default resolution activities, then the Service Provider and the Company shall negotiate in good faith for additional compensation and reimbursement of expenses to be paid to the Service Provider for the performance of such additional services.

 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein (other than subsection (c) above), upon the written request (a “ Fee Negotiation Request ”) of the Company or the Service Provider following a determination by the Company or the Service Provider that the rates of compensation payable to the Service Provider hereunder differ materially from market rates of compensation for services comparable to those provided hereunder, which request includes a proposal for revised rates of compensation hereunder, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to amend the provisions of this Agreement relating to the compensation of the Service Provider in order to cause such compensation to be materially consistent with market rates of compensation for services comparable to those provided hereunder (a “ Fee Amendment ”); provided , however , that no such request shall be made until the second anniversary of the effective date of this Agreement, after which time each party may make such request (i) once with respect to fees to be paid during the remainder of the Initial Term, which request shall be made prior to the expiration of the Initial Term, and (ii) once with respect to fees to be paid during any Automatic Renewal Term, which request shall be made at least 210 days prior to the start of such Automatic Renewal Term.  If the parties are unable to reach agreement on the terms of a Fee Amendment within thirty (30) days of the date of delivery of the relevant Fee Negotiation Request, then the terms of such Fee Amendment shall be determined by final and binding arbitration in accordance with Section 3.06(e).

 

(e)                                   All disputes, differences and controversies of the Company or the Service Provider relating to a Fee Amendment (individually, a “ Dispute ” and, collectively, “ Disputes ”)

 

13



 

shall be resolved by final and binding arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) under its Commercial Arbitration Rules, subject to the following provisions:

 

(i)                                      Following the delivery of a written demand for arbitration by either the Company or the Service Provider, each party shall choose one (1) arbitrator within ten (10) Business Days after the date of such written demand and the two chosen arbitrators shall mutually, within ten (10) Business Days after selection select a third (3rd) arbitrator (each, an “ Arbitrator ” and together, the “ Arbitrators ”), each of whom shall be a retired judge selected from a roster of arbitrators provided by the AAA. If the third (3rd) Arbitrator is not selected within fifteen (15) Business Days after delivery of the written demand for arbitration (or such other time period as the Company and the Service Provider may agree), the Company and the Service Provider shall promptly request that the commercial panel of the AAA select an independent Arbitrator meeting such criteria.

 

(ii)                                   The rules of arbitration shall be the Commercial Rules of the American Arbitration Association; provided , however , that notwithstanding any provisions of the Commercial Arbitration Rules to the contrary, unless otherwise mutually agreed to by the Company and the Service Provider, the sole discovery available to each party shall be its right to conduct up to two (2) non-expert depositions of no more than three (3) hours of testimony each.

 

(iii)                                The Arbitrators shall render a decision by majority decision within three (3) months after the date of appointment, unless the Company and the Service Provider agree to extend such time. The decision shall be final and binding upon the Company and the Service Provider; provided , however , that such decision shall not restrict either the Company or the Service Provider from terminating this Agreement pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

(iv)                               Each party shall pay its own expenses in connection with the resolution of Disputes, including attorneys’ fees, unless determined otherwise by the Arbitrator.

 

(v)                                  The Company and the Service Provider agree that the existence, conduct and content of any arbitration pursuant to this Section 3.06(e) shall be kept confidential and neither the Company nor the Service Provider shall disclose to any Person any information about such arbitration, except in connection with such arbitration or as may be required by law or by any regulatory authority (or any exchange on which such party’s securities are listed) or for financial reporting purposes in such party’s financial statements.

 

Section 3.07                              Ginnie Mae Approval .  The Service Provider agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to seek approval for the Company as a Ginnie Mae issuer and servicer but the parties mutually acknowledge that such license is unlikely to be obtained in the foreseeable future.  In the event the Company is unable to obtain such approval from Ginnie Mae within a

 

14



 

reasonable period of time, the Service Provider and the Company agree to negotiate in good faith to structure an alternative arrangement that provides the Company with approximately the same economics for Ginnie Mae Mortgage Loans as contemplated by the Fulfillment Fees set forth on Exhibit A .

 

Section 3.08                              Reporting .

 

(a)                                  On or before the tenth (10th) Business Day of each month, the Service Provider shall provide the Company with a report identifying all Mortgage Loans purchased by the Company from a Correspondent during the prior month, the aggregate unpaid principal balance of such Mortgage Loans, the aggregate Fulfillment Fees paid by the Company to the Service Provider during such month and, as applicable, the aggregate Purchase Prices paid by the Service Provider to the Company during such month.

 

(b)                                  On or before the tenth (10th) Business Day of each month and at other times as reasonably requested, the Service Provider shall deliver a report to the Company setting forth as of the end of the prior month with respect to each Facility and all Mortgage Loans subject to outstanding Transactions:

 

(i)                                      the aggregate purchase prices of the Mortgage Loans;

 

(ii)                                   the aggregate value of all such Mortgage Loans and the aggregate value of any cash, securities or other property delivered for the benefit of the Company in connection with any margin call under such Facility during such month;

 

(iii)                                the weighted average pricing rate for all such Mortgage Loans;

 

(iv)                               the aggregate amount of pricing differential payments received during such month.

 

(c)                                   Not less frequently than quarterly, commencing in the second calendar quarter following the calendar quarter in which this Agreement is executed and delivered, the Service Provider shall deliver to the Company a reasonably detailed report regarding the Service Provider’s financial results.  Not less frequently than annually, commencing in the calendar year following the year in which this Agreement is executed and delivered, the Service Provider shall deliver to the Company relevant market data on management and servicing fees.  The Service Provider shall also provide the Company with reports regarding such other matters as the Company shall reasonably request, but in no case more frequently than quarterly.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

LIABILITIES OF SERVICE PROVIDER AND COMPANY

 

Section 4.01                              Liability of the Company and the Service Provider .  The Company and the Service Provider shall each be liable in accordance herewith only to the extent of the obligations specifically and respectively imposed upon and undertaken by the Company and Service Provider herein.

 

15



 

Section 4.02                              Merger or Consolidation of the Service Provider .

 

(a)                                  The Service Provider shall keep in full effect its existence, rights and franchises as an entity and maintain its qualification to service mortgage loans for each of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and HUD and comply with the laws of each State in which any Mortgaged Property is located to the extent necessary to protect the validity and enforceability of this Agreement, and to perform its duties under this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Any Person into which the Service Provider may be merged, converted, or consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Service Provider shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to the business of the Service Provider, shall be the successor of the Service Provider hereunder, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding; provided , however , that no Person shall so become the successor of the Service Provider hereunder unless such Person satisfies all legal requirements, including, without limitation, with respect to licensing, that are necessary to be satisfied in order for such Person to perform the Service Provider’s duties hereunder.

 

Section 4.03                              Service Provider Not to Resign .  The Company has entered into this Agreement with the Service Provider in reliance upon the independent status of the Service Provider, and the representations as to the adequacy of its servicing facilities, plant, personnel, records and procedures, its integrity, reputation and financial standing, and the continuance thereof.  Therefore, the Service Provider shall not assign this Agreement or the servicing hereunder or delegate its rights or duties hereunder or any portion hereof or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its property or assets in the absence of prior written consent of the Company, which consent shall be granted or withheld in the reasonable discretion of the Company. The Service Provider shall not resign from the obligations and duties hereby imposed on it except by mutual consent of the Service Provider and the Company or upon the determination that its duties hereunder are no longer permissible under applicable law and such incapacity cannot be cured by the Service Provider.  Any such determination permitting the resignation of the Service Provider shall be evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel to such effect delivered to the Company, which Opinion of Counsel shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Company.  No such resignation shall become effective until the Company or another successor designated by the Company shall have assumed the Service Provider’s responsibilities and obligations hereunder.

 

Section 4.04                              No Duty to Supervise .  The parties hereto acknowledge that the Company is not obligated to supervise the performance of the Service Provider under this Agreement or any subcontractor for Service Provider under any subcontracting agreement.

 

Section 4.05                              Indemnification .

 

(a)                                  The Service Provider shall indemnify the Company, its directors, officers, employees and agents and hold them harmless against any and all claims, losses, damages, penalties, fines, forfeitures, reasonable legal fees and related costs, judgments, and any other costs, fees and expenses that any of them may sustain by reason of the Service Provider’s (i) willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of its duties under this

 

16



 

Agreement, (ii) reckless disregard of its obligations or duties under this Agreement, or (iii) breach of its representations or warranties under this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  The Company shall indemnify the Service Provider, its directors, officers, employees and agents and hold them harmless against any and all claims, losses, damages, penalties, fines, forfeitures, reasonable legal fees and related costs, judgments, and any other costs, fees and expenses that any of them may sustain by reason of the Company’s (i) willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of its duties under this Agreement, (ii) reckless disregard of its obligations or duties under this Agreement, or (iii) breach of its representations or warranties under this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 5

 

TERMINATION

 

Section 5.01                              Termination .  Except as otherwise specifically set forth herein (including in Section 3.01 above), the obligations and responsibilities of the Service Provider shall terminate upon the mutual consent of the Service Provider and the Company in writing.  In addition, the Company shall be entitled to terminate the Service Provider hereunder upon any of the following events: (i) the failure by the Service Provider duly to observe or perform in any material respect any other covenant or agreement on the part of the Service Provider set forth in this Agreement that continues unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days after the date on which notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, is given to the Service Provider by the Company; provided, however, that, with respect to any such failure that is susceptible to cure but not curable within such 30-day period, the Service Provider shall have an additional cure period of thirty (30) days to effect such cure so long as the Service Provider has commenced to cure such failure within the initial 30-day period, the Service Provider is diligently pursuing a full cure and the Service Provider has provided evidence of such curability and such diligent pursuit that is reasonably satisfactory to the Company; (ii) any breach of any representation or warranty on the part of the Service Provider set forth in this Agreement that continues unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days after the date on which notice of such breach, requiring the same to be remedied, is given to the Service Provider by the Company; provided, however, that, with respect to any such breach that is susceptible to cure but not curable within such 30-day period, the Service Provider shall have an additional cure period of thirty (30) days to effect such cure so long as the Service Provider has commenced to cure such failure within the initial 30-day period, the Service Provider is diligently pursuing a full cure and the Service Provider has provided evidence of such curability and such diligent pursuit that is reasonably satisfactory to the Company; (iii) a decree or order of a court or agency or supervisory authority having jurisdiction for the appointment of a conservator or receiver or liquidator in any insolvency, bankruptcy, readjustment of debt, marshaling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings, or for the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, shall have been entered against the Service Provider and such decree or order shall have remained in force undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days; (iv) the Service Provider shall consent to the appointment of a conservator or receiver or liquidator in any insolvency, bankruptcy, readjustment of debt, marshaling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings of or relating to the Service Provider or of or relating to all or substantially all of its property; (v) the Service Provider shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, file a petition to take advantage of any applicable

 

17



 

insolvency or reorganization statute, make an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or voluntarily suspend payment of its obligations; or (vi) without the prior consent of the Company or as expressly permitted or required by the other provisions of this Agreement, the Service Provider attempts to assign this Agreement or its right to compensation hereunder, or to delegate its duties hereunder, in each case whether in whole or in part, or the Service Provider sells or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of its property or assets.  Further, the Service Provider shall be entitled at any time during the term of this Agreement, to terminate this Agreement upon at least 60 days’ prior written notice of termination from the Service Provider to the Company, if the Company shall have defaulted in the performance of any material term of this Agreement, and such default has continued uncured for a period of 30 days after the Company’s receipt of written notice of such default from the Service Provider.

 

Section 5.02                              Succession .

 

(a)                                  Upon the appointment by the Company of a successor Service Provider following the Service Provider’s termination or resignation, the Service Provider shall immediately deliver to such successor the funds in any account maintained by the Service Provider and the related documents and statements held by it hereunder and the Service Provider shall account for all funds.  The Service Provider shall execute and deliver such instruments and do all such other things as may reasonably be required to more fully and definitely vest and confirm in the successor all such rights, powers, duties, responsibilities, obligations and liabilities of the Service Provider.

 

(b)                                  No termination of this Agreement or resignation or termination of the Service Provider hereunder shall relieve the Service Provider or the Company of the covenants, representations and warranties made herein or any liability that accrued or arose hereunder prior to the effective date of termination or resignation.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 6.01                              Notices .  All notices, requests, demands and other communications which are required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon the delivery or mailing thereof, as the case may be, sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested:

 

(i)                                      if to the Service Provider:

 

18



 

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC

Attn: Managing Director, Warehouse Lending

6101 Condor Drive

Moorpark, CA 93021

 

With a copy to:

 

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC

Attn: General Counsel

6101 Condor Drive

Moorpark, CA 93021

 

(ii)                                   if to the Company:

 

PennyMac Corp.

Attn: General Counsel

6101 Condor Drive

Moorpark, CA 93021

 

With copies to:

 

PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P.

Attn:  General Counsel

6101 Condor Drive

Moorpark, CA 93021

 

and

 

Latham & Watkins LLP

Attn: Charles Ruck and Scott Shean

650 Town Center Drive, 20th Floor

Costa Mesa, California 92626

 

or such other address as may hereafter be furnished to the other parties by like notice.

 

Section 6.02                              Amendment .  Neither this Agreement, nor any terms hereof, may be amended, supplemented or modified except in an instrument in writing executed by the parties hereto.

 

Section 6.03                              Entire Agreement .  This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, inducements and conditions, express or implied, oral or written, of any nature whatsoever with respect to the subject matter hereof.  The express terms hereof control and supersede any course of performance and/or usage of the trade inconsistent with any of the terms hereof.

 

Section 6.04                              Binding Effect; Beneficiaries .  The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns.  No provision of this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give

 

19



 

to any Person, other than the parties hereto, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein.

 

Section 6.05                              Headings .  The section and subsection headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the interpretation of any provisions hereof.

 

Section 6.06                              Further Assurances .  The Service Provider agrees to execute and deliver such instruments and take such further actions as the Owner may, from time to time, reasonably request in order to effectuate the purposes and to carry out the terms of this Agreement.

 

Section 6.07                              Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely in such State, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.  The parties hereto intend that the provisions of Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law shall apply to this Agreement.

 

Section 6.08                              Relationship of Parties .  Nothing herein contained shall be deemed or construed to create a partnership or joint venture between the parties.  The duties and responsibilities of the Service Provider shall be rendered by it as an independent contractor and not as an agent of the Company.  The Servicer shall have full control of all of its acts, doings, proceedings, relating to or requisite in connection with the discharge of its duties and responsibilities under this Agreement.

 

Section 6.09                              Severability of Provisions . If any one or more of the covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement shall be held invalid for any reason whatsoever, then such covenants, agreements, provisions or terms shall be deemed severable from the remaining covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement.

 

Section 6.10                              No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .  No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of a party hereto, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.  The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

 

Section 6.11                              Exhibits .  The exhibits to this Agreement are hereby incorporated and made a part hereof and form integral parts of this Agreement.

 

Section 6.12                              Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed by the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by telecopy), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Section 6.13                              Protection of Confidential Information .  All Customer Information in the possession of the Service Provider other than information independently obtained by the Service Provider is and shall remain confidential and proprietary information of the Company. The Service Provider shall not disclose any Customer Information to any person or entity except for

 

20


 

 

the purpose of carrying out its obligations under this Agreement.  The Service Provider represents and warrants that it has, and will continue to have for so long as it retains Customer Information, adequate administrative, technical, and physical safeguards (a) to ensure the security and confidentiality of customer records and information, (b) to protect against any anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of such records, and (c) to protect against unauthorized access to or use of such records or information which could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to any customer.

 

Section 6.14                              WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY .

 

EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND, THEREFORE, EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT TO ANY ACTION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT.

 

Section 6.15                              LIMITATION OF DAMAGES .

 

NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING CONTAINED HEREIN TO THE CONTRARY, THE PARTIES AGREE THAT NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR ANY SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY), OR ANY OTHER LEGAL OR EQUITABLE PRINCIPLE, PROVIDED , HOWEVER, THAT SUCH LIMITATION SHALL NOT BE APPLICABLE WITH RESPECT TO ANY THIRD PARTY CLAIM MADE AGAINST A PARTY.

 

Section 6.16                              SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVERS .

 

EACH OF THE OWNER AND THE SERVICER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY (I) SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION AND ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT IN RESPECT THEREOF, TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY NEW YORK STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY WITH RESPECT TO MATTERS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT; (II) AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS WITH RESPECT TO ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING REGARDING SUCH MATTERS MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE OR FEDERAL COURTS; (III) WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST POSSIBLE EXTENT, WITH RESPECT TO SUCH COURTS, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM; AND (IV) AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW.

 

21



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Service Provider have caused their names to be signed hereto by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

 

 

PENNYMAC CORP.

 

(Company)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stanford L. Kurland

 

Name:

Stanford L. Kurland

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC

 

(Service Provider)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Anne D. McCallion

 

Name:

Anne D. McCallion

 

Title:

Vice President, Finance

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

(Compensation)

 

Fulfillment Fees

 

The Fulfillment Fee for each Mortgage Loan purchased from an approved Correspondent shall equal the product of (a) in the case of a HARP Mortgage Loan with an LTV of 105% or less, the product of (i) .80%, and (ii) the aggregate unpaid principal balance of such HARP Mortgage Loan, (b) in the case of a HARP Mortgage Loan with an LTV of greater than 105%, the product of (i) 1.20%, and (ii) the aggregate unpaid principal balance of such HARP Mortgage Loan, (c) in the case of a Fannie Mae Mortgage Loan or a Freddie Mac Mortgage Loan, (i) the product of .50% and (ii) the aggregate unpaid principal balance of such Fannie Mae Mortgage Loan or Freddie Mac Mortgage Loan, and (d) in the case of a Ginnie Mae Mortgage Loan, (i) the product of .88% and (ii) the aggregate unpaid principal balance of such Ginnie Mae Mortgage Loan.  The Fulfillment  Fee with respect to each such Mortgage Loan shall be due and payable by the Company upon the funding of such Mortgage Loan by the Company.

 

In the event the Company purchases Mortgage Loans with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of greater than $2.5 billion and less than or equal to $5.0 billion, the Service Provider shall reimburse the Company an amount equal to the product of (i) .025%, (ii) the amount of unpaid principal balance in excess of $2.5 billion, and (iii) the percentage of the aggregate unpaid principal balance relating to Mortgage Loans for which the Service Provider collects Fulfillment Fees.  In the event the Company purchases Mortgage Loans with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of greater than $5.0 billion, the Service Provider shall reimburse the Company an amount equal to the product of (i) .05%, (ii) the amount of unpaid principal balance in excess of $5.0 billion, and (iii) the percentage of the aggregate unpaid principal balance relating to Mortgage Loans for which the Service Provider collects Fulfillment Fees.  Any such reimbursement due from the Service Provider to the Company as provided herein shall be paid within five (5) Business Days of such determination.

 

Early Purchase Program Fees

 

With respect to each Early Purchase Program, the Service Provider shall be entitled to fees that accrue at a rate per annum equal to (a) $25,000, and (b) $50 with respect to each Mortgage Loan purchased by the Company thereunder.  Such fees shall accrue and be payable monthly not later than the last Business Day of each month from and after the execution of the Early Purchase Program documentation.  The fee described in clause (b) shall accrue and be payable monthly not later than the last Business Day of each month during the period from and after the date when the related Mortgage Loan first becomes subject to a Transaction to the date when the related Mortgage Loan ceases to be subject to such Transaction.

 

A-1



 

Warehouse Fees

 

With respect to each Facility, the Service Provider shall be entitled to fees that accrue at a rate per annum equal to (a) $25,000, and (b) $50 with respect to each Mortgage Loan that is subject to a Transaction thereunder.  The fee described in clause (a) shall accrue and be payable monthly not later than the last Business Day of each month from and after the execution of the related Facility Documents.  The fee described in clause (b) shall accrue and be payable monthly not later than the last Business Day of each month during the period from and after the date when the related Mortgage Loan first becomes subject to a Transaction to the date when the related Mortgage Loan ceases to be subject to such Transaction.

 

A-2



 

EXHIBIT B

 

(Representations and Warranties of the Service Provider)

 

(a)                                  Due Organization and Good Standing .  The Service Provider is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware and has the power and authority to own its assets and to transact the business in which it is currently engaged, and the Service Provider is in compliance with the laws of each state or other jurisdiction in which any Mortgaged Property is located to the extent necessary to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  No Violation of Organizational Documents or Agreements .  The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Service Provider, and the performance and compliance with the terms of this Agreement by the Service Provider, will not violate the Service Provider’s organizational documents or constitute a default (or an event which, with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default) under, or result in the breach of, any material agreement or other instrument to which the Service Provider is a party or which is applicable to it or any of its assets.

 

(c)                                   Full Power and Authority .  The Service Provider has the full power and authority to enter into and consummate all transactions contemplated by this Agreement, has duly authorized the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, and has duly executed and delivered this Agreement.

 

(d)                                  Binding Obligation .  This Agreement, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties hereto, constitutes a valid, legal and binding obligation of the Service Provider, enforceable against the Service Provider in accordance with the terms hereof, subject to (A) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (B) general principles of equity, regardless of whether such enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

 

(e)                                   No Violation of Law, Regulation or Order .  The Service Provider is not in violation of, and its execution and delivery of this Agreement and its performance and compliance with the terms of this Agreement will not constitute a violation of, any law, any order or decree of any court or arbiter, or, to the Service Provider’s knowledge, any order, regulation or demand of any federal, state or local governmental or regulatory authority, which violation, in the Service Provider’s good faith and reasonable judgment, is likely to affect materially and adversely either the ability of the Service Provider to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the financial condition of the Service Provider.

 

(f)                                    No Material Litigation .  No litigation is pending or, to the best of the Service Provider’s knowledge, threatened against the Service Provider that, if determined adversely to the Service Provider, would prohibit the Service Provider from entering into this Agreement or that, individually or in the aggregate, in the Service Provider’s good faith and reasonable judgment, is likely to materially and adversely affect either the ability of the Service

 

B-1



 

Provider to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the financial condition of the Service Provider.

 

(g)                                   No Consent Required .  Any consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or governmental agency or body required under federal or state law for the execution, delivery and performance by the Service Provider of or compliance by the Service Provider with this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement has been obtained and is effective except where the lack of consent, approval, authorization or order would not have a material adverse effect on the performance by the Service Provider under this Agreement.

 

(h)                                  Ordinary Course of Business .  The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are in the ordinary course of business of the Service Provider.

 

B-2



 

EXHIBIT C

 

(Representations and Warranties of the Company)

 

(a)                                  Due Organization and Good Standing .  The Company is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing as a corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware and has the power and authority to own its assets and to transact the business in which it is currently engaged.

 

(b)                                  No Violation of Organizational Documents or Agreements .  The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, and the performance and compliance with the terms of this Agreement by the Company, will not violate the Company’s organizational documents or constitute a default (or an event which, with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default) under, or result in the breach of, any material agreement or other instrument to which the Company is a party or which is applicable to it or any of its assets.

 

(c)                                   Full Power and Authority .  The Company has the full power and authority to enter into and consummate all transactions contemplated by this Agreement, has duly authorized the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, and has duly executed and delivered this Agreement.

 

(d)                                  Binding Obligation .  This Agreement, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties hereto, constitutes a valid, legal and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with the terms hereof, subject to (A) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (B) general principles of equity, regardless of whether such enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

 

(e)                                   No Violation of Law, Regulation or Order .  The Company is not in violation of, and its execution and delivery of this Agreement and its performance and compliance with the terms of this Agreement will not constitute a violation of, any law, any order or decree of any court or arbiter, or, to the Company’s knowledge, any order, regulation or demand of any federal, state or local governmental or regulatory authority, which violation, in the Company’s good faith and reasonable judgment, is likely to affect materially and adversely either the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the financial condition of the Company.

 

(f)                                    No Material Litigation .  No litigation is pending or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, threatened against the Company that, if determined adversely to the Company, would prohibit the Company from entering into this Agreement or that, in the Company’s good faith and reasonable judgment, is likely to materially and adversely affect either the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the financial condition of the Company.

 

(g)                                   No Consent Required .  Any consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or governmental agency or body required under federal or state law for the execution,

 

C-1



 

delivery and performance by the Company of or compliance by the Company with this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement has been obtained and is effective except where the lack of consent, approval, authorization or order would not have a material adverse effect on the performance by the Company under this Agreement.

 

C-2




Exhibit 10.10

 

Execution Version

 

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED FLOW SERVICING AGREEMENT

 

 

between

 

 

PENNYMAC OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.,
as Owner

 

 

and

 

 

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC,
as Servicer

 

 

Dated as of February 1, 2013

 

 

FIXED- AND ADJUSTABLE-RATE RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE LOANS

 

 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

 

2

 

 

 

Section 1.01

 

Definitions

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE II     CONTINUATION OF EXISTING SERVICING; SERVICING OF ADDITIONAL MORTGAGE LOANS

 

19

 

 

 

Section 2.01

 

Servicing to Continue

 

19

Section 2.02

 

Addition of Mortgage Loans

 

19

Section 2.03

 

Closing Documents

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE III SERVICING OF AGENCY MORTGAGE LOANS

 

22

 

 

 

Section 3.01

 

Servicer to Act as Servicer of Agency Mortgage Loans

 

22

Section 3.02

 

Guides Control

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV SERVICING OF NON-AGENCY MORTGAGE LOANS

 

23

 

 

 

Section 4.01

 

Servicer to Act as Servicer of Non-Agency Mortgage Loans

 

23

Section 4.02

 

Liquidation of Mortgage Loans

 

25

Section 4.03

 

Collection of Mortgage Loan Payments; Payment Clearing Account

 

26

Section 4.04

 

Establishment of and Deposits to Custodial Account

 

26

Section 4.05

 

Permitted Withdrawals From Custodial Account

 

27

Section 4.06

 

Establishment of and Deposits to Escrow Account

 

28

Section 4.07

 

Permitted Withdrawals From Escrow Account

 

29

Section 4.08

 

Payment of Taxes, Insurance and Other Charges

 

30

Section 4.09

 

Protection of Accounts

 

30

Section 4.10

 

Maintenance of Hazard Insurance

 

31

Section 4.11

 

Maintenance of Mortgage Impairment Insurance Policy

 

33

Section 4.12

 

Maintenance of Fidelity Bond and Errors and Omissions Insurance

 

33

Section 4.13

 

Inspections

 

34

Section 4.14

 

Restoration of Mortgaged Property

 

34

Section 4.15

 

Title, Management and Disposition of REO Property

 

34

Section 4.16

 

Costs and Expenses

 

36

Section 4.17

 

Liquidity and Litigation Reserves

 

36

Section 4.18

 

Transfers of Mortgaged Properties

 

37

Section 4.19

 

Satisfaction of Mortgages and Release of Mortgage Files

 

38

Section 4.20

 

Notification of Adjustments

 

39

Section 4.21

 

Recordation of Assignments of Mortgage

 

39

Section 4.22

 

[Reserved]

 

40

Section 4.23

 

Credit Reporting

 

40

Section 4.24

 

Superior Liens

 

40

Section 4.25

 

Prepayments in Full

 

41

Section 4.26

 

Tax and Flood Service Contracts

 

41

 

i



 

Section 4.27

 

Maintenance of PMI Policies and LPMI Policies; Collections Thereunder

 

41

Section 4.28

 

Reliability of Information/Exceptional Expenses

 

42

Section 4.29

 

Escrow Obligations

 

42

Section 4.30

 

No Obligation to Advance Delinquent Payments

 

43

Section 4.31

 

MERS Transfers

 

43

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE V PAYMENTS; REPORTS

 

44

 

 

 

 

 

Section 5.01

 

Remittances

 

44

Section 5.02

 

Reports to the Owner

 

44

Section 5.03

 

Tax Reporting

 

45

Section 5.04

 

Cost of Funds

 

45

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI RECORDS, INFORMATION AND COMPLIANCE DOCUMENTS

 

46

 

 

 

 

 

Section 6.01

 

Possession of Servicing Files

 

46

Section 6.02

 

Annual Statement as to Compliance

 

46

Section 6.03

 

Annual Independent Public Accountants’ Servicing Report

 

47

Section 6.04

 

Provision of Information

 

47

Section 6.05

 

Right to Examine Servicer Records

 

47

Section 6.06

 

Compliance with Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999

 

48

Section 6.07

 

On-Line Access

 

48

Section 6.08

 

Financial Statements; Servicing Facilities

 

49

Section 6.09

 

Use of Subservicers

 

49

Section 6.10

 

Mortgage Loans Held by Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Owner

 

49

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII SERVICING COMPENSATION

 

51

 

 

 

 

 

Section 7.01

 

Servicing Compensation

 

51

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII TERMINATION

 

54

 

 

 

 

 

Section 8.01

 

Termination

 

54

Section 8.02

 

Outbound Transfer of Servicing

 

55

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX INDEMNIFICATION AND ASSIGNMENT AND OTHER MATTERS RELATED TO SERVICER

 

59

 

 

 

 

 

Section 9.01

 

Indemnification

 

59

Section 9.02

 

Limitation on Liability of Servicer and Others

 

60

Section 9.03

 

Limitation on Resignation and Assignment by Servicer

 

60

Section 9.04

 

Assignment by Owner

 

61

Section 9.05

 

Merger or Consolidation of the Servicer

 

61

Section 9.06

 

Additional Activities of the Servicer

 

61

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE X REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

62

 

 

 

 

 

Section 10.01

 

Representations and Warranties of the Owner

 

62

Section 10.02

 

Representations and Warranties of the Servicer

 

63

 

ii



 

ARTICLE XI DEFAULT

 

66

 

 

 

 

 

Section 11.01

 

Events of Default

 

66

Section 11.02

 

Waiver of Defaults

 

68

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE XII RECONSTITUTIONS

 

69

 

 

 

 

 

Section 12.01

 

Cooperation of Servicer with a Reconstitution

 

69

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE XIII MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

72

 

 

 

 

 

Section 13.01

 

Notices

 

72

Section 13.02

 

Amendment

 

73

Section 13.03

 

Entire Agreement

 

73

Section 13.04

 

Binding Effect; Beneficiaries

 

73

Section 13.05

 

Headings

 

73

Section 13.06

 

Further Assurances

 

73

Section 13.07

 

Governing Law

 

73

Section 13.08

 

Relationship of Parties

 

73

Section 13.09

 

Severability of Provisions

 

74

Section 13.10

 

No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies

 

74

Section 13.11

 

Recordation of Assignments of Mortgage

 

74

Section 13.12

 

Exhibits

 

74

Section 13.13

 

Counterparts

 

74

Section 13.14

 

Trademarks

 

74

Section 13.15

 

Confidentiality of Information

 

75

Section 13.16

 

WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY

 

75

Section 13.17

 

LIMITATION OF DAMAGES

 

75

Section 13.18

 

SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVERS

 

75

 

iii



 

EXHIBITS

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 1

 

LIST OF MONTHLY AND DAILY REPORTS

EXHIBIT 2

 

FORM OF CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT CERTIFICATION

EXHIBIT 3

 

FORM OF CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT LETTER AGREEMENT

EXHIBIT 4

 

FORM OF ESCROW ACCOUNT CERTIFICATION

EXHIBIT 5

 

FORM OF ESCROW ACCOUNT LETTER AGREEMENT

EXHIBIT 6

 

FORM OF OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE

EXHIBIT 7

 

MORTGAGE LOAN DOCUMENTS

EXHIBIT 8

 

FORM OF LIMITED POWER OF ATTORNEY

EXHIBIT 9

 

TERM SHEET

EXHIBIT 10

 

DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY MATRIX

 

iv



 

AMENDED AND RESTATED FLOW SERVICING AGREEMENT

 

This Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of February 1, 2013, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Servicer ”), and PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Owner ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Servicer is in the business of servicing residential mortgage loans similar to the Mortgage Loans;

 

WHEREAS, the Owner desires that the Servicer service some or all of the Mortgage Loans, and the Servicer is willing to perform such servicing;

 

WHEREAS, the Owner and the Servicer previously entered into that certain Flow Servicing Agreement, dated as of August 4, 2009, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto dated as of March 3, 2010, Amendment No. 2 thereto dated as of March 8, 2011 and Amendment No. 3 thereto dated as of May 17, 2011 (the “ Original Agreemen t”);

 

WHEREAS, the Owner and the Servicer desire to amend and restate the Original Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and agreements set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and the sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 



 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.01                   Definitions.

 

The following terms are defined as follows:

 

AAA : As defined in Section 7.01 .

 

Accepted Servicing Practices :  With respect to any Mortgage Loan (including any related REO Property), each of those mortgage servicing practices (including collection procedures) of prudent mortgage lending institutions which service mortgage loans of the same type as such Mortgage Loan in the jurisdiction where the related Mortgaged Property is located, which servicing practices (i) are in compliance with all federal, state and local laws and regulations, (ii) shall be in accordance with the Servicer’s policies and procedures as amended from time to time for mortgage loans of the same type, (iii) are in accordance with the terms of the related Mortgage and Mortgage Note and (iv) are at a minimum based on the requirements set forth from time to time by Fannie Mae.

 

Actual/Actual Basis :  Remittance to the Owner or its designee which requires the Servicer to remit to the Owner or such designee the actual interest and actual principal collected from each Mortgagor.

 

Additional Servicing Fee :  With respect to each Third Party Loan, the Additional Servicing Fee set forth in or established pursuant to Exhibit 9 hereto.

 

Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan :  A Mortgage Loan which provides for the adjustment of the Mortgage Interest Rate payable in respect thereto.

 

Affiliate :  With respect to any specified Person, any other Person controlling or controlled by or under common control with such specified Person.  For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

Agency :  With respect to an Agency Mortgage Loan, Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae, as applicable.

 

Agency Mortgage Loan :  A Mortgage Loan that is a Fannie Mae Mortgage Loan, a Freddie Mac Mortgage Loan or a Ginnie Mae Mortgage Loan.

 

Ancillary Income :  All income derived from the Mortgage Loans (other than payments or other collections in respect of principal, interest, Escrow Payments and Prepayment Penalties attributable to the Mortgage Loans) including, but not limited to, the Servicer’s share of all late charges, all interest received on funds deposited in the Custodial Account or any Escrow Account (subject to applicable law), assumption fees, reconveyance fees, subordination fees,

 

2



 

speedpay fees, mortgage pay on the web fees, automatic clearing house fees, demand statement fees, modification fees, if any, fees received with respect to checks on bank drafts returned by the related bank for insufficient funds, assumption fees and other similar types of fees arising from or in connection with any Mortgage Loan to the extent not otherwise payable to the Mortgagor under applicable law or pursuant to the terms of the related Mortgage Note.  In no event shall the Servicer be entitled to any Prepayment Penalties.

 

Appraised Value :  With respect to any Mortgaged Property, the lesser of (i) the value thereof as determined by an appraisal made for the originator of the Mortgage Loan at the time of origination of the Mortgage Loan and (ii) the purchase price for the related Mortgaged Property paid by the Mortgagor with the proceeds of the Mortgage Loan; provided, however , in the case of a Refinanced Mortgage Loan, such value of the Mortgaged Property is based solely upon the value determined by an appraisal made for the originator of such Refinanced Mortgage Loan at the time of origination of such Refinanced Mortgage Loan.

 

Arbitrator : As defined in Section 7.01 .

 

Asset Balance :  On any day for any Mortgage Loan, other than a liquidated Mortgage Loan, the total unpaid outstanding principal balance of such Mortgage Loan on such date.

 

Assignment of Mortgage :  An assignment of the Mortgage, notice of transfer or equivalent instrument in recordable form, sufficient under the laws of the jurisdiction wherein the related Mortgaged Property is located to reflect the sale of the Mortgage to the Owner.

 

Base Servicing Fee :  The Base Servicing Fee set forth in or established pursuant to Exhibit 9 hereto.

 

BPO :  A broker price opinion.

 

Business Day :  Any day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, or (ii) a day on which banking and savings and loan institutions in the States of New York or California are authorized or obligated by law or executive authority to be closed.

 

Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio or CLTV :  With respect to any Second Lien Mortgage Loan, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Second Lien Mortgage Loan plus the outstanding principal amount of the related First Lien Mortgage Loan to the lesser of (a) the Appraised Value of the Mortgaged Property at origination or (b) if such Second Lien Mortgage Loan was made to finance part of the acquisition of the related Mortgaged Property, the purchase price of the Mortgaged Property.

 

Code :  The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Condemnation Proceeds :  All awards or settlements in respect of a Mortgaged Property, whether permanent or temporary, partial or entire, by exercise of the power of eminent domain or condemnation, to the extent not required to be released to a Mortgagor in accordance with the terms of the related Mortgage Loan Documents.

 

3



 

Correspondent Loan :  A newly originated Mortgage Loan acquired by Owner or one of its wholly owned subsidiaries from a third party originator under the correspondent lending program established by Owner or such subsidiary.

 

Cost of Funds :  The amount payable by the Owner to the Servicer pursuant to Section 5.04 , which amount shall be equal to one-twelfth of the product of (x) the average daily balance of Servicing Advances and (y) the sum of (i) the Cost of Funds Index plus 0 basis points.

 

Cost of Funds Index :  A per annum rate equal to the London interbank offered rate for one-month United States dollar deposits as such rate appears, in The Wall Street Journal (West Coast edition), as of the first Business Day of such calendar month.  If the rate above is unavailable, the Servicer shall select a comparable source mutually agreeable to the Servicer and the Owner from which to determine such rate.

 

Custodial Account :  The separate trust account or accounts created and maintained pursuant to Section 4.04 at a Qualified Depository.

 

Custodial Agreement :  The agreement governing the retention of the originals of each Mortgage Note, Mortgage, Assignment of Mortgage and other Mortgage Loan Documents.

 

Custodian :  The custodian of the Mortgage Loan Documents as specified under the related Custodial Agreement.

 

Cut-off Date :  The date set forth in the related Purchase Agreement, if applicable.

 

Deed in Lieu Fee :  With respect to each Mortgaged Property, the title to which is acquired by deed in lieu of foreclosure, the Deed in Lieu Fee as set forth in Exhibit 9 .

 

Delinquent Mortgage Loan :  As defined in Section 8.01(c) .

 

Dispute :  As defined in Section 7.01 .

 

Distressed Whole Loan :  Any Mortgage Loan classified by the PennyMac REIT Manager as troubled or distressed and acquired by Owner as part of a pool of mortgage loans that are or are expected to be re-performing and/or under-performing mortgage loans.

 

Due Date :  The day of the month on which the Monthly Payment is due on a Mortgage Loan, exclusive of any days of grace.

 

Due Period :  With respect to amounts collected by the Servicer and required to be remitted to the Owner (or as otherwise directed in writing by the Owner) on each Remittance Date, the period commencing on the first day of the month and ending on the last day of the month preceding the month of the Remittance Date.

 

4



 

Eligible Investments :  Any one or more of the obligations or securities listed below, acquired at a purchase price of not greater than par which investment provides for a date of maturity not later than one day prior to the Remittance Date in each month (or such other date as permitted under this Agreement):

 

(i)             direct obligations of, and obligations fully guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by, the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof, provided such the obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America (“ Direct Obligations ”);

 

(ii)            (A) federal funds, demand and time deposits in, certificates of deposits of, or bankers’ acceptances issued by, any depository institution or trust company (including U.S. subsidiaries of foreign depositories) incorporated or organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof and subject to supervision and examination by federal and/or state authorities, so long as at the time of such investment or the contractual commitment providing for such investment, such depository institution or trust company has a short-term uninsured debt rating in the highest available rating category of Moody’s and S&P and provided that each such investment has an original maturity of no more than 365 days; and (B) any other demand or time deposit or deposit which is fully insured by the FDIC;

 

(iii)           repurchase obligations with a term not to exceed 30 days with respect to any security described in clause (i) above and entered into with a depository institution or trust company (acting as principal) that has obligations with an investment-grade rating from a Rating Agency, provided, however , that collateral transferred pursuant to such repurchase obligation must be of the type described in clause (i) above and must (A) be valued daily at current market prices plus accrued interest, (B) pursuant to such valuation, be equal, at all times, to 105% of the cash transferred by a party in exchange for such collateral and (C) be delivered to such party or, if such party is supplying the collateral, an agent for such party, in such a manner as to accomplish perfection of a security interest in the collateral by possession of certificated securities;

 

(iv)           securities bearing interest or sold at a discount issued by any corporation incorporated under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof which have a credit rating from a Rating Agency that rates such securities in its highest long-term unsecured rating categories at the time of investment or the contractual commitment providing for such investment;

 

(v)            commercial paper (including both non interest bearing discount obligations and interest bearing obligations payable on demand or on a specified date not more than thirty (30) days after the date of issuance thereof) that is rated by a Rating Agency that rates such securities in its highest short term rating category available at the time of such investment;

 

5


 

(vi)           certificates or receipts representing direct ownership interests in future interest or principal payments on obligations of the United States of America or its agencies or instrumentalities (which obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America) held by a custodian in safekeeping on behalf of the holders of such receipts; and

 

(vii)          any other demand, money market, common trust fund or time deposit or obligation, or interest bearing or other security or investment rated investment grade level by a Rating Agency;

 

provided, however , that no such instrument shall be an Eligible Investment if such instrument evidences either (i) a right to receive only interest payments with respect to the obligations underlying such instrument, or (ii) both principal and interest payments derived from obligations underlying such instrument and the principal and interest payments with respect to such instrument provide a yield to maturity of greater than 120% of the yield to maturity at par of such underlying obligations.

 

Eligible Mortgage Loan :  A mortgage loan that is a fixed-rate or Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan that is secured by either a 1st lien or 2nd lien Mortgage on a single family ( i.e. , one- to four-unit) residential Mortgaged Property located in any of the 50 states of the United States or in the District of Columbia; provided, however, that such mortgage loan shall not be a High Cost Loan or a HOEPA Loan.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Eligible Mortgage Loan shall be one of the types of mortgage loans that the Servicer currently services on its servicing platform.

 

Errors and Omissions Insurance Policy :  An errors and omissions insurance policy to be maintained by the Servicer pursuant to Section 4.12 .

 

Escrow Account :  The separate trust account or accounts created and maintained pursuant to Section 4.06 at a Qualified Depository.

 

Escrow Payment :  With respect to any Mortgage Loan, the amounts constituting ground rents, taxes, assessments, water rates, sewer rents, municipal charges, mortgage insurance premiums, flood insurance premiums, fire and hazard insurance premiums, condominium charges, and any other payments required to be escrowed by the Mortgagor with the mortgagee pursuant to the related Mortgage or any other document.

 

Event of Default :  Any one of the conditions or circumstances enumerated in Section 11.01 .

 

Fannie Mae :  The Federal National Mortgage Association, or any successor thereto.

 

Fannie Mae Guide :  Collectively, the Fannie Mae Selling Guide and Servicing Guide, as such Guides may be amended from time to time hereafter.

 

Fannie Mae Mortgage Loan :  A Mortgage Loan underwritten in accordance with the guidelines of Fannie Mae described in the Fannie Mae Guide.

 

6



 

FDIC :  The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or any successor thereto.

 

Fee Amendment : As defined in Section 7.01 .

 

Fee Negotiation Request : As defined in Section 7.01 .

 

Fidelity Bond :  A fidelity bond to be maintained by the Servicer pursuant to Section 4.12 .

 

First Lien Mortgage Loan :  A Mortgage Loan secured by a Mortgage in first lien position on the related Mortgaged Property.

 

Fitch :  Fitch, Inc., or any successor thereto.

 

Fixed-Rate Mortgage Loan :  A fixed-rate mortgage loan serviced pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Flood Zone Service Contract :  A transferable contract maintained for a Mortgaged Property with a nationally recognized flood zone service provider for the purpose of obtaining the current flood zone status relating to such Mortgaged Property.

 

Foreclosure Commencement :  With respect to any Mortgage Loan, the delivery of the applicable file to the Servicer’s foreclosure counsel for initiation of foreclosure proceedings.

 

Freddie Mac :  The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, or any successor thereto.

 

Freddie Mac Guide :  The Freddie Mac Single-Family Seller/Servicer Guide, as such Guide may be amended from time to time hereafter.

 

Freddie Mac Mortgage Loan :  A Mortgage Loan underwritten in accordance with the guidelines of Freddie Mac described in the Freddie Mac Guide.

 

Ginnie Mae :  The Government National Mortgage Association, or any successor thereto.

 

Ginnie Mae Mortgage Loan :  A Mortgage Loan underwritten in accordance with the guidelines of Ginnie Mae described in the Ginnie Mae Guide.

 

Ginnie Mae Guide :  The Ginnie Mae Mortgage-Backed Securities Guide, as such Guide may hereafter from time to time be amended.

 

Guide :  With respect to any Fannie Mae Mortgage Loan, the Fannie Mae Guide; with respect to any Freddie Mac Mortgage Loan, the Freddie Mac Guide; and with respect to any Ginnie Mae Mortgage Loan, the Ginnie Mae Guide.

 

Gross Margin :  With respect to each Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the fixed percentage amount set forth in the related Mortgage Note which amount is added to the Index in

 

7



 

accordance with the terms of such Mortgage Note to determine on each Interest Rate Adjustment Date the Mortgage Interest Rate for such Mortgage Loan.

 

High Cost Loan :  A Mortgage Loan (a) covered by HOEPA or (b) classified as a “high cost,” “threshold,” “covered,” “predatory” or similar loan under any other applicable state, federal or local law (or a similarly classified loan using different terminology under a law imposing heightened regulatory scrutiny or additional legal liability for residential mortgage loans having high interest rates, points and/or fees).

 

HOEPA :  The Federal Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act of 1994, as amended.

 

HOEPA Loan :  A Mortgage Loan which (a) is subject to HOEPA or (b) which the Servicer discovers is subject to HOEPA.

 

Inbound Transfer Date :  The date on which the Servicer begins servicing the related Mortgage Loan pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Index :  With respect to each Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the index set forth in the related Mortgage Note.

 

Insurance Proceeds :  With respect to each Mortgage Loan, proceeds of insurance policies insuring such Mortgage Loan or the related Mortgaged Property.

 

Interest Rate Adjustment Date :  With respect to each Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the date specified in the related Mortgage Note on which the Mortgage Interest Rate is adjusted.

 

Interim Servicing Period :  With respect to any Mortgage Loan, the period commencing on the related Inbound Transfer Date and ending on the Reconstitution Date.

 

Lender Paid Mortgage Insurance Policy or LPMI Policy :  A policy of mortgage guaranty insurance issued by an insurer which meets the requirements of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac in which the owner or servicer of the Mortgage Loan is responsible for the premiums associated with such mortgage insurance policy.

 

Lifetime Rate Cap :  With respect to each Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the provision of the related Mortgage Note that provides for an absolute maximum Mortgage Interest Rate thereunder.  The Mortgage Interest Rate during the terms of each Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan shall not at any time exceed the Mortgage Interest Rate at the time of origination of such Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan by more than the amount per annum set forth on the Mortgage Loan Schedule.

 

Liquidation Fee :  With respect to each sale of an REO Property or each full or discounted payoff accepted by the Servicer in satisfaction of a defaulted Mortgage Loan, the Liquidation Fee as set forth in Exhibit 9 .

 

8



 

Liquidation Proceeds :  Amounts, other than Condemnation Proceeds and Insurance Proceeds, received in connection with the liquidation of a defaulted Mortgage Loan, whether through the sale or assignment of such Mortgage Loan, trustee’s sale, foreclosure sale or otherwise, or the sale of the related Mortgaged Property if the Mortgaged Property is acquired in satisfaction of the Mortgage Loan, other than amounts received following the acquisition of an REO Property pursuant to Section 4.15 and prior to such liquidation.

 

Liquidity Reserve :  As defined in Section 4.17 .

 

Liquidity Reserve Account :  The separate trust account or accounts to be created and maintained under the circumstances described in Section 4.17 .

 

Litigation Reserve :  As defined in Section 4.17 .

 

Litigation Reserve Account :  The separate trust account or accounts to be created and maintained under the circumstances described in Section 4.17 .

 

Loan-to-Value Ratio or LTV :  With respect to any First Lien Mortgage Loan, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the outstanding principal amount of such First Lien Mortgage Loan to the lesser of (a) the Appraised Value of the related Mortgaged Property at origination or (b) if such First Lien Mortgage Loan was made to finance the acquisition of the related Mortgaged Property, the purchase price of such Mortgaged Property.

 

Management Agreement :  The Management Agreement dated as of August 4, 2009 by and among PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. and PNMAC Capital Management, LLC, as such agreement may be amended from time to time.

 

MERS :  Mortgage Electronic Registration Systems, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, or any successor thereto.

 

MERS Mortgage Loan :  Any Mortgage Loan as to which the related Mortgage or Assignment of Mortgage has been recorded in the name of MERS, as agent for the holder from time to time of the Mortgage Note and which is identified as a MERS Mortgage Loan on the related Mortgage Loan Schedule.

 

MERS ®  System :  The system of recording transfers of mortgages electronically maintained by MERS.

 

MOM Loan :  Any Mortgage Loan as to which MERS acts as the mortgagee of record of such Mortgage Loan, solely as nominee for the originator of such Mortgage Loan and its successors and assigns, at the origination thereof.

 

Monthly Payment :  The scheduled monthly payment of principal and interest on a Mortgage Loan.

 

Moody’s :  Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and any successor thereto.

 

9



 

Mortgage :  The mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument securing a Mortgage Note, which creates a first or second lien, as applicable, on an unsubordinated estate in fee simple in real property securing such Mortgage Note; except that with respect to real property located in jurisdictions in which the use of leasehold estates for residential properties is a widely accepted practice, the mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument securing the Mortgage Note may secure and create a first or second lien, as applicable, upon a leasehold estate of the Mortgagor.

 

Mortgage File :  The items pertaining to a particular Mortgage Loan referred to as the Mortgage File in Exhibit 7 annexed hereto, and any additional documents required to be added to the Mortgage File pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Mortgage Impairment Insurance Policy :  A mortgage impairment or blanket hazard insurance policy as described in Section 4.11 .

 

Mortgage Interest Rate :  With respect to each Mortgage Loan, the annual rate of interest borne on the related Mortgage Note.

 

Mortgage Loan :  An individual mortgage loan to be serviced pursuant to this Agreement, as identified on the Mortgage Loan Schedule, which mortgage loan shall be an Eligible Mortgage Loan and includes without limitation the Mortgage File, the Monthly Payments, Principal Prepayments, Liquidation Proceeds, Condemnation Proceeds, Insurance Proceeds, Servicing Rights and all other rights, benefits, proceeds and obligations arising from or in connection with such mortgage loan, excluding replaced or repurchased mortgage loans.

 

Mortgage Loan Documents :  The documents listed on Exhibit 7 attached hereto pertaining to any Mortgage Loan.

 

Mortgage Loan Remittance Rate :  With respect to each Mortgage Loan, the annual rate of interest remitted to the Owner (or as otherwise directed in writing by the Owner), which shall be equal to the related Mortgage Interest Rate.

 

Mortgage Loan Schedule :  The schedule of Mortgage Loans in the form attached as a schedule to the Notice of Inbound Transfer, to be delivered from time to time by the Owner to the Servicer, which schedule shall include, but not be limited to, the following information with respect to each Mortgage Loan (or such lesser information as the Service Provider may determine in its reasonable discretion):

 

(1)                                  the name of the Seller and the Seller’s Mortgage Loan identifying number;

 

(2)                                  the Mortgagor’s name;

 

(3)                                  the street address of the Mortgaged Property including the city, state and ZIP code;

 

(4)                                  a code indicating whether the Mortgaged Property is owner-occupied, a second home or investment property;

 

10



 

(5)                                  the number and type of residential units constituting the Mortgaged Property ( i.e., a one-family residence, a two- to four-family residence, a unit in a condominium project or a unit in a planned unit development);

 

(6)                                  the original months to maturity or the remaining months to maturity from the related Cut-off Date, in any case based on the original amortization schedule and, if different, the maturity expressed in the same manner but based on the actual amortization schedule;

 

(7)                                  the LTV at origination in the case of a First Lien Mortgage Loan;

 

(8)                                  the CLTV at origination in the case of a Second Lien Mortgage Loan;

 

(9)                                  the Mortgage Interest Rate as of the related Cut-off Date;

 

(10)                           the date on which the Monthly Payment was due on the Mortgage Loan and, if such date is not consistent with the Due Date currently in effect, such Due Date;

 

(11)                           the stated maturity date;

 

(12)                           the amount of the Monthly Payment as of the related Cut-off Date;

 

(13)                           the last payment date on which a Monthly Payment was actually applied to pay interest and the outstanding principal balance;

 

(14)                           the original principal amount of the Mortgage Loan;

 

(15)                           the principal balance of the Mortgage Loan as of the close of business on the related Cut-off Date, after deduction of payments of principal due and collected on or before the related Cut-off Date;

 

(16)                           in the case of an Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the next Interest Rate Adjustment Date;

 

(17)                           in the case of an Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the Gross Margin;

 

(18)                           in the case of an Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the Lifetime Rate Cap under the terms of the Mortgage Note;

 

(19)                           in the case of an Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, a code indicating the type of Index;

 

(20)                           in the case of an Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the Periodic Rate Cap under the terms of the Mortgage Note;

 

(21)                           in the case of an Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the Periodic Rate Floor under the terms of the Mortgage Note;

 

(22)                           the type of Mortgage Loan ( i.e. , Fixed-Rate, Adjustable-Rate, First Lien, Second Lien);

 

(23)                           a code indicating the purpose of the loan ( i.e. , purchase, rate and term refinance, equity take-out refinance);

 

(24)                           a code indicating the related documentation program ( i.e. full, alternative or reduced);

 

11



 

(25)                           the loan credit classification (as described in the related Underwriting Guidelines);

 

(26)                           whether the Mortgage Loan provides for a Prepayment Penalty;

 

(27)                           the Prepayment Penalty period of the Mortgage Loan, if applicable;

 

(28)                           a description of the Prepayment Penalty, if applicable;

 

(29)                           the Mortgage Interest Rate as of origination;

 

(30)                           the credit risk score (FICO score) of the related Mortgagor at origination;

 

(31)                           the date of origination;

 

(32)                           in the case of an Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the Mortgage Interest Rate adjustment period;

 

(33)                           in the case of an Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the Mortgage Interest Rate adjustment percentage;

 

(34)                           in the case of an Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the Mortgage Interest Rate floor;

 

(35)                           the Mortgage Interest Rate calculation method ( i.e ., 30/360, simple interest, other);

 

(36)                           a code indicating whether the Mortgage Loan is assumable;

 

(37)                           a code indicating whether the Mortgage Loan has been modified;

 

(38)                           the one year payment history;

 

(39)                           the Due Date for the first Monthly Payment;

 

(40)                           the original Monthly Payment due;

 

(41)                           with respect to the related Mortgagor, the debt-to-income ratio;

 

(42)                           the Appraised Value of the Mortgaged Property;

 

(43)                           the sales price of the Mortgaged Property if the Mortgage Loan was originated in connection with the purchase of the Mortgaged Property;

 

(44)                           the MERS identification number;

 

(45)                           a code indicating whether the Mortgage Loan has borrower paid, lender paid or deep primary mortgage insurance coverage and, if so, (i) the insurer’s name, (ii) the policy or certification number, (iii) the premium rate and (iv) the coverage percentage;

 

(46)                           in the case of a Second Lien Mortgage Loan, the outstanding principal balance of the superior lien;

 

(47)                           a code indicating whether the Mortgage Loan is a HOEPA Loan;

 

(48)                           a code indicating whether the Mortgage Loan is a High Cost Loan;

 

(49)                           a code indicating whether the Mortgage Loan is a subject to a buydown;

 

12



 

(50)                           flood zone and flood insurance coverage information with respect to the Mortgage Loan (to the extent known by the Owner);

 

(51)                           whether the Mortgage Loan is subject to a repurchase agreement;

 

(52)                           if the Mortgage Loan is subject to a repurchase agreement, the name of the counterparty; and

 

(53)                           in the case of a negative amortization Mortgage Loan, the next payment adjustment date and the maximum negative amortization.

 

With respect to the Mortgage Loans in the aggregate, the Mortgage Loan Schedule shall set forth the following information, as of the related Cut-off Date:

 

(a)                                  the number of Mortgage Loans;

 

(b)                                  the current aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Mortgage Loans;

 

(c)                                   the weighted average Mortgage Interest Rate of the Mortgage Loans; and

 

(d)                                  the weighted average maturity of the Mortgage Loans.

 

Mortgage Note :  The note or other evidence of the indebtedness of a Mortgagor under a Mortgage Loan secured by a Mortgage.

 

Mortgaged Property :  The real property (or leasehold estate, if applicable) securing repayment of the debt evidenced by a Mortgage Note.

 

Mortgagor :  The obligor on a Mortgage Note.

 

MSR Recapture Agreement :  The MSR Recapture Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2013, by and between the Servicer and PennyMac Corp.

 

Non-Agency Mortgage Loan :  A Mortgage Loan that is not an Agency Mortgage Loan.

 

Nonrecoverable Advance :  Any Servicing Advance previously made or proposed to be made in respect of a Mortgage Loan or REO Property which, in the good faith judgment of the Servicer, will not or, in the case of a proposed advance, would not, be ultimately recoverable from related Insurance Proceeds, Liquidation Proceeds or otherwise from such Mortgage Loan or REO Property.  The determination by the Servicer that it has made a Nonrecoverable Advance or that any proposed Servicing Advance or advance of principal and interest, if made, would constitute a Nonrecoverable Advance shall be evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Owner.

 

Notice of Inbound Transfer :  A notice in the form mutually agreed upon by the Owner and the Servicer prior to a pending transfer whereby the Owner notifies the Servicer of the addition of the Mortgage Loans specified therein to the coverage of this Agreement.

 

Officer’s Certificate :  A certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board or the Vice Chairman of the Board or a President or Vice President or the Treasurer or the Secretary or

 

13



 

one of the Assistant Treasurers or Assistant Secretaries of the Servicer, and delivered to the Owner.

 

Opinion of Counsel :  A written opinion of counsel, who may be counsel for the Servicer, reasonably acceptable to the Owner; provided, however, that any Opinion of Counsel relating to the qualification of any account required to be maintained pursuant to this Agreement at a Qualified Depository must be (unless otherwise stated in such Opinion of Counsel) an opinion of counsel who (i) is in fact independent of the Servicer, (ii) does not have any material direct or indirect financial interest in the related Servicer or is an Affiliate of either of them and (iii) is not connected with the Servicer as an officer, employee, director or person performing similar functions.

 

Originator :  With respect to a Mortgage Loan, the originator of such Mortgage Loan.

 

Other Fees :  With respect to each Mortgage Loan, those fees set forth in Exhibit 9 for the specific services described therein.

 

Outbound Transfer Date :  With respect to a Mortgage Loan, the date on which the physical servicing of such Mortgage Loan is transferred from the Servicer pursuant to this Agreement to a successor servicer.

 

Outstanding Owner Servicing Advances :  As defined in Section 4.28(f) .

 

Parent :  As defined in Section 13.14 .

 

Payment Clearing Account :  The account established and maintained pursuant to the second paragraph of Section 4.03 .

 

PennyMac Property Preservation Program:   The proprietary property preservation programs designed by PNMAC Capital Management, LLC to modify and enhance the value of Mortgage Loans or mitigate losses to Mortgage Loans, as amended from time to time, and presented to the Servicer by the program technology and other documentation administered and provided by the PennyMac REIT Manager.

 

PennyMac REIT :  PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust, or any successor thereto.

 

PennyMac REIT Manager :  PNMAC Capital Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, or any successor thereto.

 

Periodic Rate Cap :  With respect to each Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the provision of the Mortgage Note which provides for an absolute maximum amount by which the Mortgage Interest Rate specified therein may increase on an Interest Rate Adjustment Date above the Mortgage Interest Rate previously in effect.

 

Periodic Rate Floor :  With respect to each Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the provision of the related Mortgage Note which provides for an absolute maximum amount by

 

14



 

which the related Mortgage Interest Rate may decrease on an Interest Rate Adjustment Date below the Mortgage Interest Rate previously in effect.

 

Person :  Any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

PMI Policy :  A policy of primary mortgage guaranty insurance issued by a Qualified Insurer.

 

Prepayment Penalty :  Any prepayment premium, penalty or charge collected by the Servicer with respect to a Mortgage Loan from a Mortgagor in connection with any Principal Prepayment pursuant to the terms of such Mortgage Loan.

 

Prime Rate :  The prime rate in effect from time to time as published as the average rate in The Wall Street Journal (West Coast edition).

 

Principal Prepayment :  Any payment or other recovery of principal on a Mortgage Loan which is received in advance of its scheduled Due Date, including any Prepayment Penalty thereon, and which is not accompanied by an amount of interest representing scheduled interest due on any date or dates in any month or months subsequent to the month of prepayment.

 

Private Securitization Transaction :  Any transaction involving either (1) a sale of some or all of the Mortgage Loans directly or indirectly to an entity that issues privately offered, rated mortgage-backed securities or (2) an entity that issues privately offered, rated securities, the payments of which are determined primarily by reference to one or more portfolios of mortgage loans consisting, in whole or in part, of some or all of the Mortgage Loans.

 

Public Securitization Transaction :  Any transaction subject to Regulation AB involving either (1) a sale or other transfer of some or all of the Mortgage Loans directly or indirectly to an issuing entity in connection with an issuance of publicly offered, rated mortgage-backed securities or (2) an issuance of publicly offered, rated securities, the payments on which are determined primarily by reference to one or more portfolios of residential mortgage loans consisting, in whole or in part, of some or all of the Mortgage Loans.

 

Purchase Agreement :  The agreement pursuant to which the Owner purchased Mortgage Loans from the related Seller, if applicable.

 

Qualified Depository :  Either (i) an account or accounts maintained with a federal or state chartered depository institution or trust company the short-term unsecured debt obligations of which (or, in the case of a depository institution or trust company that is the principal subsidiary of a holding company, the short-term unsecured debt obligations of such holding company of which) are rated A-2 by S&P or Prime-2 by Moody’s (or a comparable rating if another Rating Agency is specified by the Owner by written notice to the Servicer) at the time any amounts are held on deposit therein, (ii) an account or accounts the deposits in which are fully insured by the FDIC or (iii) a trust account or accounts maintained with a federal or state chartered depository institution or trust company acting in its fiduciary capacity.

 

15


 

Qualified Insurer :  Any insurer which meets the requirements of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.

 

Rating Agency :  Any credit rating agency that is a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Section 3(a)(62) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, in the residential mortgage asset class and is designated by the Owner, or any successor to such organization.

 

Reconstitution :  As defined in Section 12.01 .

 

Reconstitution Date :  As defined in Section 12.01 .

 

Refinanced Mortgage Loan :  A Mortgage Loan the proceeds of which were not used to purchase the related Mortgaged Property.

 

Remittance Date :  With respect to each Mortgage Loan, not later than the last Business Day of the month following the month in which payments in respect of such Mortgage Loan are received and credited.

 

REO Property :  A Mortgaged Property acquired by the Servicer on behalf of the Owner through foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure, as described in Section 4.15 .

 

RESPA :  Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, as amended from time to time.

 

S&P :  Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto.

 

Second Lien Mortgage Loan :  A Mortgage Loan secured by a Mortgage in second lien position on the related Mortgaged Property.

 

Seller :  With respect to each Mortgage Loan, the Seller set forth in the related Mortgage Loan Schedule, if applicable.

 

Service Release Fee :  With respect to each Mortgage Loan, the fee set forth in Exhibit 9 hereto payable by the Owner to the Servicer upon the release of such Mortgage Loan from the Servicer’s loan administration system; provided, however, that no such fee shall be payable by the Owner if the Mortgage Loan or the servicing thereof is transferred (i) to the Servicer or an Affiliate of the Servicer or (ii) pursuant to an Event of Default.

 

Servicer : PennyMac Loan Services, LLC or its successor in interest or any permitted assignee or designee of under this Agreement as herein provided and as provided in Section 8.02 .  Unless the context requires otherwise, all references to “Servicer” in this Agreement shall be deemed to include such Servicer’s successors in interest or permitted assignees or designees.

 

Servicer Employees :  As defined in Section 4.12 .

 

Servicer Information :  As defined in Section 12.01(b)(ii)(A) .

 

16



 

Servicing Advances :  All customary, reasonable and necessary “out-of-pocket” costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred (regardless if any such advance is not, in the reasonable determination of the Servicer, a Nonrecoverable Advance when made but, thereafter, becomes a Nonrecoverable Advance) in the performance by the Servicer of its servicing obligations, including, but not limited to, the cost of (a) the preservation, restoration and protection of the Mortgaged Property or REO Property, (b) any fees relating to any enforcement or judicial proceedings, excluding foreclosures, (c) amounts advanced to correct defaults on any mortgage loan which is senior to the Mortgage Loan and amounts advanced to keep current or pay off a mortgage loan that is senior to the Mortgage Loan, (d) any appraisals, valuations, broker price opinions, inspections, or environmental assessments, (e) the management and liquidation of the Mortgaged Property if the Mortgaged Property is acquired in satisfaction of the Mortgage, (f) taxes, assessments, water rates, sewer rents, mortgage insurance premiums, fire and hazard insurance premiums, flood insurance premiums and other charges which are or may become a lien upon the Mortgaged Property, and (g) executing and recording instruments of satisfaction, deeds of reconveyance.

 

Servicing Fee :  With respect to each Mortgage Loan, the monthly sum of (a) the applicable Base Servicing Fee, (b) if such Mortgage Loan is a Third Party Loan, the applicable Additional Servicing Fee and (c) if such Mortgage Loan is a Third Party Loan or a Distressed Whole Loan, the applicable Supplemental Servicing Fee.  With respect to each newly boarded Mortgage Loan, boarded on or before the 15th day of month, the Servicer shall be entitled to receive the full monthly Servicing Fee for each newly boarded Mortgage Loan.  With respect to each newly boarded Mortgage Loan boarded after the 15th day of the month, the Servicer shall be entitled to one-half of the monthly Servicing Fee for each newly boarded Mortgage Loan.  With respect to each Mortgage Loan released from servicing, Servicer shall be entitled to receive the full monthly Servicing Fee irrespective of the applicable release date.

 

Servicing File :  With respect to each Mortgage Loan, the file retained by the Servicer consisting of originals, if provided, or copies of all documents in the related Mortgage File which are not delivered to the Owner, its designee or the Custodian and copies of the related Mortgage Loan Documents.

 

Servicing Officer :  Any officer of the Servicer involved in or responsible for, the administration and servicing of the Mortgage Loans whose name appears on a list of servicing officers that is required to be furnished by the Servicer to the Owner, as such list may from time to time be amended.

 

Servicing Rights :  With respect to a Mortgage Loan, the right to do any and all of the following:  (a) service and administer such Mortgage Loan; (b) collect any payments or monies payable or received for servicing such Mortgage Loan; (c) collect any late fees, assumption fees, penalties or similar payments with respect to such Mortgage Loan; (d) enforce the provisions of all agreements or documents creating, defining or evidencing any such servicing rights and all rights of the servicer thereunder, including, but not limited to, any clean-up calls and termination options; (e) collect and apply any escrow payments or other similar payments with respect to such Mortgage Loan; (f) control and maintain all accounts and other rights to payments related to any of the property described in the other clauses of this definition; (g) possess and use any and all documents, files, records, servicing files, servicing documents,

 

17



 

servicing records, data tapes, computer records, or other information pertaining to such Mortgage Loan or pertaining to the past, present or prospective servicing of such Mortgage Loan; and (h) enforce any and all rights, powers and privileges incident to any of the foregoing.

 

Special Deposit Account :  An account which the Owner and the Servicer agree shall be a special deposit account for the benefit of the Owner under applicable law.

 

Subservicer :  Any Person that services Mortgage Loans on behalf of the Servicer or any Subservicer and is responsible for the performance (whether directly or through Subservicers) of a substantial portion of the material servicing functions required to be performed by the Servicer under this Agreement.

 

Supplemental Servicing Fee :  With respect to each Third Party Loan and each Distressed Whole Loan, the Supplemental Servicing Fee set forth in or established pursuant to Exhibit 9 hereto.

 

Tax Service Contract :  A life of loan tax service contract maintained for a Mortgaged Property with a tax service provider for the purpose of obtaining current information from local taxing authorities relating to such Mortgaged Property.

 

Third Party Loan :  A Correspondent Loan or other Mortgage Loan owned by a third party investor and with respect to which Owner has acquired the Servicing Rights relating thereto.

 

Underwriting Guidelines :  The underwriting guidelines of the applicable Originator, as identified or specified in the related Purchase Agreement, if applicable.

 

Whole Loan Transfer :  The sale or transfer by Owner of some or all of the Mortgage Loans in a whole loan or participation format other than a Private Securitization Transaction or a Public Securitization Transaction.

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

18



 

ARTICLE II

 

CONTINUATION OF EXISTING SERVICING;
SERVICING OF ADDITIONAL MORTGAGE LOANS

 

Section 2.01                                                      Servicing to Continue.

 

All mortgage loans that were being serviced by the Servicer under the Original Agreement immediately prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement shall constitute Mortgage Loans serviced under this Agreement upon its execution and delivery.

 

Section 2.02                                                      Addition of Mortgage Loans.

 

The Owner and the Servicer shall take the following actions with respect to each Mortgage Loan that the Owner desires to have serviced by the Servicer hereunder in order to effect the transfer of servicing to the Servicer on the related Inbound Transfer Date:

 

(a)                                  Delivery of Mortgage Loan Data .  With respect to each pool of Mortgage Loans to be serviced under this Agreement, no later than thirty (30) calendar days prior to the Inbound Transfer Date (or as otherwise mutually agreed between the Owner and the Servicer), the Owner shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Servicer complete and accurate Mortgage Loan data reflecting the status of payments, balances and other pertinent information necessary to service such Mortgage Loans including but not limited to: (i) master file; (ii) Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan master file; (iii) escrow file; (iv) tax and insurance payee file; (v) Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan history file; (vi) servicing activities; and (vii) any other pertinent information reasonably required by the Servicer.  Such information shall be provided to the Servicer in such electronic format as is mutually agreed upon by both parties.  Not later than one (1) Business Day following the Inbound Transfer Date, the Owner shall provide the Servicer with computer or like records (final data) reflecting the status of payments, balances and other pertinent information as set forth above and necessary to service the Mortgage Loans as of the Inbound Transfer Date.

 

(b)                                  Delivery of Notification Letter . With respect to each pool of Mortgage Loans to be serviced under this Agreement, the Owner shall use its best efforts to deliver or cause to be delivered to the Servicer a Notice of Inbound Transfer for such Mortgage Loans not less than forty-five (45) days prior to the related Inbound Transfer Date (or as otherwise mutually agreed between the Owner and the Servicer), and the Servicer shall be deemed to have approved such transfer unless it shall have provided its written denial within five (5) Business Days of receipt of such Notice.  The Notice of Inbound Transfer shall include a statement of the related delinquency methodology to be used for the related Mortgage Loans as determined by the Owner.

 

(c)                                   Delivery of Servicing and Other Files .  The Owner shall use its reasonable best efforts to provide Servicer with hard copies (or imaged copies if available) of the Servicing File with respect to each Mortgage Loan transferred to Servicer within fifteen (15) Business Days prior to the applicable Inbound Transfer Date (or as otherwise mutually agreed between the Owner and the Servicer).  The Owner shall use its reasonable best efforts to provide Servicer

 

19



 

with hard copies (or imaged copies if available) of any default file with respect to each Mortgage Loan transferred to Servicer within five (5) Business Days of the applicable Inbound Transfer Date (or as otherwise mutually agreed between the Owner and the Servicer).  Any costs and expenses to deliver the aforementioned files shall be borne by the Owner.

 

(d)                                  Notice to Mortgagors .  The Owner shall cause to be provided to each Mortgagor a “Notice of assignment, sale or transfer of servicing” to the Servicer.  Upon boarding of each Mortgage Loan originated by a third-party originator, the Servicer shall deliver to each related Mortgagor a “Welcome Letter” in accordance with RESPA and Accepted Servicing Practices.

 

(e)                                   Transfer of Escrow Funds and Other Proceeds .  The Owner shall use its best efforts to  transfer or cause to be transferred to the Servicer, within one (1) Business Day and not later than three (3) Business Days following the Inbound Transfer Date by wire transfer to the account designated by the Servicer, an amount equal to the sum of (i) Escrow Payments collected from each Mortgagor; and if applicable (ii) all undistributed insurance loss draft funds; (iii) all unapplied funds received by the Owner or any prior servicer; (iv) all unapplied interest on escrow balances accrued through the related Inbound Transfer Date; (v) all buydown funds held by the Owner or any prior servicer as of the related Inbound Transfer Date; and (vi) all other related amounts held by the respective owner of the Mortgage Loan or any prior servicer of such Mortgage Loan as of the related Inbound Transfer Date that the Owner or any prior servicer is not entitled to retain.  The Owner shall be responsible for any interest on escrow amounts held by the Owner prior to the related Inbound Transfer Date.  The Servicer shall be entitled to deduct from Servicer’s monthly remittance to the Owner any shortfalls in Escrow Payments that result from Owner’s failure to deliver any Escrow Payment in full to the Servicer.  To the extent the Custodial Account has insufficient funds to fully fund such shortfalls in the Escrow Payments plus all other amounts due to the Servicer as set forth in Section 5.01 herein, the Owner shall wire such shortfall amount to the Servicer promptly upon receipt of notice of such shortfalls from the Servicer.

 

(f)                                    Outstanding Servicing Advances . Not later than ten (10) Business Days following the Inbound Transfer Date, the Owner shall deliver to the Servicer a schedule, certified by an authorized officer of the Owner as being true and correct and setting forth, in all material respects, those Servicing Advances made by the Owner with respect to the Mortgage Loans as of the related Inbound Transfer Date for which the Owner has not been reimbursed (the “ Outstanding Owner Servicing Advances ”).  The Servicer agrees to reimburse the prior servicer within thirty (30) days following the Inbound Transfer Date for all Outstanding Owner Servicing Advances with which the prior servicer or the Owner has provided the Servicer with reasonably detailed documentation evidencing such advances.  The Servicer shall have no obligation to board Outstanding Owner Servicing Advances or reimburse the prior servicer unless the Servicer has received reasonably detailed documentation allowing the Servicer to collect such advances from the Mortgagor.

 

Section 2.03                                                      Closing Documents.

 

Simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Servicer shall deliver to the Owner an Officer’s Certificate, in the form of Exhibit 6 , with respect to the

 

20



 

Servicer, including all attachments thereto.  If requested by the Owner in connection with any Notice of Inbound Transfer, the Servicer shall deliver the following documents to or at the direction of the Owner:

 

1.                                       a copy of this Agreement;

 

2.                                       a Custodial Account Certification or a Custodial Account Letter Agreement, as applicable, in the form of either Exhibit 2 or Exhibit 3 , as required under Article IV , or a copy of any similar certification previously delivered under the Original Agreement or this Agreement; and

 

3.                                       an Escrow Account Certification or an Escrow Account Letter Agreement, as applicable, in the form of either Exhibit 4 or Exhibit 5 , as required under Article IV , or a copy of any similar certification previously delivered under the Original Agreement or this Agreement.

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

21



 

ARTICLE III

 

SERVICING OF AGENCY MORTGAGE LOANS

 

Section 3.01                                                      Servicer to Act as Servicer of Agency Mortgage Loans.

 

The Servicer shall service and administer each Agency Mortgage Loan in accordance and shall otherwise comply in all respects with the related Guide, including the requirements of such Guide relating to the maintenance of custodial and escrow accounts.

 

Section 3.02                                                      Guides Control.

 

In the event of any conflict between the other provisions of this Agreement, insofar as they may relate to any Agency Mortgage Loan, and the terms of the related Guide, the terms of such Guide shall control.

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

22



 

ARTICLE IV

 

SERVICING OF NON-AGENCY MORTGAGE LOANS

 

Section 4.01                                                      Servicer to Act as Servicer of Non-Agency Mortgage Loans.

 

The Servicer shall service the Non-Agency Mortgage Loans in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and its obligations in respect of the Mortgage Loans shall be limited to those set forth in this Agreement.  To the extent set forth in and subject to the terms of the Delegation of Authority Matrix attached as Exhibit 10 hereto, the Owner hereby delegates authority to the Servicer to carry out the Servicer’s servicing and administration duties with respect to the Non-Agency Mortgage Loans without obtaining the Owner’s prior written approval.

 

Consistent with the terms of this Agreement, the PennyMac Property Preservation Program, and Accepted Servicing Practices, the Servicer may, with respect to a Non-Agency Mortgage Loan, (i) waive any late payment charge or, if applicable, any penalty interest, or (ii) extend the due dates for the Monthly Payments due on a Mortgage Note, or waive, in whole or in part, a Prepayment Penalty.  Unless in compliance with the PennyMac Property Preservation Program, the terms of any Non-Agency Mortgage Loan may only be modified, varied or forgiven with the prior written consent of the Owner while the Non-Agency Mortgage Loan remains outstanding.  The Servicer’s analysis supporting any forbearance and the conclusion that any forbearance meets the standards of this section shall be reflected in writing or electronically in the Servicing File.  The Servicer is hereby authorized and empowered to execute and deliver on behalf of itself and the Owner, all instruments of satisfaction or cancellation, or of partial or full release, discharge and all other comparable instruments, with respect to the Non-Agency Mortgage Loans and with respect to the Mortgaged Properties.  If reasonably required by the Servicer, the Owner shall furnish the Servicer with a fully executed Power of Attorney and other documents necessary or appropriate to enable the Servicer to carry out its servicing and administrative duties under this Agreement with respect to the Non-Agency Mortgage Loans.  With respect to the Non-Agency Mortgage Loans, the Servicer may request the consent of the Owner in writing by certified mail, overnight courier or such other means as may be agreed to by the parties to a course of action that the Servicer proposes to take under this Agreement.  Unless the Owner shall give written notice to the Servicer that it objects to any such recommended course of action within ten (10) Business Days immediately following the day on which the Owner received the Servicer’s written consent request (together with its recommended course of action and relevant supporting documentation), the Owner shall be deemed to have consented to such recommended course of action, and Servicer may take the action recommended to the Owner, unless the Servicer determines, in its reasonable discretion, that such action is no longer prudent or applicable and the Servicer notifies the Owner of such decision not to act.  In the event that the Owner shall object to the Servicer’s recommended course of action, Servicer shall take such action as is required by the Owner, and the Servicer shall have no liability therefor if it is not negligent in performing such action.  Further, to the extent the Servicer has provided the Owner with reasonably timely notice, the Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Servicer from and against any penalty, fine or damages that may result from the Owner’s decision to wait for any period of time up to ten (10) Business Days before providing Servicer with direction as to the course of action to be taken as permitted in the second immediately preceding sentence.  In

 

23



 

addition, except in accordance with the PennyMac Property Preservation Program, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Servicer may not waive any Prepayment Penalty or portion thereof required by the terms of the related Mortgage Note unless (i) the Servicer determines that such waiver would maximize recovery of Liquidation Proceeds for such Non-Agency Mortgage Loan, taking into account the value of such Prepayment Penalty and such Non-Agency Mortgage Loan, and the waiver of such Prepayment Penalty is standard and customary in servicing similar Non-Agency Mortgage Loans (including the waiver of a Prepayment Penalty in connection with a refinancing of the Mortgage Loan related to a default or a reasonably foreseeable default) or (ii) the enforceability thereof is limited (1) by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, receivership or other similar laws relating to creditor’s rights or (2) due to acceleration in connection with a foreclosure or other involuntary payment, or (iii) in the Servicer’s reasonable judgment, (1) the waiver of such prepayment penalty relates to a default or a reasonably foreseeable default, (2) such waiver would maximize recovery of total proceeds taking into account the value of such Prepayment Penalty and such Mortgage Loan and (3) such waiver is standard and customary in servicing similar mortgage loans similar to such Non-Agency Mortgage Loan (including any waiver of a prepayment penalty in connection with a refinancing of a Non-Agency Mortgage Loan that is related to a default or a reasonably foreseeable default). In no event will the Servicer waive a Prepayment Penalty in connection with a refinancing of a Non-Agency Mortgage Loan that is not related to a default or a reasonably foreseeable default.  In servicing and administering the Non-Agency Mortgage Loans, the Servicer shall employ procedures (including collection procedures) and exercise the same care that it customarily employs and exercises in servicing and administering mortgage loans for its own account, where such procedures do not conflict with the requirements of this Agreement, and the Owner’s reliance on the Servicer.  In addition, the Servicer shall retain adequate personnel to effect such servicing and administration of the Non-Agency Mortgage Loans.  Servicer shall have no obligation to collect a Prepayment Penalty with respect to a Non-Agency Mortgage Loan unless the Servicer is provided with such information electronically; provided, however, that the Servicer shall compare the Notice of Inbound Transfer provided by the Owner and any electronic data regarding the Non-Agency Mortgage Loans provided by the previous servicer of such Non-Agency Mortgage Loans and provide the Owner with prompt written notice of any discrepancies with respect to information regarding Prepayment Penalties.

 

The Owner may sell and transfer, in whole or in part, some or all of the Non-Agency Mortgage Loans at any time and from time to time (including, without limitation, in connection with a Private Securitization Transaction or a Public Securitization Transaction). Upon such execution, the Servicer shall mark its books and records to reflect the ownership of the Non-Agency Mortgage Loans by such transferee.

 

The Servicer shall notify MERS of the ownership interest of Owner in each MOM Loan.  At any time during the term of this Agreement, Owner may direct the Servicer to cause any MOM Loan to be deactivated from the MERS System.

 

The Servicing File maintained by the Servicer pursuant to this Agreement shall be appropriately marked and identified in the Servicer’s computer system to clearly reflect the ownership of the related Non-Agency Mortgage Loan by the Owner.  The Servicer shall release from its custody the contents of any Servicing File maintained by it only in accordance with this Agreement.

 

24



 

The Servicer shall be responsible for the actions of any vendors which the Servicer utilizes to carry out its obligations hereunder.  The Owner shall promptly reimburse the Servicer for any fees paid to such vendors by the Servicer.

 

The Servicer shall maintain adequate capacity to service the Non-Agency Mortgage Loans, as well as other mortgage loans that it may service (including mortgage loans held by other entities managed by the PennyMac REIT Manager or any of its Affiliates).

 

Section 4.02                                                      Liquidation of Mortgage Loans.

 

In the event that any payment due under any Non-Agency Mortgage Loan and not postponed pursuant to Section 4.01 is not paid when the same becomes due and payable, or in the event the Mortgagor fails to perform any other covenant or obligation under the Non-Agency Mortgage Loan and such failure continues beyond any applicable grace period, the Servicer shall take such action as the Servicer shall determine reasonably to be in the best interest of the Owner in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices.  In the event that any payment due under any Non-Agency Mortgage Loan is not postponed pursuant to Section 4.01 and remains delinquent for a period of ninety (90) days or any other default continues for a period of ninety (90) days beyond the expiration of any grace or cure period (or such other period as is required by law in the jurisdiction where the related Mortgaged Property is located) or earlier as determined by the Servicer, the Servicer is granted authority to effect Foreclosure Commencement in accordance with and subject to Exhibit 10 hereto and Accepted Servicing Practices.  In such connection, the Servicer shall, acting in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices, advance on behalf of the Owner such funds as are necessary and proper in connection with any foreclosure or towards the restoration or preservation of any Mortgaged Property securing a Non-Agency Mortgage Loan. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Servicing Advance shall be required to be made hereunder with respect to a Non-Agency Mortgage Loan if such Servicing Advance would, if made, constitute a Nonrecoverable Advance.  The determination by the Servicer that it has made a Nonrecoverable Advance with respect to a Non-Agency Mortgage Loan or that any proposed Servicing Advance with respect to a Non-Agency Mortgage Loan would constitute a Nonrecoverable Advance shall be evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate of the Servicer, delivered to the Owner, which details the reasons for such determination.

 

The Servicer acknowledges and agrees that it shall take and initiate any legal actions with respect to any with respect to a Non-Agency Mortgage Loans and related REO Properties, including, without limitation, any foreclosure actions, acceptance of deeds in lieu of foreclosure, and any collection actions with respect to such Non-Agency Mortgage Loans or related REO Properties on behalf of the Owner, but only in the name of the Servicer or its nominee and without reference to the Owner.  Except as otherwise required by law or with the consent of the Owner, under no circumstances shall any such action be taken in the name of, or with any reference to, the Owner.  The Servicer shall provide prior written notice to the Owner, if the Servicer is required by applicable law to take any legal actions with respect to the Non-Agency Mortgage Loans or related REO Properties in the name of, or with reference to, the Owner.

 

25


 

Section 4.03                                                      Collection of Mortgage Loan Payments; Payment Clearing Account.

 

Continuously from the related Inbound Transfer Date until the principal and interest on all Mortgage Loans are paid in full (unless otherwise provided herein), the Servicer shall proceed diligently to collect all payments due under each of the Non-Agency Mortgage Loans when the same shall become due and payable and shall take special care in ascertaining and estimating Escrow Payments, to the extent applicable, and all other charges that will become due and payable with respect to the Non-Agency Mortgage Loans and each related Mortgaged Property, to the end that the installments payable by the Mortgagors will be sufficient to pay such charges as and when they become due and payable.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with respect to the Non-Agency Mortgage Loans, the Servicer shall not be required to institute or join in litigation with respect to collection of any payment (whether under a Mortgage, Mortgage Note, PMI Policy or otherwise or against any public or governmental authority with respect to a taking or condemnation) if in its reasonable judgment it believes that it will be unable to enforce the provision of the Mortgage or other instrument pursuant to which payment is required.  Further, the Servicer shall take special care in ascertaining and estimating annual ground rents, taxes, assessments, water rates, flood insurance premiums, fire and hazard insurance premiums, mortgage insurance premiums, and all other charges that, as provided in the Mortgage, will become due and payable to the end that the installments payable by the Mortgagors will be sufficient to pay such charges as and when they become due and payable.

 

The Servicer shall establish and maintain a Payment Clearing Account into which it shall deposit on a daily basis all payments received in respect of mortgage loans serviced by the Servicer (whether or not serviced pursuant to this Agreement).  Not later than the second Business Day following the receipt of a payment in respect of a Non-Agency Mortgage Loan subject to this Agreement, the Servicer shall withdraw the amount of such payment from the Payment Clearing Account and shall immediately deposit (1) in the Custodial Account, the portion of such payment required to be deposited therein pursuant to Section 4.04 , and (2) in the Escrow Account, the portion of such payment required to be deposited therein pursuant to Section 4.06 .

 

Section 4.04                                                      Establishment of and Deposits to Custodial Account.

 

The Servicer shall establish one or more Custodial Accounts, in the form of time deposit or demand accounts titled in the name of “PNMAC Loan Svc LLC ITF [description of applicable owners or investors]” or titled in another reasonable manner indicating that such account is held in a custodial capacity.  Each Custodial Account shall be established with a Qualified Depository acceptable to the Owner as a Special Deposit Account.  Any funds deposited in the Custodial Account shall at all times be fully insured to the full extent permitted by the FDIC and any amounts therein may be invested in Eligible Investments.  The creation of any Custodial Account shall be evidenced by a certification in the form of Exhibit 2 hereto, in the case of an account established with the Servicer (provided the Servicer qualifies as a Qualified Depository), or by a letter agreement in the form of Exhibit 3 hereto, in the case of an account held by a depository other than the Servicer.  A copy of such certification or letter agreement shall be furnished to the Owner upon request.  The Servicer shall segregate and hold

 

26



 

all funds in the Custodial Account separate and apart from the Servicer’s own funds and general assets.

 

With respect to the Non-Agency Mortgage Loans, the Servicer shall deposit in the Custodial Account and retain therein the following collections received by the Servicer, together with any payments made by the Servicer subsequent to the Inbound Transfer Date pursuant to this Agreement:

 

(i)                                      all payments on account of principal on such Mortgage Loans, including all Principal Prepayments;

 

(ii)                                   all payments on account of interest on the related Mortgage adjusted to the Mortgage Loan Remittance Rate;

 

(iii)                                all related Liquidation Proceeds and any amount received with respect to the related REO Property;

 

(iv)                               all related Insurance Proceeds including amounts required to be deposited pursuant to Section 4.10 (other than proceeds to be held in the Escrow Account and applied to the restoration or repair of the related Mortgaged Property or released to the related Mortgagor in accordance with Section 4.14 ), and Section 4.11 ;

 

(v)                                  all Condemnation Proceeds affecting any related Mortgaged Property that are not applied to the restoration or repair of the related Mortgaged Property or released to the related Mortgagor in accordance with Section 4.14 ;

 

(vi)                               any amount required to be deposited in the Custodial Account pursuant to Section 4.15 or 4.19 ;

 

(vii)                            any Prepayment Penalties received with respect to any Non-Agency Mortgage Loan; and

 

(viii)                         any amounts required to be deposited by the Servicer pursuant to Section 4.11 in connection with the deductible clause in any blanket hazard insurance policy.  Such deposit shall be made from Servicer’s own funds, without reimbursement therefor.

 

The foregoing requirements for deposit into the Custodial Account shall be exclusive, it being understood and agreed that, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Ancillary Income and Prepayment Penalties need not be deposited by the Servicer into the Custodial Account.  Any interest paid by the depository institution on funds deposited in the Custodial Account shall accrue to the benefit of the Servicer and the Servicer may retain any such interest.

 

Section 4.05                                                      Permitted Withdrawals From Custodial Account.

 

Subject to Section 5.01 , the Servicer shall be entitled to withdraw funds from the Custodial Account for the following purposes:

 

27



 

(i)                                      to make payments to the Owner (or as otherwise directed by the Owner in writing) in the amounts and in the manner provided in Section 5.01 ;

 

(ii)                                   to fund any Liquidity Reserve Account or any Litigation Reserve Account as and to the extent required by Section 4.17 ;

 

(iii)                                following the liquidation of a Non-Agency Mortgage Loan, to reimburse itself for (a) any unpaid Servicing Advances to the extent recoverable from Liquidation Proceeds, Insurance Proceeds or other amounts received with respect to the related Non-Agency Mortgage Loan plus (b) related unreimbursed Nonrecoverable Advances made by the Servicer in accordance with this Agreement;

 

(iv)                               to invest funds in Eligible Investments in accordance with Section 4.09 ;

 

(v)                                  to withdraw funds deposited in the Custodial Account in error;

 

(vi)                               to pay to itself any interest earned on funds deposited in the Custodial Account (all such interest to be withdrawn monthly not later than each Remittance Date); and

 

(vii)                            to clear and terminate the Custodial Account upon the termination of the Servicing Agreement.

 

The Servicer shall keep and maintain separate accounting, on a Mortgage Loan by Mortgage Loan basis, for the purpose of justifying any withdrawal from the Custodial Account pursuant to subclause (iii) above.

 

Section 4.06                                                      Establishment of and Deposits to Escrow Account.

 

The Servicer shall establish and maintain one or more Escrow Accounts, in the form of time deposit or demand accounts titled in the name of “PNMAC Loan Svc LLC ttee and/or bailee for [description of applicable owners or investors]” or titled in another reasonable manner indicating that such account is held in a custodial capacity.  Each Escrow Account shall be established with a Qualified Depository as a Special Deposit Account.  Funds deposited in the Escrow Accounts may be drawn on by the Servicer in accordance with Section 4.07 .  The creation of any Escrow Account shall be evidenced by a certification in the form of Exhibit 4 hereto, in the case of an account established with the Servicer (provided the Servicer qualifies as a Qualified Depository), or by a letter agreement in the form of Exhibit 5 hereto, in the case of an account held by a depository other than the Servicer.  A copy of such certification shall be furnished to the Owner on or prior to the execution of this Agreement.  The Servicer shall segregate and hold all funds in any Escrow Account separate and apart from the Servicer’s own funds and general assets.

 

With respect to the Non-Agency Mortgage Loans, the Servicer shall deposit in the Escrow Account or Accounts and retain therein the following collections received by the Servicer:

 

28



 

(i)                                      all related Escrow Payments collected on account of the Non-Agency Mortgage Loans, for the purpose of effecting timely payment of any such items as required under the terms of this Agreement;  and

 

(ii)                                   all amounts representing related Insurance Proceeds or Condemnation Proceeds which are to be applied to the restoration or repair of any related Mortgaged Property.

 

The Servicer shall make withdrawals from the Escrow Account only to effect such payments as are required under this Agreement, as set forth in Section 4.07 .  Any interest paid on funds deposited in the Escrow Account by the depository institution shall accrue to the benefit of the Servicer, other than interest on escrowed funds required by law to be paid to the Mortgagor.  To the extent required by law, the Servicer shall be responsible to pay from its own funds interest on escrowed funds to the Mortgagor notwithstanding that the Escrow Account may be non interest bearing or that interest paid thereon is insufficient for such purposes.

 

Section 4.07                                                      Permitted Withdrawals From Escrow Account.

 

With respect to the Non-Agency Mortgage Loans, withdrawals from the Escrow Account or Accounts may be made by the Servicer only:

 

(i)                                      to effect timely payments of ground rents, taxes, assessments, water rates, mortgage insurance premiums, condominium charges, flood insurance, fire and hazard insurance, premiums or other items constituting related Escrow Payments for the related Mortgage;

 

(ii)                                   to reimburse the Servicer for any Servicing Advance made by the Servicer pursuant to Section 4.08 with respect to a Non-Agency Mortgage Loan, but only from amounts received on the related Mortgage Loan which represent late payments or collections of Escrow Payments thereunder;

 

(iii)                                to refund to any related Mortgagor any funds found to be in excess of the amounts required under the terms of the related Mortgage Loan or applicable federal or state law or judicial or administrative ruling;

 

(iv)                               for transfer to the Custodial Account in accordance with the terms of the related Mortgage and Mortgage Note or this Agreement;

 

(v)                                  for application to restoration or repair of the related Mortgaged Property in accordance with the procedures outlined in Section 4.14 ;

 

(vi)                               to pay the Servicer, or any Mortgagors to the extent required by law, any interest paid on the funds deposited in the Escrow Account;

 

(vii)                            to reimburse itself for any amounts deposited in the Escrow Account in error; and

 

29



 

(viii)                         to clear and terminate the Escrow Account on the termination of this Agreement.

 

Section 4.08                                                      Payment of Taxes, Insurance and Other Charges.

 

With respect to each Non-Agency Mortgage Loan that is a First Lien Mortgage Loan requiring Escrow Payments to be made by the related Mortgagor, the Servicer shall maintain accurate records reflecting the status of ground rents, taxes, assessments, water rates and other charges which are or may become a lien upon the Mortgaged Property and the status of PMI Policy premiums, flood insurance, and fire and hazard insurance coverage and shall obtain, from time to time, all bills for the payment of such charges (including renewal premiums) and shall effect payment thereof prior to the applicable penalty or termination date and at a time appropriate for securing maximum discounts allowable, employing for such purpose deposits of the related Mortgagor in the Escrow Account which shall have been estimated and accumulated by the Servicer in amounts sufficient for such purposes, as allowed under the terms of the related Mortgage.

 

To the extent that any Non-Agency Mortgage Loan is a First Lien Mortgage Loan that does not provide for Escrow Payments, the Servicer shall determine that any such payments are made by the related Mortgagor when due.  With respect to each Non-Agency Mortgage Loan that is a First Lien Mortgage Loan requiring Escrow Payments to be made by the related Mortgagor, subject to Accepted Servicing Practices, the Servicer assumes full responsibility for the payment of all such bills and shall effect payments of all such bills irrespective of the Mortgagor’s faithful performance in the payment of same or the making of the Escrow Payments and shall make Servicing Advances from its own funds to effect such payments within the time period required to avoid penalties and interest and avoid the loss of the related Mortgaged Property by foreclosure from a tax or other lien. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Servicer reasonably determines that such Servicing Advance would be a Nonrecoverable Advance, Servicer shall have no obligation to make such Servicing Advance.  Solely with respect to Non-Agency Mortgage Loans that require Escrow Payments, if Servicer fails to make a Servicing Advance with respect to any payment prior to the date on which late payment penalties or costs related to protecting the lien accrue, the Servicer shall pay any such penalties or costs which accrued.

 

Section 4.09                                                      Protection of Accounts.

 

The Servicer may transfer the Custodial Account, the Escrow Account, any Liquidity Reserve Account or any Litigation Reserve Account to a different Qualified Depository from time to time.  Such transfer shall be made only upon obtaining consent of the Owner, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.  The Servicer shall notify the Owner in writing of any such transfer fifteen (15) Business Days prior to such transfer.

 

Amounts on deposit in the Custodial Account, the Escrow Account, any Liquidity Reserve Account or any Litigation Reserve Account may at the option of the Servicer be invested in Eligible Investments.  Any such Eligible Investment shall mature no later than one day prior to the Remittance Date in each month; provided, however, that if such Eligible Investment is an obligation of a Qualified Depository (other than the Servicer) that maintains the

 

30



 

Custodial Account, the Escrow Account, any Liquidity Reserve Account or any Litigation Reserve Account, then such Eligible Investment may mature on the related Remittance Date.  Any such Eligible Investment shall be made in the name of the Servicer in trust for the benefit of the Owner.  All income on or gain realized from any such Eligible Investment shall be for the benefit of the Servicer and may be withdrawn at any time by the Servicer.  Any losses incurred in respect of any such investment shall be deposited in the Custodial Account, the Escrow Account, any Liquidity Reserve Account or any Litigation Reserve Account, by the Servicer out of its own funds immediately as realized with no right to reimbursement.

 

Section 4.10                                                      Maintenance of Hazard Insurance.

 

The Servicer shall cause to be maintained for each Non-Agency Mortgage Loan that is a First Lien Mortgage Loan, hazard insurance (with extended coverage as is customary in the area where the Mortgaged Property is located) such that all buildings upon the related Mortgaged Property are insured by a generally acceptable insurer acceptable under the Fannie Mae Guides against loss by fire, hazards of extended coverage and such other hazards as are required to be insured pursuant to the Fannie Mae Guides, in an amount which is at least equal to the lesser of (i) the maximum insurable value of the improvements securing such Mortgage Loan and (ii) the greater of (a) the outstanding principal balance of such Mortgage Loan or (b) an amount such that the proceeds thereof shall be sufficient to prevent the related Mortgagor or the loss payee from becoming a co-insurer (or, in the case of any related REO Property, the fair market value of such REO Property).

 

With respect to the Non-Agency Mortgage Loans, if required by the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 or Flood Disaster Prevention Act of 1973, as amended, each such Mortgage Loan is, and shall continue to be, covered by a flood insurance policy meeting the requirements of the current guidelines of the Federal Insurance Administration with a generally acceptable insurance carrier acceptable under the Fannie Mae Guides in an amount representing coverage not less than the least of (i) the aggregate unpaid principal balance of such Mortgage Loan (or, in the case of a related REO Property, the fair market value of such REO Property), (ii) maximum amount of insurance which is available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 or Flood Disaster Prevention Act of 1973, as amended (regardless of whether the area in which such Mortgaged Property is located is participating in such program), or (iii) the full replacement value of the improvements which are part of such Mortgaged Property.  If a related Mortgaged Property is located in a special flood hazard area and is not covered by flood insurance or is covered in an amount less than the amount required by the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 or Flood Disaster Prevention Act of 1973, as amended, the Servicer shall notify the related Mortgagor that the Mortgagor must obtain such flood insurance coverage, and if such Mortgagor fails to obtain the required flood insurance coverage within forty-five (45) days after such notification, the Servicer shall immediately force place the required flood insurance on such Mortgagor’s behalf.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Servicer shall have no liability to Owner or any third party for any penalties or fines imposed based on Servicer’s failure to timely notify the Director of FEMA and the flood insurance provider related to a servicing transfer if Servicer is not provided with flood insurance information; provided that, the Servicer shall have promptly provided Owner with notice of such missing flood insurance information.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Servicer shall maintain a blanket insurance

 

31



 

policy in sufficient amounts to cover any uninsured loss due to any gap in Mortgagor-provided coverage.

 

If a Non-Agency Mortgage Loan that is a First Lien Mortgage Loan is secured by a unit in a condominium project, the Servicer shall verify that the coverage required of the homeowners’ association, including hazard, flood, liability, and fidelity coverage, is being maintained in accordance with then current Fannie Mae requirements, and secure from the homeowners’ association its agreement to notify the Servicer promptly of any change in the insurance coverage or of any condemnation or casualty loss that may have a material effect on the value of the related Mortgaged Property as security.

 

The Servicer shall cause to be maintained on each Mortgaged Property securing a Non-Agency Mortgage Loan such other or additional insurance as may be required pursuant to such applicable laws and regulations as shall at any time be in force and as shall require such additional insurance, or pursuant to the requirements of any private mortgage guaranty insurer, or as may be required to conform with Accepted Servicing Practices.

 

In the event that the Owner or the Servicer shall determine that the Mortgaged Property securing a Non-Agency Mortgage Loan should be insured against loss or damage by hazards and risks not covered by the insurance required to be maintained by the Mortgagor pursuant to the terms of the Mortgage, the Servicer shall in accordance with the Fannie Mae Guides make commercially reasonable efforts to communicate and consult with the Mortgagor with respect to the need for such insurance and bring to the Mortgagor’s attention the desirability of protection of the Mortgaged Property.

 

All policies required hereunder shall name the Servicer and its successors and assigns as a mortgagee and loss payee and shall be endorsed with non contributory standard or New York mortgagee clauses which shall provide for at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of any cancellation, reduction in amount or material change in coverage.

 

In all such cases, the Servicer shall not interfere with the Mortgagor’s freedom of choice in selecting either his insurance carrier or agent, provided, however, that the Servicer shall not accept any such insurance policies from insurance companies unless such companies currently reflect a General Policy Rating of A:VI or better under Best’s Key Rating Guides, are acceptable under the Fannie Mae Guides and are licensed to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Mortgaged Property is located.  The Servicer shall determine that such policies provide sufficient risk coverage and amounts as required pursuant to the Fannie Mae Guides, that they insure the property owner, and that they properly describe the property address.  The Servicer shall furnish to the Mortgagor a formal notice of expiration of any such insurance in sufficient time for the Mortgagor to arrange for renewal coverage by the expiration date; provided, however, that in the event that no such notice is furnished by the Servicer, the Servicer shall ensure that replacement insurance policies are in place in the required coverages and the Servicer shall be solely liable for any losses in the event coverage is not provided.

 

Pursuant to Section 4.04 , any amounts collected by the Servicer under any such policies (other than amounts to be deposited in the Escrow Account and applied to the restoration or repair of the related Mortgaged Property, or property acquired in liquidation of the Mortgage

 

32



 

Loan, or to be released to the Mortgagor, in accordance with the Servicer’s normal servicing procedures as specified in Section 4.14 ) shall be deposited in the Custodial Account subject to withdrawal pursuant to Section 4.05 .

 

Section 4.11                                                      Maintenance of Mortgage Impairment Insurance Policy.

 

In the event that the Servicer shall obtain and maintain a blanket policy insuring against losses arising from flood, fire and hazards covered under extended coverage on all of the Non-Agency Mortgage Loans, then, to the extent such policy provides coverage in an amount equal to the amount required pursuant to Section 4.10 and otherwise complies with all other requirements of Section 4.10 , it shall conclusively be deemed to have satisfied its obligations as set forth in Section 4.10 .  Any amounts collected by the Servicer under any such policy relating to a Non-Agency Mortgage Loan shall be deposited in the Custodial Account subject to withdrawal pursuant to Section 4.05 .  Such policy may contain a deductible clause, in which case, in the event that there shall not have been maintained on the related Mortgaged Property a policy complying with Section 4.10 , and there shall have been a loss which would have been covered by such policy, the Servicer shall deposit in the Custodial Account at the time of such loss the amount not otherwise payable under the blanket policy because of such deductible clause, such amount to be deposited from the Servicer’s funds, without reimbursement therefor.  The Servicer may seek reimbursement from the Owner for the costs and premiums associated with obtaining and maintaining any such blanket policy.

 

Section 4.12                                                      Maintenance of Fidelity Bond and Errors and Omissions Insurance.

 

The Servicer shall maintain with responsible companies that would meet the requirements of Fannie Mae, at its own expense, a blanket Fidelity Bond and an Errors and Omissions Insurance Policy, with broad coverage on all officers, employees or other persons acting in any capacity requiring such persons to handle funds, money, documents or papers relating to the Mortgage Loans (“ Servicer Employees ”).  Any such Fidelity Bond and Errors and Omissions Insurance Policy shall be in the form of the Mortgage Banker’s Blanket Bond and shall protect and insure the Servicer against losses, including forgery, theft, embezzlement, fraud, errors and omissions and negligent acts of such Servicer Employees.  Such Fidelity Bond and Errors and Omissions Insurance Policy also shall protect and insure the Servicer against losses in connection with the failure to maintain any insurance policies required pursuant to this agreement and the release or satisfaction of a Mortgage Loan without having obtained payment in full of the indebtedness secured thereby.  No provision of this Section 4.12 requiring such Fidelity Bond and Errors and Omissions Insurance Policy shall diminish or relieve the Servicer from its duties and obligations as set forth in this Agreement.  Any such Fidelity Bond and Errors and Omissions Insurance Policy shall comply with the applicable requirements from time to time of Fannie Mae. Upon request, the Servicer shall cause to be delivered to the Owner a certified true copy of such Fidelity Bond and Errors and Omissions Insurance Policy and shall obtain a statement from the surety and insurer that such Fidelity Bond and Errors and Omissions Insurance Policy shall in no event be terminated or materially modified without thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Owner.

 

33



 

Section 4.13                                                      Inspections.

 

The Servicer shall order an inspection of the Mortgaged Property securing a Non-Agency Mortgage Loan when such Mortgage Loan becomes 45 days delinquent and every 30 days thereafter so long as such Mortgage Loan remains delinquent to assure itself that the value of the Mortgaged Property is being preserved, provided that the Servicer shall be required to take such action only if it determines that the proceeds to the Owner (after giving effect to the recovery of the Servicer’s out-of-pocket expenses) from payment on, or disposition of, the related Mortgage Loan or REO Property would be increased as a result of the taking of such action.  The Servicer shall document on its servicing system each such inspection.  The costs of such inspections shall be treated as Servicing Advances for which the Servicer shall be entitled to full reimbursement for in accordance with Section 4.05(iv) .

 

Section 4.14                                                      Restoration of Mortgaged Property.

 

With respect to the Non-Agency Mortgage Loans, the Servicer need not obtain the approval of the Owner prior to releasing any Insurance Proceeds or Condemnation Proceeds to the Mortgagor to be applied to the restoration or repair of the Mortgaged Property if such release is in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices and the terms of this Agreement.  At a minimum, the Servicer shall comply with the following conditions in connection with any such release of such Insurance Proceeds or Condemnation Proceeds:

 

(i)                                      the Servicer shall receive satisfactory independent verification of completion in all material respects of repairs and issuance of any required approvals with respect thereto;

 

(ii)                                   the Servicer shall take all steps necessary to preserve the priority of the lien of the Mortgage, including, but not limited to requiring waivers with respect to mechanics’ and materialmen’s liens;

 

(iii)                                the Servicer shall verify that the Mortgage Loan is not in default; and

 

(iv)                               pending repairs or restoration, the Servicer shall place the Insurance Proceeds or Condemnation Proceeds in the Escrow Account.

 

If the Owner is named as an additional loss payee, the Servicer is hereby empowered to endorse any loss draft issued in respect of such a claim in the name of the Owner.

 

Section 4.15                                                      Title, Management and Disposition of REO Property.

 

In the event that title to any Mortgaged Property securing a Non-Agency Mortgage Loan is acquired in foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure, the deed or certificate of sale shall be taken in the name of the Owner or its designee, which may include Servicer on behalf of the Owner, or in the event the Servicer is not authorized or permitted to hold title to real property in the state where the REO Property is located, or would be adversely affected under the “doing business” or tax laws of such state by so holding title, the deed or certificate of sale shall be taken in the name of such Person(s) as shall be consistent with an Opinion of Counsel obtained by Servicer from an attorney duly licensed to practice law in the state where

 

34



 

the REO Property is located.  The Person or Persons holding such title other than the Owner shall acknowledge in writing that such title is being held as nominee for the Owner.  Where title is acquired by the acceptance of a deed in lieu of foreclosure, the Owner shall pay to the Servicer a Deed in Lieu Fee.

 

Upon approval by Owner, the Servicer shall manage, conserve, protect and operate each REO Property related to a Non-Agency Mortgage Loan for the Owner solely for the purpose of its prompt disposition and sale.  The Servicer, either itself or through an agent selected by the Servicer, shall manage, conserve, protect and operate such REO Property in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices and in the same manner that similar property in the same locality as such REO Property is managed.  The Servicer shall attempt to sell the same (and may temporarily rent the same, except as otherwise provided below) on such terms and conditions as the Servicer deems to be in the best interest of the Owner in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices.  The Servicer shall provide the Owner on a monthly basis with a report on the status of each REO Property related to a Non-Agency Mortgage Loan.

 

The Servicer shall also maintain on each REO Property related to a Non-Agency Mortgage Loan fire and hazard insurance with extended coverage in an amount which is at least equal to the maximum insurable value of the improvements which are a part of such property, liability insurance and, to the extent required and available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 or Flood Disaster Prevention Act of 1973, as amended, flood insurance in the amount required in Section 4.10 hereof, provided that the Servicer shall be required to maintain such insurance only if it determines that the proceeds to the Owner (after giving effect to the recovery of the Servicer’s out-of-pocket expenses) from payment on, or disposition of, the related REO Property would be increased as a result of the maintenance of such insurance.  Such costs to maintain appropriate insurance coverage shall be treated as Servicing Advances for which the Servicer shall be entitled to full reimbursement in accordance with Section 4.05(iv) .  In addition, for the sale of each REO Property related to a Non-Agency Mortgage Loan, Owner shall pay to Servicer the Liquidation Fee.

 

The disposition of each REO Property related to a Non-Agency Mortgage Loan shall be carried out by the Servicer at such price, and upon such terms and conditions, as the Servicer deems to be in the best interests of the Owner in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices.  The proceeds of sale of such REO Property shall be promptly deposited in the Custodial Account pursuant to the terms of this Agreement but not later than the second Business Day following receipt thereof.  As soon as practical thereafter, the expenses of such sale shall be paid and the Servicer shall reimburse itself for any related unreimbursed Servicing Advances and unpaid Servicing Fees made pursuant to this Section.

 

With respect to each REO Property related to a Non-Agency Mortgage Loan, the Servicer shall segregate and hold all funds collected and received in connection with the operation of the REO Property in the Custodial Account.  The Servicer shall cause to be deposited on a daily basis in each Custodial Account all revenues received by Servicer (such revenues being those received by Servicer within two Business Days prior to actual deposit into the Escrow Account) with respect to the conservation and disposition of the related REO Property.  Any advances made to maintain appropriate insurance coverage shall be treated as

 

35


 

 

Servicing Advances for which the Servicer shall be entitled to full reimbursement in accordance with Section 4.05(iv) .

 

The Servicer shall furnish to the Owner on a monthly basis the Servicer’s standard REO report on REO Property then serviced by the Servicer with respect to the Non-Agency Mortgage Loans.

 

Section 4.16                                                      Costs and Expenses.

 

With respect to the Non-Agency Mortgage Loans, Owner will be responsible for all losses including but not limited to unrecoverable interest, “out-of-pocket” costs and expenses from either the Mortgagor or Owner that are normal and customary that occur as the result of normal business activity associated with owning the loans.

 

Section 4.17                                                      Liquidity and Litigation Reserves.

 

(a)                                  Liquidity Reserve .  The Servicer, in its discretion, may establish a liquidity reserve (the “ Liquidity Reserve ”) from which to fund Servicing Advances with respect to the Non-Agency Mortgage Loans (other than litigation costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), which may be funded through the use of a Litigation Reserve pursuant to Section 4.17(b) ).  If the Servicer elects to establish a Liquidity Reserve it shall establish a Liquidity Reserve Account at a Qualified Depository.  The Liquidity Reserve Account shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Owner and shall be established and maintained for the sole purpose of holding and distributing the Liquidity Reserve funds.  The Servicer may fund the Liquidity Reserve with such portion of distributions on the Non-Agency Mortgage Loans (but such portion shall nonetheless be deemed to have been distributed to Owner) as it deems appropriate, in the exercise of its reasonable discretion, or otherwise request Owner to fund such Liquidity Reserve, in which case Owner shall fund such Liquidity Reserve as so requested.  At the termination of this Agreement, all remaining funds held in the Liquidity Reserve shall be distributed to the Owner.  Amounts on deposit in the Liquidity Reserve Account shall be invested in Eligible Investments, shall not be used to pay costs or expenses other than Servicing Advances (excluding litigation costs and expenses), and shall be used to pay Servicing Advances (other than litigation costs and expenses) only in any month in which the distributions on the Non-Agency Mortgage Loans received during that month are insufficient to provide sufficient cash to pay all Servicing Advances due and payable (without prepayment) during that month.  No funds from any other source (other than interest or earnings on the funds held in the Liquidity Reserve Account) shall be commingled in the Liquidity Reserve Account.  Amounts on deposit in the Liquidity Reserve Account (including interest and earnings thereon) shall be used and may be withdrawn and disbursed only in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph.  The Servicer shall be authorized and directed to withdraw funds from the Liquidity Reserve Account only to make disbursements in accordance with this Agreement and not for any other purpose.

 

(b)                                  Litigation Reserve .  The Servicer, in its discretion, may establish a litigation reserve (the “ Litigation Reserve ”) from which to fund litigation costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) that constitute Servicing Advances with respect to the Non-Agency Mortgage Loans.  If the Servicer elects to establish a Litigation Reserve it shall establish a Litigation Reserve Account at a Qualified Depository.  The Litigation Reserve Account shall be

 

36



 

held in trust for the benefit of the Owner and shall be established and maintained for the sole purpose of holding and distributing the Litigation Reserve funds.  The Servicer may fund the Litigation Reserve with such portion of distributions on the Non-Agency Mortgage Loans (but such portion shall nonetheless be deemed to have been distributed to Owner) as it deems appropriate, in the exercise of its reasonable discretion, or otherwise request Owner to fund such Litigation Reserve, in which case Owner shall fund such Liquidity Reserve as so requested.  At the termination of this Agreement, all remaining funds held in the Litigation Reserve shall be distributed to the Owner.  Amounts on deposit in the Litigation Reserve Account shall be invested in Eligible Investments, shall not be used to pay costs or expenses other than litigation costs and expenses that constitute Servicing Advances, and shall be used to pay such litigation costs and expenses only in any month in which distributions on the Mortgage Loans received during that month are insufficient to provide sufficient cash to pay all Servicing Advances due and payable (without prepayment) during that month with respect to the Non-Agency Agency Mortgage Loans.  No funds from any other source (other than interest or earnings on the funds held in the Litigation Reserve Account) shall be commingled in the Litigation Reserve Account.  Amounts on deposit in the Litigation Reserve Account (including interest and earnings thereon) shall be used and may be withdrawn and disbursed only in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph.  The Servicer shall be authorized and directed to withdraw funds from the Litigation Reserve Account only to make disbursements in accordance with this Agreement and not for any other purpose.

 

Section 4.18                                                      Transfers of Mortgaged Properties.

 

The Servicer shall enforce any “due-on-sale” provision contained in any Mortgage or Mortgage Note under any Non-Agency Mortgage Loan and deny assumption by the Person to whom the related Mortgaged Property has been or is about to be sold whether by absolute conveyance or by contract of sale, and whether or not the related Mortgagor remains liable on such Mortgage and Mortgage Note.  When the related Mortgaged Property has been conveyed by the Mortgagor, the Servicer shall, to the extent it has knowledge of such conveyance, exercise its rights to accelerate the maturity of such Mortgage Loan under the “due-on-sale” clause applicable thereto; provided, however , that the Servicer shall not exercise such rights if prohibited by law from doing so.

 

If the Servicer reasonably believes it is unable under applicable law to enforce such “due-on-sale” clause, the Servicer, shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, enter into (i) an assumption and modification agreement with the Person to whom such property has been conveyed, pursuant to which such Person becomes liable under the related Mortgage Note and the original Mortgagor remains liable thereon or (ii) in the event the Servicer is unable under applicable law to require that the original Mortgagor remain liable under the Mortgage Note and the Servicer has the prior consent of the primary mortgage guarantee insurer, a substitution of liability agreement with the purchaser of the Mortgaged Property pursuant to which the original Mortgagor is released from liability and the purchaser of the Mortgaged Property is substituted as Mortgagor and becomes liable under the Mortgage Note.  If an assumption fee is collected by the Servicer for entering into an assumption agreement, such fee will be retained by the Servicer as additional servicing compensation.  In connection with any such assumption, neither the Mortgage Interest Rate borne by the related Mortgage Note, the term of the Mortgage Loan nor the outstanding principal amount of the Mortgage Loan shall be changed. Where an assumption

 

37



 

is allowed pursuant to this Section 4.18 , the Servicer, with the prior written consent of the insurer under the PMI Policy or LPMI Policy, if any, is authorized to enter into a substitution of liability agreement with the Person to whom the Mortgaged Property has been conveyed or is proposed to be conveyed pursuant to which the original Mortgagor is released from liability and such Person is substituted as Mortgagor and becomes liable under the related Mortgage Note. Any such substitution of liability agreement shall be in lieu of an assumption agreement.  The Servicer shall notify the Owner that any such substitution of liability or assumption agreement has been completed by forwarding to the Owner, or its designee, the original of any such substitution of liability or assumption agreement, which document shall be added to the related Mortgage File and shall, for all purposes, be considered a part of such Mortgage File to the same extent as all other documents and instruments constituting a part thereof.

 

To the extent that any Non-Agency Mortgage Loan is assumable, the Servicer shall inquire diligently into the creditworthiness of the proposed transferee, and shall follow Accepted Servicing Practices and the underwriting practices and procedures of prudent mortgage lenders in the respective states where the related Mortgaged Properties are located including but not limited to Servicer conducting a review of the credit and financial capacity of the individual receiving the property, and may approve the assumption if it believes the recipient is capable of assuming the mortgage obligations.  If the credit of the proposed transferee does not satisfy the relevant underwriting criteria and the transfer of ownership actually occurs, the Servicer diligently shall, to the extent permitted by the Mortgage or the Mortgage Note and by applicable law, accelerate the maturity of the Non-Agency Mortgage Loan.

 

The Servicer shall be required to take any action otherwise required by this Section 4.18 only if it determines that the proceeds to the Owner (after giving effect to the recovery of the Servicer’s out-of-pocket expenses) from payment on, or disposition of the related Mortgage Loan or REO Property would be increased as a result of the taking of such action.

 

Section 4.19                                                      Satisfaction of Mortgages and Release of Mortgage Files.

 

Upon the payment in full of any Non-Agency Mortgage Loan, or the receipt by the Servicer of a notification that payment in full will be escrowed in a manner customary for such purposes, the Servicer shall notify the Owner in the Monthly Remittance Advice as provided in Section 5.02 , and may request the release of any Mortgage Loan Documents from the Owner in accordance with this Section 4.19 .  The Servicer shall obtain discharge of the related Mortgage Loan as of record within any related time limit required by applicable law (unless prevented from complying as a result of the failure of the local recording office to comply with its obligations on a timely basis).

 

In connection with any instrument of satisfaction or deed of reconveyance with respect to a Non-Agency Mortgage Loan, the Servicer shall be entitled to a reconveyance fee.  Such reconveyance fee shall only be reimbursable to the Servicer by the Owner to the extent the reconveyance fee is uncollectible from the related Mortgagor based on the terms of the security instrument or in the Servicer’s reasonable opinion that such fee is not allowable by statute.

 

Upon receipt of such request, the Owner or its designee shall within five (5) Business Days release or cause to be released the related Mortgage Loan Documents to Servicer

 

38



 

and Servicer shall prepare and process any satisfaction or release.  If the Owner or its designee or the Custodian does not release the related Mortgage Loan Documents to Servicer within five (5) Business Days of receipt of request to do so, Servicer may retain a third party to complete the reconveyance and charge the Owner the actual cost of services provided by such third party.  Except as set forth in this paragraph, Servicer shall have no liability for third party delays that may result in assessed penalties.

 

If the Servicer satisfies or releases a Mortgage securing a Non-Agency Mortgage Loan without first having obtained payment in full of the indebtedness secured by the Mortgage (or such lesser amount in connection with a discounted payoff accepted by the Servicer with respect to a defaulted Mortgage Loan) or should the Servicer otherwise prejudice any rights the Owner may have under the mortgage instruments, the Servicer shall deposit the shortfall amount of the paid indebtedness in the Custodial Account (unless such shortfall is $500 or less, in which case no deposit shall be required) within five (5) Business Days of receipt of such demand by the Owner.

 

The Servicer shall cause the Fidelity Bond and Errors and Omissions Insurance Policy required under Section 4.12 to insure the Servicer against any loss it may sustain with respect to any Non-Agency Mortgage Loan not satisfied in accordance with the procedures set forth herein.

 

Section 4.20                                                      Notification of Adjustments.

 

With respect to each Non-Agency Mortgage Loan that is an Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the Servicer shall adjust the Mortgage Interest Rate on the related Interest Rate Adjustment Date in compliance with the requirements of applicable law and the related Mortgage and Mortgage Note. If, pursuant to the terms of the related Mortgage Note, another Index is selected for determining the Mortgage Interest Rate because the original Index is no longer available, the same Index will be used with respect to each Mortgage Note which requires a new Index to be selected provided that such selection does not conflict with the terms of the related Mortgage Note.  The Servicer shall execute and deliver any and all necessary notices required under applicable law and the terms of the related Mortgage Note and Mortgage regarding the Mortgage Interest Rate and the Monthly Payment adjustments.  The Servicer shall promptly deliver to the Owner such notifications and any additional applicable data regarding such adjustments and the methods used to calculate and implement such adjustments.  Upon the discovery by the Servicer or the Owner that the Servicer has failed to adjust a Mortgage Interest Rate or a Monthly Payment pursuant to the terms of the related Mortgage Note and Mortgage related to a Non-Agency Mortgage Loan, the Servicer shall immediately deposit in the Custodial Account from its own funds the amount of any interest loss caused the Owner thereby without reimbursement therefor.

 

Section 4.21                                                      Recordation of Assignments of Mortgage.

 

Except in connection with Accepted Servicing Practices for defaulted Mortgage Loans, the Servicer shall not be responsible for the preparation or recording of the Assignments of Mortgage relating to the Non-Agency Mortgage Loans to the Owner, or any other party; provided, however, that in the event the Servicer agrees (which agreement shall be in Servicer’s

 

39



 

sole discretion) to record any mortgage assignment, any expense, including the fees of third party service providers, incurred by the Servicer in connection with the preparation and recordation of Assignments of Mortgage shall be reimbursable by the Owner, or, if not reimbursed by the Owner, advanced or paid as a Servicing Advance.

 

Section 4.22                                                      [Reserved].

 

Section 4.23                                                      Credit Reporting.

 

With respect to the Non-Agency Mortgage Loans, the Servicer shall fully furnish, in accordance with the Fair Credit Reporting Act and its implementing regulations, accurate and complete information (e.g. favorable and unfavorable) on the Mortgagor credit files to Equifax, Experian and Trans Union Credit Information Company (or their respective successors) on a monthly basis and in accordance with applicable federal, state and local laws.

 

Section 4.24                                                      Superior Liens.

 

With respect to the Non-Agency Mortgage Loans, if the Servicer is notified that any superior lienholder has accelerated or intends to accelerate the obligations secured by the superior lien, or has declared or intends to declare a default under the superior mortgage or the promissory note secured thereby, or has filed or intends to file an election to have the related Mortgaged Property sold or foreclosed, the Servicer shall take whatever actions are necessary to protect the interests of the Owner, and/or to preserve the security of the related Mortgage Loan, subject to any requirements applicable to real estate mortgage investment conduits pursuant to the Code.  The Servicer shall make a Servicing Advance of the funds necessary to cure such default or reinstate such superior lien if the Servicer determines that such Servicing Advance is in the best interests of the Owner and would be in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices.  The Servicer shall not make such a Servicing Advance except to the extent that it determines that such advance would not be a Nonrecoverable Advance from Liquidation Proceeds on the related Mortgage Loan.  The Servicer shall thereafter take such action as is necessary to recover the amount so advanced.

 

If a Non-Agency Mortgage Loan is identified on the Notice of Inbound Transfer as a Second Lien Mortgage Loan, then the Servicer may consent to the refinancing of the prior senior lien on the related Mortgaged Property, provided that the following requirements are met:

 

1.                                       the resulting CLTV of such Second Lien is no higher than its CLTV prior to such refinancing; and

 

2.                                       the interest rate, or, in the case of an adjustable-rate existing senior lien, the maximum interest rate, for the loan evidencing the refinanced senior lien is no more than 2.0% (or such higher rate that the Servicer determines to be in the Owner’s best interest) higher than the interest rate or the maximum interest rate, as the case may be, on the loan evidencing the existing senior lien immediately prior to the date of such refinancing; and

 

3.                                       the loan evidencing the refinanced senior lien is not subject to the possibility of negative amortization.

 

40



 

Section 4.25                                                      Prepayments in Full.

 

With respect to each Non-Agency Mortgage Loan, the Servicer agrees to deliver on or prior to the fifth (5th) Business Day of each month to the Owner, a report setting forth information with respect to any prepayments in full with respect to such Non-Agency Mortgage Loan received in the prior month.

 

Section 4.26                                                      Tax and Flood Service Contracts.

 

The Servicer, at the Owner’s expense, shall cause each Non-Agency Mortgage Loan that is a First Lien Mortgage Loan and is transferred to the Servicer for servicing to be covered (to the extent not already covered) by a Tax Service Contract and/or Flood Service Contract, by (a) a Tax Service Contract and/or (b) a Flood Zone Service Contract.  If any Non-Agency Mortgage Loan is missing a required Tax Service Contract or if any Non-Agency Mortgage Loan is missing a required Flood Zone Service Contract at the time of the Inbound Transfer Date, Servicer shall place such Tax Service Contract or Flood Zone Service Contract, as applicable, and shall be entitled to the fee associated with acquiring such contracts as set forth in Exhibit 9 .

 

Section 4.27                                                      Maintenance of PMI Policies and LPMI Policies; Collections Thereunder.

 

The Servicer shall maintain in full force and effect, a PMI Policy, issued by a Qualified Insurer, with respect to each Non-Agency Mortgage Loan for which such coverage is required, provided that the Servicer’s obligations to pay premiums in respect of any such Policy shall terminate if the Servicer determines that the related insurer is unwilling or unable to make all payments due under such policy.  Such coverage shall be maintained until the LTV Ratio or CLTV, as applicable, of the related Non-Agency Mortgage Loan is reduced to that amount for which Fannie Mae would no longer require such insurance. The Servicer will not cancel or refuse to renew any PMI Policy in effect on the related Inbound Transfer Date that is required to be kept in force under this Agreement with respect to a Non-Agency Mortgage Loan unless a replacement PMI Policy or LPMI Policy for such cancelled or non-renewed policy is obtained from and maintained with a Qualified Insurer.  The Servicer shall not take any action which would result in non-coverage under any applicable PMI Policy or LPMI Policy of any loss which, but for the actions of the Servicer, would have been covered thereunder.  In connection with any assumption or substitution agreement entered into or to be entered into pursuant to Section 4.18 with respect to a Non-Agency Mortgage Loan, the Servicer shall promptly notify the insurer under the related PMI Policy or LPMI Policy, if any, of such assumption or substitution of liability in accordance with the terms of such policy and shall take all actions which may be required by such insurer as a condition to the continuation of coverage under the PMI Policy or LPMI Policy. If such PMI Policy is terminated as a result of such assumption or substitution of liability, the Servicer shall obtain a replacement PMI Policy as provided above.

 

In connection with its activities as servicer with respect to the Non-Agency Mortgage Loans, the Servicer agrees to prepare and present, on behalf of itself, and the Owner, claims to the insurer under any PMI Policy or LPMI Policy in a timely fashion in accordance with the terms of such policies and, in this regard, to take such action as shall be necessary to

 

41



 

permit recovery under any PMI Policy or LPMI Policy respecting a defaulted Non-Agency Mortgage Loan.  Pursuant to Section 4.04 , any amounts collected by the Servicer under any PMI Policy or LPMI Policy shall be deposited in the related Custodial Account, subject to withdrawal pursuant to Section 4.05 .

 

Section 4.28                                                      Reliability of Information/Exceptional Expenses.

 

The Servicer may rely on all data and materials relating to the Non-Agency Mortgage Loans supplied to it by the Owner or the Owner’s designee(s) and the authenticity and accuracy of such data and materials, including any signatures contained therein.  The Servicer shall not be obligated to conduct an independent investigation of any data materials or audit of any data, materials or Mortgage File, and may rely on the authenticity and accuracy of such data and materials as provided, including any signatures contained therein and shall not be held accountable for data integrity, missing information or missing documents that prevent the boarding of a Non-Agency Mortgage Loan to the Servicer’s mortgage loan administration system.  The Servicer shall deliver notification to the Owner of any material data deficiencies discovered by the Servicer. If such error was identified prior to the Inbound Transfer Date, the Owner shall have the ability to correct such errors or provide missing data at no additional cost to Servicer. Should the Owner decline to provide such data corrections or provide such missing data, Servicer shall be entitled to charge the Owner a manual data backfill fee as set forth on Exhibit 9 .  If such error was identified after the Inbound Transfer Date and such error was not the result of Servicer’s negligence, the Servicer shall provide the Owner with a written cost estimate to correct such errors, and upon the Owner’s approval, which approval should not be unreasonably withheld, the Owner shall reimburse the Servicer for all documented costs and expenses incurred by the Servicer, including but not limited to, costs and expenses resulting from the Owner’s actions, instructions or any failure by the Owner to provide the Servicer complete, accurate and timely Mortgage Loan information.

 

Section 4.29                                                      Escrow Obligations.

 

In connection with impounded Non-Agency Mortgage Loans, the Owner shall (i) cause all taxes and assessments with respect to which the related tax bill is due within thirty (30) days following the related Inbound Transfer Date to be paid prior to such Inbound Transfer Date, and (b) cause all hazard, flood, earthquake, PMI Policy and other insurance premiums that are due on or prior to the thirtieth (30th) day following such Inbound Transfer Date to be paid on or prior to such Inbound Transfer Date.  The Owner shall be responsible for any losses including but not limited to tax penalties (including any loss of discount for which any related Mortgagor or any third party for the benefit of the related Mortgagor has a legal claim) for the current tax due period or for any tax period that ends no more than twelve (12) months earlier than the date of the last paid installment of the Non-Agency Mortgage Loan, as well as for its advances to pay the delinquent taxes themselves in connection with any Non-Agency Mortgage Loan for which the Owner failed to pay taxes as required by this Section 4.29 as the result of an action or inaction of a previous servicer.

 

42



 

Section 4.30                                                      No Obligation to Advance Delinquent Payments.

 

The Servicer shall have no obligation to advance amounts constituting delinquent principal and interest payments on any Non-Agency Mortgage Loan.

 

Section 4.31                                                      MERS Transfers.

 

The Servicer shall comply in all material respects with the rules and procedures of MERS in connection with the servicing of the Non-Agency Mortgage Loans that are MERS Mortgage Loans for as long as such Non-Agency Mortgage Loans are registered with MERS.

 

To the extent the Owner requests the Servicer to register or transfer a Non-Agency Mortgage Loan with Mortgage Electronic Registration System, Inc., the Owner shall promptly transfer or cause to be transferred to Servicer the required mortgage loan information.  For such services, the Owner agrees to pay the Servicer the fee set forth on Exhibit 9 upon the boarding or release of such Non-Agency Mortgage Loan on the Servicer’s mortgage loan administration system.

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

43



 

ARTICLE V

 

PAYMENTS; REPORTS

 

Section 5.01                                                      Remittances.

 

On each Remittance Date, the Servicer shall remit by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Owner (or as otherwise directed in writing by the Owner) (i) with respect to the Agency Mortgage Loans, subject to the requirements of the applicable Guide, all amounts on deposit in the custodial accounts maintained with respect to the Agency Mortgage Loans (net of amounts required to remain on deposit therein or paid to or for the benefit of the related Agency pursuant to the applicable Guide) and (ii) with respect to the Non-Agency Mortgage Loans, all amounts on deposit in the Custodial Account related to the Due Period (net of charges against or withdrawals from the Custodial Account pursuant to Section 4.05 ).  The Servicer shall remit to the Owner (or as otherwise directed in writing by the Owner) all Principal Prepayments with respect to the Non-Agency Mortgage Loans, in full or in part, on the Remittance Date pursuant to Section 4.05 .

 

With respect to any remittance received by the Owner after the day on which such payment was due, the Servicer shall pay to the Owner interest on any such late payment at an annual rate equal to the Prime Rate, adjusted as of the date of each change, plus one percentage point, but in no event greater than the maximum amount permitted by applicable law.  Such interest shall be remitted to the Owner by the Servicer on the date such late payment is made and shall cover the period commencing with the day such payment was due and ending with the Business Day on which such payment is made, both inclusive.  The payment by the Servicer of any such interest shall not be deemed an extension of time for payment or a waiver of any Event of Default.

 

All remittances made to the Owner pursuant to this Section 5.01 are to be made in accordance with the wire transfer instructions provided by Owner.

 

Section 5.02                                                      Reports to the Owner.

 

Not later than the twentieth (20th) calendar day of each month or, if the 20th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, the Servicer shall furnish to the Owner standard monthly reports as set forth on Exhibit 1 attached hereto or in a format mutually agreed upon (which shall be provided in Excel format and be accessible by the Owner via the Servicer’s secured website).  For all purposes of this Agreement, delinquency status shall be determined in accordance with standard MBA methodology, as is appropriate, as determined by the Owner for the applicable Mortgage Loan type and set forth in the related Notice of Inbound Transfer.

 

Not less frequently than quarterly, commencing in the second calendar quarter following the calendar quarter in which this Agreement is executed and delivered, the Servicer shall deliver to the Owner a reasonably detailed report regarding the Servicer’s financial results.  Not less frequently than annually, commencing in the calendar year following the year in which this Agreement is executed and delivered, the Servicer shall deliver to the Owner relevant market data on management and servicing fees.

 

44



 

Section 5.03                                                      Tax Reporting.

 

In addition, on or before March 15th of each calendar year, the Servicer shall furnish to each Person who was an Owner (or subsequent owner of a Mortgage Loans subject to this Agreement) at any time during such calendar year an annual statement in accordance with the requirements of applicable federal income tax law as to the aggregate of remittances for the applicable portion of such year.

 

Such obligation of the Servicer shall be deemed to have been satisfied to the extent that substantially comparable information shall be provided by the Servicer pursuant to any requirements of the Code as from time to time are in force.

 

The Servicer shall prepare and file any and all tax returns, information statements or other filings required to be delivered to any governmental taxing authority or to the Owner pursuant to any applicable law with respect to the Mortgage Loans and the transactions contemplated hereby.  In addition, the Servicer shall provide the Owner with such information concerning the Mortgage Loans as is necessary for the Owner to prepare its federal income tax return as the Owner may reasonably request from time to time and which is reasonably available to the Servicer.

 

Section 5.04                                                      Cost of Funds.

 

With respect to Servicing Advances made by Servicer under the terms of this Agreement, the Servicer shall be entitled to collect from the Owner monthly for the Cost of Funds on such Servicing Advances.

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

45


 

ARTICLE VI

 

RECORDS, INFORMATION AND COMPLIANCE DOCUMENTS

 

Section 6.01                                                      Possession of Servicing Files.

 

The contents of each Servicing File related to a Non-Agency Mortgage Loan are and shall be held in trust by the Servicer for the benefit of the Owner as the owner thereof.  The Servicer shall maintain in the Servicing File a hard or electronic copy, if available, of each Mortgage Loan Document received by the Owner or its designee and the originals or copies of documents not delivered to the Owner in the Servicer’s possession received during the term of this Agreement.  The possession of the Servicing File by the Servicer is at the will of the Owner for the sole purpose of servicing the related Non-Agency Mortgage Loan, pursuant to this Agreement, and such retention and possession by the Servicer is in its capacity as Servicer only and at the election of the Owner.  The Servicer shall release its custody of the contents of any Servicing File only in accordance with written instructions from the Owner, unless such release is required as incidental to the Servicer’s servicing of the Non-Agency Mortgage Loans pursuant to this Agreement.

 

The Servicer shall be responsible for maintaining, and shall maintain, a complete set of books and records for each Non-Agency Mortgage Loan which shall be marked clearly to reflect the ownership of each Non-Agency Mortgage Loan by the Owner.  In particular, the Servicer shall maintain in its possession, available for inspection by the Owner, and shall deliver to the Owner if so directed by the Owner, upon written demand, evidence of compliance with all federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations, and requirements of Fannie Mae, including but not limited to documentation as to the method used in determining the applicability of the provisions of the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 or Flood Disaster Prevention Act of 1973, as amended, to the related Mortgaged Property, documentation evidencing insurance coverage and eligibility of any condominium project for approval by Fannie Mae and periodic inspection reports as required by Section 4.13 , as applicable.

 

The Servicer shall keep at its servicing office books and records in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Servicer shall note transfers of Mortgage Loans.

 

Section 6.02                                                      Annual Statement as to Compliance.

 

(a)                                  So long as any Mortgage Loans are being serviced hereunder, or were serviced hereunder during the prior calendar year, the Servicer shall, at its own expense, deliver to the Owner, on or before March 28th of each year (but in no event later than the next to the last Business Day of such month), a statement of compliance addressed to the Owner and signed by a Servicing Officer, to the effect that (i) a review of the Servicer’s servicing activities during the immediately preceding calendar year (or applicable portion thereof) and of its performance under the servicing provisions of this Agreement during such period has been made under such officer’s supervision, and (ii) to the best of such officer’s knowledge, based on such review, the Servicer has fulfilled all of its servicing obligations under this Agreement in all material respects throughout such calendar year (or applicable portion thereof) or, if there has been a failure to

 

46



 

fulfill any such obligation in any material respect, specifically identifying each such failure known to such officer, the nature and the status thereof.

 

Section 6.03                                                      Annual Independent Public Accountants’ Servicing Report.

 

(a)                                  So long as any Mortgage Loans are being serviced hereunder, or were serviced hereunder during the prior calendar year, the Servicer shall, at its own expense, deliver to the Owner, on or before March 28th of each year (but in no event later than the next to the last Business Day of such month), a report of a registered public accounting firm stating that (i) it has obtained a letter of representation regarding certain matters from the management of the Servicer which includes an assertion that the Servicer has complied with certain minimum residential mortgage loan servicing standards, identified in the Uniform Single Attestation Program for Mortgage Bankers established by the Mortgage Bankers Association of America, with respect to the servicing of residential mortgage loans during the most recently completed fiscal year and (ii) on the basis of an examination conducted by such firm in accordance with standards established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, such representation is fairly stated in all material respects, subject to such exceptions and other qualifications that may be appropriate.  In rendering its report such firm may rely, as to matters relating to the direct servicing of residential mortgage loans by Subservicers, upon comparable reports of firms of independent certified public accountants rendered on the basis of examinations conducted in accordance with the same standards (rendered within one year of such report) with respect to those Subservicers.

 

Section 6.04                                                      Provision of Information.

 

The Servicer shall furnish to the Owner all reports required hereunder, and such other periodic, special, or other reports or information, whether or not provided for herein, as shall be necessary, reasonable, or appropriate with respect to the Owner or the purposes of this Agreement to the extent such reports or information are readily accessible to the Servicer without undue expense.  All such reports or information shall be provided by and in accordance with all reasonable instructions and directions which the Owner may give and to the extent the Servicer incurs any material cost or expense related to this Section 6.04 not otherwise required to be incurred pursuant to this Agreement, such expense shall be at the sole cost and expense of the Owner.

 

Section 6.05                                                      Right to Examine Servicer Records.

 

The Owner shall have the right during the term of this Agreement to examine and audit any and all of the books, records, or other information of the Servicer, whether held by the Servicer or by another on its behalf, with respect to or concerning this Agreement or the Mortgage Loans, during normal business hours, upon reasonable advance notice and at the sole cost and expense of the Owner; provided, however, that unless otherwise required by law, the Servicer shall not be required to provide access to such information if the provision thereof would violate any law or legal obligation of the Servicer, or would compromise the Servicer’s information disclosure and security policies, including the legal right to privacy of any Mortgagor.

 

47



 

Section 6.06                                                      Compliance with Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999.

 

With respect to each Mortgage Loan and the related Mortgagor, each party shall comply with Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 and all applicable regulations and guidelines promulgated thereunder, and shall provide all notices required of the party thereunder.

 

Section 6.07                                                      On-Line Access.

 

Servicer shall provide to the Owner internet access (via a secure portfolio management website) to certain computer screens in the Servicer’s loan administration computer system or view Mortgage Loan information.  In addition the Servicer shall update such Mortgage Loan information on a “real time” basis.  The Servicer shall provide to the Owner internet access (via secure report and data transmission website) to the Servicer’s loan administration computer system to transmit and receive Mortgage Loan information relating to new loan boardings, service releases and to download portfolio management reports.  With respect to access to Servicer’s portfolio management website, the Servicer shall provide the Owner with the tools to create and administer log-in identifications and passwords for each of its authorized users.  In accessing Servicer’s websites, the Owner agrees that it will: (i) only log-in with the identification assigned by the Servicer; (ii) correctly and completely log off the system immediately upon completion of each session of service; (iii) not allow any unauthorized employee or agent of the Owner, to use the assigned log in identification or improperly access the Servicer’s computer system; (iv) keep the assigned log in identification and all other information enabling such access strictly confidential; (v) not access, or attempt to access any Servicer systems or data other than that which is specifically authorized; (vi) not intentionally spread viruses or other malicious computer codes to the Servicer’s computer systems; (vii) not copy or infringe upon any content contained on the Servicer’s loan administration computer system; (vii) designate in writing an administrator who shall maintain on a quarterly basis a current list of employees or agents of the Owner who have been authorized to access the Servicer’s loan administration computer system and assigned log in identifications and passwords pursuant to this Section 6.07 (each an “ Authorized User ”); (viii) conduct a quarterly review to ensure that each Authorized User is currently an employee or agent of the Owner and whose employment or function as agent of the Owner requires the Authorized User to have continued access to the Servicer’s loan administration computer system; (ix) immediately remove from the list of authorized users, and deny access to, any individual who is not currently an employee or agent of the Owner or whose employment or function as agent no longer requires such employee or agent of the Owner to remain an Authorized User and to have access to the Servicer’s loan administration computer system; and (x) deliver to the Servicer on or before the end of the month following each anniversary of the date of execution of this Agreement, beginning on the first such anniversary following the execution of this Agreement, an officer’s certification stating that the Owner has fully complied and satisfied the obligations as set forth above in clauses (i) through (ix) .

 

Access to the Servicer’s administration system shall be available 24 hours a day and seven days a week.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Servicer shall have no liability to the Owner in the event that access to the Servicer’s loan administration system becomes limited or otherwise unavailable during periods of heavy use, upgrades, maintenance to address security concerns or otherwise.  The Owner acknowledges that Mortgage Loan information may only be accessible for viewing during such time the Mortgage Loan is being serviced under this

 

48



 

Agreement.  The Servicer shall purge all reports and files from websites that are aged more than sixty (60) days and the Servicer shall not be responsible to store, maintain, or archive such reports and files unless otherwise agreed upon in writing by both parties.

 

Section 6.08                                                      Financial Statements; Servicing Facilities.

 

In connection with marketing the Mortgage Loans or a proposed Reconstitution, the Owner shall make available to a prospective purchaser audited financial statements of the consolidated group that includes the Servicer for the most recently completed three fiscal years for which such statements are available, as well as a “Consolidated Statement of Condition” at the end of the last two fiscal years for which such statements are available covered by any “Consolidated Statement of Operations.”  The Servicer also shall make available any comparable interim statements to the extent any such statements have been prepared by or on behalf of the corporate group that includes the Servicer (and are available upon request to the public at large).  The Servicer shall furnish to the Owner or a prospective purchaser copies of the statements specified above.

 

The Servicer shall make available to the Owner or any prospective purchaser a knowledgeable representative for the purpose of answering questions respecting recent developments affecting the Servicer or the financial statements of the corporate group that includes the Servicer, and to permit any prospective purchaser (upon reasonable notice) to inspect the Servicer’s servicing facilities (no more than 6 times per year unless mutually agreed to between the parties) for the purpose of satisfying such prospective purchaser that the Servicer has the ability to service the Mortgage Loans as provided in this Agreement provided that such access is necessary, reasonable, or appropriate with respect to the Owner or the purposes of this Agreement to the extent such access or information are readily accessible to the Servicer without undue expense.

 

Section 6.09                                                      Use of Subservicers.

 

It shall not be necessary for the Servicer to seek the consent of the Owner to the utilization of any Subservicer, including an Affiliate acting as a Subservicer; provided, however, that the Servicer delivers any notices or obtains any consents or approvals otherwise required by the applicable Guide.  The Servicer shall be responsible for obtaining from each Subservicer and delivering to the Owner any servicer compliance statement required to be delivered by such Subservicer under Section 6.02 and any assessment of compliance and attestation required to be delivered by such Subservicer under Section 6.03 .

 

Section 6.10                                                      Mortgage Loans Held by Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Owner.

 

The Servicer acknowledges that certain Mortgage Loans may be held by the Owner through one or more of its wholly owned subsidiaries.  The Servicer shall service such Mortgage Loans in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement in the same manner as it services Mortgage Loans held directly by the Owner.  The Servicing Fee and Other Fees in respect of Mortgage Loans held through wholly owned subsidiaries of the Owner may, at the option of the Owner, be paid directly by the Owner or by the subsidiary holding the related Mortgage Loan.

 

49



 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

50



 

ARTICLE VII

 

SERVICING COMPENSATION

 

Section 7.01                                                      Servicing Compensation.

 

As consideration for servicing the Mortgage Loans, the Owner shall pay the Servicer the applicable Servicing Fee and Other Fees the Servicer is entitled to each month.  The obligation of the Owner to pay the Servicing Fee and Other Fees with regard to the Mortgage Loans shall be irrespective of Monthly Payments collected by the Servicer on the Mortgage Loans (but this shall not be construed to limit the effect of any provision hereof, including Exhibit 9 , for the calculation of any fee by reference to one or more specified amounts collected on or in respect of the Mortgage Loans).  The Servicer shall deliver to the Owner on the tenth (10th) calendar day of each month or, if the 10th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, an invoice setting forth the Servicing Fees and Other Fees, including accrued and unpaid Servicing Fees and Other Fees, with respect to the Mortgage Loans serviced by the Servicer during the preceding calendar month, and the Owner shall pay such invoice via wire transfer (in accordance with written instructions to be provided by the Servicer) no later than the related Remittance Date.  With respect to amounts due to the Servicer that remain unpaid after the Remittance Date pursuant to this Section, interest shall accrue at an annual rate equal to the Prime Rate, adjusted as of the date of each change, plus one percentage point, but in no event greater than the maximum amount permitted by applicable law.  Such interest shall accrue from and including the day following the Business Day on which such payment was due to and including the Business Day when such payment is made and shall be payable on the date when such payment is so made.  The Servicer shall be entitled to deduct such unpaid amounts due to Servicer on the Remittance Date following the Remittance Date that such amounts were due if Owner has not already made payment.

 

Additional servicing compensation in the form of Ancillary Income shall be retained by the Servicer.

 

The Servicer shall be required to pay all expenses incurred by it in connection with its servicing activities hereunder and shall not be entitled to reimbursement thereof except as specifically provided for herein.

 

Notwithstanding anything set forth in this section related to Ancillary Income, the Servicer shall not collect from the Mortgagor, pass through as an advance or as a liquidation expense any charges other than bona fide fees, which fees must be in compliance with local law.  Servicer cannot add on a processing, or review fee or any additional fee, mark up or otherwise directly make a profit on or from services or activities rendered by a third party or affiliate (examples include but not limited to:  letters and notices, force placed insurance, BPOs, appraisals, inspections, property preservation costs).  The Servicer may collect any third party fees which are charged in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices.  In no event shall Servicer retain the Prepayment Penalties.

 

In the event of a dispute arising from any act or omission by the Servicer or the Owner hereunder during the course of this Agreement, the Servicer and the Owner shall use

 

51



 

reasonable efforts to cooperate with each other in good faith to resolve such dispute within a time period that is reasonable under the circumstances surrounding the dispute.  Except in the case of a monetary error, the Owner and the Servicer shall use reasonable efforts to cooperate with each other in good faith to resolve the dispute within thirty (30) days of a formal notice from either party.  In the case of a monetary error, the party holding the amounts due the other party shall use reasonable efforts to submit the amount in error within ten (10) Business Days following the discovery of the error.  With respect to amounts due a party after the tenth (10th) Business Day following the discovery of the error, interest shall be accrue on such late payment at an annual rate equal to the federal funds rate as is publicly announced from time to time, plus three hundred basis points (3.00%), but in no event greater than the maximum amount permitted by applicable law.  Such interest shall accrue from and including the day following the Business Day on which such payment was due to and including the Business Day when such late payment is made and shall be payable on the date when such late payment is so made.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, upon the written request (a “ Fee Negotiation Request ”) of the Owner or the Servicer following a determination by the Owner or the Servicer that the rates of compensation payable to the Servicer hereunder differ materially from market rates of compensation for services comparable to those provided hereunder, which request includes a proposal for revised rates of compensation hereunder, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to amend the provisions of this Agreement relating to the compensation of the Servicer in order to cause such compensation to be materially consistent with market rates of compensation for services comparable to those provided hereunder (a “ Fee Amendment ”); provided, however, that no such request shall be made until the second anniversary of the effective date of this Agreement, after which time each party may make such request (i) once with respect to fees to be paid during the remainder of the Initial Term, which request shall be made prior to the expiration of the Initial Term, and (ii) once with respect to fees to be paid during any Automatic Renewal Term, which request shall be made at least 210 days prior to the start of such Automatic Renewal Term.  If the parties are unable to reach agreement on the terms of a Fee Amendment within thirty (30) days of the date of delivery of the relevant Fee Negotiation Request, then the terms of such Fee Amendment shall be determined by final and binding arbitration as described below.

 

All disputes, differences and controversies of the Owner or the Servicer relating to a Fee Amendment (individually, a “ Dispute ” and, collectively, “ Disputes ”) shall be resolved by final and binding arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) under its Commercial Arbitration Rules, subject to the following provisions:

 

(a)                                  Following the delivery of a written demand for arbitration by either the Owner or the Servicer, each party shall choose one (1) arbitrator within ten (10) Business Days after the date of such written demand and the two chosen arbitrators shall mutually, within ten (10) Business Days after selection select a third (3rd) arbitrator (each, an “ Arbitrator ” and together, the “ Arbitrators ”), each of whom shall be a retired judge selected from a roster of arbitrators provided by the AAA. If the third (3rd) Arbitrator is not selected within fifteen (15) Business Days after delivery of the written demand for arbitration (or such other time period as the Owner and the Servicer may agree), the Owner and the Servicer shall promptly request that the commercial panel of the AAA select an independent Arbitrator meeting such criteria.

 

52



 

(b)                                  The rules of arbitration shall be the Commercial Rules of the American Arbitration Association; provided , however , that notwithstanding any provisions of the Commercial Arbitration Rules to the contrary, unless otherwise mutually agreed to by the Owner and the Servicer, the sole discovery available to each party shall be its right to conduct up to two (2) non-expert depositions of no more than three (3) hours of testimony each.

 

(c)                                   The Arbitrators shall render a decision by majority decision within three (3) months after the date of appointment, unless the Owner and the Servicer agree to extend such time. The decision shall be final and binding upon the Owner and the Servicer; provided , however , that such decision shall not restrict either the Owner or the Servicer from terminating this Agreement pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

(d)                                  Each party shall pay its own expenses in connection with the resolution of Disputes, including attorneys’ fees, unless determined otherwise by the Arbitrator.

 

(e)                                   The Owner and the Servicer agree that the existence, conduct and content of any arbitration pursuant to this Section 7.01 shall be kept confidential and neither the Owner nor the Servicer shall disclose to any Person any information about such arbitration, except in connection with such arbitration or as may be required by law or by any regulatory authority (or any exchange on which such party’s securities are listed) or for financial reporting purposes in such party’s financial statements.

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

53



 

ARTICLE VIII

 

TERMINATION

 

Section 8.01                                                      Termination.

 

(a)                                  This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until terminated in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph. This Agreement shall have an initial term of four years from the date hereof (the “Initial Term”).  After the Initial Term, this Agreement shall be deemed renewed automatically every 18 months for an additional 18 month period (an “ Automatic Renewal Term ”) unless the Owner or the Servicer terminates this Agreement upon the expiration of the Initial Term or any Automatic Renewal Term and upon at least 180 days’ prior written notice to the Owner or the Servicer, as applicable. If (i) either of the Mortgage Banking and Warehouse Servicing Agreement, between the Servicer and PennyMac Corp., dated as of February 1, 2013 (the “ MBWS Agreement ”), or the MSR Recapture Agreement is terminated by PennyMac Corp. without cause as provided in each such agreement or (ii) the Management Agreement is terminated by PennyMac REIT without cause as provided in such agreement, the Servicer shall have the right to terminate this Agreement without cause upon notice to the Owner.  If (i) either of the MBWS Agreement or the MSR Recapture Agreement is terminated by PennyMac Loan Services without cause or (ii) the Management Agreement is terminated by PennyMac REIT Manager as provided in such agreement, the Owner shall have the right to terminate this Agreement without cause upon notice to the Servicer.   This Agreement shall also terminate:

 

(i)                                      in whole with respect to all of the Mortgage Loans and REO Properties, without the payment of any Service Release Fee or other termination fee, upon the earlier of (A) the termination of the Servicer at the election of the Owner following an Event of Default pursuant to Section 11.01 or (B) the termination of the Management Agreement;

 

(ii)                                   in whole with respect to all of the Mortgage Loans and REO Properties, at the election of the Servicer, if, after thirty (30) days’ written notice thereof by Servicer, (A) the Owner fails to remit any compensation due to the Servicer within the time periods set forth in this Agreement or (B) the Owner fails to perform any material obligations of the Owner hereunder;

 

(iii)                                in part with respect to one or more individual Mortgage Loans, at the election of the Owner, in connection with a Reconstitution involving such Mortgage Loans, subject to the payment of the applicable Service Release Fees;

 

(iv)                               in part with respect to an individual Mortgage Loan at the election of the Owner, and subject to the payment of the applicable Service Release Fee, if (a) such Mortgage Loan becomes delinquent for a period of one hundred and twenty (120) days or more (a “ Delinquent Mortgage Loan ”) or (B) the Mortgaged Property securing such Mortgage Loan becomes an REO Property; provided, however , upon such termination, the Owner shall pay to the Servicer any related unpaid Servicing Fee, any related outstanding and unreimbursed Servicing

 

54



 

Advances and any other outstanding and unreimbursed fees and costs of the Servicer relating to such Delinquent Mortgage Loan or REO Property for which the Servicer would be entitled to reimbursement from the Owner;

 

(v)                                  in whole, at the election of the Owner, if the Servicer in its capacity as “Servicer” under the MSR Recapture Agreement fails to duly observe or perform in any material respect any covenant or agreement on the part of the Servicer set forth in the MSR Recapture Agreement that continues unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days after the date on which notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, is given to the Servicer by the “MSR Owner” under the MSR Recapture Agreement; provided, however, that, with respect to any such failure that is susceptible to cure but not curable within such 30-day period, the Servicer shall have an additional cure period of thirty (30) days to effect such cure so long as the Servicer has commenced to cure such failure within the initial 30-day period, the Servicer is diligently pursuing a full cure and the Servicer has provided evidence of such curability and such diligent pursuit that is reasonably satisfactory to the Owner; and

 

(vi)                               in whole, at the election of the Servicer, if the “MSR Owner” under the MSR Recapture Agreement fails to duly observe or perform in any material respect any covenant or agreement on the part of such “MSR Owner”  set forth in the MSR Recapture Agreement that continues unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days after the date on which notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, is given to such “MSR Owner” by the Servicer in its capacity as “Servicer” under the MSR Recapture Agreement; provided, however, that, with respect to any such failure that is susceptible to cure but not curable within such 30-day period, such “MSR Owner” shall have an additional cure period of thirty (30) days to effect such cure so long as such “MSR Owner” has commenced to cure such failure within the initial 30-day period, such “MSR Owner” is diligently pursuing a full cure and such “MSR Owner” has provided evidence of such curability and such diligent pursuit that is reasonably satisfactory to the Servicer.

 

(b)                                  In the event that the Servicer’s duties, responsibilities and liabilities under this Agreement are terminated pursuant to Section 8.01(a) , the Servicer shall discharge such duties and responsibilities during the period from the date it acquires notice or knowledge of such termination until the Outbound Transfer Date, with the same degree of diligence and prudence which it is obligated to exercise under this Agreement, and shall take no action whatsoever that might impair or prejudice the rights or financial condition of its successor.  Following any such termination, the Owner shall act diligently to appoint a successor servicer.  No termination pursuant to Section 8.01(a) shall become effective until a successor servicer is appointed by the Owner.  No termination pursuant to Section 8.01(a) shall limit any indemnification obligations of the Servicer, which obligations shall survive such termination.

 

Section 8.02                                                      Outbound Transfer of Servicing.

 

On each Outbound Transfer Date or upon any termination of the Servicer as Servicer pursuant to Section 8.01 or resignation of the Servicer permitted under Section 9.03 , the

 

55


 

 

Owner or a successor servicer appointed by the Owner, shall assume all servicing responsibilities related to, and the Servicer shall cease all servicing responsibilities related to the Mortgage Loans.  Any successor servicer shall have the right to negotiate a new Servicing Fee with the Owner.

 

Owner shall provide the Servicer not less than twenty (20) days’ prior written notice of the Outbound Transfer Date.  Any Mortgage Loan service released by the Servicer shall be released on actual balances as of the Outbound Transfer Date.  Upon receipt of such notification from Owner the Servicer shall, at its sole cost and expense, take such steps as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and evidence the transfer of the servicing of the related Mortgage Loans to the successor servicer, including but not limited to the following:

 

(a)                                  Notice to Mortgagors .  The Servicer shall mail to the Mortgagor of each related Mortgage Loan a letter advising such Mortgagor of the transfer of the servicing of the related Mortgage Loan to the Owner, or its designee, in accordance with RESPA; provided, however , such letters shall be in the form mutually agreed upon by the Owner and the Servicer prior to a pending transfer.

 

(b)                                  Mortgage Loans in Foreclosure .  The servicing with respect to Mortgage Loans in foreclosure on or before the related Outbound Transfer Date shall not be transferred from the Servicer to the Owner or the successor servicer, as the case may be, and such Mortgage Loans shall continue to be serviced by the Servicer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.  However, if the Owner so elects, the Owner may waive the provisions of this paragraph (a) and accept transfer of servicing of such Mortgage Loans and all amounts received by the Servicer thereunder.

 

(c)                                   Servicing Advances .  Subject to the limitations set forth in the definition of “Nonrecoverable Advances”, the Servicer shall be entitled to be reimbursed for all unreimbursed Servicing Advances and any other advances made by the Servicer pursuant to this Agreement with respect to any Mortgage Loan on the related Outbound Transfer Date, but only if the successor servicer after the related Outbound Transfer Date is not the Servicer or an Affiliate.  In addition, the Owner shall cause the Servicer to be reimbursed for any accrued and unpaid Servicing Fees, unpaid Ancillary Income, Other Fees and for any trailing expenses representing Servicing Advances for which invoices are received by the Servicer after the Outbound Transfer Date.  The Owner shall cause the Servicer to be reimbursed for such trailing expenses within five (5) Business Days of receipt of such invoice.

 

Anything to the contrary in this Section 8.02(c)  notwithstanding, in the event that Servicer is terminated for cause as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default under this Agreement, the payments required in this Section 8.02(c)  shall be made in the amounts and at the times otherwise provided in this Agreement.

 

(d)                                  Notice to Taxing Authorities and Insurance Companies .  The Servicer shall transmit to the applicable taxing authorities and insurance companies (including primary mortgage insurance policy insurers, if applicable) and/or agents, notification of the transfer of the servicing to the Owner, or its designee, and instructions to deliver all notices, tax bills and

 

56



 

insurance statements, as the case may be, to the Owner from and after the related Outbound Transfer Date.

 

(e)                                   Delivery of Servicing Records .  The Servicer shall forward to the Owner, or its designee, all servicing records and the Servicing File in the Servicer’s possession relating to each related Mortgage Loan.

 

(f)                                    Escrow Payments .  The Servicer shall provide the Owner, or its designee, with immediately available funds by wire transfer in the amount of the net Escrow Payments and suspense balances and all loss draft balances associated with the related Mortgage Loans.  The Servicer shall also provide the Owner with an accounting statement of Escrow Payments and suspense balances and loss draft balances sufficient to enable the Owner to reconcile the amount of such payment with the accounts of the Mortgage Loans.  Additionally, the Servicer shall wire transfer to the Owner the amount of any agency, trustee or prepaid Mortgage Loan payments and all other similar amounts held by the Servicer.

 

(g)                                   Payoffs and Assumptions .  The Servicer shall provide to the Owner, or its designee, copies of all assumption and payoff statements generated by the Servicer on the related Mortgage Loans from the related Cut-off Date to the related Outbound Transfer Date.

 

(h)                                  Mortgage Payments Received Prior to the Related Outbound Transfer Date .  Prior to the related Outbound Transfer Date all payments received by the Servicer on each related Mortgage Loan shall be properly applied to the account of the particular Mortgagor.

 

(i)                                      Mortgage Payments Received After Outbound Transfer Date .  The amount of any related Monthly Payments received by the Servicer after the related Outbound Transfer Date shall be forwarded to the Owner or its designee within two (2) Business Days after the date of receipt.  The Servicer shall notify the Owner or its designee of the particulars of the payment, which notification requirement shall be satisfied if the Servicer forwards with its payment sufficient information to permit appropriate processing of the payment by the Owner or its designee.  The Servicer shall assume full responsibility for the necessary and appropriate legal application of such Monthly Payments received by the Servicer after the related Outbound Transfer Date with respect to related Mortgage Loans then in foreclosure or bankruptcy; provided , however, that for purposes of this Agreement, necessary and appropriate legal application of such Monthly Payments shall include, but not be limited to, endorsement of a Monthly Payment to the Owner with the particulars of the payment such as the account number, dollar amount, date received and any special Mortgagor application instructions and the Servicer shall comply with the foregoing requirements with respect to all Monthly Payments received by it.

 

(j)                                     Misapplied Payments .  Misapplied payments shall be processed as follows:

 

(i)                                      All parties shall cooperate in correcting misapplication errors;

 

(ii)                                   The party receiving notice of a misapplied payment occurring prior to the related Outbound Transfer Date and discovered after the related Outbound Transfer Date shall immediately notify the other party;

 

57



 

(iii)                                If a misapplied payment which occurred prior to the related Outbound Transfer Date cannot be identified and said misapplied payment has resulted in a shortage in a Custodial Account or Escrow Account, and such misapplied payment was the direct result of the Servicer’s error, the Servicer shall be liable for the amount of such shortage.  In such case, the Servicer shall reimburse the Owner for the amount of such shortage within thirty (30) days after receipt of written demand therefor from the Owner;

 

(iv)                               If a misapplied payment which occurred prior to the related Outbound Transfer Date has created an improper Purchase Price as the result of an inaccurate outstanding principal balance and such misapplied payment was the direct result of the Servicer’s error, a check shall be issued to the party shorted by the improper payment application within thirty (30) days after notice thereof by the other party; and

 

(v)                                  Any check issued under the provisions of this Section 8.02(j)  shall be accompanied by a statement indicating the Owner Mortgage Loan identification number and an explanation of the allocation of any such payments.

 

(k)                                  Books and Records .  The Servicer shall cause the books, records and accounts with respect to the related Mortgage Loans to be in accordance with all Accepted Servicing Practices on the related Outbound Transfer Date.

 

Without limiting the foregoing, the Servicer shall comply with all of the provisions of this Agreement to effect a complete transfer of the servicing with respect to the related Mortgage Loans on the related Outbound Transfer Date.  This Agreement shall terminate with respect to the related Mortgage Loans on the related Outbound Transfer Date, except that Articles VI , VIII IX , and XII , and Sections 13.14 , 13.15 , 13.16 , 13.17 and 13.18 shall survive such termination.

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

58



 

ARTICLE IX

 

INDEMNIFICATION AND ASSIGNMENT AND
OTHER MATTERS RELATED TO SERVICER

 

Section 9.01                                                      Indemnification.

 

(a)                                  The Servicer agrees to indemnify and hold the Owner and any successor servicer harmless from any liability, claim, loss or damage (including, without limitation, any reasonable legal fees, judgments or expenses relating to such liability, claim, loss or damage) to the Owner directly or indirectly resulting from the Servicer’s failure:

 

(i)                                      to observe and perform any or all of the Servicer’s duties, obligations, covenants, agreements, warranties or representations contained in this Agreement; or

 

(ii)                                   to comply with all applicable requirements with respect to the servicing of the Mortgage Loans as set forth herein.

 

The Servicer immediately shall notify the Owner if a claim is made by a third party with respect to this Agreement.  For purposes of this Section 8.01(a) , “Owner” shall mean the Person then acting as the Owner under this Agreement and any and all Persons who previously were “Owners” under this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  The Owner agrees to indemnify and hold the Servicer harmless from any liability, claim, loss or damage (including without limitation, any reasonable legal fees, judgments or expenses relating to such liability, claim, loss or damage) to the Servicer (a) directly or indirectly resulting from the Owner’s failure to observe and perform any or all of the Owner’s duties, obligations, covenants, agreements, warranties or representations contained in this Agreement or (b) directly resulting from the Servicer taking any legal actions with respect to any Mortgage Loans and/or REO Properties in the name of the Servicer and without reference to the Owner, or (c) any act or omission on the part of any prior servicer or (d) directly resulting from any third party act or omission which occurred in connection with the origination, processing, funding or servicing of a mortgage loan; but, in each case set forth in clauses (a) - (d) above, only to the extent such loss does not result from the Servicer’s own gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct or failure of the Servicer (i) to observe and perform any or all of Servicer’s duties, obligations, covenants, agreements, warranties or representations contained in this Agreement; or (ii) to comply with all applicable requirements with respect to the servicing of the Mortgage Loans as set forth herein.

 

(c)                                   If the indemnification provided for herein is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless the indemnified party, then the indemnifying party agrees that it shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of any claims, losses, damages or liabilities uncured by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of such indemnified party on the one hand and the indemnifying party on the other.

 

(d)                                  The indemnifications provided for in this Section shall survive the termination of Servicing Agreement or the termination of any party to this Agreement.

 

59



 

Section 9.02                                                      Limitation on Liability of Servicer and Others.

 

Neither the Servicer nor any of the directors, officers, employees or agents of the Servicer shall be under any liability to the Owner for any action taken or for refraining from the taking of any action in good faith pursuant to this Agreement, or for errors in judgment, provided, however, that this provision shall not protect the Servicer or any such person against any breach of warranties or representations made herein, its own grossly negligent actions, or failure to perform its obligations in compliance with any standard of care set forth in this Agreement, or any liability which would otherwise be imposed by reason of any breach of the terms and conditions of this Agreement.  The Servicer and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Servicer may rely in good faith on any document of any kind prima facie properly executed and submitted by any Person respecting any matters arising hereunder.  The Servicer shall not be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action which is not incidental to its duties to service the Mortgage Loans in accordance with this Agreement and which in its opinion may involve it in any expense or liability; provided, however, that the Servicer may undertake any such action which it may deem necessary or desirable in respect to this Agreement and the rights and duties of the parties hereto.  In such event, the Servicer shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Owner of the reasonable legal expenses and costs of such action.

 

Section 9.03                                                      Limitation on Resignation and Assignment by Servicer.

 

The Owner has entered into this Agreement with the Servicer and subsequent purchasers will purchase the Mortgage Loans in reliance upon the independent status of the Servicer, and the representations as to the adequacy of its servicing facilities, plant, personnel, records and procedures, its integrity, reputation and financial standing, and the continuance thereof.  The Servicer shall not assign this Agreement or the servicing hereunder or delegate its rights or duties hereunder or any portion hereof (except as provided in the next succeeding paragraph or Section 6.09 ) or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its property or assets without the prior written consent of the Owner, which consent shall be granted or withheld in the reasonable discretion of the Owner.

 

The Servicer may, without the consent of the Owner, retain third party contractors to perform certain servicing and loan administration functions, including without limitation, hazard insurance administration, tax payment and administration, flood certification and administration, collection services and similar functions; provided, however , that the retention of such contractors by Servicer shall not limit the obligation of the Servicer to service the Mortgage Loans pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

The Servicer shall not resign from the obligations and duties hereby imposed on it except by mutual consent of the Servicer and the Owner or upon the determination that its duties hereunder are no longer permissible under applicable law and such incapacity cannot be cured by the Servicer.  Any such determination permitting the resignation of the Servicer shall be evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel to such effect delivered to the Owner which Opinion of Counsel shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Owner.  No such resignation shall become effective until a successor shall have assumed the Servicer’s responsibilities and obligations hereunder in the manner provided in Section 8.02 .

 

60



 

Section 9.04                                                      Assignment by Owner.

 

The Owner shall have the right, to assign, in whole or in part, its interest under this Agreement with respect to some or all of the Mortgage Loans, and designate any Person to exercise all or any of the rights of the Owner hereunder.

 

Section 9.05                                                      Merger or Consolidation of the Servicer.

 

The Servicer will keep in full effect its existence, rights and franchises as a limited partnership under the laws of the state of its filing except as permitted herein, and will obtain and preserve its qualification to do business as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is or shall be necessary to protect the validity and enforceability of this Agreement, or any of the Mortgage Loans and to perform its duties under this Agreement.  Any Person into which the Servicer may be merged or consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation (including by means of the sale of all or substantially all of the Servicer’s assets to such Person) to which the Servicer shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to the substantially all of the servicing business (whether alone or together with one or more other businesses of the Servicer), shall be the successor of the Servicer hereunder, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding.

 

Section 9.06                                                      Additional Activities of the Servicer.

 

Subject to the restrictions set forth in the MBWS Agreement, the Servicer and its Affiliates shall be entitled to engage in any business or transaction of any kind or nature, including the issuance of mortgage-backed securities and performing monitoring, administrative or servicing activities of any kind for the benefit of any other Person, including (i) acting as servicer or subservicer of residential mortgage loans for government-sponsored entities and other government-related entities under arrangements not governed by this Agreement and (ii) acting as a servicer or subservicer for distressed residential mortgage loans, and otherwise conducting special servicing activities relating to residential mortgage loans or real estate acquired in respect thereof, for itself or other Persons.  The preceding statement shall not be construed to limit the effect of any express restriction or limitation that may be set forth in the another provision of this Agreement.

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

61



 

ARTICLE X

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Section 10.01                                               Representations and Warranties of the Owner.

 

(a)                                  As of the date hereof and on each date on which a Mortgage Loan becomes subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Owner represents and warrants to, and covenants and agrees with, the Servicer as follows:

 

(i)                                      Due Organization and Good Standing .  The Owner is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing as a limited partnership under the laws of the State of Delaware and has the power and authority to own its assets and to transact the business in which it is currently engaged.

 

(ii)                                   No Violation of Organizational Documents or Agreements .  The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Owner, and the performance and compliance with the terms of this Agreement by the Owner, will not violate the Owner’s organizational documents or constitute a default (or an event which, with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default) under, or result in the breach of, any material agreement or other instrument to which the Owner is a party or which is applicable to it or any of its assets.

 

(iii)                                Full Power and Authority .  The Owner has the full power and authority to enter into and consummate all transactions contemplated by this Agreement, has duly authorized the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, and has duly executed and delivered this Agreement.

 

(iv)                               Binding Obligation .  This Agreement, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties hereto, constitutes a valid, legal and binding obligation of the Owner, enforceable against the Owner in accordance with the terms hereof, subject to (A) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (B) general principles of equity, regardless of whether such enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

 

(v)                                  No Violation of Law, Regulation or Order .  The Owner is not in violation of, and its execution and delivery of this Agreement and its performance and compliance with the terms of this Agreement will not constitute a violation of, any law, any order or decree of any court or arbiter, or, to the Owner’s knowledge, any order, regulation or demand of any federal, state or local governmental or regulatory authority, which violation, in the Owner’s good faith and reasonable judgment, is likely to affect materially and adversely either the ability of the Owner to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the financial condition of the Owner.

 

(vi)                               No Material Litigation .  No litigation is pending or, to the best of the Owner’s knowledge, threatened against the Owner that, if determined

 

62



 

adversely to the Owner, would prohibit the Owner from entering into this Agreement or that, in the Owner’s good faith and reasonable judgment, is likely to materially and adversely affect either the ability of the Owner to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the financial condition of the Owner.

 

(vii)                            No Consent Required .  Any consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or governmental agency or body required under federal or state law for the execution, delivery and performance by the Owner of or compliance by the Owner with this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement has been obtained and is effective except where the lack of consent, approval, authorization or order would not have a material adverse effect on the performance by the Owner under this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  The representations and warranties of the Owner set forth in Section 9.02(a)  shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and each date on which a Mortgage Loan becomes subject to the terms of this Agreement.  Upon discovery by the Owner of any breach of any of the foregoing representations and warranties, the Owner shall give prompt written notice thereof to the Servicer.

 

Section 10.02                                               Representations and Warranties of the Servicer.

 

(a)                                  As of the date hereof and on each date on which a Mortgage Loan becomes subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Servicer represents and warrants to, and covenants and agrees with, the Owner as follows:

 

(i)                                      Due Organization and Good Standing .  The Servicer is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware and has the power and authority to own its assets and to transact the business in which it is currently engaged, and the Servicer is in compliance with the laws of each state or other jurisdiction in which any Mortgaged Property is located to the extent necessary to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

(ii)                                   No Violation of Organizational Documents or Agreements .  The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Servicer, and the performance and compliance with the terms of this Agreement by the Servicer, will not violate the Servicer’s organizational documents or constitute a default (or an event which, with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default) under, or result in the breach of, any material agreement or other instrument to which the Servicer is a party or which is applicable to it or any of its assets.

 

(iii)                                Full Power and Authority .  The Servicer has the full power and authority to enter into and consummate all transactions contemplated by this Agreement, has duly authorized the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, and has duly executed and delivered this Agreement.

 

(iv)                               Binding Obligation .  This Agreement, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties hereto, constitutes a valid, legal and

 

63



 

binding obligation of the Servicer, enforceable against the Servicer in accordance with the terms hereof, subject to (A) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (B) general principles of equity, regardless of whether such enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

 

(v)                                  No Violation of Law, Regulation or Order .  The Servicer is not in violation of, and its execution and delivery of this Agreement and its performance and compliance with the terms of this Agreement will not constitute a violation of, any law, any order or decree of any court or arbiter, or, to the Servicer’s knowledge, any order, regulation or demand of any federal, state or local governmental or regulatory authority, which violation, in the Servicer’s good faith and reasonable judgment, is likely to affect materially and adversely either the ability of the Servicer to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the financial condition of the Servicer.

 

(vi)                               No Material Litigation .  No litigation is pending or, to the best of the Servicer’s knowledge, threatened against the Servicer that, if determined adversely to the Servicer, would prohibit the Servicer from entering into this Agreement or that, individually or in the aggregate, in the Servicer’s good faith and reasonable judgment, is likely to materially and adversely affect either the ability of the Servicer to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the financial condition of the Servicer.

 

(vii)                            No Consent Required .  Any consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or governmental agency or body required under federal or state law for the execution, delivery and performance by the Servicer of or compliance by the Servicer with this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement has been obtained and is effective except where the lack of consent, approval, authorization or order would not have a material adverse effect on the performance by the Servicer under this Agreement.

 

(viii)                         Ordinary Course of Business .  The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are in the ordinary course of business of the Servicer.

 

(ix)                               Able to Perform .  The Servicer does not believe, nor does it have any reason or cause to believe, that it cannot perform, each and every covenant contained in this Agreement.

 

(x)                                  Fidelity Bond and Errors and Omissions Coverage .  The Fidelity Bond and an Errors and Omissions Insurance Policy required pursuant to Section 4.12 of this Agreement are in effect.

 

(xi)                               No Untrue or Misleading Information .  No statement, report or other document relating to the Servicer furnished or to be furnished by the Servicer pursuant to this Agreement or in connection with the transactions

 

64



 

contemplated hereby contains any untrue statement of material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading.

 

(xii)                            MERS Membership .  The Servicer is a member of MERS in good standing.

 

(b)                                  The representations and warranties of the Servicer set forth in Section 9.02(a)  shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and each date on which a Mortgage Loan becomes subject to the terms of this Agreement.  Upon discovery by the Servicer of any breach of any of the foregoing representations and warranties, the Servicer shall give prompt written notice thereof to the Owner.

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

65


 

ARTICLE XI

 

DEFAULT

 

Section 11.01                                               Events of Default.

 

(a)                                  The following shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement on the part of the Servicer:

 

(i)                                      any failure by the Servicer to remit to the Owner (or as otherwise directed by the Owner) any payment required to be made under the terms of this Agreement which continues unremedied for a period of five (5) Business Days after the date upon which notice of such failure is given to the Servicer, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given to the Servicer by the Owner; or

 

(ii)                                   the failure by the Servicer duly to observe or perform in any material respect any other covenant or agreement on the part of the Servicer set forth in this Agreement that continues unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days (except that such number of days shall be fifteen (15) in the case of a failure to pay any premium for any insurance policy under this Agreement) after the date on which notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, is given to the Servicer by the Owner; provided, however, that, with respect to any such failure that is susceptible to cure but not curable within such 30-day or 15-day period, the Servicer shall have an additional cure period of thirty (30) days to effect such cure so long as the Servicer has commenced to cure such failure within the initial 30-day period, the Servicer is diligently pursuing a full cure and the Servicer has provided evidence of such curability and such diligent pursuit that is reasonably satisfactory to the Owner; or

 

(iii)                                any breach of any representation or warranty on the part of the Servicer set forth in this Agreement that continues unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days after the date on which notice of such breach, requiring the same to be remedied, is given to the Servicer by the Owner; provided, however, that, with respect to any such breach that is susceptible to cure but not curable within such 30-day period, the Servicer shall have an additional cure period of thirty (30) days to effect such cure so long as the Servicer has commenced to cure such failure within the initial 30-day period, the Servicer is diligently pursuing a full cure and the Servicer has provided evidence of such curability and such diligent pursuit that is reasonably satisfactory to the Owner; or

 

(iv)                               a decree or order of a court or agency or supervisory authority having jurisdiction for the appointment of a conservator or receiver or liquidator in any insolvency, bankruptcy, readjustment of debt, marshaling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings, or for the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, shall have been entered against the Servicer and such decree or order shall have remained in force undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days; or

 

66



 

(v)                                  the Servicer shall consent to the appointment of a conservator or receiver or liquidator in any insolvency, bankruptcy, readjustment of debt, marshaling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings of or relating to the Servicer or of or relating to all or substantially all of its property; or

 

(vi)                               the Servicer shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, file a petition to take advantage of any applicable insolvency or reorganization statute, make an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or voluntarily suspend payment of its obligations; or

 

(vii)                            the Servicer fails to maintain its license to do business or service residential mortgage loans in any jurisdiction where the Mortgaged Properties are located for more than ninety (90) days after receiving notice from any Person thereof, provided that such failure shall not constitute an Event of Default if, prior to the expiration of such ninety (90) day period, that Servicer transfers the affected Mortgaged Properties to one or more Subservicers that satisfy the licensing requirements for the jurisdiction where such Mortgaged Properties are located;

 

(viii)                         without the prior consent of the Owner or as expressly permitted or required by the other provisions of this Agreement, the Servicer attempts to assign this Agreement or its right to servicing compensation hereunder, or to delegate its duties hereunder, in each case whether in whole or in part, or the Servicer sells or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of its property or assets; or

 

(ix)                               the Servicer or any Subservicer fails to deliver any information, report, certification, accountants’ letter or other material when and as required under Section 4.02 , Section 4.03 or Section 4.06 and such failure continues unremedied for three Business Days after receipt by the Servicer and (if applicable) such Subservicer of written notice of such failure from the Owner.

 

In each and every such case, so long as an Event of Default shall not have been remedied, in addition to whatsoever rights the Owner may have at law or equity to damages, including injunctive relief and specific performance, the Owner, by notice in writing to the Servicer, may terminate without compensation all the rights and obligations of the Servicer under this Agreement and in and to the Mortgage Loans and the proceeds thereof.

 

(b)                                  In case one or more Events of Default by Servicer occur and shall not have been remedied, the Owner, by notice in writing to Servicer shall be entitled, in addition to whatever rights the Owner may have at law or equity to damages, including injunctive relieve and specific performance, to terminate all the rights and obligations of Servicer under this Agreement and in and to the Mortgage Loans and the proceeds thereof, by notice in writing to the Servicer and without payment of any Service Release Fees or other compensation; provided, however, that the Servicer shall continue to be obligated to pay and entitled to receive all amounts accrued or owing by or to it under this Agreement on or prior to the date of such termination, whether in respect of Servicing Fees, Servicing Advances or otherwise and such amounts shall be due and payable at the times and in the manner as if the Servicer were not

 

67



 

terminated.  Upon receipt by the Servicer of such written notice, all authority and power of the Servicer under this Agreement, whether with respect to the Mortgage Loans or otherwise, shall pass to and be vested in the successor appointed pursuant to Section 8.02 .  Upon written request from the Owner, the Servicer shall prepare, execute and deliver any and all documents and other instruments, place in such successor’s possession all Mortgage Files to the extent initially provided to the Servicer, and do or accomplish all other acts or things necessary or appropriate to effect the purposes of such notice of termination, whether to complete the transfer and endorsement or assignment of the Mortgage Loans and related documents, or otherwise, at the Servicer’s sole expense or as otherwise provided under Accepted Servicing Practices.  The Servicer agrees to cooperate with the Owner and such successor in effecting the termination of the Servicer’s responsibilities and rights hereunder, including, without limitation, the transfer to such successor for administration by it of all cash amounts which shall at the time be credited by the Servicer to the Custodial Account or Escrow Account or thereafter received with respect to the Mortgage Loans.

 

Section 11.02                                               Waiver of Defaults.

 

The Owner may waive any default by the Servicer in the performance of its obligations hereunder and its consequences.  Upon any such waiver of a default, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been remedied for every purpose of this Agreement.  No such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon except to the extent expressly so waived.

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

68



 

ARTICLE XII

 

RECONSTITUTIONS

 

Section 12.01                                               Cooperation of Servicer with a Reconstitution.

 

(a)                                  The Servicer and the Owner agree that with respect to some or all of the Mortgage Loans, on one or more dates (each a “ Reconstitution Date ”), at the Owner’s sole option, the Owner may effect a sale (each, a “ Reconstitution ”) of some or all of the Mortgage Loans then subject to this Agreement, without recourse, to:

 

(i)                                      Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac in one or more Whole Loan Transfers;

 

(ii)                                   one or more other third-party purchasers in one or more Whole Loan Transfers;

 

(iii)                                one or more trusts or other entities to be formed as part of one or more Private Securitization Transactions; or

 

(iv)                               one or more trusts or other entities to be formed as part of one or more Public Securitization Transactions.

 

(b)                                  With respect to each Whole Loan Transfer, Private Securitization Transaction or Public Securitization Transaction, as the case may be, entered into by the Owner, the Servicer shall:

 

(i)                                      upon request of the Owner, service the Mortgage Loans included in such Reconstitution pursuant to a security servicing agreement or other agreement;

 

(ii)                                   if the Servicer will continue servicing the Mortgage Loans included in the Reconstitution, provide as applicable:

 

(A)                                information pertaining to the Servicer of the type and scope customarily included in offering documents for residential mortgage-backed securities transactions involving single or multiple loan originators including information regarding financial condition and mortgage loan delinquency, foreclosure and loss experience or other information as is otherwise reasonably requested by the Owner, and to deliver to the Owner any non-public, unaudited financial information, in which case the Owner shall bear the cost of having such information audited by certified public accountants if the Owner desires such an audit, or as is otherwise reasonably requested by the Owner and which the Servicer is capable of providing without unreasonable effort or expense (collectively “ Servicer Information ”), and to indemnify the Owner and its affiliates for material misstatements or omissions contained in the Servicer Information; provided, however , Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Servicer and its affiliates for material misstatements or omissions contained in all other

 

69



 

information in any offering document, other than Servicer Information; and

 

(B)                                such opinions of counsel, letters from auditors, and certificates of public officials or officers of Servicer as are reasonably believed necessary by the trustee, any Rating Agency or the Owner, as the case may be, in connection with such Private Securitization Transaction or Public Securitization Transaction.  The Owner shall pay all third party costs associated with the preparation of the information described in clause (ii)(A) above and the delivery of any opinions (other than opinions by in-house counsel), letters or certificates described in this clause (ii)(B).

 

(iii)                                if the Servicer will continue servicing the Mortgage Loans included in the Reconstitution, to negotiate and execute one or more custodial agreements among the Owner, the Servicer and a third party custodian/trustee which is generally considered to be a prudent custodian/trustee in the secondary mortgage market designated by the Owner in its sole discretion after consultation with the Servicer, in either case for the purpose of pooling the Mortgage Loans with other Mortgage Loans for resale or securitization; and

 

(iv)                               if the Servicer will continue servicing the Mortgage Loans included in the Reconstitution, (1) cooperate fully with the Owner, any prospective purchaser, any Rating Agency or any party to any agreement to be executed in connection with such Whole Loan Transfer, Private Securitization Transaction or Public Securitization Transaction, with respect to all reasonable requests and due diligence procedures, including participating in meetings with Rating Agencies, bond insurers and such other parties as the Owner shall designate and participating in meetings with prospective purchasers of the Mortgage Loans or interests therein and providing information reasonably requested by such purchasers; (2) to execute, deliver and perform all reconstitution agreements required by the Owner, and to use its best reasonable, good faith efforts to facilitate such Whole Loan Transfer, Private Securitization Transaction or Public Securitization Transaction, as the case may be; (3) (a) to restate the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement as of the Reconstitution Date which shall not be materially more onerous than those required under this Agreement or (b) make the representations and warranties with respect to the servicing of the Mortgage Loans set forth in the related selling/servicing guide of the master servicer or issuer, as the case may be, or such representations and warranties with respect to the servicing of the Mortgage Loans as may be required by any Rating Agency or prospective purchaser of the related securities or such Mortgage Loans, in connection with such Reconstitution; provided, however, that such representations and warranties shall not be materially more onerous than those required under this Agreement.  The Servicer shall use its reasonable best efforts to provide to such master servicer or issuer, as the case may be, and any other participants in such Reconstitution:  (i) any and all information and appropriate verification of information which may be reasonably available to the Servicer or its affiliates, whether through letters of its

 

70



 

auditors and counsel or otherwise, as the Owner or any such other participant shall reasonably request and (ii) subject to the provisions of this Section 12.01(b) , to execute, deliver and satisfy all conditions set forth in any indemnity agreement required by the Owner or any such participant; provided that the Servicer is given an opportunity to review and reasonably negotiate in good faith provisions of such indemnity.

 

(c)                                   Any execution of a security servicing agreement or reconstitution agreement by the Servicer shall be conditioned on the Servicer receiving the Servicing Fee or such other servicing fee acceptable to Servicer.  All Mortgage Loans not sold or transferred pursuant to a Whole Loan Transfer, Private Securitization Transaction or Public Securitization Transaction shall be subject to this Agreement and shall continue to be serviced in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and with respect thereto this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement, in the event that the Servicer is the servicer with respect to a Reconstitution, the Owner agrees that in such Reconstitution any servicing performance termination triggers shall be substantially similar to those contained in this Agreement or otherwise subject to approval by the Servicer in its reasonable discretion.

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

71



 

ARTICLE XIII

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

Section 13.01                                               Notices.

 

All notices, requests, demands and other communications which are required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon the delivery or mailing thereof, as the case may be, sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested:

 

(a)                                  If to the Owner to:

 

PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P.

Attn: Chief Operating Officer

6101 Condor Drive

Moorpark, CA 93021

 

With copies to:

 

PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P.

Attn:  General Counsel

6101 Condor Drive

Moorpark, CA 93021

 

and

 

Latham & Watkins LLP

Attn: Charles Ruck and Scott Shean

650 Town Center Drive, 20th Floor

Costa Mesa, California 92626

 

(b)                                  If to the Servicer:

 

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC

Attn: Director, Servicing Operations

6101 Condor Drive

Moorpark, CA 93021

 

With a copy to:

 

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC

Attn: General Counsel

6101 Condor Drive

Moorpark, CA 93021

 

72



 

Section 13.02                                               Amendment.

 

Neither this Agreement, nor any terms hereof, may be amended, supplemented or modified except in an instrument in writing executed by the parties hereto.

 

Section 13.03                                               Entire Agreement.

 

This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, inducements and conditions, express or implied, oral or written, of any nature whatsoever with respect to the subject matter hereof.  The express terms hereof control and supersede any course of performance and/or usage of the trade inconsistent with any of the terms hereof.

 

Section 13.04                                               Binding Effect; Beneficiaries.

 

The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns.  Except as set forth in Section 9.04 , no provision of this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give to any Person, other than the parties hereto, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein.

 

Section 13.05                                               Headings.

 

The section and subsection headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the interpretation of any provisions hereof.

 

Section 13.06                                               Further Assurances.

 

The Servicer agrees to execute and deliver such instruments and take such further actions as the Owner may, from time to time, reasonably request in order to effectuate the purposes and to carry out the terms of this Agreement.

 

Section 13.07                                               Governing Law.

 

This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely in such State, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.  The parties hereto intend that the provisions of Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law shall apply to this Agreement.

 

Section 13.08                                               Relationship of Parties.

 

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed or construed to create a partnership or joint venture between the parties.  The duties and responsibilities of the Servicer shall be rendered by it as an independent contractor and not as an agent of the Owner.  The Servicer shall

 

73



 

have full control of all of its acts, doings, proceedings, relating to or requisite in connection with the discharge of its duties and responsibilities under this Agreement.

 

Section 13.09                                               Severability of Provisions.

 

If any one or more of the covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement shall be held invalid for any reason whatsoever, then such covenants, agreements, provisions or terms shall be deemed severable from the remaining covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement.

 

Section 13.10                                               No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.

 

No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of a party hereto, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.  The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

 

Section 13.11                                               Recordation of Assignments of Mortgage.

 

To the extent permitted by applicable law, each of the Assignments of Mortgage is subject to recordation in all appropriate public offices for real property records in all the counties or other comparable jurisdictions in which any or all of the Mortgaged Properties are situated, and in any other appropriate public recording office or elsewhere, such recordation to be effected by the Owner or the Owner’s designee.

 

Section 13.12                                               Exhibits.

 

The exhibits to this Agreement are hereby incorporated and made a part hereof and form integral parts of this Agreement.

 

Section 13.13                                               Counterparts.

 

This Agreement may be executed by the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by telecopy), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Section 13.14                                               Trademarks.

 

The Owner and the Servicer agree that they and their employees, subcontractors and agents, shall not, without the prior written consent of the other party in each instance, (i) use in advertising, publicity or otherwise the name of each and every other party to this Agreement or their Affiliates or any of their managing directors, partners or employees, nor any trade name, trademark, trade device, service mark, symbol or any abbreviation, contraction or simulation thereof owned by the other party or their Affiliates, or (ii) represent, directly or indirectly, any

 

74



 

product or any service provided by the Owner and the Servicer as approved or endorsed by the other parties to this Agreement or their Affiliates.

 

Section 13.15                                               Confidentiality of Information.

 

If, during the term of this Agreement, the Owner requests that the Servicer provide to the Owner non-public, confidential information related to the Servicer and other affiliates of the Servicer (collectively, “ Parent ”), and if Parent, in its sole discretion agrees to provide this information, the parties agree that they shall enter into a confidentiality agreement in form and substance mutually agreeable to the parties prior to the release of such information (which obligation shall not be assigned by the Owner).

 

Section 13.16                                               WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY.

 

EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND, THEREFORE, EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT TO ANY ACTION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT.

 

Section 13.17                                               LIMITATION OF DAMAGES.

 

NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING CONTAINED HEREIN TO THE CONTRARY, THE PARTIES AGREE THAT NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR ANY SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY), OR ANY OTHER LEGAL OR EQUITABLE PRINCIPLE, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT SUCH LIMITATION SHALL NOT BE APPLICABLE WITH RESPECT TO THIRD PARTY CLAIM MADE AGAINST A PARTY.

 

Section 13.18                                               SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVERS.

 

EACH OF THE OWNER AND THE SERVICER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY (I) SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION AND ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT IN RESPECT THEREOF, TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY NEW YORK STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY WITH RESPECT TO MATTERS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT; (II) AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS WITH RESPECT TO ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING REGARDING SUCH MATTERS MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE OR FEDERAL COURTS; (III) WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST POSSIBLE EXTENT, WITH RESPECT TO SUCH COURTS, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM; (IV) AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED

 

75


 

IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW; AND (V) WAIVES TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, CLAIM, SUIT, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) RELATING TO OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT.

 

[SIGNATURES APPEAR ON NEXT PAGE]

 

76



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused their names to be signed hereto by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

 

 

PENNYMAC OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership

 

(Owner)

 

 

 

By:

PENNYMAC GP OP, INC.,

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stanford L. Kurland

 

 

Name:

Stanford L. Kurland

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

 

(Servicer)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Anne D. McCallion

 

 

Name:

Anne D. McCallion

 

 

Title:

Vice President, Finance

 

77



 

EXHIBIT 1

 

MONTHLY REPORTS

 

Remittance
Delinquency
Inventory Flow
Post Boarding Exception

 

 

DAILY REPORTS

 

Boarding Notification
Payoff
Transaction Detail

 

Exh. 1-1



 

EXHIBIT 2

 

CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT CERTIFICATION

 

                              , 20     

 

As Servicer under the Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement, Fixed- and Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loans, dated as of February 1, 2013 (the “ Servicing Agreement ”), we hereby certify that the Servicer has established the account described below as a Custodial Account (as such term is defined in the Servicing Agreement) pursuant to Section 4.04 of the Servicing Agreement.  The Custodial Account shall be a Special Deposit Account as such term is defined in the Servicing Agreement.

 

Title of Account:

 

[              ], in trust for [                                ]

 

 

 

Account Number:

 

 

 

 

 

Address of office or branch of the Servicer at which Account is maintained:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC,
as Servicer

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

Exh. 2-1



 

EXHIBIT 3

 

CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT LETTER AGREEMENT

 

                              , 20     

 

To:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(the “ Depository ”)

 

As Servicer under the Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement, Fixed- and Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loans, dated as of February 1, 2013 (the “ Servicing Agreement ”), we hereby authorize and request you to establish an account, as a Custodial Account (as such term is defined in the Servicing Agreement) pursuant to Section 4.04 of the Agreement, to be designated “[            ], as servicer, in trust for [                      ]” All deposits in the account shall be subject to withdrawal therefrom by order signed by the Servicer.  You may refuse any deposit which would result in violation of the requirement that the account be fully insured as described below.  This letter is submitted to you in duplicate.  Please execute and return one original to us.

 

 

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC,

 

 as Servicer

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Date:

 

 

Exh. 3-1



 

The undersigned, as Depository, hereby certifies that the above described account has been established under Account Number                      , at the office of the Depository indicated above, and agrees to honor withdrawals on such account as provided above.  The Custodial Account shall be a Special Deposit Account (as such term is defined in the Servicing Agreement).  The full amount deposited at any time in the account will be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

 

 

 

 

Depository

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Date:

 

 

Exh. 3-2



 

EXHIBIT 4

 

ESCROW ACCOUNT CERTIFICATION

 

                              , 20    

 

As Servicer under the Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement, Fixed- and Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loans, dated as of February 1, 2013 (the “ Servicing Agreement ”), we hereby certify that the Servicer has established the account described below as an Escrow Account pursuant to Section 4.06 of the Agreement.  The Escrow Account shall be a Special Deposit Account as such term is defined in the Servicing Agreement.

 

Title of Account:

 

[              ], in trust for [                        ]

 

 

 

Account Number:

 

 

 

 

 

Address of office or branch of the Servicer at which Account is maintained:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC,
 as Servicer

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

Exh. 4-1



 

EXHIBIT 5

 

ESCROW ACCOUNT LETTER AGREEMENT

 

                              , 20    

 

To:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(the “ Depository ”)

 

As Servicer under the Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement, Fixed- and Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loans, dated as of February 1, 2013 (the “ Servicing Agreement ”), we hereby authorize and request you to establish an account as an Escrow Account (as such term is defined in the Servicing Agreement) pursuant to Section 4.06 of the Agreement, to be designated as “[              ], in trust for [                        ], and various Mortgagors.”  All deposits in the account shall be subject to withdrawal therefrom by order signed by the Servicer.  You may refuse any deposit which would result in violation of the requirement that the account be fully insured as described below.  This letter is submitted to you in duplicate.  Please execute and return one original to us.

 

 

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC,

 

 as Servicer

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Date:

 

 

Exh. 5-1



 

The undersigned, as Depository, hereby certifies that the above described account has been established under Account Number              , at the office of the Depository indicated above, and agrees to honor withdrawals on such account as provided above.  The Escrow Account shall be a Special Deposit Account (as such term is defined in the Servicing Agreement).  The full amount deposited at any time in the account will be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

 

 

 

 

Depository

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Date:

 

 

Exh. 5-2



 

EXHIBIT 6

 

FORM OF OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE

 

I,                                          , hereby certify that I am the duly elected [                              ],of PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”) and further as follows:

 

1.             Attached hereto as Exhibit 1 is a true, correct and complete copy of the Certificate of Formation of the Company which is in full force and effect on the date hereof and which has been in effect without amendment, waiver, rescission or modification.

 

2.             Attached hereto as Exhibit 2 is an original certificate of good standing of the Company issued within ten days of the date hereof, and no event has occurred since the date thereof which would impair such standing.

 

3.             Attached hereto as Exhibit 3 is a true, correct and complete copy of the resolutions of the [              ] of the Company authorizing the Company to execute and deliver the Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2013 (the “ Servicing Agreement ”), between the Company and PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. (the “ Owner ”), and such resolutions are in effect on the date hereof.

 

4.             Each person listed on Exhibit 4 attached hereto who, as an officer or representative of the Company, signed (a) the Servicing Agreement, and (b) any other document delivered or on the date hereof in connection with any purchase described in the agreements set forth above was, at the respective times of such signing and delivery, and is now, a duly elected or appointed, qualified and acting officer or representative of the Company, who holds the office set forth opposite his or her name on Exhibit 4 , and the signatures of such persons appearing on such documents are their genuine signatures.

 

Exh. 6-1


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto signed my name and affixed the seal of the Company.

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

I,                                                  , an [Assistant] Secretary of the Company, hereby certify that                          is the duly elected, qualified and acting [Vice] President of the Company and that the signature appearing above is [her] [his] genuine signature.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto signed my name.

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC

[Seal]

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

Exh. 6-2



 

EXHIBIT 4 to
Company’s Officer’s Certificate

 

NAME

 

TITLE

 

SIGNATURE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exh. 6-3



 

EXHIBIT 7

 

MORTGAGE LOAN DOCUMENTS

 

The following documents shall constitute the Mortgage Loan Documents with respect to each Mortgage Loan:

 

(a)                                  the original Mortgage Note bearing all intervening endorsements, endorsed “Pay to the order of                    , without recourse” and signed in the name of the last endorsee (the “ Last Endorsee ”) by an authorized officer.  To the extent that there is no room on the face of the Mortgage Notes for endorsements, the endorsement may be contained on an allonge, if state law so allows and the Custodian is so advised by the Owner that state law so allows.  If the Mortgage Loan was acquired by the Seller in a merger, the endorsement must be by “[Last Endorsee], successor by merger to [name of predecessor]”.  If the Mortgage Loan was acquired or originated by the Last Endorsee while doing business under another name, the endorsement must be by “[Last Endorsee], formerly known as [previous name]”; the original of any guarantee executed in connection with the Mortgage Note;

 

(b)                                  the original Mortgage with evidence of recording thereon.  If in connection with any Mortgage Loan, the Owner cannot deliver or cause to be delivered the original Mortgage with evidence of recording thereon because of a delay caused by the public recording office where such Mortgage has been delivered for recordation or because such Mortgage has been lost or because such public recording office retains the original recorded Mortgage, the Seller shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Custodian, a photocopy of such Mortgage, together with (i) in the case of a delay caused by the public recording office, an Officer’s Certificate of the Seller (or certified by the title company, escrow agent, or closing attorney) stating that such Mortgage has been dispatched to the appropriate public recording office for recordation and that the original recorded Mortgage or a copy of such Mortgage certified by such public recording office to be a true and complete copy of the original recorded Mortgage will be promptly delivered to the Custodian upon receipt thereof by the Seller; or (ii) in the case of a Mortgage where a public recording office retains the original recorded Mortgage or in the case where a Mortgage is lost after recordation in a public recording office, a copy of such Mortgage certified by such public recording office to be a true and complete copy of the original recorded Mortgage; the originals of all assumption, modification, consolidation or extension agreements, if any, with evidence of recording thereon;

 

(c)                                   the original Assignment of Mortgage for each Mortgage Loan, in form and substance acceptable for recording.  The Assignment of Mortgage must be duly recorded only if recordation is either necessary under applicable law or commonly required by private institutional mortgage investors in the area where the Mortgaged Property is located or on direction of the Owner as provided in this Agreement.  If the Assignment of Mortgage is to be recorded, the Mortgage shall be assigned to the Owner or as directed by the Owner.  If the Assignment of Mortgage is not to be recorded, the Assignment of Mortgage shall be delivered in blank.  If the Mortgage Loan was acquired by the Seller in a merger, the Assignment of Mortgage must be made by “[Seller], successor by merger to

 

Exh. 7-1



 

[name of predecessor]”.  If the Mortgage Loan was acquired or originated by the Seller while doing business under another name, the Assignment of Mortgage must be by “[Seller], formerly known as [previous name]”;

 

(d)                                  the originals of all intervening assignments of mortgage (if any) evidencing a complete chain of assignment from the Originator to the Last Endorsee with evidence of recording thereon, or if any such intervening assignment has not been returned from the applicable recording office or has been lost or if such public recording office retains the original recorded assignments of mortgage, the Seller shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Custodian, a photocopy of such intervening assignment, together with (i) in the case of a delay caused by the public recording office, an Officers Certificate of the Seller (or certified by the title company, escrow agent, or closing attorney) stating that such intervening assignment of mortgage has been dispatched to the appropriate public recording office for recordation and that such original recorded intervening assignment of mortgage or a copy of such intervening assignment of mortgage certified by the appropriate public recording office to be a true and complete copy of the original recorded intervening assignment of mortgage will be promptly delivered to the Custodian upon receipt thereof by the Seller; or (ii) in the case of an intervening assignment where a public recording office retains the original recorded intervening assignment or in the case where an intervening assignment is lost after recordation in a public recording office, a copy of such intervening assignment certified by such public recording office to be a true and complete copy of the original recorded intervening assignment;

 

(e)                                   The original mortgagee policy of title insurance or, in the event such original title policy is unavailable, a certified true copy of the related policy binder or commitment for title certified to be true and complete by the title insurance company (provided, that the original mortgagee policy of title insurance shall be added when available);

 

(f)                                    original powers of attorney, if applicable, or, if in connection with any Mortgage Loan, the Seller cannot deliver or cause to be delivered the original power of attorney with evidence of recording thereon, if applicable, because of a delay caused by the public recording office, the Seller shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Custodian, a photocopy of such power of attorney, together with an Officer’s Certificate of the Seller (or certified by the title company, escrow agent, or closing attorney) stating that such power of attorney has been dispatched to the appropriate public recording office for recordation and that the original recorded power of attorney or a copy of such power of attorney certified by such public recording office to be a true and complete copy of the original recorded power of attorney will be promptly delivered to the Custodian upon receipt thereof by the Seller; and

 

(g)                                   security agreement, chattel mortgage or equivalent document executed in connection with the Mortgage.

 

Exh. 7-2



 

The following documents, together with the Mortgage Loan Documents, shall constitute the Mortgage File with respect to each Mortgage Loan:

 

(a)                                  The original hazard insurance policy and, if required by law, flood insurance policy.

 

(b)                                  Residential loan application.

 

(c)                                   Mortgage Loan closing statement.

 

(d)                                  Verification of employment and income except for Mortgage Loans originated under a Limited Documentation Program.

 

(e)                                   Verification of acceptable evidence of source and amount of downpayment.

 

(f)                                    Credit report on the Mortgagor.

 

(g)                                   Residential appraisal report, if available.

 

(h)                                  Photograph of the Mortgaged Property.

 

(i)                                      Survey of the Mortgaged Property, if any.

 

(j)                                     Copy of each instrument necessary to complete identification of any exception set forth in the exception schedule in the title policy, i.e., map or plat, restrictions, easements, sewer agreements, home association declarations, etc.  All required disclosure statements.

 

(l)                                      If available, termite report, structural engineer’s report, water potability and septic certification.

 

(m)                              Sales contract, if applicable.

 

(n)                                  Tax receipts, insurance premium receipts, ledger sheets, payment history from date of origination, insurance claim files, correspondence, current and historical computerized data files, and all other processing, underwriting and closing papers and records which are customarily contained in a mortgage loan file and which are required to document the Mortgage Loan or to service the Mortgage Loan.

 

(o)                                  Amortization schedule, if applicable.

 

Exh. 7-3



 

EXHIBIT 8

 

FORM OF LIMITED POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P., a limited partnership, organized under the laws of Delaware and having its principal place of business at 6101 Condor Drive, Moorpark, CA 93021, as Owner (hereinafter called “ Owner ”) hereby appoints PennyMac Loan Services, LLC. (hereinafter called the “ Servicer ”), as its true and lawful attorney in fact to act in the name, place and stead of Owner solely for the purposes set forth below.

 

The said attorney in fact is hereby authorized and empowered, solely with respect to the Mortgage Loans and REO Properties, as defined in, and subject to the terms of, that certain Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement, between the Servicer and Owner, dated as of February 1, 2013 (the “ Servicing Agreement ”), as follows:

 

1.                                       To execute, acknowledge, seal and deliver deed of trust/mortgage note endorsements, lost note affidavits, assignments of deed of trust/mortgage and other recorded documents, satisfactions/releases/reconveyances of deed of trust/mortgage, subordinations and modifications, tax authority notifications and declarations, deeds, bills of sale, and other instruments of sale, conveyance, and transfer, appropriately completed, with all ordinary or necessary endorsements, acknowledgments, affidavits, and supporting documents as may be necessary or appropriate to effect its execution, delivery, conveyance, recordation or filing.

 

2.                                       To execute and deliver insurance filings and claims, affidavits of debt, substitutions of trustee, substitutions of counsel, non military affidavits, notices of rescission, foreclosure deeds, transfer tax affidavits, affidavits of merit, verifications of complaints, notices to quit, bankruptcy declarations for the purpose of filing motions to lift stays, and other documents or notice filings on behalf of Owner in connection with insurance, foreclosure, bankruptcy and eviction actions.

 

3.                                       To endorse any checks or other instruments received by the Servicer and made payable to Owner.

 

4.                                       To pursue any deficiency, debt or other obligation, secured or unsecured, including but not limited to those arising from foreclosure or other sale, promissory note or check.  This power also authorizes the Servicer to collect, negotiate or otherwise settle any deficiency claim, including interest and attorney’s fees.

 

5.                                       To do any other act or complete any other document that arises in the normal course of servicing of all Mortgage Loans and REO Properties, as defined in, and subject to the terms of the Servicing Agreement.

 

Exh. 8-1



 

This Limited Power of Attorney shall expire on                , 20    .

 

 

 

[NAME]

Dated:

 

, 20      

 

 

 

 

 

Witness:

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Exh. 8-2



 

EXHIBIT 9

 

TERM SHEET

 

THIRD PARTY LOANS

 

BASE SERVICING FEES
(per loan)

 

With respect to each Mortgage Loan that is a Third Party Loan and not a Distressed Whole Loan, the Base Servicing Fee shall be:

 

(i)                                      if such Mortgage Loan is a Fixed-Rate Mortgage Loan, $7.50; or

 

(ii)                                   if such Mortgage Loan is an Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, $8.50.

 

ADDITIONAL SERVICING FEES

(per loan)

 

With respect to each Mortgage Loan that is a Third Party Loan, the Additional Servicing Fee shall be one of the following:

 

(i)                                      if, as of the first day of the relevant month, such Mortgage Loan is not delinquent, or is delinquent by less than 30 days, and no bankruptcy proceeding is pending by or against the Mortgagor, 0;

 

(ii)                                   if, as of the first day of the relevant month, such Mortgage Loan is delinquent by 30 days or more and less than 60 days, and no bankruptcy proceeding is pending by or against the Mortgagor and no foreclosure proceeding has been initiated, $10.00;

 

(iii)                                if, as of the first day of the relevant month, such Mortgage Loan is delinquent by 60 days or more and less than 90 days, and no bankruptcy proceeding is pending by or against the Mortgagor and no foreclosure proceeding has been initiated, $20.00;

 

(iv)                               if, as of the first day of the relevant month, such Mortgage Loan is delinquent by 90 days or more, and no bankruptcy proceeding is pending by or against the Mortgagor and no foreclosure proceeding has been initiated, $50.00;

 

(v)                                  if, as of the first day of the relevant month, a bankruptcy proceeding is pending by or against the Mortgagor, $45.00;

 

Exh. 9-1



 

(vi)                               if, as of the first day of the relevant month, foreclosure proceedings have been commenced and the Mortgaged Property has not become an REO Property, $55.00; or

 

(vii)                            if, as of the first day of the relevant month, the Mortgaged Property has become an REO Property, $75.00.

 

SUPPLEMENTAL SERVICING FEES

 

With respect to each Mortgage Loan that is a Third Party Loan and is not a Distressed Whole Loan, the Supplemental Servicing Fee shall be $3.25.

 

Exh. 9-2



 

DISTRESSED WHOLE LOANS

 

BASE SERVICING FEES
(per loan)

 

With respect to each Mortgage Loan that is a Distressed Whole Loan, the Base Servicing Fee shall be one of the following:

 

(i)                                      if, as of the first day of the relevant month, such Mortgage Loan is not delinquent, or is delinquent by less than 30 days, and no bankruptcy proceeding is pending by or against the Mortgagor, $30.00;

 

(ii)                                   if, as of the first day of the relevant month, such Mortgage Loan is delinquent by 30 days or more and less than 90 days, and no bankruptcy proceeding is pending by or against the Mortgagor and no foreclosure proceeding has been initiated, $60.00;

 

(iii)                                if, as of the first day of the relevant month, such Mortgage Loan is delinquent by 90 days or more, and no bankruptcy proceeding is pending by or against the Mortgagor and no foreclosure proceeding has been initiated, $125.00;

 

(iv)                               if, as of the first day of the relevant month, such Mortgage Loan is not delinquent, or is delinquent by less than 30 days, and a bankruptcy proceeding is pending by or against the Mortgagor, $100.00;

 

(v)                                  if, as of the first day of the relevant month, such Mortgage Loan is delinquent by 30 days or more, and a bankruptcy proceeding is pending by or against the Mortgagor, $100.00;

 

(vi)                               if, as of the first day of the relevant month, foreclosure proceedings have been commenced and the Mortgaged Property has not become an REO Property, $125.00; or

 

(vii)                            if, as of the first day of the relevant month, the Mortgaged Property has become an REO Property, $75.00.

 

SUPPLEMENTAL SERVICING FEES

 

With respect to each Mortgage Loan that is a Distressed Whole Loan, the Supplemental Servicing Fee shall be $25.00.

 

Exh. 9-3


 

OTHER KEY PARAMETERS

 

Remittance Types

 

Actual/Actual Basis during Interim Servicing Period

 

 

 

Remittance Date

 

See definition of Remittance Date

 

 

 

Servicing Advances

 

Servicer to be reimbursed monthly for all unpaid Servicing Advances incurred by Servicer in the prior month including Cost of Funds.

 

 

 

Cost of Funds on Servicing Advances

 

Refer to Section 5.04

 

 

 

Prepayment Penalties

 

Owner will retain 100% of the prepayment penalties.

 

 

 

Late Charges Collected

 

Servicer will retain 100% of late charges collected by Servicer

 

 

 

Ancillary Income

 

Servicer will retain 100% of all Ancillary Income

 

 

 

Delegated Authority

 

Refer to Exhibit 10

 

 

 

Contract Term

 

Refer to Section 8.01

 

 

 

Eligible Mortgage Loan

 

See definition of Eligible Mortgage Loan

 

ANCILLARY INCOME AND OTHER FEES

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 5.01 of the Agreement, with respect to each Third Party Loan, the Servicer shall be entitled to all Ancillary Income and the following Other Fees in addition to the Servicing Fee:

 

Setup Fee :  With respect to each Mortgage Loan, other than a Distressed Whole Loan, $10.00 if information is provided to Servicer in a format that enables electronic boarding or $25.00 if information is provided to Servicer in format that necessitates manual boarding.  With respect to each Distressed Whole Loan, $15.00 if information is provided to Servicer in format that enables electronic boarding or $25.00 if information is provided to Servicer in format that necessitates manual boarding.

 

Service Release Fee :  With respect to each Mortgage Loan, other than a Distressed Whole Loan, $25.00 if released on or prior to the first anniversary of boarding, $23.00 if released after the first anniversary of boarding and on or prior to the second anniversary of boarding, and $18.00 if

 

Exh. 9-4



 

released thereafter. With respect to each Distressed Whole Loan, $500.00 if released within one year of boarding, $40.00 if released within two years of boarding and $40.00 if released thereafter.

 

Deed in Lieu Fee :  $500

 

Liquidation Fee :  150 basis points of the gross proceeds received in connection with either the disposition of an REO Property or a full or discounted payoff accepted by the Servicer with respect to a Mortgage Loan, including a full or discounted payoff accepted in connection with the sale of the Mortgaged Property to a third party.

 

Tax Service Contract :  Servicer’s cost

 

Flood Zone Service Contract :  Servicer’s cost

 

MERS Fee :  Servicer’s cost

 

Reperformance Fee :  150 basis points of the unpaid principal balance of the Mortgage Loan (as then in effect) if the Mortgage Loan is brought current (after having been delinquent for a period of 90 days or more) without any modification and remains current for a consecutive period of 12 months or is sold prior to the expiration of such 12 months.

 

Modification Fee :  150 basis points of the unpaid principal balance of the Mortgage Loan (as in effect immediately after the consummation of the modification) if the modification includes an interest rate reduction or is classified by the Servicer (acting in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices) as a full modification; or, if the Servicer participates in the U.S. Treasury’s Home Affordable Modification Program (or other similar mortgage loan modification programs) and enters into a transaction involving the Mortgage Loan that results in the payment or retention of any incentive payment to the Servicer or Owner and the Servicer is not otherwise entitled to a Modification Fee as set forth above, 150 basis points of the unpaid principal balance of the Mortgage Loan (as in effect immediately after the consummation of the transaction).

 

If the Servicer enters into a transaction involving the Mortgage Loan under the U.S. Treasury Department’s Home Affordable Modification Program (or other similar mortgage loan modification programs) that results in any incentive payment to the Servicer or Owner and the Servicer has already collected a Modification Fee, the Servicer shall reimburse the Owner the amount of such incentive payments.

 

In the event the Servicer effects a refinancing of a Distressed Whole Loan on behalf of the Owner and not through a third party lender and the resulting Mortgage Loan is readily saleable, or the Servicer originates a Mortgage Loan to facilitate the disposition of REO Property, the Servicer shall be entitled to fees and other compensation in connection with such originations based on market-based pricing and terms that are consistent with the pricing and terms offered by the Servicer to unaffiliated third parties on a retail basis.  The amount of the compensation and the pricing and terms offered by the Servicer shall be subject to review by the Owner and the Servicer from time to time to reflect market rates.  The Owner shall reimburse the Servicer for any out of pocket expenses that the Servicer incurs in connection with any such origination, including title fees, legal fees and closing costs.

 

Exh. 9-5



 

EXHIBIT 10

 

DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY MATRIX

 

FUNCTION

 

DELEGATION

Delinquent Taxes on Non-escrowed Loans

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to make payment of delinquent taxes on non-escrowed loans.

 

 

 

Advances on Escrowed Loans

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to advance corporate funds in payment of escrowed items.

 

 

 

New Escrow Accounts

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to establish escrow accounts upon borrower request.

 

 

 

Escrow Shortage Pro-ration

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to negotiate extended escrow shortage repayment periods as the situation warrants.

 

 

 

Escrow Cushion Requirement

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to negotiate down or remove any escrow cushion requirement used for escrow analysis.

 

 

 

Escrow Account Waiver

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to waive an escrow account following Fannie Mae Servicing Guidelines Part III, Chapter 103.01.

 

 

 

Loss Drafts

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to process insurance losses as described in the Fannie Mae Servicing Guide Part II, Chapter 5.

 

 

 

Private Mortgage Insurance Waiver

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to waive Private Mortgage Insurance requirement as described in the Fannie Mae Servicing Guide Part II, Chapters 102.03, 102.04 and 102.05.

 

 

 

Transfer of Ownership — Exempt Transactions

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to follow guidelines as stated in the Fannie Mae Servicing Guide Part III, 408.02.  In addition to Fannie Mae servicing guidelines, there must be evidence of insurance with Owner named in mortgagee clause; mortgage payments must be current; and if required, approval of the private mortgage insurance company, FHA or VA must be obtained.

 

Exh. 10-1



 

Prepayment Penalties

 

No authority is granted to Servicer to negotiate reduction of prepayment penalties without Owner approval unless the mortgage loan is accelerated in which case Servicer may waive in accordance with the Fannie Mae Servicing Guide Part I, Chapter 203.05.  This clause excludes the waiving of pre-payment penalties/early closure fees extending more than 36 months from Mortgage Loan origination date.

 

 

 

Waiver of Fees

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to waive any fee that it is entitled to receive as Ancillary Income without Owner’s consent.  Servicer shall be entitled to waive late charges based on Servicer’s policies and procedures.

 

 

 

Subordination Requests

 

Servicer may approve a request to subordinate a second mortgage in favor of a refinanced loan if:

 

1.)                                   The new loan to value of the refinanced loan is equal to or less than the original LTV of the first mortgage (no cash-out refinancing allowed unless substantiated through a new appraisal to reflect increased value), and

2.)                                   The loan has had no delinquencies in past 12 months, and

3.)                                   The new senior lien is not a HELOC, Land Contract, Recapture Lien, Texas A6, Cal Vet, Bond with recapture Taxes, All Inclusive Trust Deed, Option ARM, Flex 100, or Reverse Mortgage.

 

Without Owner’s approval, Servicer MAY NOT approve a subordination request if any of the following conditions exist:

 

1.)                                   The first lien amount increases and the first lien LTV increases; or

2.)                                   Any senior lien is a private party; or

3.)                                   The new senior lien has the potential for negative amortization.

 

 

 

Owner shall review the subordination request prior to final approval if the request has any of the MAY NOT conditions listed above.

 

 

 

Partial Release, Acquisitions, Easement

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to approve requests for Partial Release, Acquisitions, and Easements in accordance with the standards specified in the Fannie Mae Servicing Guide.

 

Exh. 10-2



 

Lien Releases

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to approve full lien releases upon full payoff of the loan without the prior approval of Owner.  Full lien releases to be completed in compliance with applicable law, and penalties for non-compliance accrue to Servicer.  Servicer shall not be responsible for penalties as a result of third party delays if Servicer has timely processed a lien release pursuant to applicable law.

 

 

 

Assumptions

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to negotiate Simple Assumptions according to the Fannie Mae Servicing Guide Part III, Chapter 4. Qualified Assumption requests will be referred to Owner for approval.

 

 

 

Foreclosure Approval

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to proceed with foreclosure using prudent servicing guidelines.

 

 

 

Property Evaluations (BPO’s)/Drive-By Appraisal

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to order a brokers price opinion (BPO) or drive-by appraisal using prudent servicing guidelines.  The cost of the BPO or drive-by appraisal shall be passed on to the borrower if the BPO or drive-by appraisal is related to a borrower requested forbearance plan as reasonably determined by Servicer.

 

 

 

Impact Analysis

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to complete an impact analysis using prudent servicing guidelines.

 

 

 

REO Marketing

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to follow Servicer’s current guidelines to make REO marketing decisions.

 

 

 

Property Preservation

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to use Fannie Mae Property Preservation guidelines as outlined in the Fannie Mae Servicing Guide for loans owned by Owner and following internal state guidelines.

 

 

 

Bidding Instruction

 

Owner approval is required on bidding instructions.

 

 

 

Short Term Forbearance — Written agreement to reduce or suspend payments not to exceed 6 months

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to permit forbearance or allow for suspension of monthly payments up to 90 days, if the mortgagor is in default or Servicer determines that default is imminent and granting such forbearance is in the best interest of Owner.  Mortgagor must be current as to all fees and costs prior to any forbearance plan.  Owner approval is required to permit forbearance or allow for suspension of monthly payments of 91 days or more.

 

Exh. 10-3



 

Long Term Forbearance — Written agreement to reduce or suspend payments up to 12 months

 

Unless pursuant to the PennyMac Property Preservation Program, Owner approval is required.  Servicer to provide approval package including financials, credit report, valuation, hardship description and recommendation.

 

 

 

Repayment Plan — Written agreement where the mortgagor must immediately make payments in addition to regular monthly payments to cure the delinquency

 

Authority is granted pursuant to the PennyMac Property Preservation Program, and to Servicer to negotiate Repayment Plans where borrower must cure through full reinstatement within 6 months, including fees and costs.  Any Repayment Plan over 6 months requires Owner approval.

 

 

 

Modifications — Formal agreement to change payment amount based upon one or more terms of the original loan (i.e. interest rate reduction, extended term, capitalized arrearage)

 

Authority is granted pursuant to the PennyMac Property Preservation Program, and all modification requests to capitalize arrearages are to be processed in accordance with the Fannie Mae Servicing Guide Part VII, Chapter 502 and will require Owner approval.  Servicer will obtain pre-qualification information as prescribed by Owner (credit report, financial statements and cash flow information from all obligors).

 

 

 

Pre-foreclosure Sale — Borrower allowed to sell or refinance property to avoid foreclosure

 

Authority is granted pursuant to the PennyMac Property Preservation Program, and authority is granted to Servicer to negotiate Pre-foreclosure Sales according to the Fannie Mae Servicing Guide Part VII, Chapter 504. Authority is granted to Servicer to accept pre-foreclosure sale offers as long as the loss from the pre-foreclosure sale is equal to or less than the loss anticipated and the negotiated price is at least 95% of the Asset Balance.  For all other pre-foreclosure sales, Owner approval to accept the sale is required.

 

 

 

Discounted Payoff

 

Authority is granted pursuant to the PennyMac Property Preservation Program. For all discounted payoffs with the exception of those covered by mortgage insurance, Owner approval to accept the payoff is required.  Authority is granted to Servicer to negotiate a discounted payoff where the loss amount is fully covered by the applicable mortgage insurance policy.

 

 

 

Deed-in-Lieu — Borrower voluntarily deeds property to lender, avoiding foreclosure

 

Authority is granted pursuant to the PennyMac Property Preservation Program, otherwise, Owner must approve deed-in-lieu requests on all transactions.

 

 

 

Partial Claims — PMI remits funds to bring account current.  If mortgage is subsequently foreclosed, prepaid claim amounts are

 

Authority is granted pursuant to the PennyMac Property Preservation Program, and authority is granted to Servicer to negotiate and accept Partial Claims subject to account being brought current; no associated pre-foreclosure sale, modification

 

Exh. 10-4



 

deducted from final claim

 

or repayment plan.

 

Exh. 10-5



 

Bankruptcy Actions

 

1st Liens — Authority is granted to Servicer to process bankruptcy filing following Fannie Mae Servicing Guidelines and refer to the delegations listed in this Exhibit (impact analysis, charge-off, foreclosure) for final disposition in Bankruptcy.

 

Junior Liens — Authority is granted to Servicer to process bankruptcy filing in accordance with Servicer’s guidelines for owned assets and refer to the above delegations for final disposition in Bankruptcy.  Decisions on how to proceed with charge-off/foreclosure revert to Owner at impact analysis stage.

 

 

 

Review and Approval of Walk Analysis

 

Servicer will review collection activities and complete an “Impact Analysis” which begins the pre-foreclosure review process.  The analysis assists in determining the economic impact of foreclosure (equity position/loss severity). Servicer will provide the analysis to Owner with a recommendation of future loss mitigation actions.  Servicer takes no responsibility for these recommendations, and will contact Owner for final approval and direction as to what those actions will be.

 

 

 

Charge-off of Loans

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to charge off loans that are 180 days contractually delinquent, with the approval by Owner of an impact analysis form.  Authority is granted to Servicer to charge off loans that are 120 days contractually delinquent, with Owner’s approval of an impact analysis, for loans that are in Chapter 7 bankruptcy and have no equity, per Owner’s approval of an impact analysis form.

 

 

 

Post Charge-off Transfer

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to initiate service transfer for loans that have been fully charged-off, or have been sold from REO, with a resulting loss.

 

 

 

Payoff Processing

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to accept as payment in full a payment amount within $100 of the total indebtedness.  Owner shall reimburse Servicer for any shortfall that is $100 or less of the indebtedness.

 

Exh. 10-6




Exhibit 10.11

 

Execution Version

 

MSR RECAPTURE AGREEMENT

 

This MSR Recapture Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Servicer ”), and PennyMac Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ MSR Owner ”), and is effective as of February 1, 2013.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the MSR Owner engages in the business of purchasing conventional, government and jumbo residential mortgage loans from originators under the correspondent lending program established by the MSR Owner and its affiliates and owning the related mortgage servicing rights;

 

WHEREAS, the MSR Owner has caused or will cause the appointment of the Servicer as servicer to perform the servicing duties with respect to certain of such mortgage loans pursuant to the Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement (the “ Servicing Agreement ”), dated as of February 1, 2013, between the Servicer, as servicer, and the MSR Owner, as owner;

 

WHEREAS, the Servicer obtains a competitive benefit from so serving as the servicer of such mortgage loans; and

 

WHEREAS, the MSR Owner is engaging the Servicer as a service provider to provide other services to the MSR Owner and its affiliates in connection with the purchasing activities of MSR Owner;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and agreements set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and the sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.01                              Definitions .  For purposes of this Agreement, the following capitalized terms, unless the context otherwise requires, shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

 

AAA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(h) .

 

Acknowledgment Letter ” means that certain letter of even date herewith between the MSR Owner and the Servicer, to which letter a mortgage loan schedule is attached.

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person controlling or controlled by or under common control with such specified Person.  For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by management contract or otherwise and the terms “controlling”

 


 

and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing; provided, however, that Affiliates of the MSR Owner shall include only PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, and Affiliates of the Servicer shall include only PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC and their wholly-owned subsidiaries.

 

Arbitrator ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(h) .

 

Assignment Date ” means, with respect to a calendar month in which the Servicer originates one or more New Mortgage Loans, the date that is five (5) business days following the related Mortgage Loan Identification Date.

 

Correspondent ” means any lender that originates conventional, government and jumbo residential mortgage loans under the correspondent lending program established by the MSR Owner and its Affiliates.

 

Correspondent Loan ” means a newly originated Mortgage Loan acquired by the MSR Owner or one of its wholly-owned subsidiaries from a Correspondent.

 

Dispute ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(h) .

 

Fannie Mae ” means the Federal National Mortgage Association, or any successor thereto.

 

Fee Amendment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(g) .

 

Fee Negotiation Request ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(g) .

 

Freddie Mac ” means the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, or any successor thereto.

 

HUD ” means the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development, or any successor thereto.

 

Mortgage File ” means, with respect to each Mortgage Loan, the documents and instruments relating to such Mortgage Loan and set forth in an exhibit to the applicable custodial agreement.

 

Mortgage Loan ” means a one-to-four family residential loan that is secured by a mortgage, deed of trust or other similar security instrument. A Mortgage Loan includes the Mortgage Loan Documents, the Mortgage File, the monthly payments, any principal payments or prepayments, any related escrow accounts, the mortgage servicing rights and all other rights, benefits, proceeds and obligations arising from or in connection with such Mortgage Loan.

 

Mortgage Loan Documents ” means, with respect to a mortgage loan, the mortgage, deed of trust or other similar security instrument, the promissory note, any assignments and an electronic record or copy of the  mortgage loan application.

 

2



 

Mortgage Loan Identification Date ” means, with respect to each calendar month in which the Servicer originates one or more New Mortgage Loans, the 25th day of the immediately succeeding calendar month.

 

New Mortgage Loan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(c) .

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

Portfolio ” means the entire group of Correspondent Loans for which the MSR Owner owns the Servicing Rights from time to time and the Servicer is serving as the servicer or subservicer.

 

REIT Requirements ” means the requirements imposed on real estate investment trusts pursuant to Sections 856 through and including 860 of the Code.

 

Replacement Mortgage Loan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(c) .

 

Replacement Portfolio ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(c) .

 

Retained Mortgage Loan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(c) .

 

Retained Portfolio ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(c) .

 

Servicing Rights ” means, with respect to each Mortgage Loan, the right to do any and all of the following:  (a) service and administer such Mortgage Loan; (b) collect any payments or monies payable or received for servicing such Mortgage Loan; (c) collect any late fees, assumption fees, penalties or similar payments with respect to such Mortgage Loan; (d) enforce the provisions of all agreements or documents creating, defining or evidencing any such servicing rights and all rights of the servicer thereunder, including, but not limited to, any clean-up calls and termination options; (e) collect and apply any escrow payments or other similar payments with respect to such Mortgage Loan; (f) control and maintain all accounts and other rights to payments related to any of the property described in the other clauses of this definition; (g) possess and use any and all documents, files, records, servicing files, servicing documents, servicing records, data tapes, computer records, or other information pertaining to such Mortgage Loan or pertaining to the past, present or prospective servicing of such Mortgage Loan; and (h) enforce any and all rights, powers and privileges incident to any of the foregoing.

 

Section 1.02                              General Interpretive Principles .  For purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)                                  The terms defined in this Agreement have the meanings assigned to them in this Agreement and include the plural as well as the singular, and the use of any gender herein shall be deemed to include the other gender;

 

(b)                                  Accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

3



 

(c)                                   References herein to “Articles,” “Sections,” “Subsections,” “Paragraphs,” and other subdivisions without reference to a document are to designated Articles, Sections, Subsections, Paragraphs and other subdivisions of this Agreement;

 

(d)                                  A reference to a Subsection without further reference to a Section is a reference to such Subsection as contained in the same Section in which the reference appears, and this rule shall also apply to Paragraphs and other subdivisions;

 

(e)                                   The words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision; and

 

(f)                                    The term “include” or “including” shall mean without limitation by reason of enumeration.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Section 2.01                              Representations, Warranties and Agreements of the Servicer .  The Servicer hereby makes to the MSR Owner, as of the date hereof and as of the date of each transfer hereunder, the representations and warranties set forth on Exhibit B .

 

Section 2.02                              Representations, Warranties and Agreements of the MSR Owner .  The MSR Owner hereby makes to the Servicer, as of the date hereof and as of the date of each transfer hereunder, the representations and warranties set forth on Exhibit C .

 

ARTICLE 3

 

TERM; MSR RECAPTURE

 

Section 3.01                              Term of Agreement; Rights to Terminate .  This Agreement shall have an initial term of four years from the date hereof (the “ Initial Term ”).  After the Initial Term, this Agreement shall be deemed renewed automatically every 18 months for an additional 18 month period (an “ Automatic Renewal Term ”) unless the MSR Owner or the Servicer terminates this Agreement upon the expiration of the Initial Term or any Automatic Renewal Term and upon at least 180 days’ prior written notice to the MSR Owner or the Servicer, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) the Mortgage Banking and Warehouse Servicing Agreement, between the Servicer and the MSR Owner, dated as of February 1, 2013 (the “ MBWS Agreement ”), is terminated by the MSR Owner without cause as provided in such agreement, (ii) the Servicing Agreement is terminated by PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. without cause as provided in such agreement or (iii) the Amended and Restated Management Agreement, among PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. and PNMAC Capital Management, LLC, dated as of February 1, 2013 (the “ Management Agreement ”), is terminated by PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust without cause as provided in such agreement, the Servicer shall have the right to terminate this Agreement without cause upon notice to the MSR Owner.  In addition, if (i) either of the MBWS Agreement or the Servicing Agreement is terminated by PennyMac Loan Services without cause as provided in

 

4



 

each such agreement or (ii) the Management Agreement is terminated by PNMAC Capital Management, LLC without cause as provided in such agreement, the MSR Owner shall have the right to terminate this Agreement without cause upon notice to the Servicer. Further, if PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. exercises its right to terminate the Servicing Agreement without cause under Section 8.01(a)(iii) thereof with respect to one or more Mortgage Loans, the Servicer shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement solely with respect to such Mortgage Loans effective upon or following such termination of the Servicing Agreement, provided that the Servicer shall have delivered notice of its election to so terminate this Agreement not less than fifteen (15) business days prior to such termination. If this Agreement is terminated with respect to one or more loans in the Portfolio pursuant to the preceding sentence and such loans represent less than the entirety of the loans  in the Portfolio, then such loans as to which this Agreement is terminated shall be deemed to be removed from the Portfolio upon such termination and this Agreement shall continue in effect with respect to the remaining loans in the Portfolio until scheduled expiration or early termination with respect to such remaining loans pursuant to this Section 3.01.  Following any such termination of this Agreement, the Servicer shall not take any action with respect to the refinancing of any loans in the Portfolio (or, if termination occurs with respect to some such loans and not others pursuant to this Section 3.01, the loans that are deemed to be removed from the Portfolio as described in the preceding sentence); provided, however, that such restrictions shall not prohibit the Servicer from generalized advertising not targeted exclusively to the borrowers under such mortgage loans, including on its website, monthly account statements, or VRU (voice response unit), mortgage leads purchased from third parties, recorded communications, or otherwise engaging in a program directed to the general public at large to encourage or recommend mortgage loan products and other products and services provided by the Servicer or its affiliates, or from taking applications for refinance from such borrowers as a result thereof.

 

Section 3.02                              MSR Recapture .

 

(a)                                  The Servicer acknowledges that the Mortgage Loans described in the Acknowledgment Letter constitute the initial Portfolio.

 

(b)                                  On each date when the MSR Owner acquires the Servicing Rights with respect to any Correspondent Loan that consists of a conventional, government or jumbo residential mortgage loan and appoints the Servicer as servicer therefor under the Servicing Agreement, such Correspondent Loan shall be added to the Portfolio.

 

(c)                                   If, during any calendar month, the Servicer or its Affiliates originate new residential mortgage loans the proceeds of which are used to refinance a Mortgage Loan in the Portfolio (such a new mortgage loan, a “ New Mortgage Loan ”), the Servicer shall transfer and convey to the MSR Owner on the related Assignment Date the Servicing Rights with respect to one or more of such New Mortgage Loans, that together have an aggregate unpaid principal balance that is not less than 30% of the aggregate unpaid principal balance of all the New Mortgage Loans originated during such month.  The New Mortgage Loans where the related Servicing Rights are so transferred and conveyed shall constitute “ Replacement Mortgage Loans ”; the entire group of Replacement Mortgage Loans shall constitute the “ Replacement Portfolio ”; the New Mortgage Loans where the related Servicing Rights are not so transferred and conveyed shall constitute “ Retained Mortgage Loans ”; and the entire group of Retained

 

5



 

Mortgage Loans shall constitute the “ Retained Portfolio ”.  The Replacement Portfolio, on the one hand, and the Retained Portfolio, on the other, shall have the following characteristics:

 

(i)                                      The weighted average gross mortgage interest rate per annum of the New Mortgage Loans in the Retained Portfolio shall be within 12.5 basis points per annum of the weighted average gross mortgage interest rate of the New Mortgage Loans in the Replacement Portfolio;

 

(ii)                                   The weighted average final maturity date of the New Mortgage Loans in the Retained Portfolio shall be within six months of the weighted average final maturity date of the New Mortgage Loans in the Replacement Portfolio; and

 

(iii)                                The remaining credit characteristics of the pool of New Mortgage Loans in the Retained Portfolio (other than the characteristics specified in clauses (i) and (ii) above) shall be substantially the same as the credit characteristics of the pool of New Mortgage Loans in the Replacement Portfolio.

 

(d)                                  Not later than the Mortgage Loan Identification Date related to each month in which the Servicer or an Affiliate thereof has originated New Mortgage Loans, the Servicer shall (i) notify the MSR Owner of the identity of each such New Mortgage Loan and the related Mortgage Loan in the Portfolio that was refinanced using proceeds of such New Mortgage Loan and (ii) a schedule setting forth the New Mortgage Loans proposed to compose the Replacement Portfolio, the New Mortgage Loans proposed to compose the Retained Portfolio and the Servicer’s calculations of the weighted average gross mortgage interest rate and weighted average final maturity date of each of the proposed Replacement Portfolio and the proposed Retained Portfolio.  The Servicer and the MSR Owner shall cooperate in good faith to resolve any objections made by the MSR Owner to the proposed compositions of the Replacement Portfolio and Retained Portfolio.

 

(e)                                   On the Assignment Date related to each month in which the Servicer has originated New Mortgage Loans, the Servicer shall transfer and convey the related Servicing Rights by means of delivering an instrument of assignment substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A .

 

(f)                                    If insufficient New Mortgage Loans are available in circumstances that require a transfer by the Servicer under the foregoing subsections, or if counsel or independent accountants for the MSR Owner or its Affiliates determine that there exists a material risk that such transfer would result in a violation of the REIT Requirements by the MSR Owner or any Affiliate thereof, then the Servicer shall consult with the MSR Owner and the parties shall negotiate in good faith for the transfer of one or more investments in transactions that would not, in the judgment of the MSR Owner or its counsel or independent accountants, present such a risk and that would result in a net economic benefit to the MSR Owner that is no less favorable than the economic benefit that would have resulted from a transfer under foregoing subsections.

 

(g)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, upon the written request (a “ Fee Negotiation Request ”) of the MSR Owner or the Servicer following a

 

6



 

determination by the MSR Owner or the Servicer that the rates of compensation payable to the Servicer hereunder differ materially from market rates of compensation for services comparable to those provided hereunder, which request includes a proposal for revised rates of compensation hereunder, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to amend the provisions of this Agreement relating to the compensation of the Servicer in order to cause such compensation to be materially consistent with market rates of compensation for services comparable to those provided hereunder (a “ Fee Amendment ”); provided, however, that no such request shall be made until the second anniversary of the effective date of this Agreement, after which time each such party may make such request (i) once with respect to fees to be paid during the remainder of the Initial Term, which request shall be made prior to the expiration of the Initial Term, and (ii) once with respect to fees to be paid during any Automatic Renewal Term, which request shall be made at least 210 days prior to the start of such Automatic Renewal Term. If the parties are unable to reach agreement on the terms of a Fee Amendment within thirty (30) days of the date of delivery of the relevant Fee Negotiation Request, then the terms of such Fee Amendment shall be determined by final and binding arbitration in accordance with Section 3.02(h) .

 

(h)                                  All disputes, differences and controversies of the MSR Owner or the Servicer relating to a Fee Amendment (individually, a “ Dispute ” and, collectively, “ Disputes ”) shall be resolved by final and binding arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) under its Commercial Arbitration Rules, subject to the following provisions:

 

(i)                                      Following the delivery of a written demand for arbitration by either the MSR Owner or the Servicer, each party shall choose one (1) arbitrator within ten (10) business days after the date of such written demand and the two chosen arbitrators shall mutually, within ten (10) business days after selection select a third (3rd) arbitrator (each, an “ Arbitrator ” and together, the “ Arbitrators ”), each of whom shall be a retired judge selected from a roster of arbitrators provided by the AAA. If the third (3rd) Arbitrator is not selected within fifteen (15) business days after delivery of the written demand for arbitration (or such other time period as the MSR Owner and the Servicer may agree), the MSR Owner and the Servicer shall promptly request that the commercial panel of the AAA select an independent Arbitrator meeting such criteria.

 

(ii)                                   The rules of arbitration shall be the Commercial Rules of the American Arbitration Association; provided, however, that notwithstanding any provisions of the Commercial Arbitration Rules to the contrary, unless otherwise mutually agreed to by the MSR Owner and the Servicer, the sole discovery available to each party shall be its right to conduct up to two (2) non-expert depositions of no more than three (3) hours of testimony each.

 

(iii)                                The Arbitrators shall render a decision by majority decision within three (3) months after the date of appointment, unless the MSR Owner and the Servicer agree to extend such time. The decision shall be final and binding upon the MSR Owner and the Servicer; provided, however, that such decision shall not restrict either the MSR Owner or the Servicer from terminating this Agreement pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

7



 

(iv)                               Each party shall pay its own expenses in connection with the resolution of Disputes, including attorneys’ fees, unless determined otherwise by the Arbitrator.

 

(v)                                  The MSR Owner and the Servicer agree that the existence, conduct and content of any arbitration pursuant to this Section 3.02(h) shall be kept confidential and neither the MSR Owner nor the Servicer shall disclose to any Person any information about such arbitration, except in connection with such arbitration or as may be required by law or by any regulatory authority (or any exchange on which such party’s securities are listed) or for financial reporting purposes in such party’s financial statements.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

LIABILITIES OF SERVICER AND MSR OWNER

 

Section 4.01                              Liability of the MSR Owner and the Servicer .  The MSR Owner and the Servicer shall each be liable in accordance herewith only to the extent of the obligations specifically and respectively imposed upon and undertaken by the MSR Owner and Servicer herein.

 

Section 4.02                              Merger or Consolidation of the Servicer .

 

(a)                                  The Servicer shall keep in full effect its existence, rights and franchises as an entity and maintain its qualification to service mortgage loans for each of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and HUD and comply with the laws of each State in which any Mortgaged Property is located to the extent necessary to protect the validity and enforceability of this Agreement, and to perform its duties under this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Any Person into which the Servicer may be merged, converted, or consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Servicer shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to the business of the Servicer, shall be the successor of the Servicer hereunder, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding; provided, however, that such successor shall have expressly assumed the duties of the Servicer hereunder.

 

Section 4.03                              Indemnification .

 

(a)                                  The Servicer shall indemnify the MSR Owner, its directors, officers, employees and agents and hold them harmless against any and all claims, losses, damages, penalties, fines, forfeitures, reasonable legal fees and related costs, judgments, and any other costs, fees and expenses that any of them may sustain by reason of the Servicer’s (i) willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of its duties under this Agreement, (ii) reckless disregard of its obligations or duties under this Agreement or (iii) breach of its representations, warranties or covenants under this Agreement.

 

8



 

(b)                                  The MSR Owner shall indemnify the Servicer, its directors, officers, employees and agents and hold them harmless against any and all claims, losses, damages, penalties, fines, forfeitures, reasonable legal fees and related costs, judgments, and any other costs, fees and expenses that any of them may sustain by reason of the MSR Owner’s (i) willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of its duties under this Agreement, (ii) reckless disregard of its obligations or duties under this Agreement or (iii) breach of its representations or warranties under this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 5

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 5.01                              Notices .  All notices, requests, demands and other communications which are required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon the delivery or mailing thereof, as the case may be, sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested:

 

(i)                                      if to the Servicer:

 

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC
Attn: Director, Servicing Operations
6101 Condor Drive
Moorpark, CA 93021

 

With a copy to:

 

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC
Attn: General Counsel
6101 Condor Drive
Moorpark, CA 93021

 

(ii)                                   if to the MSR Owner:

 

PennyMac Corp.
Attn: General Counsel
6101 Condor Drive
Moorpark, CA 93021

 

With copies to:

 

PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P.
Attn:  General Counsel
6101 Condor Drive
Moorpark, CA 93021

 

and

 

9



 

Latham & Watkins LLP

Attn: Charles Ruck and Scott Shean

650 Town Center Drive, 20th Floor

Costa Mesa, California 92626

 

or such other address as may hereafter be furnished to the other parties by like notice.

 

Section 5.02                              Amendment .  Neither this Agreement, nor any terms hereof, may be amended, supplemented or modified except in an instrument in writing executed by the parties hereto.

 

Section 5.03                              Entire Agreement .  This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, inducements and conditions, express or implied, oral or written, of any nature whatsoever with respect to the subject matter hereof.  The express terms hereof control and supersede any course of performance and/or usage of the trade inconsistent with any of the terms hereof.

 

Section 5.04                              Binding Effect; Beneficiaries .  The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns.  No  provision of this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give to any Person, other than the parties hereto, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein.

 

Section 5.05                              Headings .  The section and subsection headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the interpretation of any provisions hereof.

 

Section 5.06                              Further Assurances .  The Servicer agrees to execute and deliver such instruments and take such further actions as the MSR Owner may, from time to time, reasonably request in order to effectuate the purposes and to carry out the terms of this Agreement.

 

Section 5.07                              Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely in such State, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.  The parties hereto intend that the provisions of Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law shall apply to this Agreement.

 

Section 5.08                              Relationship of Parties .  Nothing herein contained shall be deemed or construed to create a partnership or joint venture between the parties.  The duties and responsibilities of the Servicer shall be rendered by it as an independent contractor and not as an agent of the MSR Owner.  The Servicer shall have full control of all of its acts, doings, proceedings, relating to or requisite in connection with the discharge of its duties and responsibilities under this Agreement.

 

Section 5.09                              Severability of Provisions . If any one or more of the covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement shall be held invalid for any reason whatsoever, then such covenants, agreements, provisions or terms shall be deemed severable

 

10


 

from the remaining covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement.

 

Section 5.10                              No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .  No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of a party hereto, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.  The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

 

Section 5.11                              Exhibits .  The exhibits to this Agreement are hereby incorporated and made a part hereof and form integral parts of this Agreement.

 

Section 5.12                              Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed by the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by telecopy), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Section 5.13                              WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY .

 

EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND, THEREFORE, EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT TO ANY ACTION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT.

 

Section 5.14                              LIMITATION OF DAMAGES .

 

NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING CONTAINED HEREIN TO THE CONTRARY, THE PARTIES AGREE THAT NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR ANY SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY), OR ANY OTHER LEGAL OR EQUITABLE PRINCIPLE, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT SUCH LIMITATION SHALL NOT BE APPLICABLE WITH RESPECT TO ANY THIRD PARTY CLAIM MADE AGAINST A PARTY.

 

Section 5.15                              SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVERS .

 

EACH OF THE MSR OWNER AND THE SERVICER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY (I) SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION AND ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT IN RESPECT THEREOF, TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY NEW YORK STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY WITH RESPECT TO MATTERS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT; (II) AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS WITH RESPECT TO ANY

 

11



 

ACTION OR PROCEEDING REGARDING SUCH MATTERS MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE OR FEDERAL COURTS; (III) WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST POSSIBLE EXTENT, WITH RESPECT TO SUCH COURTS, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM; AND (IV) AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW.

 

12



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Servicer and the MSR Owner have caused their names to be signed hereto by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

 

 

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC

 

(Servicer)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Anne D. McCallion

 

Name:

Anne D. McCallion

 

Title:

Vice President, Finance

 

 

 

 

 

PENNYMAC CORP.

 

(MSR Owner)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stanford L. Kurland

 

Name:

Stanford L. Kurland

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

(Form of Assignment)

 

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC (the “ Transferor ”), hereby assigns, conveys and otherwise transfers to PennyMac Corp. (the “ Transferee ”) all of the Transferor’s right, title and interest in, to and under [the Servicing Rights related to] each residential mortgage loan set forth in Annex A attached hereto and all proceeds thereof.  Capitalized terms used and not defined in this instrument have the meanings assigned to them in the MSR Recapture Agreement dated as of February 1, 2013, between the Transferor and the Transferee.

 

If the conveyance of the Servicing Rights is characterized by a court or governmental authority as security for a loan rather than an absolute transfer or sale, the Transferor will be deemed to have granted to the Transferee, and the Transferor hereby grants to the Transferee, a security interest in all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Servicing Rights and all proceeds thereof as security for a loan in an amount equal to the value of the Servicing Rights.

 

 

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC

 

(Transferor)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

A-1



 

EXHIBIT B

 

(Representations and Warranties of the Servicer)

 

(a)                                  Due Organization and Good Standing .  The Servicer is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware and has the power and authority to own its assets and to transact the business in which it is currently engaged, and the Servicer is in compliance with the laws of each state or other jurisdiction in which any Mortgaged Property is located to the extent necessary to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  No Violation of Organizational Documents or Agreements .  The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Servicer, and the performance and compliance with the terms of this Agreement by the Servicer, will not violate the Servicer’s organizational documents or constitute a default (or an event which, with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default) under, or result in the breach of, any material agreement or other instrument to which the Servicer is a party or which is applicable to it or any of its assets.

 

(c)                                   Full Power and Authority .  The Servicer has the full power and authority to enter into and consummate all transactions contemplated by this Agreement, has duly authorized the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, and has duly executed and delivered this Agreement.

 

(d)                                  Binding Obligation .  This Agreement, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties hereto, constitutes a valid, legal and binding obligation of the Servicer, enforceable against the Servicer in accordance with the terms hereof, subject to (A) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (B) general principles of equity, regardless of whether such enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

 

(e)                                   No Violation of Law, Regulation or Order .  The Servicer is not in violation of, and its execution and delivery of this Agreement and its performance and compliance with the terms of this Agreement will not constitute a violation of, any law, any order or decree of any court or arbiter, or, to the Servicer’s knowledge, any order, regulation or demand of any federal, state or local governmental or regulatory authority, which violation, in the Servicer’s good faith and reasonable judgment, is likely to affect materially and adversely either the ability of the Servicer to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the financial condition of the Servicer.

 

(f)                                    No Material Litigation .  No litigation is pending or, to the best of the Servicer’s knowledge, threatened against the Servicer that, if determined adversely to the Servicer, would prohibit the Servicer from entering into this Agreement or that, individually or in the aggregate, in the Servicer’s good faith and reasonable judgment, is likely to materially and adversely affect either the ability of the Servicer to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the financial condition of the Servicer.

 

B-1



 

(g)                                   No Consent Required .  Any consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or governmental agency or body required under federal or state law for the execution, delivery and performance by the Servicer of or compliance by the Servicer with this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement has been obtained and is effective except where the lack of consent, approval, authorization or order would not have a material adverse effect on the performance by the Servicer under this Agreement.

 

(h)                                  Ordinary Course of Business .  The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is in the ordinary course of business of the Servicer.

 

B-2



 

EXHIBIT C

 

(Representations and Warranties of the MSR Owner)

 

(i)                                      Due Organization and Good Standing .  The MSR Owner is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing as a corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware and has the power and authority to own its assets and to transact the business in which it is currently engaged.

 

(j)                                     No Violation of Organizational Documents or Agreements .  The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the MSR Owner, and the performance and compliance with the terms of this Agreement by the MSR Owner, will not violate the MSR Owner’s organizational documents or constitute a default (or an event which, with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default) under, or result in the breach of, any material agreement or other instrument to which the MSR Owner is a party or which is applicable to it or any of its assets.

 

(k)                                  Full Power and Authority .  The MSR Owner has the full power and authority to enter into and consummate all transactions contemplated by this Agreement, has duly authorized the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, and has duly executed and delivered this Agreement.

 

(l)                                      Binding Obligation .  This Agreement, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties hereto, constitutes a valid, legal and binding obligation of the MSR Owner, enforceable against the MSR Owner in accordance with the terms hereof, subject to (A) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (B) general principles of equity, regardless of whether such enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

 

(m)                              No Violation of Law, Regulation or Order .  The MSR Owner is not in violation of, and its execution and delivery of this Agreement and its performance and compliance with the terms of this Agreement will not constitute a violation of, any law, any order or decree of any court or arbiter, or, to the MSR Owner’s knowledge, any order, regulation or demand of any federal, state or local governmental or regulatory authority, which violation, in the MSR Owner’s good faith and reasonable judgment, is likely to affect materially and adversely either the ability of the MSR Owner to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the financial condition of the MSR Owner.

 

(n)                                  No Material Litigation .  No litigation is pending or, to the best of the MSR Owner’s knowledge, threatened against the MSR Owner that, if determined adversely to the MSR Owner, would prohibit the MSR Owner from entering into this Agreement or that, in the MSR Owner’s good faith and reasonable judgment, is likely to materially and adversely affect either the ability of the MSR Owner to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the financial condition of the MSR Owner.

 

C-1



 

(o)                                  No Consent Required .  Any consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or governmental agency or body required under federal or state law for the execution, delivery and performance by the MSR Owner of or compliance by the MSR Owner with this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement has been obtained and is effective except where the lack of consent, approval, authorization or order would not have a material adverse effect on the performance by the MSR Owner under this Agreement.

 

C-2




Exhibit 10.12

 

Execution Version

 

 

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 

by and among

 

PENNYMAC MORTGAGE INVESTMENT TRUST,

 

PENNYMAC OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.

 

and

 

PNMAC CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

 

Dated as of February 1, 2013

 

 

 


 

AMENDED AND RESTATED MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT, dated as of February 1, 2013, by and among PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust (the “ Trust ”), PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Operating Partnership ”), and PNMAC Capital Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Manager ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, the Trust is a Maryland real estate investment trust which invests primarily in residential mortgage loans and mortgage-related assets and has qualified and intends to continue to qualify as a real estate investment trust for federal income tax purposes and will elect to receive the tax benefits accorded by Sections 856 through 860 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Trust conducts substantially all of its operations, and makes substantially all of its investments, through the Operating Partnership, which is a Subsidiary of the Trust;

 

WHEREAS, the Trust, the Operating Partnership and the Manager entered into the Management Agreement dated as of August 4, 2009 (the “ Original Agreement ”) and Amendment No. 1 to Management Agreement, dated as of March 3, 2010 (“ Amendment No. 1 ”) and Amendment No. 2 to Management Agreement, dated as of May 16, 2012 (“ Amendment No. 2 ,” and the Original Agreement, as amended by Amendment No. 1 and Amendment No. 2, the “ Existing Management Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Manager manages the business and investment affairs of the Trust and the Subsidiaries (as defined below) and performs services for the Trust and the Subsidiaries in the manner and on the terms set forth in the Existing Management Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the Trust, the Operating Partnership and the Manager have agreed to amend and restate the Existing Management Agreement on the terms set forth herein.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1.  Definitions.  (a)  The following terms shall have the meanings set forth in this Section 1(a):

 

AAA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7(f) hereof.

 

Affiliate ” means (1) any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such other Person, (2) any executive officer or general partner of such other Person and (3) any legal entity for which such Person acts as an executive officer or general partner.

 

Agreement ” means this Amended and Restated Management Agreement, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 



 

Allocation Policy ” means the allocation policy for the Trust and the Manager, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A, as the same may be amended, restated, modified, supplemented or waived by the Independent Trustees as specified therein.

 

“Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement between the Operating Partnership and PennyMac Loan Services, dated as of February 1, 2013.

 

Arbitrator ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7(f) hereof.

 

Automatic Renewal Term ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(b) hereof.

 

Bankruptcy ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) the filing by such Person of a voluntary petition seeking liquidation, reorganization, arrangement or readjustment, in any form, of its debts under Title 11 of the United States Code or any other federal, state or foreign insolvency law, or such Person’s filing an answer consenting to or acquiescing in any such petition, (b) the making by such Person of any assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (c) the expiration of 60 days after the filing of an involuntary petition under Title 11 of the Unites States Code, an application for the appointment of a receiver for a material portion of the assets of such Person, or an involuntary petition seeking liquidation, reorganization, arrangement or readjustment of its debts under any other federal, state or foreign insolvency law, provided , that the same shall not have been vacated, set aside or stayed within such 60-day period or (d) the entry against it of a final and non-appealable order for relief under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law now or hereinafter in effect.

 

Base Management Fee ” means the base management fee, calculated and payable (in cash) quarterly in arrears, in an amount equal to the sum of (a) 1.50% per annum of the Trust’s Shareholders’ Equity up to $2.0 billion, (b) 1.375% per annum of the Trust’s Shareholders’ Equity above $2.0 billion and up to $5.0 billion and (c) 1.250% per annum of the Trust’s Shareholders’ Equity in excess of $5.0 billion.  For purposes of calculating the Base Management Fee, outstanding limited partnership interests in the Operating Partnership (other than limited partnership interests held by the Trust) shall be treated as outstanding Common Shares.

 

Board of Trustees ” means the board of trustees of the Trust.

 

Business Day ” means any day except a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York are not required to be open.

 

Change in Control of the Manager ” means the occurrence of any of the following: (1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Manager, taken as a whole, to any Person other than one or more Affiliates of the Manager,  Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, the Trust or a Subsidiary; (2) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than one or more Affiliates of the Manager, Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, the Trust or a Subsidiary, in a single transaction or in a

 

2



 

related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of 50% or more of the total voting power of the voting securities of the Manager; or (3) Stanford L. Kurland ceases to be, or perform the duties of, Chief Executive Officer of the Manager and a replacement Chief Executive Officer, deemed suitable in the Trust’s discretion, has not been retained within a six month period from the date on which Stanford L. Kurland ceased to be, or perform the duties of, Chief Executive Officer.

 

Claim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(c) hereof.

 

Code ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Common Shares ” means the common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01, of the Trust.

 

Conditional Payments ” means the Manager Conditional Payment and the Underwriter Conditional Payment.

 

Conduct Policies ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(t) hereof.

 

Confidential Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a) hereof.

 

Confidentiality and Standstill Agreement ” means the Confidentiality and Standstill Agreement dated February 1, 2013 by and between Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC and the Trust.

 

Dispute ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7(f) hereof.

 

Effective Termination Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(c) hereof.

 

Excess Funds ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(u) hereof.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

“Fannie MAE MBS Yield” means the average, during the Rolling Four Quarters Period, of the 30 year Fannie Mae current coupon as reported on Bloomberg under the function “MTGEFNCL INDEX” or such successor function.

 

Fee Amendment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7(e) hereof.

 

Fee Negotiations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7(e) hereof.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in effect in the United States on the date such principles are applied.

 

Governing Instruments ” means, with regard to any entity, the trust instrument in the case of a trust, the articles of incorporation or certificate of incorporation and bylaws in the case of a corporation, the certificate of limited partnership (if applicable) and the partnership agreement in the case of a general or limited partnership, the certificate of formation and

 

3



 

operating agreement in the case of a limited liability company, or similar governing documents, in each case as amended.

 

High Watermark ” means an amount initially equal to zero. If in any fiscal quarter the product of the Equity Amount and the lesser of the Fannie Mae MBS Yield and 8% exceeds the Return, the High Watermark shall be increased by the amount of such excess (the “High Watermark Rise”), and thereafter, the High Watermark shall be adjusted each fiscal quarter as follows: (a) if there is a High Watermark Rise for such fiscal quarter, the High Watermark shall be increased by the amount of such High Watermark Rise and (b) if the Return exceeds the product of the Equity Amount and the lesser of the Fannie Mae MBS Yield and 8% for such fiscal quarter, the High Watermark shall be decreased by the amount of such excess; provided that if in any fiscal quarter the Incentive Fee is greater than or equal to zero, the High Watermark shall be reset to zero.

 

High Watermark Rise ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “High Watermark.”

 

Incentive Fee ” means an incentive management fee calculated and payable (in cash or Common Shares (subject to reasonable restrictions on sale and transfer, provided that (i) the Trust shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause, at its sole expense, any Common Shares issued in payment of the Incentive Fee to be registered for sale under the Securities Act, (ii) the Manager may sell or distribute such Common Shares in the manner that it determines, consistent with the Trust’s Policy Against Insider Trading and any applicable securities laws, including pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act, and (iii) the amount of the Incentive Fee payable in any particular quarter that may be paid in Common Shares shall be limited to 50% of the Incentive Fee payable for such quarter), as determined by a majority of the Independent Trustees) each fiscal quarter in arrears in an amount equal to the sum of:

 

(a)                                  10% per annum of the dollar amount by which the Return exceeds the High Watermark plus the product of:

 

(1)                                  the weighted average of the issue price per Common Share of all of the Trust’s public offerings of Common Shares (including the Initial Public Offering) multiplied by the weighted average number of Common Shares outstanding (including, for the avoidance of doubt, restricted share units granted under one or more of the Trust’s equity incentive plans) in the four-quarter period (the “Equity Amount”); and

 

(2)                                  8.0%,

 

but is less than or equal to the High Watermark plus the product of (i) the Equity Amount and (ii) 12%; plus

 

(b)                                  15% per annum of the dollar amount by which the Return equals or exceeds the High Watermark plus the product of:

 

(1)                                  the Equity Amount; and

 

(2)                                  12%,

 

4



 

but is less than the High Watermark plus the product of (i) the Equity Amount and (ii) 16%; plus

 

(c)                                   20% per annum of the dollar amount by which the Return exceeds the High Watermark plus the product of:

 

(1)                                  the Equity Amount; and

 

(2)                                  16%.

 

For purposes of calculating the Incentive Fee, outstanding limited partnership interests in the Operating Partnership (other than limited partnership interests held by the Trust) shall be treated as outstanding Common Shares.

 

Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(b) hereof.

 

Independent Trustee ” means a member of the Board of Trustees who is not an officer or employee of the Manager or any Affiliate thereof and who otherwise is “independent” in accordance with the rules of the NYSE or such other securities exchange on which the Common Shares may be listed.

 

Initial Public Offering ” means the sale by the Trust of 14,706,327 Common Shares in the initial public offering of the Trust registered with the SEC.

 

Initial Term ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(a) hereof.

 

Investment Company Act ” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

Investment Policies ” means the Trust’s investment policies, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B, as the same may be amended, restated, modified, supplemented or waived by the Board of Trustees as specified therein.

 

Losses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(a) hereof.

 

Manager Conditional Payment ” means the conditional obligation of the Trust pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Fee Reimbursement Agreement to reimburse the Manager an amount equal to the Manager Offering Payments (as such term is defined in the Underwriting Agreement) if the conditions set forth in the Underwriting Fee Reimbursement Agreement are met during the Conditional Payment Period (as defined in the Underwriting Fee Reimbursement Agreement).

 

Manager Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(a) hereof.

 

Manager Permitted Disclosure Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a) hereof.

 

Manager Related Party ” means (a) any person who is, or at any time since the beginning of the Manager’s last fiscal year was, a manager or executive officer of the Manager or a nominee to become a manager of the Manager; (b) any person who is known to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of the Manager’s voting securities; (c) any

 

5



 

immediate family member of any of the foregoing persons (which means any child, stepchild, parent, stepparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law of any of the foregoing persons); and (d) any firm, corporation or other entity in which any of the foregoing persons is employed or is a general partner or principal or in a similar position or in which such person has a 5% or greater beneficial ownership interest.

 

MBWS Agreement ” means the Mortgage Banking and Warehouse Services Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2013, by and between PennyMac Loan Services and PennyMac Corp.

 

“MSR Recapture Agreement” means the MSR Recapture Agreement entered into between PennyMac Loan Services and PennyMac Corp., dated as of February 1, 2013.

 

Net Income ” means net income or loss calculated in accordance with GAAP, and adjusted to exclude one-time events pursuant to changes in GAAP and certain other non-cash charges after discussion between the Manager and the Independent Trustees and after approval by a majority of the Independent Trustees.

 

For the initial four fiscal quarters following the date hereof, Net Income will be calculated on the basis of each of the previously completed fiscal quarters prior to the execution of this Agreement.

 

Net Income Offset ” means any portion of a Net Loss from a period prior to the Rolling Four Quarters Period that has not been taken into account in reducing the amount of Net Income (but not below zero) from a period subsequent to the period in which such Net Loss occurred in connection with the calculation of the Incentive Fee for any period.

 

Net Loss ” means a net loss with regard to any period as calculated in accordance with the definition of Net Income.

 

Nonrenewal Termination ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(c) hereof.

 

Notice of Proposal to Negotiate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(c) hereof.

 

NYSE ” means the New York Stock Exchange, Inc.

 

PennyMac Brand ” has the meaning set forth in Section 17(a) hereof.

 

PennyMac Corp. ” means PennyMac Corp., a Delaware corporation and Affiliate of the Trust.

 

PennyMac Loan Services ” means PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and Affiliate of the Manager.

 

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, partnership, association, limited liability company, estate, trust, joint venture, unincorporated association, any federal, state, county or municipal government or any bureau, department or agency thereof or any other legal entity and any fiduciary acting in such capacity on behalf of the foregoing.

 

6



 

Portfolio Management Services ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof.

 

REIT ” means a “real estate investment trust” as defined under the Code.

 

Return ” means the Trust’s Net Income, for the Rolling Four Quarters Period, plus the amount of any Incentive Fee included in the determination in the amount of such Net Income, if any, during any of the fiscal quarters in such Rolling Four Quarters Period and less the amount of any Net Income Offset.

 

Rolling Four Quarters Period ” means the most recently completed fiscal quarterly period and the three fiscal quarters immediately preceding the most recently completed fiscal quarter.

 

SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Shareholder ” means a shareholder of the Trust.

 

Shareholders’ Equity ” means:

 

(A)                                the sum of the net proceeds from any issuances of the Trust’s equity securities since inception (allocated on a pro rata daily basis for such issuances during the fiscal quarter of any such issuance); plus

 

(B)                                the Trust’s retained earnings at the end of such quarter; less

 

(C)                                any amount that the Trust pays for repurchases of its Common Shares (allocated on a pro rata daily basis for such repurchases during the fiscal quarter of any such repurchase); excluding

 

(D)                                one-time events pursuant to changes in GAAP and certain other non-cash charges after discussions between the Manager and the Independent Trustees and after approval by a majority of the Independent Trustees.

 

The Conditional Payments shall be taken into account in the calculation of Shareholders’ Equity only from and after the payment thereof, if any.

 

For purposes of calculating the Base Management Fee, outstanding limited partnership interests in the Operating Partnership (other than limited partnership interests held by the Trust) shall be treated as outstanding Common Shares.

 

Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary of the Trust, any partnership (including the Operating Partnership), the general partner of which is the Trust or any subsidiary of the Trust; any limited liability company, the managing member of which is the Trust or any subsidiary of the Trust; and any corporation or other entity of which a majority of (i) the voting power of the voting equity securities or (ii) the outstanding equity interests is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Trust or any subsidiary of the Trust.

 

7



 

Termination Fee ” means a termination fee equal to three (3) times the sum of (a) the average annual Base Management Fees and (b) the average annual (or, if the period is less than 24 months, annualized) Incentive Fees earned by the Manager during the 24-month period immediately preceding the date of termination, calculated as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal quarter before the date of termination.

 

Termination Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(c) hereof.

 

Trust Account ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5 hereof.

 

Trust Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(b) hereof.

 

Trust Permitted Disclosure Parties has the meaning set forth in Section 6(b) hereof.

 

Underwriter Conditional Payment ” means the conditional obligation of the Trust pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement to pay to the Underwriters the Conditional Payment (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement) if the conditions set forth in the Underwriting Agreement are met during the Conditional Payment Period (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement).

 

Underwriters ” means the underwriters named in the Underwriting Agreement.

 

Underwriting Agreement ” means the purchase agreement, dated July 29, 2009, among the Trust, the Operating Partnership, the Manager and the Underwriters relating to the Initial Public Offering.

 

Underwriting Fee Reimbursement Agreement ” means the Underwriting Fee Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of August 4, 2009, among the Trust, the Operating Partnership and the Manager.

 

(b)                                  As used herein, accounting terms relating to the Trust and the Subsidiaries, if any, not defined in Section 1(a) and accounting terms partly defined in Section 1(a), to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP.

 

(c)                                   The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

 

(d)                                  The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.  The words include, includes and including shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.”

 

Section 2.  Appointment and Duties of the Manager.  (a)   The Trust and the Operating Partnership hereby appoint the Manager to manage the investments and day-to-day operations of the Trust and the Subsidiaries, subject at all times to the further terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and to the supervision of, and such further limitations or parameters as may be imposed from time to time by, the Board of Trustees.  The Manager hereby agrees to use its

 

8



 

commercially reasonable efforts to perform each of the duties set forth herein, except where a specific standard of care is specified, in which case such specific standard of care shall apply.  The appointment of the Manager shall be exclusive to the Manager, except to the extent that the Manager elects, in its sole and absolute discretion, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, to cause the duties of the Manager as set forth herein to be provided by third parties.

 

(b)                                  The Manager, in its capacity as manager of the investments and the day-to-day operations of the Trust and the Subsidiaries, at all times will be subject to the supervision and direction of the Board of Trustees and will have only such functions and authority as the Board of Trustees may delegate to it, including, without limitation, the functions and authority identified herein and delegated to the Manager hereby.  The Manager will be responsible for the day-to-day operations of the Trust and the Subsidiaries and will perform (or cause to be performed) such services and activities relating to the operations of the Trust and the Subsidiaries, including the investments of the Trust and the Subsidiaries and their financing, as may be appropriate, which may include, without limitation:

 

(i)                                      serving as the Trust’s and the Subsidiaries’ consultant with respect to the periodic review of the Investment Policies and Allocation Policy, which review shall occur no less often than annually, any modifications to which shall be approved by a majority of the Independent Trustees, and other policies and recommendations with respect thereto for approval by a majority of the Independent Trustees;

 

(ii)                                   serving as the Trust’s and the Subsidiaries’ consultant with respect to the identification, investigation, evaluation, analysis, underwriting, selection, purchase, origination, negotiation, structuring, monitoring and disposition of the Trust’s and the Subsidiaries’ investments;

 

(iii)                                serving as the Trust’s and the Subsidiaries’ consultant with respect to decisions regarding any financings, securitizations and hedging activities undertaken by the Trust or any Subsidiary, including (1) assisting the Trust or any Subsidiary in developing criteria for debt and equity financing that is specifically tailored to the Trust’s or such Subsidiary’s investment objectives, (2) advising the Trust and the Subsidiaries with respect to obtaining appropriate short-term financing arrangements for their investments and pursuing a particular arrangement for each individual investment, if necessary, and (3) advising the Trust and the Subsidiaries with respect to pursuing and structuring long-term financing alternatives for their investments, in each case consistent with the Investment Policies;

 

(iv)                               serving as the Trust’s and the Subsidiaries’ consultant with respect to arranging for the issuance of mortgage-backed securities from pools of mortgage loans or mortgage-backed securities owned by the Trust or any Subsidiary;

 

9


 

(v)                                  representing and making recommendations to the Trust and the Subsidiaries in connection with the purchase and finance and commitment to purchase and finance investments and the sale and commitment to sell such investments;

 

(vi)                               negotiating and entering into, on behalf of the Trust or any Subsidiary, credit finance agreements, repurchase agreements, securitization agreements, agreements relating to borrowings under temporary programs established by the U.S. government, commercial paper, interest rate swap agreements, warehouse facilities and all other agreements and instruments required for the Trust and the Subsidiaries to conduct their business;

 

(vii)                            advising the Trust and the Subsidiaries on, preparing, negotiating and entering into, on behalf of the Trust or any Subsidiary, applications and agreements relating to programs established by the U.S. government;

 

(viii)                         with respect to any prospective investment by the Trust or any Subsidiary and any sale, exchange or other disposition of any investment by the Trust or any Subsidiary, conducting negotiations on behalf of the Trust or such Subsidiary with real estate brokers, sellers and purchasers and their respective agents, representatives and investment bankers and owners of privately and publicly held real estate companies;

 

(ix)                               evaluating and recommending to the Trust and the Subsidiaries hedging strategies and engaging in hedging activities on their behalf that are consistent with such strategies, as so modified from time to time, and with the Trust’s qualification as a REIT and with the Investment Policies;

 

(x)                                  making available to the Trust and the Subsidiaries the Manager’s knowledge and experience with respect to mortgage loans, mortgage-related securities, real estate, real estate securities, other real estate-related assets and non-real estate-related assets and real estate operating companies;

 

(xi)                               investing and re-investing any funds of the Trust and the Subsidiaries (including in short-term investments) and advising the Trust and the Subsidiaries as to its capital structure and capital-raising activities;

 

(xii)                            monitoring the operating performance of the Trust’s and the Subsidiaries’ investments and providing periodic reports with respect thereto to the Board of Trustees, including comparative information with respect to such operating performance and budgeted or projected operating results;

 

(xiii)                         engaging and supervising, on behalf of the Trust or any Subsidiary, and at the expense of the Operating Partnership (except to the extent determined by the Operating Partnership, in its sole discretion, to be the expense of a Subsidiary other than the Operating Partnership), independent contractors that provide real estate, investment banking, mortgage brokerage,

 

10



 

securities brokerage, appraisal, engineering, environmental, seismic, insurance, legal, accounting, transfer agent, registrar, leasing, due diligence and such other services as may be required relating to the operations of the Trust and the Subsidiaries, including their investments (or potential investments);

 

(xiv)                        coordinating and managing operations of any joint venture or co-investment interests held by the Trust or any Subsidiary and conducting all matters with the joint venture or co-investment partners;

 

(xv)                           providing executive and administrative personnel, office space and office services required in rendering services to the Trust and the Subsidiaries;

 

(xvi)                        performing and supervising the performance of administrative functions necessary in the management of the Trust and the Subsidiaries as may be agreed upon by the Manager and the Board of Trustees, including, without limitation, the services in respect of any of the equity incentive plans, the collection of revenues and the payment of the Trust’s or any Subsidiary’s debts and obligations and maintenance of appropriate information technology services to perform such administrative functions;

 

(xvii)                     furnishing reports and statistical and economic research to the Trust and the Subsidiaries regarding their activities and services performed for the Trust and the Subsidiaries by the Manager;

 

(xviii)                  counseling the Trust and the Subsidiaries in connection with policy decisions to be made by the Board of Trustees;

 

(xix)                        communicating on behalf of the Trust or any Subsidiary with the holders of any equity or debt securities of the Trust or such Subsidiary as required to satisfy the reporting and other requirements of any governmental bodies or agencies or trading exchanges or markets and to maintain effective relations with such holders, including website maintenance, logo design, analyst presentations, investor conferences and annual meeting arrangements;

 

(xx)                           counseling the Trust and the Subsidiaries regarding the maintenance of their exclusions and, if applicable, exemptions from status as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, monitoring compliance with the requirements for maintaining such exclusions and exemptions and using commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Trust and the Subsidiaries to maintain their exclusions and exemptions from such status;

 

(xxi)                        assisting the Trust and the Subsidiaries in complying with all regulatory requirements applicable to them in respect of their business activities, including preparing or causing to be prepared all financial statements required under applicable regulations and all reports and documents, if

 

11



 

any, required under the Exchange Act, the Securities Act and by the NYSE;

 

(xxii)                     counseling the Trust regarding the maintenance of its qualification as a REIT and monitoring compliance with the various REIT qualification tests and other rules set out in the Code and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder;

 

(xxiii)                  causing the Trust and the Subsidiaries to retain qualified accountants and legal counsel, as applicable, to (1) assist in developing appropriate accounting procedures, compliance procedures and testing systems with respect to financial reporting obligations and compliance with the provisions of the Code applicable to REITs and, if applicable, taxable REIT subsidiaries and (2) conduct quarterly compliance reviews with respect thereto;

 

(xxiv)                 taking all necessary actions to enable the Trust and any Subsidiary to make required tax filings and reports, including soliciting Shareholders or interest holders in any such Subsidiary for required information to the extent necessary under the Code and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder applicable to REITs;

 

(xxv)                    causing the Trust and the Subsidiaries to qualify to do business in all jurisdictions in which such qualification is required or advisable and to obtain and maintain all appropriate licenses;

 

(xxvi)                 using commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Trust and the Subsidiaries to comply with all applicable laws;

 

(xxvii)              handling and resolving on the Trust’s or any Subsidiary’s behalf all claims, disputes or controversies (including all litigation, arbitration, settlement or other proceedings or negotiations) in which the Trust or such Subsidiary may be involved or to which the Trust or such Subsidiary may be subject arising out of its day-to-day operations (other than with the Manager or its Affiliates), subject to such limitations or parameters as may be imposed from time to time by the Board of Trustees;

 

(xxviii)           arranging marketing materials, advertising, industry group activities (such as conference participations and industry organization memberships) and other promotional efforts designed to promote the Trust’s and the Subsidiaries’ business;

 

(xxix)                 using commercially reasonable efforts to cause expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Trust and the Subsidiaries to be commercially reasonable or commercially customary and within any budgeted parameters or expense guidelines set by the Board of Trustees from time to time; and

 

12



 

(xxx)                    performing such other services as may be required from time to time for the management and other activities relating to the operations, including investments, of the Trust and the Subsidiaries as the Board of Trustees reasonably requests or the Manager deems appropriate under the particular circumstances.

 

Without limiting the foregoing, the Manager will perform portfolio management services (the “ Portfolio Management Services ”) on behalf of the Trust and the Subsidiaries with respect to their investments. Such services will include, but not be limited to, consulting with the Trust and the Subsidiaries on the purchase and sale of, and other investment opportunities in connection with, the Trust’s and the Subsidiaries’ portfolio of assets; the collection of information and the submission of reports pertaining to the Trust’s and the Subsidiaries’ assets, interest rates and general economic conditions; periodic review and evaluation of the performance of the Trust’s and the Subsidiaries’ portfolio of assets; acting as liaison between the Trust and the Subsidiaries and banking, mortgage banking, investment banking and other parties with respect to the purchase, financing and disposition of assets; and other customary functions related to portfolio management.

 

(c)                                   For the period and on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, each of the Trust and the Operating Partnership hereby constitutes, appoints and authorizes the Manager as its true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact and as the true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact of any other Subsidiary, in its name, place and stead, to negotiate, execute, deliver and enter into such credit agreements, repurchase agreements, securitization agreements, agreements relating to borrowings under temporary programs established by the U.S. government, commercial paper, interest rate swap agreements, warehouse facilities, brokerage agreements, custodial agreements and such other agreements, instruments and authorizations on their behalf, on such terms and conditions as the Manager, acting in its sole and absolute discretion, deems necessary or appropriate. This power of attorney is deemed to be coupled with an interest.

 

(d)                                  The Manager may enter into agreements with other parties, including its Affiliates, for the purpose of engaging one or more parties for and on behalf of the Trust and/or one or more of the Subsidiaries, and at the sole cost and expense of the Operating Partnership (except to the extent determined by the Operating Partnership, in its sole discretion, to be the expense of a Subsidiary other than the Operating Partnership), to provide property management, asset management, securitization, leasing, development and/or other services to the Trust and the Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, Portfolio Management Services) pursuant to agreement(s) with terms which are then customary for agreements regarding the provision of services to companies that have assets similar in type, quality and value to the assets of the Trust and the Subsidiaries; provided , that (i) any agreements entered into with Affiliates of the Manager or any Manager Related Party shall be (A) on terms no more favorable to such Affiliates than would be obtained from a third party on an arm’s-length basis and (B) approved in advance by a majority of the Independent Trustees,(ii) with respect to Portfolio Management Services, (A) any such agreements shall be subject to the Trust’s prior written approval and (B) the Manager shall remain liable for the performance of such Portfolio Management Services, and (iii) with respect to all agreements or other arrangements with other parties, the Manager shall comply with the requirements of the Trust’s Related Party Transactions Policy.

 

13



 

(e)                                   To the extent that the Manager deems necessary or advisable, the Manager may, from time to time, propose to retain one or more additional entities for the provision of sub-advisory services to the Manager in order to enable the Manager to provide the services to the Trust and the Subsidiaries specified by this Agreement; provided , that any such agreement (1) shall be on terms and conditions substantially identical to the terms and conditions of this Agreement or otherwise not adverse to the Trust and the Subsidiaries, (2) shall not result in an increased Base Management Fee, Incentive Fee or expenses payable hereunder and (3) shall be approved by a majority of the Independent Trustees.

 

(f)                                    The Manager may retain, for and on behalf of the Trust and/or one or more of the Subsidiaries, and at the sole cost and expense of the Operating Partnership (except to the extent determined by the Operating Partnership, in its sole discretion, to be the expense of a Subsidiary other than the Operating Partnership), such services of accountants, legal counsel, appraisers, insurers, brokers, transfer agents, registrars, financial printers, developers, investment banks, financial advisors, internal audit service providers, due diligence firms, underwriting review firms, banks and other lenders, surveyors, engineers, environmental and seismic consultants, information technology consultants, tax advisors and preparers, other consultants, agents, contractors, vendors, advisors and others as the Manager deems necessary or advisable in connection with the management and operations of the Trust and the Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Manager shall have the right to cause any such services to be rendered by its employees or Affiliates. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Operating Partnership (or such other Subsidiary) shall pay or reimburse the Manager or its Affiliates performing such services for the cost thereof; provided , that such costs and reimbursements are no greater than those which would be payable to outside professionals or consultants engaged to perform such services pursuant to agreements negotiated on an arm’s-length basis.

 

(g)                                   The Manager may effect transactions by or through the agency of another person with it or its Affiliates which have an arrangement under which that party or its Affiliates will from time to time provide to or procure for the Manager and/or its Affiliates goods, services or other benefits (including, but not limited to, research and advisory services; economic and political analysis, including valuation and performance measurement; market analysis, data and quotation services; computer hardware and software incidental to the above goods and services; clearing and custodian services and investment related publications), the nature of which is such that provision can reasonably be expected to benefit the Trust and the Subsidiaries as a whole and may contribute to an improvement in the performance of the Trust and the Subsidiaries or the Manager or its Affiliates in providing services to the Trust and the Subsidiaries on terms that no direct payment is made but instead the Manager and/or its Affiliates undertake to place business with that party.

 

(h)                                  In executing portfolio transactions and selecting brokers or dealers, the Manager will use its best efforts to seek on behalf of the Trust and the Subsidiaries the best overall terms available. In assessing the best overall terms available for any transaction, the Manager shall consider all factors that it deems relevant, including, without limitation, the breadth of the market in the security, the price of the security, the financial condition and execution capability of the broker or dealer, and the reasonableness of the commission, if any, both for the specific transaction and on a continuing basis. In evaluating the best overall terms

 

14



 

available, and in selecting the broker or dealer to execute a particular transaction, the Manager may also consider whether such broker or dealer furnishes research and other information or services to the Manager.

 

(i)                                      The Manager has no duty or obligation to seek in advance competitive bidding for the most favorable commission rate applicable to any particular purchase, sale or other transaction, or to select any broker-dealer on the basis of its purported or “posted” commission rate, but will endeavor to be aware of the current level of charges of eligible broker-dealers and to minimize the expense incurred for effecting purchases, sales and other transactions to the extent consistent with the interests and policies of the Trust and the Subsidiaries.  Although the Manager will generally seek competitive commission rates, it is not required to pay the lowest commission or commission equivalent, provided , that such decision is made in good faith to promote the best interests of the Trust and the Subsidiaries.

 

(j)                                     The Manager shall refrain from any action that, in its sole judgment made in good faith, (1) is not in compliance with the Investment Policies, (2) would adversely affect the qualification of the Trust as a REIT under the Code or the status of the Trust or any Subsidiary as an entity excluded or exempted from investment company status under the Investment Company Act, or (3) would violate any law, rule or regulation of any governmental body or agency having jurisdiction over the Trust or any Subsidiary or of any exchange on which the securities of the Trust may be listed or that would otherwise not be permitted by the Governing Instruments of the Trust or such Subsidiary.  If the Manager is ordered to take any action by the Board of Trustees, the Manager shall promptly notify the Board of Trustees if it is the Manager’s judgment that such action would adversely affect such status or violate any such law, rule or regulation or the Governing Instruments.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Manager, its Affiliates and their respective managers, officers, trustees, directors, employees and members and any Person providing sub-advisory services to the Manager shall not be liable to the Trust, the Subsidiaries, the Board of Trustees, the Shareholders or the interest holders in any Subsidiary for any act or omission by such Person except as provided in Section 9 of this Agreement.

 

(k)                                  The Trust (including the Board of Trustees) and the Operating Partnership agree to take all actions reasonably required to permit and enable the Manager to carry out its duties and obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, all steps reasonably necessary to allow the Manager to file any registration statement or other filing required to be made under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, rules of the NYSE or such other securities exchange on which the Common Shares may be listed, the Code or other applicable law, rule or regulation on behalf of the Trust and any applicable Subsidiary in a timely manner.  The Trust and the Operating Partnership further agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to make available to the Manager all resources, information and materials reasonably requested by the Manager to enable the Manager to satisfy its obligations hereunder, including its obligations to deliver financial statements and any other information or reports with respect to the Trust and the Subsidiaries.  If the Manager is not able to provide a service, or in the reasonable judgment of the Manager it is not prudent to provide a service, without the approval of the Board of Trustees, as applicable, then the Manager shall be excused from providing such service (and shall not be in breach of this Agreement) until the applicable approval has been obtained, which the Manager shall seek promptly upon determining an approval is required.

 

15



 

(l)                                      The Manager shall require each seller or transferor of investment assets to the Trust and the Subsidiaries to make such representations and warranties regarding such assets as may, in the judgment of the Manager, be necessary and appropriate. In addition, the Manager shall take such other action as it deems necessary or appropriate with regard to the protection of the investments of the Trust and the Subsidiaries.

 

(m)                              The Board of Trustees shall periodically review the Investment Policies and the Trust’s and the Subsidiaries’ portfolio of investments but will not review each proposed investment, except as otherwise provided herein. If a majority of the Independent Trustees determines in such periodic review of transactions that a particular transaction does not comply with the Investment Policies, then a majority of the Independent Trustees will consider what corrective action, if any, can be taken. The Manager shall be permitted to rely upon the direction of the Secretary of the Trust to evidence the approval of the Board of Trustees or the Independent Trustees with respect to a proposed investment.

 

(n)                                  Neither the Trust nor the Subsidiaries shall invest in any security structured or issued by an entity managed by the Manager or any Affiliate thereof, unless (i) the investment is made in accordance with the Investment Policies; (ii) such investment is approved in advance by a majority of the Independent Trustees; and (iii) the investment is made in accordance with applicable laws.

 

(o)                                  Reporting Requirements .

 

(i)                                      As frequently as the Manager may deem reasonably necessary or advisable, or at the direction of the Board of Trustees, the Manager shall prepare, or, at the sole cost and expense of the Operating Partnership (except to the extent determined by the Operating Partnership, in its sole discretion, to be the expense of a Subsidiary other than the Operating Partnership), cause to be prepared, with respect to any investment, reports and other information with respect to such investment as may be reasonably requested by the Trust.

 

(ii)                                   The Manager shall prepare, or, at the sole cost and expense of the Operating Partnership (except to the extent determined by the Operating Partnership, in its sole discretion, to be the expense of a Subsidiary other than the Operating Partnership), cause to be prepared, all reports, financial or otherwise, with respect to the Trust and the Subsidiaries reasonably required by the Board of Trustees in order for the Trust and the Subsidiaries to comply with their Governing Instruments, or any other materials required to be filed with any governmental body or agency, and shall prepare, or, at the sole cost and expense of the Operating Partnership (except to the extent determined by the Operating Partnership, in its sole discretion, to be the expense of a Subsidiary other than the Operating Partnership), cause to be prepared, all materials and data necessary to complete such reports and other materials including, without limitation, an annual audit of the Trust’s and the Subsidiaries’ books of account by a nationally recognized independent accounting firm.

 

16



 

(iii)                                The Manager shall prepare, or, at the sole cost and expense of the Operating Partnership (except to the extent determined by the Operating Partnership, in its sole discretion, to be the expense of a Subsidiary other than the Operating Partnership), cause to be prepared, and deliver to the Board of Trustees (i) every three (3) months a reasonably detailed report regarding (A) the Trust’s and the Subsidiaries’ acquisitions, portfolio composition and characteristics, credit quality, performance and compliance with the Investment Policies and policies approved by the Board of Trustees, (B) the Manager’s financial results, and (C) such other matters as the Board of Trustees or a majority of the Independent Trustees shall reasonably request, and (ii) annually, relevant market data regarding management and servicing fees.

 

(p)                                  Managers, officers, trustees, directors, members, employees and agents of the Manager or Affiliates of the Manager may serve as trustees, officers, agents, nominees or signatories for the Trust and the Subsidiaries, to the extent permitted by their Governing Instruments, as from time to time amended, or by any resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Trustees pursuant to the Trust’s Governing Instruments or, to the extent applicable, the governing body of any Subsidiary, pursuant to the Governing Instruments of such Subsidiary.  When executing documents or otherwise acting in such capacities for the Trust or any Subsidiary, such Persons shall indicate in what capacity they are executing on behalf of the Trust or such Subsidiary.  Without limiting the foregoing, but subject to Section 13 below, the Manager will be obligated to supply the Trust with a management team, including a Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer or similar positions, along with appropriate support personnel, to provide the management services to be provided by the Manager to the Trust and the Subsidiaries hereunder, who shall devote such of their time to the management of the Trust and the Subsidiaries as is necessary and appropriate, commensurate with the level of activity of the Trust from time to time.

 

(q)                                  The Manager shall provide personnel for service on an investment or similar type of committee.

 

(r)                                     The Manager shall maintain reasonable and customary “errors and omissions” insurance coverage and other customary insurance coverage, in an amount which is comparable to that customarily maintained by other managers or servicers of similar assets.

 

(s)                                    The Manager shall provide such internal audit, compliance and control services as may be required for the Trust and the Subsidiaries to comply with applicable law (including the Securities Act and the Exchange Act), regulation (including SEC regulations) and the rules and requirements of the NYSE or such other securities exchange on which the Common Shares may be listed and as otherwise reasonably requested by the Trust, the Operating Partnership or the Board of Trustees from time to time.

 

(t)                                     The Manager acknowledges receipt of the Trust’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and Policy Against Insider Trading (collectively, the “ Conduct Policies ”) and agrees to require its officers and employees who provide services to the Trust to comply with such Conduct Policies in the performance of such services hereunder or such comparable

 

17



 

policies as shall in substance hold officers and employees of the Manager to at least the standards of conduct set forth in the Conduct Policies.

 

(u)                                  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, except to the extent that the payment of additional moneys is proven by the Trust to have been required as a direct result of the Manager’s acts or omissions which result in the right of the Trust to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 13 of this Agreement, the Manager shall not be required to expend money (“ Excess Funds ”) in connection with any expenses that are required to be paid for or reimbursed by the Operating Partnership (or any other Subsidiary) pursuant to Section 8 in excess of that contained in any applicable Trust Account (as herein defined) or otherwise made available by the Operating Partnership (or such other Subsidiary) to be expended by the Manager hereunder.  Failure of the Manager to expend Excess Funds out-of-pocket shall not give rise or be a contributing factor to the right of the Trust under Section 11(c) of this Agreement to terminate this Agreement due to the Manager’s unsatisfactory performance.

 

(v)                                  In performing its duties under this Section 2, the Manager shall be entitled to rely reasonably on qualified experts and professionals (including, without limitation, accountants, legal counsel and other professional service providers) hired by the Manager at the sole cost and expense of the Operating Partnership (except to the extent determined by the Operating Partnership, in its sole discretion, to be the expense of a Subsidiary other than the Operating Partnership).

 

Section 3.  Additional Activities of the Manager; Right of First Refusal.  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3, the Allocation Policy and the Investment Policies, nothing in this Agreement shall (i) prevent the Manager or any of its Affiliates, managers, officers, trustees, directors, employees or members from engaging in other businesses or from rendering services of any kind to any other Person or entity, whether or not the investment objectives or policies of any such other Person or entity are similar to those of the Trust or (ii) in any way bind or restrict the Manager or any of its Affiliates, managers, officers, trustees, directors, employees or members from buying, selling or trading any securities or commodities for their own accounts or for the account of others for whom the Manager or any of its Affiliates, managers, officers, trustees, directors, employees or members may be acting.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the term of this Agreement, (i) the Manager and its Affiliates shall perform the services identified herein exclusively for the benefit of the Trust and (ii) neither the Manager nor any of its Affiliates may act as the manager to, or otherwise provide investment advisory services to, any other entity a primary investment objective of which is to invest in distressed residential mortgage loans, in each case excluding (a) the two private fund vehicles managed by the Manager as of the date of this Agreement, (b) any entity in which the Trust or any of its Subsidiaries is an investor and (c) any government-related entity; provided , however , that the Manager and/or any of its Affiliates may act as manager to an entity that it would otherwise not be permitted to manage pursuant to the foregoing if the Trust and its Subsidiaries are not able to pursue additional investment in distressed residential mortgage loans due to limitations on available capital and the Trust and its Subsidiaries determine not to raise additional capital, as long as the Independent Trustees do not determine that such activities would be detrimental to the Trust and its Subsidiaries.

 

18



 

Prior to the undertaking by the Manager or its Affiliates of any new investment opportunity or any other business opportunity requiring a source of capital with respect to which the Manager or its Affiliates will earn a management, advisory, consulting or similar fee, the Manager shall present to the Trust such new opportunity and the material terms on which the Manager proposes to provide services to the Trust in pursuing such opportunity on behalf of the Trust.  If the Board of Trustees determines that it is in the best interest of the Trust to pursue such opportunity, the Trust shall cause notice of such determination to be given to the Manager within 10 days of the presentation of such opportunity by the Manager to the Trust.  If the Manager provides such notice, the Trust and the Manager shall negotiate in good faith to agree to the terms and documentation on which the Manager would provide services to the Trust in pursuing the opportunity.  In the event the Trust and the Manager are unable to reach agreement on such terms and documentation after such good faith negotiations, the Manager may pursue the opportunity with third parties, provided, however , that under such circumstances the material terms on which the Manager provides services to third parties in pursuing the opportunity shall be no more favorable to such parties than the terms offered to the Trust unless the Manager presents such more favorable terms to the Trust to reconsider such opportunity in accordance with this paragraph prior to proceeding with the third parties.

 

While information and recommendations supplied to the Trust and the Subsidiaries shall, in the Manager’s reasonable and good faith judgment, be appropriate under the circumstances and in light of the investment objectives and policies of the Trust and the Subsidiaries, they may be different from the information and recommendations supplied by the Manager or any Affiliate of the Manager to others.  The Trust and the Subsidiaries shall be entitled to equitable treatment under the circumstances in receiving information, recommendations and any other services, but the Trust and the Operating Partnership recognize that the Trust and the Subsidiaries are not entitled to receive preferential treatment as compared with the treatment given by the Manager or any Affiliate of the Manager to others.  The Trust and the Subsidiaries shall have the benefit of the Manager’s best judgment and effort in rendering services hereunder and, in furtherance of the foregoing, the Manager shall not undertake activities that, in its good faith judgment, will adversely affect the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

Section 4.  Agency. The Manager shall act as agent of the Trust and the Subsidiaries in making, acquiring, financing and disposing of investments, disbursing and collecting the funds of the Trust and the Subsidiaries, paying the debts and fulfilling the obligations of the Trust and the Subsidiaries, supervising the performance of professionals engaged by or on behalf of the Trust and the Subsidiaries and handling, prosecuting and settling any claims of or against the Trust and the Subsidiaries, the Board of Trustees, holders of the Trust’s or any Subsidiary’s securities or representatives or properties of the Trust and the Subsidiaries.

 

Section 5.  Bank Accounts.  At the direction of the Board of Trustees, the Manager may establish and maintain one or more bank accounts in the name of the Trust or any Subsidiary (any such account, a “ Trust Account ”), and may collect and deposit into any such account or accounts, and disburse funds from any such account or accounts, under such terms and conditions as the Board of Trustees may approve; and the Manager shall from time to time render appropriate accountings of such collections and payments to the Board of Trustees and, upon request, to the auditors of the Trust or any Subsidiary.

 

19


 

Section 6.  Records; Confidentiality.  (a)   The Manager shall maintain appropriate books of accounts and records relating to services performed hereunder, and such books of account and records shall be accessible for inspection by representatives of the Trust or any Subsidiary at any time during normal business hours upon reasonable advance notice.  The Manager shall keep confidential any and all non-public information, written or oral, obtained by it in connection with the services rendered hereunder (“ Confidential Information ”) and shall not use Confidential Information except in furtherance of its duties under this Agreement or disclose Confidential Information, in whole or in part, to any Person other than (1) to its Affiliates, managers, officers, trustees, directors, employees, members, agents, representatives or advisors who need to know such Confidential Information for the purpose of rendering services hereunder, (2) to appraisers, financing sources and others in the ordinary course of the Trust’s and any Subsidiary’s business ((1) and (2) collectively, “ Manager Permitted Disclosure Parties ”), (3) in connection with any governmental or regulatory filings of the Trust or any Subsidiary or disclosure or presentations to Trust investors, (4) to governmental officials having jurisdiction over the Trust, (5) as required by law or legal process to which the Manager or any Person to whom disclosure is permitted hereunder is a party, or (6) with the consent of the Board of Trustees.  The Manager agrees to inform each of its Manager Permitted Disclosure Parties of the non-public nature of the Confidential Information and to direct such Persons to treat such Confidential Information in accordance with the terms hereof.  Nothing herein shall prevent the Manager from disclosing Confidential Information (1) upon the order of any court or administrative agency, (2) upon the request or demand of, or pursuant to any law or regulation, any regulatory agency or authority, (3) to the extent reasonably required in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder, or (4) to its legal counsel or independent auditors; provided , however , that with respect to clauses (1) and (2), it is agreed that the Manager will provide the Trust and the Operating Partnership with prompt written notice of such order, request or demand so that the Trust and the Operating Partnership may seek an appropriate protective order and/or waive the Manager’s compliance with the provisions of this Agreement.  If, failing the entry of a protective order or the receipt of a waiver hereunder, the Manager is, in the opinion of counsel, required to disclose Confidential Information, the Manager may disclose only that portion of such information that its counsel advises is legally required without liability hereunder; provided , that the Manager agrees to exercise its best efforts to obtain reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded such information.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, each of the following shall be deemed to be excluded from the provisions hereof:  any Confidential Information that (A) is available to the public from a source other than the Manager, (B) is released in writing by the Trust to the public or to Persons who are not under similar obligation of confidentiality to the Trust and the Subsidiaries, or (C) is obtained by the Manager from a third party without breach by such third party of an obligation of confidence with respect to the Confidential Information disclosed.

 

(b)                                  Each of the Trust and the Operating Partnership shall keep confidential, and shall cause any other Subsidiary to keep confidential, any and all Confidential Information and shall not use, and shall cause any other Subsidiary not to use, Confidential Information except in furtherance of the terms of this Agreement or disclose Confidential Information, in whole or in part, to any Person other than (1) to its Affiliates, officers, trustees, directors, employees, members, agents, representatives or advisors who need to know such Confidential Information for the purpose of fulfilling the Trust’s and the Operating Partnership’s obligations hereunder (collectively, “ Trust Permitted Disclosure Parties ”), (2) as required by law or legal

 

20



 

process to which the Trust or any Subsidiary or any Person to whom disclosure is permitted hereunder is a party, or (3) with the consent of the Manager.  Each of the Trust and the Operating Partnership agrees to (1) inform each of its Trust Permitted Disclosure Parties of the non-public nature of the Confidential Information and to direct such Persons to treat such Confidential Information in accordance with the terms hereof and (2) not disclose any Confidential Information to its Trust Permitted Disclosure Parties upon the termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 11 hereof.  Nothing herein shall prevent the Trust or any Subsidiary from disclosing Confidential Information (1) upon the order of any court or administrative agency, (2) upon the request or demand of, or pursuant to any law or regulation, any regulatory agency or authority, (3) to the extent reasonably required in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder, or (4) to its legal counsel or independent auditors; provided , however , that with respect to clauses (1) and (2), it is agreed that the Trust and the Operating Partnership will provide the Manager with prompt written notice of such order, request or demand so that the Manager may seek an appropriate protective order and/or waive the Trust’s and the Operating Partnership’s compliance with the provisions of this Section.  If, failing the entry of a protective order or the receipt of a waiver hereunder, the Trust or any Subsidiary is, in the opinion of counsel, required to disclose Confidential Information, the Trust or such Subsidiary may disclose only that portion of such information that its counsel advises is legally required without liability hereunder; provided , that each of the Trust and the Operating Partnership shall exercise, and shall cause any other Subsidiary to exercise, its best efforts to obtain reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded such information.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, each of the following shall be deemed to be excluded from the provisions hereof:  any Confidential Information that (A) is available to the public from a source other than the Trust or any Subsidiary, (B) is released in writing by the Manager to the public or to Persons who are not under similar obligation of confidentiality to the Manager, or (C) is obtained by the Trust or any Subsidiary from a third party without breach by such third party of an obligation of confidence with respect to the Confidential Information disclosed.  For the avoidance of doubt, information about the systems, employees, policies, procedures and investment portfolio (other than investments in which the Trust or any Subsidiary and the Manager have co-invested) shall be deemed to be included within the meaning of “Confidential Information” for purposes of the Trust’s and the Subsidiaries’ obligations pursuant to this Section 6(b).

 

(c)                                   The provisions of this Section 6 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement for a period of one year.

 

Section 7.  Compensation.  (a)   For the services rendered under this Agreement, the Operating Partnership shall pay to the Manager the Base Management Fee and the Incentive Fee.  Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision contained in this Agreement, in the event that any of the services provided hereunder by the Manager are rendered to or for the benefit of any Subsidiary other than the Operating Partnership, then, in the sole discretion of the Operating Partnership, a portion of the Base Management Fee and/or the Incentive Fee, as determined by the Operating Partnership, shall be payable by such Subsidiary.

 

(b)                                  The parties acknowledge that the Base Management Fee is intended to compensate the Manager for the costs and expenses of its executive officers and employees (and certain related overhead and employee costs not otherwise reimbursable under Section 8 below)

 

21



 

incurred in providing to the Trust the investment advisory services and certain general management services rendered under this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   The Base Management Fee shall be payable in arrears in cash, in quarterly installments commencing with the fiscal quarter in which this Agreement was executed (with such initial payment pro-rated based on the number of days during such quarter that this Agreement was in effect).   The Manager shall calculate each installment of the Base Management Fee within thirty (30) days after the end of the fiscal quarter with respect to which such installment is payable.  A copy of the computations made by the Manager to calculate such installment shall thereafter, for informational purposes only, promptly be delivered to the Board of Trustees and, upon such delivery, payment of such installment of the Base Management Fee shown therein shall be due and payable no later than the date which is five (5) Business Days after the date of delivery to the Board of Trustees of such computations.

 

(d)                                  The Manager shall compute each installment of the Incentive Fee within 30 days after the end of the fiscal quarter with respect to which such installment is payable.  A copy of the computations made by the Manager to calculate such installment shall thereafter, for informational purposes only, promptly be delivered to the Board of Trustees and, upon such delivery, payment of such installment of the Incentive Fee shown therein shall be due and payable no later than the date which is five (5) Business Days after the date of delivery to the Board of Trustees of such computations.

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, upon the written request (a “ Fee Negotiation Request ”) of the Company or the Manager following a determination by the Company or the Manager that the rates of compensation payable to the Manager hereunder differ materially from market rates of compensation for services comparable to those provided hereunder, which request includes a proposal for revised rates of compensation hereunder, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to amend the provisions of this Agreement relating to the compensation of the Manager in order to cause such compensation to be materially consistent with market rates of compensation for services comparable to those provided hereunder (a “ Fee Amendment ”); provided, however, that no such request shall be made until the second anniversary of the effective date of this Agreement, after which time each party may make such request (i) once with respect to fees to be paid during the remainder of the Initial Term, which request shall be made prior to the expiration of the Initial Term, and (ii) once with respect to fees to be paid during any Automatic Renewal Term, which request shall be made at least 210 days prior to the start of such Automatic Renewal Term.  If the parties are unable to reach agreement on the terms of a Fee Amendment within thirty (30) days of the date of delivery of the relevant Fee Negotiation Request, then the terms of such Fee Amendment shall be determined by final and binding arbitration in accordance with Section 7(f).

 

(f)                                    All disputes, differences and controversies of the Company or the Manager relating to a Fee Amendment (individually, a “ Dispute ” and, collectively, “ Disputes ”) shall be resolved by final and binding arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) under its Commercial Arbitration Rules, subject to the following provisions:

 

22



 

(i)                                      Following the delivery of a written demand for arbitration by either the Company or the Manager, each party shall choose one (1) arbitrator within ten (10) Business Days after the date of such written demand and the two chosen arbitrators shall mutually, within ten (10) Business Days after selection select a third (3rd) arbitrator (each, an “ Arbitrator ” and together, the “ Arbitrators ”), each of whom shall be a retired judge selected from a roster of arbitrators provided by the AAA. If the third (3rd) Arbitrator is not selected within fifteen (15) Business Days after delivery of the written demand for arbitration (or such other time period as the Company and the Manager may agree), the Company and the Manager shall promptly request that the commercial panel of the AAA select an independent Arbitrator meeting such criteria.

 

(ii)                                   The rules of arbitration shall be the Commercial Rules of the American Arbitration Association; provided , however , that notwithstanding any provisions of the Commercial Arbitration Rules to the contrary, unless otherwise mutually agreed to by the Company and the Manager, the sole discovery available to each party shall be its right to conduct up to two (2) non-expert depositions of no more than three (3) hours of testimony each.

 

(iii)                                The Arbitrators shall render a decision by majority decision within three (3) months after the date of appointment, unless the Company and the Manager agree to extend such time. The decision shall be final and binding upon the Company and the Manager; provided , however , that such decision shall not restrict either the Company or the Manager from terminating this Agreement pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

(iv)                               Each party shall pay its own expenses in connection with the resolution of Disputes, including attorneys’ fees, unless determined otherwise by the Arbitrator.

 

(v)                                  The Company and the Manager agree that the existence, conduct and content of any arbitration pursuant to this Section 7(f) shall be kept confidential and neither the Company nor the Manager shall disclose to any Person any information about such arbitration, except in connection with such arbitration or as may be required by law or by any regulatory authority (or any exchange on which such party’s securities are listed) or for financial reporting purposes in such party’s financial statements.

 

Section 8.  Expenses of the Trust.  (a)   The Manager shall be responsible for compensation and related expenses of the Manager’s employees (including the officers of the Trust who are also employees of the Manager), including, without limitation, salaries, bonus and other wages, payroll taxes and the cost of employee benefit plans of such personnel ; provided, however , that the Operating Partnership (or any other Subsidiary, as provided below) shall pay or reimburse the Manager or any Affiliate of the Manager for the costs and expenses (including any employment expenses) incurred in connection with the performance by the Manager or such

 

23



 

Affiliate of any services performed by the Manager or such Affiliate pursuant to Section 2(d) or 2(f) hereof.

 

(b)                                  The Trust and the Subsidiaries shall pay all of their costs and expenses and the Operating Partnership (or any other Subsidiary, as provided below) shall reimburse the Manager or its Affiliates for expenses of the Manager and its Affiliates incurred on behalf of the Trust or any Subsidiary, excepting only those expenses that are specifically the responsibility of the Manager pursuant to Section 8(a) of this Agreement.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is specifically agreed that the following costs and expenses of the Trust or any Subsidiary shall be paid by the Operating Partnership (or such other Subsidiary) and shall not be paid by the Manager or Affiliates of the Manager:

 

(i)                                      all costs and expenses associated with the formation and capital raising activities of the Trust and the Subsidiaries, if any, including, without limitation, the costs and expenses of the preparation of the Trust’s registration statements, any and all costs and expenses of the Initial Public Offering, any subsequent offerings and any filing fees and costs of being a public company, including, without limitation, filings with the SEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and the NYSE (or any other exchange or over-the-counter market), among other such entities;

 

(ii)                                   all costs and expenses in connection with the acquisition, origination, disposition, development, modification, protection, maintenance, financing, refinancing, hedging, administration and ownership of the Trust’s or any Subsidiary’s investment assets (including costs and expenses incurred for transactions that are not subsequently completed), including, without limitation, costs and expenses incurred in contracting with third parties, including Affiliates of the Manager, to provide such services, such as legal fees, accounting fees, consulting fees, loan servicing fees, trustee fees, appraisal fees, insurance premiums, commitment fees, brokerage fees, guaranty fees, ad valorem taxes, costs of diligence, foreclosure, maintenance, repair and improvement of property and premiums for insurance on property owned or leased by the Trust or any Subsidiary;

 

(iii)                                all legal, audit, accounting, consulting, underwriting, brokerage, listing, filing, custodian, transfer agent, rating agency, registration and other fees and charges, printing, engraving and other expenses and taxes incurred in connection with the issuance, distribution, transfer, registration and stock exchange listing of the Trust’s or any Subsidiary’s equity securities or debt securities;

 

(iv)                               all costs and expenses in connection with legal, accounting, due diligence (including due diligence costs for assets that are not subsequently acquired), asset management, securitization, property management, brokerage, leasing and other services that outside professionals or outside consultants perform or otherwise would perform on the Trust’s behalf and

 

24



 

that are performed by the Manager or an Affiliate thereof, as provided in Section 2(d) or 2(f);

 

(v)                                  all expenses relating to communications to holders of equity securities or debt securities issued by the Trust or any Subsidiary and the other third party services utilized in maintaining relations with holders of such securities and in complying with the continuous reporting and other requirements of governmental bodies or agencies (including, without limitation, the SEC), including any costs of computer services in connection with this function, the cost of printing and mailing certificates for such securities and proxy solicitation materials and reports to holders of the Trust’s or any Subsidiary’s securities and the cost of any reports to third parties required under any indenture to which the Trust or any Subsidiary is a party;

 

(vi)                               all costs and expenses of money borrowed by the Trust or any Subsidiary, including, without limitation, principal, interest and the costs associated with the establishment and maintenance of any credit facilities, warehouse loans, repurchase agreements and other indebtedness of the Trust or any Subsidiary (including commitment fees, accounting fees, legal fees, closing and other costs and expenses);

 

(vii)                            all taxes and license fees applicable to the Trust or any Subsidiary, including interest and penalties thereon;

 

(viii)                         all fees paid to and expenses of third-party advisors and independent contractors, consultants, managers and other agents (including real estate underwriters, brokers and special servicers) engaged by the Trust or any Subsidiary or by the Manager for the account of the Trust or any Subsidiary;

 

(ix)                               all insurance costs incurred by the Trust or any Subsidiary, including, without limitation, any costs to obtain liability or other insurance to indemnify the Manager and underwriters of any securities of the Trust;

 

(x)                                  all costs and expenses relating to the acquisition of, and maintenance and upgrades to, the portfolio accounting systems of the Trust or any Subsidiary;

 

(xi)                               all compensation and fees paid to trustees or directors of the Trust or any Subsidiary (excluding those trustees or directors who are also officers or employees of the Manager), all expenses of trustees or directors of the Trust or any Subsidiary (including those trustees or directors who are also employees of the Manager), the cost of trustees and officers liability insurance and premiums for errors and omissions insurance, and any other insurance deemed necessary or advisable by the Board of Trustees for the

 

25



 

benefit of the Trust and its trustees and officers (including those trustees who are also employees of the Manager);

 

(xii)                            all third-party legal, accounting and auditing fees and expenses and other similar services relating to the Trust’s or any Subsidiary’s operations (including, without limitation, all quarterly and annual audit or tax fees and expenses);

 

(xiii)                         all third-party legal, expert and other fees and expenses relating to any actions, proceedings, lawsuits, demands, causes of action and claims, whether actual or threatened, made by or against the Trust or any Subsidiary, or which the Trust or any Subsidiary is authorized or obligated to pay under applicable law or its Governing Instruments or by the Board of Trustees;

 

(xiv)                        subject to Section 9 below, any judgment or settlement of pending or threatened proceedings (whether civil, criminal or otherwise) against the Trust or any Subsidiary, or against any trustee, director or officer of the Trust or any Subsidiary in his capacity as such for which the Trust or any Subsidiary is required to indemnify such trustee, director or officer by any court or governmental agency, or settlement of pending or threatened proceedings;

 

(xv)                           all travel and related expenses of trustees, directors, officers and employees of the Trust or any Subsidiary and the Manager, incurred in connection with attending meetings of the Board of Trustees or holders of securities of the Trust or any Subsidiary or performing other business activities that relate to the Trust or any Subsidiary, including, without limitations, travel and expenses incurred in connection with the purchase, consideration for purchase, financing, refinancing, sale or other disposition of any investment or potential investment of the Trust or any Subsidiary; provided , however , that the Operating Partnership (or any other Subsidiary, as provided below) shall only be responsible for a proportionate share of such expenses, as determined by the Manager in good faith, where such expenses were not incurred solely for the benefit of the Trust or any Subsidiary;

 

(xvi)                        all expenses of organizing, modifying or dissolving the Trust or any Subsidiary and costs preparatory to entering into a business or activity, or of winding up or disposing of a business activity of the Trust or any Subsidiary, if any;

 

(xvii)                     all expenses relating to payments of dividends or interest or distributions in cash or any other form made or caused to be made by the Board of Trustees to or on account of holders of the securities of the Trust or any Subsidiary, including, without limitation, in connection with any dividend reinvestment plan;

 

26



 

(xviii)                  all costs and expenses related to the design and maintenance of the Trust’s website or sites and associated with any computer software, hardware, electronic equipment or purchased information technology services from third party vendors that is used primarily for the Trust or any Subsidiary;

 

(xix)                        costs and expenses incurred with respect to market information systems and publications, research publications and materials, and settlement, clearing and custodial fees and expenses; provided , however , that the Operating Partnership (or any other Subsidiary, as provided below) shall only be responsible for a proportionate share of such expenses, as determined by the Manager in good faith, where such expenses were not incurred solely for the benefit of the Trust or any Subsidiary;

 

(xx)                           the costs and expenses incurred with respect to administering the Trust’s incentive plans;

 

(xxi)                        the costs and expenses of maintaining compliance with all U.S. federal, state, local and applicable regulatory body rules and regulations; provided , however , that the Operating Partnership (or any other Subsidiary, as provided below) shall only be responsible for a proportionate share of such costs and expenses, as determined by the Manager in good faith, where such costs and expenses were not incurred solely for the benefit of the Trust or any Subsidiary;

 

(xxii)                     expenses relating to any office or office facilities, including disaster backup recovery sites and facilities, maintained for the Trust or any Subsidiary separate from the offices of the Manager;

 

(xxiii)                  all other expenses of the Trust or any Subsidiary relating to the business and investment operations of the Trust and the Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, the costs and expenses of acquiring, originating, owning, protecting, maintaining, financing, refinancing, developing, modifying and disposing of investments that are not the responsibility of the Manager under Section 9(a) of this Agreement; and

 

(xxiv)                 all other expenses actually incurred by the Manager or its Affiliates or their respective managers, officers, trustees, directors, employees, members, representatives or agents, or any Affiliates thereof, that are reasonably necessary for the performance by the Manager of its duties and functions under this Agreement.

 

In addition, the Operating Partnership (or any other Subsidiary, as provided below) will be required to pay the Trust’s and the Subsidiaries’ pro rata portion of rent, telephone, utilities, office furniture, equipment, machinery and other office, internal and overhead expenses of the Manager and its Affiliates required for the Trust’s and the Subsidiaries’ operations. These expenses will be allocated between the Manager, on the one hand, and the Operating Partnership (or such other Subsidiary), on the other hand, based on the ratio of the Trust’s and the

 

27



 

Subsidiaries’ proportion of gross assets compared to all remaining gross assets managed by the Manager as calculated at each fiscal quarter end. The Manager, the Trust and the Operating Partnership will modify this allocation methodology, subject to the Board of Trustees’ approval, if the allocation becomes inequitable.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision contained in this Agreement, in the event that any of the services provided hereunder by the Manager are rendered to or for the benefit of any Subsidiary other than the Operating Partnership, then, in the sole discretion of the Operating Partnership, a portion of the expense reimbursements to the Manager and/or its Affiliates hereunder, as determined by the Operating Partnership, shall be payable by such Subsidiary.

 

(c)                                   Costs and expenses incurred by the Manager or an Affiliate thereof on behalf of the Trust or any Subsidiary shall be reimbursed quarterly to the Manager.  The Manager shall prepare a written statement in reasonable detail documenting the costs and expenses of the Trust and the Subsidiaries and those incurred by the Manager on behalf of the Trust or any Subsidiary during each fiscal quarter, and shall deliver such written statement to the Trust within 30 days after the end of each fiscal quarter.  The Operating Partnership (or any other Subsidiary, as provided in the immediately preceding paragraph) shall pay all amounts payable to the Manager pursuant to this Section 8 within five (5) Business Days after the date of delivery of such written statement without demand, deduction, offset or delay.  Cost and expense reimbursement to the Manager shall be subject to adjustment at the end of each calendar year in connection with the annual audit of the Trust and the Subsidiaries.  The provisions of this Section 8 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement to the extent such expenses have previously been incurred or are incurred in connection with such expiration or termination.

 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Manager may, at its option, elect not to seek reimbursement for certain expenses during a given quarterly period, which determination shall not be deemed to construe a waiver of reimbursement for similar expenses in future periods.

 

Section 9.  Limits of the Manager’s Responsibility; Indemnification.  (a)   The Manager assumes no responsibility under this Agreement other than to provide the services specified hereunder in good faith and shall not be responsible for any action of the Board of Trustees in following or declining to follow any advice or recommendations of the Manager; provided that to the extent that officers of the Manager also serve as officers of the Trust, such officers shall owe the Trust duties under Maryland law in their capacity as officers of the Trust, which may include the duty to exercise reasonable care in the performance of such officers’ responsibilities, as well as duties of loyalty, good faith and candid disclosure.  None of the Manager or its Affiliates or their respective managers, officers, trustees, directors, employees or members or any Person providing sub-advisory services to the Manager will be liable to the Trust, any Subsidiary, the Board of Trustees, or the Shareholders or interest holders of any Subsidiary for any acts or omissions performed under this Agreement, except because of acts constituting bad faith, willful misconduct, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the Manager’s duties under this Agreement.  The Trust and the Operating Partnership shall, to the full extent lawful, reimburse, indemnify and hold harmless the Manager and its Affiliates and

 

28



 

their respective managers, officers, trustees, directors, employees and members and any Person providing sub-advisory services to the Manager (each, a “ Manager Indemnified Party ”), with respect to all expenses, losses, damages, liabilities, demands, charges and claims of any nature whatsoever (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) (collectively “ Losses ”) in respect of or arising from any acts or omissions of such Manager Indemnified Party, performed in good faith under this Agreement and not constituting bad faith, willful misconduct, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties of the Manager under this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  The Manager shall, to the full extent lawful, reimburse, indemnify and hold harmless the Trust (or any Subsidiary), and the trustees, officers and Shareholders and each Person, if any, controlling the Trust (each, a “ Trust Indemnified Party ”; a Manager Indemnified Party and a Trust Indemnified Party are each sometimes hereinafter referred to as an “ Indemnified Party ”) with respect to all Losses in respect of or arising from any acts or omissions under this Agreement constituting bad faith, willful misconduct, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties of the Manager under this Agreement or any claims by the Manager’s employees relating to the terms and conditions of their employment by the Manager.

 

(c)                                   In case any such claim, suit, action or proceeding (a “ Claim ”) is brought against any Indemnified Party in respect of which indemnification may be sought by such Indemnified Party pursuant hereto, the Indemnified Party shall give prompt written notice thereof to the indemnifying party, which notice shall include all documents and information in the possession of or under the control of such Indemnified Party reasonably necessary for the evaluation and/or defense of such Claim and shall specifically state that indemnification for such Claim is being sought under this Section; provided , however , that the failure of the Indemnified Party to so notify the indemnifying party shall not limit or affect such Indemnified Party’s rights to be indemnified pursuant to this Section.  Upon receipt of such notice of Claim (together with such documents and information from such Indemnified Party), the indemnifying party shall, at its sole cost and expense, in good faith defend any such Claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party, which counsel may, without limiting the rights of such Indemnified Party pursuant to the next succeeding sentence of this Section, also represent the indemnifying party in such investigation, action or proceeding.  In the alternative, such Indemnified Party may elect to conduct the defense of the Claim, if (1) such Indemnified Party reasonably determines that the conduct of its defense by the indemnifying party could be materially prejudicial to its interests, (2) the indemnifying party refuses to defend (or fails to give written notice to the Indemnified Party within ten (10) days of receipt of a notice of Claim that the indemnifying party assumes such defense), or (3) the indemnifying party shall have failed, in such Indemnified Party’s reasonable judgment, to defend the Claim in good faith.  The indemnifying party may settle any Claim against such Indemnified Party without such Indemnified Party’s consent, provided , (1) such settlement is without any Losses whatsoever to such Indemnified Party, (2) the settlement does not include or require any admission of liability or culpability by such Indemnified Party and (3) the indemnifying party obtains an effective written release of liability for such Indemnified Party from the party to the Claim with whom such settlement is being made, which release must be reasonably acceptable to such Indemnified Party, and a dismissal with prejudice with respect to all claims made by the party against such Indemnified Party in connection with such Claim.  The applicable Indemnified Party shall reasonably cooperate with the indemnifying party, at the indemnifying party’s sole cost and expense, in connection with the defense or settlement of any Claim in accordance with the terms

 

29


 

 

hereof.  If such Indemnified Party is entitled pursuant to this Section to elect to defend such Claim by counsel of its own choosing and so elects, then the indemnifying party shall be responsible for any good faith settlement of such Claim entered into by such Indemnified Party.  Except as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, no Indemnified Party may pay or settle any Claim and seek reimbursement therefor under this Section.

 

(d)                                  The provisions of this Section 9 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement.

 

Section 10.  No Joint Venture.  The Trust, the Operating Partnership and the Manager are not partners or joint venturers with each other and nothing herein shall be construed to make them such partners or joint venturers or impose any liability as such on any of them.

 

Section 11.  Term; Termination.

 

(a)                                  Initial Term .  This Agreement shall become effective on the date hereof and shall continue in operation, unless terminated in accordance with the terms hereof, until February 1, 2017 (the “ Initial Term ”).

 

(b)                                  Automatic Renewal Terms .  After the Initial Term, this Agreement shall be deemed renewed automatically every 18 months for an additional 18 month period (an “ Automatic Renewal Term ”) unless the Trust or the Manager terminates this Agreement in accordance with Section 11(c) of this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Termination of this Agreement .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, upon the expiration of the Initial Term or any Automatic Renewal Term and upon at least 180 days’ prior written notice to the Manager or the Trust, as applicable (the “ Termination Notice ”), either (A) the Trust (without cause), upon the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the Independent Trustees or by a vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the Trust’s outstanding Common Shares (other than those Common Shares held by the Manager or any Affiliate thereof), in each case based upon (1) unsatisfactory performance by the Manager that is materially detrimental to the Trust and the Subsidiaries or (2) the determination that the compensation payable to the Manager under this Agreement is not fair; or (B) the Manager (without cause) may, in connection with the expiration of the Initial Term or any Automatic Renewal Term, decline to renew this Agreement (any such nonrenewal, a “ Nonrenewal Termination ”); provided , that the Trust shall not have the right to terminate this Agreement under clause (2) above if the Manager agrees to continue to provide services under this Agreement at fees that at least two-thirds of the Independent Trustees determine to be fair pursuant to the procedures set forth below.

 

If the Trust (but not the Manager) issues the Termination Notice, the Operating Partnership shall be obligated to pay the Manager the Termination Fee within 90 days of the last day of the Initial Term or Automatic Renewal Term, as applicable (the “ Effective Termination Date ”); provided , however , that in the event a Termination Notice is given in connection with a determination that the compensation payable to the Manager is not fair, the Manager shall have the right to renegotiate such compensation by delivering to the Trust and the Operating Partnership, no fewer than 45 days prior to the prospective Effective Termination

 

30



 

Date, written notice (any such notice, a “ Notice of Proposal to Negotiate ”) of its intention to renegotiate its compensation under this Agreement.  Thereupon, the Trust (represented by the Independent Trustees), the Operating Partnership and the Manager shall endeavor to negotiate in good faith the revised compensation payable to the Manager under this Agreement. Provided that the Manager, the Trust and the Operating Partnership agree to the terms of the revised compensation to be payable to the Manager within 45 days following the receipt of the Notice of Proposal to Negotiate, the Termination Notice shall be deemed of no force and effect and this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect on the terms stated in this Agreement, except that the compensation payable to the Manager hereunder shall be the revised compensation then agreed upon by the parties to this Agreement. The Trust, the Operating Partnership and the Manager agree to execute and deliver an amendment to this Agreement setting forth such revised compensation promptly upon reaching an agreement regarding the same. In the event that the Trust, the Operating Partnership and the Manager are unable to agree to the terms of the revised compensation to be payable to the Manager during such 45-day period, this Agreement shall terminate, such termination to be effective on the date which is the later of (A) 10 days following the end of such 45-day period and (B) the Effective Termination Date originally set forth in the Termination Notice.  In the event of any Nonrenewal Termination, after delivery of the Termination Notice, the Manager shall thereafter have the authority to invest only such capital that represents the return of capital resulting from the liquidation or repayment of investments of the Trust or any Subsidiary existing at the time of the Termination Notice, and subject to the Investment Policies and all other existing investment and other policies of the Trust.  The Manager shall cooperate with the Trust and the Subsidiaries in executing an orderly transition of the management of the Trust’s assets to a new manager.  The Trust may terminate this Agreement for cause pursuant to Section 13 of this Agreement even after a Nonrenewal Termination and no Termination Fee shall be payable.

 

(d)                                  If (i) either of the MBWS Agreement or the MSR Recapture Agreement is terminated by PennyMac Corp. without cause as provided in each such agreement or (ii) the Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement is terminated by the Operating Partnership without cause as provided in such agreement, the Manager shall have the right to terminate this Agreement without cause upon notice to the Trust, provided that if such termination occurs due to a termination of the MBWS Agreement, MSR Recapture Agreement or Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement at any time other than at the end of the Initial Term or any Automatic Renewal Term, the Operating Partnership shall be obligated to pay the Manager the Termination Fee within 90 days of receipt of such notice from the Manager.

 

(e)                                   If any of the MBWS Agreement, the MSR Recapture Agreement or the Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement is terminated by PennyMac Loan Services without cause as provided in each such agreement, the Trust shall have the right to terminate this Agreement without cause upon notice to the Manager, provided that under such circumstances the Operating Partnership shall not be obligated to pay the Termination Fee.

 

(f)                                    If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section 11 or pursuant to Section 12, 13 or 14, such termination shall be without any further liability or obligation of any party to the other, except with respect to the payment of a Termination Fee, if applicable, and except as provided in Sections 6, 8 and 15 of this Agreement; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, the Manager shall be liable to the Trust for any breach of this Agreement, and nothing herein shall limit the Trust from pursuing any and all remedies available to it at law or equity in connection with any such breach. In addition, Sections 9, 17(b) and 18(e) of this Agreement shall survive termination of this Agreement.

 

31



 

Section 12.  Assignments.  (a)  Except as set forth in Section 12(b) of this Agreement, this Agreement shall terminate automatically without payment of the Termination Fee in the event of its assignment, in whole or in part, by the Manager, unless such assignment is consented to in writing by the Trust with the consent of a majority of the Independent Trustees.  Any such permitted assignment shall bind the assignee under this Agreement in the same manner as the Manager is bound, and the Manager shall be liable to the Trust and the Subsidiaries for all errors or omissions of the assignee under any such assignment.  In addition, the assignee shall execute and deliver to the Trust and the Operating Partnership a counterpart of this Agreement naming such assignee as the Manager.  This Agreement shall not be assigned by the Trust or the Operating Partnership without the prior written consent of the Manager, except in the case of assignment by the Trust or the Operating Partnership to another REIT (in the case of the Trust) or other organization which is a successor (by merger, consolidation, purchase of assets, or similar transaction) to the Trust or the Operating Partnership, in which case such successor organization shall be bound under this Agreement and by the terms of such assignment in the same manner as the Trust and the Operating Partnership are bound under this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, the Manager may subcontract and assign any or all of its responsibilities under this Agreement to any of its Affiliates in accordance with the terms of this Agreement applicable to any such subcontract or assignment, and the Trust and the Operating Partnership hereby consent to any such assignment and subcontracting. In addition, provided that the Manager provides prior written notice to the Trust and the Operating Partnership for informational purposes only, nothing contained in this Agreement shall preclude any pledge, hypothecation or other transfer of any amounts payable to the Manager under this Agreement. In addition, the Manager may assign one or more of its duties under this Agreement to any of its Affiliates without the Trust’s or the Operating Partnership’s approval if such assignment does not require their approval under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.

 

Section 13.  Termination by the Trust for Cause.  At the option of the Trust and at any time during the term of this Agreement, this Agreement shall be and become terminated upon at least 30 days’ prior written notice of termination from the Board of Trustees to the Manager, without payment of the Termination Fee, if any of the following events shall occur, which shall be determined by a majority of the Independent Trustees:

 

(i)                                      the Manager shall materially breach any provision of this Agreement and such breach shall continue for a period of 30 days after the Manager’s receipt of written notice thereof specifying such breach and requesting that the same be remedied in such 30-day period (or 45 days after the Manager’s receipt of written notice of such breach if the Manager takes steps to cure such breach within 30 days of the written notice);

 

(ii)                                   the Manager shall commit any act of fraud, misappropriation of funds, or embezzlement against the Trust or any Subsidiary;

 

32



 

(iii)                                the Manager shall commit any act of gross negligence in the performance of its duties under this Agreement;

 

(iv)                               upon the commencement of any proceeding relating to the Manager’s Bankruptcy or insolvency;

 

(v)                                  upon the dissolution of the Manager;

 

(vi)                               upon a Change in Control of the Manager;

 

(vii)                            the Manager or any of its Affiliates shall breach the Confidentiality and Standstill Agreement;

 

(viii)                         the termination of the MBWS Agreement for “cause” thereunder; or

 

(ix)                               the Manager is unable under applicable law or regulation to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

If any of the events specified above shall occur, the Manager shall give prompt written notice thereof to the Board of Trustees.  The Board of Trustees may exercise its right to terminate the Manager as provided in this Section 13 for a period of 60 days following receipt of such notice.

 

Section 14.  Termination by the Manager for Cause.

 

(a)                                  At the option of the Manager and at any time during the term of this Agreement, this Agreement shall be and become terminated upon at least 60 days’ prior written notice of termination from the Manager to the Trust and the Operating Partnership, with payment of the Termination Fee, if the Trust or the Subsidiaries shall have defaulted in the performance of any material term of this Agreement, and such default has continued uncured for a period of 30 days after the Trust’s and the Operating Partnership’s receipt of written notice of such default from the Manager.

 

(b)                                  At the option of the Manager and at any time during the term of this Agreement, this Agreement shall be and become terminated, without payment of the Termination Fee, if the Trust becomes required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, with such termination deemed to occur immediately before such event.

 

Section 15.  Action Upon Termination.  From and after the effective date of termination of this Agreement pursuant to Sections 11, 12, 13 or 14 of this Agreement, the Manager shall not be entitled to compensation for further services hereunder, but shall be paid all compensation accruing to the date of termination and, if the Manager is so entitled in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Termination Fee.  Upon any such termination, the Manager shall forthwith:

 

(a)                                  after deducting any accrued compensation and reimbursement for its expenses to which it is then entitled, pay over to the Trust or a Subsidiary all money collected and held for the account of the Trust or a Subsidiary pursuant to this Agreement;

 

33



 

(b)                                  deliver to the Board of Trustees a full accounting, including a statement showing all payments collected by it and a statement of all money held by it, covering the period following the date of the last accounting furnished to the Board of Trustees with respect to the Trust and any Subsidiary;

 

(c)                                   deliver to the Board of Trustees all property and documents of the Trust and any Subsidiary then in the custody of the Manager; and

 

Section 16.  Release of Money or Other Property Upon Written Request.  The Manager agrees that any money or other property of the Trust or any Subsidiary held by the Manager shall be held by the Manager as custodian for the Trust or such Subsidiary, and the Manager’s records shall be appropriately and clearly marked to reflect the ownership of such money or other property by the Trust or such Subsidiary.  Upon the receipt by the Manager of a written request signed by a duly authorized officer of the Trust requesting the Manager to release to the Trust any money or other property then held by the Manager for the account of the Trust or any Subsidiary under this Agreement, the Manager shall release such money or other property to the Trust or any Subsidiary within a reasonable period of time, but in no event later than 45 days following such request.  Upon delivery of such money or other property to the Trust, the Manager shall not be liable to the Trust, any Subsidiary, the Board of Trustees, or the Shareholders or the interest holders of any Subsidiary for any acts or omissions by the Trust or any Subsidiary in connection with the money or other property released in accordance with this Section.  The Trust and the Operating Partnership shall indemnify the Manager and its Affiliates and their respective managers, officers, trustees, directors, employees and members and any Person providing sub-advisory services to the Manager against any and all expenses, losses, damages, liabilities, demands, charges and claims of any nature whatsoever, which arise in connection with the Manager’s release of such money or other property in accordance with the terms of this Section 16.  Indemnification pursuant to this provision shall be in addition to any right of the Manager to indemnification under Section 9 of this Agreement.

 

Section 17.  Use of Name.

 

(a)                                  The Manager hereby grants to the Trust and the Subsidiaries during the term of this Agreement a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the “PennyMac” brand, trademark, logo and service marks and any derivation thereof related thereto (the “ PennyMac Brand ”) in the United States.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is acknowledged and agreed that the Manager and its other Affiliates retain the right to continue to use the PennyMac Brand during the term of this Agreement.  It is further acknowledged and agreed that under no circumstances shall the Manager be prohibited from licensing or transferring the ownership of the PennyMac Brand to third parties.

 

(b)                                  In the event of the termination of this Agreement, the Trust shall be required to cease using the PennyMac Brand as promptly as possible, including by changing its name to remove the word “PennyMac” therefrom as promptly as practicable.  The provisions of this Section 17(b) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement.

 

34



 

Section 18.  Miscellaneous.

 

(a)                                  Notices .  All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including by telecopy), and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered against receipt or upon actual receipt of (1) personal delivery, (2) delivery by reputable overnight courier, (3) delivery by facsimile transmission with telephonic confirmation or (4) delivery by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as set forth below (or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto in accordance with this Section 18):

 

The Trust and the

Operating Partnership:

PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P.

 

6101 Condor Drive

 

Moorpark, California 93021

 

Attention:  Chief Executive Officer

 

Fax:  (818) 936-0283

 

 

with copies to:

Sidley Austin LLP

 

787 Seventh Avenue

 

New York, New York 10019

 

Attention:  Edward J. Fine and J. Gerard Cummins

 

Fax:  (212) 839-5599

 

 

 

and

 

 

 

Latham & Watkins LLP

 

650 Town Center Drive, 20th Floor

 

Costa Mesa, California 92626

 

Attention: Charles Ruck and Scott Shean

 

Fax:  (714) 540-8290

 

 

The Manager:

PNMAC Capital Management, LLC

 

6101 Condor Drive

 

Moorpark, California  93021

 

Attention:  Chief Executive Officer

 

Fax:  (818) 936-0283

 

 

with a copy to:

PNMAC Capital Management, LLC

 

6101 Condor Drive

 

Moorpark, California 93021

 

Attention:  Chief Legal Officer

 

Fax:  (818) 936-0283

 

(b)                                  Binding Nature of Agreement; Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns as provided herein.

 

35



 

(c)                                   Integration .  This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, inducements and conditions, express or implied, oral or written, of any nature whatsoever with respect to the subject matter hereof.  The express terms hereof control and supersede any course of performance and/or usage of the trade inconsistent with any of the terms hereof.  Without limiting the foregoing, the Trust and the Operating Partnership shall not have any obligations to the Manager, monetary or otherwise, with respect to any agreement or arrangement entered into prior to the date hereof.

 

(d)                                  Amendments .  Neither this Agreement, nor any terms hereof, may be amended, supplemented or modified except in an instrument in writing executed by the parties hereto.

 

(e)                                   GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR ANY DISTRICT WITHIN SUCH STATE FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY ACTION OR JUDGMENT RELATING TO OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND TO THE LAYING OF VENUE IN SUCH COURT.

 

(f)                                    WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .  EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND, THEREFORE, EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT TO ANY ACTION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT.

 

(g)                                   No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .  No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of a party hereto, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.  The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

 

(h)                                  Costs and Expenses .  Each party hereto shall bear its own costs and expenses (including the fees and disbursements of counsel and accountants) incurred in connection with the negotiations and preparation of and the closing under this Agreement, and all matters incident thereto.

 

36



 

(i)                                      Section Headings .  The section and subsection headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the interpretation of any provisions hereof.

 

(j)                                     Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed by the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by telecopy), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

 

(k)                                  Severability .  Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

37



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Management Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

 

 

PENNYMAC MORTGAGE INVESTMENT TRUST

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stanford L. Kurland

 

 

 

Name:

Stanford L. Kurland

 

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PENNYMAC OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

PENNYMAC GP OP, INC.,

 

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stanford L. Kurland

 

 

 

Name:

Stanford L. Kurland

 

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PNMAC CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Anne D. McCallion

 

 

 

Name:

Anne D. McCallion

 

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

38


 

Execution Version

 

Exhibit A

 

Allocation Policy

 

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in that certain Amended and Restated Management Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2013, as may be amended from time to time (the “ Management Agreement ”), by and among PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. and PNMAC Capital Management, LLC.

 

Investment opportunities in pools of mortgage loans that are consistent with the investment objective of the Trust and the Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the investment objectives of the two private fund vehicles managed by the Manager as of the date of the Management Agreement (the “PennyMac funds”) and other future entities or accounts managed by the Manager, on the other hand, will be allocated among the Trust and the Subsidiaries and the PennyMac funds and such other entities or accounts generally pro rata based upon relative amounts of investment capital (including undrawn capital commitments) available for new investments by the Trust and the Subsidiaries, the PennyMac funds and any other relevant entities or accounts managed by the Manager or by assigning opportunities among the relevant entities such that investments assigned among the Trust and the Subsidiaries, the PennyMac funds and such entities or accounts are fair and equitable over time; provided , that the Manager, in its sole discretion, may allocate investment opportunities in any other manner that it deems to be fair and equitable.

 

In the case of the assignment of investment opportunities, the Manager will consider a number of factors. These factors include:

 

a.               investment objective or strategies for particular entities or accounts,

 

b.               tax considerations of an entity or account,

 

c.                risk or investment concentration parameters for an entity or account,

 

d.               supply or demand for an investment at a given price level,

 

e.                size of available investment,

 

f.                 cash availability and liquidity requirements for an entity or account,

 

g.                regulatory restrictions,

 

h.               minimum investment size of an entity or account,

 

i.                   relative size or “buying power” of an entity or account,

 

j.                  regulatory considerations, including the impact on an entity’s status under the Investment Company Act, and, in the case of the Trust, its REIT status, and

 

Ex. A-1



 

k.               such other factors as may be relevant to a particular transaction.

 

In the case of pro rata purchases of pools of loans where the pool is allocated among the Trust and the Subsidiaries, the PennyMac funds and other entities or accounts managed by the Manager, the Manager will, at the time of purchase, seek to allocate the hundreds, or potentially thousands, of individual mortgage loans in the pools among the Trust and the Subsidiaries, the PennyMac funds and such other entities or accounts such that the overall allocation of acquired mortgage loans in the pools will target reasonable symmetry with reference to, among other factors, the following:

 

l.                   unpaid principal balances,

 

m.           default status,

 

n.               discounts from purchase price,

 

o.               lien position,

 

p.               expected cash flows,

 

q.               geography, and

 

r.                  such other factors as may be relevant to a particular transaction.

 

This Allocation Policy may be amended, restated, modified, supplemented or waived only by a majority of the Independent Trustees.

 

Ex. A-2



 

Exhibit B

 

Investment Policies

 

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in that certain Amended and Restated Management Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2013, as may be amended from time to time, by and among PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. and PNMAC Capital Management, LLC.

 

1.              No investment shall be made that would cause the Trust to fail to qualify as a REIT under the Code;

 

2.              No investment shall be made that would cause the Trust to be regulated as an investment company under the Investment Company Act;  and

 

3.              With the exception of real estate and housing, no single industry shall represent greater than 20% of the investments or aggregate risk exposure in the portfolio of the Trust.

 

These Investment Policies may be amended, restated, modified, supplemented or waived by the Board of Trustees (which must include a majority of the Independent Trustees) without the approval of, or prior notice to, the Shareholders.

 

Ex. B-1




Exhibit 10.13

 

Execution Version

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

UNDERWRITING FEE REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT

 

by and among

 

PENNYMAC MORTGAGE INVESTMENT TRUST,

 

PENNYMAC OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.

 

and

 

PNMAC CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

 

Dated as of February 1, 2013

 

 


 

AMENDED AND RESTATED UNDERWRITING FEE REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT, dated as of February 1, 2013, by and among PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust (the “ Trust ”), PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Operating Partnership ”), and PNMAC Capital Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Manager”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, the Trust is a Maryland real estate investment trust which invests primarily in residential mortgage loans and mortgage-related assets and has qualified and intends to continue to qualify as a real estate investment trust for federal income tax purposes and will elect to receive the tax benefits accorded by Sections 856 through 860 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Trust conducts substantially all of its operations, and makes substantially all of its investments, through the Operating Partnership, which is a subsidiary of the Trust;

 

WHEREAS, the Trust, the Operating Partnership and the Manager entered into the Underwriting Fee Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of August 4, 2009 (the “Existing Underwriting Fee Reimbursement Agreement”), pursuant to which the Trust and the Operating Partnership agreed to reimburse the Manager for the Manager Offering Payments on the terms and conditions set forth in such agreement;

 

WHEREAS, the Manager has entered into the Management Agreement (as defined herein), pursuant to which the Manager will manage the business and investment affairs of the Trust and its subsidiaries;

 

WHEREAS, the Manager has entered into the Underwriting Agreement (as defined herein), pursuant to which, among other things, the Manager has agreed to pay to the Underwriters (as defined herein) the Manager Offering Payments (as defined herein); and

 

WHEREAS, the Trust, the Operating Partnership and the Manager have agreed to amend and restate the Existing Underwriting Fee Reimbursement Agreement on the terms set forth herein.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1.  Definitions.  (a)  The following terms shall have the meanings set forth in this Section 1(a):

 

Agreement ” means this Amended and Restated Underwriting Fee Reimbursement Agreement, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Code ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 



 

“Conditional Payment” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Underwriting Agreement.

 

“Conditional Payment Period” shall be six years from the date of this Agreement.

 

Incentive Fee ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Management Agreement.

 

Manager Offering Payments ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Underwriting Agreement.

 

Management Agreement ” means that certain Amended and Restated Management Agreement, dated the date hereof, among the Trust, the Operating Partnership and the Manager.

 

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, partnership, association, limited liability company, estate, trust, joint venture, unincorporated association, any federal, state, county or municipal government or any bureau, department or agency thereof or any other legal entity and any fiduciary acting in such capacity on behalf of the foregoing.

 

REIT ” means a “real estate investment trust” as defined under the Code.

 

Termination Fee ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Management Agreement.

 

Underwriters ” means the underwriters named in the Underwriting Agreement.

 

Underwriting Agreement ” means the purchase agreement, dated July 29, 2009, among the Trust, the Operating Partnership, the Manager and the Underwriters relating to the Initial Public Offering.

 

(b)            The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

 

(c)            The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.  The words include, includes and including shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.”

 

Section 2.  Conditional Payment to the Manager.

 

(a)            The Trust and the Operating Partnership agree to reimburse the Manager in an amount up to the Manager Offering Payments and to pay the Underwriters the Conditional Payment if such reimbursement and payment is payable hereunder at any time during the Conditional Payment Period.  To the extent the Trust is required to pay the Manager any Incentive Fees pursuant to the terms of the Management Agreement at any time subsequent to February 1, 2013, the Trust shall also pay the Manager and the Underwriters all or part of any outstanding Manager Offering Payments and Conditional Payments, respectively, in an amount equal to $10 in Manager Offering Payments for every $100 in Incentive Fees and $20 in

 

2



 

Conditional Payments for every $100 in Incentive Fees.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the aggregate amount of such Manager Offering Payments and Conditional Payments in any twelve month period from and after February 1, 2013 shall not exceed $980,422 and $1,960,844, respectively.  All payments due under this Agreement in respect of any quarter shall be paid in cash on the same date as the Trust pays the Manager the Incentive Fees for such quarter.

 

(c)            In the event the Termination Fee is payable under the Management Agreement prior to the end of the Conditional Payment Period and the Manager and the Underwriters have not been reimbursed hereunder in an amount equal to the Manager Offering Payments and the Conditional Payment, respectively, (i) the Manager shall be reimbursed in an amount equal to the difference between (x) the amount of the Manager Offering Payments and (y) the amounts previously reimbursed to the Manager hereunder and (ii) the Underwriters shall be paid hereunder in an amount equal to the difference between (x) the amount of the Conditional Payment and (y) the amounts previously paid to the Underwriters hereunder.  Such reimbursement shall be paid in cash to the Manager and the Underwriters on the same date as the payment of the Termination Fee.

 

Section 3.  No Joint Venture.  The Trust, the Operating Partnership and the Manager are not partners or joint venturers with each other and nothing herein shall be construed to make them such partners or joint venturers or impose any liability as such on any of them.

 

Section 4.  Term; Termination.  This Agreement shall become effective on the date hereof and shall continue in operation, until the earlier of (a) the reimbursement in full of the Manager Offering Payments and (b) the end of the Conditional Payment Period.

 

Section 5.  Assignments.  This Agreement shall not be assigned by any party hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties, except in the case of assignment by the Trust or the Operating Partnership to another REIT (in the case of the Trust) or other organization which is a successor (by merger, consolidation, purchase of assets, or similar transaction) to the Trust or the Operating Partnership, in which case such successor organization shall be bound under this Agreement and by the terms of such assignment in the same manner as the Trust and the Operating Partnership are bound under this Agreement.

 

Section 6.  Miscellaneous.

 

(a)            Notices .  All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including by telecopy), and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered against receipt or upon actual receipt of (1) personal delivery, (2) delivery by reputable overnight courier, (3) delivery by facsimile transmission with telephonic confirmation or (4) delivery by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as set forth below (or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto in accordance with this Section 6):

 

3



 

The Trust and the Operating Partnership:

PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P.

 

6101 Condor Drive

 

Moorpark, California 93021

 

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

 

Fax: (818) 936-0283

 

 

with copies to:

Sidley Austin LLP

 

787 Seventh Avenue

 

New York, New York 10019

 

Attention: Edward J. Fine and J. Gerard Cummins

 

Fax: (212) 839-5599

 

 

 

and

 

 

 

Latham & Watkins LLP

 

650 Town Center Drive, 20th Floor

 

Costa Mesa, California 92626

 

Attention: Charles Ruck and Scott Shean

 

Fax: (714) 540-8290

 

 

the Manager:

PNMAC Capital Management, LLC

 

6101 Condor Drive

 

Moorpark, California 93021

 

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

 

Fax: (818) 936-0283

 

 

with a copy to:

PNMAC Capital Management, LLC

 

6101 Condor Drive

 

Moorpark, California 93021

 

Attention: Chief Legal Officer

 

Fax: (818) 936-0283

 

(b)            Binding Nature of Agreement; Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns as provided herein.

 

(c)            Integration .  This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, inducements and conditions, express or implied, oral or written, of any nature whatsoever with respect to the subject matter hereof.  The express terms hereof control and supersede any course of performance and/or usage of the trade inconsistent with any of the terms hereof.

 

4



 

(d)            Amendments .  Neither this Agreement, nor any terms hereof, may be amended, supplemented or modified except in an instrument in writing executed by the parties hereto.

 

(e)            GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR ANY DISTRICT WITHIN SUCH STATE FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY ACTION OR JUDGMENT RELATING TO OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND TO THE LAYING OF VENUE IN SUCH COURT.

 

(f)             WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .  EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND, THEREFORE, EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT TO ANY ACTION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT.

 

(g)            No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .  No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of a party hereto, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.  The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

 

(h)            Costs and Expenses .  Each party hereto shall bear its own costs and expenses (including the fees and disbursements of counsel and accountants) incurred in connection with the negotiations and preparation of and the closing under this Agreement, and all matters incident thereto.

 

(i)             Section Headings .  The section and subsection headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the interpretation of any provisions hereof.

 

(j)             Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed by the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by telecopy), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

 

(k)            Severability .  Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such

 

5



 

prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

6



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Underwriting Fee Reimbursement Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

PENNYMAC MORTGAGE INVESTMENT TRUST

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stanford L. Kurland

 

 

Name: Stanford L. Kurland

 

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

PENNYMAC OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

PENNYMAC GP OP, INC.,

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stanford L. Kurland

 

 

Name: Stanford L. Kurland

 

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

PNMAC CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Anne D. McCallion

 

 

Name: Anne D. McCallion

 

 

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

7




Exhibit 10.15

 

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

FLOW SERVICING AGREEMENT

 

between

 

PNMAC MORTGAGE OPPORTUNITY FUND INVESTORS, LLC,

as Owner

 

and

 

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC,

as Servicer

 

Dated as of August 1, 2008

 

FIXED- AND ADJUSTABLE-RATE RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE LOANS

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

2

 

 

 

Section 1.01

Definitions

2

 

 

 

ARTICLE II SERVICING

17

 

 

 

Section 2.01

Servicer to Act as Servicer

17

Section 2.02

Liquidation of Mortgage Loans

19

Section 2.03

Collection of Mortgage Loan Payments

19

Section 2.04

Establishment of and Deposits to Custodial Account

20

Section 2.05

Permitted Withdrawals From Custodial Account

21

Section 2.06

Establishment of and Deposits to Escrow Account

22

Section 2.07

Permitted Withdrawals From Escrow Account

23

Section 2.08

Payment of Taxes, Insurance and Other Charges

24

Section 2.09

Protection of Accounts

24

Section 2.10

Maintenance of Hazard Insurance

25

Section 2.11

Maintenance of Mortgage Impairment Insurance

26

Section 2.12

Maintenance of Fidelity Bond and Errors and Omissions Insurance

27

Section 2.13

Inspections

27

Section 2.14

Restoration of Mortgaged Property

27

Section 2.15

Title, Management and Disposition of REO Property

28

Section 2.16

Costs and Expenses

29

Section 2.17

[Reserved]

29

Section 2.18

[Reserved]

29

Section 2.19

[Reserved]

29

Section 2.20

Notification of Adjustments

29

Section 2.21

Recordation of Assignments of Mortgage

30

Section 2.22

[Reserved]

30

Section 2.23

Credit Reporting

30

Section 2.24

Superior Liens

30

Section 2.25

Prepayments in Full

31

Section 2.26

Tax and Flood Service Contracts

31

Section 2.27

Maintenance of PMI Policies and LPMI Policies; Collections Thereunder

31

Section 2.28

Obligations of the Owner and the Servicer Related to Servicing Transfers

32

Section 2.29

Reliability of Information/Exceptional Expenses

34

Section 2.30

Escrow Obligations

34

Section 2.31

[Reserved]

34

Section 2.32

Additional Activities of the Servicer

34

 

 

 

ARTICLE III PAYMENTS; REPORTS

36

 

 

 

Section 3.01

Remittances

36

 

i



 

Section 3.02

Monthly Reports to the Owner

36

Section 3.03

Advances by Servicer

37

Section 3.04

Cost of Funds

37

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV GENERAL SERVICING PROCEDURES

38

 

 

Section 4.01

Transfers of Mortgaged Property

38

Section 4.02

Satisfaction of Mortgages and Release of Mortgage Files

39

Section 4.03

Servicing Compensation

39

Section 4.04

Annual Statement as to Compliance

41

Section 4.05

Annual Independent Public Accountants’ Servicing Report

41

Section 4.06

[Reserved]

42

Section 4.07

Right to Examine Servicer Records

42

Section 4.08

Compliance with Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999

42

Section 4.09

On-Line Access

42

Section 4.10

[Reserved]

43

Section 4.11

Use of Subservicers

43

 

 

 

ARTICLE V SERVICER TO COOPERATE

44

 

 

Section 5.01

Provision of Information

44

Section 5.02

Financial Statements; Servicing Facilities

44

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI TERMINATION

45

 

 

Section 6.01

Termination

45

Section 6.02

Transfer of Servicing

46

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII BOOKS AND RECORDS

49

 

 

Section 7.01

Possession of Servicing Files Prior to the Related Servicing Transfer Date

49

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII INDEMNIFICATION AND ASSIGNMENT

50

 

 

Section 8.01

Indemnification; Remedies

50

Section 8.02

Limitation on Liability of Servicer and Others

52

Section 8.03

Limitation on Resignation and Assignment by Servicer

52

Section 8.04

Assignment by Owner

53

Section 8.05

Merger or Consolidation of the Servicer

53

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF OWNER

54

 

 

Section 9.01

Organization and Good Standing; Licensing

54

Section 9.02

Authorization; Binding Obligations

54

Section 9.03

No Consent Required

54

Section 9.04

No Violations

54

Section 9.05

Litigation

54

 

 

 

ARTICLE X REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SERVICER

56

 

 

Section 10.01

Due Organization and Authority

56

Section 10.02

Ordinary Course of Business

56

 

ii



 

Section 10.03

No Conflicts

56

Section 10.04

Ability to Service

56

Section 10.05

Ability to Perform

57

Section 10.06

No Litigation Pending

57

Section 10.07

No Consent Required

57

Section 10.08

No Untrue Information

57

Section 10.09

[Reserved]

57

Section 10.10

MERS

57

 

 

 

ARTICLE XI DEFAULT

59

 

 

 

Section 11.01

Events of Default

59

Section 11.02

Waiver of Defaults

60

 

 

 

ARTICLE XII CLOSING

61

 

 

 

Section 12.01

Closing Documents

61

 

 

 

ARTICLE XIII MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

62

 

 

Section 13.01

Notices

62

Section 13.02

Waivers

62

Section 13.03

Entire Agreement; Amendment

63

Section 13.04

Execution; Binding Effect

63

Section 13.05

Headings

63

Section 13.06

Applicable Law

63

Section 13.07

Relationship of Parties

63

Section 13.08

Severability of Provisions

64

Section 13.09

Recordation of Assignments of Mortgage

64

Section 13.10

Exhibits

64

Section 13.11

Counterparts

64

Section 13.12

Cooperation of Servicer with a Reconstitution

64

Section 13.13

Trademarks

66

Section 13.14

Confidentiality of Information

67

Section 13.15

[Reserved]

67

Section 13.16

WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY

67

Section 13.17

LIMITATION OF DAMAGES

67

Section 13.18

SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVERS

67

 

iii



 

EXHIBITS

 

EXHIBIT 1

FORM OF REPORTS

EXHIBIT 2

FORM OF CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT CERTIFICATION

EXHIBIT 3

FORM OF CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT LETTER AGREEMENT

EXHIBIT 4

FORM OF ESCROW ACCOUNT CERTIFICATION

EXHIBIT 5

FORM OF ESCROW ACCOUNT LETTER AGREEMENT

EXHIBIT 6

 

EXHIBIT 7

FORM OF OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE

EXHIBIT 8

MORTGAGE LOAN DOCUMENTS

EXHIBIT 9

 

EXHIBIT 10

FORM OF POWER OF ATTORNEY

EXHIBIT 11

HELLO AND GOODBYE LETTER FORMS

EXHIBIT 12

[RESERVED]

EXHIBIT 13

 

EXHIBIT 14

TERM SHEET

EXHIBIT 15

[RESERVED]

EXHIBIT 16

NOTICE OF TRANSFER OF MORTGAGE LOANS

EXHIBIT 17

DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY MATRIX

 

iv



 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

FLOW SERVICING AGREEMENT

 

This Second Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement (this “ Servicing Agreement ”) is entered into as of August 1, 2008, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Servicer ”), and PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund Investors., LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Owner ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Servicer is in the business of servicing residential mortgage loans similar to the Mortgage Loans; and

 

WHEREAS, the Owner may from time to time desire that some or all of the Mortgage Loans be serviced pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and the Servicer has agreed to service and administer the Mortgage Loans that become subject to this Agreement, and the parties desire to provide the terms and conditions of such servicing by the Servicer.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and agreements set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and the sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1



 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.01           Definitions .

 

The following terms are defined as follows:

 

Accepted Servicing Practices : With respect to any Mortgage Loan (including any related REO Property), each of those mortgage servicing practices (including collection procedures) of prudent mortgage lending institutions which service mortgage loans of the same type as such Mortgage Loan in the jurisdiction where the related Mortgaged Property is located, which servicing practices (i) are in compliance with all federal, state and local laws and regulations, (ii) shall be in accordance with the Servicer’s policies and procedures as amended from time to time for mortgage loans of the same type, (iii) are in accordance with the terms of the related Mortgage and Mortgage Note and (iv) are at a minimum based on the requirements set forth from time to time by Fannie Mae.

 

Actual/Actual Basis : Remittance to the Owner or its designee which requires the Servicer to remit to the Owner or such designee the actual interest and actual principal collected from each Mortgagor.

 

Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan : A Mortgage Loan which provides for the adjustment of the Mortgage Interest Rate payable in respect thereto.

 

Affiliate : With respect to any specified Person, any other Person controlling or controlled by or under common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

Ancillary Income : All income derived from the Mortgage Loans (other than payments or other collections in respect of principal, interest, Escrow Payments and Prepayment Penalties attributable to the Mortgage Loans) including, but not limited to, the Servicer’s share of all late charges, all interest received on funds deposited in the Custodial Account or any Escrow Account (subject to applicable law), assumption fees, reconveyance fees, subordination fees, speedpay fees, mortgage pay on the web fees, automatic clearing house fees, demand statement fees, modification fees, if any, fees received with respect to checks on bank drafts returned by the related bank for insufficient funds, assumption fees and other similar types of fees arising from or in connection with any Mortgage Loan to the extent not otherwise payable to the Mortgagor under applicable law or pursuant to the terms of the related Mortgage Note. In no event shall the Servicer be entitled to any Prepayment Penalties.

 

Asset Balance : On any day for any Mortgage Loan, other than a liquidated Mortgage Loan, the total unpaid outstanding principal balance of such Mortgage Loan on such date.

 

2



 

Appraised Value : With respect to any Mortgaged Property, the lesser of (i) the value thereof as determined by an appraisal made for the originator of the Mortgage Loan at the time of origination of the Mortgage Loan and (ii) the purchase price for the related Mortgaged Property paid by the Mortgagor with the proceeds of the Mortgage Loan; provided, however , in the case of a Refinanced Mortgage Loan, such value of the Mortgaged Property is based solely upon the value determined by an appraisal made for the originator of such Refinanced Mortgage Loan at the time of origination of such Refinanced Mortgage Loan.

 

Assignment of Mortgage : An assignment of the Mortgage, notice of transfer or equivalent instrument in recordable form, sufficient under the laws of the jurisdiction wherein the related Mortgaged Property is located to reflect the sale of the Mortgage to the Owner.

 

Best’s : The current Best’s Key Rating Guide.

 

BPO : A broker price opinion.

 

Business Day : Any day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, or (ii) a day on which banking and savings and loan institutions in the States of New York or California are authorized or obligated by law or executive authority to be closed.

 

Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio or CLTV : With respect to any Second Lien Mortgage Loan, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Second Lien Mortgage Loan plus the outstanding principal amount of the related First Lien Mortgage Loan to the lesser of (a) the appraised value of the Mortgaged Property at origination or (b) if such Second Lien Mortgage Loan was made to finance part of the acquisition of the related Mortgaged Property, the purchase price of the Mortgaged Property.

 

Code : The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Commission : The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.

 

Condemnation Proceeds : All awards or settlements in respect of a Mortgaged Property, whether permanent or temporary, partial or entire, by exercise of the power of eminent domain or condemnation, to the extent not required to be released to a Mortgagor in accordance with the terms of the related Mortgage Loan Documents.

 

Cost of Funds : The amount payable by the Owner to the Servicer pursuant to Section 3.04, which amount shall be equal to one-twelfth of the product of (x) the average daily balance of Servicing Advances and (y) the sum of (i) the Cost of Funds Index plus 0 basis points.

 

Cost of Funds Index : A per annum rate equal to the London interbank offered rate for one-month United States dollar deposits as such rate appears, in The Wall Street Journal , as of the first Business Day of such calendar month. If the rate above is unavailable, the Servicer shall select a comparable source mutually agreeable to the Servicer and the Owner from which to determine such rate.

 

3



 

Custodial Account : The separate trust account or accounts created and maintained pursuant to Section 2.04 at a Qualified Depository.

 

Custodial Agreement : The agreement governing the retention of the originals of each Mortgage Note, Mortgage, Assignment of Mortgage and other Mortgage Loan Documents.

 

Custodian : The custodian of the Mortgage Loan Documents as specified under the related Custodial Agreement.

 

Cut-off Date : The date set forth in the related Purchase Agreement, if applicable.

 

Determination Date : The last day of the month preceding the related Remittance Date.

 

Distribution Date : No later than two (2) Business Days following receipt of funds.

 

Due Date : The day of the month on which the Monthly Payment is due on a Mortgage Loan, exclusive of any days of grace.

 

Due Period : With respect to amounts collected by the Servicer and required to be remitted to the Owner (or as otherwise directed in writing by the Owner) on each Remittance Date, the period commencing on the first day of the month and ending on the last day of the month preceding the month of the Remittance Date.

 

Eligible Investments : Any one or more of the obligations or securities listed below, acquired at a purchase price of not greater than par which investment provides for a date of maturity not later than one day prior to the Remittance Date in each month (or such other date as permitted under this Servicing Agreement):

 

(i)             direct obligations of, and obligations fully guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by, the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof, provided such the obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America (“ Direct Obligations ”);

 

(ii)            (A) federal funds, demand and time deposits in, certificates of deposits of, or bankers’ acceptances issued by, any depository institution or trust company (including U.S. subsidiaries of foreign depositories) incorporated or organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof and subject to supervision and examination by federal and/or state authorities, so long as at the time of such investment or the contractual commitment providing for such investment, such depository institution or trust company has a short-term uninsured debt rating in the highest available rating category of Moody’s and S&P and provided that each such investment has an original maturity of no more than 365 days; and (B) any other demand or time deposit or deposit which is fully insured by the FDIC;

 

4



 

(iii)           repurchase obligations with a term not to exceed 30 days with respect to any security described in clause (i) above and entered into with a depository institution or trust company (acting as principal) rated A-1+ or higher by S&P, and A2 or higher by Moody’s, provided, however, that collateral transferred pursuant to such repurchase obligation must be of the type described in clause (i) above and must (A) be valued daily at current market prices plus accrued interest, (B) pursuant to such valuation, be equal, at all times, to 105% of the cash transferred by a party in exchange for such collateral and (C) be delivered to such party or, if such party is supplying the collateral, an agent for such party, in such a manner as to accomplish perfection of a security interest in the collateral by possession of certificated securities;

 

(iv)           securities bearing interest or sold at a discount issued by any corporation incorporated under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof which have a credit rating from each Rating Agency, that rates such securities in its highest long-term unsecured rating categories at the time of investment or the contractual commitment providing for such investment;

 

(v)            commercial paper (including both non interest bearing discount obligations and interest bearing obligations payable on demand or on a specified date not more than thirty (30) days after the date of issuance thereof) that is rated by each Rating Agency that rates such securities in its highest short term rating category available at the time of such investment;

 

(vi)           certificates or receipts representing direct ownership interests in future interest or principal payments on obligations of the United States of America or its agencies or instrumentalities (which obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America) held by a custodian in safekeeping on behalf of the holders of such receipts; and

 

(vii)          any other demand, money market, common trust fund or time deposit or obligation, or interest bearing or other security or investment rated in the highest rating category by each Rating Agency;

 

provided, however , that no such instrument shall be an Eligible Investment if such instrument evidences either (i) a right to receive only interest payments with respect to the obligations underlying such instrument, or (ii) both principal and interest payments derived from obligations underlying such instrument and the principal and interest payments with respect to such instrument provide a yield to maturity of greater than 120% of the yield to maturity at par of such underlying obligations.

 

Eligible Mortgage Loan : A mortgage loan that is a fixed-rate or adjustable-rate mortgage loan that is secured by either a 1st lien or 2nd lien Mortgage on a single family ( i.e. , one- to four-unit) residential Mortgaged Property located in any of the 50 states of the United States or in the District of Columbia; provided, however, that such mortgage loan shall not be a High Cost Loan or a HOEPA Loan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Eligible Mortgage Loan

 

5


 

shall be one of the types of mortgage loans that the Servicer currently services on its servicing platform.

 

Errors and Omissions Insurance Policy : An errors and omissions insurance policy to be maintained by the Servicer pursuant to Section 2.12 .

 

Escrow Account : The separate trust account or accounts created and maintained pursuant to Section 2.06 at a Qualified Depository.

 

Escrow Payment : With respect to any Mortgage Loan, the amounts constituting ground rents, taxes, assessments, water rates, sewer rents, municipal charges, mortgage insurance premiums, flood insurance premiums, fire and hazard insurance premiums, condominium charges, and any other payments required to be escrowed by the Mortgagor with the mortgagee pursuant to the related Mortgage or any other document.

 

Event of Default : Any one of the conditions or circumstances enumerated in Section 11.01 .

 

Fannie Mae : The Federal National Mortgage Association, or any successor thereto.

 

Fannie Mae Guides : The Fannie Mae Sellers’ Guide and the Fannie Mae Servicers’ Guide and all amendments or additions thereto.

 

FDIC : The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or any successor thereto.

 

Fidelity Bond : A fidelity bond to be maintained by the Servicer pursuant to Section 2.12.

 

First Lien Mortgage Loan : A Mortgage Loan secured by a Mortgage in first lien position on the related Mortgaged Property.

 

Fitch : Fitch, Inc., or any successor thereto.

 

Fixed-Rate Mortgage Loan : A fixed-rate mortgage loan serviced pursuant to this Servicing Agreement.

 

Flood Zone Service Contract : A transferable contract maintained for a Mortgaged Property with a nationally recognized flood zone service provider for the purpose of obtaining the current flood zone status relating to such Mortgaged Property.

 

Foreclosure Commencement : With respect to any Mortgage Loan, the delivery of the applicable file to the Servicer’s foreclosure counsel for initiation of foreclosure proceedings.

 

Freddie Mac : The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, or any successor thereto.

 

6



 

Gross Margin : With respect to each Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the fixed percentage amount set forth in the related Mortgage Note which amount is added to the Index in accordance with the terms of such Mortgage Note to determine on each Interest Rate Adjustment Date the Mortgage Interest Rate for such Mortgage Loan.

 

High Cost Loan : A Mortgage Loan (a) covered by HOEPA or (b) classified as a “high cost,” “threshold,” “covered,” “predatory” or similar loan under any other applicable state, federal or local law (or a similarly classified loan using different terminology under a law imposing heightened regulatory scrutiny or additional legal liability for residential mortgage loans having high interest rates, points and/or fees).

 

HOEPA : The Federal Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act of 1994, as amended.

 

HOEPA Loan : A Mortgage Loan which (a) is subject to HOEPA or (b) which the Servicer discovers is subject to HOEPA.

 

Index : With respect to each Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the index set forth in the related Mortgage Note.

 

Insurance Proceeds : With respect to each Mortgage Loan, proceeds of insurance policies insuring such Mortgage Loan or the related Mortgaged Property.

 

Interest Rate Adjustment Date : With respect to each Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the date specified in the related Mortgage Note on which the Mortgage Interest Rate is adjusted.

 

Interim Servicing Period : With respect to any Mortgage Loan, the period commencing on the related Servicing Transfer Date and ending on the Reconstitution Date.

 

Lifetime Rate Cap : With respect to each Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the provision of the related Mortgage Note that provides for an absolute maximum Mortgage Interest Rate thereunder. The Mortgage Interest Rate during the terms of each Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan shall not at any time exceed the Mortgage Interest Rate at the time of origination of such Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan by more than the amount per annum set forth on the Mortgage Loan Schedule.

 

Liquidation Proceeds : Amounts, other than Condemnation Proceeds and Insurance Proceeds, received in connection with the liquidation of a defaulted Mortgage Loan, whether through the sale or assignment of such Mortgage Loan, trustee’s sale, foreclosure sale or otherwise, or the sale of the related Mortgaged Property if the Mortgaged Property is acquired in satisfaction of the Mortgage Loan, other than amounts received following the acquisition of an REO Property pursuant to Section 2.15 and prior to such liquidation.

 

Loan-to-Value Ratio or LTV : With respect to any First Lien Mortgage Loan, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the outstanding principal amount of such First Lien Mortgage Loan to the lesser of (a) the appraised value of the related Mortgaged Property at

 

7



 

origination or (b) if such First Lien Mortgage Loan was made to finance the acquisition of the related Mortgaged Property, the purchase price of such Mortgaged Property.

 

Lender Paid Mortgage Insurance Policy or LPMI Policy : A policy of mortgage guaranty insurance issued by an insurer which meets the requirements of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac in which the owner or servicer of the Mortgage Loan is responsible for the premiums associated with such mortgage insurance policy.

 

MERS : Mortgage Electronic Registration Systems, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, or any successor thereto.

 

MERS Mortgage Loan : Any Mortgage Loan as to which the related Mortgage or Assignment of Mortgage has been recorded in the name of MERS, as agent for the holder from time to time of the Mortgage Note and which is identified as a MERS Mortgage Loan on the related Mortgage Loan Schedule.

 

MERS ®  System : The system of recording transfers of mortgages electronically maintained by MERS.

 

MIN : The Mortgage Identification Number for any MERS Mortgage Loan.

 

MOM Loan : Any Mortgage Loan as to which MERS acts as the mortgagee of record of such Mortgage Loan, solely as nominee for the originator of such Mortgage Loan and its successors and assigns, at the origination thereof.

 

Monthly Payment : The scheduled monthly payment of principal and interest on a Mortgage Loan.

 

Moody’s : Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and any successor thereto.

 

Mortgage : The mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument securing a Mortgage Note, which creates a first or second lien, as applicable, on an unsubordinated estate in fee simple in real property securing such Mortgage Note; except that with respect to real property located in jurisdictions in which the use of leasehold estates for residential properties is a widely accepted practice, the mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument securing the Mortgage Note may secure and create a first or second lien, as applicable, upon a leasehold estate of the Mortgagor.

 

Mortgage File : The items pertaining to a particular Mortgage Loan referred to as the Mortgage File in Exhibit 8 annexed hereto, and any additional documents required to be added to the Mortgage File pursuant to this Servicing Agreement.

 

Mortgage Impairment Insurance Policy : A mortgage impairment or blanket hazard insurance policy as described in Section 2.11 .

 

Mortgage Interest Rate : With respect to each Mortgage Loan, the annual rate of interest borne on the related Mortgage Note.

 

8



 

Mortgage Loan : An individual mortgage loan to be serviced pursuant to this Servicing Agreement, as identified on the Mortgage Loan Schedule, which mortgage loan shall be an Eligible Mortgage Loan and includes without limitation the Mortgage File, the Monthly Payments, Principal Prepayments, Liquidation Proceeds, Condemnation Proceeds, Insurance Proceeds, Servicing Rights and all other rights, benefits, proceeds and obligations arising from or in connection with such mortgage loan, excluding replaced or repurchased mortgage loans.

 

Mortgage Loan Documents : The documents listed on Exhibit 8 attached hereto pertaining to any Mortgage Loan.

 

Mortgage Loan Remittance Rate : With respect to each Mortgage Loan, the annual rate of interest remitted to the Owner (or as otherwise directed in writing by the Owner), which shall be equal to the related Mortgage Interest Rate.

 

Mortgage Loan Schedule : The schedule of Mortgage Loans in substantially the form attached hereto as Schedule 1 to the Notice of Transfer of Mortgage Loans, to be delivered from time to time by the Owner to the Servicer, which schedule shall include, but not be limited to, the following information with respect to each Mortgage Loan:

 

(1)            the name of the Seller and the Seller’s Mortgage Loan identifying number;

 

(2)            the Mortgagor’s name;

 

(3)            the street address of the Mortgaged Property including the city, state and ZIP code;

 

(4)            a code indicating whether the Mortgaged Property is owner-occupied, a second home or investment property;

 

(5)            the number and type of residential units constituting the Mortgaged Property ( i.e., a one-family residence, a two- to four-family residence, a unit in a condominium project or a unit in a planned unit development);

 

(6)            the original months to maturity or the remaining months to maturity from the related Cut-off Date, in any case based on the original amortization schedule and, if different, the maturity expressed in the same manner but based on the actual amortization schedule;

 

(7)            the LTV at origination in the case of a First Lien Mortgage Loan;

 

(8)            the CLTV at origination in the case of a Second Lien Mortgage Loan;

 

(9)            the Mortgage Interest Rate as of the related Cut-off Date;

 

(10)          the date on which the Monthly Payment was due on the Mortgage Loan and, if such date is not consistent with the Due Date currently in effect, such Due Date;

 

(11)          the stated maturity date;

 

(12)          the amount of the Monthly Payment as of the related Cut-off Date;

 

(13)          the last payment date on which a Monthly Payment was actually applied to pay interest and the outstanding principal balance;

 

9



 

(14)          the original principal amount of the Mortgage Loan;

 

(15)          the principal balance of the Mortgage Loan as of the close of business on the related Cut-off Date, after deduction of payments of principal due and collected on or before the related Cut-off Date;

 

(16)          in the case of an Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the next Interest Rate Adjustment Date;

 

(17)          in the case of an Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the Gross Margin;

 

(18)          in the case of an Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the Lifetime Rate Cap under the terms of the Mortgage Note;

 

(19)          in the case of an Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, a code indicating the type of Index;

 

(20)          in the case of an Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the Periodic Rate Cap under the terms of the Mortgage Note;

 

(21)          in the case of an Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the Periodic Rate Floor under the terms of the Mortgage Note;

 

(22)          the type of Mortgage Loan ( i.e. , Fixed-Rate, Adjustable-Rate, First Lien, Second Lien);

 

(23)          a code indicating the purpose of the loan ( i.e. , purchase, rate and term refinance, equity take-out refinance);

 

(24)          a code indicating the related documentation program ( i.e. full, alternative or reduced);

 

(25)          the loan credit classification (as described in the related Underwriting Guidelines);

 

(26)          whether the Mortgage Loan provides for a Prepayment Penalty;

 

(27)          the Prepayment Penalty period of the Mortgage Loan, if applicable;

 

(28)          a description of the Prepayment Penalty, if applicable;

 

(29)          the Mortgage Interest Rate as of origination;

 

(30)          the credit risk score (FICO score) of the related Mortgagor at origination;

 

(31)          the date of origination;

 

(32)          in the case of an Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the Mortgage Interest Rate adjustment period;

 

(33)          in the case of an Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the Mortgage Interest Rate adjustment percentage;

 

(34)          in the case of an Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the Mortgage Interest Rate floor;

 

(35)          the Mortgage Interest Rate calculation method ( i.e ., 30/360, simple interest, other);

 

10



 

(36)          a code indicating whether the Mortgage Loan is assumable;

 

(37)          a code indicating whether the Mortgage Loan has been modified;

 

(38)          the one year payment history;

 

(39)          the Due Date for the first Monthly Payment;

 

(40)          the original Monthly Payment due;

 

(41)          with respect to the related Mortgagor, the debt-to-income ratio;

 

(42)          the Appraised Value of the Mortgaged Property;

 

(43)          the sales price of the Mortgaged Property if the Mortgage Loan was originated in connection with the purchase of the Mortgaged Property;

 

(44)          the MERS identification number;

 

(45)          a code indicating whether the Mortgage Loan has borrower paid, lender paid or deep primary mortgage insurance coverage and, if so, (i) the insurer’s name, (ii) the policy or certification number, (iii) the premium rate and (iv) the coverage percentage;

 

(46)          in the case of a Second Lien Mortgage Loan, the outstanding principal balance of the superior lien;

 

(47)          a code indicating whether the Mortgage Loan is a HOEPA Loan;

 

(48)          a code indicating whether the Mortgage Loan is a High Cost Loan;

 

(49)          a code indicating whether the Mortgage Loan is a subject to a buydown;

 

(50)          flood zone and flood insurance coverage information with respect to the Mortgage Loan (to the extent known by the Owner);

 

(51)          whether the Mortgage Loan is subject to a repurchase agreement;

 

(52)          if the Mortgage Loan is subject to a repurchase agreement, the name of the counterparty; and

 

(53)          in the case of a negative amortization Mortgage Loan, the next payment adjustment date and the maximum negative amortization.

 

With respect to the Mortgage Loans in the aggregate, the Mortgage Loan Schedule shall set forth the following information, as of the related Cut-off Date:

 

(a)            the number of Mortgage Loans;

 

(b)            the current aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Mortgage Loans;

 

(c)            the weighted average Mortgage Interest Rate of the Mortgage Loans; and

 

(d)            the weighted average maturity of the Mortgage Loans.

 

Mortgage Note : The note or other evidence of the indebtedness of a Mortgagor under a Mortgage Loan secured by a Mortgage.

 

11



 

Mortgaged Property : The real property (or leasehold estate, if applicable) securing repayment of the debt evidenced by a Mortgage Note.

 

Mortgagor : The obligor on a Mortgage Note.

 

Nonrecoverable Advance : Any Servicing Advance previously made or proposed to be made in respect of a Mortgage Loan or REO Property which, in the good faith judgment of the Servicer, will not or, in the case of a proposed advance, would not, be ultimately recoverable from related Insurance Proceeds, Liquidation Proceeds or otherwise from such Mortgage Loan or REO Property. The determination by the Servicer that it has made a Nonrecoverable Advance or that any proposed Servicing Advance or advance of principal and interest, if made, would constitute a Nonrecoverable Advance shall be evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Owner.

 

Notice of Transfer of Mortgage Loans : A written instrument substantially in the form of Exhibit 16 hereto whereby the Owner notifies the Servicer of the addition of the Mortgage Loans specified therein to the coverage of this Servicing Agreement.

 

Officer’s Certificate : A certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board or the Vice Chairman of the Board or a President or Vice President or the Treasurer or the Secretary or one of the Assistant Treasurers or Assistant Secretaries of the Servicer, and delivered to the Owner.

 

Opinion of Counsel : A written opinion of counsel, who may be counsel for the Servicer, reasonably acceptable to the Owner; provided, however , that any Opinion of Counsel relating to the qualification of any account required to be maintained pursuant to this Servicing Agreement at a Qualified Depository must be (unless otherwise stated in such Opinion of Counsel) an opinion of counsel who (i) is in fact independent of the Servicer, (ii) does not have any material direct or indirect financial interest in the related Servicer or is an Affiliate of either of them and (iii) is not connected with the Servicer as an officer, employee, director or person performing similar functions.

 

Originator : With respect to a Mortgage Loan, the originator of such Mortgage Loan.

 

Other Fees : With respect to each Mortgage Loan, those fees set forth in Exhibit 14 for the specific services described therein.

 

PennyMac Property Preservation Program: The proprietary property preservation programs designed by PNMAC Capital Management, LLC to modify and enhance the value of Mortgage Loans or mitigate losses to Mortgage Loans, as amended from time to time, and presented to the Servicer by the program technology and other documentation administered and provided by PNMAC.

 

Periodic Rate Cap : With respect to each Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the provision of the Mortgage Note which provides for an absolute maximum amount by which the Mortgage Interest Rate specified therein may increase on an Interest Rate Adjustment Date above the Mortgage Interest Rate previously in effect.

 

12



 

Periodic Rate Floor : With respect to each Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the provision of the related Mortgage Note which provides for an absolute maximum amount by which the related Mortgage Interest Rate may decrease on an Interest Rate Adjustment Date below the Mortgage Interest Rate previously in effect.

 

Person : Any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

PMI Policy : A policy of primary mortgage guaranty insurance issued by a Qualified Insurer.

 

Prepayment Penalty : Any prepayment premium, penalty or charge collected by the Servicer with respect to a Mortgage Loan from a Mortgagor in connection with any Principal Prepayment pursuant to the terms of such Mortgage Loan.

 

Prime Rate : The prime rate in effect from time to time as published as the average rate in The Wall Street Journal (Northeast edition).

 

Principal Prepayment : Any payment or other recovery of principal on a Mortgage Loan which is received in advance of its scheduled Due Date, including any Prepayment Penalty thereon, and which is not accompanied by an amount of interest representing scheduled interest due on any date or dates in any month or months subsequent to the month of prepayment.

 

Private Securitization Transaction : Any transaction involving either (1) a sale of some or all of the Mortgage Loans directly or indirectly to an entity that issues privately offered, rated mortgage-backed securities or (2) an entity that issues privately offered, rated securities, the payments of which are determined primarily by reference to one or more portfolios of mortgage loans consisting, in whole or in part, of some or all of the Mortgage Loans.

 

Public Securitization Transaction : Any transaction subject to Regulation AB involving either (1) a sale or other transfer of some or all of the Mortgage Loans directly or indirectly to an issuing entity in connection with an issuance of publicly offered, rated mortgage-backed securities or (2) an issuance of publicly offered, rated securities, the payments on which are determined primarily by reference to one or more portfolios of residential mortgage loans consisting, in whole or in part, of some or all of the Mortgage Loans.

 

Purchase Agreement : The agreement pursuant to which the Owner purchased Mortgage Loans from the related Seller, if applicable.

 

Qualified Depository : Either (i) an account or accounts maintained with a federal or state chartered depository institution or trust company the short-term unsecured debt obligations of which (or, in the case of a depository institution or trust company that is the principal subsidiary of a holding company, the short-term unsecured debt obligations of such holding company of which) are rated A-2 by S&P or Prime-2 by Moody’s (or a comparable rating if another rating agency is specified by the Owner by written notice to the Servicer) at the time any amounts are held on deposit therein, (ii) an account or accounts the deposits in which

 

13



 

are fully insured by the FDIC or (iii) a trust account or accounts maintained with a federal or state chartered depository institution or trust company acting in its fiduciary capacity.

 

Qualified Insurer : Any insurer which meets the requirements of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.

 

Rating Agency : Any of Fitch, Moody’s or S&P, or their respective successors, designated by the Owner.

 

Reconstitution : A Whole Loan Transfer, a Private Securitization Transaction or a Public Securitization Transaction, as the case may be.

 

Reconstitution Date : As defined in Section 13.12 hereof.

 

Refinance Mortgage Loan : A Mortgage Loan the proceeds of which were not used to purchase the related Mortgaged Property.

 

Remittance Date : With respect to each Mortgage Loan, no later than the 5th Business Day following the day such amount is received and credited..

 

REO Marketing Fee : With respect to each REO Property being managed by the Servicer, that fee set forth in Exhibit 14 .

 

REO Property : A Mortgaged Property acquired by the Servicer on behalf of the Owner through foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure, as described in Section 2.15 .

 

RESPA : Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, as amended from time to time.

 

S&P : Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto.

 

Second Lien Mortgage Loan : A Mortgage Loan secured by a Mortgage in second lien position on the related Mortgaged Property.

 

Seller : With respect to each Mortgage Loan, the Seller set forth in the related Mortgage Loan Schedule, if applicable.

 

Service Release Fee : With respect to each Mortgage Loan, the fee set forth in Exhibit 14 hereto payable by the Owner to the Servicer upon the release of such Mortgage Loan from the Servicer’s loan administration system; provided, however, that no such fee shall be payable by the Owner if the Mortgage Loan is transferred (i) to the Servicer or an Affiliate of the Servicer or (ii) pursuant to an Event of Default.

 

Servicer : PennyMac Loan Services, LLC or its successor in interest or any permitted assignee or designee of under this Servicing Agreement as herein provided and as defined in Section 5.02(b) . Unless the context requires otherwise, all references to “Servicer” in this Servicing Agreement shall be deemed to include such Servicer’s successors in interest or permitted assignees or designees.

 

14



 

Servicer Employees : As defined in Section 2.12 .

 

Servicing Advances : All customary, reasonable and necessary “out of pocket” costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred (regardless if any such advance is not, in the reasonable determination of the Servicer, a Nonrecoverable Servicing Advance when made but, thereafter, becomes a Nonrecoverable Servicing Advance) in the performance by the Servicer of its servicing obligations, including, but not limited to, the cost of (a) the preservation, restoration and protection of the Mortgaged Property or REO Property, (b) any fees relating to any enforcement or judicial proceedings, excluding foreclosures, (c) amounts advanced to correct defaults on any mortgage loan which is senior to the Mortgage Loan and amounts advanced to keep current or pay off a mortgage loan that is senior to the Mortgage Loan, (d) any appraisals, valuations, broker price opinions, inspections, or environmental assessments, (e) the management and liquidation of the Mortgaged Property if the Mortgaged Property is acquired in satisfaction of the Mortgage, (f) taxes, assessments, water rates, sewer rents, mortgage insurance premiums, fire and hazard insurance premiums, flood insurance premiums and other charges which are or may become a lien upon the Mortgaged Property, and (g) executing and recording instruments of satisfaction, deeds of reconveyance.

 

Servicing Fee : With respect to each Mortgage Loan, that fee set forth in Exhibit 14 hereto Servicer shall be entitled to the Servicing Fee applicable to foreclosures (as set forth in Exhibit 14 ) through and including the month following the filing of the claim. The Servicing Fee shall be based on the number of Mortgage Loans serviced and their delinquency status as of the last calendar day of the prior month. Effective with the August 1, 2010 renewal: (a) the Servicer shall be entitled to receive the pro rata portion of the monthly Servicing Fee for each new Mortgage Loan commencing on the settlement date for such Mortgage Loan; and (b). with respect to each Mortgage Loan released from servicing, Servicer shall be entitled to receive the pro rata portion of the monthly Servicing Fee based on the applicable release date. Servicer shall pay any interim servicing fees, if applicable.

 

Servicing File : With respect to each Mortgage Loan, the file retained by the Servicer consisting of originals, if provided, or copies of all documents in the related Mortgage File which are not delivered to the Owner, its designee or the Custodian and copies of the related Mortgage Loan Documents.

 

Servicing Officer : Any officer of the Servicer involved in or responsible for, the administration and servicing of the Mortgage Loans whose name appears on a list of servicing officers that is required to be furnished by the Servicer to the Owner, as such list may from time to time be amended.

 

Servicing Rights : Any and all of the following: (a) any and all rights to service the Mortgage Loans; (b) any payments to or monies received by the Servicer for servicing the Mortgage Loans; (c) any Ancillary Income with respect to the Mortgage Loans; (d) all agreements or documents creating, defining or evidencing any such servicing rights to the extent they relate to such servicing rights and all rights of the Servicer thereunder; (e) any and all rights to and in the Escrow Payments or other similar payments with respect to the Mortgage Loans and any amounts actually collected by the Servicer with respect thereto; (f) all accounts and other rights to payment related to any of the property described in this paragraph; and (g) any and all

 

15


 

documents, files, records, servicing files, servicing documents, servicing records, data tapes, computer records, or other information pertaining to the Mortgage Loans or pertaining to the past, present or prospective servicing of the Mortgage Loans.

 

Servicing Transfer Date : The date on which the Servicer begins servicing the related Mortgage Loans pursuant to this Servicing Agreement.

 

Special Deposit Account : An account which the Owner and the Servicer agree shall be a special deposit account for the benefit of the Owner under applicable law.

 

Stated Principal Balance : With respect to each Mortgage Loan as of any date of determination, (i) the unpaid principal balance of the Mortgage Loan at the related Cut-off Date after giving effect to payments of principal collected on or before such date, minus (ii) all amounts previously distributed to the Owner with respect to such Mortgage Loan representing payments or recoveries of principal or advances in lieu thereof.

 

Subservicer : Any Person that services Mortgage Loans on behalf of the Servicer or any Subservicer and is responsible for the performance (whether directly or through Subservicers) of a substantial portion of the material servicing functions required to be performed by the Servicer under this Servicing Agreement.

 

Tax Service Contract : A life of loan tax service contract maintained for a Mortgaged Property with a tax service provider for the purpose of obtaining current information from local taxing authorities relating to such Mortgaged Property.

 

Transfer Date : With respect to a Mortgage Loan, the date on which the physical servicing of such Mortgage Loan is transferred from the Servicer pursuant to this Servicing Agreement to a successor servicer.

 

Underwriting Guidelines : The underwriting guidelines of the applicable Originator, as identified or specified in the related Purchase Agreement, if applicable.

 

Whole Loan Transfer : The sale or transfer by Owner of some or all of the Mortgage Loans in a whole loan or participation format other than a Private Securitization Transaction or a Public Securitization Transaction.

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

16



 

ARTICLE II

 

SERVICING

 

Section 2.01                  Servicer to Act as Servicer .

 

In accordance with and subject to the Delegation of Authority Matrix attached as Exhibit 17 hereto, the Owner shall delegate authority to the Servicer to carry out the Servicer’s servicing and administration duties without obtaining the Owner’s prior written approval.

 

Consistent with the terms of this Servicing Agreement, the PennyMac Property Preservation Program, and Accepted Servicing Practices, the Servicer may (i) waive any late payment charge or, if applicable, any penalty interest, or (ii) extend the due dates for the Monthly Payments due on a Mortgage Note, or waive, in whole or in part, a Prepayment Penalty. Unless in compliance with the PennyMac Property Preservation Program, the terms of any Mortgage Loan may only be modified, varied or forgiven with the prior written consent of the Owner while the Mortgage Loan remains outstanding. The Servicer’s analysis supporting any forbearance and the conclusion that any forbearance meets the standards of this section shall be reflected in writing or electronically in the Servicing File. The Servicer is hereby authorized and empowered to execute and deliver on behalf of itself and the Owner, all instruments of satisfaction or cancellation, or of partial or full release, discharge and all other comparable instruments, with respect to the Mortgage Loans and with respect to the Mortgaged Properties. If reasonably required by the Servicer, the Owner shall furnish the Servicer with a fully executed Power of Attorney and other documents necessary or appropriate to enable the Servicer to carry out its servicing and administrative duties under this Servicing Agreement. The Servicer may request the consent of the Owner in writing by certified mail, overnight courier or such other means as may be agreed to by the parties to a course of action that the Servicer proposes to take under this Servicing Agreement. Unless the Owner shall give written notice to the Servicer that it objects to any recommended course of action within ten (10) Business Days immediately following the day on which the Owner received the Servicer’s written consent request (together with its recommended course of action and relevant supporting documentation), the Owner shall be deemed to have consented to such recommended course of action, and Servicer may take the action recommended to the Owner, unless the Servicer determines, in its reasonable discretion, that such action is no longer prudent or applicable and the Servicer notifies the Owner of such decision not to act. In the event that the Owner shall object to the Servicer’s recommended course of action, Servicer shall take such action as is required by the Owner, and the Servicer shall have no liability therefor if it is not negligent in performing such action. Further, to the extent the Servicer has provided the Owner with reasonably timely notice, the Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Servicer from and against any penalty, fine or damages that may result from the Owner’s decision to wait for any period of time up to ten (10) Business Days before providing Servicer with direction as to the course of action to be taken as permitted in the second immediately preceding sentence. In addition, except in accord with the PennyMac Property Preservation Program, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Servicer may not waive any Prepayment Penalty or portion thereof required by the terms of the related Mortgage Note unless (i) the Servicer determines that such waiver would maximize recovery of Liquidation Proceeds for such Mortgage Loan, taking into account the value of such Prepayment Penalty and such Mortgage Loan, and the waiver of such Prepayment Penalty is standard and customary in

 

17



 

servicing similar Mortgage Loans (including the waiver of a Prepayment Penalty in connection with a refinancing of the Mortgage Loan related to a default or a reasonably foreseeable default) or (ii) the enforceability thereof is limited (1) by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, receivership or other similar laws relating to creditor’s rights or (2) due to acceleration in connection with a foreclosure or other involuntary payment, or (iii) in the Servicer’s reasonable judgment, (1) the waiver of such prepayment penalty relates to a default or a reasonably foreseeable default, (2) such waiver would maximize recovery of total proceeds taking into account the value of such Prepayment Penalty and such Mortgage Loan and (3) such waiver is standard and customary in servicing similar mortgage loans similar to such Mortgage Loan (including any waiver of a prepayment penalty in connection with a refinancing of a Mortgage Loan that is related to a default or a reasonably foreseeable default). In no event will the Servicer waive a Prepayment Penalty in connection with a refinancing of a Mortgage Loan that is not related to a default or a reasonably foreseeable default. In servicing and administering the Mortgage Loans, the Servicer shall employ procedures (including collection procedures) and exercise the same care that it customarily employs and exercises in servicing and administering mortgage loans for its own account, where such procedures do not conflict with the requirements of this Servicing Agreement, and the Owner’s reliance on the Servicer. In addition, the Servicer shall retain adequate personnel to effect such servicing and administration of the Mortgage Loans. Servicer shall have no obligation to collect a Prepayment Penalty with respect to a Mortgage Loan unless the Servicer is provided with such information electronically; provided, however , that the Servicer shall compare the Notice of Transfer of Mortgage Loans provided by the Owner and any electronic data regarding the Mortgage Loans provided by the previous servicer of such Mortgage Loans and provide the Owner with prompt written notice of any discrepancies with respect to information regarding Prepayment Penalties.

 

The Owner may sell and transfer, in whole or in part, some or all of the Mortgage Loans at any time and from time to time (including, without limitation, in connection with a Private Securitization Transaction or a Public Securitization Transaction). Upon such execution, the Servicer shall mark its books and records to reflect the ownership of the Mortgage Loans by such transferee.

 

The Servicer shall notify MERS of the ownership interest of Owner in each MOM Loan. At any time during the term of this Servicing Agreement, Owner may direct the Servicer to cause any MOM Loan to be deactivated from the MERS System.

 

The Servicing File maintained by the Servicer pursuant to this Servicing Agreement shall be appropriately marked and identified in the Servicer’s computer system to clearly reflect the ownership of the related Mortgage Loan by the Owner. The Servicer shall release from its custody the contents of any Servicing File maintained by it only in accordance with this Servicing Agreement.

 

The Servicer shall be responsible for the actions of any vendors which the Servicer utilizes to carry out its obligations hereunder and any fees paid to such vendors shall be paid by the Servicer from its own funds.

 

18



 

Section 2.02                  Liquidation of Mortgage Loans .

 

In the event that any payment due under any Mortgage Loan and not postponed pursuant to Section 2.01 is not paid when the same becomes due and payable, or in the event the Mortgagor fails to perform any other covenant or obligation under the Mortgage Loan and such failure continues beyond any applicable grace period, the Servicer shall take such action as the Servicer shall determine reasonably to be in the best interest of the Owner in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices. In the event that any payment due under any Mortgage Loan is not postponed pursuant to Section 2.01 and remains delinquent for a period of ninety (90) days or any other default continues for a period of ninety (90) days beyond the expiration of any grace or cure period (or such other period as is required by law in the jurisdiction where the related Mortgaged Property is located) or earlier as determined by the Servicer, the Servicer is granted authority to effect Foreclosure Commencement in accordance with and subject to Exhibit 17 hereto and Accepted Servicing Practices. In such connection, the Servicer shall, acting in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices, advance on behalf of the Owner such funds as are necessary and proper in connection with any foreclosure or towards the restoration or preservation of any Mortgaged Property. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Servicing Advance shall be required to be made hereunder if such Servicing Advance would, if made, constitute a Nonrecoverable Advance. The determination by the Servicer that it has made a Nonrecoverable Advance or that any proposed Servicing Advance would constitute a Nonrecoverable Advance shall be evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate of the Servicer, delivered to the Owner, which details the reasons for such determination.

 

The Servicer acknowledges and agrees that it shall take and initiate any legal actions with respect to any Mortgage Loans and REO Properties, including, without limitation, any foreclosure actions, acceptance of deeds in lieu of foreclosure, and any collection actions with respect to any Mortgage Loans or REO Properties on behalf of the Owner, but only in the name of the Servicer or its nominee and without reference to the Owner. Except as otherwise required by law or with the consent of the Owner, under no circumstances shall any such action be taken in the name of, or with any reference to, the Owner. The Servicer shall provide prior written notice to the Owner, if the Servicer is required by applicable law to take any legal actions with respect to the Mortgage Loan or REO Properties in the name of, or with reference to, the Owner.

 

Section 2.03                  Collection of Mortgage Loan Payments .

 

Continuously from the related Servicing Transfer Date until the principal and interest on all Mortgage Loans are paid in full (unless otherwise provided herein), the Servicer shall proceed diligently to collect all payments due under each of the Mortgage Loans when the same shall become due and payable and shall take special care in ascertaining and estimating Escrow Payments, to the extent applicable, and all other charges that will become due and payable with respect to the Mortgage Loans and each related Mortgaged Property, to the end that the installments payable by the Mortgagors will be sufficient to pay such charges as and when they become due and payable. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Servicer shall not be required to institute or join in litigation with respect to collection of any payment (whether under a Mortgage, Mortgage Note, PMI Policy or otherwise or against any public or governmental authority with respect to a taking or condemnation) if in its reasonable judgment it

 

19



 

believes that it will be unable to enforce the provision of the Mortgage or other instrument pursuant to which payment is required. Further, the Servicer shall take special care in ascertaining and estimating annual ground rents, taxes, assessments, water rates, flood insurance premiums, fire and hazard insurance premiums, mortgage insurance premiums, and all other charges that, as provided in the Mortgage, will become due and payable to the end that the installments payable by the Mortgagors will be sufficient to pay such charges as and when they become due and payable.

 

Section 2.04                  Establishment of and Deposits to Custodial Account .

 

The Servicer shall segregate and hold all funds collected and received pursuant to each Mortgage Loan separate and apart from any of its own funds and general assets and shall establish one or more Custodial Accounts, in the form of time deposit or demand accounts, titled “ PNMAC Loan Svc LLC ITF PNMAC Mtg Opp Inv LLC ttee and/or bailee for PNMAC LLC and/or pmnts of var mtgrs and/or other owners of int in loans- P&I ” The Custodial Account shall be established with a Qualified Depository acceptable to the Owner as a Special Deposit Account. Any funds deposited in the Custodial Account shall at all times be fully insured to the full extent permitted by the FDIC and any amounts therein may be invested in Eligible Investments. The creation of any Custodial Account shall be evidenced by a certification in the form of Exhibit 2 hereto, in the case of an account established with the Servicer (provided the Servicer qualifies as a Qualified Depository), or by a letter agreement in the form of Exhibit 3 hereto, in the case of an account held by a depository other than the Servicer. A copy of such certification or letter agreement shall be furnished to the Owner on or prior to the execution of this Servicing Agreement.

 

The Servicer shall deposit in the Custodial Account on a daily basis, and retain therein, the following collections received by the Servicer (such collections being those received by Servicer within two Business Days prior to actual deposit into the Custodial Account) and payments made by the Servicer subsequent to the Servicing Transfer Date pursuant to this Agreement:

 

(i)            all payments on account of principal on the Mortgage Loans, including all Principal Prepayments;

 

(ii)           all payments on account of interest on the Mortgage adjusted to the Mortgage Loan Remittance Rate;

 

(iii)          all Liquidation Proceeds and any amount received with respect to REO Property;

 

(iv)          all Insurance Proceeds including amounts required to be deposited pursuant to Section 2.10 (other than proceeds to be held in the Escrow Account and applied to the restoration or repair of the Mortgaged Property or released to the Mortgagor in accordance with Section 2.14 ), and Section 2.11 ;

 

(v)           all Condemnation Proceeds affecting any Mortgaged Property that are not applied to the restoration or repair of the Mortgaged Property or released to the Mortgagor in accordance with Section 2.14 ;

 

20



 

(vi)          any amount required to be deposited in the Custodial Account pursuant to Section 2.15, 3.01, or 4.02 ;

 

(vii)         [reserved];

 

(viii)        [reserved];

 

(ix)          any Prepayment Penalties received with respect to any Mortgage Loan; and

 

(x)           any amounts required to be deposited by the Servicer pursuant to Section 2.11 in connection with the deductible clause in any blanket hazard insurance policy. Such deposit shall be made from Servicer’s own funds, without reimbursement therefor.

 

The foregoing requirements for deposit into the Custodial Account shall be exclusive, it being understood and agreed that, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Ancillary Income, Prepayment Penalties and the Owner’s share of all late charges need not be deposited by the Servicer into the Custodial Account. Any interest paid by the depository institution on funds deposited in the Custodial Account shall accrue to the benefit of the Servicer and the Servicer may retain any such interest.

 

Section 2.05                  Permitted Withdrawals From Custodial Account .

 

Subject to Section 3.01 , the Servicer shall be entitled to withdraw funds from the Custodial Account for the following purposes:

 

(i)            to make payments to the Owner (or as otherwise directed by the Owner in writing) in the amounts and in the manner provided in Section 3.01 ;

 

(ii)           [reserved];

 

(iii)          [reserved];

 

(iv)          to reimburse itself for Advances (except to the extent reimbursed pursuant to Section 2.07 ), it being understood that the Servicer’s right to reimburse itself with respect to any Mortgage Loan shall be prior to the rights of the Owner and shall be limited to Liquidation Proceeds, Condemnation Proceeds, Insurance Proceeds and such other amounts as may be collected by the Servicer from the Mortgagor or otherwise relating to the Mortgage Loan;

 

(v)           [reserved];

 

(vi)          following the liquidation of a Mortgage Loan, to reimburse itself for (a) any unpaid Servicing Advances to the extent not recoverable from Liquidation Proceeds, Insurance Proceeds or other amounts received with respect to the related Mortgage Loan

 

21



 

under Section 2.05(iv) plus (b) unreimbursed Nonrecoverable Advances made by the Servicer in accordance with this Agreement;

 

(vii)         to invest funds in Eligible Investments in accordance with Section 2.09 ;

 

(viii)        to withdraw funds deposited in the Custodial Account in error;

 

(ix)          to pay to itself any interest earned on funds deposited in the Custodial Account (all such interest to be withdrawn monthly not later than each Remittance Date);

 

(x)           [reserved];

 

(xi)          [reserved]; and

 

(xii)         to clear and terminate the Custodial Account upon the termination of the Servicing Agreement.

 

The Servicer shall keep and maintain separate accounting, on a Mortgage Loan by Mortgage Loan basis, for the purpose of justifying any withdrawal from the Custodial Account pursuant to such subclauses (iii) - (xi) above. The Servicer shall provide written notification in the form of an Officers’ Certificate to the Owner, on or prior to the next succeeding Remittance Date, upon making any withdrawals from the Custodial Account pursuant to subclause 2.05 (vi)(b) above.

 

Section 2.06                  Establishment of and Deposits to Escrow Account .

 

The Servicer shall segregate and hold all funds collected and received pursuant to a Mortgage Loan constituting Escrow Payments separate and apart from any of its own funds and general assets and shall establish and maintain one or more Escrow Accounts, in the form of time deposit or demand accounts, titled “ PNMAC Loan Svc LLC as agent, ITF ttee and/or bailee for PNMAC LLC and/or pmts of var mtgrs &/or owners of int in lns- T&I ”. The Escrow Account shall be established with a Qualified Depository as a Special Deposit Account. Funds deposited in the Escrow Accounts may be drawn on by the Servicer in accordance with Section 2.07 . The creation of any Escrow Account shall be evidenced by a certification in the form of Exhibit 4 hereto, in the case of an account established with the Servicer (provided the Servicer qualifies as a Qualified Depository), or by a letter agreement in the form of Exhibit 5 hereto, in the case of an account held by a depository other than the Servicer. A copy of such certification shall be furnished to the Owner on or prior to the execution of this Servicing Agreement.

 

The Servicer shall deposit in the Escrow Account or Accounts on a daily basis, and retain therein the following collections received by the Servicer (such collections being those received by Servicer within two Business Days prior to actual deposit into the Escrow Account):

 

(i)            all Escrow Payments collected on account of the Mortgage Loans, for the purpose of effecting timely payment of any such items as required under the terms of this Servicing Agreement; and

 

22



 

(ii)           all amounts representing Insurance Proceeds or Condemnation Proceeds which are to be applied to the restoration or repair of any Mortgaged Property.

 

The Servicer shall make withdrawals from the Escrow Account only to effect such payments as are required under this Servicing Agreement, as set forth in Section 2.07 . Any interest paid on funds deposited in the Escrow Account by the depository institution shall accrue to the benefit of the Servicer, other than interest on escrowed funds required by law to be paid to the Mortgagor. To the extent required by law, the Servicer shall be responsible to pay from its own funds interest on escrowed funds to the Mortgagor notwithstanding that the Escrow Account may be non interest bearing or that interest paid thereon is insufficient for such purposes.

 

Section 2.07                  Permitted Withdrawals From Escrow Account .

 

Withdrawals from the Escrow Account or Accounts may be made by the Servicer only:

 

(i)            to effect timely payments of ground rents, taxes, assessments, water rates, mortgage insurance premiums, condominium charges, flood insurance, fire and hazard insurance, premiums or other items constituting Escrow Payments for the related Mortgage;

 

(ii)           to reimburse the Servicer for any Servicing Advance made by the Servicer pursuant to Section 2.08 with respect to a Mortgage Loan, but only from amounts received on the related Mortgage Loan which represent late payments or collections of Escrow Payments thereunder;

 

(iii)          to refund to any Mortgagor any funds found to be in excess of the amounts required under the terms of the related Mortgage Loan or applicable federal or state law or judicial or administrative ruling;

 

(iv)          for transfer to the Custodial Account in accordance with the terms of the related Mortgage and Mortgage Note or this Servicing Agreement;

 

(v)           for application to restoration or repair of the Mortgaged Property in accordance with the procedures outlined in Section 2.14 ;

 

(vi)          to pay the Servicer, or any Mortgagors to the extent required by law, any interest paid on the funds deposited in the Escrow Account;

 

(vii)         to reimburse itself for any amounts deposited in the Escrow Account in error; and

 

(viii)       to clear and terminate the Escrow Account on the termination of this Servicing Agreement.

 

23



 

Section 2.08                  Payment of Taxes, Insurance and Other Charges .

 

With respect to each First Lien Mortgage Loan that provides for Escrow Payments to be made, the Servicer shall maintain accurate records reflecting the status of ground rents, taxes, assessments, water rates and other charges which are or may become a lien upon the Mortgaged Property and the status of PMI Policy premiums, flood insurance, and fire and hazard insurance coverage and shall obtain, from time to time, all bills for the payment of such charges (including renewal premiums) and shall effect payment thereof prior to the applicable penalty or termination date and at a time appropriate for securing maximum discounts allowable, employing for such purpose deposits of the Mortgagor in the Escrow Account which shall have been estimated and accumulated by the Servicer in amounts sufficient for such purposes, as allowed under the terms of the related Mortgage.

 

To the extent that any First Lien Mortgage Loan does not provide for Escrow Payments, the Servicer shall determine that any such payments are made by the related Mortgagor when due. With respect to each First Lien Mortgage Loan that provides for Escrow Payments, subject to Accepted Servicing Practices, the Servicer assumes full responsibility for the payment of all such bills and shall effect payments of all such bills irrespective of the Mortgagor’s faithful performance in the payment of same or the making of the Escrow Payments and shall make Servicing Advances from its own funds to effect such payments within the time period required to avoid penalties and interest and avoid the loss of the related Mortgaged Property by foreclosure from a tax or other lien. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Servicer reasonably determines that such Servicing Advance would be a Nonrecoverable Advance, Servicer shall have no obligation to make such Servicing Advance. Solely with respect to Mortgage Loans that require escrow payments, if Servicer fails to make a Servicing Advance with respect to any payment prior to the date on which late payment penalties or costs related to protecting the lien accrue, the Servicer shall pay any such penalties or costs which accrued.

 

Section 2.09                  Protection of Accounts .

 

The Servicer may transfer the Custodial Account or the Escrow Account to a different Qualified Depository from time to time. Such transfer shall be made only upon obtaining consent of the Owner, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Servicer shall notify the Owner in writing of any such transfer fifteen (15) Business Days prior to such transfer.

 

Amounts on deposit in the Custodial Account or Escrow Account may at the option of the Servicer be invested in Eligible Investments. Any such Eligible Investment shall mature no later than one day prior to the Remittance Date in each month; provided, however , that if such Eligible Investment is an obligation of a Qualified Depository (other than the Servicer) that maintains the Custodial Account or the Escrow Account, then such Eligible Investment may mature on the related Remittance Date. Any such Eligible Investment shall be made in the name of the Servicer in trust for the benefit of the Owner. All income on or gain realized from any such Eligible Investment shall be for the benefit of the Servicer and may be withdrawn at any time by the Servicer. Any losses incurred in respect of any such investment shall be deposited in the Custodial Account or the Escrow Account, by the Servicer out of its own funds immediately as realized with no right to reimbursement.

 

24



 

Section 2.10                  Maintenance of Hazard Insurance .

 

The Servicer shall cause to be maintained for each First Lien Mortgage Loan, hazard insurance (with extended coverage as is customary in the area where the Mortgaged Property is located) such that all buildings upon the Mortgaged Property are insured by a generally acceptable insurer acceptable under the Fannie Mae Guides against loss by fire, hazards of extended coverage and such other hazards as are required to be insured pursuant to the Fannie Mae Guides, in an amount which is at least equal to the lesser of (i) the maximum insurable value of the improvements securing such Mortgage Loan and (ii) the greater of (a) the outstanding principal balance of the Mortgage Loan or (b) an amount such that the proceeds thereof shall be sufficient to prevent the Mortgagor or the loss payee from becoming a co-insurer.

 

If required by the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 or Flood Disaster Prevention Act of 1973, as amended, each Mortgage Loan is, and shall continue to be, covered by a flood insurance policy meeting the requirements of the current guidelines of the Federal Insurance Administration with a generally acceptable insurance carrier acceptable under the Fannie Mae Guides in an amount representing coverage not less than the lesser of (i) the aggregate unpaid principal balance of the Mortgage Loan, (ii) maximum amount of insurance which is available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 or Flood Disaster Prevention Act of 1973, as amended (regardless of whether the area in which such Mortgaged Property is located is participating in such program), or (iii) the full replacement value of the improvements which are part of such Mortgaged Property. If a Mortgaged Property is located in a special flood hazard area and is not covered by flood insurance or is covered in an amount less than the amount required by the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 or Flood Disaster Prevention Act of 1973, as amended, the Servicer shall notify the related Mortgagor that the Mortgagor must obtain such flood insurance coverage, and if said Mortgagor fails to obtain the required flood insurance coverage within forty-five (45) days after such notification, the Servicer shall immediately force place the required flood insurance on the Mortgagor’s behalf. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Servicer shall have no liability to Owner or any third party for any penalties or fines imposed based on Servicer’s failure to timely notify the Director of FEMA and the flood insurance provider related to a servicing transfer if Servicer is not provided with flood insurance information; provided that, the Servicer shall have promptly provided Owner with notice of such missing flood insurance information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Servicer shall maintain a blanket insurance policy in sufficient amounts to cover any uninsured loss due to any gap in Mortgagor provided coverage.

 

If a First Lien Mortgage Loan is secured by a unit in a condominium project, the Servicer shall verify that the coverage required of the homeowners’ association, including hazard, flood, liability, and fidelity coverage, is being maintained in accordance with then current Fannie Mae requirements, and secure from the homeowners’ association its agreement to notify the Servicer promptly of any change in the insurance coverage or of any condemnation or casualty loss that may have a material effect on the value of the Mortgaged Property as security.

 

The Servicer shall cause to be maintained on each Mortgaged Property such other or additional insurance as may be required pursuant to such applicable laws and regulations as shall at any time be in force and as shall require such additional insurance, or pursuant to the

 

25


 

requirements of any private mortgage guaranty insurer, or as may be required to conform with Accepted Servicing Practices.

 

In the event that the Owner or the Servicer shall determine that the Mortgaged Property should be insured against loss or damage by hazards and risks not covered by the insurance required to be maintained by the Mortgagor pursuant to the terms of the Mortgage, the Servicer shall in accordance with the Fannie Mae Guides make commercially reasonable efforts to communicate and consult with the Mortgagor with respect to the need for such insurance and bring to the Mortgagor’s attention the desirability of protection of the Mortgaged Property.

 

All policies required hereunder shall name the Servicer and its successors and assigns as a mortgagee and loss payee and shall be endorsed with non contributory standard or New York mortgagee clauses which shall provide for at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of any cancellation, reduction in amount or material change in coverage.

 

The Servicer shall not interfere with the Mortgagor’s freedom of choice in selecting either his insurance carrier or agent, provided, however, that the Servicer shall not accept any such insurance policies from insurance companies unless such companies currently reflect a General Policy Rating of A:VI or better under Best’s Key Rating Guides, are acceptable under the Fannie Mae Guides and are licensed to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Mortgaged Property is located. The Servicer shall determine that such policies provide sufficient risk coverage and amounts as required pursuant to the Fannie Mae Guides, that they insure the property owner, and that they properly describe the property address. The Servicer shall furnish to the Mortgagor a formal notice of expiration of any such insurance in sufficient time for the Mortgagor to arrange for renewal coverage by the expiration date; provided, however, that in the event that no such notice is furnished by the Servicer, the Servicer shall ensure that replacement insurance policies are in place in the required coverages and the Servicer shall be solely liable for any losses in the event coverage is not provided.

 

Pursuant to Section 2.04 , any amounts collected by the Servicer under any such policies (other than amounts to be deposited in the Escrow Account and applied to the restoration or repair of the related Mortgaged Property, or property acquired in liquidation of the Mortgage Loan, or to be released to the Mortgagor, in accordance with the Servicer’s normal servicing procedures as specified in Section 2.14 ) shall be deposited in the Custodial Account subject to withdrawal pursuant to Section 2.05 .

 

Section 2.11                  Maintenance of Mortgage Impairment Insurance .

 

In the event that the Servicer shall obtain and maintain a blanket policy insuring against losses arising from flood, fire and hazards covered under extended coverage on all of the Mortgage Loans, then, to the extent such policy provides coverage in an amount equal to the amount required pursuant to Section 2.10 and otherwise complies with all other requirements of Section 2.10 , it shall conclusively be deemed to have satisfied its obligations as set forth in Section 2.10 . Any amounts collected by the Servicer under any such policy relating to a Mortgage Loan shall be deposited in the Custodial Account subject to withdrawal pursuant to Section 2.05 . Such policy may contain a deductible clause, in which case, in the event that there shall not have been maintained on the related Mortgaged Property a policy complying with

 

26



 

Section 2.10 , and there shall have been a loss which would have been covered by such policy, the Servicer shall deposit in the Custodial Account at the time of such loss the amount not otherwise payable under the blanket policy because of such deductible clause, such amount to be deposited from the Servicer’s funds, without reimbursement therefor.

 

Section 2.12                  Maintenance of Fidelity Bond and Errors and Omissions Insurance .

 

The Servicer shall maintain with responsible companies that would meet the requirements of Fannie Mae, at its own expense, a blanket Fidelity Bond and an Errors and Omissions Insurance Policy, with broad coverage on all officers, employees or other persons acting in any capacity requiring such persons to handle funds, money, documents or papers relating to the Mortgage Loans (“ Servicer Employees ”). Any such Fidelity Bond and Errors and Omissions Insurance Policy shall be in the form of the Mortgage Banker’s Blanket Bond and shall protect and insure the Servicer against losses, including forgery, theft, embezzlement, fraud, errors and omissions and negligent acts of such Servicer Employees. Such Fidelity Bond and Errors and Omissions Insurance Policy also shall protect and insure the Servicer against losses in connection with the failure to maintain any insurance policies required pursuant to this agreement and the release or satisfaction of a Mortgage Loan without having obtained payment in full of the indebtedness secured thereby. No provision of this Section 2.12 requiring such Fidelity Bond and Errors and Omissions Insurance Policy shall diminish or relieve the Servicer from its duties and obligations as set forth in this Servicing Agreement. Any such Fidelity Bond and Errors and Omissions Insurance Policy shall be comply with the applicable requirements from time to time of Fannie Mae. Upon request, the Servicer shall cause to be delivered to the Owner a certified true copy of such Fidelity Bond and Errors and Omissions Insurance Policy and shall obtain a statement from the surety and insurer that such Fidelity Bond and Errors and Omissions Insurance Policy shall in no event be terminated or materially modified without thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Owner.

 

Section 2.13                  Inspections .

 

The Servicer shall order an inspection of the Mortgaged Property when the related Mortgage Loan becomes 45 days delinquent and every 30 days thereafter so long as such Mortgage Loan remains delinquent to assure itself that the value of the Mortgaged Property is being preserved. The Servicer shall document on its servicing system each such inspection. The costs of such inspections shall be treated as Servicing Advances for which the Servicer shall be entitled to full reimbursement for in accordance with Section 2.05(iv) .

 

Section 2.14                  Restoration of Mortgaged Property .

 

The Servicer need not obtain the approval of the Owner prior to releasing any Insurance Proceeds or Condemnation Proceeds to the Mortgagor to be applied to the restoration or repair of the Mortgaged Property if such release is in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices and the terms of this Servicing Agreement. At a minimum, the Servicer shall comply with the following conditions in connection with any such release of Insurance Proceeds or Condemnation Proceeds:

 

27



 

(i)            the Servicer shall receive satisfactory independent verification of completion of repairs and issuance of any required approvals with respect thereto;

 

(ii)           the Servicer shall take all steps necessary to preserve the priority of the lien of the Mortgage, including, but not limited to requiring waivers with respect to mechanics’ and materialmen’s liens;

 

(iii)          the Servicer shall verify that the Mortgage Loan is not in default; and

 

(iv)          pending repairs or restoration, the Servicer shall place the Insurance Proceeds or Condemnation Proceeds in the Escrow Account.

 

If the Owner is named as an additional loss payee, the Servicer is hereby empowered to endorse any loss draft issued in respect of such a claim in the name of the Owner.

 

Section 2.15                  Title, Management and Disposition of REO Property .

 

In the event that title to any Mortgaged Property is acquired in foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure, the deed or certificate of sale shall be taken in the name of the Servicer on behalf of the Owner and without reference to the Owner except as otherwise required by law, or in the event the Servicer is not authorized or permitted to hold title to real property in the state where the REO Property is located, or would be adversely affected under the “doing business” or tax laws of such state by so holding title, the deed or certificate of sale shall be taken in the name of such Person(s) as shall be consistent with an Opinion of Counsel obtained by Servicer from an attorney duly licensed to practice law in the state where the REO Property is located. The Person or Persons holding such title other than the Owner shall acknowledge in writing that such title is being held as nominee for the Owner.

 

Upon approval by Owner, the Servicer shall manage, conserve, protect and operate each REO Property for the Owner solely for the purpose of its prompt disposition and sale. In consideration therefor, the Owner shall pay the Servicer the REO Marketing Fee per month as set forth in Exhibit 14 . The Servicer, either itself or through an agent selected by the Servicer, shall manage, conserve, protect and operate the REO Property in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices and in the same manner that similar property in the same locality as the REO Property is managed. The Servicer shall attempt to sell the same (and may temporarily rent the same, except as otherwise provided below) on such terms and conditions as the Servicer deems to be in the best interest of the Owner in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices. The Servicer shall provide the Owner on a monthly basis with a report on the status of each REO Property.

 

In consideration therefor, the Owner shall pay the Servicer the REO Marketing Fee per month as set forth in Exhibit 14 .

 

The Servicer shall also maintain on each REO Property fire and hazard insurance with extended coverage in an amount which is at least equal to the maximum insurable value of the improvements which are a part of such property, liability insurance and, to the extent required and available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 or Flood Disaster Prevention Act of 1973, as amended, flood insurance in the amount required in Section 2.10

 

28



 

hereof. Such costs to maintain appropriate insurance coverage shall be treated as Servicing Advances for which the Servicer shall be entitled to full reimbursement in accordance with Section 2.05(iv) .

 

The disposition of REO Property shall be carried out by the Servicer at such price, and upon such terms and conditions, as the Servicer deems to be in the best interests of the Owner in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices. The proceeds of sale of the REO Property shall be promptly deposited in the Custodial Account pursuant to the terms of this Servicing Agreement but not later than the second Business Day following receipt thereof. As soon as practical thereafter, the expenses of such sale shall be paid and the Servicer shall reimburse itself for any related unreimbursed Servicing Advances and unpaid Servicing Fees made pursuant to this Section.

 

With respect to each REO Property, the Servicer shall segregate and hold all funds collected and received in connection with the operation of the REO Property in the Custodial Account. The Servicer shall cause to be deposited on a daily basis in each Custodial Account all revenues received by Servicer (such revenues being those received by Servicer within two Business Days prior to actual deposit into the Escrow Account) with respect to the conservation and disposition of the related REO Property. Any advances made to maintain appropriate insurance coverage shall be treated as Servicing Advances for which the Servicer shall be entitled to full reimbursement in accordance with Section 2.05(iv) .

 

The Servicer shall furnish to the Owner on a monthly basis the Servicer’s standard REO Report as noted in Section 2.17 .

 

Section 2.16                  Costs and Expenses .

 

Owner will be responsible for all losses including but not limited to unrecoverable interest, “out-of-pocket” costs and expenses from either the Mortgagor or Investor that are normal and customary that occur as the result of normal business activity associated with owning the loans. Notwithstanding the above, Owner shall not be responsible for any losses which are the result of Servicer’s failure to provide subservicing consistent with the terms of this Servicing Agreement. Owner shall also be responsible for any losses caused by fraudulent acts by third parties (other than third parties hired by the Servicer) and are not the result of Servicer’s gross negligence.

 

Section 2.17                  [Reserved].

 

Section 2.18                  [Reserved].

 

Section 2.19                  [Reserved].

 

Section 2.20                  Notification of Adjustments .

 

With respect to each Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the Servicer shall adjust the Mortgage Interest Rate on the related Interest Rate Adjustment Date in compliance with the requirements of applicable law and the related Mortgage and Mortgage Note. If, pursuant to the terms of the Mortgage Note, another Index is selected for determining the Mortgage Interest Rate

 

29



 

because the original Index is no longer available, the same Index will be used with respect to each Mortgage Note which requires a new Index to be selected provided that such selection does not conflict with the terms of the related Mortgage Note. The Servicer shall execute and deliver any and all necessary notices required under applicable law and the terms of the related Mortgage Note and Mortgage regarding the Mortgage Interest Rate and the Monthly Payment adjustments. The Servicer shall promptly deliver to the Owner such notifications and any additional applicable data regarding such adjustments and the methods used to calculate and implement such adjustments. Upon the discovery by the Servicer or the Owner that the Servicer has failed to adjust a Mortgage Interest Rate or a Monthly Payment pursuant to the terms of the related Mortgage Note and Mortgage, the Servicer shall immediately deposit in the Custodial Account from its own funds the amount of any interest loss caused the Owner thereby without reimbursement therefor.

 

Section 2.21                  Recordation of Assignments of Mortgage .

 

Except in connection with Accepted Servicing Practices for defaulted Mortgage Loans, the Servicer shall not be responsible for the preparation or recording of the Assignments of Mortgage relating to the Mortgage Loans to the Owner, or any other party; provided, however, that in the event the Servicer agrees (which agreement shall be in Servicer’s sole discretion) to record any mortgage assignment, any expense, including the fees of third party service providers, incurred by the Servicer in connection with the preparation and recordation of Assignments of Mortgage shall be reimbursable by the Owner, or if not reimbursed by the Owner, as a Servicing Advance.

 

Section 2.22                  [Reserved] .

 

Section 2.23                  Credit Reporting .

 

The Servicer shall fully furnish, in accordance with the Fair Credit Reporting Act and its implementing regulations, accurate and complete information (e.g. favorable and unfavorable) on the Mortgagor credit files to Equifax, Experian and Trans Union Credit Information Company (or their respective successors) on a monthly basis and in accordance with applicable federal, state and local laws.

 

Section 2.24                  Superior Liens .

 

If the Servicer is notified that any superior lienholder has accelerated or intends to accelerate the obligations secured by the superior lien, or has declared or intends to declare a default under the superior mortgage or the promissory note secured thereby, or has filed or intends to file an election to have the Mortgaged Property sold or foreclosed, the Servicer shall take whatever actions are necessary to protect the interests of the Owner, and/or to preserve the security of the related Mortgage Loan, subject to any requirements applicable to real estate mortgage investment conduits pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code. The Servicer shall make a Servicing Advance of the funds necessary to cure the default or reinstate the superior lien if the Servicer determines that such Servicing Advance is in the best interests of the Owner and would be in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices. The Servicer shall not make such a Servicing Advance except to the extent that it determines that such advance would not be a

 

30



 

Nonrecoverable Servicing Advance from Liquidation Proceeds on the related Mortgage Loan. The Servicer shall thereafter take such action as is necessary to recover the amount so advanced.

 

If a Mortgage Loan is identified on the Notice of Transfer of Mortgage Loans as a Second Lien Mortgage Loan, then the Servicer, may consent to the refinancing of the prior senior lien on the related Mortgaged Property, provided that the following requirements are met:

 

1.             the resulting CLTV of such Second Lien is no higher than its CLTV prior to such refinancing; and

 

2.             the interest rate, or, in the case of an adjustable-rate existing senior lien, the maximum interest rate, for the loan evidencing the refinanced senior lien is no more than 2.0% higher than the interest rate or the maximum interest rate, as the case may be, on the loan evidencing the existing senior lien immediately prior to the date of such refinancing; and

 

3.             the loan evidencing the refinanced senior lien is not subject to the possibility of negative amortization.

 

Section 2.25                  Prepayments in Full .

 

With respect to each Mortgage Loan, the Servicer agrees to deliver on or prior to the five (5) Business Day of each month to the Owner, a report setting forth information with respect to any prepayments in full with respect to such Mortgage Loan.

 

Section 2.26                  Tax and Flood Service Contracts .

 

The Servicer, at the Owner’s expense, shall cause each First Lien Mortgage Loan that is transferred to the Servicer for servicing to be covered to the extent not covered by a Tax Service Contract and/or Flood Service Contract, by (a) a Tax Service Contract and/or (b) a Flood Zone Service Contract. If any Mortgage Loan is missing a required Tax Service Contract or if any Mortgage Loan is missing a required Flood Zone Service Contract at the time of the Servicing Transfer Date, Servicer shall place such Tax Service Contract or Flood Zone Service Contract, as applicable, and shall be entitled to the fee associated with acquiring such contracts as set forth in Exhibit 14 .

 

Section 2.27                  Maintenance of PMI Policies and LPMI Policies; Collections Thereunder .

 

The Servicer shall maintain in full force and effect, a PMI Policy, issued by a Qualified Insurer, with respect to each Mortgage Loan for which such coverage is required. Such coverage shall be maintained until the LTV Ratio or CLTV, as applicable, of the related Mortgage Loan is reduced to that amount for which Fannie Mae no longer requires such insurance to be maintained. The Servicer will not cancel or refuse to renew any PMI Policy in effect on the related Servicing Transfer Date that is required to be kept in force under this Servicing Agreement unless a replacement PMI Policy or LPMI Policy for such cancelled or non-renewed policy is obtained from and maintained with a Qualified Insurer. The Servicer shall not take any action which would result in non-coverage under any applicable PMI Policy or

 

31



 

LPMI Policy of any loss which, but for the actions of the Servicer, would have been covered thereunder. In connection with any assumption or substitution agreement entered into or to be entered into pursuant to Section 4.01 , the Servicer shall promptly notify the insurer under the related PMI Policy or LPMI Policy, if any, of such assumption or substitution of liability in accordance with the terms of such policy and shall take all actions which may be required by such insurer as a condition to the continuation of coverage under the PMI Policy or LPMI Policy. If such PMI Policy is terminated as a result of such assumption or substitution of liability, the Servicer shall obtain a replacement PMI Policy as provided above.

 

In connection with its activities as servicer, the Servicer agrees to prepare and present, on behalf of itself, and the Owner, claims to the insurer under any PMI Policy or LPMI Policy in a timely fashion in accordance with the terms of such policies and, in this regard, to take such action as shall be necessary to permit recovery under any PMI Policy or LPMI Policy respecting a defaulted Mortgage Loan. Pursuant to Subsection 2.04 , any amounts collected by the Servicer under any PMI Policy or LPMI Policy shall be deposited in the related Custodial Account, subject to withdrawal pursuant to Subsection 2.05 .

 

Section 2.28                  Obligations of the Owner and the Servicer Related to Servicing Transfers .

 

The Owner and the Servicer shall take the following actions with respect to each Mortgage Loan that the Owner desires to have serviced by the Servicer hereunder in order to effect the transfer of servicing to the Servicer on the related Servicing Transfer Date:

 

(a)           Delivery of Mortgage Loan Data . With respect to each pool of Mortgage Loans to be serviced under this Servicing Agreement, no later than thirty (30) calendar days prior to the Servicing Transfer Date, the Owner shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Servicer complete and accurate Mortgage Loan data reflecting the status of payments, balances and other pertinent information necessary to service such Mortgage Loans including but not limited to: (i) master file; (ii) ARM loan master file; (iii) escrow file; (iv) tax and insurance payee file; (v) ARM history file; (vi) servicing activities; and (vii) any other pertinent information reasonably required by the Servicer. Such information shall be provided to the Servicer in such electronic format as is mutually agreed upon by both parties. Not later than one (1) Business Day following the Servicing Transfer Date, the Owner shall provide the Servicer with computer or like records (final data) reflecting the status of payments, balances and other pertinent information as set forth above and necessary to service the Mortgage Loans as of the Servicing Transfer Date.

 

(b)           Delivery of Notification Letter . With respect to each pool of Mortgage Loans to be serviced under this Servicing Agreement, the Owner shall use its best efforts to deliver or cause to be delivered to the Servicer a Notice of Transfer of Mortgage Loans as set forth on Exhibit 16 for such Mortgage Loans not less than forty-five (45) days prior to the related Servicing Transfer Date, the Servicer shall provide its written approval or denial within five (5) Business Days of receipt of such Notice, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

(c)           Delivery of Servicing and Other Files . The Owner shall use its reasonable best efforts to provide Servicer with hard copies (or imaged copies if available) of the Servicing

 

32



 

File with respect to each Mortgage Loan transferred to Servicer within fifteen (15) Business Days prior to the applicable Servicing Transfer Date. The Owner shall use its reasonable best efforts to provide Servicer with hard copies (or imaged copies if available) of any default file with respect to each Mortgage Loan transferred to Servicer within five (5) Business Days of the applicable Servicing Transfer Date. Any costs and expenses to deliver the aforementioned files shall be borne by the Owner.

 

(d)           Notice to Mortgagors . The Owner shall cause to be provided to each Mortgagor a “Notice of assignment, sale or transfer of servicing” to the Servicer. Upon boarding of each Mortgage Loan originated by a third-party originator, the Servicer shall deliver to each related Mortgagor a “Welcome Letter” in accordance with RESPA and Accepted Servicing Practices.

 

(e)           Transfer of Escrow Funds and Other Proceeds . The Owner shall use its best efforts to transfer or cause to be transferred to the Servicer, within one (1) Business Day and not later than three (3) Business Days following the Servicing Transfer Date by wire transfer to the account designated by the Servicer, an amount equal to the sum of (i) Escrow Payments collected from each Mortgagor; and if applicable (ii) all undistributed insurance loss draft funds; (iii) all unapplied funds received by the Owner or any prior servicer; (iv) all unapplied interest on escrow balances accrued through the related Servicing Transfer Date; (v) all buydown funds held by the Owner or any prior servicer as of the related Servicing Transfer Date; and (vi) all other related amounts held by the respective owner of the Mortgage Loan or any prior servicer of such Mortgage Loan as of the related Servicing Transfer Date that the Owner or any prior servicer is not entitled to retain. The Owner shall be responsible for any interest on escrow amounts held by the Owner prior to the related Servicing Transfer Date. The Servicer shall be entitled to deduct from Servicer’s monthly remittance to the Owner any shortfalls in Escrow Payments that result from Owner’s failure to deliver any Escrow Payment in full to the Servicer. To the extent the Custodial Account has insufficient funds to fully fund such shortfalls in the Escrow Payments plus all other amounts due to the Servicer as set forth in Section 4.03 herein, the Owner shall wire such shortfall amount to the Servicer promptly upon receipt of notice of such shortfalls from the Servicer.

 

(f)            Outstanding Servicing Advances . Not later than ten (10) Business Days following the Servicing Transfer Date, the Owner shall deliver to the Servicer a schedule, certified by an authorized officer of the Owner as being true and correct and setting forth, in all material respects, those Servicing Advances made by the Owner with respect to the Mortgage Loans as of the related Servicing Transfer Date for which the Owner has not been reimbursed (the “ Outstanding Owner Servicing Advances ”). The Servicer agrees to reimburse the prior servicer within thirty (30) days following the Servicing Transfer Date for all Outstanding Owner Servicing Advances with which the prior servicer or the Owner has provided the Servicer with reasonably detailed documentation evidencing such advances. The Servicer shall have no obligation to board Outstanding Owner Servicing Advances or reimburse the prior servicer unless the Servicer has received reasonably detailed documentation allowing the Servicer to collect such advances from the Mortgagor.

 

33



 

Section 2.29                  Reliability of Information/Exceptional Expenses .

 

The Servicer may rely on all data and materials relating to the Mortgage Loans supplied to it by the Owner or the Owner’s designee(s) and the authenticity and accuracy of such data and materials, including any signatures contained therein. The Servicer shall not be obligated to conduct an independent investigation of any data materials or audit of any data, materials or Mortgage File, and may rely on the authenticity and accuracy of such data and materials as provided, including any signatures contained therein and shall not be held accountable for data integrity, missing information or missing documents that prevent the boarding of a Mortgage Loan to the Servicer’s mortgage loan administration system. The Servicer shall deliver notification to the Owner of any material data deficiencies discovered by the Servicer. If such error was identified prior to the Servicing Transfer Date, the Owner shall have the ability to correct such errors or provide missing data at no additional cost to Servicer. Should the Owner decline to provide such data corrections or provide such missing data, Servicer shall be entitled to charge the Owner a manual data backfill fee as set forth on Exhibit 14 . If such error was identified after the Servicing Transfer Date and such error was not the result of Servicer’s negligence, the Servicer shall provide the Owner with a written cost estimate to correct such errors, and upon the Owner’s approval, which approval should not be unreasonably withheld, the Owner shall reimburse the Servicer for all documented costs and expenses incurred by the Servicer, including but not limited to, costs and expenses resulting from the Owner’s actions, instructions or any failure by the Owner to provide the Servicer complete, accurate and timely Mortgage Loan information.

 

Section 2.30                  Escrow Obligations .

 

In connection with impounded Mortgage Loans, the Owner shall (i) cause all taxes and assessments with respect to which the related tax bill is due within thirty (30) days following the related Servicing Transfer Date to be paid prior to such Servicing Transfer Date, and (b) cause all hazard, flood, earthquake, PMI Policy and other insurance premiums that are due on or prior to the thirtieth (30th) day following such Servicing Transfer Date to be paid on or prior to such Servicing Transfer Date. The Owner shall be responsible for any losses including but not limited to tax penalties (including any loss of discount for which any Mortgagor or any third party for the benefit of the Mortgagor has a legal claim) for the current tax due period or for any tax period that ends no more than twelve (12) months earlier than the date of the last paid installment of the Mortgage Loan, as well as for its advances to pay the delinquent taxes themselves in connection with any Mortgage Loan for which the Owner failed to pay taxes as required by this Section 2.30 as the result of an action or inaction of a previous servicer.

 

Section 2.31                  [Reserved].

 

Section 2.32                  Additional Activities of the Servicer .

 

Nothing herein shall prevent the Servicer or any of its affiliates from engaging in other businesses of any kind, including the issuance of mortgage-backed securities, or from rendering services of any kind to any other person or entity, including the performance of monitoring, administering or servicing activities for others investing in any type of real estate investment.

 

34



 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

35


 

ARTICLE III

 

PAYMENTS; REPORTS

 

Section 3.01                  Remittances .

 

On each Remittance Date the Servicer shall remit by wire transfer of immediately available funds (x) to the Owner (or as otherwise directed in writing by the Owner) all amounts deposited in the Custodial Account related to the Due Period (net of charges against or withdrawals from the Custodial Account pursuant to Section 2.05 ) and (y) to the Owner, pursuant to Section 2.31 , the Owner’s share of late charges related to the Due Period actually collected by the Servicer. The Servicer shall remit to the Owner (or as otherwise directed in writing by the Owner) all Principal Prepayments, in full or in part, on the Remittance Date pursuant to Section 2.05 .

 

With respect to any remittance received by the Owner after the day on which such payment was due, the Servicer shall pay to the Owner interest on any such late payment at an annual rate equal to the Prime Rate, adjusted as of the date of each change, plus one percentage point, but in no event greater than the maximum amount permitted by applicable law. Such interest shall be remitted to the Owner by the Servicer on the date such late payment is made and shall cover the period commencing with the day such payment was due and ending with the Business Day on which such payment is made, both inclusive. The payment by the Servicer of any such interest shall not be deemed an extension of time for payment or a waiver of any Event of Default.

 

All distributions made to the Owner pursuant to this Subsection 3.01 in accordance with the following wire transfer instructions:

 

BANK:

US Bank

ABA:

042000013

ACCT #:

821637949

ACCT NAME:

Custody Trust Cash Account

FURTHER CREDIT:

Acct #19-6767 PNMAC Mtg Opp Inv

LLC

 

 

Section 3.02                  Monthly Reports to the Owner .

 

Not later than the tenth (10th) calendar day of each month or, if the 10th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, the Servicer shall furnish to the Owner standard monthly reports as set forth on Exhibit 1 attached hereto or in a format mutually agreed upon (which shall be provided in Excel format and be accessible by the Owner via the Servicer’s secured website). For all purposes of this Servicing Agreement, delinquency status shall be determined in accordance with standard MBA methodology, as is appropriate, as determined by the Owner for the applicable Mortgage Loan type. At the time when a Mortgage Loan becomes subject to this Servicing Agreement, the Owner will include in the related Notice of Transfer of Mortgage Loans a statement of the related delinquency methodology to be used for such Mortgage Loan.

 

36



 

In addition, on or before March 15th of each calendar year, the Servicer shall furnish to each Person who was an Owner (or subsequent owner of a Mortgage Loans subject to this Servicing Agreement) at any time during such calendar year an annual statement in accordance with the requirements of applicable federal income tax law as to the aggregate of remittances for the applicable portion of such year.

 

Such obligation of the Servicer shall be deemed to have been satisfied to the extent that substantially comparable information shall be provided by the Servicer pursuant to any requirements of the Code as from time to time are in force.

 

The Servicer shall prepare and file any and all tax returns, information statements or other filings required to be delivered to any governmental taxing authority or to the Owner pursuant to any applicable law with respect to the Mortgage Loans and the transactions contemplated hereby. In addition, the Servicer shall provide the Owner with such information concerning the Mortgage Loans as is necessary for the Owner to prepare its federal income tax return as the Owner may reasonably request from time to time and which is reasonably available to the Servicer.

 

Section 3.03                  Advances by Servicer .

 

Servicer shall create an “Advance Account” which shall be funded by Owner and Servicer shall make Advances from such account as required hereunder or when Servicer reasonably believes the making of an Advance is in Owner’s best interests. If, and when, Advances are recovered, Servicer shall deposit the same in the Advance Account or remit the same to Owner. Owner shall replenish the Advance Account as requested by Servicer.

 

Section 3.04                  Cost of Funds .

 

With respect to Advances made by Servicer under the terms of this Servicing Agreement, the Servicer shall be entitled to collect from the Owner monthly for the Cost of Funds on such Advances.

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

37



 

ARTICLE IV

 

GENERAL SERVICING PROCEDURES

 

Section 4.01                  Transfers of Mortgaged Property .

 

The Servicer shall enforce any “due-on-sale” provision contained in any Mortgage or Mortgage Note and deny assumption by the Person to whom the Mortgaged Property has been or is about to be sold whether by absolute conveyance or by contract of sale, and whether or not the Mortgagor remains liable on the Mortgage and the Mortgage Note. When the Mortgaged Property has been conveyed by the Mortgagor, the Servicer shall, to the extent it has knowledge of such conveyance, exercise its rights to accelerate the maturity of such Mortgage Loan under the “due-on-sale” clause applicable thereto, provided, however, that the Servicer shall not exercise such rights if prohibited by law from doing so.

 

If the Servicer reasonably believes it is unable under applicable law to enforce such “due-on-sale” clause, the Servicer, shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, enter into (i) an assumption and modification agreement with the Person to whom such property has been conveyed, pursuant to which such Person becomes liable under the Mortgage Note and the original Mortgagor remains liable thereon or (ii) in the event the Servicer is unable under applicable law to require that the original Mortgagor remain liable under the Mortgage Note and the Servicer has the prior consent of the primary mortgage guarantee insurer, a substitution of liability agreement with the purchaser of the Mortgaged Property pursuant to which the original Mortgagor is released from liability and the purchaser of the Mortgaged Property is substituted as Mortgagor and becomes liable under the Mortgage Note. If an assumption fee is collected by the Servicer for entering into an assumption agreement, such fee will be retained by the Servicer as additional servicing compensation. In connection with any such assumption, neither the Mortgage Interest Rate borne by the related Mortgage Note, the term of the Mortgage Loan nor the outstanding principal amount of the Mortgage Loan shall be changed. Where an assumption is allowed pursuant to this Subsection 4.01 , the Servicer, with the prior written consent of the insurer under the PMI Policy or LPMI Policy, if any, is authorized to enter into a substitution of liability agreement with the Person to whom the Mortgaged Property has been conveyed or is proposed to be conveyed pursuant to which the original Mortgagor is released from liability and such Person is substituted as Mortgagor and becomes liable under the related Mortgage Note. Any such substitution of liability agreement shall be in lieu of an assumption agreement. The Servicer shall notify the Owner that any such substitution of liability or assumption agreement has been completed by forwarding to the Owner, or its designee, the original of any such substitution of liability or assumption agreement, which document shall be added to the related Mortgage File and shall, for all purposes, be considered a part of such Mortgage File to the same extent as all other documents and instruments constituting a part thereof.

 

To the extent that any Mortgage Loan is assumable, the Servicer shall inquire diligently into the creditworthiness of the proposed transferee, and shall follow Accepted Servicing Practices and the underwriting practices and procedures of prudent mortgage lenders in the respective states where the Mortgaged Properties are located including but not limited to Servicer conducting a review of the credit and financial capacity of the individual receiving the property, and may approve the assumption if it believes the recipient is capable of assuming the

 

38



 

mortgage obligations. If the credit of the proposed transferee does not satisfy the relevant underwriting criteria and the transfer of ownership actually occurs, the Servicer diligently shall, to the extent permitted by the Mortgage or the Mortgage Note and by applicable law, accelerate the maturity of the Mortgage Loan.

 

Section 4.02                  Satisfaction of Mortgages and Release of Mortgage Files .

 

Upon the payment in full of any Mortgage Loan, or the receipt by the Servicer of a notification that payment in full will be escrowed in a manner customary for such purposes, the Servicer shall notify the Owner in the Monthly Remittance Advice as provided in Section 3.02 , and may request the release of any Mortgage Loan Documents from the Owner in accordance with this Section 4.02 hereof. The Servicer shall obtain discharge of the related Mortgage Loan as of record within any related time limit required by applicable law.

 

In connection with any instrument of satisfaction or deed of reconveyance, the Servicer shall be entitled to a reconveyance fee. Such reconveyance fee shall only be reimbursable to the Servicer by the Owner to the extent the reconveyance fee is uncollectible from the Mortgagor based on the terms of the security instrument or in the Servicer’s reasonable opinion that such fee is not allowable by statute.

 

Upon receipt of such request, the Owner or its designee shall within five (5) Business Days release or cause to be released the related Mortgage Loan Documents to Servicer and Servicer shall prepare and process any satisfaction or release. If the Owner or its designee or the Custodian does not release the related Mortgage Loan Documents to Servicer within five (5) Business Days of receipt of request to do so, Servicer may retain a third party to complete the reconveyance and charge the Owner the actual cost of services provided by such third party. Except as set forth in this paragraph, Servicer shall have no liability for third party delays that may result in assessed penalties.

 

If the Servicer satisfies or releases a Mortgage without first having obtained payment in full of the indebtedness secured by the Mortgage (or such lesser amount in connection with a discounted payoff accepted by the Servicer with respect to a defaulted Mortgage Loan) or should the Servicer otherwise prejudice any rights the Owner may have under the mortgage instruments, the Servicer shall deposit the shortfall amount of the paid indebtedness in the Custodial Account (unless such shortfall is $500 or less, in which case no deposit shall be required) within five (5) Business Days of receipt of such demand by the Owner.

 

The Servicer shall maintain the Fidelity Bond and Errors and Omissions Insurance Policy as provided for in Section 2.12 insuring the Servicer against any loss it may sustain with respect to any Mortgage Loan not satisfied in accordance with the procedures set forth herein.

 

Section 4.03                  Servicing Compensation .

 

As consideration for servicing the Mortgage Loans, the Owner shall pay the Servicer the applicable Servicing Fee and Other Fees the Servicer is entitled to each month. The obligation of the Owner to pay the Servicing Fee and Other Fees with regard to the Mortgage Loans shall be irrespective of Monthly Payments collected by the Servicer on the Mortgage

 

39



 

Loans. The Servicer shall deliver to the Owner on the tenth (10th) calendar day of each month or, if the 10th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, an invoice setting forth the Servicing Fees and Other Fees, including accrued and unpaid Servicing Fees and Other Fees, with respect to the Mortgage Loans serviced by the Servicer during the preceding calendar month, and the Owner shall pay such invoice via wire transfer (in accordance with written instructions to be provided by the Servicer) no later than the related Distribution Date. With respect to amounts due to the Servicer that remain unpaid after the Distribution Date pursuant to this section, interest shall be due on such late payment at an annual rate equal to the Prime Rate, adjusted as of the date of each change, plus one percentage point, but in no event greater than the maximum amount permitted by applicable law. Such interest shall be paid on the date such late payment is made and shall cover the period commencing with the day following the Business Day on which such payment was due and ending with the Business Day on which such payment is made, both inclusive. The Servicer shall be entitled to deduct such unpaid amounts due to Servicer on the Remittance Date following the Distribution Date that such amounts were due if Owner has not already made payment.

 

Additional servicing compensation in the form of Ancillary Income shall be retained by the Servicer to the extent not required to be deposited in the Custodial Account. The Servicer shall be required to pay all expenses incurred by it in connection with its servicing activities hereunder and shall not be entitled to reimbursement thereof except as specifically provided for herein.

 

Notwithstanding anything set forth in this section related to Ancillary Income, the Servicer shall not collect from the Mortgagor, pass through as an advance or as a liquidation expense any charges other than bona fide fees, which fees must be in compliance with local law. Servicer can not add on a processing, or review fee or any additional fee, mark up or otherwise directly make a profit on or from services or activities rendered by a third party or affiliate (examples include but not limited to: letters and notices, force placed insurance, BPOs, appraisals, inspections, property preservation costs). Servicer may collect any third party fees which are charged in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices. In no event shall Servicer retain the Prepayment Penalties.

 

In the event of a dispute arising from any act or omission by the Servicer or the Owner hereunder during the course of this Servicing Agreement, the Servicer and the Owner shall use best efforts to work together in good faith to resolve such dispute within a time period that is reasonable in the context of the cause of the dispute. Except in the case of a monetary error, the Owner and the Servicer shall both work together in good faith to resolve the dispute within thirty (30) days of a formal notice from either party. In the case of a monetary error, the party holding the amounts due the other party shall use reasonable efforts to submit the amount in error within ten (10) Business Days from the date the error was uncovered. With respect to amounts due a party after the tenth (10th) Business Day after the date the error was uncovered, interest shall be due on such late payment at an annual rate equal to the federal funds rate as is publicly announced from time to time, plus three hundred basis points (3.00%) but in no event greater than the maximum amount permitted by Applicable Law. Such interest shall be paid on the date such late payment is made and shall cover the period commencing with the day following the Business Day on which such payment was due and ending with the Business Day on which such payment is made, both inclusive.

 

40



 

As of December 31, 2011, the Servicer intends to rebate to the Owner an amount equal to the cumulative profit, if any, of the servicing operations attributable to the Owner’s Mortgage Loans serviced pursuant to this Agreement, and, conversely, charge the Owner if a loss has been incurred in order to effect overall “at cost” pricing with respect to the servicing of the Owner’s Mortgage Loan.

 

The Servicer will establish standard rates for any originations and modifications and will charge the borrower or the Owner at a rate determined in good faith by the Servicer to be fair and equitable under the circumstances and based on its assessment of market rates applicable to similar transactions. The Servicer will annually rebate to the Owner an amount equal to 50% of its profit, if any, generated from such origination activities.

 

Section 4.04                  Annual Statement as to Compliance .

 

(a)                                  So long as any Mortgage Loans are being serviced hereunder, or were serviced hereunder during the prior calendar year, the Servicer shall, at its own expense, deliver to the Owner, on or before March 28th of each year beginning March 28, 2009 (but in no event later than the next to the last Business Day of such month), a statement of compliance addressed to the Owner and signed by an authorized officer of the Servicer, to the effect that (i) a review of the Servicer’s servicing activities during the immediately preceding calendar year (or applicable portion thereof) and of its performance under the servicing provisions of this Servicing Agreement during such period has been made under such officer’s supervision, and (ii) to the best of such officer’s knowledge, based on such review, the Servicer has fulfilled all of its servicing obligations under this Servicing Agreement in all material respects throughout such calendar year (or applicable portion thereof) or, if there has been a failure to fulfill any such obligation in any material respect, specifically identifying each such failure known to such officer, the nature and the status thereof.

 

Section 4.05                  Annual Independent Public Accountants’ Servicing Report .

 

(a)            So long as any Mortgage Loans are being serviced hereunder, or were serviced hereunder during the prior calendar year, the Servicer shall, at its own expense, deliver to the Owner, on or before March 28th of each year beginning March 28, 2009 (but in no event later than the next to the last Business Day of such month), a report of a registered public accounting firm stating that (i) it has obtained a letter of representation regarding certain matters from the management of the Servicer which includes an assertion that the Servicer has complied with certain minimum residential mortgage loan servicing standards, identified in the Uniform Single Attestation Program for Mortgage Bankers established by the Mortgage Bankers Association of America, with respect to the servicing of residential mortgage loans during the most recently completed fiscal year and (ii) on the basis of an examination conducted by such firm in accordance with standards established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, such representation is fairly stated in all material respects, subject to such exceptions and other qualifications that may be appropriate. In rendering its report such firm may rely, as to matters relating to the direct servicing of residential mortgage loans by Subservicers, upon comparable reports of firms of independent certified public accountants rendered on the basis of examinations conducted in accordance with the same standards (rendered within one year of such report) with respect to those Subservicers.

 

41



 

Section 4.06                  [Reserved].

 

Section 4.07                  Right to Examine Servicer Records .

 

The Owner shall have the right during the term of this Servicing Agreement to examine and audit any and all of the books, records, or other information of the Servicer, whether held by the Servicer or by another on its behalf, with respect to or concerning this Servicing Agreement or the Mortgage Loans, during normal business hours, upon reasonable advance notice and at the sole cost and expense of the Owner; provided, however, that unless otherwise required by law, the Servicer shall not be required to provide access to such information if the provision thereof would violate any law or legal obligation of the Servicer, or would compromise the Servicer’s information disclosure and security policies, including the legal right to privacy of any Mortgagor.

 

Section 4.08                  Compliance with Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 .

 

With respect to each Mortgage Loan and the related Mortgagor, each party shall comply with Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 and all applicable regulations and guidelines promulgated thereunder, and shall provide all notices required of the party thereunder.

 

Section 4.09                  On-Line Access .

 

Servicer shall provide to the Owner internet access (via a secure portfolio management website) to certain computer screens in the Servicer’s loan administration computer system or view Mortgage Loan information. In addition the Servicer shall update such Mortgage Loan information on a “real time” basis. The Servicer shall provide to the Owner internet access (via secure report and data transmission website) to the Servicer’s loan administration computer system to transmit and receive Mortgage Loan information relating to new loan boardings, service releases and to download portfolio management reports. With respect to access to Servicer’s portfolio management website, the Servicer shall provide the Owner with the tools to create and administer log-in identifications and passwords for each of its Authorized Users. In accessing Servicer’s websites, the Owner agrees that it will: (i) only log-in with the identification assigned by the Servicer; (ii) correctly and completely log off the system immediately upon completion of each session of service; (iii) not allow any unauthorized employee or agent of the Owner, to use the assigned log in identification or improperly access the Servicer’s computer system; (iv) keep the assigned log in identification and all other information enabling such access strictly confidential; (v) not access, or attempt to access any Servicer systems or data other than that which is specifically authorized; (vi) not intentionally spread viruses or other malicious computer codes to the Servicer’s computer systems; (vii) not copy or infringe upon any content contained on the Servicer’s loan administration computer system; (vii) designate in writing an administrator (an “ Owner Administrator ”) who shall maintain on a quarterly basis a current list of employees or agents of the Owner who have been authorized to access the Servicer’s loan administration computer system and assigned log in identifications and passwords pursuant to this Section 4.09 (each an “ Authorized User ”); (viii) conduct a quarterly review to ensure that each Authorized User is currently an employee or agent of the Owner and whose employment or function as agent of the Owner requires the Authorized User to have continued access to the Servicer’s loan administration computer system; (ix) immediately remove from the list of

 

42



 

Authorized Users, and deny access to, any individual who is not currently an employee or agent of the Owner or whose employment or function as agent no longer requires such employee or agent of the Owner to remain an Authorized User and to have access to the Servicer’s loan administration computer system; and (x) deliver to the Servicer on or before the end of the month following each anniversary of the date of execution of this Servicing Agreement, beginning on the first such anniversary following the execution of this Servicing Agreement, an officer’s certification stating that the Owner has fully complied and satisfied the obligations as set forth above in clauses (i) through (ix).

 

Access to the Servicer’s administration system shall be available 24 hours a day and seven days a week. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Servicer shall have no liability to the Owner in the event that access to the Servicer’s loan administration system becomes limited or otherwise unavailable during periods of heavy use, upgrades, maintenance to address security concerns or otherwise. The Owner acknowledges that Mortgage Loan information may only be accessible for viewing during such time the Mortgage Loan is being serviced under this Servicing Agreement. The Servicer shall purge all reports and files from websites that are aged more than sixty (60) days and the Servicer shall not be responsible to store, maintain, or archive such reports and files unless otherwise agreed upon in writing by both parties.

 

Section 4.10                  [Reserved] .

 

Section 4.11                  Use of Subservicers .

 

It shall not be necessary for the Servicer to seek the consent of the Owner to the utilization of any Subservicer or Affiliate. The Servicer shall be responsible for obtaining from each Subservicer and delivering to the Owner any servicer compliance statement required to be delivered by such Subservicer under Section 4.04 and any assessment of compliance and attestation required to be delivered by such Subservicer under Section 4.06 .

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

43



 

ARTICLE V

 

SERVICER TO COOPERATE

 

Section 5.01                  Provision of Information .

 

During the term of this Servicing Agreement, the Servicer shall furnish to the Owner all reports required hereunder, and such other periodic, special, or other reports or information, whether or not provided for herein, as shall be necessary, reasonable, or appropriate with respect to the Owner or the purposes of this Servicing Agreement to the extent such reports or information are readily accessible to the Servicer without undue expense. All such reports or information shall be provided by and in accordance with all reasonable instructions and directions which the Owner may give and to the extent the Servicer incurs any material cost or expense related to this Section 5.01 not otherwise required to be incurred pursuant to this Servicing Agreement, such expense shall be at the sole cost and expense of the Owner.

 

The Servicer shall execute and deliver all such instruments and take all such action as the Owner may reasonably request from time to time to the extent such action is in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices, in order to effectuate the purposes and to carry out the terms of this Servicing Agreement.

 

Section 5.02                  Financial Statements; Servicing Facilities .

 

In connection with marketing the Mortgage Loans or a proposed Reconstitution, the Owner shall make available to a prospective purchaser audited financial statements of the consolidated group that includes the Servicer for the most recently completed three fiscal years for which such statements are available, as well as a Consolidated Statement of Condition at the end of the last two fiscal years for which such statements are available covered by any Consolidated Statement of Operations. The Servicer also shall make available any comparable interim statements to the extent any such statements have been prepared by or on behalf of the corporate group that includes the Servicer (and are available upon request to the public at large). The Servicer shall furnish to the Owner or a prospective purchaser copies of the statements specified above.

 

The Servicer shall make available to the Owner or any prospective purchaser a knowledgeable representative for the purpose of answering questions respecting recent developments affecting the Servicer or the financial statements of the corporate group that includes the Servicer, and to permit any prospective purchaser (upon reasonable notice) to inspect the Servicer’s servicing facilities (no more than 6 times per year unless mutually agreed to between the parties) for the purpose of satisfying such prospective purchaser that the Servicer has the ability to service the Mortgage Loans as provided in this Servicing Agreement provided that such access is necessary, reasonable, or appropriate with respect to the Owner or the purposes of this Servicing Agreement to the extent such access or information are readily accessible to the Servicer without undue expense.

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

44



 

ARTICLE VI

 

TERMINATION

 

Section 6.01                  Termination .

 

(a)           This Servicing Agreement shall terminate upon the earlier of: (i) the termination of the Servicer pursuant to this Section 6.01 , 8.03 or 11.01 , (ii) the later of the final payment or other liquidation (or any advance with respect thereto) of the last Mortgage Loan or the disposition of any REO Property with respect to the last Mortgage Loan and the remittance of all funds due hereunder. This Servicing Agreement shall continue in full force and effect for an original term (the “ Original Term ”) of one (1) year, commencing on the date hereof and ending at the close of business on the eve of the first anniversary of the date hereof, unless sooner terminated either by mutual agreement or otherwise in accordance with this Servicing Agreement. The term of this Servicing Agreement shall be extended for successive one (1) year terms (each an “ Extension Term ”) by mutual consent of both parties.

 

(b)           The Servicer shall have the right to terminate this Servicing Agreement for cause, after thirty (30) days’ written notice thereof by Servicer, if (i) Owner fails to remit any compensation due to the Servicer within the time periods specified pursuant to the terms of this Servicing Agreement, (ii) the Owner fails to perform any material obligations hereunder or (iii) the Owner has not transferred any Mortgage Loan to the Servicer upon the expiration of ninety (90) days after the execution of this Servicing Agreement.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding and in addition to the foregoing, in the event that (i) a Mortgage Loan becomes delinquent for a period of one hundred and twenty (120) days or more (a “ Delinquent Mortgage Loan ”) or (ii) a Mortgage Loan becomes an REO Property, the Owner may at its election terminate this Servicing Agreement with respect to such Delinquent Mortgage Loan or REO Property upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to the Servicer, provided, however , upon such transfer and assignment which shall be in accordance with all applicable laws, the Owner shall reimburse the Servicer for its Servicing Fee, any outstanding and unreimbursed Servicing Advances, and any other outstanding, unreimbursed fees and costs of the Servicer with respect to such Delinquent Mortgage Loan or REO Property.

 

(d)           In the event that the Servicer’s duties, responsibilities and liabilities under this Servicing Agreement should be terminated pursuant to the aforementioned sections, the Servicer shall discharge such duties and responsibilities during the period from the date it acquires knowledge of such termination until the Transfer Date with the same degree of diligence and prudence which it is obligated to exercise under this Servicing Agreement, and shall take no action whatsoever that might impair or prejudice the rights or financial condition of its successor. Following any such termination, the Owner shall act diligently to appoint a successor servicer. The resignation or removal of the Servicer pursuant to the aforementioned sections shall not become effective until a successor shall be appointed by the Owner. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall a termination of this Servicing Agreement or the Servicer hereunder terminate any indemnification obligations of the Servicer, which obligations shall survive any such termination.

 

45


 

Section 6.02                  Transfer of Servicing .

 

On the Transfer Date or upon any termination of the Servicer as Servicer pursuant to Section 6.01 , the Owner or a successor servicer appointed by the Owner, shall assume all servicing responsibilities related to, and the Servicer shall cease all servicing responsibilities related to the Mortgage Loans. Any successor servicer shall have the right to negotiate a new Servicing Fee with the Owner.

 

Owner shall provide the Servicer not less than twenty (20) days’ prior written notice of the Transfer Date. Any Mortgage Loan service released by the Servicer shall be released on actual balances as of the Transfer Date. Upon receipt of such notification from Owner the Servicer shall, at its sole cost and expense, take such steps as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and evidence the transfer of the servicing of the related Mortgage Loans to the successor servicer, including but not limited to the following:

 

(a)           Notice to Mortgagors . The Servicer shall mail to the Mortgagor of each related Mortgage Loan a letter advising such Mortgagor of the transfer of the servicing of the related Mortgage Loan to the Owner, or its designee, in accordance with RESPA; provided, however , such letters shall be substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 11 .

 

(b)           Mortgage Loans in Foreclosure . The servicing with respect to Mortgage Loans in foreclosure on or before the related Transfer Date shall not be transferred from the Servicer to the Owner or the successor servicer, as the case may be, and such Mortgage Loans shall continue to be serviced by the Servicer pursuant to the terms of this Servicing Agreement. However, if the Owner so elects, the Owner may waive the provisions of this paragraph (a) and accept transfer of servicing of such Mortgage Loans and all amounts received by the Servicer thereunder.

 

(c)           Servicing Advances . Subject to the limitations set forth in the definition of “Nonrecoverable Advances”, the Servicer shall be entitled to be reimbursed for all unreimbursed Servicing Advances and any other advances made by the Servicer pursuant to this Servicing Agreement with respect to any Mortgage Loan on the related Transfer Date, but only if the successor servicer after the related Transfer Date is not the Servicer or an affiliate. In addition, the Owner shall cause the Servicer to be reimbursed for any accrued and unpaid Servicing Fees, unpaid Ancillary Income, Other Fees and for any trailing expenses representing Servicing Advances for which invoices are received by the Servicer after the Transfer Date. The Owner shall cause the Servicer to be reimbursed for such trailing expenses within five (5) Business Days of receipt of such invoice.

 

Anything to the contrary in this Section 6.02(c)  notwithstanding, in the event that Servicer is terminated for cause as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default under this Servicing Agreement, the payments required in this Section 6.02(c)  shall be made in the amounts and at the times otherwise provided in this Servicing Agreement.

 

(d)           Notice to Taxing Authorities and Insurance Companies . The Servicer shall transmit to the applicable taxing authorities and insurance companies (including primary mortgage insurance policy insurers, if applicable) and/or agents, notification of the transfer of the

 

46



 

servicing to the Owner, or its designee, and instructions to deliver all notices, tax bills and insurance statements, as the case may be, to the Owner from and after the related Transfer Date.

 

(e)           Delivery of Servicing Records . The Servicer shall forward to the Owner, or its designee, all servicing records and the Servicing File in the Servicer’s possession relating to each related Mortgage Loan.

 

(f)            Escrow Payments . The Servicer shall provide the Owner, or its designee, with immediately available funds by wire transfer in the amount of the net Escrow Payments and suspense balances and all loss draft balances associated with the related Mortgage Loans. The Servicer shall also provide the Owner with an accounting statement of Escrow Payments and suspense balances and loss draft balances sufficient to enable the Owner to reconcile the amount of such payment with the accounts of the Mortgage Loans. Additionally, the Servicer shall wire transfer to the Owner the amount of any agency, trustee or prepaid Mortgage Loan payments and all other similar amounts held by the Servicer.

 

(g)           Payoffs and Assumptions . The Servicer shall provide to the Owner, or its designee, copies of all assumption and payoff statements generated by the Servicer on the related Mortgage Loans from the related Cut-off Date to the related Transfer Date.

 

(h)           Mortgage Payments Received Prior to the Related Transfer Date . Prior to the related Transfer Date all payments received by the Servicer on each related Mortgage Loan shall be properly applied to the account of the particular Mortgagor.

 

(i)            Mortgage Payments Received After Transfer Date . The amount of any related Monthly Payments received by the Servicer after the related Transfer Date shall be forwarded to the Owner or its designee within two (2) Business Days after the date of receipt. The Servicer shall notify the Owner or its designee of the particulars of the payment, which notification requirement shall be satisfied if the Servicer forwards with its payment sufficient information to permit appropriate processing of the payment by the Owner or its designee. The Servicer shall assume full responsibility for the necessary and appropriate legal application of such Monthly Payments received by the Servicer after the related Transfer Date with respect to related Mortgage Loans then in foreclosure or bankruptcy; provided, however, that for purposes of this Servicing Agreement, necessary and appropriate legal application of such Monthly Payments shall include, but not be limited to, endorsement of a Monthly Payment to the Owner with the particulars of the payment such as the account number, dollar amount, date received and any special Mortgagor application instructions and the Servicer shall comply with the foregoing requirements with respect to all Monthly Payments received by it.

 

(j)            Misapplied Payments . Misapplied payments shall be processed as follows:

 

(i)            All parties shall cooperate in correcting misapplication errors;

 

(ii)           The party receiving notice of a misapplied payment occurring prior to the related Transfer Date and discovered after the related Transfer Date shall immediately notify the other party;

 

47



 

(iii)          If a misapplied payment which occurred prior to the related Transfer Date cannot be identified and said misapplied payment has resulted in a shortage in a Custodial Account or Escrow Account, and such misapplied payment was the direct result of the Servicer’s error, the Servicer shall be liable for the amount of such shortage. In such case, the Servicer shall reimburse the Owner for the amount of such shortage within thirty (30) days after receipt of written demand therefor from the Owner;

 

(iv)          If a misapplied payment which occurred prior to the related Transfer Date has created an improper Purchase Price as the result of an inaccurate outstanding principal balance and such misapplied payment was the direct result of the Servicer’s error, a check shall be issued to the party shorted by the improper payment application within thirty (30) days after notice thereof by the other party; and

 

(v)           Any check issued under the provisions of this Section 6.02(j)  shall be accompanied by a statement indicating the Owner Mortgage Loan identification number and an explanation of the allocation of any such payments.

 

(k)           Books and Records . On the related Transfer Date, the books, records and accounts of the Servicer with respect to the related Mortgage Loans shall be in accordance with all Accepted Servicing Practices.

 

On the related Transfer Date, the Servicer shall comply with all of the provisions of this Servicing Agreement to effect a complete transfer of the servicing with respect to the related Mortgage Loans. Except as otherwise provided in this Servicing Agreement, on the related Transfer Date for each related Mortgage Loan, this Servicing Agreement, except for Articles VI , VIII IX , X , and XIV and Sections 13.04 , 13.06 , 13.07 , 13.08 , 13.12 , 13.13 , 13.14 , 13.16 , 13.17 and 13.18 which shall survive the related Transfer Date, shall terminate with respect to such Mortgage Loan.

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

48



 

ARTICLE VII

 

BOOKS AND RECORDS

 

Section 7.01                  Possession of Servicing Files Prior to the Related Servicing Transfer Date .

 

The contents of each Servicing File are and shall be held in trust by the Servicer for the benefit of the Owner as the owner thereof. The Servicer shall maintain in the Servicing File a hard or electronic copy, if available, of each Mortgage Loan Document received by the Owner or its designee and the originals or copies of documents not delivered to the Owner in the Servicer’s possession received during the term of this Servicing Agreement. The possession of the Servicing File by the Servicer is at the will of the Owner for the sole purpose of servicing the related Mortgage Loan, pursuant to this Servicing Agreement, and such retention and possession by the Servicer is in its capacity as Servicer only and at the election of the Owner. The Servicer shall release its custody of the contents of any Servicing File only in accordance with written instructions from the Owner, unless such release is required as incidental to the Servicer’s servicing of the Mortgage Loans pursuant to this Servicing Agreement.

 

The Servicer shall be responsible for maintaining, and shall maintain, a complete set of books and records for each Mortgage Loan which shall be marked clearly to reflect the ownership of each Mortgage Loan by the Owner. In particular, the Servicer shall maintain in its possession, available for inspection by the Owner, and shall deliver to the Owner if so directed by the Owner, upon written demand, evidence of compliance with all federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations, and requirements of Fannie Mae, including but not limited to documentation as to the method used in determining the applicability of the provisions of the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 or Flood Disaster Prevention Act of 1973, as amended, to the Mortgaged Property, documentation evidencing insurance coverage and eligibility of any condominium project for approval by Fannie Mae and periodic inspection reports as required by Section 2.13 , as applicable.

 

The Servicer shall keep at its servicing office books and records in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Servicer shall note transfers of Mortgage Loans.

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

49



 

ARTICLE VIII

 

INDEMNIFICATION AND ASSIGNMENT

 

Section 8.01                  Indemnification; Remedies .

 

(a)           The Servicer agrees to indemnify and hold the Owner and any successor servicer harmless from any liability, claim, loss or damage (including, without limitation, any reasonable legal fees, judgments or expenses relating to such liability, claim, loss or damage) to the Owner directly or indirectly resulting from the Servicer’s failure:

 

(i)            to observe and perform any or all of the Servicer’s duties, obligations, covenants, agreements, warranties or representations contained in this Servicing Agreement; or

 

(ii)           to comply with all applicable requirements with respect to the servicing of the Mortgage Loans as set forth herein.

 

The Servicer immediately shall notify the Owner if a claim is made by a third party with respect to this Servicing Agreement. For purposes of this Section 8.01(a) , “Owner” shall mean the Person then acting as the Owner under this Servicing Agreement and any and all Persons who previously were “Owners” under this Servicing Agreement.

 

(b)           The Owner agrees to indemnify and hold the Servicer harmless from any liability, claim, loss or damage (including without limitation, any reasonable legal fees, judgments or expenses relating to such liability, claim, loss or damage) to the Servicer (a) directly or indirectly resulting from the Owner’s failure to observe and perform any or all of the Owner’s duties, obligations, covenants, agreements, warranties or representations contained in this Servicing Agreement or (b) directly resulting from the Servicer taking any legal actions with respect to any Mortgage Loans and/or REO Properties in the name of the Servicer and without reference to the Owner, or (c) any act or omission on the part of any prior servicer or (d) directly resulting from any third party act or omission which occurred in connection with the origination, processing, funding or servicing of a mortgage loan; but, in each case set forth in subparts (a)-(d) above, only to the extent such loss does not result from the Servicer’s own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct or failure of the Servicer (i) to observe and perform any or all of Servicer’s duties, obligations, covenants, agreements, warranties or representations contained in this Servicing Agreement; or (ii) to comply with all applicable requirements with respect to the servicing of the Mortgage Loans as set forth herein.

 

(c)           (i)            Any failure by the Servicer or any Subservicer to deliver any information, report, certification, accountants’ letter or other material when and as required under Sections 4.04 , 4.05 , or 5.02 , which continues unremedied for three Business Days after receipt by the Servicer and the applicable Subservicer or Subcontractor, of written notice of such failure from the Owner, shall, except as provided in clause (ii) of this paragraph, constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Servicer under this Servicing Agreement, and shall entitle the Owner in its sole discretion to terminate the rights and obligations of the Servicer as servicer under this Servicing Agreement without payment (notwithstanding anything in this Agreement

 

50



 

related thereto to the contrary) of any compensation to the Servicer; provided, however, it is understood that the Servicer shall remain entitled to receive reimbursement for all unreimbursed Servicing Advances made by the Servicer under this Servicing Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, to the extent that any provision of this Servicing Agreement expressly provides for the survival of certain rights or obligations following termination of the Servicer as servicer, such provision shall be given effect.

 

(ii)(A)      Any failure by the Servicer or any Subservicer to deliver any information, report, certification or accountants’ letter or other material when and as required under this Servicing Agreement, which continues unremedied for three (3) Business Days after receipt by the applicable Subservicer of written notice of such failure from the Owner shall constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Servicer under this Servicing Agreement, and shall entitle the Owner in its sole discretion to terminate the rights and obligations of the Servicer as servicer under this Servicing Agreement without payment (notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary) of any compensation to the Servicer; provided, however, it is understood that the Servicer shall remain entitled to receive reimbursement for all unreimbursed Servicing Advances made by the Servicer under this Servicing Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, to the extent that any provision of this Servicing Agreement expressly provides for the survival of certain rights or obligations following termination of the Servicer as servicer, such provision shall be given effect.

 

(ii)(B)      The Servicer shall promptly reimburse the Owner for all reasonable expenses (including legal fees) incurred by the Owner as such are incurred, in connection with the termination of the Servicer as servicer and the transfer of servicing of the Mortgage Loans to a successor servicer. The provisions of this paragraph shall not limit whatever rights the Owner may have under other provisions of this Servicing Agreement or otherwise, whether in equity or at law, such as an action for damages, specific performance or injunctive relief.

 

(d)           If the indemnification provided for herein is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless the indemnified party, then the indemnifying party agrees that it shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of any claims, losses, damages or liabilities uncured by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of such indemnified party on the one hand and the indemnifying party on the other.

 

(e)           The foregoing indemnifications provided for in this Section are not intended by the parties to encompass “normal” litigation relating to servicing operations conducted in accordance with Standard Servicing Practices including, without limitation, foreclosure litigation.

 

(f)            The indemnifications provided for in this Section shall survive the termination of Servicing Agreement or the termination of any party to this Servicing Agreement.

 

51



 

Section 8.02                  Limitation on Liability of Servicer and Others .

 

Neither the Servicer nor any of the directors, officers, employees or agents of the Servicer shall be under any liability to the Owner for any action taken or for refraining from the taking of any action in good faith pursuant to this Servicing Agreement, or for errors in judgment, provided, however, that this provision shall not protect the Servicer or any such person against any breach of warranties or representations made herein, its own negligent actions, or failure to perform its obligations in compliance with any standard of care set forth in this Servicing Agreement, or any liability which would otherwise be imposed by reason of any breach of the terms and conditions of this Servicing Agreement. The Servicer and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Servicer may rely in good faith on any document of any kind prima facie properly executed and submitted by any Person respecting any matters arising hereunder. The Servicer shall not be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action which is not incidental to its duties to service the Mortgage Loans in accordance with this Servicing Agreement and which in its opinion may involve it in any expense or liability, provided, however, that the Servicer may undertake any such action which it may deem necessary or desirable in respect to this Servicing Agreement and the rights and duties of the parties hereto. In such event, the Servicer shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Owner of the reasonable legal expenses and costs of such action.

 

Section 8.03                  Limitation on Resignation and Assignment by Servicer .

 

The Owner has entered into this Servicing Agreement with the Servicer and subsequent purchasers will purchase the Mortgage Loans in reliance upon the independent status of the Servicer, and the representations as to the adequacy of its servicing facilities, plant, personnel, records and procedures, its integrity, reputation and financial standing, and the continuance thereof. Therefore, the Servicer shall not assign this Servicing Agreement or the servicing hereunder or delegate its rights or duties hereunder or any portion hereof or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its property or assets without the prior written consent of the Owner, which consent shall be granted or withheld in the reasonable discretion of the Owner.

 

The Servicer may, without the consent of the Owner, retain third party contractors to perform certain servicing and loan administration functions, including without limitation, hazard insurance administration, tax payment and administration, flood certification and administration, collection services and similar functions; provided, however , that the retention of such contractors by Servicer shall not limit the obligation of the Servicer to service the Mortgage Loans pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Servicing Agreement.

 

The Servicer shall not resign from the obligations and duties hereby imposed on it except by mutual consent of the Servicer and the Owner or upon the determination that its duties hereunder are no longer permissible under applicable law and such incapacity cannot be cured by the Servicer. Any such determination permitting the resignation of the Servicer shall be evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel to such effect delivered to the Owner which Opinion of Counsel shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Owner. No such resignation shall become effective until a successor shall have assumed the Servicer’s responsibilities and obligations hereunder in the manner provided in Section 6.02 .

 

52



 

Without in any way limiting the generality of this Section 8.03 , in the event that the Servicer either shall assign this Servicing Agreement or the servicing responsibilities hereunder or delegate its duties hereunder or any portion thereof or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its property or assets without the prior written consent of the Owner, then the Owner shall have the right to terminate this Servicing Agreement upon notice given as set forth in Section 6.01(a)(ii) , without any payment of any penalty or damages and without any liability whatsoever to the Servicer or any third party.

 

Section 8.04                  Assignment by Owner .

 

Subject to the limitations and requirements set forth in the fifth paragraph of Section 2.01, the Owner shall have the right, to assign, in whole or in part, its interest under this Agreement with respect to some or all of the Mortgage Loans, and designate any Person to exercise any rights of the Owner hereunder.

 

Section 8.05                  Merger or Consolidation of the Servicer .

 

The Servicer will keep in full effect its existence, rights and franchises as a limited partnership under the laws of the state of its filing except as permitted herein, and will obtain and preserve its qualification to do business as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is or shall be necessary to protect the validity and enforceability of this Servicing Agreement, or any of the Mortgage Loans and to perform its duties under this Servicing Agreement. Any Person into which the Servicer may be merged or consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation (including by means of the sale of all or substantially all of the Servicer’s assets to such Person) to which the Servicer shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to the business of the Servicer (whether or not related to loan servicing), shall be the successor of the Servicer hereunder, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding

 

The Servicer shall give ninety (90) days’ prior written notice to the Owner to the extent permitted by applicable law of any such merger, conversion, consolidation, sale or other disposition to which the Servicer proposes to be a party. In the event that any successor entity to the Servicer fails to meet the requirements set forth in this Section 8.05 and the Owner does not consent to such successor becoming the servicer hereunder, then the Servicer shall have the right to terminate this Servicing Agreement with respect to the Servicer and any such successor upon notice given as set forth in Section 6.01 , without any payment of any termination penalty or termination damages and without any additional liability whatsoever to the Servicer or any third party, except for liabilities accrued under this Servicing Agreement prior to the date of termination and for liabilities resulting from Owner’s obligations hereunder, including the payment of the Servicing Fee pursuant to Section 4.03 .

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

53



 

ARTICLE IX

 

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF OWNER

 

As of the date hereof and on each date on which a Mortgage Loan Package becomes subject to the terms of this Servicing Agreement, the Owner warrants and represents to, and covenants and agrees with, the Servicer as follows:

 

Section 9.01                  Organization and Good Standing; Licensing .

 

The Owner is a Delaware limited liability company, duly organized, validly existing and has the power and authority to own its assets and to transact the business in which it is currently engaged.

 

Section 9.02                  Authorization; Binding Obligations .

 

The Owner has the power and authority to make, execute, deliver and perform this Servicing Agreement, and perform all of the transactions contemplated to be performed by it under this Servicing Agreement, and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Servicing Agreement. When executed and delivered, this Servicing Agreement will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Owner enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by the availability of equitable remedies.

 

Section 9.03                  No Consent Required .

 

The Owner is not required to obtain the consent of any other party or any consent, license, approval or authorization from, or registration or declaration with, any governmental authority, bureau or agency in connection with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Servicing Agreement, except such as have been obtained or made or as to which the failure to obtain or make will not materially adversely affect the ability of the Owner to perform all obligations hereunder.

 

Section 9.04                  No Violations .

 

The execution, delivery and performance of this Servicing Agreement by the Owner will not violate any provision of any existing law or regulation or any order or decree of any court applicable to the Owner, except for violations that will not adversely affect the Owner’s ability to perform its obligations under this Servicing Agreement or the certificate of incorporation of the Owner, or constitute a material breach of any mortgage, indenture, contract or other agreement to which the Owner is a party or by which the Owner may be bound.

 

Section 9.05                  Litigation .

 

No litigation or administrative proceeding of or before any court, tribunal or governmental body is currently pending or to the knowledge of the Owner threatened, against the

 

54



 

Owner or with respect to this Servicing Agreement, which if adversely determined would have a material adverse effect on the transactions contemplated by this Servicing Agreement.

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

55


 

ARTICLE X

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SERVICER

 

As of the date hereof and on each date on which a Mortgage Loan Package becomes subject to the terms of this Servicing Agreement, the Servicer warrants and represents to, and covenants and agrees with, the Owner as follows:

 

Section 10.01                Due Organization and Authority .

 

The Servicer is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware as now being conducted and is licensed, qualified and in good standing in each state where a Mortgaged Property is located if the laws of such state require licensing or qualification in order to conduct business of the type conducted by the Servicer, and in any event the Servicer is in compliance with the laws of any such state to the extent necessary to ensure the enforceability of the related Mortgage Loan in accordance with the terms of this Servicing Agreement; the Servicer has the full power and authority to execute and deliver this Servicing Agreement and to perform in accordance herewith; the execution, delivery and performance of this Servicing Agreement (including all instruments or transfer to be delivered pursuant to this Servicing Agreement) by the Servicer and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized; this Servicing Agreement evidences the valid, binding and enforceable obligation of the Servicer; and all requisite action has been taken by the Servicer to make this Servicing Agreement valid and binding upon the Servicer in accordance with its terms.

 

Section 10.02                Ordinary Course of Business .

 

The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Servicing Agreement are in the ordinary course of business of the Servicer.

 

Section 10.03                No Conflicts .

 

Neither the execution and delivery of this Servicing Agreement, nor the fulfillment of or compliance with the terms and conditions of this Servicing Agreement, will conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of the Servicer’s organizational documents or any legal restriction or any agreement or instrument to which the Servicer is now a party or by which it is bound, or constitute a default or result in an acceleration under any of the foregoing, or result in the violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree to which the Servicer or its property is subject, or impair the ability of the Owner to realize on the Mortgage Loans, or impair the value of the Mortgage Loans.

 

Section 10.04                Ability to Service .

 

The Servicer has the facilities, procedures, and experienced personnel necessary for the sound servicing of mortgage loans of the same type as the Mortgage Loans. The Servicer is in good standing to enforce and service mortgage loans in the jurisdiction wherein the Mortgaged Properties are located.

 

56



 

Section 10.05                Ability to Perform .

 

The Servicer does not believe, nor does it have any reason or cause to believe, that it cannot perform each and every covenant contained in this Servicing Agreement.

 

Section 10.06                No Litigation Pending .

 

There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation pending or to the best of Servicer’s knowledge threatened against the Servicer, before any court, administrative agency or other tribunal asserting the invalidity of this Servicing Agreement, seeking to prevent the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Servicing Agreement or which, either in any one instance or in the aggregate, may result in any material adverse change in the business, operations, financial condition, properties or assets of the Servicer, or in any material impairment of the right or ability of the Servicer to carry on its business substantially as now conducted, or in any material liability on the part of the Servicer, or which would draw into question the validity of this Servicing Agreement, or the Mortgage Loans or of any action taken or to be taken in connection with the obligations of the Servicer contemplated herein, or which would be likely to impair materially the ability of the Servicer to perform under the terms of this Servicing Agreement.

 

Section 10.07                No Consent Required .

 

No consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or governmental agency or body is required for the execution, delivery and performance by the Servicer of or compliance by the Servicer with this Servicing Agreement, or the servicing of the Mortgage Loans as evidenced by the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Servicing Agreement, or if required, such approval has been obtained prior to the date hereof.

 

Section 10.08                No Untrue Information .

 

No statement, report or other document relating to the Servicer furnished or to be furnished by the Servicer pursuant to this Servicing Agreement or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby contains any untrue statement of material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading.

 

Section 10.09                [Reserved] .

 

Section 10.10                MERS .

 

The Servicer is a member of MERS in good standing, and will comply in all material respects with the rules and procedures of MERS in connection with the servicing of the MERS Mortgage Loans for as long as such Mortgage Loans are registered with MERS.

 

To the extent the Owner requests the Servicer to register or transfer a Mortgage Loan with Mortgage Electronic Registration System, Inc., the Owner shall transfer or cause to be transferred to Servicer the required mortgage loan information within five (5) Business Days of the Servicing Transfer Date. For such services, the Owner agrees to pay the Servicer the fee set

 

57



 

forth on Exhibit 14 hereto upon the boarding or release of such Mortgage Loan on the Servicer’s mortgage loan administration system.

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

58



 

ARTICLE XI

 

DEFAULT

 

Section 11.01                Events of Default .

 

The following shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement on the part of the Servicer:

 

(a)            any failure by the Servicer to remit to the Owner (or as otherwise directed by the Owner) any payment required to be made under the terms of this Servicing Agreement which continues unremedied for a period of five (5) Business Days after the date upon which notice of such failure is given to the Servicer, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given to the Servicer by the Owner; or

 

(b)            the failure by the Servicer duly to observe or perform in any material respect any other of the covenants or agreements on the part of the Servicer set forth in this Servicing Agreement which continues unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days (except that such number of days shall be fifteen (15) in the case of a failure to pay any premium for any insurance policy under this Servicing Agreement) after the date on which notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given to the Servicer by the Owner (the date of delivery of such notice, the “ Notice Date ”); provided, however, that in the case of a failure that cannot be cured within thirty (30) days after the Notice Date, the cure period may be extended if the Servicer can demonstrate to the reasonable satisfaction of the Owner that the failure can be cured and the Servicer is diligently pursuing remedial action; or

 

(c)            a decree or order of a court or agency or supervisory authority having jurisdiction for the appointment of a conservator or receiver or liquidator in any insolvency, bankruptcy, readjustment of debt, marshaling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings, or for the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, shall have been entered against the Servicer and such decree or order shall have remained in force undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days; or

 

(d)            the Servicer shall consent to the appointment of a conservator or receiver or liquidator in any insolvency, bankruptcy, readjustment of debt, marshaling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings of or relating to the Servicer or of or relating to all or substantially all of its property; or

 

(e)            the Servicer shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, file a petition to take advantage of any applicable insolvency or reorganization statute, make an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or voluntarily suspend payment of its obligations; or

 

(f)             the Servicer fails to maintain its license to do business or service residential mortgage loans in any jurisdiction where the Mortgaged Properties are located for more than thirty (30) days after receiving notice from any Person thereof;

 

59



 

(g)            the Servicer attempts to assign its right to servicing compensation hereunder or the Servicer attempts, without the consent of the Owner, to sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its property or assets or to assign this Servicing Agreement or the servicing responsibilities hereunder or to delegate its duties hereunder or any portion thereof in a manner not permitted under this Servicing Agreement; or

 

(h)            any of those failures specified in Section  8.01(d)(i)  or (ii)(A)  as constituting an Event of Default under this Servicing Agreement.

 

In each and every such case, so long as an Event of Default shall not have been remedied, in addition to whatsoever rights the Owner may have at law or equity to damages, including injunctive relief and specific performance, the Owner, by notice in writing to the Servicer, may terminate without compensation all the rights and obligations of the Servicer under this Servicing Agreement and in and to the Mortgage Loans and the proceeds thereof.

 

In case one or more Events of Default by Servicer occur and shall not have been remedied, the Owner, by notice in writing to Servicer may, in addition to whatever rights the Owner may have at law or equity to damages, including injunctive relieve and specific performance, terminate all the rights and obligations of Servicer under this Servicing Agreement and in and to the Mortgage Loans and the proceeds thereof. The Servicer shall not be entitled to any Service Release Fees upon such termination; provided, however, that the Servicer shall be entitled to any accrued and unpaid Servicing Fees, Servicing Advances, Other Fees and Ancillary Income to the date of such termination. Upon receipt by the Servicer of such written notice, all authority and power of the Servicer under this Servicing Agreement, whether with respect to the Mortgage Loans or otherwise, shall pass to and be vested in the successor appointed pursuant to Section 6.02 . Upon written request from the Owner, the Servicer shall prepare, execute and deliver any and all documents and other instruments, place in such successor’s possession all Mortgage Files to the extent initially provided to the Servicer, and do or accomplish all other acts or things necessary or appropriate to effect the purposes of such notice of termination, whether to complete the transfer and endorsement or assignment of the Mortgage Loans and related documents, or otherwise, at the Servicer’s sole expense or as otherwise provided under Accepted Servicing Practices. The Servicer agrees to cooperate with the Owner and such successor in effecting the termination of the Servicer’s responsibilities and rights hereunder, including, without limitation, the transfer to such successor for administration by it of all cash amounts which shall at the time be credited by the Servicer to the Custodial Account or Escrow Account or thereafter received with respect to the Mortgage Loans.

 

Section 11.02                Waiver of Defaults .

 

The Owner may waive any default by the Servicer in the performance of its obligations hereunder and its consequences. Upon any such waiver of a past default, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been remedied for every purpose of this Servicing Agreement. No such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereon except to the extent expressly so waived.

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

60



 

ARTICLE XII

 

CLOSING

 

Section 12.01                Closing Documents .

 

The Closing Documents shall consist of fully executed originals of the following documents:

 

1.              this Servicing Agreement;

 

2.                                       a Custodial Account Letter Agreement or a Custodial Account Certification, as applicable, as required hereunder, in the form of either Exhibit 2 or 3 hereto;

 

3.                                       an Escrow Account Letter Agreement or an Escrow Account Certification, as applicable, as required hereunder, in the form of either Exhibit 4 or Exhibit 5 hereto;

 

4.                                       an Officer’s Certificate, in the form of Exhibit 7 hereto, with respect to the Servicer, including all attachments thereto.

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

61



 

ARTICLE XIII

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

Section 13.01                Notices .

 

All notices, requests, demands and other communications which are required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon the delivery or mailing thereof, as the case may be, sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested:

 

(a)            If to the Owner to:

 

PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund Investors, LLC

Attn: Fund Manager

6101 Condor Drive, Suite 330

Moorpark, CA 93021

 

With a copy to:

 

PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund Investors, LLC

Attn: General Counsel

6101 Condor Drive, Suite 330

Moorpark, CA 93021

 

(b)            If to the Servicer:

 

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC

Attn: Director, Servicing Operations

6101 Condor Drive, Suite 200

Moorpark, CA 93021

 

With a copy to:

 

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC

Attn: General Counsel

6101 Condor Drive, Suite 200

Moorpark, CA 93021

 

Section 13.02                Waivers .

 

Any of the Servicer or the Owner may upon consent of all parties, by written notice to the others:

 

62



 

(a)            Waive compliance with any of the terms, conditions or covenants required to be complied with by the others hereunder; and

 

(b)            Waive or modify performance of any of the obligations of the others hereunder.

 

The waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Servicing Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other subsequent breach.

 

Section 13.03                Entire Agreement; Amendment .

 

This Servicing Agreement, including all documents and exhibits incorporated by reference herein, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to servicing of the Mortgage Loans. This Servicing Agreement may be amended and any provision hereof waived, but, only in writing signed by the party against whom such enforcement is sought.

 

Section 13.04                Execution; Binding Effect .

 

This Servicing Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which, when so executed, shall be deemed to be an original; such counterparts, together, shall constitute one and the same agreement. Subject to Sections 8.02 and 8.03, this Servicing Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Servicer and the Owner and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

 

Section 13.05                Headings .

 

Headings of the Articles and Sections in this Servicing Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not be deemed to have any substantive effect.

 

Section 13.06                Applicable Law .

 

THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SUBSTANTIVE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW), EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT PREEMPTED BY FEDERAL LAW.

 

Section 13.07                Relationship of Parties .

 

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed or construed to create a partnership or joint venture between the parties. The duties and responsibilities of the Servicer shall be rendered by it as an independent contractor and not as an agent of the Owner. The Servicer shall have full control of all of its acts, doings, proceedings, relating to or requisite in connection with the discharge of its duties and responsibilities under this Servicing Agreement.

 

63



 

Section 13.08                Severability of Provisions .

 

If any one or more of the covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Servicing Agreement shall be held invalid for any reason whatsoever, then such covenants, agreements, provisions or terms shall be deemed severable from the remaining covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Servicing Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions of this Servicing Agreement.

 

Section 13.09                Recordation of Assignments of Mortgage .

 

To the extent permitted by applicable law, each of the Assignments of Mortgage is subject to recordation in all appropriate public offices for real property records in all the counties or other comparable jurisdictions in which any or all of the Mortgaged Properties are situated, and in any other appropriate public recording office or elsewhere, such recordation to be effected by the Owner or the Owner’s designee.

 

Section 13.10                Exhibits .

 

The exhibits to this Servicing Agreement are hereby incorporated and made a part hereof and are integral parts of this Servicing Agreement.

 

Section 13.11                Counterparts .

 

This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in any number of counterparts. Each counterpart shall be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Section 13.12                Cooperation of Servicer with a Reconstitution .

 

(a)            The Servicer and the Owner agree that with respect to some or all of the Mortgage Loans, on one or more dates (each a “ Reconstitution Date ”), at the Owner’s sole option, the Owner may effect a sale (each, a “ Reconstitution ”) of some or all of the Mortgage Loans then subject to this Servicing Agreement, without recourse, to:

 

(i)             Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac in one or more Whole Loan Transfers;

 

(ii)            one or more other third-party purchasers in one or more Whole Loan Transfers;

 

(iii)           one or more trusts or other entities to be formed as part of one or more Private Securitization Transactions; or

 

(iv)           one or more trusts or other entities to be formed as part of one or more Public Securitization Transactions.

 

(b)            With respect to each Whole Loan Transfer, Private Securitization Transaction or Public Securitization Transaction, as the case may be, entered into by the Owner, the Servicer shall:

 

64



 

(i)             upon request of the Owner, service the Mortgage Loans included in such Reconstitution pursuant to a security servicing agreement or other agreement;

 

(ii)            if the Servicer will continue servicing the Mortgage Loans included in the Reconstitution, provide as applicable:

 

(A)            information pertaining to the Servicer of the type and scope customarily included in offering documents for residential mortgage-backed securities transactions involving single or multiple loan originators including information regarding financial condition and mortgage loan delinquency, foreclosure and loss experience or other information as is otherwise reasonably requested by the Owner, and to deliver to the Owner any non-public, unaudited financial information, in which case the Owner shall bear the cost of having such information audited by certified public accountants if the Owner desires such an audit, or as is otherwise reasonably requested by the Owner and which the Servicer is capable of providing without unreasonable effort or expense (collectively “Servicer Information”), and to indemnify the Owner and its affiliates for material misstatements or omissions contained in the Servicer Information; provided, however, Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Servicer and its affiliates for material misstatements or omissions contained in all other information in any offering document, other than Servicer Information; and

 

(B)            such opinions of counsel, letters from auditors, and certificates of public officials or officers of Servicer as are reasonably believed necessary by the trustee, any rating agency or the Owner, as the case may be, in connection with such Private Securitization Transaction or Public Securitization Transaction. The Owner shall pay all third party costs associated with the preparation of the information described in clause (ii)(A) above and the delivery of any opinions (other than opinions by in-house counsel), letters or certificates described in this clause (ii)(B).

 

(iii)           if the Servicer will continue servicing the Mortgage Loans included in the Reconstitution, to negotiate and execute one or more custodial agreements among the Owner, the Servicer and a third party custodian/trustee which is generally considered to be a prudent custodian/trustee in the secondary mortgage market designated by the Owner in its sole discretion after consultation with the Servicer, in either case for the purpose of pooling the Mortgage Loans with other Mortgage Loans for resale or securitization; and

 

(iv)           if the Servicer will continue servicing the Mortgage Loans included in the Reconstitution, (1) cooperate fully with the Owner, any prospective purchaser, any Rating Agency or any party to any agreement to be executed in connection with such Whole Loan Transfer, Private Securitization Transaction or Public Securitization Transaction, with respect to all reasonable

 

65


 

requests and due diligence procedures, including participating in meetings with Rating Agencies, bond insurers and such other parties as the Owner shall designate and participating in meetings with prospective purchasers of the Mortgage Loans or interests therein and providing information reasonably requested by such purchasers; (2) to execute, deliver and perform all reconstitution agreements required by the Owner, and to use its best reasonable, good faith efforts to facilitate such Whole Loan Transfer, Private Securitization Transaction or Public Securitization Transaction, as the case may be; (3) (a) to restate the representations and warranties set forth in this Servicing Agreement as of the Reconstitution Date which shall not be materially more onerous than those required under this Servicing Agreement or (b) make the representations and warranties with respect to the servicing of the Mortgage Loans set forth in the related selling/servicing guide of the master servicer or issuer, as the case may be, or such representations and warranties with respect to the servicing of the Mortgage Loans as may be required by any Rating Agency or prospective purchaser of the related securities or such Mortgage Loans, in connection with such Reconstitution; provided, however, that such representations and warranties shall not be materially more onerous than those required under this Servicing Agreement. The Servicer shall use its reasonable best efforts to provide to such master servicer or issuer, as the case may be, and any other participants in such Reconstitution: (i) any and all information and appropriate verification of information which may be reasonably available to the Servicer or its affiliates, whether through letters of its auditors and counsel or otherwise, as the Owner or any such other participant shall reasonably request and (ii) subject to the provisions of this Section 13.12(b), to execute, deliver and satisfy all conditions set forth in any indemnity agreement required by the Owner or any such participant; provided that the Servicer is given an opportunity to review and reasonably negotiate in good faith provisions of such indemnity.

 

(c)           Any execution of a security servicing agreement or reconstitution agreement by the Servicer shall be conditioned on the Servicer receiving the Servicing Fee or such other servicing fee acceptable to Servicer. All Mortgage Loans not sold or transferred pursuant to a Whole Loan Transfer, Private Securitization Transaction or Public Securitization Transaction shall be subject to this Servicing Agreement and shall continue to be serviced in accordance with the terms of this Servicing Agreement and with respect thereto this Servicing Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Servicing Agreement, in the event that the Servicer is the servicer with respect to a Reconstitution, the Owner agrees that in such Reconstitution any servicing performance termination triggers shall be substantially similar to those contained in this Servicing Agreement or otherwise subject to approval by the Servicer in its reasonable discretion

 

Section 13.13               Trademarks .

 

The Owner and the Servicer agree that they and their employees, subcontractors and agents, shall not, without the prior written consent of the other party in each instance, (i) use in advertising, publicity or otherwise the name of each and every other party to this Servicing Agreement or their Affiliates or any of their managing directors, partners or employees, nor any

 

66



 

trade name, trademark, trade device, service mark, symbol or any abbreviation, contraction or simulation thereof owned by the other party or their Affiliates, or (ii) represent, directly or indirectly, any product or any service provided by the Owner and the Servicer as approved or endorsed by the other parties to this Servicing Agreement or their Affiliates.

 

Section 13.14               Confidentiality of Information .

 

If, during the term of this Servicing Agreement, the Owner requests that the Servicer provide to the Owner non-public, confidential information related to the Servicer and other affiliates of the Servicer (collectively, “ Parent ”), and if Parent, in its sole discretion agrees to provide this information, the parties agree that they shall enter into a confidentiality agreement in form and substance mutually agreeable to the parties prior to the release of such information (which obligation shall not be assigned by the Owner).

 

Section 13.15               [Reserved]

 

Section 13.16               WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY .

 

THE SERVICER AND THE OWNER EACH KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

Section 13.17               LIMITATION OF DAMAGES .

 

NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING CONTAINED HEREIN TO THE CONTRARY, THE PARTIES AGREE THAT NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR ANY SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY), OR ANY OTHER LEGAL OR EQUITABLE PRINCIPLE, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT SUCH LIMITATION SHALL NOT BE APPLICABLE WITH RESPECT TO THIRD PARTY CLAIM MADE AGAINST A PARTY.

 

Section 13.18               SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVERS .

 

The Servicer and the Owner hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

(a)           SUBMITS FOR ITSELF IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION AND ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT IN RESPECT THEREOF, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE GENERAL JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, THE FEDERAL COURTS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA FOR THE CENTRAL DISTRICT OF CALIFORNIA AND APPELLATE COURTS FROM ANY THEREOF;

 

(b)           CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE BROUGHT IN SUCH COURTS AND, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE VENUE OF

 

67



 

ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT OR THAT SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING WAS BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT COURT AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM THE SAME;

 

(c)           AGREES THAT NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT TO EFFECT SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHT TO SUE IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

 

[SIGNATURES APPEAR ON NEXT PAGE]

 

68



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused their names to be signed hereto by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

 

 

PNMAC MORTGAGE OPPORTUNITY FUND INVESTORS, a Delaware limited liability company

 

(Owner)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey P. Grogin

 

 

Name:

Jeffrey P. Grogin

 

 

Title:

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

 

(Servicer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey P. Grogin

 

 

Name:

Jeffrey P. Grogin

 

 

Title:

Secretary

 

69



 

EXHIBIT 1

 

MONTHLY REPORTS

 

Remittance

Delinquency

Inventory Flow

Post Boarding Exception

 

 

DAILY REPORTS

 

Boarding Notification

Payoff

Transaction Detail

 

Exh. 1-1



 

EXHIBIT 2

 

CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT CERTIFICATION

 

                    , 2008

 

As Servicer under the Flow Servicing Agreement, Fixed- and Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loans, dated as of [          ], 2008 (the “ Servicing Agreement ”), we hereby certify that the Servicer has established the account described below as a Custodial Account (as such term is defined in the Servicing Agreement) pursuant to Section 2.04. The Custodial Account shall be a Special Deposit Account as such term is defined in the Servicing Agreement.

 

Title of Account:

[           ], in trust for [                         ]

 

 

Account Number:

 

 

 

Address of office or branch of the Servicer at which Account is maintained:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, as Servicer

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

Exh. 2-1



 

EXHIBIT 3

 

CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT LETTER AGREEMENT

 

                    , 2008

 

To:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(the “ Depository ”)

 

As Servicer under the Flow Servicing Agreement, Fixed- and Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loans, dated as of [          ], 2008 (the “ Servicing Agreement ”), we hereby authorize and request you to establish an account, as a Custodial Account (as such term is defined in the Servicing Agreement) pursuant to Section 2.04 of the Agreement, to be designated “[           ], as servicer, in trust for [                      ]” All deposits in the account shall be subject to withdrawal therefrom by order signed by the Servicer. You may refuse any deposit which would result in violation of the requirement that the account be fully insured as described below. This letter is submitted to you in duplicate. Please execute and return one original to us.

 

 

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC,

 

as Servicer

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Date:

 

 

Exh. 3-1



 

The undersigned, as Depository, hereby certifies that the above described account has been established under Account Number                    , at the office of the Depository indicated above, and agrees to honor withdrawals on such account as provided above. The Custodial Account shall be a Special Deposit Account (as such term is defined in the Servicing Agreement). The full amount deposited at any time in the account will be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

 

 

 

 

Depository

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Date:

 

 

Exh. 3-2



 

EXHIBIT 4

 

ESCROW ACCOUNT CERTIFICATION

 

                    , 2008

 

As Servicer under the Flow Servicing Agreement, Fixed- and Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loans, dated as of [          ], 2008 (the “ Servicing Agreement ”), we hereby certify that the Servicer has established the account described below as an Escrow Account pursuant to Section 2.06 of the Agreement. The Escrow Account shall be a Special Deposit Account as such term is defined in the Servicing Agreement.

 

Title of Account:

[           ], in trust for [                      ]

 

 

Account Number:

 

 

 

Address of office or branch of the Servicer at which Account is maintained:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, as Servicer

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

Exh. 4-1



 

EXHIBIT 5

 

ESCROW ACCOUNT LETTER AGREEMENT

 

                    , 2008

 

To:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(the “ Depository ”)

 

 

As Servicer under the Flow Servicing Agreement, Fixed- and Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loans, dated as of [          ], 2008 (the “ Servicing   Agreement ”), we hereby authorize and request you to establish an account as an Escrow Account (as such term is defined in the Servicing Agreement) pursuant to Section 2.06 of the Agreement, to be designated as “[          ], in trust for [                 ], and various Mortgagors.” All deposits in the account shall be subject to withdrawal therefrom by order signed by the Servicer. You may refuse any deposit which would result in violation of the requirement that the account be fully insured as described below. This letter is submitted to you in duplicate. Please execute and return one original to us.

 

 

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC,

 

as Servicer

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Date:

 

 

Exh. 5-1


 

The undersigned, as Depository, hereby certifies that the above described account has been established under Account Number          , at the office of the Depository indicated above, and agrees to honor withdrawals on such account as provided above. The Escrow Account shall be a Special Deposit Account (as such term is defined in the Servicing Agreement). The full amount deposited at any time in the account will be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

 

 

 

 

 

Depository

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Date:

 

 

Exh. 5-2



 

EXHIBIT 7

 

FORM OF OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE

 

I,                                  , hereby certify that I am the duly elected [                       ],of PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”) and further as follows:

 

1.             Attached hereto as Exhibit 1 is a true, correct and complete copy of the Certificate of Formation of the Company which is in full force and effect on the date hereof and which has been in effect without amendment, waiver, rescission or modification.

 

2.             Attached hereto as Exhibit 2 is an original certificate of good standing of the Company issued within ten days of the date hereof, and no event has occurred since the date thereof which would impair such standing.

 

3.             Attached hereto as Exhibit 3 is a true, correct and complete copy of the resolutions of the [            ] of the Company authorizing the Company to execute and deliver the Flow Servicing Agreement, dated as of [            ], 2008 (the “ Flow Servicing Agreement ”), between the Company and [                       ] (the “ Owner ”), and such resolutions are in effect on the date hereof.

 

4.             Each person listed on Exhibit 4 attached hereto who, as an officer or representative of the Company, signed (a) the Flow Servicing Agreement, and (b) any other document delivered or on the date hereof in connection with any purchase described in the agreements set forth above was, at the respective times of such signing and delivery, and is now, a duly elected or appointed, qualified and acting officer or representative of the Company, who holds the office set forth opposite his or her name on Exhibit 4, and the signatures of such persons appearing on such documents are their genuine signatures.

 

Exh. 7-1



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto signed my name and affixed the seal of the Company.

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

By:

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

I,                                  , an [Assistant] Secretary of the Company, hereby certify that                    is the duly elected, qualified and acting [Vice] President of the Company and that the signature appearing above is [her] [his] genuine signature.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto signed my name.

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

By:

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC

[Seal]

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

Exh. 7-2



 

EXHIBIT 4 to

Company’s Officer’s Certificate

 

NAME

 

TITLE

 

SIGNATURE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exh. 7-3



 

EXHIBIT 8

 

MORTGAGE LOAN DOCUMENTS

 

The following documents shall constitute the Mortgage Loan Documents with respect to each Mortgage Loan:

 

(a)           the original Mortgage Note bearing all intervening endorsements, endorsed “Pay to the order of               , without recourse” and signed in the name of the last endorsee (the “ Last Endorsee ”) by an authorized officer. To the extent that there is no room on the face of the Mortgage Notes for endorsements, the endorsement may be contained on an allonge, if state law so allows and the Custodian is so advised by the Owner that state law so allows. If the Mortgage Loan was acquired by the Seller in a merger, the endorsement must be by “[Last Endorsee], successor by merger to [name of predecessor]”. If the Mortgage Loan was acquired or originated by the Last Endorsee while doing business under another name, the endorsement must be by “[Last Endorsee], formerly known as [previous name]”;the original of any guarantee executed in connection with the Mortgage Note;

 

(b)           the original Mortgage with evidence of recording thereon. If in connection with any Mortgage Loan, the Owner cannot deliver or cause to be delivered the original Mortgage with evidence of recording thereon because of a delay caused by the public recording office where such Mortgage has been delivered for recordation or because such Mortgage has been lost or because such public recording office retains the original recorded Mortgage, the Seller shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Custodian, a photocopy of such Mortgage, together with (i) in the case of a delay caused by the public recording office, an Officer’s Certificate of the Seller (or certified by the title company, escrow agent, or closing attorney) stating that such Mortgage has been dispatched to the appropriate public recording office for recordation and that the original recorded Mortgage or a copy of such Mortgage certified by such public recording office to be a true and complete copy of the original recorded Mortgage will be promptly delivered to the Custodian upon receipt thereof by the Seller; or (ii) in the case of a Mortgage where a public recording office retains the original recorded Mortgage or in the case where a Mortgage is lost after recordation in a public recording office, a copy of such Mortgage certified by such public recording office to be a true and complete copy of the original recorded Mortgage; the originals of all assumption, modification, consolidation or extension agreements, if any, with evidence of recording thereon;

 

(c)           the original Assignment of Mortgage for each Mortgage Loan, in form and substance acceptable for recording. The Assignment of Mortgage must be duly recorded only if recordation is either necessary under applicable law or commonly required by private institutional mortgage investors in the area where the Mortgaged Property is located or on direction of the Owner as provided in this Agreement. If the Assignment of Mortgage is to be recorded, the Mortgage shall be assigned to the Owner or as directed by the Owner. If the Assignment of Mortgage is not to be recorded, the Assignment of Mortgage shall be delivered in blank. If the Mortgage Loan was acquired by the Seller in a merger, the Assignment of Mortgage must be made by “[Seller], successor by merger to

 

Exh. 8-1



 

[name of predecessor]”. If the Mortgage Loan was acquired or originated by the Seller while doing business under another name, the Assignment of Mortgage must be by “[Seller], formerly known as [previous name]”;

 

(d)           the originals of all intervening assignments of mortgage (if any) evidencing a complete chain of assignment from the Originator to the Last Endorsee with evidence of recording thereon, or if any such intervening assignment has not been returned from the applicable recording office or has been lost or if such public recording office retains the original recorded assignments of mortgage, the Seller shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Custodian, a photocopy of such intervening assignment, together with (i) in the case of a delay caused by the public recording office, an Officers Certificate of the Seller (or certified by the title company, escrow agent, or closing attorney) stating that such intervening assignment of mortgage has been dispatched to the appropriate public recording office for recordation and that such original recorded intervening assignment of mortgage or a copy of such intervening assignment of mortgage certified by the appropriate public recording office to be a true and complete copy of the original recorded intervening assignment of mortgage will be promptly delivered to the Custodian upon receipt thereof by the Seller; or (ii) in the case of an intervening assignment where a public recording office retains the original recorded intervening assignment or in the case where an intervening assignment is lost after recordation in a public recording office, a copy of such intervening assignment certified by such public recording office to be a true and complete copy of the original recorded intervening assignment;

 

(e)           The original mortgagee policy of title insurance or, in the event such original title policy is unavailable, a certified true copy of the related policy binder or commitment for title certified to be true and complete by the title insurance company (provided, that the original mortgagee policy of title insurance shall be added when available);

 

(f)            original powers of attorney, if applicable, or, if in connection with any Mortgage Loan, the Seller cannot deliver or cause to be delivered the original power of attorney with evidence of recording thereon, if applicable, because of a delay caused by the public recording office, the Seller shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Custodian, a photocopy of such power of attorney, together with an Officer’s Certificate of the Seller (or certified by the title company, escrow agent, or closing attorney) stating that such power of attorney has been dispatched to the appropriate public recording office for recordation and that the original recorded power of attorney or a copy of such power of attorney certified by such public recording office to be a true and complete copy of the original recorded power of attorney will be promptly delivered to the Custodian upon receipt thereof by the Seller; and

 

(g)           security agreement, chattel mortgage or equivalent document executed in connection with the Mortgage.

 

Exh. 8-2



 

The following documents, together with the Mortgage Loan Documents, shall constitute the Mortgage File with respect to each Mortgage Loan:

 

(a)           The original hazard insurance policy and, if required by law, flood insurance policy.

 

(b)           Residential loan application.

 

(c)           Mortgage Loan closing statement.

 

(d)           Verification of employment and income except for Mortgage Loans originated under a Limited Documentation Program.

 

(e)           Verification of acceptable evidence of source and amount of downpayment.

 

(f)            Credit report on the Mortgagor.

 

(g)           Residential appraisal report, if available.

 

(h)           Photograph of the Mortgaged Property.

 

(i)            Survey of the Mortgaged Property, if any.

 

(j)            Copy of each instrument necessary to complete identification of any exception set forth in the exception schedule in the title policy, i.e., map or plat, restrictions, easements, sewer agreements, home association declarations, etc. All required disclosure statements.

 

(l)            If available, termite report, structural engineer’s report, water potability and septic certification.

 

(m)          Sales contract, if applicable.

 

(n)           Tax receipts, insurance premium receipts, ledger sheets, payment history from date of origination, insurance claim files, correspondence, current and historical computerized data files, and all other processing, underwriting and closing papers and records which are customarily contained in a mortgage loan file and which are required to document the Mortgage Loan or to service the Mortgage Loan.

 

(o)           Amortization schedule, if applicable.

 

Exh. 8-3



 

EXHIBIT 10

 

FORM OF LIMITED POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

[                      ], a [              ], organized under the laws of [              ] and having its principal place of business at [                               ], as Owner (hereinafter called “ Owner ”) hereby appoints [              ] (hereinafter called “ [Servicer Name] ”), as its true and lawful attorney in fact to act in the name, place and stead of Owner solely for the purposes set forth below.

 

The said attorney in fact is hereby authorized and empowered, solely with respect to the Mortgage Loans and REO Properties, as defined in, and subject to the terms of, that certain Flow Servicing Agreement, between [Servicer Name] and Owner, dated as of [              ], 2008 (the “ Servicing Agreement ”), as follows:

 

1.             To execute, acknowledge, seal and deliver deed of trust/mortgage note endorsements, lost note affidavits, assignments of deed of trust/mortgage and other recorded documents, satisfactions/releases/reconveyances of deed of trust/mortgage, subordinations and modifications, tax authority notifications and declarations, deeds, bills of sale, and other instruments of sale, conveyance, and transfer, appropriately completed, with all ordinary or necessary endorsements, acknowledgments, affidavits, and supporting documents as may be necessary or appropriate to effect its execution, delivery, conveyance, recordation or filing.

 

2.             To execute and deliver insurance filings and claims, affidavits of debt, substitutions of trustee, substitutions of counsel, non military affidavits, notices of rescission, foreclosure deeds, transfer tax affidavits, affidavits of merit, verifications of complaints, notices to quit, bankruptcy declarations for the purpose of filing motions to lift stays, and other documents or notice filings on behalf of Owner in connection with insurance, foreclosure, bankruptcy and eviction actions.

 

3.             To endorse any checks or other instruments received by [Servicer Name] and made payable to Owner.

 

4.             To pursue any deficiency, debt or other obligation, secured or unsecured, including but not limited to those arising from foreclosure or other sale, promissory note or check. This power also authorizes [Servicer Name] to collect, negotiate or otherwise settle any deficiency claim, including interest and attorney’s fees.

 

5.             To do any other act or complete any other document that arises in the normal course of servicing of all Mortgage Loans and REO Properties, as defined in, and subject to the terms of the Servicing Agreement.

 

Exh. 10-1



 

This Limited Power of Attorney shall expire on             , 200  .

 

 

 

[NAME]

Dated:                                                                               , 200

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness:

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Exh. 10-2



 

EXHIBIT 11

 

HELLO AND GOODBYE LETTER FORMS

 

[insert forms]

 

Exh. 11-1


 

EXHIBIT 12

 

[Reserved]

 

Exh. 12-1



 

EXHIBIT 14

 

TERM SHEET

 

BASE SERVICING FEES — EFFECTIVE AS OF JANUARY 1, 2012

(per loan)

 

0.45% per annum for First and Second Lien Mortgage Loans

 

The above Base Servicing Fees shall be calculated on the beginning unpaid principal balance for each month, or portion thereof, which a Mortgage Loan is serviced. Such fees shall be payable monthly in advance.

 

OTHER KEY PARAMETERS

 

Remittance Types

Actual/Actual during Interim Servicing Period

 

 

Remittance Date

No later than two (2) Business Days following receipt of funds

 

 

Servicing and Escrow Advances

Servicer to be reimbursed monthly for all unpaid Advances incurred by Servicer in the prior month including Cost of Funds.

 

 

Cost of Funds on Servicing Advances

Refer to Section 3.04

 

 

Prepayment Penalties

Owner will retain 100% of the prepayment penalties.

 

 

Late Charges Collected

Servicer will retain 100% of Late Fees collected by Servicer

 

 

Ancillary Income

Servicer will retain 100% of all Ancillary Income

 

 

Delegated Authority

Refer to Exhibit 17

 

 

Contract Term

Refer to Section 6.01

 

 

Eligible Mortgage Loan

See definition of Eligible Mortgage Loan

 

MISCELLANEOUS ONE-TIME AND OTHER FEES

 

Modification - Simple

$295 upon completion

 

Exh. 14-1



 

Modification - Full

$1,000 upon completion

Deed in Lieu

$500 upon completion

Liquidation-Short Sale

1.50% of proceeds

Liquidation-Foreclosure/REO

1.50% of proceeds

Loan Sale

1.50% of proceeds

 

To the extent the Servicer participates in the U.S. Treasury’s Home Affordable Modification Program (or other similar mortgage loan modification programs), the Servicer shall be entitled to retain any incentive payments payable to mortgage loan servicers under the program after reimbursing the Owner the lesser of the Owner’s fee paid or payments received under the program.

 

The Servicer will establish standard rates for any originations and modifications, done on behalf of the Owner, and will charge the borrower or the Owner at a rate determined in good faith by the Servicer to be fair and equitable under the circumstances and based on its assessment of market rates applicable to similar transactions.

 

The Servicer will annually rebate to the Owner an amount equal to 50% of its profit, if any, generated from origination activities.

 

Exh. 14-2



 

EXHIBIT 16

 

[Reserved]

 

Exh. 16-1



 

EXHIBIT 17

 

DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY MATRIX

 

FUNCTION

 

DELEGATION

 

 

 

Delinquent Taxes on Non-escrowed Loans

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to make payment of delinquent taxes on non-escrowed loans.

 

 

 

Advances on Escrowed Loans

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to advance corporate funds in payment of escrowed items.

 

 

 

New Escrow Accounts

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to establish escrow accounts upon borrower request.

 

 

 

Escrow Shortage Pro-ration

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to negotiate extended escrow shortage repayment periods as the situation warrants.

 

 

 

Escrow Cushion Requirement

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to negotiate down or remove any escrow cushion requirement used for escrow analysis.

 

 

 

Escrow Account Waiver

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to waive an escrow account following Fannie Mae Servicing Guidelines Part III, Chapter 103.01.

 

 

 

Loss Drafts

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to process insurance losses as described in the Fannie Mae Servicing Guide Part II, Chapter 5.

 

 

 

Private Mortgage Insurance Waiver

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to waive Private Mortgage Insurance requirement as described in the Fannie Mae Servicing Guide Part II, Chapters 102.03, 102.04 and 102.05..

 

 

 

Transfer of Ownership — Exempt Transactions

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to follow guidelines as stated in the Fannie Mae Servicing Guide Part III, 408.02. In addition to Fannie Mae servicing guidelines, there must be evidence of insurance with Owner named in mortgagee clause; mortgage payments must be current; and if required, approval of the private mortgage insurance company, FHA or VA must be obtained.

 

Exh. 17-1



 

Prepayment Penalties

 

No authority is granted to Servicer to negotiate reduction of prepayment penalties without Owner approval unless the mortgage loan is accelerated in which case Servicer may waive in accordance with the Fannie Mae Servicing Guide Part I, Chapter 203.05. This clause excludes the waiving of prepayment penalties/early closure fees extending more than 36 months from Mortgage Loan origination date.

 

 

 

Waiver of Fees

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to waive any fee that it is entitled to receive as Ancillary Income without Owner’s consent. Servicer shall be entitled to waive late charges based on Servicer’s policies and procedures.

 

 

 

Subordination Requests

 

Servicer may approve a request to subordinate a second mortgage in favor of a refinanced loan if:

 

 

 

 

 

1.)                         The new loan to value of the refinanced loan is equal to or less than the original LTV of the first mortgage (no cash-out refinancing allowed unless substantiated through a new appraisal to reflect increased value), and

 

 

2.)                         The loan has had no delinquencies in past 12 months, and

 

 

3.)                         T he new senior lien is not a HELOC, Land Contract, Recapture Lien, Texas A6,Cal Vet, Bond with recapture Taxes, All Inclusive Trust Deed, Option ARM, Flex 100, or Reverse Mortgage.

 

 

 

 

 

Without Owner’s approval, Servicer MAY NOT approve a subordination request if any of the following conditions exist:

 

 

 

 

 

1.)                         The first lien amount increases and the first lien LTV increases; or

 

 

2.)                         Any senior lien is a private party; or

 

 

3.)                         The new senior lien has the potential for negative amortization.

 

 

 

 

 

Owner shall review the subordination request prior to final approval if the request has any of the MAY NOT conditions listed above.

 

 

 

Partial Release, Acquisitions, Easement

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to approve requests for Partial Release, Acquisitions, and Easements in accordance with the standards specified in the Fannie Mae Servicing Guide.

 

Exh. 17-2



 

Lien Releases

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to approve full lien releases upon full payoff of the loan without the prior approval of Owner. Full lien releases to be completed in compliance with Applicable Law, and penalties for non-compliance accrue to Servicer. Servicer shall not be responsible for penalties as a result of third party delays if Servicer has timely processed a lien release pursuant to Applicable Law.

 

 

 

Assumptions

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to negotiate Simple Assumptions according to the Fannie Mae Servicing Guide Part III, Chapter 4. Qualified Assumption requests will be referred to Owner for approval.

 

 

 

Foreclosure Approval

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to proceed with foreclosure using prudent servicing guidelines..

 

 

 

Property Evaluations (BPO’s)/Drive-By Appraisal

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to order a brokers price opinion (BPO) or drive-by appraisal using prudent servicing guidelines. The cost of the BPO or drive-by appraisal shall be passed on to the borrower if the BPO or Drive-By Appraisal is related to a borrower requested forbearance plan as reasonably determined by Servicer.

 

 

 

Impact Analysis

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to complete an impact analysis using prudent servicing guidelines.

 

 

 

REO Marketing

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to follow Servicer’s current guidelines to make REO marketing decisions.

 

 

 

Property Preservation

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to use Fannie Mae Property Preservation guidelines as outlined in the Fannie Mae Servicing Guide for loans owned by Owner and following internal state guidelines.

 

 

 

Bidding Instruction

 

Owner approval is required on bidding instructions.

 

 

 

Short Term Forbearance — Written agreement to reduce or suspend payments not to exceed 6 months

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to permit forbearance or allow for suspension of monthly payments up to 90 days, if the mortgagor is in default or Servicer determines that default is imminent and granting such forbearance is in the best interest of Owner. Mortgagor must be current as to all fees and costs prior to any forbearance plan. Owner approval is required to permit forbearance or allow for suspension of monthly payments of 91 days or more.

 

Exh. 17-3



 

Long Term Forbearance — Written agreement to reduce or suspend payments up to 12 months

 

Unless pursuant to the PennyMac Property Preservation Program, Owner approval is required. Servicer to provide approval package including financials, credit report, valuation, hardship description and recommendation.

 

 

 

Repayment Plan — Written agreement where the mortgagor must immediately make payments in addition to regular monthly payments to cure the delinquency

 

Authority is granted pursuant to the PennyMac Property Preservation Program, and to Servicer to negotiate Repayment Plans where borrower must cure through full reinstatement within 6 months, including fees and costs. Any Repayment Plan over 6 months requires Owner approval.

 

 

 

Modifications — Formal agreement to change payment amount based upon one or more terms of the original loan (i.e. interest rate reduction, extended term, capitalized arrearage)

 

Authority is granted pursuant to the PennyMac Property Preservation Program, and all modification requests to capitalize arrearages are to be processed in accordance with the Fannie Mae Servicing Guide Part VII, Chapter 502 and will require Owner approval. Servicer will obtain pre-qualification information as prescribed by Owner (credit report, financial statements and cash flow information from all obligors).

 

 

 

Pre-foreclosure Sale — Borrower allowed to sell or refinance property to avoid foreclosure

 

Authority is granted pursuant to the PennyMac Property Preservation Program, and authority is granted to Servicer to negotiate Pre-foreclosure Sales according to the Fannie Mae Servicing Guide Part VII, Chapter 504. Authority is granted to Servicer to accept pre-foreclosure sale offers as long as the loss from the pre-foreclosure sale is equal to or less than the loss anticipated and the negotiated price is at least 95% of the Asset Balance. For all other pre-foreclosure sales, Owner approval to accept the sale is required.

 

 

 

Discounted Payoff

 

Authority is granted pursuant to the PennyMac Property Preservation Program,. For all discounted payoffs with the exception of those covered by mortgage insurance, Owner approval to accept the payoff is required. Authority is granted to Servicer to negotiate a discounted payoff where the loss amount is fully covered by the applicable mortgage insurance policy.

 

 

 

Deed-in-Lieu — Borrower voluntarily deeds property to lender, avoiding foreclosure

 

Authority is granted pursuant to the PennyMac Property Preservation Program, otherwise, Owner must approve deed-in-lieu requests on all transactions.

 

 

 

Partial Claims — PMI remits funds to bring account current. If mortgage is subsequently foreclosed, prepaid claim amounts are deducted from final claim

 

Authority is granted pursuant to the PennyMac Property Preservation Program, and authority is granted to Servicer to negotiate and accept Partial Claims subject to account being brought current; no associated pre-foreclosure sale, modification or repayment plan.

 

Exh. 17-4



 

Bankruptcy Actions

 

1st Liens - Authority is granted to Servicer to process bankruptcy filing following Fannie Mae Servicing Guidelines and refer to the delegations listed in this Exhibit (impact analysis, charge-off, foreclosure) for final disposition in Bankruptcy.

 

 

 

 

 

Junior Liens — Authority is granted to Servicer to process bankruptcy filing in accordance with Servicer’s guidelines for owned assets and refer to the above delegations for final disposition in Bankruptcy. Decisions on how to proceed with charge-off/foreclosure revert to Owner at impact analysis stage.

 

 

 

Review and Approval of Walk Analysis

 

Servicer will review collection activities and complete an “Impact Analysis” which begins the pre-foreclosure review process. The analysis assists in determining the economic impact of foreclosure (equity position/loss severity). Servicer will provide the analysis to Owner with a recommendation of future loss mitigation actions. Servicer takes no responsibility for these recommendations, and will contact Owner for final approval and direction as to what those actions will be.

 

 

 

Charge-off of Loans

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to charge off loans that are 180 days contractually delinquent, with the approval by Owner of an impact analysis form. Authority is granted to Servicer to charge off loans that are 120 days contractually delinquent, with Owner’s approval of an impact analysis, for loans that are in Chapter 7 bankruptcy and have no equity, per Owner’s approval of an impact analysis form.

 

 

 

Post Charge-off Transfer

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to initiate service transfer for loans that have been fully charged-off, or have been sold from REO, with a resulting loss.

 

 

 

Payoff Processing

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to accept as payment in full a payment amount within $100 of the total indebtedness. Owner shall reimburse Servicer for any shortfall that is $100 or less of the indebtedness.

 

Exh. 17-5




Exhibit 10.16

 

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT OF

PNMAC MORTGAGE OPPORTUNITY FUND, L.P.

 

 

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 

 

dated as of August 1, 2008

(and amended and restated May 26, 2011)

 

 

BY AND BETWEEN

 

 

PNMAC MORTGAGE OPPORTUNITY FUND, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership

 

 

AND

 

 

PNMAC CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

General Duties of the Investment Manager

1

2.

No Joint Venture

3

3.

Portfolio Execution

4

4.

Compensation

4

5.

Expenses

4

6.

Co-Investment Rights; Services to Other Companies or Accounts

5

7.

Indemnification and Related Matters

6

8.

Term of Agreement; Events Affecting the Investment Manager; Survival of Certain Terms; Key Person Event

7

9.

Amendment of this Agreement

8

10.

Notices

8

11.

Binding Nature of Agreement; Successors and Assigns

8

12.

Entire Agreement

8

13.

Costs and Expenses

9

14.

Books and Records

9

15.

Titles Not to Affect Interpretation

9

16.

Provisions Separable

9

17.

Governing Law

9

18.

Execution in Counterparts

9

 



 

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Investment Management Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), dated as of August 1, 2008, is made by and between PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, L.P. (the “ Company ”), a Delaware limited partnership which will be registered as a nondiversified closed-end management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “ 1940 Act ”), and PNMAC Capital Management, LLC (the “ Investment Manager ”), a Delaware limited liability company registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “ Advisers Act ”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings given to them in the Limited Partnership Agreement of the Company dated as of August 1, 2008 (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “ Partnership Agreement ”) or the Limited Liability Company Agreement of PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, LLC (the “ Parent ”), as the case may be.

 

1.                                       General Duties of the Investment Manager .

 

(a)                                  Subject to the direction and control of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) and subject to and in accordance with the terms of the Partnership Agreement, the policies adopted or approved by the Board, and this Agreement, the Investment Manager agrees to supervise and direct the investment and reinvestment of the Assets of the Company (which term for purposes of this Section 1 shall include the Company’s subsidiaries) and perform the duties set forth herein or in the Partnership Agreement, and shall have such other powers with respect to the investment related functions of the Company as shall be delegated from time to time to the Investment Manager by the Board. The Investment Manager is hereby granted, and shall have, full power to take all actions and execute and deliver all necessary and appropriate documents and instruments on behalf of the Company in accordance with the Partnership Agreement, the policies adopted or approved by the Board, and this Agreement. The Investment Manager shall endeavor to comply in all material respects with the 1940 Act, and all other applicable federal and state laws and regulations in performing its duties under this Agreement. Subject to the foregoing and the other provisions of this Agreement, and subject to the direction and control of the Board, the Investment Manager is hereby appointed as the Company’s agent and attorney-in-fact with authority to negotiate, execute and deliver all documents and agreements on behalf of the Company and to do or take all related acts, with the power of substitution, to acquire, dispose of or otherwise take action with respect to or affecting the investments of the Company, including, without limitation:

 

(i)                                      identifying and originating investments in Portfolio Investments and Mortgage Assets (each as defined in clause (x) below) to be purchased by the Company, selecting the dates for such purchases, and purchasing or directing the purchase of such Portfolio Investments and Mortgage Assets on behalf of the Company;

 

(ii)                                   identifying Portfolio Investments and Mortgage Assets owned by the Company to be sold by the Company, selecting the dates for such sales, and selling such Portfolio Investments and Mortgage Assets on behalf of the Company;

 

(iii)                                negotiating and entering into, on behalf of the Company, documentation providing for the purchase and sale of Portfolio Investments and Mortgage Assets, including without limitation, confidentiality agreements and commitment letters;

 

(iv)                               structuring the terms of, and negotiating, entering into and/or consenting to, on behalf of the Company, documentation relating to Portfolio Investments and Mortgage Assets to be purchased, held, exchanged or sold by the Company, including any amendments, modifications or supplements with respect to such documentation;

 

(v)                                  exercising, on behalf of the Company, rights and remedies associated with Portfolio Investments and Mortgage Assets, including without limitation, rights to petition to place an obligor or issuer in bankruptcy proceedings, to vote to accelerate the maturity of a Portfolio Investment or Mortgage Asset, to waive any default, including a payment default, with respect to a Portfolio Investment

 



 

or Mortgage Asset and to take any other action which the Investment Manager deems necessary or appropriate in its discretion in connection with any restructuring, reorganization or other similar transaction involving an obligor or issuer with respect to a Portfolio Investment or Mortgage Asset, including without limitation, initiating and pursuing litigation;

 

(vi)                               responding to any offer in respect of Portfolio Investments and Mortgage Assets by tendering the affected Portfolio Investments and Mortgage Assets, declining the offer, or taking such other actions as the Investment Manager may determine;

 

(vii)                            exercising all voting, consent and similar rights of the Company on its behalf and advising the Company with respect to matters concerning the Portfolio Investments and Mortgage Assets;

 

(viii)                         advising and assisting the Company with respect to the valuation of the Portfolio Investments and Mortgage Assets;

 

(ix)                               retaining legal counsel and other professionals (such as financial advisers) to assist in the structuring, negotiation, documentation, administration and modification and restructuring of Portfolio Investments and Mortgage Assets; and

 

(x)                                  purchasing from time to time:

 

(A)                                residential mortgage whole loans (whether performing, sub-performing, non-performing or otherwise), pools of such loans, homebuilder loans and multi-family mortgages and real estate owned properties acquired by PNMAC Mortgage Co., LLC (or the Company) as a result of foreclosures of mortgage loans that it (or the Company) is unable to restore to performing status (collectively, “ Mortgage Assets ”);

 

(B)                                mortgage-related securities and financial instruments and other securities and financial instruments, including, but not limited to:

 

(I)                                    tranches of asset-backed securities, mortgage-backed securities (“ MBS ”), and residential mortgage-backed securities;

 

(II)                               mortgage-related derivatives, including, but not limited to, credit default swaps, options, futures and derivatives on MBS, including, but not limited to, interest-only securities and principal-only securities;

 

(III)                          equity interests in any of the foregoing or in entities that primarily hold such assets, including the Mortgage Subsidiary and any similar entities;

 

(IV)                           policies, instruments and agreements related to mortgage insurance or reinsurance risk;

 

(V)                                similar commercial real estate finance assets;

 

(VI)                           hedging instruments that include U.S. Treasury securities, options and futures, as well as MBS issued by government-sponsored enterprises; and

 

(VII)                      temporary investments in high-grade fixed income securities and short-term fixed income or money market funds and other fixed income investments as necessary or appropriate in the judgment of the Investment Manager for the Company to maintain its status as a registered investment company (assets described in this paragraph (B), collectively, “ Portfolio Investments ”).

 

2



 

(b)                                  In addition to the authority granted to the Investment Manager in Section 1 (a) of this Agreement, the Company hereby makes, constitutes and appoints the Investment Manager, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority in its name, place and stead, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (i) to sign, execute, certify, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file, receive and record any and all documents which the Investment Manager reasonably deems necessary or appropriate in connection with its investment management duties under this Agreement and as required by the 1940 Act and (ii) to (A) subject to any policies adopted by the Board with respect thereto, exercise in its discretion any voting or consent rights associated with any securities, instruments or obligations included in the Company’s Assets, (B) execute proxies, waivers, consents and other instruments with respect to such securities, instruments or obligations, (C) endorse, transfer or deliver such securities, instruments and obligations and (D) participate in or consent (or decline to consent) to any modification, work-out, restructuring, bankruptcy proceeding, class action, plan of reorganization, merger, combination, consolidation, liquidation or similar plan or transaction with regard to such securities, instruments and obligations. To the extent permitted by applicable law, this grant of power of attorney is irrevocable and coupled with an interest, and it shall survive and not be affected by the subsequent dissolution or bankruptcy of the Company; provided that this grant of power of attorney will expire, and the Investment Manager will cease to have any power to act as the Company’s attorney-in-fact, upon termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms. The Company shall execute and deliver to the Investment Manager all such other powers of attorney, proxies, dividend and other orders, and all such instruments, as the Investment Manager may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling the Investment Manager to exercise the rights and powers which it is entitled to exercise pursuant to this Agreement. Each of the Investment Manager and the Company shall take such other actions, and furnish such certificates, opinions and other documents, as may be reasonably requested by the other party hereto in order to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement and to facilitate compliance with applicable laws and regulations and the terms of this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   The Investment Manager shall act in conformity with the written instructions and directions of the Board, except to the extent that authority has been delegated to the Investment Manager pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and the Partnership Agreement. The Investment Manager will not be bound to follow any amendment to the Partnership Agreement until it has received written notice thereof and until it has received a copy of the amendment from the Company; provided that if any such amendment materially and adversely affects the rights or duties of the Investment Manager, the Investment Manager shall not be obligated to respect or comply with the terms of such amendment unless it consents thereto. Subject to the fiduciary duty of the Board, the Company agrees that it shall not permit any amendment to the Partnership Agreement that materially and adversely affects the rights or duties of the Investment Manager to become effective unless the Investment Manager has been given prior written notice of such amendment and has consented thereto in writing.

 

(d)                                  The Investment Manager may, with respect to the affairs of the Company, consult with such legal counsel, accountants and other advisors as may be selected by the Investment Manager. The Investment Manager shall be fully protected, to the extent permitted by applicable law, in acting or failing to act hereunder if such action or inaction is taken or not taken in good faith by the Investment Manager in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel, accountants or other advisors. The Investment Manager shall be fully protected in relying upon any writing signed in the appropriate manner with respect to any instruction, direction or approval of the Board and may also rely on opinions of the Investment Manager’s counsel with respect to such instructions, directions and approvals. The Investment Manager shall also be fully protected when acting upon any instrument, certificate or other writing the Investment Manager believes in good faith to be genuine and to be signed or presented by the proper person or persons. The Investment Manager shall be under no duty to make any investigation or inquiry as to any statement contained in any such writing and may accept the same as conclusive evidence of the truth and accuracy of the statements therein contained if the Investment Manager in good faith believes the same to be genuine.

 

2.                                       No Joint Venture .

 

Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create a joint venture or partnership between the parties with respect to the arrangements set forth in this Agreement. For all purposes hereof, the Investment Manager shall be deemed to be an independent contractor and, unless otherwise provided herein or specifically authorized by the Board from time to time, shall have no authority to act for or represent the Company.

 

3



 

3.                                       Portfolio Execution .

 

The Investment Manager shall effect all purchases and sales of securities in a manner consistent with the principles of best execution, taking into account net price (including commissions) and execution capability and other services which the broker or other intermediary may provide. In this regard, the Investment Manager may effect transactions which cause the Company to pay a commission in excess of a commission which another broker or other intermediary would have charged; provided , however , that the Investment Manager shall have first determined that such commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage or research services performed by that broker or other intermediary or that the Company is the sole beneficiary of the services provided.

 

4.                                       Compensation .

 

(a)                                  The Company agrees to pay to the Investment Manager and the Investment Manager agrees to accept as compensation for services rendered by the Investment Manager as such, a base fee (the “ Base Management Fee ”), which is accrued at the end of each month and is payable quarterly in arrears at an annual rate equal to (i) during the Commitment Period, an annualized rate of one and one-half percent (1.5%) of the total Capital Commitments and (ii) thereafter, an annualized rate of one and one-half percent (1.5%) of the Company’s net asset value so long as such amount does not exceed one and one-half percent (1.5%) of the aggregate Capital Contributions to the Company; provided, however, that such fee shall not be payable to the extent of any base management fees payable to the Investment Manager or an affiliate thereof by any registered investment company that invests in the Company. The Base Management Fee shall be prorated for any partial payment period.

 

(b)                                  In addition to the Base Management Fee, the Company agrees to pay to the General Partner, after the common equity holders of each registered investment company that has invested in Common Interests in the Company have received distributions in an aggregate amount equal to the sum of (i) the aggregate initial net asset value of their cumulative Capital Contributions and (ii) a preferred return on the amounts described in clause (i) above calculated at a rate of 8% per annum compounded annually on the average daily amount outstanding each annual period, an amount equal to 20% of the sum of (A) the amounts distributed to the members of the Parent pursuant to clause (ii) above and (B) the amount paid to the General Partner pursuant to this clause and, thereafter, 20% of all realized proceeds; provided, however, that the Company shall pay such amount only to the extent the Company does not distribute such amount to the General Partner pursuant to Section 8.1 of the Partnership Agreement.

 

5.                                       Expenses .

 

The Company will be responsible for paying the compensation of the Investment Manager and General Partner, due diligence, negotiation and broken deal expenses, fees and expenses of custodians, administrators, transfer and distribution agents, counsel and directors, insurance, filings and registrations, proxy expenses, expenses of communications to investors, interest, taxes, portfolio transaction expenses, indemnification, litigation and other extraordinary expenses and such other expenses as the Investment Manager is not obligated to provide (such as services the Investment Manager is required to supervise, review or coordinate) and as are approved by the directors as being reasonably related to the organization, offering, capitalization, operation, regulatory compliance or administration of the Company and any portfolio investments. Expenses associated with the general overhead of the Investment Manager will not be covered by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to review by the Board, the Parent and/or the Company will bear the costs and expenses of the Investment Manager as set forth in Section 9 of the Operating Agreement and Section 9.3 of the Partnership Agreement, which provisions may not be amended without the Investment Manager’s written consent. On behalf of the Company, the Investment Manager may advance payment of any such fees and expenses of the Company, and the Company shall reimburse the Investment Manager therefor within 30 days following written request from the Investment Manager. Nothing in this Section 5 shall limit the ability of the Investment Manager to be reimbursed by any Person (including issuers or obligors of securities, instruments or obligations owned by the Company) for out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Investment Manager in connection with the performance of services hereunder. The Investment Manager shall maintain complete and accurate records with respect to costs and expenses and shall furnish the Company with receipts or other written vouchers with respect thereto upon request of the Board.

 

4



 

6.                                       Co-Investment Rights; Services to Other Companies or Accounts .

 

(a)                                  During the Commitment Period and subject to the limitations of the 1940 Act, where appropriate and feasible, as determined by the General Partner in its sole discretion, the General Partner may, but will not be obligated to, offer available co-investment opportunities in assets eligible for purchase by the Company or the Parent to common members of registered investment companies investing in the Company, to investors in any such common member whose account is managed by the General Partner or an affiliates thereof, to shareholders of PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity (Offshore) Fund, Ltd. (the “ Offshore Fund ”) and to members of PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund Investors, LLC (the “ Parallel Fund ”) prior to making such opportunities available to others, on such terms and conditions as are determined by the Investment Manager. The General Partner may, but will not be obligated to, receive a carried interest and the Investment Manager may, but will not be obligated to, receive a management fee in respect of any such co-investment opportunities. Any amounts contributed by any such member in respect of a co-investment opportunity will not reduce the Unfunded Commitment of such member. For purposes of this Agreement, co-investment opportunities refer to investment opportunities that exceed the amount the Investment Manager determines its clients should invest in.

 

(b)                                  The Company may, as determined by the General Partner in its sole discretion, also provide co-investment opportunities to persons who are not investors in the Investment Manager’s clients. Any co-investment opportunities provided by the General Partner will be on such terms and conditions as the General Partner, in its sole discretion, may determine.

 

(c)                                   The Investment Manager may manage one or more additional investment vehicles or client accounts (“ Other Accounts ”) to invest in assets eligible for purchase by the Company or the Parent including, but not limited to, PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Institutional Fund, LLC, the Offshore Fund and the Parallel Fund. Each Other Account will also hold its final closing (or otherwise close to new investments) on or prior to January 2, 2009 and will participate in investments eligible for purchase by the Company or the Parent and such Other Account in accordance with the allocation policy of the Investment Manager. After January 2, 2009 and until the earlier of (i) the termination of the Commitment Period and (ii) such time that at least 75% of the aggregate Capital Commitments of the Company have been funded or reserved for investments in process at the end of the Commitment Period, expenses (including the Management Fee) or reserves, none of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, the Investment Manager or the General Partner may form a new investment fund or account (collectively, “ Successor Funds ”) with investment objectives that are substantially similar to those of the Company and the Parent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, the Investment Manager or the General Partner may form one or more Successor Funds for the purpose of investing in one or more investment opportunities where the capital necessary to acquire such assets exceeds the available capital of the Company and its other clients, or where the Investment Manager determines that acquiring the entire interest in such assets would not be in the best interest of the Company and such other clients, taking into account diversification and Company investment goals. If a Successor Fund is formed to invest in specific investment opportunities under such circumstances, in addition to any investment that may be made by the Company, the Investment Manager will offer to common members of registered investment companies investing in the Company, and other direct and indirect investors in the Company and the Other Accounts, the opportunity to invest in such Successor Fund. Any amounts contributed by a such member in respect of such Successor Fund will not reduce the Unfunded Commitment of such member.

 

(d)                                  To the extent that the Investment Manager manages Other Accounts or Successor Funds (other than those created to invest in specific opportunities) that follow an investment strategy substantially similar to that followed by the Company and the Parent during the overlap of the Commitment Period and the investment periods of such Other Accounts or Successor Funds (and subject to the considerations and limitations described in “ Co-Investment Rights ”), all investment opportunities that are consistent with the investment objectives of the Company and the Parent, on the one hand, and the Other Accounts or Successor Funds, on the other hand, will be allocated among the Company and the Parent and the Other Accounts and such Successor Funds, generally pro rata based upon relative amounts of investment capital (including undrawn capital commitments) available for new investments by the Company and the Parent and each of the other relevant accounts or in alternation such that allocations among client accounts are fair and equitable over time; provided that the Investment Manager, in its sole discretion, may allocate such investment opportunities in any other manner that it deems to be fair and equitable.

 

5



 

7.                                       Indemnification and Related Matters .

 

(a)                                  Except as otherwise required by law, none of the General Partner, the Investment Manager, or any of their respective Affiliated Persons, directors, officers, employees, shareholders, managers, members, assigns, representatives or agents (each, an “ Indemnified Person ” and, collectively, the “ Indemnified Persons ”) shall be liable, responsible or accountable in damages or otherwise to the Company, any Partner or any other Person for any loss, liability, damage, settlement cost, or other expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by reason of any act or omission or any alleged act or omission performed or omitted by such Indemnified Person (other than solely in such Indemnified Person’s capacity as a Partner, if applicable) in connection with the establishment, management or operations of the Company or the management of its Assets except that the foregoing exculpation shall not extend to any act or failure to act constituting bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the Indemnified Person’s duty to the Company or such Partner, as the case may be (such conduct, “ Disabling Conduct ”).

 

(b)                                  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each of the Indemnified Persons shall be held harmless and indemnified by the Company (out of the Assets (including, without limitation, the Unfunded Commitments) and not out of the separate assets of any Partner) against any liabilities and expenses, including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and reasonable counsel fees reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or investigative body in which such Indemnified Person may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise (other than as authorized by the Directors, as the plaintiff or complainant) or with which such Indemnified Person may be or may have been threatened, while acting in such Person’s capacity as an Indemnified Person, except with respect to any matter as to which such Indemnified Person shall not have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Person’s action was in the best interest of the Company or, in the case of any criminal proceeding, as to which such Indemnified Person shall have had reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful, provided , however , that an Indemnified Person shall only be indemnified hereunder if (i) such Indemnified Person’s activities do not constitute Disabling Conduct and (ii) there has been a determination (A) by a final decision on the merits by a court or other body of competent jurisdiction before whom the issue of entitlement to indemnification was brought that such Indemnified Person is entitled to indemnification or, (B) in the absence of such a decision, by (I) a majority vote of a quorum of those Directors who are neither “interested persons” of the Company (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) nor parties to the proceeding (the “ Disinterested Non-Party Directors” ) that the Indemnified Person is entitled to indemnification, or (II) if such quorum is not obtainable or even if obtainable, if a majority so directs, independent legal counsel in a written opinion that concludes that the Indemnified Person should be entitled to indemnification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any action, suit or other proceeding voluntarily prosecuted by any Indemnified Person as plaintiff, indemnification shall be mandatory only if the prosecution of such action, suit or other proceeding by such Indemnified Person was authorized by a majority of the Directors. All determinations to make advance payments in connection with the expense of defending any proceeding shall be authorized and made in accordance with the immediately succeeding paragraph (c) below.

 

(c)                                   The Company shall make advance payments in connection with the expenses of defending any action with respect to which indemnification might be sought hereunder if the Company receives a written affirmation by the Indemnified Person of the Indemnified Person’s good faith belief that the standards of conduct necessary for indemnification have been met and a written undertaking to reimburse the Company unless it is subsequently determined that such Indemnified Person is entitled to such indemnification and if a majority of the Directors determine that the applicable standards of conduct necessary for indemnification appear to have been met. In addition, at least one of the following conditions must be met: (i) the Indemnified Person shall provide adequate security for his undertaking, (ii) the Company shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any lawful advances, or (iii) a majority of a quorum of the Disinterested Non-Party Directors, or if a majority vote of such quorum so direct, independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall conclude, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is substantial reason to believe that the Indemnified Person ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.

 

(d)                                  The rights accruing to any Indemnified Person under these provisions shall not exclude any other right to which such Indemnified Person may be lawfully entitled.

 

6



 

(e)                                   Each Indemnified Person shall, in the performance of its duties, be fully and completely justified and protected with regard to any act or any failure to act resulting from reliance in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Company, upon an opinion of counsel, or upon reports made to the Company by any of the Company’s officers or employees or by any advisor, administrator, manager, distributor, selected dealer, accountant, appraiser or other expert or consultant selected with reasonable care by the Directors, officers or employees of the Company, regardless of whether such counsel or other person may also be a Director.

 

8.                                       Term of Agreement; Events Affecting the Investment Manager; Survival of Certain Terms; Key Person Event .

 

(a)                                  This Agreement shall become effective as of the time at which the Company registers as an investment company with the SEC and, unless sooner terminated by the Company or Investment Manager as provided herein, shall continue in effect for a period of two years. Thereafter, if not terminated, this Agreement shall continue in effect with respect to the Company for successive periods of 12 months, provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually around such time by both (i) the vote of a majority of the Board or the vote of a majority of the Partners entitled to vote, and (ii) by the vote of a majority of the Directors who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons of any party to this Agreement, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be terminated (iii) by the Company at any time, without the payment of any penalty, upon giving the Investment Manager 60 days’ notice (which notice may be waived by the Investment Manager), provided that such termination by the Company shall be directed or approved by the vote of a majority of the Directors of the Company in office at the time or by the vote of the majority of the Partners entitled to vote, or (iv) by the Investment Manager on 60 days’ written notice (which notice may be waived by the Company). This Agreement will also immediately terminate in the event of its assignment. As used in this Agreement, the terms “majority of the outstanding voting securities,” “interested person” and “assignment” shall have the same meanings as such terms are given in the 1940 Act.

 

(b)                                  A “ Key Person Event ” will occur if fewer than three Principals remain involved in the management and decision making of the Investment Manager at any time during the Commitment Period. Upon the occurrence of a Key Person Event, the Investment Manager will promptly notify the Board and the Partners and the Commitment Period shall be suspended (the “ Suspension Period ”). The Investment Manager will seek to promptly present to the Board in writing for its consideration the name of one or more persons the Investment Manager believes possess skills reasonably comparable to the departed Principal (or Principals) and should replace the departed Principal (or Principals) (a person having such skills being a “ Replacement Principal ”). Upon approval of the Replacement Principal (or Replacement Principals) by a majority of the independent Directors of the Company, any Suspension Period will immediately terminate. In the event that a majority of the independent Directors do not approve the Replacement Principal (or Replacement Principals), any Suspension Period will continue and, if the number of remaining initial and approved Replacement Principals is not at least three on or prior to 90 days after the occurrence of the Key Person Event, the independent Directors will appoint a liquidator, which may be the Investment Manager, to liquidate the Company and its subsidiaries in such a manner, and over such reasonable period of time, so as to seek to maximize returns to the Company and its Partners. Such person will have the exclusive power and authority to wind up the affairs of the Company and commence the orderly liquidation and distribution (including distributions in kind) of their assets in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. For purposes of the foregoing, a “ Principal ” means Stanford L. Kurland, David A. Spector, Michael L. Muir, James S. Furash and Scott D. Anderson and any other person approved by the Board, as described above.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Sections 5, 7 and this Section 8 of this Agreement shall survive any termination hereof.

 

(d)                                  From and after the effective date of termination of this Agreement, the Investment Manager and its Affiliated Persons shall not be entitled to compensation for further services hereunder, but shall be paid all compensation and reimbursement of expenses accrued to the date of termination. Upon such termination, and upon receipt of payment of all compensation and reimbursement of expenses owed, the Investment Manager shall as soon as practicable (and in any event within 90 days after such termination) deliver to the Company all property (to the extent, if any, that the Investment Manager has custody thereof) and documents of the Company or otherwise relating to the Assets of the Company then in the custody of the Investment Manager (although the Investment Manager may keep copies of such documents for its records). The Investment Manager agrees to use

 

7



 

reasonable efforts to cooperate with any successor investment manager in the transfer of its responsibilities hereunder, and will, among other things, provide upon receipt of a written request by such successor investment manager any information available to it regarding any Assets of the Company. The Investment Manager agrees that, notwithstanding any termination, it will reasonably cooperate in any proceeding arising in connection with this Agreement or any Investment (excluding any such proceeding in which claims are asserted against the Investment Manager or any Affiliated Person of the Investment Manager) upon receipt of appropriate indemnification and expense reimbursement.

 

9.                                       Amendment of this Agreement .

 

No provision of this Agreement may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the amendment, waiver, discharge or termination is sought. Any amendment of this Agreement shall be subject to the 1940 Act.

 

10.                                Notices .

 

Unless expressly provided otherwise herein, any notice, request, direction, demand or other communication required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given, made and received if sent by hand or by overnight courier, when personally delivered, if sent by telecopier, when receipt is confirmed by telephone, or if sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, when actually received if addressed as set forth below:

 

(a)                                  If to the Company:

 

PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, L.P.

Attn: Jeff Grogin

27001 Agoura Road, Suite 350

Calabasas, CA 31301

Tel: (310) 224-7050

Fax: (310) 999-9214

 

(b)                                  If to the Investment Manager:

 

PNMAC Capital Management, LLC

Attn: Jeff Grogin

27001 Agoura Road, Suite 350

Calabasas, CA 31301

Tel: (310) 224-7050

Fax: (310) 999-9214

 

(c)                                   If to any of the partners in the Company, as provided in the Partnership Agreement.

 

Either party to this Agreement may alter the address to which communications or copies are to be sent to it by giving notice of such change of address in conformity with the provisions of this Section 10. Other addresses set forth in this Section 10 shall be changed only with the consent of the relevant addressee.

 

11.                                Binding Nature of Agreement; Successors and Assigns .

 

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns as provided herein.

 

12.                                Entire Agreement .

 

This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings,

 

8



 

inducements and conditions, express or implied, oral or written, of any nature whatsoever with respect to the subject matter hereof. The express terms hereof control and supersede any course of performance or usage of the trade inconsistent with any of the terms hereof.

 

13.                                Costs and Expenses .

 

The costs and expenses (including the fees and disbursements of counsel and accountants) incurred in connection with the negotiation, preparation and execution of this Agreement, and all matters incident thereto, shall be borne by the Company.

 

14.                                Books and Records . In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31 a-3 under the 1940 Act, the Investment Manager hereby agrees that all records which it maintains for the Company are the property of the Company and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Company any such records upon the Company’s request. The Investment Manager further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act such records maintained by it under the 1940 Act.

 

15.                                Titles Not to Affect Interpretation .

 

The titles of sections contained in this Agreement are for convenience only, and they neither form a part of this Agreement nor are they to be used in the construction or interpretation hereof.

 

16.                                Provisions Separable .

 

The provisions of this Agreement are independent of and separable from each other, and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, no provision shall be affected or rendered invalid or unenforceable by virtue of the fact that for any reason any other or others of them may be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part.

 

17.                                Governing Law .

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware and, to the extent inconsistent therewith, the 1940 Act.

 

18.                                Execution in Counterparts

 

This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

9



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

PNMAC CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey P. Grogin

 

Name:

Jeffrey P. Grogin

 

Title:

Chief Legal Officer and Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

PNMAC MORTGAGE OPPORTUNITY FUND, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey P. Grogin

 

Name:

Jeffrey P. Grogin

 

Title:

Secretary

 


 



Exhibit 10.17

 

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 

dated as of August 1, 2008

 

BY AND BETWEEN

 

PNMAC MORTGAGE OPPORTUNITY FUND INVESTORS, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

 

AND

 

PNMAC CAPITAL MANGEMENT, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

 



 

1.

General Duties of the Investment Manager

3

2.

No Joint Venture

6

3.

Portfolio Execution

6

4.

Compensation

7

5.

Expenses

7

6.

Co-Investment Rights; Services to Other Companies or Accounts

8

7.

Indemnification and Related Matters

9

8.

Term of Agreement; Events Affecting the Investment Manager; Survival of Certain Terms; Key Person Event

10

9.

Assignment

12

10.

Amendment of this Agreement

12

11.

Notices

12

12.

Binding Nature of Agreement; Successors and Assigns

13

13.

Entire Agreement

13

14.

Costs and Expenses

13

15.

Titles Not to Affect Interpretation

13

16.

Provisions Separable

14

17.

Governing Law

14

18.

Execution in Counterparts

14

19.

Miscellaneous

14

 



 

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Investment Management Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), dated as of August 1, 2008, is made by and between PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund Investors, LLC (the “ Company ”), a Delaware limited liability company, and PNMAC Capital Management, LLC (the “ Investment Manager ” or the “ Managing Member ”), a Delaware limited liability company registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “ Advisers Act ”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings given to them in the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company dated as of August 1, 2008 (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “ LLC Agreement ”).

 

1.                    General Duties of the Investment Manager .

 

(a)                                  Subject to the direction and control of the Managing Member and subject to and in accordance with the terms of the LLC Agreement, the policies adopted or approved by the Managing Member and this Agreement, the Investment Manager agrees to supervise and direct the investment and reinvestment of the Assets of the Company (which term for purposes of this Section 1 Shall include the Company’s subsidiaries) and perform the duties set forth herein or in the LLC Agreement, and shall have such other powers with respect to the investment related functions of the Company as shall be delegated from time to time to the Investment Manager by the Company. The Investment Manager is hereby granted, and shall have, full power to take all actions and execute and deliver all necessary and appropriate documents and instruments on behalf of the Company in accordance with the LLC Agreement, the policies adopted or approved by the Managing Member and this Agreement. The Investment Manager shall endeavor to comply in all material respects with all applicable federal and state laws and regulations in performing its duties under this Agreement. Subject to the foregoing and the other provisions of this Agreement, and subject to the direction and control of the Managing Member, the Investment Manager is hereby appointed as the Company’s agent and attorney-in-fact with authority to negotiate, execute and deliver all documents and agreements on behalf of the Company and to do or take all related acts, with the power of substitution, to acquire, dispose of or otherwise take action with respect to or affecting the investments of the Company, including, without limitation:

 

(i)                                      identifying and originating investments in Portfolio Investments and Mortgage Assets (each as defined in clause (x) below) to be purchased by the Company, selecting the dates for such purchases, and purchasing or directing the purchase of such Portfolio Investments and Mortgage Assets on behalf of the Company;

 

(ii)                                   identifying Portfolio Investments and Mortgage Assets owned by the Company to be sold by the Company, selecting the dates for such sales, and selling such Portfolio Investments and Mortgage Assets on behalf of the Company;

 

(iii)                                negotiating and entering into, on behalf of the Company, documentation providing for the purchase and sale of Portfolio Investments and

 



 

Mortgage Assets, including without limitation, confidentiality agreements and commitment letters;

 

(iv)                               structuring the terms of, and negotiating, entering into and/or consenting to, on behalf of the Company, documentation relating to Portfolio Investments and Mortgage Assets to be purchased, held, exchanged or sold by the Company, including any amendments, modifications or supplements with respect to such documentation;

 

(v)                                  exercising, on behalf of the Company, rights and remedies associated with Portfolio Investments and Mortgage Assets, including without limitation, rights to petition to place an obligor or issuer in bankruptcy proceedings, to vote to accelerate the maturity of a Portfolio Investment or Mortgage Asset, to waive any default, including a payment default, with respect to a Portfolio Investment or Mortgage Asset and to take any other action which the Investment Manager deems necessary or appropriate in its discretion in connection with any restructuring, reorganization or other similar transaction involving an obligor or issuer with respect to a Portfolio Investment or Mortgage Asset, including without limitation, initiating and pursuing litigation;

 

(vi)                               responding to any offer in respect of Portfolio Investments and Mortgage Assets by tendering the affected Portfolio Investments and Mortgage Assets, declining the offer, or taking such other actions as the Investment Manager may determine;

 

(vii)                            exercising all voting, consent and similar rights of the Company on its behalf and advising the Company with respect to matters concerning the Portfolio Investments and Mortgage Assets;

 

(viii)                         advising and assisting the Company with respect to the valuation of the Portfolio Investments and Mortgage Assets;

 

(ix)                               retaining legal counsel and other professionals (such as financial advisers) to assist in the structuring, negotiation, documentation, administration and modification and restructuring of Portfolio Investments and Mortgage Assets; and

 

(x)                                  purchasing from time to time:

 

(A)                                residential mortgage whole loans (whether performing, sub-performing, non-performing or otherwise), pools of such loans, homebuilder loans and multi-family mortgages and real estate owned properties acquired by the Company (or a subsidiary) as a result of foreclosures of mortgage loans that it (or a subsidiary) is unable to restore to performing status (collectively, “ Mortgage Assets ”);

 

(B)                                mortgage-related securities and financial instruments and other securities and financial instruments, including, but not limited to:

 

4



 

(I)                                    tranches of asset-backed securities, mortgage-backed securities (“ MBS ”), and residential mortgage-backed securities;

 

(II)                               mortgage-related derivatives, including, but not limited to, credit default swaps, options, futures and derivatives on MBS, including, but not limited to, interest-only securities and principal-only securities;

 

(III)                          equity interests in any of the foregoing or in entities that primarily hold such assets;

 

(IV)                           policies, instruments and agreements related to mortgage insurance or reinsurance risk;

 

(V)                                similar commercial real estate finance assets; and

 

(VI)                           hedging instruments that include U.S. Treasury securities, options and futures, as well as MBS issued by government-sponsored enterprises (assets described in this paragraph (B), collectively, “ Portfolio Investments ”).

 

(b)                                  In addition to the authority granted to the Investment Manager in Section 1(a) of this Agreement, the Company hereby makes, constitutes and appoints the Investment Manager, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority in its name, place and stead, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (i) to sign, execute, certify, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file, receive and record any and all documents which the Investment Manager reasonably deems necessary or appropriate in connection with its investment management duties under this Agreement and (ii) to (A) subject to any policies adopted by the Managing Member with respect thereto, exercise in its discretion any voting or consent rights associated with any securities, instruments or obligations included in the Company’s Assets, (B) execute proxies, waivers, consents and other instruments with respect to such securities, instruments or obligations, (C) endorse, transfer or deliver such securities, instruments and obligations and (D) participate in or consent (or decline to consent) to any modification, work-out, restructuring, bankruptcy proceeding, class action, plan of reorganization, merger, combination, consolidation, liquidation or similar plan or transaction with regard to such securities, instruments and obligations. To the extent permitted by applicable law, this grant of power of attorney is irrevocable and coupled with an interest, and it shall survive and not be affected by the subsequent dissolution or bankruptcy of the Company; provided that this grant of power of attorney will expire, and the Investment Manager will cease to have any power to act as the Company’s attorney-in-fact, upon termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms. The Company shall execute and deliver to the Investment Manager all such other powers of attorney, proxies, dividend and other orders, and all such instruments, as the Investment Manager may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling the Investment Manager to exercise the rights and powers which it is entitled to exercise pursuant to this Agreement. Each of the Investment Manager and the Company shall take such other actions, and furnish such certificates, opinions and other documents, as may be reasonably requested by the other party hereto in order to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement and to facilitate compliance with applicable laws and regulations and the terms of this Agreement.

 

5



 

(c)                                   The Investment Manager shall act in conformity with the written instructions and directions of the Managing Member, except to the extent that authority has been delegated to the Investment Manager pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and the LLC Agreement. The Investment Manager will not be bound to follow any amendment to the LLC Agreement until it has received written notice thereof and until it has received a copy of the amendment from the Company; provided that if any such amendment materially and adversely affects the rights or duties of the Investment Manager, the Investment Manager shall not be obligated to respect or comply with the terms of such amendment unless it consents thereto. The Company agrees that it shall not permit any amendment to the LLC Agreement that materially and adversely affects the rights or duties of the Investment Manager to become effective unless the Investment Manager has been given prior written notice of such amendment and has consented thereto in writing.

 

(d)                                  The Investment Manager may, with respect to the affairs of the Company, consult with such legal counsel, accountants and other advisors as may be selected by the Investment Manager. The Investment Manager shall be fully protected, to the extent permitted by applicable law, in acting or failing to act hereunder if such action or inaction is taken or not taken in good faith by the Investment Manager in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel, accountants or other advisors. The Investment Manager shall be fully protected in relying upon any writing signed in the appropriate manner with respect to any instruction, direction or approval of the Company and may also rely on opinions of the Investment Manager’s counsel with respect to such instructions, directions and approvals. The Investment Manager shall also be fully protected when acting upon any instrument, certificate or other writing the Investment Manager believes in good faith to be genuine and to be signed or presented by the proper person or persons. The Investment Manager shall be under no duty to make any investigation or inquiry as to any statement contained in any such writing and may accept the same as conclusive evidence of the truth and accuracy of the statements therein contained if the Investment Manager in good faith believes the same to be genuine.

 

2.                    No Joint Venture .

 

Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create a joint venture or partnership between the parties with respect to the arrangements set forth in this Agreement. For all purposes hereof, the Investment Manager shall be deemed to be an independent contractor and, unless otherwise provided herein or specifically authorized by the Company from time to time, shall have no authority to act for or represent the Company.

 

3.                    Portfolio Execution .

 

The Investment Manager shall effect all purchases and sales of securities in a manner consistent with the principles of best execution, taking into account net price (including commissions) and execution capability and other services which the broker or other intermediary may provide. In this regard, the Investment Manager may effect transactions which cause the Company to pay a commission in excess of a commission which another broker or other intermediary would have charged; provided , however , that the Investment Manager shall have first determined that such commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage or

 

6



 

research services performed by that broker or other intermediary or that the Company is the sole beneficiary of the services provided.

 

4.                    Compensation .

 

(a)                                  The Company agrees to pay to the Investment Manager and the Investment Manager agrees to accept as compensation for services rendered by the Investment Manager as such, a base fee (the “ Management Fee ”), which is accrued at the end of each month and is payable quarterly in arrears at an annual rate equal to (i) during the Commitment Period, an annualized rate of two percent (2.00%) of the total Capital Commitments and (ii) thereafter, an annualized rate of two percent (2.00%) of the Company’s net asset value so long as such amount does not exceed two percent (2.00%) of the aggregate Capital Contributions to the Company. The Management Fee shall be prorated for any partial payment period.

 

(b)                                  In addition to the Base Management Fee, the Company agrees to allocate and distribute to the Managing Member amounts in accordance with Section 8.1(b)(iii) and (iv) of the LLC Agreement.

 

5.                    Expenses .

 

The Company will be responsible for paying the compensation of the Investment Manager and the Managing Member, due diligence, negotiation and broken deal expenses, fees and expenses of custodians, administrators, transfer and distribution agents, counsel and directors, insurance, filings and registrations, proxy expenses, expenses of communications to investors, interest, taxes, portfolio transaction expenses, indemnification, litigation and other extraordinary expenses and such other expenses as the Investment Manager is not obligated to provide (such as services the Investment Manager is required to supervise, review or coordinate) and as are approved by the Managing Member as being reasonably related to the organization, offering, capitalization, operation, regulatory compliance or administration of the Company and any portfolio investments. Expenses associated with the general overhead of the Investment Manager will not be covered by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will bear the costs and expenses of the Managing Member and the Investment Manager as set forth in Section 9.3 of the LLC Agreement, which provisions may not be amended without the Investment Manager’s written consent. On behalf of the Company, the Investment Manager may advance payment of any such fees and expenses of the Company, and the Company shall reimburse the Investment Manager therefor within 30 days following written request from the Investment Manager. Nothing in this Section 5 shall limit the ability of the Investment Manager to be reimbursed by any Person (including issuers or obligors of securities, instruments or obligations owned by the Company) for out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Investment Manager in connection with the performance of services hereunder. The Investment Manager shall maintain complete and accurate records with respect to costs and expenses and shall furnish the Company with receipts or other written vouchers with respect thereto upon request of the Company.

 

7



 

6.                    Co-Investment Rights; Services to Other Companies or Accounts .

 

(a)                                  During the Commitment Period, where appropriate and feasible, as determined by the Investment Manager in its sole discretion, the Investment Manager may, but will not be obligated to, offer available co-investment opportunities in assets eligible for purchase by the Company or PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, L.P. (the “ Portfolio Partnership ”) to Members, members of PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, LLC (the “Onshore Fund”), shareholders of PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity (Offshore) Fund, Ltd. (the “Offshore Fund”) and common partners of the Portfolio Partnership prior to making such opportunities available to others, on such terms and conditions as are determined by the Investment Manager. The Investment Manager may, but will not be obligated to, receive a carried interest or a management fee in respect of any such co-investment opportunities. Any amounts contributed by any such Member in respect of a co-investment opportunity will not reduce the Unfunded Commitment of such Member. For purposes of this Agreement, co-investment opportunities refer to investment opportunities that exceed the amount the Investment Manager determines its clients should invest in.

 

(b)                                  The Company may, as determined by the Investment Manager in its sole discretion, also provide co-investment opportunities to persons who are not investors in the Investment Manager’s clients. Any co-investment opportunities provided by the Investment Manager will be on such terms and conditions as the Investment Manager, in its sole discretion, may determine.

 

(c)                                   The Investment Manager may manage one or more additional investment vehicles or client accounts (“ Other Accounts ”) to invest in assets eligible for purchase by the Company or the Portfolio Partnership including, but not limited to, PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Institutional Fund, LLC, the Portfolio Partnership, the Offshore Fund and the Onshore Fund. Each Other Account will also hold its final closing (or otherwise close to new investments) on or prior to January 2, 2009 and will participate in investments eligible for purchase by the Company or the Portfolio Partnership and such Other Account in accordance with the allocation policy of the Investment Manager. After January 2, 2009 and until the earlier of (i) the termination of the Commitment Period and (ii) such time that at least 75% of the aggregate Capital Commitments of the Company have been funded or reserved for investments in process at the end of the Commitment Period, expenses (including the Management Fee) or reserves, neither Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC nor the Investment Manager may form a new investment fund or account (collectively, “ Successor Funds ”) with investment objectives that are substantially similar to those of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC or the Investment Manager may form one or more Successor Funds for the purpose of investing in one or more investment opportunities where the capital necessary to acquire such assets exceeds the available capital of the Company and its clients, or where the Investment Manager determines that acquiring the entire interest in such assets would not be in the best interest of the Company and such other clients, taking into account diversification and Company investment goals. If a Successor Fund is formed to invest in specific investment opportunities under such circumstances, in addition to any investment that may be made by the Company, the Investment Manager will offer Members, and other direct and indirect investors in the Company and the Other Accounts, the opportunity to invest in such Successor Fund. Any amounts contributed by a Member in respect of such Successor Fund will not reduce the Unfunded Commitment of such Member.

 

8


 

(d)                                  To the extent that the Investment Manager manages Other Accounts or Successor Funds (other than those created to invest in specific opportunities) that follow an investment strategy substantially similar to that followed by the Company during the overlap of the Commitment Period and the investment periods of such Other Accounts or Successor Funds (and subject to the considerations and limitations described in “ Co-Investment Rights ”), all investment opportunities that are consistent with the investment objectives of the Company, on the one hand, and the Other Accounts or Successor Funds, on the other hand, will be allocated among the Company and the Other Accounts and such Successor Funds, generally pro rata based upon relative amounts of investment capital (including undrawn capital commitments) available for new investments by the Company and each of the other relevant accounts or in alternation such that allocations among client accounts are fair and equitable over time; provided that the Investment Manager, in its sole discretion, may allocate such investment opportunities in any other manner that it deems to be fair and equitable.

 

7.                    Indemnification and Related Matters .

 

(a)                                  Except as otherwise required by law, none the Investment Manager or any of its respective Affiliated Persons, directors, officers, employees, shareholders, managers, members, assigns, representatives or agents (each, an “ Indemnified Person ” and, collectively, the “ Indemnified Persons ”) shall be liable, responsible or accountable in damages or otherwise to the Company, any Member or any other Person for any loss, liability, damage, settlement cost, or other expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by reason of any act or omission or any alleged act or omission performed or omitted by such Indemnified Person (other than solely in such Indemnified Person’s capacity as a Member, if applicable) in connection with the establishment, management or operations of the Company or the management of its Assets except that the foregoing exculpation shall not extend to any act or failure to act constituting bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the Indemnified Person’s duty to the Company or such Partner, as the case may be (such conduct, “ Disabling Conduct ”).

 

(b)                                  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each of the Indemnified Persons shall be held harmless and indemnified by the Company (out of the Assets (including, without limitation, the Unfunded Commitments) and not out of the separate assets of any Member) against any liabilities and expenses, including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and reasonable counsel fees reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or investigative body in which such Indemnified Person may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise (other than as authorized by the Managing Member as the plaintiff or complainant) or with which such Indemnified Person may be or may have been threatened, while acting in such Person’s capacity as an Indemnified Person, except with respect to any matter as to which such Indemnified Person shall not have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Person’s action was in the best interest of the Company or, in the case of any criminal proceeding, as to which such Indemnified Person shall have had reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful, provided , however , that an Indemnified Person shall only be indemnified hereunder if (i) such Indemnified Person’s activities do not constitute Disabling Conduct and (ii) there has been a determination (A) by a final decision on the merits by a court

 

9



 

or other body of competent jurisdiction before whom the issue of entitlement to indemnification was brought that such Indemnified Person is entitled to indemnification or, (B) in the absence of such a decision, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion that concludes that the Indemnified Person should be entitled to indemnification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any action, suit or other proceeding voluntarily prosecuted by any Indemnified Person as plaintiff, indemnification shall be mandatory only if the prosecution of such action, suit or other proceeding by such Indemnified Person was authorized by the Managing Member. All determinations to make advance payments in connection with the expense of defending any proceeding shall be authorized and made in accordance with the immediately succeeding paragraph (c) below.

 

(c)                                   The Company shall make advance payments in connection with the expenses of defending any action with respect to which indemnification might be sought hereunder if the Company receives a written affirmation by the Indemnified Person of the Indemnified Person’s good faith belief that the standards of conduct necessary for indemnification have been met and a written undertaking to reimburse the Company unless it is subsequently determined that such Indemnified Person is entitled to such indemnification and if the Managing Member determines that the applicable standards of conduct necessary for indemnification appear to have been met. In addition, at least one of the following conditions must be met: (i) the Indemnified Person shall provide adequate security for his undertaking, (ii) the Company shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any lawful advances, or (iii) independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall conclude, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is substantial reason to believe that the Indemnified Person ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.

 

(d)                                  The rights accruing to any Indemnified Person under these provisions shall not exclude any other right to which such Indemnified Person may be lawfully entitled.

 

(e)                                   Each Indemnified Person shall, in the performance of its duties, be fully and completely justified and protected with regard to any act or any failure to act resulting from reliance in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Company, upon an opinion of counsel, or upon reports made to the Company by any of the Company’s officers or employees or by any advisor, administrator, manager, distributor, selected dealer, accountant, appraiser or other expert or consultant selected with reasonable care by the Investment Manager, officers or employees of the Company.

 

8.                    Term of Agreement; Events Affecting the Investment Manager; Survival of Certain Terms; Key Person Event .

 

(a)                                  This Agreement shall become effective as of the date hereof and, unless sooner terminated by the Company or Investment Manager as provided herein, shall continue in effect for a period of two years. Thereafter, if not terminated, this Agreement shall continue in effect with respect to the Company for successive periods of 12 months. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be terminated (iii) by the Company at any time, without the payment of any penalty, upon giving the Investment Manager 60 days’ notice (which notice may be waived by the Investment Manager), provided that such termination by the

 

10



 

Company shall be directed or approved by the vote of a majority of the aggregate Capital Commitments of the Company (excluding the Capital Commitments with respect to the Investment Manager, its affiliates or any employee of the foregoing) or (iv) by the Investment Manager on 60 days’ written notice (which notice may be waived by the Company).

 

(b)                                  A “ Key Person Event ” will occur if fewer than three Principals remain involved in the management and decision making of the Investment Manager at any time during the Commitment Period. Upon the occurrence of a Key Person Event, the Investment Manager will promptly notify the Advisory Committee and the Members and the Commitment Period will be suspended (the “ Suspension Period ”). The Investment Manager will seek to promptly present to the Advisory Committee in writing for its consideration the name of one or more persons the Investment Manager believes possess skills reasonably comparable to the departed Principal (or Principals) and should replace the departed Principal (or Principals) (a person having such skills being a “ Replacement Principal ”). Upon approval of the Replacement Principal (or Replacement Principals) by a majority of the Advisory Committee, any Suspension Period will immediately terminate. In the event that a majority of the Advisory Committee does not approve the Replacement Principal (or Replacement Principals), any Suspension Period will continue and, if the number of remaining initial and approved Replacement Principals is not at least three on or prior to 90 days after the occurrence of the Key Person Event, the Company, by the affirmative vote of Members representing a simple majority of the aggregate Capital Commitments will appoint a liquidator, which may be the Investment Manager, to liquidate the Company in such a manner, and over such reasonable period of time, so as to maximize returns to Members. Such person will have the exclusive power and authority to wind up the affairs of the Company and commence the orderly liquidation and distribution (including distributions in kind) of the Company’s assets in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. For purposes of the foregoing, a “ Principal ” means Stanford L. Kurland, David A. Spector, Michael L. Muir, James S. Furash and Scott D. Anderson and any other person selected by the Investment Manager and approved by the Advisory Committee, as described above.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Sections 5, 7 and this Section 8 of this Agreement shall survive any termination hereof.

 

(d)                                  From and after the effective date of termination of this Agreement, the Investment Manager and its Affiliated Persons shall not be entitled to compensation for further services hereunder, but shall be paid all compensation and reimbursement of expenses accrued to the date of termination. Upon such termination, and upon receipt of payment of all compensation and reimbursement of expenses owed, the Investment Manager shall as soon as practicable (and in any event within 90 days after such termination) deliver to the Company all property (to the extent, if any, that the Investment Manager has custody thereof) and documents of the Company or otherwise relating to the Assets of the Company then in the custody of the Investment Manager (although the Investment Manager may keep copies of such documents for its records). The Investment Manager agrees to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with any successor investment manager in the transfer of its responsibilities hereunder, and will, among other things, provide upon receipt of a written request by such successor investment manager any information available to it regarding any Assets of the Company. The Investment Manager agrees that, notwithstanding any termination, it will reasonably cooperate in any proceeding arising in connection with this Agreement or any Investment (excluding any such proceeding in

 

11



 

which claims are asserted against the Investment Manager or any Affiliated Person of the Investment Manager) upon receipt of appropriate indemnification and expense reimbursement.

 

9.                    Assignment

 

(a)                                  The Investment Manager may not, directly or indirectly, assign (as such term is defined in the Advisers Act) all or any part of its rights and duties under this Agreement to any Person without the prior written consent of the Company, provided that (x) the Investment Manager shall have the right to assign its rights and/or obligations herein in their entirety to a Person that, following such assignment, is controlled by, controls, or is under common control with the Investment Manager (or its approved successors) and (y) that such assignee assumes all of the duties and responsibilities of the Investment Manager in connection therewith.

 

(b)                                  The Company may not, directly or indirectly, assign (as such term is defined in the Advisers Act and the rules thereunder) all or any part of its rights and duties under this Agreement to any Person without the prior written consent of the Investment Manager; provided, however, that if the Company mails to the Investment Manager a notice of its intent to assign (as such term is defined in the Advisers Act and the rules thereunder) all or any part of its rights and duties under this Agreement and such notice is not objected to within 30 days of mailing, then the Company shall be deemed to have the requisite consent to assign (as such term is defined in the Advisers Act and the rules thereunder) all or any part of its rights and duties under this Agreement to the Person stated in such notice.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Investment Manager shall not assign (as such term is defined in the Advisers Act) any of its rights or duties hereunder except with such approval as may be required under the Advisers Act.

 

10.             Amendment of this Agreement .

 

No provision of this Agreement may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the amendment, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

 

11.             Notices .

 

Unless expressly provided otherwise herein, any notice, request, direction, demand or other communication required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given, made and received if sent by hand or by overnight courier, when personally delivered, if sent by telecopier, when receipt is confirmed by telephone, or if sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, when actually received if addressed as set forth below:

 

(a)                                  If to the Company:

 

PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund Investors, LLC

 

12



 

Attn: Jeff Grogin

27001 Agoura Road, Suite 350

Calabasas, CA 31301

Tel: (310) 224-7050

Fax: (310) 999-9214

 

(b)                                  If to the Investment Manager:

 

PNMAC Capital Management, LLC

Attn: Jeff Grogin

27001 Agoura Road, Suite 350

Calabasas, CA 31301

Tel: (310) 224-7050

Fax: (310) 999-9214

 

(c)                           If to any of the Members in the Company, as provided in the LLC Agreement.

 

Either party to this Agreement may alter the address to which communications or copies are to be sent to it by giving notice of such change of address in conformity with the provisions of this Section 11. Other addresses set forth in this Section 11 shall be changed only with the consent of the relevant addressee.

 

12.             Binding Nature of Agreement; Successors and Assigns .

 

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns as provided herein.

 

13.             Entire Agreement .

 

This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, inducements and conditions, express or implied, oral or written, of any nature whatsoever with respect to the subject matter hereof. The express terms hereof control and supersede any course of performance or usage of the trade inconsistent with any of the terms hereof.

 

14.             Costs and Expenses .

 

The costs and expenses (including the fees and disbursements of counsel and accountants) incurred in connection with the negotiation, preparation and execution of this Agreement, and all matters incident thereto, shall be borne by the Company.

 

15.             Titles Not to Affect Interpretation .

 

The titles of sections contained in this Agreement are for convenience only, and they neither form a part of this Agreement nor are they to be used in the construction or interpretation hereof.

 

13



 

16.             Provisions Separable .

 

The provisions of this Agreement are independent of and separable from each other, and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, no provision shall be affected or rendered invalid or unenforceable by virtue of the fact that for any reason any other or others of them may be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part.

 

17.             Governing Law .

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware and, to the extent inconsistent therewith, the Advisers Act.

 

18.             Execution in Counterparts .

 

This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

19.             Miscellaneous

 

The Company hereby acknowledges receipt, in accordance with Rule 204-3(b) under the Advisers Act, Part II of the Investment Manager’s Form ADV 48 hours prior to executing this Agreement.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

14



 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

PNMAC CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeff Grogin

 

 

 

Jeff Grogin, Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

PNMAC MORTGAGE OPPORTUNITY FUND INVESTORS, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeff Grogin

 

 

Jeff Grogin

 

 

Secretary

 

15




Exhibit 10.18

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as buyer
(“ Buyer ”, which term shall include any “ Principal
as defined and provided for in Annex I) or as agent pursuant hereto (“ Agent ”)

 

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC, as seller (“ Seller ”) and

 

PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC, as guarantor (“ Guarantor ”)

 

Dated as of March 17, 2011

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

Applicability

1

 

 

 

2.

Definitions

1

 

 

 

3.

Procedures For Requesting And Entering Into Transactions

20

 

 

 

4.

Repurchase

26

 

 

 

5.

Price Differential

28

 

 

 

6.

Margin Maintenance

29

 

 

 

7.

Income Payments

30

 

 

 

8.

Security Interest

32

 

 

 

9.

Payment and Transfer

33

 

 

 

10.

Conditions Precedent

33

 

 

 

11.

Program; Costs

36

 

 

 

12.

Servicing

37

 

 

 

13.

Representations and Warranties

38

 

 

 

14.

Covenants

45

 

 

 

15.

Events of Default

52

 

 

 

16.

Remedies Upon Default

55

 

 

 

17.

Reports

58

 

 

 

18.

Repurchase Transactions

61

 

 

 

19.

Single Agreement

62

 

 

 

20.

Notices and Other Communications

62

 

 

 

21.

Entire Agreement; Severability

63

 

 

 

22.

Non assignability

64

 

i



 

23.

Set-off

65

 

 

 

24.

Binding Effect; Governing Law; Jurisdiction

65

 

 

 

25.

No Waivers, Etc.

66

 

 

 

26.

Intent

66

 

 

 

27.

Disclosure Relating to Certain Federal Protections

67

 

 

 

28.

Power of Attorney

67

 

 

 

29.

Buyer May Act Through Affiliates

67

 

 

 

30.

Indemnification; Obligations

68

 

 

 

31.

Counterparts

69

 

 

 

32.

Confidentiality

69

 

 

 

33.

Recording of Communications

70

 

 

 

34.

Fees

70

 

 

 

35.

Periodic Due Diligence Review

70

 

 

 

36.

Authorizations

71

 

 

 

37.

Acknowledgement Of Anti-Predatory Lending Policies

71

 

 

 

38.

Documents Mutually Drafted

71

 

 

 

39.

General Interpretive Principles

71

 

SCHEDULES and ANNEXES

 

Schedule 1 — Representations and Warranties with Respect to Purchased Mortgage Loans

 

Schedule 2 — Authorized Representatives

 

Schedule 3 — Responsible Officers of Seller and Guarantor

 

Annex I — Buyer acting as Agent

 

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A — Wiring Instructions

 

Exhibit B — Reserved

 

ii



 

Exhibit C — Acknowledgement of Password Confidentiality Agreement

 

Exhibit D — Form of Officer’s Compliance Certificate

 

Exhibit E — Form of Power of Attorney

 

Exhibit F — Underwriting Guidelines

 

Exhibit G — Officer’s Certificate of Seller and Corporate Resolutions of Seller

 

Exhibit H — Seller’s Tax Identification Number

 

Exhibit I — Existing Indebtedness

 

Exhibit J — Assignment of Closing Protection Letter

 

Exhibit K — Irrevocable Closing Instructions

 

Exhibit L — Request for Temporary Increase

 

iii



 

This is a MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of March 17, 2011, by and among BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.(the “ Buyer ”), PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC (the “ Seller ”) and PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC (the “ Guarantor ”).

 

1.                                       Applicability

 

From time to time prior to the Termination Date (as hereinafter defined) the parties hereto may enter into transactions in which Seller agrees to transfer to Buyer Mortgage Loans (as hereinafter defined) on a servicing released basis against the transfer of funds by Buyer, with a simultaneous agreement by Buyer to transfer to Seller such Mortgage Loans on a servicing released basis at a date certain or on demand, against the transfer of funds by Seller.  This Agreement is a commitment by Buyer to engage in the Transactions as set forth herein up to the Maximum Committed Purchase Price; provided, that Buyer shall have no commitment to enter into any Transaction requested that would result in the aggregate Purchase Price of then-outstanding Transactions to exceed the Maximum Committed Purchase Price. Each such transaction shall be referred to herein as a “ Transaction ” and, unless otherwise agreed in writing, shall be governed by this Agreement, including any supplemental terms or conditions contained in any annexes identified herein, as applicable hereunder.

 

2.                                       Definitions

 

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases, unless the context otherwise requires, shall have the following meanings:

 

Acceptable State ” means any state acceptable pursuant to the Underwriting Guidelines.

 

Acceptable Title Insurance Company ” means a title insurance company that at the time the relevant title insurance policy was issued, was duly authorized and licensed where required by law to transact title insurance business and acceptable to one or more Agencies.

 

Accepted Servicing Practices ” means, with respect to any Mortgage Loan, those mortgage servicing practices of prudent mortgage lending institutions which service mortgage loans of the same type as such Mortgage Loan in the jurisdiction where the related Mortgaged Property is located and in a manner at least equal in quality to the servicing Seller or Seller’s designee provide to the Mortgage Loans which they own in their own portfolio and consistent with the Underwriting Guidelines.

 

Act of Insolvency ” means, with respect to any Person or its Affiliates, (i) the filing of a petition, commencing, or authorizing the commencement of any case or proceeding, or the voluntary joining of any case or proceeding under any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution or similar law relating to the protection of creditors, or suffering any such petition or proceeding to be commenced by another which is consented to, not timely contested or results in entry of an order for relief; (ii) the seeking of the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or similar official for such party or an Affiliate or any substantial part of the property of either; (iii) the appointment of a receiver, conservator, or manager for such

 



 

party or an Affiliate by any governmental agency or authority having the jurisdiction to do so; (iv) the making or offering by such party or an Affiliate of a composition with its creditors or a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (v) the admission by such party or an Affiliate of such party of its inability to pay its debts or discharge its obligations as they become due or mature; or (vi) that any governmental authority or agency or any person, agency or entity acting or purporting to act under governmental authority shall have taken any action to condemn, seize or appropriate, or to assume custody or control of, all or any substantial part of the property of such party or of any of its Affiliates, or shall have taken any action to displace the management of such party or of any of its Affiliates or to curtail its authority in the conduct of the business of such party or of any of its Affiliates.

 

Additional Purchased Assets ” has the meaning specified in Section 6(a) hereof.

 

Adjusted Tangible Net Worth ” means, for any Person, Net Worth of such Person plus Subordinated Debt (provided that Subordinated Debt shall not be taken into account to the extent that it would cause Adjusted Tangible Net Worth to be comprised of greater than 25% Subordinated Debt), minus any other asset shown as an intangible asset on the balance sheet of such Person as determined on a particular date in accordance with GAAP, including without limitation, purchased and capitalized value of servicing rights, goodwill, patents, trademarks, capitalized software costs, trade names, copyrights, franchises and deferred charges (including without limitation, unamortized debt discount and expense, organization costs, research and product development costs), and receivables from Affiliates.

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any “affiliate” of such Person, as such term is defined in the Bankruptcy Code; provided, however, that in respect of Seller or Guarantor the term “Affiliate” shall only refer to wholly-owned subsidiaries of Guarantor or Seller and shall not include Bank of America, N.A., BlackRock, Inc. or Highfields Capital Investments, LLC.

 

Affiliate Fund ” means, with respect to Seller and Guarantor, any investment vehicle that is under the management of PNMAC Capital Management LLC.

 

Agency ” means Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae or GNMA, as applicable.

 

Agency Guides ” means the GNMA Guide, the Fannie Mae Guide and/or the Freddie Mac Guide, as the context may require, in each case as such guidelines have been or may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time by GNMA, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, as applicable, in the ordinary course of business and as modified for Seller.

 

Agency Security ” means a Mortgage-Backed Security either (i) issued by an Agency or (ii) issued by Seller, guaranteed by VA or insured by FHA, and comprised of VA Loans or FHA Loans, as applicable.

 

Agent ” means Bank of America, N.A. or any affiliate or successor thereto.

 

Agreement ” means this Master Repurchase Agreement, as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

2



 

Appraised Value ” means the lesser of the sales price and the value set forth in an appraisal made by an appraiser who meets the minimum requirements of the relevant Agency, FHA or VA, as applicable, in connection with the origination of the related Mortgage Loan as the value of the Mortgaged Property.

 

Approved Investor ” has the meaning set forth in the Custodial Agreement.

 

Approved Payee ” means a Closing Agent or warehouse lender approved by Buyer in accordance with Section 3(k).

 

Asset Data Record ” means a document, in the form required by Buyer and as may from time to time be amended by Buyer, as such form may be set forth in the Handbook, completed by Seller and submitted to Buyer with respect to each Purchased Mortgage Loan.

 

Asset Tape ” means a remittance report on a monthly basis or requested by Buyer pursuant to Section 17d hereof containing servicing information, including, without limitation, those fields reasonably requested by Buyer from time to time, on a loan-by-loan basis and in the aggregate, with respect to the Purchased Mortgage Loans serviced by Seller or any Subservicer for the month (or any portion thereof) prior to the Reporting Date.

 

Asset Value ” means, with respect to each Purchased Mortgage Loan for any date of determination, an amount equal to the following, as applicable, as same may be reduced in accordance with Section 4(f):

 

(a)                      if the Purchased Mortgage Loan has Standard Status, the product of the Market Value and the Purchase Price Percentage for the type of Purchased Mortgage Loan;

 

(b)                      if the Purchased Mortgage Loan is a Noncompliant Mortgage Loan, the product of the Market Value and the Purchase Price Percentage for a Noncompliant Mortgage Loan; or

 

(c)                       if the Purchased Mortgage Loan is a Defective Mortgage Loan, zero.

 

Assignment of Closing Protection Letter ” means an assignment assigning and subrogating Buyer to all of Seller’s rights in a Closing Protection Letter, substantially in the form of Exhibit J hereto.

 

Assignment of Mortgage ” means an assignment of the Mortgage, notice of transfer or equivalent instrument in recordable form, sufficient under the laws of the jurisdiction wherein the related Mortgaged Property is located to reflect the sale of the Mortgage to Buyer.

 

Bailee Letter ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Custodial Agreement.

 

Bankruptcy Code ” means the United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended from time to time.

 

3



 

Business Day ” means any day other than (a) a Saturday or Sunday and (b) a day on which the New York Stock Exchange, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or the Custodian is authorized or obligated by law or executive decree to be closed.

 

Buyer ” means Bank of America, N.A., and any successor or assign hereunder.

 

Capital Contributions ” means equity contributed by Guarantor to Seller the proceeds of which Guarantor acquired from its committed investors.

 

Capital Lease Obligations ” means, for any Person, all obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a lease of (or other agreement conveying the right to use) Property to the extent such obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and, for purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof, determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Cash Equivalents ” means (a) securities with maturities of 90 days or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States Government or any agency thereof, (b) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of 90 days or less from the date of acquisition and overnight bank deposits of Buyer or of any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 and a rating of at least A+ by S&P or A1 by Moody’s, (c) repurchase obligations of Buyer or of any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of this definition, having a term of not more than seven days with respect to securities issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States Government, (d) commercial paper of a domestic issuer rated at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or P-1 or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s and in either case maturing within 90 days after the day of acquisition, (e) securities with maturities of 90 days or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States, by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth or territory or by any foreign government, the securities of which state, commonwealth, territory, political subdivision, taxing authority or foreign government (as the case may be) are rated at least A by S&P or A by Moody’s, (f) securities with maturities of 90 days or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by Buyer or any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of this definition or (g) shares of money market mutual or similar funds which invest exclusively in assets satisfying the requirements of clauses (a) through (f) of this definition.

 

Certified Mortgage Loan ” means any Purchased Mortgage Loan that is part of a pool of Purchased Mortgage Loans certified by Custodian to an Agency for either (x) purchase by such Agency or (y) swap for a Mortgage-Backed Security backed by such pool, in each case, in accordance with the terms of the applicable Agency Guide.

 

Change in Control ” means:

 

(A)                                any transaction or event as a result of which Guarantor ceases to own, beneficially or of record, 100% of the stock of Seller, except with respect to an

 

4



 

initial public offering of Seller’s common stock on a U.S. national securities exchange;

 

(B)                                the sale, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of Seller’s or Guarantor’s assets (excluding any such action taken in connection with any securitization transaction); or

 

(C)                                the consummation of a merger or consolidation of Guarantor with or into another entity or any other corporate reorganization, if more than 50% of the combined voting power of the continuing or surviving entity’s stock outstanding immediately after such merger, consolidation or such other reorganization is owned by Persons who were not stockholders of Seller or Guarantor immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

 

Closing Agent ” means the Person designated by Seller and approved by Buyer in accordance with Section 3(k) to receive Purchase Prices from Buyer, for the account of Seller, for the purpose of funding a Purchased Mortgage Loan.

 

Closing Protection Letter ” means a document issued by an Acceptable Title Insurance Company to Seller and/or Buyer and relied upon by Buyer to provide closing protection for one or more mortgage loan closings and to insure Seller and/or Buyer, without limitation, against embezzlement by the Closing Agent and loss or damage resulting from the failure of the Closing Agent to comply with all applicable closing instructions.

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Committed Mortgage Loan ” means a Mortgage Loan which is the subject of a Purchase Commitment with an Approved Investor.

 

Commitment Fee ” has the meaning set forth in the Transaction Terms Letter.

 

Conforming Mortgage Loan ” means a first lien Mortgage Loan originated in accordance with the criteria of an Agency for purchase, insurance or guaranty of Mortgage Loans, including, without limitation, conventional Mortgage Loans, as determined by Buyer in its sole discretion.

 

Custodial Agreement ” means the custodial agreement dated as of the date hereof, among Seller, Buyer and Custodian as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

Custodial Mortgage Loan Schedule ” has the meaning set forth in the Custodial Agreement.

 

Custodian ” means Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas or such other party specified by Buyer and agreed to by Seller, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

Default ” means an Event of Default or an event that with notice or lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default.

 

5



 

Defective Mortgage Loan ” means a Purchased Mortgage Loan:

 

(a)                      that is not or at any time ceases to be an Eligible Mortgage Loan;

 

(b)                      that has not been repurchased within the Maximum Dwell Time for a Noncompliant Mortgage Loan or is ineligible to be a Noncompliant Mortgage Loan because the aggregate original Asset Value of other Purchased Mortgage Loans that are deemed to be Noncompliant Mortgage Loans is equal to or greater than the Type Sublimit for Noncompliant Mortgage Loans;

 

(c)                       in connection with which any other breach of a warranty or representation set forth in Schedule 1 hereof occurs; or

 

(d)                      that is a Non-Performing Mortgage Loan.

 

Disbursement Account ” has the meaning set forth in the Custodial Agreement.

 

Dollars ” and “ $ ” means dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

Dry Mortgage Loan ” means a Mortgage Loan in respect of which the Mortgage File has been received by Custodian and Custodian has certified that such Mortgage File contains all required documents.

 

Due Date ” means the day of the month on which the Monthly Payment is due on a Mortgage Loan, exclusive of any days of grace.

 

Due Diligence Cap ” has the meaning set forth in the Transaction Terms Letter.

 

Effective Date ” means the date upon which the conditions precedent set forth in Section 10 shall have been satisfied.

 

Electronic Tracking Agreement ” means an Electronic Tracking Agreement among Buyer, Seller, MERS and MERSCORP, Inc., to the extent applicable as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

Eligible Mortgage Loan ” means a Mortgage Loan that meets the eligibility criteria set forth in the Transactions Terms Letter.

 

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

 

ERISA Affiliate ” means any corporation or trade or business that, together with Seller or Guarantor is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code is treated as single employer described in Section 414 of the Code.

 

6


 

Escrow Payments ” means, with respect to any Mortgage Loan, the amounts constituting ground rents, taxes, assessments, water rates, sewer rents, municipal charges, mortgage insurance premiums, fire and hazard insurance premiums, condominium charges, and any other payments required to be escrowed by the Mortgagor with the mortgagee pursuant to the Mortgage or any other document.

 

Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 15 hereof.

 

Event of Termination ” means with respect to Seller or Guarantor (i) with respect to any Plan, a reportable event, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA, as to which the PBGC has not by regulation waived the requirement of Section 4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified with 30 days of the occurrence of such event, or (ii) the withdrawal of Seller, Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof from a Plan during a plan year in which it is a substantial employer, as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA, or (iii) the failure by Seller, Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof to meet the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA with respect to any Plan, including, without limitation, the failure to make on or before its due date a required installment under Section 412(m) of the Code (or Section 430 (j) of the Code as amended by the Pension Protection Act) or Section 302(e) of ERISA (or Section 303 (j) of ERISA, as amended by the Pension Protection Act), or (iv) the distribution under Section 4041 of ERISA of a notice of intent to terminate any Plan or any action taken by Seller, Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof to terminate any plan, or (v) the failure to meet requirements of Section 436 of the Code resulting in the loss of qualified status under Section 401(a)(29) of the Code, or (vi) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan, or (vii) the receipt by Seller, Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof of a notice from a Multiemployer Plan that action of the type described in the previous clause (vi) has been taken by the PBGC with respect to such Multiemployer Plan, or (viii) any event or circumstance exists which may reasonably be expected to constitute grounds for Seller, Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof to incur liability under Title IV of ERISA or under Sections 412 (b) or 430 (k) of the Code with respect to any Plan.

 

Existing Indebtedness ” has the meaning specified in Section 13(a)(23) hereof.

 

Fannie Mae ” means Fannie Mae, the government sponsored enterprise formerly known as the Federal National Mortgage Association or any successor thereto.

 

Fannie Mae Guide ” means the Fannie Mae MBS Selling and Servicing Guide, as such guide may hereafter from time to time be amended.

 

FHA ” means the Federal Housing Administration, an agency within the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development, or any successor thereto, and including the Federal Housing Commissioner and the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development where appropriate under the FHA Regulations.

 

FHA Approved Mortgagee ” means a corporation or institution approved as a mortgagee by the FHA under the National Housing Act, as amended from time to time, and

 

7



 

applicable FHA Regulations, and eligible to own and service mortgage loans such as the FHA Loans.

 

FHA Loan ” means a Mortgage Loan which is the subject of an FHA Mortgage Insurance Contract.

 

FHA Mortgage Insurance ” means, mortgage insurance authorized under the National Housing Act, as amended from time to time, and provided by the FHA.

 

FHA Mortgage Insurance Contract ” means the contractual obligation of the FHA respecting the insurance of a Mortgage Loan.

 

FHA Regulations ” means the regulations promulgated by the Department of Housing and Urban Development under the National Housing Act, as amended from time to time and codified in 24 Code of Federal Regulations, and other Department of Housing and Urban Development issuances relating to FHA Loans, including the related handbooks, circulars, notices and mortgagee letters.

 

FICO ” means Fair Isaac & Co., or any successor thereto.

 

Fidelity Insurance ” means insurance coverage with respect to employee errors, omissions, dishonesty, forgery, theft, disappearance and destruction, robbery and safe burglary, property (other than money and securities) and computer fraud in an aggregate amount acceptable to Seller’s regulators.

 

Freddie Mac ” means the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation or any successor thereto.

 

Freddie Mac Guide ” means the Freddie Mac Sellers’ and Servicers’ Guide, as such guide may hereafter from time to time be amended.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in effect from time to time in the United States of America and applied on a consistent basis.

 

GNMA ” means the Government National Mortgage Association and any successor thereto.

 

GNMA Guide ” means the GNMA Mortgage-Backed Securities Guide I or II, as such guide may hereafter from time to time be amended.

 

Governmental Authority ” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, or any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions over Seller, Guarantor or Buyer, as applicable.

 

Gross Margin ” means, with respect to each adjustable rate Mortgage Loan, the fixed percentage amount set forth in the related Mortgage Note.

 

8



 

Guarantee ” means, as to any Person, any obligation of such Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person or in any manner providing for the payment of any Indebtedness of any other Person or otherwise protecting the holder of such Indebtedness against loss (whether by virtue of partnership arrangements, by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, or to take-or-pay or otherwise); provided that the term “ Guarantee ” shall not include (i) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) obligations to make servicing advances for delinquent taxes and insurance or other obligations in respect of a Mortgaged Property, to the extent required by Buyer. The amount of any Guarantee of a Person shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such Person in good faith.  The terms “ Guarantee ” and “ Guaranteed ” used as verbs shall have correlative meanings.

 

Guarantor ” means Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, in its capacity as guarantor under the Guaranty.

 

Guaranty ” means the guaranty of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC dated as of the date hereof as the same may be amended from time to time, pursuant to which Guarantor fully and unconditionally guarantees the obligations of Seller hereunder.

 

Haircut ” means, with respect to each Transaction, if the Purchase Price is less than par, an amount equal to the difference between par and the Purchase Price, which shall be considered a “settlement payment” as defined in Bankruptcy Code Section 741(8).

 

Handbook ” means the guide prepared by Buyer containing additional policies and procedures, as same may be amended from time to time.

 

High Cost Mortgage Loan ” means a Mortgage Loan classified as (a) a “high cost” loan under the Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act of 1994; (b) a “high cost,” “threshold,” “covered,” or “predatory” loan under any other applicable state, federal or local law (or a similarly classified loan using different terminology under a law, regulation or ordinance imposing heightened regulatory scrutiny or additional legal liability for residential mortgage loans having high interest rates, points and/or fees) or (c) a “high cost loan” as defined by an Agency, FHA or VA, as applicable.

 

High LTV Mortgage Loan ” means (a) a Conforming Mortgage Loan originated using “Desktop Underwriter” for underwriting pursuant to (i) Fannie Mae DU Refi Plus with an LTV not to exceed 105% or (ii) Fannie Mae Refi Plus with an LTV not to exceed 115% or (b) any Conforming Mortgage Loan originated pursuant to the guidelines for a comparable product offered by Freddie Mac.

 

Income ” means with respect to any Purchased Mortgage Loan at any time until repurchased by Seller, any principal received thereon or in respect thereof and all interest, dividends or other distributions thereon.

 

9



 

Indebtedness ” means, for any Person: (a) obligations created, issued or incurred by such Person for borrowed money (whether by loan, the issuance and sale of debt securities or the sale of Property to another Person subject to an understanding or agreement, contingent or otherwise, to repurchase such Property from such Person); (b) obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase or acquisition price of Property or services, other than trade accounts payable (other than for borrowed money) arising, and accrued expenses incurred, in the ordinary course of business, so long as such trade accounts payable are payable within 90 days of the date the respective goods are delivered or the respective services are rendered; (c) Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on the Property of such Person, whether or not the respective Indebtedness so secured has been assumed by such Person; (d) obligations (contingent or otherwise) of such Person in respect of letters of credit or similar instruments issued or accepted by banks and other financial institutions for the account of such Person; (e) Capital Lease Obligations of such Person; (f) obligations of such Person under repurchase agreements, sale/buy-back agreements or like arrangements; (g) Indebtedness of others Guaranteed by such Person; (h) all obligations of such Person incurred in connection with the acquisition or carrying of fixed assets by such Person; and (i) Indebtedness of general partnerships of which such Person is a general partner.

 

Index” means, with respect to any adjustable rate Mortgage Loan, the index identified on the Asset Data Record and set forth in the related Mortgage Note for the purpose of calculating the applicable Mortgage Interest Rate.

 

Interest Only Adjustment Date ” means, with respect to each Interest Only Loan, the date, specified in the related Mortgage Note on which the Monthly Payment will be adjusted to include principal as well as interest.

 

Interest Only Loan ” means a Mortgage Loan which only requires payments of interest for a period of time specified in the related Mortgage Note.

 

Interest Rate Adjustment Date ” means the date on which an adjustment to the Mortgage Interest Rate with respect to each Mortgage Loan becomes effective.

 

Interest Rate Protection Agreement ” means, with respect to any or all of the Purchased Mortgage Loans, any short sale of a US Treasury Security, or futures contract, or mortgage related security, or Eurodollar futures contract, or options related contract, or interest rate swap, cap or collar agreement or Purchase Commitment, or similar arrangement providing for protection against fluctuations in interest rates or the exchange of nominal interest obligations, either generally or under specific contingencies, entered into by Seller consistent with its hedging policy, which policy shall be acceptable to Buyer in its sole discretion.

 

Irrevocable Closing Instructions ” means closing instructions, including wire instructions, in the form of Exhibit K issued in connection with funds disbursed for the funding of a Wet Mortgage Loan.

 

Jumbo Mortgage Loan ” means, unless defined otherwise in the Transactions Terms Letter, a first lien mortgage loan underwritten (a) to the same high standards as a Conforming Mortgage Loan except with respect to the original principal balance, which is

 

10



 

greater than that permitted by the Agencies and (b) in accordance with the Underwriting Guidelines.

 

LIBOR ” means, for each day, the rate determined by Buyer on such date (or, in the event such day is not a Business Day, the prior Business Day) on the basis of the offered rate for one (1) month U.S. dollar deposits (as applicable), as such rate appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such date; provided that if such rate does not appear on Telerate Page 3750, the rate for such date will be determined on the basis of the offered rates of the Reference Banks for one (1) month U.S. dollar deposits (as applicable), as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such date. In such event, Buyer will request the principal London office of each of the Reference Banks to provide a quotation of its rate. If on such date, two (2) or more Reference Banks provide such offered quotations, LIBOR shall be the arithmetic mean of all such offered quotations (rounded to the nearest whole multiple of 1/16%). If on such date, fewer than two (2) Reference Banks provide such offered quotations, LIBOR shall be the higher of (a) LIBOR as determined on the previous LIBOR determination date and (b) the Reserve Interest Rate. With respect to each Transaction, on the related Purchase Date and for each day that such Transaction is outstanding, LIBOR shall be calculated at the overnight rate unless otherwise elected by Seller in writing in the Transaction Notice.

 

Lien ” means any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or similar encumbrance.

 

Liquidity Amount ” means $2.5 million.

 

Loan to Value Ratio ” or “ LTV ” means with respect to any Mortgage Loan, the ratio of the original outstanding principal amount of such Mortgage Loan to the lesser of (a) the Appraised Value of the Mortgaged Property at origination or (b) if the Mortgaged Property was purchased within 12 months of the origination of such Mortgage Loan, the purchase price of the Mortgaged Property.

 

Margin Call ” has the meaning specified in Section 6(a) hereof.

 

Margin Deficit ” has the meaning specified in Section 6(a) hereof.

 

Market Value ” means, with respect to a Mortgage Loan, the lesser of (i) the outstanding principal balance of the Mortgage Loan; (ii) the committed purchase price of the Mortgage Loan, as evidenced by the related Purchase Commitment and (iii) the fair market value of the Mortgage Loan determined by Buyer.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, properties, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of Seller, Guarantor or any Affiliate that is a party to any Program Agreement taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the ability of Seller, Guarantor or any Affiliate that is a party to any Program Agreement to perform under any Program Agreement and to avoid any Event of Default; or (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of any Program Agreement against Seller, Guarantor or any Affiliate that is a party to any Program Agreement, in each case as determined by Buyer in its sole good faith discretion.

 

11



 

Maximum Committed Purchase Price ” means the maximum aggregate principal amount of Transactions that may be outstanding at any one time, as set forth in the Transactions Terms Letter.  All funds made available by Buyer to Seller under this Agreement will first be attributed to the Maximum Committed Purchase Price.

 

Maximum Dwell Time ” means the maximum number of days a Purchased Mortgage Loan can be subject to a Transaction before such Purchased Mortgage Loan may be deemed to be a Noncompliant Mortgage Loan and with respect to a Noncompliant Mortgage Loan, the maximum number of days that a Purchased Mortgage Loan can be deemed to be a Noncompliant Mortgage Loan before such Noncompliant Mortgage Loan may be deemed to be a Defective Mortgage Loan, all as set forth in the Transactions Terms Letter.

 

MERS ” means Mortgage Electronic Registration Systems, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, or any successor thereto.

 

MERS Mortgage Loan ” has the meaning set forth in the Custodial Agreement.

 

MERS System ” means the system of recording transfers of mortgages electronically maintained by MERS.

 

Minimum Required Balance ” has the meaning set forth in the Transaction Terms Letter.

 

Monthly Payment ” means the scheduled monthly payment of principal and interest on a Mortgage Loan.

 

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successors thereto.

 

Mortgage ” means each mortgage, assignment of rents, security agreement and fixture filing, or deed of trust, assignment of rents, security agreement and fixture filing, deed to secure debt, assignment of rents, security agreement and fixture filing, or similar instrument creating and evidencing a lien on real property and other property and rights incidental thereto.

 

Mortgage File ” means, with respect to a Mortgage Loan, the documents and instruments relating to such Mortgage Loan and set forth in Exhibit F-1 to the Custodial Agreement.

 

Mortgage Interest Rate ” means the rate of interest borne on a Mortgage Loan from time to time in accordance with the terms of the related Mortgage Note.

 

Mortgage Interest Rate Cap ” means, with respect to an adjustable rate Mortgage Loan, the limit on each Mortgage Interest Rate adjustment as set forth in the related Mortgage Note.

 

Mortgage Loan ” means any first lien Conforming Mortgage Loan, FHA Loan, VA Loan or Jumbo Mortgage Loan which is a fixed or floating-rate, one-to-four-family residential mortgage loan evidenced by a promissory note and secured by a mortgage, which satisfies the requirements set forth in (a) the Underwriting Guidelines and (b) Section 13(b)

 

12



 

hereof; provided , however, that, except as expressly approved in writing by Buyer, Mortgage Loans shall not include any High Cost Mortgage Loans and; provided, further, that the related initial Purchase Date is no more than sixty (60) days following the origination date.

 

Mortgage Loan Documents ” means the documents in the related Mortgage File to be delivered to Custodian.

 

Mortgage Loan Schedule ” has the meaning set forth in the Custodial Agreement.

 

Mortgage Note ” means the promissory note or other evidence of the indebtedness of a Mortgagor secured by a Mortgage.

 

Mortgage-Backed Security ” means any security that is (a) guaranteed by GNMA that represents an interest in a pool of mortgages, deeds of trusts or other instruments creating a lien on real property; (b) issued by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac that represents interests in such a pool; or (c) privately placed and represents undivided interests in or otherwise supported by such a pool.

 

Mortgaged Property ” means the real property securing repayment of the debt evidenced by a Mortgage Note.

 

Mortgagor ” means the obligor or obligors on a Mortgage Note, including any person who has assumed or guaranteed the obligations of the obligor thereunder.

 

Multiemployer Plan ” means a multiemployer plan defined as such in Section 3(37) of ERISA to which contributions have been or are required to be made by Seller or any ERISA Affiliate and that is covered by Title IV of ERISA.

 

Net Income ” means, for any period and any Person, the net income of such Person for such period as determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Net Worth ” means, with respect to any Person, an amount equal to, on a consolidated basis, such Person’s stockholder equity (determined in accordance with GAAP).

 

1934 Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

 

Netting Agreement ” means that certain Master Netting Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Buyer, its Affiliates and the Seller, Guarantor and their Affiliates, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

Non-Performing Mortgage Loan ” means (i) any Mortgage Loan for which any payment of principal or interest is more than twenty-nine (29) days past due as determined by applying the methodology set forth by the Mortgage Bankers Association, (ii) any Mortgage Loan with respect to which the related mortgagor is in bankruptcy or (iii) any Mortgage Loan with respect to which the related Mortgaged Property is in foreclosure.

 

Non-Utilization Fee ” has the meaning set forth in the Transaction Terms Letter.

 

13



 

Noncompliant Mortgage Loan ” means, if applicable per the Transactions Terms Letter, as of any date of determination, a Purchased Mortgage Loan that has been:

 

(a)       not repurchased within the Maximum Dwell Time permitted, given the type of Purchased Mortgage Loan, but less than the Maximum Dwell Time for Noncompliant Mortgage Loans;

 

(b)       rejected by the Approved Investor set forth in the related Purchase Commitment; or

 

(c)       determined to be ineligible for sale as a Purchased Mortgage Loan of the type originally stipulated.

 

Noncompliant 60 Day Mortgage Loan ” means a Purchased Mortgage Loan which has been subject to one or more Transactions hereunder for a period of greater than 30 days but not greater than 60 days.

 

Noncompliant 90 Day Mortgage Loan ” means a Purchased Mortgage Loan which has been subject to one or more Transactions hereunder for a period of greater than 60 days but not greater than 90 days.

 

Notice Date ” has the meaning given to it in Section 3(b) hereof.

 

Obligations ” means (a) all of Seller’s indebtedness, obligations to pay the Repurchase Price on the Repurchase Date, the Price Differential on each Price Differential Payment Date, and other obligations and liabilities, to Buyer, its Affiliates or Custodian arising under, or in connection with, the Program Agreements, whether now existing or hereafter arising; (b) any and all sums paid by Buyer or on behalf of Buyer in order to preserve any Purchased Mortgage Loan or its interest therein; (c) in the event of any proceeding for the collection or enforcement of any of Seller’s indebtedness, obligations or liabilities referred to in clause (a), the reasonable expenses of retaking, holding, collecting, preparing for sale, selling or otherwise disposing of or realizing on any Purchased Mortgage Loan, or of any exercise by Buyer of its rights under the Program Agreements, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements and court costs; and (d) all of Seller’s indemnity obligations to Buyer or Custodian or both pursuant to the Program Agreements.

 

OFAC ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13(a)(27) hereof.

 

Over/Under Account ” means that account maintained by Buyer, as described in Section 3(i).

 

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any entity succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.

 

Pension Protection Act ” means the Pension Protection Act of 2006.

 

14



 

Person ” means an individual, partnership, corporation (including a business trust), limited liability company, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or other entity, or a government or any political subdivision or agency thereof.

 

Plan ” means an employee benefit or other plan established or maintained by any Seller or any ERISA Affiliate and covered by Title IV of ERISA, other than a Multiemployer Plan.

 

Power of Attorney ” has the meaning specified in Section 28 hereto.

 

Post Default Rate ” has the meaning set forth in the Transaction Terms Letter.

 

Price Differential ” means with respect to any Transaction as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the product of (A) the Pricing Rate for such Transaction and (B) the Purchase Price for such Transaction, calculated daily on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days during the period commencing on (and including) the Purchase Date for such Transaction and ending on (but excluding) the Repurchase Date.

 

Price Differential Payment Date ” means, with respect to a Purchased Mortgage Loan, the 5 th  day of the month following the related Purchase Date and each succeeding 5 th  day of the month thereafter; provided, that, with respect to such Purchased Mortgage Loan, the final Price Differential Payment Date shall be the related Repurchase Date; and provided , further , that if any such day is not a Business Day, the Price Differential Payment Date shall be the next succeeding Business Day.

 

Pricing Rate ” has the meaning set forth in the Transaction Terms Letter.

 

Principal ” has the meaning given to it in Annex I.

 

Program Agreements ” means, collectively, the Custodial Agreement, this Agreement, the Transaction Terms Letter, the Electronic Tracking Agreement, if entered into, the Guaranty, the Securities Account Control Agreement and the Netting Agreement.

 

Prohibited Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13(a)(27) hereof.

 

Property ” means any right or interest in or to property of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible.

 

Purchase Advice ” means, in connection with each wire transfer to be made to Buyer by Seller or an Approved Investor, a written or electronic notification setting forth (a) the loan number assigned by Buyer or last name of the Mortgagor for each Mortgage Loan that is related to the Transaction in connection with which a payment is being made; (b) the amount of the wire transfer to be applied in the Transaction; and (c) the total amount of the wire.

 

Purchase Commitment ” means a trade ticket or other written commitment, in form and substance satisfactory to Buyer, issued in favor of Seller by an Approved Investor pursuant to which that Approved Investor commits to purchase one or more Purchased Mortgage

 

15



 

Loans in form and substance satisfactory to Buyer, governing the terms and conditions of any such purchases.

 

Purchase Date ” means the date on which Purchased Mortgage Loans are to be transferred by Seller to Buyer.

 

Purchase Price ” means the price at which each Purchased Mortgage Loan is transferred by Seller to Buyer, which shall equal:

 

(a) on the Purchase Date, in the case of all Purchased Mortgage Loans, the lesser of either: (x) the product of (1) the Market Value of such Purchased Mortgage Loan multiplied by (2) the applicable Purchase Price Percentage for such Mortgage Loan or (y) the product of (1) the outstanding principal amount thereof as set forth on the related Asset Data Record multiplied by (2) the applicable Purchase Price Percentage for such Mortgage Loan; or

 

(b) on any day after the Purchase Date, except where Buyer and Seller agree otherwise, the amount determined under the immediately preceding clause (a) decreased by the amount of any cash applied to reduce Seller’s obligations under Section 4(b)(ii) hereof or under Section 6 hereof.

 

Purchase Price Percentage ” has the meaning set forth in the Transaction Terms Letter.

 

Purchased Mortgage Loans ” means the collective reference to Mortgage Loans together with the Repurchase Assets related to such Mortgage Loans transferred by Seller to Buyer in a Transaction hereunder, listed on the related Asset Data Record, which such Mortgage Loans Custodian has been instructed to hold pursuant to the Custodial Agreement.

 

Qualified Insurer ” means a hazard insurance company duly authorized and licensed where required by law to transact hazard insurance business and approved as an insurer by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac.

 

Qualified Originator ” means an originator of Mortgage Loans which is acceptable under the Underwriting Guidelines.

 

Records ” means all instruments, agreements and other books, records, and reports and data generated by other media for the storage of information maintained by Seller, Subservicer or any other person or entity with respect to a Purchased Mortgage Loan. Records shall include the Mortgage Notes, any Mortgages, the Mortgage Files, the Servicing Records, the credit files related to the Purchased Mortgage Loan and any other instruments necessary to document or service a Mortgage Loan.

 

Reference Bank ” means any lending banks selected by Buyer or its Affiliates which are engaged in Eurodollar deposits in the international Eurocurrency market with an established place of business in London.

 

REO Property ” means real property acquired by Seller, including a Mortgaged Property acquired through foreclosure of a Mortgage Loan or by deed in lieu of such foreclosure.

 

16


 

 

Reporting Date ” means the 5 th  day of each month or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day.

 

Repurchase Acceleration Event ” means any of the conditions or events set forth in Section 4(e) hereof.

 

Repurchase Assets ” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 8 hereof.

 

Repurchase Date ” means the earliest of (i) the Termination Date, (ii) the occurrence of any Repurchase Acceleration Event with respect to such Purchased Mortgage Loan, (iii) the date determined by application of Section 16 hereof or (iv) the date identified to Buyer by Seller as the date that the related Mortgage Loan is to be sold pursuant to a Purchase Commitment.

 

Repurchase Price ” means the price at which Purchased Mortgage Loans are to be transferred from Buyer to Seller upon termination of a Transaction, which will be determined in each case (including Transactions terminable upon demand) as the sum of the Purchase Price and the accrued but unpaid Price Differential as of the date of such determination.

 

Request for Temporary Increase ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(l) hereof.

 

Requirement of Law ” means, with respect to any Person, any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator, a court or other governmental authority, applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

 

Reserve Interest Rate ” means with respect to any LIBOR determination date, the rate per annum that Buyer or its Affiliates determines to be either (a) the arithmetic mean (rounded to the nearest multiple of 1/16%) of the one-month or overnight U.S. dollar lending rates (as applicable) which New York City banks selected by Buyer or its Affiliates are quoting on the relevant LIBOR determination date to the principal London offices of lending banks in the London interbank market or (b) in the event Buyer or its Affiliates can determine no such arithmetic mean, the lowest one-month or overnight U.S. dollar lending rates (as applicable) which New York City banks selected by Buyer or its Affiliates are quoting on such LIBOR determination date to leading European banks.

 

Responsible Officer ” means as to any Person, the chief executive officer or, with respect to financial matters, the chief financial officer of such Person.  The Responsible Officers of Seller and Guarantor as of the date hereof are listed on Schedule 3 hereto.

 

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, or any successor thereto.

 

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any successor thereto.

 

Securities Account ” means the account established pursuant to the Securities Account Control Agreement, into which all collections and proceeds on or in respect of the Mortgage Loans shall be deposited by Seller or Subservicer, as applicable.

 

17



 

Securities Account Control Agreement ” means that certain Securities Account Control Agreement dated as of the date hereof among Buyer, Seller and Securities Intermediary, as may be amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time.

 

Securities Intermediary ” means City National Bank, and its permitted successors and assigns, or such other party specified by Buyer and agreed to by Seller, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

Seller ” means PennyMac Loan Services, LLC or its permitted successors and assigns.

 

Servicing Records ” means, with respect to each Purchased Mortgage Loan, the file retained by the Subservicer consisting of all documents that Subservicer would customarily have if it was servicing Mortgage Loans similar to the Purchased Mortgage Loans for its own account, including all documents necessary to document and service the Purchased Mortgage Loans and any and all documents required to be delivered pursuant to any of the Program Agreements.

 

Servicing Agreement ” means any servicing agreement entered into between Seller and a Subservicer.

 

Servicing Rights ” means rights of any Person to administer, service or subservice, the Purchased Mortgage Loans or to possess related Records.

 

SIPA ” means the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970, as amended from time to time.

 

Standard Status ” means, as of any date of determination, the Purchased Mortgage Loan has been subject to a Transaction for less than the Maximum Dwell Time and is not a Noncompliant Mortgage Loan or a Defective Mortgage Loan.

 

Subordinated Debt ” means, Indebtedness of Seller which is (i) unsecured, (ii) as to which no part of the principal of such Indebtedness is required to be paid (whether by way of mandatory sinking fund, mandatory redemption, mandatory prepayment or otherwise) prior to the date which is one year following the Termination Date and (iii) as to which the payment of the principal of and interest on such Indebtedness and other obligations of Seller in respect of such Indebtedness are subordinated to the prior payment in full of the principal of and interest (including post-petition obligations) on the Transactions and all other obligations and liabilities of Seller to Buyer hereunder on terms and conditions approved in writing by Buyer and all other terms and conditions of which are satisfactory in form and substance to Buyer.

 

Subservicer ” means any subservicer approved by Buyer in its sole discretion, which may be Seller or its permitted successors and assigns.

 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership or other entity of which at least a majority of the securities or other ownership interests having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other persons performing similar functions of such corporation, partnership or other entity (irrespective

 

18



 

of whether or not at the time securities or other ownership interests of any other class or classes of such corporation, partnership or other entity shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

Tangible Net Worth ” means, for any Person as of a particular date,

 

(a)       all amounts which would be included under capital on a balance sheet of such Person at such date, determined in accordance with GAAP, less

 

(b)(i)   amounts owing to such Person from Affiliates, or from officers, employees, shareholders or other Persons similarly affiliated with such Person, (ii) intangible assets and (iii) deferred tax charge.

 

Temporary Increase ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(l) hereof.

 

Termination Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Transaction Terms Letter.

 

Test Period ” means any calendar quarter.

 

Total Liabilities ” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of (a) the total liabilities of Guarantor on any given date of determination, to be determined in accordance with GAAP consistent with those applied in the preparation of Guarantor’s financial statements, plus (b) to the extent not already included under GAAP, the total aggregate outstanding amount owed by Guarantor under any repurchase, refinance or other similar credit arrangements, plus (c) to the extent not already included under GAAP, any “off balance sheet” repurchase, refinance or other similar credit arrangements, less (d) non-recourse debt.

 

Transaction ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1 hereof.

 

Transaction Request Deadline ” means that time, as set forth in the Transactions Terms Letter, by which Seller must submit to Buyer certain documents in order to initiate a Transaction.

 

Transaction Terms Letter ” means that certain Transaction Terms Letter, dated as of the date hereof, between Buyer and Seller, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

Trust Receipt ” has the meaning set forth in the Custodial Agreement.

 

Type Sublimit ” has the meaning set forth in the Transaction Terms Letter.

 

Underwriting Guidelines ” means the standards, procedures and guidelines of Seller for underwriting Mortgage Loans, which are set forth in the written policies and procedures of Seller (a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit F ), the Fannie Mae Single-Family Selling and Servicing Guide, the Freddie Mac Single-Family Seller/Servicer Guide or the underwriting guidelines relating to VA Loans or FHA Loans and such other guidelines as are identified and approved in writing by Buyer.

 

19



 

Uniform Commercial Code ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date hereof in the State of New York or the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction.

 

VA ” means the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs, an agency of the United States of America, or any successor thereto including the Secretary of Veterans Affairs.

 

VA Approved Lender ” means a lender which is approved by the VA to act as a lender in connection with the origination of VA Loans.

 

VA Loan ” means a Mortgage Loan which is the subject of a VA Loan Guaranty Agreement as evidenced by a loan guaranty certificate, or a Mortgage Loan which is a vendor loan sold by the VA.

 

VA Loan Guaranty Agreement ” means the obligation of the United States to pay a specific percentage of a Mortgage Loan (subject to a maximum amount) upon default of the Mortgagor pursuant to the Servicemen’s Readjustment Act, as amended.

 

Wet Mortgage Loan ” means a Mortgage Loan (other than an FHA Loan originated under a correspondent program) which Seller is selling to Buyer simultaneously with the origination thereof and the related Mortgage File has not been received by or certified to by Custodian.

 

Wet Mortgage Loan Maximum Dwell Time ” means, with respect to each Wet Mortgage Loan, the date which is seven (7) Business Days after the related Purchase Date.

 

3.                                       Procedures For Requesting And Entering Into Transactions

 

a.         Terms .  From time to time, Buyer will purchase from Seller certain Mortgage Loans that have been originated or acquired by Seller.  This Agreement is a commitment by Buyer to enter into Transactions with Seller for an aggregate amount up to the Maximum Committed Purchase Price.  This Agreement is not a commitment by Buyer to enter into Transactions with Seller for amounts exceeding the Maximum Committed Purchase Price, but rather, sets forth the procedures to be used in connection with periodic requests for Buyer to enter into Transactions with Seller.  Seller hereby acknowledges that, beyond the Maximum Committed Purchase Price, Buyer is under no obligation to agree to enter into, or to enter into, any Transaction pursuant to this Agreement.   All Purchased Mortgage Loans shall exceed or meet the Underwriting Guidelines and shall be serviced by Subservicer.  The aggregate Purchase Price of Purchased Mortgage Loans subject to outstanding Transactions shall not exceed the Maximum Committed Purchase Price.

 

b.         Policies and Procedures .  In connection with the Transactions contemplated hereunder, Seller shall comply with all applicable policies and procedures of Buyer as may currently exist or as hereafter created.  Such policies and procedures may be in writing, published on Buyer’s website(s) or otherwise contained in the Handbook.  Buyer shall have the right to change, revise, amend

 

20



 

or supplement its policies and procedures and the Handbook from time to time to conform to current legal requirements or Buyer practices by giving advance notice thereof to Seller

 

c.         Request for Transactions .  Seller shall request a Transaction by delivering to Buyer, electronically or in writing, an Asset Data Record for each Mortgage Loan intended to be the subject of the Transaction no later than the Transaction Request Deadline; provided, however, that if Seller intends to request a Transaction or series of Transactions equal to or greater than ten million ($10,000,000) dollars, Seller shall provide Buyer not fewer than one (1) Business Day prior written notice thereof. Assuming all conditions precedent set forth in Article 10 and otherwise in this Agreement, Buyer shall confirm to Seller the terms of Transactions electronically or in writing.  Buyer reserves the right to reject any Transaction request that Buyer determines fails to comply with the terms and conditions of this Agreement or Buyer’s then current policies and procedures.

 

d.         Form of Asset Data Record .  Buyer shall have the right to revise or supplement the form of the Asset Data Record from time to time by giving prior notice thereof to Seller.

 

e.         Payment of Purchase Price .  On the Purchase Date for each Transaction, ownership of the Purchased Mortgage Loans, including the servicing rights related thereto, shall be transferred to Buyer against the simultaneous transfer of the Purchase Price to Seller simultaneously with the delivery to Buyer or Custodian of the Purchased Mortgage Loans relating to each Transaction.  With respect to the Purchased Mortgage Loans being sold by Seller on the Purchase Date, Seller hereby sells, transfers, conveys and assigns to Buyer or its designee without recourse, but subject to the terms of this Agreement, all the right, title and interest of Seller in and to the Purchased Mortgage Loans, including the servicing rights related thereto, together with all right, title and interest in and to the proceeds of any related Repurchase Assets.

 

f.         Methods of Payment .  On the Purchase Date for each Transaction:

 

(1)           Buyer shall pay the Purchase Price for all Transactions by wire transfer in accordance with Seller’s wire instructions set forth on Exhibit A .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyer shall not be obligated to pay the Purchase Price under any method of payment to any Closing Agent or warehouse lender that is not an Approved Payee.  Further, the payment of the Purchase Price by Buyer to any Closing Agent or warehouse lender that is not an Approved Payee shall not make such Closing Agent or warehouse lender an Approved Payee.  Any funds disbursed by Buyer to Seller or its Approved Payee shall be subject to all applicable federal, state and local laws, including, without limitation, regulations and policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System on Reduction of Payments System Risk.  Seller acknowledges that as a result of such applicable laws, regulations and policies, equipment malfunction, Buyer’s approval procedures or circumstances beyond the reasonable control of Buyer, the

 

21



 

payment of a Purchase Price may be delayed.  Buyer shall not be liable to Seller for any costs, losses or damages arising from or relating to any such delays, or

 

(2)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, where a Purchased Mortgage Loan is the subject of third party financing, Buyer may pay all or any portion of the Purchase Price directly to the warehouse or other lender that has a security interest in the Purchased Mortgage Loan to satisfy the related indebtedness and obtain a release of such security interest.

 

g.         Transaction Limitations and Restrictions Relating to Closing Agents .  Notwithstanding that a particular Transaction request will not exceed the Maximum Committed Purchase Price nor will it cause a Margin Deficit, if the payment of the Purchase Price for such Transaction to the related Closing Agent will violate Buyer’s applicable policies and procedures (as contained in the Handbook or otherwise) regarding payments to Closing Agents, Buyer may refuse to pay the Purchase Price to such Closing Agent.

 

h.         Haircut .  With respect to each Transaction the subject of which are Wet Mortgage Loans, Seller shall ensure that there are sufficient funds on deposit in the Over/Under Account such that following the withdrawal of the Haircut related to such Wet Mortgage Loans by Buyer, the balance of the Over/Under Account is equal to or greater than the Minimum Required Balance.

 

i.          Over/Under Account .

 

(1)           Minimum Balance .  Seller shall at all times maintain a margin balance in the Over/Under Account of not less than the Minimum Required Balance, which account shall be used to assist in settling the Transactions and any other obligations under this Agreement.  Buyer shall not be required to segregate and hold funds deposited by or on behalf of Seller in the Over/Under Account separate and apart from Buyer’s own funds or funds deposited by or held for others.

 

(2)           Deposits .

 

i.      Seller shall deposit margin in the form of funds in the Over/Under Account in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 3(h) and Section 3(i)(1).

 

ii.     Buyer shall credit to the Over/Under Account all amounts in excess of those amounts due to Buyer in accordance with the Principal Agreements on the date Buyer receives or has received both (1) a payment by Seller or an Approved Investor pursuant to a Purchase Commitment and (2) a Purchase Advice relating to such payment without discrepancy; provided, however, that funds and Purchase Advices received by Buyer after the

 

22



 

Transaction Request Deadline, shall be deemed to have been received on the next Business Day. Buyer shall use reasonable efforts to notify Seller if there is a discrepancy between a wire transfer and the related Purchase Advice, and thereafter, Seller shall notify Buyer as to whether Buyer should accept such settlement payment despite the discrepancy between the amount received and the related Purchase Advice; provided, however, that if an Event of Default or Default has occurred and is continuing, Buyer is not obligated to receive notification from Seller prior to accepting any amounts received and releasing the related Repurchase Assets.

 

iii.    Buyer shall deliver to Seller via facsimile or make available to Seller via the Internet within one (1) Business Day following settlement of a Transaction, or as soon thereafter as is reasonably possible, a settlement statement, which includes an explanation of all amounts credited by Buyer to the Over/Under Account to settle the Transaction.

 

(3)           Withdrawals .

 

i.      If the amount credited to the Over/Under Account creates a balance in excess of the Minimum Required Balance pursuant to Section 3(i)(1) above, provided that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Seller may submit a written request to Buyer for return or payment of such excess funds.  If any such request is received by Buyer prior to 1:00 p.m. (Eastern time) on a Business Day, Buyer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to wire such requested excess funds to Seller by the end of such Business Day and in no event no later than two (2) Business Days after Buyer’s receipt of such request.  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 3(i)(3)(i) to the contrary, Buyer reserves the right to reject any request for excess funds from the Over/Under Account if Buyer determines that such excess funds shall be used to satisfy Seller’s outstanding obligations under this Agreement or are subject to other rights as provided in this Agreement.

 

ii.     Buyer may, from time to time and without separate authorization by Seller or notice to Seller, withdraw funds from the Over/Under Account to settle amounts owed in accordance with the terms of this

 

23



 

Agreement or to otherwise satisfy Seller’s obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation:

 

A.        with respect to any Transaction the subject of which is a Wet Mortgage Loan, to deliver the Haircut to the Closing Agent;

 

B.        RESERVED;

 

C.        to pay itself any Price Differential on a Purchase Price that is due and owing;

 

D.        to Seller as provided in Section 3(i)(3)(i);

 

E.        RESERVED;

 

F.         to satisfy a Margin Deficit as provided for in Section 6;

 

G.        in the exercise of Buyer’s or its Affiliates rights under Section 6(c) or Section 16(f).

 

(4)           Failure to Maintain Balance .  If, at any time, Seller fails to maintain in the Over/Under Account the Minimum Required Balance hereunder, in addition to any other rights and remedies that Buyer may have against Seller, Buyer shall have the right to immediately stop entering into Transactions with Seller until the time that funds are deposited into or held in the Over/Under Account to comply with such Minimum Required Balance hereunder. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that should the balance in the Over/Under Account become negative, Seller will continue to owe Buyer accrued interest as provided herein.

 

j.          Return of Purchase Price .  If a Wet Mortgage Loan subject to a Transaction is not closed on the same day on which the Purchase Price was funded, Seller shall immediately return, or cause to be immediately returned, the Purchase Price to Buyer by wire transfer in accordance with Buyer’s wire instructions set forth on Exhibit A .  Further, Seller shall pay Buyer all fees and any Price Differential thereon immediately upon notification from Buyer; provided, however, that Price Differential shall continue to accrue until the Purchase Price is returned to Buyer.

 

k.         Approved Payees .

 

(1)           Closing Agents .  In order for a Closing Agent to be designated an Approved Payee with respect to any Purchase Price for Wet Mortgage Loans, Seller shall submit to Buyer evidence that the Irrevocable Closing Instructions, in the applicable form and signed by Seller and Buyer, have been delivered to such Closing Agent and one of the following documents:

 

24



 

i.      a valid blanket Closing Protection Letter, in a form acceptable to Buyer, issued to Seller or Buyer by the title company, which is issuing the title insurance policy that covers the related Purchased Mortgage Loan and is an Acceptable Title Insurance Company, that covers closings conducted by the Closing Agent in the jurisdiction where this closing will take place and if applicable, an assignment to Buyer of such Closing Protection Letter, substantially in the form of Exhibit J hereto; or

 

ii.     a valid Closing Protection Letter, in a form acceptable to Buyer, issued to Seller or Buyer by the title company, which is issuing the title insurance policy that covers the related Purchased Mortgage Loans and is an Acceptable Title Insurance Company, that covers the closing of this specific Purchased Mortgage Loan and if applicable, an assignment to Buyer of such Closing Protection Letter, substantially in the form of Exhibit J hereto; or

 

iii.    with respect to those jurisdictions outlined in the Handbook for which Closing Protection Letters are not available or are limited in their applicability, any other documents Buyer may require, including without limitation, a duly executed, valid and enforceable assignment to Buyer of Seller’s rights under its Fidelity Insurance.

 

(2)           Warehouse Lenders .  In order for a warehouse lender to be designated an Approved Payee with respect to any Purchase Price, Seller shall submit to Buyer a written request, including the name and address of the warehouse lender, demonstrating a need for such designation.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyer reserves the right to refuse to designate any warehouse lender as an Approved Payee, or, alternatively, to require additional terms and conditions in order for Buyer to pay a Purchase Price to the warehouse lender.

 

(3)           Approval Process .  Buyer shall review the applicable documents and notify Seller within two (2) Business Days as to whether such Closing Agent or warehouse lender has been designated by Buyer to be an Approved Payee with respect to such Purchase Price.  Buyer may withdraw its approval of any Closing Agent or warehouse lender as an Approved Payee if Buyer becomes aware of any facts or circumstances at any time related to such Closing Agent or warehouse lender which Buyer determines materially and adversely affects the Closing Agent or warehouse lender or otherwise makes the Closing Agent or warehouse lender unacceptable as an Approved Payee.

 

25



 

l.          Temporary Increase .  Seller may request a temporary increase of the Maximum Committed Purchase Price (a “ Temporary Increase ”) by submitting to Buyer an executed request for Temporary Increase in the form of Exhibit L hereto (a “ Request for Temporary Increase ”), setting forth the requested increased Maximum Committed Purchase Price, the effective date and time of such Temporary Increase and the date and time on which such Temporary Increase shall terminate.  Buyer may from time to time, in its sole and absolute discretion, consent to such Temporary Increase, which consent shall be in writing as evidenced by Buyer’s delivery to Seller of a countersigned Request for Temporary Increase.  At any time that a Temporary Increase is in effect (and only for such time as such Temporary Increase is in effect), the Maximum Committed Purchase Price shall be increased by the amount of the Temporary Increase for all purposes of this Agreement and all calculations and provisions relating to the Maximum Committed Purchase Price shall refer to such increased amount.

 

4.                                       Repurchase

 

a.         Payment of Repurchase Price .  The Repurchase Price for each Purchased Mortgage Loan shall be payable in full and by wire transfer in accordance with Buyer’s wire instructions set forth on Exhibit A upon each related Repurchase Date.  Such obligation to repurchase exists without regard to any prior or intervening liquidation or foreclosure with respect to any Purchased Mortgage Loan (but liquidation or foreclosure proceeds received by Buyer shall be applied to reduce the Repurchase Price for such Purchased Mortgage Loan on each Price Differential Payment Date except as otherwise provided herein).  While it is anticipated that Seller will repurchase each Purchased Mortgage Loan on its related Repurchase Date, Seller may repurchase any Purchased Mortgage Loan hereunder on demand without any pre-payment penalty or premium.

 

b.         Effect of Payment of Repurchase Price .  On the Repurchase Date (or such other date on which the Repurchase Price is paid by Seller), termination of the related Transaction will be effected by the repurchase by Seller or its designee of the Purchased Mortgage Loans and the simultaneous transfer of the Repurchase Price to an account of Buyer, or transfer of additional Mortgage Loan(s) and all of Buyer’s rights, title and interests therein shall then be conveyed to Seller or its designee. Seller is obligated to obtain the Mortgage File and other documents from Custodian at Seller’s expense on the Repurchase Date.

 

c.         Future Transactions .  To the extent that (i) the Repurchase Date shall have occurred, (ii) there exists no Default, (iii) Seller wishes to enter into a new Transaction with respect to the related Mortgage Loans, (iv) such Mortgage Loans have an Asset Value in excess of zero and (v) the Purchase Price shall not cause the aggregate Purchase Price of all Transactions to exceed the Maximum Committed Purchase Price nor cause a Margin Deficit, then Seller may request a new Transaction in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 hereof and Buyer shall enter the same.

 

26


 

d.          Payments Pursuant to Sale to Approved Investors .  Seller shall direct each Approved Investor purchasing a Purchased Mortgage Loan to pay directly to Buyer, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, the full purchase price, without set-off, as set forth in the applicable Purchase Commitment.  In addition, Seller shall provide Buyer with a Purchase Advice relating to such payment.  Seller shall not direct the Approved Investor to pay to Buyer an amount less than the full purchase price set forth in the applicable Purchase Commitment or modify or otherwise change the wire instructions for payment of the purchase price provided to Approved Investor by Buyer.  Buyer shall apply all amounts received for the account of Seller in accordance with Section 7(b) and credit all amounts due Seller to the Over/Under Account in accordance with Section 3(i)(2)(i).  Buyer may reject any amount received from an Approved Investor and not release the related Purchased Mortgage Loan if (a) Buyer does not receive a Purchase Advice in respect of any wire transfer, (b) Buyer does not receive the full purchase price, without set-off, as set forth in the applicable Purchase Commitment or (c) the amount received is not sufficient to pay the Repurchase Price.  Alternatively, in lieu of rejecting an amount received by Buyer from an Approved Investor, at Buyer’s option, if the amount received from the Approved Investor does not equal or exceed the Repurchase Price, Buyer may accept the amount received from the Approved Investor and deduct the remaining amounts owed by Seller from the Over/Under Account or demand payment of such remaining amount from Seller.  If Seller receives any funds intended for Buyer, Seller shall segregate and hold such funds in trust for Buyer and immediately pay to Buyer all such amounts by wire transfer of immediately available funds together with providing Buyer with a settlement statement for the transaction.

 

e.          Repurchase Acceleration Events .  The occurrence of any of the following events shall be a Repurchase Acceleration Event with respect to a Purchased Mortgage Loan:

 

(1)            Buyer has determined that the Purchased Mortgage Loan is a Defective Mortgage Loan;

 

(2)            thirty (30) calendar days elapse from the date the Mortgage Loan Documents relating to the Purchased Mortgage Loan were delivered to an Approved Investor pursuant to a Bailee Letter and such Approved Investor has not returned the Mortgage Loan Documents or purchased the Purchased Mortgage Loan, unless an extension is granted by Buyer;

 

(3)            ten (10) Business Days elapse from the date a Mortgage Loan Document relating to the Purchased Mortgage Loan was delivered to Seller for correction or completion or for servicing purposes, without being returned to Buyer or its designee;

 

(4)            Seller fails to deliver to Buyer the related Mortgage Loan Documents within the Wet Mortgage Loan Maximum Dwell Time or any Mortgage Loan Document delivered to Buyer, upon examination by Buyer, is

 

27



 

found not to be in compliance with the requirements of this Agreement or the related Purchase Commitment and is not corrected within the Wet Mortgage Loan Maximum Dwell Time;

 

(5)            Regardless of whether a Purchased Mortgage Loan is a Defective Mortgage Loan, a foreclosure or similar type of proceeding is initiated with respect to the Purchased Mortgage Loan; or

 

(6)            the further sale of the Purchased Mortgage Loan by Seller.

 

f.          Reduction of Asset Value as Alternative Remedy .  In lieu of requiring full repayment of the Repurchase Price upon the occurrence of a Repurchase Acceleration Event, Buyer may elect to reduce the Asset Value of the related Purchased Mortgage Loan (to as low as zero) and accordingly require a full or partial repayment of such Repurchase Price or the delivery of other funds or collateral, which additional assets shall be “margin payments” or “settlement payments” as such terms are defined in Bankruptcy Code Section 741(5) and (8), respectively.

 

g.          Designation as Noncompliant Mortgage Loan as Alternative Remedy .  In lieu of requiring full repayment of the Repurchase Price upon the occurrence of a Repurchase Acceleration Event, Buyer may elect to deem the related Purchased Mortgage Loan a Noncompliant Mortgage Loan, provided that (a) after such Purchased Mortgage Loan is deemed to be a Noncompliant Mortgage Loan, the aggregate original Asset Value of all Noncompliant Mortgage Loans does not exceed the Type Sublimit for Noncompliant Mortgage Loans; (b) the Asset Value of the Noncompliant Mortgage Loan is greater than the Repurchase Price or Seller provides additional Purchased Assets or repays part of the Repurchase Price as provided in Section 6 in each case as a “margin payment” as such term is defined in Bankruptcy Code Section 741(5); and (c) Seller delivers to Buyer all documentation relating to the Purchased Mortgage Loan reasonably requested by Buyer.

 

5.              Price Differential.

 

a.          On each Business Day that a Transaction is outstanding, the Pricing Rate shall be reset and, unless otherwise agreed, the accrued and unpaid Price Differential shall be settled in cash on each related Price Differential Payment Date.  Two Business Days prior to the Price Differential Payment Date, Buyer shall give Seller written or electronic notice of the amount of the Price Differential due on such Price Differential Payment Date.  On the Price Differential Payment Date, Seller shall pay to Buyer the Price Differential for such Price Differential Payment Date (along with any other amounts to be paid pursuant to Sections 7 and 35 hereof), by wire transfer in immediately available funds.

 

28



 

b.          If Seller fails to pay all or part of the Price Differential by 3:00 p.m. (Eastern time) on the related Price Differential Payment Date, with respect to any Purchased Mortgage Loan, Seller shall be obligated to pay to Buyer (in addition to, and together with, the amount of such Price Differential) interest on the unpaid Repurchase Price at a rate per annum equal to the Post Default Rate until the Price Differential is received in full by Buyer.

 

6.              Margin Maintenance

 

a.          If Buyer shall determine at any time that (x) the Asset Value of a Purchased Mortgage Loan subject to a Transaction is less than the related Repurchase Price or (y) the aggregate Asset Value of all Purchased Mortgage Loans for all such Transactions is less than the aggregate Repurchase Price (in either case, a “ Margin Deficit ”), then Buyer may, at its sole option and by notice to Seller (as such notice is more particularly set forth below, a “ Margin Call ”), require Seller to either:

 

(1)            transfer to Buyer or its designee cash or, at Buyer’s sole option, Eligible Mortgage Loans approved by Buyer (“ Additional Purchased Assets ”) so that the individual Asset Value of the Purchased Mortgage Loan or the aggregate Asset Value of the Purchased Mortgage Loans, including any such cash or Additional Purchased Assets, will thereupon equal or exceed the individual Repurchase Price for the Transaction or the aggregate Repurchase Price for all Transactions; or

 

(2)            pay one or more Repurchase Prices in an amount sufficient to reduce the outstanding Repurchase Prices in an amount equal to or below the Asset Value of the Purchased Mortgage Loan(s).

 

b.          If Buyer delivers a Margin Call to Seller on or prior to 9:30 a.m. (Pacific time) on any Business Day, then Seller shall transfer cash or Additional Purchased Assets to Buyer no later than 5:00 p.m. (Pacific time) that same day.  If Buyer delivers a Margin Call to Seller after 9:30 a.m. (Pacific time) on any Business Day, Seller shall be required to transfer cash or Additional Purchased Assets no later than 5:00 p.m. (Pacific time) on the next subsequent Business Day.  Notice of a Margin Call may be provided by Buyer to Seller electronically or in writing, such as via electronic mail or posting such notice on Buyer’s customer website(s).

 

c.          The failure of Buyer, on any one or more occasions, to exercise its rights hereunder, shall not change or alter the terms and conditions to which this Agreement is subject or limit the right of Buyer to do so at a later date. Seller and Buyer each agree that a failure or delay by Buyer to exercise its rights hereunder shall not limit or waive Buyer’s rights under this Agreement or otherwise existing by law or in any way create additional rights for Seller.

 

29



 

d.          In the event that a Margin Deficit exists with respect to any Purchased Mortgage Loan, Buyer may retain any funds received by it to which Seller would otherwise be entitled hereunder, which funds (i) shall be held by Buyer against the related Margin Deficit and (ii) may be applied by Buyer against any Purchased Mortgage Loan for which the related Margin Deficit remains otherwise unsatisfied.  In addition, Buyer may withdraw from the Over/Under Account amounts equal to any Margin Deficit which is not otherwise satisfied by Seller within the time frames provided for in this Section 6.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyer retains the right, in its sole discretion, to make a Margin Call in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.

 

e.          Buyer shall have the right to determine the Asset Value of each Purchased Mortgage Loan on a daily basis.

 

7.              Income Payments

 

a.          The Securities Account shall be established by Seller in accordance with the Securities Account Control Agreement concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Seller and Buyer.  Buyer shall have sole dominion and control over the Securities Account.  If Income is paid in respect of any Purchased Mortgage Loan during the term of a Transaction, such Income shall be the property of Buyer and shall be deposited in the Securities Account on a daily basis.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, and provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Buyer agrees that if a third-party Subservicer is in place for any Purchased Mortgage Loans, such Subservicer shall deposit such Income to the Securities Account.  Seller shall deposit all Income received in its capacity as Subservicer of any Purchased Mortgage Loans to the Securities Account in accordance with Section 12(c) hereof.

 

b.          Provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, funds deposited in the Securities Account shall be held therein until the next Price Differential Payment Date.  Subject to the terms of the Securities Account Control Agreement, Seller shall withdraw any funds on deposit in the Securities Account and distribute such funds as follows:

 

(1)            first , to Buyer in payment of any accrued and unpaid Price Differential, to the extent not paid by Seller to Buyer pursuant to Section 5;

 

(2)            second , without limiting the rights of Buyer under Section 6 of this Agreement, to Buyer, in the amount of any unpaid Margin Deficit;

 

(3)            third , to Buyer in reduction of the Repurchase Price of the Purchased Mortgage Loans, an amount equal to the full or partial prepayments of principal received on or with respect to such Purchased Mortgage Loans;

 

(4)            fourth , to the payment of all other costs and fees payable to Buyer pursuant to this Agreement; and

 

30



 

(5)            fifth, to Seller, any remaining amounts.

 

c.          In the event that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, notwithstanding any provision set forth herein, Seller shall remit all Income received with respect to each Purchased Mortgage Loan into the Securities Account or such other account and on such other date or dates as Buyer notifies Seller in writing.

 

d.          Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Section 7, within two (2) Business Days of receipt by Seller of any prepayment of principal in full, with respect to a Purchased Mortgage Loan, Seller shall remit such amount to Buyer and Buyer shall immediately apply any such amount received by Buyer to reduce the amount of the Repurchase Price due upon termination of the related Transaction.

 

e.          Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all payments hereunder must be received by Buyer on the date when due and shall be made in United States dollars by wire transfer of immediately available funds in accordance with Buyer’s wire instructions set forth on Exhibit A .  All payments made by or on behalf of Seller with respect to any Transaction shall be applied to Seller’s account in accordance with Section 3(i)(2)(ii) and Section 7(b) and shall be made in such amounts as may be necessary in order that all such payments after withholding for or on account of any present or future taxes, levies, imports, duties or other similar charges of whatsoever nature imposed by any government or any political subdivision or taxing authority hereof, other than any taxes on or measured by the net income of Buyer pursuant to the state, federal and local tax laws of the jurisdiction where Buyer’s principal office or offices or lending office or offices are located, compensate Buyer for any additional cost or reduced amount receivable of making or maintaining Transactions as a result of such taxes, imports, duties or other charges. All payments to be made by or on behalf of Seller with respect to any Transaction shall be made without set-off, counterclaim or other defense.

 

f.          Notification of Payment .  Seller shall provide Buyer not fewer than one (1) Business Day prior written notice if Seller or an Approved Investor intends to remit a payment to Buyer equal to or greater than ten million ($10,000,000) dollars.

 

g.          Authorization to Debit .  In addition to any other authorizations to and rights of Buyer hereunder, Seller hereby expressly authorizes Buyer to debit any account maintained by Seller with any depository institution into which any funds related to the Purchased Mortgage Loans or related Repurchase Assets have been deposited (other than escrow accounts maintained for the benefit of the related Mortgagors), including without limitation, any operating, settlement or custodial account, for any and all amounts due Buyer hereunder.

 

31



 

h.          Book Account .  Buyer and Seller shall maintain an account on their respective books of all Transactions entered into between Buyer and Seller and for which the Repurchase Price has not yet been paid.  As a courtesy to Seller, Buyer shall provide such information to Seller via the Internet or by telephone or facsimile, if Seller is unable to access the information via the Internet.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Seller shall be responsible for maintaining its own book account and records of Transactions entered into with Buyer, amounts due to Buyer in connection with such Transactions and for paying such amounts when due.  Failure of Buyer to provide Seller with information regarding any Transaction shall not excuse Seller’s timely performance of all obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, payment obligations under this Agreement.

 

8.              Security Interest

 

a.          Although the parties intend that all Transactions hereunder be sales and purchases and not loans, in the event any such Transactions are deemed to be loans, and in any event, Seller hereby pledges to Buyer as security for the performance by Seller of its Obligations and hereby grants, assigns and pledges to Buyer a fully perfected first priority security interest in the Purchased Mortgage Loans, any Agency Security or right to receive such Agency Security when issued to the extent backed by any of the Purchased Mortgage Loans, the Records, all related Servicing Rights, the Program Agreements (to the extent such Program Agreements and Seller’s right thereunder relate to the Purchased Mortgage Loans), any related Purchase Commitments, any Property relating to the Purchased Mortgage Loans, all insurance policies and insurance proceeds relating to any Purchased Mortgage Loan or the related Mortgaged Property, including, but not limited to, any payments or proceeds under any related primary insurance, hazard insurance and FHA Mortgage Insurance Contracts and VA Loan Guaranty Agreements (if any), Income, the Securities Account and all amounts held therein, the Over/Under Account and all amounts held therein, Interest Rate Protection Agreements to the extent of the Purchased Mortgage Loans protected thereby, accounts (including any interest of Seller in escrow accounts) and any other contract rights, instruments, accounts, payments, rights to payment (including payments of interest or finance charges), all collateral, however defined, securing any other agreement between Seller, Guarantor or any of their Affiliates on the one hand and Buyer or any of its Affiliates on the other hand, general intangibles and other assets relating to the Purchased Mortgage Loans (including, without limitation, any other accounts) or any interest in the Purchased Mortgage Loans, and any proceeds (including the related securitization proceeds) and distributions with respect to any of the foregoing and any other property, rights, title or interests as are specified on a Trust Receipt, in all instances, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, now existing or hereafter created (collectively, the “ Repurchase Assets ”).

 

b.          The foregoing provision (a) is intended to constitute a security agreement or other arrangement or other credit enhancement related to the Agreement and

 

32



 

Transactions hereunder as defined under Sections 101(47)(A)(v) and 741(7)(A)(xi) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

c.          Seller agrees to execute, deliver and/or file such documents and perform such acts as may be reasonably necessary to fully perfect Buyer’s security interest created hereby.  Furthermore, Seller hereby authorizes Buyer to file financing statements relating to the Repurchase Assets, as Buyer, at its option, may deem appropriate. Seller shall pay the filing costs for any financing statement or statements prepared pursuant to this Section 8.

 

9.              Payment and Transfer

 

Unless otherwise mutually agreed in writing, all transfers of funds to be made by Seller hereunder shall be made in Dollars, in immediately available funds, without deduction, set-off or counterclaim, to Buyer at the account as Buyer shall specify to Seller in writing.  Seller acknowledges that it has no rights of withdrawal from the foregoing account.  All Purchased Mortgage Loans transferred by one party hereto to the other party shall be in the case of a purchase by Buyer in suitable form for transfer or shall be accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank and such other documentation as Buyer may reasonably request.  All Purchased Mortgage Loans shall be evidenced by a Trust Receipt.  Any Repurchase Price received by Buyer after 3:00 p.m. (Eastern time) shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day.

 

10.           Conditions Precedent

 

a.          Initial Transaction .  As conditions precedent to the initial Transaction, Buyer shall have received on or before the day of such initial Transaction the following, in form and substance satisfactory to Buyer and duly executed by Seller, Guarantor and each other party thereto:

 

(1)            Program Agreements .  The Program Agreements (including, without limitation, the Guaranty and a Custodial Agreement in a form acceptable to Buyer) duly executed and delivered by the parties thereto and being in full force and effect, free of any modification, breach or waiver.

 

(2)            Security Interest .  Evidence that all other actions necessary or, in the opinion of Buyer, desirable to perfect and protect Buyer’s interest in the Purchased Mortgage Loans and other Repurchase Assets have been taken, including, without limitation, duly authorized and filed Uniform Commercial Code financing statements on Form UCC-1.

 

(3)            Organizational Documents .  A certificate of the corporate secretary of each of Seller and Guarantor substantially in the form of Exhibit G hereto, attaching certified copies of Seller’s and Guarantor’s charter, bylaws and corporate resolutions approving the Program Agreements and transactions thereunder (either specifically or by general resolution) and all documents evidencing other necessary corporate action or governmental approvals as may be required in connection with the Program Agreements.

 

33



 

(4)            Good Standing Certificate .  A certified copy of a good standing certificate from the jurisdiction of organization of Seller and Guarantor, dated as of no earlier than the date ten (10) Business Days prior to the Purchase Date with respect to the initial Transaction hereunder.

 

(5)            Incumbency Certificate .  An incumbency certificate of the corporate secretary of each of Seller and Guarantor, certifying the names, true signatures and titles of the representatives duly authorized to request transactions hereunder and to execute the Program Agreements.

 

(6)            Opinion of Counsel .  An opinion of Seller’s and Guarantor’s counsel, in form and substance satisfactory to each of the parties hereto.

 

(7)            Underwriting Guidelines .  A true and correct copy of the Underwriting Guidelines certified by an officer of Seller.

 

(8)            Fees .  Payment of any fees due to Buyer hereunder.

 

(9)            Insurance Certificate .  Evidence that Seller has added Buyer as an additional loss payee under Seller’s or Guarantor’s Fidelity Insurance.

 

(10)          Confidentiality .  An Acknowledgement of Password Confidentiality Agreement in the form of Exhibit C .

 

b.          All Transactions .  The obligation of Buyer to enter into each Transaction pursuant to this Agreement is subject to the following conditions precedent:

 

(1)            Due Diligence Review .  Without limiting the generality of Section 35 hereof, Buyer shall have completed, to its satisfaction, its due diligence review of the related Mortgage Loans and Seller, Guarantor and the Subservicer.

 

(2)            Required Documents .  Seller shall have delivered or shall have directed the Closing Agent to deliver to Buyer or Custodian, as applicable, in form and substance satisfactory to Buyer and not later than the Transaction Request Deadline:

 

i.       an Asset Data Record for the Purchased Mortgage Loan, which Asset Data Record may be an individual record or part of a group report and shall be authenticated by Seller with the PIN or the handwritten signature of an authorized officer of Seller;

 

ii.      a Mortgage Loan Schedule to Custodian;

 

34



 

iii.     the Mortgage File relating to the Purchased Mortgage Loan, unless such Purchased Mortgage Loan is a Wet Mortgage Loan;

 

iv.     Reserved; and

 

v.      such certificates, opinions of counsel or other documents as Buyer may reasonably request.

 

(3)            Wet Mortgage Loans.

 

i.       An amount equal to the Haircut for all Wet Mortgage Loans proposed to be sold under such Transaction plus the Minimum Required Balance, as set forth in Section 3(i)(1), shall be on deposit in the Over/Under Account.

 

ii.      Seller shall deliver to Buyer or Custodian, or authorize and direct the Closing Agent to deliver to Buyer or its Custodian, the related Mortgage File within the Wet Mortgage Loan Maximum Dwell Time.

 

(4)            No Default .  No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(5)            Requirements of Law .  Buyer shall not have determined that the introduction of or a change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or administration of any Requirement of Law applicable to Buyer has made it unlawful, and no Governmental Authority shall have asserted that it is unlawful, for Buyer to enter into Transactions with a Pricing Rate based on LIBOR.

 

(6)            Representations and Warranties .  Both immediately prior to the related Transaction and also after giving effect thereto and to the intended use thereof, the representations and warranties made by Seller in each Program Agreement shall be true, correct and complete on and as of such Purchase Date in all material respects with the same force and effect as if made on and as of such date (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date, as of such specific date).

 

(7)            Electronic Tracking Agreement . To the extent Seller is selling Mortgage Loans which are registered on the MERS® System, an Electronic Tracking Agreement entered into, duly executed and delivered by the parties thereto and being in full force and effect, free of any modification, breach or waiver.

 

(8)            Securities Account Agreement . A Securities Account Agreement satisfactory to Buyer, entered into, duly executed and delivered by

 

35



 

Buyer, Seller and Securities Intermediary and being in full force and effect, free of any modification, breach or waiver.

 

(9)            Custodial Agreement . A Custodial Agreement satisfactory to Buyer, entered into, duly executed and delivered by Buyer, Seller and Custodian and being in full force and effect, free of any modification, breach or waiver.

 

(10)          Approved Payee .  Seller shall have designated an Approved Payee, if applicable, to whom such funds shall be delivered

 

(11)          Material Adverse Change .  None of the following shall have occurred and/or be continuing:

 

(a)            Bank Of America, N.A. corporate bond rating as calculated by S&P or Moody’s has been lowered or downgraded to a rating below investment grade by S&P or Moody’s;

 

(b)            an event or events shall have occurred in the good faith determination of Buyer resulting in the effective absence of a “repo market” or comparable “lending market” for financing debt obligations secured by mortgage loans or securities or an event or events shall have occurred resulting in Buyer not being able to finance Purchased Mortgage Loans through the “repo market” or “lending market” with traditional counterparties at rates which would have been reasonable prior to the occurrence of such event or events; or

 

(c)            an event or events shall have occurred resulting in the effective absence of a “securities market” for securities backed by mortgage loans or an event or events shall have occurred resulting in Buyer not being able to sell securities backed by mortgage loans at prices which would have been reasonable prior to such event or events; or

 

(d)            there shall have occurred a material adverse change in the financial condition of Buyer which affects (or can reasonably be expected to affect) materially and adversely the ability of Buyer to fund its obligations under this Agreement.

 

11.           Program; Costs

 

a.          Seller shall pay the fees of Buyer’s counsel in an amount not exceeding $15,000 plus related expenses in connection with the original preparation and execution of the Program Agreements. Seller shall reimburse Buyer for any of Buyer’s reasonable out-of-pocket costs, including due diligence review costs and reasonable attorney’s fees as further described below and in Section 35, incurred by Buyer in determining the acceptability to Buyer of any Mortgage Loans.  Seller shall also pay, or reimburse Buyer if Buyer shall pay, any termination fee, which may be due any servicer or subservicer.  Legal fees for any subsequent amendments to this Agreement or related documents shall be borne by Seller.

 

36


 

Seller shall pay reasonable and customary ongoing custodial fees and expenses as set forth in the Custodial Agreement, securities intermediary fees and expenses, and any other reasonable and customary ongoing fees and expenses under any other Program Agreement.

 

b.         If Buyer determines that, due to the introduction of, any change in, or the compliance by Buyer with (i) any eurocurrency reserve requirement or (ii) the interpretation of any law, regulation or any guideline or request from any central bank or other Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law), there shall be an increase in the cost to Buyer in engaging in the present or any future Transactions, then Seller agrees to pay to Buyer, from time to time, upon demand by Buyer (with a copy to Custodian) the actual cost of additional amounts as specified by Buyer to compensate Buyer for such increased costs; provided that this Section 11(b) shall only apply to the extent that such increased costs are not reflected in Buyer’s calculation of LIBOR.

 

c.         With respect to any Transaction, Buyer may conclusively rely upon, and shall incur no liability to Seller in acting upon, any request or other communication that Buyer reasonably believes to have been given or made by a person authorized to enter into a Transaction on Seller’s behalf.  In each such case, Seller hereby waives the right to dispute Buyer’s record of the terms purchase confirmation, request or other communication.

 

d.         Notwithstanding the assignment of the Program Agreements with respect to each Purchased Mortgage Loan to Buyer, Seller agrees and covenants with Buyer to enforce diligently Seller’s rights and remedies set forth in the Program Agreements.

 

e.         Any payments made by Seller or Guarantor to Buyer shall be free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for, any taxes; provided, however, that if such payer shall be required by law to deduct or withhold any taxes from any sums payable to Buyer, then such payer shall (A) make such deductions or withholdings and pay such amounts to the relevant authority in accordance with applicable law, (B) pay to Buyer the sum that would have been payable had such deduction or withholding not been made, and (C) at the time Price Differential is paid, pay to Buyer all additional amounts as specified by Buyer to preserve the after-tax yield Buyer would have received if such tax had not been imposed, and otherwise indemnify Buyer for any such taxes imposed.

 

12.          Servicing

 

a.         Seller shall service the Mortgage Loans consistent with the degree of skill and care that Seller customarily requires with respect to similar Mortgage Loans owned or managed by it and in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices, the Underwriting Guidelines.  The Subservicer shall (i) comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations, (ii) maintain all state and federal licenses necessary for it to perform its servicing responsibilities hereunder and

 

37



 

(iii) not impair the rights of Buyer in any Mortgage Loans or any payment thereunder.  Buyer may terminate the servicing of any Mortgage Loan with the then-existing Subservicer in accordance with Section 12(d) hereof.

 

b.         Seller shall hold or cause to be held all escrow funds collected by Seller as Subservicer with respect to any Purchased Mortgage Loans in trust accounts and shall apply the same for the purposes for which such funds were collected.

 

c.         Seller shall deposit all collections received by Seller as Subservicer on the Purchased Mortgage Loans in the Securities Account on a daily basis within one (1) Business Day following receipt; provided, however, that any amounts required to be remitted to Buyer shall be deposited in the Securities Account on or prior to the day on which such remittance is to occur.

 

d.         Upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default hereunder, Buyer shall have the right to immediately terminate Seller’s right to service the Purchased Mortgage Loans without payment of any penalty or termination fee.  Seller shall cooperate in transferring the servicing of the Purchased Mortgage Loans to a successor servicer or subservicer appointed by Buyer in its sole discretion.

 

e.         If Seller should discover that, for any reason whatsoever, Seller or any entity responsible to Seller for managing or servicing any such Purchased Mortgage Loan has failed to perform fully Seller’s obligations under the Program Agreements or any of the obligations of such entities with respect to the Purchased Mortgage Loans, Seller shall promptly notify Buyer.

 

f.         Subservicer shall service the Purchased Mortgage Loans on behalf of Buyer for thirty (30) day intervals which will automatically terminate if not renewed by Buyer (such renewal as evidenced by Buyer’s entry into a new Transaction).

 

g.         For the avoidance of doubt, Seller retains no economic rights to the servicing of the Purchased Mortgage Loans. As such, Seller expressly acknowledges that the Purchased Mortgage Loans are sold to Buyer on a “servicing-released” basis and agrees to service the Purchased Mortgage Loans in the capacity of a Subservicer.

 

13.          Representations and Warranties

 

a.         Each of Seller and Guarantor represents and warrants to Buyer as of the date hereof and as of each Purchase Date for any Transaction that:

 

(1)           Seller and Guarantor Existence .  Each of Seller and Guarantor has been duly organized and is validly existing as a limited liability company in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

(2)           Licenses .  Each of Seller and Guarantor is duly licensed or is otherwise qualified in each jurisdiction in which it transacts business for the

 

38



 

business which it conducts and is not in default of any applicable federal, state or local laws, rules and regulations unless, in either instance, the failure to take such action is not reasonably likely (either individually or in the aggregate) to cause a Material Adverse Effect and is not in default of such state’s applicable laws, rules and regulations.  Seller has the requisite power and authority and legal right to originate and purchase Mortgage Loans (as applicable) and to own, sell and grant a lien on all of its right, title and interest in and to the Mortgage Loans.  Each of Seller and Guarantor has the requisite power and authority and legal right to execute and deliver, engage in the transactions contemplated by, and perform and observe the terms and conditions of, this Agreement and each Program Agreement.  Seller is a VA Approved Lender.

 

(3)           Power .  Each of Seller and Guarantor has all requisite corporate or other power, and has all governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals necessary to own its assets and carry on its business as now being or as proposed to be conducted, except where the lack of such licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals would not be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(4)           Due Authorization .  Each of Seller and Guarantor has all necessary corporate or other power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Program Agreements, as applicable.  This Agreement and the Program Agreements have been (or, in the case of Program Agreements not yet executed, will be) duly authorized, executed and delivered by Seller and Guarantor, all requisite or other corporate action having been taken, and each is valid, binding and enforceable against Seller and Guarantor in accordance with its terms except as such enforcement may be affected by bankruptcy, by other insolvency laws, or by general principles of equity.

 

(5)           Financial Statements .

 

a.     Guarantor has heretofore furnished to Buyer a copy of (a) its consolidated balance sheet and the consolidated balance sheets of its consolidated Subsidiaries for the fiscal year of Guarantor ended December 31, 2010 and the related consolidated statements of income for Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such fiscal year, with the opinion thereon of Deloitte & Touche LLP and (b) its consolidated balance sheet and the consolidated balance sheets of its consolidated Subsidiaries for the quarterly fiscal period of Guarantor ended September 30, 2010 and the related consolidated statements of income for Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such quarterly fiscal period.  All such financial statements are complete and correct and fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition of Guarantor and its Subsidiaries and the consolidated results of their operations as at such dates and for such fiscal

 

39



 

periods, all in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis.  Since December 31, 2010, there has been no material adverse change in the consolidated business, operations or financial condition of Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries taken as a whole from that set forth in said financial statements nor is Guarantor aware of any state of facts which (with notice or the lapse of time) would or could result in any such material adverse change.  Guarantor has, on the date of the statements delivered pursuant to this Section (the “ Statement Date ”) no liabilities, direct or indirect, fixed or contingent, matured or unmatured, known or unknown, or liabilities for taxes, long-term leases or unusual forward or long-term commitments not disclosed by, or reserved against in, said balance sheet and related statements, and at the present time there are no material unrealized or anticipated losses from any loans, advances or other commitments of Guarantor except as heretofore disclosed to Buyer in writing.

 

b.     Seller has heretofore furnished to Buyer a copy of (a) its balance sheet for the fiscal year of Seller ended December 31, 2010 and the related statements of income for Seller for such fiscal year, with the opinion thereon of Deloitte & Touche LLP and (b) its balance sheet for the quarterly fiscal period of Seller ended September 30, 2010 and the related statements of income for Seller for such quarterly fiscal period.  All such financial statements are complete and correct and fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition of Seller and the results of its operations as at such dates and for such fiscal periods, all in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis.  Since December 31, 2010, there has been no material adverse change in the consolidated business, operations or financial condition of Seller from that set forth in said financial statements nor is Seller aware of any state of facts which (with notice or the lapse of time) would or could result in any such material adverse change.  Seller has, on the Statement Date no liabilities, direct or indirect, fixed or contingent, matured or unmatured, known or unknown, or liabilities for taxes, long-term leases or unusual forward or long-term commitments not disclosed by, or reserved against in, said balance sheet and related statements, and at the present time there are no material unrealized or anticipated losses from any loans, advances or other commitments of Seller except as heretofore disclosed to Buyer in writing.

 

(6)           Event of Default .  There exists no Event of Default under Section 15(b) hereof, which default gives rise to a right to accelerate indebtedness as referenced in Section 15(b) hereof, under any mortgage, borrowing agreement or other instrument or agreement pertaining to indebtedness for borrowed money or to the repurchase of mortgage loans or securities.

 

40



 

(7)           Solvency .  Each of Seller and Guarantor is solvent and will not be rendered insolvent by any Transaction and, after giving effect to such Transaction, will not be left with an unreasonably small amount of capital with which to engage in its business.  Neither Seller nor Guarantor intends to incur, nor believes that it has incurred, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature and is not contemplating the commencement of insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation or consolidation proceedings or the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, conservator, trustee or similar official in respect of such entity or any of its assets.  The amount of consideration being received by Seller upon the sale of the Purchased Mortgage Loans to Buyer constitutes reasonably equivalent value and fair consideration for such Purchased Mortgage Loans.  Seller is not transferring any Purchased Mortgage Loans with any intent to hinder, delay or defraud any of its creditors.

 

(8)           No Conflicts .  The execution, delivery and performance by each of Seller and Guarantor of this Agreement and the Program Agreements (i) do not conflict with any term or provision of the organizational documents of Seller or Guarantor or any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment, writ, injunction or decree applicable to Seller or Guarantor of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or governmental body having jurisdiction over Seller or Guarantor; (ii) will not result in any violation of any such mortgage, instrument, agreement or obligation to which Seller or Guarantor is a party and (iii) will not result in or require the creation of any Lien upon or in respect of any of the assets of Seller except for Liens relating to the Program Agreements.

 

(9)           True and Complete Disclosure .  All information, reports, exhibits, schedules, financial statements or certificates of Seller, Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof or any of their officers furnished or to be furnished to Buyer in connection with the initial or any ongoing due diligence of Seller, Guarantor or any Affiliate or officer thereof, negotiation, preparation, or delivery of the Program Agreements are true and complete in all material respects and do not omit to disclose any material facts necessary to make the statements herein or therein, in light of the circumstances in which they are made, not misleading.  All financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

(10)         Approvals .  No consent, approval, authorization or order of, registration or filing with, or notice to any Governmental Authority or court is required under applicable law in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by Seller or Guarantor of this Agreement and the Program Agreements.

 

(11)         Litigation .  There is no action, proceeding or investigation pending with respect to which either Seller or Guarantor has received service of process or, to the best of Seller’s or Guarantor’s knowledge threatened against it before any court, administrative agency or other tribunal (A) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement, any Transaction or any Program Agreement, (B) seeking to prevent the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated

 

41



 

by this Agreement or any Program Agreement, (C) makes a claim individually in an amount greater than $1,000,000 or in an aggregate amount greater than $5,000,000, (D) which requires filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with the 1934 Act or any rules thereunder or (E) which might materially and adversely affect the validity of the Mortgage Loans or the performance by it of its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement or any Program Agreement.

 

(12)         Material Adverse Change .  There has been no material adverse change in the business, operations, financial condition, properties or prospects of Seller, Guarantor or their Affiliates since the date set forth in the most recent financial statements supplied to Buyer.

 

(13)         Ownership .  Upon payment of the Purchase Price and the filing of the financing statement and delivery of the Mortgage Files to Custodian and Custodian’s receipt of the Mortgage Loan Schedule, Buyer shall become the sole owner of the Purchased Mortgage Loans and related Repurchase Assets, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances.

 

(14)         Underwriting Guidelines . The Underwriting Guidelines provided to Buyer are the true and correct Underwriting Guidelines of Seller.

 

(15)         Taxes . Seller, Guarantor and their Subsidiaries have timely filed all tax returns that are required to be filed by them and have paid all taxes, except for any such taxes as are being appropriately contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and with respect to which adequate reserves have been provided.  The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of Seller, Guarantor and their Subsidiaries in respect of taxes and other governmental charges are, in the opinion of Seller or Guarantor, as applicable, adequate.

 

(16)         Investment Company Act and Public Utility Holdings Company Act Compliance .  Neither Seller nor any of its Subsidiaries is (a) an “investment company”, or a company “controlled” by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; provided , however , that any entity that is under the management of PNMAC Capital Management LLC in its capacity as an “investment adviser” within the meaning of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and is otherwise not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by Seller shall not be deemed a “Subsidiary” for the purposes of this Section 13(a)(16) or (b) a “holding company” as defined in, or subject to recognition under the Public Utility Holding Act of 1935.

 

(17)         Chief Executive Office; Jurisdiction of Organization .  On the Effective Date, Seller’s chief executive office, is, and has been, located at 27001 Agoura Road, Calabasas, CA 91301.  On the Effective Date, Seller’s jurisdiction of organization is the State of Delaware.  Seller shall provide Buyer with thirty days advance notice of any change in Seller’s principal office or place

 

42



 

of business or jurisdiction.  Seller has no trade name.  During the preceding five years, Seller has not been known by or done business under any other name, corporate or fictitious, and has not filed or had filed against it any bankruptcy receivership or similar petitions nor has it made any assignments for the benefit of creditors.

 

(18)         Location of Books and Records .  The location where Seller keeps its books and records, including all computer tapes and records relating to the Purchased Mortgage Loans and the related Repurchase Assets is its chief executive office.

 

(19)         Adjusted Tangible Net Worth .  On the Effective Date, Seller’s Adjusted Tangible Net Worth is at least the sum of (i) $8,700,000; (ii) 50% of Seller’s positive quarterly Net Income for the previous quarters beginning with the quarter ending March 31, 2011 and (iii) 50% of additional Capital Contributions (without taking into account such Capital Contributions to the extent that they are paid to (A) satisfy the requirement set forth in clause (i) above or (B) satisfy Margin Calls for the previous quarter) for the quarter beginning with the quarter ending March 31, 2011.

 

(20)         ERISA .  Each Plan to which Seller, Guarantor or their Subsidiaries make direct contributions, and, to the knowledge of Seller and Guarantor, each other Plan and each Multiemployer Plan, is in compliance in all material respects with, and has been administered in all material respects in compliance with, the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and any other Federal or State law.

 

(21)         Adverse Selection .  Seller has not selected the Purchased Mortgage Loans in a manner so as to adversely affect Buyer’s interests.

 

(22)         Agreements .  Neither Seller nor any Subsidiary of Seller is a party to any agreement, instrument, or indenture or subject to any restriction materially and adversely affecting its business, operations, assets or financial condition, except as disclosed in the financial statements described in Section 13(a)(5) hereof.  Neither Seller nor any Subsidiary of Seller is in default in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants or conditions contained in any agreement, instrument, or indenture which default could have a material adverse effect on the business, operations, properties, or financial condition of Seller as a whole.  No holder of any indebtedness of Seller or of any of its Subsidiaries has given notice of any asserted default thereunder.

 

(23)         Other Indebtedness .  All Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness evidenced by this Agreement) of Seller existing on the date hereof is listed on Exhibit I hereto (the “ Existing Indebtedness ”).

 

(24)         Agency Approvals .  Seller is an FHA Approved Mortgagee and a VA Approved Lender. Seller is also approved by Fannie Mae as an

 

43



 

approved seller/servicer, Freddie Mac as an approved seller/servicer, GNMA as an approved issuer to the extent previously approved and, to the extent necessary, approved by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development pursuant to Sections 203 and 211 of the National Housing Act.  In each such case, Seller is in good standing, with no event having occurred or Seller having any reason whatsoever to believe or suspect will occur prior to the issuance of the Agency Security or the consummation of the Purchase Commitment, as the case may be, including, without limitation, a change in insurance coverage which would either make Seller unable to comply with the eligibility requirements for maintaining all such applicable approvals or require notification to the relevant Agency or to the Department of Housing and Urban Development, FHA or VA.  Should Seller for any reason cease to possess all such applicable approvals, or should a change in insurance coverage require notification to the relevant Agency or to the Department of Housing and Urban Development, FHA, or VA, Seller shall so notify Buyer immediately in writing.  Subservicer has adequate financial standing, servicing facilities, procedures and experienced personnel necessary for the sound servicing of mortgage loans of the same types as may from time to time constitute Mortgage Loans and in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices.

 

(25)         No Reliance .  Each of Seller and Guarantor has made its own independent decisions to enter into the Program Agreements and each Transaction and as to whether such Transaction is appropriate and proper for it based upon its own judgment and upon advice from such advisors (including without limitation, legal counsel and accountants) as it has deemed necessary.  Neither Seller nor Guarantor is relying upon any advice from Buyer as to any aspect of the Transactions, including without limitation, the legal, accounting or tax treatment of such Transactions.

 

(26)         Plan Assets . Neither Seller nor Guarantor is an employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3 of Title I of ERISA, or a plan described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code, and the Purchased Mortgage Loans are not “plan assets” within the meaning of 29 CFR §2510.3 101 as amended by Section 3(42) of ERISA, in Seller’s or Guarantor’s hands, and transactions by or with Seller or Guarantor are not subject to any state or local statute regulating investments or fiduciary obligations with respect to governmental plans within the meaning of Section 3(32) of ERISA.

 

(27)         No Prohibited Persons . Neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates, officers, directors, partners or members, is an entity or person (or to Seller’s knowledge, owned or controlled by an entity or person): (i) that is listed in the Annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of Executive Order 13224 issued on September 24, 2001 (“ EO13224 ”); (ii) whose name appears on the United States Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”) most current list of “Specifically Designated National and Blocked Persons” (which list may be published from time to time in various mediums including, but not limited to, the OFAC website, http:www.treas.gov/ofac/t11sdn.pdf); (iii) who commits, threatens to commit or

 

44



 

supports “terrorism”, as that term is defined in EO13224; or (iv) who is otherwise affiliated with any entity or person listed above (any and all parties or persons described in clauses (i) through (iv) above are herein referred to as a “ Prohibited Person ”).

 

(28)         Purchase Commitment .  Seller shall deliver to Buyer any Purchase Commitment it receives after a Purchase Date.

 

b.         With respect to every Purchased Mortgage Loan, each of Seller and Guarantor jointly and severally represents and warrants to Buyer as of the applicable Purchase Date for any Transaction and each date thereafter that each representation and warranty set forth on Schedule 1 is true and correct.

 

c.         The representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement shall survive transfer of the Purchased Mortgage Loans to Buyer and shall continue for so long as the Purchased Mortgage Loans are subject to this Agreement.  Upon discovery by Seller, Subservicer or Buyer of any breach of any of the representations or warranties set forth in this Agreement, the party discovering such breach shall promptly give notice of such discovery to the others.

 

14.          Covenants

 

Each of Seller and Guarantor covenants with Buyer that, during the term of this facility:

 

a.         Adjusted Tangible Net Worth . Seller shall maintain an Adjusted Tangible Net Worth of at least the sum of (i) $8,700,000; (ii) 50% of Seller’s positive quarterly Net Income for the previous quarters beginning with the quarter ending March 31, 2011 and (iii) 50% of additional Capital Contributions (without taking into account such Capital Contributions to the extent that they are paid to (A) satisfy the requirement set forth in clause (i) above or (B) satisfy Margin Calls for the previous quarter) for the quarter beginning with the quarter ending March 31, 2011.

 

b.         Total Liabilities to Tangible Net Worth Ratio . Seller’s ratio of Total Liabilities to Tangible Net Worth shall not exceed 10:1.

 

c.         Litigation . Seller and Guarantor, as applicable, will promptly, and in any event within ten (10) days after service of process on any of the following, give to Buyer notice of all litigation, actions, suits, arbitrations, investigations (including, without limitation, any of the foregoing which are threatened or pending) or other legal or arbitrable proceedings affecting Seller, Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries or affecting any of the Property of any of them before any Governmental Authority that (i) questions or challenges the validity or enforceability of any of the Program Agreements or any action to be taken in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) makes a claim individually in an amount greater than $1,000,000 or in an aggregate amount greater than $5,000,000, or (iii) which, individually or in the aggregate, if

 

45



 

adversely determined, could be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. On each Reporting Date, Seller and Guarantor, as applicable, will provide to Buyer a litigation docket listing all litigation, actions, suits, arbitrations, investigations (including, without limitation, any of the foregoing which are threatened or pending) or other legal or arbitrable proceedings affecting Seller, Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries or affecting any of the Property of any of them before any Governmental Authority. Seller and Guarantor, as applicable, will promptly provide notice of any judgment, which with the passage of time, could cause an Event of Default hereunder.

 

d.         Prohibition of Fundamental Changes .  Neither Seller nor Guarantor shall (i) enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation, winding up or dissolution) or sell all or substantially all of its assets without Buyer’s prior written consent or (ii) form or enter into any partnership, joint venture, syndicate or other combination which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

e.         Maintenance of Profitability .  Seller shall not permit, for any Test Period, Net Income for such Test Period, before income taxes for such Test Period and distributions made during such Test Period, to be less than $1.00.

 

f.         Subservicer; Asset Tape .  Seller shall cause Subservicer to provide to Buyer, electronically, in a format mutually acceptable to Buyer and Seller, an Asset Tape by no later than the Reporting Date; provided, however, that upon (i) the occurrence and continuation of an Event of Default or (ii) the request of Buyer, Seller shall cause Subservicer to promptly provide such Asset Tape.  Seller shall not cause the Mortgage Loans to be serviced by any servicer or subservicer other than a servicer or subservicer expressly approved in writing by Buyer, which approval shall be deemed granted by Buyer with respect to Seller with the execution of this Agreement.

 

g.         Insurance .  Seller or Guarantor shall continue to maintain, for Seller, Subservicer and their Subsidiaries, Fidelity Insurance in an aggregate amount at least equal to $1,400,000.  Seller or Guarantor shall maintain, for Seller, Subservicer and their Subsidiaries, Fidelity Insurance in respect of its officers, employees and agents, with respect to any claims made in connection with all or any portion of the Repurchase Assets.  Seller or Guarantor shall notify Buyer of any material change in the terms of any such Fidelity Insurance.

 

h.         No Adverse Claims .  Seller warrants and will defend, and shall cause any Subservicer to defend, the right, title and interest of Buyer in and to all Purchased Mortgage Loans and the related Repurchase Assets against all adverse claims and demands.

 

i.          Assignment .  Except as permitted herein, neither Seller nor any Subservicer shall sell, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, or pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in or lien on or otherwise

 

46


 

encumber (except pursuant to the Program Agreements), any of the Purchased Mortgage Loans or any interest therein, provided that this Section shall not prevent any transfer of Purchased Mortgage Loans in accordance with the Program Agreements.

 

j.                              Security Interest .  Seller shall do all things necessary to preserve the Purchased Mortgage Loans and the related Repurchase Assets so that they remain subject to a first priority perfected security interest hereunder.  Without limiting the foregoing, Seller will comply with all rules, regulations and other laws of any Governmental Authority and cause the Purchased Mortgage Loans or the related Repurchase Assets to comply with all applicable rules, regulations and other laws.  Seller will not allow any default for which Seller is responsible to occur under any Purchased Mortgage Loans or the related Repurchase Assets or any Program Agreement and Seller shall fully perform or cause to be performed when due all of its obligations under any Purchased Mortgage Loans or the related Repurchase Assets and any Program Agreement.

 

k.                           Records .

 

(1)                                  Seller shall collect and maintain or cause to be collected and maintained all Records relating to the Purchased Mortgage Loans in accordance with industry custom and practice, including without limitation the requirements of the Agencies and necessary in order to foreclose on the Underlying Mortgaged Property, for assets similar to the Purchased Mortgage Loans, including those maintained pursuant to the preceding subparagraph, and all such Records shall be in Custodian’s possession unless Buyer otherwise approves.  Seller will not allow any such papers, records or files that are an original or an only copy to leave Custodian’s possession, except for individual items removed in connection with servicing a specific Mortgage Loan, in which event Seller will obtain or cause to be obtained a receipt from a financially responsible person for any such paper, record or file.  Seller or the Subservicer of the Purchased Mortgage Loans will maintain all such Records not in the possession of Custodian in good and complete condition in accordance with industry practices for assets similar to the Purchased Mortgage Loans and preserve them against loss.

 

(2)                                  For so long as Buyer has an interest in or lien on any Purchased Mortgage Loan, Seller will hold or cause to be held all related Records in trust for Buyer.  Seller shall notify, or cause to be notified, every other party holding any such Records of the interests and liens in favor of Buyer granted hereby.

 

(3)                                  Upon reasonable advance notice from Custodian or Buyer, Seller shall (x) make any and all such Records available to Custodian or Buyer to examine any such Records, either by its own officers or employees, or by agents or contractors, or both, and make copies of all or any portion thereof, and (y) permit Buyer or its authorized agents to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of Seller with its chief operating officer and chief financial officer and to

 

47



 

discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of Seller with its independent certified public accountants.

 

l.                               Books .  Seller shall keep or cause to be kept in reasonable detail books and records of account of its assets and business and shall clearly reflect therein the transfer of Purchased Mortgage Loans to Buyer.

 

m.                       Approvals .  Seller shall maintain all licenses, permits or other approvals necessary for Seller to conduct its business and to perform its obligations under the Program Agreements, and Seller shall conduct its business strictly in accordance with applicable law.

 

n.                           Material Change in Business .  Neither Seller nor Guarantor shall make any material change in the nature of its business as carried on at the date hereof.  There shall be no material change in the senior management of Seller or Guarantor.

 

o.                           Underwriting Guidelines .  Without the prior written consent of Buyer, Seller shall not amend or otherwise modify the Underwriting Guidelines in any material respect.  Without limiting the foregoing, in the event that Seller makes any amendment or modification to the Underwriting Guidelines, Seller shall promptly deliver to Buyer a complete copy of the amended or modified Underwriting Guidelines specifying in detail the amendments and modifications set forth therein from the previous copy delivered.

 

p.                           Distributions .  If a Default has occurred and is continuing, neither Seller nor Guarantor shall pay any dividends with respect to any capital stock or other equity interests in such entity, whether now or hereafter outstanding, or make any other distribution in respect thereof, either directly or indirectly, whether in cash or property or in obligations of Seller or Guarantor.

 

q.                           Applicable Law .  Seller and Guarantor shall comply with the requirements of all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority.

 

r.                              Existence .  Each of Seller and Guarantor shall preserve and maintain its legal existence and all of its material rights, privileges, licenses and franchises.

 

s.                             Chief Executive Office; Jurisdiction of Organization .  Seller shall not move its chief executive office from the address referred to in Section 13(a)(17) or change its jurisdiction of organization from the jurisdiction referred to in Section 13(a)(17) unless it shall have provided Buyer 30 days’ prior written notice of such change.

 

t.                              Taxes .  Seller and Guarantor shall timely file all tax returns that are required to be filed by them and shall timely pay and discharge all taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed on it or on its income or profits or on any of its property prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto, except for any

 

48



 

such tax, assessment, charge or levy the payment of which is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and against which adequate reserves are being maintained.

 

u.                           Transactions with Affiliates .  Seller will not enter into any transaction, including, without limitation, any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property or the rendering of any service, with any Affiliate unless such transaction (a) does not result in a Default hereunder; (b) is in the ordinary course of Seller’s business and (c) is upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to Seller than it would obtain in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person which is not an Affiliate, or make a payment that is not otherwise permitted by this Section to any Affiliate.

 

v.                           Guarantees .  Seller shall not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Guarantees, except (i) to the extent reflected in Seller’s financial statements or notes thereto and (ii) to the extent the aggregate Guarantees of Seller do not exceed $250,000.

 

w.                         Indebtedness . Seller shall not incur any additional material Indebtedness (other than (i)  the Existing Indebtedness in amounts not to exceed the amounts specified on Exhibit I hereto, (ii) except for Indebtedness incurred with Buyer or its Affiliates, and (iii) usual and customary accounts payable for a mortgage company) without the prior written consent of Buyer.

 

x.                           Hedging . Seller has entered into Interest Rate Protection Agreements with respect to the Conforming Mortgage Loans, having terms with respect to protection against fluctuations in interest rates consistent with its hedging policy which policy shall be acceptable to Buyer in its sole discretion.  In the event that Seller intends to make any change to its hedging policy as it relates to Interest Rate Protection Agreements, Seller shall notify Buyer in writing 30 days prior to implementing any such change.

 

y.                           True and Correct Information .  All information, reports, exhibits, schedules, financial statements or certificates of Seller, Guarantor any Affiliate thereof or any of their officers furnished to Buyer hereunder and during Buyer’s diligence of Seller and Guarantor are and will be true and complete in all material respects and do not omit to disclose any material facts necessary to make the statements herein or therein, in light of the circumstances in which they are made, not misleading.  All required financial statements, information and reports delivered by Seller and Guarantor to Buyer pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, or, if applicable, to SEC filings, the appropriate SEC accounting regulations.

 

z.                            Agency Approvals; Servicing .  Seller shall maintain its status with Fannie Mae as an approved seller/servicer, Freddie Mac as an approved seller/servicer and GNMA as an approved issuer to the extent previously approved, in each case in good standing.  Subservicer shall service all Purchased Mortgage Loans which

 

49



 

are Committed Mortgage Loans in accordance with the applicable agency guide.  Should Subservicer, for any reason, cease to possess all such applicable Agency Approvals, or should a change in insurance coverage require notification to the relevant Agency or to the Department of Housing and Urban Development, FHA or VA be required, such Seller shall so notify Buyer immediately in writing.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Subservicer shall take all necessary action to maintain all of their applicable Agency Approvals at all times during the term of this Agreement and each outstanding Transaction. Subservicer shall maintain adequate financial standing, servicing facilities, procedures and experienced personnel necessary for the sound servicing of mortgage loans of the same types as may from time to time constitute Mortgage Loans and in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices.

 

aa.                    Take-out Payments . With respect to each Committed Mortgage Loan, Seller shall arrange that all payments under the related Purchase Commitment shall be paid directly to Buyer at the account set forth in Section 9 hereof, or to an account approved by Buyer in writing prior to such payment. With respect to any Agency Purchase Commitment, if applicable, (1) with respect to the wire transfer instructions as set forth in Freddie Mac Form 987 (Wire Transfer Authorization for a Cash Warehouse Delivery) such wire transfer instructions are identical to Buyer’s wire instructions or Buyer has approved such wire transfer instructions in writing in its sole discretion, or (2) the Payee Number set forth on Fannie Mae Form 1068 (Fixed-Rate, Graduated-Payment, or Growing-Equity Mortgage Loan Schedule) or Fannie Mae Form 1069 (Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan Schedule), as applicable, is identical to the Payee Number that has been identified by Buyer in writing as Buyer’s Payee Number or Buyer has previously approved the related Payee Number in writing in its sole discretion.  With respect to any Take-out Commitment with an Agency, the applicable agency documents shall list Buyer as sole subscriber, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Buyer, in Buyer’s sole discretion

 

bb.                    No Pledge .  Neither Seller nor Guarantor shall pledge, transfer or convey any security interest in the Securities Account to any Person without the express written consent of Buyer.

 

cc.                      Plan Assets . Seller shall not be an employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3 of Title I of ERISA, or a plan described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code and Seller shall not use “plan assets” within the meaning of 29 CFR §2510.3 101, as amended by Section 3(42) of ERISA to engage in this Repurchase Agreement or any Transaction hereunder. Transactions by or with Seller or Guarantor shall not be subject to any state or local statute regulating investments of or fiduciary obligations with respect to governmental plans within the meaning of Section 3(32) of ERISA.

 

dd.                    Maintenance of Liquidity .  Seller shall ensure that, at all times, it has unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents in an amount not less than the related Liquidity Amount.

 

50



 

ee.                      Sharing of Information .  Seller shall allow Buyer to exchange information related to Seller and the Transactions hereunder with third party lenders and Seller shall permit each third party lender to share such information with Buyer.

 

ff.                        Most Favored Status .  Seller, Guarantor and Buyer each agree that should Seller, Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof enter into a repurchase agreement, warehouse facility, guaranty or similar credit facility with any Person other than Buyer or an Affiliate of Buyer which by its terms provides any of the following (each, a “ More Favorable Agreement ”):

 

(1)                                  more favorable terms with respect to any guaranties or financial covenants, including without limitation covenants covering the same or similar subject matter set forth in Sections 14a, 14b, 14e, 14p and 14dd hereof;

 

(2)                                  a security interest to any Person other than Buyer or an Affiliate of Buyer in substantially all assets of Seller, Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof; or

 

(3)                                  a requirement that Seller has added or will add any Person other than Buyer or an Affiliate of Buyer as a loss payee under Seller’s Fidelity Insurance;

 

then the terms of this Agreement shall be deemed automatically amended to include such more favorable terms contained in such More Favorable Agreement, such that such terms operate in favor of Buyer or an Affiliate of Buyer; provided, that in the event that such More Favorable Agreement is terminated, upon notice by Seller to Buyer of such termination, the original terms of this Agreement shall be deemed to be automatically reinstated.  Seller, Guarantor and Buyer further agree to execute and deliver any new guaranties, agreements or amendments to this Agreement evidencing such provisions, provided that the execution of such amendment shall not be a precondition to the effectiveness of such amendment, but shall merely be for the convenience of the parties hereto.  Promptly upon Seller, Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof entering into a repurchase agreement or other credit facility with any Person other than Buyer, Seller or Guarantor, as applicable, shall deliver to Buyer a true, correct and complete copy of such repurchase agreement, loan agreement, guaranty or other financing documentation.

 

gg.                      Liens on Substantially All Assets .  Seller shall not grant a security interest to any Person other than Buyer or an Affiliate of Buyer in substantially all assets of Seller unless Seller has entered into an amendment to this Agreement that grants to Buyer a pari passu security interest on such assets.

 

hh.                    No Amendment or Compromise .  Without Buyer’s prior written consent, neither Seller nor any Person acting on Seller’s behalf shall amend or modify, or waive any term or condition of, or settle or compromise any claim in respect of, any item of the Purchased Mortgage Loans, any related rights or any of the

 

51



 

Programs Agreements, provided that Subservicer may amend or modify a Purchased Mortgage Loan if such amendment or modification does not affect the amount or timing of any payment of principal or interests, extends its scheduled maturity date, modify its interest rate, or constitute a cancellation or discharge of its outstanding principal balance and does not materially and adversely affect the security afforded by the real property, furnishings, fixtures, or equipment securing the Purchased Mortgage Loan.

 

ii.                            MERS .  Seller will comply in all material respects with the rules and procedures of MERS in connection with the servicing of the MERS Mortgage Loans for as long as such Purchased Mortgage Loans are registered with MERS.  In connection with the assignment of any Purchased Mortgage Loan registered on the MERS System, Sellers agree that at the request of Buyer, Seller will, at its cost and expense, cause the MERS System to indicate that such Purchased Mortgage Loan has been transferred to Buyer in accordance with the terms of this Agreement by including in MERS’ computer files (a) the code in the field which identifies the specific owner of the Purchased Mortgage Loans and (b) the code in the field “Pool Field” which identifies the series in which such Purchased Mortgage Loans were sold. Seller further agrees that Seller will not alter codes referenced in this paragraph with respect to any Purchased Mortgage Loan at any time that such Purchased Mortgage Loan is subject to a Transaction.

 

jj.                          Wet Mortgage Loans .  In connection with the funding of each Wet Mortgage Loan, Seller shall provide to the applicable Closing Agent (with a copy to Buyer), (i) the Irrevocable Closing Instructions and (ii) final closing instructions which shall, without limitation, make reference to the Irrevocable Closing Instructions and stipulate the title insurance company that will be issuing the applicable title insurance policy and Closing Protection Letter, which title insurance company shall be an Acceptable Title Insurance Company.  In no event shall Seller use such final closing instructions to modify or attempt to modify the terms of the Irrevocable Closing Instructions unless such modifications are agreed to in advance and in writing by Buyer. Seller shall not otherwise modify or attempt to modify the terms of the Irrevocable Closing Instructions without Buyer’s prior written approval.  If the Closing Agent is not an Acceptable Title Insurance Company, except as otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 3(k)(1)(i), Seller shall also (a) confirm that the closing is covered by a blanket Closing Protection Letter issued to Buyer by the title insurance company stipulated in the final closing instructions, and shall provide a copy of such Closing Protection Letter to Buyer; or (b) provide to Buyer (1) a Closing Protection Letter covering the closing issued to Seller by the title insurance company stipulated in the final closing instructions and (2) a duly executed Assignment of Closing Protection Letter relating to the above referenced Closing Protection Letter naming Buyer as the assignee.

 

15.                                Events of Default

 

Each of the following shall constitute an “ Event of Default ” hereunder:

 

52



 

a.                           Payment Failure .  Failure of Seller to (i) make any payment of Price Differential or Repurchase Price or any other sum which has become due, on a Price Differential Payment Date or a Repurchase Date or otherwise, whether by acceleration or otherwise, under the terms of this Agreement, any other warehouse and security agreement or any other document evidencing or securing Indebtedness of Seller to Buyer or to any Affiliate of Buyer, or (ii) cure any Margin Deficit when due pursuant to Section 6 hereof.

 

b.                           Cross Default .  (i) Seller, Guarantor or Affiliates thereof shall be in default under (A) any Indebtedness of Seller, Guarantor or any Affiliate with Buyer or any of its Affiliates; (B) any Indebtedness, in the aggregate, in excess of $1 million of Seller, Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof, which default (x) involves the failure to pay a matured obligation, or (y) permits the acceleration of the maturity of obligations by any other party to or beneficiary with respect to such Indebtedness, or (C) any other contract or contracts, in the aggregate in excess of $1 million to which Seller, Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof is a party which default (x) involves the failure to pay a matured obligation, or (y) permits the acceleration of the maturity of obligations by any other party to or beneficiary of such contract or (ii) any Affiliate Fund shall be in default under any Indebtedness of such Affiliate Fund with Buyer or any of its Affiliates.

 

c.                            Assignment .  Assignment or attempted assignment by Seller or Guarantor of this Agreement or any rights hereunder without first obtaining the specific written consent of Buyer, or the granting by Seller of any security interest, lien or other encumbrances on any Purchased Mortgage Loans to any person other than Buyer.

 

d.                           Insolvency .  An Act of Insolvency shall have occurred with respect to Seller, Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof.

 

e.                            Material Adverse Change .  Any material adverse change in the Property, business, financial condition or operations of Seller, Guarantor or any of their Affiliates shall occur, in each case as determined by Buyer in its sole good faith discretion, or any other condition shall exist which, in Buyer’s sole good faith discretion, constitutes a material impairment of Seller’s or Guarantor’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any other Program Agreement.

 

f.                             Breach of Financial Representation or Covenant or Obligation . A breach by Seller of any of the representations, warranties or covenants or obligations set forth in Sections 13(a)(1), 13(a)(7), 13(a)(12), 13(a)(19), 13(a)(23), 14a, 14b, 14d, 14e, 14r, 14v, 14w, 14aa, 14bb, 14cc, 14dd or 14ff of this Agreement.

 

g.                            Breach of Non-Financial Representation or Covenant .  A breach by Seller or Guarantor of any other material representation, warranty or covenant set forth in this Agreement (and not otherwise specified in Section 15(f) above), if such breach is not cured within five (5) Business Days (other than the representations and warranties set forth in Schedule 1, which shall be considered solely for the purpose of determining the Asset Value, the existence of a Margin Deficit and the

 

53



 

obligation to repurchase such Mortgage Loan unless (i) such party shall have made any such representations and warranties with knowledge that they were materially false or misleading at the time made, (ii) any such representations and warranties have been determined by Buyer in its sole discretion to be materially false or misleading on a regular basis, or (iii) Buyer, in its sole discretion, determines that such breach of a material representation, warranty or covenant materially and adversely affects (A) the condition (financial or otherwise) of such party, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates; or (B) Buyer’s determination to enter into this Agreement or Transactions with such party, then such breach shall constitute an immediate Event of Default and neither Seller nor Guarantor shall have any cure right hereunder).

 

h.                           Guarantor Breach .  A breach by Guarantor of any material representation, warranty or covenant set forth in the Guaranty or any other Program Agreement, any “event of default” by Guarantor under the Guaranty, any repudiation of the Guaranty by Guarantor, or if the Guaranty is not enforceable against Guarantor.

 

i.                               Change in Control .  The occurrence of a Change in Control.

 

j.                              Failure to Transfer .  Seller fails to transfer the Purchased Mortgage Loans to Buyer on the applicable Purchase Date (provided Buyer has tendered the related Purchase Price).

 

k.                           Judgment .  A final judgment or judgments for the payment of money in excess of  $1 million shall be rendered against Seller, Guarantor or any of their Affiliates by one or more courts, administrative tribunals or other bodies having jurisdiction and the same shall not be satisfied, discharged (or provision shall not be made for such discharge) or bonded, or a stay of execution thereof shall not be procured, within 30 days from the date of entry thereof.

 

l.                               Government Action .  Any Governmental Authority or any person, agency or entity acting or purporting to act under governmental authority shall have taken any action to condemn, seize or appropriate, or to assume custody or control of, all or any substantial part of the Property of Seller, Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof, or shall have taken any action to displace the management of Seller, Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof or to curtail its authority in the conduct of the business of Seller, Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof, or takes any action in the nature of enforcement to remove, limit or restrict the approval of Seller, Guarantor or Affiliate as an issuer, buyer or a seller/servicer of Mortgage Loans or securities backed thereby, and such action provided for in this subparagraph l shall not have been discontinued or stayed within 30 days.

 

m.                       Inability to Perform .  A Responsible Officer of Seller or Guarantor shall admit its inability to, or its intention not to, perform any of Seller’s Obligations or Guarantor’s obligations hereunder or the Guaranty or Buyer reasonably believes that Seller or Guarantor is unable to perform fully when such performance will become due any obligation on Seller’s or Guarantor’s part to any broker, dealer,

 

54



 

bank or other financial institution in respect of a transaction involving securities, commodities or other instruments not then due (regardless of whether Buyer has any right, title or interest therein).

 

n.                           Security Interest .  This Agreement shall for any reason cease to create a valid, first priority security interest in any material portion of the Purchased Mortgage Loans or other Repurchase Assets purported to be covered hereby.

 

o.                           Financial Statements .  Seller’s or Guarantor’s audited annual financial statements or the notes thereto or other opinions or conclusions stated therein shall be qualified or limited by reference to the status of Seller or Guarantor as a “going concern” or a reference of similar import.

 

p.                           Ineligible Loans .  With respect to any Transaction, Buyer determines in the course of its due diligence that the greater (by count) of 5% or twenty (20) of the Mortgage Loans are ineligible for sale to Buyer in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

q.                           Further Assurances .  Buyer shall reasonably request, specifying the reasons for such request, reasonable information, and/or written responses to such requests, regarding the financial well-being of Seller or Guarantor and such reasonable information, and/or written responses shall not have been provided to Buyer within five (5) Business Days of such request.

 

An Event of Default shall be deemed to be continuing unless expressly waived by Buyer in writing.

 

16.                                Remedies Upon Default

 

In the event that an Event of Default shall have occurred:

 

a.                           Buyer may, at its option (which option shall be deemed to have been exercised immediately upon the occurrence of an Act of Insolvency of Seller or any Affiliate), declare an Event of Default to have occurred hereunder and, upon the exercise or deemed exercise of such option, the Repurchase Date for each Transaction hereunder shall, if it has not already occurred, be deemed immediately to occur (except that, in the event that the Purchase Date for any Transaction has not yet occurred as of the date of such exercise or deemed exercise, such Transaction shall be deemed immediately canceled).  Buyer shall (except upon the occurrence of an Act of Insolvency) give notice to Seller and Guarantor of the exercise of such option as promptly as practicable.

 

b.                           If Buyer exercises or is deemed to have exercised the option referred to in subparagraph (a) of this Section, (i) Seller’s obligations in such Transactions to repurchase all Purchased Mortgage Loans, at the Repurchase Price therefor on the Repurchase Date determined in accordance with subparagraph (a) of this Section, shall thereupon become immediately due and payable, (ii) all Income paid shall be retained by Buyer and applied, in Buyer’s sole discretion, to the aggregate

 

55



 

unpaid Repurchase Prices for all outstanding Transactions and any other amounts owing by Seller hereunder, and (iii) Seller shall immediately deliver to Buyer the Mortgage Files relating to any Purchased Mortgage Loans subject to such Transactions then in Seller’s possession or control.

 

c.                            Buyer also shall have the right to obtain physical possession, and to commence an action to obtain physical possession, of all Records and files of Seller relating to the Purchased Mortgage Loans and all documents relating to the Purchased Mortgage Loans (including, without limitation, any legal, credit or servicing files with respect to the Purchased Mortgage Loans) which are then or may thereafter come in to the possession of Seller or any third party acting for Seller.  To obtain physical possession of any Purchased Mortgage Loans held by Custodian, Buyer shall present to Custodian a Trust Receipt.  Without limiting the rights of Buyer hereto to pursue all other legal and equitable rights available to Buyer for Seller’s failure to perform its obligations under this Agreement, Seller acknowledges and agrees that the remedy at law for any failure to perform obligations hereunder would be inadequate and Buyer shall be entitled to specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies in the event of any such failure. The availability of these remedies shall not prohibit Buyer from pursuing any other remedies for such breach, including the recovery of monetary damages.

 

d.                           Buyer shall have the right to direct all servicers and subservicers then servicing any Purchased Mortgage Loans to remit all collections thereon to Buyer, and if any such payments are received by Seller, Seller shall not commingle the amounts received with other funds of Seller and shall promptly pay them over to Buyer.  Buyer shall also have the right to terminate any one or all of the servicers and subservicers then servicing any Purchased Mortgage Loans with or without cause.  In addition, Buyer shall have the right to immediately sell the Purchased Mortgage Loans and liquidate all Repurchase Assets.  Such disposition of Purchased Mortgage Loans may be, at Buyer’s option, on either a servicing-released or a servicing-retained basis.  Buyer shall not be required to give any warranties as to the Purchased Mortgage Loans with respect to any such disposition thereof.  Buyer may specifically disclaim or modify any warranties of title or the like relating to the Purchased Mortgage Loans.  The foregoing procedure for disposition of the Purchased Mortgage Loans and liquidation of the Repurchase Assets shall not be considered to adversely affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale thereof.  Seller agrees that it would not be commercially unreasonable for Buyer to dispose of the Purchased Mortgage Loans or the Repurchase Assets or any portion thereof by using Internet sites that provide for the auction of assets similar to the Purchased Mortgage Loans or the Repurchase Assets, or that have the reasonable capability of doing so, or that match buyers and sellers of assets.  Buyer shall be entitled to place the Purchased Mortgage Loans in a pool for issuance of mortgage-backed securities at the then-prevailing price for such securities and to sell such securities for such prevailing price in the open market.  Buyer shall also be entitled to sell any or all of such Mortgage Loans individually for the prevailing price. Buyer shall also be

 

56


 

entitled, in its sole discretion to elect, in lieu of selling all or a portion of such Purchased Mortgage Loans, to give Seller credit for such Purchased Mortgage Loans and the Repurchase Assets in an amount equal to the Market Value of the Purchased Mortgage Loans against the aggregate unpaid Repurchase Price and any other amounts owing by Seller hereunder.

 

e.                            Upon the happening of one or more Events of Default, Buyer may apply any proceeds from the liquidation of the Purchased Mortgage Loans and Repurchase Assets to the Repurchase Prices hereunder and all other Obligations in the manner Buyer deems appropriate in its sole discretion.

 

f.                             Seller shall be liable to Buyer for (i) the amount of all reasonable and customary legal or other expenses (including, without limitation, all costs and expenses of Buyer in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement or any other agreement evidencing a Transaction, whether in action, suit or litigation or bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar proceeding affecting  creditors’ rights generally, further including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel (including the costs of internal counsel of Buyer) incurred in connection with or as a result of an Event of Default, (ii) damages in an amount equal to the cost (including all fees, expenses and commissions) of entering into replacement transactions and entering into or terminating hedge transactions in connection with or as a result of an Event of Default, and (iii) any other loss, damage, cost or expense directly arising or resulting from the occurrence of an Event of Default in respect of a Transaction.

 

g.                            To the extent permitted by applicable law, Seller shall be liable to Buyer for interest on any amounts owing by Seller hereunder, from the date Seller becomes liable for such amounts hereunder until such amounts are (i) paid in full by Seller or (ii) satisfied in full by the exercise of Buyer’s rights hereunder.  Interest on any sum payable by Seller under this Section 16(g) shall be at a rate equal to the Post-Default Rate.

 

h.                           Buyer shall have, in addition to its rights hereunder, any rights otherwise available to it under any other agreement or applicable law.

 

i.                               Buyer may exercise one or more of the remedies available to Buyer immediately upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and, except to the extent provided in subsections (a) and (d) of this Section, at any time thereafter without notice to Seller.  All rights and remedies arising under this Agreement as amended from time to time hereunder are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights or remedies which Buyer may have.

 

j.                              Buyer may enforce its rights and remedies hereunder without prior judicial process or hearing, and Seller hereby expressly waives any defenses Seller might otherwise have to require Buyer to enforce its rights by judicial process.  Seller also waives any defense (other than a defense of payment or performance) Seller might otherwise have arising from the use of nonjudicial process, enforcement

 

57



 

and sale of all or any portion of the Repurchase Assets, or from any other election of remedies.  Seller recognizes that nonjudicial remedies are consistent with the usages of the trade, are responsive to commercial necessity and are the result of a bargain at arm’s length.

 

k.                           Buyer shall have the right to perform reasonable due diligence with respect to Seller and the Mortgage Loans, which review shall be at the expense of Seller subject to Section 35 hereof.

 

17.                                Reports

 

a.                           Notices .  Seller or Guarantor shall furnish to Buyer (x) promptly, copies of any material and adverse notices (including, without limitation, notices of defaults, breaches, Defaults or potential breaches) and any material financial information that is not otherwise required to be provided by Seller or Guarantor hereunder which is given to Seller’s lenders, (y) immediately, notice of the occurrence of any Event of Default hereunder or default or breach by Seller, Guarantor or Subservicer of any obligation under any Program Agreement or any material contract or agreement of Seller, Guarantor or Subservicer or the occurrence of any event or circumstance that such party reasonably expects has resulted in, or will, with the passage of time, result in, a Material Adverse Effect or an Event of Default or such a default or breach by such party and (z) the following:

 

(1)                                  as soon as available and in any event within forty (40) calendar days after the end of each calendar month, the unaudited consolidated balance sheets of Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries and the unaudited balance sheet of Seller, each as at the end of such period and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income for Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries and Seller for such period and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such period, accompanied by a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Guarantor or Seller, as applicable, which certificate shall state that said consolidated financial statements or financial statements, as applicable, fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial condition or financial condition, as applicable, and results of operations of Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries or Seller, as applicable, in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, as at the end of, and for, such period (subject to normal year-end adjustments);

 

(2)                                  as soon as available and in any event within thirty (30) calendar days after the end of each calendar quarter, the unaudited consolidated cash flow statements of Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries and the unaudited cash flow statements of Seller, each as at the end of such period  and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such period, accompanied by a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Guarantor or Seller, as applicable, which certificate shall state that said consolidated financial statements or financial statements, as applicable, fairly present in all material respects the consolidated

 

58



 

financial condition or financial condition, as applicable, and results of operations of Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries or Seller, as applicable, in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, as at the end of, and for, such period (subject to normal year-end adjustments);

 

(3)                                  as soon as available and in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of Guarantor and Seller, the consolidated balance sheets of Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries and the balance sheet of Seller, each as at the end of such fiscal year and the related consolidated statements of income and retained earnings and of cash flows for Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries and Seller for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, accompanied by an opinion thereon of independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing, which opinion and the scope of audit shall be acceptable to Buyer in its sole discretion, shall have no “going concern” qualification and shall state that said consolidated financial statements or financial statements, as applicable, fairly present the consolidated financial condition or financial condition, as applicable, and results of operations of Guarantor and its respective consolidated Subsidiaries or Seller, as applicable, as at the end of, and for, such fiscal year in accordance with GAAP;

 

(4)                                  such other prepared statements that Buyer may reasonably request;

 

(5)                                  if applicable, copies of any 10-Ks, 10-Qs, registration statements and other “ corporate finance ” SEC filings (other than 8-Ks) by Guarantor, Seller or any Affiliate, within 5 Business Days of their filing with the SEC; provided, that, Guarantor, Seller or any Affiliate will provide Buyer with a copy of the annual 10-K filed with the SEC by Guarantor, Seller or their Affiliates, no later than 90 days after the end of the year;

 

(6)                                  as soon as available, and in any event within thirty (30) days of receipt, copies of relevant portions of all final written Agency, FHA, VA, Governmental Authority and investor audits, examinations, evaluations, monitoring reviews and reports of its operations (including those prepared on a contract basis) which provide for or relate to (i) material corrective action required, (ii) material sanctions proposed, imposed or required, including without limitation notices of defaults, notices of termination of approved status, notices of imposition of supervisory agreements or interim servicing agreements, and notices of probation, suspension, or non-renewal, or (iii) “report cards,” “grades” or other classifications of the quality of Seller’s operations;

 

(7)                                  from time to time such other information regarding the financial condition, operations, or business of Seller or Guarantor as Buyer may reasonably request;

 

59



 

(8)                                  as soon as reasonably possible, and in any event within thirty (30) days after a Responsible Officer of Seller or Guarantor has knowledge of the occurrence of any Event of Termination, stating the particulars of such Event of Termination in reasonable detail;

 

(9)                                  As soon as reasonably possible, notice of any of the following events:

 

(a)                                  change in the insurance coverage required of Seller, Subservicer or any other Person pursuant to any Program Agreement, with a copy of evidence of same attached;

 

(b)                                  any material dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension between Seller or Subservicer, on the one hand, and any Governmental Authority or any Person;

 

(c)                                   any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices of Seller or Subservicer;

 

(d)                                  with respect to any Purchased Mortgage Loan, immediately upon receipt of notice or knowledge thereof, that the underlying Mortgaged Property has been damaged by waste, fire, earthquake or earth movement, windstorm, flood, tornado or other casualty, or otherwise damaged so as to affect adversely the value of such Mortgaged Loan;

 

(e)                                   any material issues raised upon examination of Seller or Seller’s facilities by any Governmental Authority;

 

(f)                                    any material change in the Indebtedness of Seller, including, without limitation, any default, renewal, non-renewal, termination, increase in available amount or decrease in available amount related thereto;

 

(g)                                   promptly upon receipt of notice or knowledge of (i) any default related to any Repurchase Asset, (ii) any lien or security interest (other than security interests created hereby or by the other Program Agreements) on, or claim asserted against, any of the Purchased Mortgage Loans;

 

(h)                                  a summary of the portfolio performance on a rolling monthly period, commencing on the calendar quarter following the date hereof, stratified by percentage repurchase demands for: representation breaches, missing document breaches, repurchases due to fraud, early payment default requests, summarized on the basis of (a) pending repurchase demands (including weighted average duration of outstanding request), (b) satisfied repurchase demands, (c) total repurchase demands;

 

(i)                                      any other event, circumstance or condition that has resulted, or has a possibility of resulting, in a Material Adverse Effect with respect to Seller or Subservicer; and

 

60



 

(j)                                     the occurrence of any material employment dispute and a description of the strategy for resolving it that has the possibility of resulting in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

b.                           Officer’s Certificates .  Seller will furnish to Buyer, at the time Seller furnishes each set of financial statements pursuant to Section 17(a)(1), (2) and (3) above, a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Seller in the form of Exhibit D hereto.

 

c.                            Mortgage Loan Reports .  Within 10 days of the end of each calendar month, Seller will furnish to Buyer monthly electronic Mortgage Loan performance data, including, without limitation, aging reports, delinquency reports and volume information and responses thereto, broken down by product ( i.e., delinquency, foreclosure and net charge-off reports).

 

d.                           Asset Tape .  Seller shall provide to Buyer, electronically, in a format mutually acceptable to Buyer and Seller, an Asset Tape by no later than the Reporting Date.

 

e.                            Quality Control Reports .  Periodic internal quality control reports and internal audit reports as they are distributed to the board of directors of Seller or Guarantor.

 

f.                             Hedging Reports .  Once per calendar week or as requested by Buyer, Seller shall deliver to Buyer a loan and rate lock position report and hedge report containing product level pricing and interest rate sensitivity analysis (shocks) and any other information agreeable to the parties.

 

g.                            Other . Seller shall deliver to Buyer any other reports or information reasonably requested by Buyer or as otherwise required pursuant to this Agreement.

 

18.                                Repurchase Transactions

 

Buyer may, in its sole election, engage in repurchase transactions with the Purchased Mortgage Loans or otherwise pledge, hypothecate, assign, transfer or otherwise convey the Purchased Mortgage Loans with a counterparty of Buyer’s choice.  Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred, no such transaction shall relieve Buyer of its obligations to transfer Purchased Mortgage Loans to Seller pursuant to Section 4 hereof, or of Buyer’s obligation to credit or pay Income to, or apply Income to the obligations of, Seller pursuant to Section 7 hereof.  In the event Buyer engages in a repurchase transaction with any of the Purchased Mortgage Loans or otherwise pledges or hypothecates any of the Purchased Mortgage Loans, Buyer shall have the right to assign to Buyer’s counterparty any of the applicable representations or warranties herein and the remedies for breach thereof, as they relate to the Purchased Mortgage Loans that are subject to such repurchase transaction.

 

61



 

19.                                Single Agreement

 

Buyer and Seller acknowledge that, and have entered hereunto, and will enter into each Transaction hereunder, in consideration of and in reliance upon the fact that, all Transactions hereunder constitute a single business and contractual relationship and have been made in consideration of each other.  Accordingly, each of Buyer and Seller agrees (i) to perform all of its obligations in respect of each Transaction hereunder, and that a default in the performance of any such obligations shall constitute a default by it in respect of all Transactions hereunder, (ii) that each of them shall be entitled to set-off claims and apply property held by them in respect of any Transaction against obligations owing to them in respect of any other Transactions hereunder and (iii) that payments, deliveries and other transfers made by either of them in respect of any Transaction shall be deemed to have been made in consideration of payments, deliveries and other transfers in respect of any other Transactions hereunder, and the obligations to make any such payments, deliveries and other transfers may be applied against each other and netted.

 

20.                                Notices and Other Communications

 

Any and all notices, statements, demands or other communications hereunder may be given by a party to the other by mail, email, facsimile, messenger or otherwise to the address specified below, or so sent to such party at any other place specified in a notice of change of address hereafter received by the other.  All notices, demands and requests hereunder may be made orally, to be confirmed promptly in writing, or by other communication as specified in the preceding sentence.

 

If to Seller or Guarantor:

 

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC

27001 Agoura Road

Calabasas, CA 91301

Attention: David M. Walker/Michael Wong

Phone Number: (818) 224-7053/(818) 224-7055

E-mail: david.walker@pnmac.com; michael.wong@pnmac.com

 

with a copy to:

 

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC

27001 Agoura Road

Calabasas, CA 91301

Attention: Jeff Grogin

Phone Number: (818) 224-7050

E-mail: jeff.grogin@pnmac.com

 

62



 

If to Buyer:

 

For Request for Transaction :

 

Bank of America, N.A.

225 W. Hillcrest Dr.

Thousand Oaks, CA  91360

Attention: Marat Akopian, Vice President

Phone Number: 805-381-6111

Fax: 1-888-200-3293

E-mail:  marat.akopian@bankofamerica.com

 

For all other Notices :

 

Bank of America, N.A.

NY1-100-11-01

One Bryant Park, 11 th  Floor

New York, New York 10036

Attention: Eileen Albus, Vice President, Mortgage Finance

Phone Number: 646-855-0946

E-mail: eileen.albus@baml.com

 

and:

 

Bank of America, N.A.

NY1-100-11-01

One Bryant Park, 11 th  Floor

New York, New York 10036

Attention: Arvindh Rao

Phone Number: 646-743-0260

E-mail:  arvindh.rao@baml.com

 

and:

 

Bank of America, N.A.

Bank Of America Tower

One Bryant Park

New York, New York 10036

Mail Code: NY1-100-18-01

Attention: Mr. Michael M. McGovern Esq.
Phone: 646-855-0183

 

21.                                Entire Agreement; Severability

 

This Agreement shall supersede any existing agreements between the parties containing general terms and conditions for repurchase transactions.  Each provision and agreement herein shall be treated as separate and independent from any other provision or agreement herein and shall be enforceable notwithstanding the unenforceability of any such other provision or agreement.

 

63



 

22.                                Non assignability

 

a.                           The Program Agreements are not assignable by Seller or Guarantor.  Buyer may from time to time assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the Program Agreements; provided , however that Buyer shall maintain as agent of Seller, for review by Seller upon written request, a register of assignees and a copy of an executed assignment and acceptance by Buyer and assignee (“ Assignment and Acceptance ”), specifying the percentage or portion of such rights and obligations assigned.  Upon such assignment, (a) such assignee shall be a party hereto and to each Program Agreement to the extent of the percentage or portion set forth in the Assignment and Acceptance, and shall succeed to the applicable rights and obligations of Buyer hereunder, and (b) Buyer shall, to the extent that such rights and obligations have been so assigned by it to either (i) an Affiliate of Buyer which assumes the obligations of Buyer or (ii) to another Person approved by Seller (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) which assumes the obligations of Buyer, be released from its obligations hereunder and under the Program Agreements.  Unless otherwise stated in the Assignment and Acceptance, Seller shall continue to take directions solely from Buyer unless otherwise notified by Buyer in writing.  Buyer may distribute to any prospective assignee any document or other information delivered to Buyer by Seller.

 

b.                           Buyer may, in accordance with applicable law, at any time sell to one or more entities (“ Participants ”) participating interests in any Transaction, its right to purchase Mortgage Loans, or any other interest of Buyer hereunder and under the other Program Agreements. In the event of any such sale by Buyer of participating interests to a Participant, Buyer’s obligations under this Agreement to Seller shall remain unchanged, Buyer shall remain solely responsible for the performance thereof, Buyer shall remain the owner of the Purchased Mortgage Loans for all purposes under this Agreement and the other Program Agreements, and Seller shall continue to deal solely and directly with Buyer in connection with Buyer’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Program Agreements. Seller agrees that if amounts outstanding under this Agreement are due or unpaid, or shall have been declared or shall have become due and payable upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, each Participant shall be deemed to have the right of set-off in respect of its participating interest in amounts owing under this Agreement to the same extent as if the amount of its participating interest were owing directly to it as a Buyer under this Agreement; provided, that such Participant shall only be entitled to such right of set-off if it shall have agreed in the agreement pursuant to which it shall have acquired its participating interest to share with Buyer the proceeds thereof.  Buyer also agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 22 with respect to its participation; provided, that Buyer and all Participants shall be entitled to receive no greater amount in the aggregate pursuant to such Sections than Buyer would have been entitled to receive had no such transfer occurred.

 

64



 

c.                            Buyer may furnish any information concerning Seller or Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries in the possession of Buyer from time to time to assignees and Participants (including prospective assignees and Participants) after securing signed confidentiality statements and only for the sole purpose of evaluating participations and for no other purpose.

 

d.                           Seller and Guarantor agree to cooperate with Buyer in connection with any such assignment and/or participation, to execute and deliver such replacement notes, and to enter into such restatements of, and amendments, supplements and other modifications to, this Agreement and the other Program Agreements in order to give effect to such assignment and/or participation.  Seller and Guarantor further agree to furnish to any Participant identified by Buyer to Seller and Guarantor copies of all reports and certificates to be delivered by Seller and Guarantor to Buyer hereunder, as and when delivered to Buyer.

 

23.                                Set-off

 

In addition to any rights and remedies of Buyer hereunder and by law, Buyer shall have the right, without prior notice to Seller or Guarantor, any such notice being expressly waived by Seller and Guarantor to the extent permitted by applicable law to set-off and apply against any Obligation from Seller, Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof to Buyer or any of its Affiliates any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other obligation (including to return excess margin), credits, cash, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by or due from Buyer or any Affiliate thereof to or for the credit or the account of Seller, Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof.  Buyer agrees promptly to notify Seller or Guarantor after any such set off and application made by Buyer; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set off and application.

 

24.                                Binding Effect; Governing Law; Jurisdiction

 

a.                           This Agreement shall be binding and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  Seller acknowledges that the obligations of Buyer hereunder or otherwise are not the subject of any guaranty by, or recourse to, any direct or indirect parent or other Affiliate of Buyer.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND GOVERNED BY, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

 

b.                           EACH OF SELLER AND GUARANTOR HEREBY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY.  EACH OF SELLER AND GUARANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY COURT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE PROGRAM AGREEMENTS IN ANY ACTION

 

65



 

OR PROCEEDING.  EACH OF SELLER AND GUARANTOR HEREBY SUBMITS TO, AND WAIVES ANY OBJECTION IT MAY HAVE TO, EXCLUSIVE PERSONAL JURISDICTION AND VENUE IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WITH RESPECT TO ANY DISPUTES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE PROGRAM AGREEMENTS.

 

25.                                No Waivers, Etc.

 

No express or implied waiver of any Event of Default by either party shall constitute a waiver of any other Event of Default and no exercise of any remedy hereunder by any party shall constitute a waiver of its right to exercise any other remedy hereunder.  No modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement and no consent by any party to a departure herefrom shall be effective unless and until such shall be in writing and duly executed by both of the parties hereto.  Without limitation on any of the foregoing, the failure to give a notice pursuant to Section 6(a), 16(a) or otherwise, will not constitute a waiver of any right to do so at a later date.

 

26.                                Intent

 

a.                           The parties recognize that each Transaction is a “ repurchase agreement ” as that term is defined in Section 101 of Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended and a “ securities contract ” as that term is defined in Section 741 of Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended and that all payments hereunder are deemed “ margin payments ” or “ settlement payments ” as defined in Title 11 of the United States Code.

 

b.                           It is understood that either party’s right to liquidate Purchased Mortgage Loans delivered to it in connection with Transactions hereunder or to exercise any other remedies pursuant to Section 16 hereof is a contractual right to liquidate such Transaction as described in Sections 555 and 559 of Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended.

 

c.                            The parties agree and acknowledge that if a party hereto is an “ insured depository institution ,” as such term is defined in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended (“ FDIA ”), then each Transaction hereunder is a “ qualified financial contract ,” as that term is defined in FDIA and any rules, orders or policy statements thereunder (except insofar as the type of assets subject to such Transaction would render such definition inapplicable).

 

d.                           It is understood that this Agreement constitutes a “ netting contract ” as defined in and subject to Title IV of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“ FDICIA ”) and each payment entitlement and payment obligation under any Transaction hereunder shall constitute a “ covered contractual payment entitlement ” or “ covered contractual payment obligation ”,

 

66


 

 

respectively, as defined in and subject to FDICIA (except insofar as one or both of the parties is not a “ financial institution ” as that term is defined in FDICIA).

 

e.                            This Agreement is intended to be a “repurchase agreement” and a “securities contract,” within the meaning of Section 555 and Section 559 under the Bankruptcy Code.

 

27.                                Disclosure Relating to Certain Federal Protections

 

The parties acknowledge that they have been advised that:

 

a.                           in the case of Transactions in which one of the parties is a broker or dealer registered with the SEC under Section 15 of the 1934 Act, the Securities Investor Protection Corporation has taken the position that the provisions of the SIPA do not protect the other party with respect to any Transaction hereunder;

 

b.                           in the case of Transactions in which one of the parties is a government securities broker or a government securities dealer registered with the SEC under Section 15C of the 1934 Act, SIPA will not provide protection to the other party with respect to any Transaction hereunder; and

 

c.                            in the case of Transactions in which one of the parties is a financial institution, funds held by the financial institution pursuant to a Transaction hereunder are not a deposit and therefore are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or the National Credit Union Share Insurance Fund, as applicable.

 

28.                                Power of Attorney

 

Seller hereby authorizes Buyer to file such financing statement or statements relating to the Repurchase Assets without Seller’s signature thereon as Buyer, at its option, may deem appropriate.  Seller hereby appoints Buyer as Seller’s agent and attorney-in-fact to execute any such financing statement or statements in Seller’s name and to perform all other acts which Buyer deems appropriate to perfect and continue its ownership interest in and/or the security interest granted hereby, if applicable, and to protect, preserve and realize upon the Repurchase Assets, including, but not limited to, the right to endorse notes, complete blanks in documents, transfer servicing, and sign assignments on behalf of Seller as its agent and attorney-in-fact.  This agency and power of attorney is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable without Buyer’s consent.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the power of attorney hereby granted may be exercised only during the occurrence and continuance of any Default hereunder. Seller shall pay the filing costs for any financing statement or statements prepared pursuant to this Section 28.  In addition the foregoing, Seller agrees to execute a power of attorney in the form of Exhibit E hereto (the “ Power of Attorney ”), to be delivered on the date hereof.

 

29.                                Buyer May Act Through Affiliates

 

Buyer may, from time to time, designate one or more affiliates for the purpose of performing any action hereunder.

 

67



 

30.                                Indemnification; Obligations

 

a.                           Each of Seller and Guarantor agrees to hold Buyer and each of its respective Affiliates and their officers, directors, employees, agents and advisors (each, an “ Indemnified Party ”) harmless from and indemnify each Indemnified Party (and will reimburse each Indemnified Party as the same is incurred) against all liabilities, losses, damages, judgments, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) of any kind which may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against any Indemnified Party relating to or arising out of this Agreement, any Program Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby resulting from anything other than the Indemnified Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.  Each of Seller and Guarantor also agrees to reimburse each Indemnified Party for all reasonable expenses in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement and the exercise of any right or remedy provided for herein, and any Program Agreement, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel.  Seller’s and Guarantor’s agreements in this Section 30 shall survive the payment in full of the Repurchase Price and the expiration or termination of this Agreement.  Each of Seller and Guarantor hereby acknowledges that its obligations hereunder are recourse obligations of Seller and Guarantor and are not limited to recoveries each Indemnified Party may have with respect to the Purchased Mortgage Loans.  Each of Seller and Guarantor also agrees not to assert any claim against Buyer or any of its Affiliates, or any of their respective officers, directors, employees, attorneys and agents, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages arising out of or otherwise relating to the facility established hereunder, the actual or proposed use of the proceeds of the Transactions, this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated thereby.  THE FOREGOING INDEMNITY AND AGREEMENT NOT TO ASSERT CLAIMS EXPRESSLY APPLIES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, TO THE NEGLIGENCE (BUT NOT GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT) OF THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES.

 

b.                           Without limitation to the provisions of Section 4, if any payment of the Repurchase Price of any Transaction is made by Seller other than on the then scheduled Repurchase Date thereto as a result of an acceleration of the Repurchase Date pursuant to Section 16 or for any other reason, Seller shall, upon demand by Buyer, pay to Buyer an amount sufficient to compensate Buyer for any losses, costs or expenses that it may reasonably incur as of a result of such payment.

 

c.                            Without limiting the provisions of Section 30(a) hereof, if Seller fails to pay when due any costs, expenses or other amounts payable by it under this Agreement, including, without limitation, fees and expenses of counsel and indemnities, such amount may be paid on behalf of Seller by Buyer, in its sole discretion.

 

68



 

31.                                Counterparts

 

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

32.                                Confidentiality

 

This Agreement and its terms, provisions, supplements and amendments, and notices hereunder, are proprietary to Buyer or Seller and Guarantor, as applicable and shall be held by each party hereto, as applicable in strict confidence and shall not be disclosed to any third party without the written consent of Buyer, Seller or Guarantor, as applicable, except for (i) disclosure to Buyer’s, Seller’s or Guarantor’s direct and indirect Affiliates and Subsidiaries, attorneys or accountants, but only to the extent such disclosure is necessary and such parties agree to hold all information in strict confidence, or (ii)  disclosure required by law, rule, regulation or order of a court or other regulatory body.  Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Program Agreement, the parties hereto may disclose to any and all Persons, without limitation of any kind, the federal, state and local tax treatment of the Transactions, any fact relevant to understanding the federal, state and local tax treatment of the Transactions, and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) relating to such federal, state and local tax treatment and that may be relevant to understanding such tax treatment; provided that Seller may not disclose the name of or identifying information with respect to Buyer or any pricing terms (including, without limitation, the Pricing Rate, Commitment Fee, Purchase Price Percentage and Purchase Price) or other nonpublic business or financial information (including any sublimits and financial covenants) that is unrelated to the federal, state and local tax treatment of the Transactions and is not relevant to understanding the federal, state and local tax treatment of the Transactions, without the prior written consent of Buyer.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Seller shall comply with all applicable local, state and federal laws, including, without limitation, all privacy and data protection law, rules and regulations that are applicable to the Purchased Mortgage Loans and/or any applicable terms of this Agreement (the “ Confidential Information ”).  Seller understands that the Confidential Information may contain “nonpublic personal information”, as that term is defined in Section 509(4) of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (the “ Act ”), and Seller agrees to maintain such nonpublic personal information that it receives hereunder in accordance with the Act and other applicable federal and state privacy laws.  Seller shall implement such physical and other security measures as shall be necessary to (a) ensure the security and confidentiality of the “nonpublic personal information” of the “customers” and “consumers” (as those terms are defined in the Act) of Buyer or any Affiliate of Buyer which Buyer holds (b) protect against any threats or hazards to the security and integrity of such nonpublic personal information, and (c) protect against any unauthorized access to or use of such nonpublic personal information. Seller represents and warrants that it has implemented appropriate measures to meet the objectives of Section 501(b) of the Act and of the applicable standards adopted pursuant thereto, as now or hereafter in effect.  Upon request, Seller will provide evidence reasonably satisfactory to allow Buyer to confirm that the providing party has satisfied its obligations as required under this Section.  Without limitation, this may include Buyer’s review of audits,

 

69



 

summaries of test results, and other equivalent evaluations of Seller.  Seller shall notify the other party immediately following discovery of any breach or compromise of the security, confidentiality, or integrity of nonpublic personal information of the customers and consumers of Buyer or any Affiliate of Buyer provided directly to Seller by Buyer or such Affiliate.  Seller shall provide such notice to Buyer by personal delivery, by facsimile with confirmation of receipt, or by overnight courier with confirmation of receipt to the applicable requesting individual.

 

33.                                Recording of Communications

 

Buyer, Seller and Guarantor shall have the right (but not the obligation) from time to time to make or cause to be made tape recordings of communications between its employees and those of the other party with respect to Transactions.  Buyer, Seller and Guarantor consent to the admissibility of such tape recordings in any court, arbitration, or other proceedings.  The parties agree that a duly authenticated transcript of such a tape recording shall be deemed to be a writing conclusively evidencing the parties’ agreement.

 

34.                                Fees

 

a.                           No later than the date hereof, Seller shall pay in immediately available funds to Buyer a non-refundable Commitment Fee. Such payment shall be made in Dollars, in immediately available funds, without deduction, set-off or counterclaim, to Buyer at such account designated by Buyer.  In the event that this Agreement is assigned by Seller (with the prior written consent of Buyer) or this Agreement is terminated and replaced with an agreement among Buyer and an affiliated entity of Seller or Guarantor (in either instance, a “ New Facility ”), Seller shall be permitted to credit any paid and unused allocable portion of the Commitment Fee toward any commitment fee required under any such New Facility.

 

b.                           No later than the Price Differential Payment Date of each calendar month and on the Termination Date, Seller shall pay in immediately available funds to Buyer the Non-Utilization Fee incurred for the previous calendar month, if any. Such payment shall be made in Dollars, in immediately available funds, without deduction, set-off or counterclaim, to Buyer at an account designated by Buyer.

 

35.                                Periodic Due Diligence Review

 

Seller acknowledges that Buyer has the right to perform continuing due diligence reviews with respect to Seller and the Mortgage Loans, for purposes of verifying compliance with the representations, warranties and specifications made hereunder, or otherwise, and Seller agrees that upon reasonable (but no less than one (1) Business Day’s) prior notice unless an Event of Default shall have occurred, in which case no notice is required, to Seller, Buyer or its authorized representatives will be permitted during normal business hours to examine, inspect, and make copies and extracts of, the Mortgage Files and any and all documents, records, agreements, instruments or information relating to such Mortgage Loans in the possession or under the control of Seller and/or Custodian.  Seller also shall make available to Buyer a

 

70



 

knowledgeable financial or accounting officer for the purpose of answering questions respecting the Mortgage Files and the Mortgage Loans.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Seller acknowledges that Buyer may purchase Mortgage Loans from Seller based solely upon the information provided by Seller to Buyer in the Asset Data Record and the representations, warranties and covenants contained herein, and that Buyer, at its option, has the right at any time to conduct a partial or complete due diligence review on some or all of the Mortgage Loans purchased in a Transaction, including, without limitation, ordering Broker’s price opinions, new credit reports and new appraisals on the related Mortgaged Properties and otherwise re-generating the information used to originate such Mortgage Loan.  Buyer may underwrite such Mortgage Loans itself or engage a third party underwriter, approved by Buyer in its sole discretion, to perform such underwriting.  Seller agrees to cooperate with Buyer and any third party underwriter in connection with such underwriting, including, but not limited to, providing Buyer and any third party underwriter with access to any and all documents, records, agreements, instruments or information relating to such Mortgage Loans in the possession, or under the control, of Seller.  Seller further agrees that Seller shall pay all out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Buyer in connection with Buyer’s activities pursuant to this Section 35 (“ Due Diligence Costs ”); provided , that such Due Diligence Costs shall not exceed the Due Diligence Cap per calendar year unless a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, in which event Buyer shall have the right to perform due diligence, at the sole expense of Seller without regard to the dollar limitation set forth herein.

 

36.                                Authorizations

 

Any of the persons whose signatures and titles appear on Schedule 2 are authorized, acting singly, to act for Seller or Buyer, as the case may be, under this Agreement.

 

37.                                Acknowledgement Of Anti-Predatory Lending Policies

 

Buyer has in place internal policies and procedures that expressly prohibit its purchase of any High Cost Mortgage Loan.

 

38.                                Documents Mutually Drafted

 

Seller and Buyer agree that this Agreement and each other Program Agreement prepared in connection with the Transactions set forth herein have been mutually drafted and negotiated by each party, and consequently such documents shall not be construed against either party as the drafter thereof.

 

39.                                General Interpretive Principles

 

For purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

 

a.                           the terms defined in this Agreement have the meanings assigned to them in this Agreement and include the plural as well as the singular, and the use of any gender herein shall be deemed to include the other gender;

 

71



 

b.                           accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c.                            references herein to “Articles”, “Sections”, “Subsections”, “Paragraphs”, and other subdivisions without reference to a document are to designated Articles, Sections, Subsections, Paragraphs and other subdivisions of this Agreement;

 

d.                           a reference to a Subsection without further reference to a Section is a reference to such Subsection as contained in the same Section in which the reference appears, and this rule shall also apply to Paragraphs and other subdivisions;

 

e.                            the words “herein”, “hereof”, “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision;

 

f.                             the term “include” or “including” shall mean without limitation by reason of enumeration;

 

g.                            all times specified herein or in any other Program Agreement  (unless expressly specified otherwise) are Eastern time unless otherwise stated; and

 

h.                           all references herein or in any Program Agreement to “good faith” means good faith as defined in Section 1-201(19) of the UCC as in effect in the State of New York.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

72



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Seller, Guarantor and Buyer have caused their names to be signed hereto by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Buyer

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ J. Craig Weakley

 

Name: J. Craig Weakley

 

Title: Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC, as Seller

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David M. Walker

 

Name: David M. Walker

 

Title: Vice President, Credit

 

 

 

 

 

PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC, as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David M. Walker

 

Name: David M. Walker

 

Title: Chief Credit Officer

 

MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT

 




Exhibit 10.19

 

Execution Version

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

Amendment No. 1 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of July 21, 2011 (this “ Amendment ”), by and among Bank of America, N.A. (“ Buyer ”), Pennymac Loan Services, LLC (“ Seller ”) and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (the “ Guarantor ”).

 

RECITALS

 

Buyer, Guarantor and Seller are parties to that certain Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of March 17, 2011, (the “ Existing Master Repurchase Agreement ”; as amended by this Amendment, the “ Master Repurchase Agreement ”).  The Guarantor is a party to that certain Guaranty (as amended from time to time, the “ Guaranty ”), dated as of March 17, 2011, made by Guarantor in favor of Buyer.

 

Buyer, Seller and Guarantor have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment, that the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement be amended to reflect certain agreed upon revisions to the terms of the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement.  As a condition precedent to amending the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement, Buyer has required Guarantor to ratify and affirm the Guaranty on the date hereof.

 

Accordingly, Buyer, Seller and Guarantor hereby agree, in consideration of the mutual premises and mutual obligations set forth herein, that the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

SECTION 1.         Definitions . Section 2 of the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following defined term in its proper alphabetical order:

 

Manufactured Home Loan ”:  A Conforming Mortgage Loan, FHA Loan or VA Loan secured by a manufactured home (as defined by the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development) provided that (a) such manufactured home is attached to a permanent foundation and is no longer transportable and (b) such Conforming Mortgage Loan, FHA Loan or VA Loan is eligible for securitization by an Agency pursuant to the terms of the applicable Agency Guide.

 

SECTION 2.         Fees and Expenses .  Seller hereby agrees to pay to Buyer, on demand, any and all reasonable fees, costs and expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred by Buyer in connection with the development, preparation and execution of this Amendment, irrespective of whether any transactions hereunder are executed.

 

SECTION 3.         Conditions Precedent .  This Amendment shall become effective as of the date hereof upon Buyer’s receipt of this Amendment, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of Buyer, Seller and Guarantor.

 



 

SECTION 4.         Limited Effect .  Except as expressly amended and modified by this Amendment, the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement shall continue to be, and shall remain, in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 

SECTION 5.         Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed by each of the parties hereto on any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

SECTION 6.          GOVERNING LAW .  THE AMENDMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND GOVERNED BY, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

 

SECTION 7.         Reaffirmation of Guaranty . The Guarantor hereby (i) agrees that the liability of Guarantor or rights of Buyer under the Guaranty shall not be affected as a result of this Amendment, (ii) ratifies and affirms all of the terms, covenants, conditions and obligations of the Guaranty and (iii) acknowledges and agrees that such Guaranty is and shall continue to be in full force and effect.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused their names to be signed hereto by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

 

 

Buyer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ J. Craig Weakley

 

 

Name:

J. Craig Weakley

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC,

 

 

Seller

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David M. Walker

 

 

Name:

David M. Walker

 

 

Title:

Chief Credit Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC,

 

 

Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David M. Walker

 

 

Name:

David M. Walker

 

 

Title:

Chief Credit Officer

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to Master Repurchase Agreement

 


 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

Amendment No. 2 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of March 23, 2012 (this “ Amendment ”), by and among Bank of America, N.A. (“ Buyer ”), PennyMac Loan Services, LLC (“ Seller ”) and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (the “ Guarantor ”).

 

RECITALS

 

Buyer, Guarantor and Seller are parties to that certain Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of March 17, 2011, (as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated as of July 21, 2011, the “ Existing Master Repurchase Agreement ”; and as further amended by this Amendment, the “ Master Repurchase Agreement ”).  The Guarantor is a party to that certain Guaranty (as amended from time to time, the “ Guaranty ”), dated as of March 17, 2011, made by Guarantor in favor of Buyer.

 

Buyer, Seller and Guarantor have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment, that the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement be amended to reflect certain agreed upon revisions to the terms of the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement.  As a condition precedent to amending the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement, Buyer has required Guarantor to ratify and affirm the Guaranty on the date hereof.

 

Accordingly, Buyer, Seller and Guarantor hereby agree, in consideration of the mutual premises and mutual obligations set forth herein, that the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

SECTION 1.                             Definitions .

 

1.1                                Section 2 of the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following defined terms in their proper alphabetical order:

 

HARP Mortgage Loan ” means, unless otherwise defined in the Transactions Terms Letter, a Mortgage Loan that (a) fully conforms to the Home Affordable Refinance Program, and is referred to by Fannie Mae as a “Refi Plus mortgage loan” or “DU Refi Plus mortgage loan”, and by Freddie Mac as a “Relief Refinance Mortgage” (as such program is amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, from time to time) and (b) is originated by Seller in accordance with the applicable Agency Guide, with a LTV of 95% or higher but not to exceed (i) for a Purchased Mortgage Loan that refinances an existing Mortgage Loan already being serviced by Seller or a Subservicer that is an Affiliate of Seller, 150% and (ii) for any other Purchased Mortgage Loan that refinances a Mortgage Loan serviced by an unaffiliated servicer or subservicer, 115%.

 

Over/Under Account Interest Rate ” means, with respect to amounts in the Over/Under Account:

 



 

(a) on the average balance in the Over/Under Account which is less than or equal to 50% of the total average monthly outstanding Transactions under the Agreement (the “ Applicable Average O/U Balance ”), the product of (i) the Applicable Average O/U Balance and (ii) LIBOR plus 1.50%; and

 

(b) for amounts greater than the Applicable Average O/U Balance and not to exceed the total average monthly outstanding Transactions under the Agreement (“ Remaining Applicable Average O/U Balance ”), the product of (i) the Remaining Applicable Average O/U Balance and (ii) the greater of (x) LIBOR minus 0.25% and (y) 0%.

 

1.2                                Section 2 of the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the defined terms “ Noncompliant 60 Day Mortgage Loan ” and “ Noncompliant 90 Day Mortgage Loan ”, each in its entirety and all uses thereof and replacing each respectively with the following:

 

Noncompliant I ” means either (a) a Purchased Mortgage Loan other than a Jumbo Mortgage Loan, which has been subject to one or more Transactions hereunder for a period of greater than 30 days but not greater than 60 days, or (b) a Purchased Mortgage Loan that is a Jumbo Mortgage Loan, which has been subject to one or more Transactions hereunder for a period of greater than 120 days but not greater than 150 days.

 

Noncompliant II ” means either (a) a Purchased Mortgage Loan other than a Jumbo Mortgage Loan, which has been subject to one or more Transactions hereunder for a period of greater than 60 days but not greater than 90 days, or (b) a Purchased Mortgage Loan that is a Jumbo Mortgage Loan, which has been subject to one or more Transactions hereunder for a period of greater than 150 days but not greater than 180 days.

 

1.3                                Section 2 of the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the defined term “ Liquidity Amount ” in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

Liquidity Amount ”:  means, as of any date of determination, the sum of (a) such Person’s unrestricted and unencumbered cash and Cash Equivalents, and (b) the amount maintained in the Over/Under Account.

 

1.4                                Section 2 of the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the definition of “ High LTV Mortgage Loan ” and all uses thereof in its entirety.

 

SECTION 2.                             Procedures .  Subsection (i) of Section 3 of the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following as the last sentence of clause (1) thereof: “Interest shall accrue on amounts in the Over/Under Account at a rate equal to the Over/Under Account Interest Rate.”

 

SECTION 3.                             Covenants Section 14 of the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting Subsections (a), (w) and (dd), each in its entirety and replacing each respectively with the following:

 

2



 

a.                                       Adjusted Tangible Net Worth .  Seller shall maintain an Adjusted Tangible Net Worth of at least $25,000,000.

 

w.                                     Indebtedness .  Without written notice to Buyer upon occurrence, Seller shall not incur any additional material Indebtedness (including, without limitation, any Indebtedness in connection with any warehouse or repurchase facility) other than (i) the Existing Indebtedness in amounts not to exceed the maximum limits specified on Exhibit I hereto, (ii) except for Indebtedness incurred with Buyer or its Affiliates, (iii) Indebtedness incurred in connection with intercompany lending agreements on arms-length terms, and (iv) usual and customary accounts payable for a mortgage company.

 

dd.                                Maintenance of Liquidity .  Seller has maintained a Liquidity Amount of not less than $7,500,000.

 

SECTION 4.                             Reporting .  Subsection (a) of Section 17 of the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the reference to “thirty (30) calendar days” in clause (2) in its entirety and replacing it with “forty (40) calendar days”.

 

SECTION 5.                             Schedule 1 .  Schedule 1 of the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting clauses (dd), (ii) and (oo), each in its entirety and replacing each respectively with the following (with modified text underlined for review purposes):

 

(dd) Appraisal .  The Mortgage File contains (a) except with respect to each HARP Mortgage Loan , a full appraisal of the related Mortgaged Property signed prior to the funding of the Mortgage Loan by a qualified appraiser, duly appointed by Seller, who had no interest, direct or indirect in the Mortgaged Property or in any loan made on the security thereof, and whose compensation is not affected by the approval or disapproval of the Mortgage Loan, and the appraisal and appraiser both satisfy the relevant Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac guidelines, each as amended and as in effect on the date the Mortgage Loan was originated and (b) for each HARP Mortgage Loan, either a full appraisal (as described in the foregoing clause (a)) or a reliable automated valuation model estimate provided by the related Agency.

 

(ii)  Proceeds of Mortgage Loan .  The proceeds of the Mortgage Loan have not been and shall not be used to satisfy, in whole or in part, any debt owed or owing by the Mortgagor to Seller or any Affiliate or correspondent of Seller, except in connection with a refinanced Mortgage Loan (including a HARP Mortgage Loan) .

 

(oo) Underwriting Guidelines .  Each Purchased Mortgage Loan has been originated in accordance with the Underwriting Guidelines (including all supplements or amendments thereto) previously provided to Buyer .  Each HARP Mortgage Loan was originated in accordance with and remains in compliance with the Agency Guides and the guidance issued by the Federal Housing Finance Authority, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, as applicable, for origination of mortgage loans under the Home Affordable Refinance

 

3



 

Program (as such program is amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, from time to time) .

 

SECTION 6.                             Existing Indebtedness .  Exhibit I of the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with Annex A attached hereto.

 

SECTION 7.                             Officer’s Compliance Certificate .  Exhibit D of the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting Schedule 4 thereto it in its entirety and replacing it with Annex B attached hereto.

 

SECTION 8.                             Fees and Expenses .  Seller hereby agrees to pay to Buyer, on demand, any and all reasonable fees, costs and expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred by Buyer in connection with the development, preparation and execution of this Amendment, irrespective of whether any transactions hereunder are executed.

 

SECTION 9.                             Conditions Precedent .  This Amendment shall become effective as of the date hereof upon Buyer’s receipt of this Amendment, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of Buyer, Seller and Guarantor.

 

SECTION 10.                      Limited Effect .  Except as expressly amended and modified by this Amendment, the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement shall continue to be, and shall remain, in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 

SECTION 11.                      Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed by each of the parties hereto on any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

SECTION 12.                      Severability .  Each provision and agreement herein shall be treated as separate and independent from any other provision or agreement herein and shall be enforceable notwithstanding the unenforceability of any such other provision or agreement.

 

SECTION 13.                         GOVERNING LAW .  THE AMENDMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND GOVERNED BY, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

 

SECTION 14.                      Reaffirmation of Guaranty . The Guarantor hereby (i) agrees that the liability of Guarantor or rights of Buyer under the Guaranty shall not be affected as a result of this Amendment, (ii) ratifies and affirms all of the terms, covenants, conditions and obligations of the Guaranty and (iii) acknowledges and agrees that such Guaranty is and shall continue to be in full force and effect.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

4



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused their names to be signed hereto by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

 

Buyer

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ J. Craig Weakley

 

 

Name:

J. Craig Weakley

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC,

 

Seller

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Anne D. McCallion

 

 

Name:

Anne D. McCallion

 

 

Title:

Vice President, Finance

 

 

 

 

 

PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC,

 

Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Anne D. McCallion

 

 

Name:

Anne D. McCallion

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 2 to Master Repurchase Agreement

 


 

EXECUTION

 

AMENDMENT NO. 3
TO MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

Amendment No. 3 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of August 28, 2012 (this “ Amendment ”), by and among Bank of America, N.A. (“ Buyer ”), PennyMac Loan Services, LLC (“ Seller ”) and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (the “ Guarantor ”).

 

RECITALS

 

Buyer, Guarantor and Seller are parties to that certain Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of March 17, 2011, (as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated as of July 21, 2011 and Amendment No. 2, dated as of March 23, 2012, the “ Existing Master Repurchase Agreement ”; and as further amended by this Amendment, the “ Master Repurchase Agreement ”).  The Guarantor is a party to that certain Guaranty (as amended from time to time, the “ Guaranty ”), dated as of March 17, 2011, made by Guarantor in favor of Buyer.

 

Buyer, Seller and Guarantor have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment, that the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement be amended to reflect certain agreed upon revisions to the terms of the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement.  As a condition precedent to amending the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement, Buyer has required Guarantor to ratify and affirm the Guaranty on the date hereof.

 

Accordingly, Buyer, Seller and Guarantor hereby agree, in consideration of the mutual premises and mutual obligations set forth herein, that the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

SECTION 1.                             Definitions . Section 2 of the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the definition of “HARP Mortgage Loan” in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

HARP Mortgage Loan ” means, unless otherwise defined in the Transactions Terms Letter, a Mortgage Loan that fully conforms to the Home Affordable Refinance Program (as such program is amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, from time to time), and is referred to by Fannie Mae as a “Refi Plus mortgage loan” or “DU Refi Plus mortgage loan”, and by Freddie Mac as a “Relief Refinance Mortgage”.

 

SECTION 2.                             HARP Deliverables .  Section 10(b)(2) of the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting clause (iv) in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

(iv) with respect to a HARP Mortgage Loan and upon request, an appraisal or a waiver thereof, and/or a point value estimate, as permitted by the applicable Agency Guide (a copy of which is contained in the related Servicing Records).

 



 

SECTION 3.                             Notices . Section 17(a) of the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting clause (2) in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

(2) as soon as available and in any event within forty (40) calendar days after the end of each calendar quarter, the unaudited consolidated cash flow statements of Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries and the unaudited cash flow statements of Seller, each as at the end of such period and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such period, accompanied by a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Guarantor or Seller, as applicable, which certificate shall state that said consolidated financial statements or financial statements, as applicable, fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial condition or financial condition, as applicable, and results of operations of Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries or Seller, as applicable, in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, as at the end of, and for, such period (subject to normal year-end adjustments);

 

SECTION 4.                             Schedule 1 .                                   Schedule 1 of the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting clause (dd) in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

(dd) Appraisal .  The Mortgage File contains (a) a full appraisal of the related Mortgaged Property (except when the Agency Guides exempt certain Conforming Mortgage Loans from the requirement to obtain an appraisal (including HARP Mortgage Loans)) signed prior to the funding of the Mortgage Loan by a qualified appraiser, duly appointed by Seller, who had no interest, direct or indirect in the Mortgaged Property or in any loan made on the security thereof, and whose compensation is not affected by the approval or disapproval of the Mortgage Loan, and the appraisal and appraiser both satisfy the relevant Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac guidelines, each as amended and as in effect on the date the Mortgage Loan was originated and (b) for each HARP Mortgage Loan, (i) a full appraisal (as described in the foregoing clause (a)); (ii) a reliable automated valuation model estimate provided by the related Agency or (iii) an appraisal or waiver thereof that meets the requirements of the applicable Agency Guide.

 

SECTION 5.                             Fees and Expenses .  Seller hereby agrees to pay to Buyer, on demand, any and all reasonable fees, costs and expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred by Buyer in connection with the development, preparation and execution of this Amendment, irrespective of whether any transactions hereunder are executed.

 

SECTION 6.                             Conditions Precedent .  This Amendment shall become effective as of the date hereof upon Buyer’s receipt of this Amendment, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of Buyer, Seller and Guarantor.

 

SECTION 7.                             Limited Effect .  Except as expressly amended and modified by this Amendment, the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement shall continue to be, and shall remain, in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 

SECTION 8.                             Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed by each of the parties hereto on any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

2



 

SECTION 9.                             Severability .  Each provision and agreement herein shall be treated as separate and independent from any other provision or agreement herein and shall be enforceable notwithstanding the unenforceability of any such other provision or agreement.

 

SECTION 10.                         GOVERNING LAW .  THE AMENDMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND GOVERNED BY, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

 

SECTION 11.                      Reaffirmation of Guaranty . The Guarantor hereby (i) agrees that the liability of Guarantor or rights of Buyer under the Guaranty shall not be affected as a result of this Amendment, (ii) ratifies and affirms all of the terms, covenants, conditions and obligations of the Guaranty and (iii) acknowledges and agrees that such Guaranty is and shall continue to be in full force and effect.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused their names to be signed hereto by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

 

Buyer

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rayanthi De Mel

 

 

Name:

Rayanthi De Mel

 

 

Title:

Assistant Vice President

 

 

 

Bank of America, N.A.

 

 

 

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC,

 

Seller

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brian Stack

 

 

Name:

Brian Stack

 

 

Title:

Vice President, Treasury

 

 

 

PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC,

 

Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brian Stack

 

 

Name:

Brian Stack

 

 

Title:

Managing Director, Treasury

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 3 to Master Repurchase Agreement

 


 

EXECUTION

 

AMENDMENT NO. 4
TO MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

Amendment No. 4 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of January 3, 2013 (this “ Amendment ”), by and among Bank of America, N.A. (“ Buyer ”), PennyMac Loan Services, LLC (“ Seller ”) and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (the “ Guarantor ”).

 

RECITALS

 

Buyer, Guarantor and Seller are parties to that certain Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of March 17, 2011, (as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated as of July 21, 2011, Amendment No. 2, dated as of March 23, 2012, and Amendment No. 3, dated as of August 28, 2012, the “ Existing Master Repurchase Agreement ”; and as further amended by this Amendment, the “ Master Repurchase Agreement ”).  The Guarantor is a party to that certain Guaranty (as amended from time to time, the “ Guaranty ”), dated as of March 17, 2011, made by Guarantor in favor of Buyer.

 

Buyer, Seller and Guarantor have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment, that the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement be amended to reflect certain agreed upon revisions to the terms of the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement.  As a condition precedent to amending the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement, Buyer has required Guarantor to ratify and affirm the Guaranty on the date hereof.

 

Accordingly, Buyer, Seller and Guarantor hereby agree, in consideration of the mutual premises and mutual obligations set forth herein, that the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

SECTION 1.                             Definitions . Section 2 of the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the definitions of “Adjusted Tangible Net Worth” and “Liquidity Amount”, each in its entirety and replacing each respectively with the following:

 

Adjusted Tangible Net Worth ” means (a) the sum of (i) Net Worth and (ii) Subordinated Debt, minus (b) intangibles, goodwill and receivables from Affiliates.

 

Liquidity Amount means with respect to the Seller, the sum of (i) its cash and Cash Equivalents (including amounts maintained in the Over/Under Account), plus (ii) the aggregate amount of unused capacity available to the Seller under committed repurchase agreements for whole loans for which the Seller has unencumbered eligible collateral to pledge thereunder.

 

SECTION 2.                             Covenants .

 

2.1        Section 14 of the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting Subsections (a), (b) and (dd), each in its entirety and replacing each respectively with the following:

 



 

(a)          Adjusted Tangible Net Worth .  On and after December 31, 2012, Seller shall maintain an Adjusted Tangible Net Worth of at least $90,000,000.

 

(b)          Total Liabilities to Adjusted Tangible Net Worth Ratio .  On and after December 31, 2012, Seller’s ratio of Total Liabilities to Adjusted Tangible Net Worth shall not exceed 10:1.

 

(dd)   Maintenance of Liquidity .  Seller has maintained a Liquidity Amount of not less than $10,000,000.

 

2.2        Section 14 of the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following Subsection (kk) at the end thereof:

 

(kk)  Additional Warehouse Line .  Seller shall maintain throughout the term of this Agreement, with a nationally recognized and established counterparty (other than Buyer) at least one loan repurchase or warehouse facility that provides funding on a committed basis in a combined amount equal to at least the Maximum Committed Purchase Price.

 

SECTION 3.                             Event of Default . Section 15 of the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting Subsection (f) in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

(f)  Breach of Financial Representation or Covenant or Obligation . A breach by Seller of any of the representations, warranties or covenants or obligations set forth in Sections 13(a)(1), 13(a)(7), 13(a)(12), 13(a)(19), 13(a)(23), 14a, 14b, 14d, 14e, 14r, 14v, 14w, 14aa, 14bb, 14cc, 14dd, 14ff or 14kk of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 4.                             Fees .  Section 34 of the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting section (b) in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

(b)  No later than the Price Differential Payment Date following each calendar quarter and on the Termination Date, Seller shall pay in immediately available funds to Buyer the Non-Utilization Fee incurred for the previous calendar quarter, if any. Such payment shall be made in Dollars, in immediately available funds, without deduction, set-off or counterclaim, to Buyer at an account designated by Buyer.

 

SECTION 5.                             Fees and Expenses .  Seller hereby agrees to pay to Buyer, on demand, any and all reasonable fees, costs and expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred by Buyer in connection with the development, preparation and execution of this Amendment, irrespective of whether any transactions hereunder are executed.

 

SECTION 6.                             Conditions Precedent .  This Amendment shall become effective as of the date hereof upon Buyer’s receipt of this Amendment, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of Buyer, Seller and Guarantor.

 

2



 

SECTION 7.                             Limited Effect .  Except as expressly amended and modified by this Amendment, the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement shall continue to be, and shall remain, in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 

SECTION 8.                             Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed by each of the parties hereto on any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

SECTION 9.                             Severability .  Each provision and agreement herein shall be treated as separate and independent from any other provision or agreement herein and shall be enforceable notwithstanding the unenforceability of any such other provision or agreement.

 

SECTION 10.                         GOVERNING LAW .  THE AMENDMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND GOVERNED BY, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

 

SECTION 11.                      Reaffirmation of Guaranty . The Guarantor hereby (i) agrees that the liability of Guarantor or rights of Buyer under the Guaranty shall not be affected as a result of this Amendment, (ii) ratifies and affirms all of the terms, covenants, conditions and obligations of the Guaranty and (iii) acknowledges and agrees that such Guaranty is and shall continue to be in full force and effect.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused their names to be signed hereto by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

 

Buyer

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rayanthi De Mel

 

 

Name:

Rayanthi De Mel

 

 

Title:

Assistant Vice President

 

 

 

Bank of America, N.A.

 

 

 

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC,

 

Seller

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Pamela Marsh

 

 

Name:

Pamela Marsh

 

 

Title:

Managing Director, Treasurer

 

 

 

PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC,

 

Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Pamela Marsh

 

 

Name:

Pamela Marsh

 

 

Title:

Managing Director, Treasurer

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 4 to Master Repurchase Agreement

 




Exhibit 10.20

 

EXECUTION

 

 

MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of June 26, 2012

 

Among:

 

CITIBANK, N.A., as Buyer,

 

and

 

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC, as Seller,

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1.

APPLICABILITY

1

2.

DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING MATTERS

1

3.

THE TRANSACTIONS

21

4.

PAYMENTS; COMPUTATION; COMMITMENT FEE

24

5.

TAXES; TAX TREATMENT

24

6.

MARGIN MAINTENANCE

26

7.

INCOME PAYMENTS

26

8.

SECURITY INTEREST; BUYER’S APPOINTMENT AS ATTORNEY-IN-FACT

27

9.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

30

10.

RELEASE OF PURCHASED LOANS

34

11.

RELIANCE

34

12.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

34

13.

COVENANTS

40

14.

REPURCHASE DATE PAYMENTS

52

15.

REPURCHASE OF PURCHASED Loans

52

16.

RESERVED

53

17.

ACCELERATION OF REPURCHASE Date

53

18.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

53

19.

REMEDIES

57

20.

DELAY NOT WAIVER; REMEDIES ARE CUMULATIVE

60

21.

NOTICES AND OTHER COMMUNICATIONS

60

22.

USE OF EMPLOYEE PLAN ASSETS

60

23.

INDEMNIFICATION AND EXPENSES

60

24.

WAIVER OF REDEMPTION AND DEFICIENCY RIGHTS

62

25.

REIMBURSEMENT

62

26.

FURTHER ASSURANCES

62

27.

TERMINATION

62

28.

SEVERABILITY

62

29.

BINDING EFFECT; GOVERNING LAW

62

30.

AMENDMENTS

63

31.

RESERVED.

63

32.

SURVIVAL

63

33.

CAPTIONS

63

34.

COUNTERPARTS; ELECTRONIC SIGNATURES

63

35.

SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVERS

63

36.

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

64

 

i



 

37.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

64

38.

HYPOTHECATION OR PLEDGE OF PURCHASED ITEMS

64

39.

ASSIGNMENTS; PARTICIPATIONS

64

40.

SINGLE AGREEMENT

65

41.

INTENT

66

42.

CONFIDENTIALITY

66

43.

SERVICING

66

44.

PERIODIC DUE DILIGENCE REVIEW

68

45.

SET-OFF

68

46.

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

69

 

ii



 

ANNEX I

 

SCHEDULES

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 1

Representations and Warranties re: Loans

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 2

Filing Jurisdictions and Offices

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 3

Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 4

Relevant States

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 5

Other Indebtedness

 

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

Form of Monthly and Quarterly Certification

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT B

Reserved

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT C

Reserved

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT D

Reserved

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT E

Reserved

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT F

Required Fields for Servicing Transmission

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT G

Required Fields for Loan Schedule

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT H

Form of Confidentiality Agreement

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT I

Form of Instruction Letter

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT J

Reserved

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT K

Form of Security Release Certification

 

iii



 

MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of June 26, 2012, by and between PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as seller (the “ Seller ”) and CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association as buyer (“ Buyer ”, which term shall include any “ Principal ” as defined and provided for in Annex I), or as agent pursuant hereto (“ Agent ”).

 

1.                                       APPLICABILITY

 

Buyer shall, with respect to the Committed Amount and may, with respect to the Uncommitted Amount, from time to time, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, agree to enter into transactions in which Seller transfers to Buyer Eligible Loans against the transfer of funds by Buyer, with a simultaneous agreement by Buyer to transfer to Seller such Purchased Loans at a date certain, against the transfer of funds by Seller.  Each such transaction shall be referred to herein as a “ Transaction ”, and, unless otherwise agreed in writing, shall be governed by this Agreement.

 

2.                                       DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING MATTERS

 

(a)           Defined Terms . As used herein, the following terms have the following meanings (all terms defined in this Section 2 or in other provisions of this Agreement in the singular to have the same meanings when used in the plural and vice versa):

 

Accepted Servicing Practices ” shall mean with respect to any Loan, those accepted and prudent mortgage servicing practices (including collection procedures) of prudent mortgage lending institutions that service mortgage loans of the same type as the Loans in the jurisdiction where the related Mortgaged Property is located, and which are in accordance with FHA Regulations, VA Regulations, Ginnie Mae, Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae servicing practices and procedures for MBS pool mortgages, as defined in the FHA, VA, Ginnie Mae, Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae servicing guides including future updates, and in a manner at least equal in quality to the servicing Seller or Seller’s designee provides to mortgage loans and real estate owned properties which it owns in its own portfolio.

 

Additional Amount ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 5(a).

 

Additional Purchased Loans ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 6(a).

 

Adjustable Rate Loan ” shall mean a Loan which provides for the adjustment of the Mortgage Interest Rate payable in respect thereto.

 

Adjusted Tangible Net Worth ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, the excess of such Person’s total assets (net of goodwill and intangible assets, including mortgage servicing rights) over its total liabilities, calculated in accordance with GAAP as reflected on such Person’s financial statements.

 

Adjustment Date ” shall mean with respect to each Adjustable Rate Loan, the date set forth in the related Note on which the Mortgage Interest Rate on the Loan is adjusted in accordance with the terms of the  Note.

 

Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person.  For purposes of this definition, “control” (together with the correlative meanings of “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means possession, directly or indirectly, of the power (a) to vote 20% or more of the securities (on a fully

 



 

diluted basis) having ordinary voting power for the directors or managing general partners (or their equivalent) of such Person, or (b) to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise; provided, however, that (i) only wholly owned Subsidiaries of the Guarantor and (ii) any Person in which Seller has possession, directly or indirectly, of the power (a) to vote 20% or more of the securities (on a fully diluted basis) having ordinary voting power for the directors or managing general partners (or their equivalent) of such Person, or (b) to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, through the ownership of voting securities, shall be deemed an Affiliate of Seller or Guarantor for the purposes of this Agreement

 

Agency ” means FHA, VA, Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae or Ginnie Mae, as applicable.

 

Agent ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Agreement ” shall mean this Master Repurchase Agreement (including all exhibits, schedules and other addenda hereto or thereto), as supplemented by the Pricing Side Letter, as it may be amended, further supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

ALTA ” shall mean the American Land Title Association.

 

Applicable Margin ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Pricing Side Letter.

 

Applicable Percentage ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Pricing Side Letter.

 

Appraised Value ” shall mean the value set forth in an appraisal made in connection with the origination of the related Loan as the value of the Mortgaged Property.

 

Assignment of Mortgage ” shall mean, with respect to any Mortgage, an assignment of the Mortgage, notice of transfer or equivalent instrument in recordable form, sufficient under the laws of the jurisdiction wherein the related Mortgaged Property is located to reflect the assignment of the Mortgage to Buyer.

 

Back-End DTI Ratio ” shall mean with respect to a Loan, the ratio of (i) the Mortgagor’s monthly debt payments, including housing and other debt, to (ii) the Mortgagor’s gross monthly income, determined in accordance with the Underwriting Guidelines.

 

Bankruptcy Code ” shall mean the United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended from time to time.

 

Best’s ” shall mean Best’s Key Rating Guide, as the same shall be amended from time to time.

 

Binding Jumbo Takeout Commitment ” shall mean with respect to a Jumbo Loan, an irrevocable commitment issued by a Takeout Investor in favor of Seller pursuant to which such Takeout Investor pre-approves such Jumbo Loan and agrees to purchase such Jumbo Loan at a specific price on a forward delivery basis acceptable to Buyer in its sole discretion.

 

BPO ” shall mean, with respect to a Loan, a broker’s price opinion prepared by a duly licensed real estate broker who has no interest, direct or indirect, in the Loan or in the Seller or any Affiliate of the Seller and whose compensation is not affected by the results of the broker’s price opinion and which valuation indicates the expected proceeds for a sale of the related Mortgaged Property and, includes

 

2



 

certain assumptions, including those as to the condition of the interior of the applicable Mortgaged Property and expected marketing time.  Each BPO shall take into account at least three (3) sales of comparable Loans, and at least three (3) listings of comparable Loans.

 

BPO Value ” shall mean with respect to a Loan, the value of such Loan set forth in the most recently obtained BPO.

 

Business Day ” shall mean any day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, (ii) a day on which the New York Stock Exchange, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, banking and savings and loan institutions in the States of New York or California, the City of New York or the city or state in which Custodian’s offices are located are closed, or (iii) a day on which trading in securities on the New York Stock Exchange or any other major securities exchange in the United States is not conducted.

 

Capital Lease Obligations ” shall mean, for any Person, all obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a lease of (or other agreement conveying the right to use) Property to the extent such obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and, for purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof, determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Capital Stock ” shall mean any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all similar ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation) and any and all warrants or options to purchase any of the foregoing, including (where applicable) uncertificated membership interests in a limited liability company.

 

Cash Equivalents ” shall mean (a) securities with maturities of 90 days or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States Government or any agency thereof, (b) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of 90 days or less from the date of acquisition and overnight bank deposits of any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000, (c) repurchase obligations of any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of this definition, having a term of not more than seven days with respect to securities issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States Government, (d) commercial paper of a domestic issuer rated at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof by Standard and Poor’s Ratings Group (“S&P”) or P-1 or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and in either case maturing within 90 days after the day of acquisition, (e) securities with maturities of 90 days or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States, by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth or territory or by any foreign government, the securities of which state, commonwealth, territory, political subdivision, taxing authority or foreign government (as the case may be) are rated at least A by S&P or A by Moody’s, (f) securities with maturities of 90 days or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of this definition, or (g) shares of money market mutual or similar funds which invest exclusively in assets satisfying the requirements of clauses (a) through (f) of this definition.

 

Change of Control ” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following: (a) with respect to Seller or the Guarantor, the acquisition by any Person, or two or more Persons acting in concert, of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of outstanding shares of voting stock of Seller or the Guarantor if after giving effect to such acquisition such Person or Persons owns twenty percent (25%) or more of such outstanding shares of voting stock, (b) Guarantor ceases to directly or indirectly own and

 

3



 

control, of record and beneficially, 100% of the Equity Interests of Seller or any of Guarantor’s wholly owned Subsidiaries, including but not limited to those Persons identified on Schedule 3 attached hereto.

 

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

Collection Account ” shall mean the account identified in the Collection Account Control Agreement.

 

Collection Account Control Agreement ” shall mean the collection account control agreement to be entered into by Buyer, Seller and the Control Bank in form and substance acceptable to Buyer to be entered into with respect to the Collection Account as of the date hereof.

 

Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio ” or “ CLTV ” shall mean with respect to any Loan, the ratio of (i) the original outstanding principal amount of the Loan and any other loan which is secured by a lien on the related Mortgaged Property to (ii) the lesser of (a) the Appraised Value of the Mortgaged Property at the origination of such Loan, or (b) if the Mortgaged Property was purchased by the Mortgagor within twelve (12) months of the origination of the Loan, the purchase price of the Mortgaged Property.

 

Commitment Fee ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Pricing Side Letter.

 

Commitment Fee Percentage ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Pricing Side Letter.

 

Committed Amount ” shall mean $150,000,000.

 

Contractual Obligation ” shall mean as to any Person, any material provision of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound or any material provision of any security issued by such Person.

 

Control Bank ” shall mean Citibank, N.A.

 

Custodial Agreement ” shall mean the Custodial Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among Seller, Buyer and Custodian as the same may be amended, modified and supplemented and in effect from time to time.

 

Custodian ” shall mean Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, or such other entity agreed upon by Buyer and Seller from time to time, or its successors and permitted assigns.

 

Custodian Loan Transmission ” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Custodial Agreement.

 

Default ” shall mean an Event of Default or any event that, with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both, could become an Event of Default.

 

Dollars ” or “ $ ” shall mean lawful money of the United States of America.

 

Due Date ” shall mean the day of the month on which the Monthly Payment is due on a Loan, exclusive of any days of grace.

 

4



 

Due Diligence Review ” shall mean the performance by Buyer of any or all of the reviews permitted under Section 44 hereof with respect to any or all of the Loans, Seller or related parties, as desired by Buyer from time to time.

 

Effective Date ” shall mean the date upon which the conditions precedent set forth in Section 9(a) have been satisfied.

 

Electronic Tracking Agreement ” shall mean the electronic tracking agreement among Buyer, Seller, MERSCORP Holdings, Inc. and MERS, dated as of the date hereof.

 

Electronic Transmission ” shall mean the delivery of information in an electronic format acceptable to the applicable recipient thereof.  An Electronic Transmission shall be considered written notice for all purposes hereof (except when a request or notice by its terms requires execution).

 

Eligible Loan ” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Pricing Side Letter.

 

Environmental Laws ” shall mean any federal, state, foreign or local statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, guideline, written policy or rule of common law now or hereafter in effect, and any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or administrative order, consent decree or judgment, relating to the environment, employee health and safety or hazardous materials, including CERCLA, RCRA, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, the Toxic Substances Control Act, the Clean Air Act, the Safe Drinking Water Act, the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, the Emergency Planning and the Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986, the Hazardous Material Transportation Act, the Occupational Safety and Health Act, and any state and local or foreign counterparts or equivalents.

 

Equity Interests ” shall mean with respect to any Person, (a) any share or interest in Capital Stock (including any participation interest or divided ownership or profit sharing interest however denominated) in such Person, whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such share, warrant, option right or other interest is authorized or otherwise existing as of any date of determination, (b) any warrant, option or other right for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of any share or interest described in (a) above, (c) any security convertible into or exchangeable for any of the foregoing, and (d) any other ownership interest in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein).

 

ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

 

ERISA Affiliate ” shall mean any Affiliate, whether or not incorporated, that is a member of any group of organizations described in Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code of which Seller is a member.

 

Escrow Payments ” shall mean, with respect to any Loan, the amounts constituting ground rents, taxes, assessments, water charges, sewer rents, municipal charges, mortgage insurance premiums, fire and hazard insurance premiums, condominium charges, and any other payments required to be escrowed by the Mortgagor with the Mortgagee pursuant to the terms of any Note or Mortgage or any other document.

 

Event of Default ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 18 hereof.

 

Excluded Taxes ” shall mean any income taxes, branch profits taxes, franchise taxes, or other taxes measured by or enforced on gross receipts or net income that is imposed by the United States, a

 

5



 

state, a foreign jurisdiction under the laws of which Buyer is organized,  maintains its applicable lending office, or has a present or former connection, and any political subdivision of any of the foregoing.

 

Executive Order ” shall mean Executive Order 13224— Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism.

 

Exception ” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Custodial Agreement.

 

Exception Report ” shall mean the exception report prepared by Custodian pursuant to the Custodial Agreement.

 

Fannie Mae ” shall mean Fannie Mae, or any successor thereto.

 

Fannie Mae Aged Loan ” shall mean a Loan (i) in respect of which the related Takeout Investor is Fannie Mae and (ii) that (x) is subject to outstanding Transactions hereunder and/or (y) was subject to any REIT Agency Agreement Transaction, for between thirty-one (31) calendar days (whether or not consecutive) and forty-five (45) calendar days (whether or not consecutive) in the aggregate.

 

Fannie Mae Guides ” shall mean the Fannie Mae Seller’s Guide, the Fannie Mae Servicing Guide and all amendments and additions thereto.

 

FHA ” shall mean the Federal Housing Administration, an agency within the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development, or any successor thereto and including the Federal Housing Commissioner and the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development where appropriate under the FHA Regulations.

 

FHA 203(k) Loan ” shall mean a loan for the rehabilitation and/or repair of a single family residential property in accordance with the FHA 203(k) program.

 

FHA Approved Mortgagee ” shall mean an institution which is (i) with respect to Seller (and any Subservicer if applicable) approved by FHA to act as servicer and mortgagee of record pursuant to FHA Regulations, (ii) with respect to Penny Mac Corp. approved by FHA to purchase, own and sell FHA Loans pursuant to FHA Regulations and (iii) with respect to any Qualified Originator approved by FHA to originate FHA Loans and to act as servicer and mortgagee of record pursuant to FHA Regulations.

 

FHA Insurance Contract ” shall mean the contractual obligation of FHA respecting the insurance of an FHA Loan pursuant to the National Housing Act, as amended.

 

FHA Loan ” shall mean a Loan that is the subject of an FHA Insurance Contract as evidenced by a Mortgage Insurance Certificate.

 

FHA Regulations ” shall mean the regulations promulgated by HUD under the National Housing Act, codified in 24 Code of Federal Regulations, and other HUD issuances relating to FHA Loans, including the related handbooks, Circulars, Notices and Mortgagee Letters.

 

Freddie Mac ” shall mean Freddie Mac, or any successor thereto.

 

Freddie Mac Guides ” shall mean the Freddie Mac Seller/Servicer Guide, and all amendments and additions thereto.

 

6


 

Front-End DTI Ratio ” shall mean with respect to a Loan, the ratio of (i) the Mortgagor’s monthly housing-related debt payments, to (ii) the Mortgagor’s gross monthly income, determined in accordance with the Underwriting Guidelines.

 

GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in effect from time to time in the United States of America.

 

Ginnie Mae ” shall mean the Government National Mortgage Association, or any successor thereto.

 

Ginnie Mae Aged Loan ” shall mean a Loan (i) in respect of which the related Takeout Investor is Ginnie Mae and (ii) that (x) is subject to outstanding Transactions hereunder and/or (y) was subject to any REIT Agency Agreement Transaction, for between thirty-one (31) calendar days (whether or not consecutive) and forty-five (45) calendar days (whether or not consecutive) in the aggregate.

 

Ginnie Mae Guides ” shall mean the Ginnie Mae Handbook 5500.3 and all amendments and additions thereto.

 

Governmental Authority ” shall mean with respect to any Person, any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision, agency or instrumentality thereof, any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government and any court or arbitrator having jurisdiction over such Person, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its properties.

 

Gross Margin ” shall mean with respect to each Adjustable Rate Loan, the fixed percentage amount set forth in the related Note and the Loan Schedule that is added to the Index on each Adjustment Date in accordance with the terms of the related Note to determine the new Mortgage Interest Rate for such Loan.

 

Guarantee ” shall mean, as to any Person, any obligation of such Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person or in any manner providing for the payment of any Indebtedness of any other Person or otherwise protecting the holder of such Indebtedness against loss (whether by virtue of partnership arrangements, by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, or to take-or-pay or otherwise), provided that the term “Guarantee” shall not include (i) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) obligations to make servicing advances for delinquent taxes and insurance, or other obligations in respect of a Mortgaged Property, to the extent required by Buyer. The amount of any Guarantee of a Person shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such Person in good faith. The terms “Guarantee” and “Guaranteed” used as verbs shall have correlative meanings.

 

Guarantor ” shall mean Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, its successors and permitted assigns.

 

Guaranty ” shall mean the Guaranty Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by Guarantor in favor of Buyer, as such agreement may be amended or modified from time to time in accordance with its terms.

 

7



 

Guidelines ” shall mean the Freddie Mac Guides, the Fannie Mae Guides or the Ginnie Mae Guides, as applicable, as such guides have been amended from time to time with respect to Seller.

 

High Cost Loan ” shall mean a Loan classified as (a) a “high cost” loan under the Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act of 1994, (b) a “high cost,” “threshold,” “covered,” or “predatory” loan under any other applicable state, federal or local law (or a similarly classified loan using different terminology under a law, regulation or ordinance imposing heightened regulatory scrutiny or additional legal liability for residential mortgage loans having high interest rates, points and/or fees) or (c) a High Cost Loan or Covered Loan, as applicable (as such terms are defined in the current Standard & Poor’s LEVELS® Glossary Revised, Appendix E).

 

Income ” shall mean, with respect to any Purchased Loan or Security at any time, any principal and/or interest thereon and all dividends, sale proceeds (including, without limitation, any proceeds from the liquidation or securitization of such Purchased Loan or other disposition thereof), rent and other collections and distributions thereon (including, without limitation, any proceeds received in respect of mortgage insurance), but not including any servicing fees accrued in respect of periods on or after the initial Purchase Date with respect to such Purchased Loan or Security.

 

Indebtedness ” shall mean, for any Person: (a) obligations created, issued or incurred by such Person for borrowed money (whether by loan, the issuance and sale of debt securities or the sale of Property to another Person subject to an understanding or agreement, contingent or otherwise, to repurchase such Property from such Person); (b) obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase or acquisition price of Property or services, other than trade accounts payable (other than for borrowed money) arising, and accrued expenses incurred, in the ordinary course of business so long as such trade accounts payable are payable within 90 days of the date the respective goods are delivered or the respective services are rendered; (c) indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on the Property of such Person, whether or not the respective indebtedness so secured has been assumed by such Person; (d) obligations (contingent or otherwise) of such Person in respect of letters of credit or similar instruments issued or accepted by banks and other financial institutions for the account of such Person; (e) Capital Lease Obligations of such Person; (f) obligations of such Person under repurchase agreements or like arrangements; (g) indebtedness of others Guaranteed by such Person; (h) all obligations of such Person incurred in connection with the acquisition or carrying of fixed assets by such Person; (i) indebtedness of general partnerships of which such Person is a general partner; and (j) any other indebtedness of such Person by a note, bond, debenture or similar instrument.

 

Index ” shall mean with respect to each Adjustable Rate Loan, the index identified on the related Loan Schedule and set forth in the related Note for the purpose of calculating the interest rate thereon.

 

Instruction Letter ” shall mean a letter agreement between Seller and each Subservicer or interim servicer of Purchased Loans substantially in the form of Exhibit I attached hereto, in which such Persons acknowledge Buyer’s ownership interest in the Purchased Loans, and agree to remit any collections with respect to such Purchased Loans to the Collection Account or as Buyer may otherwise direct from time to time, which Instruction Letter may be delivered by Buyer to such Subservicer in its sole discretion.

 

Insurance Proceeds ” shall mean with respect to each Purchased Loan, proceeds of insurance policies insuring such Purchased Loan or the related Mortgaged Property, as applicable.

 

Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean that certain amended and restated intercreditor agreement,  entered into by and among Seller, Bank of America, N.A., Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital

 

8



 

LLC and Buyer, as the same shall be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time.

 

Interest Period ” shall mean, with respect to any Transaction, the period commencing on the Purchase Date with respect to such Transaction and ending on the calendar day prior to the related Repurchase Date.

 

Interest Rate Adjustment Date ” means with respect to each Adjustable Rate Loan, the date, specified in the related Note and the Loan Schedule, on which the Mortgage Interest Rate is adjusted.

 

Investment Company Act ” shall mean the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, including all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Joint Account Control Agreement ” shall mean that certain amended and restated joint account control agreement, entered into by and among Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, as depositary bank and paying agent, Seller, Bank of America, N.A., Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC and Buyer, as the same shall be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time.

 

Joint Securities Account Control Agreement ” shall mean that certain amended and restated joint securities account control agreement, entered into by and among Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, as securities intermediary, Seller, Bank of America, N.A., Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC and Buyer, as the same shall be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time.

 

Jumbo Loan ” shall mean a first lien Loan which conforms with all requirements (other than conforming balance limitations) of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, each as in effect as of the related Purchase Date.

 

LIBO Base Rate ” means the rate determined daily by Buyer on the basis of the “BBA’s Interest Settlement Rate” offered for one-month U.S. dollar deposits, as such rate appears on Bloomberg L.P.’s page “BBAM” as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such date (rounded to five decimal places) provided that if such rate does not appear on Bloomberg L.P.’s page “BBAM” as of such time on such date, the rate for such date will be the rate determined by reference to the most recently published rate on Bloomberg L.P.’s page “BBAM”; provided further that if such rate is no longer set on Bloomberg L.P.’s page “BBAM”, the rate of such date will be determined by reference to such other comparable publicly available service publishing such rates as may be selected by Buyer in its sole discretion, which rates have performed or are expected by Buyer to perform in a manner substantially similar to the rate appearing on Bloomberg L.P.’s page “BBAM”, and which rate will be communicated to Seller.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Buyer shall have the sole discretion to re-set the LIBO Base Rate on a daily basis.

 

LIBO Rate ” shall mean with respect to each Interest Period pertaining to a Transaction, a rate per annum determined by Buyer in its sole discretion in accordance with the following formula (rounded to five decimal places), which rate as determined by Buyer shall be conclusive absent manifest error by Buyer:

 

9



 

LIBO Base Rate

 

 

 

1.00 — LIBO Reserve Requirements

 

The LIBO Rate shall be calculated on each Purchase Date and Repurchase Date commencing with the first Purchase Date.

 

LIBO Reserve Requirements ” shall mean for any Interest Period for any Transaction, the aggregate (without duplication) of the rates (expressed as a decimal fraction) of reserve requirements applicable to Buyer in effect on such day (including, without limitation, basic, supplemental, marginal and emergency reserves under any regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction with respect thereto), dealing with reserve requirements prescribed for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D of such Board) maintained by a member bank of such Governmental Authority. As of the Effective Date, the LIBO Reserve Requirements shall be deemed to be zero.  Buyer will provide Seller no less than 30 days prior written notice of implementation of any change in LIBO Reserve Requirements.

 

Lien ” shall mean any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or similar encumbrance.

 

Liquidity ” means with respect to any Person, the sum of (i) its unrestricted cash, plus (ii) its unrestricted Cash Equivalents, plus (iii) the aggregate amount of unused capacity available to such Person (taking into account applicable haircuts) under committed mortgage loan warehouse and servicer advance facilities for which such Person has unencumbered eligible collateral to pledge thereunder.

 

Loan ” shall mean a first lien mortgage loan, which Custodian has been instructed to hold for Buyer pursuant to the Custodial Agreement, and which Loan includes, without limitation, (i) a Note, the related Mortgage and all other Loan Documents, (ii) all right, title and interest of Seller in and to the Mortgaged Property covered by such Mortgage and (iii) the related Servicing Rights.

 

Loan Data Transmission ” shall mean a computer tape or other electronic medium generated by or on behalf of Seller and delivered or transmitted to Buyer and Custodian which provides information relating to the Loans, including the information set forth in the related Loan Schedule, in a format acceptable to Buyer.

 

Loan Documents ” shall mean, with respect to a Loan, the documents comprising the Mortgage File for such Loan.

 

Loan Guaranty Certificate ” shall mean the certificate evidencing a VA Loan Guaranty Agreement.

 

Loan Loss Reserves ” shall mean funds held by a Seller Party to cover potential losses in connection with the mortgage loans owned in such Person’s portfolio, including without limitation any amounts required to be maintained and held as a loan loss reserve in accordance with GAAP and any other regulatory requirement applicable to such Person.

 

10



 

Loan Schedule ” shall mean a hard copy or electronic format incorporating the fields identified on Exhibit G , which shall include with respect to each Loan to be included in a Transaction without limitation: (i) the Loan number, (ii) the Mortgagor’s name, (iii) the original principal amount of the Loan, (iv) the current principal balance of the Loan and (v) any other information required by Buyer and any other additional information to be provided pursuant to the Custodial Agreement.

 

Loan-to-Value Ratio ” or “ LTV ” shall mean with respect to any Loan, the ratio of the outstanding principal amount of such Loan at the time of origination to the lesser of (a) the Appraised Value of the Mortgaged Property at the origination of such Mortgage Loan or (b) if the Mortgaged Property was purchased within twelve (12) months of the origination of the Loan, the purchase price of the related Mortgaged Property.

 

Margin Call ” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 6(a) hereof.

 

Margin Deficit ” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 6(a) hereof.

 

Market Value ” shall mean the value, determined by Buyer in its sole discretion, of the Loans (including the related Servicing Rights) if sold in their entirety to a single third-party purchaser taking into account the fact that the Loans may be sold under circumstances in which Seller and/or the servicer of the Loans is in default under this Agreement. Buyer’s determination of Market Value shall be conclusive upon the parties, absent manifest error on the part of Buyer. Buyer shall have the right to mark to market the Loans on a daily basis which Market Value with respect to one or more of the Loans may be determined to be zero. Seller acknowledges that Buyer’s determination of Market Value is for the limited purpose of determining the value of Purchased Loans which are subject to Transactions hereunder without the ability to perform customary purchaser’s due diligence and is not necessarily equivalent to a determination of the fair market value of the Loans achieved by obtaining competing bids in an orderly market in which the originator/servicer is not in default under a revolving debt facility and the bidders have adequate opportunity to perform customary loan (or property, as applicable) and servicing due diligence.  For the purpose of determining the related Market Value, Buyer shall have the right to request at any time from Seller, an updated valuation for each Loan, in a form acceptable to Buyer in its sole discretion.  The Market Value shall be deemed to be zero with respect to each Loan for which such valuation is not provided.  The Market Value shall be deemed to be zero with respect to each Loan that is not an Eligible Loan.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean a material adverse effect on (a) the property, business, operations, financial condition or prospects of Seller or Guarantor, (b) the ability of Seller or Guarantor to perform its obligations under any of the Program Documents to which it is a party, (c) the validity or enforceability of any of the Program Documents, (d) the rights and remedies of Buyer under any of the Program Documents, (e) the timely repurchase of the Purchased Loans or payment of other amounts payable in connection therewith or (f) the Purchased Items.

 

Materials of Environmental Concern ” shall mean any hazardous, toxic or harmful substances, materials, wastes, pollutants or contaminants defined as such in or regulated under any Environmental Law.

 

Maximum Aggregate Purchase Price ” shall mean the sum of (i) the Committed Amount and (ii) in Buyer’s sole discretion, the Uncommitted Amount.

 

11



 

Maximum Mortgage Interest Rate ” shall mean with respect to each Adjustable Rate Loan, a rate that is set forth on the related Loan Schedule and in the related Note and is the maximum interest rate to which the Mortgage Interest Rate on such Loan may be increased on any Adjustment Date.

 

MERS ” shall mean Mortgage Electronic Registration Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor in interest thereto.

 

MERS Identification Number ” shall mean the eighteen digit number permanently assigned to each MERS Loan.

 

MERS Loan ” shall mean any Loan as to which the related Mortgage or Assignment of Mortgage has been recorded in the name of MERS, as agent for the holder from time to time of the Note, and which is identified as a MERS Loan on the related Loan Schedule.

 

Monthly Payment ” shall mean the scheduled monthly payment of principal and interest on a Loan as adjusted in accordance with changes in the Mortgage Interest Rate pursuant to the provisions of the Note for an Adjustable Rate Loan.

 

Mortgage ” shall mean with respect to a Loan, the mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument, which creates a first lien on the fee simple or leasehold estate in such real property and secures the Note.

 

Mortgage File ” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Custodial Agreement.

 

Mortgage Insurance Certificate ” shall mean the certificate evidencing a FHA Insurance Contract.

 

Mortgage Interest Rate ” means the annual rate of interest borne on a Note, which shall be adjusted from time to time with respect to Adjustable Rate Loans.

 

Mortgaged Property ” shall mean the real property (including all improvements, buildings, fixtures, building equipment and personal property thereon and all additions, alterations and replacements made at any time with respect to the foregoing) and all other collateral securing repayment of the debt evidenced by a Note.

 

Mortgagee ” shall mean the record holder of a Note secured by a Mortgage.

 

Mortgagor ” shall mean the obligor or obligors on a Note, including any person who has assumed or guaranteed the obligations of the obligor thereunder.

 

Multiemployer Plan ” shall mean a multiemployer plan defined as such in Section 3(37) of ERISA to which contributions have been or are required to be made by either Seller or any ERISA Affiliate or as to which either Seller or any ERISA Affiliate has any actual or potential liability or obligation and that is covered by Title IV of ERISA.

 

MV Margin Amount ” shall mean, with respect to any Transaction, as of any date of determination, the amount obtained by application of the MV Margin Percentage to the Repurchase Price for such Transaction as of such date.

 

MV Margin Percentage ” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Pricing Side Letter.

 

12



 

Net Income ” shall mean, for any period, the net income of any Person for such period as determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Net Worth ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the excess of total assets of such Person, over total liabilities of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Nonbinding Jumbo Takeout Agreement ” shall mean a flow loan purchase and sale arrangement with a Takeout Investor acceptable to Buyer in its sole discretion, pursuant to which such Takeout Investor may purchase Jumbo Loans on a forward delivery basis.

 

Note ” shall mean, with respect to any Loan, the related promissory note together with all riders thereto and amendments thereof or other evidence of indebtedness of the related Mortgagor.

 

Obligations ” shall mean (a) all of Seller’s obligations to pay the Repurchase Price on the Repurchase Date and other obligations and liabilities (including, without limitation, the Commitment Fee) of Seller to Buyer, its Affiliates, Custodian or any other Person arising under, or in connection with, the Program Documents or directly related to the Purchased Loans, whether now existing or hereafter arising; (b) any and all sums paid by Buyer or on behalf of Buyer pursuant to the Program Documents in order to preserve any Purchased Loan or its interest therein; (c) in the event of any proceeding for the collection or enforcement of any of Seller’s indebtedness, obligations or liabilities referred to in clause (a), the reasonable expenses of retaking, holding, collecting, preparing for sale, selling or otherwise disposing of or realizing on any Purchased Loan, or of any exercise by Buyer or any Affiliate of Buyer of its rights under the Program Documents, including without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements and court costs; and (d) all of Seller’s indemnity obligations to Buyer pursuant to the Program Documents.

 

OFAC ” shall mean the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury.

 

Officer’s Compliance Certificate ” shall mean an officer’s certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of Seller substantially in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto.

 

Participants ” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 39 hereof.

 

PBGC ” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any entity succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.

 

Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, company, voluntary association, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated association or government (or any agency, instrumentality or political subdivision thereof).

 

Plan ” shall mean an employee benefit or other plan established or maintained by Seller or, in the case of a Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate and that is covered by Title IV of ERISA, other than a Multiemployer Plan.

 

PMI Policy ” or “ Primary Insurance Policy ” shall mean a policy of primary mortgage guaranty insurance issued by a Qualified Insurer.

 

Post-Default Rate ” shall mean, in respect of the Repurchase Price for any Transaction or any other amount under this Agreement, or any other Program Document that is not paid when due to Buyer

 

13



 

(whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or mandatory prepayment or otherwise), a rate per annum equal to the rate set forth in the Pricing Side Letter.

 

Price Differential ” shall mean, with respect to each Transaction as of any date of determination, the aggregate amount obtained by daily application of the Pricing Rate (or during the continuation of an Event of Default, by daily application of the Post-Default Rate) for such Transaction to the Purchase Price for such Transaction on a 360-day-per-year basis for the actual number of days elapsed during the period commencing on (and including) the Purchase Date and ending on (but excluding) the date of determination (reduced by any amount of such Price Differential in respect of such period previously paid by Seller to Buyer with respect to such Transaction).

 

Pricing Rate ” shall mean the per annum percentage rate for determination of the Price Differential as set forth in the Pricing Side Letter.

 

Pricing Side Letter ” shall mean the pricing side letter, dated as of the date hereof, between Seller and Buyer, as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.

 

Principal ” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Annex I.

 

Program Documents ” shall mean this Agreement, the Custodial Agreement, the Guaranty, any Servicing Agreement, the Electronic Tracking Agreement, the Pricing Side Letter, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Joint Securities Account Control Agreement, the Joint Account Control Agreement, all Instruction Letters, if any, the Collection Account Control Agreement and any other agreement entered into by Seller, on the one hand, and Buyer and/or any of its Affiliates or Subsidiaries (or Custodian on its behalf) on the other, in connection herewith or therewith.

 

Prohibited Jurisdiction ” shall mean any country or jurisdiction, from time to time, that is the subject of a prohibition order (or any similar order or directive), sanctions or restrictions promulgated or administered by any Governmental Authority of the United States.

 

Prohibited Person ” shall mean any Person:

 

(i)            listed in the Annex to (the “ Annex ”), or otherwise subject to the provisions of, the Executive Order;

 

(ii)           that is owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any person or entity that is listed to the Annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, the Executive Order;

 

(iii)          with whom the Buyer is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any terrorism or money laundering law, including the Executive Order;

 

(iv)          who commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports “terrorism” as defined in the Executive Order;

 

(v)           that is named as a “specially designated national and blocked person” on the most current list published by the OFAC at its official website, http://www.treas.gov.ofac/t11sdn.pdf or at any replacement website or other replacement official publication of such list; or

 

(vi)          who is an Affiliate of a Person listed above.

 

14



 

Property ” shall mean any right or interest in or to property of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible.

 

Purchase Date ” shall mean, with respect to each Transaction, the date on which Purchased Loans are sold by Seller to Buyer hereunder.

 

Purchase Notice ” shall mean Buyer’s agreement to enter into a Transaction requested by Seller pursuant to a Transaction Notice. Such Purchase Notice shall specify the Loans that Buyer has agreed to purchase from Seller in such Transaction, the related Purchase Date and Repurchase Date, the related Purchase Price for such Transaction, the fields set forth on Annex 1 to the Custodial Agreement and any other terms of such Transaction agreed upon between Seller and Buyer.

 

Purchase Price ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Pricing Side Letter.

 

Purchased Items ” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 8 hereof.

 

Purchased Loans ” shall mean any Loans sold by Seller to Buyer in a Transaction, together with the related Records, the related Servicing Rights (which, for the avoidance of doubt, were sold by Seller and purchased by Buyer on the related Purchase Date), the portion of the Security related to such Loans, the related Takeout Commitment and the related Trade Assignment, if any, and with respect to each Loan, any related FHA Insurance Contract, any related VA Loan Guaranty Agreement, Seller’s rights under any takeout commitment related to the Loans and other Purchased Items with respect to the Loans, such other property, rights, titles or interest as are specified on a Purchase Notice, and all instruments, chattel paper, and general intangibles comprising or relating to all of the foregoing.

 

Qualified Insurer ” shall mean an insurance company duly qualified as such under the laws of each state in which any Mortgaged Property is located, duly authorized and licensed in each such state to transact the applicable insurance business and to write the insurance provided, and approved as an insurer by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and whose claims paying ability is rated in the two highest rating categories by any of the rating agencies with respect to primary mortgage insurance and in the two highest rating categories by Best’s with respect to hazard and flood insurance.

 

Qualified Originator ” shall mean those correspondent originators of PennyMac Corp. that originate mortgage loans for PennyMac Corp. in accordance with PennyMac Corp.’s Underwriting Guidelines and have not otherwise been disapproved by Buyer in writing.

 

Quality Control Program ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 13(pp).

 

Records ” shall mean, with respect to any Purchased Loan, the Loan Documents and the Servicing Records.

 

REIT Agency Agreement ” shall mean that Master Repurchase Agreement dated as of May 24, 2012, as amended (the “REIT Agency Repurchase Agreement”), among PennyMac Corp., as a seller, PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, as servicer and Citibank, N.A., as buyer.

 

REIT Agency Agreement Transaction ” shall mean a Transaction as defined in the REIT Agency Agreement.

 

REIT Agency Loan ” shall mean a Loan that prior to its inclusion in any Transaction hereunder, was subject to a REIT Agency Agreement Transaction.

 

15



 

Related Credit Enhancement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8(a).

 

Reportable Event ” shall mean any of the events set forth in Section 4043(b) of ERISA, other than those events as to which the thirty day notice period is waived under subsections .21, .22, .23, .24, .28, .29, .31, or .32 of PBGC Reg. § 4043 (provided that a failure to meet the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code or Sections 302 or 303 of ERISA, including, without limitation, the failure to make on or before its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the Code or Section 303(j) of ERISA, shall be a reportable event regardless of the issuance of any waivers in accordance with Section 412(d) of the Code).

 

Repurchase Date ” shall mean the date occurring on the earliest of (i) the 12th day of each month following the related Purchase Date (or if such date is not a Business Day, the following Business Day), (ii) any other Business Day set forth in the related Purchase Notice, (iii) the date determined by application of Section 19, as applicable, or (iv) the Termination Date.  In no event shall the Repurchase Date for any Transaction occur after the Termination Date.

 

Repurchase Price ” shall mean the price at which Purchased Loans are to be transferred from Buyer to Seller upon termination of a Transaction, which will be determined in each case (including Transactions terminable upon demand) as the sum of the outstanding Purchase Price for such Purchased Loans and the Price Differential as of the date of such determination.

 

Requirement of Law ” shall mean as to any Person, the certificate of incorporation and by-laws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or interpretation thereof or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

 

Responsible Officer ” shall mean, as to any Person, the chief executive officer or, with respect to financial matters, the chief financial officer of such Person; provided, that in the event any such officer is unavailable at any time he or she is required to take any action hereunder, Responsible Officer shall mean any officer authorized to act on such officer’s behalf as demonstrated by a certificate of corporate resolution.

 

Restricted Payments ” shall mean with respect to any Person, collectively, all dividends or other distributions of any nature (cash, securities, assets or otherwise), and all payments, by virtue of redemption or otherwise, on any class of equity securities (including, without limitation, warrants, options or rights therefor) issued by such Person, whether such securities are now or may hereafter be authorized or outstanding and any distribution in respect of any of the foregoing, whether directly or indirectly.

 

Rural Housing Service ” shall mean the Rural Housing Service of the USDA.

 

Rural Housing Service Guaranty ” shall mean with respect to a USDA Loan, the agreements evidencing the guaranty of such loan by the Rural Housing Service.

 

Section 404 Notice ” shall mean the notice required pursuant to Section 404 of the Helping Families Save Their Homes Act of 2009 (P.L. 111-22), which amends 15 U.S.C. Section 1641 et seq., to be delivered by a creditor that is an owner or an assignee of a mortgage loan to the related Mortgagor within thirty (30) days after the date on which such mortgage loan is sold or assigned to such creditor.

 

16


 

Securities Laws ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the applicable accounting and auditing principles, rules, standards and practices promulgated, approved or incorporated by the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

 

Security ” means a fully-modified pass-through mortgage-backed security, including a participation certificate, that is (i) (a) guaranteed by Ginnie Mae or (b) issued by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac and (ii) backed or collateralized by, or representing an interest in, a pool of Loans.

 

Security Release Certification ” shall mean a security release certification in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit K hereto.

 

Seller Party ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.

 

Servicer ” shall mean Seller in its capacity as servicer of the Loans, or another servicer of the Loans approved by Buyer.

 

Servicing Agreement ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 43(c) hereof.

 

Servicing Delivery Requirement ” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 13(hh).

 

Servicing File ” shall mean with respect to each Loan, the file retained by Seller (in its capacity as Servicer) consisting of all documents that a prudent originator and servicer would have, including copies of the Loan Documents, all documents necessary to document and service the Loans, including FHA and VA approval and any and all documents required to be delivered pursuant to any of the Program Documents.

 

Servicing Records ” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 43(b) hereof.

 

Servicing Rights ” shall mean contractual, possessory or other rights of Seller or any other Person to service a Loan, whether arising under the Servicing Agreement, the Custodial Agreement or otherwise, to administer or service a Purchased Loan or to possess related Servicing Records, including the right to terminate any servicing agreement without cause and free and clear of any obligations (including the obligation to repay or reimburse any servicing advances), costs or fees.

 

Servicing Transmission ” shall mean a computer-readable magnetic or other electronic format acceptable to the parties containing the information identified on Exhibit F .

 

Subservicer ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 43(c) hereof.

 

Subsidiary ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership or other entity of which at least a majority of the securities or other ownership interests having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other persons performing similar functions of such corporation, partnership or other entity (irrespective of whether or not at the time securities or other ownership interests of any other class or classes of such corporation, partnership or other entity shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

17



 

Taxes ” shall mean any taxes, levies, imposts, and similar deductions, charges or withholdings, and all liabilities for penalties, interest and additions to tax with respect thereto, imposed by any Governmental Authority, other than Excluded Taxes and Other Taxes.

 

Takeout Commitment ” shall mean, (i) with respect to any Loan (other than a Jumbo Loan), (a)  an irrevocable commitment issued by a Takeout Investor in favor of Seller pursuant to which such Takeout Investor agrees to purchase such Loan or a Security at a specific price on a forward delivery basis acceptable to Buyer in its sole discretion, (b) an assignable commitment issued by an Agency in favor of Seller pursuant to which such Agency, as applicable, agrees to (1) purchase such Loan at a specific or formula price on a forward delivery basis or (2) swap, exchange or sell a Security for one or more identified Loans, or (c) an assignable commitment issued by a Takeout Investor in favor of Seller pursuant to which the Takeout Investor, as applicable, agrees to purchase a Security from Seller, which such commitments in any case of (a)-(c) above, shall be enforceable and in full force and effect, and shall be, upon request by Buyer, validly and effectively assigned to Buyer pursuant to a Trade Assignment and (ii) with respect to any Jumbo Loan, either a Nonbinding Jumbo Takeout Agreement or a Binding Jumbo Takeout Commitment.

 

Takeout Investor ” shall mean (i) with respect to a Loan other than a Jumbo Loan, Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, or another third party investor acceptable to Buyer, which has agreed to purchase such Loan or Security pursuant to a Takeout Commitment, and (ii) with respect to a Jumbo Loan, a third party investor acceptable to Buyer which has agreed to purchase such Jumbo Loan pursuant to a Takeout Commitment.

 

Tangible Net Worth ” shall mean, with respect to any Person as of any date of determination, the consolidated Net Worth of such Person and its Subsidiaries, less the consolidated net book value of all assets of such Person and its subsidiaries (to the extent reflected as an asset in the balance sheet of such Person or any Subsidiary at such date) which will be treated as intangibles under GAAP, including, without limitation, such items as deferred financing expenses, deferred taxes, net leasehold improvements, good will, trademarks, trade names, service marks, copyrights, patents, licenses and unamortized debt discount and expense; provided, that residual securities issued by such Person or its Subsidiaries shall not be treated as intangibles for purposes of this definition.

 

Termination Date ” shall mean June 25, 2013, or such earlier date on which this Agreement shall terminate in accordance with the provisions hereof or by operation of law.

 

Total Indebtedness ” shall mean with respect to any Person, for any period, the aggregate Indebtedness of such Person and its Subsidiaries during such period, less the amount of any nonspecific consolidated balance sheet reserves maintained in accordance with GAAP and less the amount of any non-recourse debt, including any securitization debt.

 

Trade Assignment ” means an assignment to Buyer of a forward trade between the Takeout Investor and Seller with respect to one or more Purchased Loans and/or Securities, together with the related trade confirmation from the Takeout Investor to Seller that has been fully executed, is enforceable and is in full force and effect and confirms the details of such forward trade.

 

Transaction ” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 1.

 

Transaction Notice ” shall mean Seller’s request to enter into a Transaction delivered to Buyer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, specifying the Loans that Seller requests to sell to Buyer in such Transaction, the fields set forth on Annex 1 to the Custodial Agreement and any other loan-level details as

 

18



 

agreed upon between Seller and Buyer. Each Transaction Notice shall be in the form of a Loan Data Transmission, or, if such Transaction Notice is provided in another format, shall have attached thereto a Loan Data Transmission.

 

Transferor ” shall mean the related seller or transferor of Loans to Seller.

 

Trust Receipt ” shall have the meaning provided in the Custodial Agreement.

 

Uncommitted Amount ” shall mean $50,000,000.

 

Underwriting Guidelines ” shall mean collectively, the underwriting guidelines of Seller and/or PennyMac Corp., as applicable, which, other than with respect to any balance limitations applicable to Jumbo Loans, comply with all current requirements of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, FHA and VA, in effect as of the date of this Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with terms of this Agreement.

 

Uniform Commercial Code ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date hereof in the State of New York; provided that if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, the perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection of the security interest in any Purchased Items is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than New York, “Uniform Commercial Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or effect of perfection or non-perfection.

 

USC ” shall mean the United State Code, as amended.

 

USDA ” shall mean the United States Department of Agriculture.

 

USDA Loan ” shall mean a loan originated in accordance with the Rural Housing Service Section 502 Single Family Housing Guaranteed Loan Program, which loan is intended to be subject to a Rural Housing Service Guaranty.

 

VA ” shall mean the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs, an agency of the United States of America, or any successor thereto including the Secretary of Veterans Affairs.

 

VA Approved Lender ” shall mean a lender which is approved by VA to act as a lender in connection with the origination of VA Loans.

 

VA Loan ” shall mean a Loan which is the subject of a VA Loan Guaranty Agreement as evidenced by a Loan Guaranty Certificate.

 

VA Loan Guaranty Agreement ” shall mean the obligation of the United States to pay a specific percentage of a Loan (subject to a maximum amount) upon default of the Mortgagor pursuant to the Servicemen’s Readjustment Act, as amended.

 

VA Regulations ” shall mean the regulations promulgated by the Veterans Administration pursuant to the Serviceman’s Readjustment Act, as amended, codified in 36 Code of Federal Regulations, and other VA issuances relating to VA Loans, including related Handbooks, Circulars and Notices.

 

Valuation Agent ” shall mean a qualified, unaffiliated third party (acceptable to Buyer in its sole discretion including but not limited to any independent third party appointed by the Buyer in its sole

 

19



 

discretion pursuant to Section 43(e)) that specializes in establishing a fair market book value of servicing portfolios with respect to mortgage loans substantially similar to the Loans originated or acquired by Seller.

 

(b)           Accounting Terms and Determinations .  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, and all financial statements and certificates and reports as to financial matters required to be delivered to Buyer hereunder shall be prepared, in accordance with GAAP.

 

(c)           Interpretation .  The following rules of this subsection (c) apply unless the context requires otherwise.  A gender includes all genders.  Where a word or phrase is defined, its other grammatical forms have a corresponding meaning.  A reference to a subsection, Section, Annex or Exhibit is, unless otherwise specified, a reference to a Section of, or annex or exhibit to, this Agreement.  A reference to a party to this Agreement or another agreement or document includes the party’s successors and permitted substitutes or assigns. A reference to an agreement or document (including any Program Document) is to the agreement or document as amended, modified, novated, supplemented or replaced, except to the extent prohibited thereby or by any Program Document and in effect from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.  A reference to legislation or to a provision of legislation includes a modification or re-enactment of it, a legislative provision substituted for it and a regulation or statutory instrument issued under it.  A reference to writing includes a facsimile transmission and any means of reproducing words in a tangible and permanently visible form.  A reference to conduct includes, without limitation, an omission, statement or undertaking, whether or not in writing.  The words “hereof”, “herein”, “hereunder” and similar words refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.  The term “including” is not limiting and means “including without limitation”.  In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”, the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”, and the word “through” means “to and including”.

 

Except where otherwise provided in this Agreement, any determination, consent, approval, statement or certificate made or confirmed in writing with notice to Seller by Buyer or an authorized officer of Buyer provided for in this Agreement is conclusive and binds the parties in the absence of manifest error. A reference to an agreement includes a security interest, guarantee, agreement or legally enforceable arrangement whether or not in writing related to such agreement.

 

A reference to a document includes an agreement (as so defined) in writing or a certificate, notice, instrument or document, or any information recorded in computer disk form.  Where Seller is required to provide any document to Buyer under the terms of this Agreement, the relevant document shall be provided in writing or printed form unless Buyer requests otherwise.  At the request of Buyer, the document shall be provided in computer disk form or both printed and computer disk form.

 

This Agreement is the result of negotiations among, and has been reviewed by counsel to, Buyer and Seller, and is the product of all parties.  In the interpretation of this Agreement, no rule of construction shall apply to disadvantage one party on the ground that such party proposed or was involved in the preparation of any particular provision of this Agreement or this Agreement itself.  Except where otherwise expressly stated, Buyer may give or withhold, or give conditionally, approvals and consents and may form opinions and make determinations at its absolute discretion.  Any requirement of good faith, discretion or judgment by Buyer shall not be construed to require Buyer to request or await receipt of information or documentation not immediately available from or with respect to Seller, a servicer of the Purchased Loans or any other Person or the Purchased Loans themselves.

 

20



 

3.                                       THE TRANSACTIONS

 

(a)           Subject to the terms and conditions of the Program Documents, Buyer shall, with respect to the Committed Amount and may, with respect to the Uncommitted Amount, from time to time as requested by Seller, enter into Transactions with Seller such that the aggregate Purchase Price for all Purchased Loans acquired by Buyer shall not exceed the Maximum Aggregate Purchase Price. Buyer shall have the obligation, subject to the terms and conditions of the Program Documents, to enter into Transactions up to the Committed Amount and shall have no obligation to enter into Transactions up to the Uncommitted Amount, which Transactions shall be entered into in the sole discretion of Buyer. All purchases of Loans hereunder shall be first deemed committed up to the Committed Amount and then the remainder, if any, shall be deemed uncommitted up to the Uncommitted Amount.

 

(b)           Unless otherwise agreed, Seller shall request that Buyer enter into a Transaction with  Seller by delivering (i) to Buyer and Custodian a Transaction Notice, (ii) to Buyer and Custodian an estimate of the Purchase Price for Eligible Loans to be purchased on the Purchase Date (which estimate may be included in a Transaction Notice), and (iii) to Custodian, the Mortgage Files for each such Eligible Loan proposed to be included in a Transaction by the times set forth in the Custodial Agreement, each in accordance with the times specified in the Custodial Agreement.

 

Each Transaction Notice shall specify the proposed Purchase Date, Purchase Price (which shall in all events be at least equal to $1,000,000 on each day that there is a Transaction), Pricing Rate and Repurchase Date.  In addition, each Transaction Notice shall set forth the related Purchase Price allocable to each individual Loan. Each Transaction Notice shall include a Loan Schedule in respect of the Loans that Seller proposes to include in the related Transaction.

 

Buyer shall notify Seller of its agreement to enter into a Transaction and confirm the terms of such Transaction by delivering to Seller a Purchase Notice specifying the Loans Buyer agrees to purchase on the related Purchase Date, and any other terms of the related Transaction.  In the event of a conflict between the terms set forth in the Transaction Notice delivered by Seller to Buyer and Custodian and the terms set forth in the related Purchase Notice delivered by Buyer to Seller, the terms of the related Purchase Notice shall control. In the event of a conflict between the terms set forth in this Agreement and the terms set forth in any Purchase Notice, the terms of such Purchase Notice shall control to the extent that the Purchase Notice notes such conflict and specifies that the Purchase Notice shall control.

 

By entering into a Transaction with Buyer, Seller consents to the terms set forth in the related Purchase Notice.  The Purchase Notice, together with this Agreement, shall constitute conclusive evidence of the terms agreed to between Buyer and Seller with respect to the Transaction to which the Purchase Notice relates.

 

(c)           Pursuant to the Custodial Agreement, Custodian will be required to review any Loan Documents delivered with respect to the Loans prior to 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on any Business Day on the same day.  In accordance with the times specified in the Custodial Agreement, Custodian will be required to deliver to Buyer, via Electronic Transmission acceptable to Buyer, Custodian Loan Transmission and an Exception Report showing the status of all Loans then held by Custodian, including but not limited to the Loans that are subject to Exceptions, and the time the related Loan Documents have been released pursuant to Sections 5(a) or 5(b) of the Custodial Agreement.  In accordance with the times specified in the Custodial Agreement, Custodian will be required to deliver to Buyer, on each Purchase Date, one or more Trust Receipts (as defined in the Custodial Agreement).  The original copies of such Trust Receipts shall be delivered to 540/580 Crosspoint Parkway, Getzville, New York 14068, Attention:

 

21



 

Nicole Cicero for the account of Citibank, N.A., telephone number (716) 730-8008, as agent for Buyer by overnight delivery using a nationally recognized insured overnight delivery service.

 

(d)           Upon Seller’s request to enter into a Transaction pursuant to Section 3(a), Buyer shall, assuming all conditions precedent set forth in this Section 3 and in Sections 9(a) and (b) have been met, and provided no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, purchase the Eligible Loans included in the related Purchase Notice by transferring to the Seller or the Seller’s designee, via wire transfer in accordance with the written wire transfer instructions provided by Seller, the Purchase Price in immediately available funds on the related Purchase Date and not later than the related time set forth in the Custodial Agreement.  Seller acknowledges and agrees that the Purchase Price paid in connection with any Purchased Loan that is purchased in any Transaction includes a mutually negotiated premium allocated to the portion of such Purchased Loans that constitutes the related Servicing Rights in connection with any Loan.

 

(e)           Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, if, on or prior to the determination of any LIBO Base Rate:

 

(i)            Buyer determines, which determination shall be conclusive, that quotations of interest rates for the relevant deposits referred to in the definition of “LIBO Base Rate” in Section 2 are not being provided in the relevant amounts or for the relevant maturities for purposes of determining rates of interest for Transactions as provided herein;

 

(ii)           Buyer determines, which determination shall be conclusive, that the Applicable Margin plus the relevant rate of interest referred to in the definition of “LIBO Base Rate” in Section 2 upon the basis of which the rate of interest for Transactions is to be determined is not likely to adequately cover the cost to Buyer of purchasing and holding the Loans hereunder; or

 

(iii)          it becomes unlawful for Buyer to enter into Transactions with a Pricing Rate based on the LIBO Base Rate;

 

then Buyer shall give Seller prompt notice thereof and, so long as such condition remains in effect, Buyer shall be under no obligation to purchase Loans hereunder, and Seller shall, at its option, either repurchase the Purchased Loans then subject to a Transaction or pay a Pricing Rate at a rate per annum as determined by Buyer taking into account the increased cost to Buyer of purchasing and holding the Loans.

 

(f)            Seller shall repurchase the related Purchased Loans from Buyer on each related Repurchase Date.  Each obligation to repurchase exists without regard to any prior or intervening liquidation or foreclosure with respect to any Purchased Loan.  Seller is obligated to obtain the related Purchased Loans from Buyer or its designee (including Custodian) at Seller’s expense on (or after) the related Repurchase Date.

 

(g)           Provided that the applicable conditions in Sections 9(a) and (b) have been satisfied and provided further no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, unless Buyer is notified to the contrary not later than 11:00 a.m. New York City time at least two (2) Business Days prior to any such Repurchase Date, on each related Repurchase Date each Purchased Loan shall automatically become subject to a new Transaction.  In such event, the related Repurchase Date on which such Transaction becomes subject to a new Transaction shall become the “Purchase Date” for such Transaction. Seller shall deliver an updated Transaction Notice with respect to such Purchased Loans. For each new Transaction,

 

22



 

unless otherwise agreed, (y) the accrued and unpaid Price Differential shall be settled in cash on each related Repurchase Date, and (z) the Pricing Rate shall be as set forth in the Pricing Side Letter.

 

(h)           If Seller intends to repurchase any Loans on any day which is not a Repurchase Date, Seller shall give prior written notice thereof to Buyer by 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day prior to the date of repurchase.  If such notice is given, the Repurchase Price specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, together with the Price Differential to such date on the amount prepaid.

 

(i)            If any Requirement of Law (other than with respect to any amendment made to Buyer’s certificate of incorporation and by-laws or other organizational or governing documents) or any change in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by Buyer with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or other Governmental Authority made subsequent to the date hereof:

 

(i)            shall subject Buyer to any tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement or any Loans purchased pursuant to it (excluding net income taxes) or change the basis of taxation of payments to Buyer in respect thereof;

 

(ii)           shall impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory advance or similar requirement against assets held by deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of Transactions or extensions of credit by, or any other acquisition of funds by any office of Buyer which is not otherwise included in the determination of the LIBO Base Rate hereunder; or

 

(iii)          shall impose on Buyer any other condition;

 

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to Buyer, by an amount which Buyer deems to be material, of effecting or maintaining purchases hereunder, or to reduce any amount receivable hereunder in respect thereof, then, in any such case, Seller shall promptly pay to Buyer such additional amount or amounts as will compensate Buyer for such increased cost or reduced amount receivable thereafter incurred.

 

If Buyer shall have determined that the adoption of or any change in any  Requirement of Law (other than with respect to any amendment made to Buyer’s certificate of incorporation and by-laws or other organizational or governing documents) regarding capital adequacy or in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by Buyer or any corporation controlling Buyer with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority made subsequent to the date hereof shall have the effect of reducing the rate of return on Buyer’s or such corporation’s capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder to a level below that which Buyer or such corporation (taking into consideration Buyer’s or such corporation’s policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by Buyer to be material, then from time to time, Seller shall promptly pay to Buyer such additional amount or amounts as will thereafter compensate Buyer for such reduction.

 

(j)            If Buyer becomes entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this subsection, it shall promptly notify Seller of the event by reason of which it has become so entitled.  A certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this subsection submitted by Buyer to Seller shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

 

23



 

4.                                       PAYMENTS; COMPUTATION; COMMITMENT FEE

 

(a)           Payments .  All payments to be made by Seller under this Agreement shall be made in Dollars, in immediately available funds, without deduction, set-off or counterclaim, to Buyer, except to the extent otherwise provided herein, at the following account maintained by Buyer at Citibank, New  York, Account Number 36855692, For the A/C of Citibank, N.A., ABA# 021000089, Reference: PennyMac, not later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date on which such payment shall become due (each such payment made after such time on such due date to be deemed to have been made on the next succeeding Business Day). Seller acknowledges that it has no rights of withdrawal from the foregoing account.

 

(b)           Computations .  The Price Differential shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day) occurring in the period for which payable.  With respect to each Repurchase Date, Buyer shall give Seller notice of the amount of accrued Price Differential payable on such Repurchase Date at least one (1) Business Day prior to such Repurchase Date.

 

(c)           Commitment Fee .  Seller agrees to pay to Buyer the Commitment Fee as set forth in the Pricing Side Letter.

 

5.                                       TAXES; TAX TREATMENT

 

(a)           All payments made by Seller to Buyer under this Agreement shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of any current or future Taxes.  If  Seller is required by law to deduct or withhold any Taxes from or in respect of any amount payable to a Buyer hereunder, it shall: (i) make such deduction or withholding; (ii) pay the amount so deducted or withheld to the appropriate Governmental Authority not later than the date when due; (iii) deliver to Buyer, as promptly as possible, copies of any receipts of such Taxes paid or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to Buyer of the payment when due of the full amount of such Taxes; and (iv) pay to Buyer such additional amounts (an “ Additional Amount ”) as may be necessary so that such Buyer receives a net amount equal to the amount it would have received under this Agreement if no deduction or withholding of Taxes had been made.

 

(b)           In addition, Seller agrees to pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law any current or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies (including, without limitation, mortgage recording taxes, transfer taxes and similar fees) imposed by the United States or any taxing authority thereof or therein that arise from any payment made by Seller hereunder or from the execution, delivery or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement (“ Other Taxes ”).

 

(c)           Seller agrees to indemnify Buyer for the full amount of Taxes (including Additional Amounts with respect thereto) and Other Taxes, and the full amount of Taxes of any kind imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section 5, and any liability (including penalties, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto, provided that Buyer shall have provided Seller with written evidence, reasonably satisfactory to Seller, of its payment of such Taxes or Other Taxes, as the case may be.

 

(d)           (i) Any Buyer that is not incorporated under the laws of the United States, any State thereof, or the District of Columbia (a “ Foreign Buyer ”) shall provide Seller, on or prior to the date on

 

24



 

which such Foreign Buyer becomes a party to this Agreement and any other Program Document, with two duly completed and executed copies of United States Internal Revenue Service (“ IRS ”) Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI, or any successor form prescribed by the IRS, certifying, as the case may be, that such Foreign Buyer is entitled to benefits under an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party which reduces the rate of withholding tax on payments of interest to zero, or that the income receivable by such Foreign Buyer under this Agreement is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business carried on in the United States by the Foreign Buyer.  Each Foreign Buyer will provide Seller with a new duly completed and executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI no later than the earliest of (A) the end of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which the most recent applicable IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI was properly submitted to the Seller and (B) the expiration of thirty (30) days after there is a “change in circumstances” with respect to such Foreign Buyer as defined in United States Treas. Reg. § 1.1441(e)(4)(ii)(D).

 

(ii) A Foreign Buyer shall not be entitled to receive (A) any Additional Amounts or “gross-up” of Taxes under this Agreement, or (B) any indemnification under Section 5(c) with respect to any Taxes imposed by the United States or with respect to any other liability (including penalties, interest and expenses) arising from or in respect of any Taxes withheld or deducted from, or imposed by the United States on, any payments under this Agreement, for any period with respect to which such Foreign Buyer fails to provide the Seller with the appropriate IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI or other relevant documentation required to be provided pursuant to this Section 5(d) (unless the failure to provide such applicable IRS Form is due solely to a change in any Requirement of Law of  the United States prohibiting provision of the Form which occurs subsequent to the date on which a duly completed and executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI was provided by Foreign Buyer to Seller in accordance with the requirements of this Section 5(d)).  If a Foreign Buyer becomes subject to, or bears the burden of imposition of, Taxes which such Foreign Buyer would not have become subject to or borne had it provided timely and valid IRS Forms to Seller in accordance with the requirements of this Section 5(d), Seller shall take such steps, subject to clause (B) below, as the Foreign Buyer may, in good faith, reasonably request be taken to assist such Foreign Buyer in recovering such Taxes, provided that, (A) any costs, expenses or other liabilities incurred or imposed on any party as a result of any such steps or actions taken by Seller at the request of the Foreign Buyer shall be entirely for the account of, and promptly paid in full by, such Foreign Buyer, and (B) in no event shall Seller be obligated hereunder to take any steps or actions requested by a Foreign Buyer to recover Taxes if, in Seller’s sole discretion, such steps or actions would or might have an adverse effect on Seller’s financial condition, business, legal positions, or relationships with any Governmental Authority.

 

(e)           Without prejudice to the survival or any other agreement of Seller hereunder, the agreements and obligations of Seller contained in this Section 5 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.  Nothing contained in this Section 5 shall require Buyer to make available any of its tax returns or other information that it deems to be confidential or proprietary.

 

(f)            Each party to this Agreement acknowledges that it intends, and agrees, for United States federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes, to treat and report each Transaction as indebtedness issued by the Seller secured by the Purchased Loans and, consistent therewith, to treat and report the Purchased Loans as loans owned by Seller, in the absence of an Event of Default by Seller that is not cured.  All parties to this Agreement hereby agree to take no action inconsistent with the tax treatment and tax reporting of the Transactions and the Purchased Loans, as described above, unless and only to the extent required by applicable United States federal, state or local income or franchise tax law.

 

25



 

6.                                       MARGIN MAINTENANCE

 

(a)           If at any time the aggregate Market Value of all Purchased Loans subject to all Transactions is less than the aggregate MV Margin Amount for all such Transactions, (a “ Margin Deficit ”), then Buyer may, by notice to Seller, require Seller in such Transactions to transfer to Buyer cash within the time period specified in clause (b) below, so that the cash and aggregate Market Value of the Purchased Loans will thereupon equal or exceed such aggregate MV Margin Amount (such requirement, a “ Margin Call ”). Buyer shall deposit such cash into a non-interest bearing account until the next succeeding Repurchase Date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyer may elect in its sole discretion to permit Seller to transfer to Buyer additional Eligible Loans (“ Additional Purchased Loans ”) for no additional consideration or a combination of cash and Additional Purchased Loans, to cure a Margin Deficit, in either case within the time period set forth in clause (b) below.

 

(b)           Notice required pursuant to Section 6(a) may be given by any means provided in Section 21 hereof.  Any notice given shall be met, and the related Margin Call satisfied, within twenty-four (24) hours.  The failure of Buyer, on any one or more occasions, to exercise its rights under this Section 6, shall not change or alter the terms and conditions to which this Agreement is subject or limit the right of Buyer to do so at a later date.  Seller and Buyer each agree that a failure or delay by Buyer to exercise its rights hereunder shall not limit or waive Buyer’s rights under this Agreement or otherwise existing by law or in any way create additional rights for Seller.

 

7.                                       INCOME PAYMENTS

 

Where a particular term of a Transaction extends over the date on which Income is paid in respect of any Purchased Loan subject to that Transaction, such Income shall be the property of Buyer.  The Seller shall cause all Income to be deposited into the Collection Account within two (2) Business Days of its receipt.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, and provided no Default has occurred and is continuing, Buyer agrees that Seller shall be entitled to receive an amount equal to all Income received in respect of the Purchased Loans, whether by Buyer, Custodian or any servicer or any other Person, which is not otherwise received by Seller, to the full extent it would be so entitled if the Purchased Loans had not been sold to Buyer; provided that any Income received by Seller while the related Transaction is outstanding shall be deemed to be held by Seller solely in trust for Buyer pending the repurchase on the related Repurchase Date; provided further that Seller shall either (i) hold all such Income in the Collection Account or (ii) at the sole option of Buyer, cause all such Income to be remitted directly to the account designated by Buyer.  Provided no Default has occurred and is continuing, Buyer shall, as the parties may agree with respect to any Transaction (or, in the absence of any such agreement, as Buyer shall reasonably determine in its sole discretion), on the Repurchase Date following the date any Income is received by Buyer (or a servicer on its behalf) either (i) transfer (or permit the servicer to transfer) to Seller such Income with respect to any Purchased Loans subject to such Transaction, or (ii) if a Margin Deficit then exists, apply the Income payment to reduce the amount, if any, to be transferred to Buyer by Seller upon termination of such Transaction.  Buyer shall not be obligated to take any action pursuant to the preceding sentences (A) to the extent that such action would result in the creation of a Margin Deficit, unless prior thereto or simultaneously therewith Seller transfers to Buyer cash sufficient to eliminate such Margin Deficit, or (B) if an Event of Default with respect to Seller has occurred and is then continuing at the time such Income is paid.

 

26


 

8.                                       SECURITY INTEREST; BUYER’S APPOINTMENT AS ATTORNEY-IN-FACT

 

(a)           Seller and Buyer intend that the Transactions hereunder be sales to Buyer of the Purchased Loans (including, without limitation, the related Servicing Rights) and not loans from Buyer to Seller secured by the Purchased Loans.  However, in order to preserve Buyer’s rights under this Agreement in the event that a court or other forum recharacterizes the Transactions hereunder as other than sales, and as security for Seller’s performance of all of its Obligations, Seller hereby grants Buyer a perfected first priority security interest in all of Seller’s rights, title and interest in and to the following property, whether now existing or hereafter acquired: (i) all Purchased Loans identified on a Purchase Notice delivered by Buyer to Seller and Custodian from time to time, (ii) all related Loan Documents, including without limitation all promissory notes, (iii) any other collateral pledged or otherwise relating to such Purchased Loans, together with all files, material documents, instruments, surveys (if available), certificates, correspondence, appraisals, computer records, computer storage media, Loan accounting records and other books and records relating thereto, (iv) the Servicing Records, and the related Servicing Rights, (v) all rights of Seller to receive from any third party or to take delivery of any Records including without limitation any Servicing Records or other documents which constitute a part of the Mortgage File or Servicing File, (vi) the Collection Account and all Income relating to such Purchased Loans, (vii) all Loan Guaranty Certificates, other mortgage guaranties and insurance (issued by governmental agencies or otherwise) and any Mortgage Insurance Certificate or other document evidencing such mortgage guaranties or insurance relating to any Purchased Loans and all claims and payments thereunder and all rights of Seller to receive from any third party or to take delivery of any of the foregoing, (viii) all interests in real property collateralizing any Purchased Loans, (ix) all other insurance policies and insurance proceeds relating to any Purchased Loans or the related Mortgaged Property and  all Insurance Proceeds and all rights of Seller to receive from any third party or to take delivery of any of the foregoing, (x) any purchase agreements or other agreements, contracts or any related takeout commitments, including without limitation any Takeout Commitments and Trade Assignments to the extent related to Purchased Loans subject to a Transaction (including the rights to receive the related takeout price and Buyer’s pro rata interest in the Security related to Purchased Loans subject to a Transaction as evidenced by such Takeout Commitments) to the extent relating to or constituting any or all of the foregoing and all rights to receive documentation relating thereto, (xi) all “accounts”, “chattel paper”, “commercial tort claims”, “deposit accounts”, “documents,” “equipment”, “general intangibles”, “goods”, “instruments”, “inventory”, “investment property”, “letter of credit rights”, and “securities’ accounts” as each of those terms is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code and all cash and Cash Equivalents and all products and proceeds relating to or constituting any or all of the foregoing, and (xii) any and all replacements, substitutions, distributions on or proceeds of any or all of the foregoing (collectively the “ Purchased Items ”).

 

Seller acknowledges and agrees that its rights with respect to the Purchased Items (including without limitation, any security interest Seller may have in the Purchased Loans and any other collateral granted by Seller to Buyer pursuant to any other agreement) are and shall continue to be at all times junior and subordinate to the rights of Buyer hereunder.  Seller further acknowledges that it has no rights to the Servicing Rights related to the Purchased Loans.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in the event that Seller is deemed to retain any residual Servicing Rights, Seller  grants, assigns and pledges to Buyer a first priority security interest in all of its rights, title and interest in and to the Servicing Rights as indicated hereinabove. In addition, Seller further grants, assigns and pledges to Buyer a first priority security interest in and to all Servicing Records and rights to receive Servicing Records or other documents that constitute a part of the Mortgage File or Servicing File with respect to any Purchased Loan, and all Income related to the Purchased Loans received by Seller as Servicer, and all rights to receive such Income, and all products, proceeds and distributions relating to or

 

27



 

constituting any or all of the foregoing (collectively, and together with the pledge of Servicing Rights in the immediately preceding sentence, the “ Related Credit Enhancement ”).  The Related Credit Enhancement is hereby pledged as further security for Seller’s Obligations to Buyer hereunder.

 

(b)           At any time and from time to time, upon the written request of Buyer, and at Seller’s expense, Seller will promptly and duly execute and deliver, or will promptly cause to be executed and delivered, such further instruments and documents and take such further action as Buyer may reasonably request for the purpose of obtaining or preserving the full benefits of this Agreement and of the rights and powers herein granted, including, without limitation, the filing of any financing or continuation statements under the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the Purchased Items and the liens created hereby.  Seller also hereby authorizes Buyer to file any such financing or continuation statement without the signature of Seller to the extent permitted by applicable law. A carbon, photographic or other reproduction of this Agreement shall be sufficient as a financing statement for filing in any jurisdiction.  This Agreement shall constitute a security agreement under applicable law.

 

(c)           Seller shall not (i) change the location of its chief executive office/chief place of business from that specified in Section 12(m) hereof, (ii) change its name, identity or corporate structure (or the equivalent) or change the location where it maintains its records with respect to the Purchased Items, or (iii) reincorporate or reorganize under the laws of another jurisdiction unless it shall have given Buyer at least thirty (30) days prior written notice thereof and shall have delivered to Buyer all Uniform Commercial Code financing statements and amendments thereto as Buyer shall request and taken all other actions deemed reasonably necessary by Buyer to continue its perfected status in the Purchased Items with the same or better priority.

 

(d)           Seller hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints Buyer and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of Seller and in the name of Seller or in its own name, from time to time in Buyer’s discretion, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Agreement, including without limitation, protecting, preserving and realizing upon the Purchased Items, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments which may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement, including without limitation, to protect, preserve and realize upon the Purchased Items, to file such financing statement or statements relating to the Purchased Items without Seller’s signature thereon as Buyer at its option may deem appropriate, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Seller hereby gives Buyer the power and right, on behalf of Seller, without assent by, but with notice to, Seller, if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, to do the following:

 

(i)            in the name of Seller, or in its own name, or otherwise, to take possession of and endorse and collect any checks, drafts, notes, acceptances or other instruments for the payment of moneys due with respect to any Purchased Items and to file any claim or to take any other action or proceeding in any court of law or equity or otherwise deemed appropriate by Buyer for the purpose of collecting any and all such moneys due with respect to any Purchased Items whenever payable;

 

(ii)           to pay or discharge taxes and Liens levied or placed on or threatened against the Purchased Items; and

 

(iii)          (A) to direct any party liable for any payment under any Purchased Items to make payment of any and all moneys due or to become due thereunder directly to Buyer or as Buyer

 

28



 

shall direct, including, without limitation, to send “goodbye” letters and Section 404 Notices on behalf of Seller and any applicable Servicer; (B) to ask or demand for, collect, receive payment of and receipt for, any and all moneys, claims and other amounts due or to become due at any time in respect of or arising out of any Purchased Items; (C) to sign and endorse any invoices, assignments, verifications, notices and other documents in connection with any Purchased Items; (D) to commence and prosecute any suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect the Purchased Items or any proceeds thereof and to enforce any other right in respect of any Purchased Items; (E) to defend any suit, action or proceeding brought against Seller with respect to any Purchased Items; (F) to settle, compromise or adjust any suit, action or proceeding described in clause (E) above and, in connection therewith, to give such discharges or releases as Buyer may deem appropriate; and (G) generally, to sell, transfer, pledge and make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with any Purchased Items as fully and completely as though Buyer were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and to do, at Buyer’s option and Seller’s expense, at any time, and from time to time, all acts and things which Buyer deems necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon the Purchased Items and Buyer’s Liens thereon and to effect the intent of this Agreement, all as fully and effectively as Seller might do.

 

Seller hereby ratifies all that said attorneys shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.  This power of attorney is a power coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable. This power of attorney shall not revoke any prior powers of attorney granted by Seller.

 

Seller also authorizes Buyer, if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, from time to time, to execute, in connection with any sale provided for in Section 19 hereof, any endorsements, assignments or other instruments of conveyance or transfer with respect to the Purchased Items.

 

(e)           The powers conferred on Buyer hereunder are solely to protect Buyer’s interests in the Purchased Items and shall not impose any duty upon it to exercise any such powers.  Buyer shall be accountable only for amounts that it actually receives as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither it nor any of its officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to Seller for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for its or their own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

(f)            If Seller fails to perform or comply with any of its agreements contained in the Program Documents and Buyer performs or complies, or otherwise causes performance or compliance, with such agreement, the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of Buyer incurred in connection with such performance or compliance, together with interest thereon at a rate per annum equal to the Post-Default Rate, shall be payable by Seller to Buyer on demand and shall constitute Obligations.

 

(g)           Buyer’s duty with respect to the custody, safekeeping and physical preservation of the Purchased Items in its possession, under Section 9-207 of the Uniform Commercial Code or otherwise, shall be to deal with it in the same manner as Buyer deals with similar property for its own account. Neither Buyer nor any of its directors, officers or employees shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon all or any part of the Purchased Items or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Purchased Items upon the request of Seller or otherwise.

 

(h)           All authorizations and agencies herein contained with respect to the Purchased Items are irrevocable and powers coupled with an interest.

 

29



 

(i)            At Buyer’s sole option, exercisable prospectively or retrospectively with respect to the Purchased Loans in whole or in part, and without notice to Seller or any other person, (i) the sale of the Purchased Loans to Buyer on each Purchase Date may be deemed a sale of a 100% participation interest, constituting 100% beneficial ownership, of the related Purchased Loans, in lieu of a sale to Buyer of the Purchased Loans themselves, and (ii) to such extent Seller is deemed to retain legal title to the Purchased Loans solely to service or supervise the servicing thereof, this Agreement will be deemed the related participation agreement in such event.

 

9.                                       CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

(a)           As conditions precedent to the initial Transaction, Buyer shall have received on or before the date on which such initial Transaction is consummated the following, in form and substance satisfactory to Buyer and duly executed by each party thereto (as applicable):

 

(i)            Program Documents . The Program Documents (including all exhibits, annexes and schedules related thereto) duly executed and delivered by each party thereto and being in full force and effect, free of any modification, breach or waiver.

 

(ii)           Organizational Documents .  A good standing certificate of Seller and the Guarantor, dated as of a recent date, but in no event more than ten (10) days prior to the date of such initial Transaction, and certified copies of the charter and by-laws (or equivalent documents) of Seller and the Guarantor, and of all corporate or other authority for Seller and the Guarantor with respect to the execution, delivery and performance of the Program Documents and each other document to be delivered by Seller from time to time in connection herewith (and Buyer may conclusively rely on such certificate until it receives notice in writing from Seller to the contrary).

 

(iii)          Incumbency Certificate .  An incumbency certificate of the secretary of Seller and the Guarantor certifying the names, true signatures and titles of such Person’s representatives duly authorized to request Transactions hereunder and to execute the Program Documents and the other documents to be delivered thereunder.

 

(iv)          Legal Opinion .  Such opinions of counsel to Seller as Buyer may require as to corporate issues, perfection and priority of security interest, “securities contract” matters, “repurchase agreement” matters and Investment Company Act issues.

 

(v)           Filings, Registrations, Recordings . (i) Any documents (including, without limitation, financing statements) required to be filed, registered or recorded in order to create, in favor of Buyer, a perfected, first-priority security interest in the Purchased Items, subject to no Liens other than those created hereunder, shall have been properly prepared and executed for filing (including the applicable county(ies) if Buyer determines such filings are necessary in its reasonable discretion), registration or recording in each office in each jurisdiction in which such filings, registrations and recordations are required to perfect such first-priority security interest; and (ii) UCC lien searches, dated as of a recent date, in no event more than fourteen (14) days prior to the date of such initial Transaction, in such jurisdictions as shall be applicable to Seller and the Purchased Items, the results of which shall be satisfactory to Buyer.

 

(vi)          Fees and Expenses . Buyer shall have received all fees and expenses (including without limitation, the Commitment Fee) required to be paid by Seller on or prior to the initial

 

30



 

Purchase Date, which fees and expenses may be netted out of any purchase proceeds paid by Buyer hereunder.

 

(vii)         Financial Statements . Buyer shall have received the financial statements referenced in Sections 12(b) and 13(a).

 

(viii)        Underwriting Guidelines . Buyer and Seller shall have agreed upon Seller’s current Underwriting Guidelines for Loans and Buyer shall have received a copy thereof certified by a Responsible Officer of Seller.

 

(ix)          Consents, Licenses, Approvals, etc . Buyer shall have received copies certified by Seller of all consents, licenses and approvals, if any, required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by Seller of, and the validity and enforceability of, the Loan Documents, which consents, licenses and approvals shall be in full force and effect, including but not limited to, evidence of Seller’s status as an FHA Approved Mortgagee and VA approval as lender, as well as FHA approval as an FHA Approved Mortgagee with respect to any Subservicer of the Loans.

 

(x)           Insurance . Buyer shall have received evidence in form and substance satisfactory to Buyer showing compliance by Seller as of such initial Purchase Date with Section 13(v) hereof.

 

(xi)          Collection Account .  Buyer shall have received evidence in form and substance satisfactory to Buyer showing the establishment of the Collection Account and compliance with the terms and conditions of the Collection Account Control Agreement.

 

(xii)         Servicing Agreement(s) .  Buyer shall have received a copy of and approved the terms of each Servicing Agreement applicable to the Purchased Loans, in each case, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time and approved by Buyer; provided , however, that Buyer’s failure to approve any such amendment, supplement or modification shall not affect the validity or enforceability of such amendment, modification or supplement or the Servicing Agreement except as it relates to the Purchased Loans, which shall continue to be serviced in accordance with the terms of such agreement without giving effect to such amendment, supplement or modification thereto.

 

(xiii)        Reserved .

 

(xiv)        Other Documents . Buyer shall have received such other documents as Buyer or its counsel may reasonably request.

 

(b)           The obligation of Buyer to enter into each Transaction pursuant to this Agreement (including the initial Transaction) is subject to the following further conditions precedent, both immediately prior to any Transaction and also after giving effect thereto and to the intended use thereof:

 

(i)            No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(ii)           Both immediately prior to entering into such Transaction and also after giving effect thereto and to the intended use of the proceeds thereof, the representations and warranties made by Seller in Section 12 and Schedule 1 hereof, and in each of the other Program

 

31



 

Documents, shall be true and complete on and as of the Purchase Date in all material respects (in the case of the representations and warranties in Section 12(w) and Schedule 1, solely with respect to Loans which have not been repurchased by Seller) with the same force and effect as if made on and as of such date (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date, as of such specific date). At the request of Buyer, Buyer shall have received an officer’s certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of Seller certifying as to the truth and accuracy of the above, which certificate shall specifically include a statement that Seller is in compliance with all governmental licenses and authorizations and is qualified to do business and in good standing in all required jurisdictions.

 

(iii)          The then aggregate outstanding Purchase Price for all Purchased Loans, when added to the Purchase Price for the requested Transaction, shall not exceed the Maximum Aggregate Purchase Price.

 

(iv)          Subject to Buyer’s right to perform one or more Due Diligence Reviews  pursuant to Section 44 hereof, Buyer shall have completed its Due Diligence Review of the Loan Documents for each Loan subject to such Transaction and such other documents, records, agreements, instruments, Mortgaged Properties or information relating to Seller and/or such Loans as Buyer in its reasonable discretion deems appropriate to review and such review shall be satisfactory to Buyer in its reasonable discretion.

 

(v)           Buyer or its designee shall have received on or before the day of a Transaction with respect to any Loans (unless otherwise specified in this Agreement) the following, in form and substance satisfactory to Buyer and (if applicable) duly executed:

 

(A)                                the Transaction Notice with respect to such Purchased Loans, delivered pursuant to Section 3(a);

 

(B)                                the Trust Receipt with respect to such Purchased Loans, with the Purchase Notice attached;

 

(C)                                such certificates, customary opinions of counsel or other documents as Buyer may reasonably request, provided that such opinions of counsel shall not be required routinely in connection with each Transaction but shall only be required from time to time as deemed necessary by Buyer in its commercially reasonable judgment;

 

(D)          all information requested from Sellers relating to Takeout Commitments and Trade Assignments.

 

(vi)          With respect to any Purchased Loan that was acquired by Seller from an Affiliate of Seller, Buyer may, in its sole discretion, require Seller to provide evidence sufficient to satisfy Buyer that such Loan was acquired in a legal sale, including without limitation, an opinion, in form and substance and from an attorney, in both cases, acceptable to Buyer in its sole discretion, that such Loan was acquired in a legal sale.

 

(vii)         No event beyond the control of Buyer which Buyer reasonably determines may result in Buyer’s inability to perform its obligations under this Agreement including, without limitation, acts of God, strikes, lockouts, riots, acts of war or terrorism, epidemics,

 

32



 

nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, fire, communication line failures, computer viruses, power failures, earthquakes, or other disasters of a similar nature to the foregoing, shall have occurred or be continuing.

 

(viii)        If any Purchased Loans are serviced or interim serviced by a Person other than Servicer (a “ Subservicer ”), Buyer shall have received, no later than 10:00 a.m. three (3) days prior to the requested Purchase Date, an Instruction Letter in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I, executed by Seller in blank to the attention of each Subservicer and executed by such Subservicer, with the related Servicing Agreement attached thereto in form and substance acceptable to Buyer.

 

(ix)          Buyer shall have determined that all actions necessary or, in the reasonable opinion of Buyer, desirable to maintain Buyer’s perfected interest in the Purchased Loans and other Purchased Items have been taken, including, without limitation, duly executing and filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements on Form UCC-1.

 

(x)           Seller shall have paid to Buyer all fees and expenses owed to Buyer in accordance with this Agreement and any other Program Document including, without limitation the amount of any Commitment Fees then due and owing, and all of Buyer’s attorney fees and expenses and due diligence expenses then due and owing.

 

(xi)          Buyer or its designee shall have received any other documents reasonably requested by Buyer.

 

(xii)         There shall be no Margin Deficit at the time immediately prior to entering into a new Transaction.

 

(xiii)        If requested by Buyer, Seller shall have provided to Buyer copies of all due diligence (including all FICO updates, valuations, and credit and compliance related diligence) that the Seller has performed with respect to any Loans to be purchased by Buyer hereunder.

 

(xiv)        With respect to each Purchased Loan that is subject to a security interest (including any precautionary security interest) immediately prior to the Purchase Date, Buyer shall have received a Security Release Certification for such Purchased Loan that is duly executed by the related secured party and Seller.  If necessary, such secured party shall have filed Uniform Commercial Code termination statements in respect of any Uniform Commercial Code filings made in respect of such Loan, and each such release and Uniform Commercial Code termination statement has been delivered to Buyer prior to each Transaction and to Custodian as part of the Mortgage File.

 

(xv)         PennyMac Corp. shall not be in default under, have failed to perform as required under, or have otherwise breached the terms of the REIT Agency Agreement or any other Program Document (as such term is defined in the REIT Agency Agreement).

 

(xvi)        The Seller shall have delivered to Buyer copies of each related Servicing Agreement with respect to each Purchased Loan, including any and all amendments that materially affect the servicing of the Purchased Loans and Buyer’s interest therein.

 

33



 

10.                                RELEASE OF PURCHASED LOANS

 

Upon timely payment in full of the Repurchase Price then owing with respect to a Purchased Loan and the satisfaction of all other Obligations (if any) then outstanding, unless a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, then (a) Buyer shall be deemed to have terminated any security interest that Buyer may have in such Purchased Loan and any Purchased Items solely related to such Purchased Loan and (b) with respect to such Purchased Loan, Buyer shall direct Custodian to release such Purchased Loan and any Purchased Items solely related to such Purchased Loan to Seller unless such release and termination would give rise to or perpetuate a Margin Deficit.  Seller shall give at least one (1) Business Day prior written notice to Buyer if such repurchase shall occur on any date other than the Repurchase Date.

 

If such release and termination gives rise to or perpetuates a Margin Deficit, Buyer shall notify Seller of the amount thereof and prior to such release and termination Seller shall thereupon satisfy the Margin Call in the manner specified in Section 6.

 

11.                                RELIANCE

 

With respect to any Transaction, Buyer may conclusively rely upon, and shall incur no liability to Seller in acting upon, any request or other communication that Buyer reasonably believes to have been given or made by a person authorized to enter into a Transaction on Seller’s behalf.

 

12.                                REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Seller represents and warrants to Buyer that throughout the term of this Agreement with respect to Seller and the Guarantor, as applicable, (each, a “ Seller Party ”):

 

(a)           Existence .  Each Seller Party (a) is a limited liability company, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it was formed, as specified in this Agreement, (b) has all requisite corporate or other power, and has all governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals, necessary to (i) own its assets and carry on its business as now being or as proposed to be conducted and (ii) with respect to the Seller, acquire, own, sell, assign, pledge and repurchase the Purchased Loans and service and administer the Purchased Loans, (c) is qualified to do business and is in good standing in all other jurisdictions in which the nature of the business conducted by it makes such qualification necessary, except where failure so to qualify would not be reasonably likely (either individually or in the aggregate) to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (d) is in compliance in all material respects with all Requirements of Law.  Seller’s tax identification number is 26-2049351.  Seller’s fiscal year is the calendar year.  No Seller Party has changed its name within the past twelve (12) months.

 

(b)           Financial Condition .  Each Seller Party has heretofore furnished to Buyer a copy of its audited consolidated balance sheets and the audited consolidated balance sheets of its consolidated Subsidiaries, each as at December 31, 2011 with the opinion thereon of Deloitte & Touche LLP, a copy of which has been provided to Buyer. Each Seller Party has also heretofore furnished to Buyer the related consolidated statements of income and retained earnings and of cash flows for such Seller Party and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the one year period ending December 31, 2011.  All such financial statements are complete and correct in all material respects and fairly present the consolidated financial condition of such Seller Party and its Subsidiaries and the consolidated results of their operations for the fiscal year ended on said date, all in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis. Since

 

34



 

December 31, 2011, there has been no development or event nor any prospective development or event which has had or should reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  No Seller Party has any material contingent liability or liability for taxes or any long term lease or unusual forward or long term commitment, which is not reflected in the foregoing statements or notes.  Since the date of the financial statements and other information delivered to Buyer prior to the date of this Agreement, no Seller Party has sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of any material part of its property or assets (except pursuant to the Program Documents) or acquired any property or assets (including Equity Interests of any other Person) that are material in relation to the financial condition of such Seller Party.

 

(c)           Litigation .  There are no actions, suits, arbitrations, investigations or proceedings pending or, to its knowledge, threatened against such Seller Party or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or affecting any of the property thereof before any Governmental Authority, (i) as to which individually or in the aggregate there is a reasonable likelihood of an adverse decision which would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) which questions the validity or enforceability of any of the Program Documents or any action to be taken in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby, or (iii) which seeks to prevent the consummation of any Transaction.

 

(d)           No Breach .  Neither (a) the execution and delivery of the Program Documents, nor (b) the consummation of the transactions therein contemplated in compliance with the terms and provisions thereof will conflict with or result in a breach of the charter or by-laws of such Seller Party, or any applicable law, rule or regulation, or any order, writ, injunction or decree of any Governmental Authority, or other material agreement or instrument to which such Seller Party is a party or by which any Seller Party or any Seller Party’s property is bound or to which any of them or their property is subject, or constitute a default under any such material agreement or instrument, or (except for the Liens created pursuant to this Agreement) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any property of any Seller Party, pursuant to the terms of any such agreement or instrument.

 

(e)           Action .  Each Seller Party has all necessary corporate or other power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Program Documents to which it is a party; the execution, delivery and performance by such Seller Party of each of the Program Documents to which it is a party has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action on its part; and each Program Document has been duly and validly executed and delivered by each Seller Party and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Seller Party, enforceable against such Seller Party in accordance with its terms.

 

(f)            Approvals .  No authorizations, approvals or consents of, and no filings or registrations with, any Governmental Authority, or any other Person, are necessary for the execution, delivery or performance by any Seller Party of the Program Documents to which it is a party or for the legality, validity or enforceability thereof, except for filings and recordings in respect of the Program Documents and the Liens created pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(g)           Taxes .  Each Seller Party has filed all Federal income tax returns and all other material tax returns that are required to be filed by them and have paid all taxes due pursuant to such returns or pursuant to any assessment received by any of them, except for any such taxes, if any, that are being appropriately contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and with respect to which adequate reserves have been provided. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of such Seller Party and its Subsidiaries in respect of taxes and other governmental charges are, in the opinion of such Seller Party, adequate. Any taxes, fees and other governmental charges payable by such Seller Party

 

35



 

in connection with a Transaction and the execution and delivery of the Program Documents have been paid.

 

(h)           Investment Company Act .  No Seller Party is an “investment company”, or a company “controlled” by an “investment company”, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

(i)            No Legal Bar .  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the other Program Documents, the sales hereunder and the use of the proceeds thereof will not violate any Requirement of Law or Contractual Obligation of any Seller Party and will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien (other than the Liens created hereunder) on any of its or their respective properties or revenues pursuant to any such Requirement of Law or Contractual Obligation.

 

(j)            Compliance with Law .  No practice, procedure or policy employed or proposed to be employed by a Seller Party in the conduct of its business violates any law, regulation, judgment, agreement, regulatory consent, order or decree applicable to it which, if enforced, would result in a Material Adverse Effect with respect to such Seller Party.  The execution, delivery  and performance of the Program Documents does not require compliance by any Seller Party with any “bulk sales” or similar laws.

 

(k)           No Default .  No Seller Party is in default under or with respect to any of its Contractual Obligations in any respect which should reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

(l)            Collateral; Collateral Security .

 

(i)            Immediately prior to the sale of any Loan by Seller, Seller was the sole owner of such Loan and had good and marketable title thereto, free and clear of all Liens, in each case except for Liens to be released simultaneously with the sale of the Loans to Buyer hereunder and no Person has any Lien on any Loan.

 

(ii)           The provisions of this Agreement are effective to create in favor of Buyer a valid security interest in all right, title and interest of Seller in, to and under the Purchased Items.

 

(iii)          Upon receipt by Custodian of each Note, endorsed in blank by a duly authorized officer of the Seller, Buyer shall have a fully perfected first priority security interest therein, in the Purchased Loan evidenced thereby and in Seller’s interest in the related Mortgaged Property.

 

(iv)          Upon the filing of financing statements on Form UCC-1 naming Buyer as “Secured Party” and Seller as “Debtor”, and describing the Purchased Items, in the jurisdictions and recording offices listed on Schedule 2 attached hereto, the security interests granted hereunder in the Purchased Items will constitute fully perfected first priority security interests under the Uniform Commercial Code in all right, title and interest of Seller in, to and under such Purchased Items, which can be perfected by filing under the Uniform Commercial Code.

 

36


 

(m)                              Chief Executive Office; Chief Operating Office .  As of the Effective Date, Seller’s chief executive office and chief operating office is located at 6101 Condor Drive, Moorpark, California 93021.

 

(n)                                  Location of Books and Records .  The location where Seller keeps its books and records including all computer tapes and records relating to the Purchased Items is Seller’s chief executive office.

 

(o)                                  True and Complete Disclosure .  The information, reports, financial statements, exhibits and schedules furnished in writing by or on behalf of each Seller Party to Buyer in connection with the negotiation, preparation or delivery of this Agreement and the other Program Documents or included herein or therein or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, when taken as a whole, do not contain any untrue statement of material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements herein or therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. All written information furnished after the date hereof by or on behalf of each Seller Party or any of its Subsidiaries to Buyer in connection with this Agreement and the other Program Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will be true, complete and accurate in every material respect, or (in the case of projections) based on reasonable estimates, on the date as of which such information is stated or certified. There is no fact known to a Responsible Officer that, after due inquiry, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect that has not been disclosed herein, in the other Program Documents or in a report, financial statement, exhibit, schedule, disclosure letter or other writing furnished to Buyer for use in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

 

(p)                                  Financial Representations and Warranties . (A) Seller’s Adjusted Tangible Net Worth is greater than or equal to $25,000,000; (B) Seller’s unrestricted cash is greater than or equal to $6,375,000; (C) Seller’s residential mortgage servicing portfolio is in excess of $5,000,000,000 in un-amortized principal balance of loans; (D) the ratio of Seller’s Total Indebtedness, to Adjusted Tangible Net Worth is less than 10:1; and (E) Seller’s consolidated Net Income was equal to or greater than $1.00 for the previous calendar quarter.

 

(q)                                  ERISA . Each Plan which is not a Multiemployer Plan, and, to the knowledge of each Seller Party, each Multiemployer Plan, is in compliance in all material respects with, and has been administered in all material respects in compliance with, the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and any other Federal or State law. No event or condition has occurred and is continuing as to which any Seller Party would be under an obligation to furnish a report to Buyer under Section 13(a)(xi) hereof.  The present value of all accumulated benefit obligations under each Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed the fair market value of the assets of such Plan, and the present value of all accumulated benefit obligations of all Plans (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed the fair market value of the assets of all such Plans.   Each Seller Party and its Subsidiaries do not provide any material medical or health benefits to former employees other than as required by the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act, as amended, or similar state or local law at no cost to the employer (collectively, “ COBRA ”).

 

(r)                                     Licenses .  Buyer will not be required as a result of purchasing the Loans to be licensed, registered or approved or to obtain permits or otherwise qualify (i) to do business in any state in which it is not currently so required or (ii) under any state or other jurisdiction’s consumer lending, fair debt collection or other applicable state or other jurisdiction’s statute or regulation.

 

37



 

(s)                                    Filing Jurisdictions/Relevant States .  As of the Effective Date, Schedule 2 sets forth all of the jurisdictions and filing offices in which a financing statement should be filed in order for Buyer to perfect its security interest in the Purchased Items that can be perfected by filing. Schedule 4 sets forth all of the states or other jurisdictions in which Seller is licensed to own and service mortgage loans or otherwise exempt from such licensing requirements.

 

(t)                                     Seller Approvals .  Seller is approved (i) by the FHA as an FHA Title II non-supervised lender, (ii) by Ginnie Mae as an issuer of Ginnie Mae I and II single family mortgage-backed securities, (iii) by Fannie Mae as a servicer, (iv) by Freddie Mac as a servicer and (v) by VA as a VA Approved Lender.  Seller and each Subservicer (if any) servicing any Purchased Loans hereunder has all consents, licenses and approvals necessary to service the Purchased Loans.

 

(u)                                  No Burdensome Restrictions .  No Requirement of Law or Contractual Obligation of any Seller Party has a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(v)                                  Subsidiaries/Other Indebtedness .  All of the Subsidiaries of Seller and the wholly owned subsidiaries of Guarantor at the date hereof are listed on Schedule 3 to this Agreement.  All Indebtedness of each Seller Party (other than Indebtedness created pursuant to this Agreement) is listed on Schedule 5 to this Agreement.

 

(w)                                Origination and Acquisition of Loans .  The Loans were acquired by Seller, and the origination and collection practices used by Seller, PennyMac Corp. or any Qualified Originator, as applicable, with respect to the Loans have been, in all material respects legal, proper, prudent and customary in the residential mortgage loan origination and servicing business and in accordance with FHA and/or VA standards as applicable, and in accordance with the Underwriting Guidelines. All Loans are in conformity with the Underwriting Guidelines. Each of the Loans complies with the representations and warranties listed in Schedule 1 hereto.  The review and inquiries made on behalf of the Seller in connection with the making of the representations and warranties listed in Schedule 1 hereto have been made by Persons having the requisite expertise, knowledge and background to verify such representations and warranties.  Seller has no knowledge of any material fact that could reasonably lead them to expect that the Market Value of any Purchased Loan will not be obtained or realized.  Each of the Purchased Loans is an Eligible Loan.  With respect to each Purchased Loan purchased by Seller or an Affiliate of Seller from a Transferor, (a) such Purchased Loan was acquired and transferred on a true sale basis, (b) such Transferor received reasonably equivalent value in consideration for the transfer of such Purchased Loan, (c) no such transfer was made for or on account of an antecedent debt owed by such Transferor to Seller or an Affiliate of Seller, (d) no such transfer is or may be voidable or subject to avoidance under the Bankruptcy Code, and (e) the representations and warranties made by such Transferor to Seller or such Affiliate in the related underlying sale agreement are hereby incorporated by reference and are hereby remade by the Seller to Buyer as of the related date such representations and warranties were made in the related underlying agreement.

 

(x)                                  No Adverse Selection .  Seller used no selection procedures that identified the Purchased Loans, when taken as a whole, as being less desirable or valuable than other comparable Loans owned by Seller.

 

(y)                                  Solvency; Fraudulent Conveyance .  As of the date hereof and immediately after giving effect to each Transaction, each Seller Party is and will be solvent, is able and will be able to pay and is paying its debts as they mature and does not and will not have an unreasonably small amount of capital to engage in the business in which it is engaged and proposes to engage. No Seller Party intends to incur, or

 

38



 

believes that it has incurred, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature. No Seller Party is contemplating the commencement of insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation or consolidation proceedings or the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, conservator, trustee or similar official in respect of such Seller Party or any of its assets. Neither Seller is transferring any Loans with any intent to hinder, delay or defraud any of its creditors.

 

(z)                                   MERS . Servicer is a member of MERS in good standing.

 

(aa)                           No Broker .  No Seller Party has dealt with any broker, investment banker, agent, or other person, except for Buyer, who may be entitled to any commission or compensation in connection with the sale of Purchased Loans pursuant to this Agreement; provided , that if any Seller Party has dealt with any broker, investment banker, agent, or other person, except for Buyer, who may be entitled to any commission or compensation in connection with the sale of Purchased Loans pursuant to this Agreement, such commission or compensation shall have been paid in full by Seller.

 

(bb)                           FHA/VA .  Each of Seller, PennyMac Corp. and/or any other Qualified Originator, if applicable, is an FHA Approved Mortgagee and a VA Approved Lender in good standing to acquire, originate and service, as applicable, mortgages and has not been suspended as a mortgagee or servicer by FHA or VA as applicable.  Seller and Subservicer are not under review or investigation or have knowledge of imminent or future investigation, by FHA or VA.

 

(cc)                             Seller’s Internal Mortgage Tracking System .  Each printout and paper copy produced by the Seller’s internal mortgage tracking system and delivered to Buyer is true, complete and accurate.

 

(dd)                           USA Patriot Act; OFAC .  No Seller Party nor any of its Affiliates is a Prohibited Person and each Seller Party is in full compliance with all applicable orders, rules, regulations and recommendations of OFAC.  No Seller Party nor any of its members, directors, executive officers, parents or Subsidiaries: (1) is subject to U.S. or multilateral economic or trade sanctions currently in force; (2) is owned or controlled by, or act on behalf of, any governments, corporations, entities or individuals that are subject to U.S. or multilateral economic or trade sanctions currently in force; (3) is a Prohibited Person or is otherwise named, identified or described on any blocked persons list, designated nationals list, denied persons list, entity list, debarred party list, unverified list, sanctions list or other list of individuals or entities with whom U.S. persons may not conduct business, including but not limited to lists published or maintained by OFAC, lists published or maintained by the U.S. Department of Commerce, and lists published or maintained by the U.S. Department of State.  Each Seller Party has established an anti-money laundering compliance program as required by all applicable anti-money laundering laws and regulations, including without limitation the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Public Law 107-56) (the “ USA Patriot Act ”) (collectively, the “ Anti-Money Laundering Laws ”).

 

(ee)                             Anti-Money Laundering .  Each Seller Party has complied with all applicable Anti-Money Laundering Laws, has conducted the requisite due diligence in connection with the acquisition of each Purchased Loan for purposes of the Anti-Money Laundering Laws, and will maintain, sufficient information to identify the applicable Mortgagor for purposes of the Anti-Money Laundering Laws; no Purchased Loan is subject to nullification pursuant to Executive Order 13224 (the “ Executive Order ”) or the regulations promulgated by the OFAC (the “ OFAC Regulations ”) or in violation of the Executive Order or the OFAC Regulations, and no Mortgagor is subject to the provisions of such Executive Order or the OFAC Regulations nor listed as a “blocked person” for purposes of the OFAC Regulations.

 

39



 

(ff)                               Servicer Approvals; Compliance with Guidelines .  Servicer and each subservicer servicing any Purchased Loans hereunder has all consents, licenses and approvals necessary to service such Purchased Loans on behalf of each Agency and has remained at all times in compliance with the Guidelines.

 

(gg)                             Environmental Matters .  No Mortgaged Property contains or previously contained any Materials of Environmental Concern that constitute or constituted a violation of Environmental Laws or reasonably could be expected to give rise to liability of Seller thereunder.  No Seller has knowledge of any violation, alleged violation, non-compliance, liability or potential liability of Seller under any Environmental Law.  No Materials of Environmental Concern have been released, transported, generated, treated, stored or disposed of in violation of Environmental Laws or in a manner that could reasonably be expected to give rise to liability of Seller.

 

(hh)                           Financial Reporting . There has been no material weakness in, or fraud that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in, the internal controls of any Seller Party or any Affiliate thereof over financial reporting, in each case as described in the Securities Laws.

 

(ii)                                   No Statutory Limitations to Indebtedness .  No Seller Party is subject to any Federal or state statute or regulation which limits its ability to incur indebtedness.

 

(jj)                                 Fannie Mae/Freddie Mac .  Seller is a seller approved by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, in good standing to originate and service mortgages and has not been suspended as a mortgagee or servicer by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac.  Seller is not under review or investigation and has no knowledge of imminent or future investigation by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac (other than in the ordinary course of Seller’s business).

 

13.                                COVENANTS

 

Seller covenants and agrees with Buyer that during the term of this Agreement with respect to each Seller Party as applicable:

 

(a)                                  Financial Statements and Other Information .

 

Seller shall deliver to Buyer:

 

(i)                                      As soon as available and in any event within forty (40) days after the end of each calendar month, the consolidated balance sheets of each Seller Party and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such month, the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and retained earnings and if requested by Buyer, of cash flows for such Seller Party and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such period and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such period;

 

(ii)                                   As soon as available and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three quarterly fiscal periods of each fiscal year of each Seller Party, the consolidated balance sheets of such Seller Party and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such period and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and retained earnings and of cash flows for such Seller Party and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such period and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such period;

 

40



 

(iii)                                As soon as available and in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of each Seller Party, the consolidated balance sheets of such Seller Party and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year and the related consolidated statements of income and retained earnings and of cash flows for such Seller Party, accompanied by an opinion thereon of independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing, which opinion shall not be qualified as to scope of audit or going concern and shall state that said consolidated financial statements fairly present the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of such Seller Party and its consolidated Subsidiaries at the end of, and for, such fiscal year in accordance with GAAP;

 

(iv)                               Seller shall deliver to the Buyer the following certificates (any of which may be consolidated for any month or quarter, respectively, on the latest date as to which any such consolidated certificates for such month or quarter, respectively, are due):

 

(1) On or prior to the last day of each calendar month, a certificate of a Responsible Officer of each Seller Party in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto;

 

(2) at the time each Seller Party furnishes each set of financial statements pursuant to paragraph (ii) above, a certificate of a Responsible Officer of such Seller Party to the effect that, to the best of such Responsible Officer’s knowledge, such Seller Party during such fiscal period or year has observed or performed all of its covenants and other agreements, and satisfied every material condition, contained in this Agreement and the other Program Documents to be observed, performed or satisfied by it, and that such Responsible Officer has obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except as specified in such certificate (and, if any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, describing the same in reasonable detail and describing the action Seller has taken or proposes to take with respect thereto); and

 

(3) at the time it furnishes consolidated financial statements pursuant to paragraphs (i) and (ii) above, a certificate of a Responsible Officer of each related Seller Party, which certificate shall state that said consolidated financial statements fairly present the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of such Seller Party and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, as at the end of, and for, such period (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments).

 

(v)                                  From time to time at the request of Buyer, Seller shall provide Buyer with a paper or electronic copy produced by Seller’s internal mortgage tracking system reflecting that the Purchased Loans are registered in the name of Buyer within three (3) Business Days of such request;

 

(vi)                               From time to time such other information regarding the financial condition, operations, well being or business of any Seller Party as Buyer may reasonably request, within two (2) Business Days of such request;

 

(vii)                            As soon as available, and in any event within five (5) days after the date on which any audit reports with respect to Seller or its Subsidiaries are required to be delivered to HUD or any Agency, copies of any such reports, performed and delivered in compliance with all requirements of HUD or such Agency and accompanied by an opinion thereon of an independent certified public accountant, if applicable;

 

41



 

(viii)                         Within (i) three (3) Business Days after receipt by Seller of a request from Buyer, the servicing valuation conducted by the Seller and used to support the calculation of the servicing multiple used in determining the book value of Seller’s servicing portfolio in accordance with GAAP; and (ii) if so requested by Buyer, within (3) Business Days of its completion, the servicing valuation conducted by a Valuation Agent and used to support the calculation of the servicing multiple used in determining the book value of Seller’s servicing portfolio in accordance with GAAP;

 

(ix)                               Within five (5) Business Days after receipt by Seller of a request from Buyer, any loan level information requested by Buyer with respect to mortgage loans (which are acceptable for delivery to any Agency at the time such loans were originated by or acquired by Seller) held on the books of Seller (whether or not such mortgage loans are “held for investment” by Seller);

 

(x)                                  Within eight (8) days after the end of each month, (i) a report of all sales, repurchase and other transactions with respect to the Purchased Loans, which schedule shall be acceptable to Buyer, (ii) a properly completed Loan Schedule with respect to each Purchased Loan, (iii) servicing reports for the prior month, including static pool analyses, liquidity (cash and availability) and identification of any modifications to any Purchased Loans, and (iv) servicing data feeds for the prior month detailing Loan level attributes;

 

(xi)                               Within five (5) days after any material amendment, modification or supplement to the Servicing Agreement a certified, fully executed copy of such amendment, modification or supplement;

 

(xii)                            Promptly upon reasonable request by Buyer, information regarding any Seller Party’s portfolio including information regarding asset allocation, leverage, liquidity, and such other information respecting the condition or operations (financial or otherwise), of such Seller Party;

 

(xiii)                         Promptly after receipt by Seller of a request from Buyer, Seller shall provide copies of its latest Quality Control Program reports and all responses made by the management of Seller to address any issues, risks, vulnerabilities or adverse findings contained in such Quality Control Program.

 

(xiv)                        Promptly upon the establishment of any rating of any Seller Party by any Rating Agency and any downgrade in or withdrawal of any such rating once established;

 

(xv)                           Within one (1) Business Day of any margin call (however defined or described in the applicable Indebtedness documents) or other similar request (including a claim under a guaranty) is made upon any Seller Party under any Indebtedness of any Seller Party in an aggregate amount in excess of $1,000,000, notice of such margin call or other request;

 

(xvi)                        As soon as reasonably possible, and in any event within fifteen (15) days after a Responsible Officer of any Seller Party knows or has reason to believe, that any of the events or conditions specified below with respect to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan has occurred or exists, a statement signed by a senior financial officer of such Seller Party setting forth details respecting such event or condition and the action, if any, that such Seller Party or its ERISA Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto (and a copy of any report or notice required to be filed with

 

42



 

or given to PBGC by such Seller Party or an ERISA Affiliate with respect to such event or condition):

 

(A)                any Reportable Event, or any request for a waiver under Section 412(c) of the Code for any Plan;

 

(B)                the distribution under Section 4041(c) of ERISA of a notice of intent to terminate any Plan or any action taken by Seller or an ERISA Affiliate to terminate any Plan;

 

(C)                the institution by PBGC of proceedings under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan, or the receipt by Seller or any ERISA Affiliate of a notice from a Multiemployer Plan that such action has been taken by PBGC with respect to such Multiemployer Plan;

 

(D)                the complete or partial withdrawal from a Multiemployer Plan by a Seller Party or any ERISA Affiliate that results in liability under Section 4201 or 4204 of ERISA (including the obligation to satisfy secondary liability as a result of a purchaser default) or the receipt by any Seller Party or any ERISA Affiliate of notice from a Multiemployer Plan that it is in reorganization or insolvency pursuant to Section 4241 or 4245 of ERISA or that it intends to terminate or has terminated under Section 4041A of ERISA;

 

(E)                 the institution of a proceeding by a fiduciary of any Multiemployer Plan against any Seller Party or any ERISA Affiliate to enforce Section 515 of ERISA, which proceeding is not dismissed within 30 days; and

 

(F)                  the adoption of an amendment to any Plan that, pursuant to Section 401(a)(29) of the Code, would result in the loss of tax-exempt status of the trust of which such Plan is a part if any Seller Party or an ERISA Affiliate fails to timely provide security to such Plan in accordance with the provisions of said Sections.

 

(b)                                  Litigation .  Each Seller Party will promptly, and in any event within three (3) days after service of process on any of the following, give to Buyer notice of all legal or arbitrable proceedings affecting such Seller Party or any of its Subsidiaries that (i) questions or challenges the validity or enforceability of any of the Program Documents, (ii) as to which there is a reasonable likelihood that an adverse determination would result in a Material Adverse Effect or (iii) seeks to prevent the consummation of any Transaction.

 

(c)                                   Existence, Etc .  Each Seller Party will:

 

(i)                       (A) preserve and maintain its legal existence and all of its material rights, privileges, franchises; (B) maintain all licenses, permits or other approvals necessary to conduct its business and to perform its obligations under the Program Documents;  (C) except as would not be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect or would have a material adverse effect on the Purchased Loans or Buyer’s interest therein, remain in good standing under the laws of each state in which it conducts business or any Mortgaged Property is

 

43



 

located; and (D) not change its tax identification number, fiscal year or method of accounting without the consent of Buyer;

 

(ii)                    comply with the requirements of and conduct its business strictly in accordance with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of Governmental Authorities (including, without limitation, truth in lending, real estate settlement procedures and all environmental laws) if failure to comply with such requirements would be reasonably likely (either individually or in the aggregate) to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(iii)                 keep adequate records and books of account, in which complete entries will be made in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;

 

(iv)                not move its chief executive office or chief operating office from the addresses referred to in Section 12(m) unless it shall have provided Buyer thirty (30) days prior written notice of such change;

 

(v)                   pay and discharge all taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed on it or on its income or profits or on any of its Property prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto, except for any such tax, assessment, charge or levy the payment of which is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and against which adequate reserves are being maintained;

 

(vi)                permit representatives of Buyer, during normal business hours upon three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice at a mutually desirable time or at any time during the continuance of an Event of Default, to examine, copy and make extracts from its books and records, to inspect any of its Properties, and to discuss its business and affairs with its officers, all to the extent reasonably requested by Buyer; and

 

(vii)             not directly or indirectly enter into any agreement that would be violated or breached by any Transaction or the performance by such Seller Party of any Program Document.

 

(d)                                  Prohibition of Fundamental Changes .   No Seller Party shall at any time, directly or indirectly, (i) enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation, winding up or dissolution) or sell all or substantially all of its assets without Buyer’s prior consent; or (ii) form or enter into any partnership, joint venture, syndicate or other combination which would have a Material Adverse Effect with respect to such Seller Party.

 

(e)                                   Margin Deficit . If at any time there exists a Margin Deficit, Seller shall cure the same in accordance with Section 6 hereof.

 

(f)                                    Notices . Seller shall give notice to Buyer promptly in writing of any of the following:

 

(i)                       promptly upon becoming aware of the occurrence of any Default, Event of Default or any event of default or default under any Program Document or other material agreement of such Seller Party;

 

44



 

(ii)                    upon, and in any event within three (3) Business Days after, service of process on a Seller Party or any of its Subsidiaries, or any agent thereof for service of process, in respect of any legal or arbitrable proceedings affecting Seller or any of its Subsidiaries (i) that questions or challenges the validity or enforceability of any of the Program Documents, or (ii) in which the amount in controversy exceeds $1,000,000 and as to which an adverse determination would be reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(iii)                 upon becoming aware of any Material Adverse Effect and any event or change in circumstances which should reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(iv)                upon determining during the normal course of its business that the Mortgaged Property in respect of any Loan or Loans with an aggregate BPO Value of at least $1,000,000 has been damaged by waste, fire, earthquake or earth movement, windstorm, flood, tornado or other casualty, or otherwise damaged so as to materially and adversely affect the Market Value of such Loan;

 

(v)                   upon the entry of a judgment or decree against a Seller Party or any of its Subsidiaries in an amount in excess of $1,000,000;

 

(vi)                upon, and in any event within five (5) Business Days after, the involuntary termination, acceleration, maturity of or reduction in the amount available for borrowing under any repurchase agreement, loan and security agreement or similar credit facility or agreement for borrowed funds entered into by a Seller Party and any third party to the extent that such agreement or facility, prior to the effectiveness of such termination, acceleration, maturity or reduction, provides for a minimum amount available for borrowing by such Seller Party equal to or greater than $10,000,000;

 

(vii)             upon Seller becoming aware of, and in any event within one (1) Business Day after the occurrence of any event such that, the aggregate amount of all repurchase and indemnity obligations of Seller to its third party investors (including any Agency) exceeds 30% of Seller’s Liquidity;

 

(viii)          any material change in the insurance coverage required of any Seller Party or any other Person pursuant to any Program Document, with copy of evidence of same attached;

 

(ix)                any material dispute, licensing issue, litigation, audit, revocation, sanctions, penalties, investigation, proceeding or suspension between a Seller Party on the one hand, and any Governmental Authority or any other Person;

 

(x)                   any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices of a Seller Party or its Subsidiaries;

 

(xi)                any material change in the management of a Seller Party;

 

45



 

(xii)             notice of the revocation of any approvals of any Agency or HUD or changes to the approved mortgagee or approved servicer status with respect to the origination or servicing of mortgage loans by Seller or any subservicer;

 

(xiii)          notice of any amendments, modifications or waivers of any term or condition of or extension of the scheduled maturity date or modification of the interest rate of any item of the Purchased Loan or settlement or compromise of any claim in respect of any Purchased Loans that in the aggregate during any calendar month exceed 3% of the aggregate outstanding Purchase Price of all Purchased Loans; and

 

(xiv)         any non-routine inspection or investigation of Seller, Seller’s files or Seller’s  facilities by or at the request of, HUD or any Agency.

 

Each notice pursuant to this Section 13(f) shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the related Seller Party, setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action Seller has taken or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

(g)                                   Servicing .  Except as provided in Section 43, Seller shall not permit any Person other than the Servicer to service Loans without the prior written consent of Buyer.

 

(h)                                  OFAC .  At all times throughout the term of this Agreement, each Seller Party (a) shall be in full compliance with all applicable orders, rules, regulations and recommendations of OFAC and (b) shall not permit any Purchased Loans to be maintained, insured, traded, or used (directly or indirectly) in violation of any United States statutes, rules or regulations, in a Prohibited Jurisdiction or by a Prohibited Person.

 

(i)                                      Underwriting Guidelines .  Seller agrees to provide notice to Buyer within three (3) Business Days of  any material modifications to be made to the Underwriting Guidelines that will impact either Buyer or any Assets that will become Purchased Assets.  Seller agrees to deliver to Buyer copies of the Underwriting Guidelines in the event that any changes are made to the Underwriting Guidelines following the Effective Date.  No material changes to the Underwriting Guidelines shall be effective with respect to any Purchased Loan until Buyer has consented in writing to any such change.

 

(j)                                     Lines of Business . No Seller Party shall engage to any substantial extent in any line or lines of business activity other than the businesses generally carried on by it as of the Effective Date.

 

(k)                                  Transactions with Affiliates .  No Seller Party shall (1) enter into any transaction, including, without limitation, any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property or the rendering of any service, with any Affiliate unless such transaction is (i) otherwise permitted under this Agreement, (ii) in the ordinary course of such Seller Party’s business and (iii) upon fair and reasonable terms that such Seller Party has reasonably determined are no less favorable to such Seller Party than such Seller Party believes it would obtain in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person which is not an Affiliate or (2) make a payment that is not otherwise permitted by this Section (j) to any Affiliate.

 

(l)                                      Defense of Title .  Seller warrants and will defend the right, title and interest of Buyer in and to all Purchased Items against all adverse claims and demands of all Persons whomsoever.

 

46


 

 

(m)           Preservation of Purchased Items . Seller shall do all things necessary to preserve the Purchased Items so that such Purchased Items remain subject to a first priority perfected security interest hereunder. Without limiting the foregoing, Seller will comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations of any Governmental Authority applicable to Seller or relating to the Purchased Items and cause the Purchased Items to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations of any such Governmental Authority.  Seller will not allow any default to occur for which Seller is responsible under any Purchased Items or any Program Documents and Seller shall fully perform or cause to be performed when due all of its obligations under any Purchased Items or the Program Documents.

 

(n)            No Assignment .  No Seller Party shall (i) sell, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, or pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in or lien on or otherwise encumber (except pursuant to the Program Documents), any of the Purchased Loans (including any servicing rights or servicing advances with respect to any Purchased Loans) or any interest therein, or (ii) enter into any agreement or undertaking restricting the right or ability of Seller or Buyer to sell, assign or transfer any of the Loans (including the servicing rights appurtenant thereto), provided that this Section 13(m) shall not prevent any contribution, assignment, transfer or conveyance of Purchased Loans in accordance with the Program Documents.  No Purchased Loans shall at any time be subject to any servicing advance facility or similar agreement or facility and the servicing advances made with respect to any Purchased Loans have not been sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or hypothecated to any party or otherwise encumbered in any way.

 

(o)            Limitation on Sale of Loans . Except in connection with the Program Documents or any securitization transaction, no Seller Party shall convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “ Transfer ”), all or substantially all of its Property, business or assets (including, without limitation, receivables and leasehold interests) whether now owned or hereafter acquired.

 

(p)            Limitation on Distributions .  Without Buyer’s consent, no Seller Party shall make any payment on account of, or set apart assets for a sinking or other analogous fund for the purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition of, any stock or senior or subordinate debt of a Seller Party, whether now or hereafter outstanding, or make any other distribution in respect thereof, either directly or indirectly, whether in cash or property or in obligations of a Seller Party.

 

(q)            Financial Covenants .  (i)  Seller covenants and agrees with Buyer that during the term of this Agreement:  (A) Servicer’s Adjusted Tangible Net Worth shall at all times be greater than or equal to $25,000,000 (B) Servicer’s unrestricted cash shall at all times be greater than or equal to $6,375,000; (C) Servicer’s residential mortgage servicing portfolio shall at all times be in excess of $5,000,000,000 in un-amortized principal balance of loans; (D) the ratio of Servicer’s Total Indebtedness, to Adjusted Tangible Net Worth shall at all times be less than 10:1; and (E) Servicer’s consolidated Net Income shall be equal to or greater than $1.00 for each calendar quarter.

 

(ii)            Financial Covenants of Guarantor . In the event that Guarantor becomes an operating company or ceases to be a holding company, Seller agrees, at the sole option of Buyer, to enter into an amendment to this Agreement to require Guarantor to make financial representations, warranties and covenants to Buyer, the substance of which shall contain  financial tests substantially similar to the financial tests contained in Sections 12(p) and 13(q) herein.   Seller shall provide prompt notice to Buyer in the event that Guarantor acquires any new Subsidiary.

 

47



 

(r)             Takeout Commitments .  Upon Buyer’s request, Seller shall deliver to Buyer any and all information relating to Takeout Commitments that relate specifically to Purchased Loans that are then subject to a Transaction.

 

(s)             Power of Attorney .  Seller shall, from time to time at the request of Buyer, deliver to Buyer any powers of attorney or other documentation required by Buyer to ensure the enforceability under applicable law of any rights and/or powers granted to Buyer in Section 8 of this Agreement.

 

(t)             Restricted Payments .  No Seller Party shall make any Restricted Payments following the occurrence of a Default.

 

(u)            Servicing Transmission .  Seller shall provide to Buyer within five (5) Business Days of Buyer’s request: (i) the Servicing Transmission, on a loan-by-loan basis and in the aggregate, with respect to the Loans serviced by Seller which were funded prior to the first day of the current month, summarizing or identifying (A) delinquency and loss experience with respect to Loans serviced by Seller (including, in the case of the Loans, the following categories: current, 30-59, 60-89 and 90+), (B) any Mortgagor that is in bankruptcy, and (C) any amendments, modifications or waivers of any term or condition of or extension of the scheduled maturity date or modification of the interest rate of any item of the Purchased Loan or settlement or compromise of any claim in respect of any Purchased Loan; and (ii) any other information reasonably requested by Buyer with respect to the Purchased Loans.  Each monthly servicing report described above shall separately identify Purchased Loans subject to outstanding Transactions hereunder and the related Purchase Date therefor.

 

(v)            Takeout Payments .  With respect to each Purchased Loan and the portion of each Security related to Purchased Loans subject to a Transaction, in each case that is subject to a Takeout Commitment, Seller shall ensure that the related portion of the purchase price and all other payments under such Takeout Commitment to the extent related to Purchased Loans subject to a Transaction or such portion of each Security related to Purchased Loans subject to a Transaction shall be paid to Buyer (or its designee) in accordance with the Joint Account Control Agreement or the Joint Securities Account Control Agreement, as applicable.

 

(w)           Maintenance of Property; Insurance .  Each Seller Party shall keep all property useful and necessary in its business in good working order and condition.  Seller shall maintain errors and omissions insurance and/or mortgage impairment insurance and blanket bond coverage in such amounts as are in effect on the Effective Date and are customarily required by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac (as disclosed to Buyer in writing) and shall not reduce such coverage without the written consent of Buyer, and shall also maintain such other insurance with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, and with respect to property and risks of a character usually maintained by entities engaged in the same or similar business similarly situated, against loss, damage and liability of the kinds and in the amounts customarily maintained by such entities.

 

(x)            Further Identification of Purchased Items .  Seller will furnish to Buyer from time to time statements and schedules further identifying and describing the Purchased Items and such other reports in connection with the Purchased Items as Buyer may reasonably request, all in reasonable detail.

 

(y)            Loans Determined to be Defective .  Upon discovery by Seller of any breach of any representation or warranty listed on Schedule 1 hereto applicable to any Loan, Seller shall promptly give notice of such discovery to Buyer.

 

48



 

(z)            Trade Assignments .  With respect to any Purchased Loan or Security subject to a Takeout Commitment, upon request by Buyer, Seller shall deliver to Buyer as soon as possible but no more than one (1) Business Day following the date on which Seller enters into a Takeout Commitment for such Purchased Loan or Security, a duly executed Trade Assignment together with a copy of the Takeout Commitment.

 

(aa)          Reserved.

 

(bb)          Additional Committed Repurchase or Warehouse Facility .  Seller shall maintain throughout the term of this Agreement, with a nationally recognized and established counterparty (other than Buyer or Seller’s parent or any Affiliates of Seller), one or more committed loan repurchase or warehouse facilities for mortgage loans of a credit quality similar to the Loans to be purchased hereunder, originated or acquired by Seller, in an aggregate amount not less than $75,000,000, which facility or facilities shall accommodate “jumbo” mortgage loans in an amount not less than $7,000,000 shall have a term at least equal to that provided under this Agreement, and the terms and conditions comparable to those provided under this Agreement, including as to the financial condition of Seller. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any facilities of the type listed above that are in place as of the date hereof or at any time hereafter, are terminated or the amount available for borrowing thereunder is reduced such that the aggregate amount available for borrowing under such facility or facilities is less than $75,000,000, Seller shall not be deemed to be in breach of this Section 13(bb) as a result of such termination or reduction to the extent that (1) a term sheet for a replacement facility or facilities that meet the criteria set forth above is in place with another lender or lenders within sixty (60) days of such termination or reduction, and (2) such replacement facility or facilities is in place and available for borrowing by the Seller within one hundred twenty (120) days of such termination or reduction .

 

(cc)          Maintenance of Papers, Records and Files .

 

(i)              Seller shall acquire, and Seller shall build, maintain and have available, a complete file in accordance with lending industry custom and practice for each Purchased Loan.  Seller will maintain all such Records not in the possession of Custodian or Buyer in good and complete condition in accordance with industry practices and preserve them against loss or destruction.

 

(ii)           Seller shall collect and maintain or cause to be collected and maintained all Records relating to the Purchased Loans in accordance with industry custom and practice, including those maintained pursuant to subsection (i), and all such Records shall be in Custodian’s possession unless Buyer otherwise approves.  Seller shall deliver to Buyer or its designee updates of such Servicing Records at least monthly, and more frequently as requested by Buyer. Seller will not cause or authorize any such papers, records or files that are an original or an only copy to leave Custodian’s possession, except for individual items removed in connection with servicing a specific Loan, in which event Seller will obtain or cause to be obtained a receipt from Custodian for any such paper, record or file.

 

(iii)        For so long as Buyer has an interest in or lien on any Purchased Loan, Seller will hold or cause to be held all related Records in trust for Buyer.  Seller shall notify, or cause to be notified, every other party holding any such Records of the interests and liens granted hereby.

 

49



 

(iv)       Upon reasonable advance notice from Custodian or Buyer, Seller shall (x) make any and all such Records available to Custodian or Buyer to examine any such Records, either by its own officers or employees, or by agents or contractors, or both, and make copies of all or any portion thereof, (y) permit Buyer or its authorized agents to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of each Seller Party with its respective chief operating officer and chief financial officer and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of each Seller Party with its independent certified public accountants.

 

(dd)          Maintenance of Licenses . Each Seller Party shall (i) maintain all licenses, permits or other approvals necessary for such Seller Party to conduct its business and to perform its obligations under the Program Documents, including, but not limited to, any FHA or VA licenses or approvals, (ii) remain in good standing under the laws of each state in which it conducts business or any Mortgaged Property is located, and (iii) shall conduct its business strictly in accordance with applicable law.

 

(ee)          Taxes, Etc.   Each Seller Party shall pay and discharge or cause to be paid and discharged, when due, all taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon such Seller Party or upon its income and profits or upon any of its property, real, personal or mixed (including without limitation, the Purchased Loans) or upon any part thereof, as well as any other lawful claims which, if unpaid, might become a Lien upon such properties or any part thereof, except for any such taxes, assessments and governmental charges, levies or claims as are appropriately contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and with respect to which adequate reserves are provided.  Each Seller Party shall file on a timely basis all federal, state and local tax and information returns, reports and any other information statements or schedules required to be filed by or in respect of it.

 

(ff)           Use of Custodian . Without the prior written consent of Buyer, Seller shall use no third party custodian as document custodian other than Custodian with respect to the Purchased Loans.

 

(gg)          Change of Fiscal Year .  No Seller Party will at any time, directly or indirectly, except upon ninety (90) days’ prior written notice to Buyer, change the date on which such Seller Party’s fiscal year begins.

 

(hh)          Delivery of Servicing Rights and Servicing Records .  With respect to the Servicing Rights appurtenant to each Purchased Loan, Buyer shall own, and Seller shall deliver, such Servicing Rights to Buyer on the related Purchase Date.  Seller shall deliver (or cause the related Subservicer to deliver) the Servicing Records (including any FHA or VA required records) and the physical and contractual servicing of each Purchased Loan, to Buyer or its designee upon the termination of Seller, Seller or Subservicer as the servicer or subservicer, respectively, pursuant to Section 43(d).  In addition, with respect to the Servicing Records for each Purchased Loan and the physical and contractual servicing of each Purchased Loan, the Seller shall deliver (or cause the related Subservicer to deliver) such Servicing Records and, to the extent applicable, the servicing to Buyer or its designee within thirty (30) days of the earlier of (i) the termination of Seller or Subservicer as the servicer or subservicer, respectively, of the Purchased Loans and (ii) the related Purchase Date for each such Purchased Loan (the “ Servicing Delivery Requirement ”).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, such Servicing Delivery Requirement will be deemed restated for each such Purchased Loan on each Repurchase Date on which such Purchased Loan is repurchased by Seller and becomes subject to a new Transaction (and the immediately preceding delivery requirement will be deemed to be rescinded), and a new thirty (30) day Servicing Delivery Requirement will be deemed to commence for such Purchased Loans as of such Repurchase Date in the absence of directions to the contrary from Buyer.  Further, the Servicing Delivery

 

50



 

Requirement will no longer apply to any Purchased Loan that is repurchased in full by the Seller in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and is no longer subject to a Transaction.  Seller’s transfer of the Servicing Rights, Servicing Records and the physical and contractual servicing under this Section shall be in accordance with customary standards in the industry and such transfer shall include the transfer of the gross amount of all escrows held for the related mortgagors (without reduction for unreimbursed advances or “negative escrows”).

 

(ii)            Collection Account .  Prior to the initial Purchase Date, Seller shall establish the Collection Account for the sole and exclusive benefit of Buyer.  Seller shall deposit all Income received with respect to the Purchased Loans to be deposited to the Collection Account, and to be held therein until distributed by the Buyer in accordance with Section 7.  No amounts deposited into such account shall be removed without Buyer’s prior written consent.  Seller shall follow the instructions of Buyer with respect to the Purchased Loans and deliver to Buyer any information with respect to the Purchased Loans reasonably requested by Buyer.  Seller shall deposit or credit to the Collection Account all items to be deposited or credited thereto irrespective of any right of setoff or counterclaim arising in favor of it (or any third party claiming through it) under any other agreement or arrangement.

 

(jj)            MERS .  Seller is a member of MERS in good standing and current in the payment of all fees and assessments imposed by MERS, and shall comply with all rules and procedures of MERS in connection with the servicing of MERS Loans for as long as such Purchased Loans are registered with MERS.

 

(kk)          Seller Approvals .  (A) Seller shall at all times remain approved (i) by FHA as an FHA Title II non-supervised lender, (ii) by Ginnie Mae as an issuer of Ginnie Mae I and II single family mortgage-backed securities, (iii) by Fannie Mae as a servicer, (iv) by Freddie Mac as a servicer and (v) by VA as a VA Approved Lender, and (B)  Seller and each Subservicer (if any) servicing any Purchased Loans hereunder shall at all times have all consents, licenses and approvals necessary to service the Purchased Loans.

 

(ll)            Issuance of Security .  With respect to any Security, upon the request of Buyer, Seller shall execute and deliver to Buyer an Officer’s Compliance Certificate prior to the issuance of such Security.

 

(mm)       FHA/VA .  Seller shall make all advances and other payments and provide all such reports and notices as are required under the FHA Regulations or VA Regulations, as applicable, and otherwise take all actions necessary to maintain and keep in full force and effect, during the term of this Agreement, the FHA Insurance Contract or VA Guaranty Agreement, as applicable, including providing any notices required to be delivered to the FHA or the VA, as the case may be, by the Seller in connection with the servicing of the Loans pursuant hereto.

 

(nn)          Agency Approvals .  Should Seller, for any reason, cease to possess any applicable Agency approval, or should notification to the relevant Agency or to the Department of Housing and Urban Development, VA or FHA be required, Seller shall so notify Buyer immediately in writing.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Seller shall take all necessary action to maintain all of its applicable Agency approvals at all times during the term of this Agreement and each outstanding Transaction.

 

(oo)          Loan Purchase Agreements .   Seller shall either (i) maintain, and shall not be in default under, after the expiration of any applicable cure or exception period, at least one whole loan purchase

 

51



 

agreement with at least one Agency, pursuant to which such Agency has agreed to purchase Eligible Loans from Seller or (ii) maintain, and shall not be in material default under, after the expiration of any applicable cure or exception period, at least one whole loan purchase agreement with at least one non-Agency third party purchaser, pursuant to which such third party purchaser has agreed to purchase Eligible Loans from Seller.  Seller shall ensure that each Loan sold to Buyer in a Transaction hereunder is eligible for sale to such Agency or non-Agency third party purchaser, as the case may be, pursuant to such purchase agreement.

 

(pp)          Maintenance of Financial Covenants .  To the extent that Seller is obligated under any other Indebtedness (whether now in effect or in effect at any time during the term of the Agreement) to comply with a financial covenant that is comparable to any of the financial covenants set forth in Section 13(p) and such comparable financial covenant is more restrictive to Seller or otherwise more favorable to the related lender or buyer thereunder than any financial covenant hereunder, such comparable financial covenant shall, with no further action required on the part of either Seller or Buyer, automatically become a part hereof and be incorporated herein, and Seller hereby covenants to maintain compliance with such comparable financial covenant at all times throughout the terms of this Agreement. In the event that such other Indebtedness is terminated or otherwise amended such that the comparable financial covenant is no longer more restrictive to Seller, Seller shall provide notice to Buyer of such termination or amendment, and within thirty (30) days of Buyer’s receipt of such notice, Buyer may in its sole reasonable discretion agree that the original terms of the related financial covenant in this Agreement is deemed to be reinstated by providing written notice to Seller of such reinstatement.

 

(qq)          Quality Control .  Seller shall maintain an internal quality control program that evaluates and monitors, on a regular basis, the overall quality of its servicing activities and that: ensures that the Mortgage Loans are serviced in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices; guards against dishonest, fraudulent, or negligent acts; and guards against errors and omissions by officers, employees, or other authorized persons (the “ Quality Control Program ”).

 

(rr)            Reserved .

 

(ss)           Servicing Advances .  No Purchased Loans shall be subject to any servicing advance facility and no servicing advances with respect to any Purchased Loans shall be pledged, sold, financed or otherwise encumbered at any time such Purchased Loan is subject to a Transaction.

 

14.                                REPURCHASE DATE PAYMENTS

 

On each Repurchase Date, Seller shall remit or shall cause to be remitted to Buyer the Repurchase Price together with any other Obligations then due and payable.

 

15.                                REPURCHASE OF PURCHASED LOANS

 

Upon discovery by Seller of a breach of any of the representations and warranties set forth on Schedule 1 to this Agreement, Seller shall give prompt written notice thereof to Buyer.  It is understood and agreed that the representations and warranties set forth in Schedule 1 with respect to the Purchased Loans shall survive delivery of the respective Mortgage Files to Custodian and shall inure to the benefit of Buyer.  The fact that Buyer has conducted or has failed to conduct any partial or complete due diligence investigation in connection with its purchase of any Purchased Loan shall not affect Buyer’s right to demand repurchase of such Purchased Loan as provided under this Agreement.  Seller shall, upon the earlier of Seller’s discovery or Seller receiving notice with respect to any Purchased Loan of (i) any

 

52



 

breach of a representation or warranty contained in Schedule 1, or (ii) any failure to deliver any of the items required to be delivered as part of the Mortgage File within the time period required for delivery pursuant to the Custodial Agreement, promptly cure such breach or delivery failure in all material respects.  If on the Business Day after the earlier of Seller’s discovery of such breach or delivery failure or Seller receiving notice thereof that such breach or delivery failure has not been remedied by Seller and such breach or delivery failure would cause Buyer to require the repurchase of such Purchased Loan, Seller shall promptly upon receipt of written instructions from Buyer repurchase such Purchased Loan at the Repurchase Price with respect to such Purchased Loan by wire transfer to the account designated by Buyer.  Income with respect to such Purchased Loans received by Buyer after payment of the Repurchase Price shall be remitted to Seller in accordance with Section 7.  In the event that it is discovered that the circumstances with respect to any Purchased Loan are not accurately reflected in any of the applicable representations and warranties made by Seller set forth in Schedule 1 to this Agreement, notwithstanding the actual knowledge or lack of knowledge of Seller, and notwithstanding that such representation and warranty is made “to the best of Seller’s knowledge,” then such representation and warranty shall be deemed to be breached.

 

16.                                RESERVED

 

17.           ACCELERATION OF REPURCHASE DATE

 

Buyer may, in its sole discretion, at any time, terminate any Transactions with respect to the Uncommitted Amount by providing written notice to Seller.  Within thirty (30) calendar days of receipt of such notice, Seller agrees to repurchase all such Purchased Loans at the Repurchase Price and to satisfy all of its Obligations with respect to such Purchased Loans.

 

18.                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

Each of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default (an “ Event of Default ”) hereunder:

 

(a)            Seller fails to transfer the related Purchased Loans to Buyer on the applicable Purchase Date (provided Buyer has tendered the related Purchase Price); or

 

(b)            Seller fails to repurchase the Purchased Loans on the applicable Repurchase Date, fails to perform its obligations under Section 6; or

 

(c)            Seller or Guarantor shall default in the payment of any other amount payable by it hereunder or under any other Program Document after notification by Buyer of such default, and such default shall have continued unremedied for three (3) Business Days; or

 

(d)            Any representation, warranty or certification made or deemed made herein or in any other Program Document by any Seller Party or any certificate furnished to Buyer pursuant to the provisions thereof, shall prove to have been false or misleading in any material respect as of the time made or furnished (other than the representations and warranties set forth in Schedule 1 which shall be considered solely for the purpose of determining the Market Value of the Loans; unless (i) Seller shall have made any such representations and warranties with knowledge that they were materially false or misleading at the time made or (ii) any such representations and warranties have been determined by Buyer in its sole discretion to be materially false or misleading on a regular basis); or

 

53



 

(e)            (i) A Seller Party shall fail to comply with the requirements of Section 13(c)(i)(A), Section 13(d), Section 13(f)(i), Section 13(m), Section 13(n), Section 13(o), Section 13(dd) or Section 13(kk)(B) hereof, and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of one (1) Business Day; (ii) a Seller Party shall fail to comply with the requirements of Section 13(p) or Section 13(q) hereof or Section 3 of the Pricing Side Letter, and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of two (2) Business Days; or (iii) Seller shall otherwise fail to observe or perform any other obligation, representation or covenant contained in this Agreement or any other Program Document and such failure to observe or perform shall continue unremedied for a period of five (5) Business Days; or

 

(f)             Any final judgment or judgments or order or orders for the payment of money in excess of $1,000,000 in the aggregate (to the extent that it is, in the reasonable determination of Buyer, uninsured and provided that any insurance or other credit posted in connection with an appeal shall not be deemed insurance for these purposes) shall be rendered against any Seller Party by one or more courts, administrative tribunals or other bodies having jurisdiction over them and the same shall not be discharged (or provisions shall not be made for such discharge) or bonded, or a stay of execution thereof shall not be procured, within sixty (60) days from the date of entry thereof and such Seller Party shall not, within said period of sixty (60) days, or such longer period during which execution of the same shall have been stayed or bonded, appeal therefrom and cause the execution thereof to be stayed during such appeal; or

 

(g)            Any Seller Party shall admit in writing its inability to, or intention not to, perform any of its Obligations, or Buyer shall have determined in good faith that a Seller Party is unable to meet its commitments; or

 

(h)            A Seller Party files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, seeks relief under any provision of any bankruptcy, reorganization, moratorium, delinquency, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law of any jurisdiction whether now or subsequently in effect; or consents to the filing of any petition against it under any such law; or consents to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, conservator, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official for such Seller Party, or of all or any part of such Seller Party’s Property; or makes an assignment for the benefit of such Seller Party’s creditors; or

 

(i)             A custodian, receiver, conservator, liquidator, trustee, sequestrator or similar official for any Seller Party, or of any of such Seller Party’s respective Property (as a debtor or creditor protection procedure), is appointed or takes possession of such Property; or a Seller Party generally fails to pay its debts as they become due; or a Seller Party is adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent; or an order for relief is entered under the Federal Bankruptcy Code, or any successor or similar applicable statute, or any administrative insolvency scheme, against a Seller Party; or any of a Seller Party’s Property is sequestered by court or administrative order; or a petition is filed against such Seller Party under any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution, moratorium, delinquency or liquidation law of any jurisdiction, whether now or subsequently in effect; or

 

(j)             Any Governmental Authority or any person, agency or entity acting or purporting to act under governmental authority shall have taken any action to condemn, seize or appropriate, or to assume custody or control of, all or any substantial part of the Property of any Seller Party or any of its Affiliates, or shall have taken any action to displace the management of a Seller Party or any of its Affiliates or to curtail its authority in the conduct of the business of a Seller Party or any of its Affiliates, or takes any action in the nature of enforcement to remove, limit or restrict the approval of such Seller Party or any of

 

54



 

their Affiliates as an issuer, buyer or seller/servicer of loans or securities backed thereby, and such action provided for in this subsection (j) shall not have been discontinued or stayed within thirty (30) days; or

 

(k)            (i) Any Program Document shall for whatever reason (including an event of default thereunder) be terminated (other than as agreed upon by Buyer and Seller), (ii) this Agreement shall for any reason cease to create a valid, first priority security interest or ownership interest upon transfer in any of the Purchased Loans or Purchased Items purported to be covered hereby or any of Seller’s material obligations (including the Obligations hereunder) shall cease to be in full force and effect, or the enforceability thereof shall be contested by any Seller Party; or

 

(l)             Any Material Adverse Effect shall have occurred as determined by Buyer in its reasonable discretion; or

 

(m)           (i) Seller shall engage in any non-exempt “prohibited transaction” (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) involving any Plan, (ii) a determination that a Plan is “at risk” (within the meaning of Section 302 of ERISA) or any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan shall arise on the assets of Seller or any ERISA Affiliate, (iii) a Reportable Event shall occur with respect to, or proceedings shall commence to have a trustee appointed, or a trustee shall be appointed, to administer or to terminate, any Plan, which Reportable Event or commencement of proceedings or appointment of a trustee is, in the reasonable opinion of Buyer, likely to result in the termination of such Plan for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (iv) any Plan shall terminate for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (v) Seller or any ERISA Affiliate shall, or in the reasonable opinion of Buyer is likely to, incur any liability in connection with a withdrawal from, or the insolvency or reorganization of, a Multiemployer Plan, (vi) Seller or any ERISA Affiliate shall file an application for a minimum funding waiver under Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code with respect to any Plan, (vii) any obligation for post-retirement medical costs (other than as required by COBRA or other applicable law, at the expense of the retiree) exists, or (viii) any other event or condition shall occur or exist with respect to a Plan and in each case in clauses (i) through (vii) above, such event or condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if any, is likely to subject Seller or any of its Affiliates to any tax, penalty or other liabilities in the aggregate material in relation to the business, operations, property or financial or other condition of Seller or any of its Affiliates or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

(n)            A Change of Control of any Seller Party shall have occurred without the prior consent of Buyer or a material change in the management of any Seller Party shall have occurred which has not been approved by Buyer; or

 

(o)            A Seller Party shall grant, or suffer to exist, any Lien on any Purchased Items except the Liens contemplated hereby; or the Liens contemplated hereby shall cease to be first priority perfected Liens on the Purchased Items in favor of Buyer or shall be Liens in favor of any Person other than Buyer; or

 

(p)            Buyer shall reasonably request, specifying the reasons for such request, reasonable information, and/or written responses to such requests, regarding the financial well-being of Seller or any Seller Party and such reasonable information and/or responses shall not have been provided within three (3) Business Days of such request; or

 

(q)            Any Seller Party or any Affiliate of a Seller Party shall default under, or fail to perform as required under, or shall otherwise breach the terms of any instrument, agreement or contract between any Seller Party or such other entity, on the one hand, and Buyer or any of Buyer’s Affiliates on the other; or

 

55



 

a Seller Party shall default under, or fail to perform as required under, the terms of any repurchase agreement, loan and security agreement or similar credit facility or agreement for borrowed funds with outstanding amount at least $1,000,000 entered into by such Seller Party, which default or failure entitles any party to cause acceleration or require prepayment of any indebtedness thereunder; or

 

(r)             Seller’s membership in MERS is terminated for cause or Seller voluntarily terminates its membership in MERS to the extent any Purchased Loans are MERS Loans; or

 

(s)             The aggregate amount of all outstanding repurchase and indemnity obligations (after giving effect to any applicable cure period) of Seller to its third party investors (including any Agency) exceeds 30% of Seller’s Liquidity; or

 

(t)             Seller fails to deposit any Income received by it into the Collection Account within one (1) Business Day of the date such deposit was due;

 

(u)            Seller shall default under any Servicing Agreement and such failure shall not have been waived by Buyer;

 

(v)            Seller receives a notice of denial from any Agency or any Agency terminates, revokes or suspends Seller’s approval to sell and service loans to such Agency (including but not limited to its approval to use DU or LP to underwrite mortgage loans);

 

(w)           Seller shall cease to be approved by or its approval shall be revoked, suspended, rescinded, halted, eliminated, withdrawn, annulled, repealed, voided or terminated by (i) Ginnie Mae as an approved issuer, (ii) HUD, pursuant to Sections 203 and 211 of the National Housing Act, (iii) FHA, as an FHA Approved Mortgagee or servicer, (iv) VA as a VA Approved Lender, (v) Fannie Mae as an approved seller/servicer or lender, or (vi) Freddie Mac as an approved seller/servicer or lender; or

 

(x)            Any Agency shall at any time cease to accept delivery of any loan or loans from Seller under any program or notifies Seller that any such Agency shall cease accepting loan deliveries from Seller; or

 

(y)            All or a portion of Seller’s or any Guarantor’s servicing portfolio consisting of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac loans is seized or the servicing of all or a portion of such loans is otherwise transferred away from Seller or any Guarantor; or

 

(z)            If one or more of the events set forth in Section 11 of the Guaranty shall have occurred; or

 

(aa)          Seller fails to pay any portion of the Commitment Fee when due hereunder; or

 

(bb)          Seller’s or Subservicer’s FHA servicing eligibility is suspended, revoked or becomes subject to an investigation by the FHA; or

 

(cc)          Seller’s status as an FHA Approved Mortgagee is suspended, revoked or becomes subject to an investigation by the FHA; or

 

(dd)          (i) Seller’s status as an VA Approved Lender is suspended, revoked or becomes subject to an investigation by the VA;  or (ii) on or after the date, if any, in which Seller becomes a VA Approved Lender, Seller’s status as an VA Approved Lender is suspended, revoked or becomes subject to an investigation by the VA; or

 

56


 

(ee)    (1)  The 6-month rolling average rate of rejection (i.e. denial of insurance claim) by the FHA of insurance claims by Seller and/or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of Seller exceeds 5% (by number of loans or unpaid principal balance) of claims (“Rejected Insurance Trigger”) submitted by Seller and/or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of Seller and (2) Seller has failed to repurchase all Purchased Loans hereunder within five (5) days of Buyer’s request for such repurchase following the occurrence of any Rejected Insurance Trigger; or

 

(ff)     (1) The 6-month rolling average ratio of reimbursement by the FHA to claims submitted by Seller and/or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of Seller is less than 90% of the proceeds (“Reimbursement Trigger”) Seller and/or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of Seller is entitled to and (2) Seller has failed to repurchase all Purchased Loans hereunder within five (5) days of Buyer’s request for such repurchase following the occurrence of any Reimbursement Trigger; or

 

(gg)    (1) The 6-month rolling average rate of rejection by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac of sales by Seller and/or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of Seller exceeds 5% (by number of loans or unpaid principal balance) of proposed sales (“Rejected Sales Trigger”) by Seller and/or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of Seller and (2) Seller has failed to repurchase all Purchased Loans hereunder within five (5) days of Buyer’s request for such repurchase following the occurrence of any Rejected Sales Trigger; or

 

(hh)   (1) The 6-month rolling average ratio of sales by Seller and/or any Subsidiary of Seller to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac to proposed sales by Seller and/or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of Seller to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac is less than 90% (“Sales Ratio Trigger”) and (2) Seller has failed to repurchase all Purchased Loans hereunder within five (5) days of Buyer’s request for such repurchase following the occurrence of any Sales Ratio Trigger; or

 

(ii)      (1) The “compare ratio” assigned to Seller by FHA under its “Neighborhood Watch” program is greater than 100% (“Compare Ratio Trigger”); provided , however , that Buyer may, by providing prior written notice to Seller in Buyer’s sole discretion, adopt a different threshold for such ratio or other statistic, and in such event, there shall be a Compare Ratio Trigger hereunder if the “compare ratio” or such other statistic assigned to Seller by FHA is less favorable than such threshold adopted by Buyer and (2) Seller has failed to repurchase all Purchased Loans hereunder within five (5) days of Buyer’s request for such repurchase following the occurrence of any Compare Ratio Trigger; or

 

(jj)     To the extent Seller has “delegated lender insurance authority” from HUD as of the date hereof, such authority shall be revoked or suspended at any time by HUD.

 

19.                                REMEDIES

 

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Buyer, at its option (which option shall be deemed to have been exercised immediately upon the occurrence of an Event of Default pursuant to Section 18(g), (h), (i) or (j) hereof), shall have the right to exercise any or all of the following rights and remedies:

 

(a)(i)       The Repurchase Date for each Transaction hereunder shall, if it has not already occurred, be deemed immediately to occur (provided that, in the event that the Purchase Date for any Transaction has not yet occurred as of the date of such exercise or deemed exercise, such Transaction shall be deemed immediately canceled).  Seller’s obligations hereunder to repurchase all Purchased Loans at the Repurchase Price therefor on the Repurchase Date in such Transactions shall thereupon become immediately due and payable; all Income then on deposit in the Collection Account and all Income paid after such exercise or deemed exercise shall be

 

57



 

remitted to and retained by Buyer and applied to the aggregate Repurchase Price and any other amounts owing by Seller hereunder; Seller shall immediately deliver to Buyer or its designee any and all original papers, Records and files relating to the Purchased Loans subject to such Transaction then in Seller’s possession and/or control; and all right, title and interest in and entitlement to such Purchased Loans (including the Servicing Rights thereon) shall be deemed transferred to Buyer or its designee.

 

(ii)           Buyer shall have the right to (A) sell, on or following the Business Day following the date on which the Repurchase Price became due and payable pursuant to Section 19(a)(i) without notice or demand of any kind, at a public or private sale and at such price or prices as Buyer may deem commercially reasonable any or all Purchased Loans and/or (B) in its sole discretion elect, in lieu of selling all or a portion of such Purchased Loans, to give Seller credit for such Purchased Loans in an amount equal to the Market Value of the Purchased Loans against the aggregate unpaid Repurchase Price and any other amounts owing by Seller hereunder, provided, however, with respect to Purchased Loans with a Market Value of zero, Buyer shall in its sole discretion either sell such Purchased Loans in accordance with clause (A) of this Section 19(a)(ii) or release such Purchased Loans to Seller.  Seller shall remain liable to Buyer for any amounts that remain owing to Buyer following a sale and/or credit under the preceding sentence.  The proceeds of any disposition of Purchased Loans shall be applied first to the reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Buyer in connection with or as a result of an Event of Default; second , costs of cover and/or related hedging transactions; third to the aggregate Repurchase Prices; and fourth to all other Obligations.

 

(iii)          Buyer shall have the right to terminate this Agreement and declare all obligations of Seller to be immediately due and payable, by a notice in accordance with Section 21 hereof provided no such notice shall be required for an Event of Default pursuant to Section 18(g), (h), (i) or (j).

 

(iv)          The parties recognize that it may not be possible to purchase or sell all of the Purchased Loans on a particular Business Day, or in a transaction with the same purchaser, or in the same manner because the market for such Purchased Loans may not be liquid.  In view of the nature of the Purchased Loans, the parties agree that liquidation of a Transaction or the underlying Purchased Loans does not require a public purchase or sale and that a good faith private purchase or sale shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner.  Accordingly, Buyer may elect the time and manner of liquidating any Purchased Loans and nothing contained herein shall obligate Buyer to liquidate any Purchased Loans on the occurrence of an Event of Default or to liquidate all Purchased Loans in the same manner or on the same Business Day or constitute a waiver of any right or remedy of Buyer.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties to this Agreement agree that the Transactions have been entered into in consideration of and in reliance upon the fact that all Transactions hereunder constitute a single business and contractual obligation and that each Transaction has been entered into in consideration of the other Transactions.

 

(v)           To the extent permitted by applicable law, Seller waives all claims, damages and demands Seller may acquire against Buyer arising out of the exercise by Buyer of any of its rights hereunder, other than those claims, damages and demands arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Buyer.  If any notice of a proposed sale or other disposition of Purchased Items shall be required by law, such notice shall be deemed reasonable and proper if given at least 2 days before such sale or other disposition.

 

58



 

(b)           Seller hereby acknowledges, admits and agrees that Seller’s obligations under this Agreement are recourse obligations of Seller to which Seller pledges its full faith and credit. In addition to its rights hereunder, Buyer shall have the right to proceed against any of Seller’s assets which may be in the possession of Buyer, any of Buyer’s Affiliates or their respective designees (including Custodian), including the right to liquidate such assets and to set-off the proceeds against monies owed by Seller to Buyer pursuant to this Agreement.  Buyer may set off cash, the proceeds of the liquidation of the Purchased Loans and Additional Purchased Loans, any other Purchased Items and their proceeds and all other sums or obligations owed by Buyer, or any of Buyer’s Affiliates, to Seller against all of Seller’s obligations to Buyer, whether under this Agreement, under a Transaction, or under any other agreement among the parties, or otherwise, whether or not such obligations are then due, without prejudice to Buyer’s right to recover any deficiency.

 

(c)           Buyer shall have the right to obtain physical possession of the Servicing Records and all other files of Seller relating to the Purchased Loans and all documents relating to the Purchased Loans which are then or may thereafter come into the possession of Seller or any third party acting for Seller and Seller shall deliver to Buyer such assignments as Buyer shall request.

 

(d)           Buyer shall have the right to direct all Persons servicing the Purchased Loans to take such action with respect to the Purchased Loans as Buyer determines appropriate.

 

(e)           Buyer shall, without regard to the adequacy of the security for the Obligations, be entitled to the appointment of a receiver by any court having jurisdiction, without notice, to take possession of and protect, collect, manage, liquidate, and sell the Purchased Loans and any other Purchased Items or any portion thereof, collect the payments due with respect to the Purchased Loans and any other Purchased Items or any portion thereof, and do anything that Buyer is authorized hereunder or by law to do.  Seller shall pay all costs and expenses incurred by Buyer in connection with the appointment and activities of such receiver.

 

(f)            Buyer may, at its option, enter into one or more interest rate protection agreements covering all or a portion of the Purchased Loans, and Seller shall be responsible for all damages, judgments, costs and expenses of any kind which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against Buyer relating to or arising out of such interest rate protection agreements for a period of thirty (30) days following the occurrence of an Event of Default; including without limitation any losses resulting from such interest rate protection agreements.

 

(g)           In addition to all the rights and remedies specifically provided herein, Buyer shall have all other rights and remedies provided by applicable federal, state, foreign, and local laws, whether existing at law, in equity or by statute, including, without limitation, all rights and remedies available to a purchaser or a secured party, as applicable, under the Uniform Commercial Code.

 

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, Buyer shall have the right to exercise any of its rights and/or remedies without presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind other than as expressly set forth herein, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Seller.

 

Buyer may enforce its rights and remedies hereunder without prior judicial process or hearing, and Seller hereby expressly waives, to the extent permitted by law, any right Seller might otherwise have to require Buyer to enforce its rights by judicial process.  Seller also waives, to the extent permitted by law, any defense Seller might otherwise have to the Obligations, arising from use of nonjudicial process, enforcement and sale of all or any portion of the Purchased Loans and any other Purchased Items or from

 

59



 

any other election of remedies.  Seller recognizes that nonjudicial remedies are consistent with the usages of the trade, are responsive to commercial necessity and are the result of a bargain at arm’s length.

 

Seller shall cause all sums received by it with respect to the Purchased Loans to be deposited to the Collection Account.  Seller shall be liable to Buyer for the amount of all expenses (plus interest thereon at a rate equal to the Post-Default Rate).

 

20.                                DELAY NOT WAIVER; REMEDIES ARE CUMULATIVE

 

No failure on the part of Buyer to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise by Buyer of any right, power or remedy hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. All rights and remedies of Buyer provided for herein are cumulative and in addition to any and all other rights and remedies provided by law, the Program Documents and the other instruments and agreements contemplated hereby and thereby, and are not conditional or contingent on any attempt by Buyer to exercise any of its rights under any other related document.  Buyer may exercise at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default one or more remedies, as they so desire, and may thereafter at any time and from time to time exercise any other remedy or remedies.

 

21.                                NOTICES AND OTHER COMMUNICATIONS

 

Except as otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement, all notices, requests and other communications provided for herein and under the Custodial Agreement (including, without limitation, any modifications of, or waivers, requests or consents under, this Agreement) shall be given or made in writing (including, without limitation, by telex or telecopy or Electronic Transmission) delivered to the intended recipient at the “Address for Notices” specified below its name on the signature pages hereof); or, as to any party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to each other party. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement and except for notices given by Seller under Section 3(b) (which shall be effective only on receipt), all such communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when transmitted (i) by Electronic Transmission and followed by written notice via overnight courier or (ii) by telex or telecopier or personally delivered or, in the case of a mailed notice, upon receipt, in each case given or addressed as aforesaid.

 

22.                                USE OF EMPLOYEE PLAN ASSETS

 

No assets of an employee benefit plan subject to any provision of ERISA shall be used by either party hereto in a Transaction.

 

23.                                INDEMNIFICATION AND EXPENSES

 

(a)           Seller agrees to hold Buyer, its Affiliates and each of their officers, directors, employees, agents and advisors (each an “ Indemnified Party ”) harmless from and indemnify any Indemnified Party against all liabilities, losses, damages, judgments, costs and expenses of any kind which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Indemnified Party (collectively, the “ Costs ”) relating to or arising out of this Agreement, any other Program Document or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby, or any amendment, supplement or modification of, or any waiver or consent under or in respect of, this Agreement, any other Program Document or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby, that, in each case, results from anything other than any Indemnified Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Seller agrees to hold any Indemnified Party harmless

 

60



 

from and indemnify such Indemnified Party against all Costs with respect to all Loans relating to or arising out of any violation or alleged violation of any environmental law, rule or regulation or any consumer credit laws, including without limitation laws with respect to unfair or deceptive lending practices and predatory lending practices, the Truth in Lending Act and/or the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, that, in each case, results from anything other than such Indemnified Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.  In any suit, proceeding or action brought by an Indemnified Party in connection with any Loan for any sum owing thereunder, or to enforce any provisions of any Loan, Seller will save, indemnify and hold such Indemnified Party harmless from and against all expense, loss or damage suffered by reason of any defense, set-off, counterclaim, recoupment or reduction of liability whatsoever of the account debtor or obligor thereunder, arising out of a breach by Seller of any obligation thereunder or arising out of any other agreement, indebtedness or liability at any time owing to or in favor of such account debtor or obligor or its successors from Seller.  Seller also agrees to reimburse any Indemnified Party as and when billed by such Indemnified Party for all such Indemnified Party’s costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or the preservation of such Indemnified Party’s rights under this Agreement, any other Program Document or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby, including without limitation the reasonable fees and disbursements of its counsel.  Seller hereby acknowledges that the obligations of Seller under this Agreement are recourse obligations of Seller.

 

(b)           Seller agrees to pay as and when billed by Buyer all of the out-of pocket costs and expenses incurred by Buyer in connection with the development, preparation, negotiation, administration, enforcement and execution of, and any amendment, waiver, supplement or modification to, this Agreement, any other Program Document or any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith.  Seller agrees to pay as and when billed by Buyer all of the reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby including, without limitation, (i) all the reasonable fees, disbursements and expenses of counsel to Buyer, and (ii) all the due diligence, inspection, testing and review (including but not limited to any asset level file review of any Loans and all on-going due diligence costs) and expenses incurred by Buyer with respect to Purchased Items under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, those costs and expenses incurred by Buyer pursuant to Sections 23, 39 and 44 hereof.  Seller also agrees not to assert any claim against Buyer or any of its Affiliates, or any of their respective officers, directors, employees, attorneys and agents, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages arising out of or otherwise relating to the Program Documents, the actual or proposed use of the proceeds of the Transactions, this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.  THE FOREGOING INDEMNITY AND AGREEMENT NOT TO ASSERT CLAIMS EXPRESSLY APPLIES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, TO THE NEGLIGENCE (BUT NOT GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT) OF THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES.

 

(c)           If Seller fails to pay when due any costs, expenses or other amounts payable by it under this Agreement, including, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and indemnities, such amount may be paid on behalf of Seller by Buyer, in its sole discretion and Seller shall remain liable for any such payments by Buyer.  No such payment by Buyer shall be deemed a waiver of any of Buyer’s rights under the Program Documents.

 

(d) Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of Seller hereunder, the covenants and obligations of Seller contained in this Section 23 shall survive the termination of this Agreement, the payment in full of the Repurchase Price and all other amounts payable hereunder and delivery of the Purchased Loans by Buyer against full payment therefor.

 

61



 

24.                                WAIVER OF REDEMPTION AND DEFICIENCY RIGHTS

 

Seller hereby expressly waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, every statute of limitation on a deficiency judgment, any reduction in the proceeds of any Purchased Items as a result of restrictions upon Buyer or Custodian contained in the Program Documents or any other instrument delivered in connection therewith, and any right that it may have to direct the order in which any of the Purchased Items shall be disposed of in the event of any disposition pursuant hereto.

 

25.                                REIMBURSEMENT

 

All sums reasonably expended by Buyer in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy provided for herein shall be and remain Seller’s obligation (unless and to the extent that Seller is the prevailing party in any dispute, claim or action relating thereto).  Seller agrees to pay, with interest at the Post-Default Rate to the extent that an Event of Default has occurred, the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Buyer and/or Custodian in connection with the preparation, negotiation, enforcement (including any waivers), administration and amendment of the Program Documents (regardless of whether a Transaction is entered into hereunder), the taking of any action, including legal action, required or permitted to be taken by Buyer and/or Custodian pursuant thereto, any “due diligence” or loan agent reviews conducted by Buyer or on its behalf or by refinancing or restructuring in the nature of a “workout.”

 

26.                                FURTHER ASSURANCES

 

Seller agrees to do such further acts and things and to execute and deliver to Buyer such additional assignments, acknowledgments, agreements, powers and instruments as are reasonably required by Buyer to carry into effect the intent and purposes of this Agreement and the other Program Documents, to perfect the interests of Buyer in the Purchased Items or to better assure and confirm unto Buyer its rights, powers and remedies hereunder and thereunder.

 

27.                                TERMINATION

 

This Agreement shall remain in effect until the Termination Date.  However, no such termination shall affect Seller’s outstanding obligations to Buyer at the time of such termination.  Seller’s obligations under Section 3(i), Section 5, Section 12, Section 13, Section 23 and Section 25 and any other reimbursement or indemnity obligation of Seller to Buyer pursuant to this Agreement or any other Program Documents shall survive the termination hereof.

 

28.                                SEVERABILITY

 

If any provision of any Program Document is declared invalid by any court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of the Program Documents, and each Program Document shall be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

29.                                BINDING EFFECT; GOVERNING LAW

 

This Agreement shall be binding and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND GOVERNED BY, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING

 

62



 

EFFECT TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF (EXCEPT FOR SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW).

 

30.                                AMENDMENTS

 

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, any provision of this Agreement may be modified or supplemented only by an instrument in writing signed by Seller, Servicer and Buyer and any provision of this Agreement may be waived by Buyer.

 

31.                                RESERVED.

 

32.                                SURVIVAL

 

Seller’s obligations under sections 3(i), 5, 12, 13, 23 and 25 hereof and any other reimbursement or indemnity obligation of Seller to Buyer pursuant to this Agreement or any other Program Document shall survive the repurchase of the Loans hereunder, the purchase of any Loans pursuant to a takeout commitment and the termination of this Agreement. In addition, each representation and warranty made, or deemed to be made by a request for a purchase, herein or pursuant hereto shall survive the making of such representation and warranty, and Buyer shall not be deemed to have waived, by reason of purchasing any Loan, any Default that may arise by reason of such representation or warranty proving to have been false or misleading, notwithstanding that Buyer may have had notice or knowledge or reason to believe that such representation or warranty was false or misleading at the time such purchase was made.

 

33.                                CAPTIONS

 

The table of contents and captions and Section headings appearing herein are included solely for convenience of reference and are not intended to affect the interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

 

34.                                COUNTERPARTS; ELECTRONIC SIGNATURES

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any of the parties hereto may execute this Agreement by signing any such counterpart.  The parties agree that this Agreement, any documents to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement and any notices hereunder may be transmitted between them by e-mail and/or by facsimile.  The parties intend that faxed signatures and electronically imaged signatures such as .pdf files shall constitute original signatures and are binding on all parties.

 

35.                                SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVERS

 

EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY:

 

(A)          SUBMITS FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AND/OR ANY OTHER PROGRAM DOCUMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION AND ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT IN RESPECT THEREOF, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE GENERAL JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, THE FEDERAL COURTS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND APPELLATE COURTS FROM ANY THEREOF;

 

63



 

(B)          CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE BROUGHT IN SUCH COURTS AND, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT OR THAT SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING WAS BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT COURT AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM THE SAME;

 

(C)          AGREES THAT SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE EFFECTED BY MAILING A COPY THEREOF BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL (OR ANY SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR FORM OF MAIL), POSTAGE PREPAID, TO ITS ADDRESS SET FORTH UNDER ITS SIGNATURE BELOW OR AT SUCH OTHER ADDRESS OF WHICH BUYER SHALL HAVE BEEN NOTIFIED; AND

 

(D)          AGREES THAT NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT TO EFFECT SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHT TO SUE IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

 

36.                                WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

 

EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

 

37.                                ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

 

Seller hereby acknowledges that:

 

(a)   it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Program Documents to which it is a party;

 

(b)   Buyer has no fiduciary relationship to any Seller Party; and

 

(c)   no joint venture exists among or between Buyer and any Seller Party.

 

38.                                HYPOTHECATION OR PLEDGE OF PURCHASED ITEMS

 

Buyer shall have free and unrestricted use of all Purchased Loans and Purchased Items and nothing in this Agreement shall preclude Buyer from engaging in repurchase transactions with the Purchased Loans and Purchased Items or otherwise selling, pledging, repledging, transferring, assigning, hypothecating, rehypothecating or otherwise conveying the Purchased Loans and Purchased Items. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall obligate Buyer to segregate any Purchased Loans or Purchased Items delivered to Buyer by Seller.

 

39.                                ASSIGNMENTS; PARTICIPATIONS

 

(a)   Seller may assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder only with the prior written consent of Buyer.  Buyer may assign or transfer to any bank or other financial institution that makes or

 

64



 

invests in repurchase agreements or loans or any Affiliate of Buyer all or any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Program Documents.

 

(b)   Buyer may, in accordance with applicable law, at any time sell to one or more entities (“ Participants ”) participating interests in this Agreement, its agreement to purchase Loans, or any other interest of Buyer hereunder and under the other Program Documents.  In the event of any such sale by Buyer of participating interests to a Participant, Buyer’s obligations under this Agreement to Seller shall remain unchanged, Buyer shall remain solely responsible for the performance thereof and Seller shall continue to deal solely and directly with Buyer in connection with Buyer’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Program Documents. Seller agrees that if amounts outstanding under this Agreement are due or unpaid, or shall have been declared or shall have become due and payable upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, each Participant shall be deemed to have the right of set-off in respect of its participating interest in amounts owing under this Agreement to the same extent as if the amount of its participating interest were owing directly to it as a Buyer under this Agreement; provided, that such Participant shall only be entitled to such right of set-off if it shall have agreed in the agreement pursuant to which it shall have acquired its participating interest to share with Buyer the proceeds thereof.  Buyer also agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3(h), 3(i) and 23 with respect to its participation in the Loans and Purchased Items outstanding from time to time; provided, that Buyer and all Participants shall be entitled to receive no greater amount in the aggregate pursuant to such Sections than Buyer would have been entitled to receive had no such transfer occurred.

 

(c)   Buyer may furnish any information concerning the Seller Parties or any of their Subsidiaries in the possession of Buyer from time to time to assignees and Participants (including prospective assignees and Participants) only after notifying Seller in writing and securing signed confidentiality statements (a form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit H ) and only for the sole purpose of evaluating assignments or participations and for no other purpose.

 

(d)   Seller agrees to cooperate with Buyer in connection with any such assignment and/or participation, to execute and deliver replacement notes, and to enter into such restatements of, and amendments, supplements and other modifications to, this Agreement and the other Program Documents in order to give effect to such assignment and/or participation. Seller further agrees to furnish to any Participant identified by Buyer to Seller copies of all reports and certificates to be delivered by Seller to Buyer hereunder, as and when delivered to Buyer.

 

40.                                SINGLE AGREEMENT

 

Seller and Buyer acknowledge that, and have entered hereinto and will enter into each Transaction hereunder in consideration of and in reliance upon the fact that, all Transactions hereunder constitute a single business and contractual relationship and have been made in consideration of each other.  Accordingly, Seller, Servicer and Buyer each agree (i) to perform all of its obligations in respect of each Transaction hereunder, and that a default in the performance of any such obligations shall constitute a default by it in respect of all Transactions hereunder, and (ii) that payments, deliveries and other transfers made by any of them in respect of any Transaction shall be deemed to have been made in consideration of payments, deliveries and other transfers in respect of any other Transaction hereunder, and the obligations to make any such payments, deliveries and other transfers may be applied against each other and netted.

 

65



 

41.                                INTENT

 

Seller and Buyer intend that this Agreement and each Transaction is a “repurchase agreement,” as that term is defined in section 101(47)(A)(i) of the Bankruptcy Code, a “securities contract,” as that term is defined in section 741(7)(A)(i) of the Bankruptcy Code, and a “master netting agreement,” as that term is defined in section 101(38A)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code; and that the pledge of the Related Credit Enhancement in Section 8(a) hereof is intended to constitute “a security agreement or arrangement or other credit enhancement” that is “related to” this Agreement and Transactions hereunder within the meaning of sections 101(38A)(A), 101(47)(A)(v) and 741(7)(A)(xi) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

Seller and Buyer further intend that Buyer be entitled to, without limitation, the liquidation, termination, acceleration, setoff and non-avoidability rights afforded to parties such as Buyer to “repurchase agreements,” pursuant to sections 559, 362(b)(7) and 546(f) of the Bankruptcy Code; “securities contracts,” pursuant to sections 555, 362(b)(6) and 546(e) of the Bankruptcy Code; and “master netting agreements,” pursuant to sections 561, 362(b)(27) and 546(j) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

42.                                CONFIDENTIALITY

 

The Program Documents and their respective terms, provisions, supplements and amendments, and transactions and notices thereunder, are proprietary to Buyer and shall be held by Seller in strict confidence and shall not be disclosed to any third party without the consent of Buyer except for (i) disclosure to Seller’s Affiliates, directors, attorneys, agents or accountants, provided that such attorneys or accountants likewise agree to be bound by this covenant of confidentiality, or are otherwise subject to confidentiality restrictions or (ii) upon prior written notice to Buyer, disclosure required by law, rule, regulation or order of a court or other regulatory body or (iii)  when circumstances reasonably permit, any disclosures or filing required under Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”) or state securities’ laws; provided that in the case of disclosure by any party pursuant to the foregoing clauses (ii) and (iii), Seller shall take reasonable actions to provide Buyer with prior written notice; provided further that in the case of (iii), Seller shall not file any of the Program Documents other than the Agreement and the Guaranty with the SEC or state securities office unless Seller shall have provided at least thirty (30) days (or such lesser time as may be demanded by the SEC or state securities office) prior written notice of such filing to Buyer.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, each party (and each employee, representative, or other agent of each party) may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure of the transaction and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to it relating to such tax treatment and tax structure.  For this purpose, tax treatment and tax structure shall not include (i) the identity of any existing or future party (or any Affiliate of such party) to this Agreement or (ii) any specific pricing information or other commercial terms, including the amount of any fees, expenses, rates or payments arising in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

43.                                SERVICING

 

(a)   Seller and Servicer covenant to maintain or cause the servicing of the Purchased Loans to be maintained in conformity with Accepted Servicing Practices and pursuant to the related underlying Servicing Agreement. In the event that the preceding language is interpreted as constituting one or more servicing contracts, each such servicing contract shall terminate automatically upon the earliest of (i) the termination thereof by Buyer pursuant to subsection (d) below, (ii) thirty (30) days after the last Purchase Date of such Purchased Loan, (iii) a Default or an Event of Default, (iv) the date on which all the Obligations have been paid in full, or (v) the transfer of servicing to any entity approved by Buyer and the

 

66


 

assumption thereof by such entity. Upon any such termination, Seller and Servicer, as applicable, shall comply with the requirements set forth in Section 13(hh) as to the delivery of the Servicing Records and the physical servicing of each Purchased Loan.

 

(b)   During any period Seller or Servicer is servicing any Purchased Loans, (i) Seller and Servicer agree that Buyer is the owner of the Servicing Rights and all servicing records, including but not limited to any and all servicing agreements, files, documents, records, data bases, computer tapes, copies of computer tapes, proof of insurance coverage, insurance policies, appraisals, other closing documentation, payment history records, and any other records relating to or evidencing the servicing of such Loans (the “ Servicing Records ”), and (ii) Seller as Servicer grants Buyer a security interest in all servicing fees and rights relating to the Purchased Loans and all Servicing Records to secure the obligation of Seller, Servicer or any Subservicer to service in conformity with this Section 43 and any other obligation of Seller and/or Servicer to Buyer.  At all times during the term of this Agreement, Servicer covenants to hold such Servicing Records in trust for Buyer and to safeguard, or cause each Subservicer to safeguard, such Servicing Records and to deliver them, or cause any such Subservicer to deliver them to the extent permitted under the related Servicing Agreement promptly to Buyer or its designee (including Custodian) at Buyer’s request or otherwise as required by operation of Section 13(hh) hereof.  It is understood and agreed by the parties that prior to an Event of Default, Servicer may retain the servicing fees with respect to the Purchased Loans.

 

(c)   If any Loan that is proposed to be sold on a Purchase Date is serviced by a servicer other than Seller or Servicer (including any interim servicer) (a “ Subservicer ”), or if the servicing of any Purchased Loan is to be transferred to a Subservicer, Seller shall provide a copy of the related servicing agreement and an Instruction Letter executed by such Subservicer (collectively, the “ Servicing Agreement ”) to Buyer at least three (3) Business Days prior to such Purchase Date or transfer date, as applicable, which Servicing Agreement shall be in form and substance acceptable to Buyer.  In addition, Seller shall have obtained the prior written consent of Buyer for such Subservicer to subservice the Loans.

 

(d)   In addition to the rights provided in Section 43(a), Buyer shall have the right, exercisable at any time in its sole discretion, upon written notice, to terminate Seller, Servicer or any Subservicers as servicer or subservicer, respectively, and any related Servicing Agreement.  With respect to any Servicing Rights, any such termination shall be effective as of the date that occurs thirty (30) days after the last Purchase Date. Upon the effectiveness of any such termination, Servicer shall transfer or shall cause Subservicer to transfer such servicing with respect to such Purchased Loans to Buyer or its designee, at no cost or expense to Buyer.  Seller and Servicer, as applicable, agree to cooperate with Buyer in connection with the transfer of servicing.

 

(e)   Buyer shall have the right in its sole discretion to appoint a third party to perform due diligence with respect to Servicer’s servicing facilities at any time.  Servicer shall cooperate with Buyer and/or its designees to provide access to Servicer’s servicing facilities including without limitation its books and records with respect to Servicer’s servicing portfolio and the Purchased Loans.  In addition to the foregoing, Servicer shall permit Buyer to inspect upon reasonable prior written notice at a mutually convenient time, Servicer’s servicing facilities, as the case may be, for the purpose of satisfying Buyer that Servicer has the ability to service the Loans as provided in this Agreement and in any Servicing Agreement.  In addition, with respect to any Subservicer which is not an Affiliate of Servicer, Servicer shall use its best efforts to enable Buyer to inspect the servicing facilities of such Subservicer and to cause such Subservicer to cooperate with Buyer and/or its designees in connection with any due diligence performed by Buyer and/or such designees in accordance with this Section 43(e).  Seller and Buyer

 

67



 

further agree that all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Buyer in connection with any due diligence or inspection performed pursuant to this Section 43(e) shall be paid by Buyer.

 

44.                                PERIODIC DUE DILIGENCE REVIEW

 

Seller and Servicer acknowledge that Buyer has the right to perform continuing due diligence reviews with respect to the Loans, for purposes of verifying compliance with the representations, warranties, covenants and specifications made hereunder or under any other Program Document, or otherwise, and Seller agrees that upon reasonable (but no less than one (1) Business Day’s) prior notice to Seller or Servicer (provided that upon the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default, no such prior notice shall be required), Buyer or its authorized representatives will be permitted during normal business hours to examine, inspect, make copies of, and make extracts of, the Mortgage Files, the Servicing Records and any and all documents, records, agreements, instruments or information relating to such Loans in the possession, or under the control, of Seller, Servicer and/or Custodian. Seller and Servicer also shall make available to Buyer a knowledgeable financial or accounting officer for the purpose of answering questions respecting the Mortgage Files and the Loans. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Seller acknowledges that Buyer shall purchase Loans from Seller based solely upon the information provided by Seller to Buyer in the Loan Schedule and the representations, warranties and covenants contained herein, and that Buyer, at its option, has the right, at any time to conduct a partial or complete due diligence review on some or all of the Purchased Loans, including, without limitation, ordering new credit reports, new appraisals on the related Mortgaged Properties and otherwise re-generating the information used to originate the related Loan.  Buyer may underwrite such Loans itself or engage a third party underwriter to perform such underwriting.  Seller agrees to cooperate with Buyer and any third party underwriter in connection with such underwriting, including, but not limited to, providing Buyer and any third party underwriter with access to any and all documents, records, agreements, instruments or information relating to such Loans in the possession, or under the control, of  Seller.  In addition, Buyer has the right to perform continuing Due Diligence Reviews (including, without limitation, operational, legal, corporate and background due diligence) of Seller, Servicer and its Affiliates, directors, and their respective Subsidiaries and the officers, employees and significant shareholders thereof.  Seller and Buyer further agree that all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Buyer in connection with Buyer’s activities pursuant to this Section 44 shall be paid by Seller.

 

45.                                SET-OFF

 

In addition to any rights and remedies of Buyer provided by this Agreement and by law, Buyer shall have the right, without prior notice to Seller, any such notice being expressly waived by Seller to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon any amount becoming due and payable by Seller hereunder (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) to set-off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all Property and deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by Buyer or any Affiliate thereof to or for the credit or the account of Seller.  Buyer may set-off cash, the proceeds of the liquidation of any Purchased Items and all other sums or obligations owed by Buyer or its Affiliates to Seller against all of Seller’s obligations to Buyer or its Affiliates, whether under this Agreement or under any other agreement between the parties or between Seller and any Affiliate of Buyer, or otherwise, whether or not such obligations are then due, without prejudice to Buyer’s or its Affiliate’s right to recover any deficiency.  Buyer agrees promptly to notify Seller after any such set-off and application made by Buyer; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.

 

68



 

46.                                ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement and the other Program Documents embody the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto and thereto and supersede any and all prior agreements, arrangements and understandings relating to the matters provided for herein and therein.  No alteration, waiver, amendments, or change or supplement hereto shall be binding or effective unless the same is set forth in writing by a duly authorized representative of each party hereto.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

69



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company,

 

 as Seller and Servicer

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brian Stack

 

Name:

Brian Stack

 

Title:

Vice President, Treasury

 

 

 

 

 

Address for Notices:
6101 Condor Drive
Moorpark, California 93021
Attention: Chief Legal Officer
Telephone No.: (818) 224-7442
Facsimile No.: (818) 224-7393

 

 

 

 

 

CITIBANK, N.A. as Buyer and Agent, as applicable

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Susan Mills

 

Name:

Susan Mills

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

CitiBank, N.A.

 

 

 

Address for Notices:
390 Greenwich Street, 5
th  Floor
New York, New York 10013
Attention: Bobbie Theivakumaran
Telephone No.: (212) 723-6753
Fax No.: (646) 291-3799

 

 

[Signature Page to Citibank/PennyMac Master Repurchase Agreement]

 




Exhibit 10.21

 

EXECUTION

 

AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE

to the

MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT

Dated as of June 26, 2012,

by and between

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC

and

CITIBANK, N.A.

 

This AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE (this “ Amendment Number One ”) is made this 31 st  day of December, 2012, by and between PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC (“Seller”) and CITIBANK, N.A. (“ Buyer ”), to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of June 26, 2012, by and between Seller and Buyer, as such agreement may be amended from time to time (the “ Agreement ”).  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Agreement.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, Seller and Buyer have agreed to amend the Agreement to modify certain definitions, financial and reporting representations, warranties, certifications and covenants, as more specifically set forth herein; and

 

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, Seller represents to Buyer that the Seller Parties are in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of the Agreement and each other Program Document and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Agreement or any other Program Document.

 

NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and for the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1.         Amendments .  Effective as of December 31, 2012 (the “ Amendment Effective Date ”), the Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

(a)   Section 2 of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the definition of “Adjusted Tangible Net Worth” in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

Adjusted Tangible Net Worth ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, the excess of such Person’s total assets (including mortgage servicing rights in an amount less than or equal to the MSR Value Cap), net of goodwill and intangible assets, over its total liabilities, calculated in accordance with GAAP as reflected on such Person’s financial statements.

 

(b)   Section 2 of the Agreement is hereby amended by adding the new definition of “MSR Value Cap” as follows:

 

MSR Value Cap ” shall mean the value assigned to a Person’s aggregate portfolio of mortgage servicing rights; provided, however, in any case such value shall not exceed the product of (i) 4.0, multiplied by (ii) the weighted average servicing fee for all mortgage loans underlying the mortgage servicing rights, multiplied by (iii) the unpaid principal balance of the mortgage loans underlying the mortgage servicing rights.

 



 

(c)   Section 2 of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the definition of “Valuation Agent” in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

Valuation Agent ” shall mean a qualified, unaffiliated third party (acceptable to Buyer in its sole discretion including but not limited to any independent third party appointed by the Buyer in its sole discretion pursuant to Section 43(e)) that specializes in establishing a fair market value of servicing portfolios with respect to mortgage loans substantially similar to the Loans originated or acquired by a Seller Party, as applicable.

 

(d)   Section 12 of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting clause “(p)” contained therein in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

(p) (A) Seller’s Adjusted Tangible Net Worth is greater than or equal to $90,000,000; (B) Seller’s unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents are greater than or equal to $6,375,000; (C) Seller’s residential mortgage servicing portfolio is in excess of $5,000,000,000 in un-amortized principal balance of loans; (D) the ratio of Seller’s Total Indebtedness to Adjusted Tangible Net Worth is less than 10:1; and (E) Seller’s consolidated Net Income was equal to or greater than $1.00 for the previous calendar quarter.

 

(e)   Section 13 of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting clause (a)(viii) contained therein and replacing it with the following:

 

(viii)        Within (i) three (3) Business Days after receipt by a Seller Party (to the extent such Seller Party owns any servicing rights with respect to any mortgage loans) of a request from Buyer, the servicing valuation conducted by such Seller Party and used to support the calculation of the servicing multiple used in determining the book value of such Seller Party’s servicing portfolio in accordance with GAAP; and (ii) if so requested by Buyer, within (3) Business Days of its completion, the servicing valuation conducted by a Valuation Agent with respect to the value of such Seller Party’s servicing portfolio in accordance with GAAP;

 

(f)    Section 13 of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting clause (q)(i) contained therein and replacing it with the following:

 

(i) Seller covenants and agrees with Buyer that during the term of this Agreement: (A) its Adjusted Tangible Net Worth shall at all times be greater than or equal to $90,000,000; (B) its unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents shall at all times be greater than or equal to $6,375,000; (C) its residential mortgage servicing portfolio shall at all times be in excess of $5,000,000,000 in un-amortized principal balance of loans; (D) the ratio of its  Total Indebtedness to Adjusted Tangible Net Worth shall at all times be less than 10:1; and (E) its consolidated Net Income shall be equal to or greater than $1.00 for each calendar quarter.

 

(g)   Exhibit A of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the Exhibit in its entirety and replacing it with Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

SECTION 2.         Fees and Expenses .  Seller agrees to pay to Buyer all reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses incurred by Buyer in connection with this Amendment Number One (including all reasonable fees and out of pocket costs and expenses of the Buyer’s legal counsel) in accordance with Sections 23 and 25 of the Agreement.

 



 

SECTION 3.         Representations .  Seller hereby represents to Buyer that as of the date hereof, the Seller Parties are in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of the Agreement and each other Program Document and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Agreement or any other Program Document.

 

SECTION 4.         Binding Effect; Governing Law .  This Amendment Number One shall be binding and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  THIS AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND GOVERNED BY, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF (EXCEPT FOR SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW WHICH SHALL GOVERN).

 

SECTION 5.         Counterparts .  This Amendment Number One may be executed by each of the parties hereto on any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

SECTION 6.         Limited Effect .  Except as amended hereby, the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.  Reference to this Amendment Number One need not be made in the Agreement or any other instrument or document executed in connection therewith, or in any certificate, letter or communication issued or made pursuant to, or with respect to, the Agreement, any reference in any of such items to the Agreement being sufficient to refer to the Agreement as amended hereby.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Seller and Buyer have caused this Amendment Number One to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the Amendment Effective Date.

 

 

 

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC,

 

(Seller)

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Anne D. McCallion

 

Name:

Anne D. McCallion

 

Title:

Vice President, Finance

 

 

 

 

 

CITIBANK, N.A.

 

(Buyer and Agent, as applicable)

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Susan Mills

 

Name:

Vice President

 

Title:

Citibank, N.A.

 

 

Acknowledged:

 

PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

 

By:

/s/ Anne D. McCallion

 

Name:

Anne D. McCallion

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 




Exhibit 10.22

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

among

 

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON MORTGAGE CAPITAL LLC, as lender (“ Lender ”)

 

and

 

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC, as borrower (“ Borrower ”)

 

and

 

PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC, as guarantor
(“ Guarantor ”)

 

Dated as of March 27, 2012

 

 

1



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

2

 

 

 

Section 1.01

Certain Defined Terms

2

Section 1.02

Other Defined Terms

20

 

 

 

ARTICLE II GENERAL TERMS

20

 

 

 

Section 2.01

Loan

20

Section 2.02

Procedure for Borrowing

21

Section 2.03

Repayment and Prepayment of Principal

22

Section 2.04

Interest

22

Section 2.05

Borrowing Base Deficiencies

22

Section 2.06

Payment Procedure

23

Section 2.07

Application of Payments

23

Section 2.08

Use of Proceeds and Requests for Advances

25

Section 2.09

Recourse

25

Section 2.10

Requirements of Law

25

Section 2.11

Taxes

26

Section 2.12

Indemnity

27

Section 2.13

Intentionally Omitted

27

Section 2.14

Dedicated Accounts

27

Section 2.15

Additional Securitization Transactions

27

Section 2.16

Commitment Fee

28

Section 2.17

Termination

28

 

 

 

ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

28

 

 

 

Section 3.01

Borrower and Guarantor Existence

28

Section 3.02

Licenses

28

Section 3.03

Power

29

Section 3.04

Due Authorization

29

Section 3.05

Financial Statements

29

Section 3.06

No Event of Default

30

Section 3.07

Solvency

30

Section 3.08

No Conflicts

30

Section 3.09

True and Complete Disclosure

30

Section 3.10

Approvals

31

Section 3.11

Litigation

31

Section 3.12

Material Adverse Change

31

Section 3.13

Ownership

31

Section 3.14

The Servicing Contracts

32

 

i



 

 

Section 3.15

Taxes

32

Section 3.16

Investment Company

32

Section 3.17

Chief Executive Office; Jurisdiction of Organization

32

Section 3.18

Location of Books and Records

32

Section 3.19

Adjusted Tangible Net Worth

32

Section 3.20

ERISA

33

Section 3.21

Financing of Assets

33

Section 3.22

Agreements

33

Section 3.23

Other Indebtedness

33

Section 3.24

Agency Approvals; Servicing Facilities

33

Section 3.25

No Reliance

33

Section 3.26

Plan Assets

34

Section 3.27

No Prohibited Persons

34

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV COLLATERAL SECURITY

34

 

 

 

Section 4.01

Collateral; Security Interest

34

Section 4.02

Further Documentation

35

Section 4.03

Limited Pledge of Fannie Mae Servicing

36

Section 4.04

Limited Pledge of Ginnie Mae Servicing

36

Section 4.05

Limited Pledge of Freddie Mac Servicing

37

Section 4.06

Acknowledgement Agreements

38

Section 4.07

Changes in Locations, Name, etc.

38

Section 4.08

Lender’s Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact

39

Section 4.09

Performance by Lender of Borrower’s Obligations

40

Section 4.10

Proceeds

41

Section 4.11

Remedies

41

Section 4.12

Limitation on Duties Regarding Preservation of Collateral

42

Section 4.13

Powers Coupled with an Interest

42

Section 4.14

Release of Security Interest

42

Section 4.15

Reinstatement

42

 

 

 

ARTICLE V CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

42

 

 

 

Section 5.01

Initial Loan Advance

42

Section 5.02

Initial and Subsequent Loan Advances

43

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI COVENANTS

46

 

 

 

Section 6.01

Financial Covenants

46

Section 6.02

Litigation

46

Section 6.03

Prohibition of Fundamental Changes

46

Section 6.04

Portfolio Performance Data

46

Section 6.05

Weekly Reporting

46

Section 6.06

Insurance

47

Section 6.07

No Adverse Claims

47

 

ii



 

Section 6.08

Assignment

47

Section 6.09

Security Interest

47

Section 6.10

Records

47

Section 6.11

Books

48

Section 6.12

Approvals

48

Section 6.13

Material Change in Business

48

Section 6.14

Collections on Assets and the Dedicated Accounts

48

Section 6.15

Distributions

49

Section 6.16

Applicable Law

49

Section 6.17

Existence

49

Section 6.18

Chief Executive Office; Jurisdiction of Organization

49

Section 6.19

Taxes

49

Section 6.20

Transactions with Affiliates

49

Section 6.21

Guarantees

49

Section 6.22

Indebtedness

49

Section 6.23

Termination of Servicing Notice

49

Section 6.24

True and Correct Information

50

Section 6.25

Servicing

50

Section 6.26

Receivables Not To Be Evidenced by Promissory Notes

50

Section 6.27

No Pledge

50

Section 6.28

Servicing Appraisals

50

Section 6.29

Plan Assets

50

Section 6.30

Sharing of Information

51

Section 6.31

Modification of the Servicing Contracts

51

Section 6.32

Reserved

51

Section 6.33

Reserved

51

Section 6.34

Quality Control

51

Section 6.35

Reporting Requirements

51

Section 6.36

Most Favored Status

54

Section 6.37

Liens on Substantially All Assets

55

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII DEFAULTS/RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF LENDER UPON DEFAULT

55

 

 

Section 7.01

Events of Default

55

Section 7.02

No Waiver

57

Section 7.03

Due and Payable

57

Section 7.04

Fees

58

Section 7.05

Default Rate

58

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS; SEPARATE ACTIONS BY LENDER

58

 

 

Section 8.01

Entire Agreement

58

Section 8.02

Waivers, Separate Actions by Lender

58

 

iii



 

ARTICLE IX SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

58

 

 

 

Section 9.01

Successors and Assigns

58

Section 9.02

Participations and Transfers

59

Section 9.03

Lender and Participant Register

59

 

 

 

ARTICLE X MISCELLANEOUS

60

 

 

 

Section 10.01

Survival

60

Section 10.02

Indemnification

60

Section 10.03

Nonliability of Lender

61

Section 10.04

Governing Law; Jurisdiction, Waiver of Jury Trial: Waiver of Damages

61

Section 10.05

Notices

62

Section 10.06

Severability

63

Section 10.07

Section Headings

63

Section 10.08

Counterparts

63

Section 10.09

Periodic Due Diligence Review

63

Section 10.10

Hypothecation or Pledge of Loans

64

Section 10.11

Non-Confidentiality of Tax Treatment

64

Section 10.12

Set-off

65

Section 10.13

Amendment and Restatement

65

 

iv



 

Schedule 1 — Representations and Warranties Regarding the Assets

 

Schedule 2 — Eligible Securitization Transactions and Servicing Contracts

 

Schedule 3 — Responsible Officers of Borrower and Guarantor

 

Exhibit A — Form of Second Amended and Restated Promissory Note

 

Exhibit B-1 — Form of Power of Attorney (Lender)

 

Exhibit B-2 — Form of Power of Attorney (SPS)

 

Exhibit C — Form of Notice of Borrowing

 

Exhibit D — Existing Indebtedness

 

Exhibit E — Form of Opinion of Borrower’s and Guarantor’s Counsel

 

Exhibit F — Form of Request for Approval of Eligible Securitization or Servicing Contract

 

v



 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (as the same may be amended, modified, restated or supplemented from time to time, this “ Agreement ”) is made as of March 27, 2012 between CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON MORTGAGE CAPITAL LLC (the “ Lender ”), PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC, as borrower  (the “ Borrower ”) and PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC, as guarantor (the “ Guarantor ”).

 

Credit Suisse AG, New York Branch (“ CSAG ”), the Borrower and Guarantor previously entered into an Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2011, which amended and restated the terms of a Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of November 20, 2009 (the “ Existing Loan and Security Agreement ”).  Pursuant to that certain Novation Agreement, dated as of March 13, 2012, among CSAG, Lender, Borrower and Guarantor, CSAG was released of its rights, liabilities, duties and obligations under the Existing Loan and Security Agreement and the Lender became a party thereto.

 

The parties hereto have requested that the Existing Loan and Security Agreement be amended and restated, in its entirety, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, in order to finance Servicing Rights and Receivables owned by Borrower from time to time, Borrower has requested that Lender make available to Borrower a revolving credit facility in an amount not to exceed the Maximum Loan Amount (the “ Facility ”).  Each advance made by Lender to Borrower pursuant to this Agreement (each, a “ Loan Advance ” and collectively, the “ Loan ”) will be used by Borrower to finance Eligible Assets (as defined below);

 

WHEREAS, Lender has agreed to make the Facility available to Borrower upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein; and

 

WHEREAS, Lender has required and Guarantor has agreed that it will Guarantee the Obligations hereunder;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Lender and Borrower hereby agree as follows.

 



 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.01          Certain Defined Terms .  Capitalized terms used herein shall have the indicated meanings:

 

Accepted Servicing Practices ” means, with respect to any Mortgage Loan, those mortgage servicing practices of prudent mortgage lending institutions which service mortgage loans of the same type as such Mortgage Loan in the jurisdiction where the related Mortgaged Property is located, and with respect to Agency Servicing Rights, those practices required by the Agencies.

 

Acknowledgment Agreement ” means an acknowledgment agreement in the form prescribed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae, as applicable to be executed by Borrower, Lender and such Agency as a condition to the Borrower’s pledging Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae (as the case may be) Servicing Rights to the Lender and otherwise acceptable to Lender in its sole discretion.

 

Act ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.11(b).

 

Act of Insolvency ” means, with respect to any Person or its Affiliates, (i) the filing of a petition, commencing, or authorizing the commencement of any case or proceeding, or the voluntary joining of any case or proceeding under any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution or similar law relating to the protection of creditors, or suffering any such petition or proceeding to be commenced by another which is consented to, not timely contested or results in entry of an order for relief; (ii) the seeking of the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or similar official for such party or an Affiliate or any substantial part of the property of either; (iii) the appointment of a receiver, conservator, or manager for such party or an Affiliate by any governmental agency or authority having the jurisdiction to do so; (iv) the making or offering by such party or an Affiliate of a composition with its creditors or a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (v) the admission by such party or an Affiliate of such party of its inability to pay its debts or discharge its obligations as they become due or mature; or (vi) that any governmental authority or agency or any person, agency or entity acting or purporting to act under governmental authority shall have taken any action to condemn, seize or appropriate, or to assume custody or control of, all or any substantial part of the property of such party or of any of its Affiliates, or shall have taken any action to displace the management of such party or of any of its Affiliates or to curtail its authority in the conduct of the business of such party or of any of its Affiliates.

 

Additional Repurchase Collateral ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(c).

 

Adjusted Tangible Net Worth ” means, for any Person, Net Worth of such Person plus Subordinated Debt (provided that Subordinated Debt shall not be taken into account to the extent that it would cause Adjusted Tangible Net Worth to be comprised of greater than 25% Subordinated Debt), minus intangibles, goodwill, receivables from Affiliates; provided , however , that any investment vehicle that is under the management of PNMAC Capital Management LLC

 

2



 

and is otherwise not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by Borrower shall not be deemed a “Affiliate” for the purposes of this definition.

 

Advance Date ” means, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Article V hereof, the nineteenth (19 th ) day of each calendar month (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) on which a Loan Advance is made by Lender pursuant to Section 2.02 which shall be the date more particularly set forth on Exhibit C hereto.

 

Advance Financing Person ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Eligible Securitization Transaction”.

 

Advance Rate ” has the meaning assigned to the term in the Pricing Side Letter.

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any “affiliate” of such Person, as such term is defined in the Bankruptcy Code; provided , however , that in respect of Borrower or Guarantor the term “Affiliate” shall not include BlackRock, Inc. or Highfields Capital Investments LLC.

 

Agency ” means Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae or Ginnie Mae, as applicable.

 

Agency Approvals ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.12.

 

Agency MBS ” means an MBS issued by an Agency.

 

Agency Servicing Rights ” means Servicing Rights of Borrower with respect to Mortgage Loans that are subject to an Agency MBS or are owned by or administered by an Agency.

 

Agreement ” means this Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Applicable Lending Office ” means the “lending office” of Lender (or of an Affiliate of Lender) designated on the signature page hereof or such other office of Lender (or of an Affiliate of Lender) as Lender may from time to time specify to Borrower as the office by which the Loan is to be made and/or maintained.

 

Appraised Value ” means, as of any date in respect of any Mortgaged Property, the value of such Mortgaged Property as determined by a licensed or otherwise qualified, disinterested and independent appraiser who meets the standards of the Financial Institutions Reform Recovery and Enforcement Act or the most recently delivered BPO Value, to the extent one has been delivered.

 

Asset ” means any Receivable or Servicing Rights.

 

Asset Schedule ” means a list of all Assets pledged from time to time by Borrower to Lender, as such schedule shall be updated from time to time in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof.

 

3


 

Bankruptcy Code ” means the United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended from time to time.

 

Borrower ” means PennyMac Loan Services, LLC or its permitted successors and assigns.

 

Borrower Termination Option ” means (a) (i) Lender has or shall incur costs in connection with those matters provided for in Section 2.10 or 2.11 and (ii) Lender requests that Borrower pay to Lender those costs in connection therewith or (b) Lender has declared in writing that an event described in Section 5.02(h)(A) has occurred.

 

Borrowing Base ” means either the Servicing Rights Borrowing Base or the Receivables Borrowing Base.

 

Borrowing Base Deficiency ” means either a Servicing Rights Borrowing Base Deficiency or a Receivables Borrowing Base Deficiency.

 

BPO ” means a brokers price opinion, delivered by a certified independent broker, and in form and substance, in each case, satisfactory to Lender.

 

BPO Value ” means the property value of a Mortgaged Property determined pursuant to a BPO.  All BPO Values shall be delivered to Lender in electronic form acceptable to Lender. With respect to each BPO Value, upon the request of Lender, Borrower shall deliver to Lender the related BPO, in form acceptable to Lender. Notwithstanding anything else set forth herein, Borrower shall deliver to Lender a BPO Value with respect to each Mortgaged Property on or before the date on which the related Mortgage Loan is 90 or more days delinquent and every twelve (12) months thereafter, unless otherwise agreed to by Lender.

 

Business Day ” means any day other than (A) a Saturday or Sunday and (B) a public or bank holiday in New York City.

 

Capital Contribution ” means equity contributed by Guarantor to Borrower, the proceeds of which Guarantor acquired from its committed investors.

 

Capital Lease Obligations ” means, for any Person, all obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a lease of (or other agreement conveying the right to use) Property to the extent such obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and, for purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof, determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Cash Equivalents ” means (a) securities with maturities of 90 days or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States Government or any agency thereof, (b) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of 90 days or less from the date of acquisition and overnight bank deposits of Lender or of any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000, (c) repurchase obligations of Lender or of any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of this definition, having a term of not more than seven days with respect to securities issued or fully

 

4



 

guaranteed or insured by the United States Government, (d) commercial paper of a domestic issuer rated at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or P-1 or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s and in either case maturing within 90 days after the day of acquisition, (e) securities with maturities of 90 days or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States, by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth or territory or by any foreign government, the securities of which state, commonwealth, territory, political subdivision, taxing authority or foreign government (as the case may be) are rated at least A by S&P or A by Moody’s, (f) securities with maturities of 90 days or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by Lender or any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of this definition or (g) shares of money market mutual or similar funds which invest exclusively in assets satisfying the requirements of clauses (a) through (f) of this definition.

 

Change in Control ” means:

 

(A)          any transaction or event as a result of which Guarantor ceases to own, beneficially or of record, 100% of the stock of Borrower, except with respect to an initial public offering of Borrower’s common stock on a U.S. national securities exchange;

 

(B)          the sale, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of Borrower’s or Guarantor’s assets (excluding any such action taken in connection with any securitization transaction); or

 

(C)          the consummation of a merger or consolidation of Borrower or Guarantor with or into another entity or any other corporate reorganization, if more than 50% of the combined voting power of the continuing or surviving entity’s stock outstanding immediately after such merger, consolidation or such other reorganization is owned by Persons who were not stockholders of Borrower or Guarantor immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

 

Closing Date ” means March 27, 2012.

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

Collateral ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.01(a).

 

Collateral Value ” has the meaning assigned to the term in the Pricing Side Letter.

 

Collection Policy ” means Borrower’s policies regarding Collections and remittance in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Servicing Contracts and shall include (a) the application of reimbursements of Servicer Advances to Receivables in accordance with its usual and customary procedures with respect to priority for reimbursements, which is to apply such reimbursements to the earliest Servicer Advances that have been made under a particular Servicing Contract and with respect to a particular Mortgage Loan that remains unreimbursed and (b) with respect to Servicing Rights and the related Servicing

 

5



 

Contracts, the charging and collection of fees for servicing functions, including, without limitation, the charging of late fees, assumption fees, modification fees and other clerical or administrative fees in the ordinary course of servicing.

 

Collections ” means, with respect to any Mortgage Loan as of any date:  (a) the sum of all amounts, whether in the form of wire transfer, cash, checks, drafts, or other instruments, received by Borrower in payment of, or applied to, any amount owed with respect to a Mortgage Loan on or before such date, including, without limitation, all amounts received on account of such Mortgage Loan, and (b) cash Proceeds with respect to such Mortgage Loan.

 

Commitment ” means the obligation of Lender to make Loan Advances to Borrower in an aggregate outstanding principal amount at any one time not to exceed the Maximum Loan Amount.

 

Commitment Fee ” means the sum of (i) the Receivables Commitment Fee and (ii) the Servicing Rights Commitment Fee.

 

Commitment Period ” means the period from and including the Closing Date to but not including the Termination Date or such earlier date on which the Commitment shall have terminated pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Confidential Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.11(b).

 

CSCOF ” means, in Lender’s sole discretion, which may be confirmed by notice to Borrower (which may be electronic), for each day, the rate of interest (calculated on a per annum basis) determined by Lender (which such determination shall be dispositive absent manifest error), equal to the overnight interest expense incurred by Lender for borrowing funds.

 

Dedicated Accounts ” means the Receivables Dedicated Account and each Servicing Rights Dedicated Account.

 

Dedicated Account Control Agreement ” means the amended and restated letter agreement among Lender, Borrower and City National Bank in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Lender, as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Default ” means an event, condition or default that, with the giving of notice, the passage of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

 

Delinquency Advance ” means any advance made by Borrower under the Servicing Contracts, to cover due, but uncollected or unavailable as a result of funds not yet being cleared, principal and interest payments on the Mortgage Loans included in the portfolio of Mortgage Loans serviced by Borrower pursuant to the Servicing Contracts, including Mortgage Loans with respect to which the related Mortgaged Property is being held pending liquidation.

 

Dollars ” and “ $ ” means dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

6



 

Eligible Asset ” shall mean any Asset:

 

(a)           which relates to a Servicing Contract for Mortgage Loans in an Eligible Securitization Transaction in which Borrower is acting in the capacity of servicer;

 

(b)           which complies with all applicable Laws and other legal requirements, whether federal, state or local;

 

(c)           which constitutes an “account” or a “general intangible” as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code and is not evidenced by an “instrument,” as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as so in effect;

 

(d)           with respect to Assets related to Servicer Advances, which was originated in connection with the making of a Servicer Advance pursuant to a Servicing Contract or added to such schedule in the Lender’s sole discretion, and is in full force and effect and under which the Servicer has not been terminated;

 

(e)           with respect to Servicing Rights, which arose pursuant to a Servicing Contract that is in full force and effect and under which the Servicer has not been terminated;

 

(f)            in the case of Receivables, in respect of which Borrower has no knowledge of any fact that has led it to expect that such Receivable will not be fully recoverable;

 

(g)           which is genuine and constitutes a legal, valid, binding and irrevocable payment obligation, enforceable in accordance with the terms of the Servicing Contract under which it has arisen, subject to no offsets, counterclaims or defenses;

 

(h)           which provides for payment in U.S. Dollars;

 

(i)            which was not originated in or subject to the Laws of a jurisdiction whose Laws would make such Asset, the related Servicing Contract (if applicable) or the financing thereof contemplated hereby unlawful, invalid or unenforceable and is not subject to any legal limitation on transfer;

 

(j)            which is owned solely by Borrower free and clear of all Liens other than Liens in favor of Lender and has not been sold, conveyed, pledged or assigned to any other lender, purchaser or Person;

 

(k)           which in respect of which no payments have been received relating to such Asset which have not been attributed to such Asset;

 

(l)            for which there exists no dispute regarding the Asset that results in the Asset being invalid or otherwise not recoverable or payable; and in respect of which Asset Borrower has complied in all material respects with the Collection Policy and the related Servicing Contract;

 

7



 

(m)          which is not an obligation of the United States of America, any State or any agency or instrumentality or political subdivision thereof (other than Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae);

 

(n)           in respect of which the information set forth in the Asset Schedule and the Servicing Contract is true and correct in all material respects;

 

(o)           in respect of which Borrower has obtained from each Person that may have an interest in such Receivable (i) all acknowledgements or approvals, if any, that are necessary to pledge such Receivable as contemplated hereby (including, without limitation, the acknowledgement of any securitization trustee relating thereto) and (ii) releases of any security interests in such Receivable; and

 

(p)           which, with respect to Assets pledged to Lender after the Closing Date, complies with the representations and warranties set forth on Schedule 1 hereto;

 

in each case as of the related Loan Advance and as of each day that such Asset shall be pledged to Lender hereunder.

 

Eligible Securitization Transaction ” means any of those Securitization Transactions approved by Lender in its sole discretion and listed on Schedule 2 hereof, which may be amended from time to time with the consent of Lender in its sole discretion and in accordance with Section 2.15 hereof, and which, as of the date of the related Loan Advance and as of each day that any Asset shall be pledged to Lender hereunder (unless expressly agreed upon in writing by Lender to the contrary):

 

(a)           provides that each Asset and/or amounts due in respect thereof are reimbursable or payable to Borrower under the related Servicing Contract from amounts subsequently received in collections on account of the related Mortgage Loan prior to being available to make payments on any related mortgage-backed securities;

 

(b)           provides that to the extent that any Receivable is non-recoverable from the proceeds related to such Mortgage Loan, following liquidation of such Mortgage Loan or the determination that such Receivable is non-recoverable, as the case may be, as described in the related Servicing Contract, such Receivable is recoverable from all cash-flows on the related Securitization Transaction prior to such cash flows being available to make payments on any related mortgage-backed securities;

 

(c)           in respect of which the Servicing Contract provides for the reimbursement of all Servicer Advances and payment of all servicing fees at the time of a servicing transfer upon the termination or resignation of the servicer for any reason, with or without cause;

 

(d)           provides that the servicer thereunder may enter into a facility with another Person to acquire or finance the related Servicer Advances and that such Person may finance, or re-pledge, assign or otherwise transfer the Receivables related to such Servicer Advances (any such Person, an “ Advance Financing Person ”);

 

8



 

(e)           provides that the Advance Financing Person shall not be required to meet the eligibility criteria for a successor servicer;

 

(f)            provides that the Advance Financing Person shall be entitled to reimbursement of all Servicer Advances directly by the trustee, servicer, master servicer or other party approved by the Advance Financing Person, or by withdrawal itself, in the same manner and to the same extent as if the Advance Financing Person were the servicer thereunder, free and clear of any rights of any other party;

 

(g)           with respect to which the Servicing Contract is acceptable to Lender prior to the initial funding date for such Servicing Contract and is in full force and effect, at any time any Asset related to such Servicing Contract is pledged to Lender, and under which the servicer has not been terminated, resigned or become subject to a right of termination or other “trigger event”;

 

(h)           with respect to which the Servicing Contract (other than Servicing Contracts related to Agency Servicing Rights) does not permit the reimbursement of Servicer Advances or the payment of servicing fees to be subject to set-off rights of a successor servicer, trustee or any other third party; and

 

(i)            with respect to which the Servicing Contract (other than Servicing Contracts related to Agency Servicing Rights) is non-recourse to Borrower, except for breach of contract claims made against Borrower, remedies for breaches and representations and warranties made by Borrower, and indemnification provisions with respect to breaches by Borrower.

 

EO13224 ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.27.

 

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

 

ERISA Affiliate ” means any corporation or trade or business that, together with Borrower or Guarantor is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code is treated as single employer described in Section 414 of the Code.

 

ERISA Event of Termination ” means with respect to Borrower or Guarantor (i) with respect to any Plan, a reportable event, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA, as to which the PBGC has not by regulation waived the requirement of Section 4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified with 30 days of the occurrence of such event, or (ii) the withdrawal of Borrower, Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof from a Plan during a plan year in which it is a substantial employer, as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA, or (iii) the failure by Borrower, Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof to meet the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA with respect to any Plan, including, without limitation, the failure to make on or before its due date a required installment under Section 412(m) of the Code (or Section 430(j) of the Code as amended by the Pension Protection Act) or Section 302(e) of ERISA (or Section 303(j) of ERISA, as amended by the Pension Protection Act), or (iv) the distribution under Section 4041 of ERISA of a notice of intent to terminate any Plan or any

 

9



 

action taken by Borrower, Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof to terminate any plan, or (v) the failure to meet requirements of Section 436 of the Code resulting in the loss of qualified status under Section 401(a)(29) of the Code, or (vi) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan, or (vii) the receipt by Borrower, Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof of a notice from a Multiemployer Plan that action of the type described in the previous clause (vi) has been taken by the PBGC with respect to such Multiemployer Plan, or (viii) any event or circumstance exists which may reasonably be expected to constitute grounds for Borrower, Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof to incur liability under Title IV of ERISA or under Sections 412(b) or 430(k) of the Code with respect to any Plan.

 

Event of Default ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.01.

 

Existing Indebtedness ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.23 hereof.

 

Expenses ” means all present and future expenses reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Lender in connection with the negotiation, execution or enforcement of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents and any amendment, supplement or other modification or waiver related hereto or thereto, whether incurred heretofore or hereafter, which expenses shall include the cost of title, lien, judgment and other record searches; reasonable attorneys’ fees; any ongoing audits or due diligence costs in connection with valuation, making of Loan Advances or determining whether a Borrowing Base Deficiency may exist; and costs of preparing and recording any UCC financing statements or other filings necessary to perfect the security interest created hereby.

 

Facility ” has the meaning given to such term in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Facility Payment Date ” means the last Business Day of each calendar week.

 

Fannie Mae ” means the Federal National Mortgage Association or any successor thereto.

 

Fannie Mae Contract ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03.

 

Fannie Mae Servicing Rights ” means Servicing Rights of Borrower with respect to Mortgage Loans owned, or that have been securitized in MBS guaranteed, by Fannie Mae.

 

FHA ” means the Federal Housing Administration, an agency within the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development, or any successor thereto, and including the Federal Housing Commissioner and the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development where appropriate under the FHA Regulations.

 

FHA Approved Mortgagee ” means a corporation or institution approved as a mortgagee by the FHA under the National Housing Act, as amended from time to time, and applicable FHA Regulations, and eligible to own and service mortgage loans such as the FHA Loans.

 

10



 

FHA Loan ” means a Mortgage Loan which is the subject of an FHA Mortgage Insurance Contract.

 

FHA Mortgage Insurance Contract ” means the contractual obligation of the FHA respecting the insurance of a Mortgage Loan.

 

FHA Regulations ” means the regulations promulgated by the Department of Housing and Urban Development under the National Housing Act, as amended from time to time and codified in 24 Code of Federal Regulations, and other Department of Housing and Urban Development issuances relating to FHA Loans, including the related handbooks, circulars, notices and mortgagee letters.

 

Fidelity Insurance ” means insurance coverage with respect to employee errors, omissions, dishonesty, forgery, theft, disappearance and destruction, robbery and safe burglary, property (other than money and securities) and computer fraud in an aggregate amount acceptable to Borrower’s regulators.

 

Financial Statement Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.05(a).

 

Financial Statements ” means the consolidated financial statements of Guarantor and Borrower prepared in accordance with GAAP for the year or other period then ended.

 

Fitch ” means Fitch Ratings, Inc., or any successor thereto.

 

Freddie Mac ” means the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation or any successor thereto.

 

Freddie Mac Servicing Rights ” means Servicing Rights of Borrower with respect to Mortgage Loans owned, or that have been securitized in MBS guaranteed, by Freddie Mac.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, applied on a consistent basis and applied to both classification of items and amounts, and shall include, without limitation, the official interpretations thereof by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, its predecessors and successors.

 

Ginnie Mae ” means the Government National Mortgage Association and any successor thereto.

 

Ginnie Mae Servicing Rights ” means Servicing Rights of Borrower with respect to Mortgage Loans that are subject to a Ginnie Mae MBS or are owned by or administered by Ginnie Mae.

 

Governmental Authority ” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, or any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions over Borrower, Guarantor or Lender, as applicable.

 

Guarantee ” means, as to any Person, any obligation of such Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person or in any manner providing for the

 

11



 

payment of any Indebtedness of any other Person or otherwise protecting the holder of such Indebtedness against loss (whether by virtue of partnership arrangements, by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, or to take-or-pay or otherwise); provided that the term “ Guarantee ” shall not include (i) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) obligations to make servicing advances for delinquent taxes and insurance or other obligations in respect of a Mortgaged Property.  The amount of any Guarantee of a Person shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such Person in good faith.  The terms “ Guarantee ” and “ Guaranteed ” used as verbs shall have correlative meanings.

 

Guarantor ” means Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, in its capacity as guarantor under the Guaranty.

 

Guaranty ” means the amended and restated guaranty of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC dated as of the date hereof as the same may be amended from time to time, pursuant to which Guarantor fully and unconditionally guarantees the obligations of Borrower hereunder.

 

Indebtedness ” means, for any Person:  (a) obligations created, issued or incurred by such Person for borrowed money (whether by loan, the issuance and sale of debt securities or the sale of Property to another Person subject to an understanding or agreement, contingent or otherwise, to repurchase such Property from such Person); (b) obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase or acquisition price of Property or services, other than trade accounts payable (other than for borrowed money) arising, and accrued expenses incurred, in the ordinary course of business, so long as such trade accounts payable are payable within 90 days of the date the respective goods are delivered or the respective services are rendered; (c) Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on the Property of such Person, whether or not the respective Indebtedness so secured has been assumed by such Person; (d) obligations (contingent or otherwise) of such Person in respect of letters of credit or similar instruments issued or accepted by banks and other financial institutions for the account of such Person; (e) Capital Lease Obligations of such Person; (f) obligations of such Person under repurchase agreements, sale/buy-back agreements or like arrangements, including, without limitation, any Indebtedness arising hereunder; (g) Indebtedness of others Guaranteed by such Person; (h) all obligations of such Person incurred in connection with the acquisition or carrying of fixed assets by such Person; (i) Indebtedness of general partnerships of which such Person is a general partner and (j) with respect to clauses (a)-(i) above both on and off balance sheet.

 

Interest Payment Date ” means, for as long as any Obligations shall remain owing by Borrower to Lender, the earlier of (i) the first Facility Payment Date of each calendar month and (ii) the Termination Date.

 

Interest Period ” means, the period from and including an Interest Payment Date, up to but excluding the next Interest Payment Date.

 

Interest Rate ” means CSCOF plus the applicable Margin.

 

12



 

Interest Statement Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04.

 

Laws ” means any law (including common law), constitution, statute, treaty, regulation, rule, ordinance, order, injunction, writ, decree or award of any Governmental Authority.

 

Lender ” means CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON MORTGAGE CAPITAL LLC, together with its successors, and any assignee of and Participant or Transferee in the Loan.

 

License ” means any license, permit, approval, right, privilege, quota, concession, or franchise issued, granted, conferred or otherwise created by a Governmental Authority.

 

Lien ” means any lien, claim, charge, restriction, pledge, security interest, mortgage, deed of trust or other encumbrance.

 

Loan ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Loan Advance ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Loan Documents ” means this Agreement, the Pricing Side Letter, the Dedicated Account Control Agreement, the Note, the Guaranty and the Power of Attorney, as the same may hereafter be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Low Percentage Margin Call ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(c) hereof.

 

Margin ” has the meaning assigned to the term in the Pricing Side Letter.

 

Margin Call ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(b).

 

Margin Deadlines ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(c).

 

Market Value ” means, with respect to any Asset as of any date of determination, the fair market value of such Asset on such date as reasonably determined by Lender (or an Affiliate thereof).

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, properties, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of Borrower, Guarantor or any Affiliate that is a party to any Loan Document taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the ability of Borrower, Guarantor or any Affiliate that is a party to any Loan Document to perform under any Loan Document and to avoid any Event of Default; or (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of any Loan Document against Borrower, Guarantor or any Affiliate that is a party to any Loan Document.

 

Maximum Loan Amount ” has the meaning assigned to the term in the Pricing Side Letter.

 

13


 

Maximum Servicer Advance Loan Amount ” has the meaning assigned to the term in the Pricing Side Letter.

 

Maximum Servicing Rights Loan Amount ” has the meaning assigned to the term in the Pricing Side Letter.

 

MBS ” means collateralized mortgage obligations and other mortgage-backed securities.

 

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successors thereto.

 

Mortgage Loan ” means a mortgage loan secured by a first mortgage lien on a one-to-four family residential property.

 

Mortgaged Property ” means the real property (including all improvements, buildings, fixtures and building equipment thereon and all additions, alterations and replacements made at any time with respect to the foregoing) and all other collateral securing repayment of the related Mortgage Loan.

 

Multiemployer Plan ” means a multiemployer plan defined as such in Section 3(37) of ERISA to which contributions have been or are required to be made by Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate and that is covered by Title IV of ERISA.

 

Net Income ” means, for any period and any Person, the net income of such Person for such period as determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Net Worth ” means, with respect to any Person, an amount equal to, on a consolidated basis, such Person’s stockholder equity (determined in accordance with GAAP).

 

Non-Excluded Taxes ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11(a).

 

Note ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01(b).

 

Notice ” or “ Notices ” means all requests, demands and other communications, in writing (including facsimile transmissions), sent by overnight delivery service, facsimile transmission, electronic transmission or hand-delivery to the intended recipient at the address specified in Section 10.05 or, as to any party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other party.

 

Notice of Borrowing ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.02.

 

NPV ” means, with respect to any Mortgaged Property or REO Property relating to a Mortgage Loan, the net property value of such Mortgaged Property or REO Property, as determined by Borrower (which shall equal the net adjusted proceeds amount as determined by Borrower’s accretion model on a monthly basis) by reference to the most recently available Appraised Value of such property; provided that such determination may be adjusted further by Lender in its sole discretion by subtracting therefrom all outstanding and reasonably anticipated costs and expenses in connection with such Mortgage Loan, including without limitation, all

 

14



 

Protective Advances and the foreclosure and liquidation of the related Mortgaged Property or REO Property, as applicable.

 

Obligations ” means (a) all of Borrower’s indebtedness, obligations to pay the outstanding principal balance of the Loan, together with interest thereon on the Termination Date, outstanding interest due on each Interest Payment Date, and other obligations and liabilities, to Lender or its Affiliates arising under, or in connection with, the Loan Documents, whether now existing or hereafter arising; (b) any and all sums reasonably incurred and paid by Lender or on behalf of Lender in order to preserve any Collateral or its interest therein; (c) in the event of any proceeding for the collection or enforcement of any of Borrower’s indebtedness, obligations or liabilities referred to in this definition, the reasonable expenses of retaking, holding, collecting, preparing for sale, selling or otherwise disposing of or realizing on any Collateral, or of any exercise by Lender of its rights under the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements and court costs; (d) all of Borrower’s indemnity obligations to Lender pursuant to the Loan Documents; and (e) all of Borrower’s and Guarantor’s obligations under the Repurchase Agreement and other Repurchase Documents.

 

OFAC ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.27.

 

Officer’s Compliance Certificate ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Pricing Side Letter.

 

Other Taxes ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11(b).

 

Outstanding Balance ” means, of any Receivable at any time, the then outstanding amount thereof.

 

Participant ” means any Person that has purchased a participation in this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.02.

 

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any entity succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.

 

Pension Protection Act ” means the Pension Protection Act of 2006.

 

Person ” means an individual, partnership, corporation (including a business trust), limited liability company, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or other entity, or a government or any political subdivision or agency thereof.

 

Plan ” means an employee benefit or other plan established or maintained by any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate and covered by Title IV of ERISA, other than a Multiemployer Plan.

 

Pool Factor Event ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Pricing Side Letter.

 

Power of Attorney ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.08(e) hereof.

 

15



 

Pricing Side Letter ” means the letter agreement dated as of the Closing Date, among Lender, Borrower and the Guarantor as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

Proceeds ” means “proceeds” as defined in Section 9-102(a)(64) of the UCC.

 

Prohibited Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.27 hereof.

 

Property ” means any right or interest in or to property of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible.

 

Protective Advance ” means any servicing advance (including, but not limited to, any advance made to pay taxes and insurance premiums; any advance to pay the costs of protecting the value of any real property or other security for a mortgage loan; and any advance to pay the costs of realizing on the value of any such security) made by Borrower in connection with the Mortgage Loans included in the portfolio of Mortgage Loans serviced pursuant to the Servicing Contracts.

 

Rating Agency ” means any of S&P, Moody’s or Fitch.

 

Receivables ” means, collectively, the reimbursement rights relating to Servicer Advances under each Servicing Contract, each and every right of Borrower to be reimbursed for the Servicer Advances under a Servicing Contract, whether now existing or hereafter arising, and whether or not constituting an “account” or a “general intangible” under the UCC but not evidenced by “chattel paper” or an “instrument,” as defined in the UCC, and the Related Security.

 

Receivables Borrowing Base ” means the aggregate Collateral Value of all Servicer Advances.  The Servicer Advances to be added to the Receivables Borrowing Base on any Advance Date (other than the initial Advance Date) shall be (a) those Protective Advances disbursed during the period from and including the second preceding Servicing Cut-off Date through but not including the related Servicing Cut-off Date immediately prior to the Advance Date and (b) those newly disbursed Delinquency Advances disbursed as of the date preceding the related Advance Date.

 

Receivables Borrowing Base Deficiency ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a).

 

Receivables Borrowing Base Margin Call ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a).

 

Receivables Commitment Fee ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Pricing Side Letter.

 

Receivables Dedicated Account ” means the demand deposit account “PennyMac Loan Services, LLC in trust for Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC — Receivables Dedicated Account”, which account has been established by Lender for the purpose of holding cash proceeds of Receivables for the benefit of Lender at City National Bank.

 

16



 

Records ” means all instruments, agreements and other books, records, and reports and data generated by other media for the storage of information maintained by Borrower, or any other person or entity with respect to the Assets or any other Collateral.

 

Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02(b).

 

Related Security ” means with respect to any Asset, (a) all security interests or Liens and property subject thereto from time to time, if any, purporting to secure payment of such Asset, whether pursuant to the Servicing Contract related to such Asset or otherwise, together with all financing statements covering any collateral securing such Asset; (b) all guarantees, indemnities, letters of credit, insurance or other agreements or arrangements of any kind from time to time supporting or securing payment of such Asset whether pursuant to the Servicing Contract related to such Asset or otherwise; and (c) any and all Proceeds of the foregoing.

 

REO Property ” means real property acquired by Borrower, including a Mortgaged Property acquired through foreclosure of a Mortgage Loan or by deed in lieu of such foreclosure.

 

Repurchase Agreement ” means that certain Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2009, among Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, Borrower and Guarantor, as amended from time to time.

 

Repurchase Documents ” means “Program Agreements” as defined in the Repurchase Agreement.

 

Repurchase Rights ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(c) hereof.

 

Required Liquidity Amount ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Pricing Side Letter.

 

Required Net Worth Amount ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Pricing Side Letter.

 

Requirement of Law ” means, with respect to any Person, any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator, a court or other governmental authority, applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

 

Responsible Officer ” means as to any Person, the chief executive officer or, with respect to financial matters, the chief financial officer of such Person.  The Responsible Officers of Borrower and Guarantor as of the date hereof are listed on Schedule 3 hereto.

 

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, or any successor thereto.

 

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any successor thereto.

 

17



 

Securitization Transaction ” means a transaction whereby a Mortgage Loan is transferred to a trust as part of a publicly-issued and/or privately placed, rated or unrated, mortgage pass-through transaction including, without limitation, Agency MBS.

 

Servicer Advance ” means a Delinquency Advance or a Protective Advance.

 

Servicing Appraisal ” means a written appraisal or evaluation by Lender or an appraiser approved by Lender in its sole good faith discretion evaluating the Appraised Value of the Servicing Rights pledged hereunder.

 

Servicing Contracts ” means, collectively, those servicing agreements described on Schedule 2 attached hereto, as amended from time to time, to which Borrower is a party, pursuant to which Borrower acts as the servicer of portfolios of Mortgage Loans or specified Mortgage Loans, and by which Borrower’s servicing obligations are governed with respect to an Eligible Securitization Transaction and with respect to Servicing Rights, in the case of each Servicing Contract between Borrower and an Agency, subject to an Acknowledgement Agreement with such Agency.  For all purposes of this Agreement, the term “Servicing Contracts” shall include any and all instruments, agreements, invoices or other writings, which gives rise to or otherwise evidence any of the Receivables or Servicing Rights.

 

Servicing Cut-off Date ” means the day of each calendar month used by the Borrower in order to determine the amount of a Loan Advance which is more particularly described in Schedule 2 hereto.

 

Servicing Rights ” means all of the Borrower’s rights and interests under any Servicing Contract, including the rights to (a) service the Mortgage Loans that are the subject matter of such Servicing Contract and (b) be compensated, directly or indirectly, for doing so.

 

Servicing Rights Borrowing Base ” means the aggregate Collateral Value of those Servicing Rights pledged to Lender hereunder.

 

Servicing Rights Borrowing Base Deficiency ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(b).

 

Servicing Rights Borrowing Base Margin Call ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(b).

 

Servicing Rights Collateral ” means (i) all Servicing Rights arising under or related to any Servicing Contract; (ii) all rights to reimbursement of amounts due under the related Servicing Contract; (iii) all records, instruments or other documentation evidencing any of the foregoing; (iv) all “general intangibles”, “accounts”, “chattel paper”, “securities accounts”, “investment property”, “deposit accounts” and “money” as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code relating to or constituting any and all of the foregoing (including, without limitation, all of Borrower’s rights, title and interest in and under the Servicing Contracts); and (v) any and all replacements, substitutions, distributions on or proceeds of any and all of the foregoing.

 

Servicing Rights Commitment Fee ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Pricing Side Letter.

 

18



 

Servicing Rights Dedicated Account ” means the (i) demand deposit account “PennyMac Loan Services, LLC in trust for Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC — Servicing Rights Dedicated Account”, which account has been established by Lender for the purpose of holding cash proceeds of Servicing Rights other than Agency Servicing Rights for the benefit of Lender at City National Bank and (ii) demand deposit account “PennyMac Loan Services, LLC in trust for Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC — GNMA Servicing Rights Dedicated Account”, which account has been established by Lender for the purpose of holding cash proceeds of Ginnie Mae Servicing Rights for the benefit of Lender at City National Bank.

 

SPS ” means Select Portfolio Servicing, Inc. and its successors and permitted assigns.

 

Stop Advance Trigger ” means, with respect to a Mortgage Loan, the point at which, pursuant to Borrower’s recoverability model, Borrower is required to stop making Delinquency Advances and/or Protective Advances.

 

Subordinated Debt ” means, Indebtedness of Borrower (i) which is unsecured, (ii) of which no part of the principal of such Indebtedness is required to be paid (whether by way of mandatory sinking fund, mandatory redemption, mandatory prepayment or otherwise) prior to the date which is one year following the Termination Date and (iii) of which the payment of the principal of and interest on such Indebtedness and other obligations of Borrower in respect of such Indebtedness are subordinated to (x) the prior payment in full of the principal of and interest (including post-petition obligations) on the Loan Advances and (y) all other obligations and liabilities of Borrower to Lender hereunder, in all cases, on terms and conditions approved in writing by Lender and all other terms and conditions of which are satisfactory in form and substance to Lender.

 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership or other entity of which at least a majority of the securities or other ownership interests having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other persons performing similar functions of such corporation, partnership or other entity (irrespective of whether or not at the time securities or other ownership interests of any other class or classes of such corporation, partnership or other entity shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

Taxes ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a).

 

Termination Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Pricing Side Letter.

 

Test Period ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Pricing Side Letter.

 

Transferee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02(b).

 

19



 

Uniform Commercial Code ” or “ UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date hereof in the State of New York or the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction.

 

VA ” means the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs, an agency of the United States of America, or any successor thereto including the Secretary of Veterans Affairs.

 

VA Approved Lender ” means a lender which is approved by the VA to act as a lender in connection with the origination of VA Loans.

 

VA Loan ” means a Mortgage Loan which is subject of a VA Loan Guaranty Agreement as evidenced by a loan guaranty certificate, or a Mortgage Loan which is a vendor loan sold by the VA.

 

VA Loan Guaranty Agreement ” means the obligation of the United States to pay a specific percentage of a Mortgage Loan (subject to a maximum amount) upon default of the mortgagor pursuant to the Servicemen’s Readjustment Act, as amended.

 

Weekly Report Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.05.

 

Section 1.02          Other Defined Terms .  (a)  The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.  Unless otherwise specified herein, the term “or” has the inclusive meaning represented by the term “and/or” and the term “including” is not limiting.  All references to Sections, subsections, Articles and Exhibits shall be to Sections, subsections, and Articles of, and Exhibits to, this Agreement unless otherwise specifically provided.

 

(b)           In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, unless otherwise specified herein the words “commencing on” mean “commencing on and including,” the word “from” means “from and including” and the words “to” and “until” each means “to but excluding.”

 

ARTICLE II

 

GENERAL TERMS

 

Section 2.01          Loan .     (a)  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Lender agrees to make the Loan to Borrower in the principal amount outstanding at any one time not to exceed the Maximum Loan Amount.  During the Commitment Period, Borrower may utilize the Commitment by requesting Loan Advances, Borrower may repay the Loan in whole or in part at any time during such period, and additional Loan Advances may be made all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof.  Lender’s obligation to make a Loan Advance pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall terminate on the Termination Date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lender shall have no commitment or obligation to make any Loan Advance in connection with pledged Servicing Rights to the extent such Loan Advance exceeds the lesser of (i) the Maximum Servicing Rights Loan Amount and (ii) the Servicing Rights Borrowing Base.

 

20



 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lender shall have no commitment or obligation to make any Loan Advance in connection with Receivables to the extent such Loan Advance exceeds the lesser of (i) the Maximum Servicer Advance Loan Amount and (ii) the Receivables Borrowing Base.

 

(b)           The Loan shall initially be evidenced by a single amended and restated promissory note (the “ Note ”) of Borrower in the form of Exhibit A hereto dated the Closing Date and payable to Lender.  Borrower agrees that Lender is authorized to record on the Note (i) the date and amount of each Loan Advance made by Lender pursuant hereto and (ii) the date and amount of each payment of principal of each Loan Advance, in the books and records of Lender in such manner as is reasonable and customary for Lender, and that a certificate of an officer of Lender, setting forth in reasonable detail the information so recorded, shall constitute prima facie evidence of the accuracy of the information so recorded, absent manifest error; provided that the failure to make any such recording shall not in any way affect the Obligations of Borrower or the rights of Lender hereunder or under the Note.

 

Section 2.02          Procedure for Borrowing .  (a)  Borrower may borrow under the Facility during the Commitment Period on any Advance Date; provided , that Borrower shall have given Lender irrevocable notice (each, a “ Notice of Borrowing ”), which notice (i) shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit C , (ii) shall be signed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower and be received by Lender prior to 3:00 p.m. (New York time) three (3) Business Days prior to the related Advance Date, and (iii) shall specify (A) the dollar amount of the requested Loan Advance, (B) the aggregate amount of Receivables subject to the Loan Advance, if applicable, (C) the value of the Servicing Rights on Borrower’s books and records, if applicable, (D) the requested Advance Date, (E) the information required to be included in the Asset Schedule with respect to each such Asset in mutually acceptable electronic form and (F) the request for approval of the related Servicing Contract (to the extent not previously approved hereunder). Each Notice of Borrowing on any Advance Date shall be in an amount equal to at least $25,000.

 

(b)           If Borrower shall deliver to Lender a Notice of Borrowing that satisfies the requirements of Section 2.02(a), Lender will notify Borrower of its intent to remit the requested Loan Amount one (1) Business Days prior to the requested Advance Date.  If all applicable conditions precedent set forth in Article V have been satisfied on or prior to the Advance Date, then subject to the foregoing, on the Advance Date, Lender shall remit the amount of the requested Loan Advance in U.S. Dollars and in immediately available funds (i) with respect to that portion of the Loan Advance attributable to a Delinquency Advance, to the trustee’s account under the related Securitization Transaction and (ii) with respect to that portion of the Loan Advance attributable to a Servicing Right or a Protective Advance, to the account specified by Borrower.

 

(c)           In the event that on the Advance Date excess funds remain in the Dedicated Accounts (after application of payments in accordance with Section 2.07 but not including any amounts to be disbursed to Borrower), Lender may apply such excess funds to the amount of the requested Loan Advance.

 

21



 

(d)           Upon making each Loan Advance hereunder, the Asset Schedule shall be automatically updated to include each of the Assets listed on the Asset Schedule attached to the Notice of Borrowing.

 

Section 2.03          Repayment and Prepayment of Principal .  (a)  Borrower hereby promises to repay the entire outstanding principal amount of the Loan on the Termination Date.

 

(b)           Without limiting the foregoing, on each Interest Payment Date, Borrower shall sweep all amounts received with respect to (i) Servicing Rights to the applicable Servicing Rights Dedicated Account and (ii) Receivables to the Receivables Dedicated Account in accordance with Section 6.14 hereof to be applied in accordance with Section 2.07 hereof (provided that Borrower shall remit to each of the applicable Dedicated Accounts, in accordance with Section 2.14 hereof, all proceeds received with respect to Assets not otherwise required to be deposited in a segregated custodial or escrow account for the applicable transaction pursuant to the related Servicing Contract).

 

(c)           By notifying Lender in writing at least one (1) Business Day in advance, Borrower shall be permitted, at its option, to prepay, subject to Section 2.12, the Loan in whole or in part at any time, together with accrued and unpaid interest on the amount so prepaid.

 

Section 2.04          Interest .  On each Interest Payment Date, Borrower hereby promises to pay to Lender all accrued and unpaid interest on the Loan, as invoiced by Lender three (3) Business Days prior to the related Interest Payment Date (the “ Interest Statement Date ”); provided that if Lender fails to deliver such statement on the Interest Statement Date, on such Interest Payment Date Borrower shall pay the amount which Borrower calculates as the interest due and upon delivery of the statement, Borrower shall remit to Lender any shortfall, or Lender shall refund to Borrower any excess, in the interest payment paid.  Interest shall accrue each day on the unpaid principal amount of the Loan at a rate per annum equal to the Interest Rate.  Interest on the Loan shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days in each Interest Period and a 360-day year.

 

Section 2.05          Borrowing Base Deficiencies .  (a)  If at any time the aggregate outstanding amount of Loan Advances made in connection with Receivables exceeds the Receivables Borrowing Base in effect at such time, as determined by Lender (such excess, a “ Receivables Borrowing Base Deficiency ”), then Lender may by notice to Borrower require Borrower to transfer to Lender cash in an amount at least equal to the Receivables Borrowing Base Deficiency (such requirement, a “ Receivables Borrowing Base Margin Call ”).

 

(b)           If at any time the aggregate outstanding amount of Loan Advances made in connection with pledged Servicing Rights exceeds the Servicing Rights Borrowing Base in effect at such time, as determined by Lender (such excess, a “ Servicing Rights Borrowing Base Deficiency ”), then Lender may by notice to Borrower require Borrower to transfer to Lender cash in an amount at least equal to the Servicing Rights Borrowing Base Deficiency (such requirement, a “ Servicing Rights Borrowing Base Margin Call ” and together with a Receivables Borrowing Base Margin Call, a “ Margin Call ”).

 

22



 

(c)           Notice delivered pursuant to Section 2.05(a) or Section 2.05(b) may be given by any written or electronic means.  With respect to a Margin Call in the amount of less than 5% of the outstanding principal amount of the Loan (a “ Low Percentage Margin Call ”), any notice given before 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on a Business Day shall be met, and the related Margin Call satisfied, no later than 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the following Business Day; notice given after 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on a Business Day shall be met, and the related Margin Call satisfied, no later than 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the second Business Day following the date of such notice.  With respect to all Margin Calls other than Low Percentage Margin Calls, any notice given before 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on a Business Day shall be met, and the related Margin Call satisfied, no later than 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on such Business Day; notice given after 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on a Business Day shall be met, and the related Margin Call satisfied, no later than 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the following Business Day. The foregoing time requirements for satisfaction of a Margin Call are referred to as the “ Margin Deadlines ”.  The failure of Lender, on any one or more occasions, to exercise its rights hereunder, shall not change or alter the terms and conditions to which this Agreement is subject or limit the right of Lender to do so at a later date.  Borrower and Lender each agree that a failure or delay by Lender to exercise its rights hereunder shall not limit or waive Lender’s rights under this Agreement or otherwise existing by law or in any way create additional rights for Borrower.

 

(d)           In the event that a Borrowing Base Deficiency exists, Lender may retain any funds received by it to which Borrower would otherwise be entitled hereunder, which funds (i) may be held by Lender against the related Borrowing Base Deficiency or (ii) may be applied by Lender against the Loan.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lender retains the right, in its sole discretion, to make a Margin Call in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.05.

 

Section 2.06          Payment Procedure .  Borrower absolutely, unconditionally, and irrevocably, shall make, or cause to be made, all payments required to be made by Borrower hereunder.  Borrower shall deposit or cause to be deposited all amounts constituting collection, payments and proceeds of Assets (including, without limitation, all fees and proceeds of sale) in the Dedicated Accounts as set forth in Section 6.14.

 

Section 2.07          Application of Payments .  (a)  On each Facility Payment Date and each Interest Payment Date, Borrower shall prepare and deliver to Lender and the depository institution where the Dedicated Accounts have been established a distribution worksheet detailing the application of amounts on deposit in the Dedicated Accounts in accordance with this Section 2.07.  The application of payments by Lender to the reduction of the Obligations shall, in the absence of manifest error, be binding upon Borrower.

 

(b)           On each Facility Payment Date (other than any Facility Payment date which is also an Interest Payment Date which shall be governed by Section 2.07(c)), all amounts on deposit in the Receivables Dedicated Account and then all amounts on deposit in each Servicing Rights Dedicated Account shall be applied as follows:

 

(i)          first, to the payment of all non-principal amounts (including, without limitation, Expenses) other than accrued and unpaid interest owing with respect to the Loan;

 

23


 

(ii)   second, in the event that a Servicer Advance is paid in full, to the payment of outstanding principal with respect to the Loan;

 

(iii)  third, without limiting the rights of Lender under Section 2.05, to the payment of principal to satisfy any Borrowing Base Deficiency owing with respect to the Loan;

 

(iv)  fourth, to the payment of all other costs and fees payable to Lender pursuant to this Agreement; and

 

(v)   fifth, any remainder to Borrower.

 

(c)      On each Interest Payment Date, all amounts on deposit in the Receivables Dedicated Account and then all amounts on deposit in each Servicing Rights Dedicated Account shall be applied as follows:

 

(i)    first, to the payment of any accrued and unpaid interest owing with respect to the Loan;

 

(ii)   second, in the same order of priority as set forth in Section 2.07(b)(i)-(v)

 

(d)     With respect to prepayments pursuant to Section 2.03(c), such amounts shall be applied as follows:

 

(i)    first, to all non-principal amounts (including, without limitation, Expenses) owing with respect to the Loan (other than accrued and unpaid interest);

 

(ii)   second, to the payment of accrued and unpaid interest owing with respect to the Loan;

 

(iii)  third, to the payment of principal with respect to the Loan until reduced to zero; and

 

(iv)  fourth, to payment of all costs and fees and any other Obligations.

 

(e)      Notwithstanding the preceding provisions, if an Event of Default shall have occurred hereunder, all funds in the Receivables Dedicated Account and then all funds in each Servicing Rights Dedicated Account shall be applied as follows:

 

(i)    first, in the same order of priority as set forth in Section 2.07(c)(i)-(ii);

 

(ii)   second, to the payment of outstanding principal with respect to the Loan until reduced to zero;

 

(iii)  third, to payment of all costs and fees and any other Obligations; and

 

(iv)  fourth, any remainder to Borrower.

 

24



 

Section 2.08          Use of Proceeds and Requests for Advances .  (a)  The proceeds of the Loan shall be used exclusively by Borrower to satisfy its obligation to make Protective Advances and Delinquency Advances pursuant to the terms of the related Servicing Contract and to finance the Receivables and existing Servicing Rights or to purchase new Servicing Rights, as applicable.

 

(b)           To the extent that Borrower is able to apply funds on deposit in a custodial account or trustee account in order to satisfy its obligation to make a Protective Advance or a Delinquency Advance pursuant to the terms of the related Securitization Transaction, Borrower shall first apply such funds in the custodial account or trustee account in order to make the related Protective Advance or Delinquency Advance prior to requesting and receiving a Loan Advance hereunder.

 

Section 2.09          Recourse .  Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary contained or implied herein or in any other Loan Document, Lender shall have full, unlimited recourse against Borrower and Guarantor and their respective assets in order to satisfy the Obligations.

 

Section 2.10          Requirements of Law .  (a)  If any Requirement of Law (other than with respect to any amendment made to Lender’s certificate of incorporation and by-laws or other organizational or governing documents) or any change in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by Lender with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or other Governmental Authority made subsequent to the date hereof:

 

(i)    shall subject Lender to any tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement or the Loan (excluding income taxes, branch profits taxes, franchise taxes or similar taxes imposed on Lender as a result of any present or former connection between Lender and the United States, other than any such connection arising solely from Lender having executed, delivered or performed its obligations or received a payment under, or enforced, this Agreement) or change the basis of taxation of payments to Lender in respect thereof;

 

(ii)   shall impose, modify or hold any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan or similar requirement against assets held by, deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, advances, or other extensions of credit by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of Lender which is not otherwise included in the determination of the Interest Rate hereunder; or

 

(iii)  shall impose on Lender any other condition;

 

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to Lender, by an amount which Lender deems to be material, of entering, continuing or maintaining this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the Loan or to reduce any amount due or owing hereunder in respect thereof, then, in any such case, Borrower shall promptly pay Lender such additional amount or amounts as calculated by Lender in good faith as will compensate Lender for such increased cost or reduced amount receivable.

 

25



 

(b)           If Lender shall have determined that the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law (other than with respect to any amendment made to Lender’s certificate of incorporation and by-laws or other organizational or governing documents) regarding capital adequacy or in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by Lender or any corporation controlling Lender with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority made subsequent to the date hereof shall have the effect of reducing the rate of return on Lender’s or such corporation’s capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder to a level below that which Lender or such corporation could have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration Lender’s or such corporation’s policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by Lender to be material, then from time to time, Borrower shall promptly pay to Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate Lender for such reduction.

 

(c)           If Lender becomes entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.10, it shall promptly notify Borrower of the event by reason of which it has become so entitled.  A certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section 2.10 submitted by Lender to Borrower shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

 

Section 2.11          Taxes .  (a)  Any and all payments by Borrower or Guarantor under or in respect of this Agreement or any other Loan Documents to which Borrower or Guarantor is a party shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings, and all liabilities (including penalties, interest and additions to tax) with respect thereto, whether now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any taxation authority or other Governmental Authority (collectively, “ Taxes ”), unless required by law.  If Borrower or Guarantor shall be required under any applicable Requirement of Law to deduct or withhold any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable under or in respect of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to Lender (including for purposes of Section 2.10 and this Section 2.11, any assignee, successor or participant), (i) Borrower or Guarantor, as applicable, shall make all such deductions and withholdings in respect of Taxes, (ii) Borrower or Guarantor, as applicable, shall pay the full amount deducted or withheld in respect of Taxes to the relevant taxation authority or other Governmental Authority in accordance with any applicable Requirement of Law, and (iii) the sum payable by Borrower or Guarantor, as applicable, shall be increased as may be necessary so that after Borrower or Guarantor, as applicable, has made all required deductions and withholdings (including deductions and withholdings applicable to additional amounts payable under this Section 2.11) such Lender receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made in respect of Non-Excluded Taxes.  For purposes of this Agreement the term “ Non-Excluded Taxes ” are Taxes other than, in the case of Lender, Taxes that are imposed on its overall net income (and franchise taxes imposed in lieu thereof) by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Lender is organized or of its Applicable Lending Office, or any political subdivision thereof, unless such Taxes are imposed as a result of Lender having executed, delivered or performed its obligations or received payments under, or enforced, this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents (in which case such Taxes will be treated as Non-Excluded Taxes).

 

26



 

(b)           In addition, Borrower and Guarantor hereby agree to pay any present or future stamp, recording, documentary, excise, property or value-added taxes, or similar taxes, charges or levies that arise from any payment made under or in respect of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or registration of, any performance under, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document (collectively, “ Other Taxes ”).

 

(c)           Borrower and Guarantor hereby agree to indemnify Lender for, and to hold it harmless against, the full amount of Non-Excluded Taxes and Other Taxes, and the full amount of Taxes of any kind imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable by Borrower or Guarantor, as applicable, under this Section 2.11 imposed on or paid by such Lender and any liability (including penalties, additions to tax, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto.  The indemnity by Borrower and Guarantor provided for in this Section 2.11 shall apply and be made whether or not the Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes for which indemnification hereunder is sought have been correctly or legally asserted.  Amounts payable by Borrower and Guarantor under the indemnity set forth in this Section 2.11(c) shall be paid within ten (10) days from the date on which Lender makes written demand therefor.

 

(d)           Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of the Borrower hereunder, the agreements and obligations of the Borrower contained in this Section 2.11 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  Nothing contained in Section 2.10 or this Section 2.11 shall require any Lender to make available any of its tax returns or any other information that it deems to be confidential or proprietary.

 

Section 2.12          Indemnity .  Without limiting, and in addition to, the provisions of Section 10.02, the Borrower agrees to indemnify the Lender and to hold the Lender harmless from any loss or expense that the Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of (i) a default by the Borrower in payment when due of the principal amount of or interest on the Loan or (ii) a default by the Borrower in making any prepayment after the Borrower has given a notice thereof in accordance with Section 2.03.

 

Section 2.13          Intentionally Omitted .

 

Section 2.14          Dedicated Accounts .  Lender shall establish and maintain each of the Dedicated Accounts in the form of a time deposit or demand account.  Receivables funds received and retained by Borrower pursuant to the applicable Servicing Contract shall promptly, in any event within two (2) Business Days after receipt, be deposited in the Receivables Dedicated Account.  Amounts received on account of Servicing Rights and retained by Borrower pursuant to the applicable Servicing Contract shall promptly, in any event within two (2) Business Days after receipt, be deposited in the applicable Servicing Rights Dedicated Account.  Funds deposited in the Dedicated Accounts (including any interest paid on such funds) may be distributed only in accordance with Section 2.07.  Upon the Termination Date and the payment of all amounts due by Borrower hereunder, all amounts on deposit in the Dedicated Accounts shall be remitted to Borrower.

 

Section 2.15          Additional Securitization Transactions .  In the event that Borrower wishes to obtain a Loan Advance under a Securitization Transaction or Servicing Contract not

 

27



 

listed on Schedule 2 hereto,  Borrower shall deliver a written request, substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto, for approval of such Securitization Transaction or Servicing Contract to Lender for Lender’s approval, which may be withheld in Lender’s sole discretion.  Upon approval in writing by Lender of such additional Securitization Transaction or Servicing Contract as an Eligible Securitization Transaction and filing of a UCC-3 amendment adding the Securitization Transaction or Servicing Contract, Schedule 2 shall be automatically updated to include each additional Eligible Securitization Transaction or Servicing Contract identified thereon.

 

Section 2.16          Commitment Fee .  Borrower shall pay Commitment Fees as specified in the Pricing Side Letter.  Such payment shall be made in Dollars, in immediately available funds, without deduction, set off or counterclaim, to Lender at such account designated by Lender.

 

Section 2.17          Termination .  (a)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, if a Borrower Termination Option occurs, Borrower may, upon five (5) Business Days’ prior notice of such event, terminate this Agreement and the Termination Date shall be deemed to have occurred (upon the expiration of the five (5) Business Days).

 

(b)           In the event that a Borrower Termination Option as described in clause (a) of the definition thereof has occurred and Borrower has notified Lender of its option to terminate this Agreement, Lender shall have the right to withdraw such request for payment within three (3) Business Days of Borrower’s notice of its exercise of the Borrower Termination Option and Borrower shall no longer have the right to terminate this Agreement.

 

(c)           In connection with Borrower’s exercise of a Borrower Termination Option, Lender shall refund to Borrower an amount equal to the Commitment Fee prorated for the number of days remaining from and including the deemed Termination Date to but excluding the then scheduled Termination Date.

 

(d)           For the avoidance of doubt, Borrower shall remain responsible for all costs actually incurred by Lender pursuant to Sections 2.10 and 2.11.

 

ARTICLE III

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Each of Borrower and Guarantor represents and warrants to Lender as of the date hereof and as of each Advance Date that:

 

Section 3.01          Borrower and Guarantor Existence .  Each of Borrower and Guarantor has been duly organized and is validly existing as a limited liability company in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

Section 3.02          Licenses .  Each of Borrower and Guarantor is duly licensed or is otherwise qualified in each jurisdiction in which it transacts business for the business which it conducts and is not in default of any applicable federal, state or local laws, rules and regulations unless, in either instance, the failure to take such action is not reasonably likely (either

 

28



 

individually or in the aggregate) to cause a Material Adverse Effect and is not in default of such state’s applicable laws, rules and regulations.  Borrower has the requisite power and authority and legal right to service Mortgage Loans and to own, sell and grant a lien on all of its right, title and interest in and to the Assets.  Each of Borrower and Guarantor has the requisite power and authority and legal right to execute and deliver, engage in the transactions contemplated by, and perform and observe the terms and conditions of, this Agreement, each Loan Document and any Notice of Borrowing.

 

Section 3.03          Power .  Each of Borrower and Guarantor has all requisite corporate or other power, and has all governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals necessary to own its assets and carry on its business as now being or as proposed to be conducted, except where the lack of such licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals would not be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 3.04          Due Authorization .  Each of Borrower and Guarantor has all necessary corporate or other power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Loan Documents, as applicable.  This Agreement, any Notice of Borrowing and the Loan Documents have been (or, in the case of Loan Documents and any Notice of Borrowing not yet executed, will be) duly authorized, executed and delivered by Borrower and Guarantor, all requisite or other corporate action having been taken, and each is valid, binding and enforceable against Borrower and Guarantor in accordance with its terms except as such enforcement may be affected by bankruptcy, by other insolvency laws, or by general principles of equity.

 

Section 3.05          Financial Statements .  (a)  Guarantor has heretofore furnished to Lender a copy of (a) its consolidated balance sheet and the consolidated balance sheets of its consolidated Subsidiaries for the fiscal year of Guarantor ended December 31, 2010 and the related consolidated statements of income for Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such fiscal year, with the opinion thereon of Deloitte & Touche LLP and (b) its consolidated balance sheet and the consolidated balance sheets of its consolidated Subsidiaries for the quarterly fiscal period of Guarantor ended September 30, 2011 and the related consolidated statements of income for Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such quarterly fiscal period.  All such financial statements are complete and correct and fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition of Guarantor and its Subsidiaries and the consolidated results of their operations as at such dates and for such fiscal periods, all in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis as at the end of, and for, such period (subject to normal year-end adjustments).  Since December 31, 2010, there has been no material adverse change in the consolidated business, operations or financial condition of Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries taken as a whole from that set forth in said financial statements nor is Guarantor aware of any state of facts which (with notice or the lapse of time) would or could result in any such material adverse change.  Guarantor has, on the date of the statements delivered pursuant to this Section 3.05 (the “ Financial Statement Date ”) no liabilities, direct or indirect, fixed or contingent, matured or unmatured, known or unknown, or liabilities for taxes, long-term leases or unusual forward or long-term commitments not disclosed by, or reserved against in, said balance sheet and related statements, and at the present time there are no material unrealized or anticipated losses from any loans, advances or other commitments of Guarantor except as heretofore disclosed to Lender in writing.

 

29



 

(b)           Borrower has heretofore furnished to Lender a copy of (a) its balance sheet for the fiscal year of Borrower ended December 31, 2010 and the related statements of income for Borrower for such fiscal year, with the opinion thereon of Deloitte & Touche LLP and (b) its balance sheet for the quarterly fiscal period of Borrower ended September 30, 2011 and the related statements of income for Borrower for such quarterly fiscal period.  All such financial statements are complete and correct and fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition of Borrower and the results of its operations as at such dates and for such fiscal periods, all in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis.  Since December 31, 2010, there has been no material adverse change in the consolidated business, operations or financial condition of Borrower from that set forth in said financial statements nor is Borrower aware of any state of facts which (with notice or the lapse of time) would or could result in any such material adverse change.  Borrower has, on the Financial Statement Date no liabilities, direct or indirect, fixed or contingent, matured or unmatured, known or unknown, or liabilities for taxes, long-term leases or unusual forward or long-term commitments not disclosed by, or reserved against in, said balance sheet and related statements, and at the present time there are no material unrealized or anticipated losses from any loans, advances or other commitments of Borrower except as heretofore disclosed to Lender in writing.

 

Section 3.06          No Event of Default .  There exists no Event of Default under Section 7.01 hereof, which default gives rise to a right to accelerate indebtedness as referenced in Section 7.03 hereof, under any mortgage, borrowing agreement or other instrument or agreement pertaining to indebtedness for borrowed money or to the repurchase of mortgage loans or securities.

 

Section 3.07          Solvency .  Each of Borrower and Guarantor is solvent and will not be rendered insolvent by any Loan Advance and, after giving effect to such Loan Advance, will not be left with an unreasonably small amount of capital with which to engage in its business.  Neither Borrower nor Guarantor intends to incur, nor believes that it has incurred, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature and is not contemplating the commencement of insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation or consolidation proceedings or the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, conservator, trustee or similar official in respect of such entity or any of its assets.  Borrower is not pledging any Collateral with any intent to hinder, delay or defraud any of its creditors.

 

Section 3.08          No Conflicts .  The execution, delivery and performance by each of Borrower and Guarantor of this Agreement, any Notice of Borrowing hereunder and the Loan Documents do not conflict with any term or provision of the organizational documents of Borrower or Guarantor or any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment, writ, injunction or decree applicable to Borrower or Guarantor of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or governmental body having jurisdiction over Borrower or Guarantor, which conflict would have a Material Adverse Effect and will not result in any violation of any such mortgage, instrument, agreement, obligation or Servicing Contract to which Borrower or Guarantor is a party.

 

Section 3.09          True and Complete Disclosure .  All information, reports, exhibits, schedules, financial statements or certificates of Borrower, Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof or any of their officers furnished or to be furnished to Lender in connection with the initial or any ongoing due diligence of Borrower, Guarantor or any Affiliate or officer thereof, negotiation,

 

30



 

preparation, or delivery of the Loan Documents are true and complete in all material respects and do not omit to disclose any material facts necessary to make the statements herein or therein, in light of the circumstances in which they are made, not misleading.  All financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

Section 3.10          Approvals .  No consent, approval, authorization or order of, registration or filing with, or notice to any governmental authority or court is required under applicable law in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by Borrower or Guarantor of this Agreement, any Notice of Borrowing and the Loan Documents.

 

Section 3.11          Litigation .  There is no action, proceeding or investigation pending with respect to which either Borrower or Guarantor has received service of process or, to the best of Borrower’s or Guarantor’s knowledge threatened against it before any court, administrative agency or other tribunal (A) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement, any Loan Advance, Notice of Borrowing or any Loan Document, (B) seeking to prevent the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, any Notice of Borrowing or any Loan Document, (C) makes a claim individually in an amount greater than $1,000,000 or in an aggregate amount greater than $5,000,000, (D) which requires filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with the 1934 Act or any rules thereunder or (E) which might materially and adversely affect the validity of the Mortgage Loans or the performance by it of its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement, any Notice of Borrowing or any Loan Document.

 

Section 3.12          Material Adverse Change .  There has been no material adverse change in the business, operations, financial condition, properties or prospects of Borrower, Guarantor or their Affiliates since the date set forth in the most recent financial statements supplied to Lender.

 

Section 3.13          Ownership .  (a)  Borrower has good title to all of the Collateral, free and clear of all mortgages, security interests, restrictions, Liens and encumbrances of any kind other than the Liens created hereby.

 

(b)           Each item of Collateral was acquired by Borrower in the ordinary course of its business, in good faith, for value and without notice of any defense against or claim to it on the part of any Person.

 

(c)           There are no agreements or understandings between Borrower and any other party which would modify, release, terminate or delay the attachment of the security interests granted to Lender under this Agreement.

 

(d)           The provisions of this Agreement are effective to create in favor of Lender a valid security interest in all right, title and interest of Borrower in, to and under the Collateral.

 

(e)           Upon the filing of financing statements on Form UCC-1 naming Lender as “Secured Party” and Borrower as “Debtor”, and describing the Collateral, in the recording offices of the Secretary of State of Delaware the security interests granted hereunder in the Collateral will constitute fully perfected first priority security interests under the Uniform

 

31



 

Commercial Code in all right, title and interest of Borrower in, to and under such Collateral which can be perfected by filing under the Uniform Commercial Code.

 

Section 3.14          The Servicing Contracts .  Lender has received copies of each Servicing Contract (including, without limitation, all exhibits and schedules referred to therein or delivered pursuant thereto), all amendments thereto, waivers relating thereto and other side letters or agreements affecting the terms thereof and all agreements and other material documents relating thereto, and Borrower hereby certifies that the copies delivered to Lender by Borrower are true and complete.  None of such documents has been amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (including waivers) since the respective dates thereof, except by amendments, copies of which have been delivered to Lender.  On and after the initial Advance Date, each such document to which Borrower is a party has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is in full force and effect, and no default or material breach has occurred and is continuing thereunder.

 

Section 3.15          Taxes .  Borrower, Guarantor and their Subsidiaries have timely filed all tax returns that are required to be filed by them and have paid all taxes, except for any such taxes as are being appropriately contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and with respect to which adequate reserves have been provided.  The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of Borrower, Guarantor and their Subsidiaries in respect of taxes and other governmental charges are, in the opinion of Borrower or Guarantor, as applicable, adequate.

 

Section 3.16          Investment Company .  Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is an “investment company”, or a company “controlled” by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; provided, however, that any entity that is under the management of PNMAC Capital Management LLC in its capacity as an “investment adviser” within the meaning of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and is otherwise not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by Borrower shall not be deemed a “Subsidiary” for the purposes of this Section 3.16.

 

Section 3.17          Chief Executive Office; Jurisdiction of Organization .  On the date hereof, Borrower’s chief executive office, is, and has been, located at 6101 Condor Drive, Moorpark, CA 93021.  On the Effective Date, Borrower’s jurisdiction of organization is the State of Delaware.  Borrower shall provide Lender with thirty days advance notice of any change in Borrower’s principal office or place of business or jurisdiction.  Borrower has no trade name.  During the preceding five years, Borrower has not been known by or done business under any other name, corporate or fictitious, and has not filed or had filed against it any bankruptcy receivership or similar petitions nor has it made any assignments for the benefit of creditors.

 

Section 3.18          Location of Books and Records .  The location where Borrower keeps its books and records, including all computer tapes and records relating to the Collateral is its chief executive office.

 

Section 3.19          Adjusted Tangible Net Worth .  On the Effective Date, Borrower’s Adjusted Tangible Net Worth is not less than the amount set forth in Section 2.1 of the Pricing Side Letter.

 

32



 

Section 3.20          ERISA .  Each Plan to which Borrower, Guarantor or their Subsidiaries make direct contributions, and, to the knowledge of Borrower and Guarantor, each other Plan and each Multiemployer Plan, is in compliance in all material respects with, and has been administered in all material respects in compliance with, the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and any other Federal or State law.

 

Section 3.21          Financing of Assets .  Each Loan Advance will be used to finance one or more Assets which Assets will be pledged by Borrower to Lender.

 

Section 3.22          Agreements .  Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary of Borrower is a party to any agreement, instrument, or indenture or subject to any restriction materially and adversely affecting its business, operations, assets or financial condition, except as disclosed in the financial statements described in Section 3.05 hereof.  Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary of Borrower is in default in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants or conditions contained in any agreement, instrument, or indenture which default could have a material adverse effect on the business, operations, properties, or financial condition of Borrower as a whole.  No holder of any indebtedness of Borrower or of any of its Subsidiaries has given notice of any asserted default thereunder.

 

Section 3.23          Other Indebtedness .  All Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness evidenced by this Agreement) of Borrower existing on the date hereof is listed on Exhibit D hereto (the “ Existing Indebtedness ”).

 

Section 3.24          Agency Approvals; Servicing Facilities .  Borrower has adequate financial standing, servicing facilities, procedures and experienced personnel necessary for the sound servicing of mortgage loans of the same types as may from time to time constitute Mortgage Loans and in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices.  With respect to Ginnie Mae Servicing Right and to the extent necessary, Borrower is an FHA Approved Mortgagee and a VA Approved Lender. Borrower is also approved by Fannie Mae and Ginnie Mae as an approved lender and Freddie Mac as an approved seller/servicer, and, to the extent necessary, approved by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development pursuant to Sections 203 and 211 of the National Housing Act.  In each such case, Borrower is in good standing, with no event having occurred or Borrower having any reason whatsoever to believe or suspect will occur, including a change in insurance coverage which would either make Borrower unable to comply with the eligibility requirements for maintaining all such applicable approvals or require notification to the relevant Agency or to the Department of Housing and Urban Development, FHA or VA.  Should Borrower for any reason cease to possess all such applicable approvals, or should notification to the relevant Agency or to the Department of Housing and Urban Development, FHA or VA be required, Borrower shall so notify Lender immediately in writing.

 

Section 3.25          No Reliance .  Each of Borrower and Guarantor has made its own independent decisions to enter into the Loan Documents and each Loan Advance and as to whether such Loan Advance is appropriate and proper for it based upon its own judgment and upon advice from such advisors (including without limitation, legal counsel and accountants) as it has deemed necessary.  Neither Borrower nor Guarantor is relying upon any advice from Lender as to any aspect of the Loan Advances, including without limitation, the legal, accounting or tax treatment of such Loan Advances.

 

33


 

Section 3.26          Plan Assets .  Neither Borrower nor Guarantor is an employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3 of Title I of ERISA, or a plan described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code, and the Collateral are not “plan assets” within the meaning of 29 CFR §2510.3 101 as amended by Section 3(42) of ERISA, in Borrower’s or Guarantor’s hands, and transactions by or with Borrower or Guarantor are not subject to any state or local statute regulating investments or fiduciary obligations with respect to governmental plans within the meaning of Section 3(32) of ERISA.

 

Section 3.27          No Prohibited Persons .  Neither Borrower nor any of its Affiliates, officers, directors, partners or members, is an entity or person (or to the Borrower’s knowledge, owned or controlled by an entity or person):  (i) that is listed in the Annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of Executive Order 13224 issued on September 24, 2001 (“ EO13224 ”); (ii) whose name appears on the United States Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”) most current list of “Specifically Designated National and Blocked Persons” (which list may be published from time to time in various mediums including, but not limited to, the OFAC website, http:www.treas.gov/ofac/t11sdn.pdf); (iii) who commits, threatens to commit or supports “terrorism”, as that term is defined in EO13224; or (iv) who is otherwise affiliated with any entity or person listed above (any and all parties or persons described in clauses (i) through (iv) above are herein referred to as a “ Prohibited Person ”).

 

ARTICLE IV

 

COLLATERAL SECURITY

 

Section 4.01          Collateral; Security Interest .  (a)  All of Borrower’s right, title and interest in, to and under each of the following items of property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, now existing or hereafter created and wherever located, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Collateral ”:

 

(i)          all Receivables arising under or related to any Servicing Contract;

 

(ii)         all Servicing Rights arising under or related to any Servicing Contract and related Servicing Rights Collateral;

 

(iii)        all rights to reimbursement of Assets and/or amounts due in respect thereof under the related Servicing Contract;

 

(iv)       the Dedicated Accounts;

 

(v)        all records, instruments or other documentation evidencing any of the foregoing;

 

(vi)       all “general intangibles”, “accounts”, “chattel paper”, “securities accounts”, “investment property”, “deposit accounts” and “money” as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code relating to or constituting any and all of the foregoing (including, without limitation, all of Borrower’s rights, title and interest in and under the Servicing Contracts); and

 

34



 

(vii)      any and all replacements, substitutions, distributions on or proceeds of any and all of the foregoing.

 

(b)        Borrower hereby assigns, pledges and grants a security interest in all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral to Lender to secure the Obligations.  Borrower agrees to mark its computer records and tapes to evidence the interests granted to Lender hereunder; and

 

(c)         Lender and Borrower hereby agree that in order to further secure Borrower’s Obligations hereunder, Borrower hereby grants to Lender a security interest in (i) as of the date hereof, Borrower’s rights (but not its obligations) under the Repurchase Documents including without limitation any rights to receive payments thereunder or any rights to collateral thereunder whether now owned or hereafter acquired, now existing or hereafter created (collectively, the “ Repurchase Rights ”) and (ii) all collateral however defined or described under the Repurchase Documents to the extent not otherwise included under the definitions of Collateral or Repurchase Rights (such collateral, “ Additional Repurchase Collateral ”).  Borrower shall deliver an irrevocable instruction to the buyer under the Repurchase Documents that upon receipt of notice of an Event of Default under this Agreement, the buyer thereunder is authorized and instructed to remit to Lender hereunder directly any amounts otherwise payable to Borrower and to deliver to Lender all collateral otherwise deliverable to Borrower.  In furtherance of the foregoing, such notice shall also require, upon repayment of the outstanding purchase price under the Repurchase Agreement and termination of all obligations of the buyer thereunder or other termination of the Repurchase Documents following repayment of all obligations thereunder that the Repurchase Document buyer deliver to Lender hereunder any collateral (as such term may be defined under the Repurchase Documents) then in its possession or control.

 

(d)        The parties acknowledge that each Agency has certain rights under the applicable Acknowledgement Agreement to cause the Borrower to transfer servicing under certain circumstances as more particularly set forth therein. To the extent that an Agency requires a transfer of servicing to Lender’s Affiliate, SPS or another Affiliate, and in order to secure Borrower’s obligations to effect such transfer, Borrower hereby assigns, pledges, conveys and grants a security interest in all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Servicing Rights to SPS, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, now existing or hereafter created and wherever located.  The parties acknowledge that, to the extent that an Agency exercises its rights to cause the Borrower to transfer the Servicing Rights to Lender, SPS or another Affiliate without the requirement of payment therefor, such transfer shall be deemed a transfer in exchange for debt forgiveness by Lender in an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the fair market value of such Servicing Rights and (y) the outstanding balance of the Loans attributable to such Servicing Rights, each as determined by Lender. SPS shall have all the rights and remedies against Borrower and the Collateral as set forth herein and under the UCC.

 

Section 4.02       Further Documentation .  At any time and from time to time, upon the written request of Lender, and at the sole expense of Borrower, Borrower will promptly and duly execute and deliver, or will promptly cause to be executed and delivered, such further instruments and documents and take such further action as Lender may reasonably request for the purpose of obtaining or preserving the full benefits of this Agreement and of the rights and powers herein granted, including, without limitation, the filing of any financing or continuation

 

35



 

statements under the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in any applicable jurisdiction with respect to the Liens created hereby.  Borrower also hereby authorizes Lender and SPS to file any such financing or continuation statement to the extent permitted by applicable law.

 

Section 4.03          Limited Pledge of Fannie Mae Servicing .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or any of the other Loan Documents, the pledge of the Borrower’s right, title and interest in mortgage servicing rights under servicing contracts with Fannie Mae shall only secure the Borrower’s debt to the Lender incurred for the purposes of (a) purchasing additional Mortgage Loan servicing rights and retaining current Mortgage Loan servicing rights, (b) purchasing a mortgage banking company (including a management buyout of an existing mortgage banking company) or (c) securing a warehouse line of credit; provided, that the foregoing provisions of this paragraph shall be deemed automatically supplemented or amended if and to the extent Fannie Mae supplements or amends the corresponding requirement, whether in its rules, regulations, guides, Servicing Contracts, Acknowledgment Agreements, or published announcements or otherwise waives or grants exceptions from such requirement, and in each instance, with the same substantive force and effect; provided further that the security interest created hereby is subject to the following provision to be included in each financing statement filed in respect hereof (defined terms used below shall have the meaning set forth in the applicable Acknowledgment Agreement):

 

The Security Interest created by this financing statement is subject and subordinate to all rights, powers, and prerogatives of Fannie Mae under and in connection with (i) the terms and conditions of that certain Acknowledgment Agreement, with respect to the Security Interest, by and between Fannie Mae, PennyMac Loan Services, LLC (the “Debtor”) and Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, (ii) the Mortgage Selling and Servicing Contract and all applicable Pool Purchase Contracts between Fannie Mae and the Debtor, and (iii) the Selling Guide, Servicing Guide, and other Guides, as each of such Guides is amended from time to time ((ii) and (iii) collectively, the “Fannie Mae Contract”), which rights, powers, and prerogatives include, without limitation, the right of Fannie Mae to terminate the Fannie Mae Contract with or without cause and the right to sell, or have transferred, the Servicing Rights as therein provided.

 

Section 4.04          Limited Pledge of Ginnie Mae Servicing .  To the extent that the pledge of the Borrower’s right, title and interest in mortgage servicing rights under Servicing Contracts with Ginnie Mae shall at any time be included within the security interest created hereby, the Lender acknowledges and agrees that (x) the Borrower is entitled to servicing income with respect to a given mortgage pool only so long as Borrower is an issuer in good standing pursuant to Ginnie Mae rules, regulations, guides and similar announcements; (y) upon the Borrower’s loss of such good-standing issuer status, the Lender’s rights to any servicing income related to a given mortgage pool also terminate; and (z) the pledge of the Borrower’s rights to servicing income conveys no rights (such as a right to become a substitute servicer or issuer) that are not otherwise specifically provided for in the rules, regulations, guides or similar announcements by Ginnie Mae, provided that this sentence shall automatically be deemed

 

36



 

amended or modified if and to the extent Ginnie Mae amends the corresponding requirement, whether in its rules, regulations, guides, Servicing Contracts, Acknowledgment Agreements, if any, or published announcements and provided further that the security interest created hereby is subject to the following provision to be included in each financing statement filed in respect hereof (defined terms used below shall have the meaning set forth in the applicable Acknowledgment Agreement):

 

The property subject to the security interest reflected in this instrument includes all of the right, title and interest of PennyMac Loan Services, LLC (“ Debtor ”) in certain mortgages and/or participation interests related to such mortgages (“ Pooled Mortgages ”) and pooled under the mortgage-backed securities program of the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”), pursuant to section 306(g) of the National Housing Act, 12 U.S.C. § 1721(g);

 

To the extent that the security interest reflected in this instrument relates in any way to the Pooled Mortgages, such security interest is subject and subordinate to all rights, powers and prerogatives of Ginnie Mae, whether now existing or hereafter arising, under and in connection with: (i) 12 U.S.C. § 1721(g) and any implementing regulations; (ii) the terms and conditions of that certain Acknowledgment Agreement, with respect to the Security Interest, by and between Ginnie Mae, Debtor and  Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC (iii) applicable Guaranty Agreements and contractual agreements between Ginnie Mae and the Debtor; and (iv) the Ginnie Mae Mortgage-Backed Securities Guide, Handbook 5500.3 Rev. 1, and other applicable guides; and such rights, powers and prerogatives of Ginnie Mae include, but are not limited to, Ginnie Mae’s right, by issuing a letter of extinguishment to Debtor, to effect and complete the extinguishment of all redemption, equitable, legal or other right, title or interest of the Debtor in the Pooled Mortgages, in which event the security interest as it relates in any way to the Pooled Mortgages shall instantly and automatically be extinguished as well.

 

Section 4.05          Limited Pledge of Freddie Mac Servicing .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any of the other Loan Documents, the pledge of Borrower’s right, title and interest in mortgage servicing rights under Servicing Contracts with Freddie Mac shall only secure Borrower’s indebtedness and obligations to Lender incurred for (i) the purposes of securing (a) a warehouse line of credit and used for one of the purposes set forth in clauses (b) through (e), (b) a loan whose proceeds have been or will be used to acquire rights in such Freddie Mac Servicing Contract in accordance with the provisions of the Freddie Mac Sellers’ and Servicers’ Guide, (c) a loan whose proceeds have been or will be used to acquire assets of, or stock issued by, Borrower, (d) a loan whose proceeds have been or will be used to

 

37



 

purchase from another mortgage banking company the contract right to service Mortgage Loans, or to purchase assets of, or stock issued by, such company, (e) a loan whose proceeds have been or will be used as working capital, or (ii) any other purpose which Freddie Mac, in its sole and absolute discretion, considers to be consistent with the purposes of its Acknowledgment Agreement to be executed among Borrower, Lender and Freddie Mac; provided, that the foregoing provisions of this paragraph shall be deemed automatically supplemented or amended if and to the extent Freddie Mac supplements or amends the corresponding requirement, whether in its rules, regulations, guides, Servicing Contracts, Acknowledgment Agreements or published announcements or otherwise waives or grants exceptions from such requirement, and in each instance, with the same substantive force and effect; and provided further that the security interest created hereby is subject to the following provision to be included in each financing statement filed in respect hereof (defined terms used below shall have the meaning set forth in the applicable Acknowledgment Agreement):

 

The security interest referred to in this financing statement is subject and subordinate in each and every respect (a) to all rights, powers and prerogatives of one or more of the following:  the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“ Freddie Mac ”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“ Fannie Mae ”), the Government National Mortgage Association (“ Ginnie Mae ”) or such other investors that own mortgage loans, or which guaranty payments on securities based on and backed by pools of mortgage loans, identified on the exhibit(s) or schedule(s) attached to this financing statement (the “ Investors ”); and (b) to all claims of an Investor arising out of any and all defaults and outstanding obligations of the debtor to the Investor.  Such rights, powers and prerogatives of the Investors may include, without limitation, one or more of the following: the right of an Investor to disqualify the debtor from participating in a mortgage selling or servicing program or a securities guaranty program with the Investor; the right to terminate contract rights of the debtor relating to such a mortgage selling or servicing program or securities guaranty program; and the right to transfer and sell all or any portion of such contract rights following the termination of those rights.

 

Section 4.06          Acknowledgement Agreements .  Notwithstanding any other provision hereof to the contrary, Lender may elect, but shall not be obligated, to treat Agency Servicing Rights as having zero Collateral Value until the date on which an Acknowledgment Agreement covering such has been executed and delivered by the Borrower, Lender and Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, Ginnie Mae or such other investor, as applicable.

 

Section 4.07          Changes in Locations, Name, etc .  Borrower shall not (a) change the location of its chief executive office/chief place of business from that specified in Section 3.17 or (b) change its name or identity, unless it shall have given Lender at least 30 days’ prior written notice thereof and shall have delivered to Lender all Uniform Commercial Code financing statements and amendments thereto as Lender shall request and taken all other actions

 

38



 

deemed necessary by Lender to continue its perfected status in the Collateral with the same or better priority.

 

Section 4.08          Lender’s Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact .  (a)  Borrower hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints Lender and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of Borrower and in the name of Borrower or in its own name, from time to time in Lender’s discretion if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Agreement, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments which may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Borrower hereby gives Lender the power and right, on behalf of Borrower, without assent by, but with notice to, Borrower to do the following:

 

(i)       in the name of Borrower or its own name, or otherwise, to take possession of and endorse and collect any checks, drafts, notes, acceptances or other instruments for the payment of moneys due with respect to any Collateral and to file any claim or to take any other action or proceeding in any court of law or equity or otherwise deemed appropriate by Lender for the purpose of collecting any and all such moneys due with respect to any Collateral whenever payable;

 

(ii)      to pay or discharge taxes and Liens levied or placed on or threatened against the Collateral;

 

(iii)     request that Fannie Mae Servicing Rights, Freddie Mac Servicing Rights, Ginnie Mae Servicing Rights and Servicing Rights in respect of Mortgage Loans owned by any other investor be transferred to Lender or to another servicer approved by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, Ginnie Mae or such other investor (as the case may be) and perform (without assuming or being deemed to have assumed any of the obligations of Borrower thereunder) all aspects of each servicing contract that is Collateral consisting of Servicing Rights;

 

(iv)     request distribution to Lender of sale proceeds or any applicable contract termination fees arising from the sale or termination of such Servicing Rights and remaining after satisfaction of Borrower’s relevant obligations to Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, Ginnie Mae or such other investor (as the case may be), including costs and expenses related to any such sale or transfer of such Servicing Rights and other amounts due for unmet obligations of Borrower to Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, Ginnie Mae or such other investor (as the case may be) under applicable Fannie Mae Guides, Freddie Mac Guides, Ginnie Mae Guides or such other investor’s contract;

 

(v)      deal with investors and any and all subservicers and master servicers in respect of any of the Collateral in the same manner and with the same effect as if done by Borrower;

 

(vi)     (A) to direct any party liable for any payment under any Collateral to make payment of any and all moneys due or to become due thereunder directly to Lender

 

39



 

or as Lender shall direct; (B) to ask or demand for, collect, receive payment of and receipt for, any and all moneys, claims and other amounts due or to become due at any time in respect of or arising out of any Collateral; (C) to sign and endorse any invoices, assignments, verifications, notices and other documents in connection with any of the Collateral; (D) to commence and prosecute any suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect the Collateral or any portion thereof and to enforce any other right in respect of any Collateral; (E) to defend any suit, action or proceeding brought against Borrower with respect to any Collateral; (F) to settle, compromise or adjust any suit, action or proceeding described in clause (E) above and, in connection therewith, to give such discharges or releases as Lender may deem appropriate; and (G) generally, to sell, transfer, pledge and make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with any of the Collateral as fully and completely as though Lender were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and to do, at Lender’s option and Borrower’s expense, at any time, and from time to time, all acts and things which Lender deems necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon the Collateral and Lender’s Liens thereon and to effect the intent of this Agreement, all as fully and effectively as Borrower might do.

 

(b)           Borrower hereby ratifies all that said attorneys shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.  This power of attorney is a power coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable until such time as all Obligations have been paid in full and this Agreement is terminated.

 

(c)           Borrower also authorizes Lender, at any time and from time to time, to execute, in connection with any sale provided for in Section 4.11 hereof, any endorsements, assignments or other instruments of conveyance or transfer with respect to the Collateral.

 

(d)           The powers conferred on Lender are solely to protect Lender’s interests in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon Lender to exercise any such powers.  Lender shall be accountable only for amounts that it actually receives as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither Lender nor any of its officers, directors, or employees shall be responsible to Borrower for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for Lender’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

(e)           In addition to the foregoing, Borrower agrees to execute a power of attorney (the “ Power of Attorney ”) in favor of Lender in the form of Exhibit B-1 hereto to be delivered on the date hereof and in favor of SPS in the form of Exhibit B-2 hereto to be delivered on the date hereof.

 

Section 4.09          Performance by Lender of Borrower’s Obligations .  If Borrower fails to perform or comply with any of its agreements contained in the Loan Documents and Lender may itself perform or comply, or otherwise cause performance or compliance, with such agreement, the reasonable (under the circumstances) out-of-pocket expenses of Lender actually incurred in connection with such performance or compliance, together with interest thereon at a rate per annum equal to the Interest Rate shall be payable by Borrower to Lender on demand and shall constitute Obligations.  Such interest shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days in each Interest Period and a 360-day year.

 

40



 

Section 4.10          Proceeds .  If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, (a) all proceeds of Collateral received by Borrower consisting of cash, checks and other near-cash items shall be held by Borrower in trust for Lender, segregated from other funds of Borrower, and shall forthwith upon receipt by Borrower be turned over to Lender in the exact form received by Borrower (duly endorsed by Borrower to Lender, if required) and (b) any and all such proceeds received by Lender (whether from Borrower or otherwise) may, in the sole discretion of Lender, be held by Lender as collateral security for, and/or then or at any time thereafter may be applied by Lender against, the Obligations (whether matured or unmatured), such application to be in such order as Lender shall elect.  Any balance of such proceeds remaining after the Obligations shall have been paid in full and this Agreement shall have been terminated shall be paid over to Borrower or to whomsoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same.

 

Section 4.11          Remedies .  If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, Lender may exercise, in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to it in this Agreement and in any other instrument or agreement securing, evidencing or relating to the Obligations, all rights and remedies of a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code (including without limitation, Lender’s rights to a strict foreclosure under Section 9-620 of the Uniform Commercial Code).  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Lender may seek the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, conservator, trustee, or similar official in respect of Borrower or any of Borrower’s property. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Lender without demand of performance or other demand, presentment, protest, advertisement or notice of any kind (except any notice required under this Agreement or by law referred to below) to or upon Borrower or any other Person (each and all of which demands, presentments, protests, advertisements and notices are hereby waived), may in such circumstances forthwith collect, receive, appropriate and realize upon the Collateral, or any part thereof, and/or may forthwith sell, lease, assign, give option or options to purchase, or otherwise dispose of and deliver the Collateral or any part thereof (or contract to do any of the foregoing), in one or more parcels or as an entirety at public or private sale or sales, at any exchange, broker’s board or office of Lender or elsewhere upon such terms and conditions as it may deem advisable and at such prices as it may deem best, for cash or on credit or for future delivery without assumption of any credit risk.  Lender shall have the right upon any such public sale or sales, and, to the extent permitted by law, upon any such private sale or sales, to purchase the whole or any part of the Collateral so sold, free of any right or equity of redemption in Borrower, which right or equity is hereby waived or released.  Borrower further agrees, at Lender’s request, to assemble the Collateral and make it available to Lender at places which Lender shall reasonably select, whether at Borrower’s premises or elsewhere.  Lender shall apply the net proceeds of any such collection, recovery, receipt, appropriation, realization or sale, after deducting all reasonable (under the circumstances) out-of-pocket costs and expenses of every kind actually incurred therein or incidental to the care or safekeeping of any of the Collateral or in any way relating to the Collateral or the rights of Lender hereunder, including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, to the payment in whole or in part of the Obligations, in such order as Lender may elect, and only after such application and after the payment by Lender of any other amount required or permitted by any provision of law, including without limitation Section 9-615 of the Uniform Commercial Code, need Lender account for the surplus, if any, to Borrower.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, Borrower waives all claims, damages and demands it may acquire against Lender arising out of the exercise by Lender of any of its rights hereunder, other than those claims,

 

41



 

damages and demands arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lender.  If any notice of a proposed sale or other disposition of Collateral shall be required by law, such notice shall be deemed reasonable and proper if given at least 10 days before such sale or other disposition.  Borrower shall remain liable for any deficiency (plus accrued interest thereon as contemplated herein) if the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of the Collateral are insufficient to pay the Obligations and the fees and disbursements in amounts reasonable under the circumstances, of any attorneys employed by Lender to collect such deficiency.

 

Section 4.12          Limitation on Duties Regarding Preservation of Collateral .  Lender’s duty with respect to the custody, safekeeping and physical preservation of the Collateral in its possession, under Section 9-207 of the Uniform Commercial Code or otherwise, shall be to deal with it in the same manner as Lender deals with similar property for its own account.  Neither Lender nor any of its directors, officers or employees shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon all or any part of the Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of Borrower or otherwise.

 

Section 4.13          Powers Coupled with an Interest .  All authorizations and agencies herein contained with respect to the Collateral are irrevocable and powers coupled with an interest.

 

Section 4.14          Release of Security Interest .  Upon termination of this Agreement and (i) repayment to Lender of all Obligations and the performance of all obligations under the Loan Documents; (ii) so long as no Event of Default has occurred hereunder and (iii) so long as no event of default has occurred under the Repurchase Documents, Lender shall release its security interest in any remaining Collateral and shall promptly execute and deliver to Borrower such documents or instruments as Borrower shall reasonably request to evidence such release.

 

Section 4.15          Reinstatement .  All security interests created by this Article IV shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment, or any part thereof, of any Obligation of Borrower or Guarantor is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Lender upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of Borrower or Guarantor or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, Borrower or Guarantor or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as if such release had not been made.

 

ARTICLE V

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

Section 5.01          Initial Loan Advance .  The obligation of Lender to make its initial Loan Advance hereunder following the date hereof is subject to the satisfaction, immediately prior to or concurrently with the making of such Loan Advance, of the condition precedent that Lender shall have received all of the following items, each of which shall be satisfactory to Lender and its counsel in form and substance:

 

42



 

(a)           Loan Documents .  The Loan Documents and a notice to the master servicer and trustee of the Eligible Securitization Transactions and the Servicing Contracts, as applicable, set forth on Schedule 2 , in all instances duly executed and delivered by the parties thereto and being in full force and effect, free of any modification, breach or waiver.

 

(b)           Security Interest .  Evidence that all other actions necessary or, in the opinion of Lender, desirable to perfect and protect Lender’s interest in the Collateral have been taken, including, without limitation, duly authorized and filed Uniform Commercial Code financing statements on Form UCC-1.

 

(c)           Organizational Documents .  A certificate of the corporate secretary of each of Borrower and Guarantor in form and substance acceptable to Lender, attaching certified copies of Borrower’s and Guarantor’s charter, bylaws and corporate resolutions approving the Loan Documents and transactions thereunder (either specifically or by general resolution) and all documents evidencing other necessary corporate action or governmental approvals as may be required in connection with the Loan Documents.

 

(d)           Good Standing Certificate .  A certified copy of a good standing certificate from the jurisdiction of organization of Borrower and Guarantor, dated as of no earlier than the date 10 Business Days prior to the Advance Date with respect to the initial Loan Advance hereunder.

 

(e)           Incumbency Certificate .  An incumbency certificate of the corporate secretary of each of Borrower and Guarantor, certifying the names, true signatures and titles of the representatives duly authorized to request transactions hereunder and to execute the Loan Documents.

 

(f)            Opinion of Counsel .  An opinion of Borrower’s and Guarantor’s counsel, in form and substance substantially as set forth in Exhibit E attached hereto or as otherwise agreed to by Lender.

 

(g)           Servicing Contracts .  Fully executed copies of each Servicing Contract certified as true, correct and complete by Borrower.

 

(h)           Fees .  Payment of any fees due to Lender hereunder.

 

(i)            Insurance .  Evidence that Borrower has added Lender as an additional loss payee under the Borrower’s Fidelity Insurance.

 

Section 5.02          Initial and Subsequent Loan Advances .  The making of each Loan Advance to Borrower (including the initial Loan Advance) on any Business Day is subject to the satisfaction of the following further conditions precedent, both immediately prior to the making of such Loan Advance and also after giving effect thereto and to the intended use thereof:

 

(a)           Due Diligence Review .  Without limiting the generality of Section 10.09 hereof, Lender shall have completed, to its satisfaction, its due diligence review of the related Assets and Borrower and Guarantor.

 

43


 

(b)                                  Borrowing Request and Asset Schedule .  In accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, Lender shall have received from Borrower a Notice of Borrowing with an updated Asset Schedule which includes Assets related to a proposed Loan Advance hereunder on such Business Day.

 

(c)                                   Borrowing Base .  After giving effect to each new Loan Advance (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Loan Advances made in connection with Receivables shall not exceed the Receivables Borrowing Base then in effect (calculated as of the Servicing Cut-off Date) and (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Loan Advances made in connection with pledged Servicing Rights shall not exceed the Servicing Rights Borrowing Base then in effect.

 

(d)                                  No Default .  No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(e)                                   Requirements of Law .  Lender shall not have determined that the introduction of or a change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or administration of any Requirement of Law applicable to Lender has made it unlawful, and no Governmental Authority shall have asserted that it is unlawful, for Lender to enter into Loan Advances with an Interest Rate based on CSCOF.

 

(f)                                    Representations and Warranties .  Both immediately prior to the related Loan Advance and also after giving effect thereto and to the intended use thereof, the representations and warranties made by Borrower in each Loan Document shall be true, correct and complete on and as of such Advance Date in all material respects with the same force and effect as if made on and as of such date (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date, as of such specific date).

 

(g)                                   Servicing Contracts; Assets .  Lender shall have:

 

(i)                              received the applicable Servicing Contract relating to any pledged Assets, which Lender shall have determined prior to making the first Loan Advance related to an Asset that relates to such Servicing Contract that such Servicing Contract is in form and substance satisfactory to Lender in its sole discretion;

 

(ii)                           reviewed the applicable pool of Mortgage Loans serviced by Borrower pursuant to such Servicing Contracts, which pool shall be satisfactory to Lender in its sole discretion;

 

(iii)                        if required by Lender, received a fully executed amendment to each Servicing Contract necessary to cause such Servicing Contract to satisfy requirements for an Eligible Securitization Transaction or an Eligible Asset, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender;

 

(iv)                       received copies of all other consents and notices required under the related Servicing Contract and with respect to Agency Servicing Rights, the related Acknowledgement Agreement, each in form and substance satisfactory to Lender;

 

44



 

(v)                          with respect to Loan Advances made in respect to Servicer Advances, received a report from Borrower indicating all Protective Advances that have been disbursed and all Delinquency Advances will be disbursed by Borrower into the certificate account under the related Servicing Contract, which report shall include backup setting forth the date, amount and federal reference number for each such disbursement;

 

(vi)                       with respect to Loan Advances made in respect of Servicing Rights, the Borrower shall have delivered to the Lender the Borrower’s related pricing valuation on or prior to the date which is five Business Days prior to the requested Advance Date; Borrower shall promptly deliver to Lender any reports or documents ordered, created, prepared or reviewed in connection with such pricing valuations, whether such reports or documents are created or prepared by Borrower or a third party; provided, however, that it is understood that any such pricing valuation, report or document shall be reviewed by the Lender for the sole purpose of making credit decisions with respect to the related Loan Advance, and the Lender shall not use such information for any purpose other than making credit decisions with respect to the related Loan Advance; and

 

(vii)                    received an updated Servicing Appraisal in accordance with Section 6.28.

 

(h)                        Material Adverse Change .  None of the following shall have occurred and/or be continuing:

 

(A)                                Lender’s corporate bond rating as calculated by S&P or Moody’s has been lowered or downgraded to a rating below investment grade by S&P or Moody’s;

 

(B)                                an event or events shall have occurred in the good faith determination of Lender resulting in the effective absence of a “lending market” for financing debt obligations secured by mortgage loans or servicing receivables or securities backed by mortgage loans or servicing receivables or an event or events shall have occurred resulting in Lender not being able to finance Eligible Assets through the “lending market” with traditional counterparties at rates which would have been reasonable prior to the occurrence of such event or events; or

 

(C)                                there shall have occurred a material adverse change in the financial condition of Lender which affects (or can reasonably be expected to affect) materially and adversely the ability of Lender to fund its obligations under this Agreement.

 

(i)                            Fees .  Lender shall have received payment in full of all fees and Expenses (including, without limitation the Commitment Fee) which are payable hereunder to Lender on or before such date.

 

45



 

ARTICLE VI

 

COVENANTS

 

Borrower covenants and agrees that until the payment and satisfaction in full of all Obligations, whether now existing or arising hereafter, shall have occurred:

 

Section 6.01                              Financial Covenants .  Borrower shall at all times comply with all financial covenants and/or financial ratios set forth in Section 2 of the Pricing Side Letter.

 

Section 6.02                              Litigation .  Borrower and Guarantor, as applicable, will promptly, and in any event within ten (10) days after service of process on any of the following, give to Lender notice of all litigation, actions, suits, arbitrations, investigations (including, without limitation, any of the foregoing which are threatened or pending) or other legal or arbitrable proceedings affecting Borrower, Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries or affecting any of the Property of any of them before any Governmental Authority that (i) questions or challenges the validity or enforceability of any of the Loan Documents or any action to be taken in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) makes a claim individually in an amount greater than $1,000,000 or in an aggregate amount greater than $5,000,000, or (iii) which, individually or in the aggregate, if adversely determined, could be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.  On the fifth (5 th ) day of each calendar month (or if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), Borrower and Guarantor, as applicable, will provide to Lender a litigation docket listing all litigation, actions, suits, arbitrations, investigations (including, without limitation, any of the foregoing which are threatened or pending) or other legal or arbitrable proceedings affecting Borrower, Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries or affecting any of the Property of any of them before any Governmental Authority.  Borrower and Guarantor, as applicable, will promptly provide notice of any judgment, which with the passage of time, could cause an Event of Default hereunder.

 

Section 6.03                              Prohibition of Fundamental Changes .  Borrower shall not enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation, winding up or dissolution) or sell all or substantially all of its assets; provided, that Borrower may merge or consolidate with (a) any wholly owned subsidiary of Borrower, or (b) any other Person if Borrower is the surviving entity; and provided further, that if after giving effect thereto, no Default would exist hereunder.

 

Section 6.04                              Portfolio Performance Data .  On the first Weekly Report Date of each calendar month, Borrower will furnish to Lender electronically, in a format mutually acceptable to Lender and Borrower, servicing information, including, without limitation, those fields reasonably requested by Lender from time to time, on a loan-by-loan basis and in the aggregate, with respect to the Mortgage Loans serviced by Borrower for the month (or any portion thereof) prior to the Weekly Report Date.

 

Section 6.05                              Weekly Reporting .  Borrower shall at all times maintain a current list (which may be stored in electronic form) of all Assets.  Borrower shall deliver to Lender on the third Business Day of each week (the “ Weekly Report Date ”) a cumulative Asset Schedule, each of which, when so delivered, shall replace the current Asset Schedule and which may be

 

46



 

delivered in electronic form acceptable to Lender.  Each such updated Asset Schedule shall indicate the Outstanding Balance of each Receivable as of the close of the preceding week. In addition, Borrower will deliver to Lender a copy of each and every remittance report (and, at Lender’s reasonable request, any other report) prepared by Borrower or any other party to a Servicing Contract that identifies or indicates any reimbursement to Borrower of any Servicer Advance thereunder.  Borrower shall deliver each such report to Lender not more than five (5) Business Days after Borrower has either prepared or received such report pursuant to the Servicing Contract.  As of each Weekly Report Date, Borrower hereby certifies, represents and warrants to Lender that (A) each such updated Asset Schedule is true, complete and correct in all material respects and (B) except as set forth in the Weekly Report, as of such Weekly Report Date, all of the Servicing Contracts are in full force and effect and Borrower has not been terminated as the servicer or subservicer under any Servicing Contract.

 

Section 6.06                              Insurance .  Borrower or Guarantor shall continue to maintain, for Borrower, and its Subsidiaries, Fidelity Insurance in an aggregate amount at least equal to $1,400,000.  Borrower or Guarantor shall maintain, for Borrower, and its Subsidiaries, Fidelity Insurance in respect of its officers, employees and agents, with respect to any claims made in connection with all or any portion of the Assets.  Borrower or Guarantor shall notify Lender of any material change in the terms of any such Fidelity Insurance.

 

Section 6.07                              No Adverse Claims .  Borrower warrants and will defend the right, title and interest of Lender in and to all Collateral against all adverse claims and demands.

 

Section 6.08                              Assignment .  Except as permitted herein, Borrower shall not sell, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, or pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in or lien on or otherwise encumber (except pursuant to the Loan Documents), any of the Collateral or any interest therein, provided that this Section 6.08 shall not prevent any transfer of Collateral in accordance with the Loan Documents.

 

Section 6.09                              Security Interest .  Borrower shall do all things necessary to preserve the Collateral so that they remain subject to a first priority perfected security interest hereunder.  Without limiting the foregoing, Borrower will comply with all rules, regulations and other laws of any Governmental Authority and cause the Collateral to comply with all applicable rules, regulations and other laws.  Borrower will not allow any default for which Borrower is responsible to occur under any Collateral or any Loan Document and Borrower shall fully perform or cause to be performed when due all of its obligations under any Collateral and any Loan Document.

 

Section 6.10                              Records .  (a)  Borrower shall collect and maintain or cause to be collected and maintained all Records relating to the Collateral in accordance with industry custom and practice for assets similar to the Collateral, including those maintained pursuant to Section 6.11, and all such Records shall be in Borrower’s possession unless Lender otherwise approves.  Borrower will not allow any such papers, records or files that are an original or an only copy to leave Borrower’s possession, except for individual items removed in connection with servicing a specific Mortgage Loan, in which event Borrower will obtain or cause to be obtained a receipt from a financially responsible person for any such paper, record or file.

 

47



 

Borrower will maintain all such Records in good and complete condition in accordance with industry practices for assets similar to the Collateral and preserve them against loss.

 

(b)                                  For so long as Lender has an interest in or lien on any Collateral, Borrower will hold or cause to be held all related Records in trust for Lender.  Borrower shall notify, or cause to be notified, every other party holding any such Records of the interests and liens in favor of Lender granted hereby.

 

(c)                                   Upon reasonable advance notice from Lender, Borrower shall (x) make any and all such Records available to Lender to examine any such Records, either by its own officers or employees, or by agents or contractors, or both, and make copies of all or any portion thereof, and (y) permit Lender or its authorized agents to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of Borrower with its chief operating officer and chief financial officer and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of Borrower with its independent certified public accountants.

 

Section 6.11                              Books .  Borrower shall keep or cause to be kept in reasonable detail books and records of account of its assets and business and shall clearly reflect therein the pledge of Collateral to Lender.

 

Section 6.12                              Approvals .  Borrower shall maintain all licenses, permits or other approvals necessary for Borrower to conduct its business and to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents, and Borrower shall conduct its business strictly in accordance with applicable law.  Borrower shall maintain its status with Fannie Mae as an approved lender and Freddie Mac as an approved seller/servicer, and in each case, Borrower is in good standing (“ Agency Approvals ”).  Borrower shall service all Assets in accordance with the applicable Agency guide in all material respects.  Should Borrower, for any reason, cease to possess all such applicable Agency Approvals, or should notification to the relevant Agency or to the Department of Housing and Urban Development, FHA or VA as described in Section 3.24 hereof be required, Borrower shall so notify Lender immediately in writing.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Borrower shall take all necessary action to maintain all of its applicable Agency Approvals at all times during the term of this Agreement and each outstanding Loan.

 

Section 6.13                              Material Change in Business .  Neither Borrower nor Guarantor shall make any material change in the nature of its business as carried on at the date hereof.

 

Section 6.14                              Collections on Assets and the Dedicated Accounts .  Prior to the Borrower making any withdrawal from the custodial account or any other clearing account maintained under the related Servicing Contract, the Borrower shall instruct the related depository institution to remit all collections, payments and proceeds in respect of any Receivable pledged hereunder to be deposited into the Receivables Dedicated Account and on account of Servicing Rights to the applicable Servicing Rights Dedicated Account.  Borrower shall not withdraw or direct the withdrawal or remittance of any amounts on account of any Receivables or Servicing Rights income related to any Servicing Contract from any custodial account into which such amounts have been deposited other than to remit to each of the applicable Dedicated Accounts.

 

48



 

Section 6.15                              Distributions .  If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, neither Borrower nor Guarantor shall pay any dividends with respect to any capital stock or other equity interests in such entity, whether now or hereafter outstanding, or make any other distribution in respect thereof, either directly or indirectly, whether in cash or property or in obligations of Borrower or Guarantor.

 

Section 6.16                              Applicable Law .  Borrower and Guarantor shall comply with the requirements of all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority.

 

Section 6.17                              Existence .  Each of Borrower and Guarantor shall preserve and maintain its legal existence and all of its material rights, privileges, licenses and franchises.

 

Section 6.18                              Chief Executive Office; Jurisdiction of Organization .  Borrower shall not move its chief executive office from the address referred to in Section 3.17 or change its jurisdiction of organization from the jurisdiction referred to in Section 3.17 unless it shall have provided Lender 30 days’ prior written notice of such change.

 

Section 6.19                              Taxes .  Borrower and Guarantor shall timely file all tax returns that are required to be filed by them and shall timely pay and discharge all taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed on it or on its income or profits or on any of its property prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto, except for any such tax, assessment, charge or levy the payment of which is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and against which adequate reserves are being maintained.

 

Section 6.20                              Transactions with Affiliates .  Borrower will not enter into any transaction, including, without limitation, any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property or the rendering of any service, with any Affiliate unless such transaction (a) does not result in a Default hereunder, (b) is in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business and (c) is upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to Borrower than it would obtain in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person which is not an Affiliate, or make a payment that is not otherwise permitted by this Section 6.20 to any Affiliate.

 

Section 6.21                              Guarantees .  Borrower shall not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Guarantees, except (i) to the extent reflected in Borrower’s financial statements or notes thereto and (ii) to the extent the aggregate Guarantees of Borrower do not exceed $250,000.

 

Section 6.22                              Indebtedness .  Borrower shall not incur any additional material Indebtedness (other than (i) the Existing Indebtedness specified on Exhibit D hereto; (ii) Indebtedness incurred with Lender or its Affiliates; (iii) Indebtedness incurred in connection with new or existing secured lending facilities and (iv) usual and customary accounts payable for a mortgage company), without the prior written consent of Lender.

 

Section 6.23                              Termination of Servicing Notice .  Borrower shall give notice to Lender promptly upon (a) receipt or notice or knowledge of any default, notice of termination of servicing for cause under any Servicing Contract or other servicing agreement regardless of whether such agreement or the rights thereunder constitute “Collateral” hereunder or (b) receipt or notice or knowledge of any resignation of servicing, termination of servicing or notice of

 

49



 

resignation of or termination of servicing, under any Servicing Contract or other servicing agreement regardless of whether such agreement or the rights thereunder constitute “Collateral” hereunder.

 

Section 6.24                              True and Correct Information .  All information, reports, exhibits, schedules, financial statements or certificates of Borrower, Guarantor any Affiliate thereof or any of their officers furnished to Lender hereunder and during Lender’s diligence of Borrower and Guarantor are and will be true and complete in all material respects and do not omit to disclose any material facts necessary to make the statements herein or therein, in light of the circumstances in which they are made, not misleading.  All required financial statements, information and reports delivered by Borrower and Guarantor to Lender pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, or, if applicable, to SEC filings, the appropriate SEC accounting regulations.

 

Section 6.25                              Servicing .  Borrower shall maintain adequate financial standing, servicing facilities, procedures and experienced personnel necessary for the sound servicing of mortgage loans of the same types as may from time to time constitute Mortgage Loans and in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices and the Servicing Contracts.

 

Section 6.26                              Receivables Not To Be Evidenced by Promissory Notes .  Borrower shall not take any action, or permit any other Person to take any action, to cause any of the Receivables to be evidenced by any “instrument” (as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code), except in connection with the enforcement or collection of the Receivables.

 

Section 6.27                              No Pledge .  Neither Borrower nor Guarantor shall (a) pledge, transfer or convey any security interest in the Dedicated Accounts to any Person without the express written consent of Lender or (b) pledge, grant a security interest or assign any existing or future rights to service any of the Collateral or to be compensated for servicing any of the Collateral, or pledge or grant to any other Person any security interest in any Assets or Servicing Contracts.

 

Section 6.28                              Servicing Appraisals .  Borrower shall provide a new Servicing Appraisal to the Lender once each calendar quarter; provided, that Lender shall have the right in its sole good faith discretion to require independent appraisals or evaluations more frequently than every calendar quarter; and provided further that the Servicing Appraisal for each calendar quarter must be provided to Lender no later than forty-five (45) days following the end of such quarter.

 

Section 6.29                              Plan Assets .  Borrower shall not be an employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3 of Title I of ERISA, or a plan described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code and Borrower shall not use “plan assets” within the meaning of 29 CFR §2510.3 101, as amended by Section 3(42) of ERISA to engage in this Agreement or any Loan Advance hereunder. Loan Advances by or with Borrower or Guarantor shall not be subject to any state or local statute regulating investments of or fiduciary obligations with respect to governmental plans within the meaning of Section 3(32) of ERISA.

 

50



 

Section 6.30                              Sharing of Information .  Borrower shall allow Lender to exchange information related to Borrower and the Loan Advances hereunder with third party lenders and Borrower shall permit each third party lender to share such information with Lender.

 

Section 6.31                              Modification of the Servicing Contracts .  Borrower shall not consent with respect to any Servicing Contracts related to any Asset that constitutes Collateral, to (i) the modification, amendment or termination of such Servicing Contracts, (ii) the waiver of any provision of such Servicing Contracts or (iii) the resignation of Borrower as servicer, or the assignment, transfer, or material delegation of any of its rights or obligations, under such Servicing Contracts, without the prior written consent of Lender exercised in Lender’s sole discretion.

 

Section 6.32                              Reserved .

 

Section 6.33                              Reserved .

 

Section 6.34                              Quality Control .  Borrower shall maintain an internal quality control program that verifies, on a regular basis, the existence and accuracy of all legal documents, credit documents, property appraisals, and underwriting decisions related to Servicing Rights and Receivables.  Such program shall be capable of evaluating and monitoring the overall quality of Borrower’s servicing activities.  Such program shall (i) guard against dishonest, fraudulent, or negligent acts; and (ii) guard against errors and omissions by officers, employees, or other authorized persons.

 

Section 6.35                              Reporting Requirements .  (a)  Borrower or Guarantor shall furnish to Lender (i) promptly, copies of any material and adverse notices (including, without limitation, notices of defaults, breaches, potential defaults or potential breaches) and any material financial information that is not otherwise required to be provided by Borrower or Guarantor hereunder which is given to Borrower’s lenders, (ii) immediately, notice of the occurrence of (1) any Event of Default hereunder; (2) any default or material breach under any Servicing Contract; (3) any default or material breach by Borrower, or Guarantor of any obligation under any Loan Document or any material contract or agreement of Borrower or Guarantor or (4) the occurrence of any event or circumstance that such party reasonably expects has resulted in, or will, with the passage of time, result in, a Material Adverse Effect or an Event of Default and (iii) the following:

 

(1)                                  as soon as available and in any event within forty (40) calendar days after the end of each calendar month, the unaudited consolidated balance sheets of Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries and the unaudited balance sheet of Borrower, each as at the end of such period and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income for Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries and Borrower for such period and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such period, accompanied by a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Guarantor or Borrower, as applicable, which certificate shall state that said consolidated financial statements or financial statements, as applicable, fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial condition or financial condition, as applicable, and results of operations of Guarantor and its consolidated

 

51



 

Subsidiaries or Borrower, as applicable, in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, as at the end of, and for, such period (subject to normal year-end adjustments);

 

(2)                                  as soon as available and in any event within forty (40) calendar days after the end of each calendar quarter, the unaudited consolidated cash flow statements of Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries and the unaudited cash flow statements of Borrower, each as at the end of such period and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such period, accompanied by a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Guarantor or Borrower, as applicable, which certificate shall state that said consolidated financial statements or financial statements, as applicable, fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial condition or financial condition, as applicable, and results of operations of Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries or Borrower, as applicable, in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, as at the end of, and for, such period (subject to normal year-end adjustments);

 

(3)                                  as soon as available and in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of Guarantor and Borrower, the consolidated balance sheets of Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries and the balance sheet of Borrower, each as at the end of such fiscal year and the related consolidated statements of income and retained earnings and of cash flows for Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries and Borrower for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, accompanied by an opinion thereon of independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing, which opinion and the scope of audit shall be acceptable to Lender in its sole discretion, shall have no “going concern” qualification and shall state that said consolidated financial statements or financial statements, as applicable, fairly present the consolidated financial condition or financial condition, as applicable, and results of operations of Guarantor and its respective consolidated Subsidiaries or Borrower, as applicable, as at the end of, and for, such fiscal year in accordance with GAAP;

 

(4)                                  such other prepared statements that Lender may reasonably request;

 

(5)                                  if applicable, copies of any 10-Ks, 10-Qs, registration statements and other “corporate finance” SEC filings (other than 8-Ks) by Guarantor, Borrower or any Affiliate, within 5 Business Days of their filing with the SEC; provided, that, Guarantor, Borrower or any Affiliate will provide Lender and Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation with a copy of the annual 10-K filed with the SEC by Guarantor, Borrower or their Affiliates, no later than 90 days after the end of the year;

 

(6)                                  as soon as available, and in any event within thirty (30) days of receipt, copies of relevant portions of all final written Agency, FHA, Governmental Authority and investor audits, examinations, evaluations,

 

52



 

monitoring reviews and reports of its operations (including those prepared on a contract basis) which provide for or relate to (i) material corrective action required, (ii) material sanctions proposed, imposed or required, including without limitation notices of defaults, notices of termination of approved status, notices of imposition of supervisory agreements or interim servicing agreements, and notices of probation, suspension, or non-renewal, or (iii) “report cards,” “grades” or other classifications of the quality of Borrower’s operations;

 

(7)                                  from time to time such other information regarding the financial condition, operations, or business of Borrower or Guarantor as Lender may reasonably request;

 

(8)                                  as soon as reasonably possible, and in any event within thirty (30) days after a Responsible Officer of Borrower or Guarantor has knowledge of the occurrence of any ERISA Event of Termination, stating the particulars of such ERISA Event of Termination in reasonable detail;

 

(9)                                  As soon as reasonably possible, notice of any of the following events:

 

a.                                       change in the insurance coverage required of Borrower or Guarantor, with a copy of evidence of same attached;

 

b.                                       any material dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension between Borrower on the one hand, and any Governmental Authority or any Person;

 

c.                                        any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices of Borrower;

 

d.                                       any material issues raised upon examination of Borrower or Borrower’s facilities by any Governmental Authority;

 

e.                                        any material change in the Indebtedness of Borrower, including, without limitation, any default, renewal, non-renewal, termination, increase in available amount or decrease in available amount related thereto;

 

f.                                         promptly upon receipt of notice or knowledge of any lien or security interest (other than security interests created hereby or by the other Loan Documents) on, or claim asserted against, any of the Collateral;

 

g.                                        the transfer, expiration without renewal, termination or other loss of all or any part of any Servicing Contract, or the right of Borrower to service Mortgage Loans thereunder (or the termination or replacement of Borrower thereunder), the reason for such transfer, loss, termination or replacement, if known to Borrower, and the effects that

 

53


 

such transfer, loss, termination or replacement will have (or will likely have) on the prospects for full and timely collection of all amounts owing to Borrower under or in respect of that Servicing Contract;

 

h.             any other event, circumstance or condition that has resulted, or has a possibility of resulting, in a Material Adverse Effect with respect to Borrower; and

 

i.              the occurrence of any material employment dispute and a description of the strategy for resolving it that has the possibility of resulting in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)           Officer’s Certificates .  Borrower will furnish to Lender, at the time Borrower furnishes each set of financial statements pursuant to Section 6.35(a)(iii)(1), (2) or (3) above, a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Borrower in the form of Exhibit A to the Pricing Side Letter.

 

(c)           Quality Control Reports .  Periodic internal quality control reports and internal audit reports as they are distributed to the board of directors of Borrower or Guarantor.

 

(d)           Other . Borrower shall deliver to Lender any other reports or information reasonably requested by Lender or as otherwise required pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Section 6.36          Most Favored Status .  Borrower, Guarantor and Lender each agree that should Borrower, Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof enter into a repurchase agreement or credit facility with any Person other than Lender or an Affiliate of Lender which by its terms provides any of the following (each, a “More Favorable Agreement”):

 

(a)           more favorable terms with respect to any guaranties or financial covenants, including without limitation covenants covering the same or similar subject matter set forth in Section 6.15 hereof and Section 2 of the Pricing Side Letter;

 

(b)           a security interest to any Person other than Lender or an Affiliate of Lender in substantially all assets of Borrower, Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof; or

 

(c)           a requirement that Borrower has added or will add any Person other than Lender or an Affiliate of Lender as a loss payee under Borrower’s Fidelity Insurance;

 

then the terms of this Agreement shall be deemed automatically amended to include such more favorable terms contained in such More Favorable Agreement, such that such terms operate in favor of Lender or an Affiliate of Lender; provided, that in the event that such More Favorable Agreement is terminated, upon notice by Borrower to Lender of such termination, the original terms of this Agreement shall be deemed to be automatically reinstated.  Borrower, Guarantor and Lender further agree to execute and deliver any new guaranties, agreements or amendments to this Agreement evidencing such provisions, provided that the execution of such amendment shall not be a precondition to the effectiveness of such amendment, but shall merely be for the convenience of the parties hereto.  Promptly upon Borrower, Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof entering into a repurchase agreement or other credit facility with any Person other than Lender,

 

54



 

Borrower or Guarantor, as applicable, shall deliver to Lender a true, correct and complete copy of such repurchase agreement, loan agreement, guaranty or other financing documentation.

 

Section 6.37          Liens on Substantially All Assets .  Borrower shall not grant a security interest to any Person other than Lender or an Affiliate of Lender in substantially all assets of Borrower unless Borrower has entered into an amendment to this Agreement that grants to Lender a pari passu security interest on such assets.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

DEFAULTS/RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF LENDER UPON DEFAULT

 

Section 7.01          Events of Default .  Each of the following events or circumstances shall constitute an “ Event of Default ”:

 

(a)           Payment Failure .  Failure of Borrower to (i) make any payment of interest or principal or any other sum which has become due, on a Facility Payment Date, Interest Payment Date or the Termination Date or otherwise, whether by acceleration or otherwise, under the terms of this Agreement, any other warehouse and security agreement or any other document, in each case evidencing or securing Indebtedness of Borrower to Lender or to any Affiliate of Lender, or (ii) cure any Borrowing Base Deficiency when due pursuant to Section 2.05 hereof.

 

(b)           Cross Default .  (i) Borrower, Guarantor or Affiliates thereof shall be in default under (i) any Repurchase Document; (ii) any Indebtedness, in the aggregate, in excess of $1 million of Borrower, Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof which default (1) involves the failure to pay a matured obligation, or (2) permits the acceleration of the maturity of obligations by any other party to or beneficiary with respect to such Indebtedness, or (iii) any other contract or contracts, in the aggregate in excess of $1 million to which Borrower, Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof is a party which default (1) involves the failure to pay a matured obligation, or (2) permits the acceleration of the maturity of obligations by any other party to or beneficiary of such contract.

 

(c)           Assignment .  Assignment or attempted assignment by Borrower or Guarantor of this Agreement or any rights hereunder without first obtaining the specific written consent of Lender, or the granting by Borrower of any security interest, lien or other encumbrances on any Collateral to any person other than Lender.

 

(d)           Insolvency .  An Act of Insolvency shall have occurred with respect to Borrower, Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof.

 

(e)           Material Adverse Change .  Any material adverse change in the Property, business, financial condition or operations of Borrower, Guarantor or any of their Affiliates shall occur, in each case as determined by Lender in its sole good faith discretion, or any other condition shall exist which, in Lender’s sole good faith discretion, constitutes a material impairment of Borrower’s or Guarantor’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

55



 

(f)            Breach of Financial Representation or Covenant or Obligation .  A breach by Borrower of any of the representations, warranties or covenants or obligations set forth in Sections 3.01, 3.07, 3.12, 3.19, 3.23, 6.01, 6.03, 6.17, 6.21, 6.22, 6.27 or 6.29 of this Agreement.

 

(g)           Breach of Non-Financial Representation or Covenant .  A material breach by Borrower or Guarantor of any other material representation, warranty or covenant set forth in this Agreement (and not otherwise specified in Section 7.01(f) above), if such breach is not cured within five (5) Business Days or, in the case of a breach of Section 6.05, three (3) Business Days.

 

(h)           Guarantor Breach .  A breach by Guarantor of any material representation, warranty or covenant set forth in the Guaranty or any other Loan Document, any “event of default” by Guarantor under the Guaranty, any repudiation of the Guaranty by Guarantor, or if the Guaranty is not enforceable against Guarantor.

 

(i)            Change in Control .  The occurrence of a Change in Control.

 

(j)            Failure to Pledge .  Borrower fails to pledge a material portion of the Collateral to Lender on the applicable Advance Date (provided Lender has tendered the related Loan Advance).

 

(k)           Judgment .  A final judgment or judgments for the payment of money in excess of $1 million shall be rendered against Borrower, Guarantor or any of their Affiliates by one or more courts, administrative tribunals or other bodies having jurisdiction and the same shall not be satisfied, discharged (or provision shall not be made for such discharge) or bonded, or a stay of execution thereof shall not be procured, within 30 days from the date of entry thereof.

 

(l)            Government Action .  Any Governmental Authority or any person, agency or entity acting or purporting to act under governmental authority shall have taken any action to condemn, seize or appropriate, or to assume custody or control of, all or any substantial part of the Property of Borrower, Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof, or shall have taken any action to displace the management of Borrower, Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof or to curtail its authority in the conduct of the business of Borrower, Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof, or takes any action in the nature of enforcement to remove, limit or restrict the approval of Borrower, Guarantor or Affiliate as an issuer, buyer or a seller/servicer of Mortgage Loans or securities backed thereby, and such action provided for in this subparagraph (l) shall not have been discontinued or stayed within 30 days.

 

(m)          Inability to Perform .  A Responsible Officer of Borrower or Guarantor shall admit its inability to, or its intention not to, perform any of Borrower’s Obligations or Guarantor’s obligations hereunder or the Guaranty.

 

(n)           Security Interest .  This Agreement shall for any reason cease to create a valid, first priority security interest in any material portion of the Collateral purported to be covered hereby.

 

(o)           Financial Statements .  Borrower’s or Guarantor’s audited annual financial statements or the notes thereto or other opinions or conclusions stated therein shall be qualified

 

56



 

or limited by reference to the status of Borrower or Guarantor as a “going concern” or a reference of similar import.

 

(p)           Validity of Agreement .  For any reason, this Agreement at any time shall not be in full force and effect in all material respects or shall not be enforceable in all material respects in accordance with its terms, or any Lien granted pursuant thereto shall fail to be perfected and of first priority, or Borrower or any Affiliate of Borrower shall seek to disaffirm, terminate, limit or reduce its obligations hereunder or Guarantor’s obligations under the Guaranty;

 

(q)           Servicing Contracts .  (i) with respect to any Asset, a notice of termination of servicing for cause has been delivered, or a notice of termination of servicing for any other reason has been delivered, which has not been rescinded within five Business Days following delivery of such notice under any Servicing Contract (following the expiration of any applicable grace or cure period in the applicable Servicing Contract) unless all Loan Advances secured by such Assets are repaid (A) with respect to a notice of termination of servicing for cause, within five Business Days following delivery of such notice of termination as described herein or (B) with respect to any other notice of termination, on or before the date of such termination of servicing; or (ii) any actual termination or resignation of servicing under any Servicing Contract shall have occurred unless all Loan Advances secured by such Assets are repaid on or before the date of such termination;

 

(r)            Dedicated Accounts .  Borrower or any other Person shall have withdrawn any amounts on deposit in the Dedicated Accounts without the consent of Lender other than funds that do not constitute collections or recoveries of Receivables and funds deposited or withdrawn in error;

 

(s)            Rating Agency Triggers .  On and after the Borrower receives a residential servicer rating or residential special loan servicer rating, such rating shall have fallen by at least two ratings (taking into account pluses and minuses) with at least one Rating Agency.

 

Section 7.02          No Waiver .  An Event of Default shall be deemed to be continuing unless expressly waived by Lender in writing.

 

Section 7.03          Due and Payable .  Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default which has not been waived in writing by Lender, Lender may, by notice to Borrower, declare all Obligations to be immediately due and payable, and any obligation of Lender to make any Loan Advance to Borrower shall thereupon immediately terminate.  Upon such declaration, the Obligations shall become immediately due and payable, both as to principal and interest, without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein or in the Note or other evidence of such Obligations to the contrary notwithstanding, except with respect to any Event of Default set forth in Section 7.01(d), in which case all Obligations shall automatically become immediately due and payable without the necessity of any notice or other demand, and any obligation of Lender to make any Loan Advance to Borrower shall immediately terminate.  Lender may enforce payment of the same and exercise any or all of the rights, powers and remedies possessed by Lender, whether under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or afforded by applicable law.

 

57



 

Section 7.04          Fees .  The remedies provided for herein are cumulative and are not exclusive of any other remedies provided by law.  Borrower agrees to pay to Lender reasonable attorneys’ fees and reasonable legal expenses incurred in enforcing Lender’s rights, powers and remedies under this Agreement and each other Loan Document.

 

Section 7.05          Default Rate .  Without regard to whether Lender has exercised any other rights or remedies hereunder, if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the applicable Margin in respect of the Interest Rate under the Note shall be increased, to the extent permitted by law, as set forth in clauses (iii)(A) and (iii)(B), as applicable, of the definition of “Margin”.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENTS
AND WAIVERS; SEPARATE ACTIONS BY LENDER

 

Section 8.01          Entire Agreement .  This Agreement (including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto) constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto and supersedes any and all prior or contemporaneous agreements, written or oral, as to the matters contained herein, and no modification or waiver of any provision hereof or of the Note or any of the Loan Documents, nor consent to the departure by Borrower therefrom, shall be effective unless the same is in writing, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance, and for the purpose, for which it is given.

 

Section 8.02          Waivers, Separate Actions by Lender .  Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Article VIII shall be binding upon Lender and Borrower; and Lender’s failure to insist upon the strict performance of any term, condition or other provision of this Agreement, the Note or any of the Loan Documents, or to exercise any right or remedy hereunder or thereunder, shall not constitute a waiver by Lender of any such term, condition or other provision or Default or Event of Default in connection therewith, nor shall a single or partial exercise of any such right or remedy preclude any other or future exercise, or the exercise of any other right or remedy; and any waiver of any such term, condition or other provision or of any such Default or Event of Default shall not affect or alter this Agreement, the Note or any of the Loan Documents, and each and every term, condition and other provision of this Agreement, the Note and the Loan Documents shall, in such event, continue in full force and effect and shall be operative with respect to any other then existing or subsequent Default or Event of Default in connection therewith.  An Event of Default hereunder and under any Note or under any of the Loan Documents shall be deemed to be continuing unless and until waived in writing by Lender, as provided in Section 7.02.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

 

Section 9.01          Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted

 

58



 

assigns, and all subsequent holders of the Note, any portion thereof, or any interest therein.  Borrower shall not have the right to assign all or any part of this Agreement or any interest herein without the prior written consent of Lender.

 

Section 9.02          Participations and Transfers .  (a)  Lender may in accordance with applicable law at any time sell to one or more banks or other entities (“ Participants ”) participating interests in all or a portion of Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents; provided , that (i) Borrower has consented to such sale; provided , however, Borrower’s consent shall not be required in the event that (A) such Participant is an Affiliate of Lender or (B) an Event of Default has occurred and (ii) each such sale shall represent an interest in the Note in an aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000 or more.  In the event of any such sale by Lender of participating interests to a Participant, Lender shall remain the holder of the Note for all purposes under this Agreement and Borrower shall continue to deal solely and directly with Lender in connection with Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.

 

(b)           Lender may in accordance with applicable law at any time assign, pledge, hypothecate, or otherwise transfer to one or more banks, financial institutions, investment companies, investment funds or any other Person (each, a “ Transferee ”) all or a portion of Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents; provided , that (i) Borrower has consented to such assignment, pledge, hypothecation, or other transfer; provided , however, Borrower’s consent shall not be required in the event that (A) such Transferee is an Affiliate of Lender or (B) an Event of Default has occurred; (ii) absent an Event of Default, Lender shall give at least ten days’ prior notice thereof to Borrower; and (iii) that each such sale shall represent an interest in the Note in an aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000 or more.  In the event of any such assignment, pledge, hypothecation or transfer by Lender of Lender’s rights under this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents, Borrower shall continue to deal solely and directly with Lender in connection with Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.  Lender (acting as agent for Borrower) shall maintain at its address referred to in Section 10.05 a register (the “ Register ”) for the recordation of the names and addresses of Transferees, and the principal amount of the interest in the Note held by each thereof.  The entries in the Register shall be prima facie conclusive and binding, and Borrower may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as the owner of the principal amount of the Note recorded therein for all purposes of this Agreement.  No assignment shall be effective until it is recorded in the Register.

 

(c)           Upon written request of Lender and surrender of the Note, Borrower hereby agrees to exchange the Note for one or more new Notes, each in the denomination and in the name of such Person or Persons requested by Lender ( provided , that each new Note shall represent an interest in the Note in an aggregate initial principal amount of $1,000,000 or more).

 

(d)           All actions taken by Lender pursuant to this Section 9.02 shall be at the expense of Lender.  Lender may distribute to any prospective assignee any document or other information delivered to Lender by Borrower.

 

Section 9.03          Lender and Participant Register .  (a)  Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 9.03, from and after the effective date

 

59



 

specified in each assignment and acceptance the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such assignment and acceptance, have the rights and obligations of Lender under this Agreement.  Any assignment or transfer by Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 9.03 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 9.02.

 

(b)           Borrower or an agent of Borrower shall maintain a register (the “ Register ”) on which it will record the Loans made hereunder, and each assignment and acceptance and participation.  The Register shall include the names and addresses of Lenders (including all assignees, successors and Participants), and the principal amount of the Loans owing to such Lender.  Failure to make any such recordation, or any error in such recordation shall not affect Borrower’s obligations in respect of such Loans.  If Lender sells a participation in any Loan, it shall provide Borrower, or maintain as agent of Borrower, the information described in this paragraph and permit Borrower to review such information as reasonably needed for Borrower to comply with its obligations under this Agreement or under any applicable law or governmental regulation or procedure.

 

ARTICLE X

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 10.01       Survival .  This Agreement and the other Loan Documents and all covenants, agreements, representations and warranties herein and therein and in the certificates delivered pursuant hereto and thereto, shall survive the making by Lender of the Loan and the execution and delivery to Lender of the Note and shall continue in full force and effect so long as the Note and any other Obligations are outstanding and unpaid.

 

Section 10.02       Indemnification .  Borrower shall, and hereby agrees to, indemnify, defend and hold harmless Lender, any Affiliate of Lender and their respective directors, officers, agents, employees and counsel from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, deficiencies, judgments or expenses incurred by any of them (except to the extent that it is finally judicially determined to have resulted from their own gross negligence or willful misconduct) as a consequence of, or arising out of or by reason of any litigation, investigations, claims or proceedings which arise out of or are in any way related to, (i) this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any Servicing Contract, or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, (ii) Borrower’s servicing practices or procedures; (iii) any actual or proposed use by Borrower of the proceeds of the Loan, and (iv) any Default, Event of Default or any other breach by Borrower of any of the provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, including, without limitation, amounts paid in settlement, court costs and reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel incurred in connection with any such litigation, investigation, claim or proceeding or any advice rendered in connection with any of the foregoing. If and to the extent that any Obligations are unenforceable for any reason, Borrower hereby agrees to make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of such Obligations which is permissible under applicable law.  Borrower’s obligations set forth in this Section 10.02 shall survive any termination of this Agreement and each other Loan Document and the payment in full of the Obligations, and are in addition to, and not in substitution of, any other of its obligations set forth in this Agreement or

 

60



 

otherwise.  In addition, Borrower shall, upon demand, pay to Lender all costs and Expenses (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) paid or incurred by Lender in (i) enforcing or defending its rights under or in respect of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) collecting the Loan, (iii) foreclosing or otherwise collecting upon any Collateral and (iv) obtaining any legal, accounting or other advice in connection with any of the foregoing.

 

Section 10.03       Nonliability of Lender .  The parties hereto agree that, notwithstanding any affiliation that may exist between Borrower and Lender, the relationship between Borrower and Lender shall be solely that of a borrower and a lender.  Lender shall not have any fiduciary responsibilities to Borrower.  Borrower (i) agrees that Lender shall not have any liability to Borrower (whether sounding in tort, contract or otherwise) for losses suffered by Borrower in connection with, arising out of, or in any way related to, the transactions contemplated and the relationship established by this agreement, the other loan documents or any other agreement entered into in connection herewith or any act, omission or event occurring in connection therewith, unless it is determined by a judgment of a court that is binding on Lender (which judgment shall be final and not subject to review on appeal), that such losses were the result of acts or omissions on the part of Lender constituting gross negligence or willful misconduct and (ii) waives, releases and agrees not to sue upon any claim against Lender (whether sounding in tort, contract or otherwise), except a claim based upon gross negligence or willful misconduct.  Whether or not such damages are related to a claim that is subject to such waiver and whether or not such waiver is effective, Lender shall not have any liability with respect to, and Borrower hereby waives, releases and agrees not to sue upon any claim for, any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages suffered by Borrower in connection with, arising out of, or in any way related to the transactions contemplated or the relationship established by this Agreement, the other loan documents or any other agreement entered into in connection herewith or therewith or any act, omission or event occurring in connection herewith or therewith, unless it is determined by a judgment of a court that is binding on Lender (which judgment shall be final and not subject to review on appeal), that such damages were the result of acts or omissions on the part of Lender, as applicable, constituting willful misconduct or gross negligence.

 

Section 10.04       Governing Law; Jurisdiction, Waiver of Jury Trial:  Waiver of Damages .  (a)  This Agreement shall be binding and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  Borrower acknowledges that the obligations of Lender hereunder or otherwise are not the subject of any guaranty by, or recourse to, any direct or indirect parent or other Affiliate of Lender.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND GOVERNED BY, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

 

(b)           EACH OF BORROWER AND GUARANTOR HEREBY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY.  EACH OF BORROWER AND GUARANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY COURT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE LOAN DOCUMENTS IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING.  EACH OF BORROWER AND GUARANTOR HEREBY SUBMITS TO, AND WAIVES ANY OBJECTION IT MAY HAVE

 

61



 

TO, EXCLUSIVE PERSONAL JURISDICTION AND VENUE IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WITH RESPECT TO ANY DISPUTES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE LOAN DOCUMENTS.

 

(c)           Borrower further irrevocably consents to the service of process of any of the aforementioned courts in any such action or proceeding by the mailing of copies thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to Borrower at the address set forth in Section 10.05 hereof.

 

(d)           Nothing herein shall affect the right of Lender to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or to commence legal proceedings or otherwise proceed against Borrower in any other jurisdiction.

 

(e)           Borrower waives the posting of any bond otherwise required of Lender in connection with any judicial process or proceeding to enforce any judgment or other court order entered in favor of Lender, or to enforce by specific performance, temporary restraining order or preliminary or permanent injunction this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

 

Section 10.05       Notices .  Any and all notices (with the exception of Notice of Borrowings, which shall be delivered via facsimile only), statements, demands or other communications hereunder may be given by a party to the other by mail, email, facsimile, messenger or otherwise to the address specified below, or so sent to such party at any other place specified in a notice of change of address hereafter received by the other.  All notices, demands and requests hereunder may be made orally, to be confirmed promptly in writing, or by other communication as specified in the preceding sentence.

 

If to Borrower or Guarantor:

 

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC

6101 Condor Drive

Moorpark, CA 93021

Attention:  Brian Stack/Michael Wong

Phone Number:  (818) 746-2540/(818) 224-7055

E-mail:  david.walker@pnmac.com; brian.stack@pnmac.com

 

with a copy to:

 

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC

6101 Condor Drive

Moorpark, CA 93021

Attention:  Jeff Grogin

Phone Number:  (818) 224-7050

E-mail:  jeff.grogin@pnmac.com

 

62



 

If to Lender:

 

For Notice of Borrowing :

 

SPS, INC.

3815 S. West Temple

Salt Lake City, UT 84115

Attention: Randhir Gandhi, EVP Servicing Ops

Phone: 801-293-2591

 

For all other Notices :

 

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON MORTGAGE CAPITAL LLC

c/o Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Eleven Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10010

Attention:  Bruce Kaiserman

 

Section 10.06       Severability .  Each provision and agreement herein shall be treated as separate and independent from any other provision or agreement herein and shall be enforceable notwithstanding the unenforceability of any such other provision or agreement. In case any provision in or obligation under this Agreement, the Note or any other Loan Document shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

Section 10.07       Section Headings .  The Article and Section headings in this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.

 

Section 10.08       Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Section 10.09       Periodic Due Diligence Review .  Borrower and Guarantor acknowledge that Lender has the right to perform continuing due diligence reviews with respect to Borrower and Guarantor and the Assets, for purposes of verifying compliance with the representations, warranties and specifications made hereunder, or otherwise, and Borrower and Guarantor agree that upon reasonable (but no less than five (5) Business Day’s) prior notice unless an Event of Default shall have occurred, in which case no notice is required, to Borrower or Guarantor, Lender or its authorized representatives will be permitted during normal business hours, and in a manner that does not unreasonably interfere with the ordinary conduct of Borrower’s or Guarantor’s business, to examine, inspect, and make copies and extracts of, any and all documents, records, agreements, instruments or information relating to such Assets in the possession or under the control of Borrower or Guarantor. Borrower and Guarantor also shall make available to Lender a knowledgeable financial or accounting officer for the purpose of

 

63


 

answering questions respecting the Assets.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Borrower and Guarantor acknowledge that Lender may make a Loan Advance related to any Assets from Borrower based solely upon the information provided by Borrower to Lender in the Asset Schedule and the representations, warranties and covenants contained herein, and that Lender, at its option, has the right at any time to conduct a partial or complete due diligence review on some or all of the Assets related to a Loan Advance.  Borrower and Guarantor agree to cooperate with Lender and any third party underwriter in connection with such underwriting, including, but not limited to, providing Lender and any third party underwriter with access to any and all documents, records, agreements, instruments or information relating to such Assets in the possession, or under the control, of Borrower or Guarantor.

 

Section 10.10       Hypothecation or Pledge of Loans .  Lender shall have free and unrestricted use of all Collateral and nothing in this Agreement shall preclude Lender from engaging in repurchase transactions with all or a portion of the Collateral or otherwise pledging, repledging, transferring, hypothecating, or rehypothecating all or a portion of the Collateral.

 

Section 10.11       Non-Confidentiality of Tax Treatment .(a)    This Agreement and its terms, provisions, supplements and amendments, and notices hereunder, are proprietary to Lender and Agent or Borrower and Guarantor, as applicable and shall be held by each party hereto, as applicable in strict confidence and shall not be disclosed to any third party without the written consent of Lender, Borrower or Guarantor, as applicable, except for (i) disclosure to Lender’s, Borrower’s or Guarantor’s direct and indirect Affiliates and Subsidiaries, attorneys or accountants, but only to the extent such disclosure is necessary and such parties agree to hold all information in strict confidence, or (ii) disclosure required by law, rule, regulation or order of a court or other regulatory body.  Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Documents, the parties hereto may disclose to any and all Persons, without limitation of any kind, the federal, state and local tax treatment of the Loan, any fact relevant to understanding the federal, state and local tax treatment of the Loan, and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) relating to such federal, state and local tax treatment and that may be relevant to understanding such tax treatment; provided that Borrower may not disclose the name of or identifying information with respect to Lender or any pricing terms (including, without limitation, the Interest Rate, Advance Rate, Commitment Fee) or other nonpublic business or financial information (including any sublimits and financial covenants) that is unrelated to the federal, state and local tax treatment of the Loan and is not relevant to understanding the federal, state and local tax treatment of the Loan, without the prior written consent of Lender.

 

(b)           Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Borrower shall comply with all applicable local, state and federal laws, including, without limitation, all privacy and data protection law, rules and regulations that are applicable to the Collateral and/or any applicable terms of this Agreement (the “ Confidential Information ”).  Borrower understands that the Confidential Information may contain “nonpublic personal information”, as that term is defined in Section 509(4) of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (the “ Act ”), and Borrower agrees to maintain such nonpublic personal information that it receives hereunder in accordance with the Act and other applicable federal and state privacy laws.  Borrower shall implement such physical and other security measures as shall be necessary to (a) ensure the security and confidentiality of the “nonpublic personal information” of the “customers” and “consumers” (as those terms are

 

64



 

defined in the Act) of Lender or any Affiliate of Lender which Borrower holds, (b) protect against any threats or hazards to the security and integrity of such nonpublic personal information, and (c) protect against any unauthorized access to or use of such nonpublic personal information. Borrower represents and warrants that it has implemented appropriate measures to meet the objectives of Section 501(b) of the Act and of the applicable standards adopted pursuant thereto, as now or hereafter in effect.  Upon request, Borrower will provide evidence reasonably satisfactory to allow Lender to confirm that the providing party has satisfied its obligations as required under this section.  Without limitation, this may include Lender’s review of audits, summaries of test results, and other equivalent evaluations of Borrower.  Borrower shall notify Lender immediately following discovery of any breach or compromise of the security, confidentiality, or integrity of nonpublic personal information of the customers and consumers of Lender or any Affiliate of Lender provided directly to Borrower by Lender or such Affiliate.  Borrower shall provide such notice to Lender by personal delivery, by facsimile with confirmation of receipt, or by overnight courier with confirmation of receipt to the applicable requesting individual.

 

Section 10.12       Set-off .  In addition to any rights and remedies of Lender hereunder and by law, Lender shall have the right, without prior notice to Borrower or Guarantor, any such notice being expressly waived by Borrower and Guarantor to the extent permitted by applicable law to set-off and appropriate and apply against any Obligation from Borrower, Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof to Lender or any of its Affiliates any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other obligation (including to return funds to Borrower), credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by or due from Lender or any Affiliate thereof to or for the credit or the account of Borrower, Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof.  Lender agrees promptly to notify Borrower or Guarantor after any such set off and application made by Lender; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set off and application.

 

Section 10.13       Amendment and Restatement .  The terms and provisions of the Existing Loan and Security Agreement shall be amended and restated in their entirety by the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

65



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower, Guarantor and Lender have caused this Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers or trustees as of the date first above written.

 

 

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON MORTGAGE CAPITAL LLC , as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adam Loskove

 

 

Name:

Adam Loskove

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC , as Borrower

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brian Stack

 

 

Name:

Brian Stack

 

 

Title:

Vice President, Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC , as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brian Stack

 

 

Name:

Brian Stack

 

 

Title:

Authorized Representative

 




Exhibit 10.23

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

Amendment No. 1, dated as of December 12, 2012 (this “ Amendment ”), among CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON MORTGAGE CAPITAL LLC (the “ Lender ”), PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC (“ Borrower ”) and PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC (the “ Guarantor ”).

 

RECITALS

 

The Borrower, Lender and Guarantor are parties to that certain Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 27, 2012 (the “ Existing Loan Agreement ”; and as further amended by this Amendment, the “ Loan and Security Agreement ”).  The Guarantor is a party to that certain Amended and Restated Guaranty (the “ Guaranty ”), dated as of March 27, 2012, as the same may be further amended from time to time, by the Guarantor in favor of Lender.  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Existing Loan Agreement and Guaranty, as applicable.

 

The Borrower, the Lender and the Guarantor have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment, that the Existing Loan Agreement be amended to reflect certain agreed upon revisions to the terms of the Existing Loan Agreement.  As a condition precedent to amending the Existing Loan Agreement, the Lender has required the Guarantor to ratify and affirm the Guaranty on the date hereof.

 

Accordingly, the Borrower, the Lender and the Guarantor hereby agree, in consideration of the mutual promises and mutual obligations set forth herein, that the Existing Loan Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

SECTION 1.                             Definitions .  Section 1 of the Existing Loan Agreement is hereby amended by:

 

1.1                                adding, in the proper alphabetical order, the terms “ Encumbered Mortgage Servicing Rights ,” “ Encumbered Mortgage Servicing Rights Equity ,” “ MSR Valuation ,” “ Third Party Evaluator ” and “ Unencumbered Mortgage Servicing Rights ” as set forth below:

 

Encumbered Mortgage Servicing Rights ” means any mortgage servicing rights that are subject to any Lien, claim, restriction or other encumbrance that limits in any way the ability to dispose of or transfer such asset whether or not such Lien, claim,  restriction or other encumbrance relates to any outstanding debt.

 

Encumbered Mortgage Servicing Rights Equity ” means that portion of the MSR Valuation of the Encumbered Mortgage Servicing Rights that exceeds the Indebtedness encumbering such mortgage servicing rights.

 

MSR Valuation ” shall mean the lesser of (i) the value of the mortgage servicing rights owned by the Borrower as set forth in the Borrower’s most recent balance sheet as determined by the Borrower as of such date in accordance with GAAP, (ii) the Lender’s

 



 

valuation of such mortgage servicing rights as determined by the Lender, or (iii) a Third Party Evaluator’s valuation of such mortgage servicing rights as determined by such Third Party Evaluator.

 

Third Party Evaluator ” shall mean an appraiser approved by Lender in its sole good faith discretion.

 

Unencumbered Mortgage Servicing Rights ” means any mortgage servicing rights that are not Encumbered Mortgage Servicing Rights.

 

1.2                                deleting the definition of “ Adjusted Tangible Net Worth ” in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

Adjusted Tangible Net Worth ” means, for any Person, Net Worth of such Person plus Subordinated Debt (provided that Subordinated Debt shall not be taken into account to the extent that it would cause Adjusted Tangible Net Worth to be comprised of greater than 25% Subordinated Debt), minus (a) the difference, if any, of (x) the value of the mortgage servicing rights owned by such Person as set forth in such Person’s most recent balance sheet as determined by such Person as of such date in accordance with GAAP and (y) the MSR Valuation, (b) 50% of the MSR Valuation of any Unencumbered Mortgage Servicing Rights; (c) 50% of the Encumbered Mortgage Servicing Rights Equity; (d) intangibles; (e) goodwill and (f) receivables from Affiliates; provided , however , that any investment vehicle that is under the management of PNMAC Capital Management LLC and is otherwise not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by Borrower shall not be deemed an “Affiliate” for the purposes of this definition.

 

SECTION 2.                             Conditions Precedent .  This Amendment shall become effective as of November 30, 2012 (the “ Amendment Effective Date ”), subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

2.1                                Delivered Documents .  On the Amendment Effective Date, the Lender shall have received the following documents, each of which shall be satisfactory to the Lender in form and substance:

 

(a)                                  this Amendment, executed and delivered by the duly authorized officers of the Lender, Borrower and Guarantor; and

 

(b)                                  such other documents as the Lender or counsel to the Lender may reasonably request.

 

SECTION 3.                             Representations and Warranties .  The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Lender that it is in compliance with all the terms and provisions set forth in the Existing Loan Agreement on its part to be observed or performed, and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and hereby confirms and reaffirms the representations and warranties contained in the Loan and Security Agreement.

 

2



 

SECTION 4.                             Limited Effect .  Except as expressly amended and modified by this Amendment, the Existing Loan Agreement shall continue to be, and shall remain, in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 

SECTION 5.                             Severability . Any provision of this Amendment which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

SECTION 6.                             Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed by each of the parties hereto on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or .pdf), each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

SECTION 7.                                   GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE CHOICE OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF.

 

SECTION 8.                             Reaffirmation of Guaranty . The Guarantor hereby ratifies and affirms all of the terms, covenants, conditions and obligations of the Guaranty and acknowledges and agrees that the term “Obligations” as used in the Guaranty shall apply to all of the Obligations of Borrower to Lender under the Loan and Security Agreement, as amended hereby.

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Peter Schancupp

 

Name:

Peter Schancupp

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, as Borrower

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Pamela Marsh

 

Name:

Pamela Marsh

 

Title:

Managing Director, Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Pamela Marsh

 

Name:

Pamela Marsh

 

Title:

Managing Director, Treasurer

 




Exhibit 10.24

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Certain portions of this document have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and, where applicable, have been marked with “[***]” to indicate where omissions have been made. The confidential material has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

 

MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON MORTGAGE CAPITAL LLC, as buyer
(“ Buyer ”) or as agent pursuant hereto (“ Agent ”), and

 

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC, as seller (“ Seller ”) and

 

PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC, as guarantor
(“ Guarantor ”)

 

Dated as of August 14, 2009

 

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

Applicability

1

2.

Definitions

1

3.

Program; Initiation of Transactions

18

4.

Repurchase

20

5.

Price Differential

21

6.

Margin Maintenance

22

7.

Income Payments

23

8.

Security Interest

24

9.

Payment and Transfer

25

10.

Conditions Precedent

25

11.

Program; Costs

28

12.

Servicing

29

13.

Representations and Warranties

30

14.

Covenants

37

15.

Events of Default

43

16.

Remedies Upon Default

45

17.

Reports

48

18.

Repurchase Transactions

51

19.

Single Agreement

52

20.

Notices and Other Communications

52

21.

Entire Agreement; Severability

53

22.

Non assignability

53

23.

Set-off

54

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

i



 

24.

Binding Effect; Governing Law; Jurisdiction

54

25.

No Waivers, Etc.

55

26.

Intent

55

27.

Disclosure Relating to Certain Federal Protections

55

28.

Power of Attorney

56

29.

Buyer May Act Through Affiliates

56

30.

Indemnification; Obligations

56

31.

Counterparts

57

32.

Confidentiality

57

33.

Recording of Communications

58

34.

Commitment Fee

59

35.

Periodic Due Diligence Review

59

36.

Authorizations

60

37.

Acknowledgement Of Anti-Predatory Lending Policies

60

38.

Documents Mutually Drafted

60

39.

General Interpretive Principles

60

 

SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 1 – Representations and Warranties with Respect to Purchased Mortgage Loans

Schedule 2 – Authorized Representatives

Schedule 3 – Responsible Officers of Seller and Guarantor

 

ANNEXES

 

Annex I – Commitment Fee

 

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A – Form of Transaction Request

Exhibit B – Form of Purchase Confirmation

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

ii



 

Exhibit C – Form of Mortgage Loan Schedule

Exhibit D – Form of Officer’s Compliance Certificate

Exhibit E – Form of Power of Attorney

Exhibit F – Underwriting Guidelines

Exhibit G – Officer’s Certificate of Seller and Corporate Resolutions of Seller

Exhibit H – Seller’s Tax Identification Number

Exhibit I – Existing Indebtedness

Exhibit J - Escrow Instruction Letter

Exhibit K – Custodial and Securities Intermediary Fee Schedule

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

iii



 

1.     Applicability

 

From time to time the parties hereto may enter into transactions in which Seller agrees to transfer to Buyer Mortgage Loans (as hereinafter defined) on a servicing released basis against the transfer of funds by Buyer, with a simultaneous agreement by Buyer to transfer to Seller such Mortgage Loans on a servicing released basis at a date certain or on demand, against the transfer of funds by Seller.  This Agreement is a commitment by Buyer to engage in the Transactions as set forth herein up to the Maximum Committed Purchase Price; provided, that Buyer shall have no commitment to enter into any Transaction requested that would result in the aggregate Purchase Price of then-outstanding Transactions to exceed the Maximum Committed Purchase Price. Each such transaction shall be referred to herein as a “ Transaction ” and, unless otherwise agreed in writing, shall be governed by this Agreement, including any supplemental terms or conditions contained in any annexes identified herein, as applicable hereunder.

 

2.     Definitions

 

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases, unless the context otherwise requires, shall have the following meanings:

 

Acceptable State ” means any state acceptable pursuant to the Underwriting Guidelines.

 

Accepted Servicing Practices ” means, with respect to any Mortgage Loan, those mortgage servicing practices of prudent mortgage lending institutions which service mortgage loans of the same type as such Mortgage Loan in the jurisdiction where the related Mortgaged Property is located.

 

Act of Insolvency ” means, with respect to any Person or its Affiliates, (i) the filing of a petition, commencing, or authorizing the commencement of any case or proceeding, or the voluntary joining of any case or proceeding under any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution or similar law relating to the protection of creditors, or suffering any such petition or proceeding to be commenced by another which is consented to, not timely contested or results in entry of an order for relief; (ii) the seeking of the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or similar official for such party or an Affiliate or any substantial part of the property of either; (iii) the appointment of a receiver, conservator, or manager for such party or an Affiliate by any governmental agency or authority having the jurisdiction to do so; (iv) the making or offering by such party or an Affiliate of a composition with its creditors or a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (v) the admission by such party or an Affiliate of such party of its inability to pay its debts or discharge its obligations as they become due or mature; or (vi) that any governmental authority or agency or any person, agency or entity acting or purporting to act under governmental authority shall have taken any action to condemn, seize or appropriate, or to assume custody or control of, all or any substantial part of the property of such party or of any of its Affiliates, or shall have taken any action to displace the management of such party or of any of its Affiliates or to curtail its authority in the conduct of the business of such party or of any of its Affiliates.

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 



 

Additional Collateral ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8(b) hereof.

 

Adjusted Tangible Net Worth ” means, for any Person, Net Worth of such Person plus Subordinated Debt (provided that Subordinated Debt shall not be taken into account to the extent that it would cause Adjusted Tangible Net Worth to be comprised of greater than 25% Subordinated Debt), minus intangibles, goodwill, receivables from Affiliates; provided , however , that any investment vehicle that is under the management of PNMAC Capital Management LLC and is otherwise not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by Seller shall not be deemed a “Affiliate” for the purposes of this definition.

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any “affiliate” of such Person, as such term is defined in the Bankruptcy Code.

 

Aged Loan ” means a Mortgage Loan which has been subject to one or more Transactions hereunder for a period of greater than 30 days but not greater than 60 days.

 

Agency ” means Freddie Mac or Fannie Mae, as applicable.

 

Agency Security ” means a mortgage-backed security issued by an Agency.

 

Agent ” means Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC or any affiliate or successor thereto.

 

Agreement ” means this Master Repurchase Agreement, as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Appraised Value ” means the value set forth in an appraisal made in connection with the origination of the related Mortgage Loan as the value of the Mortgaged Property.

 

Asset Confirm ” means, with respect to any Transaction as of any date, a confirmation in the form attached as an exhibit to the Custodial Agreement.

 

Asset Tape ” means a remittance report on a monthly basis or requested by Buyer pursuant to Section 17d hereof containing servicing information, including, without limitation, those fields reasonably requested by Buyer from time to time, on a loan-by-loan basis and in the aggregate, with respect to the Purchased Mortgage Loans serviced by Seller or any Servicer for the month (or any portion thereof) prior to the Reporting Date.

 

Assignment of Mortgage ” means an assignment of the Mortgage, notice of transfer or equivalent instrument in recordable form, sufficient under the laws of the jurisdiction wherein the related Mortgaged Property is located to reflect the sale of the Mortgage to Buyer.

 

Bailee Letter ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Custodial Agreement.

 

Bankruptcy Code ” means the United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended from time to time.

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2



 

Bid ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(c) hereof.

 

BPO ” means an opinion of the fair market value of a Mortgaged Property given by a licensed real estate agent or broker which generally includes three comparable sales and three comparable listings.

 

Business Day ” means any day other than (A) a Saturday or Sunday and (B) a public or bank holiday in New York City.

 

Buyer ” means Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, and any successor or assign hereunder.

 

Buyer’s Margin Amount ” means with respect to any Transaction as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the product of (A) Buyer’s Margin Percentage and (B) the Purchase Price for such Transaction.

 

Buyer’s Margin Percentage ” means, with respect to any Transaction as of any date, a percentage equal to the percentage obtained by dividing the (A) Market Value of the Purchased Mortgage Loans  on the Purchase Date for such Transaction by (B) the Purchase Price on the Purchase Date for such Transaction; provided, that, with respect to any Mortgage Loan which was not an Exception Mortgage Loan on the related Purchase Date and which, as of the date of determination, is an Exception Mortgage Loan, Buyer’s Margin Percentage as of such date of determination shall be equal to the percentage obtained by dividing (A) the Market Value of such Mortgage Loan on the related Purchase Date by (B) the amount the Purchase Price would have been on the Purchase Date if such Mortgage Loan had been categorized as the type of Mortgage Loan (e.g., Exception Mortgage Loan, etc.) that it is categorized on the date of determination.

 

Capital Lease Obligations ” means, for any Person, all obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a lease of (or other agreement conveying the right to use) Property to the extent such obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and, for purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof, determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Cash Equivalents ” means  (a) securities with maturities of 90 days or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States Government or any agency thereof, (b) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of 90 days or less from the date of acquisition and overnight bank deposits of Buyer or of any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000, (c) repurchase obligations of Buyer or of any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of this definition, having a term of not more than seven days with respect to securities issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States Government, (d) commercial paper of a domestic issuer rated at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or P-1 or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s and in either case maturing within 90 days after the day of acquisition, (e) securities with maturities of 90 days or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States, by any political subdivision or taxing

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

3



 

authority of any such state, commonwealth or territory or by any foreign government, the securities of which state, commonwealth, territory, political subdivision, taxing authority or foreign government (as the case may be) are rated at least A by S&P or A by Moody’s, (f) securities with maturities of 90 days or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by Buyer or any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of this definition or (g) shares of money market mutual or similar funds which invest exclusively in assets satisfying the requirements of clauses (a) through (f) of this definition.

 

Change in Control ” means:

 

(A)          any transaction or event as a result of which Guarantor ceases to own, beneficially or of record, 100% of the stock of Seller, except with respect to an initial public offering of Seller’s common stock on a U.S. national securities exchange;

 

(B)          the sale, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of Seller’s or Guarantor’s assets (excluding any such action taken in connection with any securitization transaction); or

 

(C)          the consummation of a merger or consolidation of Seller or Guarantor with or into another entity or any other corporate reorganization, if more than 50% of the combined voting power of the continuing or surviving entity’s stock outstanding immediately after such merger, consolidation or such other reorganization is owned by Persons who were not stockholders of Seller or Guarantor immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Committed Mortgage Loan ” means a Mortgage Loan which is the subject of a Take-out Commitment with a Take-out Investor.

 

Commitment Fee ” shall mean the fee set forth on Annex I hereto.

 

Conforming Mortgage Loan ” means a first lien Mortgage Loan originated in accordance with the criteria of an Agency for purchase of Mortgage Loans, including, without limitation, conventional Mortgage Loans, FHA Loans and VA Loans, as determined by Buyer in its sole discretion.

 

CSCOF ” means, in Buyer’s sole discretion, which may be confirmed by notice to Seller (which may be electronic), for each day, the rate of interest (calculated on a per annum basis) determined by Buyer (which such determination shall be dispositive absent manifest error), equal to the overnight interest expense incurred by Buyer for borrowing funds.

 

Custodial Agreement ” means the custodial agreement dated as of the date hereof, among Seller, Buyer and Custodian as the same may be amended from time to time.

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

4



 

Custodial Mortgage Loan Schedule ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Custodial Agreement.

 

Custodian ” means The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. or such other party specified by Buyer and agreed to by Seller, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

Default ” means an Event of Default or an event that with notice or lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default.

 

Dollars ” and “$” means dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

Due Date ” means the day of the month on which the Monthly Payment is due on a Mortgage Loan, exclusive of any days of grace.

 

Due Diligence Cap ” means $5,000, per annum.

 

Effective Date ” means the date upon which the conditions precedent set forth in Section 10 shall have been satisfied.

 

Electronic Tracking Agreement ” means an Electronic Tracking Agreement among Buyer, Seller, MERS and MERSCORP, Inc., to the extent applicable as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

 

ERISA Affiliate ” means any corporation or trade or business that, together with Seller or Guarantor is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code is treated as single employer described in Section 414 of the Code.

 

Escrow Instruction Letter ” means the Escrow Instruction Letter from Seller to the Settlement Agent, in the form of Exhibit J hereto, as the same may be modified, supplemented and in effect from time to time.

 

Escrow Payments ” means, with respect to any Mortgage Loan, the amounts constituting ground rents, taxes, assessments, water rates, sewer rents, municipal charges, mortgage insurance premiums, fire and hazard insurance premiums, condominium charges, and any other payments required to be escrowed by the Mortgagor with the mortgagee pursuant to the Mortgage or any other document.

 

Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 15 hereof.

 

Event of Termination ” means with respect to Seller or Guarantor (i) with respect to any Plan, a reportable event, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA, as to which the PBGC has not by regulation waived the requirement of Section 4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified with 30

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

5



 

days of the occurrence of such event, or (ii) the withdrawal of Seller, Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof from a Plan during a plan year in which it is a substantial employer, as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA, or (iii) the failure by Seller, Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof to meet the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA with respect to any Plan, including, without limitation, the failure to make on or before its due date a required installment under Section 412(m) of the Code (or Section 430 (j) of the Code as amended by the Pension Protection Act) or Section 302(e) of ERISA (or Section 303 (j) of ERISA, as amended by the Pension Protection Act), or (iv) the distribution under Section 4041 of ERISA of a notice of intent to terminate any Plan or any action taken by Seller, Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof to terminate any plan, or (v) the failure to meet requirements of Section 436 of the Code resulting in the loss of qualified status under  Section 401(a)(29) of the Code, or (vi) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan, or (vii) the receipt by Seller, Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof of a notice from a Multiemployer Plan that action of the type described in the previous clause (vi) has been taken by the PBGC with respect to such Multiemployer Plan, or (viii) any event or circumstance exists which may reasonably be expected to constitute grounds for Seller, Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof to incur liability under Title IV of ERISA or under Sections 412 (b) or 430 (k) of the Code with respect to any Plan.

 

Exception Mortgage Loan ” means any Mortgage Loan which is otherwise ineligible for purchase hereunder, or which otherwise becomes ineligible for purchase hereunder and which is approved by Buyer in its sole discretion; provided , that upon 30 days’ notice to Seller, Buyer may change such Exception Mortgage Loan approval fee.  Buyer’s approval of a Mortgage Loan as an Exception Mortgage Loan shall expire on the earlier of (a) the date set forth by Buyer in the written notice that such Mortgage Loan is approved as an Exception Mortgage Loan (an “ Exception Notice ”) or  (b) the occurrence of any additional event, other than that set forth in the Exception Notice, which would cause the Mortgage Loan to become ineligible for purchase hereunder.  The Pricing Rate, Market Value, Purchase Price and Buyer’s Margin Percentage with respect to Exception Mortgage Loans shall be set in the sole discretion of Buyer.  Buyer may at any time, and in its sole discretion, no longer consider a Mortgage Loan an Exception Mortgage Loan, in which case such Mortgage Loan shall  have a Market Value of zero.

 

Existing Indebtedness ” has the meaning specified in Section 13(a)(23) hereof.

 

Fannie Mae ” means Fannie Mae, the government sponsored enterprise formerly known as the Federal National Mortgage Association.

 

FHA ” means the Federal Housing Administration, an agency within the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development, or any successor thereto, and including the Federal Housing Commissioner and the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development where appropriate under the FHA Regulations.

 

FHA Approved Mortgagee ” means a corporation or institution approved as a mortgagee by the FHA under the National Housing Act, as amended from time to time, and

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

6


 

applicable FHA Regulations, and eligible to own and service mortgage loans such as the FHA Loans.

 

FHA Loan ” means a Mortgage Loan which is the subject of an FHA Mortgage Insurance Contract.

 

FHA Mortgage Insurance ” means, mortgage insurance authorized under the National Housing Act, as amended from time to time, and provided by the FHA.

 

FHA Mortgage Insurance Contract ” means the contractual obligation of the FHA respecting the insurance of a Mortgage Loan.

 

FHA Regulations ” means the regulations promulgated by the Department of Housing and Urban Development under the National Housing Act, as amended from time to time and codified in 24 Code of Federal Regulations, and other Department of Housing and Urban Development issuances relating to FHA Loans, including the related handbooks, circulars, notices and mortgagee letters.

 

FICO ” means Fair Isaac & Co., or any successor thereto.

 

Fidelity Insurance ” shall mean insurance coverage with respect to employee errors, omissions, dishonesty, forgery, theft, disappearance and destruction, robbery and safe burglary, property (other than money and securities) and computer fraud in an aggregate amount acceptable to Seller’s regulators.

 

Foreclosed Loan ” means a Mortgage Loan, the property securing which has been foreclosed upon by Seller.

 

Freddie Mac ” means the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation or any successor thereto.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in effect from time to time in the United States of America and applied on a consistent basis.

 

GNMA ” means the Government National Mortgage Association and any successor thereto.

 

Governmental Authority ” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, or any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions over Seller, Guarantor or Buyer, as applicable.

 

Gross Margin ” means, with respect to each adjustable rate Mortgage Loan, the fixed percentage amount set forth in the related Mortgage Note.

 

Guarantee ” means, as to any Person, any obligation of such Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person or in any manner providing for the payment of any Indebtedness of any other Person or otherwise protecting the holder of such Indebtedness against loss (whether by virtue of partnership arrangements, by agreement to keep-

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

7



 

well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, or to take-or-pay or otherwise); provided that the term “ Guarantee ” shall not include (i) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) obligations to make servicing advances for delinquent taxes and insurance or other obligations in respect of a Mortgaged Property, to the extent required by Buyer.  The amount of any Guarantee of a Person shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such Person in good faith.  The terms “ Guarantee ” and “ Guaranteed ” used as verbs shall have correlative meanings.

 

Guarantor ” means Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, in its capacity as guarantor under the Guaranty.

 

Guaranty ” means the guaranty of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC dated as of the date hereof as the same may be amended from time to time, pursuant to which Guarantor fully and unconditionally guarantees the obligations of Seller hereunder.

 

High Cost Mortgage Loan ” means a Mortgage Loan classified as (a) a “high cost” loan under the Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act of 1994 or (b) a “high cost,” “threshold,” “covered,” or “predatory” loan under any other applicable state, federal or local law (or a similarly classified loan using different terminology under a law, regulation or ordinance imposing heightened regulatory scrutiny or additional legal liability for residential mortgage loans having high interest rates, points and/or fees).

 

Income ” means with respect to any Purchased Mortgage Loan at any time until repurchased by Seller, any principal received thereon or in respect thereof and all interest, dividends or other distributions thereon.

 

Indebtedness ” means, for any Person:  (a) obligations created, issued or incurred by such Person for borrowed money (whether by loan, the issuance and sale of debt securities or the sale of Property to another Person subject to an understanding or agreement, contingent or otherwise, to repurchase such Property from such Person); (b) obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase or acquisition price of Property or services, other than trade accounts payable (other than for borrowed money) arising, and accrued expenses incurred, in the ordinary course of business, so long as such trade accounts payable are payable within 90 days of the date the respective goods are delivered or the respective services are rendered; (c) Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on the Property of such Person, whether or not the respective Indebtedness so secured has been assumed by such Person; (d) obligations (contingent or otherwise) of such Person in respect of letters of credit or similar instruments issued or accepted by banks and other financial institutions for the account of such Person; (e) Capital Lease Obligations of such Person; (f) obligations of such Person under repurchase agreements, sale/buy-back agreements or like arrangements; (g) Indebtedness of others Guaranteed by such Person; (h) all obligations of such Person incurred in connection with the acquisition or carrying of fixed assets by such Person; and (i) Indebtedness of general partnerships of which such Person is a general partner.

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

8



 

Index” means, with respect to any adjustable rate Mortgage Loan, the index identified on the Mortgage Loan Schedule and set forth in the related Mortgage Note for the purpose of calculating the applicable Mortgage Interest Rate.

 

Interest Only Adjustment Date ” means, with respect to each Interest Only Loan, the date, specified in the related Mortgage Note on which the Monthly Payment will be adjusted to include principal as well as interest.

 

Interest Only Loan ” means a Mortgage Loan which only requires payments of interest for a period of time specified in the related Mortgage Note.

 

Interest Rate Adjustment Date ” means the date on which an adjustment to the Mortgage Interest Rate with respect to each Mortgage Loan becomes effective.

 

Interest Rate Protection Agreement ” means, with respect to any or all of the Purchased Mortgage Loans, any short sale of a US Treasury Security, or futures contract, or mortgage related security, or Eurodollar futures contract, or options related contract, or interest rate swap, cap or collar agreement or Take-out Commitment, or similar arrangement providing for protection against fluctuations in interest rates or the exchange of nominal interest obligations, either generally or under specific contingencies, entered into by Seller and an Affiliate of Buyer or such other party acceptable to Buyer in its sole discretion, which agreement is acceptable to Buyer in its sole discretion.

 

Irrevocable Instruction Letter ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8(b) hereof.

 

Lien ” means any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or similar encumbrance.

 

Liquidity Amount ” means $2.5 million.

 

Loan to Value Ratio ” or “ LTV ” means with respect to any Mortgage Loan, the ratio of the original outstanding principal amount of such Mortgage Loan to the lesser of (a) the Appraised Value of the Mortgaged Property at origination or (b) if the Mortgaged Property was purchased within 12 months of the origination of such Mortgage Loan, the purchase price of the Mortgaged Property.

 

Low Percentage Margin Call ” has the meaning specified in Section 6(b) hereof.

 

Margin Call ” has the meaning specified in Section 6(a) hereof.

 

Margin Deadline ” has the meaning specified in Section 6(b) hereof.

 

Margin Deficit ” has the meaning specified in Section 6(a) hereof.

 

Market Value ” means, with respect to any Purchased Mortgage Loan as of any date of determination, the whole-loan servicing released fair market value of such Purchased Mortgage Loan on such date as determined by Buyer (or an Affiliate thereof) in its sole

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

9



 

discretion.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Seller acknowledges that (a) in the event that a Purchased Mortgage Loan is not subject to a Take-out Commitment, Buyer may deem the Market Value for such Mortgage Loan to be no greater than par and (b) the Market Value of a Purchased Mortgage Loan may be reduced to zero by Buyer if:

 

(i)                                      a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant made by Seller in this Agreement with respect to such Purchased Mortgage Loan has occurred and is continuing;

 

(ii)                                   such Purchased Mortgage Loan is a Non-Performing Mortgage Loan;

 

(iii)                                such Purchased Mortgage Loan is not a Conforming Mortgage Loan;

 

(iv)                               such Purchased Mortgage Loan has been released from the possession of Custodian under the Custodial Agreement (other than to a Take-out Investor pursuant to a Bailee Letter) for a period in excess of ten (10) calendar days;

 

(v)                                  such Purchased Mortgage Loan has been released from the possession of Custodian under the Custodial Agreement to a Take-out Investor pursuant to a Bailee Letter for a period in excess of 30 calendar days;

 

(vi)                               such Purchased Mortgage Loan has been subject to one or more Transactions hereunder for an aggregate period of greater than 60 days;

 

(vii)                            such Purchased Mortgage Loan is a Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan for which the Mortgage File has not been delivered to Custodian on or prior to the seventh Business Day after the related Purchase Date;

 

(viii)                         when the Purchase Price for such Purchased Mortgage Loan is added to other Purchased Mortgage Loans, the aggregate Purchase Price of all Aged Loans that are Purchased Mortgage Loans exceeds [***] %; or

 

(ix)                               when the Purchase Price for such Purchased Mortgage Loan is added to other Purchased Mortgage Loans, the aggregate Purchase Price of all Wet-Ink Mortgage Loans that are Purchased Mortgage Loans exceeds [***] % of the Maximum Committed Purchase Price.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, properties, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of Seller, Guarantor or any Affiliate that is a party to any Program Agreement taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the ability of Seller, Guarantor or any Affiliate that is a party to any Program Agreement to perform under any Program Agreement and to avoid any Event of Default; or (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of any Program Agreement against Seller, Guarantor or any Affiliate that is a party to any Program Agreement.

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

10



 

Maximum Committed Purchase Price ” means TWENTY-FIVE MILLION DOLLARS ($25,000,000).  All funds made available by Buyer to Seller under this Agreement will first be attributed to the Maximum Committed Purchase Price.

 

MERS ” means Mortgage Electronic Registration Systems, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, or any successor thereto.

 

MERS System ” means the system of recording transfers of mortgages electronically maintained by MERS.

 

Monthly Payment ” means the scheduled monthly payment of principal and/or interest on a Mortgage Loan.

 

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successors thereto.

 

Mortgage ” means each mortgage, assignment of rents, security agreement and fixture filing, or deed of trust, assignment of rents, security agreement and fixture filing, deed to secure debt, assignment of rents, security agreement and fixture filing, or similar instrument creating and evidencing a lien on real property and other property and rights incidental thereto.

 

Mortgage File ” means, with respect to a Mortgage Loan, the documents and instruments relating to such Mortgage Loan and set forth in Exhibit F-1 to the Custodial Agreement.

 

Mortgage Interest Rate ” means the rate of interest borne on a Mortgage Loan from time to time in accordance with the terms of the related Mortgage Note.

 

Mortgage Interest Rate Cap ” means, with respect to an adjustable rate Mortgage Loan, the limit on each Mortgage Interest Rate adjustment as set forth in the related Mortgage Note.

 

Mortgage Loan ” means any Conforming Mortgage Loan which is a fixed or floating-rate, one-to-four-family residential mortgage loan evidenced by a promissory note and secured by a mortgage, which satisfies the requirements set forth in the Underwriting Guidelines and Section 13(b) hereof; provided , however, that, except as expressly approved in writing by Buyer, Mortgage Loans shall not include any High Cost Mortgage Loans and; provided, further, that the related Purchase Date is no more than thirty (30) days following the origination date.

 

Mortgage Loan Documents ” means the documents in the related Mortgage File to be delivered to Custodian.

 

Mortgage Loan Schedule ” means with respect to any Transaction as of any date, a mortgage loan schedule in the form of either (a)  Exhibit C attached hereto or (b) a computer tape or other electronic medium generated by Seller or Guarantor, and delivered to Buyer and  Custodian, which provides information (including, without limitation, the information set forth on Exhibit C attached hereto) relating to the Purchased Mortgage Loans in a format acceptable to Buyer.

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

11



 

Mortgage Note ” means the promissory note or other evidence of the indebtedness of a Mortgagor secured by a Mortgage.

 

Mortgaged Property ” means the real property securing repayment of the debt evidenced by a Mortgage Note.

 

Mortgagor ” means the obligor or obligors on a Mortgage Note, including any person who has assumed or guaranteed the obligations of the obligor thereunder.

 

Multiemployer Plan ” means a multiemployer plan defined as such in Section 3(37) of ERISA to which contributions have been or are required to be made by Seller or any ERISA Affiliate and that is covered by Title IV of ERISA.

 

Net Income ” means, for any period and any Person, the net income of such Person for such period as determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Net Worth ” means, with respect to any Person, an amount equal to, on a consolidated basis, such Person’s stockholder equity (determined in accordance with GAAP).

 

Net Worth Amount ” means, $5 million.

 

1934 Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

 

Non-Performing Mortgage Loan ” means (i) any Mortgage Loan for which any payment of principal or interest is more than thirty (30) days past due, (ii) any Mortgage Loan with respect to which the related mortgagor is in bankruptcy or (iii) any Mortgage Loan with respect to which the related mortgaged property is in foreclosure.

 

Notice Date ” has the meaning given to it in Section 3(b) hereof.

 

Obligations ” means (a) all of Seller’s indebtedness, obligations to pay the Repurchase Price on the Repurchase Date, the Price Differential on each Price Differential Payment Date, and other obligations and liabilities, to Buyer, its Affiliates or Custodian arising under, or in connection with, the Program Agreements, whether now existing or hereafter arising; (b) any and all sums paid by Buyer or on behalf of Buyer in order to preserve any Purchased Mortgage Loan or its interest therein; (c) in the event of any proceeding for the collection or enforcement of any of Seller’s indebtedness, obligations or liabilities referred to in clause (a), the reasonable expenses of retaking, holding, collecting, preparing for sale, selling or otherwise disposing of or realizing on any Purchased Mortgage Loan, or of any exercise by Buyer of its rights under the Program Agreements, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements and court costs; and (d) all of Seller’s indemnity obligations to Buyer or Custodian or both pursuant to the Program Agreements.

 

OFAC ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13(a)(27) hereof.

 

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any entity succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

12



 

Pension Protection Act ” means the Pension Protection Act of 2006.

 

Person ” means an individual, partnership, corporation (including a business trust), limited liability company, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or other entity, or a government or any political subdivision or agency thereof.

 

Plan ” means an employee benefit or other plan established or maintained by any Seller or any ERISA Affiliate and covered by Title IV of ERISA, other than a Multiemployer Plan.

 

Power of Attorney ” has the meaning specified in Section 28 hereto.

 

Post Default Rate ” means an annual rate of interest equal to the greater of (a) (i) the Pricing Rate plus [***] %, if the failure to pay all or part of the Price Differential pursuant to Section 5(b) is related to an Act of Insolvency of Seller, or (ii) the Pricing Rate plus [***] %, in all other cases, and (b) the Mortgage Interest Rate.

 

Price Differential ” means with respect to any Transaction as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the product of (A) the Pricing Rate for such Transaction and (B) the Purchase Price for such Transaction, calculated daily on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days during the period commencing on (and including) the Purchase Date for such Transaction and ending on (but excluding) the Repurchase Date.

 

Price Differential Payment Date ” means, with respect to a Purchased Mortgage Loan, the 5 th  day of the month following the related Purchase Date and each succeeding 5 th  day of the month thereafter; provided, that, with respect to such Purchased Mortgage Loan, the final Price Differential Payment Date shall be the related Repurchase Date; and provided , further , that if any such day is not a Business Day, the Price Differential Payment Date shall be the next succeeding Business Day.

 

Pricing Rate ” means CSCOF plus:

 

(a)          [***] % with respect to Transactions the subject of which are Conforming Mortgage Loans (other than Wet-Ink Mortgage Loans or Aged Loans);

 

(b)          [***] % with respect to Transactions the subject of which are Wet-Ink Mortgage Loans;

 

(c)           [***] % with respect to Transactions the subject of which are Aged Loans; and

 

(d)          the rate determined in the sole discretion of Buyer with respect to Transactions the subject of which are Exception Mortgage Loans and any other Transactions so identified by Buyer in agreeing to enter into a Transaction with respect to such Exception Mortgage Loan.

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

13



 

The Pricing Rate shall change in accordance with CSCOF, as provided in Section 5(a).

 

Where a Purchased Mortgage Loan may qualify for two or more Pricing Rates hereunder, unless otherwise expressly agreed to by Buyer in writing, such Purchased Mortgage Loan shall be assigned the higher Pricing Rate, as applicable.

 

Program Agreements ” means, collectively, the Custodial Agreement, this Agreement, the Electronic Tracking Agreement, if entered into, the Guaranty, the Securities Account Control Agreement, the Power of Attorney and, with respect to each Exception Mortgage Loan, a Purchase Confirmation.

 

Prohibited Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13(a)(27) hereof.

 

Property ” means any right or interest in or to property of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible.

 

Purchase Confirmation ” means a confirmation of a Transaction, in the form attached as Exhibit B hereto.

 

Purchase Date ” means the date on which Purchased Mortgage Loans are to be transferred by Seller to Buyer.

 

Purchase Price ” means the price at which each Purchased Mortgage Loan is transferred by Seller to Buyer, which shall equal:

 

(i) on the Purchase Date, in the case of all Purchased Mortgage Loans, the lesser of either: (x) the product of (1) the Market Value of such Purchased Mortgage Loan multiplied by (2) the applicable Purchase Price Percentage for such Mortgage Loan or (y)  the product of (1) the outstanding principal amount thereof as set forth on the related Mortgage Loan Schedule multiplied by (2) the applicable Purchase Price Percentage for such Mortgage Loan; or

 

(ii) on any day after the Purchase Date, except where Buyer and Seller agree otherwise, the amount determined under the immediately preceding clauses (i) or (ii) decreased by the amount of any cash transferred by Seller to Buyer pursuant to Section 4(c) hereof or applied to reduce Seller’s obligations under clause (ii) of Section 4(b) hereof or under Section 6 hereof.

 

Purchase Price Percentage ” means, with respect to each Mortgage Loan, the following percentage, as applicable:

 

(a)                                  [***] % with respect to Purchased Mortgage Loans that are Aged Loans;

 

(b)                                  [***] % with respect to Purchased Mortgage Loans that are Wet-Ink Mortgage Loans;

 

(c)                                   [***] % with respect to Transactions the subject of which are Conforming Mortgage Loans; and

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

14



 

(d)                                  with respect to Transactions the subject of which are Exception Mortgage Loans, a percentage to be determined by Buyer in its sole discretion, provided that in the absence of an Exception Notice, the applicable Purchase Price Percentage for such Purchased Mortgage Loan shall be reduced by 10% every ten (10) Business Day period, such reduction to occur at the outset of each such ten (10) Business Day period, commencing on the date that such Mortgage Loan becomes an Exception Mortgage Loan.

 

Where a Purchased Mortgage Loan may qualify for two or more Purchase Price Percentages hereunder, unless otherwise expressly agreed to by Buyer in writing, such Purchased Mortgage Loan shall be assigned the lower Purchase Price Percentage, as applicable.

 

Purchased Mortgage Loans ” means the collective reference to Mortgage Loans together with the Repurchase Assets related to such Mortgage Loans transferred by Seller to Buyer in a Transaction hereunder, listed on the related Mortgage Loan Schedule attached to the related Transaction Request, which such Mortgage Loans Custodian has been instructed to hold pursuant to the Custodial Agreement.

 

Qualified Insurer ” means a mortgage guaranty insurance company duly authorized and licensed where required by law to transact mortgage guaranty insurance business and approved as an insurer by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac.

 

Qualified Originator ” means an originator of Mortgage Loans which is acceptable under the Underwriting Guidelines.

 

Records ” means all instruments, agreements and other books, records, and reports and data generated by other media for the storage of information maintained by Seller, Servicer or any other person or entity with respect to a Purchased Mortgage Loan.  Records shall include the Mortgage Notes, any Mortgages, the Mortgage Files, the credit files related to the Purchased Mortgage Loan and any other instruments necessary to document or service a Mortgage Loan.

 

REO Property ” means real property acquired by Seller, including a Mortgaged Property acquired through foreclosure of a Mortgage Loan or by deed in lieu of such foreclosure.

 

Reporting Date ” means the 5 th  day of each month or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day.

 

Repurchase Assets ” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 8 hereof.

 

Repurchase Date ” means the earliest of (i) the Termination Date, (ii) the date set forth in the applicable Purchase Confirmation, (iii) the date determined by application of Section 16 hereof, (iv) the date identified to Buyer by Seller as the date that the related Mortgage Loan is to be sold pursuant to a Take-out Commitment or (v) 30 days following the Purchase Date.

 

Repurchase Price ” means the price at which Purchased Mortgage Loans are to be transferred from Buyer to Seller upon termination of a Transaction, which will be determined in

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

15



 

each case (including Transactions terminable upon demand) as the sum of the Purchase Price and the accrued but unpaid Price Differential as of the date of such determination.

 

Request for Certification ” means a notice sent to Custodian reflecting the sale of one or more Purchased Mortgage Loans to Buyer hereunder.

 

Requirement of Law ” means, with respect to any Person, any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator, a court or other governmental authority, applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

 

Responsible Officer ” means as to any Person, the chief executive officer or, with respect to financial matters, the chief financial officer of such Person.  The Responsible Officers of Seller and Guarantor as of the date hereof are listed on Schedule 3 hereto.

 

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, or any successor thereto.

 

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any successor thereto.

 

Securities Account ” means the account established pursuant to the Securities Account Control Agreement, into which all collections and proceeds on or in respect of the Mortgage Loans shall be deposited by Servicer.

 

Securities Account Control Agreement ” means that certain Securities Account Control Agreement dated as of August 14, 2009 among Buyer, Servicer and Securities Intermediary, as may be amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time.

 

Securities Intermediary ” means City National Bank, and its permitted successors and assigns, or such other party specified by Buyer and agreed to by Seller, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

Seller ” means PennyMac Loan Services, LLC or its permitted successors and assigns.

 

Servicer ” means any servicer approved by Buyer in its sole discretion, which may be Seller or its permitted successors and assigns.

 

Servicing Facility Agreement ” means that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated on or about                             , 2009 between Credit Suisse First Boston, New York Branch as lender, PennyMac Loan Services, LLC as borrower and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC as guarantor.

 

Servicing Facility Documents ” means the Servicing Facility Agreement and the other “Loan Documents” as defined in the Servicing Facility Agreement.

 

Servicing Facility Rights ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8(b) hereof.

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

16


 

Servicing Rights ” means rights of any Person to administer, service or subservice, the Purchased Mortgage Loans or to possess related Records.

 

Settlement Agent ” means, with respect to any Transaction the subject of which is a Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan, the entity approved by Buyer, in its sole good-faith discretion, which may be a title company, escrow company or attorney in accordance with local law and practice in the jurisdiction where the related Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan is being originated.  A Settlement Agent is deemed approved unless Buyer notifies Seller otherwise at any time electronically or in writing.

 

SIPA ” means the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970, as amended from time to time.

 

Subordinated Debt ” means, Indebtedness of Seller which is (i) unsecured, (ii) no part of the principal of such Indebtedness is required to be paid (whether by way of mandatory sinking fund, mandatory redemption, mandatory prepayment or otherwise) prior to the date which is one year following the Termination Date and (iii) the payment of the principal of and interest on such Indebtedness and other obligations of Seller in respect of such Indebtedness are subordinated to the prior payment in full of the principal of and interest (including post-petition obligations) on the Transactions and all other obligations and liabilities of Seller to Buyer hereunder on terms and conditions approved in writing by Buyer and all other terms and conditions of which are satisfactory in form and substance to Buyer.

 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership or other entity of which at least a majority of the securities or other ownership interests having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other persons performing similar functions of such corporation, partnership or other entity (irrespective of whether or not at the time securities or other ownership interests of any other class or classes of such corporation, partnership or other entity shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

Take-out Commitment ” means a commitment of Seller to either (a) sell one or more identified Mortgage Loans to a Take-out Investor or (b) (i) swap one or more identified Mortgage Loans with a Take-out Investor that is an Agency for an Agency Security, and (ii) sell the related Agency Security to a Take-out Investor, and in each case, the corresponding Take-out Investor’s commitment back to Seller to effectuate any of the foregoing, as applicable. With respect to any Take-out Commitment with an Agency, the applicable agency documents list Buyer as sole subscriber.

 

Take-out Investor ”  means (i) an Agency or (ii) other institution which has made a Take-out Commitment and has been approved by Buyer.

 

Termination Date ” means the earlier of (a) August 10, 2010, and (b) the date of the occurrence of an Event of Default.

 

Test Period ” means any calendar quarter.

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

17



 

Transaction ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1 hereof.

 

Transaction Request ” means a request from Seller to Buyer, in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto, to enter into a Transaction.

 

Underwriting Guidelines ” means the standards, procedures and guidelines of Seller for underwriting Mortgage Loans, which are set forth in the written policies and procedures of Seller, the Fannie Mae Single-Family Selling and Servicing Guide, the Freddie Mac Single-Family Seller/Servicer Guide, FHA Underwriting Guidelines or VA Underwriting Guidelines, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit F and such other guidelines as are identified and approved in writing by Buyer.

 

Uniform Commercial Code ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date hereof in the State of New York or the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction.

 

VA ” means the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs, an agency of the United States of America, or any successor thereto including the Secretary of Veterans Affairs.

 

VA Approved Lender ” means a lender which is approved by the VA to act as a lender in connection with the origination of VA Loans.

 

VA Loan ” means a Mortgage Loan which is the subject of a VA Loan Guaranty Agreement as evidenced by a loan guaranty certificate, or a Mortgage Loan which is a vendor loan sold by the VA.

 

VA Loan Guaranty Agreement ” means the obligation of the United States to pay a specific percentage of a Mortgage Loan (subject to a maximum amount) upon default of the Mortgagor pursuant to the Servicemen’s Readjustment Act, as amended.

 

Violation Deadline ” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 4(c) hereof.

 

Wet-Ink Documents ” means, with respect to any Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan, the (a) Transaction Request and (b) the Mortgage Loan Schedule.

 

Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan ” means a Mortgage Loan which Seller is selling to Buyer simultaneously with the origination thereof.

 

3.               Program; Initiation of Transactions

 

a.               From time to time, Buyer will purchase from Seller certain Mortgage Loans that have been originated by Seller.  This Agreement is a commitment by Buyer to enter into Transactions with Seller for an aggregate amount equal to the Maximum Committed Purchase Price.  This Agreement is not a commitment by Buyer to enter into Transactions with Seller for amounts exceeding the Maximum Committed Purchase Price, but rather, sets forth the procedures to be used in connection with periodic requests for Buyer to enter into Transactions with Seller.  Seller hereby acknowledges that, beyond the

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

18



 

Maximum Committed Purchase Price, Buyer is under no obligation to agree to enter into, or to enter into, any Transaction pursuant to this Agreement .  All Purchased Mortgage Loans shall exceed or meet the Underwriting Guidelines, and shall be serviced by Servicer.  The aggregate Purchase Price of Purchased Mortgage Loans subject to outstanding Transactions shall not exceed the Maximum Committed Purchase Price.

 

b.               With respect to each Transaction involving Mortgage Loans which are not Wet-Ink Mortgage Loans, Seller shall give Buyer and Custodian at least 2 Business Day’s prior notice of any proposed Purchase Date (the date on which such notice is given, the “ Notice Date ”); provided, that if Seller is delivering 200 or more Mortgage Loans, which are not Wet-Ink Mortgage Loans, on a Purchase Date, the number of Business Days prior to the related Purchase Date by which the notice shall be delivered shall be increased by one (1) additional Business Day for each 200 Mortgage Loans in excess of 200 Mortgage Loans.  With respect to Wet-Ink Mortgage Loans, Seller shall deliver notice of any proposed purchase on or before 3:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Purchase Date.  On the Notice Date, Seller shall (i) request that Buyer enter into a Transaction by furnishing to Buyer a Transaction Request, (ii) deliver to Buyer and Custodian a Mortgage Loan Schedule and (iii) deliver to Custodian, or Buyer, with respect to each Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan, either a Request for Certification and each Mortgage File or Wet-Ink Documents for each Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan, as applicable, in accordance with Section 10(b)(3) hereof. With respect to requested Transactions that would cause the aggregate outstanding Purchase Price for all outstanding Transactions to exceed the Maximum Committed Purchase Price, Buyer may enter into such requested Transaction or may notify Seller of its intention not to enter into such Transaction. In the event the Mortgage Loan Schedule provided by Seller contains erroneous computer data, is not formatted properly or the computer fields are otherwise improperly aligned, Buyer shall provide written or electronic notice to Seller describing such error and Seller may either (a) give Buyer written or electronic authority to correct the computer data, reformat the Mortgage Loans or properly align the computer fields or (b) correct the computer data, reformat or properly align the computer fields itself and resubmit the Mortgage Loan Schedule as required herein. In the event that Seller gives Buyer authority to correct the computer data, reformat the Mortgage Loan Schedule or properly align the computer fields, Seller shall hold Buyer harmless for such correction, reformatting or realigning, as applicable, except as otherwise expressly provided herein.

 

c.                With respect to each Exception Mortgage Loan, upon receipt of the Transaction Request, Buyer shall, consistent with this Agreement, specify the terms for such proposed Transaction, including the Purchase Price, the Pricing Rate, the Market Value and the Repurchase Date in respect of such Transaction.  The terms thereof shall be set forth in the Purchase Confirmation to be delivered to Seller on or prior to the Purchase Date.

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

19



 

d.               With respect to each Exception Mortgage Loan, the Purchase Confirmation, together with this Agreement, shall constitute conclusive evidence of the terms agreed between Buyer and Seller with respect to the Transaction to which the Purchase Confirmation relates, and Seller’s acceptance of the related proceeds shall constitute Seller’s agreement to the terms of such Purchase Confirmation.  It is the intention of the parties that, with respect to each Exception Mortgage Loan, each Purchase Confirmation shall not be separate from this Agreement but shall be made a part of this Agreement.  In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and, with respect to each Exception Mortgage Loan, a Purchase Confirmation, the terms of the Purchase Confirmation shall control with respect to the related Transaction.

 

e.                Upon the satisfaction of the applicable conditions precedent set forth in Section 10 hereof, all of Seller’s interest in the Repurchase Assets shall pass to Buyer on the Purchase Date, against the transfer of the Purchase Price to Seller.  Upon transfer of the Mortgage Loans to Buyer as set forth in this Section and until termination of any related Transactions as set forth in Sections 4 or 16 of this Agreement, ownership of each Mortgage Loan, including each document in the related Mortgage File and Records, is vested in Buyer; provided that, prior to the recordation by Custodian as provided for in the Custodial Agreement record title in the name of Seller to each Mortgage shall be retained by Seller for the benefit of Buyer, for the sole purpose of facilitating the servicing and the supervision of the servicing of the Mortgage Loans.

 

f.                 With respect to each Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan, by no later than 12:00 noon, (New York City time) on the seventh Business Day following the applicable Purchase Date, Seller shall cause the related Settlement Agent to deliver to Custodian the remaining documents in the Mortgage File.

 

4.               Repurchase

 

a.               Seller shall repurchase the related Purchased Mortgage Loans from Buyer on each related Repurchase Date.  Such obligation to repurchase exists without regard to any prior or intervening liquidation or foreclosure with respect to any Purchased Mortgage Loan (but liquidation or foreclosure proceeds received by Buyer shall be applied to reduce the Repurchase Price for such Purchased Mortgage Loan on each Price Differential Payment Date except as otherwise provided herein).  Seller is obligated to repurchase and take physical possession of the Purchased Mortgage Loans from Buyer or its designee (including Custodian) at Seller’s expense on the related Repurchase Date. To the extent that (i) the Repurchase Date shall have occurred, (ii) there exists no Default, (iii) Seller wishes to enter into a new Transaction with respect to the related Mortgage Loans, (iv) such Mortgage Loans have a Market Value in excess of zero and (v) the Purchase Price shall not cause the aggregate Purchase Price of all Transactions to exceed the Maximum Committed Purchase Price nor cause a Margin Deficit, then Seller may request a new Transaction in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 hereof and Buyer shall enter the same.

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

20



 

b.               Provided that no Default shall have occurred and is continuing, and Buyer has received the related Repurchase Price upon repurchase of the Purchased Mortgage Loans, Buyer agrees to release its ownership interest hereunder in the Purchased Mortgage Loans (including, the Repurchase Assets related thereto) at the request of Seller.  With respect to payments in full by the related Mortgagor of a Purchased Mortgage Loan, Seller agrees to (i) provide Buyer with a copy of a report from the related Servicer indicating that such Purchased Mortgage Loan has been paid in full, (ii) remit to Buyer, within two Business Days, the Repurchase Price with respect to such Purchased Mortgage Loans and (iii)  provide Buyer a notice specifying each Purchased Mortgage Loan that has been prepaid in full.  Buyer agrees to release its ownership interest in Purchased Mortgage Loans which have been prepaid in full after receipt of evidence of compliance with clauses (i) through (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence.

 

c.                In the event that at any time any Purchased Mortgage Loan violates the applicable sublimit set forth in the definition of Market Value, Buyer may, in its sole discretion, redesignate such Mortgage Loan as an Exception Mortgage Loan.  If Buyer does not redesignate such Mortgage Loan as an Exception Mortgage Loan, and if Seller fails to notify Buyer within one (1) Business Day following notice or knowledge of such violation that Seller does not want to receive a bid for such Mortgage Loan as described below, Buyer or an Affiliate of Buyer may offer to terminate Seller’s right and obligation to repurchase such Mortgage Loan  by paying Seller a price to be set by Buyer in its sole discretion (a “ Bid ”). Seller, within five (5) Business Days of receipt of Buyer’s bid (the “ Violation Deadline ”) may, in its sole discretion, either (i) accept Buyer’s bid, terminating Seller’s right to repurchase such Mortgage Loan under this Agreement or (ii) immediately repurchase the Mortgage Loan at the Repurchase Price in accordance with this Section 4.  Any amount paid by Buyer or its Affiliate to terminate Seller’s right to repurchase a Purchased Mortgage Loan if a Bid is accepted pursuant to this Section shall be applied by Buyer toward the outstanding Repurchase Price for the applicable Transaction.

 

5.               Price Differential.

 

a.               On each Business Day that a Transaction is outstanding, the Pricing Rate shall be reset and, unless otherwise agreed, the accrued and unpaid Price Differential shall be settled in cash on each related Price Differential Payment Date.  Two Business Days prior to the Price Differential Payment Date, Buyer shall give Seller written or electronic notice of the amount of the Price Differential due on such Price Differential Payment Date.  On the Price Differential Payment Date, Seller shall pay to Buyer the Price Differential for such Price Differential Payment Date (along with any other amounts to be paid pursuant to Sections 7 and 35 hereof), by wire transfer in immediately available funds.

 

b.               If Seller fails to pay all or part of the Price Differential by 3:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the related Price Differential Payment Date, with respect to any Purchased Mortgage Loan, Seller shall be obligated to pay to Buyer (in

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

21



 

addition to, and together with, the amount of such Price Differential) interest on the unpaid Repurchase Price at a rate per annum equal to the Post Default Rate until the Price Differential is received in full by Buyer.

 

6.               Margin Maintenance

 

a.               If at any time the Market Value of any Purchased Mortgage Loan subject to a Transaction is less than Buyer’s Margin Amount for such Transaction (a “ Margin Deficit ”), then Buyer may by notice to any Seller require Seller to transfer to Buyer cash in an amount at least equal to the Margin Deficit (such requirement, a “ Margin Call ”) .

 

b.               Notice delivered pursuant to Section 6(a) may be given by any written or electronic means.  With respect to a Margin Call in the amount of less than 5% of  the Purchase Price for all Transactions (a “ Low Percentage Margin Call ”), any notice given before 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on a Business Day shall be met, and the related Margin Call satisfied, no later than 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the following Business Day; notice given after 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on a Business Day shall be met, and the related Margin Call satisfied, no later than 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the second Business Day following the date of such notice. With respect to all Margin Calls other than Low Percentage Margin Calls, any notice given before 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on a Business  Day shall be met, and the related Margin Call satisfied, no later than 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on such Business Day; notice given after 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on a Business Day shall be met, and the related Margin Call satisfied, no later than 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the following Business Day. The foregoing time requirements for satisfaction of a Margin Call are referred to as the “ Margin Deadlines ”).  The failure of Buyer, on any one or more occasions, to exercise its rights hereunder, shall not change or alter the terms and conditions to which this Agreement is subject or limit the right of Buyer to do so at a later date.  Seller and Buyer each agree that a failure or delay by Buyer to exercise its rights hereunder shall not limit or waive Buyer’s rights under this Agreement or otherwise existing by law or in any way create additional rights for Seller.

 

c.                In the event that a Margin Deficit exists with respect to any Purchased Mortgage Loan, Buyer may retain any funds received by it to which Seller would otherwise be entitled hereunder, which funds (i) shall be held by Buyer against the related Margin Deficit and (ii) may be applied by Buyer against any Purchased Mortgage Loan for which the related Margin Deficit remains otherwise unsatisfied.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyer retains the right, in its sole discretion, to make a Margin Call in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

22



 

7.               Income Payments

 

a.               The Securities Account shall be established by Servicer in accordance with the Securities Account Control Agreement concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Seller and Buyer.  Buyer shall have sole dominion and control over the Securities Account.  If Income is paid in respect of any Purchased Mortgage Loan during the term of a Transaction, such Income shall be the property of Buyer and shall be deposited in the Securities Account on a daily basis.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, and provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Buyer agrees that if a third-party Servicer is in place for any Purchased Mortgage Loans, such Servicer shall deposit such Income to the Securities Account.  Seller shall deposit all Income received in its capacity as Servicer of any Purchased Mortgage Loans to the Securities Account in accordance with Section 12(c) hereof.

 

b.               Provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, funds deposited in the Securities Account shall be held therein until the next Price Differential Payment Date.  Subject to the terms of the Securities Account Control Agreement, Seller shall withdraw any funds on deposit in the Securities Account and distribute such funds as follows:

 

(1)          first , to Buyer in payment of any accrued and unpaid Price Differential, to the extent not paid by Seller to Buyer pursuant to Section 5;

 

(2)          second , without limiting the rights of Buyer under Section 6 of this Agreement, to Buyer, in the amount of any unpaid Margin Deficit;

 

(3)          third , to Buyer in reduction of the Repurchase Price of the Purchased Mortgage Loans, an amount equal to the full or partial prepayments of principal received on or with respect to such Purchased Mortgage Loans;

 

(4)          fourth , to the payment of all other costs and fees payable to Buyer pursuant to this Agreement; and

 

(5)          fifth, to Seller, any remaining amounts.

 

c.                In the event that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, notwithstanding any provision set forth herein, Seller shall remit all Income received with respect to each Purchased Mortgage Loan into the Securities Account or such other account and on such other date or dates as Buyer notifies Seller in writing.

 

d.               Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Section 7, within two (2) Business Days of receipt by Seller of any prepayment of principal in full, with respect to a Purchased Mortgage Loan, Seller shall remit such amount to Buyer and Buyer shall immediately apply any such amount received by Buyer to reduce the amount of the Repurchase Price due upon termination of the related Transaction.

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

23



 

8.               Security Interest

 

a.               Although the parties intend that all Transactions hereunder be sales and purchases and not loans, in the event any such Transactions are deemed to be loans, and in any event, Seller hereby pledges to Buyer as security for the performance by Seller of its Obligations and hereby grants, assigns and pledges to Buyer a fully perfected first priority security interest in the Purchased Mortgage Loans, the Records, and all related Servicing Rights, the Program Agreements (to the extent such Program Agreements and Seller’s right thereunder relate to the Purchased Mortgage Loans), any related Take-out Commitments, any Property relating to the Purchased Mortgage Loans, all insurance policies and insurance proceeds relating to any Purchased Mortgage Loan or the related Mortgaged Property, including, but not limited to, any payments or proceeds under any related primary insurance, hazard insurance and FHA Mortgage Insurance Contracts and VA Loan Guaranty Agreements (if any), Income, the Securities Account and any account to which such amount is deposited, Interest Rate Protection Agreements, accounts (including any interest of Seller in escrow accounts) and any other contract rights, instruments, accounts, payments, rights to payment (including payments of interest or finance charges) general intangibles and other assets relating to the Purchased Mortgage Loans (including, without limitation, any other accounts) or any interest in the Purchased Mortgage Loans, and any proceeds (including the related securitization proceeds) and distributions with respect to any of the foregoing and any other property, rights, title or interests as are specified on a Transaction Request and/or Asset Confirm, in all instances, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, now existing or hereafter created (collectively, the “ Repurchase Assets ”).

 

b.               Buyer and Seller hereby agree that in order to further secure Seller’s Obligations hereunder, Seller hereby grants to Buyer a security interest in (i) Seller’s rights under the Servicing Facility Documents, including, without limitation, any rights to receive payments thereunder or any rights to collateral thereunder whether now owned or hereafter acquired, now existing or hereafter created (collectively, the “ Servicing Facility Rights ”) and (ii) all collateral however defined or described under the Servicing Facility Documents to the extent not otherwise included under the definition of Collateral therein (such collateral, the “ Additional Collateral ”).  Seller shall deliver an irrevocable instruction (the “ Irrevocable Instruction Letter ”) to the lender under the Servicing Facility Documents that upon receipt of a notice of an Event of Default under this Agreement, the lender thereunder is authorized and instructed to remit to Buyer hereunder directly any amounts otherwise payable to Seller and to deliver to Buyer all collateral otherwise deliverable to Seller. In furtherance of foregoing, the Irrevocable Instruction Letter shall also require, upon repayment of the entire outstanding principal amount of the loan under the Servicing Facility Agreement and the termination of all obligations of the lender thereunder or other termination of the Servicing Facility Documents following the repayment of all obligations

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

24



 

thereunder that the lender thereunder deliver to Buyer hereunder any collateral then in its possession or control.

 

The foregoing provisions (a) and (b) are intended to constitute a security agreement or other arrangement or other credit enhancement related to the Agreement and  Transactions hereunder as defined under Sections 101(47)(v) and 741(7)(x) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

Seller agrees to execute, deliver and/or file such documents and perform such acts as may be reasonably necessary to fully perfect Buyer’s security interest created hereby.  Furthermore, Seller hereby authorizes Buyer to file financing statements relating to the Repurchase Assets, as Buyer, at its option, may deem appropriate. Seller shall pay the filing costs for any financing statement or statements prepared pursuant to this Section 8.

 

9.               Payment and Transfer

 

Unless otherwise mutually agreed in writing, all transfers of funds to be made by Seller hereunder shall be made in Dollars, in immediately available funds, without deduction, set-off or counterclaim, to Buyer at the following account maintained by Buyer: Account No. [                    ], for the account of  CSFB Buyer/PennyMac Loan Services, LLC Seller-Inbound Account, Citibank, ABA No. 021 000 089 or such other account as Buyer shall specify to Seller in writing.  Seller acknowledges that it has no rights of withdrawal from the foregoing account.  All Purchased Mortgage Loans transferred by one party hereto to the other party shall be in the case of a purchase by Buyer in suitable form for transfer or shall be accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank and such other documentation as Buyer may reasonably request.  All Purchased Mortgage Loans shall be evidenced by an Asset Confirm.  Any Repurchase Price received by Buyer after 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day.

 

10.        Conditions Precedent

 

a.               Initial Transaction .  As conditions precedent to the initial Transaction, Buyer shall have received on or before the day of such initial Transaction the following, in form and substance satisfactory to Buyer and duly executed by Seller, Guarantor and each other party thereto:

 

(1)          Program Agreements .  The Program Agreements (including, without limitation, the Guaranty and a Custodial Agreement in a form acceptable to Buyer) duly executed and delivered by the parties thereto and being in full force and effect, free of any modification, breach or waiver.

 

(2)          Security Interest .  Evidence that all other actions necessary or, in the opinion of Buyer, desirable to perfect and protect Buyer’s interest in the Purchased Mortgage Loans and other Repurchase Assets have been taken, including, without limitation, duly authorized and filed Uniform Commercial Code financing statements on Form UCC-1.

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

25



 

(3)          Organizational Documents .  A certificate of the corporate secretary of each of Seller and Guarantor substantially in the form of Exhibit G hereto, attaching certified copies of Seller’s and Guarantor’s charter, bylaws and corporate resolutions approving the Program Agreements and transactions thereunder (either specifically or by general resolution) and all documents evidencing other necessary corporate action or governmental approvals as may be required in connection with the Program Agreements.

 

(4)          Good Standing Certificate .  A certified copy of a good standing certificate from the jurisdiction of organization of Seller and Guarantor, dated as of no earlier than the date 10 Business Days prior to the Purchase Date with respect to the initial Transaction hereunder.

 

(5)          Incumbency Certificate .  An incumbency certificate of the corporate secretary of each of Seller and Guarantor, certifying the names, true signatures and titles of the representatives duly authorized to request transactions hereunder and to execute the Program Agreements.

 

(6)          Opinion of Counsel .  An opinion of Seller’s and Guarantor’s counsel, in form and substance satisfactory to each of the parties hereto.

 

(7)          Underwriting Guidelines .  A true and correct copy of the Underwriting Guidelines certified by an officer of Seller.

 

(8)          Fees .  Payment of any fees due to Buyer hereunder.

 

(9)          Irrevocable Instruction Letter .  The Irrevocable Instruction Letter  duly executed and delivered by Seller and being in full force and effect, free of any modification or waiver.

 

b.               All Transactions .  The obligation of Buyer to enter into each Transaction pursuant to this Agreement is subject to the following conditions precedent:

 

(1)          Due Diligence Review .  Without limiting the generality of Section 35 hereof, Buyer shall have completed, to its satisfaction, its due diligence review of the related Mortgage Loans and Seller, Guarantor and the Servicer.

 

(2)          Required Documents .

 

(a)          With respect to each Purchased Mortgage Loan which is not a Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan, the Mortgage File has been delivered to Custodian, with respect to any purchase of 200 or fewer Mortgage Loans on a single Purchase Date, on or prior to 3:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date that is two (2) Business Days prior to the Purchase Date, provided that if the Mortgage File to be delivered relates to more than 200 Mortgage Loans, the number of Business Days prior to the related Purchase Date by which Seller shall be required to deliver the related

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

26


 

Mortgage File shall be increased by one (1)   additional Business Day for each 200 Mortgage Loans in excess of 200 Mortgage Loans;

 

(b)          With respect to each Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan, the Wet-Ink Documents have been delivered to Buyer or Custodian, as the case may be, by 3:00   p.m. (New York City time) on the Purchase Date.

 

(3)          Transaction Documents .  Buyer or its designee shall have received on or before the day of such Transaction (unless otherwise specified in this Agreement) the following, in form and substance satisfactory to Buyer and (if applicable) duly executed:

 

(a)          A Transaction Request delivered pursuant to Section   3(c)   hereof and a Purchase Confirmation, if applicable.

 

(b)          The Request for Certification and the related Custodial Mortgage Loan Schedule, and the Asset Confirm.

 

(c)           Such certificates, opinions of counsel or other documents as Buyer may reasonably request.

 

(4)          No Default .  No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(5)          Requirements of Law .  Buyer shall not have determined that the introduction of or a change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or administration of any Requirement of Law applicable to Buyer has made it unlawful, and no Governmental Authority shall have asserted that it is unlawful, for Buyer to enter into Transactions with a Pricing Rate based on CSCOF.

 

(6)          Representations and Warranties .  Both immediately prior to the related Transaction and also after giving effect thereto and to the intended use thereof, the representations and warranties made by Seller in each Program Agreement shall be true, correct and complete on and as of such Purchase Date in all material respects with the same force and effect as if made on and as of such date (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date, as of such specific date).

 

(7)          Electronic Tracking Agreement . To the extent Seller is selling Mortgage Loans which are registered on the MERS® System, an Electronic Tracking Agreement entered into, duly executed and delivered by the parties thereto and being in full force and effect, free of any modification, breach or waiver.

 

(8)          Securities Account Agreement . A Securities Account Agreement satisfactory to the Buyer, entered into, duly executed and delivered by Buyer, Seller and Securities Intermediary and being in full force and effect, free of any modification, breach or waiver.

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

27



 

(9)          Custodial Agreement . A Custodial Agreement satisfactory to the Buyer, entered into, duly executed and delivered by Buyer, Seller and Custodian and being in full force and effect, free of any modification, breach or waiver.

 

(10)   Material Adverse Change .  None of the following shall have occurred and/or be continuing:

 

(a)          Credit Suisse First Boston, New York Branch’s corporate bond rating as calculated by S&P or Moody’s has been lowered or downgraded to a rating below investment grade by S&P or Moody’s;

 

(b)          an event or events shall have occurred in the good faith determination of Buyer resulting in the effective absence of a “repo market” or comparable “lending market” for financing debt obligations secured by mortgage loans or securities or an event or events shall have occurred resulting in Buyer not being able to finance Purchased Mortgage Loans through the “repo market” or “lending market” with traditional counterparties at rates which would have been reasonable prior to the occurrence of such event or events; or

 

(c)           an event or events shall have occurred resulting in the effective absence of a “securities market” for securities backed by mortgage loans or an event or events shall have occurred resulting in Buyer not being able to sell securities backed by mortgage loans at prices which would have been reasonable prior to such event or events; or

 

(d)          there shall have occurred a material adverse change in the financial condition of Buyer which affects (or can reasonably be expected to affect) materially and adversely the ability of Buyer to fund its obligations under this Agreement.

 

11.        Program; Costs

 

a.               Seller shall pay the fees and expenses of Buyer’s counsel [***] in connection with the original preparation and execution of the Program Agreements. Seller shall reimburse Buyer for any of Buyer’s reasonable out-of-pocket costs, including due diligence review costs and reasonable attorney’s fees as further described below and in Section   35, incurred by Buyer in determining the acceptability to Buyer of any Mortgage Loans.  Seller shall also pay, or reimburse Buyer if Buyer shall pay, any termination fee, which may be due any servicer.  Legal fees for any subsequent amendments to this Agreement or related documents shall be borne by Seller.  Seller shall pay reasonable and customary ongoing custodial and securities intermediary fees and expenses as set forth on Exhibit   K hereto, and any other reasonable and customary ongoing fees and expenses under any other Program Agreement.

 

b.               If Buyer determines that, due to the introduction of, any change in, or the compliance by Buyer with (i)   any eurocurrency reserve requirement or (ii)   the

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

28



 

interpretation of any law, regulation or any guideline or request from any central bank or other Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law), there shall be an increase in the cost to Buyer in engaging in the present or any future Transactions, then Seller agrees to pay to Buyer, from time to time, upon demand by Buyer (with a copy to Custodian) the actual cost of additional amounts as specified by Buyer to compensate Buyer for such increased costs; provided that this Section   11(b)   shall only apply to the extent that such increased costs are not reflected in Buyer’s calculation of CSCOF.

 

c.                With respect to any Transaction, Buyer may conclusively rely upon, and shall incur no liability to Seller in acting upon, any request or other communication that Buyer reasonably believes to have been given or made by a person authorized to enter into a Transaction on Seller’s behalf.  In each such case, Seller hereby waives the right to dispute Buyer’s record of the terms of the Purchase Confirmation, request or other communication.

 

d.               Notwithstanding the assignment of the Program Agreements with respect to each Purchased Mortgage Loan to Buyer, Seller agrees and covenants with Buyer to enforce diligently Seller’s rights and remedies set forth in the Program Agreements.

 

e.                Any payments made by Seller or Guarantor to Buyer shall be free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for, any taxes; provided, however, that if such payer shall be required by law to deduct or withhold any taxes from any sums payable to Buyer, then such payer shall (A)   make such deductions or withholdings and pay such amounts to the relevant authority in accordance with applicable law, (B)   pay to Buyer the sum that would have been payable had such deduction or withholding not been made, and (C)   at the time Price Differential is paid, pay to Buyer all additional amounts as specified by Buyer to preserve the after-tax yield Buyer would have received if such tax had not been imposed, and otherwise indemnify Buyer for any such taxes imposed.

 

12.        Servicing

 

a.               Seller shall service the Mortgage Loans consistent with the degree of skill and care that Seller customarily requires with respect to similar Mortgage Loans owned or managed by it and in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices.  The Servicer shall (i)   comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations, (ii)   maintain all state and federal licenses necessary for it to perform its servicing responsibilities hereunder and (iii)   not impair the rights of Buyer in any Mortgage Loans or any payment thereunder.  Buyer may terminate the servicing of any Mortgage Loan with the then-existing Servicer in accordance with Section   12(d)   hereof.

 

b.               Seller shall hold or cause to be held all escrow funds collected by Seller as Servicer with respect to any Purchased Mortgage Loans in trust accounts and shall apply the same for the purposes for which such funds were collected.

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

29



 

c.                Seller shall deposit all collections received by Seller as Servicer on the Purchased Mortgage Loans in the Securities Account on a  daily basis within one (1)   Business Day following receipt; provided, however, that any amounts required to be remitted to Buyer shall be deposited in the Securities Account on or prior to the day on which such remittance is to occur.

 

d.               Upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default hereunder, Buyer shall have the right to immediately terminate Seller’s right to service the Purchased Mortgage Loans without payment of any penalty or termination fee.  Seller shall cooperate in transferring the servicing of the Purchased Mortgage Loans to a successor servicer appointed by Buyer in its sole discretion.

 

e.                If Seller should discover that, for any reason whatsoever, Seller or any entity responsible to Seller for managing or servicing any such Purchased Mortgage Loan has failed to perform fully Seller’s obligations under the Program Agreements or any of the obligations of such entities with respect to the Purchased Mortgage Loans, Seller shall promptly notify Buyer.

 

f.                 Servicer shall service the Purchased Mortgage Loans on behalf of Buyer for thirty (30) day intervals which will automatically terminate if not renewed by Buyer (such renewal as evidenced by Buyer’s entry into a new Transaction).

 

g.                For the avoidance of doubt, Seller retains no economic rights to the servicing of the Purchased Mortgage Loans. As such, Seller expressly acknowledges that the Purchased Mortgage Loans are sold to Buyer on a “servicing-released” basis with such servicing retained by Seller.

 

13.        Representations and Warranties

 

a.               Each of Seller and Guarantor represents and warrants to Buyer as of the date hereof and as of each Purchase Date for any Transaction that:

 

(1)          Seller and Guarantor Existence .  Each of Seller and Guarantor has been duly organized and is validly existing as a limited liability company in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

(2)          Licenses .  Each of Seller and Guarantor is duly licensed or is otherwise qualified in each jurisdiction in which it transacts business for the business which it conducts and is not in default of any applicable federal, state or local laws, rules   and regulations unless, in either instance, the failure to take such action is not reasonably likely (either individually or in the aggregate) to cause a Material Adverse Effect and is not in default of such state’s applicable laws, rules   and regulations.  Seller has the requisite power and authority and legal right to originate and purchase Mortgage Loans (as applicable) and to own, sell and grant a lien on all of its right, title and interest in and to the Mortgage Loans.  Each of Seller and Guarantor has the requisite power and authority and legal right to execute and deliver, engage in the transactions contemplated by, and perform and observe the terms and conditions of, this Agreement, each Program Agreement

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

30



 

and any Transaction Request or, if applicable, Purchase Confirmation.  Seller is an FHA Approved Mortgagee.

 

(3)          Power .  Each of Seller and Guarantor has all requisite corporate or other power, and has all governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals necessary to own its assets and carry on its business as now being or as proposed to be conducted, except where the lack of such licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals would not be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(4)          Due Authorization .  Each of Seller and Guarantor has all necessary corporate or other power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Program Agreements, as applicable.  This Agreement, any Transaction Request, Purchase Confirmation and the Program Agreements have been (or, in the case of Program Agreements and any Transaction Request, Purchase Confirmation not yet executed, will be) duly authorized, executed and delivered by Seller and Guarantor, all requisite or other corporate action having been taken, and each is valid, binding and enforceable against Seller and Guarantor in accordance with its terms except as such enforcement may be affected by bankruptcy, by other insolvency laws, or by general principles of equity.

 

(5)          Financial Statements .

 

a.                                       Guarantor has heretofore furnished to Buyer a copy of (a)   its consolidated balance sheet and the consolidated balance sheets of its consolidated Subsidiaries for the fiscal year of Guarantor ended December   31, 2008 and the related consolidated statements of income for Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such fiscal year, with the opinion thereon of Deloitte   & Touche LLP and (b)   its consolidated balance sheet and the consolidated balance sheets of its consolidated Subsidiaries for the quarterly fiscal period of Guarantor ended March   31, 2009 and the related consolidated statements of income for Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such quarterly fiscal period.  All such financial statements are complete and correct and fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition of Guarantor and its Subsidiaries and the consolidated results of their operations as at such dates and for such fiscal periods, all in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis.  Since December   31, 2008, there has been no material adverse change in the consolidated business, operations or financial condition of Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries taken as a whole from that set forth in said financial statements nor is Guarantor aware of any state of facts which (with notice or the lapse of time) would or could result in any such material adverse change.  Guarantor has, on the date of the statements delivered pursuant to this Section   (the

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

31



 

Statement Date ”) no liabilities, direct or indirect, fixed or contingent, matured or unmatured, known or unknown, or liabilities for taxes, long-term leases or unusual forward or long-term commitments not disclosed by, or reserved against in, said balance sheet and related statements, and at the present time there are no material unrealized or anticipated losses from any loans, advances or other commitments of Guarantor except as heretofore disclosed to Buyer in writing.

 

b.                                       Seller has heretofore furnished to Buyer a copy of (a)   its balance sheet for the fiscal year of Seller ended December   31, 2008 and the related statements of income for Seller for such fiscal year, with the opinion thereon of Deloitte   & Touche LLP and (b)   its balance sheet for the quarterly fiscal period of Seller ended March   31, 2009 and the related statements of income for Seller for such quarterly fiscal period.  All such financial statements are complete and correct and fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition of Seller and the results of its operations as at such dates and for such fiscal periods, all in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis.  Since December   31, 2008, there has been no material adverse change in the consolidated business, operations or financial condition of Seller from that set forth in said financial statements nor is Seller aware of any state of facts which (with notice or the lapse of time) would or could result in any such material adverse change.  Seller has, on the Statement Date no liabilities, direct or indirect, fixed or contingent, matured or unmatured, known or unknown, or liabilities for taxes, long-term leases or unusual forward or long-term commitments not disclosed by, or reserved against in, said balance sheet and related statements, and at the present time there are no material unrealized or anticipated losses from any loans, advances or other commitments of Seller except as heretofore disclosed to Buyer in writing.

 

(6)          Event of Default .  There exists no Event of Default under Section   15(b)   hereof, which default gives rise to a right to accelerate indebtedness as referenced in Section   15(b)   hereof, under any mortgage, borrowing agreement or other instrument or agreement pertaining to indebtedness for borrowed money or to the repurchase of mortgage loans or securities.

 

(7)          Solvency .  Each of Seller and Guarantor is solvent and will not be rendered insolvent by any Transaction and, after giving effect to such Transaction, will not be left with an unreasonably small amount of capital with which to engage in its business.  Neither Seller nor Guarantor intends to incur, nor believes that it has incurred, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature and is not contemplating the commencement of insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation or consolidation proceedings or the appointment of a receiver,

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

32



 

liquidator, conservator, trustee or similar official in respect of such entity or any of its assets.  The amount of consideration being received by Seller upon the sale of the Purchased Mortgage Loans to Buyer constitutes reasonably equivalent value and fair consideration for such Purchased Mortgage Loans.  Seller is not transferring any Purchased Mortgage Loans with any intent to hinder, delay or defraud any of its creditors.

 

(8)          No Conflicts .  The execution, delivery and performance by each of Seller and Guarantor of this Agreement, any Transaction Request or Purchase Confirmation hereunder and the Program Agreements do not conflict with any term or provision of the organizational documents of Seller or Guarantor or any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment, writ, injunction or decree applicable to Seller or Guarantor of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or governmental body having jurisdiction over Seller or Guarantor, which conflict would have a Material Adverse Effect and will not result in any violation of any such mortgage, instrument, agreement or obligation to which Seller or Guarantor is a party.

 

(9)          True and Complete Disclosure .  All information, reports, exhibits, schedules, financial statements or certificates of Seller, Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof or any of their officers furnished or to be furnished to Buyer in connection with the initial or any ongoing due diligence of Seller, Guarantor or any Affiliate or officer thereof, negotiation, preparation, or delivery of the Program Agreements are true and complete and do not omit to disclose any material facts necessary to make the statements herein or therein, in light of the circumstances in which they are made, not misleading.  All financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

(10)   Approvals .  No consent, approval, authorization or order of, registration or filing with, or notice to any governmental authority or court is required under applicable law in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by Seller or Guarantor of this Agreement, any Transaction Request, Purchase Confirmation and the Program Agreements.

 

(11)   Litigation .  There is no action, proceeding or investigation pending with respect to which either Seller or Guarantor has received service of process or, to the best of Seller’s or Guarantor’s knowledge threatened against it before any court, administrative agency or other tribunal (A)   asserting the invalidity of this Agreement, any Transaction, Transaction Request, Purchase Confirmation or any Program Agreement, (B)   seeking to prevent the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, any Transaction Request, Purchase Confirmation or any Program Agreement, (C)   makes a claim individually in an amount greater than $1,000,000 or in an aggregate amount greater than $5,000,000, (D)   which requires filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with the 1934 Act or any rules   thereunder or (E)   which might materially and adversely affect the validity of the Mortgage Loans or the performance by it of its obligations under, or the

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

33



 

validity or enforceability of, this Agreement, any Transaction Request, Purchase Confirmation or any Program Agreement.

 

(12)   Material Adverse Change .  There has been no material adverse change in the business, operations, financial condition, properties or prospects of Seller, Guarantor or their Affiliates since the date set forth in the most recent financial statements supplied to Buyer.

 

(13)   Ownership .  Upon payment of the Purchase Price and the filing of the financing statement and delivery of the Mortgage Files to Custodian and Custodian’s receipt of the related Request for Certification, Buyer shall become the sole owner of the Purchased Mortgage Loans and related Repurchase Assets, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances.

 

(14)   Underwriting Guidelines . The Underwriting Guidelines provided to Buyer are the true and correct Underwriting Guidelines of Seller.

 

(15)   Taxes . Seller, Guarantor and their Subsidiaries have timely filed all tax returns that are required to be filed by them and have paid all taxes, except for any such taxes as are being appropriately contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and with respect to which adequate reserves have been provided.  The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of Seller, Guarantor and their Subsidiaries in respect of taxes and other governmental charges are, in the opinion of Seller or Guarantor, as applicable, adequate.

 

(16)   Investment Company .  Neither Seller nor any of its Subsidiaries is an “investment company”, or a company “controlled” by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; provided , however , that any entity that is under the management of PNMAC Capital Management LLC in its capacity as an “investment adviser” within the meaning of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and is otherwise not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by Seller shall not be deemed a “Subsidiary” for the purposes of this Section   13(a)(16).

 

(17)   Chief Executive Office; Jurisdiction of Organization .  On the Effective Date, Seller’s chief executive office, is, and has been, located at 27001 Agoura Road, Calabasas, CA 91301.  On the Effective Date, Seller’s jurisdiction of organization is the State of Delaware.  Seller shall provide Buyer with thirty days advance notice of any change in Seller’s principal office or place of business or jurisdiction.  Seller has no trade name.  During the preceding five years, Seller has not been known by or done business under any other name, corporate or fictitious, and has not filed or had filed against it any bankruptcy receivership or similar petitions nor has it made any assignments for the benefit of creditors.

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

34



 

(18)   Location of Books and Records .  The location where Seller keeps its books and records, including all computer tapes and records relating to the Purchased Mortgage Loans and the related Repurchase Assets is its chief executive office.

 

(19)   Adjusted Tangible Net Worth .  On the Effective Date, Seller’s Adjusted Tangible Net Worth is at least the sum of (i)   the related Net Worth Amount, and (ii)   50% of Seller’s positive quarterly Net Income.

 

(20)   ERISA .  Each Plan to which Seller, Guarantor or their Subsidiaries make direct contributions, and, to the knowledge of Seller and Guarantor, each other Plan and each Multiemployer Plan, is in compliance in all material respects with, and has been administered in all material respects in compliance with, the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and any other Federal or State law.

 

(21)   Adverse Selection .  Seller has not selected the Purchased Mortgage Loans in a manner so as to adversely affect Buyer’s interests.

 

(22)   Agreements .  Neither Seller nor any Subsidiary of Seller is a party to any agreement, instrument, or indenture or subject to any restriction materially and adversely affecting its business, operations, assets or financial condition, except as disclosed in the financial statements described in Section   13(a)(5)   hereof.  Neither Seller nor any Subsidiary of Seller is in default in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants or conditions contained in any agreement, instrument, or indenture which default could have a material adverse effect on the business, operations, properties, or financial condition of Seller as a whole.  No holder of any indebtedness of Seller or of any of its Subsidiaries has given notice of any asserted default thereunder.

 

(23)   Other Indebtedness .  All Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness evidenced by this Agreement) of Seller existing on the date hereof is listed on Exhibit   I hereto (the “ Existing Indebtedness ”).

 

(24)   Agency Approvals .  With respect to each Agency Security and to the extent necessary, Seller is an FHA Approved Mortgagee. Seller is also  approved by Fannie Mae as an approved seller/servicer and Freddie Mac as an approved seller/servicer, and, to the extent necessary, approved by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development pursuant to Sections 203 and 211 of the National Housing Act.  In each such case, Seller is in good standing, with no event having occurred or Seller having any reason whatsoever to believe or suspect will occur prior to the issuance of the Agency Security or the consummation of the Take-out Commitment, as the case may be, including, without limitation, a change in insurance coverage which would either make Seller unable to comply with the eligibility requirements for maintaining all such applicable approvals or require notification to the relevant Agency or to the Department of Housing and Urban Development, FHA or, only to the extent that

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

35



 

Seller is a VA Approved Lender as of the relevant Purchase Date, VA.  Should Seller for any reason cease to possess all such applicable approvals, or should notification to the relevant Agency or to the Department of Housing and Urban Development, FHA or VA (only to the extent that Seller is a VA Approved Lender as of the relevant Purchase Date), be required, Seller shall so notify Buyer immediately in writing.  Servicer has adequate financial standing, servicing facilities, procedures and experienced personnel necessary for the sound servicing of mortgage loans of the same types as may from time to time constitute Mortgage Loans and in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices.

 

(25)   No Reliance .  Each of Seller and Guarantor has made its own independent decisions to enter into the Program Agreements and each Transaction and as to whether such Transaction is appropriate and proper for it based upon its own judgment and upon advice from such advisors (including without limitation, legal counsel and accountants) as it has deemed necessary.  Neither Seller nor Guarantor is relying upon any advice from Buyer as to any aspect of the Transactions, including without limitation, the legal, accounting or tax treatment of such Transactions.

 

(26)   Plan Assets . Neither Seller nor Guarantor is an employee benefit plan as defined in Section   3 of  Title I of ERISA, or a plan described in Section   4975(e)(1)   of the Code, and the Purchased Mortgage Loans are not “plan assets” within the meaning of 29 CFR §2510.3 101 as amended by Section   3(42) of ERISA, in Seller’s or Guarantor’s hands, and transactions by or with Seller or Guarantor are not subject to any state or local statute regulating investments or fiduciary obligations with respect to governmental plans within the meaning of Section   3(32) of ERISA.

 

(27)   No Prohibited Persons . Neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates, officers, directors, partners or members, is an entity or person (or to  Seller’s knowledge, owned or controlled by an entity or person): (i)   that is listed in the Annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of Executive Order 13224 issued on September   24, 2001 (“ EO13224 ”); (ii)   whose name appears on the United States Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”) most current list of “Specifically Designated National and Blocked Persons” (which list may be published from time to time in various mediums including, but not limited to, the OFAC website, http:www.treas.gov/ofac/t11sdn.pdf); (iii)   who commits, threatens to commit or supports “terrorism”, as that term is defined in EO13224; or (iv)   who is otherwise affiliated with any entity or person listed above (any and all parties or persons described in clauses (i)   through (iv)   above are herein referred to as a “ Prohibited Person ”).

 

b.               With respect to every Purchased Mortgage Loan, each of Seller and Guarantor jointly and severally represents and warrants to Buyer as of the applicable Purchase Date for any Transaction and each date thereafter that each representation and warranty set forth on Schedule 1 is true and correct.

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

36


 

c.                The representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement shall survive transfer of the Purchased Mortgage Loans to Buyer and shall continue for so long as the Purchased Mortgage Loans are subject to this Agreement.  Upon discovery by Seller, Servicer or Buyer of any breach of any of the representations or warranties set forth in this Agreement, the party discovering such breach shall promptly give notice of such discovery to the others.

 

14.        Covenants

 

Each of Seller and Guarantor covenants with Buyer that, during the term of this facility:

 

a.               Adjusted Tangible Net Worth . Seller shall maintain an Adjusted Tangible Net Worth of at least the sum of (i) $5 million, and (ii) 50% of Seller’s positive quarterly Net Income for such quarter.

 

b.               Indebtedness to Adjusted Tangible Net Worth Ratio . Seller’s ratio of Indebtedness to Adjusted Tangible Net Worth shall not exceed 10:1.

 

c.                Litigation . Seller and Guarantor, as applicable, will promptly, and in any event within ten (10) days after service of process on any of the following, give to Buyer notice of all litigation, actions, suits, arbitrations, investigations (including, without limitation, any of the foregoing which are threatened or pending) or other legal or arbitrable proceedings affecting Seller, Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries or affecting any of the Property of any of them before any Governmental Authority that (i) questions or challenges the validity or enforceability of any of the Program Agreements or any action to be taken in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) makes a claim individually in an amount greater than $1,000,000 or in an aggregate amount greater than $5,000,000, or (iii) which, individually or in the aggregate, if adversely determined, could be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. On each Reporting Date, Seller and Guarantor, as applicable, will provide to Buyer a litigation docket listing all litigation, actions, suits, arbitrations, investigations (including, without limitation, any of the foregoing which are threatened or pending) or other legal or arbitrable proceedings affecting Seller, Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries or affecting any of the Property of any of them before any Governmental Authority. Seller and Guarantor, as applicable, will promptly provide notice of any judgment, which with the passage of time, could cause an Event of Default hereunder.

 

d.               Prohibition of Fundamental Changes .  Seller shall not enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation, winding up or dissolution) or sell all or substantially all of its assets; provided, that Seller may merge or consolidate with (a) any wholly owned subsidiary of Seller, or (b) any other Person if Seller is the surviving entity; and provided further, that if after giving effect thereto, no Default would exist hereunder.

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

37



 

e.                Maintenance of Profitability .  Seller shall not permit, for any Test Period, Net Income for such Test Period, before income taxes for such Test Period and distributions made during such Test Period, to be less than $1.00; provided that the foregoing covenant shall not apply during any quarter occurring in 2009.

 

f.                 Servicer; Asset Tape .  Upon the occurrence of any of the following (a) the occurrence and continuation of an Event of Default, (b) upon any Purchased Mortgage Loan becoming an Aged Loan, (c) the fifth Business Day of each month, or (d) upon the request of Buyer, Seller shall cause Servicer to provide to Buyer, electronically, in a format mutually acceptable to Buyer and Seller, an Asset Tape by no later than the Reporting Date.  Seller shall not cause the Mortgage Loans to be serviced by any servicer other than a servicer expressly approved in writing by Buyer, which approval shall be deemed granted by Buyer with respect to Seller with the execution of this Agreement.

 

g.                Insurance .  Seller or Guarantor shall continue to maintain, for Seller, Servicer and their Subsidiaries, Fidelity Insurance in an aggregate amount at least equal to $1,400,000.  Seller or Guarantor shall maintain, for Seller, Servicer and their Subsidiaries, Fidelity Insurance in respect of its officers, employees and agents, with respect to any claims made in connection with all or any portion of the Repurchase Assets.  Seller or Guarantor shall notify Buyer of any material change in the terms of any such Fidelity Insurance.

 

h.               No Adverse Claims .  Seller warrants and will defend, and shall cause any Servicer to defend, the right, title and interest of Buyer in and to all Purchased Mortgage Loans and the related Repurchase Assets against all adverse claims and demands.

 

i.                   Assignment .  Except as permitted herein, neither Seller nor any Servicer shall sell, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, or pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in or lien on or otherwise encumber (except pursuant to the Program Agreements), any of the Purchased Mortgage Loans or any interest therein, provided that this Section shall not prevent any transfer of Purchased Mortgage Loans in accordance with the Program Agreements.

 

j.                  Security Interest .  Seller shall do all things necessary to preserve the Purchased Mortgage Loans and the related Repurchase Assets so that they remain subject to a first priority perfected security interest hereunder.  Without limiting the foregoing, Seller will comply with all rules, regulations and other laws of any Governmental Authority and cause the Purchased Mortgage Loans or the related Repurchase Assets to comply with all applicable rules, regulations and other laws.  Seller will not allow any default for which Seller is responsible to occur under any Purchased Mortgage Loans or the related Repurchase Assets or any Program Agreement and Seller shall fully perform or cause to be performed when due all of its obligations under any Purchased Mortgage Loans or the related Repurchase Assets and any Program Agreement.

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

38



 

k.               Records .

 

(1)          Seller shall collect and maintain or cause to be collected and maintained all Records relating to the Purchased Mortgage Loans in accordance with industry custom and practice for assets similar to the Purchased Mortgage Loans, including those maintained pursuant to the preceding subparagraph, and all such Records shall be in Custodian’s possession unless Buyer otherwise approves.  Seller will not allow any such papers, records or files that are an original or an only copy to leave Custodian’s possession, except for individual items removed in connection with servicing a specific Mortgage Loan, in which event Seller will obtain or cause to be obtained a receipt from a financially responsible person for any such paper, record or file.  Seller or the Servicer of the Purchased Mortgage Loans will maintain all such Records not in the possession of Custodian in good and complete condition in accordance with industry practices for assets similar to the Purchased Mortgage Loans and preserve them against loss.

 

(2)          For so long as Buyer has an interest in or lien on any Purchased Mortgage Loan, Seller will hold or cause to be held all related Records in trust for Buyer.  Seller shall notify, or cause to be notified, every other party holding any such Records of the interests and liens in favor of Buyer granted hereby.

 

(3)          Upon reasonable advance notice from Custodian or Buyer, Seller shall (x) make any and all such Records available to Custodian or Buyer to examine any such Records, either by its own officers or employees, or by agents or contractors, or both, and make copies of all or any portion thereof, and (y) permit Buyer or its authorized agents to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of Seller with its chief operating officer and chief financial officer and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of Seller with its independent certified public accountants.

 

l.                   Books .  Seller shall keep or cause to be kept in reasonable detail books and records of account of its assets and business and shall clearly reflect therein the transfer of Purchased Mortgage Loans to Buyer.

 

m.           Approvals .  Seller shall maintain all licenses, permits or other approvals necessary for Seller to conduct its business and to perform its obligations under the Program Agreements, and Seller shall conduct its business strictly in accordance with applicable law.

 

n.               Material Change in Business .  Neither Seller nor Guarantor shall make any material change in the nature of its business as carried on at the date hereof.

 

o.               Underwriting Guidelines .  Without the prior written consent of Buyer, Seller shall not amend or otherwise modify the Underwriting Guidelines.  Without limiting the foregoing, in the event that Seller makes any amendment or modification to the Underwriting Guidelines, Seller shall promptly deliver to Buyer a complete copy of the amended or modified Underwriting Guidelines.

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

39



 

p.               Distributions .  If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, neither Seller nor Guarantor shall pay any dividends with respect to any capital stock or other equity interests in such entity, whether now or hereafter outstanding, or make any other distribution in respect thereof, either directly or indirectly, whether in cash or property or in obligations of Seller or Guarantor.

 

q.               Applicable Law .  Seller and Guarantor shall comply with the requirements of all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority.

 

r.                  Existence .  Each of Seller and Guarantor shall preserve and maintain its legal existence and all of its material rights, privileges, licenses and franchises.

 

s.                 Chief Executive Office; Jurisdiction of Organization .  Seller shall not move its chief executive office from the address referred to in Section 13(a)(17) or change its jurisdiction of organization from the jurisdiction referred to in Section 13(a)(17) unless it shall have provided Buyer 30 days’ prior written notice of such change.

 

t.                  Taxes .  Seller and Guarantor shall timely file all tax returns that are required to be filed by them and shall timely pay and discharge all taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed on it or on its income or profits or on any of its property prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto, except for any such tax, assessment, charge or levy the payment of which is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and against which adequate reserves are being maintained.

 

u.               Transactions with Affiliates .  Seller will not enter into any transaction, including, without limitation, any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property or the rendering of any service, with any Affiliate unless such transaction is (a) otherwise permitted under the Program Agreements, (b) in the ordinary course of Seller’s business and (c) upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to Seller than it would obtain in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person which is not an Affiliate, or make a payment that is not otherwise permitted by this Section to any Affiliate.

 

v.               Guarantees .  Seller shall not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Guarantees, except (i) to the extent reflected in Seller’s financial statements or notes thereto and (ii) to the extent the aggregate Guarantees of Seller do not exceed $250,000.

 

w.             Indebtedness . Seller shall not incur any additional material Indebtedness (other than (i)  the Existing Indebtedness in amounts not to exceed the amounts specified on Exhibit I hereto, (ii) except for Indebtedness incurred with Buyer or its Affiliates, (iii) Indebtedness required to be obtained pursuant to Section 14(ff) hereto and (iv) usual and customary accounts payable for a mortgage company) without the prior written consent of Buyer.

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

40



 

x.               Hedging . Seller has entered into Interest Rate Protection Agreements with respect to the Conforming Mortgage Loans, having terms with respect to protection against fluctuations in interest rates acceptable to Buyer in its sole discretion.  In the event that Seller intends to make any change to its policy regarding Interest Rate Protection Agreements, Seller shall notify Buyer in writing 30 days prior to implementing any such change.

 

y.               True and Correct Information .  All information, reports, exhibits, schedules, financial statements or certificates of Seller, Guarantor any Affiliate thereof or any of their officers furnished to Buyer hereunder and during Buyer’s diligence of Seller and Guarantor are and will be true and complete and do not omit to disclose any material facts necessary to make the statements herein or therein, in light of the circumstances in which they are made, not misleading.  All required financial statements, information and reports delivered by Seller and Guarantor to Buyer pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, or, if applicable, to SEC filings, the appropriate SEC accounting regulations.

 

z.                Agency Approvals; Servicing .  Seller shall maintain its status with Fannie Mae as an approved lender and Freddie Mac as an approved seller/servicer, in each case in good standing.  Servicer shall service all Purchased Mortgage Loans which are Committed Mortgage Loans in accordance with the applicable agency guide.  Should Servicer, for any reason, cease to possess all such applicable Agency Approvals, or should notification to the relevant Agency or to the Department of Housing and Urban Development, FHA or VA be required, such Seller shall so notify Buyer immediately in writing.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Servicer shall take all necessary action to maintain all of their applicable Agency Approvals at all times during the term of this Agreement and each outstanding Transaction. Servicer shall maintain adequate financial standing, servicing facilities, procedures and experienced personnel necessary for the sound servicing of mortgage loans of the same types as may from time to time constitute Mortgage Loans and in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices.

 

aa.        Take-out Payments . With respect to each Committed Mortgage Loan, Seller shall arrange that all payments under the related Take-out Commitment shall be paid directly to Buyer at the account set forth in Section 9 hereof, or to an account approved by Buyer in writing prior to such payment. With respect to any Agency Take-out Commitment, if applicable, (1) with respect to the wire transfer instructions as set forth in Freddie Mac Form 987 (Wire Transfer Authorization for a Cash Warehouse Delivery) such wire transfer instructions are identical to Buyer’s wire instructions or Buyer has approved such wire transfer instructions in writing in its sole discretion, or (2) the Payee Number set forth on Fannie Mae Form 1068 (Fixed-Rate, Graduated-Payment, or Growing-Equity Mortgage Loan Schedule) or Fannie Mae Form 1069 (Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan Schedule), as applicable, is identical to the Payee Number that has been identified by Buyer in writing as Buyer’s Payee Number or Buyer has previously approved the related Payee Number in writing in its sole discretion; with respect to any Take-out Commitment with an Agency, the applicable agency documents list Buyer as sole

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

41



 

subscriber, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Buyer, in Buyer’s sole discretion.

 

bb.        No Pledge .  Neither Seller nor Guarantor shall pledge, transfer or convey any security interest in the Securities Account to any Person without the express written consent of Buyer.

 

cc.          Plan Assets . Seller shall not be an employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3 of Title I of ERISA, or a plan described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code and Seller shall not use “plan assets” within the meaning of 29 CFR §2510.3 101, as amended by Section 3(42) of ERISA to engage in this Repurchase Agreement or any Transaction hereunder. Transactions by or with Seller or Guarantor shall not be subject to any state or local statute regulating investments of or fiduciary obligations with respect to governmental plans within the meaning of Section 3(32) of ERISA.

 

dd.        Maintenance of Liquidity .  Seller shall ensure that, at all times, it has unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents in an amount not less than the related Liquidity Amount.

 

ee.          Sharing of Information .  Seller shall allow Buyer to exchange information related to Seller and the Transactions hereunder with third party lenders and Seller shall permit each third party lender to share such information with Buyer.

 

ff.            Additional Warehouse Line .  Within 90 days of the date hereof, Seller shall maintain one or more additional warehouse or repurchase facilities in order to finance mortgage loans in an aggregate amount at least equal to the Maximum Committed Purchase Price.

 

gg.          Most Favored Status .  Seller, Guarantor and Buyer each agree that should Seller, Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof enter into a repurchase agreement or credit facility with any Person other than Buyer or an Affiliate of Buyer which by its terms provides any of the following (each, a “ More Favorable Agreement ”):

 

(1)          more favorable terms with respect to any guaranties or financial covenants, including without limitation covenants covering the same or similar subject matter set forth in Sections 14a, 14b, 14e, 14p, 14dd, and 14ff hereof;

 

(2)          a security interest to any Person other than Buyer or an Affiliate of Buyer in substantially all assets of Seller, Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof; or

 

(3)          a requirement that Seller has added or will add any Person other than Buyer or an Affiliate of Buyer as a loss payee under Seller’s Fidelity Insurance;

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

42



 

then the terms of this Agreement shall be deemed automatically amended to include such more favorable terms contained in such More Favorable Agreement, such that such terms operate in favor of Buyer or an Affiliate of Buyer; provided, that in the event that such More Favorable Agreement is terminated, upon notice by Seller to Buyer of such termination, the original terms of this Agreement shall be deemed to be automatically reinstated.  Seller, Guarantor and Buyer further agree to execute and deliver any new guaranties, agreements or amendments to this Agreement evidencing such provisions, provided that the execution of such amendment shall not be a precondition to the effectiveness of such amendment, but shall merely be for the convenience of the parties hereto.  Promptly upon Seller, Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof entering into a repurchase agreement or other credit facility with any Person other than Buyer, Seller or Guarantor, as applicable, shall deliver to Buyer a true, correct and complete copy of such repurchase agreement, loan agreement, guaranty or other financing documentation.

 

hh.        Liens on Substantially All Assets .  Seller shall not grant a security interest to any Person other than Buyer or an Affiliate of Buyer in substantially all assets of Seller unless Seller has entered into an amendment to this Agreement that grants to Buyer a pari passu security interest on such assets.

 

15.        Events of Default

 

Each of the following shall constitute an “ Event of Default ” hereunder:

 

a.               Payment Failure .  Failure of Seller to (i) make any payment of Price Differential or Repurchase Price or any other sum which has become due, on a Price Differential Payment Date or a Repurchase Date or otherwise, whether by acceleration or otherwise, under the terms of this Agreement, any other warehouse and security agreement or any other document evidencing or securing Indebtedness of Seller to Buyer or to any Affiliate of Buyer, or (ii) cure any Margin Deficit when due pursuant to Section 6 hereof.

 

b.               Cross Default .  Seller, Guarantor or Affiliates thereof shall be in default under (i) the Servicing Facility Documents, (ii) any Indebtedness, in the aggregate, in excess of $1 million of Seller, Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof, including amounts owed under the Servicing Facility Documents, which default (1) involves the failure to pay a matured obligation, or (2) permits the acceleration of the maturity of obligations by any other party to or beneficiary with respect to such Indebtedness, or (iii) any other contract or contracts, in the aggregate in excess of $1 million to which Seller, Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof is a party which default (1) involves the failure to pay a matured obligation, or (2) permits the acceleration of the maturity of obligations by any other party to or beneficiary of such contract.

 

c.                Assignment .  Assignment or attempted assignment by Seller or Guarantor of this Agreement or any rights hereunder without first obtaining the specific written

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

43



 

consent of Buyer, or the granting by Seller of any security interest, lien or other encumbrances on any Purchased Mortgage Loans to any person other than Buyer.

 

d.               Insolvency .  An Act of Insolvency shall have occurred with respect to Seller, Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof.

 

e.                Material Adverse Change .  Any material adverse change in the Property, business, financial condition or operations of Seller, Guarantor or any of their Affiliates shall occur, in each case as determined by Buyer in its sole good faith discretion, or any other condition shall exist which, in Buyer’s sole good faith discretion, constitutes a material impairment of Seller’s or Guarantor’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any other Program Agreement.

 

f.                 Breach of Financial Representation or Covenant or Obligation . A breach by Seller of any of the representations, warranties or covenants or obligations set forth in Sections 13(a)(1), 13(a)(7), 13(a)(12), 13(a)(19), 13(a)(23), 14a, 14b, 14d, 14e, 14r, 14v, 14w, 14aa, 14bb, 14cc, 14dd or 14ff  of this Agreement.

 

g.                Breach of Non-Financial Representation or Covenant .  A breach by Seller or Guarantor of any other material representation, warranty or covenant set forth in this Agreement (and not otherwise specified in Section 15(f) above), if such breach is not cured within five (5) Business Days (other than the representations and warranties set forth in Schedule 1, which shall be considered solely for the purpose of determining the Market Value, the existence of a Margin Deficit and the obligation to repurchase such Mortgage Loan unless (i) such party shall have made any such representations and warranties with knowledge that they were materially false or misleading at the time made, (ii) any such representations and warranties have been determined by Buyer in its sole discretion to be materially false or misleading on a regular basis, or (iii) Buyer, in its sole discretion, determines that such breach of a material representation, warranty or covenant materially and adversely affects (A) the condition (financial or otherwise) of such party, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates; or (B) Buyer’s determination to enter into this Agreement or Transactions with such party, then such breach shall constitute an immediate Event of Default and neither Seller nor Guarantor shall have any cure right hereunder).

 

h.               Guarantor Breach .  A breach by Guarantor of any material representation, warranty or covenant set forth in the Guaranty or any other Program Agreement, any “event of default” by Guarantor under the Guaranty, any repudiation of the Guaranty by Guarantor, or if the Guaranty is not enforceable against Guarantor.

 

i.                   Change in Control .  The occurrence of a Change in Control.

 

j.                  Failure to Transfer .  Seller fails to transfer the Purchased Mortgage Loans to Buyer on the applicable Purchase Date (provided Buyer has tendered the related Purchase Price).

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

44



 

k.               Judgment .  A final judgment or judgments for the payment of money in excess of  $1 million shall be rendered against Seller, Guarantor or any of their Affiliates by one or more courts, administrative tribunals or other bodies having jurisdiction and the same shall not be satisfied, discharged (or provision shall not be made for such discharge) or bonded, or a stay of execution thereof shall not be procured, within 30 days from the date of entry thereof.

 

l.                   Government Action .  Any Governmental Authority or any person, agency or entity acting or purporting to act under governmental authority shall have taken any action to condemn, seize or appropriate, or to assume custody or control of, all or any substantial part of the Property of Seller, Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof, or shall have taken any action to displace the management of Seller, Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof or to curtail its authority in the conduct of the business of Seller, Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof, or takes any action in the nature of enforcement to remove, limit or restrict the approval of Seller, Guarantor or Affiliate as an issuer, buyer or a seller/servicer of Mortgage Loans or securities backed thereby, and such action provided for in this subparagraph l shall not have been discontinued or stayed within 30 days.

 

m.           Inability to Perform .  A Responsible Officer of Seller or Guarantor shall admit its inability to, or its intention not to, perform any of Seller’s Obligations or Guarantor’s obligations hereunder or the Guaranty.

 

n.               Security Interest .  This Agreement shall for any reason cease to create a valid, first priority security interest in any material portion of the Purchased Mortgage Loans or other Repurchase Assets purported to be covered hereby.

 

o.               Financial Statements .  Seller’s or Guarantor’s audited annual financial statements or the notes thereto or other opinions or conclusions stated therein shall be qualified or limited by reference to the status of Seller or Guarantor as a “going concern” or a reference of similar import.

 

p.               Ineligible Loans .  With respect to any Transaction, Buyer determines in the course of its due diligence that the greater (by count) of 5% or twenty (20) of the Mortgage Loans are ineligible for sale to Buyer in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

An Event of Default shall be deemed to be continuing unless expressly waived by Buyer in writing.

 

16.        Remedies Upon Default

 

In the event that an Event of Default shall have occurred:

 

a.               Buyer may, at its option (which option shall be deemed to have been exercised immediately upon the occurrence of an Act of Insolvency of Seller or any Affiliate), declare an Event of Default to have occurred hereunder and, upon the exercise or deemed exercise of such option, the Repurchase Date for each

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

45



 

Transaction hereunder shall, if it has not already occurred, be deemed immediately to occur (except that, in the event that the Purchase Date for any Transaction has not yet occurred as of the date of such exercise or deemed exercise, such Transaction shall be deemed immediately canceled).  Buyer shall (except upon the occurrence of an Act of Insolvency) give notice to Seller and Guarantor of the exercise of such option as promptly as practicable.

 

b.               If Buyer exercises or is deemed to have exercised the option referred to in subparagraph (a) of this Section, (i) Seller’s obligations in such Transactions to repurchase all Purchased Mortgage Loans, at the Repurchase Price therefor on the Repurchase Date determined in accordance with subparagraph (a) of this Section, shall thereupon become immediately due and payable, (ii) all Income paid after such exercise or deemed exercise shall be retained by Buyer and applied, in Buyer’s sole discretion, to the aggregate unpaid Repurchase Prices for all outstanding Transactions and any other amounts owing by Seller hereunder, and (iii) Seller shall immediately deliver to Buyer the Mortgage Files relating to any Purchased Mortgage Loans subject to such Transactions then in Seller’s possession or control.

 

c.                Buyer also shall have the right to obtain physical possession, and to commence an action to obtain physical possession, of all Records and files of Seller relating to the Purchased Mortgage Loans and all documents relating to the Purchased Mortgage Loans (including, without limitation, any legal, credit or servicing files with respect to the Purchased Mortgage Loans) which are then or may thereafter come in to the possession of Seller or any third party acting for Seller.  To obtain physical possession of any Purchased Mortgage Loans held by Custodian, Buyer shall present to Custodian an Asset Confirm.  Without limiting the rights of Buyer hereto to pursue all other legal and equitable rights available to Buyer for Seller’s failure to perform its obligations under this Agreement, Seller acknowledges and agrees that the remedy at law for any failure to perform obligations hereunder would be inadequate and Buyer shall be entitled to specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies in the event of any such failure. The availability of these remedies shall not prohibit Buyer from pursuing any other remedies for such breach, including the recovery of monetary damages.

 

d.               Buyer shall have the right to direct all servicers then servicing any Purchased Mortgage Loans to remit all collections thereon to Buyer, and if any such payments are received by Seller, Seller shall not commingle the amounts received with other funds of Seller and shall promptly pay them over to Buyer.  Buyer shall also have the right to terminate any one or all of the servicers then servicing any Purchased Mortgage Loans with or without cause.  In addition, Buyer shall have the right to immediately sell the Purchased Mortgage Loans and liquidate all Repurchase Assets.  Such disposition of Purchased Mortgage Loans may be, at Buyer’s option, on either a servicing-released or a servicing-retained basis.  Buyer shall not be required to give any warranties as to the Purchased Mortgage Loans with respect to any such disposition thereof.  Buyer may specifically disclaim or

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

46


 

modify any warranties of title or the like relating to the Purchased Mortgage Loans.  The foregoing procedure for disposition of the Purchased Mortgage Loans and liquidation of the Repurchase Assets shall not be considered to adversely affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale thereof.  Seller agrees that it would not be commercially unreasonable for Buyer to dispose of the Purchased Mortgage Loans or the Repurchase Assets or any portion thereof by using Internet sites that provide for the auction of assets similar to the Purchased Mortgage Loans or the Repurchase Assets, or that have the reasonable capability of doing so, or that match buyers and sellers of assets.  Buyer shall be entitled to place the Purchased Mortgage Loans in a pool for issuance of mortgage-backed securities at the then-prevailing price for such securities and to sell such securities for such prevailing price in the open market.  Buyer shall also be entitled to sell any or all of such Mortgage Loans individually for the prevailing price. Buyer shall also be entitled, in its sole discretion to elect, in lieu of selling all or a portion of such Purchased Mortgage Loans, to give Seller credit for such Purchased Mortgage Loans and the Repurchase Assets in an amount equal to the Market Value of the Purchased Mortgage Loans against the aggregate unpaid Repurchase Price and any other amounts owing by Seller hereunder.

 

e.     Upon the happening of one or more Events of Default, Buyer may apply any proceeds from the liquidation of the Purchased Mortgage Loans and Repurchase Assets to the Repurchase Prices hereunder and all other Obligations in the manner Buyer deems appropriate in its sole discretion.

 

f.     Seller shall be liable to Buyer for (i) the amount of all reasonable and customary legal or other expenses (including, without limitation, all costs and expenses of Buyer in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement or any other agreement evidencing a Transaction, whether in action, suit or litigation or bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar proceeding affecting  creditors’ rights generally, further including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel (including the costs of internal counsel of Buyer) incurred in connection with or as a result of an Event of Default, (ii) damages in an amount equal to the cost (including all fees, expenses and commissions) of entering into replacement transactions and entering into or terminating hedge transactions in connection with or as a result of an Event of Default, and (iii) any other loss, damage, cost or expense directly arising or resulting from the occurrence of an Event of Default in respect of a Transaction.

 

g.     To the extent permitted by applicable law, Seller shall be liable to Buyer for interest on any amounts owing by Seller hereunder, from the date Seller becomes liable for such amounts hereunder until such amounts are (i) paid in full by Seller or (ii) satisfied in full by the exercise of Buyer’s rights hereunder.  Interest on any sum payable by Seller under this Section 16(g) shall be at a rate equal to the Post-Default Rate.

 

h.     Buyer shall have, in addition to its rights hereunder, any rights otherwise available to it under any other agreement or applicable law.

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

47



 

i.      Buyer may exercise one or more of the remedies available to Buyer immediately upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and, except to the extent provided in subsections (a) and (d) of this Section, at any time thereafter without notice to Seller.  All rights and remedies arising under this Agreement as amended from time to time hereunder are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights or remedies which Buyer may have.

 

j.      Buyer may enforce its rights and remedies hereunder without prior judicial process or hearing, and Seller hereby expressly waives any defenses Seller might otherwise have to require Buyer to enforce its rights by judicial process.  Seller also waives any defense (other than a defense of payment or performance) Seller might otherwise have arising from the use of nonjudicial process, enforcement and sale of all or any portion of the Repurchase Assets, or from any other election of remedies.  Seller recognizes that nonjudicial remedies are consistent with the usages of the trade, are responsive to commercial necessity and are the result of a bargain at arm’s length.

 

k.     Buyer shall have the right to perform reasonable due diligence with respect to Seller and the Mortgage Loans, which review shall be at the expense of Seller subject to Section 35 hereof.

 

17.  Reports

 

a.     Notices .  Seller or Guarantor shall furnish to Buyer (x) promptly, copies of any material and adverse notices (including, without limitation, notices of defaults, breaches, potential defaults or potential breaches) and any material financial information that is not otherwise required to be provided by Seller or Guarantor hereunder which is given to Seller’s lenders, (y) immediately, notice of the occurrence of any Event of Default hereunder or default or breach by Seller, Guarantor or Servicer of any obligation under any Program Agreement or any material contract or agreement of Seller, Guarantor or Servicer or the occurrence of any event or circumstance that such party reasonably expects has resulted in, or will, with the passage of time, result in, a Material Adverse Effect or an Event of Default or such a default or breach by such party and (z) the following:

 

(1)   as soon as available and in any event within thirty (30) calendar days after the end of each calendar month, the unaudited consolidated balance sheets of Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries and the unaudited balance sheet of Seller, each as at the end of such period and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income for Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries and Seller for such period and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such period, accompanied by a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Guarantor or Seller, as applicable, which certificate shall state that said consolidated financial statements or financial statements, as applicable, fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial condition or financial condition, as applicable, and results of operations of Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries or Seller, as applicable, in accordance with GAAP, consistently

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

48



 

applied, as at the end of, and for, such period (subject to normal year-end adjustments);

 

(2)   as soon as available and in any event within thirty (30) calendar days after the end of each calendar quarter, the unaudited consolidated cash flow statements of Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries and the unaudited cash flow statements of Seller, each as at the end of such period  and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such period, accompanied by a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Guarantor or Seller, as applicable, which certificate shall state that said consolidated financial statements or financial statements, as applicable, fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial condition or financial condition, as applicable, and results of operations of Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries or Seller, as applicable, in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, as at the end of, and for, such period (subject to normal year-end adjustments);

 

(3)   as soon as available and in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of Guarantor and Seller, the consolidated balance sheets of Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries and the balance sheet of Seller, each as at the end of such fiscal year and the related consolidated statements of income and retained earnings and of cash flows for Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries and Seller for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, accompanied by an opinion thereon of independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing, which opinion and the scope of audit shall be acceptable to Buyer in its sole discretion, shall have no “going concern” qualification and shall state that said consolidated financial statements or financial statements, as applicable, fairly present the consolidated financial condition or financial condition, as applicable, and results of operations of Guarantor and its respective consolidated Subsidiaries or Seller, as applicable, as at the end of, and for, such fiscal year in accordance with GAAP;

 

(4)   such other prepared statements that Buyer may reasonably request;

 

(5)   if applicable, copies of any 10-Ks, 10-Qs, registration statements and other “ corporate finance ” SEC filings (other than 8-Ks) by Guarantor, Seller or any Affiliate, within 5 Business Days of their filing with the SEC; provided, that, Guarantor, Seller or any Affiliate will provide Buyer and Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation with a copy of the annual 10-K filed with the SEC by Guarantor, Seller or their Affiliates, no later than 90 days after the end of the year;

 

(6)   as soon as available, and in any event within thirty (30) days of receipt, copies of relevant portions of all final written Agency, FHA, VA, Governmental Authority and investor audits, examinations, evaluations, monitoring reviews and reports of its operations (including those prepared on a

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

49



 

contract basis) which provide for or relate to (i) material corrective action required, (ii) material sanctions proposed, imposed or required, including without limitation notices of defaults, notices of termination of approved status, notices of imposition of supervisory agreements or interim servicing agreements, and notices of probation, suspension, or non-renewal, or (iii) “report cards,” “grades” or other classifications of the quality of Seller’s operations;

 

(7)   from time to time such other information regarding the financial condition, operations, or business of Seller or Guarantor as Buyer may reasonably request;

 

(8)   as soon as reasonably possible, and in any event within thirty (30) days after a Responsible Officer of Seller or Guarantor has knowledge of the occurrence of any Event of Termination, stating the particulars of such Event of Termination in reasonable detail;

 

(9)   As soon as reasonably possible, notice of any of the following events:

 

(a)   change in the insurance coverage required of Seller, Servicer or any other Person pursuant to any Program Agreement, with a copy of evidence of same attached;

 

(b)   any material dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension between Seller or Servicer, on the one hand, and any Governmental Authority or any Person;

 

(c)   any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices of Seller or Servicer;

 

(d)   with respect to any Purchased Mortgage Loan, immediately upon receipt of notice or knowledge thereof, that the underlying Mortgaged Property has been damaged by waste, fire, earthquake or earth movement, windstorm, flood, tornado or other casualty, or otherwise damaged so as to affect adversely the value of such Mortgaged Loan;

 

(e)   any material issues raised upon examination of Seller or Seller’s facilities by any Governmental Authority;

 

(f)    any material change in the Indebtedness of Seller, including, without limitation, any default, renewal, non-renewal, termination, increase in available amount or decrease in available amount related thereto;

 

(g)   promptly upon receipt of notice or knowledge of (i) any default related to any Repurchase Asset, (ii) any lien or security interest (other than security interests created hereby or by the other Program Agreements) on, or claim asserted against, any of the Purchased Mortgage Loans;

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

50



 

(h)   a summary of the portfolio performance on a rolling monthly period, commencing on the calendar quarter following the date hereof, stratified by percentage repurchase demands for: representation breaches, missing document breaches, repurchases due to fraud, early payment default requests, summarized on the basis of (a) pending repurchase demands (including weighted average duration of outstanding request), (b) satisfied repurchase demands, (c) total repurchase demands;

 

(i)    any other event, circumstance or condition that has resulted, or has a possibility of resulting, in a Material Adverse Effect with respect to Seller or Servicer; and

 

(j)    the occurrence of any material employment dispute and a description of the strategy for resolving it that has the possibility of resulting in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

b.     Officer’s Certificates .  Seller will furnish to Buyer, at the time Seller furnishes each set of financial statements pursuant to Section 17(a)(1), (2) and (3) above, a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Seller in the form of Exhibit D hereto.

 

c.     Mortgage Loan Reports .  Within 10 days of the end of each calendar month, Seller will furnish to Buyer monthly electronic Mortgage Loan performance data, including, without limitation, delinquency reports and volume information and responses thereto, broken down by product ( i.e., delinquency, foreclosure and net charge-off reports).

 

d.     Asset Tape .  Seller shall provide to Buyer, electronically, in a format mutually acceptable to Buyer and Seller, an Asset Tape by no later than the Reporting Date.

 

e.     Quality Control Reports .  Periodic internal quality control reports and internal audit reports as they are distributed to the board of directors of Seller or Guarantor.

 

f.     Other . Seller shall deliver to Buyer any other reports or information reasonably requested by Buyer or as otherwise required pursuant to this Agreement.

 

18.  Repurchase Transactions

 

Buyer may, in its sole election, engage in repurchase transactions with the Purchased Mortgage Loans or otherwise pledge, hypothecate, assign, transfer or otherwise convey the Purchased Mortgage Loans with a counterparty of Buyer’s choice.  Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred, no such transaction shall relieve Buyer of its obligations to transfer Purchased Mortgage Loans to Seller pursuant to Section 4 hereof, or of Buyer’s obligation to credit or pay Income to, or apply Income to the obligations of, Seller pursuant to Section 7 hereof.  In the event Buyer engages in a repurchase transaction with any of the Purchased Mortgage Loans or otherwise pledges or hypothecates any of the Purchased Mortgage Loans, Buyer shall have the right to assign to Buyer’s counterparty any of the applicable

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

51



 

representations or warranties herein and the remedies for breach thereof, as they relate to the Purchased Mortgage Loans that are subject to such repurchase transaction.

 

19.  Single Agreement

 

Buyer and Seller acknowledge that, and have entered hereunto, and will enter into each Transaction hereunder, in consideration of and in reliance upon the fact that, all Transactions hereunder constitute a single business and contractual relationship and have been made in consideration of each other.  Accordingly, each of Buyer and Seller agrees (i) to perform all of its obligations in respect of each Transaction hereunder, and that a default in the performance of any such obligations shall constitute a default by it in respect of all Transactions hereunder, (ii) that each of them shall be entitled to set-off claims and apply property held by them in respect of any Transaction against obligations owing to them in respect of any other Transactions hereunder and (iii) that payments, deliveries and other transfers made by either of them in respect of any Transaction shall be deemed to have been made in consideration of payments, deliveries and other transfers in respect of any other Transactions hereunder, and the obligations to make any such payments, deliveries and other transfers may be applied against each other and netted.

 

20.  Notices and Other Communications

 

Any and all notices (with the exception of Transaction Requests or Purchase Confirmations, which shall be delivered via facsimile only), statements, demands or other communications hereunder may be given by a party to the other by mail, email, facsimile, messenger or otherwise to the address specified below, or so sent to such party at any other place specified in a notice of change of address hereafter received by the other.  All notices, demands and requests hereunder may be made orally, to be confirmed promptly in writing, or by other communication as specified in the preceding sentence.

 

If to Seller or Guarantor:

 

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC

27001 Agoura Road

Calabasas, CA 91301

Attention: David M. Walker/Michael Wong

Phone Number: (818) 224-7053/(818) 224-7055

E-mail: david.walker@pnmac.com; michael.wong@pnmac.com

 

with a copy to:

 

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC

27001 Agoura Road

Calabasas, CA 91301

Attention: Jeff Grogin

Phone Number: (818) 224-7050

E-mail: jeff.grogin@pnmac.com

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

52



 

If to Buyer:

 

For Transaction Requests and Purchase Confirmations :

 

Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC

c/o Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

One Madison Avenue, 2 nd  Floor

New York, NY 10010

Attention: Anthony Ricciardi, Mortgage Operations

 

For all other Notices :

 

Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC

c/o Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

One Madison Avenue, 9 th  Floor

New York, NY 10010

Attention: Legal Department—RMBS Warehouse Lending

 

and:

 

Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC
c/o Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
Eleven Madison Avenue, 4
th  Floor
New York, NY 10010
Attention: Bruce Kaiserman

 

21.  Entire Agreement; Severability

 

This Agreement shall supersede any existing agreements between the parties containing general terms and conditions for repurchase transactions.  Each provision and agreement herein shall be treated as separate and independent from any other provision or agreement herein and shall be enforceable notwithstanding the unenforceability of any such other provision or agreement.

 

22.  Non assignability

 

The Program Agreements are not assignable by Seller or Guarantor.  Buyer may from time to time assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the Program Agreements; provided , however that Buyer shall maintain as agent of Seller, for review by Seller upon written request, a register of assignees and a copy of an executed assignment and acceptance by Buyer and assignee (“ Assignment and Acceptance ”), specifying the percentage or portion of such rights and obligations assigned.  Upon such assignment, (a) such assignee shall be a party hereto and to each Program Agreement to the extent of the percentage or portion set forth in the Assignment and Acceptance, and shall succeed to the applicable rights and obligations of Buyer hereunder, and (b) Buyer shall, to the extent that such rights and obligations have been so assigned by it to either (i) an Affiliate of Buyer which assumes the obligations of Buyer or (ii) to another Person approved by Seller (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) which assumes the obligations of Buyer, be released from its obligations hereunder

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

53



 

and under the Program Agreements.  Unless otherwise stated in the Assignment and Acceptance, Seller shall continue to take directions solely from Buyer unless otherwise notified by Buyer in writing.  Buyer may distribute to any prospective assignee any document or other information delivered to Buyer by Seller.

 

23.  Set-off

 

In addition to any rights and remedies of Buyer hereunder and by law, Buyer shall have the right, without prior notice to Seller or Guarantor, any such notice being expressly waived by Seller and Guarantor to the extent permitted by applicable law to set-off and appropriate and apply against any Obligation from Seller, Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof to Buyer or any of its Affiliates any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other obligation (including to return excess margin), credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by or due from Buyer or any Affiliate thereof to or for the credit or the account of Seller, Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof.  Buyer agrees promptly to notify Seller or Guarantor after any such set off and application made by Buyer; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set off and application.

 

24.  Binding Effect; Governing Law; Jurisdiction

 

a.     This Agreement shall be binding and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  Seller acknowledges that the obligations of Buyer hereunder or otherwise are not the subject of any guaranty by, or recourse to, any direct or indirect parent or other Affiliate of Buyer.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND GOVERNED BY, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

 

b.     EACH OF SELLER AND GUARANTOR HEREBY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY.  EACH OF SELLER AND GUARANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY COURT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE PROGRAM AGREEMENTS IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING.  EACH OF SELLER AND GUARANTOR HEREBY SUBMITS TO, AND WAIVES ANY OBJECTION IT MAY HAVE TO, EXCLUSIVE PERSONAL JURISDICTION AND VENUE IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WITH RESPECT TO ANY DISPUTES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE PROGRAM AGREEMENTS.

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

54



 

25.  No Waivers, Etc.

 

No express or implied waiver of any Event of Default by either party shall constitute a waiver of any other Event of Default and no exercise of any remedy hereunder by any party shall constitute a waiver of its right to exercise any other remedy hereunder.  No modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement and no consent by any party to a departure herefrom shall be effective unless and until such shall be in writing and duly executed by both of the parties hereto.  Without limitation on any of the foregoing, the failure to give a notice pursuant to Section 6(a), 16(a) or otherwise, will not constitute a waiver of any right to do so at a later date.

 

26.  Intent

 

a.     The parties recognize that each Transaction is a “ repurchase agreement ” as that term is defined in Section 101 of Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended and a “ securities contract ” as that term is defined in Section 741 of Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended and that all payments hereunder are deemed “ margin payments ” or “ settlement payments ” as defined in Title 11 of the United States Code.

 

b.     It is understood that either party’s right to liquidate Purchased Mortgage Loans delivered to it in connection with Transactions hereunder or to exercise any other remedies pursuant to Section 16 hereof is a contractual right to liquidate such Transaction as described in Sections 555 and 559 of Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended.

 

c.     The parties agree and acknowledge that if a party hereto is an “ insured depository institution ,” as such term is defined in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended (“ FDIA ”), then each Transaction hereunder is a “ qualified financial contract ,” as that term is defined in FDIA and any rules, orders or policy statements thereunder (except insofar as the type of assets subject to such Transaction would render such definition inapplicable).

 

d.     It is understood that this Agreement constitutes a “ netting contract ” as defined in and subject to Title IV of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“ FDICIA ”) and each payment entitlement and payment obligation under any Transaction hereunder shall constitute a “ covered contractual payment entitlement ” or “ covered contractual payment obligation ”, respectively, as defined in and subject to FDICIA (except insofar as one or both of the parties is not a “ financial institution ” as that term is defined in FDICIA).

 

e.     This Agreement is intended to be a “repurchase agreement” and a “securities contract,” within the meaning of Section 555 and Section 559 under the Bankruptcy Code.

 

27.  Disclosure Relating to Certain Federal Protections

 

The parties acknowledge that they have been advised that:

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

55



 

a.     in the case of Transactions in which one of the parties is a broker or dealer registered with the SEC under Section 15 of the 1934 Act, the Securities Investor Protection Corporation has taken the position that the provisions of the SIPA do not protect the other party with respect to any Transaction hereunder;

 

b.     in the case of Transactions in which one of the parties is a government securities broker or a government securities dealer registered with the SEC under Section 15C of the 1934 Act, SIPA will not provide protection to the other party with respect to any Transaction hereunder; and

 

c.     in the case of Transactions in which one of the parties is a financial institution, funds held by the financial institution pursuant to a Transaction hereunder are not a deposit and therefore are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or the National Credit Union Share Insurance Fund, as applicable.

 

28.  Power of Attorney

 

Seller hereby authorizes Buyer to file such financing statement or statements relating to the Repurchase Assets without Seller’s signature thereon as Buyer, at its option, may deem appropriate.  Seller hereby appoints Buyer as Seller’s agent and attorney-in-fact to execute any such financing statement or statements in Seller’s name and to perform all other acts which Buyer deems appropriate to perfect and continue its ownership interest in and/or the security interest granted hereby, if applicable, and to protect, preserve and realize upon the Repurchase Assets, including, but not limited to, the right to endorse notes, complete blanks in documents, transfer servicing, and sign assignments on behalf of Seller as its agent and attorney-in-fact.  This agency and power of attorney is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable without Buyer’s consent.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the power of attorney hereby granted may be exercised only during the occurrence and continuance of any Default hereunder. Seller shall pay the filing costs for any financing statement or statements prepared pursuant to this Section 28.  In addition the foregoing, Seller agrees to execute a power of attorney in the form of Exhibit E hereto (the “ Power of Attorney ”), to be delivered on the date hereof.

 

29.  Buyer May Act Through Affiliates

 

Buyer may, from time to time, designate one or more affiliates for the purpose of performing any action hereunder.

 

30.  Indemnification; Obligations

 

a.     Each of Seller and Guarantor agrees to hold Buyer and each of its respective Affiliates and their officers, directors, employees, agents and advisors (each, an “ Indemnified Party ”) harmless from and indemnify each Indemnified Party (and will reimburse each Indemnified Party as the same is incurred) against all liabilities, losses, damages, judgments, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) of any kind which may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against any Indemnified Party relating to or arising out of this Agreement, any Transaction Request, Purchase Confirmation, any Program Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

56


 

resulting from anything other than the Indemnified Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.  Each of Seller and Guarantor also agrees to reimburse each Indemnified Party for all reasonable expenses in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement and the exercise of any right or remedy provided for herein, any Transaction Request, Purchase Confirmation and any Program Agreement, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel.  Seller’s and Guarantor’s agreements in this Section 30 shall survive the payment in full of the Repurchase Price and the expiration or termination of this Agreement.  Each of Seller and Guarantor hereby acknowledges that its obligations hereunder are recourse obligations of Seller and Guarantor and are not limited to recoveries each Indemnified Party may have with respect to the Purchased Mortgage Loans.  Each of Seller and Guarantor also agrees not to assert any claim against Buyer or any of its Affiliates, or any of their respective officers, directors, employees, attorneys and agents, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages arising out of or otherwise relating to the facility established hereunder, the actual or proposed use of the proceeds of the Transactions, this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated thereby.  THE FOREGOING INDEMNITY AND AGREEMENT NOT TO ASSERT CLAIMS EXPRESSLY APPLIES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, TO THE NEGLIGENCE (BUT NOT GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT) OF THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES.

 

b.     Without limitation to the provisions of Section 4, if any payment of the Repurchase Price of any Transaction is made by Seller other than on the then scheduled Repurchase Date thereto as a result of an acceleration of the Repurchase Date pursuant to Section 16 or for any other reason, Seller shall, upon demand by Buyer, pay to Buyer an amount sufficient to compensate Buyer for any losses, costs or expenses that it may reasonably incur as of a result of such payment.

 

c.     Without limiting the provisions of Section 30(a) hereof, if Seller fails to pay when due any costs, expenses or other amounts payable by it under this Agreement, including, without limitation, fees and expenses of counsel and indemnities, such amount may be paid on behalf of Seller by Buyer, in its sole discretion.

 

31.  Counterparts

 

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

32.  Confidentiality

 

This Agreement and its terms, provisions, supplements and amendments, and notices hereunder, are proprietary to Buyer and Agent or Seller and Guarantor, as applicable and shall be held by each party hereto, as applicable in strict confidence and shall not be disclosed to

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

57



 

any third party without the written consent of Buyer, Seller or Guarantor, as applicable, except for (i) disclosure to Buyer’s, Seller’s or Guarantor’s direct and indirect Affiliates and Subsidiaries, attorneys or accountants, but only to the extent such disclosure is necessary and such parties agree to hold all information in strict confidence, or (ii)  disclosure required by law, rule, regulation or order of a court or other regulatory body.  Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Program Agreement, the parties hereto may disclose to any and all Persons, without limitation of any kind, the federal, state and local tax treatment of the Transactions, any fact relevant to understanding the federal, state and local tax treatment of the Transactions, and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) relating to such federal, state and local tax treatment and that may be relevant to understanding such tax treatment; provided that Seller may not disclose the name of or identifying information with respect to Buyer or Agent or any pricing terms (including, without limitation, the Pricing Rate, Commitment Fee, Purchase Price Percentage and Purchase Price) or other nonpublic business or financial information (including any sublimits and financial covenants) that is unrelated to the federal, state and local tax treatment of the Transactions and is not relevant to understanding the federal, state and local tax treatment of the Transactions, without the prior written consent of Buyer.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Seller shall comply with all applicable local, state and federal laws, including, without limitation, all privacy and data protection law, rules and regulations that are applicable to the Purchased Assets and/or any applicable terms of this Agreement (the “ Confidential Information ”).  Seller understands that the Confidential Information may contain “nonpublic personal information”, as that term is defined in Section 509(4) of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (the “ Act ”), and Seller agrees to maintain such nonpublic personal information that it receives hereunder in accordance with the Act and other applicable federal and state privacy laws.  Seller shall implement such physical and other security measures as shall be necessary to (a) ensure the security and confidentiality of the “nonpublic personal information” of the “customers” and “consumers” (as those terms are defined in the Act) of Buyer or any Affiliate of Buyer which Buyer holds (b) protect against any threats or hazards to the security and integrity of such nonpublic personal information, and (c) protect against any unauthorized access to or use of such nonpublic personal information. Seller represents and warrants that it has implemented appropriate measures to meet the objectives of Section 501(b) of the Act and of the applicable standards adopted pursuant thereto, as now or hereafter in effect.  Upon request, Seller will provide evidence reasonably satisfactory to allow Buyer to confirm that the providing party has satisfied its obligations as required under this Section.  Without limitation, this may include Buyer’s review of audits, summaries of test results, and other equivalent evaluations of Seller.  Seller shall notify the other party immediately following discovery of any breach or compromise of the security, confidentiality, or integrity of nonpublic personal information of the customers and consumers of Buyer or any Affiliate of Buyer provided directly to Seller by Buyer or such Affiliate.  Seller shall provide such notice to Buyer by personal delivery, by facsimile with confirmation of receipt, or by overnight courier with confirmation of receipt to the applicable requesting individual.

 

33.  Recording of Communications

 

Buyer, Seller and Guarantor shall have the right (but not the obligation) from time to time to make or cause to be made tape recordings of communications between its employees

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

58



 

and those of the other party with respect to Transactions.  Buyer, Seller and Guarantor consent to the admissibility of such tape recordings in any court, arbitration, or other proceedings.  The parties agree that a duly authenticated transcript of such a tape recording shall be deemed to be a writing conclusively evidencing the parties’ agreement.

 

34.  Commitment Fee

 

No later than the date hereof, Seller shall pay in immediately available funds to Buyer a non-refundable Commitment Fee in the amount set forth in the fee schedule attached hereto as Annex I. Such payment shall be made in Dollars, in immediately available funds, without deduction, set-off or counterclaim, to Buyer at such account designated by Buyer.

 

35.  Periodic Due Diligence Review

 

Seller acknowledges that Buyer has the right to perform continuing due diligence reviews with respect to Seller and the Mortgage Loans, for purposes of verifying compliance with the representations, warranties and specifications made hereunder, or otherwise, and Seller agrees that upon reasonable (but no less than one (1) Business Day’s) prior notice unless an Event of Default shall have occurred, in which case no notice is required, to Seller, Buyer or its authorized representatives will be permitted during normal business hours to examine, inspect, and make copies and extracts of, the Mortgage Files and any and all documents, records, agreements, instruments or information relating to such Mortgage Loans in the possession or under the control of Seller and/or Custodian.  Seller also shall make available to Buyer a knowledgeable financial or accounting officer for the purpose of answering questions respecting the Mortgage Files and the Mortgage Loans.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Seller acknowledges that Buyer may purchase Mortgage Loans from Seller based solely upon the information provided by Seller to Buyer in the Mortgage Loan Schedule and the representations, warranties and covenants contained herein, and that Buyer, at its option, has the right at any time to conduct a partial or complete due diligence review on some or all of the Mortgage Loans purchased in a Transaction, including, without limitation, ordering Broker’s price opinions, new credit reports and new appraisals on the related Mortgaged Properties and otherwise re-generating the information used to originate such Mortgage Loan.  Buyer may underwrite such Mortgage Loans itself or engage a mutually agreed upon third party underwriter to perform such underwriting.  Seller agrees to cooperate with Buyer and any third party underwriter in connection with such underwriting, including, but not limited to, providing Buyer and any third party underwriter with access to any and all documents, records, agreements, instruments or information relating to such Mortgage Loans in the possession, or under the control, of Seller.  Seller further agrees that Seller shall pay all out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Buyer in connection with Buyer’s activities pursuant to this Section 35 (“ Due Diligence Costs ”); provided , that such Due Diligence Costs shall not exceed the Due Diligence Cap per calendar year unless a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, in which event Buyer shall have the right to perform due diligence, at the sole expense of Seller without regard to the dollar limitation set forth herein.

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

59



 

36.  Authorizations

 

Any of the persons whose signatures and titles appear on Schedule 2 are authorized, acting singly, to act for Seller or Buyer, as the case may be, under this Agreement.

 

37.  Acknowledgement Of Anti-Predatory Lending Policies

 

Buyer has in place internal policies and procedures that expressly prohibit its purchase of any High Cost Mortgage Loan.

 

38.  Documents Mutually Drafted

 

Seller and Buyer agree that this Agreement and each other Program Agreement prepared in connection with the Transactions set forth herein have been mutually drafted and negotiated by each party, and consequently such documents shall not be construed against either party as the drafter thereof.

 

39.  General Interpretive Principles

 

For purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

 

a.     the terms defined in this Agreement have the meanings assigned to them in this Agreement and include the plural as well as the singular, and the use of any gender herein shall be deemed to include the other gender;

 

b.     accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c.     references herein to “Articles”, “Sections”, “Subsections”, “Paragraphs”, and other subdivisions without reference to a document are to designated Articles, Sections, Subsections, Paragraphs and other subdivisions of this Agreement;

 

d.     a reference to a Subsection without further reference to a Section is a reference to such Subsection as contained in the same Section in which the reference appears, and this rule shall also apply to Paragraphs and other subdivisions;

 

e.     the words “herein”, “hereof”, “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision;

 

f.     the term “include” or “including” shall mean without limitation by reason of enumeration;

 

g.     all times specified herein or in any other Program Agreement  (unless expressly specified otherwise) are local times in New York, New York unless otherwise stated; and

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

60



 

h.     all references herein or in any Program Agreement to “good faith” means good faith as defined in Section 1-201(19) of the UCC as in effect in the State of New York.

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

61



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused their names to be signed hereto by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

Buyer:

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON
MORTGAGE CAPITAL LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adam Loskove

 

 

Name:

A.Adam Loskove

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

Seller:

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David M. Walker

 

 

Name:

David M. Walker

 

 

Title:

Vice President, Credit

 

 

 

 

Guarantor:

PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE
ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David M. Walker

 

 

Name:

David M. Walker

 

 

Title:

Chief Credit Officer

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 




Exhibit 10.25

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Certain portions of this document have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and, where applicable, have been marked with “[***]” to indicate where omissions have been made. The confidential material has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

Amendment No. 1, dated as of November 20, 2009 (this “ Amendment ”), by and among CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON MORTGAGE CAPITAL LLC (“ Buyer ”), PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC (“ Seller ”), and PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC (“ Guarantor ”).

 

RECITALS

 

Buyer, Seller and Guarantor are parties to that certain Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2009 (the “ Existing Repurchase Agreement ”; as amended by this Amendment, the “ Repurchase Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Existing Repurchase Agreement.

 

Buyer, Seller and Guarantor have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment, that the Existing Repurchase Agreement be amended to reflect certain agreed upon revisions to the terms of the Existing Repurchase Agreement.

 

Accordingly, Buyer, Seller and Guarantor hereby agree, in consideration of the mutual premises and mutual obligations set forth herein, that the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

SECTION 1. Definitions . Section 2 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the definition of “Affiliate” in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any “affiliate” of such Person, as such term is defined in the Bankruptcy Code; provided , however , that in respect of Borrower or Guarantor the term “Affiliate” shall not include BlackRock, Inc. or Highfields Capital Investment LLC.

 

SECTION 2. Covenants . Section 14 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting paragraph o. in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

o.             Underwriting Guidelines .    Without the prior written consent of Buyer, Seller shall not amend or otherwise modify the Underwriting Guidelines in any material respect. Without limiting the foregoing, in the event that Seller makes any amendment or modification to the Underwriting Guidelines, Seller shall promptly deliver to Buyer a complete copy of the amended or modified Underwriting Guidelines, specifying in detail the amendments and modifications set forth therein from the previous copy delivered.

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 



 

SECTION 3. Covenants . Section 14 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting paragraph ff. in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

ff.            Additional Warehouse Line . On or after December 31, 2009, Seller shall maintain one or more additional warehouse or repurchase facilities in order to finance mortgage loans in an aggregate amount at least equal to the Maximum Committed Purchase Price.

 

SECTION 4. Exhibits . Exhibit D-1 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the paragraph with the heading “ Additional Warehouse Line .” in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

Additional Warehouse Line . On or after December 31, 2009, Seller has maintained one or more additional warehouse or repurchase facilities in order to finance mortgage loans in an aggregate amount at least equal to the Maximum Committed Purchase Price.

 

SECTION 5. Conditions Precedent . This Amendment shall become effective on November 20, 2009 (the “ Amendment Effective Date ”) subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

5.1          Delivered Documents . On the Amendment Effective Date, Buyer shall have received the following documents, each of which shall be satisfactory to Buyer in form and substance:

 

(a)           this Amendment, executed and delivered by duly authorized officers of Buyer, Seller and Guarantor; and

 

(b)           such other documents as Buyer or counsel to Buyer may reasonably request.

 

SECTION 6. Representations and Warranties . Each of Seller and Guarantor hereby represents and warrants to Buyer that, except as otherwise waived in writing by Buyer, it is in compliance in all material respects with all the terms and provisions set forth in the Existing Repurchase Agreement on its part to be observed or performed, and that no Event of Default has occurred or is continuing, and hereby confirms and reaffirms the representations and warranties contained in Section 13 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement.

 

SECTION 7. Confidentiality . Each of Buyer, Seller and Guarantor acknowledges that this Amendment, the Existing Repurchase Agreement, and all drafts thereof, documents relating thereto and transactions contemplated thereby are confidential in nature and agrees that, unless otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction, it shall limit the distribution of such documents and the discussion of such transactions to such of its officers, employees, attorneys, accountants and agents as is required in order to fulfill its obligations under such documents and with respect to such transactions.

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2



 

SECTION 8. Limited Effect . Except as expressly amended and modified by this Amendment, the Existing Repurchase Agreement shall continue to be, and shall remain, in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. The execution of this Amendment by the Buyer shall not operate as a waiver of any of its rights, powers or privileges under the Repurchase Agreement including without limitation any future breaches of, or Defaults under, the Repurchase Agreement.

 

SECTION 9. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

 

SECTION 10. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts and by different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which, when so executed, shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

SECTION 11. Conflicts . The parties hereto agree that in the event there is any conflict between the terms of this Amendment, and the terms of the Existing Repurchase Agreement, the provisions of this Amendment shall control.

 

SECTION 12. Reaffirmation of Guaranty . Guarantor hereby ratifies and affirms all of the terms, covenants, conditions and obligations of the Guaranty and acknowledges and agrees that such Guaranty shall apply to all of the Obligations under the Repurchase Agreement, as it may be amended, modified and in effect, from time to time.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused their names to be signed hereto by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

Buyer:   CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON MORTGAGE CAPITAL LLC,

 

as Buyer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ A. Adam Loskove

 

 

Name:

A. Adam Loskove

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

Seller:   PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC,

 

as Seller

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantor: PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC,

 

as Seller

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to the Master Repurchase Agreement

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused their names to be signed hereto by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

Buyer: CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON MORTGAGE CAPITAL LLC,

 

as Buyer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Seller: PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC,

 

as Seller

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David M. Walker

 

 

Name:

David M. Walker

 

 

Title:

Cheif Credit Officer

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantor: PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC,

 

as Seller

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David M. Walker

 

 

Name:

David M. Walker

 

 

Title:

Cheif Credit Officer

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to the Master Repurchase Agreement

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 


 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

Amendment No. 2, dated as of May 6, 2010 (this “ Amendment ”), among CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON MORTGAGE CAPITAL LLC (the “ Buyer ”), PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC (the “ Seller ”) and PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC (the “ Guarantor ”).

 

RECITALS

 

The Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor are parties to that certain Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2009 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of November 20, 2009 the “ Existing Repurchase Agreement ”; and as further amended by this Amendment, the “ Repurchase Agreement ”). The Guarantor is party to that certain Guaranty (the “ Guaranty ”), dated as of August 14, 2009, as the same may be further amended from time to time, by the Guarantor in favor of Buyer. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Existing Repurchase Agreement and Guaranty, as applicable.

 

The Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment, that the Existing Repurchase Agreement be amended to reflect certain agreed upon revisions to the terms of the Existing Repurchase Agreement. As a condition precedent to amending the Existing Repurchase Agreement, the Buyer has required the Guarantor to ratify and affirm the Guaranty on the date hereof.

 

Accordingly, the Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor hereby agree, in consideration of the mutual promises and mutual obligations set forth herein, that the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

SECTION 1. Definitions . Section 1 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following defined terms in their proper alphabetical order:

 

Correspondent Loan ” means a Mortgage Loan which is (i) originated by a Correspondent Seller and underwritten in accordance with the Underwriting Guidelines and (ii) acquired by the Seller from a Correspondent Seller in the ordinary course of business, for sale to the Buyer pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Correspondent Seller ” means a mortgage loan originator that sells Mortgage Loans originated by it to Seller as a “correspondent” client.

 

Correspondent Release ” means, with respect to any Correspondent Loan, a release by any third party lender that has a secured interest in the Correspondent Loan of all right, title and interest, including any such security interest, in such Correspondent Loan. The form of such Correspondent Release shall be mutually acceptable to the Buyer and Seller.

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 



 

SECTION 2. Program; Initiation of Transactions . Section 3(a) of the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the first sentence thereof and replacing it with the following:

 

“From time to time, Buyer will purchase from Seller certain Mortgage Loans that have either been originated by Seller or purchased by Seller from a Correspondent Seller.”

 

SECTION 3. Conditions Precedent to all Transactions . Section 10(b)(2) of the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by adding thereto the following subclause (c) and subclause (d):

 

“(c)         With respect to each Correspondent Loan in which a third party lender has a secured interest, Buyer shall have received a Correspondent Release for such Purchased Mortgage Loan that is duly executed and delivered by such third party lender on or prior to the Purchase Date.”

 

“(d)         With respect to each Correspondent Loan, the related Correspondent Seller shall either be identified on Schedule 6 to the most recent Officer’s Certificate or otherwise approved by Buyer on or prior to the Purchase Date, and in either case Seller shall not have received notice from Buyer that such Correspondent Seller is no longer approved.”

 

SECTION 4. Mortgage Loan Representations . Schedule 1(bb) of the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

“(bb) Origination; Collection Practices; Escrow Deposits; Interest Rate Adjustments . Each Mortgage Loan was originated by Seller or a Correspondent Seller. The origination and collection practices used by Seller or Correspondent Seller as originator, each servicer of the Mortgage Loan and Seller with respect to the Mortgage Loan have been in all respects in compliance with Accepted Servicing Practices, applicable laws and regulations, and have been in all respects legal and proper. With respect to escrow deposits and Escrow Payments, all such payments are in the possession of, or under the control of, Seller and there exist no deficiencies in connection therewith for which customary arrangements for repayment thereof have not been made. All Escrow Payments have been collected in full compliance with state and federal law. An escrow of funds is not prohibited by applicable law and has been established in an amount sufficient to pay for every item that remains unpaid and has been assessed but is not yet due and payable. No escrow deposits or Escrow Payments or other charges or payments due Seller or a Correspondent Seller have been capitalized under the Mortgage or the Mortgage Note. All Mortgage Interest Rate adjustments have been made in strict compliance with state and federal law and the terms of the related Mortgage Note. Any interest required to be paid pursuant to state, federal and local law has been properly paid and credited.”

 

SECTION 5. Financial Officer’s Certificate . Exhibit D of the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended:

 

5.1            by deleting the paragraph with the heading “Originations” in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2



 

Originations . Attached hereto as Schedule 4 is a true and correct summary of all Purchased Mortgage Loans originated by Seller or acquired by Seller from Correspondent Sellers during the calendar quarter ending on [DATE].”; and

 

5.2            by adding a paragraph with the heading “Correspondent Sellers” that reads as follows:

 

Correspondent Sellers . Attached hereto as Schedule 6 is a list of all Correspondent Sellers from which Seller acquires Mortgage Loans in the ordinary course of business.”

 

SECTION 6. Conditions Precedent . This Amendment shall become effective as of the date hereof (the “ Amendment Effective Date ”), subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

6.1            Delivered Documents . On the Amendment Effective Date, the Buyer shall have received the following documents, each of which shall be satisfactory to the Buyer in form and substance:

 

(a)             this Amendment, executed and delivered by duly authorized officers of the Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor; and

 

(b)             such other documents as the Buyer or counsel to the Buyer may reasonably request.

 

6.2            Payment of Attorneys’ Fees . On the Amendment Effective Date, the Seller shall have paid $1,500 in attorneys’ fees to Buyer’s counsel either by payment or by authorized debit in connection with this Amendment.

 

SECTION 7. Representations and Warranties . Seller hereby represents and warrants to the Buyer that it is in compliance with all the terms and provisions set forth in the Existing Repurchase Agreement on its part to be observed or performed, and that no Event of Default has occurred or is continuing, and hereby confirms and reaffirms the representations and warranties contained in Section 13 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement.

 

SECTION 8. Limited Effect . Except as expressly amended and modified by this Amendment, the Existing Repurchase Agreement shall continue to be, and shall remain, in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and the execution of this Amendment by the Buyer.

 

SECTION 9. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed by each of the parties hereto on any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

SECTION 10. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE CHOICE OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF.

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

3



 

SECTION 11. Reaffirmation of Guaranty . The Guarantor hereby ratifies and affirms all of the terms, covenants, conditions and obligations of the Guaranty and acknowledges and agrees that the term “Obligations” as used in the Guaranty shall apply to all of the Obligations of Seller to Buyer under the Repurchase Agreement, as amended hereby.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

4



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused their names to be signed hereto by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

Buyer:

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON MORTGAGE CAPITAL LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ A. Adam Loskove

 

 

Name:

A. Adam Loskove

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Seller:

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David M. Walker

 

 

Name:

David M. Walker

 

 

Title:

Vice President, Credit

 

 

 

 

Guarantor:

PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE

ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David M. Walker

 

 

Name:

David M. Walker

 

 

Title:

Chief Credit Officer

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 


 

AMENDMENT NO. 3
TO MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

Amendment No. 3, dated as of July 14, 2010 (this “ Amendment ”), among CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON MORTGAGE CAPITAL LLC (the “ Buyer ”), PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC (the “ Seller ”) and PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC (the “ Guarantor ”).

 

RECITALS

 

The Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor are parties to that certain Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2009 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of November 20, 2009 and Amendment No. 2 to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of May 6, 2010, collectively, the “ Existing Repurchase Agreement ”; and as further amended by this Amendment, the “ Repurchase Agreement ”).  The Guarantor is party to that certain Guaranty (the “ Guaranty ”), dated as of August 14, 2009, as the same may be further amended from time to time, by the Guarantor in favor of Buyer.  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Existing Repurchase Agreement and Guaranty, as applicable.

 

The Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment, that the Existing Repurchase Agreement be amended to reflect certain agreed upon revisions to the terms of the Existing Repurchase Agreement.  As a condition precedent to amending the Existing Repurchase Agreement, the Buyer has required the Guarantor to ratify and affirm the Guaranty on the date hereof.

 

Accordingly, the Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor hereby agree, in consideration of the mutual promises and mutual obligations set forth herein, that the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

SECTION 1.                             Definitions .  Section 2 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

1.1                                By adding the following defined terms in the proper alphabetical order:

 

Aged 30 Day Loans ” means a Mortgage Loan which has been subject to one or more Transactions hereunder for a period of greater than 30 days but not greater than 60 days;”

 

Aged 60 Day Loans ” means a Mortgage Loan which has been subject to one or more Transactions hereunder for a period of greater than 60 days but not greater than 90 days;”

 

1.2                                By deleting the term “Aged Loan” and replacing it with the following:

 

Aged Loan ” means an Aged 30 Day Loan or an Aged 60 Day Loan.

 

1.3                                By deleting clauses (vi) and (viii) of the definition of “ Market Value ” and replacing them with the following:

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 



 

“(vi)                         such Purchased Mortgage Loan has been subject to one or more Transactions hereunder for greater than 90 days;”

 

“(viii)                   when the Purchase Price for such Purchased Mortgage Loan is added to other Purchased Mortgage Loans, the aggregate Purchase Price of all (a) Aged 30 Day Loans that are Purchased Mortgage Loans exceeds [***] % or (b) Aged 60 Day Loans that are Purchased Mortgage Loans exceeds [***] %;”

 

1.4                                Deleting clause (c) of the definition of “ Pricing Rate ” and replacing it with the following:

 

“(c)  (i)  [***] % with respect to Transactions the subject of which are Aged 30 Day Loans and (ii)  [***] % with respect to Transactions the subject of which are Aged 60 Day Loans; and”

 

1.5                                Deleting clause (a) of the definition of “ Purchase Price Percentage ” and replacing it with the following:

 

“(a)  (i)  [***] % with respect to Purchased Mortgage Loans that are Aged 30 Day Loans and (ii)  [***] % with respect to Purchased Mortgage Loans that are Aged 60 Day Loans;”

 

SECTION 2.                             Conditions Precedent .  This Amendment shall become effective as of the date hereof (the “ Amendment Effective Date ”), subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

2.1                                Delivered Documents .  On the Amendment Effective Date, the Buyer shall have received the following documents, each of which shall be satisfactory to the Buyer in form and substance:

 

(a)                                  this Amendment, executed and delivered by duly authorized officers of the Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor; and

 

(b)                                  such other documents as the Buyer or counsel to the Buyer may reasonably request.

 

SECTION 3.                             Representations and Warranties .  Seller hereby represents and warrants to the Buyer that it is in compliance with all the terms and provisions set forth in the Existing Repurchase Agreement on its part to be observed or performed, and that no Event of Default has occurred or is continuing, and hereby confirms and reaffirms the representations and warranties contained in Section 13 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement.

 

SECTION 4.                             Limited Effect .  Except as expressly amended and modified by this Amendment, the Existing Repurchase Agreement shall continue to be, and shall remain, in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and the execution of this Amendment by the Buyer.

 

SECTION 5.                             Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed by each of the parties hereto on any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2



 

SECTION 6.                             GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE CHOICE OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF.

 

SECTION 7.                             Reaffirmation of Guaranty .  The Guarantor hereby ratifies and affirms all of the terms, covenants, conditions and obligations of the Guaranty and acknowledges and agrees that the term “Obligations” as used in the Guaranty shall apply to all of the Obligations of Seller to Buyer under the Repurchase Agreement, as amended hereby.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused their names to be signed hereto by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

Buyer:

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON MORTGAGE CAPITAL LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adam Loskove

 

 

Name:

A. Adam Loskove

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

Seller:

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David M. Walker

 

 

Name:

David M. Walker

 

 

Title:

Chief Credit Officer

 

 

 

 

Guarantor:

PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David M. Walker

 

 

Name:

David M. Walker

 

 

Title:

Chief Credit Officer

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 



 

AMENDMENT NO. 4
TO MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

Amendment No. 4, dated as of August 10, 2010 (this “ Amendment ”), among CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON MORTGAGE CAPITAL LLC (the “ Buyer ”), PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC (the “ Seller ”) and PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC (the “ Guarantor ”).

 

RECITALS

 

The Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor are parties to that certain Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2009 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of November 20, 2009, Amendment No. 2 to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of May 6, 2010 and Amendment No. 3 to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of July 14, 2010, collectively, the “ Existing Repurchase Agreement ”; and as further amended by this Amendment, the “ Repurchase Agreement ”).  The Guarantor is party to that certain Guaranty (the “ Guaranty ”), dated as of August 14, 2009, as the same may be further amended from time to time, by the Guarantor in favor of Buyer.  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Existing Repurchase Agreement and Guaranty, as applicable.

 

The Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment, that the Existing Repurchase Agreement be amended to reflect certain agreed upon revisions to the terms of the Existing Repurchase Agreement.  As a condition precedent to amending the Existing Repurchase Agreement, the Buyer has required the Guarantor to ratify and affirm the Guaranty on the date hereof.

 

Accordingly, the Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor hereby agree, in consideration of the mutual promises and mutual obligations set forth herein, that the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

SECTION 1.                             Definitions.  Section 2 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by adding, in the proper alphabetical order, the terms “ Capital Contributions ,”  “ Fannie Mae DU Refi Plus Mortgage Loan ,” and “ Fannie Mae Refi Plus Mortgage Loan ,” “ High LTV Loan ” and “ Jumbo Mortgage Loan ” as set forth below and by deleting the terms “ Mortgage Loan ” and “ Termination Date ” in their entirety and replacing them as set forth below:

 

Capital Contributions ” means equity contributed by Guarantor to Seller, the proceeds of which Guarantor acquired from its committed investors.

 

Fannie Mae DU Refi Plus Mortgage Loans ” means a Conforming Mortgage Loan originated in accordance with Fannie Mae’s DU Refi Plus™ program.

 

Fannie Mae Refi Plus Mortgage Loans ” means a Conforming Mortgage Loan originated in accordance with Fannie Mae’s Refi Plus™ program.

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 



 

High LTV Loan ” means a Mortgage Loan having a Loan to Value Ratio in excess of (a) (i) with respect to a Fannie Mae Refi Plus Mortgage Loan, 115% and (ii) with respect to a Fannie Mae DU Refi Plus Mortgage Loan, 105% and (b) with respect to any other Mortgage Loan, 95%.

 

Jumbo Mortgage Loans ” means a Mortgage Loan that would otherwise be a Conforming Mortgage Loan but for the fact that the loan amount exceeds the maximum loan balance limits set by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, as then in effect.

 

Mortgage Loan ” means any Conforming Mortgage Loan or Jumbo Mortgage Loan which is a fixed or floating-rate, one-to-four-family residential mortgage loan evidenced by a promissory note and secured by a mortgage, which satisfies the requirements set forth in the Underwriting Guidelines and Section 13(b) hereof; provided, however, that, except as expressly approved in writing by Buyer, Mortgage Loans shall not include any High Cost Mortgage Loans or any High LTV Loans and; provided, further, that the related Purchase Date is no more than thirty (30) days following the origination date.”

 

Termination Date ” means the earlier of (a) August 10, 2011, and (b) the date of the occurrence of an Event of Default.”

 

SECTION 2.                             Amended Definitions.  Section 2 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by revising the definition of:

 

2.1                                Market Value ” to delete the word “or” at the conclusion of clause (viii) and remove the “.” at the conclusion of clause (ix) and replace it with the following:

 

“;                                       (x)                                  when the Purchase Price for such Purchased Mortgage Loan is added to other Purchased Mortgage Loans, the aggregate Purchase Price of all Jumbo Mortgage Loans that are Purchased Mortgage Loans exceeds [***] %;

 

(xi)                               when the Purchase Price for such Purchased Mortgage Loan is added to other Purchased Mortgage Loans, the aggregate Purchase Price of all Fannie Mae Refi Plus Mortgage Loans that are Purchased Mortgage Loans exceeds [***] %; or

 

(xii)                            when the Purchase Price for such Purchased Mortgage Loan is added to other Purchased Mortgage Loans, the aggregate Purchase Price of all Fannie Mae DU Refi Plus Mortgage Loans that are Purchased Mortgage Loans exceeds [***] %.”

 

2.2                                Pricing Rate ” to delete the word “and” at the conclusion of clause (c) and remove the “.” at the conclusion of clause (d) and replace it with the following:

 

“;  (e)                   [***] % with respect to Transactions the subject of which are Jumbo Mortgage Loans;

 

(f)                                    [***] % with respect to Transactions the subject of which are Fannie Mae Refi Plus Mortgage Loans; and

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2



 

(g)                                   [***] % with respect to Transactions the subject of which are Fannie Mae DU Refi Plus Mortgage Loans.”

 

2.3                                Purchase Price Percentage ” to delete the word “and” at the conclusion of clause (c) and remove the “.” at the conclusion of clause (d) and replace it with the following:

 

“;  (e)                   [***] % with respect to Purchased Mortgage Loans that are Jumbo Mortgage Loans;

 

(f)                                    [***] % with respect to Purchased Mortgage Loans that are Fannie Mae Refi Plus Mortgage Loans; and

 

(g)                                   [***] % with respect to Purchased Mortgage Loans that are Fannie Mae DU Refi Plus Mortgage Loans.”

 

SECTION 3.                             Covenants.  Section 14 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting paragraphs (a), (b), (e), (dd)  in their entirety and replacing them with the following:

 

a.                                       Adjusted Tangible Net Worth . Seller shall maintain an Adjusted Tangible Net Worth of at least the sum of (i) $5,000,000, plus (ii) 50% of Seller’s positive quarterly Net Income for such quarter plus (iii) 50% of any additional Capital Contributions (without taking into account such Capital Contributions to the extent that they are paid to (A) satisfy the requirement set forth in clause (i) above or (B) satisfy Margin Calls hereunder) for the previous quarter. In the event that Adjusted Tangible Net Worth is determined at the end of a quarter, clauses (ii) and (iii) shall be determined as of the end of such quarter.

 

b.                                       Indebtedness to Adjusted Tangible Net Worth Ratio . Seller’s ratio of Indebtedness to Adjusted Tangible Net Worth shall not exceed 10:1.

 

e.                                        Maintenance of Profitability .  Seller shall not permit, for any Test Period, Net Income for such Test Period, before income taxes for such Test Period and distributions made during such Test Period, to be less than $1.00.

 

dd.                                Maintenance of Liquidity .  Seller shall ensure that, at all times, it has unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents in an amount not less than the related Liquidity Amount.

 

SECTION 4.                             Commitment Fee.  Section 34 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the first paragraph thereof in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

“No later than the Amendment Effective Date, Seller shall pay in immediately available funds to Buyer a non-refundable Commitment Fee in the amount set forth in the fee schedule attached hereto as Annex I. Such payment shall be made in Dollars, in immediately

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

3



 

available funds, without deduction, set-off or counterclaim, to Buyer at such account designated by Buyer.”

 

SECTION 5.                             Schedule 1.  Schedule 1 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting clause (vv) it in its entirety and replacing it the following:

 

“(vv)                     Second Lien; Jumbo Loans. None of the Mortgage Loans is a second lien Mortgage Loan or, except with respect to a Jumbo Mortgage Loan, an “A” quality first lien Mortgage Loan that is not eligible for sale to an Agency.”

 

SECTION 6.                             Annex.  Annex I of the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

SECTION 7.                             Conditions Precedent .  This Amendment shall become effective as of August 10, 2010 (the “ Amendment Effective Date ”), subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

7.1                                Delivered Documents .  On the Amendment Effective Date, the Buyer shall have received the following documents, each of which shall be satisfactory to the Buyer in form and substance:

 

(a)                                  this Amendment, executed and delivered by duly authorized officers of the Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor; and

 

(b)                                  such other documents as the Buyer or counsel to the Buyer may reasonably request.

 

SECTION 8.                             Representations and Warranties .  Seller hereby represents and warrants to the Buyer that it is in compliance with all the terms and provisions set forth in the Existing Repurchase Agreement on its part to be observed or performed, and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and hereby confirms and reaffirms the representations and warranties contained in Section 13 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement.

 

SECTION 9.                             Limited Effect .  Except as expressly amended and modified by this Amendment, the Existing Repurchase Agreement shall continue to be, and shall remain, in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and the execution of this Amendment by the Buyer.

 

SECTION 10.                      Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed by each of the parties hereto on any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

SECTION 11.                      GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE CHOICE OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF.

 

SECTION 12.                      Reaffirmation of Guaranty .  The Guarantor hereby ratifies and affirms all of the terms, covenants, conditions and obligations of the Guaranty and acknowledges

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

4



 

and agrees that the term “Obligations” as used in the Guaranty shall apply to all of the Obligations of Seller to Buyer under the Repurchase Agreement, as amended hereby.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused their names to be signed hereto by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

Buyer:

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON MORTGAGE CAPITAL LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adam Loskove

 

 

Name:

A. Adam Loskove

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

Seller:

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David M. Walker

 

 

Name:

David M. Walker

 

 

Title:

Chief Credit Officer

 

 

 

 

Guarantor:

PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David M. Walker

 

 

Name:

David M. Walker

 

 

Title:

Chief Credit Officer

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 


 

AMENDMENT NO. 5
TO MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

Amendment No. 5, dated as of August 10, 2011 (this “ Amendment ”), among CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON MORTGAGE CAPITAL LLC (the “ Buyer ”), PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC (the “ Seller ”) and PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC (the “ Guarantor ”).

 

RECITALS

 

The Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor are parties to that certain Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2009 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of November 20, 2009, Amendment No. 2 to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of May 6, 2010, Amendment No. 3 to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of July 14, 2010 and Amendment No. 4 to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of August 10, 2010, collectively, the “ Existing Repurchase Agreement ”; and as further amended by this Amendment, the “ Repurchase Agreement ”).  The Guarantor is party to that certain Guaranty (the “ Guaranty ”), dated as of August 14, 2009, as the same may be further amended from time to time, by the Guarantor in favor of Buyer.  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Existing Repurchase Agreement and Guaranty, as applicable.

 

The Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment, that the Existing Repurchase Agreement be amended to reflect certain agreed upon revisions to the terms of the Existing Repurchase Agreement.  As a condition precedent to amending the Existing Repurchase Agreement, the Buyer has required the Guarantor to ratify and affirm the Guaranty on the date hereof.

 

Accordingly, the Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor hereby agree, in consideration of the mutual promises and mutual obligations set forth herein, that the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

SECTION 1.                             Definitions .  Section 2 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by:

 

1.1                                adding, in the proper alphabetical order, the terms “ Conforming High CLTV Loan ,” “ Pooled Mortgage Loan ” and “ Trade Assignment ” as set forth below:

 

Conforming High CLTV Loan ” means a Conforming Mortgage Loan (i) originated using Desktop Underwriter for underwriting pursuant to the Fannie Mae DU Refi Plus™ program with a combined LTV of 95% or higher but not to exceed 105%; (ii) originated for underwriting pursuant to the Fannie Mae Refi Plus™ program with a combined LTV of 95% or higher but not to exceed 115%; or (iii) originated for underwriting pursuant to the Freddie Mac’s Relief Refinance Mortgage SM  program with a combined LTV of 95% or higher but not to exceed 115%.

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 



 

Pooled Mortgage Loan ” means any Purchased Mortgage Loan that is subject to a Transaction hereunder and is part of a pool of Purchased Mortgage Loans certified by Custodian to an Agency to be either (a) purchased by such Agency or (b) swapped for an Agency Security backed by such pool, in each case, in accordance with the terms of the guidelines issued by the applicable Agency.

 

Trade Assignment ” means an assignment to Buyer of a forward trade between a Takeout Investor and Seller with respect to one or more Purchased Mortgage Loans that are Pooled Mortgage Loans substantially in the form of Exhibit L hereto.

 

1.2                                deleting the definitions of “ Fannie Mae DU Refi Plus Mortgage Loans ,” “ Fannie Mae Refi Plus Mortgage Loans ” and “ High LTV Loan .”

 

1.3                                deleting the definitions of “ Aged Loans, ” “ Market Value ,” “ Mortgage Loan ,” “ Pricing Rate ,” “ Purchase Price Percentage ” and “ Termination Date ” in their entirety and replacing them with the following:

 

Aged Loans ” means, other than with respect to Pooled Mortgage Loans, an Aged 30 Day Loan or an Aged 60 Day Loan.

 

Market Value ” means, with respect to any Purchased Mortgage Loan as of any date of determination, the whole-loan servicing released fair market value of such Purchased Mortgage Loan on such date as determined by Buyer (or an Affiliate thereof) in its sole discretion.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Seller acknowledges that (a) in the event that a Purchased Mortgage Loan is not subject to a Take-out Commitment, Buyer may deem the Market Value for such Mortgage Loan to be no greater than par and (b) the Market Value of a Purchased Mortgage Loan may be reduced to zero by Buyer if:

 

(i)                                      a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant made by Seller in this Agreement with respect to such Purchased Mortgage Loan has occurred and is continuing;

 

(ii)                                   such Purchased Mortgage Loan is a Non-Performing Mortgage Loan;

 

(iii)                                such Purchased Mortgage Loan is not a Conforming Mortgage Loan, Jumbo Mortgage Loan, Conforming High CLTV Loan or a Pooled Mortgage Loan;

 

(iv)                               such Purchased Mortgage Loan has been released from the possession of Custodian under the Custodial Agreement (other than to a Take-out Investor pursuant to a Bailee Letter) for a period in excess of ten (10) calendar days;

 

(v)                                  such Purchased Mortgage Loan has been released from the possession of Custodian under the Custodial Agreement to a Take-out Investor pursuant to a Bailee Letter for a period in excess of 30 calendar days;

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2



 

(vi)                               such Purchased Mortgage Loan has been subject to one or more Transactions hereunder for greater than 90 days;

 

(vii)                            such Purchased Mortgage Loan is a Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan for which the Mortgage File has not been delivered to Custodian on or prior to the seventh Business Day after the related Purchase Date;

 

(viii)                         when the Purchase Price for such Purchased Mortgage Loan is added to other Purchased Mortgage Loans, the aggregate Purchase Price of all (a) Aged 30 Day Loans that are Purchased Mortgage Loans exceeds [***] % or (b) Aged 60 Day Loans that are Purchased Mortgage Loans exceeds [***] %;

 

(ix)                               when the Purchase Price for such Purchased Mortgage Loan is added to other Purchased Mortgage Loans, the aggregate Purchase Price of all Wet-Ink Mortgage Loans that are Purchased Mortgage Loans exceeds [***] % of the Maximum Committed Purchase Price;

 

(x)                                  when the Purchase Price for such Purchased Mortgage Loan is added to other Purchased Mortgage Loans, the aggregate Purchase Price of all Jumbo Mortgage Loans that are Purchased Mortgage Loans exceeds [***] %;

 

(xi)                               when the Purchase Price for such Purchased Mortgage Loan is added to other Purchased Mortgage Loans, the aggregate Purchase Price of all Conforming High CLTV Loans that are Purchased Mortgage Loans exceeds [***] %; or

 

(xii)                            such Purchased Mortgage Loan have been designated as Pooled Mortgage Loans and subject to one or more Transactions hereunder for greater than five (5) Business Days.

 

Mortgage Loan ” means any Conforming Mortgage Loan, Jumbo Mortgage Loan, Conforming High CLTV Loan or Pooled Mortgage Loan which is a fixed or floating-rate, one-to-four-family residential mortgage loan evidenced by a promissory note and secured by a mortgage, which satisfies the requirements set forth in the Underwriting Guidelines and Section 13(b) hereof; provided , however, that, except with respect to Conforming High CLTV Loans and as expressly approved in writing by Buyer, Mortgage Loans shall not include any High Cost Mortgage Loans and; provided, further, that the related Purchase Date is no more than thirty (30) days following the origination date.

 

Pricing Rate ” means CSCOF plus:

 

(a)          [***] % with respect to Transactions the subject of which are Conforming Mortgage Loans (other than Wet-Ink Mortgage Loans or Aged Loans);

 

(b)          [***] % with respect to Transactions the subject of which are Wet-Ink Mortgage Loans;

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

3



 

(c)           (i)  [***] % with respect to Transactions the subject of which are Aged 30 Day Loans and (ii)  [***] % with respect to Transactions the subject of which are Aged 60 Day Loans;

 

(d)          the rate determined in the sole discretion of Buyer with respect to Transactions the subject of which are Exception Mortgage Loans and any other Transactions so identified by Buyer in agreeing to enter into a Transaction with respect to such Exception Mortgage Loan;

 

(e)                                   [***] % with respect to Transactions the subject of which are Jumbo Mortgage Loans;

 

(f)                                    [***] % with respect to Transactions the subject of which are Conforming High CLTV Loans; and

 

(g)                                   [***] % with respect to Transactions the subject of which are Pooled Mortgage Loans;

 

The Pricing Rate shall change in accordance with CSCOF, as provided in Section 5(a).

 

Where a Purchased Mortgage Loan may qualify for two or more Pricing Rates hereunder, unless otherwise expressly agreed to by Buyer in writing, such Purchased Mortgage Loan shall be assigned the higher Pricing Rate, as applicable.

 

Purchase Price Percentage ” means, with respect to each Mortgage Loan, the following percentage, as applicable:

 

(a)                                  (i)  [***] % with respect to Purchased Mortgage Loans that are Aged 30 Day Loans and (ii)  [***] % with respect to Purchased Mortgage Loans that are Aged 60 Day Loans;

 

(b)                                  [***] % with respect to Purchased Mortgage Loans that are Wet-Ink Mortgage Loans;

 

(c)                                   [***] % with respect to Transactions the subject of which are Conforming Mortgage Loans;

 

(d)                                  with respect to Transactions the subject of which are Exception Mortgage Loans, a percentage to be determined by Buyer in its sole discretion, provided that in the absence of an Exception Notice, the applicable Purchase Price Percentage for such Purchased Mortgage Loan shall be reduced by [***] % every ten (10) Business Day period, such reduction to occur at the outset of each such ten (10) Business Day period, commencing on the date that such Mortgage Loan becomes an Exception Mortgage Loan;

 

(e)                                   [***] % with respect to Purchased Mortgage Loans that are Jumbo Mortgage Loans;

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

4



 

(f)                                    [***] % with respect to Purchased Mortgage Loans that are Conforming High CLTV Loans; and

 

(g)                                   [***] % with respect to Transactions the subject of which are Pooled Mortgage Loans.

 

Where a Purchased Mortgage Loan may qualify for two or more Purchase Price Percentages hereunder, unless otherwise expressly agreed to by Buyer in writing, such Purchased Mortgage Loan shall be assigned the lower Purchase Price Percentage, as applicable.

 

Termination Date ” means the earlier of (a) August 10, 2012, and (b) the date of the occurrence of an Event of Default.

 

SECTION 2.                             Pooled Mortgage Loans; Conditions Precedent .  Section 10(b) of the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by adding subsection (11) thereto with the following:

 

“(11) Pooled Mortgage Loans .  Solely with respect to Transactions the subject of which are Pooled Mortgage Loans, Buyer shall have received the related Trade Assignment on or prior to the Purchase Date with respect thereto.

 

SECTION 3.                             Commitment Fee .  Section 34 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the first paragraph thereof in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

“No later than August 10, 2011, Seller shall pay in immediately available funds to Buyer a non-refundable Commitment Fee in the amount equal to $ [***] . Such payment shall be made in Dollars, in immediately available funds, without deduction, set-off or counterclaim, to Buyer at such account designated by Buyer.”

 

SECTION 4.                             Exhibits.

 

4.1                                The Existing Master Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by adding Exhibit L thereto with Exhibit A hereto.

 

4.2                                Exhibit D of the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the attached Exhibit B .

 

SECTION 5.                             Conditions Precedent .  This Amendment shall become effective as of August 10, 2011 (the “ Amendment Effective Date ”), subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

5.1                                Delivered Documents .  On the Amendment Effective Date, the Buyer shall have received the following documents, each of which shall be satisfactory to the Buyer in form and substance:

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

5



 

(a)                                  this Amendment, executed and delivered by duly authorized officers of the Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor; and

 

(b)                                  such other documents as the Buyer or counsel to the Buyer may reasonably request.

 

SECTION 6.                             Representations and Warranties .  Seller hereby represents and warrants to the Buyer that it is in compliance with all the terms and provisions set forth in the Existing Repurchase Agreement on its part to be observed or performed, and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and hereby confirms and reaffirms the representations and warranties contained in Section 13 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement.

 

SECTION 7.                             Limited Effect .  Except as expressly amended and modified by this Amendment, the Existing Repurchase Agreement shall continue to be, and shall remain, in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and the execution of this Amendment by the Buyer.

 

SECTION 8.                             Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed by each of the parties hereto on any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

SECTION 9.                             GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE CHOICE OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF.

 

SECTION 10.                      Reaffirmation of Guaranty .  The Guarantor hereby ratifies and affirms all of the terms, covenants, conditions and obligations of the Guaranty and acknowledges and agrees that the term “Obligations” as used in the Guaranty shall apply to all of the Obligations of Seller to Buyer under the Repurchase Agreement, as amended hereby.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

6



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused their names to be signed hereto by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

Buyer:

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON MORTGAGE CAPITAL LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adam Loskove

 

 

Name:

A. Adam Loskove

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

Seller:

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David M. Walker

 

 

Name:

David M. Walker

 

 

Title:

Chief Credit Officer

 

 

 

 

Guarantor:

PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David M. Walker

 

 

Name:

David M. Walker

 

 

Title:

Chief Credit Officer

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 


 

AMENDMENT NO. 6
TO MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

Amendment No. 6, dated as of November 1, 2011 (this “ Amendment ”), among CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON MORTGAGE CAPITAL LLC (the “ Buyer ”), PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC (the “ Seller ”) and PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC (the “ Guarantor ”).

 

RECITALS

 

The Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor are parties to that certain Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2009 (as amended, the “ Existing Repurchase Agreement ”; and as further amended by this Amendment, the “ Repurchase Agreement ”).  The Guarantor is party to that certain Guaranty (the “ Guaranty ”), dated as of August 14, 2009, as the same may be further amended from time to time, by the Guarantor in favor of Buyer.  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Existing Repurchase Agreement and Guaranty, as applicable.

 

The Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment, that the Existing Repurchase Agreement be amended to reflect certain agreed upon revisions to the terms of the Existing Repurchase Agreement.  As a condition precedent to amending the Existing Repurchase Agreement, the Buyer has required the Guarantor to ratify and affirm the Guaranty on the date hereof.

 

Accordingly, the Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor hereby agree, in consideration of the mutual promises and mutual obligations set forth herein, that the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

SECTION 1.                             Definitions .  Section 2 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by:

 

1.1                                adding the following definition for “ Supplemental Commitment Fee ” in its proper alphabetical order:

 

Supplemental Commitment Fee ” means $ [***] .

 

1.2                                deleting the definition of “ Maximum Committed Purchase Price ” in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

Maximum Committed Purchase Price ” means FIFTY MILLION DOLLARS ($50,000,000).  All funds made available by Buyer to Seller under this Agreement will first be attributed to the Maximum Committed Purchase Price.

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 



 

SECTION 2.                             Rebate .  The Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by adding Section 40 thereto as follows:

 

40.  Rebate

 

Provided that no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing, in any calendar month during the term of this Agreement where the average aggregate Purchase Price of all Purchased Mortgage Loans subject to Transactions on any date during such calendar month (such amount, the “ Monthly Average Volume ”) exceeds [****] [***] % of the Maximum Committed Purchase Price (the “ Rebate Threshold ”), the Buyer shall, on the Price Differential Payment Date in the following month, reduce the Price Differential then due by Seller to Buyer by an annualized amount equal to the product of (i) [***] % and (ii) the positive excess of the Monthly Average Volume over the Rebate Threshold.

 

SECTION 3.                             Conditions Precedent .  This Amendment shall become effective as of the date hereof (the “ Amendment Effective Date ”), subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

3.1                                Delivered Documents .  On the Amendment Effective Date, the Buyer shall have received the following documents, each of which shall be satisfactory to the Buyer in form and substance:

 

(a)                                  the payment from Seller, in immediately available funds to Buyer, of the Supplemental Commitment Fee, which shall be fully due and earned when paid and nonrefundable;

 

(b)                                  this Amendment, executed and delivered by duly authorized officers of the Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor; and

 

(c)                                   such other documents as the Buyer or counsel to the Buyer may reasonably request.

 

SECTION 4.                             Representations and Warranties .  Seller hereby represents and warrants to the Buyer that it is in compliance with all the terms and provisions set forth in the Existing Repurchase Agreement on its part to be observed or performed, and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and hereby confirms and reaffirms the representations and warranties contained in Section 13 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement.

 

SECTION 5.                             Limited Effect .  Except as expressly amended and modified by this Amendment, the Existing Repurchase Agreement shall continue to be, and shall remain, in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and the execution of this Amendment by the Buyer.

 

SECTION 6.                             Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed by each of the parties hereto on any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2



 

SECTION 7.                             GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE CHOICE OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF.

 

SECTION 8.                             Reaffirmation of Guaranty .  The Guarantor hereby ratifies and affirms all of the terms, covenants, conditions and obligations of the Guaranty and acknowledges and agrees that the term “Obligations” as used in the Guaranty shall apply to all of the Obligations of Seller to Buyer under the Repurchase Agreement, as amended hereby.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused their names to be signed hereto by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

Buyer:

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON MORTGAGE CAPITAL LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adam Loskove

 

 

Name:

A. Adam Loskove

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

Seller:

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David M. Walker

 

 

Name:

David M. Walker

 

 

Title:

Vice President, Credit

 

 

 

 

Guarantor:

PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David M. Walker

 

 

Name:

David M. Walker

 

 

Title:

Chief Operating Officer, Chief Credit Officer

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 


 

AMENDMENT NO. 7
TO MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

Amendment No. 7, dated as of November 30, 2011 (this “ Amendment ”), among CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON MORTGAGE CAPITAL LLC (the “ Buyer ”), PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC (the “ Seller ”) and PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC (the “ Guarantor ”).

 

RECITALS

 

The Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor are parties to that certain Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2009 (as amended, the “ Existing Repurchase Agreement ”; and as further amended by this Amendment, the “ Repurchase Agreement ”).  The Guarantor is party to that certain Guaranty (the “ Guaranty ”), dated as of August 14, 2009, as the same may be further amended from time to time, by the Guarantor in favor of Buyer.  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Existing Repurchase Agreement and Guaranty, as applicable.

 

The Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment, that the Existing Repurchase Agreement be amended to reflect certain agreed upon revisions to the terms of the Existing Repurchase Agreement.  As a condition precedent to amending the Existing Repurchase Agreement, the Buyer has required the Guarantor to ratify and affirm the Guaranty on the date hereof.

 

Accordingly, the Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor hereby agree, in consideration of the mutual promises and mutual obligations set forth herein, that the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

SECTION 1.         Definitions .  Section 2 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by:

 

1.1          deleting the definition of “ Maximum Committed Purchase Price ” in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

Maximum Committed Purchase Price ” means ONE HUNDRED MILLION DOLLARS ($100,000,000).  All funds made available by Buyer to Seller under this Agreement will first be attributed to the Maximum Committed Purchase Price.

 

SECTION 2.         Conditions Precedent .  This Amendment shall become effective as of the date hereof and shall terminate on December 16, 2011 (the “ Amendment Effective Date ”), subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

2.1          Delivered Documents .  On the Amendment Effective Date, the Buyer shall have received the following documents, each of which shall be satisfactory to the Buyer in form and substance:

 

(a)           [reserved];

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 



 

(b)           this Amendment, executed and delivered by duly authorized officers of the Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor; and

 

(c)           such other documents as the Buyer or counsel to the Buyer may reasonably request.

 

SECTION 3.         Representations and Warranties .  Seller hereby represents and warrants to the Buyer that it is in compliance with all the terms and provisions set forth in the Existing Repurchase Agreement on its part to be observed or performed, and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and hereby confirms and reaffirms the representations and warranties contained in Section 13 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement.

 

SECTION 4.         Limited Effect .  Except as expressly amended and modified by this Amendment, the Existing Repurchase Agreement shall continue to be, and shall remain, in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and the execution of this Amendment by the Buyer.

 

SECTION 5.         Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed by each of the parties hereto on any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

SECTION 6.         GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE CHOICE OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF.

 

SECTION 7.         Reaffirmation of Guaranty .  The Guarantor hereby ratifies and affirms all of the terms, covenants, conditions and obligations of the Guaranty and acknowledges and agrees that the term “Obligations” as used in the Guaranty shall apply to all of the Obligations of Seller to Buyer under the Repurchase Agreement, as amended hereby.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused their names to be signed hereto by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

Buyer:

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON MORTGAGE CAPITAL LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adam Loskove

 

 

Name:

A. Adam Loskove

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

Seller:

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Anne D. McCallion

 

 

Name:

Anne D. McCallion

 

 

Title:

Vice President, Finance

 

 

 

 

Guarantor:

PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Anne D. McCallion

 

 

Name:

Anne D. McCallion

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 



 

AMENDMENT NO. 8
TO MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

Amendment No. 8, dated as of February 2, 2012 (this “ Amendment ”), among CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON MORTGAGE CAPITAL LLC (the “ Buyer ”), PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC (the “ Seller ”) and PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC (the “ Guarantor ”).

 

RECITALS

 

The Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor are parties to that certain Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2009 (as amended, the “ Existing Repurchase Agreement ”; and as further amended by this Amendment, the “ Repurchase Agreement ”).  The Guarantor is party to that certain Guaranty (the “ Guaranty ”), dated as of August 14, 2009, as the same may be further amended from time to time, by the Guarantor in favor of Buyer.  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Existing Repurchase Agreement and Guaranty, as applicable.

 

The Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment, that the Existing Repurchase Agreement be amended to reflect certain agreed upon revisions to the terms of the Existing Repurchase Agreement.  As a condition precedent to amending the Existing Repurchase Agreement, the Buyer has required the Guarantor to ratify and affirm the Guaranty on the date hereof.

 

Accordingly, the Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor hereby agree, in consideration of the mutual promises and mutual obligations set forth herein, that the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

SECTION 1.         Definitions .  Section 2 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the definition of “ Commitment Fee ” and “ Maximum Committed Purchase Price ” in their entirety and replacing them with the following:

 

Commitment Fee ” means shall mean an amount equal to the product of (a) [***] % per annum calculated on a 360 day year and (b) the Maximum Committed Purchase Price.

 

Maximum Committed Purchase Price ” means ONE HUNDRED MILLION DOLLARS ($100,000,000).  All funds made available by Buyer to Seller under this Agreement will first be attributed to the Maximum Committed Purchase Price.

 

SECTION 2.         Commitment Fee .  Section 34 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

No later than the date hereof, Seller shall pay to Buyer a non refundable Commitment Fee. All payments of the Commitment Fee shall be made in Dollars, in immediately available funds, without deduction, set-off or counterclaim, to Buyer at such account designated by Buyer.

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 



 

SECTION 3.         Conditions Precedent .  This Amendment shall become effective as of February 1, 2012 (the “ Amendment Effective Date ”), subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

3.1          Delivered Documents .  On the Amendment Effective Date, the Buyer shall have received the following documents, each of which shall be satisfactory to the Buyer in form and substance:

 

(a)           the payment from Seller, in immediately available funds to Buyer, of the amount of $263,889, which shall be fully due and earned when paid and nonrefundable;

 

(b)           this Amendment, executed and delivered by duly authorized officers of the Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor; and

 

(c)           such other documents as the Buyer or counsel to the Buyer may reasonably request.

 

SECTION 4.         Representations and Warranties .  Seller hereby represents and warrants to the Buyer that it is in compliance with all the terms and provisions set forth in the Existing Repurchase Agreement on its part to be observed or performed, and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and hereby confirms and reaffirms the representations and warranties contained in Section 13 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement.

 

SECTION 5.         Limited Effect .  Except as expressly amended and modified by this Amendment, the Existing Repurchase Agreement shall continue to be, and shall remain, in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and the execution of this Amendment by the Buyer.

 

SECTION 6.         Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed by each of the parties hereto on any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

SECTION 7.         GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE CHOICE OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF.

 

SECTION 8.         Reaffirmation of Guaranty .  The Guarantor hereby ratifies and affirms all of the terms, covenants, conditions and obligations of the Guaranty and acknowledges and agrees that the term “Obligations” as used in the Guaranty shall apply to all of the Obligations of Seller to Buyer under the Repurchase Agreement, as amended hereby.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused their names to be signed hereto by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

Buyer:

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON MORTGAGE CAPITAL LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adam Loskove

 

 

Name:

A. Adam Loskove

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

Seller:

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Anne D. McCallion

 

 

Name:

Anne D. McCallion

 

 

Title:

Vice President, Finance

 

 

 

 

Guarantor:

PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Anne D. McCallion

 

 

Name:

Anne D. McCallion

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 



 

AMENDMENT NO. 9
TO MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

Amendment No. 9, dated as of March 6, 2012 (this “ Amendment ”), among CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON MORTGAGE CAPITAL LLC (the “ Buyer ”), PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC (the “ Seller ”) and PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC (the “ Guarantor ”).

 

RECITALS

 

The Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor are parties to that certain Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2009 (as amended, the “ Existing Repurchase Agreement ”; and as further amended by this Amendment, the “ Repurchase Agreement ”).  The Guarantor is party to that certain Guaranty (the “ Guaranty ”), dated as of August 14, 2009, as the same may be further amended from time to time, by the Guarantor in favor of Buyer.  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Existing Repurchase Agreement and Guaranty, as applicable.

 

The Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment, that the Existing Repurchase Agreement be amended to reflect certain agreed upon revisions to the terms of the Existing Repurchase Agreement.  As a condition precedent to amending the Existing Repurchase Agreement, the Buyer has required the Guarantor to ratify and affirm the Guaranty on the date hereof.

 

Accordingly, the Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor hereby agree, in consideration of the mutual promises and mutual obligations set forth herein, that the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

SECTION 1.         Definitions .  Section 2 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the definitions of “ Conforming High CLTV Loan ,” “ Market Value ,” “ Pricing Rate ” and “ Purchase Price Percentage ” in their entirety and replacing them with the following:

 

Conforming High CLTV Loan ” means a Conforming Mortgage Loan originated in accordance with the applicable Agency’s underwriting guidelines, with a combined LTV of 95% or higher but not to exceed (i) for a Purchased Mortgage Loan that refinances an existing Mortgage Loan already being serviced by Servicer, 150% and (ii) for any other Purchased Mortgage Loan that refinances a Mortgage Loan serviced by an unaffiliated servicer, 115%.

 

Market Value ” means, with respect to any Purchased Mortgage Loan as of any date of determination, the whole-loan servicing released fair market value of such Purchased Mortgage Loan on such date as determined by Buyer (or an Affiliate thereof) in its sole discretion.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Seller acknowledges that (a) in the event that a Purchased Mortgage Loan is not subject to a Take-out Commitment, Buyer may deem the Market Value for such Mortgage Loan to be

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 



 

no greater than par and (b) the Market Value of a Purchased Mortgage Loan may be reduced to zero by Buyer if:

 

(i)            a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant made by Seller in this Agreement with respect to such Purchased Mortgage Loan has occurred and is continuing;

 

(ii)           such Purchased Mortgage Loan is a Non-Performing Mortgage Loan;

 

(iii)          such Purchased Mortgage Loan is not a Conforming Mortgage Loan, Jumbo Mortgage Loan, Conforming High CLTV Loan or a Pooled Mortgage Loan;

 

(iv)          such Purchased Mortgage Loan has been released from the possession of Custodian under the Custodial Agreement (other than to a Take-out Investor pursuant to a Bailee Letter) for a period in excess of ten (10) calendar days;

 

(v)           such Purchased Mortgage Loan has been released from the possession of Custodian under the Custodial Agreement to a Take-out Investor pursuant to a Bailee Letter for a period in excess of 30 calendar days;

 

(vi)          such Purchased Mortgage Loan has been subject to one or more Transactions hereunder for greater than 90 days;

 

(vii)         such Purchased Mortgage Loan is a Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan for which the Mortgage File has not been delivered to Custodian on or prior to the seventh Business Day after the related Purchase Date;

 

(viii)        such Purchased Mortgage Loan has been designated as a Pooled Mortgage Loan and subject to one or more Transactions hereunder for greater than five (5) Business Days; and

 

(ix)          when the Purchase Price for such Purchased Mortgage Loan is added to other Purchased Mortgage Loans, the aggregate Purchase Price of all Purchased Mortgage Loans of any type of Mortgage Loan set forth below exceeds the applicable percentage listed opposite such type of Mortgage Loan as set forth below:

 

Type of Mortgage
Loan

 

Percentage of the
Maximum Committed
Purchase Price (unless
otherwise noted)

 

Conforming Mortgage Loans

 

[***]

%

FHA Loans and VA Loans

 

[***]

%

Aged 30 Day Loans

 

[***]

%

Aged 60 Day Loans

 

[***]

%

Wet-Ink Mortgage Loans

 

[***]

%

Jumbo Mortgage Loans

 

[***]

%

Conforming High CLTV Loans

 

[***]

%

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2



 

Pricing Rate ” means CSCOF plus the applicable percentage listed opposite the type of Mortgage Loan as set forth below:

 

Type of Mortgage
Loan

 

Percentage for
Mortgage Loans
other than Wet-
Ink Mortgage
Loans or Aged
Loans

 

Percentage for
Wet-Ink
Mortgage Loans
(increases
calculated based
upon original
Pricing Rate)

 

Percentage for
Aged 30 Day
Loans (increases
calculated based
upon original
Pricing Rate)

 

Percentage for
Aged 60 Day
Loans (increases
calculated based
upon original
Pricing Rate)

 

Conforming Mortgage Loan (other than Conforming High CLTV Loans)

 

[***]

%

Increased by [***] %

 

Increased by [***] %

 

Increased by [***] %

 

FHA Loan and VA Loan

 

[***]

%

Increased by [***] %

 

Increased by [***] %

 

Increased by [***] %

 

Jumbo Mortgage Loans

 

[***]

%

Increased by [***] %

 

Increased by [***] %

 

Increased by [***] %

 

Conforming High CLTV Loans

 

[***]

%

Increased by [***] %

 

Increased by [***] %

 

Increased by [***] %

 

Pooled Mortgage Loans

 

[***]

%

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

 

or the rate determined in the sole discretion of Buyer with respect to Transactions the subject of which are Exception Mortgage Loans and any other Transactions so identified by Buyer in agreeing to enter into a Transaction with respect to such Exception Mortgage Loan;

 

The Pricing Rate shall change in accordance with CSCOF, as provided in Section 5(a).

 

Where a Purchased Mortgage Loan may qualify for two or more Pricing Rates hereunder, unless otherwise expressly agreed to by Buyer in writing, such Purchased Mortgage Loan shall be assigned the higher Pricing Rate, as applicable.

 

Purchase Price Percentage ” means, (a) the applicable percentage listed opposite the type of Mortgage Loan as set forth below:

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

3



 

Type of Mortgage
Loan

 

Percentage
for Mortgage
Loans other
than Aged
Loans

 

Percentage
for Wet Ink
Mortgage
Loans

 

Percentage for
Aged 30 Day
Loans (reductions
calculated based
upon original
Purchase Price
Percentage)

 

Percentage for
Aged 60 Day
Loans (reductions
calculated based
upon original
Purchase Price
Percentage)

 

Conforming Mortgage Loan (other than Conforming High CLTV Loans)

 

[***]

%

product specific

 

reduced by [***] %

 

reduced by [***] %

 

FHA Loan and VA Loan

 

[***]

%

product specific

 

reduced by [***] %

 

reduced by [***] %

 

Jumbo Mortgage Loans

 

[***]

%

product specific

 

reduced by [***] %

 

reduced by [***] %

 

Conforming High CLTV Loans

 

[***]

%

product specific

 

reduced by [***] %

 

reduced by [***] %

 

Pooled Mortgage Loans

 

[***]

%

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

 

(b)           with respect to Transactions the subject of which are Exception Mortgage Loans, a percentage to be determined by Buyer in its sole discretion, provided that in the absence of an Exception Notice, the applicable Purchase Price Percentage for such Purchased Mortgage Loan shall be reduced by 10% every ten (10) Business Day period, such reduction to occur at the outset of each such ten (10) Business Day period, commencing on the date that such Mortgage Loan becomes an Exception Mortgage Loan;

 

Where a Purchased Mortgage Loan may qualify for two or more Purchase Price Percentages hereunder, unless otherwise expressly agreed to by Buyer in writing, such Purchased Mortgage Loan shall be assigned the lower Purchase Price Percentage, as applicable.

 

SECTION 2.         Conditions Precedent .  This Amendment shall become effective as of the date hereof (the “ Amendment Effective Date ”), subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

2.1          Delivered Documents .  On the Amendment Effective Date, the Buyer shall have received the following documents, each of which shall be satisfactory to the Buyer in form and substance:

 

(a)           this Amendment, executed and delivered by duly authorized officers of the Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor; and

 

(b)           such other documents as the Buyer or counsel to the Buyer may reasonably request.

 

SECTION 3.         Representations and Warranties .  Seller hereby represents and warrants to the Buyer that it is in compliance with all the terms and provisions set forth in the

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

4


 

Existing Repurchase Agreement on its part to be observed or performed, and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and hereby confirms and reaffirms the representations and warranties contained in Section 13 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement.

 

SECTION 4.                             Limited Effect .  Except as expressly amended and modified by this Amendment, the Existing Repurchase Agreement shall continue to be, and shall remain, in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and the execution of this Amendment by the Buyer.

 

SECTION 5.                             Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed by each of the parties hereto on any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

SECTION 6.                             GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE CHOICE OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF.

 

SECTION 7.                             Reaffirmation of Guaranty .  The Guarantor hereby ratifies and affirms all of the terms, covenants, conditions and obligations of the Guaranty and acknowledges and agrees that the term “Obligations” as used in the Guaranty shall apply to all of the Obligations of Seller to Buyer under the Repurchase Agreement, as amended hereby.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused their names to be signed hereto by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

Buyer:

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON MORTGAGE
CAPITAL LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adam Loskove

 

 

Name:

Adam Loskove

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

Seller:

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Anne D. McCallion

 

 

Name:

Anne D. McCallion

 

 

Title:

Vice President, Finance

 

 

 

 

Guarantor:

PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Anne D. McCallion

 

 

Name:

Anne D. McCallion

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 



 

AMENDMENT NO. 10
TO MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

Amendment No. 10, dated as of August 6, 2012 (this “ Amendment ”), among CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON MORTGAGE CAPITAL LLC (the “ Buyer ”), PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC (the “ Seller ”) and PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC (the “ Guarantor ”).

 

RECITALS

 

The Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor are parties to that certain Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2009 (as amended, the “ Existing Repurchase Agreement ”; and as further amended by this Amendment, the “ Repurchase Agreement ”).  The Guarantor is party to that certain Guaranty (the “ Guaranty ”), dated as of August 14, 2009, as the same may be further amended from time to time, by the Guarantor in favor of Buyer.  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Existing Repurchase Agreement and Guaranty, as applicable.

 

The Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment, that the Existing Repurchase Agreement be amended to reflect certain agreed upon revisions to the terms of the Existing Repurchase Agreement.  As a condition precedent to amending the Existing Repurchase Agreement, the Buyer has required the Guarantor to ratify and affirm the Guaranty on the date hereof.

 

Accordingly, the Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor hereby agree, in consideration of the mutual promises and mutual obligations set forth herein, that the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

SECTION 1.                             Definitions .  Section 2 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the definition of “ Termination Date ” in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

Termination Date ” means the earlier of (a) September 10, 2012 and (b) the date of the occurrence of an Event of Default.

 

SECTION 2.                             Conditions Precedent .  This Amendment shall become effective as of the date hereof (the “ Amendment Effective Date ”), subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

2.1                                Delivered Documents .  On the Amendment Effective Date, the Buyer shall have received the following documents, each of which shall be satisfactory to the Buyer in form and substance:

 

(a)                                  this Amendment, executed and delivered by duly authorized officers of the Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor; and

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 



 

(b)                                  such other documents as the Buyer or counsel to the Buyer may reasonably request.

 

SECTION 3.                             Representations and Warranties .  Seller hereby represents and warrants to the Buyer that it is in compliance with all the terms and provisions set forth in the Existing Repurchase Agreement on its part to be observed or performed, and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and hereby confirms and reaffirms the representations and warranties contained in Section 13 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement.

 

SECTION 4.                             Limited Effect .  Except as expressly amended and modified by this Amendment, the Existing Repurchase Agreement shall continue to be, and shall remain, in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and the execution of this Amendment by the Buyer.

 

SECTION 5.                             Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed by each of the parties hereto on any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

SECTION 6.                             GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE CHOICE OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF.

 

SECTION 7.                             Reaffirmation of Guaranty .  The Guarantor hereby ratifies and affirms all of the terms, covenants, conditions and obligations of the Guaranty and acknowledges and agrees that the term “Obligations” as used in the Guaranty shall apply to all of the Obligations of Seller to Buyer under the Repurchase Agreement, as amended hereby.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused their names to be signed hereto by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

Buyer:

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON MORTGAGE CAPITAL LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adam Loskove

 

 

Name:

Adam Loskove

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

Seller:

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Anne D. McCallion

 

 

Name:

Anne D. McCallion

 

 

Title:

Vice President, Finance

 

 

 

 

Guarantor:

PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Anne D. McCallion

 

 

Name:

Anne D. McCallion

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 



 

AMENDMENT NO. 11
TO MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

Amendment No. 11, dated as of September 10, 2012 (this “ Amendment ”), among CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON MORTGAGE CAPITAL LLC (the “ Buyer ”), PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC (the “ Seller ”) and PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC (the “ Guarantor ”).

 

RECITALS

 

The Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor are parties to that certain Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2009 (as amended, the “ Existing Repurchase Agreement ”; and as further amended by this Amendment, the “ Repurchase Agreement ”).  The Guarantor is party to that certain Guaranty (the “ Guaranty ”), dated as of August 14, 2009, as the same may be further amended from time to time, by the Guarantor in favor of Buyer.  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Existing Repurchase Agreement and Guaranty, as applicable.

 

The Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment, that the Existing Repurchase Agreement be amended to reflect certain agreed upon revisions to the terms of the Existing Repurchase Agreement.  As a condition precedent to amending the Existing Repurchase Agreement, the Buyer has required the Guarantor to ratify and affirm the Guaranty on the date hereof.

 

Accordingly, the Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor hereby agree, in consideration of the mutual promises and mutual obligations set forth herein, that the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

SECTION 1.                             Definitions .  Section 2 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the definition of “ Termination Date ” in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

Termination Date ” means the earlier of (a) September 18, 2012 and (b) the date of the occurrence of an Event of Default.

 

SECTION 2.                             Conditions Precedent .  This Amendment shall become effective as of the date hereof (the “ Amendment Effective Date ”), subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

2.1                                Delivered Documents .  On the Amendment Effective Date, the Buyer shall have received the following documents, each of which shall be satisfactory to the Buyer in form and substance:

 

(a)                                  this Amendment, executed and delivered by duly authorized officers of the Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor; and

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 



 

(b)                                  such other documents as the Buyer or counsel to the Buyer may reasonably request.

 

SECTION 3.                             Representations and Warranties .  Seller hereby represents and warrants to the Buyer that it is in compliance with all the terms and provisions set forth in the Existing Repurchase Agreement on its part to be observed or performed, and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and hereby confirms and reaffirms the representations and warranties contained in Section 13 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement.

 

SECTION 4.                             Limited Effect .  Except as expressly amended and modified by this Amendment, the Existing Repurchase Agreement shall continue to be, and shall remain, in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and the execution of this Amendment by the Buyer.

 

SECTION 5.                             Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed by each of the parties hereto on any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

SECTION 6.                             GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE CHOICE OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF.

 

SECTION 7.                             Reaffirmation of Guaranty .  The Guarantor hereby ratifies and affirms all of the terms, covenants, conditions and obligations of the Guaranty and acknowledges and agrees that the term “Obligations” as used in the Guaranty shall apply to all of the Obligations of Seller to Buyer under the Repurchase Agreement, as amended hereby.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused their names to be signed hereto by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

Buyer:

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON MORTGAGE CAPITAL LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adam Loskove

 

 

Name:

Adam Loskove

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

Seller:

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Anne D. McCallion

 

 

Name:

Anne D. McCallion

 

 

Title:

Vice President, Finance

 

 

 

 

Guarantor:

PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Anne D. McCallion

 

 

Name:

Anne D. McCallion

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 


 

AMENDMENT NO. 12
TO MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

Amendment No. 12, dated as of September 18, 2012 (this “ Amendment ”), among CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON MORTGAGE CAPITAL LLC (the “ Buyer ”), PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC (the “ Seller ”) and PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC (the “ Guarantor ”).

 

RECITALS

 

The Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor are parties to that certain Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2009 (as amended, the “ Existing Repurchase Agreement ”; and as further amended by this Amendment, the “ Repurchase Agreement ”).  The Guarantor is party to that certain Guaranty (the “ Guaranty ”), dated as of August 14, 2009, as the same may be further amended from time to time, by the Guarantor in favor of Buyer.  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Existing Repurchase Agreement and Guaranty, as applicable.

 

The Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment, that the Existing Repurchase Agreement be amended to reflect certain agreed upon revisions to the terms of the Existing Repurchase Agreement.  As a condition precedent to amending the Existing Repurchase Agreement, the Buyer has required the Guarantor to ratify and affirm the Guaranty on the date hereof.

 

Accordingly, the Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor hereby agree, in consideration of the mutual promises and mutual obligations set forth herein, that the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

SECTION 1.                             Definitions .  Section 2 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the definition of “ Termination Date ” in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

Termination Date ” means the earlier of (a) September 24, 2012 and (b) the date of the occurrence of an Event of Default.

 

SECTION 2.                             Conditions Precedent .  This Amendment shall become effective as of the date hereof (the “ Amendment Effective Date ”), subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

2.1                                Delivered Documents .  On the Amendment Effective Date, the Buyer shall have received the following documents, each of which shall be satisfactory to the Buyer in form and substance:

 

(a)                                  this Amendment, executed and delivered by duly authorized officers of the Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor; and

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 



 

(b)                                  such other documents as the Buyer or counsel to the Buyer may reasonably request.

 

SECTION 3.                             Representations and Warranties .  Seller hereby represents and warrants to the Buyer that it is in compliance with all the terms and provisions set forth in the Existing Repurchase Agreement on its part to be observed or performed, and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and hereby confirms and reaffirms the representations and warranties contained in Section 13 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement.

 

SECTION 4.                             Limited Effect .  Except as expressly amended and modified by this Amendment, the Existing Repurchase Agreement shall continue to be, and shall remain, in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and the execution of this Amendment by the Buyer.

 

SECTION 5.                             Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed by each of the parties hereto on any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

SECTION 6.                             GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE CHOICE OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF.

 

SECTION 7.                             Reaffirmation of Guaranty .  The Guarantor hereby ratifies and affirms all of the terms, covenants, conditions and obligations of the Guaranty and acknowledges and agrees that the term “Obligations” as used in the Guaranty shall apply to all of the Obligations of Seller to Buyer under the Repurchase Agreement, as amended hereby.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused their names to be signed hereto by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

Buyer:

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON MORTGAGE CAPITAL LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Margaret Dellafera

 

 

Name:

Margaret Dellafera

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

Seller:

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Anne D. McCallion

 

 

Name:

Anne D. McCallion

 

 

Title:

Vice President, Finance

 

 

 

 

Guarantor:

PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Anne D. McCallion

 

 

Name:

Anne D. McCallion

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 



 

AMENDMENT NO. 13
TO MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

Amendment No. 13, dated as of September 21, 2012 (this “ Amendment ”), among CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON MORTGAGE CAPITAL LLC (the “ Buyer ”), PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC (the “ Seller ”) and PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC (the “ Guarantor ”).

 

RECITALS

 

The Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor are parties to that certain Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2009 (as amended, the “ Existing Repurchase Agreement ”; and as further amended by this Amendment, the “ Repurchase Agreement ”).  The Guarantor is party to that certain Guaranty (the “ Guaranty ”), dated as of August 14, 2009, as the same may be further amended from time to time, by the Guarantor in favor of Buyer.  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Existing Repurchase Agreement and Guaranty, as applicable.

 

The Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment, that the Existing Repurchase Agreement be amended to reflect certain agreed upon revisions to the terms of the Existing Repurchase Agreement.  As a condition precedent to amending the Existing Repurchase Agreement, the Buyer has required the Guarantor to ratify and affirm the Guaranty on the date hereof.

 

Accordingly, the Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor hereby agree, in consideration of the mutual promises and mutual obligations set forth herein, that the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

SECTION 1.                             Definitions .  Section 2 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by:

 

1.1                                adding, in the proper alphabetical order, the terms “ Encumbered Mortgage Servicing Rights ,” “ Encumbered Mortgage Servicing Rights Equity ,” “ MSR Valuation ,” “ Third Party Evaluator ” and “ Unencumbered Mortgage Servicing Rights ” as set forth below:

 

Encumbered Mortgage Servicing Rights ” means any mortgage servicing rights that are subject to any Lien, claim, restriction or other encumbrance that limits in any way the ability to dispose of or transfer such asset whether or not such Lien, claim,  restriction or other encumbrance relates to any outstanding debt.

 

Encumbered Mortgage Servicing Rights Equity ” means that portion of the MSR Valuation of the Encumbered Mortgage Servicing Rights that exceeds the Indebtedness encumbering such mortgage servicing rights.

 

MSR Valuation ” shall mean the lesser of (i) the value of the mortgage servicing rights owned by the Seller as set forth in the Seller’s most recent balance sheet as determined by the Seller as of such date in accordance with GAAP, (ii) the Buyer’s

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 



 

valuation of such mortgage servicing rights as determined by the Buyer, or (iii) a Third Party Evaluator’s valuation of such mortgage servicing rights as determined by such Third Party Evaluator.

 

Third Party Evaluator ” shall mean an appraiser approved by Buyer in its sole good faith discretion.

 

Unencumbered Mortgage Servicing Rights ” means any mortgage servicing rights that are not Encumbered Mortgage Servicing Rights.

 

1.2                                deleting the definitions of “ Adjusted Tangible Net Worth, ” “ Conforming High CLTV Loan ,” “ Maximum Committed Purchase Price ” and “ Termination Date ” in their entirety and replacing them with the following:

 

Adjusted Tangible Net Worth ” means, for any Person, Net Worth of such Person plus Subordinated Debt (provided that Subordinated Debt shall not be taken into account to the extent that it would cause Adjusted Tangible Net Worth to be comprised of greater than 25% Subordinated Debt), minus (a) 50% of the MSR Valuation of any Unencumbered Mortgage Servicing Rights; (b) 50% of the Encumbered Mortgage Servicing Rights Equity; (c) intangibles; (d) goodwill and (e) receivables from Affiliates; provided , however , that any investment vehicle that is under the management of PNMAC Capital Management LLC and is otherwise not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by Seller shall not be deemed an “Affiliate” for the purposes of this definition.

 

Conforming High CLTV Loan ” means a Conforming Mortgage Loan originated in accordance with the applicable Agency’s underwriting guidelines, with a combined LTV of 95% or higher but not to exceed (i) for a Purchased Mortgage Loan that refinances an existing Mortgage Loan already being serviced by Servicer, 150% and (ii) for any other Purchased Mortgage Loan that refinances a Mortgage Loan serviced by an unaffiliated servicer, 135%.

 

Maximum Committed Purchase Price ” means ONE HUNDRED FIFTY MILLION DOLLARS ($150,000,000).  All funds made available by Buyer to Seller under this Agreement will first be attributed to the Maximum Committed Purchase Price.

 

Termination Date ” means the earlier of (a) September 23, 2013, and (b) the date of the occurrence of an Event of Default.

 

SECTION 2.                             Reports .  Section 17 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by:

 

2.1                                deleting paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) in their entirety and replacing them with the following:

 

“(1)                            as soon as available and in any event within forty-five (45) calendar days after the end of each calendar month, the unaudited consolidated balance sheets of Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries and the unaudited balance sheet of Seller, each as at the end of such period and the related unaudited consolidated

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2



 

statements of income for Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries and Seller for such period and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such period, accompanied by a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Guarantor or Seller, as applicable, which certificate shall state that said consolidated financial statements or financial statements, as applicable, fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial condition or financial condition, as applicable, and results of operations of Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries or Seller, as applicable, in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, as at the end of, and for, such period (subject to normal year-end adjustments);

 

(2)                                  as soon as available and in any event within forty-five (45) calendar days after the end of each calendar quarter, the unaudited consolidated cash flow statements of Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries and the unaudited cash flow statements of Seller, each as at the end of such period  and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such period, accompanied by a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Guarantor or Seller, as applicable, which certificate shall state that said consolidated financial statements or financial statements, as applicable, fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial condition or financial condition, as applicable, and results of operations of Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries or Seller, as applicable, in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, as at the end of, and for, such period (subject to normal year-end adjustments);”

 

2.2                                deleting paragraph (f) in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

“f. MSR Reports .  Seller shall provide the market value analysis for the MSR Valuation as determined (i) internally for each monthly fiscal period and (ii) by a Third Party Evaluator for each quarterly fiscal period to the extent that Seller has received a value from a Third Party Evaluator in such instances as more particularly set forth in the Officer’s Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 17.b. herein.

 

g. Other .  Seller shall deliver to Buyer any other reports or information reasonably requested by Buyer or as otherwise required pursuant to this Agreement.”

 

SECTION 3.                             Exhibits Exhibit D of the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the attached Exhibit A .

 

SECTION 4.                             Conditions Precedent .  This Amendment shall become effective as of the date hereof (the “ Amendment Effective Date ”), subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

4.1                                Delivered Documents .  On the Amendment Effective Date, the Buyer shall have received the following documents, each of which shall be satisfactory to the Buyer in form and substance:

 

(a)                                  this Amendment, executed and delivered by duly authorized officers of the Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor; and

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

3



 

(b)                                  such other documents as the Buyer or counsel to the Buyer may reasonably request.

 

SECTION 5.                             Representations and Warranties .  Seller hereby represents and warrants to the Buyer that it is in compliance with all the terms and provisions set forth in the Existing Repurchase Agreement on its part to be observed or performed, and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and hereby confirms and reaffirms the representations and warranties contained in Section 13 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement.

 

SECTION 6.                             Limited Effect .  Except as expressly amended and modified by this Amendment, the Existing Repurchase Agreement shall continue to be, and shall remain, in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and the execution of this Amendment by the Buyer.

 

SECTION 7.                             Severability . Each provision and agreement herein shall be treated as separate and independent from any other provision or agreement herein and shall be enforceable notwithstanding the unenforceability of any such other provision or agreement.

 

SECTION 8.                             Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed by each of the parties hereto on any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

SECTION 9.                             GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE CHOICE OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF.

 

SECTION 10.                      Reaffirmation of Guaranty .  The Guarantor hereby ratifies and affirms all of the terms, covenants, conditions and obligations of the Guaranty and acknowledges and agrees that the term “Obligations” as used in the Guaranty shall apply to all of the Obligations of Seller to Buyer under the Repurchase Agreement, as amended hereby.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

4



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused their names to be signed hereto by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

Buyer:

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON MORTGAGE CAPITAL LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adam Loskove

 

 

Name:

Adam Loskove

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

Seller:

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Anne D. McCallion

 

 

Name:

Anne D. McCallion

 

 

Title:

Vice President, Finance

 

 

 

 

Guarantor:

PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Anne D. McCallion

 

 

Name:

Anne D. McCallion

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 


 

AMENDMENT NO. 14
TO MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

Amendment No. 14, dated as of December 12, 2012 (this “ Amendment ”), among CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON MORTGAGE CAPITAL LLC (the “ Buyer ”), PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC (the “ Seller ”) and PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC (the “ Guarantor ”).

 

RECITALS

 

The Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor are parties to that certain Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2009 (as amended, the “ Existing Repurchase Agreement ”; and as further amended by this Amendment, the “ Repurchase Agreement ”).  The Guarantor is party to that certain Guaranty (the “ Guaranty ”), dated as of August 14, 2009, as the same may be further amended from time to time, by the Guarantor in favor of Buyer.  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Existing Repurchase Agreement and Guaranty, as applicable.

 

The Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment, that the Existing Repurchase Agreement be amended to reflect certain agreed upon revisions to the terms of the Existing Repurchase Agreement.  As a condition precedent to amending the Existing Repurchase Agreement, the Buyer has required the Guarantor to ratify and affirm the Guaranty on the date hereof.

 

Accordingly, the Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor hereby agree, in consideration of the mutual promises and mutual obligations set forth herein, that the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

SECTION 1.                             Definitions .  Section 2 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by:

 

1.1                                deleting the definitions of “ Adjusted Tangible Net Worth ” and “ Servicing Facility Agreement ” in their entirety and replacing them with the following:

 

Adjusted Tangible Net Worth ” means, for any Person, Net Worth of such Person plus Subordinated Debt (provided that Subordinated Debt shall not be taken into account to the extent that it would cause Adjusted Tangible Net Worth to be comprised of greater than 25% Subordinated Debt), minus (a) the difference, if any, of (x) the value of the mortgage servicing rights owned by such Person as set forth in such Person’s most recent balance sheet as determined by such Person as of such date in accordance with GAAP and (y) the MSR Valuation, (b) 50% of the MSR Valuation of any Unencumbered Mortgage Servicing Rights; (c) 50% of the Encumbered Mortgage Servicing Rights Equity; (d) intangibles; (e) goodwill and (f) receivables from Affiliates; provided , however , that any investment vehicle that is under the management of PNMAC Capital Management LLC and is otherwise not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by Seller shall not be deemed an “Affiliate” for the purposes of this definition.”

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 



 

Servicing Facility Agreement ” means that certain Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 27, 2012, between Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, as lender, PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, as borrower, and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, as guarantor.

 

SECTION 2.                             Covenants .  Section 14(a) of the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended deleting such section in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

“a.                                 Adjusted Tangible Net Worth .  Seller shall maintain, at all times, an Adjusted Tangible Net Worth of at least the sum of (i) $65,000,000, plus (ii) 50% of any additional Capital Contributions contributed on or after November 30, 2012 (without taking into account such Capital Contributions to the extent that they are paid to (A) satisfy the requirement set forth in clause (i) above or (B) satisfy Margin Calls hereunder).”

 

SECTION 3.                             Exhibit D of the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the attached Exhibit A .

 

SECTION 4.                             Conditions Precedent .  This Amendment shall become effective as of November 30, 2012 (the “ Amendment Effective Date ”), subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

4.1                                Delivered Documents .  On the Amendment Effective Date, the Buyer shall have received the following documents, each of which shall be satisfactory to the Buyer in form and substance:

 

(a)                                  this Amendment, executed and delivered by duly authorized officers of the Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor; and

 

(b)                                  such other documents as the Buyer or counsel to the Buyer may reasonably request.

 

SECTION 5.                             Representations and Warranties .  Seller hereby represents and warrants to the Buyer that it is in compliance with all the terms and provisions set forth in the Existing Repurchase Agreement on its part to be observed or performed, and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and hereby confirms and reaffirms the representations and warranties contained in Section 13 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement.

 

SECTION 6.                             Limited Effect .  Except as expressly amended and modified by this Amendment, the Existing Repurchase Agreement shall continue to be, and shall remain, in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and the execution of this Amendment by the Buyer.

 

SECTION 7.                             Severability . Each provision and agreement herein shall be treated as separate and independent from any other provision or agreement herein and shall be enforceable notwithstanding the unenforceability of any such other provision or agreement.

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2



 

SECTION 8.                             Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed by each of the parties hereto on any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

SECTION 9.                             GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE CHOICE OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF.

 

SECTION 10.                      Reaffirmation of Guaranty .  The Guarantor hereby ratifies and affirms all of the terms, covenants, conditions and obligations of the Guaranty and acknowledges and agrees that the term “Obligations” as used in the Guaranty shall apply to all of the Obligations of Seller to Buyer under the Repurchase Agreement, as amended hereby.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused their names to be signed hereto by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

Buyer:

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON MORTGAGE CAPITAL LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Peter Schancupp

 

 

Name:

Peter Schancupp

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

Seller:

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Pamela Marsh

 

 

Name:

Pamela Marsh

 

 

Title:

Managing Director, Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantor:

PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Pamela Marsh

 

 

Name:

Pamela Marsh

 

 

Title:

Managing Director, Treasurer

 


[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 




Exhibit 10.26

 

Execution Version

 

MASTER SPREAD ACQUISITION AND MSR SERVICING AGREEMENT

 

This Master Spread Acquisition Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Seller ”), and PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Purchaser ”), (the “ Purchaser ”), as of February 1, 2013.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Seller may from time to time acquire mortgage servicing rights from third parties;

 

WHEREAS, the Purchaser may from time to time desire to acquire the right to excess servicing spread arising from such mortgage servicing rights;

 

WHEREAS, the Seller and the Purchaser desire that the Seller service or subservice the mortgage loans to which such servicing rights relate and provide additional administrative services; and

 

WHEREAS, the Seller desires to retain the right to refinance the residential mortgage loans in the pool and the Seller will obtain a competitive benefit from serving as the servicer or subservicer of such mortgage loans and the Seller and the Purchaser are willing to grant such right, as long as the excess servicing spread with respect to such mortgage loans is assigned by the Seller to the Purchaser as described herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and agreements set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and the sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.01          Definitions .  For purposes of this Agreement, the following capitalized terms, unless the context otherwise requires, shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

 

Accepted Servicing Practices ” means, with respect to each Mortgage Loan (including all real estate acquired in respect of such Mortgage upon a foreclosure or acceptance of a deed in lieu of foreclosure), each of those mortgage servicing practices (including collection procedures) of prudent mortgage lending institutions which service mortgage loans of the same type as such Mortgage Loan in the jurisdiction where the related Mortgaged Property is located, which servicing practices (i) are in compliance with all federal, state and local laws and regulations, (ii) shall be in accordance with the Seller’s policies and procedures as amended from time to time for mortgage loans of the same type, (iii) are in accordance with the terms of the related mortgage, deed of trust or similar security instrument and the related promissory note and (iv) are at a minimum based on the requirements set forth from time to time by Fannie Mae.

 


 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person controlling or controlled by or under common control with such specified Person.  For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by management contract or otherwise and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing; provided, however, that Affiliates of the Purchaser shall include only PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, and Affiliates of the Seller shall include only PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC and their wholly-owned subsidiaries.

 

Agency ” means, with respect to an Agency Mortgage Loan, Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae, as applicable.

 

Agency Mortgage Loan ” means a Mortgage Loan that is a Fannie Mae Mortgage Loan, a Freddie Mac Mortgage Loan or a Ginnie Mae Mortgage Loan.

 

Allowed Retention Percentage ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(a) .

 

Alternative Mortgage Loan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(b) .

 

Assignment ” means an assignment substantially in the form of Exhibit B .

 

Assignment Date ” means, with respect to any Mortgage Loan Identification Date, the date that is five (5) Business Days following such Mortgage Loan Identification Date or such other date as may be set forth in the applicable Confirmation.

 

Base Servicing Fee ” means, with respect to each Primary Portfolio or its related Secondary Portfolio and each Collection Period, an amount equal to the product of (A) the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Primary Portfolio Mortgage Loans or the Secondary Portfolio Mortgage Loans, as the case may be, as of the first day of such Collection Period and (B) one-twelfth of the Transaction Base Servicing Fee Rate; provided, however , that (1) with respect to all Primary Portfolio Mortgage Loans in such Primary Portfolio or all Secondary Portfolio Mortgage Loans in such Secondary Portfolio, if the initial Collection Period is less than a full month, such fee for each such Primary Portfolio Mortgage Loan or each such Secondary Portfolio Mortgage Loan shall be an amount equal to the product of the fee otherwise described above and a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in such initial Collection Period and the denominator of which is 360; (2) if any Primary Portfolio Mortgage Loan or Secondary Portfolio Mortgage Loan ceases to be part of the Primary Portfolio or the Secondary Portfolio, as the case may be, during such Collection Period as a result of a termination of the Seller’s duties as servicer or subservicer under the applicable Servicing Agreement or Guide, the portion of such amount that is attributable to such Primary Portfolio Mortgage Loan or Secondary Portfolio Mortgage Loan shall be adjusted to an amount equal to the product of such portion and a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in such Collection Period during which such Primary Portfolio Mortgage Loan or Secondary Portfolio Mortgage Loan was included in the Primary Portfolio or in the Secondary Portfolio, as the case may be, and denominator of which is 360; and (3) if the Primary Portfolio Collections for such Primary Portfolio and such Collection Period or the Secondary Portfolio Collections for such

 



 

Secondary Portfolio and such Collection Period were used to cover prepayment interest shortfalls on the Primary Portfolio Mortgage Loans or the Secondary Portfolio Mortgage Loans, as the case may be, the fee otherwise described above shall be reduced by the amount of such reduction multiplied by the ratio (expressed as a percentage) equal to the Transaction Base Servicing Fee Rate divided by the rate per annum at which the Primary Portfolio Collections or Secondary Portfolio Collections, as the case may be, accrued in the aggregate during such Collection Period.

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

Collection Period ” means, with respect to each Transaction Remittance Date, the calendar month preceding the month in which such Transaction Remittance Date occurs.

 

Confirmation ” means a letter agreement between the Seller and the Purchaser substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A that includes a mortgage loan schedule and sets forth each of a “transaction settlement date”, a “transaction base servicing fee rate”, a “transaction asset purchase agreement”, a “transaction purchase price percentage” and a “transaction excess spread percentage”.

 

Confirmation Date ” means the date of a Confirmation.

 

Eligible Account ” means any of (i) an account maintained with a federal or state chartered depository institution or trust company, the long-term deposit or long-term unsecured debt obligations of which are rated no less than investment grade by at least two Rating Agencies, if the deposits are to be held in the account for more than thirty (30) days, or the short-term deposit or short-term unsecured debt obligations of which are rated investment grade by at least two Rating Agencies, (ii) a segregated trust account maintained with the trust department of a federal or state chartered depository institution or trust company acting in its fiduciary capacity, and which, in either case, has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 and is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority and to regulations regarding fiduciary funds on deposit similar to Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations Section 9.10(b), or (iii) an account approved by the Seller and the Purchaser.

 

Excess Refinancing Percentage ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(a) .

 

Expense Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.16 .

 

Expense Amount Accountant’s Letter ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.16 .

 

Expense Amount Tax Opinion ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.16 .

 

Expense Escrow Account ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.16 .

 

Fannie Mae ” means the Federal National Mortgage Association, or any successor thereto.

 

Fannie Mae Guide ” means, collectively, the Fannie Mae Selling Guide and Servicing Guide, as such Guide may be amended from time to time hereafter.

 



 

Fannie Mae Mortgage Loan ”  A Mortgage Loan underwritten in accordance with the guidelines of Fannie Mae described in the Fannie Mae Guide.

 

Freddie Mac ” means the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, or any successor thereto.

 

Freddie Mac Guide ” means the Freddie Mac Single-Family Seller/Servicer Guide, as such Guide may be amended from time to time hereafter.

 

Freddie Mac Mortgage Loan ”  A Mortgage Loan underwritten in accordance with the guidelines of Freddie Mac described in the Freddie Mac Guide.

 

Ginnie Mae ” means the Government National Mortgage Association, or any successor thereto.

 

Ginnie Mae Mortgage Loan ” means a Mortgage Loan underwritten in accordance with the guidelines of Ginnie Mae described in the Ginnie Mae Guide.

 

Ginnie Mae Guide ” means the Ginnie Mae Mortgage-Backed Securities Guide, as such Guide may hereafter from time to time be amended.

 

Guide ” means with respect to any Fannie Mae Mortgage Loan, the Fannie Mae Guide; with respect to any Freddie Mac Mortgage Loan, the Freddie Mac Guide; and with respect to any Ginnie Mae Mortgage Loan, the Ginnie Mae Guide.

 

HUD ” means the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development, or any successor thereto.

 

Lien ” means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, collateral assignment, charge, deposit, arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), security interest or preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever intended to assure payment of any indebtedness or the performance of any other obligation, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement.

 

Mortgage Loan ”“ means a one-to-four family residential loan that is secured by a mortgage, deed of trust or other similar security instrument.  A Mortgage Loan includes the Mortgage Loan Documents, the Mortgage File, the monthly payments, any principal payments or prepayments, any related escrow accounts, the mortgage servicing rights and all other rights, benefits, proceeds and obligations arising from or in connection with such Mortgage Loan.

 

Mortgage Loan Documents ” means the mortgages, notes, assignments and an electronic record or copy of a mortgage loan application.

 

Mortgage Loan Identification Date ” means, with respect to a calendar month, the 25th day of the immediately succeeding calendar month.

 

Mortgaged Property ” means the real property that secures a Mortgage Loan.

 



 

New Mortgage Loan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(a) .

 

Non-Agency Mortgage Loan ” means a Mortgage Loan that is not an Agency Mortgage Loan.

 

Nonqualifying Income ” means any amount that is treated as gross income for purposes of Section 856 of the Code and which is not Qualifying Income.

 

Payoff ” means, with respect to a Mortgage Loan, any payment in full of the unpaid principal balance of such Mortgage Loan that is received in advance of the last scheduled due date for such Mortgage Loan and accompanied by the accrued and unpaid interest to the date of such payment in full.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

Primary Portfolio ” means the residential mortgage loans identified and listed on a schedule to a Confirmation.

 

Primary Portfolio Collections ” means, with respect to each Primary Portfolio, the funds collected on the related Primary Portfolio Mortgage Loans and allocated as the servicing compensation payable to the Seller as servicer or subservicer of such Primary Portfolio Mortgage Loans pursuant to one or more Servicing Agreements and Guides, other than Ancillary Income and, for the avoidance of doubt, other than reimbursements received by the Seller from a loan owner for advances and other out-of-pocket expenditures pursuant to such Servicing Agreements and Guides.

 

Primary Portfolio Excess Spread ” means, with respect to each Primary Portfolio, the rights of the Seller, severable from any and all other rights under the applicable Servicing Agreements and Guides, to the Transaction Excess Spread Percentage of the Primary Portfolio Total Spread on such Primary Portfolio.

 

Primary Portfolio Mortgage Loan ” means a Mortgage Loan that is included in the Primary Portfolio.

 

Primary Portfolio Retained Spread ” means, with respect to each Primary Portfolio, the rights of the Seller, severable from any and all other rights under the applicable Servicing Agreements and Guides, to the Transaction Retained Spread Percentage of the Primary Portfolio Total Spread on such Primary Portfolio.

 

Primary Portfolio Spread Custodial Account ” means, with respect to each Primary Portfolio, the account established under Section 5.01 , which shall be entitled “PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, as Seller, on behalf of PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P., Primary Portfolio Collection Account”, and into which account all Primary Portfolio Collections and Primary Portfolio Termination Payments in respect of such Primary Portfolio shall be deposited.

 



 

Primary Portfolio Termination Payment ” means, with respect to each Primary Portfolio, any payment made by a loan owner or master servicer in connection with an exercise of any right that such Person may have to terminate the Seller as the servicer or subservicer of any Primary Portfolio Mortgage Loan; provided , however , that, if such a payment is made with respect to a group of mortgage loans and fewer than all such mortgage loans are Primary Portfolio Mortgage Loans, then the “Primary Portfolio Termination Payment” shall mean the portion of such termination payment that is reasonably attributable to the Primary Portfolio Mortgage Loans in such group based upon the methodology set forth in the applicable Servicing Agreement for the calculation of termination payments thereunder.

 

Primary Portfolio Total Spread ” means, with respect to each Primary Portfolio, for each Collection Period on or after the related Transaction Settlement Date, the sum of the following:  (a) the Primary Portfolio Collections received during such Collection Period, net of the  Base Servicing Fee; and (b) all other amounts payable by a loan owner or master servicer to the Seller with respect to the Servicing Rights for the Primary Portfolio Mortgage Loans, including any Primary Portfolio Termination Payments, but for the avoidance of doubt, excluding all Ancillary Income and reimbursements for advances and other out-of-pocket expenditures received by the Seller from a loan owner in accordance with the applicable Servicing Agreements and Guides.

 

Protected REIT ” means any entity that (i) has elected to be taxed as a real estate investment trust pursuant to Section 856 et seq. of the Code, (ii) owns a direct or indirect equity interest in Purchaser, and (iii) is treated for purposes of Section 856 of the Code as owning all or a portion of the assets of the Purchaser or as receiving all or a portion of the Purchaser’s income.

 

Qualifying Income ” means gross income that is described in Section 856(c)(2) or 856(c)(3) of the Code.

 

REIT Requirements ” means the requirements imposed on real estate investment trusts pursuant to Sections 856 through and including 860 of the Code.

 

Replacement Mortgage Loan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(a) .

 

Replacement Portfolio ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(a) .

 

Retained Portfolio ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(a) .

 

Secondary Portfolio ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(f) .

 

Secondary Portfolio Collections ” means, with respect to each Secondary Portfolio, the funds collected on the related Secondary Portfolio Mortgage Loans and allocated as the servicing compensation payable to the Seller as servicer or subservicer of such Secondary Portfolio Mortgage Loans pursuant to one or more Servicing Agreements and Guides, other than Ancillary Income and, for the avoidance of doubt, other than reimbursements received by the Seller from a loan owner for advances and other out-of-pocket expenditures pursuant to such Servicing Agreements and Guides.

 

Secondary Portfolio Excess Spread ” means, with respect to the Secondary Portfolio related to each Primary Portfolio, the rights of the Seller, severable from any and all other rights

 



 

under the applicable Servicing Agreements and Guides, to the Transaction Excess Spread Percentage of the Secondary Portfolio Total Spread on such Secondary Portfolio.

 

Secondary Portfolio Mortgage Loan ” means a Mortgage Loan that is included in the Secondary Portfolio.

 

Secondary Portfolio Retained Spread ” means, with respect to each Secondary Portfolio, the rights of the Seller, severable from any and all other rights under the applicable Servicing Agreements and Guides, to the Transaction Retained Spread Percentage of the Secondary Portfolio Total Spread on such Secondary Portfolio.

 

Secondary Portfolio Spread Custodial Account ” means, with respect to each Secondary Portfolio, the account established under Section 6.01 , which shall be entitled “PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, as Seller, on behalf of PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P., Secondary Portfolio Collection Account”, and into which account all Secondary Portfolio Collections and Secondary Portfolio Termination Payments in respect of such Secondary Portfolio shall be deposited.

 

Secondary Portfolio Termination Payment ” means, with respect to each Secondary Portfolio, any payment made by a loan owner or master servicer in connection with an exercise of any right that such Person may have to terminate the Seller as the servicer or subservicer of any Secondary Portfolio Mortgage Loan; provided , however , that, if such a payment is made with respect to a group of mortgage loans and fewer than all such mortgage loans are Secondary Portfolio Mortgage Loans, then the “Secondary Portfolio Termination Payment” shall mean the portion of such termination payment that is reasonably attributable to the Secondary Portfolio Mortgage Loans in such group based upon the methodology set forth in the applicable Servicing Agreement for the calculation of termination payments thereunder.

 

Secondary Portfolio Total Spread ” means, with respect to each Secondary Portfolio, for each Collection Period on or after the initial Assignment Date when Secondary Portfolio Mortgage Loans became part of the Secondary Portfolio, the sum of the following:  (a) the Secondary Portfolio Collections received during such Collection Period, net of the Base Servicing Fee; and (b) all other amounts payable by a loan owner or master servicer to the Seller with respect to the Servicing Rights for Secondary Portfolio Mortgage Loans, including any Secondary Portfolio Termination Payments, but for the avoidance of doubt, excluding all Ancillary Income and reimbursements for advances and other out-of-pocket expenditures received by the Seller from a loan owner or master servicer in accordance with the applicable Servicing Agreements and Guides.

 

Servicing Agreement ” means, with respect to each Non-Agency Mortgage Loan, the servicing agreements, as amended from time to time, and any waivers, consent letters, acknowledgments and other agreements under which such Non-Agency Mortgage Loan is serviced and administered.

 

Servicing Rights ” means, with respect to each Mortgage Loan, the right to do any and all of the following:  (a) service and administer such Mortgage Loan; (b) collect any payments or monies payable or received for servicing such Mortgage Loan; (c) collect any late fees,

 



 

assumption fees, penalties or similar payments with respect to such Mortgage Loan; (d) enforce the provisions of all agreements or documents creating, defining or evidencing any such servicing rights and all rights of the servicer thereunder, including, but not limited to, any clean-up calls and termination options; (e) collect and apply any escrow payments or other similar payments with respect to such Mortgage Loan; (f) control and maintain all accounts and other rights to payments related to any of the property described in the other clauses of this definition; (g) possess and use any and all documents, files, records, servicing files, servicing documents, servicing records, data tapes, computer records, or other information pertaining to such Mortgage Loan or pertaining to the past, present or prospective servicing of such Mortgage Loan; and (h) enforce any and all rights, powers and privileges incident to any of the foregoing.

 

Transaction ” means the collective transactions scheduled to be consummated or that are consummated (as the context may require) with respect to a Primary Portfolio and the related prospective Secondary Portfolio on a Transaction Settlement Date.

 

Transaction Asset Purchase Agreement ” means, with respect to each Transaction, the agreement pursuant to which the Seller is required to purchase or otherwise acquire the Servicing Rights relating to the Primary Portfolio Mortgage Loans, as in effect from time to time.

 

Transaction Base Servicing Fee Rate ” means, with respect to each Primary Portfolio and its related Secondary Portfolio, the rate per annum denominated as such and set forth in the related Confirmation.

 

Transaction Excess Spread Percentage ” means, with respect to each Primary Portfolio and its related Secondary Portfolio, the percentage denominated as such and set forth in the related Confirmation.

 

Transaction Purchase Price ” means, with respect to each Transaction, the product of (i) the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Primary Portfolio Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-off Date, (ii) the Transaction Purchase Price Percentage and (iii) the Transaction Excess Spread Percentage.

 

Transaction Purchase Price Percentage ” means, with respect to each Primary Portfolio, the percentage denominated as such and set forth in the related Confirmation.

 

Transaction Remittance Date ” means with respect to each Primary Portfolio and its related Secondary Portfolio, the date denominated as such and set forth in the Confirmation, or, if no date is set forth in the Confirmation, the 10th day of each calendar month, or if such day is not a Business Day, the prior Business Day, beginning in the month following the Transaction Settlement Date, or such other day as may be agreed upon by the Seller and the Purchaser.

 

Transaction Retained Spread Percentage ” means, with respect to each Primary Portfolio and its related Secondary Portfolio, 100% minus the Transaction Excess Spread Percentage.

 

Transaction Settlement Date ” means, with respect to each Primary Portfolio, the date denominated as such and set forth in the related Confirmation.

 

Transaction Threshold Percentage ” means 35%.

 



 

Section 1.02          General Interpretive Principles .  For purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)           The terms defined in this Agreement have the meanings assigned to them in this Agreement and include the plural as well as the singular, and the use of any gender herein shall be deemed to include the other gender;

 

(b)           Accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)           References herein to “Articles,” “Sections,” “Subsections,” “Paragraphs,” and other subdivisions without reference to a document are to designated Articles, Sections, Subsections, Paragraphs and other subdivisions of this Agreement;

 

(d)           A reference to a Subsection without further reference to a Section is a reference to such Subsection as contained in the same Section in which the reference appears, and this rule shall also apply to Paragraphs and other subdivisions;

 

(e)           The words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision; and

 

(f)            The term “include” or “including” shall mean without limitation by reason of enumeration.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Section 2.01          Representations, Warranties and Agreements of the Seller .  The Seller hereby makes to the Purchaser and the Seller, as of the date hereof and as of each Transaction Settlement Date and each Assignment Date, the representations and warranties set forth on Exhibit C .

 

Section 2.02          Representations, Warranties and Agreements of the Purchaser .  The Purchaser hereby makes to the Seller and Seller, as of the date hereof and as of each Transaction Settlement Date and each Assignment Date, the representations and warranties set forth on Exhibit D .

 

ARTICLE 3

 

PURCHASES

 

Section 3.01          Purchases .

 

(a)           Transaction Agreement .  The execution and delivery of each Confirmation between the Seller and the Purchaser shall be an agreement between such parties to the effect that, with respect to the Primary Portfolio described therein, and subject to the terms hereof and thereof, (i) the Seller shall sell, and the Purchaser shall purchase, on the Transaction Settlement

 



 

Date all of the Seller’s right, title and interest in and to the Primary Portfolio Excess Spread and all proceeds thereof and the Secondary Portfolio Excess Spread and all proceeds thereof, all in exchange for the payment of the Transaction Purchase Price, and (ii) each party shall perform its duties under this Agreement as supplemented and amended by such Confirmation.

 

(b)           Closing Conditions .  The duties of the Seller and the Purchaser to consummate each Transaction shall be subject to the satisfaction of various conditions as set forth below:

 

(i)            The duty of each party to consummate such Transaction shall be subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

 

(A)                                the Seller shall have acquired the Servicing Rights with respect to the related Primary Portfolio;

 

(B)                                the representations and warranties made by the other party in this Agreement and each other Transaction document to which such party is a party to be made on or prior to the Transaction Settlement Date shall be true and correct in all material respects; and

 

(C)                                the other party shall have performed or caused the performance of each covenant or obligation required to be performed by such party on or before the Transaction Settlement Date (including the delivery of documents required to be delivered by such other party under subsection (c) );

 

(ii)           The duty of the Seller to consummate such Transaction shall be further subject to the satisfaction of the additional condition that no change in the Purchaser’s financial condition shall have occurred following the Confirmation Date that would be reasonably likely to materially and adversely affect the Purchaser’s ability to consummate the Transaction on the Transaction Settlement Date;

 

(iii)          The duty of the Purchaser to consummate such Transaction shall be further subject to the satisfaction of the following additional conditions:

 

(A)                                no change in the Seller’s financial or operating condition, the Seller’s good standing with and authority from the related loan owners and (if applicable) master servicers, Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae, the Servicing Rights, the Primary Portfolio Mortgage Loans or the escrow accounts related to the Primary Portfolio Mortgage Loans shall have occurred following the Confirmation Date that, individually or in the aggregate, would be  reasonably likely to materially and adversely one or more of (x) the Seller’s ability to consummate such Transaction on the Transaction Settlement Date, (y) the performance of the Primary Portfolio Excess Spread, or (z) the practical or other ability of an owner of the Servicing Rights to realize the benefits thereof;

 


 

 

(B)                                the Seller shall have obtained or caused to have been obtained all consents, approvals or other requirements of third parties required for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including (if applicable) all requisite Agency approvals;

 

(D)                                the Seller shall have been appointed as the servicer or subservicer for the Primary Portfolio Mortgage Loans; and

 

(E)                                 the information set forth in the data tape delivered to Purchaser on the Transaction Settlement Date shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date specified.

 

(c)           Closing Documents .  The closing documents for each Transaction shall consist of the documents set forth below, which the Seller shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Purchaser on or before the Transaction Settlement Date:

 

(i)            an Assignment executed by the Seller in which the Seller assigns to the Purchaser all of the Seller’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Primary Portfolio Excess Spread;

 

(ii)           a copy of the Transaction Asset Purchase Agreement;

 

(iii)          a copy of the instrument evidencing the Seller’s acquisition of the Servicing Rights with respect to the Primary Portfolio;

 

(iv)          all consents, approvals or other requirements of third parties required for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including (if applicable) all requisite Agency approvals; and

 

(v)           such officers’ certificates, opinions of counsel, instruments and documents as the Purchaser may reasonably request.

 

(d)           Closing .  On the Transaction Settlement Date for each Primary Portfolio, the Purchaser shall pay the Transaction Purchase Price to the Seller, the Seller shall convey the Primary Portfolio Excess Spread to the Purchaser and the Seller shall commence servicing or subservicing the Primary Portfolio Mortgage Loans in accordance with the applicable Servicing Agreements and Guides if such servicing or subservicing has not already commenced.  The Transaction Purchase Price shall be paid by wire transfer of immediately available funds.

 

(e)           Additional Representations and Warranties .  Upon the consummation of the transactions scheduled to occur on the Transaction Settlement Date for each Primary Portfolio:

 

(i)            the Seller shall be deemed to have represented and warranted to the Purchaser (and such representations and warranties shall survive the Transaction Settlement Date) that:

 



 

(A)                                with respect to each Primary Portfolio Mortgage Loan, the Seller has been duly and validly appointed as the servicer or subservicer thereof under the applicable Servicing Agreement or Guide and, for the purposes of such capacity, such Servicing Agreement or Guide is in full force and effect;

 

(B)                                the Seller is not in breach of or in default of its duties under any applicable Servicing Agreement or Guide to the extent that such breach would adversely affect the interests of the Purchaser with respect to one or more Primary Portfolio Mortgage Loans;

 

(C)                                no event has occurred that, with or without notice or the passage of time, would entitle any Person to terminate the Seller as servicer or subservicer of any Primary Portfolio Mortgage Loan under any applicable Servicing Agreement or Guide, and the Seller has no notice or knowledge of the intention of any Person to terminate or cause the termination of the Seller’s rights and duties as servicer or subservicer under any applicable Servicing Agreement or Guide;

 

(D)                                the information set forth in the data tape delivered to Purchaser on the Transaction Settlement Date is true and correct in all material respects as of the date specified; and

 

(E)                                 the Seller is the sole owner of the Servicing Rights related to each Mortgage Loan in such Primary Portfolio (subject to the terms of the related Servicing Agreement or Guide), free and clear of any Lien, claim, encumbrance or ownership interest in favor or any Person other than the interests of the Purchaser contemplated hereby; and

 

(ii)           the Purchaser shall be deemed to have represented and warranted to the Seller (and such representations and warranties shall survive the Transaction Settlement Date) that the Purchaser is a sophisticated investor and its decision to enter into such Transaction is based upon the Purchaser’s independent experience, knowledge and due diligence and evaluation of such Transaction without reliance on any oral or written information provided by Seller other than the representations and warranties made by Seller pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

Section 3.02          Intent of Parties .

 

The Seller and the Purchaser intend that each Transaction constitute a valid sale of the Primary Portfolio Excess Spread for the related Primary Portfolio by the Seller to the Purchaser, free and clear of any Lien.  If the conveyance of the Primary Portfolio Excess Spread is characterized by a court or governmental authority as security for a loan rather than an absolute transfer or sale, the Seller will be deemed to have granted to Purchaser, and Seller hereby grants to Purchaser, a security interest in all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Primary Portfolio Excess Spread and all proceeds thereof as security for a loan in an amount equal to the Transaction Purchase Price.

 



 

In connection with each Transaction, the Seller hereby authorizes the filing of any financing statements or continuation statements, and amendments to financing statements, in any jurisdictions and with any filing offices as the Purchaser may determine, in its sole discretion, are necessary or advisable to perfect the sale of the assets conveyed and security interests granted to Purchaser and agrees to execute financing statements in form reasonably acceptable to the Purchaser and the Seller at the request of the Purchaser in order to reflect the Purchaser’s interests in the assets conveyed to or subjected to a security interest in favor of the Purchaser pursuant to such Transaction and in the Primary Spread Custodial Account and Secondary Spread Custodial Account related to such Transaction.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

RECAPTURE

 

Section 4.01          Recapture .

 

(a)           With respect to each Primary Portfolio, if, during any calendar month, the Seller or its Affiliates originate new residential mortgage loans the proceeds of which are used to refinance a Mortgage Loan in such Primary Portfolio (such a new mortgage loan, a “ New Mortgage Loan ”), the Seller shall transfer and convey to the Purchaser on the related Assignment Date the Secondary Portfolio Excess Spread with respect to one or more of such New Mortgage Loans (subject to subsection (b) ) that together have an aggregate unpaid principal balance that is not less than the sum of the following amounts:

 

(i)            the product of (i) the aggregate amount of Payoffs (whether or not resulting from refinancings) received during such calendar month on all loans that were Primary Portfolio Mortgage Loans at the beginning of the month and (ii) the Transaction Threshold Percentage;

 

(ii)           the product of (i) the dollar amount of New Mortgage Loans that were originated during the calendar month, net of the amount described in clause (i) above, and (ii) 100% minus the Allowed Retention Percentage; and

 

(iii)          either:

 

(A)                                a positive amount (and in no event less than zero) equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the cumulative unpaid principal balance of loans for which transfers were actually made under this Article 4 in all such prior months, over (ii) the cumulative unpaid principal balance of loans for which transfers were required to be made under this Article 4 in all prior months (whether or not they were actually made); or

 

(B)                                a negative amount (and in no event more than zero) equal to the excess of (i) the cumulative unpaid principal balance of loans for which transfers were required to be made under this Article 4 in all prior months (whether or not they were

 



 

actually made), over (ii) the cumulative unpaid principal balance of loans for which transfers were actually made under this Article 4 in all such prior months.

 

For purposes of this subsection, the “ Allowed Retention Percentage ” means, with respect to each Primary Portfolio and any month, the percentage set forth opposite the Excess Refinancing Percentage on the Confirmation; and the “ Excess Refinancing Percentage ” means, with respect to each Primary Portfolio and any month, the excess, if any, of (a) a fraction, expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is equal to the aggregate principal balance of New Mortgage Loans that were originated during such month, and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of Payoffs (whether or not resulting from refinancings) received during such calendar month on all loans that were Primary Portfolio Mortgage Loans at the beginning of the month, over (b) the Transaction Threshold Percentage.

 

The New Mortgage Loans and Alternative Mortgage Loans where the Servicing Rights are so transferred and conveyed shall constitute “ Replacement Mortgage Loans ”; the entire group of such Replacement Mortgage Loans shall constitute the “ Replacement Portfolio ”; the New Mortgage Loans where the Servicing Rights are not so transferred and conveyed shall constitute “ Retained Mortgage Loans ”; and the entire group of such Retained Mortgage Loans shall constitute the “ Retained Portfolio ”.  For purposes of these definitions, if any Alternative Mortgage Loan is included in the Replacement Portfolio in lieu of a New Mortgage Loan, then such New Mortgage Loan shall be neither part of the Replacement Portfolio nor part of the Retained Portfolio (including for the purposes of the provisions set forth in subsection (c) ).

 

(b)           Each New Mortgage Loan included in the Replacement Portfolio shall satisfy the following criteria: (1) such New Mortgage Loan shall be the subject of a Servicing Agreement with a loan owner or master servicer and the servicing fee rate for the New Mortgage Loan under such Servicing Agreement shall be not less than 0.25% per annum; and (2) all consents, if any, required by the applicable loan owner to assign the Servicing Rights with respect to such New Mortgage Loan shall have been obtained.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if insufficient New Mortgage Loans are available that would allow satisfaction of the criteria set forth in set forth in the preceding sentence with respect to each New Mortgage Loan included in the Replacement Portfolio, then the Seller shall use its best efforts to include in the Replacement Portfolio another mortgage loan (an “ Alternative Mortgage Loan ”), in lieu of each New Mortgage Loan that, but for such conditions in the preceding sentence, would have been included in the Replacement Portfolio, and that satisfies the following criteria:

 

(i)            The servicing fee rate for the Alternative Mortgage Loan is equal to or greater than the servicing fee rate of the New Mortgage Loan and, in any event, not less than 0.25% per annum;

 

(ii)           The interest accrual rate per annum on the Alternative Mortgage Loan is within 12.5 basis points per annum of the interest accrual rate on the New Mortgage Loan;

 

(iii)          The final maturity date of the Alternative Mortgage Loan is within six months of the final maturity date of the New Mortgage Loan;

 



 

(iv)          The principal balance of the Alternative Mortgage Loan is no less than the principal balance of the Refinanced Mortgage Loan;

 

(v)           The remaining credit characteristics of the Alternative Mortgage Loan (other than as specified in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above) are substantially the same as the credit characteristics of the New Mortgage Loan;

 

(vi)          The Alternative Mortgage Loan is current as of the applicable Assignment Date; and

 

(vii)         The Alternative Mortgage Loan is not subject to any foreclosure or similar proceeding as of the applicable Assignment Date; is not in process of any modification, workout or other loss mitigation process; and is not involved in litigation.

 

(c)           The Replacement Portfolio, on the one hand, and the Retained Portfolio, on the other, shall have the following characteristics:

 

(i)            The weighted average servicing fee rate for the Mortgage Loans in the Retained Portfolio shall be substantially equal to the weighted average servicing fee rate for the Mortgage Loans in the Replacement Portfolio;

 

(ii)           The weighted average gross mortgage interest rate per annum of the Mortgage Loans in the Retained Portfolio shall be within 12.5 basis points per annum of the weighted average gross mortgage interest rate of the Mortgage Loans in the Replacement Portfolio;

 

(iii)          The weighted average final maturity date of the Mortgage Loans in the Retained Portfolio shall be within six months of the weighted average final maturity date of the Mortgage Loans in the Replacement Portfolio; and

 

(iv)          The remaining credit characteristics of the pool of Mortgage Loans in the Retained Portfolio (other than the characteristics specified in clauses (i) and (ii) above) shall be substantially the same as the credit characteristics of the pool of Mortgage Loans in the Replacement Portfolio.

 

(d)           Not later than the Mortgage Loan Identification Date related to each month in which the Seller or an Affiliate thereof has originated New Mortgage Loans with respect to a Primary Portfolio, the Seller shall (i) notify the Purchaser of the identity of each such New Mortgage Loan and the Primary Portfolio Mortgage Loan that was refinanced using proceeds of such New Mortgage Loan and (ii) a schedule setting forth the New Mortgage Loans (or Alternative Mortgage Loans) proposed to compose the Replacement Portfolio, the New Mortgage Loans proposed to compose the Retained Portfolio and the Seller’s calculations of the weighted average gross mortgage interest rate and weighted average final maturity date of each of the proposed Replacement Portfolio and the proposed Retained Portfolio.  The Seller and the Purchaser shall cooperate in good faith to resolve any objections made by the Purchaser to the proposed compositions of the Replacement Portfolio and Retained Portfolio.

 



 

(e)           On the Assignment Date related to each month in which the Seller has originated New Mortgage Loans, the Seller shall transfer and convey to the Purchaser the Secondary Portfolio Excess Spread with respect to the Replacement Portfolio.  Such transfer and conveyance shall be effected by an instrument of assignment substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A .  The Seller shall be entitled to retain the related Secondary Portfolio Retained Excess Spread.  The New Mortgage Loans or Alternative Mortgage Loans for which the Seller transfers and conveys to the Purchaser the related Secondary Portfolio Excess Spread on each Assignment Date and the New Mortgage Loans or Alternative Mortgage Loans for which the Seller transferred and conveyed to the Purchaser the related Secondary Portfolio Excess Spread on all prior Assignment Dates shall together constitute the “ Secondary Portfolio ”.

 

(f)            If insufficient New Mortgage Loans and Alternative Mortgage Loans are available in circumstances that require a transfer by the Seller under the foregoing subsections, or if counsel or independent accountants for the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates determines that there exists a material risk that such transfer would result in a violation of the REIT Requirements by such Person, then the Seller shall consult with the Purchaser and the parties shall negotiate in good faith for the transfer of one or more investments in transactions that would not, in the judgment of counsel or independent accountants for the Seller or the Purchaser or any of their respective Affiliates, present such a risk and that would result in net economic benefits to the Purchaser that are no less favorable than the economic benefit to the Purchaser that would have resulted from a transfer under foregoing subsections.

 

Section 4.02          Intent of Parties .

 

The parties intend that each transfer made by the Seller under Section 4.01 constitute a valid absolute transfer or sale of the related Secondary Portfolio Excess Spread for the related Replacement Portfolio by the Seller to the Purchaser, free and clear of any Lien.  If the conveyance of such Secondary Portfolio Excess Spread is characterized by a court or governmental authority as security for a loan rather than an absolute transfer or sale, the Seller will be deemed to have granted to the Purchaser, and the Seller hereby grants to the Purchaser, a security interest in all of its right, title and interest in, to and under such Secondary Portfolio Excess Spread and all proceeds thereof as security for a loan in an amount equal to the value of such Secondary Portfolio Excess Spread.

 

In connection with each Assignment Date, the Seller hereby authorizes the filing of any financing statements or continuation statements, and amendments to financing statements, in any jurisdictions and with any filing offices as the Purchaser may determine, in its sole discretion, are necessary or advisable to perfect the sale of the assets conveyed and security interests granted to Purchaser on such Assignment Date and agrees to execute financing statements in form reasonably acceptable to the Purchaser and the Seller at the request of the Purchaser in order to reflect the Purchaser’s interests in the assets conveyed to or subjected to a security interest in favor of the Purchaser on such Assignment Date and in the related Secondary Spread Custodial Account insofar as the same related to the related Replacement Portfolio.

 



 

Section 4.03          Additional Representations and Warranties .

 

On the Assignment Date with respect to each Replacement Portfolio, the Seller shall be deemed to have represented and warranted to the Purchaser that: (A) with respect to each Replacement Mortgage Loan, the Seller has been duly and validly appointed as the servicer or subservicer thereof under the applicable Servicing Agreement or Guide and, for the purposes of such capacity, such Servicing Agreement or Guide is in full force and effect; (B) the Seller is not in breach of or in default of its duties under any applicable Servicing Agreement or Guide to the extent that such breach would adversely affect the interests of the Purchaser with respect to one or more of the related Replacement Mortgage Loans; (C) no event has occurred that, with or without notice or the passage of time, would entitle any Person to terminate the Seller as servicer or subservicer of any related Replacement Mortgage Loan under any applicable Servicing Agreement or Guide, and the Seller has no notice or knowledge of the intention of any Person to terminate or cause the termination of the Seller’s rights and duties as servicer or subservicer under any applicable Servicing Agreement or Guide; (D) the information delivered to Purchaser on the Assignment Date with respect to the related Replacement Mortgage Loans is true and correct in all material respects as of the date specified; and (E) the Seller is the sole owner of the Servicing Rights related to each Replacement Mortgage Loan (subject to the terms of the related Servicing Agreement or Guide), free and clear of any Lien, claim, encumbrance or ownership interest in favor or any Person other than the interests of the Purchaser contemplated hereby.  Such representations and warranties shall survive such Assignment Date.

 

ARTICLE 5

 

PRIMARY PORTFOLIO COLLECTIONS AND REMITTANCES

 

Section 5.01          Primary Spread Custodial Account .  With respect to each Primary Portfolio, the Seller shall establish a Primary Spread Custodial Account, which shall be an Eligible Account, not later than the Transaction Settlement Date.  The Seller shall deliver to the Seller and the Purchaser reasonable evidence of the establishment of such account upon request.  The Seller shall not pledge, obtain financing for or otherwise permit any Lien of any creditor of the Seller to exist on, any portion of the Primary Portfolio Collections or the Seller’s interest in the Primary Spread Custodial Account without the prior written consent of the Purchaser.

 

Section 5.02          Deposits .  With respect to each Primary Portfolio, the Seller shall deposit into the Primary Spread Custodial Account from time to time any and all Primary Spread Collections received on or after the Transaction Settlement Date, in each case within two Business Days following receipt thereof.  The Seller shall direct each loan owner or master servicer to remit any Primary Portfolio Termination Payments directly to the Primary Spread Custodial Account.

 

Section 5.03          Withdrawals and Remittances .

 

(a)           On each Business Day, the Seller shall withdraw from the Primary Spread Custodial Account the cash on deposit therein and pay such cash in the following amounts and order of priority, in each case subject to funds remaining available after giving effect to each payment having a higher priority:

 



 

(i)            first, from amounts in the Primary Spread Custodial Account attributable to Primary Portfolio Termination Payments, pro rata , (A) the Transaction Excess Spread Percentage of such Primary Portfolio Termination Payments to the Purchaser, and (B) the Transaction Retained Excess Spread Percentage of such Primary Portfolio Termination Payments to the Seller;

 

(ii)           second, on any Business Day from and including the first Business Day of a calendar month to but excluding the Transaction Remittance Date in such calendar month, at the option of the Seller, the Base Servicing Fee payable with respect to a prior Collection Period for the Primary Portfolio Mortgage Loans to the Seller;

 

(iii)          third, on each Transaction Remittance Date, to the extent not previously paid to the Seller in accordance with clause (ii) , any accrued and unpaid Base Servicing Fee in respect of the Primary Portfolio Mortgage Loans to the Seller;

 

(iv)          fourth, on each Transaction Remittance Date, pro rata , (A) to the Purchaser, any Primary Portfolio Excess Spread for the prior Collection Period (other than the portion thereof consisting of Primary Portfolio Termination Payments paid pursuant to the foregoing clauses); and (B) to the Seller, any Primary Portfolio Retained Spread for the prior Collection Period (other than the portion thereof consisting of Primary Portfolio Termination Payments paid pursuant to the foregoing clauses)); provided, however , that prior to the distribution to the Seller of any Primary Portfolio Retained Spread pursuant to clause (B) , the Primary Portfolio Retained Spread shall be applied to the payment of any indemnity payments then due and payable by the Seller to the Purchaser or its related indemnified persons under Section 8.03 ; and

 

(v)           fifth, on each Transaction Remittance Date, to the Seller, any other amounts remaining on deposit in the Primary Spread Custodial Account.

 

(b)           All payments to the Purchaser shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Purchaser.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

SECONDARY PORTFOLIO COLLECTIONS AND REMITTANCES

 

Section 6.01          Secondary Portfolio Spread Custodial Account .  With respect to each Secondary Portfolio, the Seller shall establish a Secondary Portfolio Spread Custodial Account, which shall be an Eligible Account, not later than the initial Assignment Date for such Secondary Portfolio.  The Seller shall deliver to the Purchaser reasonable evidence of the establishment of such account upon request.  The Seller shall not pledge, obtain financing for or otherwise permit any Lien of any creditor of the Seller to exist on, any portion of the Secondary Portfolio Collections or the Seller’s interest in the Secondary Portfolio Spread Custodial Account without the prior written consent of the Purchaser.

 



 

Section 6.02          Deposits .  With respect to each Secondary Portfolio, the Seller shall deposit into the Secondary Portfolio Spread Custodial Account from time to time any and all Secondary Portfolio Collections received on or after the Transaction Settlement Date, in each case within two Business Days following receipt thereof.  The Seller shall direct each loan owner or master servicer to remit any Secondary Portfolio Termination Payments directly to the Secondary Portfolio Spread Custodial Account.

 

Section 6.03          Withdrawals and Remittances .

 

(a)           On each Business Day, the Seller shall withdraw from the Secondary Portfolio Spread Custodial Account the cash on deposit therein and pay such cash in the following amounts and order of priority, in each case subject to funds remaining available after giving effect to each payment having a higher priority:

 

(i)            first, from amounts in the Secondary Portfolio Spread Custodial Account attributable to Secondary Portfolio Termination Payments, pro rata, (A) the Secondary Portfolio Excess Spread Percentage of such Secondary Portfolio Termination Payments to the Purchaser, and (B) the Retained Excess Spread Percentage of such Secondary Portfolio Termination Payments to the Seller;

 

(ii)           second, on any Business Day from and including the first Business Day of a calendar month to but excluding the Transaction Remittance Date in such calendar month, at the option of the Seller, the Base Servicing Fee payable with respect to a prior Collection Period for the Secondary Portfolio Mortgage Loans to the Seller;

 

(iii)          third, on each Transaction Remittance Date, to the extent not previously paid to the Seller in accordance with clause (ii) , any accrued and unpaid Base Servicing Fee in respect of the Secondary Portfolio Mortgage Loans to the Seller;

 

(iv)          fourth, on each Transaction Remittance Date, pro rata, (A) to the Purchaser, any Secondary Portfolio Excess Spread for the prior Collection Period (other than the portion thereof consisting of Secondary Portfolio Termination Payments paid pursuant to the foregoing clauses); and (B) to the Seller, any Secondary Portfolio Retained Spread for the prior Collection Period (other than the portion thereof consisting of Secondary Portfolio Termination Payments paid pursuant to the foregoing clauses)); provided, however , that prior to the distribution to the Seller of any Primary Portfolio Retained Spread pursuant to clause (B) , the Primary Portfolio Retained Spread shall be applied to the payment of any indemnity payments then due and payable by the Seller to the Purchaser or its related indemnified persons under Section 8.03 ;

 

(v)           fifth, on each Transaction Remittance Date, to the Seller, any other amounts remaining on deposit in the Secondary Portfolio Spread Custodial Account.

 


 

(b)           All payments to the Purchaser shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Purchaser.

 

ARTICLE 7

 

SERVICING AND OTHER MATTERS

 

Section 7.01          Seller’s Duties With Respect to Servicing .

 

(a)           Effective on the Transaction Settlement Date for each Primary Portfolio, the Seller agrees for the benefit of the Purchaser to service the related Primary Portfolio Mortgage Loans and any Secondary Portfolio Mortgage Loans at all times substantially in accordance with the related Servicing Agreement, in the case of Non-Agency Mortgage Loans, or the applicable Guide, in the case of Agency Mortgage Loans.  In connection with the Primary Portfolio Mortgage Loans and Secondary Portfolio Mortgage Loans related to each Transaction, the Seller shall not, without the express written consent of Purchaser (which consent may be withheld in its absolute discretion), (a) terminate or amend any Servicing Rights, or (b) enter into any termination, modification, waiver or amendment of any applicable Servicing Agreement or its rights and duties under any applicable Guide insofar such termination, modification, waiver or amendment would be reasonably likely to adversely affect the interests of the Purchaser.

 

(b)           Under no circumstances shall the Purchaser be responsible for the servicing acts and omissions of the Seller or any other servicer or any originator of the Mortgage Loans, or for any servicing related obligations or liabilities of any servicer under the Servicing Agreements or the Guides or any Person under the Mortgage Loan Documents, or for any other obligations or liabilities of the Seller.

 

(c)           Upon the termination of the Seller as servicer or subservicer under any Servicing Agreement or Guide, the Seller shall remain liable to the Purchaser and the applicable loan owner or master servicer for all liabilities and obligations incurred by the Seller while the Seller was acting as the servicer or subservicer thereunder.

 

Section 7.02          Base Servicing Fees .  The Seller agrees that, notwithstanding the provisions of the applicable Servicing Agreements and Guides, as between the parties hereto, the Seller shall be entitled to servicing fees on the Primary Portfolio and any Secondary Portfolio only to the extent of the applicable Base Servicing Fee and only to the extent that funds available for the payment of such Base Servicing Fee are available in the Primary Portfolio Spread Custodial Account (in the case of the Primary Portfolio Mortgage Loans) or the Secondary Portfolio Spread Custodial Account (in the case of the Secondary Portfolio Mortgage Loans).  Under no circumstances shall the Purchaser be liable to the Seller for the payment of any Base Servicing Fee. If for any reason a sub-servicer or sub-sub-servicer is appointed with respect to any Primary Portfolio Mortgage Loan or Secondary Portfolio Mortgage Loan, the servicing fees and expenses of such sub-servicer or sub-sub-servicer shall be paid by the Seller from its own funds without right of reimbursement therefor, whether from Primary Portfolio Collections, Secondary Portfolio Collections, Primary Portfolio Termination Payments, Secondary Portfolio Termination Payments, the Primary Portfolio Spread Custodial Account, the Secondary Portfolio Spread Custodial Account, the Purchaser or otherwise.  The portion of the Base Servicing Fee

 



 

relating to a Secondary Portfolio Mortgage Loan shall begin to accrue as of the commencement of the Collection Period in which the related Assignment Date occurs but in no event shall such portion accrue on any day on which the portion of the Base Servicing Fee relating to the Primary Portfolio Mortgage Loan in respect of which such Secondary Portfolio Mortgage Loan became a Secondary Portfolio Mortgage Loan also accrues.

 

Section 7.03          Reporting .  In connection with each Transaction, the Seller shall deliver to the Purchaser monthly reports, and afford the Purchaser access to information, at such times and in such form and substance as are set forth in the related Confirmation or as may reasonably be agreed between the Seller and the Purchaser.

 

Section 7.04          Certain Awards .  If an award of damages is received by the Seller or the Purchaser as a result of a judgment, settlement or arbitration (including payment pursuant to a guaranty of an obligor) pursuant to a breach by the seller under the Transaction Asset Purchase Agreement for any Transaction, then (i) if such breach had an adverse effect on the value of the Total Servicing Spread, then the Transaction Excess Spread Percentage of such award shall be distributed to the Purchaser or its designee promptly and the remainder of such award shall be retained by the Seller and (ii) if such breach did not have an adverse effect on the value of the Total Servicing Spread, the Seller shall be entitled to the entirety of such award.

 

ARTICLE 8

 

LIABILITIES OF THE SELLER

 

Section 8.01          Liability of the Seller .  The Seller shall be liable in accordance herewith only to the extent of the obligations specifically and respectively imposed upon and undertaken by the Seller herein.

 

Section 8.02          Merger or Consolidation of the Seller .

 

(a)           The Seller shall keep in full effect its existence, rights and franchises as an entity and maintain its qualification to service mortgage loans for each of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and HUD and comply with the laws of each State in which any Mortgaged Property is located to the extent necessary to protect the validity and enforceability of this Agreement, and to perform its duties under this Agreement.  The Seller shall keep in full effect its existence, rights and franchises as an entity.

 

(b)           Any Person into which the Seller may be merged, converted, or consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Seller shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to the business of the Seller, shall be the successor of the Seller hereunder, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding; provided, however, that such successor shall have expressly assumed the duties of the Seller hereunder.

 



 

Section 8.03          Indemnification .

 

The Seller shall indemnify the Purchaser and its directors, officers, employees and agents and hold them harmless against any and all claims, losses, damages, penalties, fines, forfeitures, reasonable legal fees and related costs, judgments, and any other costs, fees and expenses that any of them may sustain by reason of the Seller’s (i) willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of its duties under this Agreement, any Servicing Agreement or any Guide, (ii) reckless disregard of its obligations or duties under this Agreement any Servicing Agreement or any Guide, or (iii) breach of its representations, warranties or covenants under this Agreement, any Servicing Agreement or any Guide.

 

ARTICLE 9

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 9.01          Notices .  All notices, requests, demands and other communications which are required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon the delivery or mailing thereof, as the case may be, sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested:

 

(i)                                      if to the Seller:

 

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC
Attn: Director, Servicing Operations
6101 Condor Drive
Moorpark, CA 93021

 

With a copy to:

 

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC
Attn: General Counsel
6101 Condor Drive
Moorpark, CA 93021

 

(ii)                                   if to the Purchaser:

 

PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P.
Attn: General Counsel
6101 Condor Drive
Moorpark, CA 93021

 

With copies to:

 

PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P.
Attn:  General Counsel
6101 Condor Drive
Moorpark, CA 93021

 

and

 



 

Latham & Watkins LLP

650 Town Center Drive, 20th Floor

Costa Mesa, California 92626

Attention: Charles Ruck and Scott Shean

 

or such other address as may hereafter be furnished to the other parties by like notice.

 

Section 9.02          Amendment .  Neither this Agreement, nor any terms hereof, may be amended, supplemented or modified except in an instrument in writing executed by the parties hereto.

 

Section 9.03          Entire Agreement .  This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, inducements and conditions, express or implied, oral or written, of any nature whatsoever with respect to the subject matter hereof.  The express terms hereof control and supersede any course of performance and/or usage of the trade inconsistent with any of the terms hereof.

 

Section 9.04          Binding Effect; Beneficiaries .  The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns.  No provision of this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give to any Person, other than the parties hereto, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein.

 

Section 9.05          Headings .  The section and subsection headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the interpretation of any provisions hereof.

 

Section 9.06          Further Assurances .  The Seller agrees to execute and deliver such instruments and take such further actions as the Purchaser may, from time to time, reasonably request in order to effectuate the purposes and to carry out the terms of this Agreement.

 

Section 9.07          Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely in such State, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.  The parties hereto intend that the provisions of Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law shall apply to this Agreement.

 

Section 9.08          Relationship of Parties .  Nothing herein contained shall be deemed or construed to create a partnership or joint venture between the parties.  Without limiting the generality of the preceding statement, the servicing duties and responsibilities of the Seller shall be rendered by it as an independent contractor and not as an agent of the Purchaser.  The Seller shall have full control of all of its acts, doings, proceedings, relating to or requisite in connection with the discharge of its duties and responsibilities under this Agreement.

 

Section 9.09          Severability of Provisions . If any one or more of the covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement shall be held invalid for any reason whatsoever, then such covenants, agreements, provisions or terms shall be deemed severable

 



 

from the remaining covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement.

 

Section 9.10          No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .  No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of a party hereto, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.  The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

 

Section 9.11          Exhibits .  The exhibits to this Agreement are hereby incorporated and made a part hereof and form integral parts of this Agreement.

 

Section 9.12          Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed by the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by telecopy), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Section 9.13          WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY .

 

EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND, THEREFORE, EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT TO ANY ACTION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT.

 

Section 9.14          LIMITATION OF DAMAGES .

 

NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING CONTAINED HEREIN TO THE CONTRARY, THE PARTIES AGREE THAT NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR ANY SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY), OR ANY OTHER LEGAL OR EQUITABLE PRINCIPLE, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT SUCH LIMITATION SHALL NOT BE APPLICABLE WITH RESPECT TO ANY THIRD PARTY CLAIM MADE AGAINST A PARTY.

 

Section 9.15          SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVERS .

 

EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY (I) SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION AND ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT IN RESPECT THEREOF, TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY NEW YORK STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY WITH RESPECT TO MATTERS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT; (II) AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS WITH RESPECT TO ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING REGARDING SUCH MATTERS MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE OR

 



 

FEDERAL COURTS; (III) WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST POSSIBLE EXTENT, WITH RESPECT TO SUCH COURTS, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM; AND (IV) AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW.

 

Section 9.16          Expense Reserve .

 

Notwithstanding anything in Section 8.03 , in the event that counsel or independent accountants for a Protected REIT determine that there exists a material risk that any amounts due to the Seller or the Purchaser under Section 8.03 hereof would be treated as Nonqualifying Income for such Protected REIT upon the payment of such amounts to the Seller or the Purchaser, the amount paid to the Seller or the Purchaser, as the case may be, pursuant to this Agreement in any tax year shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be paid to the Seller or the Purchaser in such year without causing such Protected REIT to fail to meet the REIT Requirements for such year, determined as if the payment of such amount were Nonqualifying Income as determined by such counsel or independent accountants to such Protected REIT.  If the amount payable for any tax year under the preceding sentence is less than the amount which the Person obligated to make payment under Section 8.03 would otherwise be obligated to pay to the Seller or the Purchaser, as the case may be, pursuant to such Section 8.03 of this Agreement (the “ Expense Amount ”), then:  (1) such obligated Person shall place the Expense Amount into an escrow account (the “ Expense Escrow Account ”) using an escrow agent and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Seller or the Purchaser, as the case may be, and shall not release any portion thereof to the Seller or the Purchaser, as the case may be, and the Seller or the Purchaser, as the case may be, shall not be entitled to any such amount, unless and until the Seller or the Purchaser, as the case may be, delivers to such obligated Person, at the sole option of such Protected REIT, (i) an opinion (an “ Expense Amount Tax Opinion ”) of such Protected REIT’s tax counsel to the effect that such amount, if and to the extent paid, would not constitute Nonqualifying Income, (ii) a letter (an “ Expense Amount Accountant’s Letter ”) from such Protected REIT’s independent accountants indicating the maximum amount that can be paid at that time to the Seller or the Purchaser, as the case may be, without causing such Protected REIT to fail to meet the REIT Requirements for any relevant taxable year, or (iii) a private letter ruling issued by the IRS to such Protected REIT indicating that the receipt of any Expense Amount hereunder will not cause such Protected REIT to fail to satisfy the REIT Requirements (a “ REIT Qualification Ruling ” and, collectively with an Expense Amount Tax Opinion and an Expense Amount Accountant’s Letter, a “ Release Document ”); and (2) pending the delivery of a Release Document by the Seller or the Purchaser, as the case may be, to such obligated Person, the Seller or the Purchaser, as the case may be, shall have the right, but not the obligation, to borrow the Expense Amount from the Escrow Account pursuant to a loan agreement (an “ Indemnity Loan Agreement ”) reasonably acceptable to the Seller or the Purchaser, as the case may be, that (i) requires such obligated Person to lend the Seller or the Purchaser, as the case may be, immediately available cash proceeds in an amount equal to the Expense Amount (an “ Indemnity Loan ”), and (ii) provides for (A) a commercially reasonable interest rate and commercially reasonable covenants, taking into account the credit standing and profile of the Seller or the Purchaser, as the case may be, or any guarantor of the Seller or the Purchaser, as the case may be, including such Protected REIT, at the time of such Indemnity Loan, and (B) a 15 year maturity with no periodic amortization.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Seller and the Purchaser have caused their names to be signed hereto by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

 

 

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC

 

(Seller)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Anne D. McCallion

 

Name:

Anne D. McCallion

 

Title:

Vice President, Finance

 

 

 

 

 

 

PENNYMAC OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.

 

(Purchaser)

 

 

 

By PennyMac GP OP, Inc., its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stanford L. Kurland

 

Name:

Stanford L. Kurland

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

(Form of Confirmation)

 

CONFIRMATION

 

OF SPREAD ACQUISITION TRANSACTION UNDER
MASTER SPREAD ACQUISITION AND MSR SERVICING AGREEMENT

 

PARTIES :                                        PennyMac Loan Services, LLC (Seller)

 

PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. (Purchaser)

 

DATE :                                                                                                   

 

RE :                                                                            Spread Acquisition — Pool No. [        ]

 

The purpose of this letter agreement is to confirm the terms and conditions of the Transaction entered into between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. on the Transaction Settlement Date specified below.  This letter agreement is a “Confirmation” as described in the Master Spread Acquisition and MSR Servicing Agreement specified in paragraph 1 below.

 

The definitions and provisions contained in the Master Agreement are incorporated into this Confirmation.  In the event of any inconsistency between the Master Agreement and this Confirmation, this Confirmation will govern.  Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meanings set forth in the Master Agreement.

 

1.             This Confirmation supplements, forms part of and is subject to the Master Spread Acquisition and MSR Servicing Agreement dated as of February 1, 2013, between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, as seller, and PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P., as purchaser, , as amended and supplemented from time to time (the “ Master Agreement ”).  All provisions contained in the Master Agreement govern this Confirmation except as expressly modified below.

 

A-1



 

2.             The terms of the Transaction to which this Confirmation relates are as follows:

 

Primary Portfolio:

As set forth in Schedule I hereto.

 

 

Transaction Settlement Date:

                       , 20          .

 

 

Transaction Base Servicing Fee Rate:

[          ] basis points (per annum)

 

 

Transaction Remittance Date:

[      ]th day of each month

 

 

Transaction Purchase Price Percentage:

               %

 

 

Transaction Excess Spread Percentage:

               %

 

 

Transaction Asset Purchase Agreement:

 

 

 

Transaction Threshold Percentage:

[        %]

 

 

Allowed Retention Percentage:

As set forth opposite the applicable Excess Refinancing Percentage in the following table:

 

Table of Allowed Retention Percentage

 

 

 

Range of Excess Refinancing
Percentages

 

Allowed
Retention
Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A-2



 

Accepted and confirmed as of the date first written above:

 

SELLER :

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

PURCHASER :

PENNYMAC OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.

 

 

 

By PennyMac GP OP, Inc., its General Partner

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 



 

SCHEDULE I

TO CONFIRMATION DATED                      , 20   

UNDER THE MASTER SPREAD ACQUISITION AND
MSR SERVICING AGREEMENT DATED AS OF FEBRUARY 1, 2013

 


 

EXHIBIT B

 

(Form of Assignment)

 

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC (the “ Transferor ”), hereby assigns, conveys and otherwise transfers to PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. (the “ Transferee ”) all of the Transferor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the [Primary][Secondary] Portfolio Excess Spread for the residential mortgage loans set forth in Annex A attached hereto.  Capitalized terms used and not defined in this instrument have the meanings assigned to them in the Master Spread Acquisition and MSR Servicing Agreement dated as of February 1, 2013, between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P., as supplemented and amended by the Confirmation dated            , between such parties.

 

If the conveyance of such [Primary][Secondary] Portfolio Excess Spread is characterized by a court or governmental authority as security for a loan rather than an absolute transfer or sale, the Transferor will be deemed to have granted to the Transferee, and the Transferor hereby grants to the Transferee, a security interest in all of its right, title and interest in, to and under such [Primary][Secondary] Portfolio Excess Spread and all proceeds thereof as security for a loan in an amount equal to the value of such [Primary][Secondary] Excess Spread.

 

 

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC

 

(Transferor)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

B-1



 

EXHIBIT C

 

(Representations and Warranties of the Seller)

 

(a)           Due Organization and Good Standing .  The Seller is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware and has the power and authority to own its assets and to transact the business in which it is currently engaged.

 

(b)           No Violation of Organizational Documents or Agreements .  The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Seller, and the performance and compliance with the terms of this Agreement by the Seller, will not violate the Seller’s organizational documents or constitute a default (or an event which, with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default) under, or result in the breach of, any material agreement or other instrument to which the Seller is a party or which is applicable to it or any of its assets.

 

(c)           Full Power and Authority .  The Seller has the full power and authority to enter into and consummate all transactions contemplated by this Agreement, has duly authorized the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, and has duly executed and delivered this Agreement.

 

(d)           Binding Obligation .  This Agreement, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties hereto, constitutes a valid, legal and binding obligation of the Seller, enforceable against the Seller in accordance with the terms hereof, subject to (A) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (B) general principles of equity, regardless of whether such enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

 

(e)           No Violation of Law, Regulation or Order .  The Seller is not in violation of, and its execution and delivery of this Agreement and its performance and compliance with the terms of this Agreement will not constitute a violation of, any law, any order or decree of any court or arbiter, or, to the Seller’s knowledge, any order, regulation or demand of any federal, state or local governmental or regulatory authority, which violation, in the Seller’s good faith and reasonable judgment, is likely to affect materially and adversely either the ability of the Seller to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the financial condition of the Seller.

 

(f)            No Material Litigation .  No litigation is pending or, to the best of the Seller’s knowledge, threatened against the Seller that, if determined adversely to the Seller, would prohibit the Seller from entering into this Agreement or that, in the Seller’s good faith and reasonable judgment, is likely to materially and adversely affect either the ability of the Seller to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the financial condition of the Seller.

 

(g)           No Consent Required .  Any consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or governmental agency or body required under federal or state law for the execution, delivery and performance by the Seller of or compliance by the Seller with this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement has been obtained and is

 

C-1



 

effective except where the lack of consent, approval, authorization or order would not have a material adverse effect on the performance by the Seller under this Agreement.

 

C-2



 

EXHIBIT D

 

(Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser)

 

(a)           Due Organization and Good Standing .  The Purchaser is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing as a limited partnership under the laws of the State of Delaware and has the power and authority to own its assets and to transact the business in which it is currently engaged.

 

(b)           No Violation of Organizational Documents or Agreements .  The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Purchaser, and the performance and compliance with the terms of this Agreement by the Purchaser, will not violate the Purchaser’s organizational documents or constitute a default (or an event which, with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default) under, or result in the breach of, any material agreement or other instrument to which the Purchaser is a party or which is applicable to it or any of its assets.

 

(c)           Full Power and Authority .  The Purchaser has the full power and authority to enter into and consummate all transactions contemplated by this Agreement, has duly authorized the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, and has duly executed and delivered this Agreement.

 

(d)           Binding Obligation .  This Agreement, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties hereto, constitutes a valid, legal and binding obligation of the Purchaser, enforceable against the Purchaser in accordance with the terms hereof, subject to (A) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (B) general principles of equity, regardless of whether such enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

 

(e)           No Violation of Law, Regulation or Order .  The Purchaser is not in violation of, and its execution and delivery of this Agreement and its performance and compliance with the terms of this Agreement will not constitute a violation of, any law, any order or decree of any court or arbiter, or, to the Purchaser’s knowledge, any order, regulation or demand of any federal, state or local governmental or regulatory authority, which violation, in the Purchaser’s good faith and reasonable judgment, is likely to affect materially and adversely either the ability of the Purchaser to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the financial condition of the Purchaser.

 

(f)            No Material Litigation .  No litigation is pending or, to the best of the Purchaser’s knowledge, threatened against the Purchaser that, if determined adversely to the Purchaser, would prohibit the Purchaser from entering into this Agreement or that, in the Purchaser’s good faith and reasonable judgment, is likely to materially and adversely affect either the ability of the Purchaser to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the financial condition of the Purchaser.

 

(g)           No Consent Required .  Any consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or governmental agency or body required under federal or state law for the execution, delivery and performance by the Purchaser of or compliance by the Purchaser with this

 

D-1



 

Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement has been obtained and is effective except where the lack of consent, approval, authorization or order would not have a material adverse effect on the performance by the Purchaser under this Agreement.

 

D-2




Exhibit 10.28

 

Execution Version

 

GRAPHIC

 

Confidentiality Agreement

 

February 6, 2013

 

Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC

6101 Condor Drive

Moorpark, California 92021

Attention:  Chief Executive Officer

 

Re:  Confidentiality Agreement

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

In connection with your provision of services pursuant to (i) the Amended and Restated Management Agreement, effective as of February 1, 2013, by and among PNMAC Capital Management, LLC, PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust and PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P., (ii) the Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement, effective as of February 1, 2013, by and between PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. and PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, (iii) the Master Spread Acquisition and MSR Servicing Agreement, effective as of February 1, 2013, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P., (iv) the Mortgage Banking and Warehouse Services Agreement, effective as of February 1, 2013, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and PennyMac Corp., and (v) the MSR Recapture Agreement, effective as of February 1, 2013, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and PennyMac Corp. (collectively, the “ Management Agreements ”), PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust and/or its subsidiaries, Affiliates (as hereinafter defined) or divisions (collectively, with such subsidiaries, Affiliates and divisions, the “ Company ”), has made and is prepared to continue to make available to you and your Representatives (as hereinafter defined) certain information concerning the business, financial condition, operations, assets and liabilities of the Company.  As a condition to such information being furnished to you and your Representatives, you agree that you will, and will cause your Representatives to, treat the Confidential Material (as hereinafter defined) in accordance with the provisions of this letter agreement and take or abstain from taking certain other actions as set forth herein.

 

The terms “you,” “your” and “yourself” shall refer to Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC and its Affiliates, and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC agrees to cause its Affiliates to be bound by the terms of this letter agreement.

 


 

The term “ Affiliate ” shall mean (i) any person or entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such other person or entity, (ii) any executive officer or general partner of such other entity and (iii) any legal entity for which such person or entity acts as an executive officer or general partner.

 

The term “ Representatives ” (i) with respect to you, shall only include your officers, managers, directors, general partners, employees, outside counsel, accountants and consultants and, subject to (a) receipt of prior consent of the Company and (b) compliance with Section 2 below, shall also include your financial advisors, potential sources of equity or debt financing (and their respective counsel), and (ii) with respect to the Company, shall include its members, directors, shareholders, officers, employees, agents, Affiliates, partners and advisors and those of its subsidiaries, Affiliates and/or divisions (including, without limitation, attorneys, accountants, consultants and financial advisors).

 

1.             Confidential Material .  The term “ Confidential Material ” shall mean all information relating, directly or indirectly, to the Company or the business, products, markets, condition (financial or other), operations, assets, liabilities, results of operations, cash flows or prospects of the Company (whether prepared by the Company, its advisors or otherwise) which is delivered, disclosed or furnished by or on behalf of the Company to you or to your Representatives, before, on or after the date hereof, regardless of the manner in which it is delivered, disclosed or furnished, or which you or your Representatives otherwise learn or obtain, through observation or through analysis of such information, data or knowledge, and shall also be deemed to include all notes, analyses, compilations, studies, forecasts, interpretations or other documents prepared by you or your Representatives that contain, reflect or are based upon, in whole or in part, the information delivered, disclosed or furnished to you or your Representatives pursuant hereto.  Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the term Confidential Material shall not include information which (i) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by you or your Representatives, (ii) was within your possession and developed by you prior to it being furnished to you by or on behalf of the Company, provided that the source of such information was not known by you to be or you had no reasonable basis (after due inquiry) for concluding that the source of such information was bound by a confidentiality agreement with, or other contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation of confidentiality to, the Company or any other party with respect to such information or (iii) becomes available to you on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company or any of its Representatives, provided that such source is not known by you to be or you do not know or have reason to believe (after due inquiry) that the source is bound by a confidentiality agreement with, or other contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation of confidentiality to, the Company or any other party with respect to such information.

 

2.             Use and Disclosure of Confidential Material .  You recognize and acknowledge the competitive value and confidential nature of the Confidential Material and the damage that could result to the Company if any information contained therein is disclosed to a third party. You hereby agree that you and your Representatives shall use the Confidential Material solely for the purpose of providing services pursuant to the Management Agreements and for no other purpose, that the Confidential Material will not be used in any way detrimental

 

2



 

to the Company, that the Confidential Material will be kept confidential and that you and your Representatives will not disclose any of the Confidential Material in any manner whatsoever; provided , however , that (i) you may make any disclosure of the Confidential Material to which the Company gives its prior written consent and (ii) any of the Confidential Material may be disclosed to your Representatives who need to know such information for the purpose of providing services pursuant to the Management Agreements, who are provided with a copy of this letter agreement and who agree in a writing signed and delivered to us to be bound by the terms hereof.  You shall maintain a list of those Representatives to whom Confidential Material has been disclosed (which list shall be presented to the Company upon request).  In any event, you agree to undertake reasonable precautions to safeguard and protect the confidentiality of the Confidential Material, to accept responsibility for any breach of this letter agreement by you or any of your Representatives, and, at your sole expense, to take all reasonable measures (including, but not limited to, court proceedings) to restrain yourself and your Representatives from prohibited or unauthorized disclosure or uses of the Confidential Material.

 

In the event that you or any of your Representatives are requested or required (by oral questions, interrogatories, requests for information or documents in legal proceedings, subpoena, civil investigative demand or other similar legal process) to disclose any of the Confidential Material, you shall provide the Company with prompt written notice of any such request or requirement so that the Company may in its sole discretion seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy and/or waive compliance with the provisions of this letter agreement.  If, in the absence of a protective order or other remedy or the receipt of a waiver by the Company, you or any of your Representatives are nonetheless, in the written opinion of outside legal counsel, legally compelled to disclose Confidential Material to any tribunal or else stand liable for contempt or suffer other censure or penalty, you or your Representatives may, without liability hereunder, disclose to such tribunal only that portion of the Confidential Material which such counsel advises you is legally required to be disclosed, provided that you use your reasonable best efforts to preserve the confidentiality of the Confidential Material, including, without limitation, by cooperating with the Company to obtain an appropriate protective order or other reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded the Confidential Material by such tribunal; and provided further that you shall promptly notify the Company of (i) your determination to make such disclosure and (ii) the nature, scope and contents of such disclosure.

 

3.             Return and Destruction of Confidential Material .  At any time upon the reasonable request of the Company (taking into account your duties under the Management Agreements), you will as directed by the Company promptly deliver, at your expense, to the Company or destroy Confidential Material (and any copies thereof) furnished to you or your Representatives by or on behalf of the Company pursuant hereto.  In the event of such a decision or request, the Confidential Material prepared by you or on your behalf shall be returned or destroyed and no copy thereof shall be retained, and, upon the Company’s request, you shall provide the Company with prompt written confirmation of your compliance with this paragraph.  Notwithstanding the return or destruction of the Confidential Material, you and your Representatives shall continue to be bound by your obligations of confidentiality and other obligations and agreements hereunder.

 

3



 

4.             No Representations or Warranties .  You understand, acknowledge and agree that neither the Company nor any of its Representatives makes any representation or warranty, express or implied, as to the accuracy or completeness of the Confidential Material.  You agree that neither the Company nor any of its Representatives shall have any liability to you or to any of your Representatives relating to or resulting from the use of the Confidential Material or any errors therein or omissions therefrom, except as expressly provided in the Management Agreements.

 

5.             Material Non-Public Information .  You acknowledge and agree that you are aware (and that your Representatives are aware or, upon receipt of any Confidential Material, will be advised by you) that (i) the Confidential Material being furnished to you or your Representatives contains material, non-public information regarding the Company and (ii) the United States securities laws prohibit any persons who have material, nonpublic information from purchasing or selling securities of a company or from communicating such information to any person under circumstances in which it is reasonably foreseeable that such person is likely to purchase or sell such securities in reliance upon such information.

 

6.             Manager Standstill .  You agree that, for a period of three years from the date of this letter agreement, unless approved in writing by a majority of the independent trustees of the Company, neither you nor any of your subsidiaries or Representatives acting on your behalf or on behalf of other persons acting in concert with you will in any manner, directly or indirectly: (a) publicly offer or propose, or effect or seek to effect, or announce any intention to effect or cause or participate in or in any way assist, facilitate or encourage any other person to effect or seek, offer or propose (whether publicly or otherwise) to effect or participate in, (i) any acquisition of any securities (or beneficial ownership thereof), or rights or options to acquire any securities (or beneficial ownership thereof), or any indebtedness or businesses of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates, (ii) any tender or exchange offer, merger or other business combination involving the Company, any of the subsidiaries or Affiliates or assets of the Company or the subsidiaries or Affiliates constituting a significant portion of the consolidated assets of the Company and its subsidiaries or Affiliates, (iii) any recapitalization, restructuring, liquidation, dissolution or other extraordinary transaction with respect to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates, or (iv) any “solicitation” of “proxies” (as such terms are used in the proxy rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission) or consents to vote any voting securities of the Company or any of its Affiliates; (b) form, join or in any way participate in a “group” (as defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) with respect to the Company or otherwise act in concert with any person in respect of any such securities; (c) otherwise act, alone or in concert with others, to remove any independent trustee of the Company or expand the size of the Board of Trustees of the Company; (d) take any action which would or would reasonably be expected to force the Company to make a public announcement regarding any of the types of matters set forth in (a) above; or (e) enter into any arrangements with any third party with respect to any of the foregoing.  You further agree that, if at any time during such period, you or any of your subsidiaries or Representatives acting on your behalf are approached by any third party concerning your or their participation in a transaction involving any assets, indebtedness or business of, or securities issued by, the Company or any of its subsidiaries, you will promptly inform the Company of the nature of such transaction and the

 

4



 

parties involved.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall limit the ability of (A) Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC or its Affiliates from acquiring securities of the Company in connection with (I) incentive fees earned under the Management Agreements, or (II) ordinary course compensation from the Company, or (B) any individual who is an Affiliate of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC or its Affiliates from purchasing securities for his or her own account.

 

7.             REIT Standstill .  The Company agrees that, for a period of three years from the date of this letter agreement, unless approved in writing by you, the Company shall not, directly or indirectly: (a) publicly offer or propose, or effect or seek to effect, or announce any intention to effect or cause or participate in or in any way assist, facilitate or encourage any other person to effect or seek, offer or propose (whether publicly or otherwise) to effect or participate in, (i) any acquisition of any of your securities (or beneficial ownership thereof), or rights or options to acquire any of your securities (or beneficial ownership thereof), or any of your indebtedness or businesses, (ii) any tender or exchange offer, merger or other business combination involving you or your assets constituting a significant portion of your consolidated assets, (iii) any recapitalization, restructuring, liquidation, dissolution or other extraordinary transaction with respect to you, or (iv) any “solicitation” of “proxies” (as such terms are used in the proxy rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission) or consents to vote any of your voting securities; (b) form, join or in any way participate in a “group” (as defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) with respect to you or otherwise act in concert with any person in respect of any such securities; (c) otherwise act, alone or in concert with others, to remove any of your board members or expand the size of your board of directors; (d) take any action which would or would reasonably be expected to force you to make a public announcement regarding any of the types of matters set forth in (a) above; or (e) enter into any arrangements with any third party with respect to any of the foregoing.  The Company further agrees that, if at any time during such period, the Company is approached by any third party concerning its participation in a transaction involving any of your assets, indebtedness or business, or securities issued by you, the Company will promptly inform you of the nature of such transaction and the parties involved.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall limit the ability of any individual who is an Affiliate of the Company from purchasing securities for his or her own account.

 

8.             No Waiver of Rights .  It is understood and agreed that no failure or delay by the Company in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder.

 

9.             Remedies .  It is understood and agreed that money damages would not be an adequate remedy for any breach of this letter agreement by you or any of your Representatives and that the Company shall be entitled to equitable relief, including, without limitation, injunction and specific performance, as a remedy for any such breach.  Such remedies shall not be deemed to be the exclusive remedies for a breach by you of this letter agreement but shall be in addition to all other remedies available at law or equity to the Company.  You further agree not to raise as a defense or objection to the request or granting of such relief that any

 

5



 

breach of this letter agreement is or would be compensable by an award of money damages, and you agree to waive any requirements for the securing or posting of any bond in connection with such remedy.  You also agree to reimburse the Company for all costs incurred by the Company in connection with the enforcement of this letter agreement (including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees in connection with any litigation, including any appeal therefrom).

 

10.          Governing Law .  This letter agreement is for the benefit of the Company (and its subsidiaries and Affiliates) and its Representatives, and shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflict of law provisions thereof that would result in the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.  You hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of California and of the United States District Court for any district within such state for the purpose of any actions, suits or proceedings arising out of or relating to this letter agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (and you agree not to commence any action, suit or proceeding relating thereto except in such courts, and further agree that service of any process, summons, notice or document by U.S. registered mail to your address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any action, suit or proceeding brought against you in any such court).  You hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection which you may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of this letter agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby in the courts of the State of California or the United States District Court for any district within such state, and hereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

11.          Entire Agreement .  This letter agreement contains the entire agreement between you and the Company regarding its subject matter and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings, arrangements and discussions between you and the Company regarding such subject matter.  During the term of this letter agreement, should any inconsistency be identified between this letter agreement and any of the provisions of any of the Management Agreements relating to the confidentiality of the Confidential Material, the terms of this letter agreement shall govern.

 

12.          No Modification .  No provision in this letter agreement can be waived, modified or amended except by written consent of you and the Company, which consent shall specifically refer to the provision to be waived, modified or amended and shall explicitly make such waiver, modification or amendment.

 

13.          Counterparts .  This letter agreement may be signed by facsimile and in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which shall be deemed to constitute a single instrument.

 

14.          Severability .  If any provision of this letter agreement is found to violate any statute, regulation, rule, order or decree of any governmental authority, court, agency or exchange, such invalidity shall not be deemed to affect any other provision hereof or the validity

 

6



 

of the remainder of this letter agreement, and such invalid provision shall be deemed deleted herefrom to the minimum extent necessary to cure such violation.

 

15.          Successors .  This letter agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Company and its successors and assigns.

 

16.          Third Party Beneficiaries .  You agree and acknowledge that this letter agreement is being entered into by and on behalf of the Company and its Affiliates, subsidiaries and divisions and that they shall be third party beneficiaries hereof, having all rights to enforce this letter agreement.  You further agree that, except for such parties, nothing herein expressed or implied is intended to confer upon or give any rights or remedies to any other person under or by reason of this letter agreement.

 

17.  Term .  This letter agreement will terminate three years from the date hereof.

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

7



 

Please confirm your agreement with the foregoing by having a duly authorized officer of your organization sign and return one copy of this letter to the undersigned, whereupon this letter agreement shall become a binding agreement among you and the Company.

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

PENNYMAC MORTGAGE INVESTMENT TRUST

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Anne D. McCallion

 

 

Name:

Anne D. McCallion

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

CONFIRMED AND AGREED

 

 

as of the date written above:

 

 

 

 

 

PNMAC CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Anne D. McCallion

 

 

 

Name:

Anne D. McCallion

 

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

8




 

Exhibit 23.2

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated February 7, 2013, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes explanatory paragraphs referring to a restatement of those financial statements, and our report dated February 7, 2013, relating to the balance sheet of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

 

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

 

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

 

Los Angeles, California

February 7, 2013